--- /dev/null
+
+ Announcing ncurses 4.1
+
+ The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V
+ Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color
+ and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping,
+ and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses.
+
+ In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he
+ considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of
+ Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to
+ ncurses.
+
+ The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to
+ any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp!
+
+ The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including
+ a terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1),
+ tput(1), tset(1), and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full
+ manual pages are provided for the library and tools.
+
+ The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at:
+ [1]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. and
+ [2]ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses. It is also carried on
+ the GNU distribution site at [3]ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu.
+
+ Features of ncurses
+
+ The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses:
+
+ * All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are
+ documented).
+ * Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping,
+ color, forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic
+ recognition of keypad and function keys.
+ * An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting
+ a stack of windows with backing store, is included.
+ * An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting a
+ uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included.
+ * An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting
+ data collection through on-screen forms, is included.
+ * Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1)
+ implementation are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format
+ SVr4 curses uses.
+ * The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo entries
+ for use with less capable curses/terminfo versions such as the
+ HP/UX and AIX ports.
+
+ The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4:
+
+ * The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN
+ curses specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE
+ level features, but not all EXTENDED features). Most
+ EXTENDED-level features not directly concerned with wide-character
+ support are implemented, including many function calls not
+ supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all calls is
+ documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only).
+ * Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost
+ corner of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character
+ capability.
+ * (PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM
+ characters 0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET.
+ * Support for mouse event reporting under xterm.
+ * The function wresize() allows you to resize windows, preserving
+ their data.
+ * Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a
+ cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's
+ or System V's.
+ * Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code
+ incorporates a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it
+ to make optimal use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and
+ line-deletion for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more
+ powerful than the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine.
+ * Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The
+ screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the
+ magic- cookie unattributed spaces required just before the
+ beginning and after the end would step on a non-space character.
+ It will automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so
+ would make it possible to draw the highlight without changing the
+ visual appearance of the screen.
+ * It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded
+ fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal
+ types even when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible
+ (this may be useful for support of screen-oriented programs that
+ must run in single-user mode).
+ * The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the ability
+ to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and AT&T extension
+ sets.
+ * A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided.
+ * The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo
+ entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that
+ directory if it exists and the user has no write access to the
+ system directory. This feature makes it easier for users to have
+ personal terminfo entries without giving up access to the system
+ terminfo directory.
+ * You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled
+ descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this
+ generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System
+ V.)
+ * In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to
+ other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to
+ compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the
+ user's $HOME/.terminfo directory.
+ * A script (capconvert) is provided to help BSD users transition
+ from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a TERMCAP
+ environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file and
+ converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under
+ $HOME/.terminfo.
+ * Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in
+ when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is
+ neither fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have
+ to, but it's there.
+ * The table-of-entries utility toe makes it easy for users to see
+ exactly what terminal types are available on the system.
+ * The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry point
+ have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be
+ prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with
+ #undef.
+ * An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document
+ provides a narrative introduction to the curses programming
+ interface.
+
+ State of the Package
+
+ Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the library
+ is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many
+ `dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe
+ according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks
+ and arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester.
+
+ The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications
+ including:
+
+ ded
+ directory-editor [4]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded.
+
+ dialog
+ the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the
+ basis for similar applications on Linux.
+
+ lynx-2.7
+ the character-screen WWW browser
+
+ ncftp 2.0
+ file-transfer utility
+
+ nvi
+ New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and
+ later.
+
+ taper
+ tape archive utility
+
+ vh-1.6
+ Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File
+
+ as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone:
+
+ minicom-1.75
+ terminal emulator
+
+ tin-unoff
+ tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME
+ [5]ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff.
+
+ vile
+ vi-like-emacs [6]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile.
+
+ The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs
+ (including a few games).
+
+Who's Who and What's What
+
+ The original maintainer of ncurses is [7]Zeyd Ben-Halim.
+ Unfortunately, he can only work on the package part time. As a result,
+ since 1.8.1, much of the enhancement work and documentation has been
+ done by [8]Eric S. Raymond. The current primary maintainers are
+ [9]Thomas Dickey and [10]Juergen Pfeifer.
+
+ There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join,
+ write to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with a message containing
+ the line:
+
+ subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+
+ This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development
+ and testing of this package.
+
+ Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made
+ available at [11]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses.
+
+Future Plans
+
+ * Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package.
+ * Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization
+ support.
+ * Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows.
+
+ We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in
+ working on them, please join the ncurses list.
+
+The terminfo/termcap Database
+
+ The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format
+ terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond. You can download
+ either the [12]termcap or [13]terminfo versions of the terminal-type
+ database from Eric's ncurses page,
+ [14]http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html.
+
+Other Related Resources
+
+ You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics not
+ covered in the terminfo file at [15]Richard Shuford's archive.
+
+References
+
+ 1. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses
+ 2. ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses
+ 3. ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu
+ 4. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded
+ 5. ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff
+ 6. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile
+ 7. mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com
+ 8. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/home.html
+ 9. mailto:dickey@clark.net
+ 10. mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de
+ 11. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses
+ 12. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.tc.gz
+ 13. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.ti.gz
+ 14. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html
+ 15. http://www.cs.utk.edu/~shuford/terminal_index.html
--- /dev/null
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# --
+# GNAT ncurses Binding --
+# Makefile --
+# --
+# Version 00.92 --
+# --
+# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+# --
+# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+# highly appreciated. --
+# --
+# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Version Control
+# $Revision: 1.3 $
+#
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+SUBDIRS = @ADA_SUBDIRS@
+
+all ::
+ for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+ (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\
+ done
+
+clean ::
+ for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+ (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\
+ done
+
+distclean ::
+ for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+ (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\
+ done
+ rm -f Makefile
+
+realclean ::
+ for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+ (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\
+ done
+ rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean ::
+ for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+ (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\
+ done
+
+install ::
--- /dev/null
+The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by Juergen Pfeifer
+Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de
+
+Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this
+binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part
+of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED
+this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not
+removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the
+author of this binding in any applications linked with it is
+highly appreciated.
+
+This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Caveats:
+
+ This is the first delivery of this binding. It has not been
+ extensively tested. So I declare this as BETA level software,
+ although it is delivered with an official release of ncurses.
+
+ You should install the ncurses distribution around this binding
+ first before you try to run the sample.
+
+ This Binding is currently strictly for the GNAT compiler, because
+ in one place I use a GNAT specfic runtime module (see doc.)
+
+
+The documentation is provided in HTML format in the ./html
+subdirectory. The main document is named index.html
+
--- /dev/null
+-- Intensive testing
+ Perhaps the delivery of the Beta will help a bit.
+
+-- Documentation
+ Like most WEB pages: under continous construction
+
+-- Style cleanup
+
+-- Alternate functions for procedures with out params
+ Comfort purpose
+
+-- Sample program
+ Under continous construction (and it's not a WEB page!!!)
+
+-- Make the binding objects a shared libray
+ They are rather large, so it would make sense, otherwise Ada95
+ would look too large, although the generated code is as compact
+ as C or C++. I'll wait a bit until the GNAT people provide some
+ better support to construct shared libraries.
+
+-- Think about more inlining
+
+-- Check for memory leaks.
+ Oh I would like it so much if the GNAT guys would put an optional
+ GC into their system.
--- /dev/null
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# --
+# GNAT ncurses Binding --
+# src/Makefile --
+# --
+# Version 00.92 --
+# --
+# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+# --
+# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+# highly appreciated. --
+# --
+# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Version Control
+# $Revision: 1.6 $
+#
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+MODEL = ../../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AWK = @AWK@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir)
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+################################################################################
+ADA = @nc_ada_compiler@
+ADAFLAGS = @ADAFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir)
+
+ADAMAKE = @nc_ada_make@
+ADAMAKEFLAGS =
+
+CARGS = -cargs $(ADAFLAGS)
+LARGS =
+
+ALIB = @nc_ada_package@
+ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses
+
+ADA_OBJDIR = ../ada_objects
+OBJDIR = ../objects
+
+LIBALIS=$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ali \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali
+
+LIBOBJS=$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o \
+ $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o
+
+
+all :: $(LIBALIS)
+ @echo done
+
+clean ::
+ rm -f *.o *.ali b_t*.* *.s $(PROGS) a.out core b_*_test.c *.xr[bs] *.a
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+ rm -f $(LIBALIS) $(LIBOBJS)
+
+distclean :: mostlyclean
+ rm -f Makefile
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+BASEDEPS=$(ABASE).ads $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.ads
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o: $(srcdir)/$(ALIB).ads
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ALIB).ads
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o
+ if [ -f $(ALIB).ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ALIB).ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ALIB).ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE).ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE).ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE).ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o: \
+ $(ABASE)-mouse.ads \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o: \
+ $(ABASE)-panels.ads \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o: \
+ $(ABASE)-menus.ads \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o: \
+ $(ABASE)-forms.ads \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ads \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali ;\
+ fi
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ads \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.adb $(BASEDEPS)
+ $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.adb
+
+$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o
+ if [ -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali ]; then \
+ ln -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali $@ ;\
+ rm -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali ;\
+ fi
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is
+ --
+ -- Some helpers
+ procedure Fill_String (Cp : in chars_ptr;
+ Str : out String)
+ is
+ -- Fill the string with the characters referenced by the
+ -- chars_ptr.
+ --
+ Len : Natural;
+ begin
+ if Cp /= Null_Ptr then
+ Len := Natural (Strlen (Cp));
+ if Str'Length < Len then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ declare
+ S : String (1 .. Len);
+ begin
+ S := Value (Cp);
+ Str (Str'First .. (Str'First + Len - 1)) := S (S'Range);
+ end;
+ else
+ Len := 0;
+ end if;
+
+ if Len < Str'Length then
+ Str ((Str'First + Len) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' ');
+ end if;
+
+ end Fill_String;
+
+ procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error)
+ is
+ begin
+ case Code is
+ when E_Ok => null;
+ when E_System_Error => raise Eti_System_Error;
+ when E_Bad_Argument => raise Eti_Bad_Argument;
+ when E_Posted => raise Eti_Posted;
+ when E_Connected => raise Eti_Connected;
+ when E_Bad_State => raise Eti_Bad_State;
+ when E_No_Room => raise Eti_No_Room;
+ when E_Not_Posted => raise Eti_Not_Posted;
+ when E_Unknown_Command => raise Eti_Unknown_Command;
+ when E_No_Match => raise Eti_No_Match;
+ when E_Not_Selectable => raise Eti_Not_Selectable;
+ when E_Not_Connected => raise Eti_Not_Connected;
+ when E_Request_Denied => raise Eti_Request_Denied;
+ when E_Invalid_Field => raise Eti_Invalid_Field;
+ when E_Current => raise Eti_Current;
+ end case;
+ end Eti_Exception;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is
+
+ use type Interfaces.C.Int;
+
+ subtype C_Int is Interfaces.C.Int;
+ subtype C_Short is Interfaces.C.Short;
+ subtype C_Long_Int is Interfaces.C.Long;
+ subtype C_Size_T is Interfaces.C.Size_T;
+ subtype C_Char_Ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.Chars_Ptr;
+ type C_Void_Ptr is new System.Address;
+
+ -- This is how those constants are defined in ncurses. I see them also
+ -- exactly like this in all ETI implementations I ever tested. So it
+ -- could be that this is quite general, but please check with your curses.
+ -- This is critical, because curses sometime mixes boolean returns with
+ -- returning an error status.
+ Curses_Ok : constant C_Int := 0;
+ Curses_Err : constant C_Int := -1;
+
+ Curses_True : constant C_Int := 1;
+ Curses_False : constant C_Int := 0;
+
+ subtype Eti_Error is C_Int range -14 .. 0;
+ -- Type for error codes returned by the menu and forms subsystem
+
+ E_Ok : constant Eti_Error := 0;
+ E_System_Error : constant Eti_Error := -1;
+ E_Bad_Argument : constant Eti_Error := -2;
+ E_Posted : constant Eti_Error := -3;
+ E_Connected : constant Eti_Error := -4;
+ E_Bad_State : constant Eti_Error := -5;
+ E_No_Room : constant Eti_Error := -6;
+ E_Not_Posted : constant Eti_Error := -7;
+ E_Unknown_Command : constant Eti_Error := -8;
+ E_No_Match : constant Eti_Error := -9;
+ E_Not_Selectable : constant Eti_Error := -10;
+ E_Not_Connected : constant Eti_Error := -11;
+ E_Request_Denied : constant Eti_Error := -12;
+ E_Invalid_Field : constant Eti_Error := -13;
+ E_Current : constant Eti_Error := -14;
+
+ procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error);
+ -- Dispatch the error code and raise the appropriate exception
+ --
+ --
+ -- Some helpers
+ function CInt_To_Chtype is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Int,
+ Target => Attributed_Character);
+ function Chtype_To_CInt is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Attributed_Character,
+ Target => C_Int);
+
+ procedure Fill_String (Cp : in chars_ptr;
+ Str : out String);
+ -- Fill the Str parameter with the string denoted by the chars_ptr
+ -- C-Style string.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.5 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
+-- |
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- | man page form_fieldtype.3x
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- |
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is
+
+ use type Interfaces.C.int;
+
+ package Ft is new Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types
+ (User, User_Access, Field_Check, Character_Check);
+
+ type N_Check is access
+ function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ pragma Convention (C, N_Check);
+
+ type P_Check is access
+ function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ pragma Convention (C, P_Check);
+
+ function Nc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ pragma Convention (C, Nc);
+
+ function Pc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ pragma Convention (C, Pc);
+
+ function Nc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean
+ is
+ begin
+ return Next_Choice (Fld, Info);
+ end Nc;
+
+ function Pc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean
+ is
+ begin
+ return Prev_Choice (Fld, Info);
+ end Pc;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Set_Choice (Ft : C_Field_Type;
+ Nc : N_Check;
+ Pc : P_Check) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Choice, "set_fieldtype_choice");
+
+ procedure Define_Choices
+ is
+ R : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ R := Set_Choice (Search_Type (User'Tag), Nc'Access, Pc'Access);
+ if (R /= E_OK) then
+ Eti_Exception (R);
+ end if;
+ end Define_Choices;
+
+begin
+ Define_Choices;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.6 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type
+-- to make it visible to the runtime.
+--
+generic
+ type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+ type User_Access is access User;
+ with function Field_Check (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ with function Character_Check (Ch : Character;
+ Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ with function Next_Choice (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ with function Prev_Choice (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is
+--
+-- Nothing public.
+-- But we need the body.
+ pragma Elaborate_Body;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with Unchecked_Deallocation;
+
+-- |
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- | man page form_fieldtype.3x
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- |
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is
+
+ use type Interfaces.C.int;
+
+ type F_Check is access
+ function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Convention (C, F_Check);
+
+ type C_Check is access
+ function (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Convention (C, C_Check);
+
+ procedure Free is new
+ Unchecked_Deallocation (User, User_Access);
+
+ -- Forward decls.
+ procedure Register_Field_Type;
+ procedure Unregister_Field_Type;
+
+ procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker)
+ is
+ begin
+ Register_Field_Type;
+ end Initialize;
+
+ procedure Finalize (Obj : in out Tracker)
+ is
+ begin
+ Unregister_Field_Type;
+ end Finalize;
+
+ function Fc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Convention (C, Fc);
+
+ function Cc (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Convention (C, Cc);
+
+ function Make_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access;
+ pragma Convention (C, Make_Arg);
+
+ function Copy_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access;
+ pragma Convention (C, Copy_Arg);
+
+ procedure Free_Arg (U : User_Access);
+ pragma Convention (C, Free_Arg);
+
+ function New_Fieldtype (Fc : F_Check;
+ Cc : C_Check) return C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, New_Fieldtype, "new_fieldtype");
+
+ function Fc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int
+ is
+ begin
+ return C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Field_Check (Fld, Info)));
+ end Fc;
+
+ function Cc (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int
+ is
+ begin
+ return C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Character_Check (Ch, Info)));
+ end Cc;
+
+ function Make_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access
+ is
+ function Fixme (U : User_Access) return User_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Fixme, "_nc_ada_getvarg");
+ V : constant User_Access := Fixme (U);
+ I : constant User_Access := new User'(V.all);
+ begin
+ return I;
+ end Make_Arg;
+
+ function Copy_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access
+ is
+ I : constant User_Access := new User'(U.all);
+ begin
+ return I;
+ end Copy_Arg;
+
+ procedure Free_Arg (U : User_Access)
+ is
+ begin
+ null;
+ end Free_Arg;
+
+ type M_Arg is access function (U : User_Access) return User_Access;
+ pragma Convention (C, M_Arg);
+
+ type C_Arg is access function (U : User_Access) return User_Access;
+ pragma Convention (C, C_Arg);
+
+ type F_Arg is access procedure (U : User_Access);
+ pragma Convention (C, F_Arg);
+
+ function Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Typ : C_Field_Type;
+ Ma : M_Arg;
+ Ca : C_Arg;
+ Fa : F_Arg) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fieldtype_Arg, "set_fieldtype_arg");
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+
+ procedure Register_Field_Type
+ is
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type;
+ P : User_Access := new User;
+ -- we need an instance to call
+ -- the Register_Type procedure
+ begin
+ Cft := New_Fieldtype (Fc'Access,
+ Cc'Access);
+ if Cft = Null_Field_Type then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Cft,
+ Make_Arg'Access,
+ Copy_Arg'Access,
+ Free_Arg'Access);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+
+ Register_Type (P.all, Cft);
+ Free (P);
+ end Register_Field_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Unregister_Field_Type
+ is
+ P : User_Access := new User;
+ -- we need an instance to call
+ -- the Unregister_Type procedure
+ begin
+ Unregister_Type (P.all);
+ Free (P);
+ end Unregister_Field_Type;
+
+ Hook : Tracker;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
+
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Finalization; use Ada.Finalization;
+
+-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type
+-- to make it visible to the runtime.
+--
+generic
+ type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+ type User_Access is access User;
+ with function Field_Check (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+ with function Character_Check (Ch : Character;
+ Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is
+--
+-- Nothing public. All happens magically.
+--
+private
+ type Tracker is new Limited_Controlled with null record;
+
+ procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker);
+ procedure Finalize (Obj : in out Tracker);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+
+-- |
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- | man page form_field_userptr.3x
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- |
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is
+
+ function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access,
+ System.Address);
+ function To_Pointer is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address,
+ User_Access);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Fld : in Field;
+ Data : in User_Access)
+ is
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ B : Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ R : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if A = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ if A.N > 1 then
+ B := new Field_User_Wrapper'(T => A.T,
+ N => 1,
+ U => To_Address (Data));
+ R := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, B);
+ A.N := A.N - 1;
+ else
+ A.U := To_Address (Data);
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Set_User_Data;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Fld : in Field;
+ Data : out User_Access)
+ is
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ begin
+ if A = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ Data := To_Pointer (A.U);
+ end if;
+ end Get_User_Data;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+-- |
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- | man page form__userptr.3x
+-- |=====================================================================
+-- |
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is
+
+ function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access,
+ System.Address);
+ function To_Pointer is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address,
+ User_Access);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Frm : in Form;
+ Data : in User_Access)
+ is
+ A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm);
+ begin
+ if A = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ A.U := To_Address (Data);
+ end if;
+ end Set_User_Data;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Frm : in Form;
+ Data : out User_Access)
+ is
+ A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm);
+ begin
+ if A = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ Data := To_Pointer (A.U);
+ end if;
+ end Get_User_Data;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.9 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags;
+with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+
+with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with GNAT.Htable;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr;
+
+ function FOS_2_CInt is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Field_Option_Set,
+ C_Int);
+
+ function CInt_2_FOS is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
+ Field_Option_Set);
+
+ function FrmOS_2_CInt is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Form_Option_Set,
+ C_Int);
+
+ function CInt_2_FrmOS is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
+ Form_Option_Set);
+
+ procedure Request_Name (Key : in Form_Request_Code;
+ Name : out String)
+ is
+ function Form_Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Request_Name, "form_request_name");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Form_Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name);
+ end Request_Name;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Free_Field_User_Wrapper is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_User_Wrapper,
+ Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ procedure Release_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+ procedure Dup_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ procedure Release_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access)
+ is
+ begin
+ A.N := A.N - 1;
+ if A.N = 0 then
+ Free_Field_User_Wrapper (A);
+ end if;
+ end Release_User_Wrapper;
+ pragma Inline (Release_User_Wrapper);
+
+ procedure Dup_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access)
+ is
+ begin
+ A.N := A.N + 1;
+ end Dup_User_Wrapper;
+ pragma Inline (Dup_User_Wrapper);
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Free_Form_User_Wrapper is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Form_User_Wrapper,
+ Form_User_Wrapper_Access);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_new.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Create (Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0;
+ More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+ return Field
+ is
+ function Newfield (H, W, T, L, O, M : C_Int) return Field;
+ pragma Import (C, Newfield, "new_field");
+ Fld : constant Field := Newfield (C_Int (Height), C_Int (Width),
+ C_Int (Top), C_Int (Left),
+ C_Int (Off_Screen),
+ C_Int (More_Buffers));
+
+ A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if Fld = Null_Field then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ A := new Field_User_Wrapper'(U => System.Null_Address,
+ T => null,
+ N => 1);
+ Res := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, A);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Free_Field_User_Wrapper (A);
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ return Fld;
+ end Create;
+-- |
+-- |
+-- |
+ procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field)
+ is
+ function Free_Field (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Free_Field, "free_field");
+ procedure Free_Field_Type is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_Type'Class,
+ Field_Type_Access);
+
+ A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if A /= null then
+ if A.T /= null then
+ Free_Field_Type (A.T);
+ end if;
+ Release_User_Wrapper (A);
+ end if;
+ Res := Free_Field (Fld);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ Fld := Null_Field;
+ end Delete;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Duplicate (Fld : Field;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position) return Field
+ is
+ function Dup_Field (Fld : Field;
+ Top : C_Int;
+ Left : C_Int) return Field;
+ pragma Import (C, Dup_Field, "dup_field");
+
+ A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ F : constant Field := Dup_Field (Fld,
+ C_Int (Top),
+ C_Int (Left));
+ begin
+ if F = Null_Field then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ Dup_User_Wrapper (A);
+ end if;
+ return F;
+ end Duplicate;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Link (Fld : Field;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position) return Field
+ is
+ function Lnk_Field (Fld : Field;
+ Top : C_Int;
+ Left : C_Int) return Field;
+ pragma Import (C, Lnk_Field, "link_field");
+
+ A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ F : constant Field := Lnk_Field (Fld,
+ C_Int (Top),
+ C_Int (Left));
+ begin
+ if F = Null_Field then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ Dup_User_Wrapper (A);
+ end if;
+ return F;
+ end Link;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_just.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Justification (Fld : in Field;
+ Just : in Field_Justification := None)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Just (Fld : Field;
+ Just : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Just, "set_field_just");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error :=
+ Set_Field_Just (Fld,
+ C_Int (Field_Justification'Pos (Just)));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Justification;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification
+ is
+ function Field_Just (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Just, "field_just");
+ begin
+ return Field_Justification'Val (Field_Just (Fld));
+ end Get_Justification;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_buffer.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Buffer
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+ Str : in String)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld : Field;
+ Bufnum : C_Int;
+ S : Char_Ptr)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Buffer, "set_field_buffer");
+
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Len : size_t;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ To_C (Str, Txt, Len);
+ Res := Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer), Txt (Txt'First)'Access);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Buffer;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Get_Buffer
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+ Str : out String)
+ is
+ function Field_Buffer (Fld : Field;
+ B : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Buffer, "field_buffer");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Field_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer)), Str);
+ end Get_Buffer;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Status (Fld : in Field;
+ Status : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Status (Fld : Field;
+ St : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Status, "set_field_status");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Fld_Status (Fld, Boolean'Pos (Status));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Status;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Field_Status (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Status, "field_status");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Field_Status (Fld);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Changed;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field;
+ Max : in Natural := 0)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Max (Fld : Field;
+ M : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Max, "set_max_field");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Max (Fld, C_Int (Max));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Maximum_Size;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_opts.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Normalize_Field_Options (Options : in out C_Int);
+ pragma Import (C, Normalize_Field_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_field_opts");
+
+ procedure Set_Options (Fld : in Field;
+ Options : in Field_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Opts (Fld : Field;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Opts, "set_field_opts");
+
+ Opt : C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Normalize_Field_Options (Opt);
+ Res := Set_Field_Opts (Fld, Opt);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Switch_Options (Fld : in Field;
+ Options : in Field_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Field_Opts_On (Fld : Field;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_On, "field_opts_on");
+ function Field_Opts_Off (Fld : Field;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_Off, "field_opts_off");
+
+ Err : Eti_Error;
+ Opt : C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ begin
+ Normalize_Field_Options (Opt);
+ if On then
+ Err := Field_Opts_On (Fld, Opt);
+ else
+ Err := Field_Opts_Off (Fld, Opt);
+ end if;
+ if Err /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Err);
+ end if;
+ end Switch_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Get_Options (Fld : in Field;
+ Options : out Field_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Field_Opts (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Opts, "field_opts");
+
+ Res : C_Int := Field_Opts (Fld);
+ begin
+ Normalize_Field_Options (Res);
+ Options := CInt_2_FOS (Res);
+ end Get_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
+ return Field_Option_Set
+ is
+ Fos : Field_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (Fld, Fos);
+ return Fos;
+ end Get_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_attributes.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Foreground
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Fore (Fld : Field;
+ Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Fore, "set_field_fore");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color,
+ Attr => Fore);
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Fore (Fld, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Foreground;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set)
+ is
+ function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore");
+ begin
+ Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr;
+ end Foreground;
+
+ procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair)
+ is
+ function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore");
+ begin
+ Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr;
+ Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Color;
+ end Foreground;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Background
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Back (Fld : Field;
+ Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Back, "set_field_back");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color,
+ Attr => Back);
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Back (Fld, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Background;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Background (Fld : in Field;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set)
+ is
+ function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back");
+ begin
+ Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr;
+ end Background;
+
+ procedure Background (Fld : in Field;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair)
+ is
+ function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back");
+ begin
+ Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr;
+ Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Color;
+ end Background;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field;
+ Pad : in Character := Space)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Pad (Fld : Field;
+ Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Pad, "set_field_pad");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Pad (Fld,
+ C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad)));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Pad_Character;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in Field;
+ Pad : out Character)
+ is
+ function Field_Pad (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Pad, "field_pad");
+ begin
+ Pad := Character'Val (Field_Pad (Fld));
+ end Pad_Character;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_info.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Info (Fld : in Field;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count;
+ First_Row : out Line_Position;
+ First_Column : out Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : out Natural;
+ Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number)
+ is
+ type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Fld_Info (Fld : Field;
+ L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : C_Int_Access)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Fld_Info, "field_info");
+
+ L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : aliased C_Int;
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Fld_Info (Fld,
+ L'Access, C'Access,
+ Fr'Access, Fc'Access,
+ Os'Access, Ab'Access);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ Lines := Line_Count (L);
+ Columns := Column_Count (C);
+ First_Row := Line_Position (Fr);
+ First_Column := Column_Position (Fc);
+ Off_Screen := Natural (Os);
+ Additional_Buffers := Buffer_Number (Ab);
+ end if;
+ end Info;
+-- |
+-- |
+-- |
+ procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld : in Field;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count;
+ Max : out Natural)
+ is
+ type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Dyn_Info (Fld : Field; L, C, M : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Dyn_Info, "dynamic_field_info");
+
+ L, C, M : aliased C_Int;
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Dyn_Info (Fld,
+ L'Access, C'Access,
+ M'Access);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ Lines := Line_Count (L);
+ Columns := Column_Count (C);
+ Max := Natural (M);
+ end if;
+ end Dynamic_Info;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_win.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form;
+ Win : in Window)
+ is
+ function Set_Form_Win (Frm : Form;
+ Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Win, "set_form_win");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Win (Frm, Win);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Window;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window
+ is
+ function Form_Win (Frm : Form) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Win, "form_win");
+
+ W : constant Window := Form_Win (Frm);
+ begin
+ return W;
+ end Get_Window;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form;
+ Win : in Window)
+ is
+ function Set_Form_Sub (Frm : Form;
+ Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Sub, "set_form_sub");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Sub (Frm, Win);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Sub_Window;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window
+ is
+ function Form_Sub (Frm : Form) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Sub, "form_sub");
+
+ W : constant Window := Form_Sub (Frm);
+ begin
+ return W;
+ end Get_Sub_Window;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Scale (Frm : in Form;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count)
+ is
+ type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function M_Scale (Frm : Form; Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_form");
+
+ X, Y : aliased C_Int;
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Frm, Y'Access, X'Access);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ Lines := Line_Count (Y);
+ Columns := Column_Count (X);
+ end Scale;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page menu_hook.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Init (Frm : Form;
+ Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Init, "set_field_init");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Init (Frm, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Field_Init_Hook;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Field_Term (Frm : Form;
+ Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Term, "set_field_term");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Term (Frm, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Field_Term_Hook;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Form_Init (Frm : Form;
+ Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Init, "set_form_init");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Init (Frm, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Form_Init_Hook;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Form_Term (Frm : Form;
+ Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Term, "set_form_term");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Term (Frm, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Form_Term_Hook;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_fields.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Free_Allocated_Fields is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_Array, Field_Array_Access);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- This is a bit delicate if we want to manipulate an Ada created form
+ -- from C routines or vice versa.
+ -- In Ada created forms we use the low level user pointer to maintain
+ -- binding internal additional informations about the form. This
+ -- internal information contains a hook for the Ada provided user pointer.
+ -- Unless you understand this implementation, the safest way in mixed
+ -- language programs to deal with user pointers is, that only the language
+ -- that created the form should also manipulate the user pointer for that
+ -- form.
+ procedure Redefine (Frm : in Form;
+ Flds : in Field_Array)
+ is
+ function Set_Frm_Fields (Frm : Form;
+ Items : Field_Array) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Fields, "set_form_fields");
+
+ A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm);
+ I : Field_Array_Access;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if A = null or else A.I = null then raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ I := new Field_Array (1 .. (Flds'Length + 1));
+ I.all (1 .. Flds'Length) := Flds (Flds'First .. Flds'Last);
+ I.all (Flds'Length + 1) := Null_Field;
+ Res := Set_Frm_Fields (Frm, I.all);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Free_Allocated_Fields (I);
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ Free_Allocated_Fields (A.I);
+ A.I := I;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Redefine;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access
+ is
+ A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm);
+ begin
+ if A = null or else A.I = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ return A.I;
+ end if;
+ end Fields;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural
+ is
+ function Count (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Count, "field_count");
+ begin
+ return Natural (Count (Frm));
+ end Field_Count;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Move (Fld : in Field;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Move (Fld : Field; L, C : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Move, "move_field");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Move (Fld, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Move;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_new.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form
+ is
+ function NewForm (Fields : Field_Array) return Form;
+ pragma Import (C, NewForm, "new_form");
+
+ M : Form;
+ I : Field_Array_Access;
+ U : Form_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ I := new Field_Array (1 .. (Fields'Length + 1));
+ I.all (1 .. Fields'Length) := Fields (Fields'First .. Fields'Last);
+ I.all (Fields'Length + 1) := Null_Field;
+ M := NewForm (I.all);
+ if M = Null_Form then
+ Free_Allocated_Fields (I);
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ U := new Form_User_Wrapper'(U => System.Null_Address, I => I);
+ Res := Set_Form_Userptr (M, U);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Free_Allocated_Fields (I);
+ Free_Form_User_Wrapper (U);
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ return M;
+ end Create;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form)
+ is
+ function Free (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Free, "free_form");
+
+ U : Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm);
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Frm);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ if U = null or else U.I = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Free_Allocated_Fields (U.I);
+ Free_Form_User_Wrapper (U);
+ Frm := Null_Form;
+ end Delete;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_opts.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Normalize_Form_Options (Options : in out C_Int);
+ pragma Import (C, Normalize_Form_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_form_opts");
+
+ procedure Set_Options (Frm : in Form;
+ Options : in Form_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Set_Form_Opts (Frm : Form;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Opts, "set_form_opts");
+
+ Opt : C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Normalize_Form_Options (Opt);
+ Res := Set_Form_Opts (Frm, Opt);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Switch_Options (Frm : in Form;
+ Options : in Form_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Form_Opts_On (Frm : Form;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_On, "form_opts_on");
+ function Form_Opts_Off (Frm : Form;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_Off, "form_opts_off");
+
+ Err : Eti_Error;
+ Opt : C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ begin
+ Normalize_Form_Options (Opt);
+ if On then
+ Err := Form_Opts_On (Frm, Opt);
+ else
+ Err := Form_Opts_Off (Frm, Opt);
+ end if;
+ if Err /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Err);
+ end if;
+ end Switch_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Get_Options (Frm : in Form;
+ Options : out Form_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Form_Opts (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Opts, "form_opts");
+
+ Res : C_Int := Form_Opts (Frm);
+ begin
+ Normalize_Form_Options (Res);
+ Options := CInt_2_FrmOS (Res);
+ end Get_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set
+ is
+ Fos : Form_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (Frm, Fos);
+ return Fos;
+ end Get_Options;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_post.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Post (Frm : in Form;
+ Post : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function M_Post (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_form");
+ function M_Unpost (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_form");
+
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if Post then
+ Res := M_Post (Frm);
+ else
+ Res := M_Unpost (Frm);
+ end if;
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Post;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_cursor.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form)
+ is
+ function Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Pos_Form_Cursor, "pos_form_cursor");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Position_Cursor;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_data.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Ahead (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Ahead, "data_ahead");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Ahead (Frm);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Data_Ahead;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Behind (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Behind, "data_behind");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Behind (Frm);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Data_Behind;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_driver.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Driver (Frm : Form;
+ Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result
+ is
+ function Frm_Driver (Frm : Form; Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Frm_Driver, "form_driver");
+
+ R : Eti_Error := Frm_Driver (Frm, C_Int (Key));
+ begin
+ if R /= E_Ok then
+ if R = E_Unknown_Command then
+ return Unknown_Request;
+ elsif R = E_Invalid_Field then
+ return Invalid_Field;
+ elsif R = E_Request_Denied then
+ return Request_Denied;
+ else
+ Eti_Exception (R);
+ return Form_Ok;
+ end if;
+ else
+ return Form_Ok;
+ end if;
+ end Driver;
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_page.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form;
+ Fld : in Field)
+ is
+ function Set_Current_Fld (Frm : Form; Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Current_Fld, "set_current_field");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Current_Fld (Frm, Fld);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Current;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field
+ is
+ function Current_Fld (Frm : Form) return Field;
+ pragma Import (C, Current_Fld, "current_field");
+
+ Fld : constant Field := Current_Fld (Frm);
+ begin
+ if Fld = Null_Field then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Fld;
+ end Current;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Page (Frm : in Form;
+ Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First)
+ is
+ function Set_Frm_Page (Frm : Form; Pg : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Page, "set_form_page");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Frm_Page (Frm, C_Int (Page));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Page;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number
+ is
+ function Get_Page (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Page, "form_page");
+
+ P : constant C_Int := Get_Page (Frm);
+ begin
+ if P < 0 then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ return Page_Number (P);
+ end if;
+ end Page;
+
+ function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive
+ is
+ function Get_Fieldindex (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Fieldindex, "field_index");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Get_Fieldindex (Fld);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_Err then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First);
+ end Get_Index;
+
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_new_page.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_New_Page (Fld : in Field;
+ New_Page : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Set_Page (Fld : Field; Flg : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Page, "set_new_page");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Page (Fld, Boolean'Pos (New_Page));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_New_Page;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Is_New (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Is_New, "new_page");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Is_New (Fld);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Is_New_Page;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ -- We use a GNAT internal hash table mechanism to create an association
+ -- between an Ada_Defined_Field_Type and it's low level C_Field_Type
+ -- peer.
+ -- It shouldn´t be too complicated to reimplent this hashing mechanism
+ -- for other compilers.
+ --
+ type Tag_Type_Pair;
+ type Tag_Pair_Access is access all Tag_Type_Pair;
+ pragma Controlled (Tag_Pair_Access);
+
+ Null_Tag_Pair : constant Tag_Pair_Access := Tag_Pair_Access'(null);
+
+ type Tag_Type_Pair is
+ record
+ Ada_Tag : Tag;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type;
+ Next : Tag_Pair_Access;
+ end record;
+
+ type Htable_Headers is range 1 .. 31;
+ procedure Free_Tag_Type_Pair is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Tag_Type_Pair, Tag_Pair_Access);
+
+ procedure Set_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access; Next : Tag_Pair_Access);
+ function Get_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag_Pair_Access;
+ function Get_Pair_Tag (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag;
+
+ function Hash (T : Tag) return Htable_Headers;
+ function Equal (A, B : Tag) return Boolean;
+
+ package External_Pair_Htable is new GNAT.Htable.Static_Htable
+ (Header_Num => Htable_Headers,
+ Element => Tag_Type_Pair,
+ Elmt_Ptr => Tag_Pair_Access,
+ Null_Ptr => Null_Tag_Pair,
+ Set_Next => Set_Pair_Link,
+ Next => Get_Pair_Link,
+ Key => Tag,
+ Get_Key => Get_Pair_Tag,
+ Hash => Hash,
+ Equal => Equal);
+
+ procedure Set_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access; Next : Tag_Pair_Access)
+ is
+ begin
+ T.all.Next := Next;
+ end Set_Pair_Link;
+
+ function Get_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag_Pair_Access
+ is
+ begin
+ return T.all.Next;
+ end Get_Pair_Link;
+
+ function Get_Pair_Tag (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag
+ is
+ begin
+ return T.all.Ada_Tag;
+ end Get_Pair_Tag;
+
+ function Equal (A, B : Tag) return Boolean
+ is
+ begin
+ return A = B;
+ end Equal;
+
+ function Hash (T : Tag) return Htable_Headers
+ is
+ function H is new GNAT.Htable.Hash (Htable_Headers);
+ begin
+ return H (External_Tag (T));
+ end Hash;
+
+ function Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ P : Tag_Pair_Access := External_Pair_Htable.Get (T'Tag);
+ begin
+ if P /= null then
+ return P.Cft;
+ else
+ return Null_Field_Type;
+ end if;
+ end Search_Type;
+
+ -- Register an Ada_Defined_Field_Type given by its Tag
+ -- with it's associated C_Field_Type.
+ procedure Register_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class;
+ Cft : in C_Field_Type)
+ is
+ C : C_Field_Type := Search_Type (T);
+ P : Tag_Pair_Access;
+ begin
+ if C /= Null_Field_Type then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ P := new Tag_Type_Pair'(T'Tag, Cft, null);
+ External_Pair_Htable.Set (P);
+ end if;
+ end Register_Type;
+
+ -- Unregister an Ada_Defined_Field_Type given by it's tag
+ procedure Unregister_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+ is
+ function Free_Fieldtype (Ft : C_Field_Type) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Free_Fieldtype, "free_fieldtype");
+
+ P : Tag_Pair_Access := External_Pair_Htable.Get (T'Tag);
+ Ft : C_Field_Type;
+ Res : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if P = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ Ft := P.Cft;
+ External_Pair_Htable.Remove (T'Tag);
+ Free_Tag_Type_Pair (P);
+ Res := Free_Fieldtype (Ft);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Unregister_Type;
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : Field;
+ Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Ct : C_Field_Type;
+ Arg1 : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ C : constant C_Field_Type := Search_Type (Fld_Type);
+ begin
+ if C = Null_Field_Type then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Fld, C, Fld_Type);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C : constant C_Field_Type := Search_Type (Ftype);
+ begin
+ if C = Null_Field_Type then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ else
+ return C;
+ end if;
+ end Native_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_Alpha_Field_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Alpha_Field_Type, "TYPE_ALPHA");
+ begin
+ return C_Alpha_Field_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type);
+ Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Minimum_Field_Width));
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Alpha_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type, "TYPE_ALNUM");
+ begin
+ return C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type);
+ Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Minimum_Field_Width));
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Alpha_Numeric_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_Integer_Field_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Integer_Field_Type, "TYPE_INTEGER");
+ begin
+ return C_Integer_Field_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Integer_Field)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type);
+ Arg1 : C_Int;
+ Arg2 : C_Long_Int;
+ Arg3 : C_Long_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Precision),
+ Arg2 => C_Long_Int (Fld_Type.Lower_Limit),
+ Arg3 => C_Long_Int (Fld_Type.Upper_Limit));
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Integer_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_Numeric_Field_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Numeric_Field_Type, "TYPE_NUMERIC");
+ begin
+ return C_Numeric_Field_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field)
+ is
+ type Double is new Interfaces.C.double;
+
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type);
+ Arg1 : Double;
+ Arg2 : Double;
+ Arg3 : Double) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Double (Fld_Type.Precision),
+ Arg2 => Double (Fld_Type.Lower_Limit),
+ Arg3 => Double (Fld_Type.Upper_Limit));
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Numeric_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_Regexp_Field_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Regexp_Field_Type, "TYPE_REGEXP");
+ begin
+ return C_Regexp_Field_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type);
+ Arg1 : Char_Ptr) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Fld_Type.Regular_Expression.all'Length);
+ Len : size_t;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ To_C (Fld_Type.Regular_Expression.all, Txt, Len);
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Txt (Txt'First)'Access);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Regular_Expression_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_Enum_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Enum_Type, "TYPE_ENUM");
+ begin
+ return C_Enum_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+ Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+ return Enumeration_Field
+ is
+ procedure Release_String is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String,
+ String_Access);
+ E : Enumeration_Field;
+ L : constant size_t := 1 + size_t (Info.C);
+ S : String_Access;
+ begin
+ E.Case_Sensitive := Info.Case_Sensitive;
+ E.Match_Must_Be_Unique := Info.Match_Must_Be_Unique;
+ E.Arr := new chars_ptr_array (size_t (1) .. L);
+ for I in 1 .. Positive (L - 1) loop
+ if Info.Names (I) = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ E.Arr (size_t (I)) := New_String (Info.Names (I).all);
+ if Auto_Release_Names then
+ S := Info.Names (I);
+ Release_String (S);
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ E.Arr (L) := Null_Ptr;
+ return E;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field)
+ is
+ I : size_t := 0;
+ P : chars_ptr;
+ begin
+ loop
+ P := Enum.Arr (I);
+ exit when P = Null_Ptr;
+ Free (P);
+ Enum.Arr (I) := Null_Ptr;
+ I := I + 1;
+ end loop;
+ Enum.Arr := null;
+ end Release;
+
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type);
+ Arg1 : chars_ptr_array;
+ Arg2 : C_Int; -- case
+ Arg3 : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if Fld_Type.Arr = null then
+ raise Form_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Fld_Type.Arr.all,
+ Arg2 => C_Int (Boolean'Pos
+ (Fld_Type.Case_Sensitive)),
+ Arg3 =>
+ C_Int (Boolean'Pos
+ (Fld_Type.Match_Must_Be_Unique)));
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Enumeration_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+
+
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type
+ is
+ C_IPV4_Field_Type : C_Field_Type;
+ pragma Import (C, C_IPV4_Field_Type, "TYPE_IPV4");
+ begin
+ return C_IPV4_Field_Type;
+ end Native_Type;
+ pragma Inline (Native_Type);
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field)
+ is
+ function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld;
+ Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type))
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type");
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field)
+ return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Res := Set_Fld_Type;
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ A.T := new Internet_V4_Address_Field'(Fld_Type);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Type;
+
+ -- |
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | man page form_field_validation.3x
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ -- |
+ function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access
+ is
+ A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld);
+ begin
+ if A = null then
+ return null;
+ else
+ return A.T;
+ end if;
+ end Get_Type;
+
+begin
+ Default_Field_Options := Get_Options (Null_Field);
+ Default_Form_Options := Get_Options (Null_Form);
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is
+
+ use type Interfaces.C.int;
+
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Itm : in Item;
+ Data : in User_Access)
+ is
+ function Set_Item_Userptr (Itm : Item;
+ Addr : User_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Userptr, "set_item_userptr");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Userptr (Itm, Data);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_User_Data;
+
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Itm : in Item;
+ Data : out User_Access)
+ is
+ function Item_Userptr (Itm : Item) return User_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Userptr, "item_userptr");
+ begin
+ Data := Item_Userptr (Itm);
+ end Get_User_Data;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is
+
+ function To_Address is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access,
+ System.Address);
+ function To_Pointer is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address,
+ User_Access);
+
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Men : in Menu;
+ Data : in User_Access)
+ is
+ function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr");
+
+ U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men);
+ begin
+ if U = null or else U.I = null then
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ end if;
+ U.U := To_Address (Data);
+ end Set_User_Data;
+
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Men : in Menu;
+ Data : out User_Access)
+ is
+ function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr");
+
+ U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men);
+ begin
+ if U = null then
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ else
+ Data := To_Pointer (U.U);
+ end if;
+ end Get_User_Data;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.7 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+
+with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is
+
+ use type System.Bit_Order;
+ subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr;
+
+ function MOS_2_CInt is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Menu_Option_Set,
+ C_Int);
+
+ function CInt_2_MOS is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
+ Menu_Option_Set);
+
+ function IOS_2_CInt is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Item_Option_Set,
+ C_Int);
+
+ function CInt_2_IOS is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
+ Item_Option_Set);
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Free_Allocated_Items is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Item_Array, Item_Array_Access);
+
+ procedure Free_User_Wrapper is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Ada_User_Wrapper,
+ Ada_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Request_Name (Key : in Menu_Request_Code;
+ Name : out String)
+ is
+ function Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Request_Name, "menu_request_name");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name);
+ end Request_Name;
+
+ -- !!! W A R N I N G !!!
+ -- If you want to port this binding to a non ncurses version of the
+ -- ETI, this must be rewritten. In ncurses the menu items and
+ -- descriptions may be automatic variables, because ncurses copies
+ -- the parameters into private allocated internal structures.
+ -- Other implementations don't do that usually, so depending on
+ -- scopes you may see unexpected results.
+ function Create (Name : String;
+ Description : String := "") return Item
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Newitem (Name, Desc : Char_Ptr) return Item;
+ pragma Import (C, Newitem, "new_item");
+
+ Name_Str : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
+ Desc_Str : char_array (0 .. Description'Length);
+ Name_Len, Desc_Len : size_t;
+ Result : Item;
+ begin
+ To_C (Name, Name_Str, Name_Len);
+ To_C (Description, Desc_Str, Desc_Len);
+ Result := Newitem (Name_Str (Name_Str'First)'Access,
+ Desc_Str (Desc_Str'First)'Access);
+ if Result = Null_Item then
+ raise Eti_System_Error;
+ end if;
+ return Result;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item)
+ is
+ function Freeitem (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Freeitem, "free_item");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Freeitem (Itm);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ Itm := Null_Item;
+ end Delete;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Value (Itm : in Item;
+ Value : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Set_Item_Val (Itm : Item;
+ Val : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Val, "set_item_value");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Val (Itm, Boolean'Pos (Value));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Value;
+
+ function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Item_Val (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Val, "item_value");
+ begin
+ if Item_Val (Itm) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Value;
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Item_Vis (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Vis, "item_visible");
+ begin
+ if Item_Vis (Itm) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Visible;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Normalize_Item_Options (Options : in out C_Int);
+ pragma Import (C, Normalize_Item_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_item_opts");
+
+ procedure Set_Options (Itm : in Item;
+ Options : in Item_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Set_Item_Opts (Itm : Item;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Opts, "set_item_opts");
+
+ Opt : C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Normalize_Item_Options (Opt);
+ Res := Set_Item_Opts (Itm, Opt);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Options;
+
+ procedure Switch_Options (Itm : in Item;
+ Options : in Item_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Item_Opts_On (Itm : Item;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_On, "item_opts_on");
+ function Item_Opts_Off (Itm : Item;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_Off, "item_opts_off");
+
+ Opt : C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ Err : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Normalize_Item_Options (Opt);
+ if On then
+ Err := Item_Opts_On (Itm, Opt);
+ else
+ Err := Item_Opts_Off (Itm, Opt);
+ end if;
+ if Err /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Err);
+ end if;
+ end Switch_Options;
+
+ procedure Get_Options (Itm : in Item;
+ Options : out Item_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Item_Opts (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Opts, "item_opts");
+
+ Res : C_Int := Item_Opts (Itm);
+ begin
+ Normalize_Item_Options (Res);
+ Options := CInt_2_IOS (Res);
+ end Get_Options;
+
+ function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set
+ is
+ Ios : Item_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (Itm, Ios);
+ return Ios;
+ end Get_Options;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Name (Itm : in Item;
+ Name : out String)
+ is
+ function Itemname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Itemname, "item_name");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Itemname (Itm), Name);
+ end Name;
+
+ procedure Description (Itm : in Item;
+ Description : out String)
+ is
+ function Descname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Descname, "item_description");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Descname (Itm), Description);
+ end Description;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu;
+ Itm : in Item)
+ is
+ function Set_Curr_Item (Men : Menu;
+ Itm : Item) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Curr_Item, "set_current_item");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Curr_Item (Men, Itm);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Current;
+
+ function Current (Men : Menu) return Item
+ is
+ function Curr_Item (Men : Menu) return Item;
+ pragma Import (C, Curr_Item, "current_item");
+
+ Res : constant Item := Curr_Item (Men);
+ begin
+ if Res = Null_Item then
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Res;
+ end Current;
+
+ procedure Set_Top_Row (Men : in Menu;
+ Line : in Line_Position)
+ is
+ function Set_Toprow (Men : Menu;
+ Line : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Toprow, "set_top_row");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Toprow (Men, C_Int (Line));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Top_Row;
+
+ function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position
+ is
+ function Toprow (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Toprow, "top_row");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Toprow (Men);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_Err then
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Line_Position (Res);
+ end Top_Row;
+
+ function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive
+ is
+ function Get_Itemindex (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Itemindex, "item_index");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Get_Itemindex (Itm);
+ begin
+ if Res = Curses_Err then
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First);
+ end Get_Index;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Post (Men : in Menu;
+ Post : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function M_Post (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_menu");
+ function M_Unpost (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_menu");
+
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if Post then
+ Res := M_Post (Men);
+ else
+ Res := M_Unpost (Men);
+ end if;
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Post;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Normalize_Menu_Options (Options : in out C_Int);
+ pragma Import (C, Normalize_Menu_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts");
+
+ procedure Set_Options (Men : in Menu;
+ Options : in Menu_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Opts (Men : Menu;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Opts, "set_menu_opts");
+
+ Opt : C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Normalize_Menu_Options (Opt);
+ Res := Set_Menu_Opts (Men, Opt);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Options;
+
+ procedure Switch_Options (Men : in Menu;
+ Options : in Menu_Option_Set;
+ On : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Menu_Opts_On (Men : Menu;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_On, "menu_opts_on");
+ function Menu_Opts_Off (Men : Menu;
+ Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_Off, "menu_opts_off");
+
+ Opt : C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options);
+ Err : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ Normalize_Menu_Options (Opt);
+ if On then
+ Err := Menu_Opts_On (Men, Opt);
+ else
+ Err := Menu_Opts_Off (Men, Opt);
+ end if;
+ if Err /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Err);
+ end if;
+ end Switch_Options;
+
+ procedure Get_Options (Men : in Menu;
+ Options : out Menu_Option_Set)
+ is
+ function Menu_Opts (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts, "menu_opts");
+
+ Res : C_Int := Menu_Opts (Men);
+ begin
+ Normalize_Menu_Options (Res);
+ Options := CInt_2_MOS (Res);
+ end Get_Options;
+
+ function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set
+ is
+ Mos : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (Men, Mos);
+ return Mos;
+ end Get_Options;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu;
+ Win : in Window)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Win (Men : Menu;
+ Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Win, "set_menu_win");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Win (Men, Win);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Window;
+
+ function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window
+ is
+ function Menu_Win (Men : Menu) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Win, "menu_win");
+
+ W : constant Window := Menu_Win (Men);
+ begin
+ return W;
+ end Get_Window;
+
+ procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu;
+ Win : in Window)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Sub (Men : Menu;
+ Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Sub, "set_menu_sub");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Sub (Men, Win);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Sub_Window;
+
+ function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window
+ is
+ function Menu_Sub (Men : Menu) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Sub, "menu_sub");
+
+ W : constant Window := Menu_Sub (Men);
+ begin
+ return W;
+ end Get_Sub_Window;
+
+ procedure Scale (Men : in Menu;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count)
+ is
+ type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function M_Scale (Men : Menu;
+ Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_menu");
+
+ X, Y : aliased C_Int;
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Men, Y'Access, X'Access);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ Lines := Line_Count (Y);
+ Columns := Column_Count (X);
+ end Scale;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu)
+ is
+ function Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Pos_Menu_Cursor, "pos_menu_cursor");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Position_Cursor;
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Mark (Men : in Menu;
+ Mark : in String)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Set_Mark (Men : Menu;
+ Mark : Char_Ptr) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Mark, "set_menu_mark");
+
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Mark'Length);
+ Len : size_t;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ To_C (Mark, Txt, Len);
+ Res := Set_Mark (Men, Txt (Txt'First)'Access);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Mark;
+
+ procedure Mark (Men : in Menu;
+ Mark : out String)
+ is
+ function Get_Menu_Mark (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Menu_Mark, "menu_mark");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Get_Menu_Mark (Men), Mark);
+ end Mark;
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Foreground
+ (Men : in Menu;
+ Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Fore (Men : Menu;
+ Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fore, "set_menu_fore");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color,
+ Attr => Fore);
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fore (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Foreground;
+
+ procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set)
+ is
+ function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore");
+ begin
+ Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr;
+ end Foreground;
+
+ procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair)
+ is
+ function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore");
+ begin
+ Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr;
+ Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Color;
+ end Foreground;
+
+ procedure Set_Background
+ (Men : in Menu;
+ Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Back (Men : Menu;
+ Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Back, "set_menu_back");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color,
+ Attr => Back);
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Back (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Background;
+
+ procedure Background (Men : in Menu;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set)
+ is
+ function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back");
+ begin
+ Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr;
+ end Background;
+
+ procedure Background (Men : in Menu;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair)
+ is
+ function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back");
+ begin
+ Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr;
+ Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Color;
+ end Background;
+
+ procedure Set_Grey (Men : in Menu;
+ Grey : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Grey (Men : Menu;
+ Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Grey, "set_menu_grey");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color,
+ Attr => Grey);
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Grey (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Grey;
+
+ procedure Grey (Men : in Menu;
+ Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set)
+ is
+ function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey");
+ begin
+ Grey := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr;
+ end Grey;
+
+ procedure Grey (Men : in Menu;
+ Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair)
+ is
+ function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey");
+ begin
+ Grey := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr;
+ Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Color;
+ end Grey;
+
+ procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu;
+ Pad : in Character := Space)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Pad (Men : Menu;
+ Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Pad, "set_menu_pad");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Pad (Men,
+ C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad)));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Pad_Character;
+
+ procedure Pad_Character (Men : in Menu;
+ Pad : out Character)
+ is
+ function Menu_Pad (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Pad, "menu_pad");
+ begin
+ Pad := Character'Val (Menu_Pad (Men));
+ end Pad_Character;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Spacing (Men : in Menu;
+ Descr : in Column_Position := 0;
+ Row : in Line_Position := 0;
+ Col : in Column_Position := 0)
+ is
+ function Set_Spacing (Men : Menu;
+ D, R, C : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Spacing, "set_menu_spacing");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Spacing (Men,
+ C_Int (Descr),
+ C_Int (Row),
+ C_Int (Col));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Spacing;
+
+ procedure Spacing (Men : in Menu;
+ Descr : out Column_Position;
+ Row : out Line_Position;
+ Col : out Column_Position)
+ is
+ type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Get_Spacing (Men : Menu;
+ D, R, C : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Spacing, "menu_spacing");
+
+ D, R, C : aliased C_Int;
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Get_Spacing (Men,
+ D'Access,
+ R'Access,
+ C'Access);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ Descr := Column_Position (D);
+ Row := Line_Position (R);
+ Col := Column_Position (C);
+ end if;
+ end Spacing;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu;
+ Text : String) return Boolean
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu;
+ Pattern : Char_Ptr) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Pattern, "set_menu_pattern");
+
+ S : char_array (0 .. Text'Length);
+ L : size_t;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ To_C (Text, S, L);
+ Res := Set_Pattern (Men, S (S'First)'Access);
+ case Res is
+ when E_No_Match => return False;
+ when E_Ok => return True;
+ when others =>
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ return False;
+ end case;
+ end Set_Pattern;
+
+ procedure Pattern (Men : in Menu;
+ Text : out String)
+ is
+ function Get_Pattern (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Pattern, "menu_pattern");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Get_Pattern (Men), Text);
+ end Pattern;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Format (Men : in Menu;
+ Lines : in Line_Count;
+ Columns : in Column_Count)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu;
+ Lin : C_Int;
+ Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fmt, "set_menu_format");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fmt (Men,
+ C_Int (Lines),
+ C_Int (Columns));
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Format;
+
+ procedure Format (Men : in Menu;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count)
+ is
+ type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu;
+ Y, X : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Fmt, "menu_format");
+
+ L, C : aliased C_Int;
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Menu_Fmt (Men, L'Access, C'Access);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ Lines := Line_Count (L);
+ Columns := Column_Count (C);
+ end if;
+ end Format;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Item_Init (Men : Menu;
+ Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Init, "set_item_init");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Init (Men, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Item_Init_Hook;
+
+ procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Item_Term (Men : Menu;
+ Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Term, "set_item_term");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Term (Men, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Item_Term_Hook;
+
+ procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Init (Men : Menu;
+ Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Init, "set_menu_init");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Init (Men, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Menu_Init_Hook;
+
+ procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function)
+ is
+ function Set_Menu_Term (Men : Menu;
+ Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Term, "set_menu_term");
+
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Term (Men, Proc);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Menu_Term_Hook;
+
+ function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
+ is
+ function Item_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Init, "item_init");
+ begin
+ return Item_Init (Men);
+ end Get_Item_Init_Hook;
+
+ function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
+ is
+ function Item_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ pragma Import (C, Item_Term, "item_term");
+ begin
+ return Item_Term (Men);
+ end Get_Item_Term_Hook;
+
+ function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
+ is
+ function Menu_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Init, "menu_init");
+ begin
+ return Menu_Init (Men);
+ end Get_Menu_Init_Hook;
+
+ function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
+ is
+ function Menu_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Term, "menu_term");
+ begin
+ return Menu_Term (Men);
+ end Get_Menu_Term_Hook;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ -- This is a bit delicate if we want to manipulate an Ada created menu
+ -- from C routines or vice versa.
+ -- In Ada created menus we use the low level user pointer to maintain
+ -- binding internal additional informations about the menu. This
+ -- internal information contains a hook for the Ada provided user pointer.
+ -- Unless you understand this implementation, the safest way in mixed
+ -- language programs to deal with user pointers is, that only the language
+ -- that created the menu should also manipulate the user pointer for that
+ -- menu.
+ procedure Redefine (Men : in Menu;
+ Items : in Item_Array)
+ is
+ function Set_Items (Men : Menu;
+ Items : Item_Array_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Items, "set_menu_items");
+
+ function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr");
+
+ U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men);
+ I : Item_Array_Access;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ if U = null or else U.I = null then raise Menu_Exception;
+ else
+ -- create internally an array of items that contains an
+ -- additional place for the terminating null item.
+ I := new Item_Array (1 .. (Items'Length + 1));
+ I.all (1 .. Items'Length) := Items (Items'First .. Items'Last);
+ I.all (Items'Length + 1) := Null_Item;
+ Res := Set_Items (Men, I);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Free_Allocated_Items (I);
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ else
+ Free_Allocated_Items (U.I);
+ U.I := I;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Redefine;
+
+ function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural
+ is
+ function Count (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Count, "item_count");
+ begin
+ return Natural (Count (Men));
+ end Item_Count;
+
+ function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access
+ is
+ function M_Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, M_Items, "menu_items");
+ begin
+ return M_Items (Men);
+ end Items;
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu
+ is
+ function Newmenu (Items : Item_Array_Access) return Menu;
+ pragma Import (C, Newmenu, "new_menu");
+
+ function Set_Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu;
+ Addr : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Userptr, "set_menu_userptr");
+
+ M : Menu;
+ I : Item_Array_Access;
+ U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ Res : Eti_Error;
+ begin
+ I := new Item_Array (1 .. (Items'Length + 1));
+ I.all (1 .. Items'Length) := Items (Items'First .. Items'Last);
+ I.all (Items'Length + 1) := Null_Item;
+ M := Newmenu (I);
+ if M = Null_Menu then
+ Free_Allocated_Items (I);
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ end if;
+ U := new Ada_User_Wrapper' (System.Null_Address, I);
+ Res := Set_Menu_Userptr (M, U);
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Free_Allocated_Items (I);
+ Free_User_Wrapper (U);
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ return M;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu)
+ is
+ function Free (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Free, "free_menu");
+ function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr");
+
+ U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men);
+ Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Men);
+ begin
+ if Res /= E_Ok then
+ Eti_Exception (Res);
+ end if;
+ if U = null or else U.I = null then
+ raise Menu_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Free_Allocated_Items (U.I);
+ Free_User_Wrapper (U);
+ Men := Null_Menu;
+ end Delete;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Driver (Men : Menu;
+ Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result
+ is
+ function Driver (Men : Menu;
+ Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Driver, "menu_driver");
+
+ R : Eti_Error := Driver (Men, C_Int (Key));
+ begin
+ if R /= E_Ok then
+ case R is
+ when E_Unknown_Command => return Unknown_Request;
+ when E_No_Match => return No_Match;
+ when E_Request_Denied |
+ E_Not_Selectable => return Request_Denied;
+ when others =>
+ Eti_Exception (R);
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ return Menu_Ok;
+ end Driver;
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+begin
+ if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+
+ Default_Menu_Options := Get_Options (Null_Menu);
+ Default_Item_Options := Get_Options (Null_Item);
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with Interfaces;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is
+
+ use type System.Bit_Order;
+ use type Interfaces.C.int;
+
+ function CInt_To_Mask is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Int,
+ Target => Event_Mask);
+
+ function Mask_To_CInt is new
+ Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Event_Mask,
+ Target => C_Int);
+
+ function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event
+ is
+ type Event_Access is access all Mouse_Event;
+
+ function Getmouse (Ev : Event_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Getmouse, "getmouse");
+
+ Event : aliased Mouse_Event;
+ begin
+ if Getmouse (Event'Access) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Event;
+ end Get_Mouse;
+
+ procedure Register_Reportable_Event (B : in Mouse_Button;
+ S : in Button_State;
+ Mask : in out Event_Mask)
+ is
+ type Evt_Access is access all Event_Mask;
+ function Register (B : C_Int;
+ S : C_Int;
+ M : Evt_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Register, "_nc_ada_mouse_mask");
+
+ T : aliased Event_Mask := Mask;
+ M : Evt_Access := T'Access;
+ R : constant C_Int := Register (C_Int (Mouse_Button'Pos (B)),
+ C_Int (Button_State'Pos (S)),
+ M);
+ begin
+ if R = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Mask := T;
+ end Register_Reportable_Event;
+
+ function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events)
+ return Event_Mask
+ is
+ type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function MMask (M : C_Int; O : Int_Access := null) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, MMask, "mousemask");
+ R : C_Int;
+ begin
+ R := MMask (Mask_To_CInt (Mask));
+ return CInt_To_Mask (R);
+ end Start_Mouse;
+
+ procedure Get_Event (Event : in Mouse_Event;
+ Y : out Line_Position;
+ X : out Column_Position;
+ Button : out Mouse_Button;
+ State : out Button_State)
+ is
+ procedure Dispatch_Event (M : in C_Int;
+ B : out C_Int;
+ S : out C_Int);
+ pragma Import (C, Dispatch_Event, "_nc_ada_mouse_event");
+
+ Mask : constant Interfaces.C.int := Mask_To_CInt (Event.Bstate);
+ B, S : C_Int;
+ begin
+ X := Column_Position (Event.X);
+ Y := Line_Position (Event.Y);
+ Dispatch_Event (Mask, B, S);
+ Button := Mouse_Button'Val (B);
+ State := Button_State'Val (S);
+ end Get_Event;
+
+ procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event)
+ is
+ function Ungetmouse (Ev : Mouse_Event) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Ungetmouse, "ungetmouse");
+ begin
+ if Ungetmouse (Event) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Unget_Mouse;
+
+ function Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Event : Mouse_Event) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Wenclose (Win : Window; Y : C_Int; X : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wenclose, "wenclose");
+ begin
+ if Wenclose (Win, C_Int (Event.Y), C_Int (Event.X)) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Enclosed_In_Window;
+
+ function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural
+ is
+ function Mouseinterval (Msec : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mouseinterval, "mouseinterval");
+ begin
+ return Natural (Mouseinterval (C_Int (Msec)));
+ end Mouse_Interval;
+
+begin
+ if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is
+
+ use type Interfaces.C.int;
+
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Pan : in Panel;
+ Data : in User_Access)
+ is
+ function Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel;
+ Addr : User_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Panel_Userptr, "set_panel_userptr");
+ begin
+ if Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan, Data) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_User_Data;
+
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Pan : in Panel;
+ Data : out User_Access)
+ is
+ function Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel) return User_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Panel_Userptr, "panel_userptr");
+ begin
+ Data := Panel_Userptr (Pan);
+ end Get_User_Data;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with Interfaces.C;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is
+
+ use type Interfaces.C.int;
+
+ function Create (Win : Window) return Panel
+ is
+ function Newpanel (Win : Window) return Panel;
+ pragma Import (C, Newpanel, "new_panel");
+
+ Pan : Panel;
+ begin
+ Pan := Newpanel (Win);
+ if Pan = Null_Panel then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Pan;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel)
+ is
+ function Bottompanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Bottompanel, "bottom_panel");
+ begin
+ if Bottompanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Bottom;
+
+ procedure Top (Pan : in Panel)
+ is
+ function Toppanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Toppanel, "top_panel");
+ begin
+ if Toppanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Top;
+
+ procedure Show (Pan : in Panel)
+ is
+ function Showpanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Showpanel, "show_panel");
+ begin
+ if Showpanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Show;
+
+ procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel)
+ is
+ function Hidepanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Hidepanel, "hide_panel");
+ begin
+ if Hidepanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Hide;
+
+ function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window
+ is
+ function Panel_Win (Pan : Panel) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Panel_Win, "panel_window");
+
+ Win : Window := Panel_Win (Pan);
+ begin
+ if Win = Null_Window then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return Win;
+ end Get_Window;
+
+ procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel;
+ Win : in Window)
+ is
+ function Replace_Pan (Pan : Panel;
+ Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Replace_Pan, "replace_panel");
+ begin
+ if Replace_Pan (Pan, Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Replace;
+
+ procedure Move (Pan : in Panel;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Move (Pan : Panel;
+ Line : C_Int;
+ Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Move, "move_panel");
+ begin
+ if Move (Pan, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Move;
+
+ function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Panel_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Panel_Hidden, "panel_hidden");
+ begin
+ if Panel_Hidden (Pan) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Is_Hidden;
+
+ procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel)
+ is
+ function Del_Panel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Del_Panel, "del_panel");
+ begin
+ if Del_Panel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Panel_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Pan := Null_Panel;
+ end Delete;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is
+
+ procedure Put_Buf
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Buf : in String;
+ Width : in Field;
+ Signal : in Boolean := True;
+ Ljust : in Boolean := False)
+ is
+ L : Field;
+ Len : Field;
+ W : Field := Width;
+ LC : Line_Count;
+ CC : Column_Count;
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+
+ procedure Output (From, To : Field);
+
+ procedure Output (From, To : Field)
+ is
+ begin
+ if Len > 0 then
+ if W = 0 then
+ W := Len;
+ end if;
+ if Len > W then
+ -- LRM A10.6 (7) says this
+ W := Len;
+ end if;
+
+ pragma Assert (Len <= W);
+ Get_Size (Win, LC, CC);
+ if Column_Count (Len) > CC then
+ if Signal then
+ raise Layout_Error;
+ else
+ return;
+ end if;
+ else
+ if Len < W and then not Ljust then
+ declare
+ Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len))
+ := (others => ' ');
+ begin
+ Put (Win, Filler);
+ end;
+ end if;
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
+ if (X + Column_Position (Len)) > CC then
+ New_Line (Win);
+ end if;
+ Put (Win, Buf (From .. To));
+ if Len < W and then Ljust then
+ declare
+ Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len))
+ := (others => ' ');
+ begin
+ Put (Win, Filler);
+ end;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Output;
+
+ begin
+ pragma Assert (Win /= Null_Window);
+ if Ljust then
+ L := 1;
+ for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop
+ exit when Buf (L) = ' ';
+ L := L + 1;
+ end loop;
+ Len := L - 1;
+ Output (1, Len);
+ else -- input buffer is not left justified
+ L := Buf'Length;
+ for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop
+ exit when Buf (L) = ' ';
+ L := L - 1;
+ end loop;
+ Len := Buf'Length - L;
+ Output (L + 1, Buf'Length);
+ end if;
+ end Put_Buf;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+private package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is
+
+ -- This routine is called from the Text_IO output routines for numeric
+ -- and enumeration types.
+ --
+ procedure Put_Buf
+ (Win : in Window; -- The output window
+ Buf : in String; -- The buffer containing the text
+ Width : in Field; -- The width of the output field
+ Signal : in Boolean := True; -- If true, we raise Layout_Error
+ Ljust : in Boolean := False); -- The Buf is left justified
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is
+
+ package FIO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO (Complex_Types.Real'Base);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Complex;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Win, '(');
+ FIO.Put (Win, Item.Re, Fore, Aft, Exp);
+ Put (Win, ',');
+ FIO.Put (Win, Item.Im, Fore, Aft, Exp);
+ Put (Win, ')');
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Complex;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types;
+
+generic
+ with package Complex_Types is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types (<>);
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is
+
+ use Complex_Types;
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := 2;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Real'Digits - 1;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 3;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Complex;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Complex;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is
+
+ package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+ package DIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Decimal_IO (Num);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp)
+ is
+ Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
+ Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft;
+ begin
+ if Exp > 0 then
+ Len := Len + 1 + Exp;
+ end if;
+ DIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp);
+ Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+ type Num is delta <> digits <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 0;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is
+
+ package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+ package EIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Enum);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Enum;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting)
+ is
+ Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
+ Tset : Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set;
+ begin
+ if Set /= Mixed_Case then
+ Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set'Val (Type_Set'Pos (Set));
+ else
+ Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Lower_Case;
+ end if;
+ EIO.Put (Buf, Item, Tset);
+ if Set = Mixed_Case then
+ Buf (Buf'First) := To_Upper (Buf (Buf'First));
+ end if;
+ Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width, True, True);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Enum;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Set);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+ type Enum is (<>);
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is
+
+ Default_Width : Field := 0;
+ Default_Setting : Type_Set := Mixed_Case;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Enum;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Enum;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is
+
+ package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+ package FIXIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Fixed_IO (Num);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp)
+ is
+ Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
+ Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft;
+ begin
+ if Exp > 0 then
+ Len := Len + 1 + Exp;
+ end if;
+ FIXIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp);
+ Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+ type Num is delta <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 0;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is
+
+ package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+ package FIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Float_IO (Num);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp)
+ is
+ Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
+ Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft;
+ begin
+ if Exp > 0 then
+ Len := Len + 1 + Exp;
+ end if;
+ FIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp);
+ Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+ type Num is digits <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := 2;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Num'Digits - 1;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 3;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : in Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is
+
+ package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+ package IIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Num);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base)
+ is
+ Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
+ begin
+ IIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base);
+ Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+ type Num is range <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is
+
+ Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
+ Default_Base : Number_Base := 10;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is
+
+ package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
+ package MIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Modular_IO (Num);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base)
+ is
+ Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
+ begin
+ MIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base);
+ Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base);
+ end Put;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+ type Num is mod <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is
+
+ Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
+ Default_Base : Number_Base := 10;
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+ procedure Put
+ (Item : in Num;
+ Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+private
+ pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is
+
+ Default_Window : Window;
+
+ procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window)
+ is
+ begin
+ Default_Window := Win;
+ end Set_Window;
+
+ function Get_Window return Window
+ is
+ begin
+ if Default_Window = Null_Window then
+ return Standard_Window;
+ else
+ return Default_Window;
+ end if;
+ end Get_Window;
+ pragma Inline (Get_Window);
+
+ procedure Flush (Win : in Window)
+ is
+ begin
+ Refresh (Win);
+ end Flush;
+
+ procedure Flush
+ is
+ begin
+ Flush (Get_Window);
+ end Flush;
+
+ --------------------------------------------
+ -- Specification of line and page lengths --
+ --------------------------------------------
+
+ -- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate
+ -- the window with an appropriate size.
+ -- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length,
+ -- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length.
+
+ function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count
+ is
+ N_Lines : Line_Count;
+ N_Cols : Column_Count;
+ begin
+ Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols);
+ if Natural (N_Cols) > Natural (Count'Last) then
+ raise Layout_Error;
+ end if;
+ return Count (N_Cols);
+ end Line_Length;
+
+ function Line_Length return Count
+ is
+ begin
+ return Line_Length (Get_Window);
+ end Line_Length;
+
+ function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count
+ is
+ N_Lines : Line_Count;
+ N_Cols : Column_Count;
+ begin
+ if Scrolling_Allowed (Win) then
+ return 0;
+ else
+ Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols);
+ if Natural (N_Lines) > Natural (Count'Last) then
+ raise Layout_Error;
+ end if;
+ return Count (N_Lines);
+ end if;
+ end Page_Length;
+
+ function Page_Length return Count
+ is
+ begin
+ return Page_Length (Get_Window);
+ end Page_Length;
+
+ ------------------------------------
+ -- Column, Line, and Page Control --
+ ------------------------------------
+ procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1)
+ is
+ P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win);
+ begin
+ if Spacing not in Positive_Count then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+
+ for I in 1 .. Spacing loop
+ if P_Size > 0 and then Line (Win) >= P_Size then
+ New_Page (Win);
+ else
+ Add (Win, Ascii.LF);
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ end New_Line;
+
+ procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1)
+ is
+ begin
+ New_Line (Get_Window, Spacing);
+ end New_Line;
+
+ procedure New_Page (Win : in Window)
+ is
+ begin
+ Clear (Win);
+ end New_Page;
+
+ procedure New_Page
+ is
+ begin
+ New_Page (Get_Window);
+ end New_Page;
+
+ procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count)
+ is
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X1 : Column_Position;
+ X2 : Column_Position;
+ N : Natural;
+ begin
+ if To not in Positive_Count then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X1);
+ N := Natural (To); N := N - 1;
+ X2 := Column_Position (N);
+ if X1 > X2 then
+ New_Line (Win, 1);
+ X1 := 0;
+ end if;
+ if X1 < X2 then
+ declare
+ Filler : constant String (Integer (X1) .. (Integer (X2) - 1))
+ := (others => ' ');
+ begin
+ Put (Win, Filler);
+ end;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Col;
+
+ procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count)
+ is
+ begin
+ Set_Col (Get_Window, To);
+ end Set_Col;
+
+ procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count)
+ is
+ Y1 : Line_Position;
+ Y2 : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ N : Natural;
+ begin
+ if To not in Positive_Count then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y1, X);
+ N := Natural (To); N := N - 1;
+ Y2 := Line_Position (N);
+ if Y2 < Y1 then
+ New_Page (Win);
+ Y1 := 0;
+ end if;
+ if Y1 < Y2 then
+ New_Line (Win, Positive_Count (Y2 - Y1));
+ end if;
+ end Set_Line;
+
+ procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count)
+ is
+ begin
+ Set_Line (Get_Window, To);
+ end Set_Line;
+
+ function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count
+ is
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ N : Natural;
+ begin
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
+ N := Natural (X); N := N + 1;
+ if N > Natural (Count'Last) then
+ raise Layout_Error;
+ end if;
+ return Positive_Count (N);
+ end Col;
+
+ function Col return Positive_Count
+ is
+ begin
+ return Col (Get_Window);
+ end Col;
+
+ function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count
+ is
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ N : Natural;
+ begin
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
+ N := Natural (Y); N := N + 1;
+ if N > Natural (Count'Last) then
+ raise Layout_Error;
+ end if;
+ return Positive_Count (N);
+ end Line;
+
+ function Line return Positive_Count
+ is
+ begin
+ return Line (Get_Window);
+ end Line;
+
+ -----------------------
+ -- Characters Output --
+ -----------------------
+
+ procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in Character)
+ is
+ P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win);
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ L : Line_Count;
+ C : Column_Count;
+ begin
+ if P_Size > 0 then
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
+ Get_Size (Win, L, C);
+ if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1) = C then
+ New_Page (Win);
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ Add (Win, Item);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put (Item : in Character)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item);
+ end Put;
+
+ --------------------
+ -- Strings-Output --
+ --------------------
+
+ procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in String)
+ is
+ P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win);
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ L : Line_Count;
+ C : Column_Count;
+ begin
+ if P_Size > 0 then
+ Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
+ Get_Size (Win, L, C);
+ if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1 + Item'Length) >= C then
+ New_Page (Win);
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ Add (Win, Item);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put (Item : in String)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Get_Window, Item);
+ end Put;
+
+ procedure Put_Line
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in String)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put (Win, Item);
+ New_Line (Win, 1);
+ end Put_Line;
+
+ procedure Put_Line
+ (Item : in String)
+ is
+ begin
+ Put_Line (Get_Window, Item);
+ end Put_Line;
+
+begin
+ Default_Window := Null_Window;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.5 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+with System.Parameters;
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Ada.IO_Exceptions;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is
+
+ use type Ada.Text_IO.Count;
+ subtype Count is Ada.Text_IO.Count;
+ subtype Positive_Count is Count range 1 .. Count'Last;
+
+ subtype Field is Integer range 0 .. System.Parameters.Field_Max;
+ subtype Number_Base is Integer range 2 .. 16;
+
+ type Type_Set is (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case);
+
+ -- For most of the routines you will see a version without a Window
+ -- type parameter. They will operate on a default window, which can
+ -- be set by the user. It is initially equal to Standard_Window.
+
+ procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window);
+ -- Set Win as the default window
+
+ function Get_Window return Window;
+ -- Get the current default window
+
+ procedure Flush (Win : in Window);
+ procedure Flush;
+
+ --------------------------------------------
+ -- Specification of line and page lengths --
+ --------------------------------------------
+
+ -- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate
+ -- the window with an appropriate size.
+ -- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length,
+ -- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length.
+
+ function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count;
+ function Line_Length return Count;
+
+ function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count;
+ function Page_Length return Count;
+
+ ------------------------------------
+ -- Column, Line, and Page Control --
+ ------------------------------------
+ procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1);
+ procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1);
+
+ procedure New_Page (Win : in Window);
+ procedure New_Page;
+
+ procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count);
+ procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count);
+
+ procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count);
+ procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count);
+
+ function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count;
+ function Col return Positive_Count;
+
+ function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count;
+ function Line return Positive_Count;
+
+ -----------------------
+ -- Characters-Output --
+ -----------------------
+
+ procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in Character);
+ procedure Put (Item : in Character);
+
+ --------------------
+ -- Strings-Output --
+ --------------------
+
+ procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in String);
+ procedure Put (Item : in String);
+
+ procedure Put_Line
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Item : in String);
+
+ procedure Put_Line
+ (Item : in String);
+
+ -- Exceptions
+
+ Status_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Status_Error;
+ Mode_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Mode_Error;
+ Name_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Name_Error;
+ Use_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Use_Error;
+ Device_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error;
+ End_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.End_Error;
+ Data_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Data_Error;
+ Layout_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Layout_Error;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.7 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
+with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
+with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling;
+with Unchecked_Conversion;
+
+package body Terminal_Interface.Curses is
+
+ use type System.Bit_Order;
+
+ type chtype_array is array (size_t range <>)
+ of aliased Attributed_Character;
+ pragma Pack (chtype_array);
+ pragma Convention (C, chtype_array);
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Key_Name (Key : in Real_Key_Code;
+ Name : out String)
+ is
+ function Keyname (K : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Keyname, "keyname");
+
+ Ch : Character;
+ begin
+ if Key <= Character'Pos (Character'Last) then
+ Ch := Character'Val (Key);
+ if Is_Control (Ch) then
+ Un_Control (Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video),
+ Name);
+ elsif Is_Graphic (Ch) then
+ Fill_String (Null_Ptr, Name);
+ Name (Name'First) := Ch;
+ else
+ Fill_String (Null_Ptr, Name);
+ end if;
+ else
+ Fill_String (Keyname (C_Int (Key)), Name);
+ end if;
+ end Key_Name;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Init_Screen
+ is
+ function Initscr return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Initscr, "initscr");
+
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Initscr;
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Init_Screen;
+
+ procedure End_Windows
+ is
+ function Endwin return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Endwin, "endwin");
+ begin
+ if Endwin = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end End_Windows;
+
+ function Is_End_Window return Boolean
+ is
+ function Isendwin return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Isendwin, "isendwin");
+ begin
+ if Isendwin = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Is_End_Window;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Move_Cursor (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Wmove (Win : Window;
+ Line : C_Int;
+ Column : C_Int
+ ) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wmove, "wmove");
+ begin
+ if Wmove (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Move_Cursor;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function Waddch (W : Window;
+ Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Waddch, "waddch");
+ begin
+ if Waddch (Win, Chtype_To_Cint (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Add;
+
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Character)
+ is
+ begin
+ Add (Win,
+ Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ end Add;
+
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function mvwaddch (W : Window;
+ Y : C_Int;
+ X : C_Int;
+ Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, mvwaddch, "mvwaddch");
+ begin
+ if mvwaddch (Win, C_Int (Line),
+ C_Int (Column),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Add;
+
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Ch : in Character)
+ is
+ begin
+ Add (Win,
+ Line,
+ Column,
+ Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ end Add;
+
+ procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function Wechochar (W : Window;
+ Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wechochar, "wechochar");
+ begin
+ if Wechochar (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Add_With_Immediate_Echo;
+
+ procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Character)
+ is
+ begin
+ Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win,
+ Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ end Add_With_Immediate_Echo;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Create (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
+ is
+ function Newwin (Number_Of_Lines : C_Int;
+ Number_Of_Columns : C_Int;
+ First_Line_Position : C_Int;
+ First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Newwin, "newwin");
+
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Newwin (C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
+ C_Int (First_Line_Position),
+ C_Int (First_Column_Position));
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return W;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Delete (Win : in out Window)
+ is
+ function Wdelwin (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wdelwin, "delwin");
+ begin
+ if Wdelwin (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ Win := Null_Window;
+ end Delete;
+
+ function Sub_Window
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
+ is
+ function Subwin
+ (Win : Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : C_Int;
+ Number_Of_Columns : C_Int;
+ First_Line_Position : C_Int;
+ First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Subwin, "subwin");
+
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Subwin (Win,
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
+ C_Int (First_Line_Position),
+ C_Int (First_Column_Position));
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return W;
+ end Sub_Window;
+
+ function Derived_Window
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
+ is
+ function Derwin
+ (Win : Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : C_Int;
+ Number_Of_Columns : C_Int;
+ First_Line_Position : C_Int;
+ First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Derwin, "derwin");
+
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Derwin (Win,
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
+ C_Int (First_Line_Position),
+ C_Int (First_Column_Position));
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return W;
+ end Derived_Window;
+
+ function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window
+ is
+ function Dupwin (Win : Window) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Dupwin, "dupwin");
+
+ W : Window := Dupwin (Win);
+ begin
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return W;
+ end Duplicate;
+
+ procedure Move_Window (Win : in Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Mvwin (Win : Window;
+ Line : C_Int;
+ Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mvwin, "mvwin");
+ begin
+ if Mvwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Move_Window;
+
+ procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win : in Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Mvderwin (Win : Window;
+ Line : C_Int;
+ Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mvderwin, "mvderwin");
+ begin
+ if Mvderwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Move_Derived_Window;
+
+ procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False)
+ is
+ function Syncok (Win : Window;
+ Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Syncok, "syncok");
+ begin
+ if Syncok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Synch_Mode;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Waddnstr (Win : Window;
+ Str : Char_Ptr;
+ Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Waddnstr, "waddnstr");
+
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Length : size_t;
+ begin
+ To_C (Str, Txt, Length);
+ if Waddnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Add;
+
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ begin
+ Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
+ Add (Win, Str, Len);
+ end Add;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : in Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ type Chtype_Ptr is access all Attributed_Character;
+ function Waddchnstr (Win : Window;
+ Str : Chtype_Ptr;
+ Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Waddchnstr, "waddchnstr");
+
+ Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ begin
+ for Length in 1 .. size_t (Str'Length) loop
+ Txt (Length - 1) := Str (Natural (Length));
+ end loop;
+ Txt (Str'Length) := Default_Character;
+ if Waddchnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Add;
+
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : in Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ begin
+ Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
+ Add (Win, Str, Len);
+ end Add;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Border
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Left_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Right_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Top_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Bottom_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
+ is
+ function Wborder (W : Window;
+ LS : C_Int;
+ RS : C_Int;
+ TS : C_Int;
+ BS : C_Int;
+ ULC : C_Int;
+ URC : C_Int;
+ LLC : C_Int;
+ LRC : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wborder, "wborder");
+ begin
+ if Wborder (Win,
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Left_Side_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Right_Side_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Top_Side_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Bottom_Side_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol)
+ ) = Curses_Err
+ then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Border;
+
+ procedure Box
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Vertical_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
+ is
+ begin
+ Border (Win,
+ Vertical_Symbol, Vertical_Symbol,
+ Horizontal_Symbol, Horizontal_Symbol);
+ end Box;
+
+ procedure Horizontal_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line_Size : in Natural;
+ Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
+ is
+ function Whline (W : Window;
+ Ch : C_Int;
+ Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Whline, "whline");
+ begin
+ if Whline (Win,
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Line_Symbol),
+ C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Horizontal_Line;
+
+ procedure Vertical_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line_Size : in Natural;
+ Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
+ is
+ function Wvline (W : Window;
+ Ch : C_Int;
+ Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wvline, "wvline");
+ begin
+ if Wvline (Win,
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Line_Symbol),
+ C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Vertical_Line;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Real_Key_Code
+ is
+ function Wgetch (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wgetch, "wgetch");
+
+ C : constant C_Int := Wgetch (Win);
+ begin
+ if C = Curses_Err then
+ return Key_None;
+ else
+ return Real_Key_Code (C);
+ end if;
+ end Get_Keystroke;
+
+ procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code)
+ is
+ function Ungetch (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Ungetch, "ungetch");
+ begin
+ if Ungetch (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Undo_Keystroke;
+
+ function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Haskey (Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Haskey, "has_key");
+ begin
+ if Haskey (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Has_Key;
+
+ function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean
+ is
+ L : constant Special_Key_Code := Special_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) +
+ Natural (Function_Key_Number'Last));
+ begin
+ if (Key >= Key_F0) and then (Key <= L) then
+ return True;
+ else
+ return False;
+ end if;
+ end Is_Function_Key;
+
+ function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code)
+ return Function_Key_Number
+ is
+ begin
+ if Is_Function_Key (Key) then
+ return Function_Key_Number (Key - Key_F0);
+ else
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ end Function_Key;
+
+ function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code
+ is
+ begin
+ return Real_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) + Natural (Key));
+ end Function_Key_Code;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Switch_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ On : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Wattron (Win : Window;
+ C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wattron, "wattr_on");
+ function Wattroff (Win : Window;
+ C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wattroff, "wattr_off");
+ -- In Ada we use the On Boolean to control whether or not we want to
+ -- switch on or off the attributes in the set.
+ Err : C_Int;
+ AC : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Attr);
+ begin
+ if On then
+ Err := Wattron (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (AC));
+ else
+ Err := Wattroff (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (AC));
+ end if;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Switch_Character_Attribute;
+
+ procedure Set_Character_Attributes
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Wattrset (Win : Window;
+ C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wattrset, "wattrset"); -- ??? wattr_set
+ begin
+ if Wattrset (Win,
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Attributed_Character'
+ (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color,
+ Attr => Attr))) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Character_Attributes;
+
+ function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Character_Attribute_Set
+ is
+ function Wattrget (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get");
+
+ Ch : Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Wattrget (Win));
+ begin
+ return Ch.Attr;
+ end Get_Character_Attribute;
+
+ function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Color_Pair
+ is
+ function Wattrget (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get");
+
+ Ch : Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Wattrget (Win));
+ begin
+ return Ch.Color;
+ end Get_Character_Attribute;
+
+ procedure Change_Attributes
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Count : in Integer := -1;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Wchgat (Win : Window;
+ Cnt : C_Int;
+ Attr : C_Int;
+ Color : C_Short;
+ Opts : System.Address := System.Null_Address)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wchgat, "wchgat");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character :=
+ (Ch => Character'First, Color => Color_Pair'First, Attr => Attr);
+ begin
+ if Wchgat (Win, C_Int (Count), Chtype_To_CInt (Ch),
+ C_Short (Color)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Change_Attributes;
+
+ procedure Change_Attributes
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First;
+ Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First;
+ Count : in Integer := -1;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ begin
+ Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
+ Change_Attributes (Win, Count, Attr, Color);
+ end Change_Attributes;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Beep
+ is
+ function Beeper return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Beeper, "beep");
+ begin
+ if Beeper = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Beep;
+
+ procedure Flash_Screen
+ is
+ function Flash return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Flash, "flash");
+ begin
+ if Flash = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Flash_Screen;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Cbreak return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Cbreak, "cbreak");
+ function NoCbreak return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, NoCbreak, "nocbreak");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if SwitchOn then
+ Err := Cbreak;
+ else
+ Err := NoCbreak;
+ end if;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Cbreak_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Raw return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Raw, "raw");
+ function NoRaw return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, NoRaw, "noraw");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if SwitchOn then
+ Err := Raw;
+ else
+ Err := NoRaw;
+ end if;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Raw_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Echo return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Echo, "echo");
+ function NoEcho return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, NoEcho, "noecho");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if SwitchOn then
+ Err := Echo;
+ else
+ Err := NoEcho;
+ end if;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Echo_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ SwitchOn : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Meta (W : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Meta, "meta");
+ begin
+ if Meta (Win, Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Meta_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ SwitchOn : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Keypad (W : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Keypad, "keypad");
+ begin
+ if Keypad (Win, Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_KeyPad_Mode;
+
+ procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount)
+ is
+ function Halfdelay (Amount : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Halfdelay, "halfdelay");
+ begin
+ if Halfdelay (C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Half_Delay;
+
+ procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Intrflush (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Intrflush, "intrflush");
+ begin
+ if Intrflush (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Flush : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ procedure Qiflush;
+ pragma Import (C, Qiflush, "qiflush");
+ procedure No_Qiflush;
+ pragma Import (C, No_Qiflush, "noqiflush");
+ begin
+ if Flush then
+ Qiflush;
+ else
+ No_Qiflush;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False)
+ is
+ function Nodelay (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Nodelay, "nodelay");
+ begin
+ if Nodelay (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_NoDelay_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Timeout_Mode;
+ Amount : in Natural)
+ is
+ function Wtimeout (Win : Window; Amount : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wtimeout, "wtimeout");
+
+ Time : C_Int;
+ begin
+ case Mode is
+ when Blocking => Time := -1;
+ when Non_Blocking => Time := 0;
+ when Delayed =>
+ if Amount = 0 then
+ raise CONSTRAINT_ERROR;
+ end if;
+ Time := C_Int (Amount);
+ end case;
+ if Wtimeout (Win, Time) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Timeout_Mode;
+
+ procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Timer_Off : in Boolean := False)
+ is
+ function Notimeout (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Notimeout, "notimeout");
+ begin
+ if Notimeout (Win, Boolean'Pos (Timer_Off)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Escape_Timer_Mode;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function NL return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, NL, "nl");
+ function NoNL return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, NoNL, "nonl");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if SwitchOn then
+ Err := NL;
+ else
+ Err := NoNL;
+ end if;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_NL_Mode;
+
+ procedure Clear_On_Next_Update
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Clear : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Clear_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Clear_Ok, "clearok");
+ begin
+ if Clear_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Clear)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Clear_On_Next_Update;
+
+ procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Idl : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function IDL_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, IDL_Ok, "idlok");
+ begin
+ if IDL_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Idl)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Use_Insert_Delete_Line;
+
+ procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Idc : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function IDC_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, IDC_Ok, "idcok");
+ begin
+ if IDC_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Idc)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Use_Insert_Delete_Character;
+
+ procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Leave : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Leave_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Leave_Ok, "leaveok");
+ begin
+ if Leave_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Leave)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Leave_Cursor_After_Update;
+
+ procedure Immediate_Update_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False)
+ is
+ function Immedok (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Immedok, "immedok");
+ begin
+ if Immedok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Immediate_Update_Mode;
+
+ procedure Allow_Scrolling
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False)
+ is
+ function Scrollok (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Scrollok, "scrollok");
+ begin
+ if Scrollok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Allow_Scrolling;
+
+ function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean
+ is
+ function Is_Scroll (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Is_Scroll, "_nc_ada_isscroll");
+
+ Res : constant C_Int := Is_Scroll (Win);
+ begin
+ case Res is
+ when Curses_True => return True;
+ when Curses_False => return False;
+ when others => raise Curses_Exception;
+ end case;
+ end Scrolling_Allowed;
+
+ procedure Set_Scroll_Region
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Top_Line : in Line_Position;
+ Bottom_Line : in Line_Position)
+ is
+ function Wsetscrreg (Win : Window;
+ Lin : C_Int;
+ Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wsetscrreg, "wsetscrreg");
+ begin
+ if Wsetscrreg (Win, C_Int (Top_Line), C_Int (Bottom_Line))
+ = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Scroll_Region;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Update_Screen
+ is
+ function Do_Update return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Do_Update, "doupdate");
+ begin
+ if Do_Update = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Update_Screen;
+
+ procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Wrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wrefresh, "wrefresh");
+ begin
+ if Wrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Refresh;
+
+ procedure Refresh_Without_Update
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Wnoutrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wnoutrefresh, "wnoutrefresh");
+ begin
+ if Wnoutrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Refresh_Without_Update;
+
+ procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Redrawwin (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Redrawwin, "redrawwin");
+ begin
+ if Redrawwin (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Redraw;
+
+ procedure Redraw
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Begin_Line : in Line_Position;
+ Line_Count : in Positive)
+ is
+ function Wredrawln (Win : Window; First : C_Int; Cnt : C_Int)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wredrawln, "wredrawln");
+ begin
+ if Wredrawln (Win,
+ C_Int (Begin_Line),
+ C_Int (Line_Count)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Redraw;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Werase (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Werase, "werase");
+ begin
+ if Werase (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Erase;
+
+ procedure Clear (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Wclear (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wclear, "wclear");
+ begin
+ if Wclear (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Clear;
+
+ procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Wclearbot (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wclearbot, "wclrtobot");
+ begin
+ if Wclearbot (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Clear_To_End_Of_Screen;
+
+ procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Wcleareol (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wcleareol, "wclrtoeol");
+ begin
+ if Wcleareol (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Clear_To_End_Of_Line;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Set_Background
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ procedure WBackground (W : in Window; Ch : in C_Int);
+ pragma Import (C, WBackground, "wbkgdset");
+ begin
+ WBackground (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ end Set_Background;
+
+ procedure Change_Background
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function WChangeBkgd (W : Window; Ch : C_Int)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, WChangeBkgd, "wbkgd");
+ begin
+ if WChangeBkgd (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Change_Background;
+
+ function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Attributed_Character
+ is
+ function Wgetbkgd (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wgetbkgd, "getbkgd");
+ begin
+ return CInt_To_Chtype (Wgetbkgd (Win));
+ end Get_Background;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Start : in Line_Position;
+ Count : in Positive;
+ State : in Boolean)
+ is
+ function Wtouchln (Win : Window;
+ Sta : C_Int;
+ Cnt : C_Int;
+ Chg : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wtouchln, "wtouchln");
+ begin
+ if Wtouchln (Win, C_Int (Start), C_Int (Count),
+ C_Int (Boolean'Pos (State))) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Change_Lines_Status;
+
+ procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ begin
+ Get_Size (Win, Y, X);
+ Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), True);
+ end Touch;
+
+ procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ begin
+ Get_Size (Win, Y, X);
+ Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), False);
+ end Untouch;
+
+ procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Start : in Line_Position;
+ Count : in Positive)
+ is
+ begin
+ Change_Lines_Status (Win, Start, Count, True);
+ end Touch;
+
+ function Is_Touched
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : Line_Position) return Boolean
+ is
+ function WLineTouched (W : Window; L : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, WLineTouched, "is_linetouched");
+ begin
+ if WLineTouched (Win, C_Int (Line)) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Is_Touched;
+
+ function Is_Touched
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean
+ is
+ function WWinTouched (W : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, WWinTouched, "is_wintouched");
+ begin
+ if WWinTouched (Win) = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Is_Touched;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Copy
+ (Source_Window : in Window;
+ Destination_Window : in Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Non_Destructive_Mode : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Copywin (Src : Window;
+ Dst : Window;
+ Str : C_Int;
+ Slc : C_Int;
+ Dtr : C_Int;
+ Dlc : C_Int;
+ Dbr : C_Int;
+ Drc : C_Int;
+ Ndm : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Copywin, "copywin");
+ begin
+ if Copywin (Source_Window,
+ Destination_Window,
+ C_Int (Source_Top_Row),
+ C_Int (Source_Left_Column),
+ C_Int (Destination_Top_Row),
+ C_Int (Destination_Left_Column),
+ C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row),
+ C_Int (Destination_Right_Column),
+ Boolean'Pos (Non_Destructive_Mode)
+ ) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Copy;
+
+ procedure Overwrite
+ (Source_Window : in Window;
+ Destination_Window : in Window)
+ is
+ function Overwrite (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Overwrite, "overwrite");
+ begin
+ if Overwrite (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Overwrite;
+
+ procedure Overlay
+ (Source_Window : in Window;
+ Destination_Window : in Window)
+ is
+ function Overlay (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Overlay, "overlay");
+ begin
+ if Overlay (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Overlay;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Insert_Delete_Lines
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Lines : in Integer := 1) -- default is to insert one line above
+ is
+ function Winsdelln (W : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Winsdelln, "winsdelln");
+ begin
+ if Winsdelln (Win, C_Int (Lines)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Insert_Delete_Lines;
+
+ procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ begin
+ Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, -1);
+ end Delete_Line;
+
+ procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ begin
+ Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, 1);
+ end Insert_Line;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Get_Size
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count)
+ is
+ type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Getmaxyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Getmaxyx, "_nc_ada_getmaxyx");
+
+ Y, X : aliased C_Int;
+ Err : constant C_Int := Getmaxyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access);
+ begin
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ Number_Of_Lines := Line_Count (Y);
+ Number_Of_Columns := Column_Count (X);
+ end if;
+ end Get_Size;
+
+ procedure Get_Window_Position
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position;
+ Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position)
+ is
+ type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Getbegyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Getbegyx, "_nc_ada_getbegyx");
+
+ Y, X : aliased C_Int;
+ Err : constant C_Int := Getbegyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access);
+ begin
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ Top_Left_Line := Line_Position (Y);
+ Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X);
+ end if;
+ end Get_Window_Position;
+
+ procedure Get_Cursor_Position
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : out Line_Position;
+ Column : out Column_Position)
+ is
+ type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Getyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Getyx, "_nc_ada_getyx");
+
+ Y, X : aliased C_Int;
+ Err : constant C_Int := Getyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access);
+ begin
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ Line := Line_Position (Y);
+ Column := Column_Position (X);
+ end if;
+ end Get_Cursor_Position;
+
+ procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position;
+ Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position;
+ Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean)
+ is
+ type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Getparyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Getparyx, "_nc_ada_getparyx");
+
+ Y, X : aliased C_Int;
+ Err : constant C_Int := Getparyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access);
+ begin
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ if Y = -1 then
+ Top_Left_Line := Line_Position'Last;
+ Top_Left_Column := Column_Position'Last;
+ Is_Not_A_Subwindow := True;
+ else
+ Top_Left_Line := Line_Position (Y);
+ Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X);
+ Is_Not_A_Subwindow := False;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count;
+ Columns : Column_Count) return Window
+ is
+ function Newpad (Lines : C_Int; Columns : C_Int) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Newpad, "newpad");
+
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Newpad (C_Int (Lines), C_Int (Columns));
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return W;
+ end New_Pad;
+
+ function Sub_Pad
+ (Pad : Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
+ is
+ function Subpad
+ (Pad : Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : C_Int;
+ Number_Of_Columns : C_Int;
+ First_Line_Position : C_Int;
+ First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Subpad, "subpad");
+
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Subpad (Pad,
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
+ C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
+ C_Int (First_Line_Position),
+ C_Int (First_Column_Position));
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ return W;
+ end Sub_Pad;
+
+ procedure Refresh
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Prefresh
+ (Pad : Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : C_Int;
+ Source_Left_Column : C_Int;
+ Destination_Top_Row : C_Int;
+ Destination_Left_Column : C_Int;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : C_Int;
+ Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Prefresh, "prefresh");
+ begin
+ if Prefresh (Pad,
+ C_Int (Source_Top_Row),
+ C_Int (Source_Left_Column),
+ C_Int (Destination_Top_Row),
+ C_Int (Destination_Left_Column),
+ C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row),
+ C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Refresh;
+
+ procedure Refresh_Without_Update
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Pnoutrefresh
+ (Pad : Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : C_Int;
+ Source_Left_Column : C_Int;
+ Destination_Top_Row : C_Int;
+ Destination_Left_Column : C_Int;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : C_Int;
+ Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Pnoutrefresh, "pnoutrefresh");
+ begin
+ if Pnoutrefresh (Pad,
+ C_Int (Source_Top_Row),
+ C_Int (Source_Left_Column),
+ C_Int (Destination_Top_Row),
+ C_Int (Destination_Left_Column),
+ C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row),
+ C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Refresh_Without_Update;
+
+ procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function Pechochar (Pad : Window; Ch : C_Int)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Pechochar, "pechochar");
+ begin
+ if Pechochar (Pad, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It;
+
+ procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Ch : in Character)
+ is
+ begin
+ Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad,
+ Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Scroll (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Amount : in Integer := 1)
+ is
+ function Wscrl (Win : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wscrl, "wscrl");
+
+ begin
+ if Wscrl (Win, C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Scroll;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window)
+ is
+ function Wdelch (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wdelch, "wdelch");
+ begin
+ if Wdelch (Win) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Delete_Character;
+
+ procedure Delete_Character
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position)
+ is
+ function Mvwdelch (Win : Window;
+ Lin : C_Int;
+ Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mvwdelch, "mvwdelch");
+ begin
+ if Mvwdelch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Delete_Character;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Attributed_Character
+ is
+ function Winch (Win : Window) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Winch, "winch");
+ begin
+ return CInt_To_Chtype (Winch (Win));
+ end Peek;
+
+ function Peek
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : Line_Position;
+ Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character
+ is
+ function Mvwinch (Win : Window;
+ Lin : C_Int;
+ Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mvwinch, "mvwinch");
+ begin
+ return CInt_To_Chtype (Mvwinch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)));
+ end Peek;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function Winsch (Win : Window; Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Winsch, "winsch");
+ begin
+ if Winsch (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Insert;
+
+ procedure Insert
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character)
+ is
+ function Mvwinsch (Win : Window;
+ Lin : C_Int;
+ Col : C_Int;
+ Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mvwinsch, "mvwinsch");
+ begin
+ if Mvwinsch (Win,
+ C_Int (Line),
+ C_Int (Column),
+ Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Insert;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Winsnstr (Win : Window;
+ Str : Char_Ptr;
+ Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Winsnstr, "winsnstr");
+
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Length : size_t;
+ begin
+ To_C (Str, Txt, Length);
+ if Winsnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Insert;
+
+ procedure Insert
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Mvwinsnstr (Win : Window;
+ Line : C_Int;
+ Column : C_Int;
+ Str : Char_Ptr;
+ Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Mvwinsnstr, "mvwinsnstr");
+
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Length : size_t;
+ begin
+ To_C (Str, Txt, Length);
+ if Mvwinsnstr (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column),
+ Txt (Txt'First)'Access, C_Int (Len))
+ = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Insert;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ function Winnstr (Win : Window;
+ Str : char_array;
+ Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Winnstr, "winnstr");
+
+ N : Integer := Len;
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Cnt : Natural;
+ begin
+ if N < 0 then
+ N := Str'Length;
+ end if;
+ if N > Str'Length then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First;
+ if Winnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True);
+ if Cnt < Str'Length then
+ Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' ');
+ end if;
+ end Peek;
+
+ procedure Peek
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ begin
+ Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
+ Peek (Win, Str, Len);
+ end Peek;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Peek
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : out Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ type Chtype_Ptr is access all Attributed_Character;
+ function Winchnstr (Win : Window;
+ Str : Chtype_Ptr;
+ Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Winchnstr, "winchnstr");
+
+ N : Integer := Len;
+ Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Cnt : Natural := 0;
+ begin
+ if N < 0 then
+ N := Str'Length;
+ end if;
+ if N > Str'Length then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ if Winchnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ for To in Str'Range loop
+ exit when Txt (size_t (Cnt)) = Default_Character;
+ Str (To) := Txt (size_t (Cnt));
+ Cnt := Cnt + 1;
+ end loop;
+ if Cnt < Str'Length then
+ Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) :=
+ (others => (Ch => ' ',
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ end if;
+ end Peek;
+
+ procedure Peek
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : out Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ begin
+ Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
+ Peek (Win, Str, Len);
+ end Peek;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ function Wgetnstr (Win : Window;
+ Str : char_array;
+ Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Wgetnstr, "wgetnstr");
+
+ N : Integer := Len;
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
+ Cnt : Natural;
+ begin
+ if N < 0 then
+ N := Str'Length;
+ end if;
+ if N > Str'Length then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First;
+ if Wgetnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True);
+ if Cnt < Str'Length then
+ Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' ');
+ end if;
+ end Get;
+
+ procedure Get
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1)
+ is
+ begin
+ Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
+ Get (Win, Str, Len);
+ end Get;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys
+ (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three)
+ is
+ function Slk_Init (Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Init, "slk_init");
+ begin
+ if Slk_Init (Soft_Label_Key_Format'Pos (Format)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Init_Soft_Label_Keys;
+
+ procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number;
+ Text : in String;
+ Fmt : in Label_Justification := Left)
+ is
+ type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char;
+ function Slk_Set (Label : C_Int;
+ Txt : Char_Ptr;
+ Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Set, "slk_set");
+
+ Txt : char_array (0 .. Text'Length);
+ Len : size_t;
+ begin
+ To_C (Text, Txt, Len);
+ if Slk_Set (C_Int (Label),
+ Txt (Txt'First)'Access,
+ C_Int (Label_Justification'Pos (Fmt)))
+ = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Soft_Label_Key;
+
+ procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys
+ is
+ function Slk_Refresh return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Refresh, "slk_refresh");
+ begin
+ if Slk_Refresh = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys;
+
+ procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update
+ is
+ function Slk_Noutrefresh return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Noutrefresh, "slk_noutrefresh");
+ begin
+ if Slk_Noutrefresh = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+
+ procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number;
+ Text : out String)
+ is
+ function Slk_Label (Label : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Label, "slk_label");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Slk_Label (C_Int (Label)), Text);
+ end Get_Soft_Label_Key;
+
+ procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys
+ is
+ function Slk_Clear return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Clear, "slk_clear");
+ begin
+ if Slk_Clear = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Clear_Soft_Label_Keys;
+
+ procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys
+ is
+ function Slk_Restore return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Restore, "slk_restore");
+ begin
+ if Slk_Restore = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
+
+ procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys
+ is
+ function Slk_Touch return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Touch, "slk_touch");
+ begin
+ if Slk_Touch = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Touch_Soft_Label_Keys;
+
+ procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+ (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set;
+ On : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ function Slk_Attron (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Attron, "slk_attron");
+ function Slk_Attroff (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Attroff, "slk_attroff");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Attr => Attr,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First);
+ begin
+ if On then
+ Err := Slk_Attron (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ else
+ Err := Slk_Attroff (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch));
+ end if;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
+
+ procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+ (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
+ is
+ function Slk_Attrset (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Attrset, "slk_attrset");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Attr => Attr,
+ Color => Color);
+ begin
+ if Slk_Attrset (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
+
+ function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set
+ is
+ function Slk_Attr return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr");
+
+ Attr : constant C_Int := Slk_Attr;
+ begin
+ return CInt_To_Chtype (Attr).Attr;
+ end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
+
+ function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair
+ is
+ function Slk_Attr return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr");
+
+ Attr : constant C_Int := Slk_Attr;
+ begin
+ return CInt_To_Chtype (Attr).Color;
+ end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Un_Control (Ch : in Attributed_Character;
+ Str : out String)
+ is
+ function Unctrl (Ch : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Unctrl, "unctrl");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Unctrl (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)), Str);
+ end Un_Control;
+
+ procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural)
+ is
+ function Delayoutput (Msecs : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Delayoutput, "delay_output");
+ begin
+ if Delayoutput (C_Int (Msecs)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Delay_Output;
+
+ procedure Flush_Input
+ is
+ function Flushinp return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Flushinp, "flushinp");
+ begin
+ if Flushinp = Curses_Err then -- docu says that never happens, but...
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Flush_Input;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ function Baudrate return Natural
+ is
+ function Baud return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Baud, "baudrate");
+ begin
+ return Natural (Baud);
+ end Baudrate;
+
+ function Erase_Character return Character
+ is
+ function Erasechar return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Erasechar, "erasechar");
+ begin
+ return Character'Val (Erasechar);
+ end Erase_Character;
+
+ function Kill_Character return Character
+ is
+ function Killchar return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Killchar, "killchar");
+ begin
+ return Character'Val (Killchar);
+ end Kill_Character;
+
+ function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean
+ is
+ function Has_Ic return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Has_Ic, "has_ic");
+ begin
+ if Has_Ic = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Has_Insert_Character;
+
+ function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean
+ is
+ function Has_Il return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Has_Il, "has_il");
+ begin
+ if Has_Il = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Has_Insert_Line;
+
+ function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set
+ is
+ function Termattrs return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Termattrs, "termattrs");
+
+ Ch : constant Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Termattrs);
+ begin
+ return Ch.Attr;
+ end Supported_Attributes;
+
+ procedure Long_Name (Name : out String)
+ is
+ function Longname return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Longname, "longname");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Longname, Name);
+ end Long_Name;
+
+ procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String)
+ is
+ function Termname return chars_ptr;
+ pragma Import (C, Termname, "termname");
+ begin
+ Fill_String (Termname, Name);
+ end Terminal_Name;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair;
+ Fore : in Color_Number;
+ Back : in Color_Number)
+ is
+ function Initpair (Pair : C_Short;
+ Fore : C_Short;
+ Back : C_Short) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Initpair, "init_pair");
+ begin
+ if Integer (Pair) >= Number_Of_Color_Pairs then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ if Integer (Fore) >= Number_Of_Colors or else
+ Integer (Back) >= Number_Of_Colors then raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+ if Initpair (C_Short (Pair), C_Short (Fore), C_Short (Back))
+ = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Init_Pair;
+
+ procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair;
+ Fore : out Color_Number;
+ Back : out Color_Number)
+ is
+ type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short;
+ function Paircontent (Pair : C_Short;
+ Fp : C_Short_Access;
+ Bp : C_Short_Access) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Paircontent, "pair_content");
+
+ F, B : aliased C_Short;
+ begin
+ if Paircontent (C_Short (Pair), F'Access, B'Access) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ Fore := Color_Number (F);
+ Back := Color_Number (B);
+ end if;
+ end Pair_Content;
+
+ function Has_Colors return Boolean
+ is
+ function Hascolors return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Hascolors, "has_colors");
+ begin
+ if Hascolors = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Has_Colors;
+
+ procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number;
+ Red : in RGB_Value;
+ Green : in RGB_Value;
+ Blue : in RGB_Value)
+ is
+ function Initcolor (Col : C_Short;
+ Red : C_Short;
+ Green : C_Short;
+ Blue : C_Short) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Initcolor, "init_color");
+ begin
+ if Initcolor (C_Short (Color), C_Short (Red), C_Short (Green),
+ C_Short (Blue)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Init_Color;
+
+ function Can_Change_Color return Boolean
+ is
+ function Canchangecolor return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Canchangecolor, "can_change_color");
+ begin
+ if Canchangecolor = Curses_False then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Can_Change_Color;
+
+ procedure Color_Content (Color : in Color_Number;
+ Red : out RGB_Value;
+ Green : out RGB_Value;
+ Blue : out RGB_Value)
+ is
+ type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short;
+
+ function Colorcontent (Color : C_Short; R, G, B : C_Short_Access)
+ return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Colorcontent, "color_content");
+
+ R, G, B : aliased C_Short;
+ begin
+ if Colorcontent (C_Short (Color), R'Access, G'Access, B'Access) =
+ Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ Red := RGB_Value (R);
+ Green := RGB_Value (G);
+ Blue := RGB_Value (B);
+ end if;
+ end Color_Content;
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode)
+ is
+ function Def_Prog_Mode return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Def_Prog_Mode, "def_prog_mode");
+ function Def_Shell_Mode return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Def_Shell_Mode, "def_shell_mode");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ begin
+ case Mode is
+ when Curses => Err := Def_Prog_Mode;
+ when Shell => Err := Def_Shell_Mode;
+ end case;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Save_Curses_Mode;
+
+ procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode)
+ is
+ function Reset_Prog_Mode return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Reset_Prog_Mode, "reset_prog_mode");
+ function Reset_Shell_Mode return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Reset_Shell_Mode, "reset_shell_mode");
+
+ Err : C_Int;
+ begin
+ case Mode is
+ when Curses => Err := Reset_Prog_Mode;
+ when Shell => Err := Reset_Shell_Mode;
+ end case;
+ if Err = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Reset_Curses_Mode;
+
+ procedure Save_Terminal_State
+ is
+ function Savetty return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Savetty, "savetty");
+ begin
+ if Savetty = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Save_Terminal_State;
+
+ procedure Reset_Terminal_State
+ is
+ function Resetty return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Resetty, "resetty");
+ begin
+ if Resetty = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Reset_Terminal_State;
+
+ procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer;
+ Proc : in Stdscr_Init_Proc)
+ is
+ function Ripoffline (Lines : C_Int;
+ Proc : Stdscr_Init_Proc) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Ripoffline, "_nc_ripoffline");
+ begin
+ if Ripoffline (C_Int (Lines), Proc) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Rip_Off_Lines;
+
+ procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility)
+ is
+ function Curs_Set (Curs : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Curs_Set, "curs_set");
+
+ Res : C_Int;
+ begin
+ Res := Curs_Set (Cursor_Visibility'Pos (Visibility));
+ if Res /= Curses_Err then
+ Visibility := Cursor_Visibility'Val (Res);
+ end if;
+ end Set_Cursor_Visibility;
+
+ procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural)
+ is
+ function Napms (Ms : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Napms, "napms");
+ begin
+ if Napms (C_Int (Ms)) = Curses_Err then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ end if;
+ end Nap_Milli_Seconds;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ function Standard_Window return Window
+ is
+ Stdscr : Window;
+ pragma Import (C, Stdscr, "stdscr");
+ begin
+ return Stdscr;
+ end Standard_Window;
+
+ function Lines return Line_Count
+ is
+ C_Lines : C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Lines, "LINES");
+ begin
+ return Line_Count (C_Lines);
+ end Lines;
+
+ function Columns return Column_Count
+ is
+ C_Columns : C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Columns, "COLS");
+ begin
+ return Column_Count (C_Columns);
+ end Columns;
+
+ function Tab_Size return Natural
+ is
+ C_Tab_Size : C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Tab_Size, "TABSIZE");
+ begin
+ return Natural (C_Tab_Size);
+ end Tab_Size;
+
+ function Number_Of_Colors return Natural
+ is
+ C_Number_Of_Colors : C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Number_Of_Colors, "COLORS");
+ begin
+ return Natural (C_Number_Of_Colors);
+ end Number_Of_Colors;
+
+ function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural
+ is
+ C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs : C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs, "COLOR_PAIRS");
+ begin
+ return Natural (C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs);
+ end Number_Of_Color_Pairs;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ procedure Transform_Coordinates
+ (W : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in out Line_Position;
+ Column : in out Column_Position;
+ Dir : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen)
+ is
+ type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
+ function Transform (W : Window;
+ Y, X : Int_Access;
+ Dir : C_Int) return C_Int;
+ pragma Import (C, Transform, "_nc_ada_coord_transform");
+
+ X : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Column);
+ Y : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Line);
+ D : C_Int := 0;
+ R : C_Int;
+ begin
+ if Dir = To_Screen then
+ D := 1;
+ end if;
+ R := Transform (W, Y'Access, X'Access, D);
+ if R = Curses_False then
+ raise Curses_Exception;
+ else
+ Line := Line_Position (Y);
+ Column := Column_Position (X);
+ end if;
+ end Transform_Coordinates;
+
+begin
+ if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Terminal_Interface is
+--
+-- Everything is in the child units
+--
+end Terminal_Interface;
--- /dev/null
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# --
+# GNAT ncurses Binding --
+# gen/Makefile --
+# --
+# Version 00.92 --
+# --
+# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+# --
+# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+# highly appreciated. --
+# --
+# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Version Control
+# $Revision: 1.8 $
+#
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AWK = @AWK@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir)
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LD_FLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ $(LOCAL_LIBS) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@ $(LDFLAGS)
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+LIB_CURSES = -L ../../lib -lncurses
+
+M4 = m4
+M4FLAGS =
+
+DEL_ADAMODE = sed -e '/^\-\-\ \ \-\*\-\ ada\ \-\*\-.*/d'
+
+################################################################################
+ALIB = @nc_ada_package@
+ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses
+
+ADA_SRCDIR = ../ada_include
+ADA_OBJDIR = ../ada_objects
+OBJDIR = ../objects
+
+GEN_FILES0 = Base_Defs
+
+GEN_FILES1 = Key_Definitions \
+ Old_Keys \
+ Character_Attribute_Set_Rep \
+ AC_Rep \
+ Color_Defs \
+ ACS_Map \
+ Linker_Options \
+ Base_Defs
+
+GEN_FILES2 = Menu_Opt_Rep \
+ Menu_Base_Defs \
+ Menu_Linker_Options \
+ Item_Rep
+
+GEN_FILES3 = Form_Opt_Rep \
+ Form_Base_Defs \
+ Form_Linker_Options \
+ Field_Rep
+
+GEN_FILES4 = Mouse_Base_Defs \
+ Mouse_Event_Rep \
+ Panel_Linker_Options
+
+GEN_TARGETS = $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE).ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads \
+ $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads
+
+GEN_SRC = $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4
+
+
+all: $(GEN_TARGETS) dirs
+ @
+
+dirs:
+ @-mkdir $(OBJDIR) $(ADA_OBJDIR)
+
+gen: gen.o
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CFLAGS_NORMAL) gen.o $(LD_FLAGS) -o $@ $(LIB_CURSES)
+
+gen.o: $(srcdir)/gen.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS_NORMAL) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/gen.c
+
+Character_Attribute_Set_Rep: gen
+ ./gen B A >$@
+
+Base_Defs: gen
+ ./gen B B >$@
+
+Color_Defs: gen
+ ./gen B C >$@
+
+Key_Definitions: gen
+ ./gen B K >$@
+
+Old_Keys: gen
+ ./gen B O >$@
+
+ACS_Map: gen
+ ./gen B M >$@
+
+AC_Rep: gen
+ ./gen B R >$@
+
+Linker_Options: gen
+ ./gen B L >$@
+
+Menu_Opt_Rep: gen
+ ./gen M R >$@
+
+Menu_Base_Defs: gen
+ ./gen M B >$@
+
+Menu_Linker_Options: gen
+ ./gen M L >$@
+
+Item_Rep: gen
+ ./gen M I >$@
+
+Form_Opt_Rep: gen
+ ./gen F R >$@
+
+Form_Base_Defs: gen
+ ./gen F B >$@
+
+Form_Linker_Options: gen
+ ./gen F L >$@
+
+Field_Rep: gen
+ ./gen F I >$@
+
+Mouse_Base_Defs: gen
+ ./gen P B >$@
+
+Mouse_Event_Rep: gen
+ ./gen P M >$@
+
+Panel_Linker_Options: gen
+ ./gen P L >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE).ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 \
+ $(GEN_FILES1) $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 \
+ $(GEN_FILES2) $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 \
+ $(GEN_FILES3) $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 \
+ $(GEN_FILES4) $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads: \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/normal.m4
+ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \
+ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 |\
+ $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@
+
+install ::
+
+install.libs ::
+
+install.progs ::
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+clean ::
+ rm -f a.out core gen *.o $(GEN_FILES1) $(GEN_FILES2) $(GEN_FILES3) \
+ $(GEN_FILES4) $(GEN_TARGETS)
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+distclean :: mostlyclean
+ rm -f Makefile
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// --
+// GNAT ncurses Binding --
+// --
+// gen.c --
+// --
+// B O D Y --
+// --
+// Version 00.92 --
+// --
+// The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+// Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+// --
+// Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+// binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+// of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+// this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+// removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+// author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+// highly appreciated. --
+// --
+// This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Version Control
+ $Revision: 1.8 $
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+ This program generates various record structures and constants from the
+ ncurses header file for the Ada95 packages. Essentially it produces
+ Ada95 source on stdout, which is then merged using m4 into a template
+ to produce the real source.
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <menu.h>
+#include <form.h>
+
+#define RES_NAME "Reserved"
+
+static int little_endian = 0;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ unsigned int attr;
+} name_attribute_pair;
+
+static int find_pos (char *s, unsigned len, int *low, int *high)
+{
+ unsigned int i,j;
+ int l = 0;
+
+ *high = -1;
+ *low = 8*len;
+
+ for(i=0; i < len; i++,s++)
+ {
+ if (*s)
+ {
+ for(j=0;j<8*sizeof(char);j++)
+ {
+ if ((( little_endian && ((*s)&0x01)) ||
+ (!little_endian && ((*s)&0x80))) )
+ {
+ if (l > *high)
+ *high = l;
+ if (l < *low)
+ *low = l;
+ }
+ l++;
+ if (little_endian)
+ *s >>= 1;
+ else
+ *s <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ l += 8;
+ }
+ return (*high >= 0 && (*low <= *high)) ? *low : -1;
+}
+
+static void gen_reps ( const name_attribute_pair *nap,
+ const char *name,
+ int len)
+{
+ int i,l,cnt = 0,low,high;
+ int width = strlen(RES_NAME);
+ int bias = 0;
+ unsigned int a;
+ unsigned int mask = 0;
+ char *suffix;
+
+ assert (nap);
+
+ if (len == sizeof(int)/2)
+ {
+ bias = little_endian ? 8 * len : 0;
+ suffix = " / 2";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert(len==sizeof(int));
+ suffix = "";
+ }
+
+ for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++)
+ {
+ cnt++;
+ l = strlen(nap[i].name);
+ if (l>width)
+ width = l;
+ }
+ assert (width > 0);
+
+ printf(" type %s is\n",name);
+ printf(" record\n");
+ for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++)
+ {
+ printf(" %-*s : Boolean;\n",width,nap[i].name);
+ }
+ if (cnt != 8*len)
+ {
+ printf(" %-*s : Boolean;\n",width,RES_NAME);
+ }
+ printf(" end record;\n");
+ printf(" pragma Pack (%s);\n",name);
+ printf(" pragma Convention (C, %s);\n\n",name);
+
+ printf(" for %s use\n",name);
+ printf(" record\n");
+
+ for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++)
+ {
+ a = nap[i].attr;
+ mask |= a;
+ l = find_pos( (char *)&a,sizeof(a),&low,&high );
+ if (l>=0)
+ printf(" %-*s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",width,nap[i].name,low-bias,high-bias);
+ }
+ if (cnt != 8*len)
+ {
+ mask = ~mask;
+ assert(mask);
+ if (little_endian)
+ l = 8*len - 1;
+ else
+ l = 0;
+ printf(" %-*s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",width,RES_NAME,l,l);
+ }
+ printf(" end record;\n");
+ printf(" for %s'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size%s;\n", name, suffix);
+ printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n");
+ printf(" -- different on your system.");
+}
+
+
+static void chtype_rep (const char *name, int mask)
+{
+ int x = -1;
+ int t = x & mask;
+ int low, high;
+ int l = find_pos ((char *)&t, sizeof(t), &low, &high);
+ if (l>=0)
+ printf(" %-5s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",name,low,high);
+}
+
+static void gen_chtype_rep(const char *name)
+{
+ printf(" for %s use\n record\n",name);
+ chtype_rep("Ch",A_CHARTEXT);
+ chtype_rep("Color",A_COLOR);
+ chtype_rep("Attr",(A_ATTRIBUTES&~A_COLOR));
+ printf(" end record;\n for %s'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;\n",name);
+ printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n");
+ printf(" -- different on your system.\n");
+}
+
+
+static void mrep_rep (const char *name, void *rec)
+{
+ int low, high;
+ int l = find_pos((char *)rec, sizeof(MEVENT), &low, &high);
+ if (l>=0)
+ printf(" %-7s at 0 range %3d .. %3d;\n",name,low,high);
+}
+
+
+static void gen_mrep_rep(const char *name)
+{
+ MEVENT x;
+
+ printf(" for %s use\n record\n",name);
+
+ memset(&x,0,sizeof(x));
+ x.id = -1;
+ mrep_rep("Id",&x);
+
+ memset(&x,0,sizeof(x));
+ x.x = -1;
+ mrep_rep("X",&x);
+
+ memset(&x,0,sizeof(x));
+ x.y = -1;
+ mrep_rep("Y",&x);
+
+ memset(&x,0,sizeof(x));
+ x.z = -1;
+ mrep_rep("Z",&x);
+
+ memset(&x,0,sizeof(x));
+ x.bstate = -1;
+ mrep_rep("Bstate",&x);
+
+ printf(" end record;\n");
+ printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n");
+ printf(" -- different on your system.\n");
+}
+
+static void gen_attr_set( const char *name )
+{
+ static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = {
+#ifdef A_STANDOUT
+ {"Stand_Out", A_STANDOUT},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_UNDERLINE
+ {"Under_Line", A_UNDERLINE},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_REVERSE
+ {"Reverse_Video", A_REVERSE},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_BLINK
+ {"Blink", A_BLINK},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_DIM
+ {"Dim_Character", A_DIM},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_BOLD
+ {"Bold_Character", A_BOLD},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_ALTCHARSET
+ {"Alternate_Character_Set", A_ALTCHARSET},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_INVIS
+ {"Invisible_Character", A_INVIS},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_PROTECT
+ {"Protected_Character", A_PROTECT},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_HORIZONTAL
+ {"Horizontal", A_HORIZONTAL},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_LEFT
+ {"Left", A_LEFT},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_LOW
+ {"Low", A_LOW},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_RIGHT
+ {"Right", A_RIGHT},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_TOP
+ {"Top", A_TOP},
+#endif
+#ifdef A_VERTICAL
+ {"Vertical", A_VERTICAL},
+#endif
+ {(char *)0, 0}
+ };
+ gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)/2);
+}
+
+static void gen_menu_opt_rep(const char *name)
+{
+ static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = {
+#ifdef O_ONEVALUE
+ {"One_Valued", O_ONEVALUE},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_SHOWDESC
+ {"Show_Descriptions", O_SHOWDESC},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_ROWMAJOR
+ {"Row_Major_Order", O_ROWMAJOR},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_IGNORECASE
+ {"Ignore_Case", O_IGNORECASE},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_SHOWMATCH
+ {"Show_Matches", O_SHOWMATCH},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_NONCYCLIC
+ {"Non_Cyclic", O_NONCYCLIC},
+#endif
+ {(char *)0, 0}
+ };
+ gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int));
+}
+
+static void gen_item_opt_rep(const char *name)
+{
+ static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = {
+#ifdef O_SELECTABLE
+ {"Selectable", O_SELECTABLE},
+#endif
+ {(char *)0 , 0}
+ };
+ gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int));
+}
+
+static void gen_form_opt_rep(const char *name)
+{
+ static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = {
+#ifdef O_NL_OVERLOAD
+ {"NL_Overload", O_NL_OVERLOAD},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_BS_OVERLOAD
+ {"BS_Overload", O_BS_OVERLOAD},
+#endif
+ {(char *)0 , 0}
+ };
+ gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int));
+}
+
+static void gen_field_opt_rep(const char *name)
+{
+ static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = {
+#ifdef O_VISIBLE
+ {"Visible",O_VISIBLE},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_ACTIVE
+ {"Active",O_ACTIVE},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_PUBLIC
+ {"Public",O_PUBLIC},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_EDIT
+ {"Edit",O_EDIT},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_WRAP
+ {"Wrap",O_WRAP},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_BLANK
+ {"Blank",O_BLANK},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_AUTOSKIP
+ {"Auto_Skip",O_AUTOSKIP},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_NULLOK
+ {"Null_Ok",O_NULLOK},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_PASSOK
+ {"Pass_Ok",O_PASSOK},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_STATIC
+ {"Static",O_STATIC},
+#endif
+ {(char *)0, 0}
+ };
+ gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int));
+}
+
+static void keydef(const char *name, const char *old_name, int value, int mode)
+{
+ if (mode==0)
+ printf(" %-30s : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#%3o#;\n",name,value);
+ else
+ {
+ const char *s = old_name; const char *t = name;
+ while ( *s && *t && (toupper(*s++) == toupper(*t++)));
+ if (*s || *t)
+ printf(" %-16s : Special_Key_Code renames %s;\n",old_name,name);
+ }
+}
+
+static void gen_keydefs (int mode)
+{
+ char buf[16];
+ char obuf[16];
+ int i;
+
+#ifdef KEY_CODE_YES
+ keydef("Key_Code_Yes","KEY_CODE_YES",KEY_CODE_YES,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ keydef("Key_Min","KEY_MIN",KEY_MIN,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_BREAK
+ keydef("Key_Break","KEY_BREAK",KEY_BREAK,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_DOWN
+ keydef("Key_Cursor_Down","KEY_DOWN",KEY_DOWN,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_UP
+ keydef("Key_Cursor_Up","KEY_UP",KEY_UP,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_LEFT
+ keydef("Key_Cursor_Left","KEY_LEFT",KEY_LEFT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_RIGHT
+ keydef("Key_Cursor_Right","KEY_RIGHT",KEY_RIGHT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_HOME
+ keydef("Key_Home","KEY_HOME",KEY_HOME,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_BACKSPACE
+ keydef("Key_Backspace","KEY_BACKSPACE",KEY_BACKSPACE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_F0
+ keydef("Key_F0","KEY_F0",KEY_F0,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_F
+ for(i=1;i<=24;i++)
+ {
+ sprintf(buf ,"Key_F%d",i);
+ sprintf(obuf,"KEY_F%d",i);
+ keydef(buf,obuf,KEY_F(i),mode);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_DL
+ keydef("Key_Delete_Line","KEY_DL",KEY_DL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_IL
+ keydef("Key_Insert_Line","KEY_IL",KEY_IL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_DC
+ keydef("Key_Delete_Char","KEY_DC",KEY_DC,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_IC
+ keydef("Key_Insert_Char","KEY_IC",KEY_IC,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_EIC
+ keydef("Key_Exit_Insert_Mode","KEY_EIC",KEY_EIC,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_CLEAR
+ keydef("Key_Clear_Screen","KEY_CLEAR",KEY_CLEAR,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_EOS
+ keydef("Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen","KEY_EOS",KEY_EOS,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_EOL
+ keydef("Key_Clear_End_Of_Line","KEY_EOL",KEY_EOL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SF
+ keydef("Key_Scroll_1_Forward","KEY_SF",KEY_SF,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SR
+ keydef("Key_Scroll_1_Backward","KEY_SR",KEY_SR,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_NPAGE
+ keydef("Key_Next_Page","KEY_NPAGE",KEY_NPAGE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_PPAGE
+ keydef("Key_Previous_Page","KEY_PPAGE",KEY_PPAGE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_STAB
+ keydef("Key_Set_Tab","KEY_STAB",KEY_STAB,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_CTAB
+ keydef("Key_Clear_Tab","KEY_CTAB",KEY_CTAB,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_CATAB
+ keydef("Key_Clear_All_Tabs","KEY_CATAB",KEY_CATAB,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_ENTER
+ keydef("Key_Enter_Or_Send","KEY_ENTER",KEY_ENTER,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SRESET
+ keydef("Key_Soft_Reset","KEY_SRESET",KEY_SRESET,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_RESET
+ keydef("Key_Reset","KEY_RESET",KEY_RESET,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_PRINT
+ keydef("Key_Print","KEY_PRINT",KEY_PRINT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_LL
+ keydef("Key_Bottom","KEY_LL",KEY_LL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_A1
+ keydef("Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad","KEY_A1",KEY_A1,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_A3
+ keydef("Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad","KEY_A3",KEY_A3,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_B2
+ keydef("Key_Center_Of_Keypad","KEY_B2",KEY_B2,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_C1
+ keydef("Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad","KEY_C1",KEY_C1,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_C3
+ keydef("Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad","KEY_C3",KEY_C3,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_BTAB
+ keydef("Key_Back_Tab","KEY_BTAB",KEY_BTAB,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_BEG
+ keydef("Key_Beginning","KEY_BEG",KEY_BEG,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_CANCEL
+ keydef("Key_Cancel","KEY_CANCEL",KEY_CANCEL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_CLOSE
+ keydef("Key_Close","KEY_CLOSE",KEY_CLOSE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_COMMAND
+ keydef("Key_Command","KEY_COMMAND",KEY_COMMAND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_COPY
+ keydef("Key_Copy","KEY_COPY",KEY_COPY,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_CREATE
+ keydef("Key_Create","KEY_CREATE",KEY_CREATE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_END
+ keydef("Key_End","KEY_END",KEY_END,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_EXIT
+ keydef("Key_Exit","KEY_EXIT",KEY_EXIT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_FIND
+ keydef("Key_Find","KEY_FIND",KEY_FIND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_HELP
+ keydef("Key_Help","KEY_HELP",KEY_HELP,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_MARK
+ keydef("Key_Mark","KEY_MARK",KEY_MARK,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_MESSAGE
+ keydef("Key_Message","KEY_MESSAGE",KEY_MESSAGE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_MOVE
+ keydef("Key_Move","KEY_MOVE",KEY_MOVE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_NEXT
+ keydef("Key_Next","KEY_NEXT",KEY_NEXT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_OPEN
+ keydef("Key_Open","KEY_OPEN",KEY_OPEN,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_OPTIONS
+ keydef("Key_Options","KEY_OPTIONS",KEY_OPTIONS,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_PREVIOUS
+ keydef("Key_Previous","KEY_PREVIOUS",KEY_PREVIOUS,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_REDO
+ keydef("Key_Redo","KEY_REDO",KEY_REDO,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_REFERENCE
+ keydef("Key_Reference","KEY_REFERENCE",KEY_REFERENCE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_REFRESH
+ keydef("Key_Refresh","KEY_REFRESH",KEY_REFRESH,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_REPLACE
+ keydef("Key_Replace","KEY_REPLACE",KEY_REPLACE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_RESTART
+ keydef("Key_Restart","KEY_RESTART",KEY_RESTART,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_RESUME
+ keydef("Key_Resume","KEY_RESUME",KEY_RESUME,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SAVE
+ keydef("Key_Save","KEY_SAVE",KEY_SAVE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SBEG
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Begin","KEY_SBEG",KEY_SBEG,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SCANCEL
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Cancel","KEY_SCANCEL",KEY_SCANCEL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SCOMMAND
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Command","KEY_SCOMMAND",KEY_SCOMMAND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SCOPY
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Copy","KEY_SCOPY",KEY_SCOPY,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SCREATE
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Create","KEY_SCREATE",KEY_SCREATE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SDC
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Delete_Char","KEY_SDC",KEY_SDC,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SDL
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Delete_Line","KEY_SDL",KEY_SDL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SELECT
+ keydef("Key_Select","KEY_SELECT",KEY_SELECT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SEND
+ keydef("Key_Shift_End","KEY_SEND",KEY_SEND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SEOL
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line","KEY_SEOL",KEY_SEOL,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SEXIT
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Exit","KEY_SEXIT",KEY_SEXIT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SFIND
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Find","KEY_SFIND",KEY_SFIND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SHELP
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Help","KEY_SHELP",KEY_SHELP,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SHOME
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Home","KEY_SHOME",KEY_SHOME,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SIC
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Insert_Char","KEY_SIC",KEY_SIC,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SLEFT
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Cursor_Left","KEY_SLEFT",KEY_SLEFT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SMESSAGE
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Message","KEY_SMESSAGE",KEY_SMESSAGE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SMOVE
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Move","KEY_SMOVE",KEY_SMOVE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SNEXT
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Next_Page","KEY_SNEXT",KEY_SNEXT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SOPTIONS
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Options","KEY_SOPTIONS",KEY_SOPTIONS,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SPREVIOUS
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Previous_Page","KEY_SPREVIOUS",KEY_SPREVIOUS,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SPRINT
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Print","KEY_SPRINT",KEY_SPRINT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SREDO
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Redo","KEY_SREDO",KEY_SREDO,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SREPLACE
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Replace","KEY_SREPLACE",KEY_SREPLACE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SRIGHT
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Cursor_Right","KEY_SRIGHT",KEY_SRIGHT,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SRSUME
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Resume","KEY_SRSUME",KEY_SRSUME,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SSAVE
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Save","KEY_SSAVE",KEY_SSAVE,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SSUSPEND
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Suspend","KEY_SSUSPEND",KEY_SSUSPEND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SUNDO
+ keydef("Key_Shift_Undo","KEY_SUNDO",KEY_SUNDO,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_SUSPEND
+ keydef("Key_Suspend","KEY_SUSPEND",KEY_SUSPEND,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_UNDO
+ keydef("Key_Undo","KEY_UNDO",KEY_UNDO,mode);
+#endif
+#ifdef KEY_MOUSE
+ keydef("Key_Mouse","KEY_MOUSE",KEY_MOUSE,mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void acs_def (const char *name, chtype *a)
+{
+ int c = a - &acs_map[0];
+ printf(" %-24s : constant Character := ",name);
+ if (isprint(c) && (c!='`'))
+ printf("'%c';\n",c);
+ else
+ printf("Character'Val (%d);\n",c);
+}
+
+
+static void gen_acs (void)
+{
+#ifdef ACS_ULCORNER
+ acs_def("ACS_Upper_Left_Corner",&ACS_ULCORNER);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_LLCORNER
+ acs_def("ACS_Lower_Left_Corner",&ACS_LLCORNER);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_URCORNER
+ acs_def("ACS_Upper_Right_Corner",&ACS_URCORNER);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_LRCORNER
+ acs_def("ACS_Lower_Right_Corner",&ACS_LRCORNER);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_LTEE
+ acs_def("ACS_Left_Tee",&ACS_LTEE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_RTEE
+ acs_def("ACS_Right_Tee",&ACS_RTEE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_BTEE
+ acs_def("ACS_Bottom_Tee",&ACS_BTEE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_TTEE
+ acs_def("ACS_Top_Tee",&ACS_TTEE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_HLINE
+ acs_def("ACS_Horizontal_Line",&ACS_HLINE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_VLINE
+ acs_def("ACS_Vertical_Line",&ACS_VLINE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_PLUS
+ acs_def("ACS_Plus_Symbol",&ACS_PLUS);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_S1
+ acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_1",&ACS_S1);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_S9
+ acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_9",&ACS_S9);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_DIAMOND
+ acs_def("ACS_Diamond",&ACS_DIAMOND);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_CKBOARD
+ acs_def("ACS_Checker_Board",&ACS_CKBOARD);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_DEGREE
+ acs_def("ACS_Degree",&ACS_DEGREE);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_PLMINUS
+ acs_def("ACS_Plus_Minus",&ACS_PLMINUS);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_BULLET
+ acs_def("ACS_Bullet",&ACS_BULLET);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_LARROW
+ acs_def("ACS_Left_Arrow",&ACS_LARROW);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_RARROW
+ acs_def("ACS_Right_Arrow",&ACS_RARROW);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_DARROW
+ acs_def("ACS_Down_Arrow",&ACS_DARROW);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_UARROW
+ acs_def("ACS_Up_Arrow",&ACS_UARROW);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_BOARD
+ acs_def("ACS_Board_Of_Squares",&ACS_BOARD);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_LANTERN
+ acs_def("ACS_Lantern",&ACS_LANTERN);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_BLOCK
+ acs_def("ACS_Solid_Block",&ACS_BLOCK);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_S3
+ acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_3",&ACS_S3);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_S7
+ acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_7",&ACS_S7);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_LEQUAL
+ acs_def("ACS_Less_Or_Equal",&ACS_LEQUAL);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_GEQUAL
+ acs_def("ACS_Greater_Or_Equal",&ACS_GEQUAL);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_PI
+ acs_def("ACS_PI",&ACS_PI);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_NEQUAL
+ acs_def("ACS_Not_Equal",&ACS_NEQUAL);
+#endif
+#ifdef ACS_STERLING
+ acs_def("ACS_Sterling",&ACS_STERLING);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void prologue(const char *name)
+{
+ time_t t = time(NULL);
+ printf("-- %s binding, generated at %s",name,ctime(&t));
+ printf("-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!\n");
+ printf("-- Run the generator instead.\n-- |");
+
+ printf("define(`M4_BIT_ORDER',`%s_Order_First')",little_endian ? "Low":"High");
+}
+
+static void basedefs (void)
+{
+ prologue("curses");
+#ifndef KEY_MAX
+# define KEY_MAX 0777
+#endif
+ printf("define(`M4_KEY_MAX',`8#%o#')",KEY_MAX);
+#ifndef KEY_MIN
+# define KEY_MIN 0401
+#endif
+ if (KEY_MIN == 256)
+ abort();
+ printf("define(`M4_SPECIAL_FIRST',`8#%o#')",KEY_MIN - 1);
+}
+
+static void menu_basedefs (void)
+{
+ prologue("menu");
+}
+
+static void form_basedefs (void)
+{
+ prologue("form");
+}
+
+static void mouse_basedefs(void)
+{
+ prologue("mouse");
+}
+
+static void color_def (const char *name, int value)
+{
+ printf(" %-8s : constant Color_Number := %d;\n",name,value);
+}
+
+static void gen_color (void)
+{
+#ifdef COLOR_BLACK
+ color_def ("Black",COLOR_BLACK);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_RED
+ color_def ("Red",COLOR_RED);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_GREEN
+ color_def ("Green",COLOR_GREEN);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_YELLOW
+ color_def ("Yellow",COLOR_YELLOW);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_BLUE
+ color_def ("Blue",COLOR_BLUE);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_MAGENTA
+ color_def ("Magenta",COLOR_MAGENTA);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_CYAN
+ color_def ("Cyan",COLOR_CYAN);
+#endif
+#ifdef COLOR_WHITE
+ color_def ("White",COLOR_WHITE);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void gen_linkopts (void)
+{
+ printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lncurses\");\n");
+}
+
+static void gen_menu_linkopts (void)
+{
+ printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lmenu\");\n");
+}
+
+static void gen_form_linkopts (void)
+{
+ printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lform\");\n");
+}
+
+static void gen_panel_linkopts (void)
+{
+ printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lpanel\");\n");
+}
+
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int x = 0x12345678;
+ char *s = (char *)&x;
+
+ if (*s == 0x78)
+ little_endian = 1;
+
+ if (argc!=3)
+ exit(1);
+
+ switch(argv[1][0])
+ {
+ case 'B':
+ switch(argv[2][0])
+ {
+ case 'A':
+ gen_attr_set("Character_Attribute_Set");
+ break;
+ case 'K':
+ gen_keydefs(0);
+ break;
+ case 'B':
+ basedefs();
+ break;
+ case 'C':
+ gen_color();
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ gen_acs();
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ gen_linkopts();
+ break;
+ case 'O':
+ gen_keydefs(1);
+ break;
+ case 'R':
+ gen_chtype_rep("Attributed_Character");
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ switch(argv[2][0])
+ {
+ case 'R':
+ gen_menu_opt_rep("Menu_Option_Set");
+ break;
+ case 'B':
+ menu_basedefs();
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ gen_menu_linkopts();
+ break;
+ case 'I':
+ gen_item_opt_rep("Item_Option_Set");
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'F':
+ switch(argv[2][0])
+ {
+ case 'R':
+ gen_form_opt_rep("Form_Option_Set");
+ break;
+ case 'B':
+ form_basedefs();
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ gen_form_linkopts();
+ break;
+ case 'I':
+ gen_field_opt_rep("Field_Option_Set");
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'P':
+ switch(argv[2][0])
+ {
+ case 'B':
+ mouse_basedefs();
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ gen_mrep_rep("Mouse_Event");
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ gen_panel_linkopts();
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+define(`MANPAGE',`define(`MANPG',$1)dnl
+|=====================================================================
+ -- | Man page MANPG
+ -- |=====================================================================')dnl
+define(`ANCHOR',`define(`CFUNAME',`$1')define(`AFUNAME',`$2')'dnl
+|)dnl
+define(`AKA',``AKA': CFUNAME')dnl
+define(`ALIAS',``AKA': $1')dnl
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+ type User is limited private;
+ type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is
+
+ -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+ -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+ -- with the low level C routines for this field without taking care of
+ -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+ -- the user pointer of this field, you should get first the low level
+ -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+ -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this field. You should never change
+ -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created field.
+ --
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_userptr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_userptr',`Set_User_Data')
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Fld : in Field;
+ Data : in User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_userptr',`Get_User_Data')
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Fld : in Field;
+ Data : out User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+ type User is limited private;
+ type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is
+
+ -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+ -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+ -- with the low level C routines for this form without taking care of
+ -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+ -- the user pointer of this form, you should get first the low level
+ -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+ -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this form. You should never change
+ -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created form.
+ --
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_userptr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_userptr',`Set_User_Data')
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Frm : in Form;
+ Data : in User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_userptr',`Get_User_Data')
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Frm : in Form;
+ Data : out User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
+
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.9 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+include(`Form_Base_Defs')
+with System;
+with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is
+
+include(`Form_Linker_Options')
+
+ Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+ type Field is private;
+ type Form is private;
+ type C_Field_Type is private;
+
+ Null_Field : constant Field;
+ Null_Form : constant Form;
+ Null_Field_Type : constant C_Field_Type;
+
+
+ type Field_Justification is (None,
+ Left,
+ Center,
+ Right);
+
+include(`Field_Rep')
+
+ Default_Field_Options : Field_Option_Set;
+ -- The initial defaults for the field options.
+
+include(`Form_Opt_Rep')
+
+ Default_Form_Options : Form_Option_Set;
+ -- The initial defaults for the form options.
+
+ type Buffer_Number is new Natural;
+
+ type Field_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Field;
+ pragma Convention (C, Field_Array);
+
+ type Field_Array_Access is access all Field_Array;
+
+ subtype Form_Request_Code is Key_Code range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57);
+
+ -- The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request"
+ F_Next_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+ F_Previous_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+ F_First_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+ F_Last_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+
+ F_Next_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+ F_Previous_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+ F_First_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+ F_Last_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+ F_Sorted_Next_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+ F_Sorted_Previous_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+ F_Sorted_First_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+ F_Sorted_Last_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+ F_Left_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+ F_Right_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+ F_Up_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+ F_Down_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+
+ F_Next_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+ F_Previous_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18;
+ F_Next_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19;
+ F_Previous_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20;
+ F_Next_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21;
+ F_Previous_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22;
+ F_Begin_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23;
+ F_End_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24;
+ F_Begin_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25;
+ F_End_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26;
+ F_Left_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27;
+ F_Right_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28;
+ F_Up_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29;
+ F_Down_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30;
+
+ F_New_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31;
+ F_Insert_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32;
+ F_Insert_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33;
+ F_Delete_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34;
+ F_Delete_Previous : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35;
+ F_Delete_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36;
+ F_Delete_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37;
+ F_Clear_EOL : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38;
+ F_Clear_EOF : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39;
+ F_Clear_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40;
+ F_Overlay_Mode : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41;
+ F_Insert_Mode : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42;
+
+ -- Vertical Scrolling
+ F_ScrollForward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43;
+ F_ScrollBackward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44;
+ F_ScrollForward_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45;
+ F_ScrollBackward_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46;
+ F_ScrollForward_HalfPage : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47;
+ F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48;
+
+ -- Horizontal Scrolling
+ F_HScrollForward_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49;
+ F_HScrollBackward_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50;
+ F_HScrollForward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51;
+ F_HScrollBackward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52;
+ F_HScrollForward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53;
+ F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54;
+
+ F_Validate_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55;
+ F_Next_Choice : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56;
+ F_Previous_Choice : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57;
+
+ -- For those who like the old 'C' style request names
+ REQ_NEXT_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Page;
+ REQ_PREV_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Page;
+ REQ_FIRST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Page;
+ REQ_LAST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Page;
+
+ REQ_NEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Field;
+ REQ_PREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Field;
+ REQ_FIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Field;
+ REQ_LAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Field;
+ REQ_SNEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Next_Field;
+ REQ_SPREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Previous_Field;
+ REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_First_Field;
+ REQ_SLAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Last_Field;
+ REQ_LEFT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Field;
+ REQ_RIGHT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Field;
+ REQ_UP_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Field;
+ REQ_DOWN_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Field;
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Char;
+ REQ_PREV_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Char;
+ REQ_NEXT_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Line;
+ REQ_PREV_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Line;
+ REQ_NEXT_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Word;
+ REQ_PREV_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Word;
+ REQ_BEG_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Field;
+ REQ_END_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Field;
+ REQ_BEG_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Line;
+ REQ_END_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Line;
+ REQ_LEFT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Char;
+ REQ_RIGHT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Char;
+ REQ_UP_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Char;
+ REQ_DOWN_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Char;
+
+ REQ_NEW_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_New_Line;
+ REQ_INS_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Char;
+ REQ_INS_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Line;
+ REQ_DEL_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Char;
+ REQ_DEL_PREV : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Previous;
+ REQ_DEL_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Line;
+ REQ_DEL_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Word;
+ REQ_CLR_EOL : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOL;
+ REQ_CLR_EOF : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOF;
+ REQ_CLR_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_Field;
+ REQ_OVL_MODE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Overlay_Mode;
+ REQ_INS_MODE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Mode;
+
+ REQ_SCR_FLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_BLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_FPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Page;
+ REQ_SCR_BPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Page;
+ REQ_SCR_FHPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_HalfPage;
+ REQ_SCR_BHPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage;
+
+ REQ_SCR_FCHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Char;
+ REQ_SCR_BCHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Char;
+ REQ_SCR_HFLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_HBLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_HFHALF : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_HalfLine;
+ REQ_SCR_HBHALF : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine;
+
+ REQ_VALIDATION : Form_Request_Code renames F_Validate_Field;
+ REQ_NEXT_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Choice;
+ REQ_PREV_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Choice;
+
+
+ procedure Request_Name (Key : in Form_Request_Code;
+ Name : out String);
+
+ ------------------
+ -- Exceptions --
+ ------------------
+ Form_Exception : exception;
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_new.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_field()',`Create')
+ function Create (Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0;
+ More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+ return Field;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_field()',`New_Field')
+ function New_Field (Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0;
+ More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+ return Field renames Create;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`free_field()',`Delete')
+ procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field);
+ -- AKA
+ -- Reset Fld to Null_Field
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`dup_field()',`Duplicate')
+ function Duplicate (Fld : Field;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position) return Field;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`link_field()',`Link')
+ function Link (Fld : Field;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position) return Field;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_just.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_just()',`Set_Justification')
+ procedure Set_Justification (Fld : in Field;
+ Just : in Field_Justification := None);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_just()',`Get_Justification')
+ function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_buffer.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_buffer()',`Set_Buffer')
+ procedure Set_Buffer
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+ Str : in String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_buffer()',`Get_Buffer')
+ procedure Get_Buffer
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+ Str : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_status()',`Set_Status')
+ procedure Set_Status (Fld : in Field;
+ Status : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_status()',`Changed')
+ function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_max()',`Set_Maximum_Size')
+ procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field;
+ Max : in Natural := 0);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_opts.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_opts()',`Set_Options')
+ procedure Set_Options (Fld : in Field;
+ Options : in Field_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_opts_on()',`Switch_Options')
+ procedure Switch_Options (Fld : in Field;
+ Options : in Field_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`field_opts_off()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ procedure Get_Options (Fld : in Field;
+ Options : out Field_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
+ return Field_Option_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_attributes.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_fore()',`Set_Foreground')
+ procedure Set_Foreground
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_fore()',`Foreground')
+ procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_fore()',`Foreground')
+ procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_back()',`Set_Background')
+ procedure Set_Background
+ (Fld : in Field;
+ Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_back()',`Background')
+ procedure Background (Fld : in Field;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_back()',`Background')
+ procedure Background (Fld : in Field;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_pad()',`Set_Pad_Character')
+ procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field;
+ Pad : in Character := Space);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_pad()',`Pad_Character')
+ procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in Field;
+ Pad : out Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_info.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_info()',`Info')
+ procedure Info (Fld : in Field;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count;
+ First_Row : out Line_Position;
+ First_Column : out Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : out Natural;
+ Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`dynamic_field_info()',`Dynamic_Info')
+ procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld : in Field;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count;
+ Max : out Natural);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_win.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_win()',`Set_Window')
+ procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form;
+ Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_win()',`Get_Window')
+ function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_sub()',`Set_Sub_Window')
+ procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form;
+ Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_sub()',`Get_Sub_Window')
+ function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`scale_form()',`Scale')
+ procedure Scale (Frm : in Form;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_hook.3x')
+
+ type Form_Hook_Function is access procedure (Frm : in Form);
+ pragma Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_init()',`Set_Field_Init_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_term()',`Set_Field_Term_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_init()',`Set_Form_Init_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_term()',`Set_Form_Term_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form;
+ Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_init()',`Get_Field_Init_Hook')
+ function Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_term()',`Get_Field_Term_Hook')
+ function Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_init()',`Get_Form_Init_Hook')
+ function Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_term()',`Get_Form_Term_Hook')
+ function Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term");
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_fields()',`Redefine')
+ procedure Redefine (Frm : in Form;
+ Flds : in Field_Array);
+ -- AKA
+ -- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Field_Array
+ -- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_fields()',`Set_Fields')
+ procedure Set_Fields (Frm : in Form;
+ Flds : in Field_Array) renames Redefine;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_fields()',`Fields')
+ function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_count()',`Field_Count')
+ function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`move_field()',`Move')
+ procedure Move (Fld : in Field;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_new.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_form()',`Create')
+ function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_form()',`New_Form')
+ function New_Form (Fields : Field_Array) return Form renames Create;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`free_form()',`Delete')
+ procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form);
+ -- AKA
+ -- Reset Frm to Null_Form
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_opts.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_opts()',`Set_Options')
+ procedure Set_Options (Frm : in Form;
+ Options : in Form_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_opts_on()',`Switch_Options')
+ procedure Switch_Options (Frm : in Form;
+ Options : in Form_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`form_opts_off()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ procedure Get_Options (Frm : in Form;
+ Options : out Form_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_post.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`post_form()',`Post')
+ procedure Post (Frm : in Form;
+ Post : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`unpost_form()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_cursor.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`pos_form_cursor()',`Position_Cursor')
+ procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_data.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`data_ahead()',`Data_Ahead')
+ function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`data_behind()',`Data_Behind')
+ function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_driver.3x')
+
+ type Driver_Result is (Form_Ok,
+ Request_Denied,
+ Unknown_Request,
+ Invalid_Field);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_driver()',`Driver')
+ function Driver (Frm : Form;
+ Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_page.3x')
+
+ type Page_Number is new Natural;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_current_field()',`Set_Current')
+ procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form;
+ Fld : in Field);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`current_field()',`Current')
+ function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_form_page()',`Set_Page')
+ procedure Set_Page (Frm : in Form;
+ Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`form_page()',`Page')
+ function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_index()',`Get_Index')
+ function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive;
+ -- AKA
+ -- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields
+ -- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
+ -- level call.
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_new_page.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_new_page()',`Set_New_Page')
+ procedure Set_New_Page (Fld : in Field;
+ New_Page : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_page()',`Is_New_Page')
+ function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_fieldtype.3x')
+
+ type Field_Type is abstract tagged null record;
+ type Field_Type_Access is access all Field_Type'Class;
+
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Field_Type)
+ return C_Field_Type is abstract;
+ -- This function returns the C libraries handle to the field type.
+ -- May be you need this if you want to interface to lower level
+ -- routines in the form library.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_field_type()',`Set_Type')
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Field_Type) is abstract;
+ -- AKA
+ -- But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always
+ -- have to pass a single Field_Type parameter.
+
+ type C_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
+ -- This is the root of all field typed defined in C, i.e. this are
+ -- the predefined field types in the form library.
+
+ type Alpha_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type
+ with record
+ Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+ end record;
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Alpha_Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+ record
+ Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+ end record;
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Integer_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+ record
+ Precision : Natural;
+ Lower_Limit : Integer;
+ Upper_Limit : Integer;
+ end record;
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Integer_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+ record
+ Precision : Natural;
+ Lower_Limit : Float;
+ Upper_Limit : Float;
+ end record;
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ type String_Access is access String;
+
+ type Regular_Expression_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+ record
+ Regular_Expression : String_Access;
+ end record;
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Enum_Array is array (Positive range <>)
+ of String_Access;
+
+ type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) is
+ record
+ Names : Enum_Array (1 .. C);
+ Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False;
+ Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+ end record;
+
+ type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+
+ function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+ Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+ return Enumeration_Field;
+ -- Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because
+ -- they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so
+ -- we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide.
+ -- The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases
+ -- the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info.
+
+ function Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+ Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+ return Enumeration_Field renames Create;
+
+ procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field);
+ -- But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated
+ -- by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable.
+
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ -- The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically
+ -- not available in other curses implementations.
+
+ type Internet_V4_Address_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type
+ with null record;
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field;
+ Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field);
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+
+ type Ada_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
+ -- This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in
+ -- Ada95. You don't have to redefine the Set_Field_Type and
+ -- Native_Field_Type methods, because they work generically on this
+ -- class.
+
+ procedure Set_Type (Fld : Field;
+ Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type);
+
+ function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`form_field_validation.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`field_type()',`Get_Type')
+ function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access;
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`field_arg()')
+ -- In Ada95 we can combine these
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+private
+
+ type Field is new System.Address;
+ type Form is new System.Address;
+ type C_Field_Type is new System.Address;
+
+ Null_Field : constant Field := Field (System.Null_Address);
+ Null_Form : constant Form := Form (System.Null_Address);
+ Null_Field_Type : constant C_Field_Type :=
+ C_Field_Type (System.Null_Address);
+
+ type CPA_Access is access Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array;
+
+ type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+ record
+ Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False;
+ Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+ Arr : CPA_Access := null;
+ end record;
+
+ -- In our binding we use the fields user pointer as hook to maintain
+ -- our own info structure about the field type. To be able to still
+ -- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.
+ --
+ type Field_User_Wrapper is
+ record
+ U : System.Address; -- the hook we provide for the user
+ T : Field_Type_Access; -- may be null
+ N : Natural; -- use counter
+ end record;
+ pragma Convention (C, Field_User_Wrapper);
+ type Field_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Field_User_Wrapper;
+ pragma Controlled (Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ function Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field;
+ Wrp : Field_User_Wrapper_Access)
+ return Interfaces.C.int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr");
+
+ function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ -- In our binding we use the forms user pointer as hook to maintain
+ -- our own info structure about the field association. To be able to still
+ -- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.
+ --
+ type Form_User_Wrapper is
+ record
+ U : System.Address; -- the hook we provide for the user
+ I : Field_Array_Access;
+ end record;
+ pragma Convention (C, Form_User_Wrapper);
+ type Form_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Form_User_Wrapper;
+ pragma Controlled (Form_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ function Set_Form_Userptr (Frm : Form;
+ Wrp : Form_User_Wrapper_Access)
+ return Interfaces.C.int;
+ pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr");
+
+ function Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) return Form_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ pragma Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr");
+
+ procedure Register_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class;
+ Cft : in C_Field_Type);
+ procedure Unregister_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class);
+ function Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+ return C_Field_Type;
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER;
+ -- This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+ type User is limited private;
+ type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is
+
+ -- The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items
+ -- as the low level C implementation. So you can safely
+ -- read or write the user pointer also with the C routines
+ --
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_userptr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_item_userptr',`Set_User_Data')
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Itm : in Item;
+ Data : in User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_userptr',`Get_User_Data')
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Itm : in Item;
+ Data : out User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+ type User is limited private;
+ type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is
+
+ -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+ -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+ -- with the low level C routines for this menu without taking care of
+ -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+ -- the user pointer of this menu, you should get first the low level
+ -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+ -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this menu. You should never change
+ -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created menu.
+ --
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_userptr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_userptr',`Set_User_Data')
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Men : in Menu;
+ Data : in User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_userptr',`Get_User_Data')
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Men : in Menu;
+ Data : out User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.7 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+include(`Menu_Base_Defs')
+with System;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is
+
+include(`Menu_Linker_Options')
+
+
+ Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+ type Item is private;
+ type Menu is private;
+
+ ---------------------------
+ -- Interface constants --
+ ---------------------------
+ Null_Item : constant Item;
+ Null_Menu : constant Menu;
+
+ subtype Menu_Request_Code is Key_Code
+ range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17);
+
+ -- The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request"
+ M_Left_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+ M_Right_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+ M_Up_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+ M_Down_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+ M_ScrollUp_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+ M_ScrollDown_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+ M_ScrollDown_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+ M_ScrollUp_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+ M_First_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+ M_Last_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+ M_Next_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+ M_Previous_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+ M_Toggle_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+ M_Clear_Pattern : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+ M_Back_Pattern : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+ M_Next_Match : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+ M_Previous_Match : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+
+ -- For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes
+ REQ_LEFT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Left_Item;
+ REQ_RIGHT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Right_Item;
+ REQ_UP_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Up_Item;
+ REQ_DOWN_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Down_Item;
+ REQ_SCR_ULINE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_DLINE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_DPAGE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Page;
+ REQ_SCR_UPAGE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Page;
+ REQ_FIRST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_First_Item;
+ REQ_LAST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Last_Item;
+ REQ_NEXT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Item;
+ REQ_PREV_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Item;
+ REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Toggle_Item;
+ REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Clear_Pattern;
+ REQ_BACK_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Back_Pattern;
+ REQ_NEXT_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Match;
+ REQ_PREV_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Match;
+
+ procedure Request_Name (Key : in Menu_Request_Code;
+ Name : out String);
+
+ ------------------
+ -- Exceptions --
+ ------------------
+
+ Menu_Exception : exception;
+ --
+ -- Menu options
+ --
+
+include(`Menu_Opt_Rep')
+
+ Default_Menu_Options : Menu_Option_Set;
+ -- Initial default options for a menu.
+
+ --
+ -- Item options
+ --
+include(`Item_Rep')
+
+ Default_Item_Options : Item_Option_Set;
+ -- Initial default options for an item.
+
+ --
+ -- Item Array
+ --
+ type Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Item;
+ pragma Convention (C, Item_Array);
+
+ type Item_Array_Access is access all Item_Array;
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_new.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_item()',`Create')
+ function Create (Name : String;
+ Description : String := "") return Item;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_item()',`New_Item')
+ function New_Item (Name : String;
+ Description : String := "") return Item
+ renames Create;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`free_item()',`Delete')
+ procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item);
+ -- AKA
+ -- Resets Itm to Null_Item
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_value.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_item_value()',`Set_Value')
+ procedure Set_Value (Itm : in Item;
+ Value : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_value()',`Value')
+ function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_visible.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_visible()',`Visible')
+ function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_opts.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_item_opts()',`Set_Options')
+ procedure Set_Options (Itm : in Item;
+ Options : in Item_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_opts_on()',`Switch_Options')
+ procedure Switch_Options (Itm : in Item;
+ Options : in Item_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`item_opts_off()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ procedure Get_Options (Itm : in Item;
+ Options : out Item_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_name.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_name()',`Name')
+ procedure Name (Itm : in Item;
+ Name : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_description();',`Description')
+ procedure Description (Itm : in Item;
+ Description : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`mitem_current.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_current_item()',`Set_Current')
+ procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu;
+ Itm : in Item);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`current_item()',`Current')
+ function Current (Men : Menu) return Item;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_top_row()',`Set_Top_Row')
+ procedure Set_Top_Row (Men : in Menu;
+ Line : in Line_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`top_row()',`Top_Row')
+ function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_index()',`Get_Index')
+ function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive;
+ -- AKA
+ -- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items
+ -- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
+ -- level call.
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_post.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`post_menu()',`Post')
+ procedure Post (Men : in Menu;
+ Post : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`unpost_menu()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_opts.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_opts()',`Set_Options')
+ procedure Set_Options (Men : in Menu;
+ Options : in Menu_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts_on()',`Switch_Options')
+ procedure Switch_Options (Men : in Menu;
+ Options : in Menu_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`menu_opts_off()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ procedure Get_Options (Men : in Menu;
+ Options : out Menu_Option_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts()',`Get_Options')
+ function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_win.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_win()',`Set_Window')
+ procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu;
+ Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_win()',`Get_Window')
+ function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_sub()',`Set_Sub_Window')
+ procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu;
+ Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_sub()',`Get_Sub_Window')
+ function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`scale_menu()',`Scale')
+ procedure Scale (Men : in Menu;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_cursor.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`pos_menu_cursor()',`Position_Cursor')
+ procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_mark.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_mark()',`Set_Mark')
+ procedure Set_Mark (Men : in Menu;
+ Mark : in String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_mark()',`Mark')
+ procedure Mark (Men : in Menu;
+ Mark : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_attribs.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_fore()',`Set_Foreground')
+ procedure Set_Foreground
+ (Men : in Menu;
+ Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_fore()',`Foreground')
+ procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_fore()',`Foreground')
+ procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu;
+ Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_back()',`Set_Background')
+ procedure Set_Background
+ (Men : in Menu;
+ Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_back()',`Background')
+ procedure Background (Men : in Menu;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_back()',`Background')
+
+ procedure Background (Men : in Menu;
+ Back : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_grey()',`Set_Grey')
+ procedure Set_Grey
+ (Men : in Menu;
+ Grey : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_grey()',`Grey')
+ procedure Grey (Men : in Menu;
+ Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_grey()',`Grey')
+ procedure Grey
+ (Men : in Menu;
+ Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : out Color_Pair);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_pad()',`Set_Pad_Character')
+ procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu;
+ Pad : in Character := Space);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_pad()',`Pad_Character')
+ procedure Pad_Character (Men : in Menu;
+ Pad : out Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_spacing.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_spacing()',`Set_Spacing')
+ procedure Set_Spacing (Men : in Menu;
+ Descr : in Column_Position := 0;
+ Row : in Line_Position := 0;
+ Col : in Column_Position := 0);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_spacing()',`Spacing')
+ procedure Spacing (Men : in Menu;
+ Descr : out Column_Position;
+ Row : out Line_Position;
+ Col : out Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_pattern.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_pattern()',`Set_Pattern')
+ function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu;
+ Text : String) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+ -- Return TRUE if the pattern matches, FALSE otherwise
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_pattern()',`Pattern')
+ procedure Pattern (Men : in Menu;
+ Text : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_format.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_format()',`Set_Format')
+ procedure Set_Format (Men : in Menu;
+ Lines : in Line_Count;
+ Columns : in Column_Count);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_format()',`Format')
+ procedure Format (Men : in Menu;
+ Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Columns : out Column_Count);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_hook.3x')
+
+ type Menu_Hook_Function is access procedure (Men : in Menu);
+ pragma Convention (C, Menu_Hook_Function);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_item_init()',`Set_Item_Init_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_item_term()',`Set_Item_Term_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_init()',`Set_Menu_Init_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_term()',`Set_Menu_Term_Hook')
+ procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu;
+ Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_init()',`Get_Item_Init_Hook')
+ function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_term()',`Get_Item_Term_Hook')
+ function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_init()',`Get_Menu_Init_Hook')
+ function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_term()',`Get_Menu_Term_Hook')
+ function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_items.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_items()',`Redefine')
+ procedure Redefine (Men : in Menu;
+ Items : in Item_Array);
+ -- AKA
+ -- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Item_Array
+ -- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.
+
+ procedure Set_Items (Men : in Menu;
+ Items : in Item_Array) renames Redefine;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_items()',`Items')
+ function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`item_count()',`Item_Count')
+ function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_new.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_menu()',`Create')
+ function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu;
+ -- AKA
+
+ function New_Menu (Items : Item_Array) return Menu renames Create;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`free_menu()',`Delete')
+ procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu);
+ -- AKA
+ -- Reset Men to Null_Menu
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`menu_new.3x')
+
+ type Driver_Result is (Menu_Ok,
+ Request_Denied,
+ Unknown_Request,
+ No_Match);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`menu_driver()',`Driver')
+ function Driver (Men : Menu;
+ Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
+ -- AKA
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+private
+ type Item is new System.Address;
+ type Menu is new System.Address;
+
+ Null_Item : constant Item := Item (System.Null_Address);
+ Null_Menu : constant Menu := Menu (System.Null_Address);
+
+ -- This binding uses the original user pointer mechanism of a menu to store
+ -- specific informations about a menu. This wrapper record carries this
+ -- specifics and contains a field to maintain a new user pointer. Please
+ -- note that you must take this into account if you wan't to use the user
+ -- pointer mechanism of a menu created with this binding in low-level C
+ -- routines.
+ type Ada_User_Wrapper is
+ record
+ U : System.Address;
+ I : Item_Array_Access;
+ end record;
+ pragma Convention (C, Ada_User_Wrapper);
+ type Ada_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Ada_User_Wrapper;
+ pragma Controlled (Ada_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER;
+ -- This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.6 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+include(`Mouse_Base_Defs')
+with System;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_mouse.3x')
+ -- Please note, that in ncurses-1.9.9e documentation mouse support
+ -- is still marked as experimental. So also this binding will change
+ -- if the ncurses methods change.
+ --
+ type Event_Mask is private;
+ No_Events : constant Event_Mask;
+ All_Events : constant Event_Mask;
+
+ type Mouse_Button is (Left, -- aka: Button 1
+ Middle, -- aka: Button 2
+ Right, -- aka: Button 3
+ Button4, -- aka: Button 4
+ Control, -- Control Key
+ Shift, -- Shift Key
+ Alt); -- ALT Key
+
+ type Button_State is (Released,
+ Pressed,
+ Clicked,
+ Double_Clicked,
+ Triple_Clicked);
+
+ type Mouse_Event is private;
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_mouse.3x')
+
+ procedure Register_Reportable_Event
+ (B : in Mouse_Button;
+ S : in Button_State;
+ Mask : in out Event_Mask);
+ -- Stores the event described by the button and the state in the mask.
+ -- Before you call this the first time, you should init the mask
+ -- with the Empty_Mask constant
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mousemask()',`Start_Mouse')
+ function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events)
+ return Event_Mask;
+ -- AKA
+
+ procedure End_Mouse;
+ pragma Import (C, End_Mouse, "_nc_ada_unregister_mouse");
+ -- Terminates the mouse
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`getmouse()',`Get_Mouse')
+ function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event;
+ -- AKA
+
+ procedure Get_Event (Event : in Mouse_Event;
+ Y : out Line_Position;
+ X : out Column_Position;
+ Button : out Mouse_Button;
+ State : out Button_State);
+ -- !!! Warning: X and Y are screen coordinates. Due to ripped of lines they
+ -- may not be identical to window coordinates.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`ungetmouse()',`Unget_Mouse')
+ procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wenclose()',`Enclosed_In_Window')
+ function Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Event : Mouse_Event) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+ -- But : use event instead of screen coordinates.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mouseinterval()',`Mouse_Interval')
+ function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural;
+ -- AKA
+
+private
+ type Event_Mask is new Interfaces.C.int;
+ No_Events : constant Event_Mask := 0;
+ All_Events : constant Event_Mask := -1;
+
+ type Mouse_Event is
+ record
+ Id : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.short'First) ..
+ Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last);
+ X, Y, Z : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.int'First) ..
+ Integer (Interfaces.C.int'Last);
+ Bstate : Event_Mask;
+ end record;
+ pragma Convention (C, Mouse_Event);
+ pragma Pack (Mouse_Event);
+
+include(`Mouse_Event_Rep')
+ Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER;
+ -- This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+ type User is limited private;
+ type User_Access is access all User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`panel.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`set_panel_userptr',`Set_User_Data')
+ procedure Set_User_Data (Pan : in Panel;
+ Data : in User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`panel_userptr',`Get_User_Data')
+ procedure Get_User_Data (Pan : in Panel;
+ Data : out User_Access);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)dnl
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is
+
+include(`Panel_Linker_Options')
+
+ type Panel is private;
+
+ ---------------------------
+ -- Interface constants --
+ ---------------------------
+ Null_Panel : constant Panel;
+
+ -------------------
+ -- Exceptions --
+ -------------------
+
+ Panel_Exception : exception;
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`panel.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_panel()',`Create')
+ function Create (Win : Window) return Panel;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`new_panel()',`New_Panel')
+ function New_Panel (Win : Window) return Panel renames Create;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`bottom_panel()',`Bottom')
+ procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`top_panel()',`Top')
+ procedure Top (Pan : in Panel);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`show_panel()',`Show')
+ procedure Show (Pan : in Panel);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`update_panels()',`Update_Panels')
+ procedure Update_Panels;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Update_Panels, "update_panels");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`hide_panel()',`Hide')
+ procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`panel_window()',`Get_Window')
+ function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`panel_window()',`Panel_Window')
+ function Panel_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window renames Get_Window;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`replace_panel()',`Replace')
+ procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel;
+ Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`move_panel()',`Move')
+ procedure Move (Pan : in Panel;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`panel_hidden()',`Is_Hidden')
+ function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`panel_above()',`Above')
+ function Above (Pan : Panel) return Panel;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Above, "panel_above");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`panel_below()',`Below')
+ function Below (Pan : Panel) return Panel;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Below, "panel_below");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`del_panel()',`Delete')
+ procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel);
+ -- AKA
+
+ private
+ type Panel is new System.Address;
+ Null_Panel : constant Panel := Panel (System.Null_Address);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
--- /dev/null
+-- -*- ada -*-
+define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses_s.html')dnl
+include(M4MACRO)------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding --
+-- --
+-- Terminal_Interface.Curses --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control:
+-- $Revision: 1.7 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+include(`Base_Defs')
+with System;
+with Interfaces.C; -- We need this for some assertions.
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses is
+
+include(`Linker_Options')
+ type Window is private;
+ Null_Window : constant Window;
+
+ type Line_Position is new Natural; -- line coordinate
+ type Column_Position is new Natural; -- column coordinate
+
+ subtype Line_Count is Line_Position range 1 .. Line_Position'Last;
+ -- Type to count lines. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive
+ subtype Column_Count is Column_Position range 1 .. Column_Position'Last;
+ -- Type to count columns. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive
+
+ type Key_Code is new Natural;
+ -- That is anything including real characters, special keys and logical
+ -- request codes.
+
+ subtype Real_Key_Code is Key_Code range 0 .. M4_KEY_MAX;
+ -- This are the codes that potentially represent a real keystroke.
+ -- Not all codes may be possible on a specific terminal. To check the
+ -- availability of a special key, the Has_Key function is provided.
+
+ subtype Special_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code
+ range M4_SPECIAL_FIRST .. Real_Key_Code'Last;
+ -- Type for a function- or special key number
+
+ subtype Normal_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code range
+ Character'Pos (Character'First) .. Character'Pos (Character'Last);
+ -- This are the codes for regular (incl. non-graphical) characters.
+
+ -- Constants for function- and special keys
+ --
+ Key_None : constant Special_Key_Code := M4_SPECIAL_FIRST;
+include(`Key_Definitions')
+ Key_Max : constant Special_Key_Code
+ := Special_Key_Code'Last;
+
+ subtype User_Key_Code is Key_Code
+ range (Key_Max + 129) .. Key_Code'Last;
+ -- This is reserved for user defined key codes. The range between Key_Max
+ -- and the first user code is reserved for subsystems like menu and forms.
+
+ -- For those who like to use the original key names we produce them were
+ -- they differ from the original. Please note that they may differ in
+ -- lower/upper case.
+include(`Old_Keys')
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ type Color_Number is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last);
+ for Color_Number'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size;
+ -- (n)curses uses a short for the color index
+ -- The model is, that a Color_Number is an index into an array of
+ -- (potentially) definable colors. Some of those indices are
+ -- predefined (see below), although they may not really exist.
+
+include(`Color_Defs')
+ type RGB_Value is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last);
+ for RGB_Value'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size;
+ -- Some system may allow to redefine a color by setting RGB values.
+
+ type Color_Pair is range 0 .. 255;
+ for Color_Pair'Size use 8;
+ subtype Redefinable_Color_Pair is Color_Pair range 1 .. 255;
+ -- (n)curses reserves 1 Byte for the color-pair number. Color Pair 0
+ -- is fixed (Black & White). A color pair is simply a combination of
+ -- two colors described by Color_Numbers, one for the foreground and
+ -- the other for the background
+
+include(`Character_Attribute_Set_Rep')
+ -- (n)curses uses half of an integer for attributes.
+
+ Normal_Video : constant Character_Attribute_Set := (others => False);
+
+ type Attributed_Character is
+ record
+ Attr : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : Color_Pair := 0;
+ Ch : Character := ' ';
+ end record;
+ pragma Convention (C, Attributed_Character);
+ -- This is the counterpart for the chtype in C.
+
+include(`AC_Rep')
+ Default_Character : constant Attributed_Character
+ := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video);
+
+ type Attributed_String is array (Positive range <>) of Attributed_Character;
+ pragma Pack (Attributed_String);
+ -- In this binding we allow strings of attributed characters.
+
+ ------------------
+ -- Exceptions --
+ ------------------
+ Curses_Exception : exception;
+
+ -- Those exceptions are raised by the ETI (Extended Terminal Interface)
+ -- subpackets for Menu and Forms handling.
+ --
+ Eti_System_Error : exception;
+ Eti_Bad_Argument : exception;
+ Eti_Posted : exception;
+ Eti_Connected : exception;
+ Eti_Bad_State : exception;
+ Eti_No_Room : exception;
+ Eti_Not_Posted : exception;
+ Eti_Unknown_Command : exception;
+ Eti_No_Match : exception;
+ Eti_Not_Selectable : exception;
+ Eti_Not_Connected : exception;
+ Eti_Request_Denied : exception;
+ Eti_Invalid_Field : exception;
+ Eti_Current : exception;
+
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ -- External C variables
+ -- Conceptually even in C this are kind of constants, but they are
+ -- initialized and sometimes changed by the library routines at runtime
+ -- depending on the type of terminal. I believe the best way to model
+ -- this is to use functions.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ function Lines return Line_Count;
+ pragma Inline (Lines);
+
+ function Columns return Column_Count;
+ pragma Inline (Columns);
+
+ function Tab_Size return Natural;
+ pragma Inline (Tab_Size);
+
+ function Number_Of_Colors return Natural;
+ pragma Inline (Number_Of_Colors);
+
+ function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural;
+ pragma Inline (Number_Of_Color_Pairs);
+
+ ACS_Map : array (Character'Val (0) .. Character'Val (127)) of
+ Attributed_Character;
+ pragma Import (C, ACS_Map, "acs_map");
+ --
+ --
+ -- Constants for several symbols from the Alternate Character Set
+ -- You must use this constants as indices into the ACS_Map array
+ -- to get the corresponding attributed character at runtime.
+ --
+include(`ACS_Map')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_initscr.3x')
+ -- | Not implemented: newterm, set_term, delscreen
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`stdscr',`Standard_Window')
+ function Standard_Window return Window;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Inline (Standard_Window);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`initscr()',`Init_Screen')
+ procedure Init_Screen;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`initscr()',`Init_Windows')
+ procedure Init_Windows renames Init_Screen;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`endwin()',`End_Windows')
+ procedure End_Windows;
+ -- AKA
+ procedure End_Screen renames End_Windows;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`isendwin()',`Is_End_Window')
+ function Is_End_Window return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_move.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wmove()',`Move_Cursor')
+ procedure Move_Cursor (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_addch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`waddch()',`Add')
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Character);
+ -- Add a single character at the current logical cursor position to
+ -- the window. Use the current windows attributes.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddch()',`Add')
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ procedure Add
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Ch : in Character);
+ -- Move to the position and add a single character into the window
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wechochar()',`Add_With_Immediate_Echo')
+ procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Character);
+ -- Add a character and do an immediate resfresh of the screen.
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_window.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`newwin()',`Create')
+ function Create
+ (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ function New_Window
+ (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
+ renames Create;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`delwin()',`Delete')
+ procedure Delete (Win : in out Window);
+ -- AKA
+ -- Reset Win to Null_Window
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`subwin()',`Sub_Window')
+ function Sub_Window
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`derwin()',`Derived_Window')
+ function Derived_Window
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`dupwin()',`Duplicate')
+ function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwin()',`Move_Window')
+ procedure Move_Window (Win : in Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvderwin()',`Move_Derived_Window')
+ procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win : in Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wsyncup()',`Synchronize_Upwards')
+ procedure Synchronize_Upwards (Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Upwards, "wsyncup");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wsyncdown()',`Synchronize_Downwards')
+ procedure Synchronize_Downwards (Win : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Downwards, "wsyncdown");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`syncok()',`Set_Synch_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_addstr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`waddnstr()',`Add')
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`waddstr()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddnstr()',`Add')
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`mvwaddstr()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_addchstr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`waddchnstr()',`Add')
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : in Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`waddchstr()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddchnstr()',`Add')
+ procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : in Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`mvwaddchstr()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_border.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wborder()',`Border')
+ procedure Border
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Left_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Right_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Top_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Bottom_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character
+ );
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`box()',`Box')
+ procedure Box
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Vertical_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`whline()',`Horizontal_Line')
+ procedure Horizontal_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line_Size : in Natural;
+ Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wvline()',`Vertical_Line')
+ procedure Vertical_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line_Size : in Natural;
+ Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_getch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wgetch()',`Get_Keystroke')
+ function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Real_Key_Code;
+ -- AKA
+ -- Get a character from the keyboard and echo it - if enabled - to the
+ -- window.
+ -- If for any reason (i.e. a timeout) we couldn't get a character the
+ -- returned keycode is Key_None.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`ungetch()',`Undo_Keystroke')
+ procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`has_key()',`Has_Key')
+ function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+ -- |
+ -- | Some helper functions
+ -- |
+ function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean;
+ -- Return True if the Key is a function key (i.e. one of F0 .. F63)
+
+ subtype Function_Key_Number is Integer range 0 .. 63;
+ -- (n)curses allows for 64 function keys.
+
+ function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) return Function_Key_Number;
+ -- Return the number of the function key. If the code is not a
+ -- function key, a CONSTRAINT_ERROR will be raised.
+
+ function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code;
+ -- Return the key code for a given functionkey number.
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_attr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wattron()',`Switch_Character_Attribute')
+ procedure Switch_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ On : in Boolean := True); -- if False we switch Off.
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`wattroff()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wattrset()',`Set_Character_Attributes')
+ procedure Set_Character_Attributes
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wattr_get()',`Get_Character_Attribute')
+ function Get_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Character_Attribute_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wattr_get()',`Get_Character_Attribute')
+ function Get_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Color_Pair;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wchgat()',`Change_Attributes')
+ procedure Change_Attributes
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Count : in Integer := -1;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwchgat()',`Change_Attributes')
+ procedure Change_Attributes
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First;
+ Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First;
+ Count : in Integer := -1;
+ Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_beep.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`beep()',`Beep')
+ procedure Beep;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`flash()',`Flash_Screen')
+ procedure Flash_Screen;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_inopts.3x')
+
+ -- | Not implemented : typeahead
+ --
+ -- ANCHOR(`cbreak()',`Set_Cbreak_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`nocbreak()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`raw()',`Set_Raw_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`noraw()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`echo()',`Set_Echo_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`noecho()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`meta()',`Set_Meta_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`keypad()',`Set_KeyPad_Mode')
+ procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ type Half_Delay_Amount is range 1 .. 255;
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`halfdelay()',`Half_Delay')
+ procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`intrflush()',`Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`qiflush()',`Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Flush : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`noqiflush()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`nodelay()',`Set_NoDelay_Mode')
+ procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False);
+ -- AKA
+
+ type Timeout_Mode is (Blocking, Non_Blocking, Delayed);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wtimeout()',`Set_Timeout_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Timeout_Mode;
+ Amount : in Natural); -- in Miliseconds
+ -- AKA
+ -- Instead of overloading the semantic of the sign of amount, we
+ -- introduce the Timeout_Mode parameter. This should improve
+ -- readability. For Blocking and Non_Blocking, the Amount is not
+ -- evaluated.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`notimeout()',`Set_Escape_Time_Mode')
+ procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Timer_Off : in Boolean := False);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_outopts.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`nl()',`Set_NL_Mode')
+ procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`nonl()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`clearok()',`Clear_On_Next_Update')
+ procedure Clear_On_Next_Update
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Clear : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`idlok()',`Use_Insert_Delete_Line')
+ procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Idl : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`idcok()',`Use_Insert_Delete_Character')
+ procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Idc : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`leaveok()',`Leave_Cursor_After_Update')
+ procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Leave : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`immedok()',`Immediate_Update_Mode')
+ procedure Immediate_Update_Mode
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`scrollok()',`Allow_Scrolling')
+ procedure Allow_Scrolling
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : in Boolean := False);
+ -- AKA
+
+ function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean;
+ -- There is no such function in the C interface.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wsetscrreg()',`Set_Scroll_Region')
+ procedure Set_Scroll_Region
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Top_Line : in Line_Position;
+ Bottom_Line : in Line_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_refresh.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`doupdate()',`Update_Screen')
+ procedure Update_Screen;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wrefresh()',`Refresh')
+ procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wnoutrefresh()',`Refresh_Without_Update')
+ procedure Refresh_Without_Update
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`redrawwin()',`Redraw')
+ procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wredrawln()',`Redraw')
+ procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Begin_Line : in Line_Position;
+ Line_Count : in Positive);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_clear.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`werase()',`Erase')
+ procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wclear()',`Clear')
+ procedure Clear
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wclrtobot()',`Clear_To_End_Of_Screen')
+ procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wclrtoeol()',`Clear_To_End_Of_Line')
+ procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_bkgd.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wbkgdset()',`Set_Background')
+ procedure Set_Background
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wbkgd()',`Change_Background')
+ procedure Change_Background
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wbkgdget()',`Get_Background')
+ function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Attributed_Character;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_touch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`touchwin()',`Touch')
+ procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`untouchwin()',`Untouch')
+ procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`touchline()',`Touch')
+ procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Start : in Line_Position;
+ Count : in Positive);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wtouchln()',`Change_Line_Status')
+ procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Start : in Line_Position;
+ Count : in Positive;
+ State : in Boolean);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`is_linetouched()',`Is_Touched')
+ function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : Line_Position) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`is_wintouched()',`Is_Touched')
+ function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_overlay.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`copywin()',`Copy')
+ procedure Copy
+ (Source_Window : in Window;
+ Destination_Window : in Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Non_Destructive_Mode : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`overwrite()',`Overwrite')
+ procedure Overwrite (Source_Window : in Window;
+ Destination_Window : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`overlay()',`Overlay')
+ procedure Overlay (Source_Window : in Window;
+ Destination_Window : in Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_deleteln.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winsdelln()',`Insert_Delete_Lines')
+ procedure Insert_Delete_Lines
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Lines : in Integer := 1); -- default is to insert one line above
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wdeleteln()',`Delete_Line')
+ procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winsertln()',`Insert_Line')
+ procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_getyx.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`getmaxyx()',`Get_Size')
+ procedure Get_Size
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : out Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`getbegyx()',`Get_Window_Position')
+ procedure Get_Window_Position
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position;
+ Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`getyx()',`Get_Cursor_Position')
+ procedure Get_Cursor_Position
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : out Line_Position;
+ Column : out Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`getparyx()',`Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent')
+ procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent
+ (Win : in Window;
+ Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position;
+ Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position;
+ Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean);
+ -- AKA
+ -- Instead of placing -1 in the coordinates as return, we use a boolean
+ -- to return the info that the window has no parent.
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_pad.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`newpad()',`New_Pad')
+ function New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count;
+ Columns : Column_Count) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`subpad()',`Sub_Pad')
+ function Sub_Pad
+ (Pad : Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`prefresh()',`Refresh')
+ procedure Refresh
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`pnoutrefresh()',`Refresh_Without_Update')
+ procedure Refresh_Without_Update
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`pechochar()',`Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It')
+ procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad : in Window;
+ Ch : in Character);
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_scroll.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wscrl()',`Scroll')
+ procedure Scroll (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Amount : in Integer := 1);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_delch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wdelch()',`Delete_Character')
+ procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwdelch()',`Delete_Character')
+ procedure Delete_Character
+ (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_inch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winch()',`Peek')
+ function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ return Attributed_Character;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwinch()',`Peek')
+ function Peek
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : Line_Position;
+ Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_winch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winsch()',`Insert')
+ procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwinsch()',`Insert')
+ procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Ch : in Attributed_Character);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_winch.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winsnstr()',`Insert')
+ procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`winsstr()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwinsnstr()',`Insert')
+ procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : in String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`mvwinsstr()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_instr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winnstr()',`Peek')
+ procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`winstr()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwinnstr()',`Peek')
+ procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`mvwinstr()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_inchstr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`winchnstr()',`Peek')
+ procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : out Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`winchstr()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`mvwinchnstr()',`Peek')
+ procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : out Attributed_String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`mvwinchstr()')
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_getstr.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`wgetnstr()',`Get')
+ procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`wgetstr()')
+
+ procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in Line_Position;
+ Column : in Column_Position;
+ Str : out String;
+ Len : in Integer := -1);
+ -- AKA: not specified in ncurses, should be: mvwgetnstr()
+ -- and mvwgetstr() (which exists)
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_slk.3x')
+
+ type Soft_Label_Key_Format is (Three_Two_Three,
+ Four_Four,
+ PC_Style, -- ncurses specific
+ PC_Style_With_Index); -- "
+ type Label_Number is new Positive range 1 .. 12;
+ type Label_Justification is (Left, Centered, Right);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_init()',`Init_Soft_Label_Keys')
+ procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys
+ (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_set()',`Set_Soft_Label_Key')
+ procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number;
+ Text : in String;
+ Fmt : in Label_Justification := Left);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_refresh()',`Refresh_Soft_Label_Key')
+ procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_noutrefresh()',`Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update')
+ procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_label()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key')
+ procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number;
+ Text : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_clear()',`Clear_Soft_Label_Keys')
+ procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_restore()',`Restore_Soft_Label_Keys')
+ procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_touch()',`Touch_Soft_Label_Keys')
+ procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_attron()',`Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes')
+ procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+ (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set;
+ On : in Boolean := True);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`slk_attroff()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_attrset()',`Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes')
+ procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+ (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_attr()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes')
+ function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`slk_attr()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes')
+ function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_util.3x')
+
+ -- | Not implemented : filter, use_env, putwin, getwin
+ --
+ -- ANCHOR(`keyname()',`Key_Name')
+ procedure Key_Name (Key : in Real_Key_Code;
+ Name : out String);
+ -- AKA
+ -- The external name for a real keystroke.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`unctrl()',`Un_Control')
+ procedure Un_Control (Ch : in Attributed_Character;
+ Str : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`delay_output()',`Delay_Output')
+ procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`flushinp()',`Flush_Input')
+ procedure Flush_Input;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_termattrs.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`baudrate()',`Baudrate')
+ function Baudrate return Natural;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`erasechar()',`Erase_Character')
+ function Erase_Character return Character;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`killchar()',`Kill_Character')
+ function Kill_Character return Character;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`has_ic()',`Has_Insert_Character')
+ function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`has_il()',`Has_Insert_Line')
+ function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`termattrs()',`Supported_Attributes')
+ function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`longname()',`Long_Name')
+ procedure Long_Name (Name : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`termname()',`Terminal_Name')
+ procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_color.3x')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`start_clolor()',`Start_Color')
+ procedure Start_Color;
+ -- AKA
+ pragma Import (C, Start_Color, "start_color");
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`init_pair()',`Init_Pair')
+ procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair;
+ Fore : in Color_Number;
+ Back : in Color_Number);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`pair_content()',`Pair_Content')
+ procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair;
+ Fore : out Color_Number;
+ Back : out Color_Number);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`has_colors()',`Has_Colors')
+ function Has_Colors return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`init_color()',`Init_Color')
+ procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number;
+ Red : in RGB_Value;
+ Green : in RGB_Value;
+ Blue : in RGB_Value);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`can_change_color()',`Can_Change_Color')
+ function Can_Change_Color return Boolean;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`color_content()',`Color_Content')
+ procedure Color_Content (Color : in Color_Number;
+ Red : out RGB_Value;
+ Green : out RGB_Value;
+ Blue : out RGB_Value);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- MANPAGE(`curs_kernel.3x')
+
+ -- | Not implemented: getsyx, setsyx
+ --
+ type Curses_Mode is (Curses, Shell);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`def_prog_mode()',`Save_Curses_Mode')
+ procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`def_shell_mode()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`reset_prog_mode()',`Reset_Curses_Mode')
+ procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode);
+ -- AKA
+ -- ALIAS(`reset_shell_mode()')
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`savetty()',`Save_Terminal_State')
+ procedure Save_Terminal_State;
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`resetty();',`Reset_Terminal_State')
+ procedure Reset_Terminal_State;
+ -- AKA
+
+ type Stdscr_Init_Proc is access
+ function (Win : Window;
+ Columns : Column_Count) return Integer;
+ pragma Convention (C, Stdscr_Init_Proc);
+ -- N.B.: the return value is actually ignored, but it seems to be
+ -- a good practice to return 0 if you think all went fine
+ -- and -1 otherwise.
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`ripoffline()',`Rip_Off_Lines')
+ procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer;
+ Proc : in Stdscr_Init_Proc);
+ -- AKA
+ -- N.B.: to be more precise, this uses a ncurses specific enhancement of
+ -- ripoffline(), in which the Lines argument absolute value is the
+ -- number of lines to be ripped of. The official ripoffline() only
+ -- uses the sign of Lines to rip of a single line from bottom or top.
+
+ type Cursor_Visibility is (Invisible, Normal, Very_Visible);
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`curs_set()',`Set_Cursor_Visibility')
+ procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- ANCHOR(`napms()',`Nap_Milli_Seconds')
+ procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural);
+ -- AKA
+
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ -- | Some usefull helpers.
+ -- |=====================================================================
+ type Transform_Direction is (From_Screen, To_Screen);
+ procedure Transform_Coordinates
+ (W : in Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : in out Line_Position;
+ Column : in out Column_Position;
+ Dir : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen);
+ -- This procedure transforms screen coordinates into coordinates relative
+ -- to the window and vice versa, depending on the Dir parmeter.
+ -- Screen coordinates are the position informations on the physical device.
+ -- An Curses_Exception will be raised if Line and Column are not in the
+ -- Window or if you pass the Null_Window as argument.
+
+private
+ type Window is new System.Address;
+ Null_Window : constant Window := Window (System.Null_Address);
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER;
+ -- This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses;
--- /dev/null
+# Nothing to do in this directory
+
+all::
+ @
+
+clean::
+ @
+
+distclean:: clean
+ @
+
+realclean:: clean
+ @
+
+mostlyclean:: clean
+ @
+
+install::
+ @
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>echochar</STRONG>, <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> -
+ add a character (with attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then
+ advance the cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addch(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echochar(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG> routines put the
+ character <EM>ch</EM> into the given window at its current window
+ position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to
+ <STRONG>putchar</STRONG> in <STRONG><A HREF="stdio.3.html">stdio(3)</A></STRONG>. If the advance is at the right mar-
+ gin, the cursor automatically wraps to the beginning of
+ the next line. At the bottom of the current scrolling
+ region, if <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> is enabled, the scrolling region is
+ scrolled up one line.
+
+ If <EM>ch</EM> is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved
+ appropriately within the window. Backspace moves the cur-
+ sor one character left; at the left edge of a window it
+ does nothing. Newline does a <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>, then moves the
+ cursor to the window left margin on the next line,
+ scrolling the window if on the last line). Tabs are con-
+ sidered to be at every eighth column.
+
+ If <EM>ch</EM> is any control character other than tab, newline, or
+ backspace, it is drawn in <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation. Calling <STRONG>winch</STRONG>
+ after adding a control character does not return the char-
+ acter itself, but instead returns the ^-representation of
+ the control character. (To emit control characters liter-
+ ally, use <STRONG>echochar</STRONG>.)
+
+ Video attributes can be combined with a character argument
+ passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> or related functions by logical-ORing them
+ into the character. (Thus, text, including attributes,
+ can be copied from one place to another using <STRONG>inch</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.). See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> page for values of prede-
+ fined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
+ into characters.
+
+ The <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> and <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> routines are equivalent to a
+ call to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, or a call to
+ <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>. The knowledge that
+ only a single character is being output is used and, for
+ non-control characters, a considerable performance gain
+
+ <STRONG>Line</STRONG> <STRONG>Graphics</STRONG>
+ The following variables may be used to add line drawing
+ characters to the screen with routines of the <STRONG>addch</STRONG> fam-
+ ily. The default character listed below is used if the
+ <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> capability doesn't define a terminal-specific
+ replacement for it (but see the EXTENSIONS section below).
+ The names are taken from VT100 nomenclature.
+
+ l l l _ _ _ l l l. <EM>Name</EM> <EM>Default</EM> <EM>Description</EM>
+ ACS_ULCORNER + upper left-hand corner
+ ACS_LLCORNER + lower left-hand corner
+ ACS_URCORNER + upper right-hand corner
+ ACS_LRCORNER + lower right-hand corner
+ ACS_RTEE + right tee ACS_LTEE + left tee
+ ACS_BTEE + bottom tee ACS_TTEE + top tee
+ ACS_HLINE - horizontal line ACS_VLINE | vertical
+ line ACS_PLUS + plus ACS_S1 - scan line 1 ACS_S9
+ _ scan line 9 ACS_DIAMOND + diamond
+ ACS_CKBOARD : checker board (stipple)
+ ACS_DEGREE ' degree symbol
+ ACS_PLMINUS # plus/minus ACS_BULLET o bullet
+ ACS_LARROW < arrow pointing left
+ ACS_RARROW > arrow pointing right
+ ACS_DARROW v arrow pointing down
+ ACS_UARROW ^ arrow pointing up ACS_BOARD # board
+ of squares ACS_LANTERN # lantern symbol
+ ACS_BLOCK # solid square block ACS_S3 - scan line
+ 3 ACS_S7 - scan line 7 ACS_LEQUAL < less-
+ than-or-equal-to ACS_GEQUAL > greater-than-or-
+ equal-to ACS_PI * greek pi ACS_NEQUAL ! not-
+ equal ACS_STERLING f pound-sterling symbol
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
+ wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> may be
+ macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ The following extended <STRONG>curses</STRONG> features are available only
+ on PC-clone consoles and compatible terminals obeying the
+ ANSI.SYS de-facto standard for terminal control sequences.
+ They are not part of XSI curses.
+
+ The attribute A_ALTCHARSET actually forces literal display
+ of PC ROM characters including the high-half graphics.
+ the card-suit characters, up and down-arrow, and most oth-
+ ers in the range 0-32. (In a terminfo entry designed for
+ use with <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>, the high-half characters are obtained
+ using this attribute with an <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> string in which the sec-
+ ond of each pair is a high-half character.)
+
+ Giving <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> an argument with its high bit set will
+ produce the corresponding high-half ASCII graphic (SVr4
+ curses also has this feature but does not document it). A
+ control-character argument, however, will not typically
+ produce the corresponding graphic; characters such as CR,
+ NL, FF and TAB are typically interpreted by the console
+ driver itself, and ESC will be interpreted as the leader
+ of a control sequence.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. The defaults specified for forms-drawing
+ characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+ The seven ACS symbols starting with <STRONG>ACS_S3</STRONG> were not docu-
+ mented in any publicly released System V. However, many
+ publicly available terminfos include <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> strings in which
+ their key characters (pryz{|}) are embedded, and a second-
+ hand list of their character descriptions has come to
+ light. The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3s.html">putc(3S)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>addchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddchstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvaddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr</STRONG> - add a string of
+ characters (and attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines copy <EM>chstr</EM> into the window image structure
+ at and after the current cursor position. The four rou-
+ tines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument copy at most <EM>n</EM> elements,
+ but no more than will fit on the line. If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the
+ whole string is copied, to the maximum number of charac-
+ ters that will fit on the line.
+
+ The window cursor is <EM>not</EM> advanced, and these routines work
+ faster than <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>. On the other hand, they don't per-
+ form any kind of checking (such as for the newline,
+ backspace, or carriage return characters), they don't
+ advance the current cursor position, they don't expand
+ other control characters to ^-escapes, and they truncate
+ the string if it crosses the right margin, rather then
+ wrapping it around to the new line.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
+ wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses
+ standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>addstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnstr</STRONG> - add a string of characters to a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines write the characters of the (null-termi-
+ nated) character string <EM>str</EM> on the given window. It is
+ similar to calling <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> once for each character in the
+ string. The four routines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument
+ write at most <EM>n</EM> characters. If <EM>n</EM> is -1, then the entire
+ string will be added.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all of these routines except <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses
+ standard, Issue 4. The XSI errors EILSEQ and EOVERFLOW,
+ associated with extended-level conformance, are not yet
+ detected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>standend</STRONG>, <STRONG>wstandend</STRONG>, <STRONG>standout</STRONG>, <STRONG>wstandout</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> charac-
+ ter and window attribute control routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attroff(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattroff(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attron(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattron(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrset(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattrset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>standend(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wstandend(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>standout(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wstandout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_get(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_get(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_off(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_off(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_on(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_on(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_set(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_set(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>chgat(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wchgat(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvchgat(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwchgat(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines manipulate the current attributes of the
+ named window. The current attributes of a window apply to
+ all characters that are written into the window with <STRONG>wad-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>dch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>. Attributes are a property of
+ the character, and move with the character through any
+ scrolling and insert/delete line/character operations. To
+ the extent possible, they are displayed as appropriate
+ modifications to the graphic rendition of characters put
+ on the screen.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>attrset</STRONG> sets the current attributes of the
+ given window to <EM>attrs</EM>. The routine <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> turns off the
+ named attributes without turning any other attributes on
+ or off. The routine <STRONG>attron</STRONG> turns on the named attributes
+ without affecting any others. The routine <STRONG>standout</STRONG> is the
+ same as <STRONG>attron(A_STANDOUT)</STRONG>. The routine <STRONG>standend</STRONG> is the
+ same as <STRONG>attrset(A_NORMAL)</STRONG> or <STRONG>attrset(0)</STRONG>, that is, it turns
+ off all attributes.
+ the given window; <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG> returns the current attribute
+ for <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. The remaining <STRONG>attr_</STRONG>* functions operate
+ exactly like the corresponding <STRONG>attr</STRONG>* functions, except
+ that they take arguments of type <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> rather than <STRONG>int</STRONG>.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>chgat</STRONG> changes the attributes of a given number
+ of characters starting at the current cursor location of
+ <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. It does not update the cursor and does not per-
+ form wrapping. A character count of -1 or greater than
+ the remaining window width means to change attributes all
+ the way to the end of the current line. The <STRONG>wchgat</STRONG> func-
+ tion generalizes this to any window; the <STRONG>mvwchgat</STRONG> function
+ does a cursor move before acting. In these functions, the
+ color argument is a color-pair index (as in the first
+ argument of <EM>init</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>, see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>). The <STRONG>opts</STRONG>
+ argument is not presently used, but is reserved for the
+ future (leave it <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The following video attributes, defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, can
+ be passed to the routines <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, and <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, or
+ OR'ed with the characters passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+ center ; l l . <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG> Normal display (no highlight)
+ <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG> Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+ <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG> Underlining <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG> Reverse video
+ <STRONG>A_BLINK</STRONG> Blinking <STRONG>A_DIM</STRONG> Half bright <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG> Extra
+ bright or bold <STRONG>A_PROTECT</STRONG> Protected mode <STRONG>A_INVIS</STRONG> Invisi-
+ ble or blank mode <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG> Alternate character set
+ <STRONG>A_CHARTEXT</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract a character
+ <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> Color-pair number <EM>n</EM>
+
+ The following macro is the reverse of <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>:
+
+ <STRONG>PAIR_NUMBER(</STRONG><EM>attrs</EM>) Returns the pair number associated
+ with the <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> attribute.
+
+ The return values of many of these routines are not mean-
+ ingful (they are implemented as macro-expanded assignments
+ and simply return their argument). The SVr4 manual page
+ claims (falsely) that these routines always return <STRONG>1</STRONG>.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG> and <STRONG>standout</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these functions are supported in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. The standard defined the dedicated type
+ for highlights, <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>, which is not defined in SVr4
+ curses. The functions taking <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> arguments are not sup-
+ tional functions <STRONG>attron</STRONG>/<STRONG>attroff</STRONG>/<STRONG>attrset</STRONG> can manipulate
+ attributes other than <STRONG>A_BLINK</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_DIM</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>, or <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG> is "unspecified". Under this
+ implementation as well as SVr4 curses, these functions
+ correctly manipulate all other highlights (specifically,
+ <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_PROTECT</STRONG>, and <STRONG>A_INVIS</STRONG>).
+
+ XSI Curses added the new entry points, <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_on</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wattr_set</STRONG>. These are intended to work with a new series
+ of highlight macros prefixed with <STRONG>WA_</STRONG>.
+
+ center ; l l . <STRONG>WA_NORMAL</STRONG> Normal display (no highlight)
+ <STRONG>WA_STANDOUT</STRONG> Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+ <STRONG>WA_UNDERLINE</STRONG> Underlining <STRONG>WA_REVERSE</STRONG> Reverse video
+ <STRONG>WA_BLINK</STRONG> Blinking <STRONG>WA_DIM</STRONG> Half bright <STRONG>WA_BOLD</STRONG> Extra
+ bright or bold <STRONG>WA_ALTCHARSET</STRONG> Alternate character set
+
+ The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corre-
+ sponding <STRONG>A_</STRONG> and <STRONG>WA_</STRONG>-using functions operates on the same
+ current-highlight information.
+
+ The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new high-
+ lights <STRONG>A_HORIZONTAL</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_LOW</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_TOP</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_VER-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>TICAL</STRONG> (and corresponding <STRONG>WA_</STRONG> macros for each) which this
+ curses does not yet support.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>beep</STRONG>, <STRONG>flash</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bell and screen flash routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beep(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flash(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>beep</STRONG> and <STRONG>flash</STRONG> routines are used to alert the terminal
+ user. The routine <STRONG>beep</STRONG> sounds an audible alarm on the
+ terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen
+ (visible bell). The routine <STRONG>flash</STRONG> flashes the screen, and
+ if that is not possible, sounds the alert. If neither
+ alert is possible, nothing happens. Nearly all terminals
+ have an audible alert (bell or beep), but only some can
+ flash the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if they succeed in beeping or
+ flashing, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> otherwise.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, so it
+ was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are defined in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
+ <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window background
+ manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgdset(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgdset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgd(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>getbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG> routines manipulate the back-
+ ground of the named window. The window background is a
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
+ rendition) and a character. The attribute part of the
+ background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank charac-
+ ters that are written into the window with <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>. Both
+ the character and attribute parts of the background are
+ combined with the blank characters. The background
+ becomes a property of the character and moves with the
+ character through any scrolling and insert/delete
+ line/character operations.
+
+ To the extent possible on a particular terminal, the
+ attribute part of the background is displayed as the
+ graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> functions set the background property
+ of the current or specified window and then apply this
+ setting to every character position in that window:
+
+ The rendition of every character on the screen is
+ changed to the new background rendition.
+
+ Wherever the former background character appears,
+ it is changed to the new background character.
+
+ The <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> function returns the given window's current
+ background character/attribute pair.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The routines <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The
+ SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>
+ is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>, on failure. but gives no failure conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG>, <STRONG>box</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline</STRONG> - cre-
+ ate <STRONG>curses</STRONG> borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wborder(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>box(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>verch,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>horch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hline(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>whline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vline(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvhline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvwhline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvvline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> routines draw a box around the
+ edges of a window. The argument <EM>ls</EM> is a character and
+ attributes used for the left side of the border, <EM>rs</EM> -
+ right side, <EM>ts</EM> - top side, <EM>bs</EM> - bottom side, <EM>tl</EM> - top
+ left-hand corner, <EM>tr</EM> - top right-hand corner, <EM>bl</EM> - bottom
+ left-hand corner, and <EM>br</EM> - bottom right-hand corner. If
+ any of these arguments is zero, then the following default
+ values (defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>) are used instead: <STRONG>ACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_VLINE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_ULCORNER</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_URCORNER</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_BLCORNER</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_BRCORNER</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>box(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> is a shorthand for the following
+ call: <STRONG>wborder(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>0)</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>hline</STRONG> and <STRONG>whline</STRONG> functions draw a horizontal (left to
+ right) line using <EM>ch</EM> starting at the current cursor posi-
+ tion in the window. The current cursor position is not
+ changed. The line is at most <EM>n</EM> characters long, or as
+ many as fit into the window.
+
+ The <STRONG>vline</STRONG> and <STRONG>wvline</STRONG> functions draw a vertical (top to
+ bottom) line using <EM>ch</EM> starting at the current cursor posi-
+ tion in the window. The current cursor position is not
+ changed. The line is at most <EM>n</EM> characters long, or as
+ many as fit into the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The SVr4.0 manual
+ says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but
+ this appears to be an error.
+ The borders generated by these functions are <EM>inside</EM> bor-
+ ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
+ not documented).
+
+ Note that <STRONG>border</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. Additional functions <STRONG>mvhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline</STRONG>,
+ and <STRONG>mvwvline</STRONG> are described there which this implementation
+ does not yet support. The standard specifies that they
+ return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG>, <STRONG>clr-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>toeol</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> - clear all or part of a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>erase(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>werase(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clear(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclear(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clrtobot(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtobot(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clrtoeol(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtoeol(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG> routines copy blanks to every posi-
+ tion in the window, clearing the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>clear</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> routines are like <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG>,
+ but they also call <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, so that the screen is cleared
+ completely on the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> for that window
+ and repainted from scratch.
+
+ The <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG> routines erase from the cursor
+ to the end of screen. That is, they erase all lines below
+ the cursor in the window. Also, the current line to the
+ right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
+
+ The <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> routines erase the current line
+ to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the
+ current line.
+
+ Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
+ dition (as set by <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>) merged into them.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The SVr4.0 manual
+ says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but
+ this appears to be an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, and <STRONG>clr-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>toeol</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>start_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>color_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ color manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start_color(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>init_pair(short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>f,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>b);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>init_color(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>r,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>g,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>b);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_colors(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>can_change_color(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>color_content(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*r,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*g,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*b);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pair_content(short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*f,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*b);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>Overview</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> support color attributes on terminals with that
+ capability. To use these routines <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> must be
+ called, usually right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. Colors are always
+ used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs). A color-pair
+ consists of a foreground color (for characters) and a
+ background color (for the blank field on which the charac-
+ ters are displayed). A programmer initializes a color-
+ pair with the routine <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>. After it has been ini-
+ tialized, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG>(<EM>n</EM>), a macro defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>,
+ can be used as a new video attribute.
+
+ If a terminal is capable of redefining colors, the pro-
+ grammer can use the routine <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> to change the defi-
+ nition of a color. The routines <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG> return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, depending on
+ whether the terminal has color capabilities and whether
+ the programmer can change the colors. The routine
+ <STRONG>color_content</STRONG> allows a programmer to extract the amounts
+ of red, green, and blue components in an initialized
+ color. The routine <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG> allows a programmer to
+ find out how a given color-pair is currently defined.
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It must be
+ called if the programmer wants to use colors, and before
+ any other color manipulation routine is called. It is
+ good practice to call this routine right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> initializes eight basic colors (black, red,
+ green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two
+ global variables, <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG> (respectively
+ defining the maximum number of colors and color-pairs the
+ terminal can support). It also restores the colors on the
+ terminal to the values they had when the terminal was just
+ turned on.
+
+ pair to be changed, the foreground color number, and the
+ background color number. The value of the first argument
+ must be between <STRONG>1</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS-1</STRONG>. The value of the
+ second and third arguments must be between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>
+ (the 0 color pair is wired to white on black and cannot be
+ changed). If the color-pair was previously initialized,
+ the screen is refreshed and all occurrences of that color-
+ pair is changed to the new definition.
+
+ The <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> routine changes the definition of a color.
+ It takes four arguments: the number of the color to be
+ changed followed by three RGB values (for the amounts of
+ red, green, and blue components). The value of the first
+ argument must be between <STRONG>0</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>. (See the section
+ <STRONG>Colors</STRONG> for the default color index.) Each of the last
+ three arguments must be a value between 0 and 1000. When
+ <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> is used, all occurrences of that color on the
+ screen immediately change to the new definition.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It returns
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it
+ returns <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. This routine facilitates writing terminal-
+ independent programs. For example, a programmer can use
+ it to decide whether to use color or some other video
+ attribute.
+
+ The <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It
+ returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the terminal supports colors and can
+ change their definitions; other, it returns <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. This
+ routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
+
+ The <STRONG>color_content</STRONG> routine gives programmers a way to find
+ the intensity of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components
+ in a color. It requires four arguments: the color number,
+ and three addresses of <STRONG>short</STRONG>s for storing the information
+ about the amounts of red, green, and blue components in
+ the given color. The value of the first argument must be
+ between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>. The values that are stored at the
+ addresses pointed to by the last three arguments are
+ between 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of com-
+ ponent).
+
+ The <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG> routine allows programmers to find out
+ what colors a given color-pair consists of. It requires
+ three arguments: the color-pair number, and two addresses
+ of <STRONG>short</STRONG>s for storing the foreground and the background
+ color numbers. The value of the first argument must be
+ between 1 and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS-1</STRONG>. The values that are stored
+ at the addresses pointed to by the second and third argu-
+ ments are between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>Colors</STRONG>
+ is the default background color for all terminals.
+
+ <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The routines <STRONG>can_change_color()</STRONG> and <STRONG>has_colors()</STRONG> return
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+ All other routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and
+ an <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ In the <EM>ncurses</EM> implementation, there is a separate color
+ activation flag, color palette, color pairs table, and
+ associated COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts for each screen;
+ the <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> function only affects the current screen.
+ The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in
+ mind, and historical implementations may use a single
+ shared color palette.
+
+ Note that setting an implicit background color via a color
+ pair affects only character cells that a character write
+ operation explicitly touches. To change the background
+ color used when parts of a window are blanked by erasing
+ or scrolling operations, see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Several caveats apply on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-
+ compatible graphics:
+
+ COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown. To get yellow, use
+ COLOR_YELLOW combined with the <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG> attribute.
+
+ The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the back-
+ ground to go bright. This often fails to work, and even
+ some cards for which it mostly works (such as the Paradise
+ and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you try to set a
+ bright "yellow" background (you get a blinking yellow
+ foreground instead).
+
+ Color RGB values are not settable.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maxi-
+ mums for <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG>.
+ ground and background color to support the
+ <STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG> extension, but only if that routine has
+ been first invoked.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="dft_fgbg.3x.html">dft_fgbg(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> - delete character under
+ the cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvdelch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines delete the character under the cursor; all
+ characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
+ moved to the left one position and the last character on
+ the line is filled with a blank. The cursor position does
+ not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). (This
+ does not imply use of the hardware delete character fea-
+ ture.)
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+ upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG>, <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insertln</STRONG>, <STRONG>win-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>sertln</STRONG> - delete and insert lines in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>deleteln(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wdeleteln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insdelln(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsdelln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insertln(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsertln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG> and <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG> routines delete the line under
+ the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
+ are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is
+ cleared. The cursor position does not change.
+
+ The <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG> routines, for positive <EM>n</EM>,
+ insert <EM>n</EM> lines into the specified window above the current
+ line. The <EM>n</EM> bottom lines are lost. For negative <EM>n</EM>,
+ delete <EM>n</EM> lines (starting with the one under the cursor),
+ and move the remaining lines up. The bottom <EM>n</EM> lines are
+ cleared. The current cursor position remains the same.
+
+ The <STRONG>insertln</STRONG> and <STRONG>insertln</STRONG> routines, insert a blank line
+ above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+ upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all but <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG> may be a macros.
+
+ These routines do not require a hardware line delete or
+ insert feature in the terminal. In fact, they won't use
+ hardware line delete/insert unless <STRONG>idlok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>TRUE)</STRONG> has
+ been set on the current window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG> - get (or push
+ back) characters from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ungetch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>has_key(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, routines read a
+ character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input
+ is waiting, the value <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned. In delay mode, the
+ program waits until the system passes text through to the
+ program. Depending on the setting of <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, this is
+ after one character (cbreak mode), or after the first new-
+ line (nocbreak mode). In half-delay mode, the program
+ waits until a character is typed or the specified timeout
+ has been reached.
+
+ If <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> has been set, then the character will also be
+ echoed into the designated window according to the follow-
+ ing rules: If the character is the current erase charac-
+ ter, left arrow, or backspace, the cursor is moved one
+ space to the left and that screen position is erased as if
+ <STRONG>delch</STRONG> had been called. If the character value is any
+ other <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> define, the user is alerted with a <STRONG>beep</STRONG> call.
+ Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+
+ If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modi-
+ fied since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> will be
+ called before another character is read.
+
+ If <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, and a function key is pressed, the
+ token for that function key is returned instead of the raw
+ characters. Possible function keys are defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> as macros with values outside the range of
+ 8-bit characters whose names begin with <STRONG>KEY_.</STRONG> Thus, a
+ variable intended to hold the return value of a function
+ key must be of short size or larger.
+
+ When a character that could be the beginning of a function
+ key is received (which, on modern terminals, means an
+ escape character), <STRONG>curses</STRONG> sets a timer. If the remainder
+ of the sequence does not come in within the designated
+ time, the character is passed through; otherwise, the
+ function key value is returned. For this reason, many
+ terminals experience a delay between the time a user
+
+ The <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG> routine places <EM>ch</EM> back onto the input queue to
+ be returned by the next call to <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>. Note that there
+ is, in effect, just one input queue for all windows.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Function</STRONG> <STRONG>Keys</STRONG>
+ The following function keys, defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, might
+ be returned by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> if <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> has been enabled. Note
+ that not all of these are necessarily supported on any
+ particular terminal.
+
+ center tab(/) ; l l l l . <EM>Name</EM>/<EM>Key</EM> <EM>name</EM>
+
+ KEY_BREAK/Break key KEY_DOWN/The four arrow keys ...
+ KEY_UP KEY_LEFT KEY_RIGHT KEY_HOME/Home key (upward+left
+ arrow) KEY_BACKSPACE/Backspace KEY_F0/T{ Function keys;
+ space for 64 keys is reserved. T} KEY_F(<EM>n</EM>)/T{ For 0 <= <EM>n</EM>
+ <= 63 T} KEY_DL/Delete line KEY_IL/Insert line
+ KEY_DC/Delete character KEY_IC/Insert char or enter insert
+ mode KEY_EIC/Exit insert char mode KEY_CLEAR/Clear screen
+ KEY_EOS/Clear to end of screen KEY_EOL/Clear to end of
+ line KEY_SF/Scroll 1 line forward KEY_SR/Scroll 1 line
+ backward (reverse) KEY_NPAGE/Next page KEY_PPAGE/Previous
+ page KEY_STAB/Set tab KEY_CTAB/Clear tab KEY_CATAB/Clear
+ all tabs KEY_ENTER/Enter or send KEY_SRESET/Soft (partial)
+ reset KEY_RESET/Reset or hard reset KEY_PRINT/Print or
+ copy KEY_LL/Home down or bottom (lower left).
+ KEY_A1/Upper left of keypad KEY_A3/Upper right of keypad
+ KEY_B2/Center of keypad KEY_C1/Lower left of keypad
+ KEY_C3/Lower right of keypad KEY_BTAB/Back tab key
+ KEY_BEG/Beg(inning) key KEY_CANCEL/Cancel key
+ KEY_CLOSE/Close key KEY_COMMAND/Cmd (command) key
+ KEY_COPY/Copy key KEY_CREATE/Create key KEY_END/End key
+ KEY_EXIT/Exit key KEY_FIND/Find key KEY_HELP/Help key
+ KEY_MARK/Mark key KEY_MESSAGE/Message key KEY_MOVE/Move
+ key KEY_NEXT/Next object key KEY_OPEN/Open key
+ KEY_OPTIONS/Options key KEY_PREVIOUS/Previous object key
+ KEY_REDO/Redo key KEY_REFERENCE/Ref(erence) key
+ KEY_REFRESH/Refresh key KEY_REPLACE/Replace key
+ KEY_RESTART/Restart key KEY_RESUME/Resume key
+ KEY_SAVE/Save key KEY_SBEG/Shifted beginning key KEY_SCAN-
+ CEL/Shifted cancel key KEY_SCOMMAND/Shifted command key
+ KEY_SCOPY/Shifted copy key KEY_SCREATE/Shifted create key
+ KEY_SDC/Shifted delete char key KEY_SDL/Shifted delete
+ line key KEY_SELECT/Select key KEY_SEND/Shifted end key
+ KEY_SEOL/Shifted clear line key KEY_SEXIT/Shifted exit key
+ KEY_SFIND/Shifted find key KEY_SHELP/Shifted help key
+ KEY_SHOME/Shifted home key KEY_SIC/Shifted input key
+ KEY_SLEFT/Shifted left arrow key KEY_SMESSAGE/Shifted mes-
+ sage key KEY_SMOVE/Shifted move key KEY_SNEXT/Shifted next
+ key KEY_SOPTIONS/Shifted options key KEY_SPREVIOUS/Shifted
+ KEY_SRIGHT/Shifted right arrow KEY_SRSUME/Shifted resume
+ key KEY_SSAVE/Shifted save key KEY_SSUSPEND/Shifted sus-
+ pend key KEY_SUNDO/Shifted undo key KEY_SUSPEND/Suspend
+ key KEY_UNDO/Undo key
+
+ Keypad is arranged like this:
+
+ center allbox tab(/) ; c c c . <STRONG>A1</STRONG>/<STRONG>up</STRONG>/<STRONG>A3</STRONG> <STRONG>left</STRONG>/<STRONG>B2</STRONG>/<STRONG>right</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>C1</STRONG>/<STRONG>down</STRONG>/<STRONG>C3</STRONG>
+
+ The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> routine takes a key value from the above list,
+ and returns TRUE or FALSE according as the current termi-
+ nal type recognizes a key with that value.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (<STRONG>OK</STRONG> in the case of ungetch())
+ upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
+ ter function is discouraged, as it will cause a delay of
+ up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
+ ing function-key sequence.
+
+ When using <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, nocbreak
+ mode (<STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>) and echo mode (<STRONG>echo</STRONG>) should not be used at
+ the same time. Depending on the state of the tty driver
+ when each character is typed, the program may produce
+ undesirable results.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
+ by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T
+ 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4. Modern personal computers
+ usually have only a small subset of these. IBM PC-style
+ consoles typically support little more than <STRONG>KEY_UP</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>KEY_DOWN</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_HOME</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_END</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>KEY_NPAGE</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_PPAGE</STRONG>, and function keys 1 through 12. The
+ Ins key is usually mapped to <STRONG>KEY_IC</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only.
+ The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure,
+ but specifies no error conditions.
+
+ The echo behavior of these functions on input of <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> or
+ backspace characters was not specified in the SVr4 docu-
+ mentation. This description is adopted from the XSI
+ dled signals is unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
+ documentation. Under historical curses implementations,
+ it varied depending on whether the operating system's
+ implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a
+ <STRONG><A HREF="read.2.html">read(2)</A></STRONG> call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
+ mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or non-
+ blocking mode hsd been set.
+
+ Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
+ for either of two cases: (a) signal receipt does not
+ interrupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>; (b) signal receipt interrupts <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and
+ causes it to return ERR with <STRONG>errno</STRONG> set to <STRONG>EINTR</STRONG>. Under
+ the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation, handled signals never inter-
+ rupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> function is unique to <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. We recommend
+ that any code using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES
+ feature macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG> - accept
+ character strings from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getnstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>getstr</STRONG> is equivalent to a series of calls to
+ <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
+ terminating character is not included in the returned
+ string). The resulting value is placed in the area
+ pointed to by the character pointer <EM>str</EM>.
+
+ <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG> reads at most <EM>n</EM> characters, thus preventing a
+ possible overflow of the input buffer. Any attempt to
+ enter more characters (other than the terminating newline
+ or carriage return) causes a beep. Function keys also
+ cause a beep and are ignored. The <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG> function reads
+ from the <EM>stdscr</EM> default window.
+
+ The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted. If
+ keypad mode is on for the window, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> are both considered equivalent to the user's
+ kill character.
+
+ Characters input are echoed only if <STRONG>echo</STRONG> is currently on.
+ In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the pre-
+ vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+ upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only. The
+ standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure, but
+ the single error condition <STRONG>EOVERFLOW</STRONG> associated with
+ extended-level conformance is not yet returned (the XSI
+
+ SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject
+ function keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "spe-
+ cial keys" (such as function keys, "home" key, "clear"
+ key, <EM>etc</EM>.) are interpreted" without giving details. It
+ lied. In fact, the `character' value appended to the
+ string by those implementations was predictable but not
+ useful (being, in fact, the low-order eight bits of the
+ key's KEY_ value).
+
+ The functions <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetnstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetnstr</STRONG> were pre-
+ sent but not documented in SVr4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor
+ and window coordinates
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getparyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getyx</STRONG> macro places the current cursor position of the
+ given window in the two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+ If <EM>win</EM> is a subwindow, the <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG> macro places the
+ beginning coordinates of the subwindow relative to the
+ parent window into two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>. Other-
+ wise, <STRONG>-1</STRONG> is placed into <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+ Like <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, the <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> macros store the
+ current beginning coordinates and size of the specified
+ window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The return values of these macros are undefined (<EM>i</EM>.<EM>e</EM>.,
+ they should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
+ ment statements).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ All of these interfaces are macros and that "<STRONG>&</STRONG>" is not
+ necessary before the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>inch</STRONG>, <STRONG>winch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinch</STRONG> - get a character and
+ attributes from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>inch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>winch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return the character, of type <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>, at
+ the current position in the named window. If any
+ attributes are set for that position, their values are
+ OR'ed into the value returned. Constants defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> can be used with the <STRONG>&</STRONG> (logical AND) operator
+ to extract the character or attributes alone.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters
+ returned by <STRONG>winch</STRONG>.
+
+ l l . <STRONG>A_CHARTEXT</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract character
+ <STRONG>A_ATTRIBUTES</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract attributes <STRONG>A_COLOR</STRONG>
+ Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>inchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>inchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinchstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvinchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchnstr</STRONG> - get a string of
+ characters (and attributes) from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchnstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return a NULL-terminated array of <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
+ named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
+ The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument, return a
+ leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> characters long (exclusive of
+ the trailing (chtype)0). Constants defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ can be used with the <STRONG>&</STRONG> (logical AND) operator to extract
+ the character or the attribute alone from any position in
+ the <EM>chstr</EM> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG>].
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion
+ (the number of characters retrieved, exclusive of the
+ trailing 0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+ SVr4 does not document whether the result string is 0-ter-
+ minated; it does not document whether a length limit argu-
+ ment includes any trailing 0; and it does not document the
+ meaning of the return value.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. It is no more specific than the SVr4 documenta-
+ tion on the trailing 0. It does specify that the success-
+ ful return of the functions is <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> -
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen initialization and manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*initscr(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>endwin(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>isendwin(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*newterm(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*type,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*outfd,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*infd);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*set_term(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*new);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>delscreen(SCREEN*</STRONG> <STRONG>sp);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> is normally the first <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine to call when
+ initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes
+ need to be called before it; these are <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>. For multiple-terminal applications,
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+
+ The initscr code determines the terminal type and initial-
+ izes all <STRONG>curses</STRONG> data structures. <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> also causes the
+ first call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> to clear the screen. If errors
+ occur, <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> writes an appropriate error message to
+ standard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned
+ to <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+ A program that outputs to more than one terminal should
+ use the <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> routine for each terminal instead of
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
+ it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the ter-
+ minal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also
+ use <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>. The routine <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> should be called once
+ for each terminal. It returns a variable of type <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>
+ which should be saved as a reference to that terminal.
+ The arguments are the <EM>type</EM> of the terminal to be used in
+ place of <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG>, a file pointer for output to the terminal,
+ and another file pointer for input from the terminal (if
+ <EM>type</EM> is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>, <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG> will be used). The program must also
+ call <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> for each terminal being used before exiting
+ from <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. If <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called more than once for the
+ same terminal, the first terminal referred to must be the
+ last one for which <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> is called.
+
+ A program should always call <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> before exiting or
+ escaping from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> mode temporarily. This routine
+ restores tty modes, moves the cursor to the lower left-
+ hand corner of the screen and resets the terminal into the
+ proper non-visual mode. Calling <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> after
+ a temporary escape causes the program to resume visual
+ mode.
+ called without any subsequent calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>
+ otherwise.
+
+ The <STRONG>set_term</STRONG> routine is used to switch between different
+ terminals. The screen reference <STRONG>new</STRONG> becomes the new cur-
+ rent terminal. The previous terminal is returned by the
+ routine. This is the only routine which manipulates
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> pointers; all other routines affect only the cur-
+ rent terminal.
+
+ The <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> routine frees storage associated with the
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> data structure. The <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> routine does not do
+ this, so <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> should be called after <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if a par-
+ ticular <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> is no longer needed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon
+ successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. It specifies that portable applications must not
+ call <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> more than once.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>key-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>pad</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>raw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noraw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input
+ options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nocbreak(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echo(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>noecho(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>halfdelay(int</STRONG> <STRONG>tenths);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>intrflush(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keypad(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>meta(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nodelay(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>raw(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>noraw(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>noqiflush(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>qiflush(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>notimeout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>timeout(int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wtimeout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>typeahead(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fd);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a
+ newline or carriage return is typed. The <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> routine
+ disables line buffering and erase/kill character-process-
+ ing (interrupt and flow control characters are unaf-
+ fected), making characters typed by the user immediately
+ available to the program. The <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> routine returns
+ the terminal to normal (cooked) mode.
+
+ Initially the terminal may or may not be in <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode,
+ as the mode is inherited; therefore, a program should call
+ <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> or <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> explicitly. Most interactive programs
+ using <STRONG>curses</STRONG> set the <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode. Note that <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> over-
+ rides <STRONG>raw</STRONG>. [See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> for a discussion of how
+ these routines interact with <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>.]
+
+ The <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> routines control whether characters
+ typed by the user are echoed by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> as they are typed.
+ Echoing by the tty driver is always disabled, but ini-
+ tially <STRONG>getch</STRONG> is in echo mode, so characters typed are
+ echoed. Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do
+ their own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or
+ not to echo at all, so they disable echoing by calling
+ <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>. [See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> for a discussion of how these
+ routines interact with <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>.]
+
+ user are immediately available to the program. However,
+ after blocking for <EM>tenths</EM> tenths of seconds, ERR is
+ returned if nothing has been typed. The value of <STRONG>tenths</STRONG>
+ must be a number between 1 and 255. Use <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> to leave
+ half-delay mode.
+
+ If the <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG> option is enabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), when an
+ interrupt key is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt,
+ break, quit) all output in the tty driver queue will be
+ flushed, giving the effect of faster response to the
+ interrupt, but causing <STRONG>curses</STRONG> to have the wrong idea of
+ what is on the screen. Disabling (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), the
+ option prevents the flush. The default for the option is
+ inherited from the tty driver settings. The window argu-
+ ment is ignored.
+
+ The <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
+ nal. If enabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the user can press a func-
+ tion key (such as an arrow key) and <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> returns a sin-
+ gle value representing the function key, as in <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
+ If disabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>curses</STRONG> does not treat function
+ keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape
+ sequences itself. If the keypad in the terminal can be
+ turned on (made to transmit) and off (made to work
+ locally), turning on this option causes the terminal key-
+ pad to be turned on when <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> is called. The default
+ value for keypad is false.
+
+ Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
+ bits on input depends on the control mode of the tty
+ driver [see <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>]. To force 8 bits to be returned,
+ invoke <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>); this is equivalent, under POSIX,
+ to setting the CS8 flag on the terminal. To force 7 bits
+ to be returned, invoke <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>); this is equiva-
+ lent, under POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag on the termi-
+ nal. The window argument, <EM>win</EM>, is always ignored. If the
+ terminfo capabilities <STRONG>smm</STRONG> (meta_on) and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG> (meta_off) are
+ defined for the terminal, <STRONG>smm</STRONG> is sent to the terminal when
+ <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) is called and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG> is sent when <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>,
+ <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>) is called.
+
+ The <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG> option causes <STRONG>getch</STRONG> to be a non-blocking call.
+ If no input is ready, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. If disabled (<EM>bf</EM>
+ is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>getch</STRONG> waits until a key is pressed.
+
+ While interpreting an input escape sequence, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> sets a
+ timer while waiting for the next character. If <STRONG>notime-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>out(</STRONG><EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) is called, then <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> does not set a
+ timer. The purpose of the timeout is to differentiate
+ between sequences received from a function key and those
+ typed by a user.
+
+ characters typed are immediately passed through to the
+ user program. The differences are that in raw mode, the
+ interrupt, quit, suspend, and flow control characters are
+ all passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating a
+ signal. The behavior of the BREAK key depends on other
+ bits in the tty driver that are not set by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.
+
+ When the <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG> routine is used, normal flush of input
+ and output queues associated with the <STRONG>INTR</STRONG>, <STRONG>QUIT</STRONG> and <STRONG>SUSP</STRONG>
+ characters will not be done [see <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>]. When <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>
+ is called, the queues will be flushed when these control
+ characters are read. You may want to call <STRONG>noqiflush()</STRONG> in
+ a signal handler if you want output to continue as though
+ the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
+
+ The <STRONG>timeout</STRONG> and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG> routines set blocking or non-
+ blocking read for a given window. If <EM>delay</EM> is negative,
+ blocking read is used (<EM>i</EM>.<EM>e</EM>., waits indefinitely for
+ input). If <EM>delay</EM> is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+ (<EM>i</EM>.<EM>e</EM>., read returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if no input is waiting). If <EM>delay</EM>
+ is positive, then read blocks for <EM>delay</EM> milliseconds, and
+ returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if there is still no input. Hence, these rou-
+ tines provide the same functionality as <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, plus the
+ additional capability of being able to block for only
+ <EM>delay</EM> milliseconds (where <EM>delay</EM> is positive).
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by
+ looking for typeahead periodically while updating the
+ screen. If input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
+ the current update is postponed until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>
+ is called again. This allows faster response to commands
+ typed in advance. Normally, the input FILE pointer passed
+ to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>, or <STRONG>stdin</STRONG> in the case that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> was used,
+ will be used to do this typeahead checking. The <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG>
+ routine specifies that the file descriptor <EM>fd</EM> is to be
+ used to check for typeahead instead. If <EM>fd</EM> is -1, then no
+ typeahead checking is done.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+ The ncurses library obeys the XPG4 standard and the his-
+ torical practice of the AT&T curses implementations, in
+ that the echo bit is cleared when curses initializes the
+ terminal state. BSD curses differed from this slightly;
+ ity, set echo or noecho explicitly just after initializa-
+ tion, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>node-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>lay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>
+ may be macros.
+
+ The <STRONG>noraw</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> calls follow historical practice in
+ that they attempt to restore to normal (`cooked') mode
+ from raw and cbreak modes respectively. Mixing raw/noraw
+ and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty driver control
+ states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not
+ recommended.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> - insert a character
+ before cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insch(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines, insert the character <EM>ch</EM> before the charac-
+ ter under the cursor. All characters to the right of the
+ cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possi-
+ bility of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
+ The insertion operation does not change the cursor posi-
+ tion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ These routines do not necessarily imply use of a hardware
+ insert character feature.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>insstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsnstr</STRONG> - insert string before cursor in a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines insert a character string (as many charac-
+ ters as will fit on the line) before the character under
+ the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are
+ shifted right, with the possibility of the rightmost char-
+ acters on the line being lost. The cursor position does
+ not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). The four
+ routines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument insert a leading sub-
+ string of at most <EM>n</EM> characters. If <EM>n</EM><=0, then the entire
+ string is inserted.
+
+ If a character in <EM>str</EM> is a tab, newline, carriage return
+ or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the
+ window. A newline also does a <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG> before moving.
+ Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column. If a
+ character in <EM>str</EM> is another control character, it is drawn
+ in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation. Calling <STRONG>winch</STRONG> after adding a control
+ character (and moving to it, if necessary) does not return
+ the control character, but instead returns a character in
+ the the ^-representation of the control character.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all but <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4, which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
+ The XSI Curses error conditions <STRONG>EILSEQ</STRONG> and <STRONG>EILOVERFLOW</STRONG>
+ associated with extended-level conformance are not yet
+ detected (this implementation does not yet support XPG4
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>instr</STRONG>, <STRONG>innstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnstr</STRONG> - get a string of characters from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>instr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>innstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return a string of characters in <EM>str</EM>,
+ extracted starting at the current cursor position in the
+ named window. Attributes are stripped from the charac-
+ ters. The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument
+ return a leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> characters long
+ (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All of the functions return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, or the num-
+ ber of characters actually read into the string.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses error conditions <STRONG>EILSEQ</STRONG> and <STRONG>EILOVERFLOW</STRONG>
+ associated with extended-level conformance are not yet
+ detected (this implementation does not yet support XPG4
+ multi-byte characters). SVr4 does not document whether a
+ length limit includes or excludes the trailing NUL.
+
+ The ncurses library extends the XSI description by allow-
+ ing a negative value for <EM>n</EM>. In this case, the functions
+ return the string ending at the right margin.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>resetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>ripof-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>fline</STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>napms</STRONG> - low-level <STRONG>xscurses</STRONG> routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_shell_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>reset_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>reset_shell_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resetty(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>savetty(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getsyx(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>setsyx(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ripoffline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*init)(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>curs_set(int</STRONG> <STRONG>visibility);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>napms(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ms);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The following routines give low-level access to various
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> capabilities. Theses routines typically are used
+ inside library routines.
+
+ The <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG> routines save the
+ current terminal modes as the "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or
+ "shell" (not in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state for use by the
+ <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines. This is
+ done automatically by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. There is one such save
+ area for each screen context allocated by <STRONG>newterm()</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines restore
+ the terminal to "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or "shell" (out of
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state. These are done automatically by <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
+ and, after an <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, by <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, so they normally are
+ not called.
+
+ The <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> and <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> routines save and restore the
+ state of the terminal modes. <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> saves the current
+ state in a buffer and <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> restores the state to what
+ it was at the last call to <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> routine returns the current coordinates of the
+ virtual screen cursor in <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>. If <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is currently
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, then <STRONG>-1</STRONG>,<STRONG>-1</STRONG> is returned. If lines have been removed
+ from the top of the screen, using <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>
+ include these lines; therefore, <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> should be used
+ only as arguments for <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> routine sets the virtual screen cursor to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>.
+ If <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> are both <STRONG>-1</STRONG>, then <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is set. The two rou-
+ tines <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> are designed to be used by a
+ cursor. The library routine would call <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> at the
+ beginning, do its manipulation of its own windows, do a
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> on its windows, call <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>, and then call
+ <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> routine provides access to the same facil-
+ ity that <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>] uses to reduce the
+ size of the screen. <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> must be called before
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called. If <EM>line</EM> is positive, a line
+ is removed from the top of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>; if <EM>line</EM> is negative, a
+ line is removed from the bottom. When this is done inside
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, the routine <STRONG>init</STRONG> (supplied by the user) is called
+ with two arguments: a window pointer to the one-line win-
+ dow that has been allocated and an integer with the number
+ of columns in the window. Inside this initialization rou-
+ tine, the integer variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> (defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>
+ or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> must not be called. It is allowable to call
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> during the initialization routine.
+
+ <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> can be called up to five times before calling
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> routine sets the cursor state is set to
+ invisible, normal, or very visible for <STRONG>visibility</STRONG> equal to
+ <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG> respectively. If the terminal supports the
+ <EM>visibility</EM> requested, the previous <EM>cursor</EM> state is
+ returned; otherwise, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned.
+
+ The <STRONG>napms</STRONG> routine is used to sleep for <EM>ms</EM> milliseconds.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, these routines always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> returns the previous cursor state, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the
+ requested <EM>visibility</EM> is not supported.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> is a macro, so <STRONG>&</STRONG> is not necessary before
+ the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+ The SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>
+ "is currently incorrect". This implementation gets it
+ right, but it may be unwise to count on the correctness of
+ the return value anywhere else.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The functions <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> are not described in the
+ XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as
+ described in XSI Curses.
+
+ The SVr4 documentation describes <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> as hav-
+ ing return type int. This is misleading, as they are
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> - mouse interface through
+ curses
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>long</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t;</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>struct</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>{</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>id;</STRONG> <EM>/*</EM> <EM>ID</EM> <EM>to</EM> <EM>distinguish</EM> <EM>multiple</EM> <EM>devices</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>z;</STRONG> <EM>/*</EM> <EM>event</EM> <EM>coordinates</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+ <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>bstate;</STRONG> <EM>/*</EM> <EM>button</EM> <EM>state</EM> <EM>bits</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+ <STRONG>}</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>MEVENT;</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmouse(MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ungetmouse(MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>mousemask(mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>newmask,</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*oldmask);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>wenclose(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mouseinterval(int</STRONG> <STRONG>erval)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions provide an interface to mouse events from
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>. Mouse events are represented by <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>
+ pseudo-key values in the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> input stream.
+
+ To make mouse events visible, use the <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> function.
+ This will set the mouse events to be reported. By
+ default, no mouse events are reported. The function will
+ return a mask to indicate which of the specified mouse
+ events can be reported; on complete failure it returns 0.
+ If oldmask is non-NULL, this function fills the indicated
+ location with the previous value of the given window's
+ mouse event mask.
+
+ As a side effect, setting a zero mousemask may turn off
+ the mouse pointer; setting a nonzero mask may turn it on.
+ Whether this happens is device-dependent.
+
+ Here are the mouse event type masks:
+
+ l l _ _ l l. <EM>Name</EM> <EM>Description</EM> BUTTON1_PRESSED mouse
+ button 1 down BUTTON1_RELEASED mouse button 1 up BUT-
+ TON1_CLICKED mouse button 1 clicked
+ BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 double clicked
+ BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 triple clicked
+ BUTTON2_PRESSED mouse button 2 down
+ BUTTON2_RELEASED mouse button 2 up BUTTON2_CLICKED
+ mouse button 2 clicked BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse
+ button 2 double clicked BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse
+ button 2 triple clicked BUTTON3_PRESSED mouse button 3
+ down BUTTON3_RELEASED mouse button 3 up BUTTON3_CLICKED
+ button 3 triple clicked BUTTON4_PRESSED mouse button 4
+ down BUTTON4_RELEASED mouse button 4 up BUTTON4_CLICKED
+ mouse button 4 clicked BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse
+ button 4 double clicked BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse
+ button 4 triple clicked BUTTON_SHIFT shift was down dur-
+ ing button state change BUTTON_CTRL control was down
+ during button state change BUTTON_ALT alt was down
+ during button state change ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS report all
+ button state changes REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION report mouse
+ movement
+
+ Once a class of mouse events have been made visible in a
+ window, calling the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> function on that window may
+ return <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> as an indicator that a mouse event has
+ been queued. To read the event data and pop the event off
+ the queue, call <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>. This function will return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if
+ a mouse event is actually visible in the given window, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+ otherwise. When <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, the data deposited
+ as y and x in the event structure coordinates will be
+ screen-relative character-cell coordinates. The returned
+ state mask will have exactly one bit set to indicate the
+ event type.
+
+ The <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> function behaves analogously to <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>.
+ It pushes a <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> event onto the input queue, and
+ associates with that event the given state data and
+ screen-relative character-cell coordinates.
+
+ The <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> function tests whether a given pair of
+ screen-relative character-cell coordinates is enclosed by
+ a given window, returning TRUE if it is and FALSE other-
+ wise. It is useful for determining what subset of the
+ screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
+
+ The <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> function sets the maximum time (in thou-
+ sands of a second) that can elapse between press and
+ release events in order for them to be recognized as a
+ click. This function returns the previous interval value.
+ The default is one fifth of a second.
+
+ Note that mouse events will be ignored when input is in
+ cooked mode, and will cause an error beep when cooked mode
+ is being simulated in a window by a function such as <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str</STRONG> that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure or <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These calls were designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and are not
+
+ The feature macro <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> is provided so the
+ preprocessor can be used to test whether these features
+ are present (its value is 1). NOTE: THIS INTERFACE IS
+ EXPERIMENTAL AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE! If
+ the interface is changed, the value of <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VER-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>SION</STRONG> will be incremented.
+
+ The order of the <STRONG>MEVENT</STRONG> structure members is not guaran-
+ teed. Additional fields may be added to the structure in
+ the future.
+
+ Under <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, these calls are implemented using
+ either xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or Alessandro
+ Rubini's gpm server. If you are using something other
+ than xterm there is no gpm daemon running on your machine,
+ mouse events will not be visible to <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG> (and the
+ <STRONG>wmousemask</STRONG> function will always return <STRONG>0</STRONG>).
+
+ The z member in the event structure is not presently used.
+ It is intended for use with touch screens (which may be
+ pressure-sensitive) or with 3D-mice/trackballs/power
+ gloves.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored dur-
+ ing cooked mode, if they have been enabled by <STRONG>wmousemask</STRONG>.
+ Instead, the xterm mouse report sequence will appear in
+ the string read.
+
+ Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in
+ a window with its keypad bit off.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>move</STRONG>, <STRONG>wmove</STRONG> - move <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wmove(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines move the cursor associated with the window
+ to line <EM>y</EM> and column <EM>x</EM>. This routine does not move the
+ physical cursor of the terminal until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> is called.
+ The position specified is relative to the upper left-hand
+ corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+ fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+ ful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>move</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that if (y,x) is within a
+ multi-column character, the cursor is moved to the first
+ column of that character; however, this implementation
+ does not yet support the extended-level XSI multi-byte
+ characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> output options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clearok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>idlok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>idcok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>immedok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>leaveok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setscrreg(int</STRONG> <STRONG>top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bot);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wsetscrreg(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bot);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scrollok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nl(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nonl(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines set options that change the style of output
+ within <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. All options are initially <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, unless
+ otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these
+ options off before calling <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>.
+
+ If <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as argument, the next call
+ to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> with this window will clear the screen com-
+ pletely and redraw the entire screen from scratch. This
+ is useful when the contents of the screen are uncertain,
+ or in some cases for a more pleasing visual effect. If
+ the <EM>win</EM> argument to <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is the global variable <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>,
+ the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> with any window causes the
+ screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+ If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as second argument, <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
+ terminals so equipped. Calling <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second
+ argument disables use of line insertion and deletion.
+ This option should be enabled only if the application
+ needs insert/delete line, for example, for a screen edi-
+ tor. It is disabled by default because insert/delete line
+ tends to be visually annoying when used in applications
+ where it isn't really needed. If insert/delete line can-
+ not be used, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> redraws the changed portions of all
+ lines.
+
+ If <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second argument, <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
+ acter feature of terminals so equipped. Use of character
+ insert/delete is enabled by default. Calling <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> with
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as second argument re-enables use of character inser-
+ tion and deletion.
+
+ If <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> <STRONG>as</STRONG> <STRONG>argument</STRONG>, any change in
+ <STRONG>fresh</STRONG>. However, it may degrade performance considerably,
+ due to repeated calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>. It is disabled by
+ default.
+
+ Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of
+ the window cursor being refreshed. The <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> option
+ allows the cursor to be left wherever the update happens
+ to leave it. It is useful for applications where the cur-
+ sor is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor
+ motions. If possible, the cursor is made invisible when
+ this option is enabled.
+
+ The <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> routines allow the applica-
+ tion programmer to set a software scrolling region in a
+ window. <EM>top</EM> and <EM>bot</EM> are the line numbers of the top and
+ bottom margin of the scrolling region. (Line 0 is the top
+ line of the window.) If this option and <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> are
+ enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line
+ causes all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one
+ line in the direction of the first line. Only the text of
+ the window is scrolled. (Note that this has nothing to do
+ with the use of a physical scrolling region capability in
+ the terminal, like that in the VT100. If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is enabled
+ and the terminal has either a scrolling region or
+ insert/delete line capability, they will probably be used
+ by the output routines.)
+
+ The <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> option controls what happens when the cursor
+ of a window is moved off the edge of the window or
+ scrolling region, either as a result of a newline action
+ on the bottom line, or typing the last character of the
+ last line. If disabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), the cursor is left
+ on the bottom line. If enabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the window
+ is scrolled up one line (Note that in order to get the
+ physical scrolling effect on the terminal, it is also nec-
+ essary to call <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>).
+
+ The <STRONG>nl</STRONG> and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> routines control whether the underlying
+ display device translates the return key into newline on
+ input, and whether it translates newline into return and
+ line-feed on output (in either case, the call <STRONG>addch('0)</STRONG>
+ does the equivalent of return and line feed on the virtual
+ screen). Initially, these translations do occur. If you
+ disable them using <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> will be able to make bet-
+ ter use of the line-feed capability, resulting in faster
+ cursor motion. Also, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> will then be able to detect
+ the return key.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The functions <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon suc-
+ cess and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure. All other routines that return
+ an integer always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+ The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the question of
+ whether <STRONG>raw</STRONG>() should disable the CRLF translations con-
+ trolled by <STRONG>nl</STRONG>() and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>(). BSD curses did turn off these
+ translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as SVr1) did
+ not. We choose to do so, on the theory that a programmer
+ requesting raw input wants a clean (ideally 8-bit clean)
+ connection that the operating system does not mess with.
+
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
+
+ Earlier System V curses implementations specified that
+ with <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> enabled, any window modification triggering
+ a scroll also forced a physical refresh. XSI Curses does
+ not require this, and <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> avoids doing it in order to
+ perform better vertical-motion optimization at <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>
+ time.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ The <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> routine is useful for windows that are used as
+ terminal emulators.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>, <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG>, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> - overlay and manipulate over-
+ lapped <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overwrite(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>copywin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmaxrow,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmaxcol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines overlay <EM>srcwin</EM> on top
+ of <EM>dstwin</EM>. <EM>scrwin</EM> and <EM>dstwin</EM> are not required to be the
+ same size; only text where the two windows overlap is
+ copied. The difference is that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> is non-destructive
+ (blanks are not copied) whereas <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> is destructive.
+
+ The <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> routine provides a finer granularity of con-
+ trol over the <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines. Like in the
+ <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
+ tion window, (<EM>dminrow</EM>, <EM>dmincol</EM>) and (<EM>dmaxrow</EM>, <EM>dmaxcol</EM>),
+ and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
+ dow, (<EM>sminrow</EM>, <EM>smincol</EM>). If the argument <EM>overlay</EM> is <STRONG>true</STRONG>,
+ then copying is non-destructive, as in <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
+ (adding the const qualifiers). It further specifies their
+ behavior in the presence of characters with multi-byte
+ renditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>newpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>subpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> - create
+ and display <STRONG>curses</STRONG> pads
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newpad(int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*subpad(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>prefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pmincol,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxcol);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pnoutrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pmincol,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxcol);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>newpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a new
+ pad data structure with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>,
+ and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>. A pad is like a window, except that
+ it is not restricted by the screen size, and is not neces-
+ sarily associated with a particular part of the screen.
+ Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a
+ part of the window will be on the screen at one time.
+ Automatic refreshes of pads (<EM>e</EM>.<EM>g</EM>., from scrolling or echo-
+ ing of input) do not occur. It is not legal to call <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>fresh</STRONG> with a <EM>pad</EM> as an argument; the routines <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> should be called instead. Note that these
+ routines require additional parameters to specify the part
+ of the pad to be displayed and the location on the screen
+ to be used for the display.
+
+ The <STRONG>subpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
+ window within a pad with the given number of lines,
+ <EM>nlines</EM>, and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>. Unlike <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, which uses
+ screen coordinates, the window is at position (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>) on the pad. The window is made in the middle of
+ the window <EM>orig</EM>, so that changes made to one window affect
+ both windows. During the use of this routine, it will
+ often be necessary to call <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> or <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> on <EM>orig</EM>
+ before calling <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> routines are analogous to
+ <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> except that they relate to pads
+ instead of windows. The additional parameters are needed
+ to indicate what part of the pad and screen are involved.
+ <EM>pminrow</EM> and <EM>pmincol</EM> specify the upper left-hand corner of
+ the rectangle to be displayed in the pad. <EM>sminrow</EM>, <EM>smin-</EM>
+ <EM>col</EM>, <EM>smaxrow</EM>, and <EM>smaxcol</EM> specify the edges of the rectan-
+ gle to be displayed on the screen. The lower right-hand
+ corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad is cal-
+ culated from the screen coordinates, since the rectangles
+ must be the same size. Both rectangles must be entirely
+ treated as if they were zero.
+
+ The <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> routine is functionally equivalent to a call
+ to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>
+ followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, or a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> fol-
+ lowed by a call to <STRONG>prefresh.</STRONG> The knowledge that only a
+ single character is being output is taken into considera-
+ tion and, for non-control characters, a considerable per-
+ formance gain might be seen by using these routines
+ instead of their equivalents. In the case of <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>,
+ the last location of the pad on the screen is reused for
+ the arguments to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error, and
+ set <STRONG>errno</STRONG> to <STRONG>ENOMEM</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> - ship binary data to printer
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mcprint(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*data,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>len);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This function uses the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> or <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities,
+ if they are present, to ship given data to a printer
+ attached to the terminal.
+
+ Note that the <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> code has no way to do flow control
+ with the printer or to know how much buffering it has.
+ Your application is responsible for keeping the rate of
+ writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
+ (typically about half of its nominal cps rating). Dot-
+ matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
+ handle 80cps, so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
+ sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the write operation
+ aborted for some reason. In this case, errno will contain
+ either an error associated with <STRONG>write(2)</STRONG> or one of the
+ following:
+
+ ENODEV
+ Capabilities for printer redirection don't exist.
+
+ ENOMEM
+ Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the
+ printer write.
+
+ When <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> succeeds, it returns the number of char-
+ acters actually sent to the printer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> call was designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and is not
+ found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+ version of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ Padding in the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG>, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities will not be
+ interpreted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> - print
+ formatted output in <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>printw(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg</STRONG>] <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg</STRONG>] <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvprintw(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg</STRONG>] <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg]</STRONG> ...);
+
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><varargs.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vwprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG> routines are
+ analogous to <STRONG>printf</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3s.html">printf(3S)</A></STRONG>]. In effect, the
+ string that would be output by <STRONG>printf</STRONG> is output instead as
+ though <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> were used on the given window.
+
+ The <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> routine is analogous to <STRONG>vprintf</STRONG> [see
+ <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3s.html">printf(3S)</A></STRONG>] and performs a <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG> using a variable argu-
+ ment list. The third argument is a <STRONG>va_list</STRONG>, a pointer to
+ a list of arguments, as defined in <STRONG><varargs.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. The function <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+ and is to be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG> using the
+ <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG> interface.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3s.html">printf(3S)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>vprintf(3S)</STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>drawln</STRONG> - refresh <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows and lines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>refresh(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wnoutrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>doupdate(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>redrawwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wredrawln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beg_line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>num_lines);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> routines (or <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>) must be called to get actual output to the ter-
+ minal, as other routines merely manipulate data struc-
+ tures. The routine <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> copies the named window to
+ the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is
+ already there in order to do optimizations. The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>
+ routine is the same, using <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> as the default window.
+ Unless <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> has been enabled, the physical cursor of
+ the terminal is left at the location of the cursor for
+ that window.
+
+ The <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> routines allow multiple
+ updates with more efficiency than <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> alone. In
+ addition to all the window structures, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> keeps two
+ data structures representing the terminal screen: a physi-
+ cal screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+ a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to
+ have on the screen.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> works by first calling <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>,
+ which copies the named window to the virtual screen, and
+ then calling <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, which compares the virtual screen
+ to the physical screen and does the actual update. If the
+ programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a
+ series of calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> results in alternating calls
+ to <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, causing several bursts of
+ output to the screen. By first calling <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> for
+ each window, it is then possible to call <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> once,
+ resulting in only one burst of output, with fewer total
+ characters transmitted and less CPU time used. If the <EM>win</EM>
+ argument to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> is the global variable <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>, the
+ screen is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+ The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen"
+ above is ambiguous. What actually happens is that all
+ <EM>touched</EM> (changed) lines in the window are copied to the
+ virtual screen. This affects programs that use overlap-
+ ping windows; it means that if two windows overlap, you
+ see the section on <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> below for a warning about
+ exploiting this behavior.)
+
+ The <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG> routine indicates to <STRONG>curses</STRONG> that some screen
+ lines are corrupted and should be thrown away before any-
+ thing is written over them it touches the indicated lines
+ (marking them changed) then does a refresh of the window.
+ The routine <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>() touches the entire window and then
+ refreshes it.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+ Whether <STRONG>wnoutrefresh()</STRONG> copies to the virtual screen the
+ entire contents of a window or just its changed portions
+ has never been well-documented in historic curses versions
+ (including SVr4). It might be unwise to rely on either
+ behavior in programs that might have to be linked with
+ other curses implementations. Instead, you can do an
+ explicit <STRONG>touchwin()</STRONG> before the <STRONG>wnoutrefresh()</STRONG> call to
+ guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> - convert for-
+ matted input from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> widow
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scanw(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg</STRONG>] <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg</STRONG>] <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvscanw(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg</STRONG>] <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt</STRONG> [<STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>arg]</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG> routines are analogous to
+ <STRONG>scanf</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="scanf.3s.html">scanf(3S)</A></STRONG>]. The effect of these routines is as
+ though <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG> were called on the window, and the result-
+ ing line used as input for <STRONG><A HREF="sscanf.3.html">sscanf(3)</A></STRONG>. Fields which do not
+ map to a variable in the <EM>fmt</EM> field are lost.
+
+ The <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> routine is similar to <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> in that it per-
+ forms a <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> using a variable argument list. The third
+ argument is a <EM>va</EM>_<EM>list</EM>, a pointer to a list of arguments,
+ as defined in <STRONG><varargs.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure and an integer equal to the
+ number of fields scanned on success.
+
+ Applications may use the return value from the <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG> routines to determine the
+ number of fields which were mapped in the call.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. The function <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+ and is to be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> using the
+ <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG> interface.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_printw</STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="scanf.3s.html">scanf(3S)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> - read (write) a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen from (to) a file
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_dump(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_restore(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_init(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_set(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> routine dumps the current contents of the
+ virtual screen to the file <EM>filename</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> routine sets the virtual screen to the
+ contents of <EM>filename</EM>, which must have been written using
+ <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>. The next call to <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> restores the screen
+ to the way it looked in the dump file.
+
+ The <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> routine reads in the contents of <EM>filename</EM> and
+ uses them to initialize the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> data structures about
+ what the terminal currently has on its screen. If the
+ data is determined to be valid, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bases its next
+ update of the screen on this information rather than
+ clearing the screen and starting from scratch. <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>
+ is used after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or a <STRONG>system</STRONG> [see <STRONG>system</STRONG>(BA_LIB)]
+ call to share the screen with another process which has
+ done a <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> after its <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> call. The data is
+ declared invalid if the terminfo capabilities <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>nrrmc</STRONG> exist; also if the terminal has been written to
+ since the preceding <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> call.
+
+ The <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> routine is a combination of <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>. It tells the program that the information in
+ <EM>filename</EM> is what is currently on the screen, and also what
+ the program wants on the screen. This can be thought of
+ as a screen inheritance function.
+
+ To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routines [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG>].
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ upon success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> may be
+ macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+ is also considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty
+ is old" but don't define "old".
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="system.3s.html">system(3S)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>scroll</STRONG>, <STRONG>srcl</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> - scroll a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scroll(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scrl(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscrl(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> routine scrolls the window up one line. This
+ involves moving the lines in the window data structure.
+ As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
+ is the entire screen, the physical screen may be scrolled
+ at the same time.
+
+ For positive <EM>n</EM>, the <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> routines scroll the
+ window up <EM>n</EM> lines (line <EM>i</EM>+<EM>n</EM> becomes <EM>i</EM>); otherwise scroll
+ the window down <EM>n</EM> lines. This involves moving the lines
+ in the window character image structure. The current cur-
+ sor position is not changed.
+
+ For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+ <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only
+ specifies "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+ ful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
+ ically scrolling immediately if the scroll region is the
+ entire screen "is" performed, not "may be" performed.
+ This implementation deliberately does not guarantee that
+ this will occur, in order to leave open the possibility of
+ smarter optimization of multiple scroll actions on the
+ next update.
+
+ Neither the SVr4 documentation specifies whether the cur-
+ rent attribute or current color-pair of blanks generated
+ by the scroll function is zeroed. Under this implementa-
+ tion it is.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> soft label routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_init(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_set(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*label,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_refresh(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*slk_label(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_clear(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_restore(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_touch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attron(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attrset(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attroff(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
+ labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals
+ that do not have soft labels, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> takes over the bottom
+ line of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, reducing the size of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> and the vari-
+ able <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>. <STRONG>curses</STRONG> standardizes on eight labels of up to
+ eight characters each. In addition to this, the ncurses
+ implementation supports a mode where it simulates 12
+ labels of up to five characters each. This is most common
+ for todays PC like enduser devices. Please note that
+ ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines
+ at the bottom of the screen, it doesn't try to use any
+ hardware support for this mode.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> routine must be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called. If <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> eventually uses a line from
+ <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> to emulate the soft labels, then <EM>fmt</EM> determines how
+ the labels are arranged on the screen. Setting <EM>fmt</EM> to <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+ indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels, <STRONG>1</STRONG> indicates a
+ 4-4 arrangement and <STRONG>2</STRONG> indicates the PC like 4-4-4 mode. If
+ <STRONG>fmt</STRONG> is set to <STRONG>3</STRONG>, it is again the PC like 4-4-4 mode, but
+ in addition an index line is generated, helping the user
+ to identify the key numbers easily.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG> routine requires <EM>labnum</EM> to be a label number,
+ from <STRONG>1</STRONG> to <STRONG>8</STRONG> (resp. <STRONG>12</STRONG>); <EM>label</EM> must be the string to be put
+ on the label, up to eight (resp. five) characters in
+ length. A null string or a null pointer sets up a blank
+ label. <EM>fmt</EM> is either <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG>, indicating whether the
+ label is to be left-justified, centered, or right-justi-
+ fied, respectively, within the label.
+
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG> routine returns the current label for label
+ number <EM>labnum</EM>, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG> routine clears the soft labels from the
+ screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG> routine, restores the soft labels to the
+ screen after a <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG> has been performed.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG> routine forces all the soft labels to be
+ output the next time a <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> is performed.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> rou-
+ tines correspond to <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> and <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>.
+ They have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on
+ the bottom line of the screen. The default highlight for
+ soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curses, which does
+ not document this fact).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+ fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+ ful completion. <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> returns the attribute used for
+ the soft keys.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Most applications would use <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> because a <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>fresh</STRONG> is likely to follow soon.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+ tions. It changes the argument type of the attribute-
+ manipulation functions <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG> to be <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>, and adds <STRONG>const</STRONG> qualifiers. The
+ format codes <STRONG>2</STRONG> and <STRONG>3</STRONG> for <STRONG>slk_init()</STRONG> and the function
+ <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> are specific to ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_il</STRONG>, <STRONG>killchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>longname</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG>, <STRONG>termname</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> environment query routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>baudrate(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>erasechar(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>has_ic(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>has_il(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>killchar(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*longname(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>termattrs(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*termname(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG> routine returns the output speed of the ter-
+ minal. The number returned is in bits per second, for
+ example <STRONG>9600</STRONG>, and is an integer.
+
+ The <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current erase
+ character.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+ delete- character capabilities.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_il</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+ delete-line capabilities, or can simulate them using
+ scrolling regions. This might be used to determine if it
+ would be appropriate to turn on physical scrolling using
+ <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>killchar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current line kill
+ character.
+
+ The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> routine returns a pointer to a static area
+ containing a verbose description of the current terminal.
+ The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
+ ters. It is defined only after the call to <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>. The area is overwritten by each call to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>
+ and is not restored by <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, so the value should be
+ saved between calls to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> if <STRONG>longname</STRONG> is going to be
+ used with multiple terminals.
+
+ If a given terminal doesn't support a video attribute that
+ an application program is trying to use, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> may sub-
+ stitute a different video attribute for it. The <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG>
+ function returns a logical <STRONG>OR</STRONG> of all video attributes sup-
+ ported by the terminal. This information is useful when a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program needs complete control over the appearance
+ of the screen.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>termname</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. It changes the return type of <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> to the new
+ type <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>, <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> - direct
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> interface to the terminfo capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetent(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*bp,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*name);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetflag(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetnum(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tgetstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>**area);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tgoto(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*cap,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>col,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>row);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>affcnt,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(int));</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are included as a conversion aid for pro-
+ grams that use the <EM>termcap</EM> library. Their parameters are
+ the same and the routines are emulated using the <EM>terminfo</EM>
+ database. Thus, they can only be used to query the capa-
+ bilities of entries for which a terminfo entry has been
+ compiled.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> routine loads the entry for <EM>name</EM>. It returns
+ 1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1 if the
+ terminfo database could not be found. The emulation
+ ignores the buffer pointer <EM>bp</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG> routine gets the boolean entry for <EM>id</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG> routine gets the numeric entry for <EM>id</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> routine returns the string entry for <EM>id</EM>. Use
+ <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> to output the returned string.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> routine instantiates the parameters into the
+ given capability. The output from this routine is to be
+ passed to <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> routine is described on the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ manual page. It can retrieve capabilities by either term-
+ cap or terminfo name.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except where explicitly noted, routines that return an
+ integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only speci-
+ fies "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful
+ completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ If you call <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> to fetch <STRONG>ca</STRONG> or any other parameterized
+ notation. This won't cause problems if all you do with it
+ is call <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> or <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, which both expand terminfo-style.
+
+ Because terminfo conventions for representing padding in
+ string capabilities differ from termcap's, <STRONG>tputs("50");</STRONG>
+ will put out a literal "50" rather than busy-waiting for
+ 50 milliseconds. Cope with it.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. However, they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may
+ be removed in future versions.
+
+ Neither the XSI Curses standard nor the SVr4 man pages
+ documented the return values of <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> correctly, though
+ all three were in fact returned ever since SVr1.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_terminfo(5),</STRONG> <STRONG>putc(3S).</STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>setterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>, <STRONG>putp</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> interfaces to terminfo
+ database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setupterm(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*term,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>fildes,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*errret);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setterm(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*term);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*set_curterm(TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*nterm);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_curterm(TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*oterm);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>restartterm(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*term,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>fildes,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*errret);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tparm(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tparam(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*buffer,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>size,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>affcnt,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(int));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>putp(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vidputs(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(char));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vidattr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvcur(int</STRONG> <STRONG>oldrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>oldcol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>newrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>newcol);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tigetflag(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*capname);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tigetnum(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*capname);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tigetstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*capname);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These low-level routines must be called by programs that
+ have to deal directly with the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database to handle
+ certain terminal capabilities, such as programming func-
+ tion keys. For all other functionality, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+ are more suitable and their use is recommended.
+
+ Initially, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> should be called. Note that
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> is automatically called by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
+ This defines the set of terminal-dependent variables
+ [listed in <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>]. The <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> variables <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>columns</STRONG> are initialized by <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> as follows: If
+ <STRONG>use_env(FALSE)</STRONG> has been called, values for <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>columns</STRONG> specified in <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> are used. Otherwise, if the
+ environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> exist, their val-
+ ues are used. If these environment variables do not exist
+ and the program is running in a window, the current window
+ size is used. Otherwise, if the environment variables do
+ not exist, the values for <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>columns</STRONG> specified in
+ the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database are used.
+
+ The header files <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG> and <STRONG>term.h</STRONG> should be included
+ (in this order) to get the definitions for these strings,
+ numbers, and flags. Parameterized strings should be
+ passed through <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> to instantiate them. All <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+ the tty modes before exiting [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>]. Pro-
+ grams which use cursor addressing should output
+ <STRONG>enter_ca_mode</STRONG> upon startup and should output <STRONG>exit_ca_mode</STRONG>
+ before exiting. Programs desiring shell escapes should
+ call
+
+ <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> and output <STRONG>exit_ca_mode</STRONG> before the shell
+ is called and should output <STRONG>enter_ca_mode</STRONG> and call
+ <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG> after returning from the shell.
+
+ The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine reads in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database, ini-
+ tializing the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> structures, but does not set up the
+ output virtualization structures used by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. The ter-
+ minal type is the character string <EM>term</EM>; if <EM>term</EM> is null,
+ the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is used. All output is to
+ file descriptor <STRONG>fildes</STRONG> which is initialized for output.
+ If <EM>errret</EM> is not null, then <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+ and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by
+ <EM>errret</EM>. A status of <STRONG>1</STRONG> in <EM>errret</EM> is normal, <STRONG>0</STRONG> means that
+ the terminal could not be found, and <STRONG>-1</STRONG> means that the
+ <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database could not be found. If <EM>errret</EM> is null,
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> prints an error message upon finding an error
+ and exits. Thus, the simplest call is:
+
+ <STRONG>setupterm((char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>(int</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0);</STRONG>,
+
+ which uses all the defaults and sends the output to <STRONG>std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>out</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> routine is being replaced by <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>. The
+ call:
+
+ <STRONG>setupterm(</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>(int</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0)</STRONG>
+
+ provides the same functionality as <STRONG>setterm(</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>. The
+ <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> routine is included here for BSD compatibility,
+ and is not recommended for new programs.
+
+ The <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG> routine sets the variable <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG> to
+ <EM>nterm</EM>, and makes all of the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> boolean, numeric, and
+ string variables use the values from <EM>nterm</EM>. It returns
+ the old value of <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG> routine frees the space pointed to by
+ <EM>oterm</EM> and makes it available for further use. If <EM>oterm</EM> is
+ the same as <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>, references to any of the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+ boolean, numeric, and string variables thereafter may
+ refer to invalid memory locations until another <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>
+ has been called.
+
+ The <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG> routine is similar to <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, except that it is called after restoring memory
+ and the input and output options are the same as when mem-
+ ory was saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may be
+ different. Accordingly, it saves various tty state bits,
+ does a setupterm, and then restores the bits.
+
+ The <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> routine instantiates the string <EM>str</EM> with parame-
+ ters <EM>pi</EM>. A pointer is returned to the result of <EM>str</EM> with
+ the parameters applied.
+
+ The <STRONG>tparam</STRONG> routine is included for compatibility with the
+ GNU termcap implementation. It works like <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> but you
+ specify a buffer and buffer size to be filled with the
+ expanded string.
+
+ The <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> routine applies padding information to the
+ string <EM>str</EM> and outputs it. The <EM>str</EM> must be a terminfo
+ string variable or the return value from <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>,
+ or <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>. <EM>affcnt</EM> is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+ not applicable. <EM>putc</EM> is a <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>-like routine to which
+ the characters are passed, one at a time.
+
+ The <STRONG>putp</STRONG> routine calls <STRONG>tputs(</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>putchar)</STRONG>. Note that
+ the output of <STRONG>putp</STRONG> always goes to <STRONG>stdout</STRONG>, not to the
+ <EM>fildes</EM> specified in <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> routine displays the string on the terminal in
+ the video attribute mode <EM>attrs</EM>, which is any combination
+ of the attributes listed in <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>. The characters
+ are passed to the <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>-like routine <EM>putc</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> routine is like the <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> routine, except
+ that it outputs through <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG> routine provides low-level cursor motion. It
+ takes effect immediately (rather than at the next
+ refresh).
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routines return the
+ value of the capability corresponding to the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <EM>cap-</EM>
+ <EM>name</EM> passed to them, such as <STRONG>xenl</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>-1</STRONG> if <EM>capname</EM> is
+ not a boolean capability.
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>-2</STRONG> if <EM>capname</EM> is
+ not a numeric capability.
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)-1</STRONG> if <EM>cap-</EM>
+ <EM>name</EM> is not a string capability.
+
+ The <EM>capname</EM> for each capability is given in the table col-
+ umn entitled <EM>capname</EM> code in the capabilities section of
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*numnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>*numcodes</STRONG>, <STRONG>*numfnames</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*strnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strcodes</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strfnames</STRONG>
+
+ These null-terminated arrays contain the <EM>capnames</EM>, the
+ <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> codes, and the full C names, for each of the <STRONG>ter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>minfo</STRONG> variables.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted
+ in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+ Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine should be used in place of <STRONG>setterm</STRONG>.
+ It may be useful when you want to test for terminal capa-
+ bilities without committing to the allocation of storage
+ involved in <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> is not described in the XSI Curses
+ standard and must be considered non-portable. All other
+ functions are as described in the XSI curses standard.
+
+ In System V Release 4, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG> has an <STRONG>int</STRONG> return type
+ and returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. We have chosen to implement the
+ XSI Curses semantics.
+
+ In System V Release 4, the third argument of <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> has the
+ type <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(char)</STRONG>.
+
+ The XSI Curses standard prototypes <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> with a fixed num-
+ ber of parameters, rather than a variable argument list.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_term-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="cap.3x.html">cap(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3s.html">putc(3S)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>touchline</STRONG>, <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> refresh control routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>untouchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wtouchln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>changed);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>is_linetouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>line);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>is_wintouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> and <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> routines throw away all opti-
+ mization information about which parts of the window have
+ been touched, by pretending that the entire window has
+ been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary when using
+ overlapping windows, since a change to one window affects
+ the other window, but the records of which lines have been
+ changed in the other window do not reflect the change.
+ The routine <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> only pretends that <EM>count</EM> lines have
+ been changed, beginning with line <EM>start</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG> routine marks all lines in the window as
+ unchanged since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> routine makes <EM>n</EM> lines in the window, starting
+ at line <EM>y</EM>, look as if they have (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=1</STRONG>) or have not
+ (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=0</STRONG>) been changed since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> and <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>
+ if the specified line/window was modified since the last
+ call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>; otherwise they return <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. In addi-
+ tion, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if <EM>line</EM> is not valid for
+ the given window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion,
+ unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descrip-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>keyname</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>, <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG>, <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG> - miscellaneous <STRONG>curses</STRONG> utility rou-
+ tines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*unctrl(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*keyname(int</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>filter(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>use_env(char</STRONG> <STRONG>bool);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>putwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*filep);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*getwin(FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*filep);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay_output(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ms);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flushinp(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> macro expands to a character string which is a
+ printable representation of the character <EM>c</EM>. Control
+ characters are displayed in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation. Printing
+ characters are displayed as is.
+
+ The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> routine returns a character string correspond-
+ ing to the key <EM>c</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>filter</STRONG> routine, if used, must be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>
+ or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called. The effect is that, during those
+ calls, <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> is set to 1; the capabilities <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>cup</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>cud</STRONG>, <STRONG>cud1</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>, <STRONG>vpa</STRONG> are disabled; and the <STRONG>home</STRONG>
+ string is set to the value of <STRONG>cr</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>use_env</STRONG> routine, if used, is called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called. When called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as an argu-
+ ment, the values of <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>columns</STRONG> specified in the
+ <EM>terminfo</EM> database will be used, even if environment vari-
+ ables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> (used by default) are set, or if
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is running in a window (in which case default
+ behavior would be to use the window size if <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are not set).
+
+ The <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routine writes all data associated with window
+ <EM>win</EM> into the file to which <EM>filep</EM> points. This information
+ can be later retrieved using the <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> function.
+
+ The <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> routine reads window related data stored in the
+ file by <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>. The routine then creates and initializes
+ a new window using that data. It returns a pointer to the
+ new window.
+
+ The <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG> routine inserts an <EM>ms</EM> millisecond pause
+ in output. This routine should not be used extensively
+ because padding characters are used rather than a CPU
+ been typed by the user and has not yet been read by the
+ program.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, routines that return an integer
+ return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG> always returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+ The SVr4 documentation describes the action of <STRONG>filter</STRONG> only
+ in the vaguest terms. The description here is adapted
+ from the XSI Curses standard (which erroneously fails to
+ describe the disabling of <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> is a macro, which is defined in <<STRONG>unc-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>trl.h</STRONG>>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>newwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>derwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newwin(int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>intbegin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*subwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*derwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvderwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>par_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>par_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dupwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncup(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>syncok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wcursyncup(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncdown(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Calling <STRONG>newwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+ dow with the given number of lines and columns. The upper
+ left-hand corner of the window is at line <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, column
+ <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>. If either <EM>nlines</EM> or <EM>ncols</EM> is zero, they default
+ to <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> <STRONG>-</STRONG> <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> <STRONG>-</STRONG> <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>. A new full-screen
+ window is created by calling <STRONG>newwin(0,0,0,0)</STRONG>.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>delwin</STRONG> deletes the named window, freeing all mem-
+ ory associated with it (it does not actually erase the
+ window's screen image). Subwindows must be deleted before
+ the main window can be deleted.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG> moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+ corner is at position (<EM>x</EM>, <EM>y</EM>). If the move would cause the
+ window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
+ is not moved. Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be
+ avoided.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>subwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+ dow with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>, and columns,
+ <EM>ncols</EM>. The window is at position (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>) on
+ the screen. (This position is relative to the screen, and
+ not to the window <EM>orig</EM>.) The window is made in the middle
+ of the window <EM>orig</EM>, so that changes made to one window
+ will affect both windows. The subwindow shares memory
+ with the window <EM>orig</EM>. When using this routine, it is nec-
+ essary to call <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> or <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> on <EM>orig</EM> before call-
+ ing <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> on the subwindow.
+
+ dow <EM>orig</EM> rather than the screen. There is no difference
+ between the subwindows and the derived windows.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG> moves a derived window (or subwindow)
+ inside its parent window. The screen-relative parameters
+ of the window are not changed. This routine is used to
+ display different parts of the parent window at the same
+ physical position on the screen.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG> creates an exact duplicate of the window
+ <EM>win</EM>.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> touches all locations in ancestors of <EM>win</EM>
+ that are changed in <EM>win</EM>. If <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> is called with second
+ argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> then <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> is called automatically when-
+ ever there is a change in the window.
+
+ The <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> routine touches each location in <EM>win</EM> that
+ has been touched in any of its ancestor windows. This
+ routine is called by <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, so it should almost never
+ be necessary to call it manually.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG> updates the current cursor position
+ of all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
+ cursor position of the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+ upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ <STRONG>delwin</STRONG> returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon
+ successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ If many small changes are made to the window, the <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>
+ option could degrade performance.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ The subwindow functions (<EM>subwin</EM>, <EM>derwin</EM>, <EM>mvderwin</EM>, <STRONG>wsyn-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>cup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>) are flaky, incom-
+ pletely implemented, and not well tested.
+
+ The System V curses documentation is very unclear about
+ what <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> actually do. It seems to imply
+ that they are only supposed to touch exactly those lines
+ that are affected by ancestor changes. The language here,
+ and the behavior of the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> implementation, is pat-
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG> - use terminal's default colors
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_default_colors(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It is used
+ with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
+ These terminals allow the application to reset color to an
+ unspecified default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or SGR 49).
+ Because they are designed to support this, their design
+ usually includes features to change the default foreground
+ or background colors so that they do not match the assump-
+ tion in XSI curses of white on black.
+
+ Applications that paint a colored background over the
+ whole screen are not adversely impacted by this type of
+ terminal design. However, there are applications that are
+ designed to work with the default background.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ on success. It will fail if either the terminal does not
+ support the <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> or <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors</EM> capability. If the
+ <EM>initialize</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> capability is found, this causes an error
+ as well.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Associated with this extension, the <STRONG><A HREF="init_pair.3x.html">init_pair(3x)</A></STRONG> function
+ accepts negative arguments to specify default foreground
+ or background colors.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ded.1.html">ded(1)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of the requirements for
+ color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>forms</STRONG> - curses extension for programming forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>forms</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
+ for composing form screens on character-cell terminals.
+ The library includes: field routines, which create and
+ modify form fields; and form routines, which group fields
+ into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle inter-
+ action with the user.
+
+ The <STRONG>forms</STRONG> library uses the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> libraries, and a curses
+ initialization routine such as <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> must be called
+ before using any of these functions. To use the <STRONG>forms</STRONG>
+ library, link with the options <STRONG>-lform</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Current</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Values</STRONG> <STRONG>for</STRONG> <STRONG>Field</STRONG> <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>forms</STRONG> library maintains a default value for field
+ attributes. You can get or set this default by calling
+ the appropriate <STRONG>get_</STRONG> or <STRONG>set_</STRONG> routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> field
+ pointer. Changing this default with a <STRONG>set_</STRONG> function
+ affects future field creations, but does not change the
+ rendering of fields already created.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+ The following table lists each <STRONG>form</STRONG> routine and the name
+ of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+ l l l l . <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name Manual Page Name =
+ <STRONG>current_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>data_ahead</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>data_behind</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>dynamic_fieldinfo</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_arg</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_back</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_fore</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_index</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_info</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_init</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_opts_on</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_pad</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>field_type</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>form_opts_off</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_opts_on</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_sub</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>form_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>form_win</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>link_fieldtype</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="link_fieldtype.3x.html">link_fieldtype(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>new_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>pos_form_cursor</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>post_form</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>scale_form</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_current_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_back</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_buffer</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_fore</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_init</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_pad</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_status</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_field_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_fieldtype_arg</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_fieldtype_choice</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_init</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_page</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>set_form_sub</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_form_win</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_max_field</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>unpost_form</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Form is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+ <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+ Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No fields are connected to the form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><eti.h></STRONG>.
+
+ In your library list, libform.a should be before libn-
+ curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not
+ the other way around (which would give you a link error
+ using GNU <STRONG><A HREF="ld.1.html">ld(1)</A></STRONG> and many other linkers).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
+ by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_cursor</STRONG> - position a form window cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>pos_form_cursor</STRONG> restores the cursor to the
+ position required for the forms driver to continue pro-
+ cessing requests. This is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+ have been called to do screen-painting in response to a
+ form operation.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ This routine returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_data</STRONG> -
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+ bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>data_ahead</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
+ data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or
+ FALSE (0).
+
+ The function <STRONG>data_behind</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
+ data behind in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or
+ FALSE (0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the form system
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+ input events to it through <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>. This routine has
+ two major input cases; either the input is a form naviga-
+ tion request or it's a printable ASCII character. The
+ form driver requests are as follows:
+
+ REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+ Move to the next page.
+
+ REQ_PREV_PAGE
+ Move to the previous page.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+ Move to the first page.
+
+ REQ_LAST_PAGE
+ Move to the last field.
+
+
+ REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+ Move to the next field.
+
+ REQ_PREV_FIELD
+ Move to the previous field.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+ Move to the first field.
+
+ REQ_LAST_FIELD
+ Move to the last field.
+
+ REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted next field.
+
+ REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted previous field.
+
+ REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted first field.
+
+ REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted last field.
+
+ REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+ Move left to a field.
+ Move right to a field.
+
+ REQ_UP_FIELD
+ Move up to a field.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+ Move down to a field.
+
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+ Move to the next char.
+
+ REQ_PREV_CHAR
+ Move to the previous char.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_LINE
+ Move to the next line.
+
+ REQ_PREV_LINE
+ Move to the previous line.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_WORD
+ Move to the next word.
+
+ REQ_PREV_WORD
+ Move to the previous word.
+
+ REQ_BEG_FIELD
+ Move to the beginning of the field.
+
+ REQ_END_FIELD
+ Move to the end of the field.
+
+ REQ_BEG_LINE
+ Move to the beginning of the line.
+
+ REQ_END_LINE
+ Move to the end of the line.
+
+ REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+ Move left in the field.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+ Move right in the field.
+
+ REQ_UP_CHAR
+ Move up in the field.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+ Move down in the field.
+
+
+ Insert or overlay a new line.
+
+ REQ_INS_CHAR
+ Insert a blank at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_INS_LINE
+ Insert a blank line at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_CHAR
+ Delete character at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_PREV
+ Delete character before the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_LINE
+ Delete line at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_WORD
+ Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_EOL
+ Clear to end of line from cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_EOF
+ Clear to end of field from cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_FIELD
+ Clear the entire field.
+
+ REQ_OVL_MODE
+ Enter overlay mode.
+
+ REQ_INS_MODE
+ Enter insert mode.
+
+
+ REQ_SCR_FLINE
+ Scroll the field forward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BLINE
+ Scroll the field backward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+ Scroll the field forward a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+ Scroll the field backward a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+ Scroll the field forward half a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+ Scroll the field forward a character.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+ Scroll the field backward a character.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+ Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+ Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+ Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+ Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
+
+
+ REQ_VALIDATION
+ Validate field.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+ Display next field choice.
+
+ REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+ Display previous field choice.
+
+ If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the
+ driver places it in the current position in the current
+ field. If it is one of the forms requests listed above,
+ that request is executed.
+
+ If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor one
+ of the above pre-defined form requests, the drive assumes
+ it is an application-specific command and returns
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>. Application-defined commands should be
+ defined relative to <STRONG>MAX_COMMAND</STRONG>, the maximum value of
+ these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> return one of the following error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+ <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+ Contents of field is invalid.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="forms.3x.html">forms(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field</STRONG> - make and break connections between fields and
+ forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+ FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+ int field_count(const FORM *form);
+ int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> changes the field pointer
+ array of the given <EM>form</EM>. The array must be terminated by
+ a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns the field array of the
+ given form.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> returns the count of fields in
+ <EM>form</EM>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> move the given field (which must
+ be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ error return value) on error.
+
+ The functions <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> and <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> return one of
+ the following codes on error:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the
+ <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_attributes</STRONG> - color and attribute control for
+ form fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+ chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+ int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+ chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+ int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+ chtype field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
+ of <EM>field</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the field
+ contents. The function <STRONG>field_fore</STRONG> returns the foreground
+ attribute. The default is <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_back</STRONG> sets the background attribute
+ of <EM>form</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the extent
+ fields in the form. The function <STRONG>field_back</STRONG> returns the
+ background attribute. The default is <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_pad</STRONG> sets the character used to fill
+ the field. The function <STRONG>field_pad</STRONG> returns the given
+ form's pad character. The default is a blank.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_buffer</STRONG> - field buffer control
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char
+ *value);
+ char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+ int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+ bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+ int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_buffer</STRONG> sets the numbered buffer of
+ the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is
+ the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers
+ may be allocated by applications through the <STRONG>nbuf</STRONG> argument
+ of (see <STRONG><A HREF="field_new.3x.html">field_new(3X)</A></STRONG>) but are not manipulated by the
+ forms library. The function <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> returns the
+ foreground attribute.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_status</STRONG> sets the associated status
+ flag of <EM>field</EM>; <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> gets the current value. The
+ status flag is set to a nonzero value whenever the field
+ changes.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_max_field</STRONG> sets the maximum size for a
+ dynamic field. An argument of 0 turns off any maximum
+ size threshold for that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> function returns NULL on error.
+
+ The <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+ The remaining routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_info</STRONG> - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
+ int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+ int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int
+ *cols, *max);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>field_info</STRONG> returns the sizes and other
+ attributes passed in to the field at its creation time.
+ The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
+ ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows,
+ and number of working buffers.
+
+ The function <STRONG>dynamic_field_info</STRONG> returns the actual size of
+ the field, and its maximum possible size. If the field
+ has no size limit, the location addressed by the third
+ argument will be set to 0. (A field can be made dynamic
+ by turning off the <STRONG>O_STATIC</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_just</STRONG> - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+ int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> sets the justification
+ attribute of a field; <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns a field's justi-
+ fication attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
+ FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+ JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_new</STRONG> - create and destroy form fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+ int toprow, int leftcol,
+ int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+ FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+ FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+ int free_field(FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_field</STRONG> allocates a new field and initial-
+ izes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of
+ upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number
+ off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
+
+ The function <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> duplicates a field at a new loca-
+ tion. Most attributes (including current contents, size,
+ validation type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
+ cation, foreground, background, pad character, options,
+ and user pointer) are copied. Field status and the field
+ page bit are not copied.
+
+ The function <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> acts like <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, but the new
+ field shares buffers with its parent. Attribute data is
+ separate.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> de-allocates storage associated
+ with a field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function, <STRONG>new_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+ on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
+ by <STRONG><A HREF="dup_field.3x.html">dup_field(3x)</A></STRONG> being portable; the System V forms
+ library documents are not very explicit on what gets
+ copied and was not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_opts</STRONG> - set and get field options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+ int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+ int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+ OPTIONS field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_opts</STRONG> sets all the given field's
+ option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG> returns the field's current option
+ bits.
+
+ The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+ O_VISIBLE
+ The field is displayed. If this option is off, dis-
+ play of the field is suppressed,
+
+ O_ACTIVE
+ The field is visited during processing. If this
+ option is off, the field will not be reachable by
+ navigation keys.
+
+ O_PUBLIC
+ The field contents are displayed as data is entered.
+
+ O_EDIT
+ The field can be edited.
+
+ O_WRAP
+ Words that don't fit on a line are wrapped to the
+ next line. Words are blank-separated.
+
+ O_BLANK
+ The field is cleared whenever a character is entered
+ at the first position.
+
+ O_AUTOSKIP
+ Skip to the next field when this one fills
+
+ O_NULLOK
+ Field buffers are fixed to field's original size.
+
+ O_PASSOK
+ Validate field only if modified by user.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the
+ following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_CURRENT</STRONG>
+ The field is the current field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>NOTES</STRONG> The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
+ header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a
+ form field
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, const void*userptr);
+ const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every form field has a field that can be used to hold
+ application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code
+ leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>field_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. The
+ function <STRONG>set_field_userptr</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as
+ a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_validation</STRONG> - data type validation for fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+ FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+ void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> declares a data type for a
+ given form field. This is the type checked by validation
+ functions. The types are as follows:
+
+ TYPE_ALNUM
+ Alphanumeric data. Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument, a
+ minimum field width.
+
+ TYPE_ALPHA
+ Character data. Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument, a
+ minimum field width.
+
+ TYPE_ENUM
+ Accept one of a specified set of strings. Requires a
+ third <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>**)</STRONG> argument pointing to a string list; a
+ fourth <STRONG>int</STRONG> flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+ and a fifth <STRONG>int</STRONG> flag argument specifying whether a
+ partial match must be a unique one (if this flag is
+ off, a prefix matches the first of any set of more
+ than one list elements with that prefix). Please
+ notice that the string list is not copied, only a
+ reference to it is stored in the field. So you should
+ avoid to use a list that lives in automatic variables
+ on the stack.
+
+ TYPE_INTEGER
+ Integer data, parsable to an integer by <STRONG>atoi(3)</STRONG>.
+ Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument controlling the preci-
+ sion, a fourth <STRONG>long</STRONG> argument constraining minimum
+ value, and a fifth <STRONG>long</STRONG> constraining maximum value.
+ If the maximum value is less or equal the minimum
+ value, the range is simply ignored. On return the
+ field buffer is formatted according to the <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+ format specification ".*ld", where the '*' is
+ replaced by the precision argument. For details of
+ the precision handling see <STRONG>printf's</STRONG> man-page.
+
+ TYPE_NUMERIC
+ Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part).
+ Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument controlling the preci-
+ sion, a fourth <STRONG>double</STRONG> argument constraining minimum
+ value, and a fifth <STRONG>double</STRONG> constraining maximum value.
+ If your system supports locale's, the decimal point
+ the minimum value, the range is simply ignored. On
+ return the field buffer is formatted according to the
+ <STRONG>printf</STRONG> format specification ".*f", where the '*' is
+ replaced by the precision argument. For details of
+ the precision handling see <STRONG>printf's</STRONG> man-page.
+
+ TYPE_REGEXP
+ Regular expression data. Requires a regular expres-
+ sion <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG> third argument; the data is valid if
+ the regular expression matches it. Regular expres-
+ sions are in the format of <STRONG><A HREF="regcomp.3x.html">regcomp(3x)</A></STRONG> and
+ <STRONG><A HREF="regexec.3x.html">regexec(3X)</A></STRONG>. Please notice that the regular expres-
+ sion must match the whole field. If you have for
+ example an eight character wide field, a regular
+ expression "^[0-9]*$" always means that you have to
+ fill all eight positions with digits. If you want to
+ allow fewer digits, you may use for example "^[0-9]*
+ *$" which is good for trailing spaces (up to an empty
+ field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which is good for leading
+ and trailing spaces around the digits.
+
+ TYPE_IPV4
+ An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires
+ no additional argument. It is checked whether or not
+ the buffer has the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d
+ are numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the
+ buffer are ignored. The address itself is not vali-
+ dated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension.
+ This field type may not be available in other curses
+ implementations.
+
+ It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field
+ types. See the <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The functions <STRONG>field_type</STRONG> and <STRONG>field_arg</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on
+ error. The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_fieldtype</STRONG> - define validation-field types
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+ bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+ bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+ int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+ int set_fieldtype_arg(
+ FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+ void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+ void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+ void (* const free_arg)(void *));
+ int set_fieldtype_choice(
+ FIELDTYPE *fieldtype
+ bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+ bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+ FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+ FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> creates a new field type usable
+ for data validation. You supply it with <EM>field</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>, a
+ predicate to check the validity of an entered data string
+ whenever the user attempt to leave a field. The (FIELD *)
+ argument is passed in so the validation predicate can see
+ the field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the second
+ argument is an argument-block structure, about which more
+ below.
+
+ You also supply <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> with <EM>char</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>, a function
+ to validate input characters as they are entered; it will
+ be passed the character to be checked and a pointer to an
+ argument-block structure.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_fieldtype</STRONG> frees the space allocated for
+ a given validation type.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_fieldtype</STRONG> associates three storage-man-
+ agement functions with a field type. The <EM>mak</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM> function
+ is automatically applied to the list of arguments you give
+ <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> when attaching validation to a field; its
+ job is to bundle these into an allocated argument-block
+ object which can later be passed to validation predicated.
+ The other two hook arguments should copy and free argu-
+ ment-block structures. They will be used by the forms-
+ driver code.
+
+ The form driver requests <STRONG>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</STRONG> assume that the possible values of a field
+ form an ordered set, and provide the forms user with a way
+ to move through the set. The <STRONG>set_fieldtype_choice</STRONG> func-
+ take the field pointer and an argument-block structure as
+ arguments.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error.
+
+ The integer-valued routines return one of the following
+ codes on error:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+ All of the <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG> arguments of these functions should
+ actually be <STRONG>(void</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG>. The type has been left uncorrected
+ for strict compatibility with System V.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+ tions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+ void (*)(FORM *) field_init(const FORM *form);
+ int set_field_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+ void (*)(FORM *) field_term(const FORM *form);
+ int set_form_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+ void (*)(FORM *) form_init(const FORM *form);
+ int set_form_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+ void (*)(FORM *) form_term(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions make it possible to set hook functions to
+ be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+ input event codes by <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-post time and each time the selected field changes
+ (after the change). <STRONG>field_init</STRONG> returns the current field
+ init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-unpost time and each time the selected field changes
+ (before the change). <STRONG>field_term</STRONG> returns the current field
+ term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-post time and just after a page change once it is
+ posted. <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> returns the current form init hook, if
+ any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-unpost time and just before a page change change once
+ it is posted. <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> returns the current form term
+ hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Other
+ routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_new</STRONG> - create and destroy forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+ int free_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> creates a new form connected to a
+ specified field pointer array (which must be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
+ nated).
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> disconnects <EM>form</EM> from its field
+ array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has already been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_new_page</STRONG> - form pagination functions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+ bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> sets or resets a flag marking
+ the given field as the beginning of a new page on its
+ form.
+
+ The function <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> is a predicate which tests if a
+ given field marks a page beginning on its form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The given field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> - set and get form options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_opts(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+ int form_opts_on(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+ int form_opts_off(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+ OPTIONS form_opts(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_opts</STRONG> sets all the given form's
+ option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> returns the form's current option
+ bits.
+
+ The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+ O_NL_OVERLOAD
+ Overload the <STRONG>REQ_NEW_LINE</STRONG> forms driver request so
+ that calling it at the end of a field goes to the
+ next field.
+
+ O_BS_OVERLOAD
+ Overload the <STRONG>REQ_DEL_PREV</STRONG> forms driver request so
+ that calling it at the beginning of a field goes to
+ the previous field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> - set and get form page number
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+ FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
+ int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+ int form_page(const FORM *form);
+ int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_current</STRONG> <STRONG>field</STRONG> sets the current field of
+ the given form; <STRONG>current_field</STRONG> returns the current field of
+ the given form.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_page</STRONG> sets the form's page number
+ (goes to page <EM>n</EM> of the form).
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> returns the form's current page
+ number.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_index</STRONG> returns the index of the field in
+ the field array of the form it is connected to. It returns
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the argument is the null pointer or the field is
+ not connected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>form_page</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+ Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_post</STRONG> - write or erase forms from associated subwin-
+ dows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int post_form(FORM *form);
+ int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>post_form</STRONG> displays a form to its associated
+ subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+ use <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or some equivalent <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine (the
+ implicit <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> triggered by an <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input request
+ will do).
+
+ The function <STRONG>unpost_form</STRONG> erases form from its associated
+ subwindow.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Form is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_requestname</STRONG> - handle printable form request names
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ const char *form_request_name(int request);
+ int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
+ of a form request code.
+ The function <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-
+ table for a request with the given name and returns its
+ request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno to
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a form item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, const void *userptr);
+ const void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every form and every form item has a field that can be
+ used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
+ driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
+ the form user pointer field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. The
+ function <STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as
+ a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_win</STRONG> - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
+ ciations
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+ WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+ int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+ WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+ int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every form has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
+ form window displays any title and border associated with
+ the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the
+ form that are currently available for selection.
+
+ The first four functions get and set those windows. It is
+ not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+ code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
+
+ In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
+ as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A form argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+ treated as a request to change the system default form
+ window or subwindow.
+
+ The function <STRONG>scale_window</STRONG> returns the minimum size
+ required for the subwindow of <EM>form</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML
+ PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//EN">
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Ada95 Binding for ncurses</Title>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<H1>Ada95 Binding for ncurses</H1>
+The ncurses Ada95 binding is © 1996 by
+<A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>.
+<P>
+
+Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this
+binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part
+of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED
+this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not
+removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the
+author of this binding in any applications linked with it is
+highly appreciated.<BR>
+
+This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.
+<P>
+<HR SIZE=3 NOSHADE>
+<H2>General Remarks</H2>
+<UL>
+<LI>This document describes Version 00.92.00 of the binding.</LI>
+<LI>The functionality is modelled to be compatible with the ncurses
+package, a clone of the SVr4 curses model.<BR>
+I did the development on an Intel box running
+<A HREF="http://www.linux.org">Linux</A> 1.3.x and 2.0,
+ncurses-1.9.9e and the
+<A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNU Ada Translator</A>
+gnat-3.05. For any older versions of ncurses and gnat
+it will not work.</LI>
+<LI>You must have the m4 macroprocessor to build this package.
+If you don't have this program, you can get the FSF version
+<A HREF="ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/">here</A>.</LI>
+<LI>Ada programs are supposed to be readable. One of my
+favourite methods to make code readable is to use expressive
+names for the identifiers. You can find a list of a mapping
+of the cryptic curses names to the Ada names in this <A HREF="table.html">table</A>.</LI>
+<LI>This is not a typical one-2-one interface mapping. It is
+close to one-2-one on the functional level. Each (n)curses function
+has it's counterpart with a more or less similar formal parameter list
+in the binding. It is not one-2-one with respect to the datatypes.
+I tried to make records out of the flat chtype and similar structures,
+so you don't have to do bit operations to mark an attributed character
+as bold. Just make the boolean member <STRONG>bold</STRONG> of the record
+true. The binding also hides the structures like WINDOW, PANEL, MENU, FORM
+etc. ! It's a pure functional API.</LI>
+<LI>I try to do as much error checking as possible and feasible
+in the binding. I will raise an Ada exception when something
+went wrong in the low-level curses. This has the effect that - at least
+first time in my life - (n)curses programs have now a very rigid error
+checking, but - thanks to Ada - you don't have to code the orgiastic
+error checking style of C.</LI>
+<LI>Support for wide characters is currently not in the binding, as it
+is not really in ncurses at this point in time.</LI>
+</UL>
+<P>
+
+<H2>Limitations</H2>
+<UL>
+<LI>I provide no SCREEN datatype and functions to set a new screen.
+If you need this (mostly for debugging I guess), write a small
+C routine doing all this and import it into your Ada program.</LI>
+<LI>I provide no functions to switch on/off curses tracing options.
+Same suggestion as above.</LI>
+<LI>Although Ada95 is an OO Language, this binding doesn't provide
+an OO abstraction of the (n)curses functionality. As mentioned above
+it's a thin binding for the (n)curses functions. But without any
+doubt it would be nice to build on top of this an OO abstraction
+of (n)curses functionality.</LI>
+<LI>If you use the user-pointer mechanism for most of the ncurses
+structures in a mixed language environemt, i.e. Ada95 and C routines
+operate on the same objects, care must be taken because the Ada
+binding itself uses the user pointer mechanism for it's own purposes.
+See the corresponding <A HREF="#userpointer">section</A> in implementention
+details.</LI>
+<LI>I currently do not support the link_fieldtype functionality of the
+forms subsystem.</LI>
+<LI>The *_IO packages are currently output only.</LI>
+</UL>
+
+
+<H2>Hierarchy of packages</H2>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="terminal_interface_s.html">Terminal_Interface</A>
+ <UL><LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html">Curses</A>
+ <UL><LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html">Mouse</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html">Panels</A>
+ <UL><LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html">User_Data</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html">Menus</A>
+ <UL><LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html">Menu_User_Data</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html">Item_User_Data</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html">Forms</A>
+ <UL><LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html">Form_User_Data</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html">Field_User_Data</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html">Field_Types</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html">Choice_Field_Types</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html">Text_IO</A>
+ <UL><LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html">Integer_IO</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html">Float_IO</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html">Fixed_IO</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html">Decimal_IO</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html">Modular_IO</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html">Enumeration_IO</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html">Complex_IO</A>
+ </UL>
+ </UL>
+ </UL>
+</UL>
+<H2>Implementation Details</H2>
+<H4>Behind the abstraction</H4>
+All the new types like <STRONG>Window</STRONG>, <STRONG>Panel</STRONG>,
+<STRONG>Menu</STRONG>, <STRONG>Form</STRONG> etc. are just
+opaque representations of the pointers to the corresponding
+low level (n)curses structures like
+<STRONG>WINDOW *</STRONG>, <STRONG>PANEL *</STRONG>,
+<STRONG>MENU *</STRONG> or <STRONG>FORM *</STRONG>.
+So you can safely pass them to C routines that expect a pointer
+to one of those structures.
+<H4>Item and Field Arrays</H4>
+In C you have to pass the item and field arrays to define menus or forms
+terminated by a null item or null field. This is not necessary in this
+binding. The binding routines will construct from an Ada95 style array
+of Item or Field objects internally the properly terminated array of
+C structure pointers. See the examples for more details.
+<H4>Extended ripoffline() usage</H4>
+The official documentation of (n)curses says, that the line parameter
+determines only whether or not exactly <STRONG>one</STRONG> line is
+stolen from the top or bottom of the screen. So essentially only the
+sign of the parameter is evaluated. ncurses has internally implemented
+it in a way, that uses the line parameter also to control the amount of
+lines to steal. This mechanism is used in the <STRONG>Rip_Off_Lines</STRONG>
+routine of the binding.
+<A NAME="userpointer">
+<H4>User Pointer mechanism</H4>
+TBD
+<H4>How user defined field types work</H4>
+TBD
+<H4>Enumeration fields handling</H4>
+The (n)curses documentation says, that the String arrays to be passed to
+an TYPE_ENUM fieldtype must not be automatic variables. This is not true
+in this binding, because it is internally arranged to safely copy these
+values.
+<A NAME="compiler">
+<H4>Using other Ada compilers</H4>
+This should basically not be a problem, but you have to replace a code
+sequence in package
+<A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html">Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms</A>
+that uses a hashing package supplied with the GNAT runtime, which is not part
+of the Standard Ada runtimes. This should not be too hard. I intend to remove
+this dependency in the future.
+<H4>Port to other curses implementations</H4>
+Basically it should not be too hard to make all this run on a regular SVr4
+implementation of curses. The problems are probably these:<BR>
+<UL>
+<LI>ncurses has some additional features which are presented in this binding. You
+have two choices to deal with this:
+<UL>
+<LI>Emulate the feature in this binding</LI>
+<LI>Raise an exception for non implemented features</LI>
+</UL>
+Most likely you will follow a mixed approach. Some features are easy to simulate,
+others will be hard if not impossible.</LI>
+<LI>For menu items, the name and descriptions are internally copied by ncurses.
+So the binding doesn't care for the lifetime of the strings passed to the
+construction routine for items. This assumption is not true in most other implementations
+of the menu library. In this case you have to modify the binding routine
+<STRONG>New_Item</STRONG> to safestore the strings.</LI>
+</UL>
+I'm quite sure I forgot something.<P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menus</STRONG> - curses extension for programming menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>menus</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
+ for composing menu systems on character-cell terminals.
+ The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
+ ify menu items; and menu routines, which group items into
+ menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction
+ with the user.
+
+ The <STRONG>menus</STRONG> library uses the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> libraries, and a curses
+ initialization routine such as <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> must be called
+ before using any of these functions. To use the <STRONG>menus</STRONG>
+ library, link with the options <STRONG>-lmenu</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Current</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Values</STRONG> <STRONG>for</STRONG> <STRONG>Item</STRONG> <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>menus</STRONG> library maintains a default value for item
+ attributes. You can get or set this default by calling
+ the appropriate <STRONG>get_</STRONG> or <STRONG>set_</STRONG> routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> item
+ pointer. Changing this default with a <STRONG>set_</STRONG> function
+ affects future item creations, but does not change the
+ rendering of items already created.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+ The following table lists each <STRONG>menu</STRONG> routine and the name
+ of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+ l l . <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name Manual Page Name =
+ <STRONG>current_item</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>free_item</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>item_description</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>item_index</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>item_init</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>item_name</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>item_opts_off</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>item_opts_on</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>item_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>item_value</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>item_visible</STRONG> mitem_visi-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ble.3x.html">ble(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_back</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_fore</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>menu_grey</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_init</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_opts_on</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>menu_pad</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> menu_pat-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tern.3x.html">tern(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>menu_win</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>pos_menu_cursor</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>scale_menu</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_current_item.3x.html">menu_current_item(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_item_init</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>set_item_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_item_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_item_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_back</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_fore</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_grey</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_init</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_pad</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_sub</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>set_menu_term</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_userptr</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_menu_win</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> mitem_cur-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="rent.3x.html">rent(3X)</A></STRONG> <STRONG>top_row</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>unpost_menu</STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Menu is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+ The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+ Character failed to match.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_SELECTABLE</STRONG>
+ The designated item cannot be selected.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "menu_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><eti.h></STRONG>.
+
+ In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libn-
+ curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not
+ the other way around (which would give you a link error
+ using GNU <STRONG><A HREF="ld.1.html">ld(1)</A></STRONG> and many other linkers).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
+ by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_attributes</STRONG> - color and attribute control for menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+ chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+ chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+ chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+ int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
+ of <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for selected menu
+ items. <STRONG>menu_fore</STRONG> returns the foreground attribute. The
+ default is <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_back</STRONG> sets the background attribute
+ of <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for selectable (but
+ not currently selected) menu items. The function
+ <STRONG>menu_back</STRONG> returns the background attribute. The default
+ is <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_grey</STRONG> sets the grey attribute of
+ <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for un-selectable menu
+ items in menus that permit more than one selection. The
+ function <STRONG>menu_grey</STRONG> returns the grey attribute. The
+ default is <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_pad</STRONG> sets the character used to fill
+ the space between the name and description parts of a menu
+ item. <STRONG>menu_pad</STRONG> returns the given menu's pad character.
+ The default is a blank.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "menu_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_cursor</STRONG> - position a menu's cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>pos_menu_cursor</STRONG> restores the cursor to the
+ current position associated with the menu's selected item.
+ This is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have been called to
+ do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ This routine returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the menu system
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+ input events to it through <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>. This routine has
+ two major input cases; either the input is a menu naviga-
+ tion request or it's a printable ASCII character. The
+ menu driver requests are as follows:
+
+ REQ_LEFT_ITEM
+ Move left to an item.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
+ Move right to an item.
+
+ REQ_UP_ITEM
+ Move up to an item.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_ITEM
+ Move down to an item.
+
+ REQ_SCR_ULINE
+ Scroll up a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_DLINE
+ Scroll down a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_DPAGE
+ Scroll down a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_UPAGE
+ Scroll up a page.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_ITEM
+ Move to the first item.
+
+ REQ_LAST_ITEM
+ Move to the last item.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_ITEM
+ Move to the next item.
+
+ REQ_PREV_ITEM
+ Move to the previous item.
+
+ REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
+ Select/deselect an item.
+
+ Clear the menu pattern buffer.
+
+ REQ_BACK_PATTERN
+ Delete the previous character from the pattern
+ buffer.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_MATCH
+ Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
+
+ REQ_PREV_MATCH
+ Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
+
+ If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the
+ code appends it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move
+ to the next item matching the new pattern. If there is no
+ such match, <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> and deletes the
+ appended character from the buffer.
+
+ If the second argument is one of the above pre-defined
+ requests, the corresponding action is performed.
+
+ If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor one
+ of the above pre-defined menu requests, the drive assumes
+ it is an application-specific command and returns
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>. Application-defined commands should be
+ defined relative to <STRONG>MAX_COMMAND</STRONG>, the maximum value of
+ these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> return one of the following error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+ Character failed to match.
+ The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menus.3x.html">menus(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> - set and get menu sizes
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+ int menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> sets the maximum display size
+ of the given window. If this size is too small to display
+ all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable.
+
+ The default format is 16 rows, 1 column. Calling
+ <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> with a null menu pointer will change this
+ default. A zero row or column argument to <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG>
+ is interpreted as a request not to change the current
+ value.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> returns the maximum-size con-
+ straints for the given menu into the storage addressed by
+ <STRONG>rows</STRONG> and <STRONG>cols</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+ tions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+ void (*)(MENU *) item_init(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_item_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+ void (*)(MENU *) item_term(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+ void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+ void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions make it possible to set hook functions to
+ be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+ input event codes by <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-post time and each time the selected item changes
+ (after the change). <STRONG>item_init</STRONG> returns the current item
+ init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-unpost time and each time the selected item changes
+ (before the change). <STRONG>item_term</STRONG> returns the current item
+ term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-post time and just after the top row on the menu
+ changes once it is posted. <STRONG>menu_init</STRONG> returns the current
+ menu init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-unpost time and just before the top row on the menu
+ changes once it is posted. <STRONG>menu_term</STRONG> returns the current
+ menu term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Other
+ routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> - make and break connections between items and
+ menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+ ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+ int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> changes the item pointer array
+ of the given <EM>menu</EM>. The array must be terminated by a
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns the item array of the
+ given menu.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> returns the count of items in
+ <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ error return value) on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> returns one of the following
+ codes on error:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+
+ The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the
+ <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> - get and set the menu mark string
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+ const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ In order to make menu selections visible on older termi-
+ nals without highlighting or color capability, the menu
+ library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix
+ string.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> sets the mark string for the
+ given menu. Calling <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> with a null menu item
+ will abolish the mark string. Note that changing the
+ length of the mark string for a menu while the menu is
+ posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
+
+ The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG>
+ with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> menu argument will change this default.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns the menu's mark string (or
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is none).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. The func-
+ tion <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> may return the following error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_new</STRONG> - create and destroy menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+ int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> creates a new menu connected to a
+ specified item pointer array (which must be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
+ nated).
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> disconnects <EM>menu</EM> from its item
+ array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has already been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> - set and get menu options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+ int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+ int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+ OPTIONS menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> sets all the given menu's
+ option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> returns the menu's current option
+ bits.
+
+ The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+ O_ONEVALUE
+ Only one item can be selected for this menu.
+
+ O_SHOWDESC
+ Display the item descriptions when the menu is
+ posted.
+
+ O_ROWMAJOR
+ Display the menu in row-major order.
+
+ O_IGNORECASE
+ Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
+
+ O_SHOWMATCH
+ Move the cursor to within the item name while pat-
+ tern-matching.
+
+ O_NONCYCLIC
+ Don't wrap around next-item and previous-item,
+ requests to the other end of the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+ char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As
+ input events that are printable ASCII characters come in,
+ they are appended to this match buffer and tested for a
+ match, as described in <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG> sets the pattern buffer for
+ the given menu and tries to find the first matching item.
+ If it succeeds, that item becomes current; if not, the
+ current item does not change.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> returns the pattern buffer of
+ the given <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. The
+ function <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG> may return the following error
+ codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+ Character failed to match.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_post</STRONG> - write or erase menus from associated subwin-
+ dows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+ int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> displays a menu to its associated
+ subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+ use <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or some equivalent <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine (the
+ implicit <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> triggered by an <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input request
+ will do). <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> resets the selection status of all
+ items.
+
+ The function <STRONG>unpost_menu</STRONG> erases menu from its associated
+ subwindow.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Menu is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_requestname</STRONG> - handle printable menu request names
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+ int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
+ of a menu request code.
+ The function <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-
+ table for a request with the given name and returns its
+ request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno to
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> - Control spacing between menu items.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+ int spc_description
+ int spc_rows,
+ int spc_columns);
+ int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+ int* spc_description
+ int* spc_rows,
+ int* spc_columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> sets the spacing informa-
+ tions for the menu. <STRONG>spc_description</STRONG> controls the number
+ of spaces between an item name and an item description. It
+ must not be larger than <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>. The menu system puts in
+ the middle of this spacing area the pad character. The
+ remaining parts are filled with spaces. <STRONG>spc_rows</STRONG> controls
+ the number of rows that are used for an item. It must not
+ be larger than 3. The menu system inserts then blank lines
+ between item rows, these lines will contain the pad char-
+ acter in the appropriate positions. <STRONG>spc_columns</STRONG> controls
+ the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not
+ be larger than TABSIZE. A value of 0 for all the spacing
+ values resets them to the default, which is 1 for all of
+ them.
+ The function <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> passes back the spacing info for
+ the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is sim-
+ ply not returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Both routines return <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> on success. <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> may
+ return <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG> if the menu is posted, or <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ if one of the spacing values is out of range.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a menu item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr);
+ const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be
+ used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
+ driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
+ the menu user pointer field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> (which returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error),
+ each function returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as
+ a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_win</STRONG> - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
+ ciations
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+ WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+ WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+ int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
+ menu window displays any title and border associated with
+ the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the
+ menu that are currently available for selection.
+
+ The first four functions get and set those windows. It is
+ not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+ code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
+
+ In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
+ as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A menu argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+ treated as a request to change the system default menu
+ window or subwindow.
+
+ The function <STRONG>scale_menu</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+ for the subwindow of <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_current</STRONG> - set and get current_menu_item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
+ ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+ int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+ int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> sets the current item (the
+ item on which the menu cursor is positioned). <STRONG>cur-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>rent_item</STRONG> returns a pointer to the current item in the
+ given menu.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> sets the top row of the menu to
+ show the given row (the top row is initially 0, and is
+ reset to this value whenever the <STRONG>O_ROWMAJOR</STRONG> option is tog-
+ gled). The item leftmost on the given row becomes cur-
+ rent. The function <STRONG>top_row</STRONG> returns the number of the top
+ menu row being displayed.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_index</STRONG> returns the (zero-origin) index of
+ <EM>item</EM> in the menu's item pointer list.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>current_item</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ <STRONG>top_row</STRONG> and <STRONG>item_index</STRONG> return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>error</STRONG> <STRONG>value)</STRONG> <STRONG>on</STRONG> <STRONG>error.</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> and <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> return one of the follow-
+ ing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the <STRONG>top_row</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>index_item</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_name</STRONG> - get menu item name and description fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+ const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>item_name</STRONG> returns the name part of the given
+ item.
+ The function <STRONG>item_description</STRONG> returns the description part
+ of the given item.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_new</STRONG> - create and destroy menu items
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+ int free_item(ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> allocates a new item and initializes
+ it from the <STRONG>name</STRONG> and <STRONG>description</STRONG> pointers.
+ The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> de-allocates an item.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ Item is connected to a menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_opts</STRONG> - set and get menu item options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+ int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+ int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+ OPTIONS item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_opts</STRONG> sets all the given item's
+ option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG> returns the item's current option
+ bits.
+
+ There is only one defined option bit mask, <STRONG>O_SELECTABLE</STRONG>.
+ When this is on, the item may be selected during menu pro-
+ cessing. This option defaults to on.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a menu
+ item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr);
+ const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold
+ application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code
+ leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> (which returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error),
+ each function returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as
+ a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_value</STRONG> - set and get menu item values
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+ bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ If you turn off the menu option <STRONG>O_ONEVALUE</STRONG> (e.g., with
+ <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> or <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG>; see <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>), the
+ menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
+ simultaneously be selected.
+
+ In a multi_valued menu, you can used <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> to
+ select the given menu item (second argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) or dese-
+ lect it (second argument <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_visible</STRONG> - check visibility of a menu item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a
+ posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
+ scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller
+ than the whole menu).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3X)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library routines give the user a terminal-inde-
+ pendent method of updating character screens with reason-
+ able optimization. This implementation is ``new curses''
+ (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for 4.4BSD clas-
+ sic curses, which has been discontinued.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> routines emulate the <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> library of
+ System V Release 4 UNIX, and the XPG4 curses standard (XSI
+ curses) but the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library is freely redistributable
+ in source form. Differences from the SVr4 curses are sum-
+ marized under the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections below and
+ described in detail in the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections of
+ individual man pages.
+
+ A program using these routines must be linked with the
+ <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG> option, or (if it has been generated) with the
+ debugging library <STRONG>-lncurses_g</STRONG>. (Your system integrator
+ may also have installed these libraries under the names
+ <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG> and <STRONG>-lcurses_g</STRONG>.) The ncurses_g library generates
+ trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current direc-
+ tory) that describe curses actions.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> package supports: overall screen, window and
+ pad manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading ter-
+ minal input; control over terminal and <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input and
+ output options; environment query routines; color manipu-
+ lation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; and
+ access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
+
+ To initialize the routines, the routine <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>
+ must be called before any of the other routines that deal
+ with windows and screens are used. The routine <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
+ must be called before exiting. To get character-at-a-time
+ input without echoing (most interactive, screen oriented
+ programs want this), the following sequence should be
+ used:
+
+ <STRONG>initscr();</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak();</STRONG> <STRONG>noecho();</STRONG>
+
+ Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
+
+ <STRONG>nonl();</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>intrflush(stdscr,</STRONG> <STRONG>FALSE);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>keypad(stdscr,</STRONG> <STRONG>TRUE);</STRONG>
+
+ Before a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program is run, the tab stops of the ter-
+ the <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>init</STRONG> command after the shell environment variable
+ <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> has been exported. <STRONG>tset(1)</STRONG> is usually responsible
+ for doing this. [See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for further details.]
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library permits manipulation of data struc-
+ tures, called <EM>windows</EM>, which can be thought of as two-
+ dimensional arrays of characters representing all or part
+ of a CRT screen. A default window called <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, which is
+ the size of the terminal screen, is supplied. Others may
+ be created with <STRONG>newwin</STRONG>.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>curses</STRONG> does not handle overlapping windows,
+ that's done by the <STRONG>panels(3x)</STRONG> library. This means that you
+ can either use <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> or divide the screen into tiled win-
+ dows and not using <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> at all. Mixing the two will
+ result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
+
+ Windows are referred to by variables declared as <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>.
+ These data structures are manipulated with routines
+ described here and elsewhere in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> manual pages.
+ Among which the most basic routines are <STRONG>move</STRONG> and <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+ More general versions of these routines are included with
+ names beginning with <STRONG>w</STRONG>, allowing the user to specify a
+ window. The routines not beginning with <STRONG>w</STRONG> affect <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.)
+
+ After using routines to manipulate a window, <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> is
+ called, telling <STRONG>curses</STRONG> to make the user's CRT screen look
+ like <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. The characters in a window are actually of
+ type <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>, (character and attribute data) so that other
+ information about the character may also be stored with
+ each character.
+
+ Special windows called <EM>pads</EM> may also be manipulated.
+ These are windows which are not constrained to the size of
+ the screen and whose contents need not be completely dis-
+ played. See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG> for more information.
+
+ In addition to drawing characters on the screen, video
+ attributes and colors may be supported, causing the char-
+ acters to show up in such modes as underlined, in reverse
+ video, or in color on terminals that support such display
+ enhancements. Line drawing characters may be specified to
+ be output. On input, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is also able to translate
+ arrow and function keys that transmit escape sequences
+ into single values. The video attributes, line drawing
+ characters, and input values use names, defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, such as <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>, and <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
+
+ If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set, or
+ if the program is executing in a window environment, line
+ and column information in the environment will override
+ information read by <EM>terminfo</EM>. This would effect a program
+
+ If the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is defined, any pro-
+ gram using <STRONG>curses</STRONG> checks for a local terminal definition
+ before checking in the standard place. For example, if
+ <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is set to <STRONG>att4424</STRONG>, then the compiled terminal defini-
+ tion is found in
+
+ <STRONG>@DATADIR@/terminfo/a/att4424</STRONG>.
+
+ (The <STRONG>a</STRONG> is copied from the first letter of <STRONG>att4424</STRONG> to avoid
+ creation of huge directories.) However, if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is
+ set to <STRONG>$HOME/myterms</STRONG>, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> first checks
+
+ <STRONG>$HOME/myterms/a/att4424</STRONG>,
+
+ and if that fails, it then checks
+
+ <STRONG>@DATADIR@/terminfo/a/att4424</STRONG>.
+
+ This is useful for developing experimental definitions or
+ when write permission in <STRONG>@DATADIR@/terminfo</STRONG> is not avail-
+ able.
+
+ The integer variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> are defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and will be filled in by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> with the size
+ of the screen. The constants <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> have the val-
+ ues <STRONG>1</STRONG> and <STRONG>0</STRONG>, respectively.
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines also define the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> variable
+ <STRONG>curscr</STRONG> which is used for certain low-level operations like
+ clearing and redrawing a screen containing garbage. The
+ <STRONG>curscr</STRONG> can be used in only a few routines.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Argument</STRONG> <STRONG>Names</STRONG>
+ Many <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have two or more versions. The rou-
+ tines prefixed with <STRONG>w</STRONG> require a window argument. The rou-
+ tines prefixed with <STRONG>p</STRONG> require a pad argument. Those with-
+ out a prefix generally use <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+ The routines prefixed with <STRONG>mv</STRONG> require a <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> coordinate
+ to move to before performing the appropriate action. The
+ <STRONG>mv</STRONG> routines imply a call to <STRONG>move</STRONG> before the call to the
+ other routine. The coordinate <EM>y</EM> always refers to the row
+ (of the window), and <EM>x</EM> always refers to the column. The
+ upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
+
+ The routines prefixed with <STRONG>mvw</STRONG> take both a window argument
+ and <EM>x</EM> and <EM>y</EM> coordinates. The window argument is always
+ specified before the coordinates.
+
+ In each case, <EM>win</EM> is the window affected, and <EM>pad</EM> is the
+
+ Option setting routines require a Boolean flag <EM>bf</EM> with the
+ value <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>; <EM>bf</EM> is always of type <STRONG>bool</STRONG>. The vari-
+ ables <EM>ch</EM> and <EM>attrs</EM> below are always of type <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>. The
+ types <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>, <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG>, <STRONG>bool</STRONG>, and <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> are defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>. The type <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> is defined in <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>.
+ All other arguments are integers.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+ The following table lists each <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine and the name
+ of the manual page on which it is described. Routines
+ flagged with `*' are ncurses-specific, not described by
+ XPG4 or present in SVr4.
+
+ center tab(/); l l l l . <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name/Manual Page
+ Name = addch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG> addchnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ addchstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> addnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ addstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG> attroff/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ attron/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> attrset/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> bau-
+ drate/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG> beep/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ bkgd/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3X)</A></STRONG> bkgdset/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3X)</A></STRONG> border/curs_bor-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="der.3x.html">der(3X)</A></STRONG> box/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ can_change_color/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG> cbreak/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ clear/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG> clearok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG> clrto-
+ bot/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG> clrtoeol/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG> color_con-
+ tent/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG> copywin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ curs_set/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> def_prog_mode/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ def_shell_mode/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> del_curterm/curs_ter-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="minfo.3x.html">minfo(3X)</A></STRONG> delay_output/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG> delch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ deleteln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3X)</A></STRONG> delscreen/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG> del-
+ win/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> derwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> doup-
+ date/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG> dupwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ echo/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> echochar/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG> end-
+ win/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG> erase/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ erasechar/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG> filter/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ flash/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3X)</A></STRONG> flushinp/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG> getbe-
+ gyx/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3X)</A></STRONG> getch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> get-
+ maxyx/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3X)</A></STRONG> getmouse/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG>* get-
+ paryx/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3X)</A></STRONG> getstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3X)</A></STRONG> get-
+ syx/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> getwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ getyx/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3X)</A></STRONG> halfdelay/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> has_col-
+ ors/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG> has_ic/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ has_il/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG> has_key/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG>*
+ hline/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3X)</A></STRONG> idcok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ idlok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG> immedok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ inch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG> inchnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> inch-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> init_color/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ init_pair/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG> initscr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ innstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG> insch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3X)</A></STRONG> ins-
+ delln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3X)</A></STRONG> insertln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ insnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG> insstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ isendwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG> keyname/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG> key-
+ pad/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> killchar/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ leaveok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG> longname/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mcprint/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3X)</A></STRONG>* meta/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> mouseinter-
+ val/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG>* mousemask/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG>*
+ move/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3X)</A></STRONG> mvaddch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvaddchn-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvaddchstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvaddstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvcur/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> mvdelch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvder-
+ win/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> mvgetch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvget-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvinch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvinchn-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvinchstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvinsch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvin-
+ snstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvinsstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvin-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvprintw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3X)</A></STRONG> mvs-
+ canw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwaddch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwaddchn-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwaddchstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwaddstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwdelch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwgetch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwget-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwinchnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinchstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwinnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinsch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwinsnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinsstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwinstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG> mvw-
+ printw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3X)</A></STRONG> mvwscanw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ napms/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> newpad/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ newterm/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG> newwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ nl/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG> nocbreak/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> node-
+ lay/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> noecho/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> nonl/curs_out-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="opts.3x.html">opts(3X)</A></STRONG> noqiflush/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> noraw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ notimeout/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> overlay/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3X)</A></STRONG> over-
+ write/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3X)</A></STRONG> pair_content/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ pechochar/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG> pnoutrefresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG> pre-
+ fresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG> printw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3X)</A></STRONG> putp/curs_ter-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="minfo.3x.html">minfo(3X)</A></STRONG> putwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG> qiflush/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ raw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> redrawwin/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ refresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG> reset_prog_mode/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ reset_shell_mode/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> resetty/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ resizeterm/<STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>* restartterm/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ ripoffline/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> savetty/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ scanw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3X)</A></STRONG> scr_dump/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ scr_init/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3X)</A></STRONG> scr_restore/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ scr_set/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3X)</A></STRONG> scrl/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ scroll/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3X)</A></STRONG> scrollok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ set_curterm/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> set_term/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ setscrreg/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG> setsyx/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3X)</A></STRONG> set-
+ term/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> setupterm/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>* slk_attroff/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attron/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG> slk_attrset/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_clear/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG> slk_init/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_label/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG> slk_noutrefresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_refresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG> slk_restore/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ start_color/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3X)</A></STRONG> subpad/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3X)</A></STRONG> sub-
+ win/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> syncok/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> termat-
+ trs/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG> termname/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3X)</A></STRONG> tge-
+ tent/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3X)</A></STRONG> tgetflag/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3X)</A></STRONG> tget-
+ num/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3X)</A></STRONG> tgetstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ tgoto/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3X)</A></STRONG> tigetflag/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> tiget-
+ num/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> tigetstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> time-
+ out/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> touchline/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3X)</A></STRONG> touch-
+ win/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3X)</A></STRONG> tparm/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ tputs/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3X)</A></STRONG> tputs/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> typea-
+ head/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG> unctrl/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ ungetch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> ungetmouse/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG>* untouch-
+ win/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3X)</A></STRONG> use_env/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3X)</A></STRONG> vidattr/curs_ter-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="minfo.3x.html">minfo(3X)</A></STRONG> vidputs/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3X)</A></STRONG> vline/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ vwprintw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3X)</A></STRONG> vwscanw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3X)</A></STRONG> wad-
+ dch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG> waddchnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> waddch-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> waddnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ waddstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3X)</A></STRONG> wattroff/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> wat-
+ tron/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> wattrset/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ wbkgd/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3X)</A></STRONG> wbkgdset/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3X)</A></STRONG> wbor-
+ der/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3X)</A></STRONG> wclear/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG> wclrto-
+ bot/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG> wclrtoeol/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG> wcursyn-
+ cup/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> wdelch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ wdeleteln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3X)</A></STRONG> wechochar/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3X)</A></STRONG> wen-
+ close/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG>* werase/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ wgetch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> wgetnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3X)</A></STRONG> wget-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3X)</A></STRONG> whline/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ winch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3X)</A></STRONG> winchnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> winch-
+ str/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3X)</A></STRONG> winnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG> win-
+ sch/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3X)</A></STRONG> winsdelln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3X)</A></STRONG> win-
+ sertln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3X)</A></STRONG> winsnstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ winsstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3X)</A></STRONG> winstr/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ wmove/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3X)</A></STRONG> wnoutrefresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ wprintw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3X)</A></STRONG> wredrawln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG> wre-
+ fresh/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3X)</A></STRONG> wresize/<STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ wscanw/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3X)</A></STRONG> wscrl/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3X)</A></STRONG> wsetscr-
+ reg/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3X)</A></STRONG> wstandend/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> wstand-
+ out/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3X)</A></STRONG> wsyncdown/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> wsyn-
+ cup/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3X)</A></STRONG> wtimeout/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3X)</A></STRONG>
+ wtouchln/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3X)</A></STRONG> wvline/<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful com-
+ pletion, unless otherwise noted in the routine descrip-
+ tions.
+
+ All macros return the value of the <STRONG>w</STRONG> version, except
+ <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>. The
+ return values of <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>,
+ and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> are undefined (<EM>i</EM>.<EM>e</EM>., these should not be used
+ as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> and 3X pages whose names begin "curs_" for
+ detailed routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library can be compiled with an option (<STRONG>-DTERM-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>CAP_FILE</STRONG>) that falls back to the old-style /etc/termcap
+ file if the terminal setup code cannot find a terminfo
+ entry corresponding to <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>. Use of this feature is not
+ recommended, as it essentially includes an entire termcap
+ compiler in the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> startup code, at significant cost
+ in core and startup cycles.
+
+ Compiling with <STRONG>-DTERMCAP_FILE</STRONG> changes the library's ini-
+ tialization sequence in a way intended to mimic the behav-
+ ior of 4.4BSD curses. If there is no local or system ter-
+ minfo entry matching <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>, then the library looks for
+ termcap entries in the following places: (1) if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>
+ is undefined, in the file named by <STRONG>TERMCAP_FILE</STRONG>; (2) if
+ <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is defined and begins with a slash, it is inter-
+ preted as the name of a termcap file to search for <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>;
+ (3) otherwise, if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> has a leading string that looks
+ like a terminal entry name list, and it matches <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>, the
+ contents of <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is interpreted as a termcap; (4) if
+ <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> looks like a termcap but doesn't match <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>, the
+ termcap file is searched for among the colon-separated
+ paths in the environment variable <STRONG>TERMPATHS</STRONG> if that is
+ defined, and in ~/.termcap and the file value of <STRONG>TERM-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>CAP_FILE</STRONG> otherwise.
+
+ Versions of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> compiled on PC clones support display
+ of the PC ROM characters (including ROM characters 0-31,
+ which stock SVr4 curses cannot display). See the EXTEN-
+ SIONS sections of <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library includes facilities for capturing mouse
+ events on certain terminals (including xterm). See the
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library includes a function for directing
+ application output to a printer attached to the terminal
+ device. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library is intended to be BASE-level conformant
+ with the XSI Curses standard. Certain portions of the
+ EXTENDED XSI Curses functionality (including color sup-
+ port) are supported. The following EXTENDED XSI Curses
+ calls in support of wide (multibyte) characters are not
+ yet implemented: <STRONG>addnwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>addwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddnwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnw-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>waddnwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>waddwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wch,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wchstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrndset,</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrnd,</STRONG> <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bkgrnd,</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgrnd,</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgrndset,</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetbkgrnd,</STRONG> <STRONG>border_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>wbor-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>der_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>box_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>hline_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvhline_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvvline_set,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvwhline_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>whline_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>vhline_set,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>wvline_set,</STRONG> <STRONG>echo_wchar,</STRONG> <STRONG>wecho_wchar,</STRONG> <STRONG>erasewchar,</STRONG> <STRONG>kill-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>wchar,</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvget_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwget_ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>wget_wch,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>getwchtype,</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>getn_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>wget_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetn_wstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvget_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwget_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>innw-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str,</STRONG> <STRONG>inwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>winnwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>winwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinnwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinwstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvwinnwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_nwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_nwstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mvins_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_nwstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>wins_wstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_wch,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>in_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wch,</STRONG> <STRONG>inwchstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>inwchnstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>winwchstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>winwchnstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinwchstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinwchnstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinwch-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str,</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinwchnstr.</STRONG>
+
+ A small number of local differences (that is, individual
+ differences between the XSI Curses and <STRONG>curses</STRONG> calls) are
+ described in <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> sections of the library man
+ pages.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor is it present
+ in SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor is it pre-
+ sent in SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for
+ details.
+
+ The routines <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mouseinter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>val</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> relating to mouse interfacing are not
+ part of XPG4, nor are they present in SVr4. See the
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> was not present in any previous curses
+ implementation. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for
+ details.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor is it present
+ in SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3X)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+ In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capa-
+ bilities <STRONG>cr</STRONG>, <STRONG>ind</STRONG>, <STRONG>cub1</STRONG>, <STRONG>ff</STRONG> and <STRONG>tab</STRONG> activated corresponding
+ delay bits in the UNIX tty driver. In this implementa-
+ tion, all padding is done by NUL sends. This method is
+ slightly more expensive, but narrows the interface to the
+ UNIX kernel significantly and increases the package's
+ portability correspondingly.
+
+ In the XSI standard and SVr4 manual pages, many entry
+ points have prototype arguments of the for <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*const</STRONG> (or
+ <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*const</STRONG>, or <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*const</STRONG>, or <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*const</STRONG>).
+ Depending on one's interpretation of the ANSI C standard
+ tion <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*x</STRONG> is a modifiable pointer to unmodifiable
+ data, but <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*const</STRONG> <STRONG>x</STRONG>' is an unmodifiable pointer to
+ modifiable data. Given that C passes arguments by value,
+ <STRONG><type></STRONG> <STRONG>*const</STRONG> as a formal type is at best dubious. Some
+ compilers choke on the prototypes. Therefore, in this
+ implementation, they have been changed to <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG><type></STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>
+ globally.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
+ header files <STRONG><stdio.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><unctrl.h></STRONG>.
+
+ If standard output from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program is re-directed to
+ something which is not a tty, screen updates will be
+ directed to standard error. This was an undocumented fea-
+ ture of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond. Descends from the
+ original pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ panel - panel stack extension for curses
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><panel.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>cc</STRONG> <STRONG>[flags]</STRONG> <STRONG>sourcefiles</STRONG> <STRONG>-lpanel</STRONG> <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*new_panel(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bottom_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>top_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>show_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>update_panels();</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hide_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_window(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>replace_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*window)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>starty,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>startx)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>panel_hidden(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_above(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_below(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_panel_userptr(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*ptr)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_userptr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Panels are <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG> windows with the added feature of
+ depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows
+ and ensure the proper portions of each window and the
+ curses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> window are hidden or displayed when panels
+ are added, moved, modified or removed. The set of cur-
+ rently visible panels is the stack of panels. The <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>
+ window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+ of the stack.
+
+ A window is associated with every panel. The panel rou-
+ tines enable you to create, move, hides, and show panels,
+ as well as position a panel at any desired location in the
+ stack.
+
+ Panel routines are a functional layer added to <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>,
+ make only high-level curses calls, and work anywhere ter-
+ minfo curses does.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FUNCTIONS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>new_panel(win)</STRONG>
+ allocates a <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure, associates it with
+ <STRONG>win</STRONG>, places the panel on the top of the stack
+ (causes it to be displayed above any other
+ panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
+
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>update_panels()</STRONG>
+ refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the rela-
+ tions between the panels in the stack, but does not
+ update_panels() may be called more than once before
+ a call to doupdate(), but doupdate() is the func-
+ tion responsible for updating the physical screen.
+
+ <STRONG>del_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ removes the given panel from the stack and deallo-
+ cates the <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure (but not its associated
+ window).
+
+ <STRONG>hide_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ removes the given panel from the panel stack and
+ thus hides it from view. The <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure is not
+ lost, merely removed from the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>show_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top
+ of the panels in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY
+ below.
+
+ <STRONG>top_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ puts the given visible panel on top of all panels
+ in the stack. See COMPATIBILITY below.
+
+ <STRONG>bottom_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
+
+ <STRONG>move_panel(pan,starty,startx)</STRONG>
+ moves the given panel window so that its upper-left
+ corner is at <STRONG>starty</STRONG>, <STRONG>startx</STRONG>. It does not change
+ the position of the panel in the stack. Be sure to
+ use this function, not <STRONG>mvwin()</STRONG>, to move a panel
+ window.
+
+ <STRONG>replace_panel(pan,window)</STRONG>
+ replaces the current window of panel with <STRONG>window</STRONG>
+ (useful, for example if you want to resize a panel;
+ if you're using <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>, you can call <STRONG>replace_panel</STRONG>
+ on the output of <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>). It does not change
+ the position of the panel in the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_above(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns a pointer to the panel above pan. If the
+ panel argument is <STRONG>(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0</STRONG>, it returns a pointer
+ to the bottom panel in the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_below(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns a pointer to the panel just below pan. If
+ the panel argument is <STRONG>(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0</STRONG>, it returns a
+ pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)</STRONG>
+ sets the panel's user pointer.
+ returns the user pointer for a given panel.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_window(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DIAGNOSTICS</H2><PRE>
+ Each routine that returns a pointer returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if an
+ error occurs. Each routine that returns an int value
+ returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if it executes successfully and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+ Reasonable care has been taken to ensure compatibility
+ with the native panel facility introduced in SVr3.2
+ (inspection of the SVr4 manual pages suggests the program-
+ ming interface is unchanged). The <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> data structures
+ are merely similar. The programmer is cautioned not to
+ directly use <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> fields.
+
+ The functions <STRONG>show_panel()</STRONG> and <STRONG>top_panel()</STRONG> are identical
+ in this implementation, and work equally well with dis-
+ played or hidden panels. In the native System V implemen-
+ tation, <STRONG>show_panel()</STRONG> is intended for making a hidden panel
+ visible (at the top of the stack) and <STRONG>top_panel()</STRONG> is
+ intended for making an already-visible panel move to the
+ top of the stack. You are cautioned to use the correct
+ function to ensure compatibility with native panel
+ libraries.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTE</H2><PRE>
+ In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libn-
+ curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses',
+ not the other way around (which would give you a link
+ error using GNU <STRONG><A HREF="ld.1.html">ld(1)</A></STRONG> and some other linkers).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ panel.h interface for the panels library
+
+ libpanel.a the panels library itself
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3X)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Originally written by Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-
+ park.ga.us>, primarily to assist in porting u386mon to
+ systems without a native panels library. Repackaged for
+ ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> - change the curses terminal size
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resizeterm(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It provides
+ callers with a hook into the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> data to resize win-
+ dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
+ terminal (e.g., xterm). The function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> resizes
+ the standard and current windows to the specified dimen-
+ sions, and adjusts other bookkeeping data used by the
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library that record the window dimensions.
+
+ When resizing the windows, the function blank-fills the
+ areas that are extended. The calling application should
+ fill in these areas with appropriate data.
+
+ The function attempts to resize all windows. However, due
+ to the calling convention of pads, it is not possible to
+ resize these without additional interaction with the
+ application.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ on success. It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+ than or equal to zero, or if an error occurs while
+ (re)allocating memory for the windows.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ While this function is intended to be used to support a
+ signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken
+ to avoid invoking it in a context where <STRONG>malloc</STRONG> or <STRONG>realloc</STRONG>
+ may have been interrupted, since it uses those functions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+ for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML
+PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<H1>Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions</H1>
+<H2>Sorted by C function name</H2>
+<TABLE ALIGN=CENTER BORDER>
+<TR ALIGN=LEFT>
+<TH>C name</TH><TH>Ada name</TH><TH>man page</TH></TR>
+<TR><TD>baudrate()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_121">Baudrate</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>beep()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_37">Beep</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>bottom_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_3">Bottom</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>box()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_25">Box</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>can_change_color()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_134">Can_Change_Color</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>cbreak()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_39">Set_Cbreak_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>clearok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_51">Clear_On_Next_Update</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>color_content()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_135">Color_Content</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>copywin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_76">Copy</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>current_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_58">Current</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>current_item()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_14">Current</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>curs_set()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_141">Set_Cursor_Visibility</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>data_ahead()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_54">Data_Ahead</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>data_behind()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_55">Data_Behind</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>def_prog_mode()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_136">Save_Curses_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>del_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_15">Delete</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>delay_output()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_119">Delay_Output</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>delwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_11">Delete</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>derwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_13">Derived_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>doupdate()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_58">Update_Screen</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>dup_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_4">Duplicate</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>dupwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_14">Duplicate</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>dynamic_field_info()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_26">Dynamic_Info</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>echo()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_41">Set_Echo_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>endwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_4">End_Windows</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>erasechar()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_122">Erase_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_back()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_21">Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_back()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_22">Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_buffer()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_9">Get_Buffer</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_count()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_43">Field_Count</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_fore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_18">Foreground</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_fore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_19">Foreground</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_index()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_61">Get_Index</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_info()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_25">Info</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_36">Get_Field_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_just()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_7">Get_Justification</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_15">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_16">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_opts_on()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_14">Switch_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_pad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_24">Pad_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_status()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_11">Changed</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_37">Get_Field_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_type()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_65">Get_Type</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>field_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html#AFU_2">Get_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>flash()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_38">Flash_Screen</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>flushinp()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_120">Flush_Input</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_driver()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_56">Driver</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_fields()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_42">Fields</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_38">Get_Form_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_50">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_51">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_opts_on()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_49">Switch_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_page()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_60">Page</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_sub()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_30">Get_Sub_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_39">Get_Form_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html#AFU_2">Get_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>form_win()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_28">Get_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>free_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_3">Delete</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>free_form()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_47">Delete</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>free_item()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_3">Delete</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>free_menu()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_60">Delete</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>getbegyx()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_83">Get_Window_Position</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>getmaxyx()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_82">Get_Size</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>getmouse()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html#AFU_2">Get_Mouse</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>getparyx()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_85">Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>getyx()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_84">Get_Cursor_Position</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>halfdelay()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_44">Half_Delay</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>has_colors()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_132">Has_Colors</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>has_ic()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_124">Has_Insert_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>has_il()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_125">Has_Insert_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>has_key()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_30">Has_Key</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>hide_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_7">Hide</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>idcok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_53">Use_Insert_Delete_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>idlok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_52">Use_Insert_Delete_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>immedok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_55">Immediate_Update_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>init_color()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_133">Init_Color</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>init_pair()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_130">Init_Pair</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>initscr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_2">Init_Screen</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>initscr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_3">Init_Windows</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>intrflush()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_45">Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>is_linetouched()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_74">Is_Touched</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>is_wintouched()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_75">Is_Touched</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>isendwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_5">Is_End_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_count()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_58">Item_Count</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_description();</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_12">Description</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_index()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_17">Get_Index</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_52">Get_Item_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_name()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_11">Name</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_10">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_9">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_opts_on()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_8">Switch_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_53">Get_Item_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html#AFU_2">Get_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_value()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_5">Value</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>item_visible()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_6">Visible</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>keyname()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_117">Key_Name</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>keypad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_43">Set_KeyPad_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>killchar()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_123">Kill_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>leaveok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_54">Leave_Cursor_After_Update</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>link_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_5">Link</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>longname()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_127">Long_Name</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_back()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_35">Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_back()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_36">Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_driver()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_61">Driver</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_fore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_32">Foreground</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_fore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_33">Foreground</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_format()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_47">Format</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_grey()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_38">Grey</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_grey()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_39">Grey</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_54">Get_Menu_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_items()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_57">Items</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_mark()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_30">Mark</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_21">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_22">Get_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_opts_on()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_20">Switch_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_pad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_41">Pad_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_pattern()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_45">Pattern</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_spacing()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_43">Spacing</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_sub()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_26">Get_Sub_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_55">Get_Menu_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html#AFU_2">Get_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>menu_win()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_24">Get_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>meta()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_42">Set_Meta_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mouseinterval()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html#AFU_5">Mouse_Interval</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mousemask()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html#AFU_1">Start_Mouse</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>move_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_44">Move</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>move_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_11">Move</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvderwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_16">Move_Derived_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwaddch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_8">Add</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwaddchnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_23">Add</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwaddnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_21">Add</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwchgat()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_36">Change_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwdelch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_93">Delete_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_15">Move_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwinch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_95">Peek</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwinchnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_103">Peek</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwinnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_101">Peek</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwinsch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_97">Insert</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">curs_winch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>mvwinsnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_99">Insert</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">curs_winch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>napms()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_142">Nap_Milli_Seconds</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_1">Create</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_2">New_Field</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_form()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_45">Create</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_form()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_46">New_Form</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_item()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_1">Create</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_item()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_2">New_Item</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_menu()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_59">Create</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_page()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_63">Is_New_Page</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_1">Create</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>new_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_2">New_Panel</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>newpad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_86">New_Pad</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>newwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_10">Create</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>nl()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_50">Set_NL_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>nodelay()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_47">Set_NoDelay_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>notimeout()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_49">Set_Escape_Time_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>overlay()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_78">Overlay</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>overwrite()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_77">Overwrite</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>pair_content()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_131">Pair_Content</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>panel_above()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_13">Above</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>panel_below()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_14">Below</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>panel_hidden()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_12">Is_Hidden</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>panel_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html#AFU_2">Get_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>panel_window()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_8">Get_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>panel_window()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_9">Panel_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>pechochar()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_90">Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>pnoutrefresh()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_89">Refresh_Without_Update</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>pos_form_cursor()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_53">Position_Cursor</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>pos_menu_cursor()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_28">Position_Cursor</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>post_form()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_52">Post</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>post_menu()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_18">Post</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>prefresh()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_88">Refresh</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>qiflush()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_46">Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>raw()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_40">Set_Raw_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>redrawwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_61">Redraw</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>replace_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_10">Replace</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>reset_prog_mode()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_137">Reset_Curses_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>resetty();</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_139">Reset_Terminal_State</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>ripoffline()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_140">Rip_Off_Lines</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>savetty()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_138">Save_Terminal_State</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>scale_form()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_31">Scale</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>scale_menu()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_27">Scale</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>scrollok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_56">Allow_Scrolling</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_current_field()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_57">Set_Current</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_current_item()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_13">Set_Current</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_back()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_20">Set_Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_buffer()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_8">Set_Buffer</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_fore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_17">Set_Foreground</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_32">Set_Field_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_just()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_6">Set_Justification</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_max()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_12">Set_Maximum_Size</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_13">Set_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_pad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_23">Set_Pad_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_status()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_10">Set_Status</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_33">Set_Field_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_type()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_64">Set_Type</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_field_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html#AFU_1">Set_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_fields()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_40">Redefine</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_fields()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_41">Set_Fields</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_34">Set_Form_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_48">Set_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_page()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_59">Set_Page</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_sub()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_29">Set_Sub_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_35">Set_Form_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html#AFU_1">Set_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_form_win()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_27">Set_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_item_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_48">Set_Item_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_item_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_7">Set_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_item_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_49">Set_Item_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_item_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html#AFU_1">Set_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_item_value()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_4">Set_Value</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_back()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_34">Set_Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_fore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_31">Set_Foreground</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_format()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_46">Set_Format</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_grey()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_37">Set_Grey</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_50">Set_Menu_Init_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_items()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_56">Redefine</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_mark()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_29">Set_Mark</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_opts()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_19">Set_Options</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_pad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_40">Set_Pad_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_pattern()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_44">Set_Pattern</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_spacing()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_42">Set_Spacing</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_sub()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_25">Set_Sub_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_term()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_51">Set_Menu_Term_Hook</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html#AFU_1">Set_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_menu_win()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_23">Set_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_new_page()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html#AFU_62">Set_New_Page</A></TD><TD><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_panel_userptr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html#AFU_1">Set_User_Data</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>set_top_row()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_15">Set_Top_Row</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>show_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_5">Show</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_attr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_115">Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_attr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_116">Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_attron()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_113">Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_attrset()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_114">Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_clear()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_110">Clear_Soft_Label_Keys</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_init()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_105">Init_Soft_Label_Keys</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_label()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_109">Get_Soft_Label_Key</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_noutrefresh()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_108">Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_refresh()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_107">Refresh_Soft_Label_Key</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_restore()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_111">Restore_Soft_Label_Keys</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_set()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_106">Set_Soft_Label_Key</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>slk_touch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_112">Touch_Soft_Label_Keys</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>start_clolor()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_129">Start_Color</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>stdscr</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_1">Standard_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>subpad()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_87">Sub_Pad</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>subwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_12">Sub_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>syncok()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_19">Set_Synch_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>termattrs()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_126">Supported_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>termname()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_128">Terminal_Name</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>top_panel()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_4">Top</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>top_row()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html#AFU_16">Top_Row</A></TD><TD><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>touchline()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_72">Touch</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>touchwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_70">Touch</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>unctrl()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_118">Un_Control</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>ungetch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_29">Undo_Keystroke</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>ungetmouse()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html#AFU_3">Unget_Mouse</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>untouchwin()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_71">Untouch</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>update_panels()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html#AFU_6">Update_Panels</A></TD><TD><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>waddch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_7">Add</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>waddchnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_22">Add</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>waddnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_20">Add</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wattr_get()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_33">Get_Character_Attribute</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wattr_get()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_34">Get_Character_Attribute</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wattron()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_31">Switch_Character_Attribute</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wattrset()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_32">Set_Character_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wbkgd()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_68">Change_Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wbkgdget()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_69">Get_Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wbkgdset()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_67">Set_Background</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wborder()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_24">Border</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wchgat()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_35">Change_Attributes</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wclear()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_64">Clear</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wclrtobot()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_65">Clear_To_End_Of_Screen</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wclrtoeol()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_66">Clear_To_End_Of_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wdelch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_92">Delete_Character</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wdeleteln()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_80">Delete_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wechochar()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_9">Add_With_Immediate_Echo</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wenclose()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html#AFU_4">Enclosed_In_Window</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>werase()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_63">Erase</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wgetch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_28">Get_Keystroke</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wgetnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_104">Get</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>whline()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_26">Horizontal_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_94">Peek</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winchnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_102">Peek</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_100">Peek</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winsch()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_96">Insert</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">curs_winch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winsdelln()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_79">Insert_Delete_Lines</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winsertln()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_81">Insert_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>winsnstr()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_98">Insert</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">curs_winch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wmove()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_6">Move_Cursor</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wnoutrefresh()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_60">Refresh_Without_Update</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wredrawln()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_62">Redraw</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wrefresh()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_59">Refresh</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wscrl()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_91">Scroll</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wsetscrreg()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_57">Set_Scroll_Region</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wsyncdown()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_18">Synchronize_Downwards</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wsyncup()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_17">Synchronize_Upwards</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wtimeout()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_48">Set_Timeout_Mode</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wtouchln()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_73">Change_Line_Status</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></TD></TR>
+<TR><TD>wvline()</TD><TD><A HREF="terminal_interface-curses_s.html#AFU_27">Vertical_Line</A></TD><TD><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border.3x</A></TD></TR>
+</TABLE></BODY></HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.6 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type</I>
+<I>-- to make it visible to the runtime.</I>
+<I>--</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Ada_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> User;
+ <B>with</B> <B>function</B> Field_Check (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <B>with</B> <B>function</B> Character_Check (Ch : Character;
+ Info : User_Access) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <B>with</B> <B>function</B> Next_Choice (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <B>with</B> <B>function</B> Prev_Choice (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types <B>is</B>
+<I>--</I>
+<I>-- Nothing public.</I>
+<I>-- But we need the body.</I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Elaborate_Body;
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.3 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>with</B> Ada.Finalization; <B>use</B> Ada.Finalization;
+
+<I>-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type</I>
+<I>-- to make it visible to the runtime.</I>
+<I>--</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Ada_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> User;
+ <B>with</B> <B>function</B> Field_Check (Fld : Field;
+ Info : User_Access) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <B>with</B> <B>function</B> Character_Check (Ch : Character;
+ Info : User_Access) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types <B>is</B>
+<I>--</I>
+<I>-- Nothing public. All happens magically.</I>
+<I>--</I>
+<B>private</B>
+ type Tracker <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Limited_Controlled <B>with</B> <B>null</B> <B>record</B>;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Initialize (Obj : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Tracker);
+ <B>procedure</B> Finalize (Obj : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Tracker);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.3 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>limited</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> User;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data <B>is</B>
+
+ <I>-- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own</I>
+ <I>-- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer</I>
+ <I>-- with the low level C routines for this field without taking care of</I>
+ <I>-- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines</I>
+ <I>-- the user pointer of this field, you should get first the low level</I>
+ <I>-- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first</I>
+ <I>-- member the Ada95 user pointer for this field. You should never change</I>
+ <I>-- the low level user pointer of an Ada created field.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_User_Data (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Data : <B>in</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">set_field_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_User_Data (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Data : <B>out</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">field_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.3 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>limited</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> User;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data <B>is</B>
+
+ <I>-- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own</I>
+ <I>-- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer</I>
+ <I>-- with the low level C routines for this form without taking care of</I>
+ <I>-- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines</I>
+ <I>-- the user pointer of this form, you should get first the low level</I>
+ <I>-- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first</I>
+ <I>-- member the Ada95 user pointer for this form. You should never change</I>
+ <I>-- the low level user pointer of an Ada created form.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_User_Data (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Data : <B>in</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">set_form_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_User_Data (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Data : <B>out</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
+
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.9 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- form binding, generated at Sun Feb 2 17:21:44 1997</I>
+<I>-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!</I>
+<I>-- Run the generator instead.</I>
+<I>-- |</I>
+<B>with</B> System;
+<B>with</B> Ada.Tags; <B>use</B> Ada.Tags;
+<B>with</B> Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+<B>with</B> Interfaces.C;
+<B>with</B> Interfaces.C.Strings;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms <B>is</B>
+
+ <B>pragma</B> Linker_Options ("-lform");
+
+
+ Space : Character <B>renames</B> Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+ type Field <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type Form <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type C_Field_Type <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+
+ Null_Field : <B>constant</B> Field;
+ Null_Form : <B>constant</B> Form;
+ Null_Field_Type : <B>constant</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+
+ type Field_Justification <B>is</B> (None,
+ Left,
+ Center,
+ Right);
+
+ type Field_Option_Set <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Visible : Boolean;
+ Active : Boolean;
+ Public : Boolean;
+ Edit : Boolean;
+ Wrap : Boolean;
+ Blank : Boolean;
+ Auto_Skip : Boolean;
+ Null_Ok : Boolean;
+ Pass_Ok : Boolean;
+ Static : Boolean;
+ Reserved : Boolean;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Field_Option_Set);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Field_Option_Set);
+
+ <B>for</B> Field_Option_Set <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Visible <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 0;
+ Active <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 1 .. 1;
+ Public <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 2 .. 2;
+ Edit <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 3 .. 3;
+ Wrap <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 4 .. 4;
+ Blank <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 5 .. 5;
+ Auto_Skip <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 6 .. 6;
+ Null_Ok <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 7 .. 7;
+ Pass_Ok <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 8 .. 8;
+ Static <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 9 .. 9;
+ Reserved <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 31 .. 31;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>for</B> Field_Option_Set'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+
+ Default_Field_Options : Field_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- The initial defaults for the field options.</I>
+
+ type Form_Option_Set <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ NL_Overload : Boolean;
+ BS_Overload : Boolean;
+ Reserved : Boolean;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Form_Option_Set);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Form_Option_Set);
+
+ <B>for</B> Form_Option_Set <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ NL_Overload <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 0;
+ BS_Overload <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 1 .. 1;
+ Reserved <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 31 .. 31;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>for</B> Form_Option_Set'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+
+ Default_Form_Options : Form_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- The initial defaults for the form options.</I>
+
+ type Buffer_Number <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Natural;
+
+ type Field_Array <B>is</B> <B>array</B> (Positive <B>range</B> <>) <B>of</B> <B>aliased</B> Field;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Field_Array);
+
+ type Field_Array_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> Field_Array;
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Form_Request_Code <B>is</B> Key_Code <B>range</B> (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57);
+
+ <I>-- The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request"</I>
+ F_Next_Page : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+ F_Previous_Page : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+ F_First_Page : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+ F_Last_Page : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+
+ F_Next_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+ F_Previous_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+ F_First_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+ F_Last_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+ F_Sorted_Next_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+ F_Sorted_Previous_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+ F_Sorted_First_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+ F_Sorted_Last_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+ F_Left_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+ F_Right_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+ F_Up_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+ F_Down_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+
+ F_Next_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+ F_Previous_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18;
+ F_Next_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19;
+ F_Previous_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20;
+ F_Next_Word : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21;
+ F_Previous_Word : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22;
+ F_Begin_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23;
+ F_End_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24;
+ F_Begin_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25;
+ F_End_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26;
+ F_Left_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27;
+ F_Right_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28;
+ F_Up_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29;
+ F_Down_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30;
+
+ F_New_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31;
+ F_Insert_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32;
+ F_Insert_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33;
+ F_Delete_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34;
+ F_Delete_Previous : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35;
+ F_Delete_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36;
+ F_Delete_Word : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37;
+ F_Clear_EOL : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38;
+ F_Clear_EOF : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39;
+ F_Clear_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40;
+ F_Overlay_Mode : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41;
+ F_Insert_Mode : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42;
+
+ <I>-- Vertical Scrolling</I>
+ F_ScrollForward_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43;
+ F_ScrollBackward_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44;
+ F_ScrollForward_Page : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45;
+ F_ScrollBackward_Page : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46;
+ F_ScrollForward_HalfPage : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47;
+ F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48;
+
+ <I>-- Horizontal Scrolling</I>
+ F_HScrollForward_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49;
+ F_HScrollBackward_Char : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50;
+ F_HScrollForward_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51;
+ F_HScrollBackward_Line : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52;
+ F_HScrollForward_HalfLine : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53;
+ F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54;
+
+ F_Validate_Field : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55;
+ F_Next_Choice : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56;
+ F_Previous_Choice : <B>constant</B> Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57;
+
+ <I>-- For those who like the old 'C' style request names</I>
+ REQ_NEXT_PAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Next_Page;
+ REQ_PREV_PAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Previous_Page;
+ REQ_FIRST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_First_Page;
+ REQ_LAST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Last_Page;
+
+ REQ_NEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Next_Field;
+ REQ_PREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Previous_Field;
+ REQ_FIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_First_Field;
+ REQ_LAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Last_Field;
+ REQ_SNEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Sorted_Next_Field;
+ REQ_SPREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Sorted_Previous_Field;
+ REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Sorted_First_Field;
+ REQ_SLAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Sorted_Last_Field;
+ REQ_LEFT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Left_Field;
+ REQ_RIGHT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Right_Field;
+ REQ_UP_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Up_Field;
+ REQ_DOWN_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Down_Field;
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Next_Char;
+ REQ_PREV_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Previous_Char;
+ REQ_NEXT_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Next_Line;
+ REQ_PREV_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Previous_Line;
+ REQ_NEXT_WORD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Next_Word;
+ REQ_PREV_WORD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Previous_Word;
+ REQ_BEG_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Begin_Field;
+ REQ_END_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_End_Field;
+ REQ_BEG_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Begin_Line;
+ REQ_END_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_End_Line;
+ REQ_LEFT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Left_Char;
+ REQ_RIGHT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Right_Char;
+ REQ_UP_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Up_Char;
+ REQ_DOWN_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Down_Char;
+
+ REQ_NEW_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_New_Line;
+ REQ_INS_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Insert_Char;
+ REQ_INS_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Insert_Line;
+ REQ_DEL_CHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Delete_Char;
+ REQ_DEL_PREV : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Delete_Previous;
+ REQ_DEL_LINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Delete_Line;
+ REQ_DEL_WORD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Delete_Word;
+ REQ_CLR_EOL : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Clear_EOL;
+ REQ_CLR_EOF : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Clear_EOF;
+ REQ_CLR_FIELD : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Clear_Field;
+ REQ_OVL_MODE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Overlay_Mode;
+ REQ_INS_MODE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Insert_Mode;
+
+ REQ_SCR_FLINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_ScrollForward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_BLINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_ScrollBackward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_FPAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_ScrollForward_Page;
+ REQ_SCR_BPAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_ScrollBackward_Page;
+ REQ_SCR_FHPAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_ScrollForward_HalfPage;
+ REQ_SCR_BHPAGE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage;
+
+ REQ_SCR_FCHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_HScrollForward_Char;
+ REQ_SCR_BCHAR : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_HScrollBackward_Char;
+ REQ_SCR_HFLINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_HScrollForward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_HBLINE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_HScrollBackward_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_HFHALF : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_HScrollForward_HalfLine;
+ REQ_SCR_HBHALF : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine;
+
+ REQ_VALIDATION : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Validate_Field;
+ REQ_NEXT_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Next_Choice;
+ REQ_PREV_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code <B>renames</B> F_Previous_Choice;
+
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Request_Name (Key : <B>in</B> Form_Request_Code;
+ Name : <B>out</B> String);
+
+ <I>------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Exceptions --</I>
+ <I>------------------</I>
+ Form_Exception : <B>exception</B>;
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Create (Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0;
+ More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+ <B>return</B> Field;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">new_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> New_Field (Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0;
+ More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+ <B>return</B> Field <B>renames</B> Create;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">new_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_3">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete (Fld : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Field);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">free_field()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Reset Fld to Null_Field</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_4">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Duplicate (Fld : Field;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Field;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">dup_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_5">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Link (Fld : Field;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Field;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">link_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_6">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Justification (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Just : <B>in</B> Field_Justification := None);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">set_field_just()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_7">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Justification (Fld : Field) <B>return</B> Field_Justification;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">field_just()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_8">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Buffer
+ (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Buffer : <B>in</B> Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+ Str : <B>in</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">set_field_buffer()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_9">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Buffer
+ (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Buffer : <B>in</B> Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+ Str : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">field_buffer()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_10">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Status (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Status : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">set_field_status()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_11">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Changed (Fld : Field) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">field_status()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_12">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Max : <B>in</B> Natural := 0);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">set_field_max()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_13">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Options (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Field_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">set_field_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_14">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Switch_Options (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Field_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">field_opts_on()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: field_opts_off()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_15">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Options (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Options : <B>out</B> Field_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">field_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_16">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
+ <B>return</B> Field_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">field_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_17">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Foreground
+ (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">set_field_fore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_18">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Foreground (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fore : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">field_fore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_19">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Foreground (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fore : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : <B>out</B> Color_Pair);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">field_fore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_20">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Background
+ (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Back : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">set_field_back()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_21">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Background (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Back : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">field_back()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_22">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Background (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Back : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : <B>out</B> Color_Pair);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">field_back()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_23">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Pad_Character (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Pad : <B>in</B> Character := Space);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">set_field_pad()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_24">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Pad_Character (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Pad : <B>out</B> Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">field_pad()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_25">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Info (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Lines : <B>out</B> Line_Count;
+ Columns : <B>out</B> Column_Count;
+ First_Row : <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ First_Column : <B>out</B> Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : <B>out</B> Natural;
+ Additional_Buffers : <B>out</B> Buffer_Number);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">field_info()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_26">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Dynamic_Info (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Lines : <B>out</B> Line_Count;
+ Columns : <B>out</B> Column_Count;
+ Max : <B>out</B> Natural);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">dynamic_field_info()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_27">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Window (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_win.3x.html">set_form_win()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_28">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Window (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_29">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Sub_Window (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_win.3x.html">set_form_sub()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_30">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_sub()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_31">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Scale (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Lines : <B>out</B> Line_Count;
+ Columns : <B>out</B> Column_Count);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_win.3x.html">scale_form()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Form_Hook_Function <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>procedure</B> (Frm : <B>in</B> Form);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_32">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Form_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">set_field_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_33">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Form_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">set_field_term()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_34">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Form_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">set_form_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_35">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Form_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">set_form_term()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_36">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Form_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">field_init()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_37">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Form_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">field_term()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_38">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Form_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_init()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_39">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Form_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_term()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term");
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_40">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Redefine (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Flds : <B>in</B> Field_Array);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field.3x.html">set_form_fields()</A></I>
+ <I>-- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Field_Array</I>
+ <I>-- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_41">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Fields (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Flds : <B>in</B> Field_Array) <B>renames</B> Redefine;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field.3x.html">set_form_fields()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_42">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Fields (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Field_Array_Access;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_fields()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_43">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Field_Count (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field.3x.html">field_count()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_44">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Move (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field.3x.html">move_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_45">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Create (Fields : Field_Array) <B>return</B> Form;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_new.3x.html">new_form()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_46">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> New_Form (Fields : Field_Array) <B>return</B> Form <B>renames</B> Create;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_new.3x.html">new_form()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_47">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete (Frm : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Form);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_new.3x.html">free_form()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Reset Frm to Null_Form</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_48">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Options (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Form_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">set_form_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_49">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Switch_Options (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Form_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts_on()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: form_opts_off()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_50">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Options (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Options : <B>out</B> Form_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_51">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) <B>return</B> Form_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_52">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Post (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Post : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_post.3x.html">post_form()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: unpost_form()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_53">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Position_Cursor (Frm : Form);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">pos_form_cursor()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_54">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_data.3x.html">data_ahead()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_55">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Data_Behind (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_data.3x.html">data_behind()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Driver_Result <B>is</B> (Form_Ok,
+ Request_Denied,
+ Unknown_Request,
+ Invalid_Field);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_56">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Driver (Frm : Form;
+ Key : Key_Code) <B>return</B> Driver_Result;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Page_Number <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Natural;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_57">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Current (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Fld : <B>in</B> Field);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_page.3x.html">set_current_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_58">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Current (Frm : <B>in</B> Form) <B>return</B> Field;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_page.3x.html">current_field()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_59">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Page (Frm : <B>in</B> Form;
+ Page : <B>in</B> Page_Number := Page_Number'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_page.3x.html">set_form_page()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_60">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Page (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Page_Number;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_61">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Index (Fld : Field) <B>return</B> Positive;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_page.3x.html">field_index()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields</I>
+ <I>-- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low</I>
+ <I>-- level call.</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_62">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_New_Page (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ New_Page : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">set_new_page()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_63">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">new_page()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Field_Type <B>is</B> <B>abstract</B> <B>tagged</B> <B>null</B> <B>record</B>;
+ type Field_Type_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> Field_Type'Class;
+
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Field_Type)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type <B>is</B> <B>abstract</B>;
+ <I>-- This function returns the C libraries handle to the field type.</I>
+ <I>-- May be you need this if you want to interface to lower level</I>
+ <I>-- routines in the form library.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_64">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Field_Type) <B>is</B> <B>abstract</B>;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">set_field_type()</A></I>
+ <I>-- But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always</I>
+ <I>-- have to pass a single Field_Type parameter.</I>
+
+ type C_Defined_Field_Type <B>is</B> <B>abstract</B> <B>new</B> Field_Type <B>with</B> <B>null</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <I>-- This is the root of all field typed defined in C, i.e. this are</I>
+ <I>-- the predefined field types in the form library.</I>
+
+ type Alpha_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type
+ <B>with</B> <B>record</B>
+ Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Alpha_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Alpha_Numeric_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Alpha_Numeric_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Integer_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Precision : Natural;
+ Lower_Limit : Integer;
+ Upper_Limit : Integer;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Integer_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Numeric_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Precision : Natural;
+ Lower_Limit : Float;
+ Upper_Limit : Float;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Numeric_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ type String_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> String;
+
+ type Regular_Expression_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Regular_Expression : String_Access;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Regular_Expression_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ type Enum_Array <B>is</B> <B>array</B> (Positive <B>range</B> <>)
+ <B>of</B> String_Access;
+
+ type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Names : Enum_Array (1 .. C);
+ Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False;
+ Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+
+ type Enumeration_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B> <B>private</B>;
+
+ <B>function</B> Create (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+ Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+ <B>return</B> Enumeration_Field;
+ <I>-- Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because</I>
+ <I>-- they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so</I>
+ <I>-- we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide.</I>
+ <I>-- The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases</I>
+ <I>-- the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info.</I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+ Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+ <B>return</B> Enumeration_Field <B>renames</B> Create;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Release (Enum : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Enumeration_Field);
+ <I>-- But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated</I>
+ <I>-- by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable.</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Enumeration_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ <I>-- The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically</I>
+ <I>-- not available in other curses implementations.</I>
+
+ type Internet_V4_Address_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type
+ <B>with</B> <B>null</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field;
+ Fld_Type : <B>in</B> Internet_V4_Address_Field);
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+
+ type Ada_Defined_Field_Type <B>is</B> <B>abstract</B> <B>new</B> Field_Type <B>with</B> <B>null</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <I>-- This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in</I>
+ <I>-- Ada95. You don't have to redefine the Set_Field_Type and</I>
+ <I>-- Native_Field_Type methods, because they work generically on this</I>
+ <I>-- class.</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Type (Fld : Field;
+ Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type);
+
+ <B>function</B> Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_65">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Type (Fld : <B>in</B> Field) <B>return</B> Field_Type_Access;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">field_type()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: field_arg()</I>
+ <I>-- In Ada95 we can combine these</I>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>private</B>
+
+ type Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+ type Form <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+ type C_Field_Type <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+
+ Null_Field : <B>constant</B> Field := Field (System.Null_Address);
+ Null_Form : <B>constant</B> Form := Form (System.Null_Address);
+ Null_Field_Type : <B>constant</B> C_Field_Type :=
+ C_Field_Type (System.Null_Address);
+
+ type CPA_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array;
+
+ type Enumeration_Field <B>is</B> <B>new</B> C_Defined_Field_Type <B>with</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False;
+ Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+ Arr : CPA_Access := <B>null</B>;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+
+ <I>-- In our binding we use the fields user pointer as hook to maintain</I>
+ <I>-- our own info structure about the field type. To be able to still</I>
+ <I>-- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ type Field_User_Wrapper <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ U : System.Address; <I>-- the hook we provide for the user</I>
+ T : Field_Type_Access; <I>-- may be null</I>
+ N : Natural; <I>-- use counter</I>
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Field_User_Wrapper);
+ type Field_User_Wrapper_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> Field_User_Wrapper;
+ <B>pragma</B> Controlled (Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ <B>function</B> Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field;
+ Wrp : Field_User_Wrapper_Access)
+ <B>return</B> Interfaces.C.int;
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr");
+
+ <B>function</B> Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) <B>return</B> Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+ <I>-- In our binding we use the forms user pointer as hook to maintain</I>
+ <I>-- our own info structure about the field association. To be able to still</I>
+ <I>-- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ type Form_User_Wrapper <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ U : System.Address; <I>-- the hook we provide for the user</I>
+ I : Field_Array_Access;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Form_User_Wrapper);
+ type Form_User_Wrapper_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> Form_User_Wrapper;
+ <B>pragma</B> Controlled (Form_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ <B>function</B> Set_Form_Userptr (Frm : Form;
+ Wrp : Form_User_Wrapper_Access)
+ <B>return</B> Interfaces.C.int;
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr");
+
+ <B>function</B> Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) <B>return</B> Form_User_Wrapper_Access;
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr");
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Register_Type (T : <B>in</B> Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class;
+ Cft : <B>in</B> C_Field_Type);
+ <B>procedure</B> Unregister_Type (T : <B>in</B> Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class);
+ <B>function</B> Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+ <B>return</B> C_Field_Type;
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : <B>constant</B> System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+ <I>-- This constant may be different on your system.</I>
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.2 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>limited</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> User;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data <B>is</B>
+
+ <I>-- The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items</I>
+ <I>-- as the low level C implementation. So you can safely</I>
+ <I>-- read or write the user pointer also with the C routines</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_User_Data (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Data : <B>in</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">set_item_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_User_Data (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Data : <B>out</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">item_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.2 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>limited</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> User;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data <B>is</B>
+
+ <I>-- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own</I>
+ <I>-- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer</I>
+ <I>-- with the low level C routines for this menu without taking care of</I>
+ <I>-- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines</I>
+ <I>-- the user pointer of this menu, you should get first the low level</I>
+ <I>-- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first</I>
+ <I>-- member the Ada95 user pointer for this menu. You should never change</I>
+ <I>-- the low level user pointer of an Ada created menu.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_User_Data (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Data : <B>in</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">set_menu_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_User_Data (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Data : <B>out</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.7 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- menu binding, generated at Sun Feb 2 17:21:44 1997</I>
+<I>-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!</I>
+<I>-- Run the generator instead.</I>
+<I>-- |</I>
+<B>with</B> System;
+<B>with</B> Interfaces.C;
+<B>with</B> Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus <B>is</B>
+
+ <B>pragma</B> Linker_Options ("-lmenu");
+
+
+
+ Space : Character <B>renames</B> Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+ type Item <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type Menu <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+
+ <I>---------------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Interface constants --</I>
+ <I>---------------------------</I>
+ Null_Item : <B>constant</B> Item;
+ Null_Menu : <B>constant</B> Menu;
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Menu_Request_Code <B>is</B> Key_Code
+ <B>range</B> (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17);
+
+ <I>-- The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request"</I>
+ M_Left_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+ M_Right_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+ M_Up_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+ M_Down_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+ M_ScrollUp_Line : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+ M_ScrollDown_Line : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+ M_ScrollDown_Page : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+ M_ScrollUp_Page : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+ M_First_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+ M_Last_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+ M_Next_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+ M_Previous_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+ M_Toggle_Item : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+ M_Clear_Pattern : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+ M_Back_Pattern : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+ M_Next_Match : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+ M_Previous_Match : <B>constant</B> Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+
+ <I>-- For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes</I>
+ REQ_LEFT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Left_Item;
+ REQ_RIGHT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Right_Item;
+ REQ_UP_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Up_Item;
+ REQ_DOWN_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Down_Item;
+ REQ_SCR_ULINE : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_ScrollUp_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_DLINE : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_ScrollDown_Line;
+ REQ_SCR_DPAGE : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_ScrollDown_Page;
+ REQ_SCR_UPAGE : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_ScrollUp_Page;
+ REQ_FIRST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_First_Item;
+ REQ_LAST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Last_Item;
+ REQ_NEXT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Next_Item;
+ REQ_PREV_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Previous_Item;
+ REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Toggle_Item;
+ REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Clear_Pattern;
+ REQ_BACK_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Back_Pattern;
+ REQ_NEXT_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Next_Match;
+ REQ_PREV_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code <B>renames</B> M_Previous_Match;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Request_Name (Key : <B>in</B> Menu_Request_Code;
+ Name : <B>out</B> String);
+
+ <I>------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Exceptions --</I>
+ <I>------------------</I>
+
+ Menu_Exception : <B>exception</B>;
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- Menu options</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+
+ type Menu_Option_Set <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ One_Valued : Boolean;
+ Show_Descriptions : Boolean;
+ Row_Major_Order : Boolean;
+ Ignore_Case : Boolean;
+ Show_Matches : Boolean;
+ Non_Cyclic : Boolean;
+ Reserved : Boolean;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Menu_Option_Set);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Menu_Option_Set);
+
+ <B>for</B> Menu_Option_Set <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ One_Valued <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 0;
+ Show_Descriptions <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 1 .. 1;
+ Row_Major_Order <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 2 .. 2;
+ Ignore_Case <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 3 .. 3;
+ Show_Matches <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 4 .. 4;
+ Non_Cyclic <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 5 .. 5;
+ Reserved <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 31 .. 31;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>for</B> Menu_Option_Set'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+
+ Default_Menu_Options : Menu_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- Initial default options for a menu.</I>
+
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- Item options</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ type Item_Option_Set <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Selectable : Boolean;
+ Reserved : Boolean;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Item_Option_Set);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Item_Option_Set);
+
+ <B>for</B> Item_Option_Set <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Selectable <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 0;
+ Reserved <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 31 .. 31;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>for</B> Item_Option_Set'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+
+ Default_Item_Options : Item_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- Initial default options for an item.</I>
+
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- Item Array</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ type Item_Array <B>is</B> <B>array</B> (Positive <B>range</B> <>) <B>of</B> <B>aliased</B> Item;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Item_Array);
+
+ type Item_Array_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> Item_Array;
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Create (Name : String;
+ Description : String := "") return Item;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">new_item()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> New_Item (Name : String;
+ Description : String := "") return Item
+ <B>renames</B> Create;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">new_item()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_3">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete (Itm : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Item);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">free_item()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Resets Itm to Null_Item</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_4">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Value (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Value : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">set_item_value()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_5">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Value (Itm : Item) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">item_value()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_6">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Visible (Itm : Item) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">item_visible()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_7">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Options (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Item_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">set_item_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_8">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Switch_Options (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Item_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">item_opts_on()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: item_opts_off()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_9">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Options (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Options : <B>out</B> Item_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">item_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_10">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) <B>return</B> Item_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">item_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_11">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Name (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Name : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">item_name()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_12">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Description (Itm : <B>in</B> Item;
+ Description : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">item_description();</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_13">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Current (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Itm : <B>in</B> Item);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">set_current_item()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_14">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Current (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Item;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">current_item()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_15">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Top_Row (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">set_top_row()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_16">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Top_Row (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Line_Position;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">top_row()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_17">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Index (Itm : Item) <B>return</B> Positive;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">item_index()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items</I>
+ <I>-- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low</I>
+ <I>-- level call.</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_18">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Post (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Post : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">post_menu()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: unpost_menu()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_19">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Options (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Menu_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">set_menu_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_20">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Switch_Options (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Options : <B>in</B> Menu_Option_Set;
+ On : Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts_on()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: menu_opts_off()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_21">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Options (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Options : <B>out</B> Menu_Option_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_22">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) <B>return</B> Menu_Option_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_23">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Window (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">set_menu_win()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_24">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Window (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_25">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Sub_Window (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">set_menu_sub()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_26">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_sub()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_27">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Scale (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Lines : <B>out</B> Line_Count;
+ Columns : <B>out</B> Column_Count);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">scale_menu()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_28">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Position_Cursor (Men : Menu);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">pos_menu_cursor()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_29">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Mark (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Mark : <B>in</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">set_menu_mark()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_30">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Mark (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Mark : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_attribs.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_31">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Foreground
+ (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">set_menu_fore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_32">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Foreground (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Fore : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_fore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_33">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Foreground (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Fore : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : <B>out</B> Color_Pair);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_fore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_34">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Background
+ (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Back : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">set_menu_back()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_35">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Background (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Back : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_back()</A></I>
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_36">|</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Background (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Back : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : <B>out</B> Color_Pair);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_back()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_37">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Grey
+ (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Grey : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">set_menu_grey()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_38">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Grey (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Grey : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_grey()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_39">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Grey
+ (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Grey : <B>out</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ Color : <B>out</B> Color_Pair);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_grey()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_40">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Pad_Character (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Pad : <B>in</B> Character := Space);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">set_menu_pad()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_41">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Pad_Character (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Pad : <B>out</B> Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_attribs.3x.html">menu_pad()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_42">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Spacing (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Descr : <B>in</B> Column_Position := 0;
+ Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position := 0;
+ Col : <B>in</B> Column_Position := 0);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">set_menu_spacing()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_43">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Spacing (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Descr : <B>out</B> Column_Position;
+ Row : <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ Col : <B>out</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_44">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Set_Pattern (Men : Menu;
+ Text : String) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">set_menu_pattern()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Return TRUE if the pattern matches, FALSE otherwise</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_45">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Pattern (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Text : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_46">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Format (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Lines : <B>in</B> Line_Count;
+ Columns : <B>in</B> Column_Count);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">set_menu_format()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_47">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Format (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Lines : <B>out</B> Line_Count;
+ Columns : <B>out</B> Column_Count);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Menu_Hook_Function <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>procedure</B> (Men : <B>in</B> Menu);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Menu_Hook_Function);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_48">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Menu_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">set_item_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_49">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Menu_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">set_item_term()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_50">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Menu_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">set_menu_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_51">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Menu_Hook_Function);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">set_menu_term()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_52">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Menu_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">item_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_53">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Menu_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">item_term()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_54">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Menu_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_55">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Menu_Hook_Function;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_term()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_56">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Redefine (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Items : <B>in</B> Item_Array);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">set_menu_items()</A></I>
+ <I>-- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Item_Array</I>
+ <I>-- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Items (Men : <B>in</B> Menu;
+ Items : <B>in</B> Item_Array) <B>renames</B> Redefine;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_57">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Items (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Item_Array_Access;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_58">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Item_Count (Men : Menu) <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">item_count()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_59">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Create (Items : Item_Array) <B>return</B> Menu;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">new_menu()</A></I>
+
+ <B>function</B> New_Menu (Items : Item_Array) <B>return</B> Menu <B>renames</B> Create;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_60">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete (Men : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Menu);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">free_menu()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Reset Men to Null_Menu</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Driver_Result <B>is</B> (Menu_Ok,
+ Request_Denied,
+ Unknown_Request,
+ No_Match);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_61">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Driver (Men : Menu;
+ Key : Key_Code) <B>return</B> Driver_Result;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_driver()</A></I>
+
+<I>-------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>private</B>
+ type Item <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+ type Menu <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+
+ Null_Item : <B>constant</B> Item := Item (System.Null_Address);
+ Null_Menu : <B>constant</B> Menu := Menu (System.Null_Address);
+
+ <I>-- This binding uses the original user pointer mechanism of a menu to store</I>
+ <I>-- specific informations about a menu. This wrapper record carries this</I>
+ <I>-- specifics and contains a field to maintain a new user pointer. Please</I>
+ <I>-- note that you must take this into account if you wan't to use the user</I>
+ <I>-- pointer mechanism of a menu created with this binding in low-level C</I>
+ <I>-- routines.</I>
+ type Ada_User_Wrapper <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ U : System.Address;
+ I : Item_Array_Access;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Ada_User_Wrapper);
+ type Ada_User_Wrapper_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> Ada_User_Wrapper;
+ <B>pragma</B> Controlled (Ada_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : <B>constant</B> System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+ <I>-- This constant may be different on your system.</I>
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.6 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- mouse binding, generated at Sun Feb 2 17:21:45 1997</I>
+<I>-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!</I>
+<I>-- Run the generator instead.</I>
+<I>-- |</I>
+<B>with</B> System;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse <B>is</B>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- Please note, that in ncurses-1.9.9e documentation mouse support</I>
+ <I>-- is still marked as experimental. So also this binding will change</I>
+ <I>-- if the ncurses methods change.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ type Event_Mask <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+ No_Events : <B>constant</B> Event_Mask;
+ All_Events : <B>constant</B> Event_Mask;
+
+ type Mouse_Button <B>is</B> (Left, <I>-- aka: Button 1</I>
+ Middle, <I>-- aka: Button 2</I>
+ Right, <I>-- aka: Button 3</I>
+ Button4, <I>-- aka: Button 4</I>
+ Control, <I>-- Control Key</I>
+ Shift, <I>-- Shift Key</I>
+ Alt); <I>-- ALT Key</I>
+
+ type Button_State <B>is</B> (Released,
+ Pressed,
+ Clicked,
+ Double_Clicked,
+ Triple_Clicked);
+
+ type Mouse_Event <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Register_Reportable_Event
+ (B : <B>in</B> Mouse_Button;
+ S : <B>in</B> Button_State;
+ Mask : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Event_Mask);
+ <I>-- Stores the event described by the button and the state in the mask.</I>
+ <I>-- Before you call this the first time, you should init the mask</I>
+ <I>-- with the Empty_Mask constant</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events)
+ <B>return</B> Event_Mask;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">mousemask()</A></I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> End_Mouse;
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, End_Mouse, "_nc_ada_unregister_mouse");
+ <I>-- Terminates the mouse</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Mouse <B>return</B> Mouse_Event;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">getmouse()</A></I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Event (Event : <B>in</B> Mouse_Event;
+ Y : <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ X : <B>out</B> Column_Position;
+ Button : <B>out</B> Mouse_Button;
+ State : <B>out</B> Button_State);
+ <I>-- !!! Warning: X and Y are screen coordinates. Due to ripped of lines they</I>
+ <I>-- may not be identical to window coordinates.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_3">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Unget_Mouse (Event : <B>in</B> Mouse_Event);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">ungetmouse()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_4">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Event : Mouse_Event) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">wenclose()</A></I>
+ <I>-- But : use event instead of screen coordinates.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_5">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">mouseinterval()</A></I>
+
+<B>private</B>
+ type Event_Mask <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Interfaces.C.int;
+ No_Events : <B>constant</B> Event_Mask := 0;
+ All_Events : <B>constant</B> Event_Mask := -1;
+
+ type Mouse_Event <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Id : Integer <B>range</B> Integer (Interfaces.C.short'First) ..
+ Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last);
+ X, Y, Z : Integer <B>range</B> Integer (Interfaces.C.int'First) ..
+ Integer (Interfaces.C.int'Last);
+ Bstate : Event_Mask;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Mouse_Event);
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Mouse_Event);
+
+ <B>for</B> Mouse_Event <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Id <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 15;
+ X <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 32 .. 63;
+ Y <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 64 .. 95;
+ Z <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 96 .. 127;
+ Bstate <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 128 .. 159;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : <B>constant</B> System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+ <I>-- This constant may be different on your system.</I>
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.2 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+<B>generic</B>
+ type User <B>is</B> <B>limited</B> <B>private</B>;
+ type User_Access <B>is</B> <B>access</B> <B>all</B> User;
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data <B>is</B>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_User_Data (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel;
+ Data : <B>in</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">set_panel_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_User_Data (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel;
+ Data : <B>out</B> User_Access);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel_userptr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.2 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>with</B> System;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels <B>is</B>
+
+ <B>pragma</B> Linker_Options ("-lpanel");
+
+
+ type Panel <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+
+ <I>---------------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Interface constants --</I>
+ <I>---------------------------</I>
+ Null_Panel : <B>constant</B> Panel;
+
+ <I>-------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Exceptions --</I>
+ <I>-------------------</I>
+
+ Panel_Exception : <B>exception</B>;
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Create (Win : Window) <B>return</B> Panel;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">new_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> New_Panel (Win : Window) <B>return</B> Panel <B>renames</B> Create;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">new_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_3">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Bottom (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">bottom_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_4">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Top (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">top_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_5">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Show (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">show_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_6">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Update_Panels;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">update_panels()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Update_Panels, "update_panels");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_7">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Hide (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">hide_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_8">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Window (Pan : Panel) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel_window()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_9">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Panel_Window (Pan : Panel) <B>return</B> Window <B>renames</B> Get_Window;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_10">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Replace (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel;
+ Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">replace_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_11">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Move (Pan : <B>in</B> Panel;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">move_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_12">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel_hidden()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_13">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Above (Pan : Panel) <B>return</B> Panel;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel_above()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Above, "panel_above");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_14">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Below (Pan : Panel) <B>return</B> Panel;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel_below()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Below, "panel_below");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_15">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete (Pan : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Panel);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="panel.3x.html">del_panel()</A></I>
+
+ <B>private</B>
+ type Panel <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+ Null_Panel : <B>constant</B> Panel := Panel (System.Null_Address);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.3 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>with</B> Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types;
+
+<B>generic</B>
+ <B>with</B> <B>package</B> Complex_Types <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types (<>);
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ <B>use</B> Complex_Types;
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := 2;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Real'<B>Digits</B> - 1;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 3;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Complex;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Complex;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.4 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type Num <B>is</B> <B>delta</B> <> <B>digits</B> <>;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 0;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.4 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type Enum <B>is</B> (<>);
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ Default_Width : Field := 0;
+ Default_Setting : Type_Set := Mixed_Case;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Enum;
+ Width : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Width;
+ Set : <B>in</B> Type_Set := Default_Setting);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Enum;
+ Width : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Width;
+ Set : <B>in</B> Type_Set := Default_Setting);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.4 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type Num <B>is</B> <B>delta</B> <>;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 0;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.4 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type Num <B>is</B> <B>digits</B> <>;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ Default_Fore : Field := 2;
+ Default_Aft : Field := Num'<B>Digits</B> - 1;
+ Default_Exp : Field := 3;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Fore;
+ Aft : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Aft;
+ Exp : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Exp);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.4 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type Num <B>is</B> <B>range</B> <>;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
+ Default_Base : Number_Base := 10;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Width : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : <B>in</B> Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Width : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : <B>in</B> Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.4 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>generic</B>
+ type Num <B>is</B> <B>mod</B> <>;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
+ Default_Base : Number_Base := 10;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Width : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : <B>in</B> Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put
+ (Item : <B>in</B> Num;
+ Width : <B>in</B> Field := Default_Width;
+ Base : <B>in</B> Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+<B>private</B>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Put);
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.5 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>with</B> System;
+<B>with</B> System.Parameters;
+<B>with</B> Ada.Text_IO;
+<B>with</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions;
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO <B>is</B>
+
+ <B>use</B> type Ada.Text_IO.Count;
+ <B>subtype</B> Count <B>is</B> Ada.Text_IO.Count;
+ <B>subtype</B> Positive_Count <B>is</B> Count <B>range</B> 1 .. Count'Last;
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Field <B>is</B> Integer <B>range</B> 0 .. System.Parameters.Field_Max;
+ <B>subtype</B> Number_Base <B>is</B> Integer <B>range</B> 2 .. 16;
+
+ type Type_Set <B>is</B> (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case);
+
+ <I>-- For most of the routines you will see a version without a Window</I>
+ <I>-- type parameter. They will operate on a default window, which can</I>
+ <I>-- be set by the user. It is initially equal to Standard_Window.</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Window (Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- Set Win as the default window</I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Get_Window <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- Get the current default window</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Flush (Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <B>procedure</B> Flush;
+
+ <I>--------------------------------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Specification of line and page lengths --</I>
+ <I>--------------------------------------------</I>
+
+ <I>-- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate</I>
+ <I>-- the window with an appropriate size.</I>
+ <I>-- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length,</I>
+ <I>-- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length.</I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Line_Length (Win : <B>in</B> Window) <B>return</B> Count;
+ <B>function</B> Line_Length <B>return</B> Count;
+
+ <B>function</B> Page_Length (Win : <B>in</B> Window) <B>return</B> Count;
+ <B>function</B> Page_Length <B>return</B> Count;
+
+ <I>------------------------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Column, Line, and Page Control --</I>
+ <I>------------------------------------</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> New_Line (Win : <B>in</B> Window; Spacing : <B>in</B> Positive_Count := 1);
+ <B>procedure</B> New_Line (Spacing : <B>in</B> Positive_Count := 1);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> New_Page (Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <B>procedure</B> New_Page;
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Col (Win : <B>in</B> Window; To : <B>in</B> Positive_Count);
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Col (To : <B>in</B> Positive_Count);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Line (Win : <B>in</B> Window; To : <B>in</B> Positive_Count);
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Line (To : <B>in</B> Positive_Count);
+
+ <B>function</B> Col (Win : <B>in</B> Window) <B>return</B> Positive_Count;
+ <B>function</B> Col <B>return</B> Positive_Count;
+
+ <B>function</B> Line (Win : <B>in</B> Window) <B>return</B> Positive_Count;
+ <B>function</B> Line <B>return</B> Positive_Count;
+
+ <I>-----------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Characters-Output --</I>
+ <I>-----------------------</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put (Win : <B>in</B> Window; Item : <B>in</B> Character);
+ <B>procedure</B> Put (Item : <B>in</B> Character);
+
+ <I>--------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Strings-Output --</I>
+ <I>--------------------</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put (Win : <B>in</B> Window; Item : <B>in</B> String);
+ <B>procedure</B> Put (Item : <B>in</B> String);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put_Line
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Item : <B>in</B> String);
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Put_Line
+ (Item : <B>in</B> String);
+
+ <I>-- Exceptions</I>
+
+ Status_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Status_Error;
+ Mode_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Mode_Error;
+ Name_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Name_Error;
+ Use_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Use_Error;
+ Device_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error;
+ End_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.End_Error;
+ Data_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Data_Error;
+ Layout_Error : <B>exception</B> <B>renames</B> Ada.IO_Exceptions.Layout_Error;
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<B></B><P><HR><P>
+<PRE>
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface.Curses --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.7 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- curses binding, generated at Sun Feb 2 17:21:42 1997</I>
+<I>-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!</I>
+<I>-- Run the generator instead.</I>
+<I>-- |</I>
+<B>with</B> System;
+<B>with</B> Interfaces.C; <I>-- We need this for some assertions.</I>
+
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses <B>is</B>
+
+ <B>pragma</B> Linker_Options ("-lncurses");
+
+ type Window <B>is</B> <B>private</B>;
+ Null_Window : <B>constant</B> Window;
+
+ type Line_Position <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Natural; <I>-- line coordinate</I>
+ type Column_Position <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Natural; <I>-- column coordinate</I>
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Line_Count <B>is</B> Line_Position <B>range</B> 1 .. Line_Position'Last;
+ <I>-- Type to count lines. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive</I>
+ <B>subtype</B> Column_Count <B>is</B> Column_Position <B>range</B> 1 .. Column_Position'Last;
+ <I>-- Type to count columns. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive</I>
+
+ type Key_Code <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Natural;
+ <I>-- That is anything including real characters, special keys and logical</I>
+ <I>-- request codes.</I>
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Real_Key_Code <B>is</B> Key_Code <B>range</B> 0 .. 8#777#;
+ <I>-- This are the codes that potentially represent a real keystroke.</I>
+ <I>-- Not all codes may be possible on a specific terminal. To check the</I>
+ <I>-- availability of a special key, the Has_Key function is provided.</I>
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Special_Key_Code <B>is</B> Real_Key_Code
+ <B>range</B> 8#400# .. Real_Key_Code'Last;
+ <I>-- Type for a function- or special key number</I>
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Normal_Key_Code <B>is</B> Real_Key_Code <B>range</B>
+ Character'Pos (Character'First) .. Character'Pos (Character'Last);
+ <I>-- This are the codes for regular (incl. non-graphical) characters.</I>
+
+ <I>-- Constants for function- and special keys</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ Key_None : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#400#;
+ Key_Code_Yes : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#400#;
+ Key_Min : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#401#;
+ Key_Break : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#401#;
+ Key_Cursor_Down : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#402#;
+ Key_Cursor_Up : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#403#;
+ Key_Cursor_Left : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#404#;
+ Key_Cursor_Right : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#405#;
+ Key_Home : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#406#;
+ Key_Backspace : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#407#;
+ Key_F0 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#410#;
+ Key_F1 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#411#;
+ Key_F2 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#412#;
+ Key_F3 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#413#;
+ Key_F4 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#414#;
+ Key_F5 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#415#;
+ Key_F6 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#416#;
+ Key_F7 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#417#;
+ Key_F8 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#420#;
+ Key_F9 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#421#;
+ Key_F10 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#422#;
+ Key_F11 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#423#;
+ Key_F12 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#424#;
+ Key_F13 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#425#;
+ Key_F14 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#426#;
+ Key_F15 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#427#;
+ Key_F16 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#430#;
+ Key_F17 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#431#;
+ Key_F18 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#432#;
+ Key_F19 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#433#;
+ Key_F20 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#434#;
+ Key_F21 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#435#;
+ Key_F22 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#436#;
+ Key_F23 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#437#;
+ Key_F24 : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#440#;
+ Key_Delete_Line : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#510#;
+ Key_Insert_Line : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#511#;
+ Key_Delete_Char : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#512#;
+ Key_Insert_Char : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#513#;
+ Key_Exit_Insert_Mode : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#514#;
+ Key_Clear_Screen : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#515#;
+ Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#516#;
+ Key_Clear_End_Of_Line : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#517#;
+ Key_Scroll_1_Forward : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#520#;
+ Key_Scroll_1_Backward : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#521#;
+ Key_Next_Page : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#522#;
+ Key_Previous_Page : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#523#;
+ Key_Set_Tab : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#524#;
+ Key_Clear_Tab : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#525#;
+ Key_Clear_All_Tabs : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#526#;
+ Key_Enter_Or_Send : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#527#;
+ Key_Soft_Reset : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#530#;
+ Key_Reset : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#531#;
+ Key_Print : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#532#;
+ Key_Bottom : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#533#;
+ Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#534#;
+ Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#535#;
+ Key_Center_Of_Keypad : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#536#;
+ Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#537#;
+ Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#540#;
+ Key_Back_Tab : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#541#;
+ Key_Beginning : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#542#;
+ Key_Cancel : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#543#;
+ Key_Close : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#544#;
+ Key_Command : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#545#;
+ Key_Copy : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#546#;
+ Key_Create : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#547#;
+ Key_End : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#550#;
+ Key_Exit : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#551#;
+ Key_Find : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#552#;
+ Key_Help : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#553#;
+ Key_Mark : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#554#;
+ Key_Message : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#555#;
+ Key_Move : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#556#;
+ Key_Next : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#557#;
+ Key_Open : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#560#;
+ Key_Options : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#561#;
+ Key_Previous : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#562#;
+ Key_Redo : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#563#;
+ Key_Reference : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#564#;
+ Key_Refresh : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#565#;
+ Key_Replace : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#566#;
+ Key_Restart : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#567#;
+ Key_Resume : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#570#;
+ Key_Save : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#571#;
+ Key_Shift_Begin : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#572#;
+ Key_Shift_Cancel : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#573#;
+ Key_Shift_Command : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#574#;
+ Key_Shift_Copy : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#575#;
+ Key_Shift_Create : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#576#;
+ Key_Shift_Delete_Char : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#577#;
+ Key_Shift_Delete_Line : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#600#;
+ Key_Select : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#601#;
+ Key_Shift_End : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#602#;
+ Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#603#;
+ Key_Shift_Exit : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#604#;
+ Key_Shift_Find : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#605#;
+ Key_Shift_Help : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#606#;
+ Key_Shift_Home : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#607#;
+ Key_Shift_Insert_Char : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#610#;
+ Key_Shift_Cursor_Left : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#611#;
+ Key_Shift_Message : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#612#;
+ Key_Shift_Move : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#613#;
+ Key_Shift_Next_Page : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#614#;
+ Key_Shift_Options : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#615#;
+ Key_Shift_Previous_Page : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#616#;
+ Key_Shift_Print : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#617#;
+ Key_Shift_Redo : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#620#;
+ Key_Shift_Replace : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#621#;
+ Key_Shift_Cursor_Right : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#622#;
+ Key_Shift_Resume : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#623#;
+ Key_Shift_Save : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#624#;
+ Key_Shift_Suspend : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#625#;
+ Key_Shift_Undo : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#626#;
+ Key_Suspend : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#627#;
+ Key_Undo : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#630#;
+ Key_Mouse : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code := 8#631#;
+
+ Key_Max : <B>constant</B> Special_Key_Code
+ := Special_Key_Code'Last;
+
+ <B>subtype</B> User_Key_Code <B>is</B> Key_Code
+ <B>range</B> (Key_Max + 129) .. Key_Code'Last;
+ <I>-- This is reserved for user defined key codes. The range between Key_Max</I>
+ <I>-- and the first user code is reserved for subsystems like menu and forms.</I>
+
+ <I>-- For those who like to use the original key names we produce them were</I>
+ <I>-- they differ from the original. Please note that they may differ in</I>
+ <I>-- lower/upper case.</I>
+ KEY_DOWN : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Cursor_Down;
+ KEY_UP : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Cursor_Up;
+ KEY_LEFT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Cursor_Left;
+ KEY_RIGHT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Cursor_Right;
+ KEY_DL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Delete_Line;
+ KEY_IL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Insert_Line;
+ KEY_DC : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Delete_Char;
+ KEY_IC : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Insert_Char;
+ KEY_EIC : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Exit_Insert_Mode;
+ KEY_CLEAR : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Clear_Screen;
+ KEY_EOS : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen;
+ KEY_EOL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Clear_End_Of_Line;
+ KEY_SF : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Scroll_1_Forward;
+ KEY_SR : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Scroll_1_Backward;
+ KEY_NPAGE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Next_Page;
+ KEY_PPAGE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Previous_Page;
+ KEY_STAB : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Set_Tab;
+ KEY_CTAB : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Clear_Tab;
+ KEY_CATAB : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Clear_All_Tabs;
+ KEY_ENTER : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Enter_Or_Send;
+ KEY_SRESET : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Soft_Reset;
+ KEY_LL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Bottom;
+ KEY_A1 : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad;
+ KEY_A3 : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad;
+ KEY_B2 : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Center_Of_Keypad;
+ KEY_C1 : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad;
+ KEY_C3 : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad;
+ KEY_BTAB : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Back_Tab;
+ KEY_BEG : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Beginning;
+ KEY_SBEG : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Begin;
+ KEY_SCANCEL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Cancel;
+ KEY_SCOMMAND : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Command;
+ KEY_SCOPY : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Copy;
+ KEY_SCREATE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Create;
+ KEY_SDC : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Delete_Char;
+ KEY_SDL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Delete_Line;
+ KEY_SEND : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_End;
+ KEY_SEOL : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line;
+ KEY_SEXIT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Exit;
+ KEY_SFIND : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Find;
+ KEY_SHELP : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Help;
+ KEY_SHOME : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Home;
+ KEY_SIC : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Insert_Char;
+ KEY_SLEFT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Cursor_Left;
+ KEY_SMESSAGE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Message;
+ KEY_SMOVE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Move;
+ KEY_SNEXT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Next_Page;
+ KEY_SOPTIONS : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Options;
+ KEY_SPREVIOUS : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Previous_Page;
+ KEY_SPRINT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Print;
+ KEY_SREDO : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Redo;
+ KEY_SREPLACE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Replace;
+ KEY_SRIGHT : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Cursor_Right;
+ KEY_SRSUME : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Resume;
+ KEY_SSAVE : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Save;
+ KEY_SSUSPEND : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Suspend;
+ KEY_SUNDO : Special_Key_Code <B>renames</B> Key_Shift_Undo;
+
+
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+ type Color_Number <B>is</B> <B>range</B> 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last);
+ <B>for</B> Color_Number'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.short'Size;
+ <I>-- (n)curses uses a short for the color index</I>
+ <I>-- The model is, that a Color_Number is an index into an array of</I>
+ <I>-- (potentially) definable colors. Some of those indices are</I>
+ <I>-- predefined (see below), although they may not really exist.</I>
+
+ Black : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 0;
+ Red : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 1;
+ Green : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 2;
+ Yellow : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 3;
+ Blue : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 4;
+ Magenta : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 5;
+ Cyan : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 6;
+ White : <B>constant</B> Color_Number := 7;
+
+ type RGB_Value <B>is</B> <B>range</B> 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last);
+ <B>for</B> RGB_Value'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.short'Size;
+ <I>-- Some system may allow to redefine a color by setting RGB values.</I>
+
+ type Color_Pair <B>is</B> <B>range</B> 0 .. 255;
+ <B>for</B> Color_Pair'Size <B>use</B> 8;
+ <B>subtype</B> Redefinable_Color_Pair <B>is</B> Color_Pair <B>range</B> 1 .. 255;
+ <I>-- (n)curses reserves 1 Byte for the color-pair number. Color Pair 0</I>
+ <I>-- is fixed (Black & White). A color pair is simply a combination of</I>
+ <I>-- two colors described by Color_Numbers, one for the foreground and</I>
+ <I>-- the other for the background</I>
+
+ type Character_Attribute_Set <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Stand_Out : Boolean;
+ Under_Line : Boolean;
+ Reverse_Video : Boolean;
+ Blink : Boolean;
+ Dim_Character : Boolean;
+ Bold_Character : Boolean;
+ Alternate_Character_Set : Boolean;
+ Invisible_Character : Boolean;
+ Protected_Character : Boolean;
+ Horizontal : Boolean;
+ Left : Boolean;
+ Low : Boolean;
+ Right : Boolean;
+ Top : Boolean;
+ Vertical : Boolean;
+ Reserved : Boolean;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Character_Attribute_Set);
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Character_Attribute_Set);
+
+ <B>for</B> Character_Attribute_Set <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Stand_Out <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 0;
+ Under_Line <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 1 .. 1;
+ Reverse_Video <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 2 .. 2;
+ Blink <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 3 .. 3;
+ Dim_Character <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 4 .. 4;
+ Bold_Character <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 5 .. 5;
+ Alternate_Character_Set <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 6 .. 6;
+ Invisible_Character <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 7 .. 7;
+ Protected_Character <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 8 .. 8;
+ Horizontal <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 9 .. 9;
+ Left <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 10 .. 10;
+ Low <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 11 .. 11;
+ Right <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 12 .. 12;
+ Top <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 13 .. 13;
+ Vertical <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 14 .. 14;
+ Reserved <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 15 .. 15;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>for</B> Character_Attribute_Set'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.int'Size / 2;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+ <I>-- (n)curses uses half of an integer for attributes.</I>
+
+ Normal_Video : <B>constant</B> Character_Attribute_Set := (<B>others</B> => False);
+
+ type Attributed_Character <B>is</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Attr : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : Color_Pair := 0;
+ Ch : Character := ' ';
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- This is the counterpart for the chtype in C.</I>
+
+ <B>for</B> Attributed_Character <B>use</B>
+ <B>record</B>
+ Ch <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 0 .. 7;
+ Color <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 8 .. 15;
+ Attr <B>at</B> 0 <B>range</B> 16 .. 31;
+ <B>end</B> <B>record</B>;
+ <B>for</B> Attributed_Character'Size <B>use</B> Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+ <I>-- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be</I>
+ <I>-- different on your system.</I>
+
+ Default_Character : <B>constant</B> Attributed_Character
+ := (Ch => Character'First,
+ Color => Color_Pair'First,
+ Attr => Normal_Video);
+
+ type Attributed_String <B>is</B> <B>array</B> (Positive <B>range</B> <>) <B>of</B> Attributed_Character;
+ <B>pragma</B> Pack (Attributed_String);
+ <I>-- In this binding we allow strings of attributed characters.</I>
+
+ <I>------------------</I>
+ <I>-- Exceptions --</I>
+ <I>------------------</I>
+ Curses_Exception : <B>exception</B>;
+
+ <I>-- Those exceptions are raised by the ETI (Extended Terminal Interface)</I>
+ <I>-- subpackets for Menu and Forms handling.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ Eti_System_Error : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Bad_Argument : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Posted : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Connected : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Bad_State : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_No_Room : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Not_Posted : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Unknown_Command : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_No_Match : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Not_Selectable : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Not_Connected : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Request_Denied : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Invalid_Field : <B>exception</B>;
+ Eti_Current : <B>exception</B>;
+
+ <I>--------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+ <I>-- External C variables</I>
+ <I>-- Conceptually even in C this are kind of constants, but they are</I>
+ <I>-- initialized and sometimes changed by the library routines at runtime</I>
+ <I>-- depending on the type of terminal. I believe the best way to model</I>
+ <I>-- this is to use functions.</I>
+ <I>--------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Lines <B>return</B> Line_Count;
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Lines);
+
+ <B>function</B> Columns <B>return</B> Column_Count;
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Columns);
+
+ <B>function</B> Tab_Size <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Tab_Size);
+
+ <B>function</B> Number_Of_Colors <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Number_Of_Colors);
+
+ <B>function</B> Number_Of_Color_Pairs <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Number_Of_Color_Pairs);
+
+ ACS_Map : <B>array</B> (Character'Val (0) .. Character'Val (127)) <B>of</B>
+ Attributed_Character;
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, ACS_Map, "acs_map");
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- Constants for several symbols from the Alternate Character Set</I>
+ <I>-- You must use this constants as indices into the ACS_Map array</I>
+ <I>-- to get the corresponding attributed character at runtime.</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ ACS_Upper_Left_Corner : <B>constant</B> Character := 'l';
+ ACS_Lower_Left_Corner : <B>constant</B> Character := 'm';
+ ACS_Upper_Right_Corner : <B>constant</B> Character := 'k';
+ ACS_Lower_Right_Corner : <B>constant</B> Character := 'j';
+ ACS_Left_Tee : <B>constant</B> Character := 't';
+ ACS_Right_Tee : <B>constant</B> Character := 'u';
+ ACS_Bottom_Tee : <B>constant</B> Character := 'v';
+ ACS_Top_Tee : <B>constant</B> Character := 'w';
+ ACS_Horizontal_Line : <B>constant</B> Character := 'q';
+ ACS_Vertical_Line : <B>constant</B> Character := 'x';
+ ACS_Plus_Symbol : <B>constant</B> Character := 'n';
+ ACS_Scan_Line_1 : <B>constant</B> Character := 'o';
+ ACS_Scan_Line_9 : <B>constant</B> Character := 's';
+ ACS_Diamond : <B>constant</B> Character := Character'Val (96);
+ ACS_Checker_Board : <B>constant</B> Character := 'a';
+ ACS_Degree : <B>constant</B> Character := 'f';
+ ACS_Plus_Minus : <B>constant</B> Character := 'g';
+ ACS_Bullet : <B>constant</B> Character := '~';
+ ACS_Left_Arrow : <B>constant</B> Character := ',';
+ ACS_Right_Arrow : <B>constant</B> Character := '+';
+ ACS_Down_Arrow : <B>constant</B> Character := '.';
+ ACS_Up_Arrow : <B>constant</B> Character := '-';
+ ACS_Board_Of_Squares : <B>constant</B> Character := 'h';
+ ACS_Lantern : <B>constant</B> Character := 'I';
+ ACS_Solid_Block : <B>constant</B> Character := '0';
+ ACS_Scan_Line_3 : <B>constant</B> Character := 'p';
+ ACS_Scan_Line_7 : <B>constant</B> Character := 'r';
+ ACS_Less_Or_Equal : <B>constant</B> Character := 'y';
+ ACS_Greater_Or_Equal : <B>constant</B> Character := 'z';
+ ACS_PI : <B>constant</B> Character := '{';
+ ACS_Not_Equal : <B>constant</B> Character := '|';
+ ACS_Sterling : <B>constant</B> Character := '}';
+
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Not implemented: newterm, set_term, delscreen</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_1">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Standard_Window <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">stdscr</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Inline (Standard_Window);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_2">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Init_Screen;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_3">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Init_Windows <B>renames</B> Init_Screen;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">initscr()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_4">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> End_Windows;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">endwin()</A></I>
+ <B>procedure</B> End_Screen <B>renames</B> End_Windows;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_5">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Is_End_Window <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">isendwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_6">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Move_Cursor (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">wmove()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_7">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">waddch()</A></I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Add (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Character);
+ <I>-- Add a single character at the current logical cursor position to</I>
+ <I>-- the window. Use the current windows attributes.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_8">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">mvwaddch()</A></I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Add
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Character);
+ <I>-- Move to the position and add a single character into the window</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_9">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">wechochar()</A></I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Character);
+ <I>-- Add a character and do an immediate resfresh of the screen.</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_10">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Create
+ (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">newwin()</A></I>
+
+ <B>function</B> New_Window
+ (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Window
+ <B>renames</B> Create;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_11">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete (Win : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">delwin()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Reset Win to Null_Window</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_12">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Sub_Window
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">subwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_13">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Derived_Window
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">derwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_14">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Duplicate (Win : Window) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">dupwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_15">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Move_Window (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">mvwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_16">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Move_Derived_Window (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">mvderwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_17">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Synchronize_Upwards (Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">wsyncup()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Synchronize_Upwards, "wsyncup");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_18">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Synchronize_Downwards (Win : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">wsyncdown()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Synchronize_Downwards, "wsyncdown");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_19">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Synch_Mode (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : <B>in</B> Boolean := False);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">syncok()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_20">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : <B>in</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">waddnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: waddstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_21">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Str : <B>in</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">mvwaddnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: mvwaddstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_22">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : <B>in</B> Attributed_String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">waddchnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: waddchstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_23">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Str : <B>in</B> Attributed_String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">mvwaddchnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: mvwaddchstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_24">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Border
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Left_Side_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Right_Side_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Top_Side_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Bottom_Side_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character
+ );
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">wborder()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_25">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Box
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Vertical_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+ Horizontal_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">box()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_26">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Horizontal_Line
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line_Size : <B>in</B> Natural;
+ Line_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">whline()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_27">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Vertical_Line
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line_Size : <B>in</B> Natural;
+ Line_Symbol : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">wvline()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_28">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ <B>return</B> Real_Key_Code;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">wgetch()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Get a character from the keyboard and echo it - if enabled - to the</I>
+ <I>-- window.</I>
+ <I>-- If for any reason (i.e. a timeout) we couldn't get a character the</I>
+ <I>-- returned keycode is Key_None.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_29">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Undo_Keystroke (Key : <B>in</B> Real_Key_Code);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">ungetch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_30">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">has_key()</A></I>
+ <I>-- |</I>
+ <I>-- | Some helper functions</I>
+ <I>-- |</I>
+ <B>function</B> Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- Return True if the Key is a function key (i.e. one of F0 .. F63)</I>
+
+ <B>subtype</B> Function_Key_Number <B>is</B> Integer <B>range</B> 0 .. 63;
+ <I>-- (n)curses allows for 64 function keys.</I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) <B>return</B> Function_Key_Number;
+ <I>-- Return the number of the function key. If the code is not a</I>
+ <I>-- function key, a CONSTRAINT_ERROR will be raised.</I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) <B>return</B> Real_Key_Code;
+ <I>-- Return the key code for a given functionkey number.</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_31">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Switch_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Attr : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ On : <B>in</B> Boolean := True); <I>-- if False we switch Off.</I>
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">wattron()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: wattroff()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_32">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Character_Attributes
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Attr : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">wattrset()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_33">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window) <B>return</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">wattr_get()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_34">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Character_Attribute
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window) <B>return</B> Color_Pair;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">wattr_get()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_35">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Change_Attributes
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Count : <B>in</B> Integer := -1;
+ Attr : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">wchgat()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_36">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Change_Attributes
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position := Line_Position'First;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position := Column_Position'First;
+ Count : <B>in</B> Integer := -1;
+ Attr : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">mvwchgat()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_37">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Beep;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">beep()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_38">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Flash_Screen;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">flash()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- | Not implemented : typeahead</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_39">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">cbreak()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: nocbreak()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_40">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">raw()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: noraw()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_41">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">echo()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: noecho()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_42">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Meta_Mode (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ SwitchOn : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">meta()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_43">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ SwitchOn : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">keypad()</A></I>
+
+ type Half_Delay_Amount <B>is</B> <B>range</B> 1 .. 255;
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_44">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Half_Delay (Amount : <B>in</B> Half_Delay_Amount);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">halfdelay()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_45">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">intrflush()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_46">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Flush : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">qiflush()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: noqiflush()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_47">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_NoDelay_Mode
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : <B>in</B> Boolean := False);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">nodelay()</A></I>
+
+ type Timeout_Mode <B>is</B> (Blocking, Non_Blocking, Delayed);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_48">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : <B>in</B> Timeout_Mode;
+ Amount : <B>in</B> Natural); <I>-- in Miliseconds</I>
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">wtimeout()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Instead of overloading the semantic of the sign of amount, we</I>
+ <I>-- introduce the Timeout_Mode parameter. This should improve</I>
+ <I>-- readability. For Blocking and Non_Blocking, the Amount is not</I>
+ <I>-- evaluated.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_49">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Escape_Timer_Mode
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Timer_Off : <B>in</B> Boolean := False);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">notimeout()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_50">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">nl()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: nonl()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_51">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Clear_On_Next_Update
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Clear : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">clearok()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_52">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Use_Insert_Delete_Line
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Idl : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">idlok()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_53">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Use_Insert_Delete_Character
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Idc : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">idcok()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_54">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Leave_Cursor_After_Update
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Do_Leave : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">leaveok()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_55">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Immediate_Update_Mode
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : <B>in</B> Boolean := False);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">immedok()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_56">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Allow_Scrolling
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Mode : <B>in</B> Boolean := False);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">scrollok()</A></I>
+
+ <B>function</B> Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- There is no such function in the C interface.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_57">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Scroll_Region
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Top_Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Bottom_Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">wsetscrreg()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_58">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Update_Screen;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">doupdate()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_59">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Refresh (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">wrefresh()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_60">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Refresh_Without_Update
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">wnoutrefresh()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_61">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Redraw (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">redrawwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_62">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Redraw (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Begin_Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Line_Count : <B>in</B> Positive);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">wredrawln()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_63">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Erase (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">werase()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_64">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Clear
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">wclear()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_65">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Clear_To_End_Of_Screen
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">wclrtobot()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_66">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Clear_To_End_Of_Line
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">wclrtoeol()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_67">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Background
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">wbkgdset()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_68">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Change_Background
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">wbkgd()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_69">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ <B>return</B> Attributed_Character;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">wbkgdget()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_70">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Touch (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">touchwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_71">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Untouch (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">untouchwin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_72">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Touch (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Start : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Count : <B>in</B> Positive);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">touchline()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_73">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Change_Lines_Status (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Start : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Count : <B>in</B> Positive;
+ State : <B>in</B> Boolean);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">wtouchln()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_74">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : Line_Position) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">is_linetouched()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_75">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window) <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">is_wintouched()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_76">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Copy
+ (Source_Window : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Destination_Window : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Non_Destructive_Mode : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">copywin()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_77">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Overwrite (Source_Window : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Destination_Window : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">overwrite()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_78">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Overlay (Source_Window : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Destination_Window : <B>in</B> Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">overlay()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_79">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Insert_Delete_Lines
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Lines : <B>in</B> Integer := 1); <I>-- default is to insert one line above</I>
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">winsdelln()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_80">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete_Line (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">wdeleteln()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_81">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Insert_Line (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">winsertln()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_82">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Size
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : <B>out</B> Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : <B>out</B> Column_Count);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">getmaxyx()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_83">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Window_Position
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Top_Left_Line : <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ Top_Left_Column : <B>out</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">getbegyx()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_84">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Cursor_Position
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>out</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">getyx()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_85">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Top_Left_Line : <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ Top_Left_Column : <B>out</B> Column_Position;
+ Is_Not_A_Subwindow : <B>out</B> Boolean);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">getparyx()</A></I>
+ <I>-- Instead of placing -1 in the coordinates as return, we use a boolean</I>
+ <I>-- to return the info that the window has no parent.</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_86">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count;
+ Columns : Column_Count) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">newpad()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_87">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Sub_Pad
+ (Pad : Window;
+ Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count;
+ Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count;
+ First_Line_Position : Line_Position;
+ First_Column_Position : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Window;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">subpad()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_88">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Refresh
+ (Pad : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">prefresh()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_89">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Refresh_Without_Update
+ (Pad : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Source_Top_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Source_Left_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Destination_Top_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Destination_Left_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Destination_Bottom_Row : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Destination_Right_Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">pnoutrefresh()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_90">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">pechochar()</A></I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+ (Pad : <B>in</B> Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Character);
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_91">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Scroll (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Amount : <B>in</B> Integer := 1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">wscrl()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_92">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete_Character (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">wdelch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_93">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delete_Character
+ (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">mvwdelch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_94">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+ <B>return</B> Attributed_Character;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">winch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_95">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Peek
+ (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : Line_Position;
+ Column : Column_Position) <B>return</B> Attributed_Character;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">mvwinch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">curs_winch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_96">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Insert (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">winsch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_97">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Insert (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">mvwinsch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">curs_winch.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_98">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Insert (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : <B>in</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">winsnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: winsstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_99">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Insert (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Str : <B>in</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_winch.3x.html">mvwinsnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: mvwinsstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_100">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Peek (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : <B>out</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">winnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: winstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_101">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Peek (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Str : <B>out</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">mvwinnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: mvwinstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_102">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Peek (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : <B>out</B> Attributed_String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">winchnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: winchstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_103">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Peek (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Str : <B>out</B> Attributed_String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">mvwinchnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: mvwinchstr()</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_104">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Str : <B>out</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">wgetnstr()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: wgetstr()</I>
+
+ <B>procedure</B> Get (Win : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> Column_Position;
+ Str : <B>out</B> String;
+ Len : <B>in</B> Integer := -1);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">wgetnstr()</A>: not specified in ncurses, should be: mvwgetnstr()</I>
+ <I>-- and mvwgetstr() (which exists)</I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ type Soft_Label_Key_Format <B>is</B> (Three_Two_Three,
+ Four_Four,
+ PC_Style, <I>-- ncurses specific</I>
+ PC_Style_With_Index); <I>-- "</I>
+ type Label_Number <B>is</B> <B>new</B> Positive <B>range</B> 1 .. 12;
+ type Label_Justification <B>is</B> (Left, Centered, Right);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_105">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Init_Soft_Label_Keys
+ (Format : <B>in</B> Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_init()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_106">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : <B>in</B> Label_Number;
+ Text : <B>in</B> String;
+ Fmt : <B>in</B> Label_Justification := Left);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_set()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_107">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_refresh()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_108">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_noutrefresh()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_109">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : <B>in</B> Label_Number;
+ Text : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_label()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_110">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Clear_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_clear()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_111">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_restore()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_112">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Touch_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_touch()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_113">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+ (Attr : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ On : <B>in</B> Boolean := True);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_attron()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: slk_attroff()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_114">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+ (Attr : <B>in</B> Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+ Color : <B>in</B> Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_attrset()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_115">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes <B>return</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_attr()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_116">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes <B>return</B> Color_Pair;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">slk_attr()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- | Not implemented : filter, use_env, putwin, getwin</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_117">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Key_Name (Key : <B>in</B> Real_Key_Code;
+ Name : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">keyname()</A></I>
+ <I>-- The external name for a real keystroke.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_118">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Un_Control (Ch : <B>in</B> Attributed_Character;
+ Str : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">unctrl()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_119">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Delay_Output (Msecs : <B>in</B> Natural);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">delay_output()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_120">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Flush_Input;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">flushinp()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_121">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Baudrate <B>return</B> Natural;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">baudrate()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_122">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Erase_Character <B>return</B> Character;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">erasechar()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_123">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Kill_Character <B>return</B> Character;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">killchar()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_124">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Has_Insert_Character <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">has_ic()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_125">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Has_Insert_Line <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">has_il()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_126">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Supported_Attributes <B>return</B> Character_Attribute_Set;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">termattrs()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_127">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Long_Name (Name : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">longname()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_128">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Terminal_Name (Name : <B>out</B> String);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">termname()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_129">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Start_Color;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">start_clolor()</A></I>
+ <B>pragma</B> Import (C, Start_Color, "start_color");
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_130">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Init_Pair (Pair : <B>in</B> Redefinable_Color_Pair;
+ Fore : <B>in</B> Color_Number;
+ Back : <B>in</B> Color_Number);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">init_pair()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_131">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Pair_Content (Pair : <B>in</B> Color_Pair;
+ Fore : <B>out</B> Color_Number;
+ Back : <B>out</B> Color_Number);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">pair_content()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_132">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Has_Colors <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">has_colors()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_133">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Init_Color (Color : <B>in</B> Color_Number;
+ Red : <B>in</B> RGB_Value;
+ Green : <B>in</B> RGB_Value;
+ Blue : <B>in</B> RGB_Value);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">init_color()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_134">|</I>
+ <B>function</B> Can_Change_Color <B>return</B> Boolean;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">can_change_color()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_135">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Color_Content (Color : <B>in</B> Color_Number;
+ Red : <B>out</B> RGB_Value;
+ Green : <B>out</B> RGB_Value;
+ Blue : <B>out</B> RGB_Value);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">color_content()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Man page <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel.3x</A></I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+
+ <I>-- | Not implemented: getsyx, setsyx</I>
+ <I>--</I>
+ type Curses_Mode <B>is</B> (Curses, Shell);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_136">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : <B>in</B> Curses_Mode);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">def_prog_mode()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: def_shell_mode()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_137">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : <B>in</B> Curses_Mode);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">reset_prog_mode()</A></I>
+ <I>-- AKA: reset_shell_mode()</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_138">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Save_Terminal_State;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">savetty()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_139">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Reset_Terminal_State;
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">resetty();</A></I>
+
+ type Stdscr_Init_Proc <B>is</B> <B>access</B>
+ <B>function</B> (Win : Window;
+ Columns : Column_Count) <B>return</B> Integer;
+ <B>pragma</B> Convention (C, Stdscr_Init_Proc);
+ <I>-- N.B.: the return value is actually ignored, but it seems to be</I>
+ <I>-- a good practice to return 0 if you think all went fine</I>
+ <I>-- and -1 otherwise.</I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_140">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : <B>in</B> Integer;
+ Proc : <B>in</B> Stdscr_Init_Proc);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">ripoffline()</A></I>
+ <I>-- N.B.: to be more precise, this uses a ncurses specific enhancement of</I>
+ <I>-- ripoffline(), in which the Lines argument absolute value is the</I>
+ <I>-- number of lines to be ripped of. The official ripoffline() only</I>
+ <I>-- uses the sign of Lines to rip of a single line from bottom or top.</I>
+
+ type Cursor_Visibility <B>is</B> (Invisible, Normal, Very_Visible);
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_141">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Cursor_Visibility);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_set()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- <A NAME="AFU_142">|</I>
+ <B>procedure</B> Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : <B>in</B> Natural);
+ <I>-- AKA: <A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">napms()</A></I>
+
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ <I>-- | Some usefull helpers.</I>
+ <I>-- |=====================================================================</I>
+ type Transform_Direction <B>is</B> (From_Screen, To_Screen);
+ <B>procedure</B> Transform_Coordinates
+ (W : <B>in</B> Window := Standard_Window;
+ Line : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Line_Position;
+ Column : <B>in</B> <B>out</B> Column_Position;
+ Dir : <B>in</B> Transform_Direction := From_Screen);
+ <I>-- This procedure transforms screen coordinates into coordinates relative</I>
+ <I>-- to the window and vice versa, depending on the Dir parmeter.</I>
+ <I>-- Screen coordinates are the position informations on the physical device.</I>
+ <I>-- An Curses_Exception will be raised if Line and Column are not in the</I>
+ <I>-- Window or if you pass the Null_Window as argument.</I>
+
+<B>private</B>
+ type Window <B>is</B> <B>new</B> System.Address;
+ Null_Window : <B>constant</B> Window := Window (System.Null_Address);
+
+ Generation_Bit_Order : <B>constant</B> System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+ <I>-- This constant may be different on your system.</I>
+
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://www.gnat.com">GNAT</A> ncurses Binding --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Terminal_Interface --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- S P E C --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Version 00.92 --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --</I>
+<I>-- <A HREF="http://home.t-online.de/home/Juergen.Pfeifer">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>, Email: <A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de</A> --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --</I>
+<I>-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --</I>
+<I>-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --</I>
+<I>-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --</I>
+<I>-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --</I>
+<I>-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --</I>
+<I>-- highly appreciated. --</I>
+<I>-- --</I>
+<I>-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<I>-- Version Control:</I>
+<I>-- @Revision: 1.3 @</I>
+<I>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</I>
+<B>package</B> Terminal_Interface <B>is</B>
+<I>--</I>
+<I>-- Everything is in the child units</I>
+<I>--</I>
+<B>end</B> Terminal_Interface;
+
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+<P>
+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.<P>
+<!-- Do NOT delete my name or the tool name from below; -->
+<!-- giving me credit is a condition of use of ada2html -->
+<P><I>This hypertext format was generated by <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Tutorials/Lovelace/dwheeler.htm">David A. Wheeler</A>'s <A HREF="http://www.adahome.com/Resources/Tools/ada2html/ada2html.htm">ada2html</A></I>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#99ccbb" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#4060b0" VLINK="#000080" ALINK="#ff4040">
+<PRE>
+ <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> - resize a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wresize(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> function reallocates storage for an <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+ window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.
+ If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
+ window's data is filled with blanks that have the current
+ background rendition (as set by <STRONG>wbkgndset</STRONG>) merged into
+ them.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ on success. It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+ than or equal to zero, or if an error occurs while
+ (re)allocating memory for the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they
+ be greater than zero. The dimensions are not compared to
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen dimensions to simplify the logic of
+ <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG>. The caller must ensure that the window's
+ dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+ for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# --
+# GNAT ncurses Binding --
+# samples/Makefile --
+# --
+# Version 00.92 --
+# --
+# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+# --
+# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+# highly appreciated. --
+# --
+# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Version Control
+# $Revision: 1.7 $
+#
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+MODEL = ../../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AWK = @AWK@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir)
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+################################################################################
+ada_srcdir=../ada_include
+ada_objdir=../ada_objects
+
+LD_FLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ $(LOCAL_LIBS) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@ $(LDFLAGS)
+
+ADA = @nc_ada_compiler@
+ADAFLAGS = @ADAFLAGS@ -I$(srcdir)
+
+ADAMAKE = @nc_ada_make@
+ADAMAKEFLAGS = -aI$(srcdir) -aI$(ada_srcdir) -aI$(srcdir)/$(ada_srcdir) -aO$(ada_objdir)
+
+ALIB = @nc_ada_package@
+ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses
+
+CARGS =-cargs $(ADAFLAGS)
+LARGS =-largs -L../../lib $(LD_FLAGS)
+
+PROGS = tour
+
+TOUR_OBJS = tour.o sample.o sample-curses_demo.o sample-explanation.o \
+ sample-form_demo.o sample-function_key_setting.o \
+ sample-header_handler.o sample-helpers.o \
+ sample-keyboard_handler.o sample-manifest.o sample-menu_demo.o \
+ sample-menu_demo-aux.o sample-text_io_demo.o \
+ sample-curses_demo-attributes.o sample-curses_demo-mouse.o \
+ sample-form_demo-aux.o sample-my_field_type.o
+
+all :: demo1
+ @
+
+demo1: explain.msg
+ $(ADAMAKE) $(ADAMAKEFLAGS) tour $(CARGS) $(LARGS)
+
+explain.msg: $(srcdir)/explain.txt
+ cp $(srcdir)/explain.txt $@
+
+clean ::
+ rm -f *.o *.ali b_t*.* *.s $(PROGS) a.out core b_*_test.c *.xr[bs] explain.msg
+
+distclean :: clean
+ rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+ @
+
+realclean :: distclean
+ @
+
+
--- /dev/null
+The intention of the demo at this point in time is not to demonstrate all
+the features of (n)curses and it's subsystems, but to give some sample
+sources how to use the binding at all.
+
+Ideally in the future we can combine both goals.
+
--- /dev/null
+#VERSION
+This is Version 00.90.00 of the demo package.
+#MENUKEYS
+In a menu you can use the following Keys in the whole application:
+
+ - CTRL-Q Quit the menu
+ - CTRL-N Go to next item
+ - CTRL-P Go to previous item
+ - CTRL-U Scroll up one line
+ - CTRL-D Scroll down one line
+ - CTRL-F Scroll down one page
+ - PAGE DOWN Scroll down one page
+ - PAGE UP Scroll back one page
+ - CTRL-B Scroll back one page
+ - CTRL-X Clear pattern
+ - CTRL-H Delete last character from pattern
+ - Backspace Delete last character from pattern
+ - CTRL-A Next pattern match
+ - CTRL-Z Previous pattern match
+ - CTRL-T Toggle item in a multi-selection menu
+ - CR or LF Select an item
+ - HOME Key Go to the first item
+ - F3 Quit the menu
+ - Cursor Down Down one item
+ - Cursor Up Up one item
+ - Cursor Left Left one item
+ - Cursor Right Right one item
+ - END Key Go to last item
+#FORMKEYS
+ - CTRL-Q Quit the form
+ - CTRL-F Go to the next page of the form
+ - CTRL-B Go to the previous page of the form
+ - CTRL-N Go to the next field
+ - CTRL-P Go to the previous field
+ - CTRL-L Go to the field left of the current one
+ - CTRL-R Go to the field right of the current one
+ - CTRL-U Go to the field above the current one
+ - CTRL-D Go to the field below the current one
+ - CTRL-W Go to the next word in the field
+ - CTRL-T Go to the previous word in the field
+ - CTRL-S Go to the beginning of the field
+ - CTRL-E Go to the end of the field
+ - CTRL-I Insert a blank character at the current position
+ - CTRL-O Insert a line
+ - CTRL-V Delete a character
+ - CTRL-H Delete previous character
+ - CTRL-Y Delete a line
+ - CTRL-G Delete a word
+ - CTRL-K Clear to end of field
+ - CTRL-X Clear the field
+ - CTRL-A Next choice in a choice field (Enumerations etc.)
+ - CTRL-Z Previous choice in a choice field.
+#HELP
+#HELPKEYS
+You may scroll with the Cursor Up/Down Keys.
+You may leave the help with the Function Key labelled 'Quit'.
+#INHELP
+You are already in the help system.
+You may leave the help with the Function Key labelled 'Quit'.
+#MAIN
+This is the main menu of the sample program for the ncurses Ada95
+binding. The main intention of the demo is not to demonstate or
+test all the features of ncurses and it's subsystems, but to provide
+to you some sample code how to use the binding with Ada95.
+
+You may select this options:
+
+ * Look at some ncurses core functions
+ * Look at some features of the menu subsystem
+ * Look at some features of the form subsystem
+ * Look at the output of the Ada.Text_IO like functions
+ for ncurses.
+
+#MAINPAD
+You may press at any place in this demo CTRL-C. This will give you a command
+window. You can just type in the Label-String of a function key, then this
+key will be simulated. This should help you to run the application even if
+you run it on a terminal with no or only a few function keys. With CTRL-A
+and CTRL-Z you may browse through the possible values in the command window.
+#MENU00
+Here we give you a selection of various menu demonstrations.
+#MENU-PAD00
+This menu itself is a demo for a single valued, 1-column menu with
+descriptions for the items, a marker and a padding character between
+the item name and the description.
+#MENU01
+This is a demo of the some of the menu layout options. One of them
+is the spacing functionality. Just press the Key labelled "Flip" to
+flip between the non-spaced and a spaced version of the menu. Please
+note that this functionality is unique for ncurses and is not found
+in the SVr4 menu implementation.
+
+This is a menu that sometimes doesn't fit into it's window and
+therefore it becomes a scroll menu.
+
+You can also see here very nicely the pattern matching functionality
+of menus. Type for example a 'J' and you will be positioned to the
+next item after the current starting with a 'J'. Any more characters
+you type in make the pattern more specific. With CTRL-A and CTRL-Z
+(for more details press the Key labelled "Keys") you can browse
+through all the items matching the pattern.
+
+You may change the format of the menu. Just press one of the keys
+labelled "4x1", "4x2" or "4x3" to get a menu with that many rows
+and columns.
+
+With the Keys "O-Row" or "O-Col" (they occupy the same label and
+switch on selection) you can change the major order scheme for
+the menu. If "O-Col" is visible, the menu is currently major
+ordered by rows, you can switch to major column order by pressing
+the key. If "O-Row" is visible, it's just the reverse situation.
+This Key is not visible in "4x1" layout mode, because in this case
+the functionality makes no sense.
+
+With the Keys "Multi" or "Singl" (they occupy the same label and
+switch on selection) you can change whether or not the menu allows
+multiple or only single selection.
+
+With the Keys "+Desc" or "-Desc" (they occupy the same label and
+switch on selection) you can change whether or not the descriptions
+for each item should be displayed. Please not that this key is
+not visible in the "4x3" layout mode, because in this case the
+menu wouldn't fit on a typicall 80x24 screen.
+
+With the Keys "Disab" or "Enab" (they occupy the same label and
+switch on selection) you can dis- or enable the selectability of
+the month with 31 days.
+#MENU-PAD01
+You may press "Flip" to see the effect of ncurses unique menu-spacing.
+The Keys "4x1", "4x2" and "4x3" will change the format of the menu.
+Please note that this is a scrolling menu. You may also play with the
+pattern matching functionality or try to change the format of the menu.
+For more details press the Key labelled "Help".
+#FORM00
+This is a demo of the forms package.
+#FORM-PAD00
+Please note that this demo is far from being complete. It really shows
+only a small part of the functionality of the forms package. Let's hope
+the next version will have a richer demo (You wan't to contribute ?).
+#NOTIMPL
+Sorry this functionality of the demo is not implemented at the moment.
+Remember this is a freeware project, so I can use only my very rare
+free time to continue coding. If you would like to contribute, you
+are very welcome !
+#CURSES00
+This is a menu where you can select some different demos of the ncurses
+functionality.
+#CURSES-PAD00
+Please note that this demo is far from being complete. It really shows
+only a small part of the functionality of the curses package. Let's hope
+the next version will have a richer demo (You wan't to contribute ?).
+#MOUSEKEYS
+In this demo you may use this keys:
+
+ - Key labelled "Help" to get a help
+ - Key labelled "Keys" is what you are reading now
+ - Key labelled "Quit" to leave the demo
+
+You may click the mouse buttons at any location at the screen and look
+at the protocol window !
+#MOUSE00
+A rather simple use of a mouse as demo. It's there just to test the
+code and to provide the sample source.
+
+It might be of interest, that the output into the protocol window is
+done by the (n)curses Text_IO subpackages. Especially the output of
+the button and state names is done by Ads's enumeration IO, which
+allows you to print the names of enumeration literals. That's really
+nice.
+#MOUSE-PAD00
+This is a very simple demo of the mouse features of ncurses. It's there
+just to test whether or not the generated code for the binding really
+works on the different architectures (seems so).
+#ATTRIBDEMO
+Again this is a more than simple demo and just here to give you the
+sourcecode.
+#ATTRIBKEYS
+You may press one of the three well known standard keys of this demo.
+#ATTRIB-PAD00
+Again this is a more than simple demo and just here to give you the
+sourcecode. Feel free to contribute more.
+#TEXTIO
+#TEXTIOKEYS
+#TEXTIO-PAD00
+#END
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler;
+with Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse;
+
+package body Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes is
+
+ procedure Demo
+ is
+ P : Panel := Create (Standard_Window);
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ begin
+ Set_Meta_Mode;
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode;
+
+ Top (P);
+
+ Push_Environment ("ATTRIBDEMO");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Notepad ("ATTRIB-PAD00");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (others => False));
+ Add (Line => 1, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is NORMAL");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Stand_Out => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Line => 2, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is Stand_Out");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Under_Line => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Line => 3, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is Under_Line");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Reverse_Video => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Line => 4, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is Reverse_Video");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Blink => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Line => 5, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is Blink");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Dim_Character => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Line => 6, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is Dim_Character");
+
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Bold_Character => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Line => 7, Column => Columns / 2 - 10,
+ Str => "This is Bold_Character");
+
+ Refresh_Without_Update;
+ Update_Panels; Update_Screen;
+
+ loop
+ K := Get_Key;
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when QUIT_CODE => exit;
+ when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context;
+ when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("ATTRIBKEYS");
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Clear;
+ Refresh_Without_Update;
+ Delete (P);
+ Update_Panels; Update_Screen;
+
+ end Demo;
+
+end Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes is
+
+ procedure Demo;
+
+end Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
+
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse is
+
+ package Int_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Integer);
+ use Int_IO;
+
+ package Button_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Mouse_Button);
+ use Button_IO;
+
+ package State_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Button_State);
+ use State_IO;
+
+ procedure Demo is
+
+ type Controls is array (1 .. 3) of Panel;
+
+ Frame : Window;
+ Msg : Window;
+ Ctl : Controls;
+ Pan : Panel;
+ N : constant Natural := Ctl'Length;
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ V : Cursor_Visibility := Invisible;
+ W : Window;
+ Note : Window;
+ Msg_L : constant Line_Count := 8;
+ Lins : Line_Position := Lines;
+ Cols : Column_Position;
+ Mask : Event_Mask;
+ procedure Show_Mouse_Event;
+
+ procedure Show_Mouse_Event
+ is
+ Evt : constant Mouse_Event := Get_Mouse;
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ Button : Mouse_Button;
+ State : Button_State;
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ Get_Event (Evt, Y, X, Button, State);
+ Put (Msg, "Event at");
+ Put (Msg, " X="); Put (Msg, Integer (X), 3);
+ Put (Msg, ", Y="); Put (Msg, Integer (Y), 3);
+ Put (Msg, ", Btn="); Put (Msg, Button, 10);
+ Put (Msg, ", Stat="); Put (Msg, State, 15);
+ for I in Ctl'Range loop
+ W := Get_Window (Ctl (I));
+ if Enclosed_In_Window (W, Evt) then
+ Transform_Coordinates (W, Y, X, From_Screen);
+ Put (Msg, ",Box(");
+ Put (Msg, Integer (I), 1); Put (Msg, ",");
+ Put (Msg, Integer (Y), 1); Put (Msg, ",");
+ Put (Msg, Integer (X), 1); Put (Msg, ")");
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ New_Line (Msg);
+ Flush (Msg);
+ Update_Panels; Update_Screen;
+ end Show_Mouse_Event;
+
+ begin
+ Push_Environment ("MOUSE00");
+ Notepad ("MOUSE-PAD00");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Set_Cursor_Visibility (V);
+
+ Note := Notepad_Window;
+ if Note /= Null_Window then
+ Get_Window_Position (Note, Lins, Cols);
+ end if;
+ Frame := Create (Msg_L, Columns, Lins - Msg_L, 0);
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => Frame,
+ Ch => (Color => Default_Colors,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Ch => ' '));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Win => Frame,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Color => Default_Colors);
+ Erase (Frame);
+ end if;
+ Msg := Derived_Window (Frame, Msg_L - 2, Columns - 2, 1, 1);
+ Pan := Create (Frame);
+
+ Set_Meta_Mode;
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode;
+ Mask := Start_Mouse;
+
+ Box (Frame);
+ Window_Title (Frame, "Mouse Protocol");
+ Refresh_Without_Update (Frame);
+ Allow_Scrolling (Msg, True);
+
+ declare
+ Middle_Column : constant Integer := Integer (Columns) / 2;
+ Middle_Index : constant Natural := Ctl'First + (Ctl'Length / 2);
+ Width : constant Column_Count := 5;
+ Height : constant Line_Count := 3;
+ Half : constant Column_Count := Width / 2;
+ Space : constant Column_Count := 3;
+ Position : Integer;
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ for I in Ctl'Range loop
+ Position := (Integer (I) - Integer (Middle_Index)) *
+ Integer (Half + Space + Width) + Middle_Column;
+ W := Create (Height,
+ Width,
+ 1,
+ Column_Position (Position));
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => W,
+ Ch => (Color => Menu_Back_Color,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Ch => ' '));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Win => W,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Color => Menu_Fore_Color);
+ Erase (W);
+ end if;
+ Ctl (I) := Create (W);
+ Box (W);
+ Move_Cursor (W, 1, Half);
+ Put (W, Integer (I), 1);
+ Refresh_Without_Update (W);
+ end loop;
+ end;
+
+ Update_Panels; Update_Screen;
+
+ loop
+ K := Get_Key;
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when QUIT_CODE => exit;
+ when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context;
+ when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("MOUSEKEYS");
+ when Key_Mouse => Show_Mouse_Event;
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+
+ for I in Ctl'Range loop
+ W := Get_Window (Ctl (I));
+ Clear (W);
+ Delete (Ctl (I));
+ Delete (W);
+ end loop;
+
+ Clear (Frame);
+ Delete (Pan);
+ Delete (Msg);
+ Delete (Frame);
+
+ Set_Cursor_Visibility (V);
+ End_Mouse;
+
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Update_Panels; Update_Screen;
+
+ end Demo;
+
+end Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse is
+
+ procedure Demo;
+
+end Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Curses_Demo --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler;
+with Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse;
+with Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes;
+
+package body Sample.Curses_Demo is
+
+ procedure Demo
+ is
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
+ package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver);
+
+ Itm : constant Item_Array (1 .. 2) :=
+ (New_Item ("Attributes Demo"),
+ New_Item ("Mouse Demo"));
+ M : Menu := New_Menu (Itm);
+
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ Pan : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ Idx : constant Positive := Get_Index (Current (M));
+ begin
+ if K in User_Key_Code'Range then
+ if K = QUIT then
+ return True;
+ elsif K = SELECT_ITEM then
+ if Idx in Itm'Range then
+ Hide (Pan);
+ Update_Panels;
+ end if;
+ case Idx is
+ when 1 => Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes.Demo;
+ when 2 => Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse.Demo;
+ when others => Not_Implemented;
+ end case;
+ if Idx in Itm'Range then
+ Top (Pan);
+ Show (Pan);
+ Update_Panels;
+ Update_Screen;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ return False;
+ end My_Driver;
+
+ begin
+
+ if Item_Count (M) /= Itm'Length then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+
+ if not Has_Key (Key_Mouse) then
+ declare
+ O : Item_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (Itm (2), O);
+ O.Selectable := False;
+ Set_Options (Itm (2), O);
+ end;
+ end if;
+
+ Push_Environment ("CURSES00");
+ Notepad ("CURSES-PAD00");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+
+ Mh.Drive_Me (M, " Demo ");
+ Pop_Environment;
+
+ Delete (M);
+
+ end Demo;
+
+end Sample.Curses_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Curses_Demo --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample.Curses_Demo is
+
+ procedure Demo;
+
+end Sample.Curses_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Explanation --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.6 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Poor mans help system. This scans a sequential file for key lines and
+-- then reads the lines up to the next key. Those lines are presented in
+-- a window as help or explanation.
+--
+with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
+with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+
+package body Sample.Explanation is
+
+ Help_Keys : constant String := "HELPKEYS";
+ In_Help : constant String := "INHELP";
+
+ File_Name : String := "explain.msg";
+ F : File_Type;
+
+ type Help_Line;
+ type Help_Line_Access is access Help_Line;
+ pragma Controlled (Help_Line_Access);
+ type String_Access is access String;
+ pragma Controlled (String_Access);
+
+ type Help_Line is
+ record
+ Prev, Next : Help_Line_Access;
+ Line : String_Access;
+ end record;
+
+ procedure Explain (Key : in String;
+ Win : in Window);
+
+ procedure Release_String is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String,
+ String_Access);
+ procedure Release_Help_Line is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Help_Line,
+ Help_Line_Access);
+
+ function Search (Key : String) return Help_Line_Access;
+ procedure Release_Help (Root : in out Help_Line_Access);
+
+ procedure Explain (Key : in String)
+ is
+ begin
+ Explain (Key, Null_Window);
+ end Explain;
+
+ procedure Explain (Key : in String;
+ Win : in Window)
+ is
+ -- Retrieve the text associated with this key and display it in this
+ -- window. If no window argument is passed, the routine will create
+ -- a temporary window and use it.
+
+ function Filter_Key return Real_Key_Code;
+ procedure Unknown_Key;
+ procedure Redo;
+ procedure To_Window (C : in out Help_Line_Access;
+ More : in out Boolean);
+
+ Frame : Window := Null_Window;
+
+ W : Window := Win;
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ P : Panel;
+
+ Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Help : Help_Line_Access := Search (Key);
+ Current : Help_Line_Access;
+ Top_Line : Help_Line_Access;
+
+ Has_More : Boolean;
+
+ procedure Unknown_Key
+ is
+ begin
+ Add (W, "Help message with ID ");
+ Add (W, Key);
+ Add (W, " not found.");
+ Add (W, Character'Val (10));
+ Add (W, "Press the Function key labelled 'Quit' key to continue.");
+ end Unknown_Key;
+
+ procedure Redo
+ is
+ H : Help_Line_Access := Top_Line;
+ begin
+ if Top_Line /= null then
+ for L in 0 .. (Height - 1) loop
+ Add (W, L, 0, H.Line.all);
+ exit when H.Next = null;
+ H := H.Next;
+ end loop;
+ else
+ Unknown_Key;
+ end if;
+ end Redo;
+
+ function Filter_Key return Real_Key_Code
+ is
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ begin
+ loop
+ K := Get_Key (W);
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when HELP_CODE =>
+ if not Find_Context (In_Help) then
+ Push_Environment (In_Help, False);
+ Explain (In_Help, W);
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Redo;
+ end if;
+ when EXPLAIN_CODE =>
+ if not Find_Context (Help_Keys) then
+ Push_Environment (Help_Keys, False);
+ Explain (Help_Keys, W);
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Redo;
+ end if;
+ when others => exit;
+ end case;
+ else
+ exit;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ return K;
+ end Filter_Key;
+
+ procedure To_Window (C : in out Help_Line_Access;
+ More : in out Boolean)
+ is
+ L : Line_Position := 0;
+ begin
+ loop
+ Add (W, L, 0, C.Line.all);
+ L := L + 1;
+ exit when C.Next = null or else L = Height;
+ C := C.Next;
+ end loop;
+ if C.Next /= null then
+ pragma Assert (L = Height);
+ More := True;
+ else
+ More := False;
+ end if;
+ end To_Window;
+
+ begin
+ if W = Null_Window then
+ Push_Environment ("HELP");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Frame := New_Window (Lines - 2, Columns, 0, 0);
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => Frame,
+ Ch => (Ch => ' ',
+ Color => Help_Color,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Win => Frame,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Color => Help_Color);
+ Erase (Frame);
+ end if;
+ Box (Frame);
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Frame, (Reverse_Video => True,
+ others => False));
+ Add (Frame, Lines - 3, 2, "Cursor Up/Down scrolls");
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Frame); -- Back to default.
+ Window_Title (Frame, "Explanation");
+ W := Derived_Window (Frame, Lines - 4, Columns - 2, 1, 1);
+ Refresh_Without_Update (Frame);
+ Get_Size (W, Height, Width);
+ Set_Meta_Mode (W);
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode (W);
+ Allow_Scrolling (W, True);
+ Set_Echo_Mode (False);
+ P := Create (Frame);
+ Top (P);
+ Update_Panels;
+ else
+ Clear (W);
+ Refresh_Without_Update (W);
+ end if;
+
+ Current := Help; Top_Line := Help;
+
+ if null = Help then
+ Unknown_Key;
+ loop
+ K := Filter_Key;
+ exit when K = QUIT_CODE;
+ end loop;
+ else
+ To_Window (Current, Has_More);
+ if Has_More then
+ -- This means there are more lines available, so we have to go
+ -- into a scroll manager.
+ loop
+ K := Filter_Key;
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when Key_Cursor_Down =>
+ if Current.Next /= null then
+ Move_Cursor (W, Height - 1, 0);
+ Scroll (W, 1);
+ Current := Current.Next;
+ Top_Line := Top_Line.Next;
+ Add (W, Current.Line.all);
+ end if;
+ when Key_Cursor_Up =>
+ if Top_Line.Prev /= null then
+ Move_Cursor (W, 0, 0);
+ Scroll (W, -1);
+ Top_Line := Top_Line.Prev;
+ Current := Current.Prev;
+ Add (W, Top_Line.Line.all);
+ end if;
+ when QUIT_CODE => exit;
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ else
+ loop
+ K := Filter_Key;
+ exit when K = QUIT_CODE;
+ end loop;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+
+ Clear (W);
+
+ if Frame /= Null_Window then
+ Clear (Frame);
+ Delete (P);
+ Delete (W);
+ Delete (Frame);
+ Pop_Environment;
+ end if;
+
+ Update_Panels;
+ Update_Screen;
+
+ Release_Help (Help);
+
+ end Explain;
+
+ function Search (Key : String) return Help_Line_Access
+ is
+ Last : Natural;
+ Buffer : String (1 .. 256);
+ Root : Help_Line_Access := null;
+ Current : Help_Line_Access;
+ Tail : Help_Line_Access := null;
+ Save : String_Access;
+
+ function Next_Line return Boolean;
+
+ function Next_Line return Boolean
+ is
+ H_End : constant String := "#END";
+ begin
+ Get_Line (F, Buffer, Last);
+ if Last = H_End'Length and then H_End = Buffer (1 .. Last) then
+ return False;
+ else
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end Next_Line;
+ begin
+ Reset (F);
+ Outer :
+ loop
+ exit when not Next_Line;
+ if Last = (1 + Key'Length) and then Key = Buffer (2 .. Last)
+ and then Buffer (1) = '#' then
+ loop
+ exit when not Next_Line;
+ exit when Buffer (1) = '#';
+ Current := new Help_Line'(null, null,
+ new String'(Buffer (1 .. Last)));
+ if Tail = null then
+ Release_Help (Root);
+ Root := Current;
+ else
+ Tail.Next := Current;
+ Current.Prev := Tail;
+ end if;
+ Tail := Current;
+ end loop;
+ exit Outer;
+ end if;
+ end loop Outer;
+ return Root;
+ end Search;
+
+ procedure Release_Help (Root : in out Help_Line_Access)
+ is
+ Next : Help_Line_Access;
+ begin
+ loop
+ exit when Root = null;
+ Next := Root.Next;
+ Release_String (Root.Line);
+ Release_Help_Line (Root);
+ Root := Next;
+ end loop;
+ end Release_Help;
+
+ procedure Explain_Context
+ is
+ begin
+ Explain (Context);
+ end Explain_Context;
+
+ procedure Notepad (Key : in String)
+ is
+ H : constant Help_Line_Access := Search (Key);
+ T : Help_Line_Access := H;
+ N : Line_Count := 1;
+ L : Line_Position := 0;
+ W : Window;
+ P : Panel;
+ begin
+ if H /= null then
+ loop
+ T := T.Next;
+ exit when T = null;
+ N := N + 1;
+ end loop;
+ W := New_Window (N + 2, Columns, Lines - N - 2, 0);
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => W,
+ Ch => (Ch => ' ',
+ Color => Notepad_Color,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Win => W,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Color => Notepad_Color);
+ Erase (W);
+ end if;
+ Box (W);
+ Window_Title (W, "Notepad");
+ P := New_Panel (W);
+ T := H;
+ loop
+ Add (W, L + 1, 1, T.Line.all, Integer (Columns - 2));
+ L := L + 1;
+ T := T.Next;
+ exit when T = null;
+ end loop;
+ T := H;
+ Release_Help (T);
+ Refresh_Without_Update (W);
+ Notepad_To_Context (P);
+ end if;
+ end Notepad;
+
+begin
+ Open (F, In_File, File_Name);
+end Sample.Explanation;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Explanation --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Poor mans help system. This scans a sequential file for key lines and
+-- then reads the lines up to the next key. Those lines are presented in
+-- a window as help or explanation.
+--
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+package Sample.Explanation is
+
+ package Curses renames Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+ procedure Explain (Key : in String);
+ -- Retrieve the text associated with this key and display it.
+
+ procedure Explain_Context;
+ -- Explain the current context.
+
+ procedure Notepad (Key : in String);
+ -- Put a note on the screen and maintain it with the context
+
+ Explanation_Not_Found : exception;
+ Explanation_Error : exception;
+
+end Sample.Explanation;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Form_Demo.Aux --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.5 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Form_Demo.Aux is
+
+ procedure Geometry (F : in Form;
+ L : out Line_Count; -- Lines used for menu
+ C : out Column_Count; -- Columns used for menu
+ Y : out Line_Position; -- Proposed Line for menu
+ X : out Column_Position) -- Proposed Column for menu
+ is
+ begin
+ Scale (F, L, C);
+
+ L := L + 2; -- count for frame at top and bottom
+ C := C + 2; -- "
+
+ -- Calculate horizontal coordinate at the screen center
+ X := (Columns - C) / 2;
+ Y := 1; -- start always in line 1
+ end Geometry;
+
+ function Create (F : Form;
+ Title : String;
+ Lin : Line_Position;
+ Col : Column_Position) return Panel
+ is
+ W, S : Window;
+ L : Line_Count;
+ C : Column_Count;
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ Pan : Panel;
+ begin
+ Geometry (F, L, C, Y, X);
+ W := New_Window (L, C, Lin, Col);
+ Set_Meta_Mode (W);
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode (W);
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => W,
+ Ch => (Ch => ' ',
+ Color => Default_Colors,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Win => W,
+ Color => Default_Colors,
+ Attr => Normal_Video);
+ Erase (W);
+ end if;
+ S := Derived_Window (W, L - 2, C - 2, 1, 1);
+ Set_Meta_Mode (S);
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode (S);
+ Box (W);
+ Set_Window (F, W);
+ Set_Sub_Window (F, S);
+ if Title'Length > 0 then
+ Window_Title (W, Title);
+ end if;
+ Pan := New_Panel (W);
+ Post (F);
+ return Pan;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Destroy (F : in Form;
+ P : in out Panel)
+ is
+ W, S : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Get_Window (F);
+ S := Get_Sub_Window (F);
+ Post (F, False);
+ Erase (W);
+ Delete (P);
+ Set_Window (F, Null_Window);
+ Set_Sub_Window (F, Null_Window);
+ Delete (S);
+ Delete (W);
+ Update_Panels;
+ end Destroy;
+
+ function Get_Request (F : Form;
+ P : Panel;
+ Handle_CRLF : Boolean := True) return Key_Code
+ is
+ W : constant Window := Get_Window (F);
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ Ch : Character;
+ begin
+ Top (P);
+ loop
+ K := Get_Key (W);
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context;
+ when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("FORMKEYS");
+ when Key_Home => return F_First_Field;
+ when Key_End => return F_Last_Field;
+ when QUIT_CODE => return QUIT;
+ when Key_Cursor_Down => return F_Down_Char;
+ when Key_Cursor_Up => return F_Up_Char;
+ when Key_Cursor_Left => return F_Left_Char;
+ when Key_Cursor_Right => return F_Right_Char;
+ when Key_Next_Page => return F_ScrollForward_Line;
+ when Key_Previous_Page => return F_ScrollBackward_Line;
+ when Key_Backspace => return F_Delete_Previous;
+ when others => return K;
+ end case;
+ elsif K in Normal_Key_Code'Range then
+ Ch := Character'Val (K);
+ case Ch is
+ when DC1 => return QUIT; -- CTRL-Q
+ when ACK => return F_Next_Page; -- CTRL-F
+ when STX => return F_Previous_Page; -- CTRL-B
+ when SO => return F_Next_Field; -- CTRL-N
+ when DLE => return F_Previous_Field; -- CTRL-P
+ when FF => return F_Left_Field; -- CTRL-L
+ when DC2 => return F_Right_Field; -- CTRL-R
+ when NAK => return F_Up_Field; -- CTRL-U
+ when EOT => return F_Down_Field; -- CTRL-D
+ when ETB => return F_Next_Word; -- CTRL-W
+ when DC4 => return F_Previous_Word; -- CTRL-T
+ when DC3 => return F_Begin_Field; -- CTRL-S
+ when ENQ => return F_End_Field; -- CTRL-E
+ when HT => return F_Insert_Char; -- CTRL-I
+ when SI => return F_Insert_Line; -- CTRL-O
+ when SYN => return F_Delete_Char; -- CTRL-V
+ when BS => return F_Delete_Previous; -- CTRL-H
+ when EM => return F_Delete_Line; -- CTRL-Y
+ when BEL => return F_Delete_Word; -- CTRL-G
+ when VT => return F_Clear_EOF; -- CTRL-K
+ when CAN => return F_Clear_Field; -- CTRL-X
+ when SOH => return F_Next_Choice; -- CTRL-A
+ when SUB => return F_Previous_Choice; -- CTRL-Z
+ when CR | LF =>
+ if Handle_CRLF then
+ return F_New_Line;
+ else
+ return K;
+ end if;
+ when others => return K;
+ end case;
+ else
+ return K;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ end Get_Request;
+
+ function Make (Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Text : String) return Field
+ is
+ Fld : Field;
+ C : Column_Count := Column_Count (Text'Length);
+ begin
+ Fld := New_Field (1, C, Top, Left);
+ Set_Buffer (Fld, 0, Text);
+ Switch_Options (Fld, (Active => True, others => False), False);
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Fld => Fld, Color => Default_Colors);
+ end if;
+ return Fld;
+ end Make;
+
+ function Make (Height : Line_Count := 1;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0) return Field
+ is
+ Fld : Field := New_Field (Height, Width, Top, Left, Off_Screen);
+ begin
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Foreground (Fld => Fld, Color => Form_Fore_Color);
+ Set_Background (Fld => Fld, Color => Form_Back_Color);
+ else
+ Set_Background (Fld, (Reverse_Video => True, others => False));
+ end if;
+ return Fld;
+ end Make;
+
+ function Default_Driver (F : Form;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ begin
+ if K in User_Key_Code'Range and then K = QUIT then
+ if Driver (F, F_Validate_Field) = Form_Ok then
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ return False;
+ end Default_Driver;
+
+ function Count_Active (F : Form) return Natural
+ is
+ N : Natural := 0;
+ O : Field_Option_Set;
+ A : constant Field_Array_Access := Fields (F);
+ H : constant Natural := Field_Count (F);
+ begin
+ if H > 0 then
+ for I in 1 .. H loop
+ Get_Options (A.all (I), O);
+ if O.Active then
+ N := N + 1;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ end if;
+ return N;
+ end Count_Active;
+
+end Sample.Form_Demo.Aux;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Form_Demo.Aux --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+package Sample.Form_Demo.Aux is
+
+ procedure Geometry (F : in Form;
+ L : out Line_Count;
+ C : out Column_Count;
+ Y : out Line_Position;
+ X : out Column_Position);
+ -- Calculate the geometry for a panel beeing able to be used to display
+ -- the menu.
+
+ function Create (F : Form;
+ Title : String;
+ Lin : Line_Position;
+ Col : Column_Position) return Panel;
+ -- Create a panel decorated with a frame and the title at the specified
+ -- position. The dimension of the panel is derived from the menus layout.
+
+ procedure Destroy (F : in Form;
+ P : in out Panel);
+ -- Destroy all the windowing structures associated with this menu and
+ -- panel.
+
+ function Get_Request (F : Form;
+ P : Panel;
+ Handle_CRLF : Boolean := True) return Key_Code;
+ -- Centralized request driver for all menus in this sample. This
+ -- gives us a common key binding for all menus.
+
+ function Make (Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Text : String) return Field;
+ -- create a label
+
+ function Make (Height : Line_Count := 1;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Top : Line_Position;
+ Left : Column_Position;
+ Off_Screen : Natural := 0) return Field;
+ -- create a editable field
+
+ function Default_Driver (F : Form;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean;
+
+ function Count_Active (F : Form) return Natural;
+ -- Count the number of active fields in the form
+
+end Sample.Form_Demo.Aux;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Form_Demo.Handler --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+with Sample.Form_Demo.Aux;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Form_Demo.Handler is
+
+ package Aux renames Sample.Form_Demo.Aux;
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form;
+ Title : in String := "")
+ is
+ L : Line_Count;
+ C : Column_Count;
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ begin
+ Aux.Geometry (F, L, C, Y, X);
+ Drive_Me (F, Y, X, Title);
+ end Drive_Me;
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form;
+ Lin : in Line_Position;
+ Col : in Column_Position;
+ Title : in String := "")
+ is
+ Pan : Panel := Aux.Create (F, Title, Lin, Col);
+ V : Cursor_Visibility := Normal;
+ Handle_CRLF : Boolean := True;
+
+ begin
+ Set_Cursor_Visibility (V);
+ if Aux.Count_Active (F) = 1 then
+ Handle_CRLF := False;
+ end if;
+ loop
+ declare
+ K : Key_Code := Aux.Get_Request (F, Pan, Handle_CRLF);
+ R : Driver_Result;
+ begin
+ if (K = 13 or else K = 10) and then not Handle_CRLF then
+ R := Unknown_Request;
+ else
+ R := Driver (F, K);
+ end if;
+ case R is
+ when Form_Ok => null;
+ when Unknown_Request =>
+ if My_Driver (F, K, Pan) then
+ exit;
+ end if;
+ when others => Beep;
+ end case;
+ end;
+ end loop;
+ Set_Cursor_Visibility (V);
+ Aux.Destroy (F, Pan);
+ end Drive_Me;
+
+end Sample.Form_Demo.Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Form_Demo.Handler --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+generic
+ with function My_Driver (Frm : Form;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
+package Sample.Form_Demo.Handler is
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form;
+ Lin : in Line_Position;
+ Col : in Column_Position;
+ Title : in String := "");
+ -- Position the menu at the given point and drive it.
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form;
+ Title : in String := "");
+ -- Center menu and drive it.
+
+end Sample.Form_Demo.Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Form_Demo --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+with Ada.Strings.Unbounded; use Ada.Strings.Unbounded;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
+
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.My_Field_Type; use Sample.My_Field_Type;
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+with Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; use Sample.Form_Demo.Aux;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Form_Demo.Handler;
+
+package body Sample.Form_Demo is
+
+ type User_Data is
+ record
+ Data : Integer;
+ end record;
+ type User_Access is access User_Data;
+
+ package Fld_U is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data (User_Data,
+ User_Access);
+
+ package Frm_U is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data (User_Data,
+ User_Access);
+
+ Enums : constant Enum_Array := (new String'("alpha"),
+ new String'("beta"),
+ new String'("gamma"));
+
+ Enum_Info : constant Enumeration_Info := (Enums'Length, Enums,
+ False, False);
+
+ Enum_Field : constant Enumeration_Field := Create (Enum_Info, True);
+
+ procedure Demo
+ is
+
+ Mft : My_Data := (Ch => 'X');
+
+ FA : Field_Array (1 .. 9) := (Make (0, 14, "Sample Entry Form"),
+ Make (2, 0, "An Enumeration"),
+ Make (2, 20, "Numeric 1-10"),
+ Make (2, 34, "Only 'X'"),
+ Make (5, 0,
+ "Multiple Lines offscreen (Scroll)"),
+
+ Make (Width => 18, Top => 3, Left => 0),
+ Make (Width => 12, Top => 3, Left => 20),
+ Make (Width => 12, Top => 3, Left => 34),
+ Make (Width => 46, Top => 6, Left => 0,
+ Height => 4, Off_Screen => 2)
+ );
+
+ Frm : Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form := Create (FA);
+
+ I_F : constant Integer_Field := (Precision => 0,
+ Lower_Limit => 1,
+ Upper_Limit => 10);
+
+ F1, F2 : User_Access;
+
+ package Fh is new Sample.Form_Demo.Handler (Default_Driver);
+
+ begin
+ Push_Environment ("FORM00");
+ Notepad ("FORM-PAD00");
+ Default_Labels;
+
+ Set_Type (FA (6), Enum_Field);
+ Set_Type (FA (7), I_F);
+ Set_Type (FA (8), Mft);
+
+ F1 := new User_Data'(Data => 4711);
+ Fld_U.Set_User_Data (FA (1), F1);
+
+ Fh.Drive_Me (Frm);
+
+ Fld_U.Get_User_Data (FA (1), F2);
+ pragma Assert (F1 = F2);
+ pragma Assert (F1.Data = F2.Data);
+
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Delete (Frm);
+
+ for I in FA'Range loop
+ Delete (FA (I));
+ end loop;
+ end Demo;
+
+end Sample.Form_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Form_Demo --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample.Form_Demo is
+
+ procedure Demo;
+
+end Sample.Form_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Function_Key_Setting --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+
+-- This package implements a simple stack of function key label environments.
+--
+package body Sample.Function_Key_Setting is
+
+ Max_Label_Length : constant Positive := 8;
+ Number_Of_Keys : Label_Number := Label_Number'Last;
+ Justification : Label_Justification := Left;
+
+ subtype Label is String (1 .. Max_Label_Length);
+ type Label_Array is array (Label_Number range <>) of Label;
+
+ type Key_Environment (N : Label_Number := Label_Number'Last);
+ type Env_Ptr is access Key_Environment;
+ pragma Controlled (Env_Ptr);
+
+ type String_Access is access String;
+ pragma Controlled (String_Access);
+
+ Active_Context : String_Access := new String'("MAIN");
+ Active_Notepad : Panel := Null_Panel;
+
+ type Key_Environment (N : Label_Number := Label_Number'Last) is
+ record
+ Prev : Env_Ptr;
+ Help : String_Access;
+ Notepad : Panel;
+ Labels : Label_Array (1 .. N);
+ end record;
+
+ procedure Release_String is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String,
+ String_Access);
+
+ procedure Release_Environment is
+ new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Key_Environment,
+ Env_Ptr);
+
+ Top_Of_Stack : Env_Ptr := null;
+
+ procedure Push_Environment (Key : in String;
+ Reset : in Boolean := True)
+ is
+ P : constant Env_Ptr := new Key_Environment (Number_Of_Keys);
+ begin
+ -- Store the current labels in the environment
+ for I in 1 .. Number_Of_Keys loop
+ Get_Soft_Label_Key (I, P.Labels (I));
+ if Reset then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (I, " ");
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ P.Prev := Top_Of_Stack;
+ -- now store active help context and notepad
+ P.Help := Active_Context;
+ P.Notepad := Active_Notepad;
+ -- The notepad must now vanish and the new notepad is empty.
+ if (P.Notepad /= Null_Panel) then
+ Hide (P.Notepad);
+ Update_Panels;
+ end if;
+ Active_Notepad := Null_Panel;
+ Active_Context := new String'(Key);
+
+ Top_Of_Stack := P;
+ if Reset then
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ end if;
+ end Push_Environment;
+
+ procedure Pop_Environment
+ is
+ P : Env_Ptr := Top_Of_Stack;
+ begin
+ if Top_Of_Stack = null then
+ raise Function_Key_Stack_Error;
+ else
+ for I in 1 .. Number_Of_Keys loop
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (I, P.Labels (I), Justification);
+ end loop;
+ pragma Assert (Active_Context /= null);
+ Release_String (Active_Context);
+ Active_Context := P.Help;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ Notepad_To_Context (P.Notepad);
+ Top_Of_Stack := P.Prev;
+ Release_Environment (P);
+ end if;
+ end Pop_Environment;
+
+ function Context return String
+ is
+ begin
+ if Active_Context /= null then
+ return Active_Context.all;
+ else
+ return "";
+ end if;
+ end Context;
+
+ function Find_Context (Key : String) return Boolean
+ is
+ P : Env_Ptr := Top_Of_Stack;
+ begin
+ if Active_Context.all = Key then
+ return True;
+ else
+ loop
+ exit when P = null;
+ if P.Help.all = Key then
+ return True;
+ else
+ P := P.Prev;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ return False;
+ end if;
+ end Find_Context;
+
+ procedure Notepad_To_Context (Pan : in Panel)
+ is
+ W : Window;
+ begin
+ if Active_Notepad /= Null_Panel then
+ W := Get_Window (Active_Notepad);
+ Clear (W);
+ Delete (Active_Notepad);
+ Delete (W);
+ end if;
+ Active_Notepad := Pan;
+ if Pan /= Null_Panel then
+ Top (Pan);
+ end if;
+ Update_Panels;
+ Update_Screen;
+ end Notepad_To_Context;
+
+ procedure Initialize (Mode : Soft_Label_Key_Format := PC_Style;
+ Just : Label_Justification := Left)
+ is
+ begin
+ case Mode is
+ when PC_Style .. PC_Style_With_Index
+ => Number_Of_Keys := 12;
+ when others
+ => Number_Of_Keys := 8;
+ end case;
+ Init_Soft_Label_Keys (Mode);
+ Justification := Just;
+ end Initialize;
+
+ procedure Default_Labels
+ is
+ begin
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (FKEY_QUIT, "Quit");
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (FKEY_HELP, "Help");
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (FKEY_EXPLAIN, "Keys");
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ end Default_Labels;
+
+ function Notepad_Window return Window
+ is
+ begin
+ if Active_Notepad /= Null_Panel then
+ return Get_Window (Active_Notepad);
+ else
+ return Null_Window;
+ end if;
+ end Notepad_Window;
+
+end Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Function_Key_Setting --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+
+-- This package implements a simple stack of function key label environments.
+--
+package Sample.Function_Key_Setting is
+
+ procedure Push_Environment (Key : in String;
+ Reset : in Boolean := True);
+ -- Push the definition of the current function keys on an internal
+ -- stack. If the reset flag is true, all labels are reset while
+ -- pushed, so the new environment can assume a tabula rasa.
+ -- The Key defines the new Help Context associated with the new
+ -- Environment. This saves also the currently active Notepad.
+
+ procedure Pop_Environment;
+ -- Pop the Definitions from the stack and make them the current ones.
+ -- This also restores the Help context and the previous Notepad.
+
+ procedure Initialize (Mode : Soft_Label_Key_Format := PC_Style;
+ Just : Label_Justification := Left);
+ -- Initialize the environment
+
+ function Context return String;
+ -- Return the current context identitfier
+
+ function Find_Context (Key : String) return Boolean;
+ -- Look for a context, return true if it is in the stack,
+ -- false otherwise.
+
+ procedure Notepad_To_Context (Pan : in Panel);
+ -- Add a panel representing a notepad to the current context.
+
+ Function_Key_Stack_Error : exception;
+
+ procedure Default_Labels;
+ -- Set the default labels used in all environments
+
+ function Notepad_Window return Window;
+ -- Return the current notepad window or Null_Window if there is none.
+
+end Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Header_Handler --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Calendar; use Ada.Calendar;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+
+-- This package handles the painting of the header line of the screen.
+--
+package body Sample.Header_Handler is
+
+ package Int_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Integer);
+ use Int_IO;
+
+ Header_Window : Window := Null_Window;
+
+ Display_Hour : Integer := -1; -- hour last displayed
+ Display_Min : Integer := -1; -- minute last displayed
+ Display_Day : Integer := -1; -- day last displayed
+ Display_Month : Integer := -1; -- month last displayed
+
+ -- This is the routine handed over to the curses library to be called
+ -- as initialization routine when ripping of the header lines from
+ -- the screen. This routine must follow C conventions.
+ function Init_Header_Window (Win : Window;
+ Columns : Column_Count) return Integer;
+ pragma Convention (C, Init_Header_Window);
+
+ procedure Internal_Update_Header_Window (Do_Update : in Boolean);
+
+
+ -- The initialization must be called before Init_Screen. It steals two
+ -- lines from the top of the screen.
+ procedure Init_Header_Handler
+ is
+ begin
+ Rip_Off_Lines (2, Init_Header_Window'Access);
+ end Init_Header_Handler;
+
+ procedure N_Out (N : in Integer);
+
+ -- Emit a two digit number and ensure that a leading zero is generated if
+ -- necessary.
+ procedure N_Out (N : in Integer)
+ is
+ begin
+ if N < 10 then
+ Add (Header_Window, '0');
+ Put (Header_Window, N, 1);
+ else
+ Put (Header_Window, N, 2);
+ end if;
+ end N_Out;
+
+ -- Paint the header window. The input parameter is a flag indicating
+ -- whether or not the screen should be updated physically after painting.
+ procedure Internal_Update_Header_Window (Do_Update : in Boolean)
+ is
+ type Month_Name_Array is
+ array (Month_Number'First .. Month_Number'Last) of String (1 .. 9);
+
+ Month_Names : constant Month_Name_Array :=
+ ("January ",
+ "February ",
+ "March ",
+ "April ",
+ "May ",
+ "June ",
+ "July ",
+ "August ",
+ "September",
+ "October ",
+ "November ",
+ "December ");
+
+ Now : Time := Clock;
+ Sec : Integer := Integer (Seconds (Now));
+ Hour : Integer := Sec / 3600;
+ Minute : Integer := (Sec - Hour * 3600) / 60;
+ Mon : Month_Number := Month (Now);
+ D : Day_Number := Day (Now);
+ begin
+ if Header_Window /= Null_Window then
+ if Minute /= Display_Min or else Hour /= Display_Hour
+ or else Display_Day /= D or else Display_Month /= Mon then
+ Move_Cursor (Header_Window, 0, 0);
+ N_Out (D); Add (Header_Window, '.');
+ Add (Header_Window, Month_Names (Mon));
+ Move_Cursor (Header_Window, 1, 0);
+ N_Out (Hour); Add (Header_Window, ':');
+ N_Out (Minute);
+ Display_Min := Minute;
+ Display_Hour := Hour;
+ Display_Month := Mon;
+ Display_Day := D;
+ Refresh_Without_Update (Header_Window);
+ if Do_Update then
+ Update_Screen;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end Internal_Update_Header_Window;
+
+ -- This routine is called in the keyboard input timeout handler. So it will
+ -- periodically update the header line of the screen.
+ procedure Update_Header_Window
+ is
+ begin
+ Internal_Update_Header_Window (True);
+ end Update_Header_Window;
+
+ function Init_Header_Window (Win : Window;
+ Columns : Column_Count) return Integer
+ is
+ Title : constant String := "Ada 95 ncurses Binding Sample";
+ Pos : Column_Position;
+ begin
+ Header_Window := Win;
+ if Win /= Null_Window then
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => Win,
+ Ch => (Ch => ' ',
+ Color => Header_Color,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Win => Win,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Color => Header_Color);
+ Erase (Win);
+ end if;
+ Leave_Cursor_After_Update (Win, True);
+ Pos := Columns - Column_Position (Title'Length);
+ Add (Win, 0, Pos / 2, Title);
+ -- In this phase we must not allow a physical update, because
+ -- ncurses isn´t properly initialized at this point.
+ Internal_Update_Header_Window (False);
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return -1;
+ end if;
+ end Init_Header_Window;
+
+end Sample.Header_Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Header_Handler --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+-- This package handles the painting of the header line of the screen.
+--
+package Sample.Header_Handler is
+
+ procedure Init_Header_Handler;
+ -- Initialize the handler for the headerlines.
+
+ procedure Update_Header_Window;
+ -- Update the information in the header window
+
+end Sample.Header_Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Helpers --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+-- This package contains some conveniant helper routines used throughout
+-- this example.
+--
+package body Sample.Helpers is
+
+ procedure Window_Title (Win : in Window;
+ Title : in String)
+ is
+ Height : Line_Count;
+ Width : Column_Count;
+ Pos : Column_Position := 0;
+ begin
+ Get_Size (Win, Height, Width);
+ if Title'Length < Width then
+ Pos := (Width - Title'Length) / 2;
+ end if;
+ Add (Win, 0, Pos, Title);
+ end Window_Title;
+
+ procedure Not_Implemented is
+ begin
+ Explain ("NOTIMPL");
+ end Not_Implemented;
+
+end Sample.Helpers;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Helpers --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+-- This package contains some conveniant helper routines used throughout
+-- this example.
+--
+package Sample.Helpers is
+
+ procedure Window_Title (Win : in Window;
+ Title : in String);
+ -- Put a title string into the first line of the window
+
+ procedure Not_Implemented;
+
+end Sample.Helpers;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Keyboard_Handler --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Strings; use Ada.Strings;
+with Ada.Strings.Fixed; use Ada.Strings.Fixed;
+with Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants; use Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler;
+with Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; use Sample.Form_Demo.Aux;
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Form_Demo.Handler;
+
+-- This package contains a centralized keyboard handler used throughout
+-- this example. The handler establishes a timeout mechanism that provides
+-- periodical updates of the common header lines used in this example.
+--
+
+package body Sample.Keyboard_Handler is
+
+ In_Command : Boolean := False;
+
+ function Get_Key (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Real_Key_Code
+ is
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+
+ function Command return Real_Key_Code;
+
+
+ function Command return Real_Key_Code
+ is
+ function My_Driver (F : Form;
+ C : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean;
+ package Fh is new Sample.Form_Demo.Handler (My_Driver);
+
+ type Label_Array is array (Label_Number) of String (1 .. 8);
+
+ Labels : Label_Array;
+
+ FA : Field_Array (1 .. 2) := (Make (0, 0, "Command:"),
+ Make (Top => 0, Left => 9,
+ Width => Columns - 11));
+
+ K : Real_Key_Code := Key_None;
+ N : Natural := 0;
+
+ function My_Driver (F : Form;
+ C : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ Ch : Character;
+ begin
+ if C in User_Key_Code'Range and then C = QUIT then
+ if Driver (F, F_Validate_Field) = Form_Ok then
+ K := Key_None;
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ elsif C in Normal_Key_Code'Range then
+ Ch := Character'Val (C);
+ if (Ch = LF or else Ch = CR) then
+ if Driver (F, F_Validate_Field) = Form_Ok then
+ declare
+ Buffer : String (1 .. Positive (Columns - 11));
+ Cmdc : String (1 .. 8);
+ begin
+ Get_Buffer (Fld => FA (2), Str => Buffer);
+ Trim (Buffer, Left);
+ if Buffer (1) /= ' ' then
+ Cmdc := Buffer (Cmdc'Range);
+ for I in Labels'Range loop
+ if Cmdc = Labels (I) then
+ K := Function_Key_Code
+ (Function_Key_Number (I));
+ exit;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ end if;
+ return True;
+ end;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ return False;
+ end My_Driver;
+
+ begin
+ In_Command := True;
+ for I in Label_Number'Range loop
+ Get_Soft_Label_Key (I, Labels (I));
+ Trim (Labels (I), Left);
+ Translate (Labels (I), Upper_Case_Map);
+ if Labels (I) (1) /= ' ' then
+ N := N + 1;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ if N > 0 then -- some labels were really set
+ declare
+ Enum_Info : Enumeration_Info (N);
+ Enum_Field : Enumeration_Field;
+ J : Positive := Enum_Info.Names'First;
+
+ Frm : Form := Create (FA);
+
+ begin
+ for I in Label_Number'Range loop
+ if Labels (I) (1) /= ' ' then
+ Enum_Info.Names (J) := new String'(Labels (I));
+ J := J + 1;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ Enum_Field := Create (Enum_Info, True);
+ Set_Type (FA (2), Enum_Field);
+ Set_Background (FA (2), Normal_Video);
+
+ Fh.Drive_Me (Frm, Lines - 3, 0);
+ Delete (Frm);
+ Update_Panels; Update_Screen;
+ end;
+ end if;
+ for I in FA'Range loop
+ Delete (FA (I));
+ end loop;
+ In_Command := False;
+ return K;
+ end Command;
+
+ begin
+ Set_Timeout_Mode (Win, Delayed, 30000);
+ loop
+ K := Get_Keystroke (Win);
+ if K = Key_None then -- a timeout occured
+ Update_Header_Window;
+ elsif K = 3 and then not In_Command then -- CTRL-C
+ K := Command;
+ exit when K /= Key_None;
+ else
+ exit;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ return K;
+ end Get_Key;
+
+ procedure Init_Keyboard_Handler is
+ begin
+ null;
+ end Init_Keyboard_Handler;
+
+end Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Keyboard_Handler --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+-- This package contains a centralized keyboard handler used throughout
+-- this example. The handler establishes a timeout mechanism that provides
+-- periodical updates of the common header lines used in this example.
+--
+package Sample.Keyboard_Handler is
+
+ function Get_Key (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Real_Key_Code;
+ -- The central routine for handling keystrokes.
+
+ procedure Init_Keyboard_Handler;
+ -- Initialize the keyboard
+
+end Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Manifest --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+package Sample.Manifest is
+
+ QUIT : constant User_Key_Code := User_Key_Code'First;
+ SELECT_ITEM : constant User_Key_Code := QUIT + 1;
+
+ FKEY_HELP : constant Label_Number := 1;
+ HELP_CODE : constant Special_Key_Code := Key_F1;
+ FKEY_EXPLAIN : constant Label_Number := 2;
+ EXPLAIN_CODE : constant Special_Key_Code := Key_F2;
+ FKEY_QUIT : constant Label_Number := 3;
+ QUIT_CODE : constant Special_Key_Code := Key_F3;
+
+ Menu_Marker : constant String := "=> ";
+
+ Default_Colors : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 1;
+ Menu_Fore_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 2;
+ Menu_Back_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 3;
+ Menu_Grey_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 4;
+ Form_Fore_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 5;
+ Form_Back_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 6;
+ Notepad_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 7;
+ Help_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 8;
+ Header_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 9;
+
+end Sample.Manifest;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux is
+
+ procedure Geometry (M : in Menu;
+ L : out Line_Count;
+ C : out Column_Count;
+ Y : out Line_Position;
+ X : out Column_Position;
+ Fy : out Line_Position;
+ Fx : out Column_Position);
+
+ procedure Geometry (M : in Menu;
+ L : out Line_Count; -- Lines used for menu
+ C : out Column_Count; -- Columns used for menu
+ Y : out Line_Position; -- Proposed Line for menu
+ X : out Column_Position; -- Proposed Column for menu
+ Fy : out Line_Position; -- Vertical inner frame
+ Fx : out Column_Position) -- Horiz. inner frame
+ is
+ Spc_Desc : Column_Position; -- spaces between description and item
+ begin
+ Set_Mark (M, Menu_Marker);
+
+ Spacing (M, Spc_Desc, Fy, Fx);
+ Scale (M, L, C);
+
+ Fx := Fx + Column_Position (Fy - 1); -- looks a bit nicer
+
+ L := L + 2 * Fy; -- count for frame at top and bottom
+ C := C + 2 * Fx; -- "
+
+ -- Calculate horizontal coordinate at the screen center
+ X := (Columns - C) / 2;
+ Y := 1; -- always startin line 1
+
+ end Geometry;
+
+ procedure Geometry (M : in Menu;
+ L : out Line_Count; -- Lines used for menu
+ C : out Column_Count; -- Columns used for menu
+ Y : out Line_Position; -- Proposed Line for menu
+ X : out Column_Position) -- Proposed Column for menu
+ is
+ Fy : Line_Position;
+ Fx : Column_Position;
+ begin
+ Geometry (M, L, C, Y, X, Fy, Fx);
+ end Geometry;
+
+ function Create (M : Menu;
+ Title : String;
+ Lin : Line_Position;
+ Col : Column_Position) return Panel
+ is
+ W, S : Window;
+ L : Line_Count;
+ C : Column_Count;
+ Y, Fy : Line_Position;
+ X, Fx : Column_Position;
+ Pan : Panel;
+ begin
+ Geometry (M, L, C, Y, X, Fy, Fx);
+ W := New_Window (L, C, Lin, Col);
+ Set_Meta_Mode (W);
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode (W);
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Set_Background (Win => W,
+ Ch => (Ch => ' ',
+ Color => Menu_Back_Color,
+ Attr => Normal_Video));
+ Set_Foreground (Men => M, Color => Menu_Fore_Color);
+ Set_Background (Men => M, Color => Menu_Back_Color);
+ Set_Grey (Men => M, Color => Menu_Grey_Color);
+ Erase (W);
+ end if;
+ S := Derived_Window (W, L - Fy, C - Fx, Fy, Fx);
+ Set_Meta_Mode (S);
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode (S);
+ Box (W);
+ Set_Window (M, W);
+ Set_Sub_Window (M, S);
+ if Title'Length > 0 then
+ Window_Title (W, Title);
+ end if;
+ Pan := New_Panel (W);
+ Post (M);
+ return Pan;
+ end Create;
+
+ procedure Destroy (M : in Menu;
+ P : in out Panel)
+ is
+ W, S : Window;
+ begin
+ W := Get_Window (M);
+ S := Get_Sub_Window (M);
+ Post (M, False);
+ Erase (W);
+ Delete (P);
+ Set_Window (M, Null_Window);
+ Set_Sub_Window (M, Null_Window);
+ Delete (S);
+ Delete (W);
+ Update_Panels;
+ end Destroy;
+
+ function Get_Request (M : Menu; P : Panel) return Key_Code
+ is
+ W : constant Window := Get_Window (M);
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ Ch : Character;
+ begin
+ Top (P);
+ loop
+ K := Get_Key (W);
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context;
+ when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("MENUKEYS");
+ when Key_Home => return REQ_FIRST_ITEM;
+ when QUIT_CODE => return QUIT;
+ when Key_Cursor_Down => return REQ_DOWN_ITEM;
+ when Key_Cursor_Up => return REQ_UP_ITEM;
+ when Key_Cursor_Left => return REQ_LEFT_ITEM;
+ when Key_Cursor_Right => return REQ_RIGHT_ITEM;
+ when Key_End => return REQ_LAST_ITEM;
+ when Key_Backspace => return REQ_BACK_PATTERN;
+ when Key_Next_Page => return REQ_SCR_DPAGE;
+ when Key_Previous_Page => return REQ_SCR_UPAGE;
+ when others => return K;
+ end case;
+ elsif K in Normal_Key_Code'Range then
+ Ch := Character'Val (K);
+ case Ch is
+ when DC1 => return QUIT; -- CTRL-Q
+ when SO => return REQ_NEXT_ITEM; -- CTRL-N
+ when DLE => return REQ_PREV_ITEM; -- CTRL-P
+ when NAK => return REQ_SCR_ULINE; -- CTRL-U
+ when EOT => return REQ_SCR_DLINE; -- CTRL-D
+ when ACK => return REQ_SCR_DPAGE; -- CTRL-F
+ when STX => return REQ_SCR_UPAGE; -- CTRL-B
+ when CAN => return REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN; -- CTRL-X
+ when BS => return REQ_BACK_PATTERN; -- CTRL-H
+ when SOH => return REQ_NEXT_MATCH; -- CTRL-A
+ when SUB => return REQ_PREV_MATCH; -- CTRL-Z
+ when DC4 => return REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM; -- CTRL-T
+ when CR => return SELECT_ITEM; -- CTRL-M
+ when LF => return SELECT_ITEM; -- CTRL-J
+ when others => return K;
+ end case;
+ else
+ return K;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ end Get_Request;
+
+end Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+
+package Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux is
+
+ procedure Geometry (M : in Menu;
+ L : out Line_Count;
+ C : out Column_Count;
+ Y : out Line_Position;
+ X : out Column_Position);
+ -- Calculate the geometry for a panel beeing able to be used to display
+ -- the menu.
+
+ function Create (M : Menu;
+ Title : String;
+ Lin : Line_Position;
+ Col : Column_Position) return Panel;
+ -- Create a panel decorated with a frame and the title at the specified
+ -- position. The dimension of the panel is derived from the menus layout.
+
+ procedure Destroy (M : in Menu;
+ P : in out Panel);
+ -- Destroy all the windowing structures associated with this menu and
+ -- panel.
+
+ function Get_Request (M : Menu; P : Panel) return Key_Code;
+ -- Centralized request driver for all menus in this sample. This
+ -- gives us a common key binding for all menus.
+
+end Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler is
+
+ package Aux renames Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux;
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu;
+ Title : in String := "")
+ is
+ L : Line_Count;
+ C : Column_Count;
+ Y : Line_Position;
+ X : Column_Position;
+ begin
+ Aux.Geometry (M, L, C, Y, X);
+ Drive_Me (M, Y, X, Title);
+ end Drive_Me;
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu;
+ Lin : in Line_Position;
+ Col : in Column_Position;
+ Title : in String := "")
+ is
+ Pan : Panel := Aux.Create (M, Title, Lin, Col);
+ V : Cursor_Visibility := Invisible;
+ begin
+ Set_Cursor_Visibility (V);
+ loop
+ declare
+ K : Key_Code := Aux.Get_Request (M, Pan);
+ R : Driver_Result := Driver (M, K);
+ begin
+ case R is
+ when Menu_Ok => null;
+ when Unknown_Request =>
+ if My_Driver (M, K, Pan) then
+ exit;
+ end if;
+ when others => Beep;
+ end case;
+ end;
+ end loop;
+ Set_Cursor_Visibility (V);
+ Aux.Destroy (M, Pan);
+ end Drive_Me;
+
+end Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+
+generic
+ with function My_Driver (Men : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
+package Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler is
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu;
+ Lin : in Line_Position;
+ Col : in Column_Position;
+ Title : in String := "");
+ -- Position the menu at the given point and drive it.
+
+ procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu;
+ Title : in String := "");
+ -- Center menu and drive it.
+
+end Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Menu_Demo --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.4 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
+
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Menu_Demo is
+
+ package Spacing_Demo is
+ procedure Spacing_Test;
+ end Spacing_Demo;
+
+ package body Spacing_Demo is
+
+ procedure Spacing_Test
+ is
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean;
+
+ procedure Set_Option_Key;
+ procedure Set_Select_Key;
+ procedure Set_Description_Key;
+ procedure Set_Hide_Key;
+
+ package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver);
+
+ I : constant Item_Array (1 .. 12) := (New_Item ("January",
+ "31 Days"),
+ New_Item ("February",
+ "28/29 Days"),
+ New_Item ("March",
+ "31 Days"),
+ New_Item ("April",
+ "30 Days"),
+ New_Item ("May",
+ "31 Days"),
+ New_Item ("June",
+ "30 Days"),
+ New_Item ("July",
+ "31 Days"),
+ New_Item ("August",
+ "31 Days"),
+ New_Item ("September",
+ "30 Days"),
+ New_Item ("October",
+ "31 Days"),
+ New_Item ("November",
+ "30 Days"),
+ New_Item ("December",
+ "31 Days"));
+
+ M : Menu := New_Menu (I);
+ Flip_State : Boolean := True;
+ Hide_Long : Boolean := False;
+
+ type Format_Code is (Four_By_1, Four_By_2, Four_By_3);
+ type Operations is (Flip, Reorder, Reformat, Reselect, Describe);
+
+ type Change is array (Operations) of Boolean;
+ pragma Pack (Change);
+ No_Change : constant Change := Change'(others => False);
+
+ Current_Format : Format_Code := Four_By_1;
+ To_Change : Change := No_Change;
+
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ begin
+ To_Change := No_Change;
+ if K in User_Key_Code'Range then
+ if K = QUIT then
+ return True;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when Key_F4 =>
+ To_Change (Flip) := True;
+ return True;
+ when Key_F5 =>
+ To_Change (Reformat) := True;
+ Current_Format := Four_By_1;
+ return True;
+ when Key_F6 =>
+ To_Change (Reformat) := True;
+ Current_Format := Four_By_2;
+ return True;
+ when Key_F7 =>
+ To_Change (Reformat) := True;
+ Current_Format := Four_By_3;
+ return True;
+ when Key_F8 =>
+ To_Change (Reorder) := True;
+ return True;
+ when Key_F9 =>
+ To_Change (Reselect) := True;
+ return True;
+ when Key_F10 =>
+ if Current_Format /= Four_By_3 then
+ To_Change (Describe) := True;
+ return True;
+ else
+ return False;
+ end if;
+ when Key_F11 =>
+ Hide_Long := not Hide_Long;
+ declare
+ O : Item_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ for J in I'Range loop
+ Get_Options (I (J), O);
+ O.Selectable := True;
+ if Hide_Long then
+ case J is
+ when 1 | 3 | 5 | 7 | 8 | 10 | 12 =>
+ O.Selectable := False;
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ Set_Options (I (J), O);
+ end loop;
+ end;
+ return False;
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ return False;
+ end My_Driver;
+
+ procedure Set_Option_Key
+ is
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ if Current_Format = Four_By_1 then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (8, "");
+ else
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ if O.Row_Major_Order then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (8, "O-Col");
+ else
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (8, "O-Row");
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ end Set_Option_Key;
+
+ procedure Set_Select_Key
+ is
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ if O.One_Valued then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (9, "Multi");
+ else
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (9, "Singl");
+ end if;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ end Set_Select_Key;
+
+ procedure Set_Description_Key
+ is
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ if Current_Format = Four_By_3 then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (10, "");
+ else
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ if O.Show_Descriptions then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (10, "-Desc");
+ else
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (10, "+Desc");
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ end Set_Description_Key;
+
+ procedure Set_Hide_Key
+ is
+ begin
+ if Hide_Long then
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (11, "Enab");
+ else
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (11, "Disab");
+ end if;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ end Set_Hide_Key;
+
+ begin
+ Push_Environment ("MENU01");
+ Notepad ("MENU-PAD01");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (4, "Flip");
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (5, "4x1");
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (6, "4x2");
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key (7, "4x3");
+ Set_Option_Key;
+ Set_Select_Key;
+ Set_Description_Key;
+ Set_Hide_Key;
+
+ Set_Format (M, 4, 1);
+ loop
+ Mh.Drive_Me (M);
+ exit when To_Change = No_Change;
+ if To_Change (Flip) then
+ if Flip_State then
+ Flip_State := False;
+ Set_Spacing (M, 3, 2, 0);
+ else
+ Flip_State := True;
+ Set_Spacing (M);
+ end if;
+ elsif To_Change (Reformat) then
+ case Current_Format is
+ when Four_By_1 => Set_Format (M, 4, 1);
+ when Four_By_2 => Set_Format (M, 4, 2);
+ when Four_By_3 =>
+ declare
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ O.Show_Descriptions := False;
+ Set_Options (M, O);
+ Set_Format (M, 4, 3);
+ end;
+ end case;
+ Set_Option_Key;
+ Set_Description_Key;
+ elsif To_Change (Reorder) then
+ declare
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ O.Row_Major_Order := not O.Row_Major_Order;
+ Set_Options (M, O);
+ Set_Option_Key;
+ end;
+ elsif To_Change (Reselect) then
+ declare
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ O.One_Valued := not O.One_Valued;
+ Set_Options (M, O);
+ Set_Select_Key;
+ end;
+ elsif To_Change (Describe) then
+ declare
+ O : Menu_Option_Set;
+ begin
+ Get_Options (M, O);
+ O.Show_Descriptions := not O.Show_Descriptions;
+ Set_Options (M, O);
+ Set_Description_Key;
+ end;
+ else
+ null;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+ Set_Spacing (M);
+ Flip_State := True;
+
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Delete (M);
+
+ end Spacing_Test;
+ end Spacing_Demo;
+
+ procedure Demo
+ is
+ -- We use this datatype only to test the instantiation of
+ -- the Menu_User_Data generic package. No functionality
+ -- behind it.
+ type User_Data is new Integer;
+ type User_Data_Access is access User_Data;
+
+ -- Those packages are only instantiated to test the usability.
+ -- No real functionality is shown in the demo.
+ package MUD is new Menu_User_Data (User_Data, User_Data_Access);
+ package IUD is new Item_User_Data (User_Data, User_Data_Access);
+
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean;
+
+ package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver);
+
+ Itm : constant Item_Array (1 .. 2) :=
+ (New_Item ("Menu Layout Options"),
+ New_Item ("Demo of Hook functions"));
+ M : Menu := New_Menu (Itm);
+
+ U1 : User_Data_Access := new User_Data'(4711);
+ U2 : User_Data_Access;
+ U3 : User_Data_Access := new User_Data'(4712);
+ U4 : User_Data_Access;
+
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ P : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ Idx : constant Positive := Get_Index (Current (M));
+ begin
+ if K in User_Key_Code'Range then
+ if K = QUIT then
+ return True;
+ elsif K = SELECT_ITEM then
+ if Idx in Itm'Range then
+ Hide (P);
+ Update_Panels;
+ end if;
+ case Idx is
+ when 1 => Spacing_Demo.Spacing_Test;
+ when others => Not_Implemented;
+ end case;
+ if Idx in Itm'Range then
+ Top (P);
+ Show (P);
+ Update_Panels;
+ Update_Screen;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ return False;
+ end My_Driver;
+ begin
+ Push_Environment ("MENU00");
+ Notepad ("MENU-PAD00");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+ Set_Pad_Character (M, '|');
+
+ MUD.Set_User_Data (M, U1);
+ IUD.Set_User_Data (Itm (1), U3);
+
+ Mh.Drive_Me (M);
+
+ MUD.Get_User_Data (M, U2);
+ pragma Assert (U1 = U2 and U1.all = 4711);
+
+ IUD.Get_User_Data (Itm (1), U4);
+ pragma Assert (U3 = U4 and U3.all = 4712);
+
+ Pop_Environment;
+ Delete (M);
+ end Demo;
+
+end Sample.Menu_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Menu_Demo --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample.Menu_Demo is
+
+ procedure Demo;
+
+end Sample.Menu_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.My_Field_Type --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+-- This is a very simple user defined field type. It accepts only a
+-- defined character as input into the field.
+--
+package body Sample.My_Field_Type is
+
+ -- That's simple. There are no field validity checks.
+ function F_Check (Fld : Field; Info : My_Access) return Boolean
+ is
+ begin
+ return True;
+ end F_Check;
+
+ -- Check exactly against the specified character.
+ function C_Check (Ch : Character; Info : My_Access) return Boolean
+ is
+ C : constant Character := Info.Ch;
+ begin
+ return Ch = C;
+ end C_Check;
+
+end Sample.My_Field_Type;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.My_Field_Type --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.3 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
+-- This is a very simple user defined field type. It accepts only a
+-- defined character as input into the field.
+--
+package Sample.My_Field_Type is
+
+ type My_Data is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with
+ record
+ Ch : Character;
+ end record;
+ type My_Access is access My_Data;
+
+private
+
+ function F_Check (Fld : Field; Info : My_Access) return Boolean;
+ function C_Check (Ch : Character; Info : My_Access) return Boolean;
+
+ package One_Character_Only is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types
+ (My_Data, My_Access, F_Check, C_Check);
+
+end Sample.My_Field_Type;
+
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Text_IO_Demo --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions;
+with Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types;
+use Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
+use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+package body Sample.Text_IO_Demo is
+
+ type Weekday is (Sunday,
+ Monday,
+ Tuesday,
+ Wednesday,
+ Thursday,
+ Friday,
+ Saturday);
+
+ type Fix is delta 0.1 range 0.0 .. 4.0;
+ type Dec is delta 0.01 digits 5 range 0.0 .. 4.0;
+ type Md is mod 5;
+
+ package Math is new
+ Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Float);
+
+ package Int_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Integer);
+ use Int_IO;
+
+ package Real_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO (Float);
+ use Real_IO;
+
+ package Enum_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Weekday);
+ use Enum_IO;
+
+ package C_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO (Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types);
+ use C_IO;
+
+ package F_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO (Fix);
+ use F_IO;
+
+ package D_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO (Dec);
+ use D_IO;
+
+ package M_IO is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO (Md);
+ use M_IO;
+
+ procedure Demo
+ is
+ W : Window;
+ P : Panel := Create (Standard_Window);
+ K : Real_Key_Code;
+ Im : Complex := (0.0, 1.0);
+ Fx : Fix := 3.14;
+ Dc : Dec := 2.72;
+ L : Md;
+
+ begin
+ Push_Environment ("TEXTIO");
+ Default_Labels;
+ Notepad ("TEXTIO-PAD00");
+
+ Set_Echo_Mode (FALSE);
+ Set_Raw_Mode;
+ Set_Meta_Mode;
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode;
+ W := Sub_Window (Standard_Window, Lines - 2, Columns - 2, 1, 1);
+ Box;
+ Refresh_Without_Update;
+ Set_Meta_Mode (W);
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode (W);
+ Immediate_Update_Mode (W, True);
+
+ Set_Window (W);
+
+ for I in 1 .. 10 loop
+ Put ("Square root of ");
+ Put (Item => I, Width => 5);
+ Put (" is ");
+ Put (Item => Math.Sqrt (Float (I)), Exp => 0, Aft => 7);
+ New_Line;
+ end loop;
+
+ for W in Weekday loop
+ Put (Item => W); Put (' ');
+ end loop;
+ New_Line;
+
+ L := Md'First;
+ for I in 1 .. 2 loop
+ for J in Md'Range loop
+ Put (L); Put (' ');
+ L := L + 1;
+ end loop;
+ end loop;
+ New_Line;
+
+ Put (Im); New_Line;
+ Put (Fx); New_Line;
+ Put (Dc); New_Line;
+
+ loop
+ K := Get_Key;
+ if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then
+ case K is
+ when QUIT_CODE => exit;
+ when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context;
+ when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("TEXTIOKEYS");
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ end if;
+ end loop;
+
+ Set_Window (Null_Window);
+ Erase; Refresh_Without_Update;
+ Delete (P);
+ Delete (W);
+
+ Pop_Environment;
+ end Demo;
+
+end Sample.Text_IO_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample.Text_IO_Demo --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample.Text_IO_Demo is
+
+ procedure Demo;
+
+end Sample.Text_IO_Demo;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.5 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Text_IO;
+
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions;
+
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
+with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
+
+with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest;
+with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers;
+with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting;
+with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler;
+with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler;
+with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation;
+
+with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler;
+with Sample.Curses_Demo;
+with Sample.Form_Demo;
+with Sample.Menu_Demo;
+with Sample.Text_IO_Demo;
+
+with GNAT.OS_Lib;
+
+package body Sample is
+
+ type User_Data is
+ record
+ Data : Integer;
+ end record;
+ type User_Access is access User_Data;
+
+ package Ud is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data
+ (User_Data, User_Access);
+
+ package Id is new
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data
+ (User_Data, User_Access);
+
+ procedure Whow is
+ procedure Main_Menu;
+ procedure Main_Menu
+ is
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
+
+ package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver);
+
+ I : constant Item_Array (1 .. 4) :=
+ (New_Item ("Curses Core Demo"),
+ New_Item ("Menu Demo"),
+ New_Item ("Form Demo"),
+ New_Item ("Text IO Demo"));
+
+ M : Menu := New_Menu (I);
+
+ D1, D2 : User_Access;
+ I1, I2 : User_Access;
+
+ function My_Driver (M : Menu;
+ K : Key_Code;
+ Pan : Panel) return Boolean
+ is
+ Idx : constant Positive := Get_Index (Current (M));
+ begin
+ if K in User_Key_Code'Range then
+ if K = QUIT then
+ return True;
+ elsif K = SELECT_ITEM then
+ if Idx in 1 .. 4 then
+ Hide (Pan);
+ Update_Panels;
+ end if;
+ case Idx is
+ when 1 => Sample.Curses_Demo.Demo;
+ when 2 => Sample.Menu_Demo.Demo;
+ when 3 => Sample.Form_Demo.Demo;
+ when 4 => Sample.Text_IO_Demo.Demo;
+ when others => null;
+ end case;
+ if Idx in 1 .. 4 then
+ Top (Pan);
+ Show (Pan);
+ Update_Panels;
+ Update_Screen;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ end if;
+ return False;
+ end My_Driver;
+
+ begin
+
+ if Item_Count (M) /= I'Length then
+ raise Constraint_Error;
+ end if;
+
+ D1 := new User_Data'(Data => 4711);
+ Ud.Set_User_Data (M, D1);
+
+ I1 := new User_Data'(Data => 1174);
+ Id.Set_User_Data (I (1), I1);
+
+ Set_Spacing (Men => M, Row => 2);
+
+ Default_Labels;
+ Notepad ("MAINPAD");
+
+ Mh.Drive_Me (M, " Demo ");
+
+ Ud.Get_User_Data (M, D2);
+ pragma Assert (D1 = D2);
+ pragma Assert (D1.Data = D2.Data);
+
+ Id.Get_User_Data (I (1), I2);
+ pragma Assert (I1 = I2);
+ pragma Assert (I1.Data = I2.Data);
+
+ Delete (M);
+ end Main_Menu;
+
+ begin
+ Initialize (PC_Style_With_Index);
+ Init_Header_Handler;
+ Init_Screen;
+
+ if Has_Colors then
+ Start_Color;
+
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Default_Colors, Fore => Black, Back => White);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Menu_Back_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Cyan);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Menu_Fore_Color, Fore => Red, Back => Cyan);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Menu_Grey_Color, Fore => White, Back => Cyan);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Notepad_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Yellow);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Help_Color, Fore => Blue, Back => Cyan);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Form_Back_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Cyan);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Form_Fore_Color, Fore => Red, Back => Cyan);
+ Init_Pair (Pair => Header_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Green);
+
+ Set_Background (Ch => (Color => Default_Colors,
+ Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Ch => ' '));
+ Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => Normal_Video,
+ Color => Default_Colors);
+ Erase;
+
+ Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes (Color => Header_Color);
+ -- This propagates the attributes to the label window
+ Clear_Soft_Label_Keys; Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
+ end if;
+
+ Init_Keyboard_Handler;
+
+ Set_Echo_Mode (FALSE);
+ Set_Raw_Mode;
+ Set_Meta_Mode;
+ Set_KeyPad_Mode;
+
+ -- Initialize the Function Key Environment
+ -- We have some fixed key throughout this sample
+ Main_Menu;
+ End_Windows;
+
+ exception
+ when Event : others =>
+ Terminal_Interface.Curses.End_Windows;
+ Text_IO.Put ("Exception: ");
+ Text_IO.Put (Exception_Name (Event));
+ Text_IO.New_Line;
+ GNAT.OS_Lib.OS_Exit (1);
+
+ end Whow;
+
+end Sample;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Sample --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Sample is
+ procedure Whow;
+end Sample;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- tour --
+-- --
+-- B O D Y --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Sample; use Sample;
+
+procedure Tour is
+begin
+ Whow;
+end Tour;
--- /dev/null
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- --
+-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples --
+-- --
+-- Tour --
+-- --
+-- S P E C --
+-- --
+-- Version 00.92 --
+-- --
+-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by --
+-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de --
+-- --
+-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this --
+-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part --
+-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED --
+-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not --
+-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the --
+-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is --
+-- highly appreciated. --
+-- --
+-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- Version Control
+-- $Revision: 1.2 $
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+procedure Tour;
--- /dev/null
+-- $Id: INSTALL,v 1.27 1997/04/26 23:48:19 tom Exp $
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ How to install Ncurses/Terminfo on your system
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ************************************************************
+ * READ ALL OF THIS FILE BEFORE YOU TRY TO INSTALL NCURSES. *
+ ************************************************************
+
+You should be reading the file INSTALL in a directory called ncurses-d.d, where
+d.d is the current version number. There should be several subdirectories,
+including `c++', `form', `man', `menu', 'misc', `ncurses', `panel', `progs',
+and `test'. See the README file for a roadmap to the package.
+
+If you are a Linux or FreeBSD or NetBSD distribution integrator or packager,
+please read and act on the section titled IF YOU ARE A SYSTEM INTEGRATOR
+below.
+
+If you are converting from BSD curses and do not have root access, be sure
+to read the BSD CONVERSION NOTES section below.
+
+If you are using a version of XFree86 xterm older than 3.1.2F, see the section
+on RECENT XTERM VERSIONS below.
+
+If you are trying to build GNU Emacs using ncurses for terminal support,
+read the USING NCURSES WITH EMACS section below.
+
+If you are trying to build applications using gpm with ncurses,
+read the USING NCURSES WITH GPM section below.
+
+If you are trying to build Elvis using ncurses for terminal support,
+read the USING NCURSES WITH ELVIS section below.
+
+If you are running over the Andrew File System see the note below on
+USING NCURSES WITH AFS.
+
+If you want to build the Ada95 binding, go to the Ada95 directory and
+follow the instructions there. The Ada95 binding is not covered below.
+
+If you are using anything but (a) Linux, or (b) one of the 4.4BSD-based
+i386 Unixes, go read the Portability section in the TO-DO file before you
+do anything else.
+
+REQUIREMENTS:
+
+You will need the following in order to build and install ncurses under UNIX:
+
+ * ANSI C compiler (gcc is recommended)
+ * sh (bash will do)
+ * awk (mawk or gawk will do)
+ * sed
+ * BSD or System V style install (a script is enclosed)
+
+INSTALLATION PROCEDURE:
+
+1. First, decide whether you want ncurses to replace your existing library (in
+ which case you'll need super-user privileges) or be installed in parallel
+ with it.
+
+ The --prefix option to configure changes the root directory for installing
+ ncurses. The default is in subdirectories of /usr/local. Use
+ --prefix=/usr to replace your default curses distribution. This is the
+ default for Linux and BSD/OS users.
+
+ The package gets installed beneath the --prefix directory as follows:
+
+ In $(prefix)/bin: tic, infocmp, captoinfo, tset,
+ reset, clear, tput, toe
+ In $(prefix)/lib: libncurses*.* libcurses.a
+ In $(prefix)/share/terminfo: compiled terminal descriptions
+ In $(prefix)/include: C header files
+ Under $(prefix)/man: the manual pages
+
+ Note however that the configure script attempts to locate previous
+ installation of ncurses, and will set the default prefix according to where
+ it finds the ncurses headers.
+
+2. Type `./configure' in the top-level directory of the distribution to
+ configure ncurses for your operating system and create the Makefiles.
+ Besides --prefix, various configuration options are available to customize
+ the installation; use `./configure --help' to list the available options.
+
+ If your operating system is not supported, read the PORTABILITY section in
+ the file ncurses/README for information on how to create a configuration
+ file for your system.
+
+ The `configure' script generates makefile rules for one or more object
+ models and their associated libraries:
+
+ libncurses.a (normal)
+
+ libcurses.a (normal, a link to libncurses.a)
+ This gets left out if you configure with --disable-overwrite.
+
+ libncurses.so (shared)
+
+ libncurses_g.a (debug)
+
+ libncurses_p.a (profile)
+
+ If you do not specify any models, the normal and debug libraries will be
+ configured. Typing `configure' with no arguments is equivalent to:
+
+ ./configure --with-normal --with-debug --enable-overwrite
+
+ Typing
+
+ ./configure --with-shared
+
+ makes the shared libraries the default, resulting in
+
+ ./configure --with-shared --with-normal --with-debug --enable-overwrite
+
+ If you want only shared libraries, type
+
+ ./configure --with-shared --without-normal --without-debug
+
+ Rules for generating shared libraries are highly dependent upon the choice
+ of host system and compiler. We've been testing shared libraries on Linux
+ and SunOS with gcc, but more work needs to be done to make shared libraries
+ work on other systems.
+
+ You can make curses and terminfo fall back to an existing file of termcap
+ definitions by configuring with --enable-termcap. If you do this, the
+ library will search /etc/termcap before the terminfo database, and will
+ also interpret the contents of the TERM environment variable. See the
+ section BSD CONVERSION NOTES below.
+
+3. Type `make'. Ignore any warnings, no error messages should be produced.
+ This should compile the ncurses library, the terminfo compiler tic(1),
+ captoinfo(1), infocmp(1), toe(1), clear(1) tset(1), reset(1), and tput(1)
+ programs (see the man pages for explanation of what they do), some test
+ programs, and the panels, menus, and forms libraries.
+
+4. Run ncurses and several other test programs in the test directory to
+ verify that ncurses functions correctly before doing an install that
+ may overwrite system files. Read the file test/README for details on
+ the test programs.
+
+ NOTE: You must have installed the terminfo database, or set the
+ environment variable $TERMINFO to point to a SVr4-compatible terminfo
+ database before running the test programs. Not all vendors' terminfo
+ databases are SVr4-compatible, but most seem to be. Exceptions include
+ DEC's Digital Unix (formerly known as OSF/1).
+
+ The ncurses program is designed specifically to test the ncurses library.
+ You can use it to verify that the screen highlights work correctly, that
+ cursor addressing and window scrolling works OK, etc.
+
+5. Once you've tested, you can type `make install' to install libraries,
+ the programs, the terminfo database and the man pages. Alternately, you
+ can type `make install' in each directory you want to install. In the
+ top-level directory, you can do a partial install using these commands:
+
+ 'make install.progs' installs tic, infocmp, etc...
+ 'make install.includes' installs the headers.
+ 'make install.libs' installs the libraries (and the headers).
+ 'make install.data' installs the terminfo data. (Note: `tic' must
+ be installed before the terminfo data can be
+ compiled).
+ 'make install.man' installs the man pages.
+
+ ############################################################################
+ # CAVEAT EMPTOR: `install.data' run as root will NUKE any existing #
+ # terminfo database. If you have any custom or unusual entries SAVE them #
+ # before you install ncurses. I have a file called terminfo.custom for #
+ # this purpose. Don't forget to run tic on the file once you're done. #
+ ############################################################################
+
+ The terminfo(5) manual page wants to be preprocessed with tbl(1) before
+ being formatted by nroff(1). Modern man(1) implementations tend to do
+ this by default, but you may want to look at your version's man page
+ to be sure.
+
+ If the system already has a curses library that you need to keep using
+ for some bizarre binary-compatibility reason, you'll need to distinguish
+ between it and ncurses. If ncurses is installed outside the standard
+ directories (/usr/include and /usr/lib) then all your users will need
+ to use the -I option to compile programs and -L to link them.
+
+ If you have BSD curses installed in your system and you accidentally
+ compile using its curses.h you'll end up with a large number of
+ undefined symbols at link time. _waddbytes is one of them.
+
+ IF YOU DO NOT HAVE ROOT: Change directory to the `progs' subdirectory
+ and run the `capconvert' script. This script will deduce various things
+ about your environment and use them to build you a private terminfo tree,
+ so you can use ncurses applications.
+
+ If more than one user at your site does this, the space for the duplicate
+ trees is wasted. Try to get your site administrators to install a system-
+ wide terminfo tree instead.
+
+ See the BSD CONVERSION NOTES section below for a few more details.
+
+6. The c++ directory has C++ classes that are built on top of ncurses and
+ panels. You need to have c++ (and its libraries) installed before you can
+ compile and run the demo.
+
+7. If you're running an older Linux, you must either (a) tell Linux that the
+ console terminal type is `linux' or (b) make a link to or copy of the
+ linux entry in the appropriate place under your terminfo directory, named
+ `console'. All 1.3 and many 1.2 distributions (including Yggdrasil and
+ Red Hat) already have the console type set to `linux'.
+
+ The way to change the wired-in console type depends on the configuration
+ of your system. This may involve editing /etc/inittab, /etc/ttytype,
+ /etc/profile and other such files.
+
+ Warning: this is not for the fainthearted, if you mess up your console
+ getty entries you can make your system unusable! However, if you are
+ a distribution maker, this is the right thing to do (see the note for
+ integrators near the end of this file).
+
+ The easier way is to link or copy l/linux to c/console under your terminfo
+ directory. Note: this will go away next time you do `make install.data'
+ and you'll have to redo it. There is no need to have entries for all
+ possible screen sizes, ncurses will figure out the size automatically.
+
+IF YOU ARE A SYSTEM INTEGRATOR:
+
+ Beginning with 1.9.9, the ncurses distribution includes both a tset
+ utility and /usr/share/tabset directory. If you are installing ncurses,
+ it is no longer either necessary or desirable to install tset-jv.
+
+ Configuration and Installation:
+
+ Configure with --prefix=/usr to make the install productions put
+ libraries and headers in the correct locations (overwriting any
+ previous curses libraries and headers). This will put the terminfo
+ hierarchy under /usr/share/terminfo; you may want to override this with
+ --datadir=/usr/share/misc; terminfo and tabset are installed under the
+ data directory.
+
+ Please configure the ncurses library in a pure-terminfo mode; that
+ is, with the --disable-termcap option. This will make the ncurses
+ library smaller and faster. The ncurses library includes a termcap
+ emulation that queries the terminfo database, so even applications
+ that use raw termcap to query terminal characteristics will win
+ (providing you recompile and relink them!).
+
+ If you must configure with termcap fallback enabled, you may also
+ wish to use the --enable-getcap option. This option speeds up
+ termcap-based startups, at the expense of not allowing personal
+ termcap entries to reference the terminfo tree. See the code in
+ ncurses/read_termcap.c for details.
+
+ Keyboard Mapping:
+
+ The terminfo file assumes that Shift-Tab generates \E[Z (the ECMA-48
+ reverse-tabulation sequence) rather than ^I. Here are the loadkeys -d
+ mappings that will set this up:
+
+ keycode 15 = Tab Tab
+ alt keycode 15 = Meta_Tab
+ shift keycode 15 = F26
+ string F26 ="\033[Z"
+
+ Naming the Console Terminal
+
+ In various Linuxes (and possibly elsewhere) there has been a practice
+ of designating the system console driver type as `console'. Please
+ do not do this any more! It complicates peoples' lives, because it
+ can mean that several different terminfo entries from different
+ operating systems all logically want to be called `console'.
+
+ Please pick a name unique to your console driver and set that up
+ in the /etc/inittab table or local equivalent. Send the entry to the
+ terminfo maintainer (listed in the misc/terminfo file) to be included
+ in the terminfo file, if it's not already there. See the
+ term(7) manual page included with this distribution for more on
+ conventions for choosing type names.
+
+ Here are our recommended primary console names for the most important
+ freeware UNIX distributions:
+
+ linux -- Linux console driver
+ freebsd -- FreeBSD
+ netbsd -- NetBSD
+ bsdos -- BSD/OS
+
+ If you are responsible for integrating ncurses for one of these
+ distribution, please either use the recommended name or get back
+ to us explaining why you don't want to, so we can work out nomenclature
+ that will make users' lives easier rather than harder.
+
+RECENT XTERM VERSIONS
+ The terminfo database file included with this distribution assumes you
+ are running an XFree86 xterm based on X11R6 (i.e., xterm-r6). The
+ earlier X11R5 entry (xterm-r5) is provided as well.
+
+ If you are running XFree86 version 3.2 (actually 3.1.2F and up), you
+ should consider using the xterm-xf86-v32 entry, which adds ANSI color
+ and the VT220 capabilities which have been added in XFree86. If you
+ are running a mixed network, however, where this terminal description
+ may be used on an older xterm, you may have problems, since
+ applications that assume these capabilities will produce incorrect
+ output on the older xterm (e.g., highlighting is not cleared).
+
+CONFIGURING FALLBACK ENTRIES
+ In order to support operation of ncurses programs before the terminfo
+ tree is accessible (that is, in single-user mode or at OS installation
+ time) the ncurses library can be compiled to include an array of
+ pre-fetched fallback entries.
+
+ These entries are checked by setupterm() only when the conventional
+ fetches from the terminfo tree and the termcap fallback (if configured)
+ have been tried and failed. Thus, the presence of a fallback will not
+ shadow modifications to the on-disk entry for the same type, when that
+ entry is accessible.
+
+ By default, there are no entries on the fallback list. After you
+ have built the ncurses suite for the first time, you can change
+ the list (the process needs infocmp(1)). To do so, use the
+ script MKfallback.sh.
+
+ If you wanted (say) to have linux, vt100, and xterm fallbacks, you
+ would use the commands
+
+ cd ncurses;
+ MKfallback.sh linux vt100 xterm >fallback.c
+
+ Then just rebuild and reinstall the library as you would normally.
+ You can restore the default empty fallback list with
+
+ MKfallback.sh >fallback.c
+
+ The overhead for an empty fallback list is one trivial stub function.
+ Any non-empty fallback list is const-ed and therefore lives in sharable
+ text space. You can look at the comment trailing each initializer in
+ the generated ncurses/fallback.c file to see the core cost of the
+ fallbacks. A good rule of thumb for modern vt100-like entries is that
+ each one will cost about 2.5K of text space.
+
+BSD CONVERSION NOTES:
+ If you need to support really ancient BSD programs, you probably
+ want to configure with the --enable-bsdpad option. What this does
+ is enable code in tputs() that recognizes a numeric prefix on a
+ capability as a request for that much trailing padding in milliseconds.
+ There are old BSD programs that do things like tputs("50").
+
+ (If you are distributing ncurses as a support-library component of
+ an application you probably want to put the remainder of this section
+ in the package README file.)
+
+ The following note applies only if you have configured ncurses with
+ --enable-termcap.
+
+------------------------------- CUT HERE --------------------------------
+
+If you are installing this application privately (either because you
+have no root access or want to experiment with it before doing a root
+installation), there are a couple of details you need to be aware of.
+They have to do with the ncurses library, which uses terminfo rather
+than termcap for describing terminal characteristics.
+
+Though the ncurses library is terminfo-based, it will interpret your
+TERMCAP variable (if present), any local termcap files you reference
+through it, and the system termcap file. However, in order to avoid
+slowing down your application startup, it will only do this once per
+terminal type!
+
+The first time you load a given terminal type from your termcap
+database, the library initialization code will automatically write it
+in terminfo format to a subdirectory under $HOME/.terminfo. After
+that, the initialization code will find it there and do a (much
+faster) terminfo fetch.
+
+Usually, all this means is that your home directory will silently grow
+an invisible .terminfo subdirectory which will get filled in with
+terminfo descriptions of terminal types as you invoke them. If anyone
+ever installs a global terminfo tree on your system, this will quietly
+stop happening and your $HOME/.terminfo will become redundant.
+
+The objective of all this logic is to make converting from BSD termcap
+as painless as possible without slowing down your application (termcap
+compilation is expensive).
+
+If you don't have a TERMCAP variable or custom personal termcap file,
+you can skip the rest of this dissertation.
+
+If you *do* have a TERMCAP variable and/or a custom personal termcap file
+that defines a terminal type, that definition will stop being visible
+to this application after the first time you run it, because it will
+instead see the terminfo entry that it wrote to $HOME/terminfo the
+first time around.
+
+Subsequently, editing the TERMCAP variable or personal TERMCAP file
+will have no effect unless you explicitly remove the terminfo entry
+under $HOME/terminfo. If you do that, the entry will be recompiled
+from your termcap resources the next time it is invoked.
+
+To avoid these complications, use infocmp(1) and tic(1) to edit the
+terminfo directory directly.
+
+------------------------------- CUT HERE --------------------------------
+
+USING NCURSES WITH AFS:
+ AFS treats each directory as a separate logical filesystem, you
+ can't hard-link across them. The --enable-symlinks option copes
+ with this by making tic use symbolic links.
+
+USING NCURSES WITH EMACS:
+ GNU Emacs has its own termcap support. By default, it uses a mixture
+ of those functions and code linked from the host system's libraries.
+ You need to foil this and shut out the GNU termcap library entirely.
+
+ In order to do this, hack the Linux config file (s/linux.h) to contain
+ a #define TERMINFO and set the symbol LIBS_TERMCAP to "-lncurses".
+
+ We have submitted such a change for the 19.30 release, so it may
+ already be applied in your sources -- check for the #define TERMINFO.
+
+USING NCURSES WITH GPM:
+ Ncurses 4.1 can be configured to use GPM (General Purpose Mouse) which
+ is used on Linux console. Be aware that GPM is commonly installed as a
+ shared library which contains a wrapper for the curses wgetch()
+ function (libcurses.o). Some integrators have simplified linking
+ applications by combining all of libcurses.so (the BSD curses) into
+ the libgpm.so file, producing symbol conflicts with ncurses. You may
+ be able to work around this problem by linking as follows:
+
+ cc -o foo foo.o -lncurses -lgpm -lncurses
+
+ but the linker may not cooperate, producing mysterious errors.
+ A patched version of gpm is available:
+
+ ftp.clark.net:/pub/dickey/ncurses/gpm-1.10-970125.tgz
+
+USING NCURSES WITH ELVIS:
+ To use ncurses as the screen-painting library for Elvis, apply the
+ following patch to the Elvis curses
+
+*** curses.c.orig Sun Jun 26 05:48:23 1994
+--- curses.c Sun Feb 11 16:50:41 1996
+***************
+*** 986,992 ****
+ {
+ if (has_IM)
+ do_IM();
+! do_IC();
+ qaddch(ch);
+ if (has_EI)
+ do_EI();
+--- 986,995 ----
+ {
+ if (has_IM)
+ do_IM();
+!#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+! else /* ncurses does insertion in a slightly nonstandard way */
+!#endif
+! do_IC();
+ qaddch(ch);
+ if (has_EI)
+ do_EI();
+
+This patch is for elvis-1.8pl4 but it can even be used for elvis-1.8pl3 with
+an offset of -11 lines.
+
+BUGS:
+ Send any feedback to the ncurses mailing list at
+ ncurses@bsdi.com. To subscribe send mail to
+ ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with body that reads:
+ subscribe ncurses <your-email-address-here>
+
+ The Hacker's Guide in the misc directory includes some guidelines
+ on how to report bugs in ways that will get them fixed most quickly.
+
--- /dev/null
+./ANNOUNCE
+./Ada95/Makefile.in
+./Ada95/README
+./Ada95/TODO
+./Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb
+./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads
+./Ada95/gen/Makefile.in
+./Ada95/gen/gen.c
+./Ada95/gen/normal.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4
+./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4
+./Ada95/html/Makefile
+./Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/index.html
+./Ada95/html/menu.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/panel.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html
+./Ada95/html/table.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html
+./Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html
+./Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html
+./Ada95/samples/Makefile.in
+./Ada95/samples/README
+./Ada95/samples/explain.txt
+./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads
+./Ada95/samples/sample.adb
+./Ada95/samples/sample.ads
+./Ada95/samples/tour.adb
+./Ada95/samples/tour.ads
+./INSTALL
+./MANIFEST
+./Makefile.glibc
+./Makefile.in
+./NEWS
+./README
+./README.glibc
+./TO-DO
+./aclocal.m4
+./announce.html
+./announce.html.in
+./c++/Makefile.in
+./c++/NEWS
+./c++/PROBLEMS
+./c++/README-first
+./c++/cursesm.cc
+./c++/cursesm.h
+./c++/cursesp.cc
+./c++/cursesp.h
+./c++/cursesw.cc
+./c++/cursesw.h
+./c++/demo.cc
+./c++/etip.h
+./c++/internal.h
+./c++/modules
+./configure
+./configure.in
+./dist.mk
+./form/Makefile.in
+./form/READ.ME
+./form/fld_def.c
+./form/fld_stat.c
+./form/fld_type.c
+./form/fld_user.c
+./form/form.h
+./form/form.priv.h
+./form/frm_adabind.c
+./form/frm_data.c
+./form/frm_def.c
+./form/frm_driver.c
+./form/frm_hook.c
+./form/frm_opts.c
+./form/frm_req_name.c
+./form/frm_user.c
+./form/frm_win.c
+./form/fty_alnum.c
+./form/fty_alpha.c
+./form/fty_enum.c
+./form/fty_int.c
+./form/fty_ipv4.c
+./form/fty_num.c
+./form/fty_regex.c
+./form/headers
+./form/llib-lform
+./form/modules
+./include/Caps
+./include/MKhashsize.sh
+./include/MKparametrized.sh
+./include/MKterm.h.awk.in
+./include/Makefile.in
+./include/capdefaults.c
+./include/config_h.in
+./include/curses.h.in
+./include/edit_cfg.sh
+./include/headers
+./include/nc_alloc.h
+./include/term_entry.h
+./include/termcap.h.in
+./include/tic.h
+./include/unctrl.h.in
+./install-sh
+./man/MKterminfo.sh
+./man/Makefile.in
+./man/captoinfo.1m
+./man/clear.1
+./man/curs_addch.3x
+./man/curs_addchstr.3x
+./man/curs_addstr.3x
+./man/curs_attr.3x
+./man/curs_beep.3x
+./man/curs_bkgd.3x
+./man/curs_border.3x
+./man/curs_clear.3x
+./man/curs_color.3x
+./man/curs_delch.3x
+./man/curs_deleteln.3x
+./man/curs_getch.3x
+./man/curs_getstr.3x
+./man/curs_getyx.3x
+./man/curs_inch.3x
+./man/curs_inchstr.3x
+./man/curs_initscr.3x
+./man/curs_inopts.3x
+./man/curs_insch.3x
+./man/curs_insstr.3x
+./man/curs_instr.3x
+./man/curs_kernel.3x
+./man/curs_mouse.3x
+./man/curs_move.3x
+./man/curs_outopts.3x
+./man/curs_overlay.3x
+./man/curs_pad.3x
+./man/curs_print.3x
+./man/curs_printw.3x
+./man/curs_refresh.3x
+./man/curs_scanw.3x
+./man/curs_scr_dmp.3x
+./man/curs_scroll.3x
+./man/curs_slk.3x
+./man/curs_termattrs.3x
+./man/curs_termcap.3x
+./man/curs_terminfo.3x
+./man/curs_touch.3x
+./man/curs_util.3x
+./man/curs_window.3x
+./man/dft_fgbg.3x
+./man/form.3x
+./man/form_cursor.3x
+./man/form_data.3x
+./man/form_driver.3x
+./man/form_field.3x
+./man/form_field_attributes.3x
+./man/form_field_buffer.3x
+./man/form_field_info.3x
+./man/form_field_just.3x
+./man/form_field_new.3x
+./man/form_field_opts.3x
+./man/form_field_userptr.3x
+./man/form_field_validation.3x
+./man/form_fieldtype.3x
+./man/form_hook.3x
+./man/form_new.3x
+./man/form_new_page.3x
+./man/form_opts.3x
+./man/form_page.3x
+./man/form_post.3x
+./man/form_requestname.3x
+./man/form_userptr.3x
+./man/form_win.3x
+./man/infocmp.1m
+./man/man_db.renames
+./man/menu.3x
+./man/menu_attribs.3x
+./man/menu_cursor.3x
+./man/menu_driver.3x
+./man/menu_format.3x
+./man/menu_hook.3x
+./man/menu_items.3x
+./man/menu_mark.3x
+./man/menu_new.3x
+./man/menu_opts.3x
+./man/menu_pattern.3x
+./man/menu_post.3x
+./man/menu_requestname.3x
+./man/menu_spacing.3x
+./man/menu_userptr.3x
+./man/menu_win.3x
+./man/mitem_current.3x
+./man/mitem_name.3x
+./man/mitem_new.3x
+./man/mitem_opts.3x
+./man/mitem_userptr.3x
+./man/mitem_value.3x
+./man/mitem_visible.3x
+./man/ncurses.3x
+./man/panel.3x
+./man/resizeterm.3x
+./man/term.5
+./man/term.7
+./man/terminfo.head
+./man/terminfo.tail
+./man/tic.1m
+./man/toe.1m
+./man/tput.1
+./man/tset.1
+./man/wresize.3x
+./menu/Makefile.in
+./menu/READ.ME
+./menu/eti.h
+./menu/headers
+./menu/llib-lmenu
+./menu/m_adabind.c
+./menu/m_attribs.c
+./menu/m_cursor.c
+./menu/m_driver.c
+./menu/m_format.c
+./menu/m_global.c
+./menu/m_hook.c
+./menu/m_item_cur.c
+./menu/m_item_nam.c
+./menu/m_item_new.c
+./menu/m_item_opt.c
+./menu/m_item_use.c
+./menu/m_item_val.c
+./menu/m_item_vis.c
+./menu/m_items.c
+./menu/m_new.c
+./menu/m_opts.c
+./menu/m_post.c
+./menu/m_req_name.c
+./menu/m_spacing.c
+./menu/m_userptr.c
+./menu/m_win.c
+./menu/menu.h
+./menu/menu.priv.h
+./menu/mf_common.h
+./menu/modules
+./misc/Makefile.in
+./misc/hackguide.doc
+./misc/hackguide.html
+./misc/makellib
+./misc/ncurses-intro.doc
+./misc/ncurses-intro.html
+./misc/run_tic.sh
+./misc/shlib
+./misc/tabset/std
+./misc/tabset/stdcrt
+./misc/tabset/vt100
+./misc/tabset/vt300
+./misc/tdlint
+./misc/terminfo.src
+./mk-0th.awk
+./mk-1st.awk
+./mk-2nd.awk
+./mkinstalldirs
+./ncurses.lsm
+./ncurses/MKcaptab.awk
+./ncurses/MKexpanded.sh
+./ncurses/MKfallback.sh
+./ncurses/MKkeyname.awk
+./ncurses/MKkeys.awk
+./ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh
+./ncurses/MKnames.awk
+./ncurses/MKunctrl.awk
+./ncurses/Makefile.in
+./ncurses/README
+./ncurses/SigAction.h
+./ncurses/alloc_entry.c
+./ncurses/captoinfo.c
+./ncurses/comp_error.c
+./ncurses/comp_hash.c
+./ncurses/comp_parse.c
+./ncurses/comp_scan.c
+./ncurses/curses.priv.h
+./ncurses/hardscroll.c
+./ncurses/hashmap.c
+./ncurses/keys.list
+./ncurses/lib_acs.c
+./ncurses/lib_adabind.c
+./ncurses/lib_addch.c
+./ncurses/lib_addstr.c
+./ncurses/lib_baudrate.c
+./ncurses/lib_beep.c
+./ncurses/lib_bkgd.c
+./ncurses/lib_box.c
+./ncurses/lib_clear.c
+./ncurses/lib_clrbot.c
+./ncurses/lib_clreol.c
+./ncurses/lib_color.c
+./ncurses/lib_data.c
+./ncurses/lib_delch.c
+./ncurses/lib_delwin.c
+./ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c
+./ncurses/lib_doupdate.c
+./ncurses/lib_endwin.c
+./ncurses/lib_erase.c
+./ncurses/lib_freeall.c
+./ncurses/lib_getch.c
+./ncurses/lib_getstr.c
+./ncurses/lib_inchstr.c
+./ncurses/lib_initscr.c
+./ncurses/lib_insch.c
+./ncurses/lib_insdel.c
+./ncurses/lib_insstr.c
+./ncurses/lib_instr.c
+./ncurses/lib_isendwin.c
+./ncurses/lib_kernel.c
+./ncurses/lib_longname.c
+./ncurses/lib_mouse.c
+./ncurses/lib_move.c
+./ncurses/lib_mvcur.c
+./ncurses/lib_mvwin.c
+./ncurses/lib_newterm.c
+./ncurses/lib_newwin.c
+./ncurses/lib_options.c
+./ncurses/lib_overlay.c
+./ncurses/lib_pad.c
+./ncurses/lib_print.c
+./ncurses/lib_printw.c
+./ncurses/lib_raw.c
+./ncurses/lib_refresh.c
+./ncurses/lib_restart.c
+./ncurses/lib_scanw.c
+./ncurses/lib_screen.c
+./ncurses/lib_scroll.c
+./ncurses/lib_scrreg.c
+./ncurses/lib_set_term.c
+./ncurses/lib_setup.c
+./ncurses/lib_slk.c
+./ncurses/lib_termcap.c
+./ncurses/lib_ti.c
+./ncurses/lib_touch.c
+./ncurses/lib_tparm.c
+./ncurses/lib_tputs.c
+./ncurses/lib_trace.c
+./ncurses/lib_traceatr.c
+./ncurses/lib_tracechr.c
+./ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c
+./ncurses/lib_tracemse.c
+./ncurses/lib_tstp.c
+./ncurses/lib_twait.c
+./ncurses/lib_vidattr.c
+./ncurses/lib_window.c
+./ncurses/llib-lncurses
+./ncurses/modules
+./ncurses/parse_entry.c
+./ncurses/read_entry.c
+./ncurses/read_termcap.c
+./ncurses/resizeterm.c
+./ncurses/sigaction.c
+./ncurses/vsscanf.c
+./ncurses/wresize.c
+./ncurses/write_entry.c
+./panel/Makefile.in
+./panel/headers
+./panel/llib-lpanel
+./panel/modules
+./panel/panel.c
+./panel/panel.h
+./panel/panel.priv.h
+./progs/MKtermsort.sh
+./progs/Makefile.in
+./progs/capconvert
+./progs/clear.c
+./progs/clear.sh
+./progs/dump_entry.c
+./progs/dump_entry.h
+./progs/infocmp.c
+./progs/modules
+./progs/progs.priv.h
+./progs/tic.c
+./progs/toe.c
+./progs/tput.c
+./progs/tset.c
+./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile
+./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure
+./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed
+./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh
+./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh
+./test/Makefile.in
+./test/README
+./test/blue.c
+./test/bs.6
+./test/bs.c
+./test/configure.in
+./test/firework.c
+./test/gdc.6
+./test/gdc.c
+./test/hanoi.c
+./test/hashtest.c
+./test/knight.c
+./test/lrtest.c
+./test/modules
+./test/ncurses.c
+./test/newdemo.c
+./test/rain.c
+./test/tclock.c
+./test/test.priv.h
+./test/testcurs.c
+./test/tracemunch
+./test/view.c
+./test/worm.c
+./test/xmas.c
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
+# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+#
+# Makefile for ncurses part.
+#
+subdir := ncurses
+
+ncurses-version = 4.1
+form-version = $(ncurses-version)
+menu-version = $(ncurses-version)
+panel-version = $(ncurses-version)
+
+extras := form menu ncurses panel
+
+extra-libs = $(extras:%=lib%)
+# These libraries will be built in the `others' pass rather than
+# the `lib' pass, because they depend on libc.so being built already.
+extra-libs-others = $(extra-libs)
+
+# The sources are found in the appropriate subdir.
+subdir-dirs = $(extras) progs test
+vpath %.c $(subdir-dirs)
+vpath %.h $(subdir-dirs)
+
+libform-routines = fld_def fld_stat fld_type fld_user \
+ frm_adabind frm_data frm_def \
+ frm_driver frm_hook frm_opts \
+ frm_req_name frm_user frm_win \
+ fty_alnum fty_alpha fty_enum fty_int \
+ fty_ipv4 fty_num fty_regex
+
+libncurses-routines = alloc_entry captoinfo comp_error comp_hash \
+ comp_parse comp_scan hardscroll \
+ hashmap lib_acs lib_adabind lib_addch \
+ lib_addstr lib_baudrate \
+ lib_beep lib_bkgd lib_box lib_clear \
+ lib_clrbot lib_clreol lib_color \
+ lib_data lib_delch lib_delwin \
+ lib_dft_fgbg lib_doupdate lib_endwin \
+ lib_erase lib_freeall lib_getch \
+ lib_getstr lib_inchstr lib_initscr \
+ lib_insch lib_insdel lib_insstr \
+ lib_instr lib_isendwin lib_kernel \
+ lib_longname lib_mouse lib_move \
+ lib_mvcur lib_mvwin lib_newterm \
+ lib_newwin lib_options lib_overlay \
+ lib_pad lib_print lib_printw lib_raw \
+ lib_refresh lib_restart lib_scanw \
+ lib_screen lib_scroll lib_scrreg \
+ lib_set_term lib_setup lib_slk \
+ lib_termcap lib_ti lib_touch \
+ lib_tparm lib_tputs lib_trace \
+ lib_traceatr lib_tracechr \
+ lib_tracedmp lib_tracemse lib_tstp \
+ lib_twait lib_vidattr \
+ lib_window names parse_entry \
+ read_entry read_termcap resizeterm \
+ wresize write_entry \
+ codes comp_captab expanded fallback \
+ lib_gen names lib_keyname unctrl
+
+libmenu-routines = m_adabind m_attribs m_cursor m_driver \
+ m_format m_global m_hook m_item_cur \
+ m_item_nam m_item_new m_item_opt \
+ m_item_use m_item_val m_item_vis \
+ m_items m_new m_opts m_post \
+ m_req_name m_spacing m_userptr m_win
+
+libpanel-routines = panel
+
+headers = curses.h eti.h form.h menu.h panel.h term.h termcap.h \
+ unctrl.h
+others = clear infocmp tic toe tput tset
+install-bin = $(others)
+
+clear-objs = clear.o
+infocmp-objs = infocmp.o dump_entry.o
+tic-objs = tic.o dump_entry.o
+toe-objs = toe.o dump_entry.o
+tput-objs = tput.o
+tset-objs = tset.o dump_entry.o
+extra-objs = $(tic-objs) $(toe-objs) $(infocmp-objs) $(clear-objs) \
+ $(tput-objs) $(tset-objs)
+
+# mvcur won't compile
+test-srcs = tctest thardscroll thashmap \
+ blue bs firework gdc hanoi hashtest knight lrtest \
+ ncurses newdemo rain tclock testcurs view worm xmas
+mvcur-objs = mvcur.o dump_entry.o
+tctest-objs = tctest.o
+thardscroll-objs = thardscroll.o
+thashmap-objs = thashmap.o hhardscroll.o
+
+include ../Rules
+
+ifndef tabsetdir
+tabsetdir = $(datadir)/tabset
+endif
+ifndef inst_tabsetdir
+inst_tabsetdir = $(install_root)/$(tabsetdir)
+endif
+
+ifndef terminfodir
+terminfodir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+endif
+ifndef inst_terminfodir
+inst_terminfodir = $(install_root)/$(terminfodir)
+endif
+
+ifndef mandir
+mandir = $(prefix)/man
+endif
+
+ifndef inst_mandir
+inst_mandir = $(install_root)/$(mandir)
+endif
+
+CPPFLAGS += -DTERMINFO='"$(terminfodir)"' -Iinclude -Incurses \
+ -Imenu -Iprogs -Itest -I$(objpfx)
+
+$(objpfx)mvcur.o: ncurses/lib_mvcur.c
+ $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $?
+
+$(objpfx)tctest.o: ncurses/captoinfo.c
+ $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $?
+
+$(objpfx)thardscroll.o: ncurses/hardscroll.c
+ $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DSCROLLDEBUG $?
+
+$(objpfx)thashmap.o: ncurses/hashmap.c
+ $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DHASHDEBUG $?
+
+$(objpfx)hhardscroll.o: ncurses/hardscroll.c
+ $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DHASHDEBUG $?
+
+$(objpfx)mvcur: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(mvcur-objs))
+$(objpfx)tctest: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tctest-objs))
+$(objpfx)thardscroll: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(thardscroll-objs))
+$(objpfx)thashmap: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(thashmap-objs))
+
+$(objpfx)clear: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(clear-objs))
+$(objpfx)infocmp: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(infocmp-objs))
+$(objpfx)tic: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tic-objs))
+$(objpfx)toe: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(toe-objs))
+$(objpfx)tput: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tput-objs))
+$(objpfx)tset: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tset-objs))
+
+ifeq ($(build-shared),yes)
+$(others:%=$(objpfx)%): $(objpfx)libncurses.so
+else
+$(others:%=$(objpfx)%): $(objpfx)libncurses.a
+endif
+
+$(test-srcs:%=$(objpfx)%): $(objpfx)libform.a $(objpfx)libmenu.a \
+ $(objpfx)libpanel.a $(objpfx)libncurses.a
+
+# Depend on libc.so so a DT_NEEDED is generated in the shared objects.
+# This ensures they will load libc.so for needed symbols if loaded by
+# a statically-linked program that hasn't already loaded it.
+$(extras:%=$(objpfx)lib%.so): $(common-objpfx)libc.so
+
+subdir_install: $(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.a $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.a
+
+$(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.a $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.a: \
+ $(inst_libdir)/libncurses.a
+ $(make-link)
+
+ifeq (yes,$(build-shared))
+subdir_install: $(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.so $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.so
+
+$(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.so $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.so: \
+ $(inst_libdir)/libncurses.so
+ $(make-link)
+endif
+
+subdir_install: $(inst_mandir)/man5/terminfo.5
+
+$(inst_mandir)/man5/terminfo.5: $(objpfx)terminfo.5 $(wildcard man/*.[0-9]*)
+ $(make-target-directory)
+ sh $(edit_man-sh) $(prefix) $(inst_mandir) $(edit_man-sed) $^
+
+subdir_install: $(inst_tabsetdir)/std
+
+$(inst_tabsetdir)/std: \
+ $(filter-out misc/tabset/CVS, $(wildcard misc/tabset/*))
+ $(make-target-directory)
+ for f in $^; do \
+ echo installing $$f; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(inst_tabsetdir); \
+ done
+
+
+ifeq (no,$(cross-compiling))
+subdir_install: $(inst_terminfodir)/v/vt100
+
+$(inst_terminfodir)/v/vt100: misc/terminfo.src $(objpfx)tic
+ $(make-target-directory)
+ sh $(run_tic-sh) $(common-objpfx) misc $(terminfodir) \
+ $(install_root)
+endif
+
+subdir_distclean subdir_realclean:
+ -rm -f $(addprefix $(objpfx), MKterm.h.awk codes.c \
+ comp_captab.c confdefs.h config.log curses.h \
+ expanded.c fallback.c hashsize.h keys.tries \
+ lib_gen.c lib_keyname.c names.c ncurses_cfg.h \
+ nomacros.h parametrized.h term.h termcap.h \
+ terminfo.5 termsort.c unctrl.c unctrl.h)
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.10 1997/03/22 00:57:42 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Master Makefile for ncurses library.
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL_PREFIX=@INSTALL_PREFIX@
+NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@ INSTALL_PREFIX="$(INSTALL_PREFIX)"
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+NCURSES_MAJOR = @NCURSES_MAJOR@
+NCURSES_MINOR = @NCURSES_MINOR@
+NCURSES_PATCH = @NCURSES_PATCH@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+
+DIRS_TO_MAKE = @DIRS_TO_MAKE@
+
+all :: $(DIRS_TO_MAKE)
+
+$(DIRS_TO_MAKE) :
+ mkdir $@
+
+preinstall :
+ @ echo ''
+ @ echo '** Configuration summary for NCURSES $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR) $(NCURSES_PATCH):'
+ @ echo ''
+ @ echo ' bin directory: '$(bindir)
+ @ echo ' lib directory: '$(libdir)
+ @ echo ' include directory: '$(includedir)
+ @ echo ' man directory: '$(mandir)
+ @ echo ' terminfo directory: '$(datadir)/terminfo
+ @ echo ''
+ @ if test "$(includedir)" != "$(prefix)/include" ; then \
+ echo '** Include-directory is not in a standard location'; fi
+
+# Put the common rules here so that we can easily construct the list of
+# directories to visit.
+all \
+clean \
+distclean \
+mostlyclean \
+realclean \
+install ::
--- /dev/null
+This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd
+started working with Pavel Curtis' original work, pcurses, in 1992:
+
+970515 4.1 release for upload to prep.ai.mit.edu
+ + re-tag changes since 970505 as 4.1 release.
+
+970510
+ + modify ncurses 'g' test to allow mouse input
+ + modify default xterm description to include mouse.
+ + modify configure script to add -Wwrite-strings if gcc warnings are
+ enabled while configuring --enable-const (and fixed related warnings).
+ + add toggle, status display for keypad mode to ncurses 'g' test to
+ verify that keypad and scrollok are not inherited from parent window
+ during a call to newwin.
+ + correction to MKexpanded.sh to make it work when configure --srcdir is
+ used (reported by H.J.Lu).
+ + revise test for bool-type, ensuring that it checks if builtin.h is
+ available before including it, adding test for sizeof(bool) equal
+ to sizeof(short), and warning user if the size cannot be determined
+ (reported by Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+ + add files to support configuration of ncurses as an add-on library
+ for GNU libc (patch by H.J.Lu <hjl@lucon.org>)
+
+970506
+ + correct buffer overrun in lib_traceatr.c
+ + modify change to lib_vidattr.c to avoid redundant orig_pair.
+ + turn on 'echo()' in hanoi.c, since it is initially off.
+ + rename local 'errno' variable in etip.h to avoid conflict with global
+ (H.J.Lu).
+ + modify configure script to cache LD, AR, AR_OPTS (patch by H.J.Lu
+ <hjl@lucon.org>)
+
+970505 4.1 pre-release
+ + regenerate the misc directory html dumps without the link list, which
+ is not useful.
+ + correct dependency in form directory makefile which caused unnecessary
+ recompiles.
+ + correct substitution for ABI_VERSION in test-makefile
+ + modify install rules for shared-library targets to remove the target
+ before installing, since some install programs do not properly handle
+ overwrite of symbolic links.
+ + change order of top-level targets so that 'include' immediate
+ precedes the 'ncurses' directory, reducing the time between new
+ headers and new libraries (requested by Larry Virden).
+ + modify lib_vidattr.c so that colors are turned off only before
+ modifying other attributes, turned on after others. This makes the
+ hanoi.c program display correctly on FreeBSD console.
+ + modify debug code in panel library to print user-data addresses
+ rather than the strings which they (may) point to.
+ + add check to ensure that C++ binding and demo are not built with g++
+ versions below 2.7, since the binding uses templates.
+ + modify c++ binding and demo to build and run with SGI's c++ compiler.
+ (It also compiles with the Sun SparcWorks compiler, but the demo does
+ not link, due to a vtbl problem).
+ + corrections to demo.cc, to fix out-of-scope variables (Juergen
+ Pfeifer).
+
+970503
+ + correct memory leak in _nc_trace_buf().
+ + add configure test for regexpr.h, for Unixware 1.x.
+ + correct missing "./" prefixing names of generated files in ncurses
+ directory.
+ + use single-quotes in configure scripts assignments for MK_SHARED_LIB
+ to workaround shell bug on FreeBSD 2.1.5
+ + remove tabs from intermediate #define's for GCC_PRINTF, GCC_SCANF
+ that caused incorrect result in ncurses_cfg.h
+ + correct initialization in lib_trace.c, which omitted version info.
+ + remove ech, el1 attributes from cons25w description; they appear to
+ malfunction in FreeBSD 2.1.5
+ + correct color attributes in terminfo.src and lib_color.c to match
+ SVr4 behavior by interchanging codes 1,4, 3,6 in the setf/setb
+ capabilities.
+ + use curs_set() rather than checks via tigetstr() for test programs
+ that hide the cursor: firework, rain, worm.
+ + ensure that if the terminal lacks change_scroll_region, parm_index
+ and parm_rindex are used only to scroll the whole screen (patch by
+ Peter Wemm).
+ + correct curs_set() logic, which did not return ERR if the requested
+ attributes did not exist, nor did it assume an unknown initial state
+ for the cursor (patch by Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+ + combine IDcTransformLine and NoIDcTransformLine to new TransformLine
+ function in lib_doupdate.c (patch by Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+ + correct hashmap.c, which did not update index information (patch by
+ Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+ + patch by Juergen Pfeifer for C++ binding and demo (see c++/NEWS)
+ + correct index in lib_instr.c (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + correct typo in 970426 patch from Tom's cleanup of lib_overlay.c
+ (Juergen Pfeifer).
+
+970426
+ + corrected cost computation in PutRange(), which was using
+ milliseconds compared to characters by adding two new members to the
+ SCREEN struct, _hpa_ch_cost and _cup_ch_cost.
+ + drop ncurses/lib_unctrl.c, add ncurses/MKunctrl.awk to generate a
+ const array of strings (suggested by Alexander V. Lukyanov, though
+ with a perl script 970118).
+ + rewrote ncurses 'b' test to better exercise magic-cookie (xmc), as
+ well as noting the attributes that are not supported by a terminal.
+ + trace the computation of cost values in lib_mvcur.c
+ + modify _nc_visbuf() to use octal rather than hex, corrected sign
+ extension bug in that function that caused buffer overflow.
+ + modify trace in lib_acs.c to use _nc_visbuf().
+ + suppress trace within _traceattr2().
+ + correct logic of _tracechtype2(), which did not account for repeats
+ or redefinition within an acsc string.
+ + modify debug-library version baudrate() to use environment variable
+ $BAUDRATE to override speed computation. This is needed for
+ regression testing.
+ + correct problems shown by "weblint -pedantic".
+ + update mailing-list information (now ncurses@bsdi.com).
+
+970419
+ + Improve form_field_validation.3x manpage to better describe the
+ precision parameter for TYPE_NUMERIC and TYPE_INTEGER. Provide more
+ precise information how the range checking can be avoided. (patch by
+ Juergen Pfeifer, reported by Bryan Henderson)
+ + change type of min/max value of form types TYPE_INTEGER to long to
+ match SVr4 documentation.
+ + set the form window to stdscr in set_form_win() so that form_win()
+ won't return null (patch by Juergen Pfeifer, reported by Bryan
+ Henderson <bryanh@giraffe.netgate.net>).
+
+970412
+ + corrected ifdef'ing of inline (from 970321) for TRACE vs C++.
+ + corrected toggle_attr_off() macro (patch by Andries.Brouwer).
+ + modify treatment of empty token in $MANPATH to /usr/man (reported by
+ <Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl>)
+ + modify traces that record functions-called so that chtype and attr_t
+ values are expressed symbolically, to simplify reuse of generated
+ test-scripts on SVr4 regression testing.
+ + add new trace functions _traceattr2() and _tracechtype2()
+
+970405
+ + add configure option --enable-const, to support the use of 'const'
+ where XSI should have, but did not, specify. This defines
+ NCURSES_CONST, which is an empty token otherwise, for strict
+ compatibility.
+ + make processing of configure options more verbose by echoing the
+ --enable/--with values.
+ + add configure option --enable-big-core
+ + set initial state of software echo off as per XSI.
+ + check for C++ builtin.h header
+ + correct computation of absolute-path for $INSTALL that dropped "-c"
+ parameter from the expression.
+ + rename config.h to ncurses_cfg.h to avoid naming-conflict when ncurses
+ is integrated into larger systems (from diffs by H.J.Lu for libc).
+ + correct inequality in lib_doupdate.c that caused a single-char to not
+ be updated when the char on the right-margin was not blank, idcok()
+ was true (patch by Alexander V. Lukyanov 970124, also reported by
+ Kriang Lerdsuwanakij <lerdsuwa@scf-fs.usc.edu> 970329).
+ + modify 'clean' rule in include/Makefile so that files created by
+ configure script are removed in 'distclean' rule instead.
+
+970328
+ + correct array limit in tparam_internal(), add case to interpret "%x"
+ (patch by Andreas Schwab)
+ + rewrote number-parsing in ncurses.c 'd' test; it did not reset the
+ value properly when non-numeric characters were given (reported by
+ Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>)
+
+970321
+ + move definition of __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE before include for
+ progs.priv.h (patch by David MacKenzie).
+ + add configuration summary, reordered check for default include
+ directory to better accommodate a case where installer is configuring
+ a second copy of ncurses (reported by Klaus Weide
+ <kweide@tezcat.com>)
+ + moved the #define for 'inline' as an empty token from the
+ $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) symbol into config.h, to avoid redefinition warning
+ (reported by Ward Horner).
+ + modify test for bool builtin type to use 'unsigned' rather than
+ 'unknown' when cross-compiling (reported by Ward Horner).
+
+970315
+ + add header dependencies so that "make install.libs" will succeed
+ even if "make all" is not done first.
+ + moved some macros from lib_doupdate.c to curses.priv.h to use in
+ expanded functions with ATAC.
+ + correct implementation of lib_instr.c; both XSI and SVr4 agree that
+ the winnstr functions can return more characters than will fit on one
+ line.
+
+970308
+ + modify script that generates lib_gen.c to support traces of called &
+ return.
+ + add new configure option "--disable-macros", for testing calls within
+ lib_gen.c
+ + corrected logic that screens level-checking of called/return traces.
+
+970301
+ + use new configure macro NC_SUBST to replace AC_PATH_PROG, better
+ addressing request by Ward Horner.
+ + check for cross-compiling before trying to invoke the autoconf
+ AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED macro (reported by Ward Horner)
+ + correct/simplify loop in _nc_visbuf(), 970201 changes omitted
+ a pointer-increment.
+ + eliminate obsolete symbol SHARED_ABI from dist.mk (noted by
+ Florian La Roche).
+
+970215
+ + add configure option --enable-expanded, together with code that
+ implements an expanded form of certain complex macros, for testing
+ with ATAC.
+ + disable CHECK_POSITION unless --with-assertions is configured
+ (Alexander Lukyanov pointed out that this is redundant).
+ + use keyname() to show traced chtype values where applicable rather
+ than _tracechar(), which truncates the value to 8-bits.
+ + minor fixes to TRACE_ICALLS, added T_CREATE, TRACE_CCALLS macros.
+ + modify makefiles in progs and test directories to avoid using C
+ preprocessor options on link commands (reported by Ward Horner)
+ + correct ifdef/include-order for nc_alloc.h vs lib_freeall.c (reported
+ by Ward Horner)
+ + modify ifdef's to use configure-defined symbols consistently
+ (reported by Ward Horner)
+ + add/use new makefile symbols AR, AR_OPTS and LD to assist in non-UNIX
+ ports (reported by Ward Horner <whorner@tsi-telsys.com>)
+ + rename struct try to struct tries, to avoid name conflict with C++
+ (reported by Gary Johnson).
+ + modify worm.c to hide cursor while running.
+ + add -Wcast-qual to gcc warnings, fix accordingly.
+ + use PutChar rather than PutAttrChar in ClrToEOL to properly handle
+ wrapping (Alexander Lukyanov).
+ + correct spurious echoing of input in hanoi.c from eric's #291 & #292
+ patches (reported by Vernon C. Hoxie <vern@zebra.alphacdc.com>).
+ + extend IRIX configuration to IRIX64
+ + supply missing install.libs rule needed after restructuring
+ test/Makefile.in
+
+970208
+ + modify "make mostlyclean" to leave automatically-generated source
+ in the ncurses directory, for use in cross-compiles.
+ + autogenerated object-dependencies for test directory
+ + add configure option --with-rcs-ids
+ + modify configuration scripts to generate major/minor/patch versions
+ (suggested by Alexander Lukyanov).
+ + supply missing va_end's in lib_scanw.c
+ + use stream I/O for trace-output, to eliminate fixed-size buffer
+ + add TRACE_ICALLS definition/support to lib_trace.c
+ + modify Ada95 binding to work with GNAT 3.09 (Juergen Pfeifer).
+
+970201
+ + add/modify traces for called/return values to simplify extraction
+ for test scripts.
+ + changed _nc_visbuf to quote its result, and to dynamically allocate
+ the returned buffer.
+ + invoke ldconfig after installing shared library
+ + modify install so that overwrite applies to shared library -lcurses
+ in preference to static library (reported by Zeyd 960928).
+ + correct missing ';' in 961221 mod to overwrite option use of $(LN_S).
+ + fixes to allow "make install" to work without first doing a "make
+ all" (suggested by Larry Virden).
+
+970125
+ + correct order of #ifdef for TABS_OK.
+ + instrumented toe.c to test memory-leaks.
+ + correct memory-deallocation in toe.c (patch by Jesse Thilo).
+ + include <sys/types.h> in configuration test for regex.h (patch by
+ Andreas Schwab)
+ + make infocmp recognize -I option, for SVr4 compatibility (reported by
+ Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>)
+
+970118
+ + add extension 'use_default_colors()', modified test applications that
+ use default background (firework, gdc, hanoi, knight, worm) to
+ demonstrate.
+ + correct some limit checks in lib_doupdate.c exposed while running
+ worm.
+ + use typeCalloc macro for readability.
+ + add/use definition for CONST to accommodate testing with Solaris
+ (SVr4) curses, which doesn't use 'const' in its prototypes.
+ + modify ifdef's in test/hashtest.c and test/view.c to compile with
+ Solaris curses.
+ + modify _tracedump() to pad pad colors & attrs lines to match change
+ in 970101 showing first/last changes.
+ + corrected location of terminating null on dynamically allocated forms
+ fields (patch by Per Foreby).
+
+970111
+ + added headers to make view.c compile on SCO with the resizeterm()
+ code (i.e., struct winsize) - though this compiles, I don't have a
+ suitable test configuration since SIGWINCH doesn't pass my network to
+ that machine - T.Dickey.
+ + update test/configure.in to supply some default substitutions.
+ + modify configure script to add -lncurses after -lgpm to fix problem
+ linking against static libraries.
+ + add a missing noraw() to test/ncurses.c (places noted by Jeremy
+ Buhler)
+ + add a missing wclear() to test/testcurs.c (patch by Jeremy Buhler
+ <jbuhler@cs.washington.edu>)
+ + modify headers to accommodate compilers that don't allow duplicate
+ "#define" lines for NCURSES_VERSION (reported by Larry W. Virden
+ <lvirden@cas.org>)
+ + fix formatting glitch in curs_getch.3x (patch by Jesse Thilo).
+ + modify lib_doupdate to make el, el1 and ed optimization use the
+ can_clear_with macro, and change EmitRange to allow leaving cursor at
+ the middle of interval, rather than always at the end (patch by
+ Alexander Lukyanov originally 960929, resync 970106).
+
+970104
+ + workaround defect in autoconf 2.12 (which terminates configuration
+ if no C++ compiler is found) by adding an option --without-cxx.
+ + modify several man-pages to use tbl, where .nf/.fi was used (reported
+ by Jesse Thilo).
+ + correct font-codes in some man-pages (patch by Jesse Thilo
+ <Jesse.Thilo@pobox.com>)
+ + use configure script's knowledge of existence of g++ library for the
+ c++ Makefile (reported by Paul Jackson).
+ + correct misleading description of --datadir configuration option
+ (reported by Paul Jackson <pj@sam.engr.sgi.com>)
+
+970101
+ + several corrections to _nc_mvcur_scrolln(), prompted by a bug report
+ from Peter Wemm:
+ > the logic for non_dest_scroll_region was interchanged between the
+ forward & reverse scrolling cases.
+ > multiple returns from the function allowed certain conditions to do
+ part of an operation before discovering that it couldn't be
+ completed, returning an error without restoring the cursor.
+ > some returns were ERR, where the function had completed the
+ operation, because the insert/delete line logic was improperly
+ tested (this was probably the case Peter saw).
+ > contrary to comments, some scrolling cases were tested after the
+ insert/delete line method.
+ + modify _tracedump() to show first/last changes.
+ + modify param of ClrUpdate() in lib_doupdate.c to 'curscr', fixes
+ refresh problem (reported by Peter Wemm) that caused nvi to not show
+ result of ":r !ls" until a ^L was typed.
+
+961229 (internal alpha)
+ + correct some of the writable-strings warnings (reported by Gary
+ Johnson <gjohnson@season.com>). Note that most of the remaining ones
+ are part of the XSI specification, and can't be "fixed".
+ + improve include-dependencies in form, menu, panel directories.
+ + correct logic of delay_output(), which would return early if
+ there is data on stdin.
+ + modify interface & logic of _nc_timed_wait() to support 2 file
+ descriptors, needed for GPM.
+ + integrate patch by Andrew Kuchling <amk@magnet.com> for GPM (mouse)
+ support, correcting logic in wgetch() and _nc_mouse_parse() which
+ prevented patch from working properly.
+ + improve performance of panel algorithm (Juergen Pfeifer 961203).
+ + strip RCS id's from generated .html files in Ada95 subtree.
+ + resync with generated .html files (Juergen Pfeifer 961223).
+ + terminfo.src 10.1.0 from Eric.
+
+961224 4.0 release
+ + release as 4.0 to accommodate Linux ld.so.1.8.5
+ + correct syntax/spelling, regenerated .doc files from .html using
+ lynx 2.5
+ + refined forms/menus makefiles (Juergen Pfeifer 961223).
+
+961221 - snapshot
+ + remove logic in read_entry.c that attempts to refine errno by using
+ 'access()' for the directory (from patch by Florian La Roche).
+ + correct configure test/substitution that inhibits generating
+ include-path to /usr/include if gcc is used (reported by Florian La
+ Roche).
+ + modify setupterm() to allocate new TERMINAL for each call, just as
+ solaris' curses does (Alexander Lukyanov 960829).
+ + corrected memory leaks in read_entry.c
+ + add configure options --with-dbmalloc, --with-dmalloc, and
+ --disable-leaks, tested by instrumenting infocmp, ncurses programs.
+ + move #include's for stdlib.h and string.h to *.priv.h to accommodate
+ use of dbmalloc.
+ + modify use of $(LN_S) to follow recommendation in autoconf 2.12,
+ i.e., set current directory before linking.
+ + split-out panel.priv.h, improve dependencies for forms, menus
+ (Juergen Pfeifer 961204).
+ + modify _nc_freewin() to reset globals curscr/newscr/stdscr when
+ freeing the corresponding WINDOW (Purify).
+ + modify delwin() to return ERR if the window to be deleted has
+ subwindows, needed as a side-effect of resizeterm() (Purify). Tested
+ and found that SVr4 curses behaves this way.
+ + implement logic for _nc_freeall(), bringing stub up to date.
+
+961215
+ + modify wbkgd() so that it doesn't set nulls in the rendered text,
+ even if its argument doesn't specify a character (fixes test case by
+ Juergen Pfeifer for bug-report).
+ + set window-attributes in wbkgd(), to simplify comparison against
+ Solaris curses, which does this.
+
+961214 - snapshot
+ + replace most constants in ncurses 'o' test by expressions, making it
+ work with wider range of screen sizes.
+ + add options to ncurses.c to specify 'e' test softkey format, and the
+ number of header/footer lines to rip-off.
+ + add ^R (repaint after resize), ^L (refresh) commands to ncurses 'p'
+ test.
+ + add shell-out (!) command to ncurses 'p' test to allow test of
+ resize between endwin/refresh.
+ + correct line-wrap case in mvcur() by emitting carriage return,
+ overlooked in 960928, but needed due to SVr4 compatibility changes to
+ terminal modes in 960907.
+ + correct logic in wresize that causes new lines to be allocated,
+ broken for the special case of increasing rows only in 960907's fix
+ for subwindows.
+ + modify configure script to generate $(LDFLAGS) with -L and -l options
+ in preference to explicit library filenames. (NOTE: this may
+ require further amending, since I vaguely recall a dynamic loader
+ that did not work properly without the full names, but it should be
+ handled as an exception to the rule, since some linkers do bulk
+ inclusion of libraries when given the full name - T.Dickey).
+ + modify configure script to allow user-supplied $CFLAGS to set the
+ debug-option in all libraries (requested by lots of people).
+ + use return consistently from main(), rather than exit (reported by
+ Florian La Roche).
+ + add --enable-getcap-cache option to configure, normally disabled
+ (requested by Florian La Roche).
+ + make configure test for gettimeofday() and possibly -lbsd more
+ efficient (requested by Florian La Roche florian@knorke.saar.de)
+ + minor adjustments to Ada95 binding (patches by Juergen Pfeifer)
+ + correct attributes after emitting orig_pair in lib_vidattr.c (patch
+ by lav@yars.free.net).
+
+961208
+ + corrected README wrt Ada95 (Juergen Pfeifer)
+
+961207 - snapshot
+ + integrate resizeterm() into doupdate(), so that if screen size
+ changes between endwin/refresh, ncurses will resize windows to fit
+ (this needs additional testing with pads and softkeys).
+ + add, for memory-leak testing, _nc_freeall() entrypoint to free all
+ data used in ncurses library.
+ + initialize _nc_idcok, _nc_idlok statically to resolve discrepancy
+ between initscr() and newwin() initialization (reported by
+ lav@yars.free.net).
+ + test built VERSION=4.0, SHARED_ABI=4 with Linux ld.so.1.8.5
+ (set beta versions to those values -- NOTE that subsequent pre-4.0
+ beta may not be interchangeable).
+ + modify configure script to work with autoconf 2.12
+
+961130 1.9.9g release
+ + add copyright notices to configuration scripts (written by Thomas
+ Dickey).
+
+961127
+ > patch by Juergen Pfeifer (mostly for panel):
+ + cosmetic improvement for a few routines in the ncurses core library
+ to avoid warning messages.
+ + the panel overlap detection was broken
+ + the panel_window() function was not fool-proof.
+ + Some inlining...
+ + Cosmetic changes (also to avoid warning messages when compiling with
+ -DTRACE).
+
+961126
+ > patch by Juergen Pfeifer:
+ + eliminates warning messages for the compile of libform.
+ + inserts Per Foreby's new field type TYPE_IPV4 into libform.
+ + Updates man page and the Ada95 binding to reflect this.
+ + Improves inlining in libmenu and libform.
+
+961120
+ + improve the use of the "const" qualifier in the
+ panel library (Juergen Pfeifer)
+ + change set_panel_userptr() and panel_userptr() to use void*
+ (Juergen Pfeifer)
+
+961119
+ + change ABI to 3.4
+ + package with 961119 version of Ada95 binding (fixes for gnat-3.07).
+ (Juergen Pfeifer)
+ + correct initialization of the stdscr pseudo panel in panel library
+ (Juergen Pfeifer)
+ + use MODULE_ID (rcs keywords) in forms and menus libraries (Juergen
+ Pfeifer).
+ > patch #324 by Eric.
+ + typo in curs_termcap man page (reported by Hendrik Reichel
+ <106065.2344@compuserve.com>)
+ + change default xterm entry to xterm-r6.
+ + add entry for color_xterm
+
+961116 - snapshot
+ + lint found several functions that had only #define implementations
+ (e.g., attr_off), modified curses.h.in to generate them as per XSI
+ Curses requirement that every macro be available as a function.
+ + add check in infocmp.c to guard against string compare of
+ CANCELLED_STRING values.
+ + modify firework.c, rain.c to hide cursor while running.
+ + correct missing va_end in lib_tparm.c
+ + modify hanoi.c to work on non-color terminals, and to use timing
+ delays when in autoplay mode.
+ + correct 'echochar()' to refresh immediately (reported by Adrian
+ Garside 94ajg2@eng.cam.ac.uk)
+ > patch #322 by eric:
+ + reorganize terminfo.src entries for xterm.
+
+961109 - snapshot
+ + corrected error in line-breakout logic (lib_doupdate.c)
+ + modified newdemo to use wgetch(win) rather than getch() to eliminate
+ a spurious clear-screen.
+ + corrected ifdef's for 'poll()' configuration.
+ + added modules to ncurses, form, menu for Ada95 binding (Juergen
+ Pfeifer).
+ + modify set_field_buffer() to allow assignment of string longer than
+ the initial buffer length, and to return the complete string rather
+ than only the initial size (Juergen Pfeifer and Per Foreby
+ <perf@efd.lth.se>).
+
+961102 - snapshot
+ + configure for 'poll()' in preference to 'select()', since older
+ systems are more likely to have a broken 'select()'.
+ + modified render_char() to avoid OR'ing colors.
+ + minor fixes to testcurs.c, newdemo.c test programs: ifdef'd out the
+ resize test, use wbkgd and corrected box() parameters.
+ + make flushinp() test work in ncurses.c by using napms() instead of
+ sleep().
+ + undo Eric's changes to xterm-x11r6 (it no longer matched the X11R6.1
+ distribution, as stated)
+ + terminfo 9.13.18 (resync by Eric)
+ + check for getenv("HOME") returning null (Eric).
+ + change buffer used to decode xterm-mouse commands to unsigned to
+ handle displays wider than 128 chars (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + correct typo curs_outopts.3x (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + correct limit-checking in wenclose() (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + correction to Peter Wemm's newwin change (Thomas Fehr <fehr@suse.de>).
+ + corrections to logic that combines colors and attributes; they must
+ not be OR'd (Juergen Pfeifer, extending from report/patch by Rick
+ Marshall).
+
+961026 - snapshot
+ + reset flags in 'getwin()' that might cause refresh to attempt to
+ manipulate the non-existent parent of a window that is read from a
+ file (lib_screen.c).
+ + restructure _nc_timed_wait() to log more information, and to try to
+ recover from badly-behaved 'select()' calls (still testing this).
+ + move define for GOOD_SELECT into configure script.
+ + corrected extra '\' character inserted before ',' in comp_scan.c
+ + corrected expansion of %-format characters in dump_entry.c; some were
+ rendered as octal constants.
+ + modify dump_entry.c to make terminfo output more readable and like
+ SVr4, by using "\s" for spaces (leading/trailing only), "\," for
+ comma, "\^" and "\:" as well.
+ + corrected some memory leaks in ncurses.c, and a minor logic error
+ in the top-level command-parser.
+ + correction for label format 4 (PC style with info line), a
+ slk_clear(), slk_restore() sequence didn't redraw the info line
+ (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + modified the slk window (if simulated) to inherit the background and
+ default character attributes from stdscr (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + corrected limit-check in set_top_row (Juergen Pfeifer).
+
+961019 - snapshot
+ + correct loop-limit in wnoutrefresh(), bug exposed during pipe-testing
+ had '.lastchar' entry one beyond '._maxx'.
+ + modify ncurses test-program to work with data piped to it.
+ + corrected pathname computation in run_tic.sh, removing extra "../"
+ (reported by Tim Mooney).
+ + modified configure script to use previous install's location for
+ curses.h
+ + added NetBSD and FreeBSD to platforms that use --prefix=/usr as
+ a default.
+
+961013
+ + revised xterm terminfo descriptions to reflect the several versions
+ that are available.
+ + corrected a pointer reference in dump_entry.c that didn't test if
+ the pointer was -1.
+
+961005 - snapshot
+ + correct _nc_mvcur_scrolln for terminals w/o scrolling region.
+ + add -x option to hashtest to control whether it allows writes to the
+ lower-right corner.
+ + ifdef'd (NCURSES_TEST) the logic for _nc_optimize_enable to make it
+ simpler to construct tests (for double-check of _nc_hash_map tests).
+ + correct ifdef's for c++ in curses.h
+ + change default xterm type to xterm-x11r6.
+ + correct quoting in configure that made man-pages installed with
+ $datadir instead of actual terminfo path.
+ + correct whitespace in include/Caps, which caused kf11, clr_eol and
+ clr_end to be omitted from terminfo.5
+ + fix memory leaks in delscreen() (adapted from Alexander Lukyanov).
+ + improve appearance of marker in multi-selection menu (Juergen
+ Pfeifer)
+ + fix behaviour for forms with all fields inactive (Juergen
+ Pfeifer)
+ + document 'field_index()' (Juergen Pfeifer)
+ > patch #321 by eric:
+ + add some more XENIX keycap translations to include/Caps.
+ + modify newwin to set initial state of each line to 'touched'
+ (from patch by Peter Wemm <peter@spinner.dialix.com>)
+ + in SET_TTY, replace TCSANOW with TCSADRAIN (Alexander Lukyanov).
+
+960928 - snapshot
+ + ifdef'd out _nc_hash_map (still slower)
+ + add graphic characters to vt52 description.
+ + use PutAttrChar in ClrToEOL to ensure proper background, position.
+ + simplify/correct logic in 'mvcur()' that does wrapping; it was
+ updating the position w/o actually moving the cursor, which broke
+ relative moves.
+ + ensure that 'doupdate()' sets the .oldindex values back to a sane
+ state; this was causing a spurious refresh in ncurses 'r'.
+ + add logic to configure (from vile) to guard against builders who
+ don't remove config.cache & config.status when doing new builds.
+ + corrected logic for 'repeat_char' in EmitRange (from #317), which
+ did not follow the 2-parameter scheme specified in XSI.
+ + corrected logic of wrefresh, wnoutrefresh broken in #319, making
+ clearok work properly (from report by Michael Elkins).
+ + corrected problem with endwin introduced by #314 (removing the
+ scrolling-region reset) that broke ncurses.c tests.
+ + corrected order of args in AC_CHECK_LIB (from report by Ami Fischman
+ <fischman@math.ucla.edu>).
+ + corrected formatting of terminfo.5 tables (Juergen Ehling)
+ > patch 320 by eric:
+ + change ABI to 3.3
+ + emit a carriage-return in 'endwin()' to workaround a kernel bug in
+ BSDI. (requested by Mike Karels <karels@redrock.bsdi.com>)
+ + reverse the default o configure --enable-termcap (consensus).
+ > patch 319 by eric:
+ + modified logic for clearok and related functions (from report by
+ Michael Elkins) - untested
+ > patch 318 by eric:
+ + correction to #317.
+ > patch 317 by eric:
+ + re-add _nc_hash_map
+ + modify EmitRange to maintain position as per original design.
+ + add hashtest.c, program to time the hashmap optimization.
+ > patch 316 by eric:
+ + add logic to deal with magic-cookie (how was this tested?)
+ (lib_doupdate.c).
+ + add ncurses.c driver for magic-cookie, some fixes to ncurses.c
+ > patch 315 by eric:
+ + merged A. Lukyanov's patch to use ech and rep - untested
+ (lib_doupdate.c).
+ + modified handling of interrupted system calls - untested
+ (lib_getch.c, lib_twait.c).
+ + new function _nc_mvcur_resume()
+ + fix return value for 'overlay()', 'overwrite()'
+
+960914 - snapshot
+ + implement subwindow-logic in wresize, minor fixes to ncurses 'g'
+ test.
+ + corrected bracketing of fallback.c (reported/suggested fix by Juergen
+ Ehling <eh@eclipse.aball.de>).
+ + update xterm-color to reflect XFree86 3.1.3G release.
+ + correct broken dtterm description from #314 patch (e.g., spurious
+ newline. The 'pairs' change might work, but no one's tested it
+ either ;-)
+ + clarify the documentation for the builtin form fieldtypes (Juergen
+ Pfeifer)
+ > patch 314 by eric:
+ + Enhancement suggested by A. Lukyanov -- reset scroll region on
+ startup rather than at wrapup time.
+ + Fix suggested by A. Lukyanov, make storage of palette tables
+ and their size counts per-screen for multi-terminal applications.
+ + Improved error reporting for infotocap translation errors.
+ + Update terminfo.src to 9.13.14.
+
+960907 - snapshot
+ + rewrote wgetstr to make it erase control chars and also fix bogus use
+ of _nc_outstr which caused the display to not wrap properly (display
+ problem reported by John M. Flinchbaugh <glynis@netrax.net>)
+ + modify ncurses 'f' test to accommodate terminal responses to C1 codes
+ (and split up this screen to accommodate non-ANSI terminals).
+ + test enter_insert_mode and exit_insert_mode in has_ic().
+ + removed bogus logic in mvcur that assumes nl/nonl set output modes
+ (XSI says they are input modes; SVr4 implements this).
+ + added macros SET_TTY, GET_TTY to term.h
+ + correct getstr() logic that altered terminal modes w/o restoring.
+ + disable ICRNL, etc., during initialization to match SVr4, removing
+ the corresponding logic from raw, cbreak, etc.
+ + disable ONLCR during initialization, to match SVr4 (this is needed
+ for cursor optimization when the cursor-down is a newline).
+ + replaced Eric's imitation of wresize with my original (his didn't
+ work).
+
+960831 - snapshot
+ + memory leaks (Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+ + modified pnoutrefresh() to be more tolerant of too-large screen
+ size (reported by Michael Elkins).
+ + correct handling of terminfo files with no strings (Philippe De
+ Muyter)
+ + correct "tic -s" to take into account -I, -C options.
+ + modify ncurses 'f' test to not print codes 80 through 9F, since they
+ are considered control codes by ANSI terminals.
+
+960824 - snapshot
+ + correct speed variable-type in 'tgetent()' (reported by Peter Wemm)
+ + make "--enable-getcap" configuration-option work (reported by
+ Peter Wemm <peter@spinner.DIALix.COM>)
+
+960820
+ + correct err in 960817 that changed return-value of tigetflag()
+ (reported by Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+ + modify infocmp to use library default search-path for terminfo
+ directory (Alexander V. Lukyanov).
+
+960817 - snapshot
+ + corrected an err in mvcur that broke resizing-behavior.
+ + correct fall-thru behavior of _nc_read_entry(), which was not finding
+ descriptions that existed in directories past the first one searched
+ (reported by Alexander V. Lukyanov)
+ + corrected typo in dtterm description.
+ > patch 313 by eric:
+ + add dtterm description
+ + clarify ncurses 'i' test (drop vscanf subtest)
+
+960810 - snapshot
+ + correct nl()/nonl() to work as per SVr4 & XSI.
+ + minor fixes to ncurses.c (use 'noraw()', mvscanw return-code)
+ + refine configure-test for -g option (Tim Mooney).
+ + correct interaction between O_BLANK and NEW_LINE request in form
+ library (Juergen Pfeifer)
+
+960804
+ + revised fix to tparm; previous fix reversed parameter order.
+ > patch 312 by eric:
+ correct terminfo.src corrupted by #310
+ > patch 311 by eric:
+ + fix idlok() and idcok() and the default of the idlok switch.
+
+960803 - snapshot
+ + corrected tparm to handle capability strings without explicit pop
+ (reported by William P Setzer)
+ + add fallback def for GCC_NORETURN, GCC_UNUSED for termcap users
+ (reported by Tim Mooney).
+ > patch 310 by eric:
+ + documentation and prototyping errors for has_color, immedok and idcok
+ (reported by William P Setzer <wsetzer@pams.ncsu.edu>)
+ + updated qnx terminfo entry (by Michael Hunter)
+
+960730
+ + eliminate quoted includes in ncurses subdirectory, ensure config.h
+ is included first.
+ + newterm initializes terminal settings the same as initscr (reported
+ by Tim Mooney).
+
+960727 - snapshot
+ + call cbreak() in initscr(), as per XSI & SVr4.
+ + turn off hardware echo in initscr() as per XSI & SVr4
+ > patch 309 by eric:
+ + terminfo changes (9.3.10), from BRL
+ + add more checks to terminfo parser.
+ + add more symbols to infocmp.
+
+960720 - snapshot
+ + save previous-attribute in lib_vidattr.c if SP is null (reported by
+ Ju"rgen Fluk <louis@dachau.marco.de>)
+ + corrected calls on _nc_render so that background character is set
+ as per XSI.
+ + corrected wbkgdset macro (XSI allows background character to be null),
+ and tests that use it.
+ + more corrections to terminfo (xterm & rxvt)
+ + undid change to mcprint prototype (cannot use size_t in curses.h
+ because not all systems declare it in the headers that we can safely
+ include therein).
+ + move the ifdefs for errno into curses.priv.h
+ > patch 308 by eric:
+ + terminfo changes (9.3.8)
+ + modified logic of error-reporting in terminfo parser
+
+960713 - snapshot
+ + always check for <sys/bsdtypes.h> since ISC needs it to declare
+ fd_set (Juergen Pfeifer)
+ + install shared-libraries on NetBSD/FreeBSD with ABI-version (reported
+ by several people: Juergen Pfeifer, Mike Long)
+ + add LOCAL_LDFLAGS2 symbol (Juergen Pfeifer)
+ + corrected prototype for delay_output() -- bump ABI to 3.2
+ + terminfo patches #306/307 from Eric.
+ + moved logic that filters out rmul and rmso from setupterm to newterm
+ where it is less likely to interfere with termcap applications.
+
+960707
+ + rollback Eric's #305 change to terminfo.src (it breaks existing
+ applications, e.g., 'less 290').
+ + correct path of edit_man.sh, and fix typo that made all man-pages
+ preformatted.
+ + restore man/menu_requestname.3x omitted in Zeyd's resync (oops).
+ + auto-configure the GCC_PRINTFLIKE/GCC_SCANFLIKE macros (reported by
+ Philippe De Muyter).
+
+960706 - snapshot
+ + make lib_vidattr.c more readable using macros.
+ + filter out rmul, rmso that conflict with sgr0 when reading terminal
+ descriptions.
+ + added sanity-checking of various paired string attributes (Eric).
+ + work around autoconf bug, force $INSTALL to absolute path.
+ (reported by Zeyd).
+ + modify man-page install for BSDI to install preformatted .0 files
+ (reported by David MacKenzie).
+ + add/use gcc __attribute__ for printf and scanf in curses.h
+ + added SGR attributes test-case to ncurses
+ + revised ncurses 't' logic to show trace-disable effect in the menu.
+ + use getopt in ncurses program to process -s and -t options.
+ + make ncurses 'p' legend toggle with '?'
+ + disable scrollok during the ncurses 'p' test; if it is enabled the
+ stdscr will scroll when putting the box-corners in the lower-right
+ of the screen.
+
+960629 - snapshot
+ + check return code of _nc_mvcur_scrolln() in _nc_scroll_optimize() for
+ terminals with no scrolling-support (reported by Nikolay Shadrin
+ <queen@qh.mirea.ac.ru>)
+ + added ^S scrollok-toggle to ncurses 'g' test.
+ + added ^T trace-toggle to ncurses tests.
+ + modified ncurses test program to use ^Q or ESC consistently for
+ terminating tests (rather than ^D), and to use control keys rather
+ than function keys in 'g' test.
+ + corrected misplaced wclrtoeol calls in addch to accommodate wrapping
+ (reported by Philippe De Muyter).
+ + modify lib_doupdate.c to use effective costs to tradeoff between
+ delete-character/insert-character vs normal updating (reported by
+ David MacKenzie).
+ + compute effective costs for screen update operations (e.g., clr_eos,
+ delete_character).
+ + corrected error in knight.c exposed by wrap fixes in 960622; the
+ msgwin needed scrollok set.
+ + corrected last change to IDcTransformLine logic to avoid conflict
+ between PutRange and InsStr
+ + modified run_tic.sh to not use /usr/tmp (reported by David MacKenzie),
+ and further revised it and aclocal.m4 to use $TMPDIR if set.
+ + corrected off-by-one in RoomFor call in read_entry.c
+
+960622 - snapshot
+ + modified logic that wraps cursor in addch to follow the XSI spec,
+ (implemented in SVr4) which states that the cursor position is
+ updated when wrapping. Renamed _NEED_WRAP to _WRAPPED to reflect the
+ actual semantics.
+ + added -s option to tic, to provide better diagnostics in run_tic.sh
+ + improved error-recovery for tabset install.
+ + change ABI to 3.1 (dropped tparam, corrected getbkgd(), added
+ _yoffset to WINDOW).
+ + modified initialization of SP->_ofp so that init_acs() is called with
+ the "right" file pointer (reported by Rick Marshall <rjm@nlc.net.au>
+ + documentation fixes (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + corrected, using new SCREEN and WINDOW members, the behavior of
+ ncurses if one uses ripoffline() to remove a line from the top of the
+ screen (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + modified autoconf scripts to prepare for Ada95 (GNAT) binding to
+ ncurses (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + incorrect buffer-size in _nc_read_entry, reported by Eric Raymond.
+
+960617
+ + corrected two logic errors in read_entry.c, write_entry.c (called by
+ tic, the write/read of terminfo entries used inconsistent rules for
+ locating the entries; the $TERMINFO_DIRS code would find only the
+ first entry in a list).
+ + refined pathname computation in run_tic.sh and shlib.
+ + corrected initialization of $IP in misc/run_tic.sh
+
+960615 - snapshot
+ + ifdef'd out _nc_hash_map() call because it does not improve speed.
+ + display version of gcc if configure script identifies it.
+ + modify configure script to use /usr as Linux's default prefix.
+ + modify run_tic.sh to use shlib script, fixes some problems installing
+ with a shared-library configuration.
+ + adjusted configure script so that it doesn't run tests with the
+ warnings turned on, which makes config.log hard to read.
+ + added 'lint' rule to top-level Makefile.
+ + added configure option '--with-install-prefix' for use by system
+ builders to install into staging locations (from request by
+ charles@comm.polymtl.ca)
+ + corrected autoconfigure for Debian man program; it's not installed
+ as "man_db".
+ + set noecho in 'worm'; it was ifdef'd for debug only
+ + updated test/configure.in for timing-display in ncurses 'p' test
+ + corrected misspelled 'getbkgd()'.
+ + corrected wbkgdset to work like observed syvr4 (sets A_CHARTEXT part
+ to blank if no character given, copies attributes to window's
+ attributes).
+ + modified lib_doupdate.c to use lower-level SP's current_attr state
+ instead of curscr's state, since it is redundant.
+ + correction to IDcTransformLine logic which controls where InsStr is
+ invoked (refined by lav@yars.free.net).
+ > patches 303 by eric
+ + conditionally include Chris Torek's hash function _nc_hash_map().
+ + better fix for nvi refresh-bug (Rick Marshall)
+ + fix for bug in handling of interrupted keystroke waits,
+ (Werner Fleck).
+
+960601 - snapshot
+ + auto-configure man-page compression-format and renames for Debian.
+ + corrected several typos in curses.h.in (i.e., the mvXXXX macros).
+ + re-order curses.priv.h for lint.
+ + added rules for lintlib, lint
+ + corrected ifdef for BROKEN_LINKER in MKnames.awk.in
+ + corrected missing INSTALL_DATA in misc/Makefile.in
+ + flush output when changing cursor-visibility (Rick Marshall)
+ + fix a minor bug in the _nc_ripoff() routine and improve error checking
+ when creating the label window (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + enhancement to the control over the new PC-style soft key format.
+ allow caller now to select whether or not one wants to have
+ the index-line; see curs_slk.3x for documentation (Juergen Pfeifer).
+ + typos, don't use inline with -g (Philippe De Muyter)
+ + fixes for menus & wattr-, slk-functions (Juergen Pfeifer)
+
+960526 - snapshot
+ + removed --with-ticdir option altogether, maintain compatibility with
+ existing applications via symbolic link in run_tic.sh
+ + patch for termio.h, signal (Philippe De Muyter)
+ + auto-configure gcc warning options rather than infer from version.
+ + auto-configure __attribute__ for different gcc versions.
+ + corrected special use of clearok() in hardscroll.c by resetting flag
+ in wrefresh().
+ + include stdlib.h before defs for EXIT_SUCCESS, for OSF/1.
+ + include sys/types.h in case stdlib.h does not declare size_t.
+ + fixes for makefile (Tim Mooney)
+ + fixes for menus & forms (Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de)
+
+960518 - snapshot
+ + revised ncurses.c panner test, let pad abut all 4 sides of screen.
+ + refined case in lib_doupdate.c for ClrToEOL().
+ + corrected prior change for PutRange (Alexander V. Lukyanov:
+ lav@yars.free.net).
+ + autoconf mods (Tim Mooney: mooney@dogbert.cc.ndsu.NoDak.edu).
+ + locale fix for forms (Philippe De Muyter: phdemuyt@ulb.ac.be)
+ + renamed "--with-datadir" option to "--with-ticdir" to avoid
+ confusion, and made this check for the /usr/lib/terminfo pre-existing
+ directory.
+ > patches 299-301 by eric:
+ + added hashmap.c
+ + mods to tracing, especially for ACS chars.
+ + corrected off-by-one in IDCtransform.
+ + corrected intermittent mouse bug by using return-value from read().
+ + mods to parse_entry.c, for smarter defaults.
+
+960512
+ + use getopt in 'tic'; added -L option and modified -e option to allow
+ list from a file.
+
+960511
+ + don't use fixed buffer-size in tparm().
+ + modified tic to create terminfo directory if it doesn't exist.
+ + added -T options to tic and infocmp (for testing/analysis)
+ + refined the length criteria for termcap and terminfo
+ + optimize lib_doupdate with memcpy, PutRange
+ > patches 297, 298 by eric
+ + implement TERMINFO_DIRS, and -o option of tic
+ + added TRACE_IEVENT
+ + removed boolean version of 'getm'
+ + added lib_print.c (for Rick Marshall)
+ + added has_key()
+ + added 't' to ncurses.c test.
+ + moved delay_output() to lib_tputs.c
+ + removed tparam().
+ + misc cursor & optimization fixes.
+
+960504 - snapshot
+ + modified ncurses 'p' test to allow full-screen range for panner size.
+ + fixes for locale (phdm@labauto1.ulb.ac.be)
+ + don't use fixed buffer-size in fmt_entry().
+ + added usage-message to 'infocmp'.
+ + modified install.includes rules to prepend subdirectory-name to
+ "#include" if needed.
+
+960430
+ + protect wrefresh, wnoutrefresh from invocation with pad argument.
+ + corrected default CCFLAGS in test/Makefile.
+
+960428 - snapshot
+ + implemented logic to support terminals with background color erase
+ (e.g., rxvt and the newer color xterm).
+ + improved screen update logic (off-by-one logic error; use clr_eos if
+ possible)
+
+960426 - snapshot
+ + change ncurses 'a' test to run in raw mode.
+ + make TIOCGWINSZ configure test less stringent, in case user
+ configures via terminal that cannot get screen size.
+ > patches 295, 296 by eric:
+ + new "-e" option of tic.
+ + fix for "infocmp -e".
+ + restore working-directory in read_termcap.c
+ + split lib_kernel.c, lib_setup.c and names.c in order to reduce
+ overhead for programs that use only termcap features.
+
+960418 - snapshot
+ + use autoconf 2.9
+ + fix for AIX 3.2.5 (must define _POSIX_SOURCE to get termios struct
+ definitions via <termios.h>, modified macros in lib_raw.c to avoid
+ K&R-style substitution)
+ > patches 293, 294 by eric:
+ + mods to wgetch() in cooked mode
+ + corrected askuser() logic in tset
+ + correct interaction of endwin() with mouse processing
+ + added trace support for TTY flags
+
+960406
+ + fixes for NeXT, ISC and HPUX auto-configure
+ + autogenerate development header-dependencies (config.h, *.priv.h)
+ + corrected single-column formatting of "use=" (e.g., in tic)
+ + modify tic to read full terminfo-names
+ + corrected divide-by-zero that caused hang (or worse) when redirecting output
+ + modify tic to generate directories only as-needed (and corrected
+ instance of use of data from function that had already returned).
+
+### ncurses-1.9.8a -> 1.9.9e
+
+* fixed broken wsyncup()/wysncdown(), as a result wnoutrefresh() now has
+ copy-changed-lines behavior.
+* added and documented wresize() function.
+* more fixes to LOWER-RIGHT corner handling.
+* changed the line-breakout optimization code to allow some lines to be
+ emitted before the first check.
+* added option for tic to use symbolic instead of hard links (for AFS)
+* fix to restore auto-wrap mode.
+* trace level can be controlled by environment variable.
+* better handling of NULs in terminal descriptions.
+* improved compatibility with observed SVR4 behavior.
+* the refresh behavior of over-lapping windows is now more efficient and
+ behaves like SVR4.
+* use autoconf 2.7, which results in a working setup for SCO 5.0.
+* support for ESCDELAY.
+* small fixes for menu/form code.
+* the test directory has its own configure.
+* fixes to pads when optimizing scrolling.
+* fixed several off-by-one bugs.
+* fixes for termcap->terminfo translation; less restrictions more correct
+ behavior.
+
+### ncurses-1.9.7 -> 1.9.8a
+
+* teach infocmp -i to recognize ECMA highlight sequences
+* infocmp now dumps all SVr4 termcaps (not just the SVr4 ones) on -C
+* support infocmp -RBSD.
+* satisfy XSI Curses requirement that every macro be available as a function.
+* This represents the last big change to the public interface of ncurses. The
+ ABI_VERSION has now been set at 3.0 and should stay there barring any great
+ catastrophies or acts of God.
+* The C++ has been cleaned up in reaction to the changes to satisfy XSI's
+ requirements.
+* libncurses now gets linked to libcurses to help seamless emulation
+ (replacement) of a vendor's curses. --disable-overwrite turns this behavior
+ off.
+
+### ncurses-1.9.6 -> 1.9.7
+
+* corrected return values of setupterm()
+* Fixed some bugs in tput (it does padding now)
+* fixed a bug in tic that made it do the wrong thing on entries with more than
+ one `use' capability.
+* corrected the screen-size calculation at startup time to alter the
+ numeric capabilities as per SVr4, not just LINES and COLS.
+* toe(1) introduced; does what infocmp -T used to.
+* tic(1) can now translate AIX box1 and font[0123] capabilities.
+* tic uses much less core, the dotic.sh kluge can go away now.
+* fix read_entry() and write_entry() to pass through cancelled capabilities OK.
+* Add $HOME/.terminfo as source/target directory for terminfo entries.
+* termcap compilation now automatically dumps an entry to $HOME/.terminfo.
+* added -h option to toe(1).
+* added -R option to tic(1) and infocmp(1).
+* added fallback-entry-list feature.
+* added -i option to infocmp(1).
+* do a better job at detecting if we're on SCO.
+
+### ncurses-1.9.5 -> 1.9.6
+
+* handling of TERMCAP environment variables now works correctly.
+* various changes to shorten termcap translations to less that 1024 chars.
+* tset(1) added
+* mouse support for xterm.
+* most data tables are now const and accordingly live in shareable text space.
+* Obey the XPG4/SVr4 practice that echo() is initally off.
+* tic is much better at translating XENIX and AIX termcap entries now.
+* tic can interpret ko capabilities now.
+* integrated Juergen Pfeifer's forms library.
+* taught write_entry() how not to write more than it needs to; this change
+ reduces the size of the terminfo tree by a full 26%!
+* infocmp -T option added.
+* better warnings about historical tic quirks from tic.
+
+### ncurses 1.9.4 -> 1.9.5
+
+* menus library is now included with documentation.
+* lib_mvcur has been carefully profiled and tuned.
+* Fixed a ^Z-handling bug that was tanking lynx(1).
+* HJ Lu's patches for ELF shared libraries under Linux
+* terminfo.src 9.8.2
+* tweaks for compiling in seperate directories.
+* Thomas Dickey's patches to support NeXT's brain-dead linker
+* Eric Raymond's patches to fix problems with long termcap entries.
+* more support for shared libraries under SunOS and IRIX.
+
+### ncurses 1.9.3 -> 1.9.4
+
+* fixed an undefined-order-of-evaluation bug in lib_acs.c
+* systematically gave non-API public functions and data an _nc_ prefix.
+* integrated Juergen Pfeifer's menu code into the distribution.
+* totally rewrote the knight test game's interface
+
+### ncurses 1.9.2c -> 1.9.3
+
+* fixed the TERMCAP_FILE Support.
+* fixed off-by-one errors in scrolling code
+* added tracemunch to the test tools
+* took steps to cut the running time of make install.data
+
+### ncurses 1.9.2c -> 1.9.2d
+
+* revised 'configure' script to produce libraries for normal, debug,
+ profile and shared object models.
+
+### ncurses 1.9.1 -> 1.9.2
+
+* use 'autoconf' to implement 'configure' script.
+* panels support added
+* tic now checks for excessively long termcap entries when doing translation
+* first cut at eliminating namespace pollution.
+
+### ncurses 1.8.9 -> 1.9
+
+* cleanup gcc warnings for the following: use size_t where 'int' is not
+ appropriate, fixed some shadowed variables, change attr_t to compatible with
+ chtype, use attr_t in some places where it was confused with 'int'.
+* use chtype/attr_t casts as appropriate to ensure portability of masking
+ operations.
+* added-back waddchnstr() to lib_addstr.c (it had been deleted).
+* supplied missing prototypes in curses.h
+* include <termcap.h> in lib_termcap.c to ensure that the prototypes
+ are consistent (they weren't).
+* corrected prototype of tputs in <termcap.h>
+* rewrote varargs parsing in lib_tparm.c (to avoid referencing memory
+ that may be out of bounds on the stack) -- Purify found this.
+* ensure that TRACE is defined in lib_trace.c (to solve prototype
+ warnings from gcc).
+* corrected scrolling-region size in 'mvcur_wrap()'
+* more spelling fixes
+* use 'calloc()' to allocate WINDOW struct in lib_newwin.c (Purify).
+* set default value for SP->_ofp in lib_set_term.c (otherwise SunOS dumps
+ core in init_acs()).
+* include <errno.h> in write_entry.c (most "braindead" includes declare errno
+ in that file).
+
+### ncurses 1.8.8 -> 1.8.9
+
+* compile (mostly) clean with gcc 2.5.8 -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes
+ -Wmissing-prototypes -Wconversion and using __attribute__ to flush out
+ non-portable use of "%x" for pointers, or for chtype data (which is declared
+ as a long).
+* modified doupdate to ensure that typahead was turned on before attempting
+ select-call (otherwise, some implementations hang).
+* added trace mask TRACE_FIFO, use this in lib_getch.c to allow finer
+ resolution of traces.
+* improved bounds checking on several critical functions.
+* the data directory has been replaced by the new master terminfo file.
+* -F file-comparison option added to infocmp.
+* compatibility with XSI Curses is now documented in the man bages.
+* wsyncup/wsyncdown functions are reliable now; subwindow code in general
+ is much less flaky.
+* capabilities ~msgr, tilde_glitch, insert_padding, generic_type, no_pad_char,
+ memory_above, memory_below, and hard_copy are now used properly.
+* cursor-movement optimization has been completely rewritten.
+* vertical-movement optimization now uses hardware scrolling, il, dl.
+
+### ncurses 1.8.7 -> 1.8.8
+* untic no longer exists, infocmp replaces it.
+* tic can understand termcap now, especially if it is called captoinfo.
+* The Linux Standard Console terminfo entry is called linux insead of console.
+ It also uses the kernel's new method of changing charsets.
+* initscr() will EXIT upon error (as the docs say) This wil mostly happen if
+ you try to run on an undefined terminal.
+* I can get things running on AIX but tic can't compile terminfo. I have to
+ compile entries on another machine. Volunteers to hunt this bug are welcome.
+* wbkgd() and wbkgdset() can be used to set a windows background to color.
+ wclear()/werase() DO NOT use the current attribute to clear the screen.
+ This is the way SVR4 curses works. PDCurses 2.1 is broken in this respect,
+ though PDCurses 2.2 has been fixed.
+* cleaned up the test/ directory.
+* test/worm will segfault after quite a while.
+* many spelling corrections courtesy of Thomas E. Dickey
+
+### ncurses 1.8.6 -> 1.8.7
+* cleaned up programs in test/ directory.
+* fixed wbkgdset() macro.
+* modified getstr() to stop it from advancing cursor in noecho mode.
+* modified linux terminfo entry to work with the latest kernel to get
+ the correct alternate character set.
+* also added a linux-mono entry for those running on monochrome screens.
+* changed initscr() so that it behaves like the man page says it does.
+ this fixes the problem with programs in test/ crashing with SIGSEV if
+ a terminal is undefined.
+* modified addch() to avoid using any term.h #define's
+* removed duplicate tgoto() in lib_tparm.c
+* modified dump_entry.c so that infocmp deals correctly with ',' in acsc
+* modified delwin() to correctly handle deleting subwindows.
+* fixed Makefile.dist to stop installing an empty curses.h
+* fixed a couple of out-of-date notes in man pages.
+
+### ncurses 1.8.5 -> 1.8.6
+* Implemented wbkgd(), bkgd(), bkgdset(), and wbkgdset().
+* The handling of attributes has been improved and now does not turn off color
+ if other attributes are turned off.
+* scrolling code is improved. Scrolling in subwindows is still broken.
+* Fixes to several bugs that manifest them on platforms other than Linux.
+* The default to meta now depends on the status of the terminal when ncurses
+ is started.
+* The interface to the tracing facility has changed. Instead of the pair of
+ functions traceon() and traceoff(), there is just one function trace() which
+ takes a trace mask argument. The trace masks, defined in curses.h, are
+ as follows:
+
+ #define TRACE_DISABLE 0x00 /* turn off tracing */
+ #define TRACE_ORDINARY 0x01 /* ordinary trace mode */
+ #define TRACE_CHARPUT 0x02 /* also trace all character outputs */
+ #define TRACE_MAXIMUM 0x0f /* maximum trace level */
+
+ More trace masks may be added, or these may be changed, in future releases.
+* The pad code has been improved and the pad test code in test/ncurses.c has
+ been improved.
+* The prototype ansi entry has been changed to work with a wider variety
+ of emulators.
+* Fix to the prototype ansi entry that enables it to work with PC emulators
+ that treat trailing ";m" in a highlight sequence as ";0m"; this doesn't
+ break operation with any emulators.
+* There are now working infocmp, captoinfo, tput, and tclear utilities.
+* tic can now compile entries in termcap syntax.
+* Core-dump bug in pnoutrefresh fixed.
+* We now recognize and compile all the nonstandard capabilities in Ross
+ Ridge's mytinfo package (rendering it obsolete).
+* General cleanup and documentation improvements.
+* Fixes and additions to the installation-documentation files.
+* Take cursor to normal mode on endwin.
+
+### ncurses 1.8.4 -> 1.8.5
+* serious bugs in updating screen which caused erratic non-display,
+ fixed.
+* fixed initialization for getch() related variable which cause
+ unpredictable results.
+* fixed another doupdate bug which only appeared if you have
+ parm_char.
+* implemented redrawln() and redrawwin().
+* implemented winsnstr() and related functions.
+* cleaned up insertln() and deleteln() and implemented (w)insdeln().
+* changed Makefile.dist so that installation of man pages will
+ take note of the terminfo directory.
+* fixed Configure (removed the mysterious 'X').
+* Eric S. Raymond fixed the script.* files so that they work with
+ stock awk.
+
+#### ncurses 1.8.3 -> 1.8.4 #### ####
+* fixed bug in refreshing the screen after return from shell_mode.
+ There are still problems but they don't manifest themselves on
+ my machine (Linux 0.99.14f).
+* added wgetnstr() and modified things accordingly.
+* fixed the script.src script.test to work with awk not just gawk.
+* Configure can now take an argument of the target system.
+* added test/ncurses.c which replaces several other programs and
+ performs more testing.
+[Thanks to Eric S Raymond for the last 4]
+* more fixes to lib_overlay.c and added test/over.c to illustrate
+ how it works.
+* fixed ungetch() to take int instead of ch.
+* fixes to cure wgetch() if flushinp() is called.
+
+One note I forgot to mention in 1.8.3 is that tracing is off by
+default starting in the version. If you want tracing output, put
+traceon(); in your code and link with -ldcurses.
+
+#### ncurses 1.8.2 -> ncurses 1.8.3 #### ####
+MAJOR CHANGES:
+1) The order of capabilities has been changed in order to achieve
+binary compatibility with SVR4 terminfo database. This has the
+unfortunate effect of breaking application currently linked with
+ncurses. To ensure correct behavior, recompile all such programs.
+Most programs using color or newer capabilities will break, others
+will probably continue to work ok.
+
+2) Pavel Curtis has renounced his copyright to the public domain.
+This means that his original sources (posted to comp.sources.unix,
+volume 1) are now in the public domain. The current sources are
+NOT in the public domain, they are copyrighted by me. I'm
+entertaining ideas on what the new terms ncurses is released under.
+
+3) Eric S. Raymond has supplied a complete set of man pages for
+ncurses in ?roff format. They will eventually replace most of the
+current docs. Both sets are included in this release.
+
+Other changes and notes from 1.8.2 include:
+* SIGSEGV during scrolling no longer occurs.
+* Other problems with scrolling and use of idl have been corrected.
+* lib_getch.c has been re-written and should perform flawlessly.
+ please use test/getch.c and any other programs to test this.
+* ripoffline() is implemented (Thanks to Eric) and slk_ functions
+ changed accordingly.
+* I've added support for terminals that scroll if you write in the
+ bottom-right corner.
+* fixed more bugs in pads code. If anybody has a program that uses
+ pads I'd love a copy.
+* correct handling for terminal with back_color_erase capability
+ (such as Linux console, and most PC terminals)
+* ^Z handling apparently didn't work (I should never trust code
+ sent me to me without extensive testing). It now seems to be
+ fixed. Let me know if you have problems.
+* I've added support for Apollo and NeXT, but it may still be
+ incomplete, especially when dealing with the lack of POSIX
+ features.
+* scrolling should be more efficient on terminals with idl
+ capabilities. Please see src/lib_scroll.c for more notes.
+* The line drawing routines were offset by 1 at both ends. This
+ is now fixed.
+* added a few missing prototypes and macros (e.g. setterm())
+* fixed code in src/lib_overlay.c which used to crash.
+* added a few more programs in test/ The ones from the PDCurses
+ package are useful, especially if you have SVR4 proper. I'm
+ interested in the results you get on such a systems (Eric? ;-).
+ They already exposed certain bugs in ncurses.
+* See src/README for porting notes.
+* The C++ code should really replace ncurses.h instead of working
+ around it. It should avoid name-space clashes with nterm.h (use
+ rows instead of lines, etc.)
+* The C++ should compile ok. I've added explicit rules to the
+ Makefile because no C++ defaults are documented on the suns.
+* The docs say that echo() and nocbreak() are mutually exclusive.
+ At the moment ncurses will switch to cbreak() if the case above
+ occurs. Should it continue to do so? How about echo() and noraw()?
+* PDCurses seem to assume that wclear() will use current attribute
+ when clearing the screen. According to Eric this is not the case
+ with SVR4.
+* I have discovered, to my chagrin, SunOS 4.x (and probably other systems)
+ * doesn't have vsscanf and God knows what else! I've will do a vsscanf().
+* I've also found out that the src/script.* rely on gawk and will not
+ work with stock awk or even with nawk. Any changes are welcome.
+* Linux is more tolerant of NULL dereferences than most systems. This
+ fact was exposed by hanoi.
+* ncurses still seems inefficient in drawing the screen on a serial
+ link between Linux and suns. The padding may be the culprit.
+* There seems to be one lingering problem with doupdate() after shelling
+ out. Despite the fact the it is sending out the correct information
+ to the terminal, nothing takes effect until you press ^L or another
+ refresh takes place. And yes, output does get flushed.
+
+#### ncurses 1.8.1 -> ncurses 1.8.2 #### Nov 28, 1993 ####
+
+* added support for SVR4 and BSDI's BSD/386.
+* major update and fix to scrolling routine.
+* MORE fixes to stuff in lib_getch.c.
+* cleaned-up configuration options and can now generate
+ Config.* files through an awk script.
+* changed setupterm() so it can be called more than once,
+ add added set_curterm(), del_curterm().
+* a few minor cleanups.
+* added more prototypes in curses.h
+
+#### ncurses 1.8 -> ncurses 1.8.1 #### Nov 4, 1993 ####
+
+* added support for NeXTStep 3.0
+* added termcap emulation (not well tested).
+* more complete C++ interface to ncurses.
+* fixed overlay(), overwrite(), and added copywin().
+* a couple of bug fixes.
+* a few code cleanups.
+
+#### ncurses 0.7.2/0.7.3 -> ncurses 1.8 #### Aug 31, 1993 ####
+
+* The annoying message "can't open file." was due to missing
+ terminfo entry for the used terminal. It has now been
+ replaced by a hopefully more helpful message.
+* Problems with running on serial lines are now fixed.
+* Added configuration files for SunOS, Linux, HP/UX, Ultrix,
+ 386bsd/BSDI (if you have others send'em to me)
+* Cleaner Makefile.
+* The documentation in manual.doc is now more uptodate.
+* update optimization and support for hp terminals, and 386bsd
+ console driver(s).
+* mvcur optimization for terminals without cursor addressing
+ (doesn't work on Linux)
+* if cursor moved since last update, getch() will refresh the
+ screen before working.
+* getch() & alarm() can now live together. in 0.7.3 a signal
+ interrupted getch() (bug or feature?) now the getch is
+ restarted.
+* scanw() et all were sick, now fixed.
+* support for 8-bit input (use meta()).
+* added default screen size to all terminfos.
+* added c++ Ncursesw class.
+* several minor bug fixes.
+
+#### ncurses 0.7.2 -> ncurses 0.7.3 #### May 27, 1993 ####
+
+* Config file to cope with different platforms (386BSD, BSDI, Ultrix, SunOS)
+* more fixes to lib_getch.c
+* changes related to Config
+
+#### ncurses 0.7 -> ncurses 0.7.2 #### May 22, 1993 ####
+
+* docs updated slightly (color usage is now documented).
+* yet another fix for getch(), this one fixes problems with ESC being swallowed
+ if another character is typed before the 1 second timeout.
+* Hopefully, addstr() and addch() are 8-bit clean.
+* fixed lib_tparm.c to use stdarg.h (should run on suns now)
+* order of capabilities changed to reflect that specified in SYSV
+ this will allow for binary-compatibility with existing terminfo dbs.
+* added halfdelay()
+* fixed problems with asc_init()
+* added A_PROTECT and A_INVIS
+* cleaned up vidputs()
+* general cleanup of the code
+* more attention to portability to other systems
+* added terminfos for hp70092 (wont work until changes to lib_update.c are
+ made) and 386BSD pcvt drivers.
+
+Thanks to Hellmuth Michaelis for his help.
+optimization code is slated for the next major release, stay tuned!
+
+#### ncurses 0.6/0.61 -> ncurses 0.7 #### April 1, 1993
+Please note that the next release will be called 1.8. If you want to know about
+the rationale drop me a line.
+
+Included are several test programs in test/.
+I've split up the panels library, reversi, tetris, sokoban. They are now
+available separately from netcom.com:pub/zmbenhal/
+
+* color and ACS support is now fully compatible with SYSV at the terminfo
+ level.
+* Capabilities now includes as many SYSV caps I could find.
+* tigetflag,tigetnum,tigetstr functions added.
+* boolnames, boolfnames, boolcodes numnames, numfnames, numcodes,
+ strnames, strfnames, strcodes arrays are now added.
+* keyname() is added.
+* All function keys can be defined in terminfo entries.
+* fixed lin_tparm.c to behave properly.
+* terminfo entries for vt* and xterm are included (improvements are welcome)
+* more automation in handling caps and keys.
+* included fixes from 0.6.1
+* added a few more missing functions.
+* fixed a couple of minor bugs.
+* updated docs JUST a little (still miles behind in documenting the newer
+ features).
+
+#### ncurses 0.6 -> ncurses 0.61 ####
+
+1) Included the missing data/console.
+
+2) allow attributes when drawing boxes.
+
+3) corrected usage of win->_delay value.
+
+4) fixed a bug in lib_getch.c. if it didn't recognize a sequence it would
+ simply return the last character in the sequence. The correct
+ behavior is to return the entire sequence one character at a time.
+
+#### ncurses0.5 -> ncurses0.6 #### March 1, 1993 ####
+* removed _numchngd from struct _win_st and made appropriate changes.
+* rewritten kgetch() to remove problems with interaction between alarm and
+ read(). It caused SIGSEGV every now and then.
+* fixed a bug that miscounted the numbers of columns when updating.
+ (in lib_doupdate.c(ClrUpdate() -- iterate to columns not columns-1)
+* fixed a bug that cause the lower-right corner to be incorrect.
+ (in lib_doupdate.c(putChar() -- check against columns not columns-1)
+* made resize() and cleanup() static to lib_newterm.c
+* added notimeout().
+* added timeout() define in curses.h
+* added more function prototypes and fixed napms.
+* added use_env().
+* moved screen size detection to lib_setup.c.
+* fixed newterm() to confirm to prototype.
+* removed SIGWINCH support as SYSV does not define its semantics.
+* cleaned-up lib_touch.c
+* added waddnstr() and relatives.
+* added slk_* support.
+* fixed a bug in wdeleteln().
+* added PANEL library.
+* modified Makefile for smoother installation.
+* terminfo.h is really term.h
+
+#### ncurses 0.4 -> ncurses 0.5 #### Feb 14, 1993 ####
+* changed _win_st structure to allow support for missing functionality.
+* Addition of terminfo support for all KEY_*.
+* Support for nodelay(), timeout(), notimeout().
+* fixed a bug with the keypad char reading that did not return ESC until
+ another key is pressed.
+* nl mapping no longer occur on output (as should be)
+ fixed bug '\n' no causing a LF.
+* fixed bug that reset terminal colors regardless of whether we use color
+ or not.
+* Better support for ACS (not quite complete).
+* fixed bug in wvline().
+* added curs_set().
+* changed from signal() to sigaction().
+* re-included the contents of important.patch into source.
+
+#### ncurses 0.3 -> ncurses 0.4 #### Feb 3, 1993 ####
+* Addition of more KEY_* definitions.
+* Addition of function prototypes.
+* Addition of several missing functions.
+* No more crashes if screen size is undefined (use SIGWINCH handler).
+* added a handler to cleanup after SIGSEGV (hopefully never needed).
+* changed SRCDIR from /etc/term to /usr/lib/terminfo.
+* renamed compile/dump to tic/untic.
+* New scrolling code.
+* fixed bug that reversed the sense of nl() and nonl().
+
+#### ncurses 0.2 -> ncurses 0.3 #### Jan 20, 1993 ####
+* more support for color and graphics see test/ for examples.
+* fixed various files to allow correct update after shelling out.
+* more fixes for updates.
+* no more core dumps if you don't have a terminfo entry.
+* support for LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.
+* support for SIGWINCH signal.
+* added a handler for SIGINT for clean exits.
+
+#### ncurses 0.1 -> ncurses 0.2 #### Aug 14, 1992 ####
+* support for color.
+* support for PC graphic characters.
+* lib_trace.c updated to use stdarg.h and vprintf routines.
+* added gdc.c (Great Digital Clock) as an example of using color.
+
+#### ncurses -> ncurses 0.1 #### Jul 31, 1992 ####
+* replacing sgtty stuff by termios stuff.
+* ANSIfication of some functions.
+* Disabling cost analysis 'cause it's incorrect.
+* A quick hack for a terminfo entry.
--- /dev/null
+ README file for the ncurses package
+
+See the file ANNOUNCE for a summary of ncurses features and ports.
+See the file INSTALL for instructions on how to build and install ncurses.
+See the file NEWS for a release history and bug-fix notes.
+See the file TO-DO for things that still need doing, including known bugs.
+
+Browse the file misc/ncurses-intro.html for narrative descriptions of how
+to use ncurses and the panel, menu, and form libraries.
+
+Browse the file misc/hackguide.html for a tour of the package internals.
+
+ROADMAP AND PACKAGE OVERVIEW:
+
+You should be reading this file in a directory called: ncurses-d.d.d,
+where d.d.d is the current version number (see the dist.mk file in
+this directory for that). There should be a number of subdirectories,
+including `c++', `form', `man', `menu', `misc', `ncurses', `panel',
+`progs', `test', and `Ada95'.
+
+A full build/install of this package typically installs several libraries, a
+handful of utilities, and a database hierarchy. Here is an inventory of the
+pieces:
+
+The libraries are:
+
+ libncurses.a (normal)
+ libncurses.so (shared)
+ libncurses_g.a (debug and trace code enabled)
+ libncurses_p.a (profiling enabled)
+
+ libpanel.a (normal)
+ libpanel_g.a (debug and trace code enabled)
+
+ libmenu.a (normal)
+ libmenu_g.a (debug enabled)
+
+ libform.a (normal)
+ libform_g.a (debug enabled)
+
+The ncurses libraries implement the curses API. The panel, menu and forms
+libraries implement clones of the SVr4 panel, menu and forms APIs. The
+source code for these lives in the `ncurses', `panel', `menu', and
+`form' directories respectively.
+
+In the `c++' directory, you'll find code that defines an interface to the
+curses and panels library packaged as a C++ class, and a demo program in C++
+to test it. These class definition modules are not installed anywhere by
+default; it's up to you what you do with them.
+
+In the `Ada95' directory, you'll find code and documentation for an
+Ada95 binding of the curses API, to be used with the GNAT compiler.
+This binding is built by a normal top-level `make' if configure detects
+an usable version of GNAT (3.05 or above). It is not installed automatically.
+See the Ada95 directory for more build and installation instructions and
+for documentation of the binding.
+
+In order to do its job, the ncurses code needs your terminal type to be set in
+the environment variable TERM (normally set by your OS; under UNIX, getty(1)
+typically does this, but you can override it in your .profile); and, it needs a
+database of terminal descriptions in which to look up your terminal type's
+capabilities.
+
+In older (V7/BSD) versions of curses, the database was a flat text file,
+/etc/termcap; in newer (USG/USL) versions, the database is a hierarchy of
+fast-loading binary description blocks under /usr/lib/terminfo. These binary
+blocks are compiled from an improved editable text representation called
+`terminfo' format (documented in man/terminfo.5). The ncurses library can use
+either /etc/termcap or the compiled binary terminfo blocks, but prefers the
+second form.
+
+In the `misc' directory, there is a text file terminfo.src, in editable
+terminfo format, which can be used to generate the terminfo binaries (that's
+what make install.data does). If the package was built with the
+--with-termcap option enabled, and the ncurses library can't find a terminfo
+description for your terminal, it will fall back to the termcap file supplied
+with your system (which the ncurses package installation leaves strictly
+alone).
+
+The utilities are as follows:
+
+ tic -- terminfo source to binary compiler
+ infocmp -- terminfo binary to source decompiler/comparator
+ clear -- emits clear-screen for current terminal
+ tput -- shell-script access to terminal capabilities.
+ tset -- terminal-initialization utility
+ toe -- table of entries utility
+
+The first two are used for manipulating terminfo descriptions; the next two
+are for use in shell scripts. The last is provided for 4.4BSD compatibility.
+The source code for all of these lives in the `progs' directory.
+
+Detailed documentation for all libraries and utilities can be found in
+the `man' directory. An HTML introduction to ncurses, panels, and
+menus programming lives in the `misc' directory.
+
+The `test' directory contains programs that can be used to verify the
+functions of the ncurses libraries. See test/README for descriptions of
+these programs. Notably, the `ncurses' utility is designed to help you
+systematically exercise the library functions.
+
+RELATED RESOURCES:
+
+This distribution now includes (and uses) a copy of the master terminfo
+database maintained by Eric Raymond. This database (which is the
+official descendant of the 4.4BSD termcap file) changes faster than this
+code does.
+
+You can surf to a WWW page that carries the current terminfo master file,
+and news about ncurses, at
+
+ http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html
+
+AUTHORS:
+
+Pavel Curtis:
+ wrote the original ncurses
+
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim:
+ port of original to Linux and many enhancements.
+
+Thomas Dickey (maintainer since 1.9.9e):
+ configuration scripts, porting, mods to adhere to XSI Curses in the
+ areas of background color, terminal modes. Also memory leak testing,
+ the wresize extension and numerous bug fixes (more than half of those
+ enumerated in NEWS since release 1.9.2d)
+
+Eric S. Raymond:
+ the man pages, infocmp(1), tput(1), clear(1), captoinfo(1), tset(1),
+ toe(1), most of tic(1), src/lib_twait.c, trace levels, the HTML intro,
+ wgetnstr() and many other entry points, the cursor-movement
+ optimization, the scroll-pack optimizer for vertical motions,
+ the mouse interface and xterm mouse support, and the ncurses
+ test program.
+
+Juergen Pfeifer
+ The menu and form code, and the Ada95 binding. Ongoing support for
+ panel.
+
+CONTRIBUTORS:
+
+David MacKenzie
+ for first-class bug-chasing and methodical testing.
+
+Ross Ridge
+ for the code that hacks termcap parameterized strings into terminfo.
+
+Warren Tucker and Gerhard Fuernkranz,
+ for writing and sending the panel library.
+
+Hellmuth Michaelis,
+ for many patches and testing the optimization code.
+
+Eric Newton, Ulrich Drepper, and Anatoly Ivasyuk:
+ the C++ code.
+
+Jonathan Ross,
+ for lessons in using sed.
+
+Keith Bostic (maintainer of 4.4BSD curses)
+ for help, criticism, comments, bug-finding, and being willing to
+ deep-six BSD curses for this one when it grew up.
+
+Countless other people have contributed by reporting bugs, sending fixes,
+suggesting improvements, and generally whining about ncurses :-)
+
+BUGS:
+ See the INSTALL file for bug and developer-list addresses.
+ The Hacker's Guide in the misc directory includes some guidelines
+ on how to report bugs in ways that will get them fixed most quickly.
--- /dev/null
+To compile this as an add-on for glibc, unpack it in the glibc source
+tree and put ncurses on the add-on list when you do configure.
+
+hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+03/21/1997
--- /dev/null
+SHORT-TERM TO-DO ITEMS:
+
+Known Problems:
+
+* The screen optimization has been tested only in an ad hoc manner. We should
+ develop a good set of regression tests to cover lib_doupdate.c and
+ lib_mvcur.c.
+
+* Ncurses cursor movement does not make effective use of hard tabs, as SVr4
+ does.
+
+* Scrolling optimization has holes: for example, the ncurses 'p' test, which
+ exercises scrolling in a pad does not (1996/12/24) use scrolling regions.
+ Also, running other tests shows that scrolling optimization forces repaints
+ of the screen between calls to refresh().
+
+* The stacking order of windows on the screen does not match that implemented
+ in SVr4 (e.g., Solaris curses). XSI doesn't specify a stacking order, so
+ full compatibility for this behavior must be achieved by testing/analysis.
+
+* The ncurses 'o' test does not behave the same on SVr4 (Solaris) as with
+ ncurses (the latter pops windows up more). The former also produces 20%
+ fewer characters in a 'script' output. Further analysis is needed.
+
+* SVr4 uses slightly different rules for determining when softkeys are shown.
+ For example, they are initially displayed (before the ncurses 'e' test
+ activates them), and a touchwin can apparently also force them to be
+ displayed.
+
+* The code departs from perfect 8-bit cleanness in one respect; you cannot
+ specify a character \200 as part of a capability string, because the terminfo
+ library interprets \200 as a request to embed NUL (\000) at that point (the
+ actual code that does this is in ncurses/lib_options.c:add_keytry().
+ This is a legacy terminfo property we can't mess with.
+
+* Recognition of xterm mouse reports is implemented by setting the kmous
+ capability to the mouse-report prefix. As a result, the kmous sequence is
+ eaten even when mouse recognition is disabled. This could be fixed if
+ necessary with special code that pokes the kmous value back into the
+ input FIFO when KEY_MOUSE is seen and the mousemask is zero, but that would
+ be kind of ugly.
+
+* The window classes defined in the c++ subdirectory need documentation.
+ Some C++ programmer could earn a lot of good karma by doing this...
+
+Portability (or lack thereof):
+
+* Users of older System V UNIXes (but not Solaris, and probably not SVr4)
+ may trip over a known problem with the signal-handling code which causes
+ abrupt termination of ncurses applications following resume from a ^Z
+ suspend (this problem was first seen running lynx). You will not see
+ this problem if you are running Linux or one of the 4.4BSD derivatives
+ like FreeBSD, NetBSD, or BSDI. For details, see the analysis in the
+ header comment of ncurses/lib_tstp.c.
+
+* In theory, vwprintw and vwscanf are supposed to use the older varargs.h
+ interface for handling variadic argument lists. Linux doesn't have
+ varargs.h, it has the newer X/Open-standard stdargs.h equivalent. So
+ these functions use stdargs instead. This is unlikely to be a problem
+ unless you're building ncurses on a System V old enough to only have
+ varargs.h.
+
+* If you're using a BSD earlier than 4.4BSD, or a Linux old enough not to
+ have a native vsscanf(3) in its library, vwscanw() will not work. You lose.
+ (It should work on any System V, however). If you want to fix this, add
+ an implementation to ncurses/vsscanf.c.
+
+* The demo build for the c++ library craps out with many link errors under gcc
+ 2.6.3. We're told the C++ support in 2.6.3 is broken and that the right
+ fix is to upgrade to 2.7.0.
+
+* Under Ultrix, configure craps out (Ultrix sh is lame). Run it under ksh.
+
+* We've not tested the configure script with cross-compilers. The autoconf
+ tests are supposed to be able to support this (please report bugs). You will
+ have to configure and build in two steps. The first step must create the
+ automatically-generated sources (e.g., comp_captab.c) on your host machine.
+ Then, run "make mostlyclean", remove config.* from the top-level directory
+ and configure for the cross-compiler.
+
+Untested features:
+
+* The rep optimization in lib_doupdate.c is not yet thoroughly tested.
+
+* The code for the HP color model using set_color_pair is untested.
+
+* The code for handling soft labels on a terminal type with built-in support
+ for them (num_labels > 0, label_height, label_width, label_format, label_off,
+ label_on, plab_norm, lab_f*) has not been tested. The label_format and
+ lab_f* capabilities aren't presently used.
+
+LONGER-TERM TO-DO ITEMS:
+
+1. Extended COSE conformance
+
+There is an XPG4 standard recently released which describes a superset
+of the SVr4 API. The library is BASE conformant with this standard.
+We would like to make ncurses fully conformant at the EXTENDED level
+supporting internationalization.
+
+Here are page references to all material involving wide or multi-byte
+characters in Issue 4 of the XSI Curses standard, with notes on their
+status in this implementation:
+
+ Page 1 (1.1.2) New Features discussion of internationalization.
+ Page 12 (2.4): Definition of cchar_t, wchar_t.
+ Page 16 (3.3.2): Introduction of multi-column characters.
+ Page 17-18 (3.3.5): Description of non-spacing characters.
+ Page 19-21 (3.4.2): Basic character operations.
+ Page 34 (addnstr): These should now call underlying wide-
+character functions, and do (through waddnstr) if _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is on).
+ Page 35 (addnwstr): wide-character add-string functions. All macros
+except waddnwstr() which is not yet defined.
+ Page 36 (add_wch): wide-character add-char functions. All macros
+except wadd_wch() which is not yet defined.
+ Page 39 (attr_get): implemented -- we've just made the current-
+attributes field of the window an attr_t.
+ Page 43 (bkgrnd): None of these are implemented.
+ Page 45 (border_set): Neither of these is implemented.
+ Page 47 (box_set): box_set implemented as macro, but the underlying
+wborder_set() is not yet defined.
+ Page 78 (echo_wchar): echo_wchar() implemented as macro, underlying
+wecho_wchar() not yet implemented.
+ Page 81 (erasechar): Neither entry point is implemented.
+ Page 87 (getbkgrnd): Not implemented.
+ Page 88 (getcchar): Not implemented.
+ Page 93 (getn_wstr): All implemented (as macros) except the
+underlying wgetn_wstr().
+ Page 97 (get_wch): All implemented (as macros) except the
+underlying wget_wch().
+ Page 99 (get_wstr): Xref to page 93.
+ Page 105 (hline_set): All implemented (as macros) except the
+underlying whline_set(), wvline_set().
+ Page 114 (innstr): Multi-byte character-completeness check is
+not implemented.
+ Page 115 (innwstr): All implemented (as macros) except the
+underlying winnw_str().
+ Page 119 (insnstr): Implementation may not be correct for multi-byte
+characters.
+ Page 120 (ins_nwstr): Not implemented.
+ Page 121 (insstr): Xref to page 119.
+ Page 122 (instr): Xref to page 119.
+ Page 123 (ins_wch): Not implemented.
+ Page 124 (ins_wstr): Xref to page 120.
+ Page 126 (in_wch): Not implemented.
+ Page 127 (in_wchnstr): Not implemented.
+ Page 128 (inwstr): Xref to page 115.
+ Page 133 (killwchar): killwchar not implemented.
+ Page 158 (pechochar): pecho_wchar() not implemented.
+ Page 176 (setcchar): Not implemented.
+ Page 181 (slk_attroff): slk_wset not implemented.
+ Page 200 (ungetch): unget_wch() not implemented.
+ Page 203 (vidattr): vid_attr() and vid_puts() not implemented.
+ Page 206 (vline_set): Xref to page 105.
+ Page 214 (wunctrl): Not implemented.
+ Page 216 (curses.h): cchar_t, wint_t, wchar_t references.
+ Page 220 (curses.h): KEY_CODE_YES
+
+Basically, the macro superstructure is there but the core is absent. We
+need better multi-locale support guarantees from the OS to finish this.
+If you are working on internationalization support, please contact us so
+we can cooperate.
+
+2. DOS port
+
+Only 16 of the 55 files in the library depend on the terminfo format.
+It should be possible to further kernelize the package, then rewrite
+a small number of core files to produce a functionally-compatible
+port that would do updates to a memory-mapped screen area. The first
+result of this would be a DOS port.
+
+3. X port
+
+It would be nice if ncurses could recognize when it was running under X and
+maintain its own window. With this feature, all ncurses programs would
+automatically become X programs. The challenge is to handle resize events
+properly.
+
+4. Unused capabilities
+
+The currently unused capabilities fall naturally into several groups:
+
+A. Status-line capabilities:
+
+ Booleans: has_status_line, status_line_esc_ok.
+ Numerics: width_status_line.
+ Strings: dis_status_line, from_status_line, to_status_line.
+
+System V Release 1 curses made no use of these at all. SVr4's use, if
+any, is unknown. From the AT&T termcap file it looks like curses, in general,
+shouldn't use them; terminal variants with status lines have their line count
+decremented by 1, suggesting that curses is supposed to leave the status line
+alone.
+
+B. Printer capabilities:
+
+ Boolean: col_addr_glitch, cr_cancels_micro_mode, has_print_wheel,
+ row_addr_glitch, semi_auto_right_margin, cpi_changes_res,
+ lpi_changes_res.
+ Numeric: buffer_capacity, dot_horz_spacing, dot_vert_spacing,
+ max_micro_address, max_micro_jump, micro_col_size,
+ micro_line_size, number_of_pins, output_res_char,
+ output_res_line, output_res_horz_inch, print_rate,
+ wide_char_size, bit_image_entwining, bit_image_type.
+ String: down_half_line, form_feed, up_half_line, set_left_margin,
+ set_right_margin, clear_margins, change_char_pitch
+ ... set_page_length (all the SVr4 printer caps),
+
+Curses doesn't use these.
+
+C. Printer-control capabilities:
+
+ Boolean: prtr_silent.
+ Strings: print_screen, prtr_on, prtr_off, prtr_non.
+
+Curses doesn't use these.
+
+D. Dialer strings:
+
+ Strings: hangup, dial_phone, quick_dial, tone, pulse, flash_hook,
+ fixed_pause, wait_tone.
+
+Curses doesn't use these.
+
+E. Window and virtual-terminal capabilities:
+
+ Numerics: maximum_windows, virtual_terminal.
+ Strings: req_for_input, create_window, goto_window, set_window.
+
+These seem to be fossils from some AT&T experiments on character-based
+window systems that never escaped the lab. The virtual_terminal cap had
+something to do with building terminal emulations into tty line disciplines.
+
+F. Unused VDT capabilities:
+
+ Booleans: erase_overstrike, has_meta_key, insert_null_glitch,
+ move_insert, dest_tabs_magic_smso, transparent_underline,
+ needs_xon_xoff, hard_cursor.
+ Numerics: lines_of_memory, buttons.
+ Strings: pkey_key, pkey_local, pkey_xmit, underline_char,
+ enter_xon_mode, exit_xon_mode, xon_character, xoff_character,
+ display_clock, remove_clock, user[0-5], display_pc_char,
+ enter_scancode_mode, exit_scancode_mode, pc_term_options,
+ scancode_escape, alt_scancode_esc.
+
+These are the potentially important ones for ncurses. Notes:
+
+ i) ncurses doesn't need move_insert; it never uses cup/hpa/vpa while
+ insert_mode is on.
+
+ ii) We probably don't care about dest_tabs_magic_smso; only
+ Telerays used it and they're all long obsolete.
+
+
--- /dev/null
+dnl*****************************************************************************
+dnl Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+dnl All Rights Reserved. *
+dnl *
+dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+dnl documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+dnl that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+dnl documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+dnl not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+dnl software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+dnl COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+dnl EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+dnl SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+dnl RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+dnl CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+dnl CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+dnl*****************************************************************************
+dnl $Id: aclocal.m4,v 1.60 1997/05/10 15:56:16 tom Exp $
+dnl Macros used in NCURSES auto-configuration script.
+dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Construct the list of include-options for the C programs in the Ada95
+dnl binding.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_ADA_INCLUDE_DIRS],
+[
+ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I. -I../../include"
+if test "$srcdir" != "."; then
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../../include"
+fi
+if test -z "$GCC"; then
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then
+ if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then
+ if test $prefix != /usr ; then
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+ else
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(ACPPFLAGS)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Test if 'bool' is a builtin type in the configured C++ compiler. Some
+dnl older compilers (e.g., gcc 2.5.8) don't support 'bool' directly; gcc
+dnl 2.6.3 does, in anticipation of the ANSI C++ standard.
+dnl
+dnl Treat the configuration-variable specially here, since we're directly
+dnl substituting its value (i.e., 1/0).
+AC_DEFUN([NC_BOOL_DECL],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for builtin c++ bool type])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_builtin_bool,[
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[bool x = false],
+ [nc_cv_builtin_bool=1],
+ [nc_cv_builtin_bool=0])
+ ])
+if test $nc_cv_builtin_bool = 1
+then AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Test for the size of 'bool' in the configured C++ compiler (e.g., a type).
+dnl Don't bother looking for bool.h, since it's been deprecated.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_BOOL_SIZE],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for size of c++ bool])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_type_of_bool,[
+ rm -f nc_test.out
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_BUILTIN_H
+#include <builtin.h>
+#endif
+main()
+{
+ FILE *fp = fopen("nc_test.out", "w");
+ if (fp != 0) {
+ bool x = false;
+ if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(int)) fputs("int", fp);
+ else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(char)) fputs("char", fp);
+ else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(short))fputs("short",fp);
+ else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(long)) fputs("long", fp);
+ fclose(fp);
+ }
+ exit(0);
+}
+ ],
+ [nc_cv_type_of_bool=`cat nc_test.out`],
+ [nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown],
+ [nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown])
+ ])
+ rm -f nc_test.out
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_type_of_bool)
+if test $nc_cv_type_of_bool = unknown ; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN(Assuming unsigned for type of bool)
+ nc_cv_type_of_bool=unsigned
+fi
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Determine the default configuration into which we'll install ncurses. This
+dnl can be overridden by the user's command-line options. There's two items to
+dnl look for:
+dnl 1. the prefix (e.g., /usr)
+dnl 2. the header files (e.g., /usr/include/ncurses)
+dnl We'll look for a previous installation of ncurses and use the same defaults.
+dnl
+dnl We don't use AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT, because it gets evaluated too soon, and
+dnl we don't use AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM, because we cannot distinguish ncurses's
+dnl programs from a vendor's.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_CFG_DEFAULTS],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for prefix)
+if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then
+ case "$nc_cv_systype" in
+ # non-vendor systems don't have a conflict
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD|Linux) prefix=/usr
+ ;;
+ *) prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($prefix)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default include-directory)
+test -n "$verbose" && echo 1>&6
+for nc_symbol in \
+ $includedir \
+ $includedir/ncurses \
+ $prefix/include \
+ $prefix/include/ncurses \
+ /usr/local/include \
+ /usr/local/include/ncurses \
+ /usr/include \
+ /usr/include/ncurses
+do
+ nc_dir=`eval echo $nc_symbol`
+ if test -f $nc_dir/curses.h ; then
+ if ( fgrep NCURSES_VERSION $nc_dir/curses.h 2>&1 >/dev/null ) ; then
+ includedir="$nc_symbol"
+ test -n "$verbose" && echo $ac_n " found " 1>&6
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ test -n "$verbose" && echo " tested $nc_dir" 1>&6
+done
+AC_MSG_RESULT($includedir)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl If we're trying to use g++, test if libg++ is installed (a rather common
+dnl problem :-). If we have the compiler but no library, we'll be able to
+dnl configure, but won't be able to build the c++ demo program.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_CXX_LIBRARY],
+[
+nc_cxx_library=unknown
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gxx = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for libg++])
+ nc_save="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lg++ -lm"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <builtin.h>
+ ],
+ [float foo=abs(1.0)],
+ [nc_cxx_library=yes
+ CXXLIBS="$CXXLIBS -lg++ -lm"],
+ [nc_cxx_library=no])
+ LIBS="$nc_save"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cxx_library)
+fi
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([NC_DIRS_TO_MAKE],
+[
+DIRS_TO_MAKE="lib"
+for nc_item in $nc_list_models
+do
+ NC_OBJ_SUBDIR($nc_item,nc_subdir)
+ DIRS_TO_MAKE="$DIRS_TO_MAKE $nc_subdir"
+done
+for nc_dir in $DIRS_TO_MAKE
+do
+ test ! -d $nc_dir && mkdir $nc_dir
+done
+AC_SUBST(DIRS_TO_MAKE)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([NC_ERRNO],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for errno external decl])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_extern_errno,[
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <errno.h>],
+ [int x = errno],
+ [nc_cv_extern_errno=yes],
+ [nc_cv_extern_errno=no])
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_extern_errno)
+test $nc_cv_extern_errno = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Test for availability of useful gcc __attribute__ directives to quiet
+dnl compiler warnings. Though useful, not all are supported -- and contrary
+dnl to documentation, unrecognized directives cause older compilers to barf.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_GCC_ATTRIBUTES],
+[cat > conftest.i <<EOF
+#ifndef GCC_PRINTF
+#define GCC_PRINTF 0
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_SCANF
+#define GCC_SCANF 0
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_NORETURN
+#define GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_UNUSED
+#define GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
+#endif
+EOF
+if test -n "$GCC"
+then
+ AC_CHECKING([for gcc __attribute__ directives])
+ changequote(,)dnl
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line __oline__ "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include "conftest.h"
+#include "conftest.i"
+#if GCC_PRINTF
+#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var)))
+#else
+#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+#if GCC_SCANF
+#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var)))
+#else
+#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+extern void wow(char *,...) GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2);
+extern void oops(char *,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN;
+extern void foo(void) GCC_NORETURN;
+int main(int argc GCC_UNUSED, char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) { return 0; }
+EOF
+ changequote([,])dnl
+ for nc_attribute in scanf printf unused noreturn
+ do
+ NC_UPPERCASE($nc_attribute,NC_ATTRIBUTE)
+ nc_directive="__attribute__(($nc_attribute))"
+ echo "checking for gcc $nc_directive" 1>&AC_FD_CC
+ case $nc_attribute in
+ scanf|printf)
+ cat >conftest.h <<EOF
+#define GCC_$NC_ATTRIBUTE 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+ *)
+ cat >conftest.h <<EOF
+#define GCC_$NC_ATTRIBUTE $nc_directive
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+ test -n "$verbose" && AC_MSG_RESULT(... $nc_attribute)
+ cat conftest.h >>confdefs.h
+# else
+# sed -e 's/__attr.*/\/*nothing*\//' conftest.h >>confdefs.h
+ fi
+ done
+else
+ fgrep define conftest.i >>confdefs.h
+fi
+rm -rf conftest*
+
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Check if the compiler supports useful warning options. There's a few that
+dnl we don't use, simply because they're too noisy:
+dnl
+dnl -Wconversion (useful in older versions of gcc, but not in gcc 2.7.x)
+dnl -Wredundant-decls (system headers make this too noisy)
+dnl -Wtraditional (combines too many unrelated messages, only a few useful)
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([NC_GCC_WARNINGS],
+[nc_warn_CFLAGS=""
+if test -n "$GCC"
+then
+ changequote(,)dnl
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line __oline__ "configure"
+int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { return argv[argc-1] == 0; }
+EOF
+ changequote([,])dnl
+ AC_CHECKING([for gcc warning options])
+ nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="-W -Wall"
+ nc_warn_CONST=""
+ test "$with_ext_const" = yes && nc_warn_CONST="Wwrite-strings"
+ for nc_opt in \
+ Wbad-function-cast \
+ Wcast-align \
+ Wcast-qual \
+ Winline \
+ Wmissing-declarations \
+ Wmissing-prototypes \
+ Wnested-externs \
+ Wpointer-arith \
+ Wshadow \
+ Wstrict-prototypes $nc_warn_CONST
+ do
+ CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS -$nc_opt"
+ if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+ test -n "$verbose" && AC_MSG_RESULT(... -$nc_opt)
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -$nc_opt"
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f conftest*
+ CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS"
+fi
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Verify Version of GNAT.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_GNAT_VERSION],
+[
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+nc_cv_gnat_version=`$nc_ada_make -v 2>&1 | grep '[0-9].[0-9][0-9]*' |\
+ sed -e 's/[^0-9 \.]//g' | $AWK '{print $<<1>>;}'`
+case $nc_cv_gnat_version in
+ 3.0[5-9]|3.[1-9]*|[4-9].*)
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=yes
+ ;;
+ *) echo Unsupported GNAT version $nc_cv_gnat_version. Disabling Ada95 binding.
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no
+ ;;
+esac
+changequote([, ])dnl
+])
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Construct the list of include-options according to whether we're building
+dnl in the source directory or using '--srcdir=DIR' option. If we're building
+dnl with gcc, don't append the includedir if it happens to be /usr/include,
+dnl since that usually breaks gcc's shadow-includes.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_INCLUDE_DIRS],
+[
+CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I. -I../include"
+if test "$srcdir" != "."; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../include"
+fi
+if test -z "$GCC"; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then
+ if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then
+ if test $prefix != /usr ; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+ else
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Append definitions and rules for the given models to the subdirectory
+dnl Makefiles, and the recursion rule for the top-level Makefile. If the
+dnl subdirectory is a library-source directory, modify the LIBRARIES list in
+dnl the corresponding makefile to list the models that we'll generate.
+dnl
+dnl For shared libraries, make a list of symbolic links to construct when
+dnl generating each library. The convention used for Linux is the simplest
+dnl one:
+dnl lib<name>.so ->
+dnl lib<name>.so.<major> ->
+dnl lib<name>.so.<maj>.<minor>
+AC_DEFUN([NC_LIB_RULES],
+[
+AC_REQUIRE([NC_SYSTYPE])
+AC_REQUIRE([NC_VERSION])
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then
+
+ nc_libs_to_make=
+ for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS
+ do
+ NC_LIB_SUFFIX($nc_item,nc_suffix)
+ nc_libs_to_make="$nc_libs_to_make ../lib/lib${nc_dir}${nc_suffix}"
+ done
+
+ sed -e "s@\@LIBS_TO_MAKE\@@$nc_libs_to_make@" \
+ $nc_dir/Makefile >$nc_dir/Makefile.out
+ mv $nc_dir/Makefile.out $nc_dir/Makefile
+
+ $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-0th.awk \
+ name=$nc_dir \
+ $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+
+ for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS
+ do
+ echo 'Appending rules for '$nc_item' model ('$nc_dir')'
+ NC_UPPERCASE($nc_item,NC_ITEM)
+ NC_LIB_SUFFIX($nc_item,nc_suffix)
+ NC_OBJ_SUBDIR($nc_item,nc_subdir)
+
+ # These dependencies really are for development, not
+ # builds, but they are useful in porting, too.
+ nc_depend="../include/ncurses_cfg.h"
+ if test "$srcdir" = "."; then
+ nc_reldir="."
+ else
+ nc_reldir="\$(srcdir)"
+ fi
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/$nc_dir.priv.h; then
+ nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/$nc_dir.priv.h"
+ elif test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/curses.priv.h; then
+ nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/curses.priv.h"
+ fi
+ $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-1st.awk \
+ name=$nc_dir \
+ MODEL=$NC_ITEM \
+ model=$nc_subdir \
+ suffix=$nc_suffix \
+ DoLinks=$nc_cv_do_symlinks \
+ rmSoLocs=$nc_cv_rm_so_locs \
+ overwrite=$WITH_OVERWRITE \
+ depend="$nc_depend" \
+ $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ test $nc_dir = ncurses && WITH_OVERWRITE=no
+ $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-2nd.awk \
+ name=$nc_dir \
+ MODEL=$NC_ITEM \
+ model=$nc_subdir \
+ srcdir=$srcdir \
+ echo=$WITH_ECHO \
+ $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ done
+ fi
+
+ echo ' cd '$nc_dir'; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) [$]@' >>Makefile
+done
+
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then
+ echo >> Makefile
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+install.includes \\
+NC_EOF
+ fi
+if test "$nc_dir" != "c++" ; then
+echo 'lint \' >> Makefile
+fi
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+lintlib \\
+install.libs \\
+install.$nc_dir ::
+ cd $nc_dir; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \[$]@
+NC_EOF
+ elif test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+
+install.libs \\
+install.includes ::
+ cd $nc_dir; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \[$]@
+NC_EOF
+fi
+done
+
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+
+install.data ::
+ cd misc; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \[$]@
+
+install.man ::
+ cd man; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \[$]@
+
+distclean ::
+ rm -f config.cache config.log config.status Makefile include/ncurses_cfg.h
+ rm -f headers.sh headers.sed
+ rm -rf \$(DIRS_TO_MAKE)
+NC_EOF
+
+dnl If we're installing into a subdirectory of /usr/include, etc., we should
+dnl prepend the subdirectory's name to the "#include" paths. It won't hurt
+dnl anything, and will make it more standardized. It's awkward to decide this
+dnl at configuration because of quoting, so we'll simply make all headers
+dnl installed via a script that can do the right thing.
+
+rm -f headers.sed headers.sh
+
+dnl ( generating this script makes the makefiles a little tidier :-)
+echo creating headers.sh
+cat >headers.sh <<NC_EOF
+#!/bin/sh
+# This shell script is generated by the 'configure' script. It is invoked in a
+# subdirectory of the build tree. It generates a sed-script in the parent
+# directory that is used to adjust includes for header files that reside in a
+# subdirectory of /usr/include, etc.
+PRG=""
+while test \[$]# != 3
+do
+PRG="\$PRG \[$]1"; shift
+done
+DST=\[$]1
+REF=\[$]2
+SRC=\[$]3
+echo installing \$SRC in \$DST
+case \$DST in
+/*/include/*)
+ TMP=\${TMPDIR-/tmp}/\`basename \$SRC\`
+ if test ! -f ../headers.sed ; then
+ END=\`basename \$DST\`
+ for i in \`cat \$REF/../*/headers |fgrep -v "#"\`
+ do
+ NAME=\`basename \$i\`
+ echo "s/<\$NAME>/<\$END\/\$NAME>/" >> ../headers.sed
+ done
+ fi
+ rm -f \$TMP
+ sed -f ../headers.sed \$SRC > \$TMP
+ eval \$PRG \$TMP \$DST
+ rm -f \$TMP
+ ;;
+*)
+ eval \$PRG \$SRC \$DST
+ ;;
+esac
+NC_EOF
+
+chmod 0755 headers.sh
+
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then
+ cat >>$nc_dir/Makefile <<NC_EOF
+\$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) :
+ \$(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs \[$]@
+
+install \\
+install.libs \\
+install.includes :: \$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) \\
+NC_EOF
+ j=""
+ for i in `cat $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers |fgrep -v "#"`
+ do
+ test -n "$j" && echo " $j \\" >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ j=$i
+ done
+ echo " $j" >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ for i in `cat $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers |fgrep -v "#"`
+ do
+ echo " @ ../headers.sh \$(INSTALL_DATA) \$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) \$(srcdir) $i" >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ done
+ fi
+done
+
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Compute the library-suffix from the given model name
+AC_DEFUN([NC_LIB_SUFFIX],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([NC_SYSTYPE])
+ AC_REQUIRE([NC_VERSION])
+ case $1 in
+ normal) $2='.a' ;;
+ debug) $2='_g.a' ;;
+ profile) $2='_p.a' ;;
+ shared)
+ case $nc_cv_systype in
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD)
+ $2='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;;
+ HP_UX) $2='.sl' ;;
+ *) $2='.so' ;;
+ esac
+ esac
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Compute the string to append to -library from the given model name
+AC_DEFUN([NC_LIB_TYPE],
+[
+ case $1 in
+ normal) $2='' ;;
+ debug) $2='_g' ;;
+ profile) $2='_p' ;;
+ shared) $2='' ;;
+ esac
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Some systems have a non-ANSI linker that doesn't pull in modules that have
+dnl only data (i.e., no functions), for example NeXT. On those systems we'll
+dnl have to provide wrappers for global tables to ensure they're linked
+dnl properly.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_LINK_DATAONLY],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if data-only library module links])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_link_dataonly,[
+ rm -f conftest.a
+ changequote(,)dnl
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line __oline__ "configure"
+int testdata[3] = { 123, 456, 789 };
+EOF
+ changequote([,])dnl
+ if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) ; then
+ mv conftest.o data.o && \
+ ( $AR $AR_OPTS conftest.a data.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.$ac_ext data.o
+ changequote(,)dnl
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line __oline__ "configure"
+int testfunc()
+{
+#if defined(NeXT)
+ exit(1); /* I'm told this linker is broken */
+#else
+ extern int testdata[3];
+ return testdata[0] == 123
+ && testdata[1] == 456
+ && testdata[2] == 789;
+#endif
+}
+EOF
+ changequote([,])dnl
+ if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+ mv conftest.o func.o && \
+ ( $AR $AR_OPTS conftest.a func.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.$ac_ext func.o
+ ( eval $ac_cv_prog_RANLIB conftest.a ) 2>&5 >/dev/null
+ nc_saveLIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="conftest.a $LIBS"
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+ int main()
+ {
+ extern int testfunc();
+ exit (!testfunc());
+ }
+ ],
+ [nc_cv_link_dataonly=yes],
+ [nc_cv_link_dataonly=no],
+ [nc_cv_link_dataonly=unknown])
+ LIBS="$nc_saveLIBS"
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_link_dataonly)
+test $nc_cv_link_dataonly = no && AC_DEFINE(BROKEN_LINKER)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Some 'make' programs support $(MAKEFLAGS), some $(MFLAGS), to pass 'make'
+dnl options to lower-levels. It's very useful for "make -n" -- if we have it.
+dnl (GNU 'make' does both :-)
+AC_DEFUN([NC_MAKEFLAGS],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for makeflags variable])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_makeflags,[
+ nc_cv_makeflags=''
+ for nc_option in '$(MFLAGS)' '-$(MAKEFLAGS)'
+ do
+ cat >ncurses.tmp <<NC_EOF
+all :
+ echo '.$nc_option'
+NC_EOF
+ set nc_result=`${MAKE-make} -f ncurses.tmp 2>/dev/null`
+ if test "$nc_result" != "."
+ then
+ nc_cv_makeflags=$nc_option
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f ncurses.tmp
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_makeflags)
+AC_SUBST(nc_cv_makeflags)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Try to determine if the man-pages on the system are compressed, and if
+dnl so, what format is used. Use this information to construct a script that
+dnl will install man-pages.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_MAN_PAGES],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(format of man-pages)
+ if test -z "$MANPATH" ; then
+ MANPATH="/usr/man:/usr/share/man"
+ fi
+ # look for the 'date' man-page (it's most likely to be installed!)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ nc_form=unknown
+ for nc_dir in $MANPATH; do
+ test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=/usr/man
+ nc_rename=""
+ nc_format=no
+changequote({{,}})dnl
+ for nc_name in $nc_dir/*/date.[01]* $nc_dir/*/date
+changequote([,])dnl
+ do
+ nc_test=`echo $nc_name | sed -e 's/*//'`
+ if test "x$nc_test" = "x$nc_name" ; then
+ case "$nc_name" in
+ *.gz) nc_form=gzip; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .gz`;;
+ *.Z) nc_form=compress; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .Z`;;
+ *.0) nc_form=BSDI; nc_format=yes;;
+ *) nc_form=cat;;
+ esac
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test "$nc_form" != "unknown" ; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ if test "$prefix" = "NONE" ; then
+ nc_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+ else
+ nc_prefix="$prefix"
+ fi
+
+ # Debian 'man' program?
+ test -f /etc/debian_version && \
+ nc_rename=`cd $srcdir;pwd`/man/man_db.renames
+
+ test ! -d man && mkdir man
+
+ # Construct a sed-script to perform renaming within man-pages
+ if test -n "$nc_rename" ; then
+ fgrep -v \# $nc_rename | \
+ sed -e 's/^/s\//' \
+ -e 's/\./\\./' \
+ -e 's/ / /g' \
+ -e 's/[ ]\+/\//' \
+ -e s/\$/\\\/g/ >man/edit_man.sed
+ fi
+ if test $nc_format = yes ; then
+ nc_subdir='$mandir/cat'
+ else
+ nc_subdir='$mandir/man'
+ fi
+
+cat >man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+changequote({{,}})dnl
+#!/bin/sh
+# this script is generated by the configure-script
+prefix="$nc_prefix"
+datadir="$datadir"
+MKDIRS="`cd $srcdir;pwd`/mkinstalldirs"
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+INSTALL_DATA="$INSTALL_DATA"
+TMP=\${TMPDIR-/tmp}/man\$\$
+trap "rm -f \$TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+
+mandir=\{{$}}1
+shift
+
+for i in \{{$}}*
+do
+case \$i in
+*.[0-9]*)
+ section=\`expr "\$i" : '.*\\.\\([0-9]\\)[xm]*'\`;
+ if [ ! -d $nc_subdir\${section} ]; then
+ \$MKDIRS $nc_subdir\$section
+ fi
+ source=\`basename \$i\`
+NC_EOF
+if test -z "$nc_rename" ; then
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ target=$nc_subdir\${section}/\$source
+ sed -e "s,@DATADIR@,\$datadir," < \$i >\$TMP
+NC_EOF
+else
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ target=\`grep "^\$source" $nc_rename | $AWK '{print \{{$}}2}'\`
+ if test -z "\$target" ; then
+ echo '? missing rename for '\$source
+ target="\$source"
+ fi
+ target="$nc_subdir\$section/\$target"
+ sed -e 's,@DATADIR@,\$datadir,' < \$i | sed -f edit_man.sed >\$TMP
+NC_EOF
+fi
+if test $nc_format = yes ; then
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ nroff -man \$TMP >\$TMP.out
+ mv \$TMP.out \$TMP
+NC_EOF
+fi
+case "$nc_form" in
+compress)
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ if ( compress -f \$TMP )
+ then
+ mv \$TMP.Z \$TMP
+ target="\$target.Z"
+ fi
+NC_EOF
+ ;;
+gzip)
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ if ( gzip -f \$TMP )
+ then
+ mv \$TMP.gz \$TMP
+ target="\$target.gz"
+ fi
+NC_EOF
+ ;;
+BSDI)
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ # BSDI installs only .0 suffixes in the cat directories
+ target="\`echo \$target|sed -e 's/\.[1-9]\+.\?/.0/'\`"
+NC_EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ echo installing \$target
+ \$INSTALL_DATA \$TMP \$target
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+NC_EOF
+changequote([,])dnl
+chmod 755 man/edit_man.sh
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_form)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Compute the object-directory name from the given model name
+AC_DEFUN([NC_OBJ_SUBDIR],
+[
+ case $1 in
+ normal) $2='objects' ;;
+ debug) $2='obj_g' ;;
+ profile) $2='obj_p' ;;
+ shared) $2='obj_s' ;;
+ esac
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Force $INSTALL to be an absolute-path. Otherwise, edit_man.sh and the
+dnl misc/tabset install won't work properly. Usually this happens only when
+dnl using the fallback mkinstalldirs script
+AC_DEFUN([NC_PROG_INSTALL],
+[AC_PROG_INSTALL
+case $INSTALL in
+/*)
+ ;;
+*)
+changequote({{,}})dnl
+ nc_dir=`echo $INSTALL|sed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+ test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=.
+changequote([,])dnl
+ INSTALL=`cd $nc_dir;pwd`/`echo $INSTALL | sed -e 's:^.*/::'`
+ ;;
+esac
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Attempt to determine if we've got one of the flavors of regular-expression
+dnl code that we can support.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_REGEX],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for regular-expression headers])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_regex,[
+AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <regex.h>],[
+ regex_t *p;
+ int x = regcomp(p, "", 0);
+ int y = regexec(p, "", 0, 0, 0);
+ regfree(p);
+ ],[nc_cv_regex="regex.h"],[
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <regexp.h>],[
+ char *p = compile("", "", "", 0);
+ int x = step("", "");
+ ],[nc_cv_regex="regexp.h"],[
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <regexpr.h>],[
+ char *p = compile("", "", "");
+ int x = step("", "");
+ ],[nc_cv_regex="regexpr.h"])])])
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_regex)
+case $nc_cv_regex in
+ regex.h) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGEX_H) ;;
+ regexp.h) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGEXP_H) ;;
+ regexpr.h) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGEXPR_H) ;;
+esac
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Attempt to determine the appropriate CC/LD options for creating a shared
+dnl library.
+dnl
+dnl Note: $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) is used to link executables that will run within the
+dnl build-tree, i.e., by making use of the libraries that are compiled in ../lib
+dnl We avoid compiling-in a ../lib path for the shared library since that can
+dnl lead to unexpected results at runtime.
+dnl $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS2) has the same intention but assumes that the shared libraries
+dnl are compiled in ../../lib
+dnl
+dnl The variable 'nc_cv_do_symlinks' is used to control whether we configure
+dnl to install symbolic links to the rel/abi versions of shared libraries.
+dnl
+dnl Some loaders leave 'so_locations' lying around. It's nice to clean up.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_SHARED_OPTS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([NC_SYSTYPE])
+ AC_REQUIRE([NC_VERSION])
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS=
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS2=
+
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=no
+ nc_cv_rm_so_locs=no
+
+ case $nc_cv_systype in
+ HP_UX)
+ # (tested with gcc 2.7.2 -- I don't have c89)
+ if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC'
+ else
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='+Z'
+ fi
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -b -o $[@]'
+ ;;
+ IRIX*)
+ # tested with IRIX 5.2 and 'cc'.
+ if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC'
+ else
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC'
+ fi
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -shared -rdata_shared -soname `basename $[@]` -o $[@]'
+ nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes
+ ;;
+ Linux)
+ # tested with Linux 1.2.8 and gcc 2.7.0 (ELF)
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='gcc -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION) -shared -Wl,-soname,`basename $[@].$(ABI_VERSION)`,-stats'
+ if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib'
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib'
+ fi
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes
+ ;;
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD)
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic -DPIC'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -Bshareable -o $[@]'
+ ;;
+ OSF1|MLS+)
+ # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and 'cc'
+ # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and gcc 2.6.3 (but the c++ demo didn't
+ # link with shared libs).
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS=''
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION) -shared -soname `basename $[@].$(ABI_VERSION)`'
+ if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib'
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib'
+ fi
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes
+ nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes
+ ;;
+ SunOS)
+ # tested with SunOS 4.1.1 and gcc 2.7.0
+ # tested with SunOS 5.3 (solaris 2.3) and gcc 2.7.0
+ if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic'
+ else
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC'
+ fi
+ case `uname -r` in
+ 4.*)
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -assert pure-text -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION)'
+ ;;
+ 5.*)
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -h `basename $[@].$(ABI_VERSION)` -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION)'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes
+ ;;
+ UNIX_SV)
+ # tested with UnixWare 1.1.2
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -o $[@]'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='unknown'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='echo unknown'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ AC_SUBST(CC_SHARED_OPTS)
+ AC_SUBST(MK_SHARED_LIB)
+ AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS2)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Check for datatype 'speed_t', which is normally declared via either
+dnl sys/types.h or termios.h
+AC_DEFUN([NC_SPEED_TYPE],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for speed_t])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_type_speed_t,[
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif],
+ [speed_t x = 0],
+ [nc_cv_type_speed_t=yes],
+ [nc_cv_type_speed_t=no])
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_type_speed_t)
+test $nc_cv_type_speed_t != yes && AC_DEFINE(speed_t,unsigned)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl For each parameter, test if the source-directory exists, and if it contains
+dnl a 'modules' file. If so, add to the list $nc_cv_src_modules which we'll
+dnl use in NC_LIB_RULES.
+dnl
+dnl This uses the configured value to make the lists SRC_SUBDIRS and
+dnl SUB_MAKEFILES which are used in the makefile-generation scheme.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_SRC_MODULES],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for src modules)
+TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${LIB_NAME}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX}"
+TEST_ARGS="-l${LIB_NAME}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX}"
+nc_cv_src_modules=
+for nc_dir in $1
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then
+ if test -z "$nc_cv_src_modules"; then
+ nc_cv_src_modules=$nc_dir
+ else
+ nc_cv_src_modules="$nc_cv_src_modules $nc_dir"
+ fi
+ # Make the ncurses_cfg.h file record the library interface files as
+ # well. These are header files that are the same name as their
+ # directory. Ncurses is the only library that does not follow
+ # that pattern.
+ if test -f $srcdir/${nc_dir}/${nc_dir}.h; then
+ NC_UPPERCASE($nc_dir,nc_have_include)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_${nc_have_include}_H)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_LIB${nc_have_include})
+ TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${nc_dir}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX} $TEST_DEPS"
+ TEST_ARGS="-l${nc_dir}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX} $TEST_ARGS"
+ fi
+ fi
+done
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_src_modules)
+TEST_ARGS="-L${LIB_DIR} $TEST_ARGS"
+AC_SUBST(TEST_DEPS)
+AC_SUBST(TEST_ARGS)
+
+SRC_SUBDIRS="man include"
+for nc_dir in $nc_cv_src_modules
+do
+ SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS $nc_dir"
+done
+SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS misc test"
+test $nc_cxx_library != no && SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS c++"
+
+ADA_SUBDIRS=
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes && test -d $srcdir/Ada95; then
+ SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS Ada95"
+ ADA_SUBDIRS="gen ada_include samples"
+fi
+
+SUB_MAKEFILES=
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES $nc_dir/Makefile"
+done
+
+if test -n "$ADA_SUBDIRS"; then
+ for nc_dir in $ADA_SUBDIRS
+ do
+ SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES Ada95/$nc_dir/Makefile"
+ done
+ AC_SUBST(ADA_SUBDIRS)
+fi
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Remove "-g" option from the compiler options
+AC_DEFUN([NC_STRIP_G_OPT],
+[$1=`echo ${$1} | sed -e 's/-g //' -e 's/-g$//'`])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Shorthand macro for substituting things that the user may override
+dnl with an environment variable.
+dnl
+dnl $1 = long/descriptive name
+dnl $2 = environment variable
+dnl $3 = default value
+AC_DEFUN([NC_SUBST],
+[AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_subst_$2,[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1 (symbol $2))
+test -z "[$]$2" && $2=$3
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$2)
+AC_SUBST($2)
+nc_cv_subst_$2=[$]$2])
+$2=${nc_cv_subst_$2}
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Check for declarion of sys_errlist in one of stdio.h and errno.h.
+dnl Declaration of sys_errlist on BSD4.4 interferes with our declaration.
+dnl Reported by Keith Bostic.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_SYS_ERRLIST],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([declaration of sys_errlist])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist,[
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h> ],
+ [ char *c = (char *) *sys_errlist; ],
+ [nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=yes],
+ [nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=no])
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist)
+test $nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXTERN_SYS_ERRLIST)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Derive the system-type (our main clue to the method of building shared
+dnl libraries).
+AC_DEFUN([NC_SYSTYPE],
+[
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_systype,[
+changequote(,)dnl
+nc_cv_systype="`(uname -s || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null |sed -e s'/[:\/.-]/_/'g | sed 1q`"
+changequote([,])dnl
+if test -z "$nc_cv_systype"; then nc_cv_systype=unknown;fi
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT(System type is $nc_cv_systype)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl On some systems ioctl(fd, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) will always return {0,0} until
+dnl ioctl(fd, TIOCSWINSZ, &size) is called to explicitly set the size of the
+dnl screen.
+dnl
+dnl Attempt to determine if we're on such a system by running a test-program.
+dnl This won't work, of course, if the configure script is run in batch mode,
+dnl since we've got to have access to the terminal.
+dnl
+dnl 1996/4/26 - Converted this into a simple test for able-to-compile, since
+dnl we're reminded that _nc_get_screensize() does the same functional test.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_TIOCGWINSZ],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working TIOCGWINSZ])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz,[
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif
+#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+/* they neglected to define struct winsize in termios.h -- it's only
+ in termio.h */
+#include <sys/stream.h>
+#include <sys/ptem.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(sun) || !defined(HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+int main()
+{
+ static struct winsize size;
+ int fd;
+ for (fd = 0; fd <= 2; fd++) { /* try in/out/err in case redirected */
+ if (ioctl(0, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0
+ && size.ws_row > 0
+ && size.ws_col > 0)
+ exit(0);
+ }
+ exit(0); /* in either case, it compiles & links ... */
+}
+ ],
+ [nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=yes],
+ [nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=no],
+ [nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=unknown])
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz)
+test $nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz != yes && AC_DEFINE(BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ)
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([NC_TYPE_SIGACTION],
+[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for type sigaction_t])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_type_sigaction,[
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <signal.h>],
+ [sigaction_t x],
+ [nc_cv_type_sigaction=yes],
+ [nc_cv_type_sigaction=no])
+ ])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_type_sigaction)
+test $nc_cv_type_sigaction = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION)
+])
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Make an uppercase version of a given name
+AC_DEFUN([NC_UPPERCASE],
+[
+changequote(,)dnl
+$2=`echo $1 |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+changequote([,])dnl
+])dnl
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Get the version-number for use in shared-library naming, etc.
+AC_DEFUN([NC_VERSION],
+[
+changequote(,)dnl
+NCURSES_MAJOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MAJOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+NCURSES_MINOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MINOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+NCURSES_PATCH="`egrep '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+changequote([,])dnl
+nc_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}
+nc_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR}
+dnl Show the computed version, for logging
+AC_MSG_RESULT(Configuring NCURSES $nc_cv_rel_version ABI $nc_cv_abi_version (`date`))
+dnl We need these values in the generated headers
+AC_SUBST(NCURSES_MAJOR)
+AC_SUBST(NCURSES_MINOR)
+AC_SUBST(NCURSES_PATCH)
+dnl We need these values in the generated makefiles
+AC_SUBST(nc_cv_rel_version)
+AC_SUBST(nc_cv_abi_version)
+AC_SUBST(nc_cv_builtin_bool)
+AC_SUBST(nc_cv_type_of_bool)
+])dnl
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ $Id: announce.html,v 1.14 1997/05/05 22:50:55 tom Exp $
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Announcing ncurses 4.1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:dickey@clark.net">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>Announcing ncurses 4.1</H1>
+
+The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V
+Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color
+and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping,
+and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses. <P>
+
+In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he
+considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of
+Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to
+ncurses. <P>
+
+The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to
+any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp! <P>
+
+The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including a
+terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), tput(1), tset(1),
+and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full manual pages are provided for
+the library and tools. <P>
+
+The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at:
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses</A>.
+and
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses">ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses</A>.
+It is also carried on the GNU distribution site at <A HREF="ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu">ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu</A>.
+
+<H1>Features of ncurses</H1>
+
+The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are documented). <P>
+
+<LI>Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping, color,
+forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic recognition of keypad
+and function keys. <P>
+
+<LI>An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting
+a stack of windows with backing store, is included. <P>
+
+<LI>An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting
+a uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included. <P>
+
+<LI>An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting
+data collection through on-screen forms, is included. <P>
+
+<LI>Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1) implementation
+are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format SVr4 curses uses. <P>
+
+<LI>The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo
+entries for use with less capable <STRONG>curses</STRONG>/<STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+versions such as the HP/UX and AIX ports. </UL>
+
+The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN curses
+specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE level features,
+but not all EXTENDED features). Most EXTENDED-level features not directly
+concerned with wide-character support are implemented, including many
+function calls not supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all
+calls is documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only). <P>
+
+<LI>Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost corner
+of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character capability. <P>
+
+<LI>(PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM characters
+0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET. <P>
+
+<LI>Support for mouse event reporting under xterm.<P>
+
+<LI>The function <CODE>wresize()</CODE> allows you to resize windows, preserving
+their data.
+
+<LI>Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a
+cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's
+or System V's. <P>
+
+<LI>Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code incorporates
+a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it to make optimal
+use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and line-deletion
+for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more powerful than
+the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine. <P>
+
+<LI>Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The
+screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the magic-
+cookie unattributed spaces required just before the beginning and
+after the end would step on a non-space character. It will
+automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so would make it
+possible to draw the highlight without changing the visual appearance
+of the screen.
+
+<LI>It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded
+fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal types even
+when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible (this may be useful
+for support of screen-oriented programs that must run in single-user mode). <P>
+
+<LI>The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the
+ability to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and
+AT&T extension sets. <P>
+
+<LI>A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided. <P>
+
+<LI>The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo
+entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that directory
+if it exists and the user has no write access to the system directory.
+This feature makes it easier for users to have personal terminfo entries
+without giving up access to the system terminfo directory. <P>
+
+<LI>You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled
+descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this
+generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System V.) <P>
+
+<LI>In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to
+other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to
+compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the user's
+$HOME/.terminfo directory. <P>
+
+<LI>A script (<STRONG>capconvert</STRONG>) is provided to help BSD users
+transition from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a
+TERMCAP environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file
+and converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under $HOME/.terminfo. <P>
+
+<LI>Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in
+when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is neither
+fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have to,
+but it's there. <P>
+
+<LI>The table-of-entries utility <STRONG>toe</STRONG> makes it easy for users to
+see exactly what terminal types are available on the system. <P>
+
+<LI>The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry
+point have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be
+prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with
+<CODE>#undef</CODE>. <P>
+
+<LI>An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document provides
+a narrative introduction to the curses programming interface.
+</UL>
+
+<H1>State of the Package</H1>
+
+Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the
+library is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many
+`dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe
+according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks and
+arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester. <P>
+
+The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications
+including: <P>
+<DL>
+<DT> ded
+<DD> directory-editor
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded</A>.
+<DT> dialog
+<DD> the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the basis
+for similar applications on Linux.
+<DT> lynx-2.7
+<DD> the character-screen WWW browser
+<DT> ncftp 2.0
+<DD> file-transfer utility
+<DT> nvi
+<DD> New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and later.
+<DT> taper
+<DD> tape archive utility
+<DT> vh-1.6
+<DD> Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File
+</DL>
+as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone:
+<DL>
+<DT> minicom-1.75
+<DD> terminal emulator
+<DT> tin-unoff
+<DD> tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff">ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff</A>.
+<DT> vile
+<DD> vi-like-emacs
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile</A>.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs (including
+a few games).
+
+<H2>Who's Who and What's What</H2>
+
+The original maintainer of ncurses is <A
+HREF="mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com">Zeyd Ben-Halim</A>. Unfortunately,
+he can only work on the package part time. As a result, since 1.8.1,
+much of the enhancement work and documentation has been done
+by <A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/home.html">Eric S. Raymond</A>.
+The current primary maintainers are
+<A HREF="mailto:dickey@clark.net">Thomas Dickey</A>
+and
+<A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen Pfeifer</A>.
+<P>
+
+There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join, write
+to <CODE>ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com</CODE> with a message containing the line:
+<PRE>
+ subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+</PRE>
+
+This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development and
+testing of this package. <P>
+
+Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made available at
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses</A>.
+
+<H2>Future Plans</H2>
+<UL>
+<LI>Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package.
+<LI>Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization support. <P>
+<LI>Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows.
+</UL>
+We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in working
+on them, please join the ncurses list.
+
+<H2>The terminfo/termcap Database</H2>
+
+The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format
+terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond.
+
+You can download either the
+<A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.tc.gz">termcap</A>
+or
+<A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.ti.gz">terminfo</A>
+versions of the terminal-type
+database from Eric's ncurses page,
+<A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html">http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html</A>. <P>
+
+<H2>Other Related Resources</H2>
+
+You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics
+not covered in the terminfo file at
+<A HREF="http://www.cs.utk.edu/~shuford/terminal_index.html">Richard Shuford's
+archive</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+<!--
+# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:html
+# case-fold-search:nil
+# fill-column:70
+# End:
+-->
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ $Id: announce.html.in,v 1.16 1997/05/05 22:50:41 tom Exp $
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Announcing ncurses @VERSION@</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:dickey@clark.net">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>Announcing ncurses @VERSION@</H1>
+
+The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V
+Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color
+and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping,
+and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses. <P>
+
+In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he
+considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of
+Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to
+ncurses. <P>
+
+The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to
+any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp! <P>
+
+The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including a
+terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), tput(1), tset(1),
+and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full manual pages are provided for
+the library and tools. <P>
+
+The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at:
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses</A>.
+and
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses">ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses</A>.
+It is also carried on the GNU distribution site at <A HREF="ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu">ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu</A>.
+
+<H1>Features of ncurses</H1>
+
+The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are documented). <P>
+
+<LI>Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping, color,
+forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic recognition of keypad
+and function keys. <P>
+
+<LI>An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting
+a stack of windows with backing store, is included. <P>
+
+<LI>An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting
+a uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included. <P>
+
+<LI>An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting
+data collection through on-screen forms, is included. <P>
+
+<LI>Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1) implementation
+are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format SVr4 curses uses. <P>
+
+<LI>The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo
+entries for use with less capable <STRONG>curses</STRONG>/<STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+versions such as the HP/UX and AIX ports. </UL>
+
+The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN curses
+specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE level features,
+but not all EXTENDED features). Most EXTENDED-level features not directly
+concerned with wide-character support are implemented, including many
+function calls not supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all
+calls is documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only). <P>
+
+<LI>Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost corner
+of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character capability. <P>
+
+<LI>(PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM characters
+0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET. <P>
+
+<LI>Support for mouse event reporting under xterm.<P>
+
+<LI>The function <CODE>wresize()</CODE> allows you to resize windows, preserving
+their data.
+
+<LI>Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a
+cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's
+or System V's. <P>
+
+<LI>Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code incorporates
+a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it to make optimal
+use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and line-deletion
+for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more powerful than
+the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine. <P>
+
+<LI>Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The
+screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the magic-
+cookie unattributed spaces required just before the beginning and
+after the end would step on a non-space character. It will
+automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so would make it
+possible to draw the highlight without changing the visual appearance
+of the screen.
+
+<LI>It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded
+fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal types even
+when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible (this may be useful
+for support of screen-oriented programs that must run in single-user mode). <P>
+
+<LI>The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the
+ability to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and
+AT&T extension sets. <P>
+
+<LI>A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided. <P>
+
+<LI>The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo
+entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that directory
+if it exists and the user has no write access to the system directory.
+This feature makes it easier for users to have personal terminfo entries
+without giving up access to the system terminfo directory. <P>
+
+<LI>You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled
+descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this
+generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System V.) <P>
+
+<LI>In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to
+other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to
+compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the user's
+$HOME/.terminfo directory. <P>
+
+<LI>A script (<STRONG>capconvert</STRONG>) is provided to help BSD users
+transition from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a
+TERMCAP environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file
+and converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under $HOME/.terminfo. <P>
+
+<LI>Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in
+when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is neither
+fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have to,
+but it's there. <P>
+
+<LI>The table-of-entries utility <STRONG>toe</STRONG> makes it easy for users to
+see exactly what terminal types are available on the system. <P>
+
+<LI>The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry
+point have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be
+prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with
+<CODE>#undef</CODE>. <P>
+
+<LI>An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document provides
+a narrative introduction to the curses programming interface.
+</UL>
+
+<H1>State of the Package</H1>
+
+Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the
+library is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many
+`dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe
+according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks and
+arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester. <P>
+
+The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications
+including: <P>
+<DL>
+<DT> ded
+<DD> directory-editor
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded</A>.
+<DT> dialog
+<DD> the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the basis
+for similar applications on Linux.
+<DT> lynx-2.7
+<DD> the character-screen WWW browser
+<DT> ncftp 2.0
+<DD> file-transfer utility
+<DT> nvi
+<DD> New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and later.
+<DT> taper
+<DD> tape archive utility
+<DT> vh-1.6
+<DD> Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File
+</DL>
+as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone:
+<DL>
+<DT> minicom-1.75
+<DD> terminal emulator
+<DT> tin-unoff
+<DD> tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff">ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff</A>.
+<DT> vile
+<DD> vi-like-emacs
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile</A>.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs (including
+a few games).
+
+<H2>Who's Who and What's What</H2>
+
+The original maintainer of ncurses is <A
+HREF="mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com">Zeyd Ben-Halim</A>. Unfortunately,
+he can only work on the package part time. As a result, since 1.8.1,
+much of the enhancement work and documentation has been done
+by <A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/home.html">Eric S. Raymond</A>.
+The current primary maintainers are
+<A HREF="mailto:dickey@clark.net">Thomas Dickey</A>
+and
+<A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen Pfeifer</A>.
+<P>
+
+There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join, write
+to <CODE>ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com</CODE> with a message containing the line:
+<PRE>
+ subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+</PRE>
+
+This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development and
+testing of this package. <P>
+
+Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made available at
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses">ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses</A>.
+
+<H2>Future Plans</H2>
+<UL>
+<LI>Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package.
+<LI>Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization support. <P>
+<LI>Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows.
+</UL>
+We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in working
+on them, please join the ncurses list.
+
+<H2>The terminfo/termcap Database</H2>
+
+The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format
+terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond.
+
+You can download either the
+<A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.tc.gz">termcap</A>
+or
+<A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.ti.gz">terminfo</A>
+versions of the terminal-type
+database from Eric's ncurses page,
+<A HREF="http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html">http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html</A>. <P>
+
+<H2>Other Related Resources</H2>
+
+You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics
+not covered in the terminfo file at
+<A HREF="http://www.cs.utk.edu/~shuford/terminal_index.html">Richard Shuford's
+archive</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+<!--
+# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:html
+# case-fold-search:nil
+# fill-column:70
+# End:
+-->
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.20 1997/05/04 21:15:38 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Simple makefile for c++ window class demo
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+MODEL = ../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
+CXXLIBS = @CXXLIBS@
+
+INCDIR = ../include
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -I$(INCDIR) -I$(srcdir)/../c++ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CXX_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CXX)
+LDFLAGS = -L../lib \
+ -lmenu@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ \
+ -lpanel@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ \
+ -lncurses@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ \
+ @LDFLAGS@ \
+ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ @EXTRA_LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@ $(CXXLIBS)
+
+all: demo
+
+OBJS_DEMO = \
+ $(MODEL)/cursesm.o \
+ $(MODEL)/cursesw.o \
+ $(MODEL)/cursesp.o \
+ $(MODEL)/demo.o
+
+demo: $(OBJS_DEMO) \
+ ../lib/libmenu@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@ \
+ ../lib/libpanel@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@ \
+ ../lib/libncurses@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(OBJS_DEMO) $(LDFLAGS)
+
+install:
+install.libs:
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -f core demo $(OBJS_DEMO)
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+This is a log of changes that the ncurses C++ binding has gone
+through starting with the integration of menu and forms integration
+into the binding.
+
+970502
+ + Introduced the THROW and THROWS functions/macros to prepare
+ a smoother transition to real exception handling.
+ + Exception classes provided in etip.h
+ + Added the NCursesMenu class to support libmenu functionality.
+ + The inheritace relation between NCursesWindow and NCursesColorWindow
+ was kind of brain damage. Monochrome is a special case of colored, so
+ the relation should be just the opposite. This would allow all derived
+ classes like NCursesPanel, NCursesMenu or NCursesForm to have colors.
+ To resolve that design flaw I put the color functionality into the
+ NCursesWindow class and it can be switched on by the static member
+ useColors(). NCursesColorWindow is still there for compatibility
+ reasons.
--- /dev/null
+This is a list of open problems. This mainly lists known missing pieces
+and design flaws.
+
+1. Missing binding to libform
+
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+ C++ interface to ncurses routines
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This directory contains the source code for three C++ classes which
+ease the use of writing ncurses-based programs. The code is derived
+from the libg++ CursesWindow class but enhanced for ncurses.
+
+The classes simplify the use of window specific functions by
+encapsulating them in the window object. Function overloading is
+used in order to narrow the interface. E.g. you don't have the
+distinction between `printw' and `mvprintw' anymore.
+
+A second benefit is the removal of all #defines which are included in
+the curses.h file. This is a steady cause of trouble because many
+common identifiers are used. Instead now all #defines are inline
+functions which also allows strict type checking of arguments.
+
+The next enhancement is color support, which is provided by a derived
+class. The implementation chosen here is directed to unrestricted use
+of mixes of color and monochrome windows. This is done through virtual
+functions and means that you can write all of your code as if a color
+window is the destination. If the destination window is monochrome these
+functions calls have no effect.
+
+ NOTE: This implementation of the color support was topic of
+ some discussion. The introduction of virtual functions
+ introduced some overhead. Please let us know what you think
+ about this: is it worth being able to write color supporting
+ functions.
+
+The last point to mention is the support of another package Zeyd
+distributes with his ncurses package: the panels library. This support
+is provided by the NCursesPanel class, which is also derived from the
+NCursesWindow class. This allows building interfaces with windows.
+Please see the example program for a quick introduction.
+
+Note that at this point, there is no documentation for these classes.
+Hopefully some will be written in the not too distant future. For now,
+to find out how to use the classes, read the code and the example program.
+
+Suggestions for enhancements and contributions of code (and docs) are
+welcome. Please let us know which functionality you miss.
+
+ ATTENTION LINUX USERS: There is currently some discussion of
+ replacing the BSD curses in the Linux libc with ncurses. If
+ this is done we could perhaps include these classes in the Linux
+ libg++ replacing the original CursesWindow class (and renaming it
+ to CursesWindow). This could be done because NCursesWindow can
+ be made easily to a superset of the CursesWindow class.
+
+
+Original author:
+ Eric Newton <newton@rocky.oswego.edu> for FSF's libg++
+
+Authors of this release:
+ Ulrich Drepper <drepper@ira.uka.de>
+ and Anatoly Ivasyuk <anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu>
--- /dev/null
+// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*-
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu C++ binding is Copyright (C) 1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "internal.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: cursesm.cc,v 1.4 1997/05/05 20:27:32 tom Exp $")
+
+#pragma implementation
+
+#include "cursesm.h"
+
+const int CMD_ACTION = MAX_COMMAND + 1;
+const int CMD_QUIT = MAX_COMMAND + 2;
+
+unsigned long NCursesMenu::total_count = 0;
+
+/* Internal hook functions. They will route the hook
+ * calls to virtual methods of the NCursesMenu class,
+ * so in C++ providing a hook is done simply by
+ * implementing a virtual method in a derived class
+ */
+void
+NCursesMenu::mnu_init(MENU *m)
+{
+ getHook(m)->On_Menu_Init();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::mnu_term(MENU *m)
+{
+ getHook(m)->On_Menu_Termination();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::itm_init(MENU *m)
+{
+ NCursesMenu* M = getHook(m);
+ M->On_Item_Init (M->current_item ());
+}
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::itm_term(MENU *m)
+{
+ NCursesMenu* M = getHook(m);
+ M->On_Item_Termination (M->current_item ());
+}
+
+/* Construct an ITEM* array from an array of NCursesMenuItem
+ * objects.
+ */
+ITEM**
+NCursesMenu::mapItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]) {
+ int itemCount = 0,lcv;
+
+ for (lcv=0; nitems[lcv]->item; ++lcv)
+ ++itemCount;
+
+ ITEM** items = new ITEM*[itemCount + 1];
+
+ for (lcv=0;nitems[lcv]->item;++lcv) {
+ items[lcv] = nitems[lcv]->item;
+ }
+ items[lcv] = NULL;
+
+ my_items = nitems;
+
+ if (menu)
+ delete[] ::menu_items(menu);
+ return items;
+}
+
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::setItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[])
+{
+ OnError(::set_menu_items(menu,mapItems(nitems)));
+}
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::InitMenu(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[],
+ bool with_frame) {
+ int mrows, mcols;
+
+ if (total_count++==0) {
+ raw();
+ keypad(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ b_framed = with_frame;
+
+ menu = (MENU*)0;
+ menu = ::new_menu(mapItems(nitems));
+ if (!menu)
+ OnError (E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ UserHook* hook = new UserHook;
+ hook->m_user = NULL;
+ hook->m_back = this;
+ hook->m_owner = menu;
+ ::set_menu_userptr(menu,(const void*)hook);
+
+ ::set_menu_init (menu, NCursesMenu::mnu_init);
+ ::set_menu_term (menu, NCursesMenu::mnu_term);
+ ::set_item_init (menu, NCursesMenu::itm_init);
+ ::set_item_term (menu, NCursesMenu::itm_term);
+
+ scale(mrows, mcols);
+ ::set_menu_win(menu, w);
+
+ if (with_frame) {
+ if ((mrows > height()-2) || (mcols > width()-2))
+ OnError(E_NO_ROOM);
+ sub = new NCursesWindow(*this,mrows,mcols,1,1,'r');
+ ::set_menu_sub(menu, sub->w);
+ b_sub_owner = TRUE;
+ }
+ else {
+ sub = (NCursesWindow*)0;
+ b_sub_owner = FALSE;
+ }
+ setDefaultAttributes();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::setDefaultAttributes() {
+ if (NumberOfColors() > 1) {
+ setcolor(1);
+ setpalette(COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_BLUE);
+ setcolor(2);
+ setpalette(COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_BLUE);
+ setcolor(3);
+ setpalette(COLOR_WHITE,COLOR_CYAN);
+ ::set_menu_fore(menu, COLOR_PAIR(1));
+ ::set_menu_back(menu, COLOR_PAIR(2));
+ ::set_menu_grey(menu, COLOR_PAIR(3));
+ }
+ else {
+ ::set_menu_fore(menu, A_BOLD);
+ ::set_menu_back(menu, A_NORMAL);
+ ::set_menu_grey(menu, A_DIM);
+ }
+}
+
+
+NCursesMenu::NCursesMenu(NCursesMenuItem* menu[])
+ : NCursesPanel() {
+ InitMenu(menu);
+}
+
+NCursesMenu::NCursesMenu(NCursesMenuItem* menu[],
+ int lines,
+ int cols,
+ int begin_y,
+ int begin_x,
+ bool with_frame)
+ : NCursesPanel(lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) {
+ InitMenu(menu,with_frame);
+}
+
+NCursesMenu::~NCursesMenu() {
+ UserHook* hook = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr(menu);
+ delete hook;
+ if (b_sub_owner) {
+ delete sub;
+ ::set_menu_sub(menu,(WINDOW *)0);
+ }
+ free_menu(menu);
+
+ // It's essential to do this after free_menu()
+ delete[] ::menu_items(menu);
+ --total_count;
+}
+
+void
+NCursesMenu::setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& nsub)
+{
+ if (!isDescendant(nsub))
+ OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ else {
+ if (b_sub_owner)
+ delete sub;
+ sub = ⊄
+ ::set_menu_sub(menu,sub->w);
+ }
+}
+
+// call the menu driver and do basic error checking.
+int
+NCursesMenu::driver (int c) {
+ int res = ::menu_driver (menu, c);
+ switch (res) {
+ case E_OK:
+ case E_REQUEST_DENIED:
+ case E_NOT_SELECTABLE:
+ case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND:
+ case E_NO_MATCH:
+ break;
+ default:
+ OnError (res);
+ }
+ return (res);
+}
+
+bool
+NCursesMenu::set_pattern (const char *pat) {
+ int res = ::set_menu_pattern (menu, pat);
+ switch(res) {
+ case E_OK:
+ break;
+ case E_NO_MATCH:
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ OnError (res);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard
+// code c into a menu request code.
+// The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward
+// mapping for the most common keystrokes and menu requests.
+int
+NCursesMenu::virtualize(int c) {
+ switch(c) {
+ case CTRL('Q') : return(CMD_QUIT);
+ case KEY_DOWN :
+ case CTRL('N') : return(REQ_NEXT_ITEM);
+ case KEY_UP :
+ case CTRL('P') : return(REQ_PREV_ITEM);
+ case CTRL('U') : return(REQ_SCR_ULINE);
+ case CTRL('D') : return(REQ_SCR_DLINE);
+ case CTRL('F') : return(REQ_SCR_DPAGE);
+ case CTRL('B') : return(REQ_SCR_UPAGE);
+ case CTRL('X') : return(REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN);
+ case CTRL('H') : return(REQ_BACK_PATTERN);
+ case CTRL('A') : return(REQ_NEXT_MATCH);
+ case CTRL('Z') : return(REQ_PREV_MATCH);
+ case CTRL('T') : return(REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM);
+ case CTRL('J') :
+ case CTRL('M') : return(CMD_ACTION);
+ case KEY_HOME : return(REQ_FIRST_ITEM);
+ case KEY_LEFT : return(REQ_LEFT_ITEM);
+ case KEY_RIGHT : return(REQ_RIGHT_ITEM);
+ case KEY_END : return(REQ_LAST_ITEM);
+ case KEY_BACKSPACE : return(REQ_BACK_PATTERN);
+ case KEY_NPAGE : return(REQ_SCR_DPAGE);
+ case KEY_PPAGE : return(REQ_SCR_UPAGE);
+
+ default:
+ return(c);
+ }
+}
+
+NCursesMenuItem&
+NCursesMenu::operator()(void) {
+ int drvCmnd;
+ int err;
+ int c;
+ bool b_action = FALSE;
+
+ post();
+ show();
+ refresh();
+
+ while (!b_action && ((drvCmnd = virtualize((c=getch()))) != CMD_QUIT)) {
+ switch((err=driver(drvCmnd))) {
+ case E_REQUEST_DENIED:
+ On_Request_Denied(c);
+ break;
+ case E_NOT_SELECTABLE:
+ On_Not_Selectable(c);
+ break;
+ case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND:
+ if (drvCmnd == CMD_ACTION) {
+ NCursesMenuItem& itm = current_item();
+ b_action = itm.action();
+ } else
+ On_Unknown_Command(c);
+ break;
+ case E_NO_MATCH:
+ On_No_Match(c);
+ break;
+ case E_OK:
+ break;
+ default:
+ OnError(err);
+ }
+ }
+
+ unpost();
+ hide();
+ refresh();
+ return *(my_items[::item_index (::current_item (menu))]);
+}
--- /dev/null
+// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu C++ binding is Copyright (C) 1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _CURSESM_H
+#define _CURSESM_H
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <cursesp.h>
+#include <etip.h>
+
+extern "C" {
+# include <menu.h>
+}
+
+// This wraps the ITEM type of <menu.h>
+class NCursesMenuItem
+{
+ friend class NCursesMenu;
+
+protected:
+ ITEM *item;
+
+ void OnError (int err) const THROWS(NCursesMenuException)
+ {
+ if (err != E_OK)
+ THROW(new NCursesMenuException (err));
+ }
+
+public:
+ // Create an item. If you pass both parameters as NULL, a delimiter
+ // item is constructed which can be used to terminate a list of
+ // NCursesMenu objects.
+ NCursesMenuItem (const char* p_name = NULL,
+ const char* p_descript = NULL )
+ {
+ item = p_name ? ::new_item (p_name, p_descript) : (ITEM*)0;
+ if (p_name && !item)
+ OnError (E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+
+ // Release the items memory
+ virtual ~NCursesMenuItem ()
+ {
+ if (item)
+ ::free_item (item);
+ }
+
+ // Name of the item
+ inline const char* name () const
+ {
+ return ::item_name (item);
+ }
+
+ // Description of the item
+ inline const char* description () const
+ {
+ return ::item_description (item);
+ }
+
+ // index of the item in an item array (or -1)
+ inline int index (void) const
+ {
+ return ::item_index (item);
+ }
+
+ // switch on an item's option
+ inline void options_on (Item_Options options)
+ {
+ OnError (::item_opts_on (item, options));
+ }
+
+ // switch off an item's option
+ inline void options_off (Item_Options options)
+ {
+ OnError (::item_opts_off (item, options));
+ }
+
+ // return the item's options
+ inline Item_Options options () const
+ {
+ return ::item_opts (item);
+ }
+
+ // set the item's options
+ inline void set_options (Item_Options options)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_item_opts (item, options));
+ }
+
+ // set/reset the item's selection state
+ inline void set_value (bool f)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_item_value (item,f));
+ }
+
+ // return the item's selection state
+ inline bool value () const
+ {
+ return ::item_value (item);
+ }
+
+ // return visibility of the item
+ inline bool visible () const
+ {
+ return ::item_visible (item);
+ }
+
+ // perform an action associated with this item; you may use this in an
+ // user supplied driver for a menu; you may derive from this class and
+ // overload action() to supply items with different actions.
+ // If an action returns true, the menu will be exited.
+ virtual bool action() {
+ return FALSE;
+ };
+};
+
+// Prototype for an items callback function.
+typedef bool ITEMCALLBACK(NCursesMenuItem&);
+
+// If you don't like to create a child class for individual items to
+// overload action(), you may use this class and provide a callback
+// function pointer for items.
+class NCursesMenuCallbackItem : public NCursesMenuItem
+{
+private:
+ const ITEMCALLBACK* p_fct;
+
+public:
+ NCursesMenuCallbackItem(const ITEMCALLBACK* fct = NULL,
+ const char* p_name = NULL,
+ const char* p_descript = NULL )
+ : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript),
+ p_fct (fct) {
+ }
+
+ virtual ~NCursesMenuCallbackItem() {
+ };
+
+ bool action() {
+ if (p_fct)
+ return p_fct (*this);
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+};
+
+
+class NCursesMenu : public NCursesPanel {
+protected:
+ MENU *menu;
+
+private:
+ // Keep book of the number of instantiated C++ menus.
+ static unsigned long total_count;
+
+ NCursesWindow* sub; // the subwindow object
+ bool b_sub_owner; // is this our own subwindow?
+ bool b_framed; // has the menu a border?
+
+ NCursesMenuItem** my_items; // The array of items for this menu
+
+ // This structure is used for the menu's user data field to link the
+ // MENU* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer.
+ typedef struct {
+ const void* m_user; // the pointer for the user's data
+ const NCursesMenu* m_back; // backward pointer to C++ object
+ const MENU* m_owner;
+ } UserHook;
+
+ // Get the backward pointer to the C++ object from a MENU
+ static inline NCursesMenu* getHook(const MENU *m)
+ {
+ UserHook* hook = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr(m);
+ assert(hook && hook->m_owner==m);
+ return (NCursesMenu*)(hook->m_back);
+ }
+
+ // This are the built-in hook functions in this C++ binding. In C++ we use
+ // virtual member functions (see below On_..._Init and On_..._Termination)
+ // to provide this functionality in an object oriented manner.
+ static void mnu_init(MENU *);
+ static void mnu_term(MENU *);
+ static void itm_init(MENU *);
+ static void itm_term(MENU *);
+
+ // Calculate ITEM* array for the menu
+ ITEM** mapItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]);
+
+protected:
+ // internal routines
+ void set_user(const void *user)
+ {
+ UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr (menu);
+ assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu);
+ uptr->m_user = user;
+ }
+
+ const void *get_user()
+ {
+ UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr (menu);
+ assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu);
+ return uptr->m_user;
+ }
+
+
+ void InitMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[], bool with_frame=FALSE);
+
+ void OnError (int err) const THROWS(NCursesMenuException)
+ {
+ if (err != E_OK)
+ THROW(new NCursesMenuException (this, err));
+ }
+
+ // this wraps the menu_driver call.
+ virtual int driver (int c) ;
+
+public:
+ // make a full window size menu
+ NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[]);
+
+ // make a menu with a window of this size.
+ NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[],
+ int lines,
+ int cols,
+ int begin_y,
+ int begin_x,
+ bool with_frame=FALSE);
+
+ virtual ~NCursesMenu ();
+
+ // Retrieve the menus subwindow
+ inline NCursesWindow& subWindow() const {
+ assert(sub!=NULL);
+ return *sub;
+ }
+
+ // Set the menus subwindow
+ void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub);
+
+ // Set these items for the menu
+ void setItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]);
+
+ // Remove the menu from the screen
+ inline void unpost (void)
+ {
+ OnError (::unpost_menu (menu));
+ }
+
+ // Post the menu to the screen if flag is true, unpost it otherwise
+ inline void post(bool flag = TRUE)
+ {
+ flag ? OnError (::post_menu(menu)) : OnError (::unpost_menu (menu));
+ }
+
+ // Get the numer of rows and columns for this menu
+ inline void scale (int& mrows, int& mcols) const
+ {
+ OnError (::scale_menu (menu, &mrows, &mcols));
+ }
+
+ // Set the format of this menu
+ inline void set_format(int mrows, int mcols)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_menu_format(menu, mrows, mcols));
+ }
+
+ // Get the format of this menu
+ void menu_format(int& rows,int& cols)
+ {
+ ::menu_format(menu,&rows,&cols);
+ }
+
+ // item things
+ NCursesMenuItem* items() const
+ {
+ return *my_items;
+ }
+
+ // Get the number of items in this menu
+ int count() const
+ {
+ return ::item_count(menu);
+ }
+
+ // Get the current item (i.e. the one the cursor is located)
+ NCursesMenuItem& current_item() const
+ {
+ return *(my_items[::item_index(::current_item(menu))]);
+ }
+
+ // Get the marker string
+ inline const char* mark() const
+ {
+ return ::menu_mark(menu);
+ }
+
+ // Set the marker string
+ inline void set_mark(const char *mark)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_menu_mark (menu, mark));
+ }
+
+ // Get the name of the request code c
+ inline static const char* request_name(int c)
+ {
+ return ::menu_request_name(c);
+ }
+
+ // Get the current pattern
+ inline char* pattern() const
+ {
+ return ::menu_pattern(menu);
+ }
+
+ // true if there is a pattern match, false otherwise.
+ bool set_pattern (const char *pat);
+
+ // set the default attributes for the menu
+ // i.e. set fore, back and grey attribute
+ virtual void setDefaultAttributes();
+
+ // Get the menus background attributes
+ chtype back() const
+ {
+ return ::menu_back(menu);
+ }
+
+ // Get the menus foreground attributes
+ chtype fore() const
+ {
+ return ::menu_fore(menu);
+ }
+
+ // Get the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items)
+ chtype grey() const
+ {
+ return ::menu_grey(menu);
+ }
+
+ // Set the menus background attributes
+ chtype set_background(chtype a)
+ {
+ return ::set_menu_back(menu,a);
+ }
+
+ // Set the menus foreground attributes
+ chtype foreground(chtype a)
+ {
+ return ::set_menu_fore(menu,a);
+ }
+
+ // Set the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items)
+ chtype set_grey(chtype a)
+ {
+ return ::set_menu_grey(menu,a);
+ }
+
+ inline void options_on (Menu_Options opts)
+ {
+ OnError (::menu_opts_on (menu,opts));
+ }
+
+ inline void options_off(Menu_Options opts)
+ {
+ OnError (::menu_opts_off(menu,opts));
+ }
+
+ inline Menu_Options options() const {
+ return ::menu_opts(menu);
+ }
+
+ inline void set_options (Menu_Options opts)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_menu_opts (menu,opts));
+ }
+
+ inline int pad() const
+ {
+ return ::menu_pad(menu);
+ }
+
+ inline void set_pad (int padch)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_menu_pad (menu, padch));
+ }
+
+ // Position the cursor to the current item
+ inline void position_cursor () const
+ {
+ OnError (::pos_menu_cursor (menu));
+ }
+
+ // Set the current item
+ inline void set_current(NCursesMenuItem& I)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_current_item(menu, I.item));
+ }
+
+ // Get the current top row of the menu
+ inline int top_row (void) const
+ {
+ return ::top_row (menu);
+ }
+
+ // Set the current top row of the menu
+ inline void set_top_row (int row)
+ {
+ OnError (::set_top_row (menu, row));
+ }
+
+ // spacing control
+ // Set the spacing for the menu
+ inline void setSpacing(int spc_description,
+ int spc_rows,
+ int spc_columns) {
+ OnError(::set_menu_spacing(menu,
+ spc_description,
+ spc_rows,
+ spc_columns));
+ }
+
+ // Get the spacing info for the menu
+ inline void Spacing(int& spc_description,
+ int& spc_rows,
+ int& spc_columns) const {
+ OnError(::menu_spacing(menu,
+ &spc_description,
+ &spc_rows,
+ &spc_columns));
+ }
+
+ // Decorations
+ void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
+ if (b_framed)
+ NCursesPanel::frame(title,btitle);
+ else
+ OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+
+ void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
+ if (b_framed)
+ NCursesPanel::boldframe(title,btitle);
+ else
+ OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+
+ void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel) {
+ if (b_framed)
+ NCursesPanel::label(topLabel,bottomLabel);
+ else
+ OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+
+ // -----
+ // Hooks
+ // -----
+
+ // Called after the menu gets repositioned in its window.
+ // This is especially true if the menu is posted.
+ virtual void On_Menu_Init()
+ {
+ }
+
+ // Called before the menu gets repositioned in its window.
+ // This is especially true if the menu is unposted.
+ virtual void On_Menu_Termination()
+ {
+ }
+
+ // Called after the item became the current item
+ virtual void On_Item_Init(NCursesMenuItem& item)
+ {
+ }
+
+ // Called before this item is left as current item.
+ virtual void On_Item_Termination(NCursesMenuItem& item)
+ {
+ }
+
+ // Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard
+ // code c into a menu request code.
+ // The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward
+ // mapping for the most common keystrokes and menu requests.
+ virtual int virtualize(int c);
+
+
+ // Operators
+ NCursesMenuItem& operator[](int i) const
+ {
+ if ( (i < 0) || (i >= ::item_count (menu)) )
+ OnError (E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ return *(my_items[i]);
+ }
+
+ // Perform the menu's operation
+ // Return the item where you left the selection mark.
+ virtual NCursesMenuItem& operator()(void);
+
+ // --------------------
+ // Exception handlers
+ // Called by operator()
+ // --------------------
+
+ // Called if the request is denied
+ virtual void On_Request_Denied(int c) const {
+ beep();
+ }
+
+ // Called if the item is not selectable
+ virtual void On_Not_Selectable(int c) const {
+ beep();
+ }
+
+ // Called if pattern doesn't match
+ virtual void On_No_Match(int c) const {
+ beep();
+ }
+
+ // Called if the command is unknown
+ virtual void On_Unknown_Command(int c) const {
+ beep();
+ }
+};
+
+
+// This is the typical C++ typesafe way to allow to attach
+// user data to an item of a menu. Its assumed that the user
+// data belongs to some class T. Use T as template argument
+// to create a UserItem.
+template<class T> class NCursesUserItem : public NCursesMenuItem
+{
+public:
+ NCursesUserItem (const char* p_name = NULL,
+ const char* p_descript = NULL )
+ : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesUserItem (const T* p_UserData,
+ const char* p_name,
+ const char* p_descript = NULL )
+ : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript)
+ {
+ if (item)
+ OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, (const void *)p_UserData));
+ };
+
+ virtual ~NCursesUserItem() {};
+
+ const T* UserData (void) const
+ {
+ return (const T*)::item_userptr (item);
+ };
+
+ virtual void setUserData(const T* p_UserData) {
+ if (item)
+ OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, (const void *)p_UserData));
+ }
+};
+
+// The same mechanism is used to attach user data to a menu
+template<class T> class NCursesUserMenu : public NCursesMenu
+{
+public:
+ NCursesUserMenu (NCursesMenuItem menu[])
+ : NCursesMenu (menu)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesUserMenu (const T* p_UserData,
+ NCursesMenuItem menu[])
+ : NCursesMenu (menu)
+ {
+ if (m)
+ set_user ((const void *)p_UserData);
+ };
+
+ NCursesUserMenu (const T* p_UserData,
+ NCursesMenuItem menu[],
+ int lines,
+ int cols,
+ int begin_y,
+ int begin_x,
+ bool with_frame=FALSE)
+ : NCursesMenu (menu, lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x, with_frame)
+ {
+ if (m)
+ set_user ((const void *)p_UserData);
+ };
+
+ virtual ~NCursesUserMenu() {};
+
+ const T* UserData (void) const
+ {
+ return (const T*)get_user ();
+ };
+
+ virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) {
+ if (m)
+ set_user ((const void *)p_UserData);
+ }
+};
+
+#endif // _CURSESM_H
--- /dev/null
+// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*-
+/*
+ written and
+ Copyright (C) 1993 by Anatoly Ivasyuk (anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu)
+
+ Modified by Juergen Pfeifer, April 1997
+*/
+
+#include "internal.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: cursesp.cc,v 1.6 1997/05/04 01:02:08 tom Exp $")
+
+#pragma implementation
+#include "cursesp.h"
+
+NCursesPanel::NCursesPanel(int lines,
+ int cols,
+ int begin_y,
+ int begin_x)
+ : NCursesWindow(lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) {
+
+ p = ::new_panel(w);
+ if (!p)
+ OnError(ERR);
+
+ UserHook* hook = new UserHook;
+ hook->m_user = NULL;
+ hook->m_back = this;
+ hook->m_owner = p;
+ ::set_panel_userptr(p, (const void *)hook);
+}
+
+
+NCursesPanel::~NCursesPanel() {
+ UserHook* hook = (UserHook*)::panel_userptr(p);
+ assert(hook && hook->m_back==this && hook->m_owner==p);
+ delete hook;
+ ::del_panel(p);
+ ::update_panels();
+ ::doupdate();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesPanel::redraw() {
+ PANEL *pan;
+
+ pan = ::panel_above(NULL);
+ while (pan) {
+ ::touchwin(panel_window(pan));
+ pan = ::panel_above(pan);
+ }
+ ::update_panels();
+ ::doupdate();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesPanel::refresh() {
+ ::update_panels();
+ ::doupdate();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesPanel::boldframe(const char *title, const char* btitle) {
+ standout();
+ frame(title, btitle);
+ standend();
+}
+
+void
+NCursesPanel::frame(const char *title,const char *btitle) {
+ int err = OK;
+ if (!title && !btitle) {
+ err = box();
+ }
+ else {
+ err = box();
+ if (err==OK)
+ label(title,btitle);
+ }
+ OnError(err);
+}
+
+void
+NCursesPanel::label(const char *tLabel, const char *bLabel) {
+ if (tLabel)
+ centertext(0,tLabel);
+ if (bLabel)
+ centertext(maxy(),bLabel);
+}
+
+void
+NCursesPanel::centertext(int row,const char *label) {
+ if (label)
+ OnError(addstr(row,(maxx() - strlen(label)) / 2, label));
+}
--- /dev/null
+// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
+#ifndef _CURSESP_H
+#define _CURSESP_H
+
+#include <cursesw.h>
+#include <etip.h>
+
+extern "C" {
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <panel.h>
+}
+
+class NCursesPanel : public NCursesWindow {
+
+protected:
+ PANEL *p;
+
+private:
+ // This structure is used for the panel's user data field to link the
+ // PANEL* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer.
+ typedef struct {
+ const void* m_user; // the pointer for the user's data
+ const NCursesPanel* m_back; // backward pointer to C++ object
+ const PANEL* m_owner; // the panel itself
+ } UserHook;
+
+protected:
+ void set_user(const void *user) {
+ UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::panel_userptr (p);
+ assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==p);
+ uptr->m_user = user;
+ }
+
+ const void *get_user() {
+ UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::panel_userptr (p);
+ assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==p);
+ return uptr->m_user;
+ }
+
+ void OnError (int err) const THROWS((NCursesPanelException)) {
+ if (err != OK)
+ THROW(new NCursesPanelException (this, err));
+ }
+
+public:
+ NCursesPanel(int lines = 0,
+ int cols = 0,
+ int begin_y = 0,
+ int begin_x = 0);
+
+ virtual ~NCursesPanel();
+
+ // basic manipulation
+ inline void hide() {
+ OnError (::hide_panel(p));
+ }
+
+ inline void show() {
+ OnError (::show_panel(p));
+ }
+
+ inline void top() {
+ OnError (::top_panel(p));
+ }
+
+ inline void bottom() {
+ OnError (::bottom_panel(p));
+ }
+
+ inline void mvpan(int y, int x) {
+ OnError (::move_panel(p, y, x));
+ }
+
+ inline void mvwin(int y, int x) {
+ OnError (::move_panel(p, y, x));
+ }
+
+ inline bool hidden() const {
+ return ::panel_hidden (p);
+ }
+
+ static void redraw(); // redraw all panels
+ static void refresh(); // update screen
+
+ // decorations
+ virtual void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL);
+ virtual void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL);
+ virtual void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel);
+ virtual void centertext(int row,const char *label);
+
+};
+
+
+/* We use templates to provide a typesafe mechanism to associate
+ * user data with a panel. A NCursesUserPanel<T> is a panel
+ * associated with some user data of type T.
+ */
+template<class T> class NCursesUserPanel : public NCursesPanel
+{
+public:
+ NCursesUserPanel (int lines = 0,
+ int cols = 0,
+ int begin_y = 0,
+ int begin_x = 0)
+ : NCursesPanel (lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) {
+ };
+
+ NCursesUserPanel (const T* p_UserData,
+ int lines = 0,
+ int cols = 0,
+ int begin_y = 0,
+ int begin_x = 0)
+ : NCursesPanel (lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) {
+ if (p)
+ set_user ((const void *)p_UserData);
+ };
+
+ virtual ~NCursesUserPanel() {};
+
+ const T* UserData (void) const {
+ return (const T*)get_user ();
+ };
+
+ virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) {
+ if (p)
+ set_user ((const void *)p_UserData);
+ }
+};
+
+#endif // _CURSESP_H
--- /dev/null
+// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*-
+
+/*
+ Copyright (C) 1989 Free Software Foundation
+ written by Eric Newton (newton@rocky.oswego.edu)
+
+ This file is part of the GNU C++ Library. This library is free
+ software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of
+ the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
+ option) any later version. This library is distributed in the hope
+ that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
+ implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+ modified by Ulrich Drepper (drepper@karlsruhe.gmd.de)
+ and Anatoly Ivasyuk (anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu)
+
+ modified by Juergen Pfeifer (Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de)
+*/
+
+#include "internal.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: cursesw.cc,v 1.5 1997/05/05 20:04:59 tom Exp $")
+
+#pragma implementation
+
+#include "cursesw.h"
+
+#define COLORS_NEED_INITIALIZATION -1
+#define COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED 0
+#define COLORS_MONOCHROME 1
+#define COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE 2
+
+
+// declare static variables for the class
+int NCursesWindow::count = 0;
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::scanw(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+#if defined(__GNUG__)
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ int result = wgetstr(w, buf);
+ if (result == OK) {
+ strstreambuf ss(buf, BUFSIZ);
+ result = ss.vscan(fmt, args);
+ }
+ va_end(args);
+ return result;
+#else
+ return ERR;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::scanw(int y, int x, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+#if defined(__GNUG__)
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ int result = wmove(w, y, x);
+ if (result == OK) {
+ result = wgetstr(w, buf);
+ if (result == OK) {
+ strstreambuf ss(buf, BUFSIZ);
+ result = ss.vscan(fmt, args);
+ }
+ }
+ va_end(args);
+ return result;
+#else
+ return ERR;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::printw(const char * fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return waddstr(w, buf);
+}
+
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::printw(int y, int x, const char * fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ int result = wmove(w, y, x);
+ if (result == OK) {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, args);
+ result = waddstr(w, buf);
+ }
+ va_end(args);
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+void
+NCursesWindow::init(void)
+{
+ noecho();
+ cbreak();
+ leaveok(0);
+ keypad(1);
+}
+
+void
+NCursesWindow::err_handler(const char *msg) const THROWS(NCursesException)
+{
+ THROW(new NCursesException(msg));
+}
+
+void
+NCursesWindow::initialize() {
+ ::initscr();
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_NEED_INITIALIZATION) {
+ colorInitialized=COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+ count++;
+ useColors();
+ count--;
+ }
+}
+
+NCursesWindow::NCursesWindow(int lines, int cols, int begin_y, int begin_x)
+{
+ if (count==0)
+ initialize();
+
+ w = ::newwin(lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x);
+ if (w == 0) {
+ err_handler("Cannot construct window");
+ }
+ init();
+
+ alloced = 1;
+ subwins = par = sib = 0;
+ count++;
+}
+
+NCursesWindow::NCursesWindow(WINDOW* &window)
+{
+ if (count==0)
+ initialize();
+
+ w = window;
+ init();
+ alloced = 0;
+ subwins = par = sib = 0;
+ count++;
+}
+
+
+NCursesWindow::NCursesWindow(NCursesWindow& win, int l, int c,
+ int by, int bx, char absrel)
+{
+ if (absrel == 'r') { // relative origin
+ by += win.begy();
+ bx += win.begx();
+ }
+
+ // Even though we treat subwindows as a tree, the standard curses
+ // library needs the `subwin' call to link to the root in
+ // order to correctly perform refreshes, etc.
+
+ NCursesWindow* root = &win;
+ while (root->par != 0) root = root->par;
+
+ w = subwin(root->w, l, c, by, bx);
+ if (w == 0) {
+ err_handler("Cannot construct subwindow");
+ }
+
+ par = &win;
+ sib = win.subwins;
+ win.subwins = this;
+ subwins = 0;
+ alloced = 1;
+ count++;
+}
+
+bool
+NCursesWindow::isDescendant(NCursesWindow& win) {
+ for (NCursesWindow* p = subwins; p != NULL; p = p->sib) {
+ if (p==&win)
+ return TRUE;
+ else {
+ if (p->isDescendant(win))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void
+NCursesWindow::kill_subwindows()
+{
+ for (NCursesWindow* p = subwins; p != 0; p = p->sib) {
+ p->kill_subwindows();
+ if (p->alloced) {
+ if (p->w != 0)
+ ::delwin(p->w);
+ p->alloced = 0;
+ }
+ p->w = 0; // cause a run-time error if anyone attempts to use...
+ }
+}
+
+
+NCursesWindow::~NCursesWindow()
+{
+ kill_subwindows();
+
+ if (par != 0) { // Snip us from the parent's list of subwindows.
+ NCursesWindow * win = par->subwins;
+ NCursesWindow * trail = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ if (win == 0)
+ break;
+ else if (win == this) {
+ if (trail != 0)
+ trail->sib = win->sib;
+ else
+ par->subwins = win->sib;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ trail = win;
+ win = win->sib;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (alloced && w != 0)
+ delwin(w);
+
+ --count;
+ if (count == 0)
+ endwin();
+ else if (count < 0) { // cannot happen!
+ err_handler("Too many windows destroyed");
+ }
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Color stuff
+//
+int NCursesWindow::colorInitialized = COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+void
+NCursesWindow::useColors(void)
+{
+ if (colorInitialized == COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED) {
+ if (count>0) {
+ if (has_colors()) {
+ start_color();
+ colorInitialized = COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE;
+ }
+ else
+ colorInitialized = COLORS_MONOCHROME;
+ }
+ else
+ colorInitialized = COLORS_NEED_INITIALIZATION;
+ }
+}
+
+short
+NCursesWindow::getcolor(int getback) const
+{
+ short fore, back;
+
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) {
+ if (pair_content(PAIR_NUMBER(w->_attrs), &fore, &back))
+ err_handler("Can't get color pair");
+ }
+ else {
+ // Monochrome means white on black
+ back = COLOR_BLACK;
+ fore = COLOR_WHITE;
+ }
+ return getback ? back : fore;
+}
+
+int NCursesWindow::NumberOfColors()
+{
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE)
+ return COLORS;
+ else
+ return 1; // monochrome (actually there are two ;-)
+}
+
+short
+NCursesWindow::getcolor() const
+{
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE)
+ return PAIR_NUMBER(w->_attrs);
+ else
+ return 0; // we only have pair zero
+}
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::setpalette(short fore, short back, short pair)
+{
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE)
+ return init_pair(pair, fore, back);
+ else
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::setpalette(short fore, short back)
+{
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE)
+ return setpalette(fore, back, PAIR_NUMBER(w->_attrs));
+ else
+ return OK;
+}
+
+
+int
+NCursesWindow::setcolor(short pair)
+{
+ if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) {
+ if ((pair < 1) || (pair > COLOR_PAIRS))
+ err_handler("Can't set color pair");
+
+ attroff(A_COLOR);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(pair));
+ }
+ return OK;
+}
--- /dev/null
+// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
+#ifndef _CURSESW_H
+#define _CURSESW_H
+
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+
+#pragma interface
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__)
+# if HAVE_BUILTIN_H
+# define exception builtin_exception
+# include <builtin.h>
+# undef exception
+# endif
+#else // #elif defined (__SUNPRO_CC)
+# include <generic.h>
+# include <string.h>
+ extern "C" { unsigned sleep(int); }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_VALUES_H
+# include <values.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <strstream.h>
+#include <etip.h>
+
+extern "C" {
+# include <curses.h>
+}
+
+/* SCO 3.2v4 curses.h includes term.h, which defines lines as a macro.
+ Undefine it here, because NCursesWindow uses lines as a method. */
+#undef lines
+
+/* "Convert" macros to inlines. We'll define it as another symbol to avoid
+ * conflict with library symbols.
+ */
+#undef UNDEF
+#define UNDEF(name) CUR_ ##name
+
+#ifdef addch
+inline int UNDEF(addch)(chtype ch) { return addch(ch); }
+#undef addch
+#define addch UNDEF(addch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef addstr
+/* The (char*) cast is to hack around missing const's */
+inline int UNDEF(addstr)(const char * str) { return addstr((char*)str); }
+#undef addstr
+#define addstr UNDEF(addstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef attron
+inline int UNDEF(attron)(chtype at) { return attron(at); }
+#undef attron
+#define attron UNDEF(attron)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef attroff
+inline int UNDEF(attroff)(chtype at) { return attroff(at); }
+#undef attroff
+#define attroff UNDEF(attroff)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef attrset
+inline chtype UNDEF(attrset)(chtype at) { return attrset(at); }
+#undef attrset
+#define attrset UNDEF(attrset)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef border
+inline int UNDEF(border)(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
+{ return border(ls,rs,ts,bs,tl,tr,bl,br); }
+#undef border
+#define border UNDEF(border)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef box
+inline int UNDEF(box)(WINDOW *win, int v, int h) { return box(win, v, h); }
+#undef box
+#define box UNDEF(box)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef clear
+inline int UNDEF(clear)() { return clear(); }
+#undef clear
+#define clear UNDEF(clear)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef clearok
+inline int UNDEF(clearok)(WINDOW* win, int bf) { return clearok(win, bf); }
+#undef clearok
+#define clearok UNDEF(clearok)
+#else
+extern "C" int clearok(WINDOW*, bool);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef clrtobot
+inline int UNDEF(clrtobot)() { return clrtobot(); }
+#undef clrtobot
+#define clrtobot UNDEF(clrtobot)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef clrtoeol
+inline int UNDEF(clrtoeol)() { return clrtoeol(); }
+#undef clrtoeol
+#define clrtoeol UNDEF(clrtoeol)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef delch
+inline int UNDEF(delch)() { return delch(); }
+#undef delch
+#define delch UNDEF(delch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef deleteln
+inline int UNDEF(deleteln)() { return deleteln(); }
+#undef deleteln
+#define deleteln UNDEF(deleteln)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef erase
+inline int UNDEF(erase)() { return erase(); }
+#undef erase
+#define erase UNDEF(erase)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef flushok
+inline int UNDEF(flushok)(WINDOW* _win, int _bf) { return flushok(_win, _bf); }
+#undef flushok
+#define flushok UNDEF(flushok)
+#else
+#define _no_flushok
+#endif
+
+#ifdef getch
+inline int UNDEF(getch)() { return getch(); }
+#undef getch
+#define getch UNDEF(getch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef getstr
+inline int UNDEF(getstr)(char *_str) { return getstr(_str); }
+#undef getstr
+#define getstr UNDEF(getstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef getyx
+inline void UNDEF(getyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getyx(win, y, x); }
+#undef getyx
+#define getyx UNDEF(getyx)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef getbegyx
+inline void UNDEF(getbegyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getbegyx(win, y, x); }
+#undef getbegyx
+#define getbegyx UNDEF(getbegyx)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef getmaxyx
+inline void UNDEF(getmaxyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getmaxyx(win, y, x); }
+#undef getmaxyx
+#define getmaxyx UNDEF(getmaxyx)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef hline
+inline int UNDEF(hline)(chtype ch, int n) { return hline(ch, n); }
+#undef hline
+#define hline UNDEF(hline)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef inch
+inline int UNDEF(inch)() { return inch(); }
+#undef inch
+#define inch UNDEF(inch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef insch
+inline int UNDEF(insch)(char c) { return insch(c); }
+#undef insch
+#define insch UNDEF(insch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef insertln
+inline int UNDEF(insertln)() { return insertln(); }
+#undef insertln
+#define insertln UNDEF(insertln)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef leaveok
+inline int UNDEF(leaveok)(WINDOW* win, int bf) { return leaveok(win, bf); }
+#undef leaveok
+#define leaveok UNDEF(leaveok)
+#else
+extern "C" int leaveok(WINDOW* win, bool bf);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef move
+inline int UNDEF(move)(int x, int y) { return move(x, y); }
+#undef move
+#define move UNDEF(move)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef refresh
+inline int UNDEF(refresh)() { return refresh(); }
+#undef refresh
+#define refresh UNDEF(refresh)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef scrl
+inline int UNDEF(scrl)(int l) { return scrl(l); }
+#undef scrl
+#define scrl UNDEF(scrl)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef scroll
+inline int UNDEF(scroll)(WINDOW *win) { return scroll(win); }
+#undef scroll
+#define scroll UNDEF(scroll)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef scrollok
+inline int UNDEF(scrollok)(WINDOW* win, int bf) { return scrollok(win, bf); }
+#undef scrollok
+#define scrollok UNDEF(scrollok)
+#else
+#if defined(__NCURSES_H)
+extern "C" int scrollok(WINDOW*, bool);
+#else
+extern "C" int scrollok(WINDOW*, char);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef setscrreg
+inline int UNDEF(setscrreg)(int t, int b) { return setscrreg(t, b); }
+#undef setscrreg
+#define setscrreg UNDEF(setscrreg)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef standend
+inline int UNDEF(standend)() { return standend(); }
+#undef standend
+#define standend UNDEF(standend)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef standout
+inline int UNDEF(standout)() { return standout(); }
+#undef standout
+#define standout UNDEF(standout)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef subpad
+inline WINDOW *UNDEF(subpad)(WINDOW *p, int l, int c, int y, int x)
+{ return derwin(p,l,c,y,x); }
+#undef subpad
+#define subpad UNDEF(subpad)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef timeout
+inline int UNDEF(timeout)(int delay) { return timeout(delay); }
+#undef timeout
+#define timeout UNDEF(timeout)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef touchline
+inline int UNDEF(touchline)(WINDOW *win, int s, int c)
+{ return touchline(win,s,c); }
+#undef touchline
+#define touchline UNDEF(touchline)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef touchwin
+inline int UNDEF(touchwin)(WINDOW *win) { return touchwin(win); }
+#undef touchwin
+#define touchwin UNDEF(touchwin)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef untouchwin
+inline int UNDEF(untouchwin)(WINDOW *win) { return untouchwin(win); }
+#undef untouchwin
+#define untouchwin UNDEF(untouchwin)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef vline
+inline int UNDEF(vline)(chtype ch, int n) { return vline(ch, n); }
+#undef vline
+#define vline UNDEF(vline)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef waddstr
+inline int UNDEF(waddstr)(WINDOW *win, char *str) { return waddstr(win, str); }
+#undef waddstr
+#define waddstr UNDEF(waddstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef waddchstr
+inline int UNDEF(waddchstr)(WINDOW *win, chtype *at) { return waddchstr(win, at); }
+#undef waddchstr
+#define waddchstr UNDEF(waddchstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef wstandend
+inline int UNDEF(wstandend)(WINDOW *win) { return wstandend(win); }
+#undef wstandend
+#define wstandend UNDEF(wstandend)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef wstandout
+inline int UNDEF(wstandout)(WINDOW *win) { return wstandout(win); }
+#undef wstandout
+#define wstandout UNDEF(wstandout)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef wattroff
+inline int UNDEF(wattroff)(WINDOW *win, int att) { return wattroff(win, att); }
+#undef wattroff
+#define wattroff UNDEF(wattroff)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef wattrset
+inline int UNDEF(wattrset)(WINDOW *win, int att) { return wattrset(win, att); }
+#undef wattrset
+#define wattrset UNDEF(wattrset)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef winch
+inline chtype UNDEF(winch)(WINDOW* win) { return winch(win); }
+#undef winch
+#define winch UNDEF(winch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwaddch
+inline int UNDEF(mvwaddch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{ return mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch); }
+#undef mvwaddch
+#define mvwaddch UNDEF(mvwaddch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwaddchnstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvwaddchnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *str, int n)
+{ return mvwaddchnstr(win, y, x, str, n); }
+#undef mvwaddchnstr
+#define mvwaddchnstr UNDEF(mvwaddchnstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwaddchstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvwaddchstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *str)
+{ return mvwaddchstr(win, y, x, str); }
+#undef mvwaddchstr
+#define mvwaddchstr UNDEF(mvwaddchstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwaddnstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvwaddnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{ return mvwaddnstr(win, y, x, (char*)str, n); }
+#undef mvwaddnstr
+#define mvwaddnstr UNDEF(mvwaddnstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwaddstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvwaddstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char * str)
+{ return mvwaddstr(win, y, x, (char*)str); }
+#undef mvwaddstr
+#define mvwaddstr UNDEF(mvwaddstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwdelch
+inline int UNDEF(mvwdelch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{ return mvwdelch(win, y, x); }
+#undef mvwdelch
+#define mvwdelch UNDEF(mvwdelch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwgetch
+inline int UNDEF(mvwgetch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) { return mvwgetch(win, y, x);}
+#undef mvwgetch
+#define mvwgetch UNDEF(mvwgetch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwgetstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvwgetstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
+{return mvwgetstr(win,y,x, str);}
+#undef mvwgetstr
+#define mvwgetstr UNDEF(mvwgetstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwinch
+inline int UNDEF(mvwinch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) { return mvwinch(win, y, x);}
+#undef mvwinch
+#define mvwinch UNDEF(mvwinch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvwinsch
+inline int UNDEF(mvwinsch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char c)
+{ return mvwinsch(win, y, x, c); }
+#undef mvwinsch
+#define mvwinsch UNDEF(mvwinsch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvaddch
+inline int UNDEF(mvaddch)(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{ return mvaddch(y, x, ch); }
+#undef mvaddch
+#define mvaddch UNDEF(mvaddch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvaddnstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvaddnstr)(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{ return mvaddnstr(y, x, (char*)str, n); }
+#undef mvaddnstr
+#define mvaddnstr UNDEF(mvaddnstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvaddstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvaddstr)(int y, int x, const char * str)
+{ return mvaddstr(y, x, (char*)str); }
+#undef mvaddstr
+#define mvaddstr UNDEF(mvaddstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvdelch
+inline int UNDEF(mvdelch)(int y, int x) { return mvdelch(y, x);}
+#undef mvdelch
+#define mvdelch UNDEF(mvdelch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvgetch
+inline int UNDEF(mvgetch)(int y, int x) { return mvgetch(y, x);}
+#undef mvgetch
+#define mvgetch UNDEF(mvgetch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvgetstr
+inline int UNDEF(mvgetstr)(int y, int x, char *str) {return mvgetstr(y, x, str);}
+#undef mvgetstr
+#define mvgetstr UNDEF(mvgetstr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvinch
+inline int UNDEF(mvinch)(int y, int x) { return mvinch(y, x);}
+#undef mvinch
+#define mvinch UNDEF(mvinch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mvinsch
+inline int UNDEF(mvinsch)(int y, int x, char c)
+{ return mvinsch(y, x, c); }
+#undef mvinsch
+#define mvinsch UNDEF(mvinsch)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef napms
+inline void UNDEF(napms)(unsigned long x) { napms(x); }
+#undef napms
+#define napms UNDEF(napms)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef fixterm
+inline int UNDEF(fixterm)(void) { return fixterm(); }
+#undef fixterm
+#define fixterm UNDEF(fixterm)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef resetterm
+inline int UNDEF(resetterm)(void) { return resetterm(); }
+#undef resetterm
+#define resetterm UNDEF(resetterm)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef saveterm
+inline int UNDEF(saveterm)(void) { return saveterm(); }
+#undef saveterm
+#define saveterm UNDEF(saveterm)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef crmode
+inline int UNDEF(crmode)(void) { return crmode(); }
+#undef crmode
+#define crmode UNDEF(crmode)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef nocrmode
+inline int UNDEF(nocrmode)(void) { return nocrmode(); }
+#undef nocrmode
+#define nocrmode UNDEF(nocrmode)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *
+ * C++ class for windows.
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+class NCursesWindow
+{
+ friend class NCursesMenu; friend class NCursesForm;
+
+private:
+ static void initialize();
+ void init();
+ void err_handler(const char *) const THROWS(NCursesException);
+
+ short getcolor(int getback) const;
+
+ static int setpalette(short fore, short back, short pair);
+ static int colorInitialized;
+
+protected:
+ static int count; // count of all active windows:
+ // We rely on the c++ promise that
+ // all otherwise uninitialized
+ // static class vars are set to 0
+
+ WINDOW * w; // the curses WINDOW
+
+ int alloced; // true if we own the WINDOW
+
+ NCursesWindow* par; // parent, if subwindow
+ NCursesWindow* subwins; // head of subwindows list
+ NCursesWindow* sib; // next subwindow of parent
+
+ void kill_subwindows(); // disable all subwindows
+
+public:
+ NCursesWindow(WINDOW* &window); // useful only for stdscr
+
+ NCursesWindow(int lines, // number of lines
+ int cols, // number of columns
+ int begin_y, // line origin
+ int begin_x); // col origin
+
+ NCursesWindow(NCursesWindow& par,// parent window
+ int lines, // number of lines
+ int cols, // number of columns
+ int by, // absolute or relative
+ int bx, // origins:
+ char absrel = 'a');// if `a', by & bx are
+ // absolute screen pos,
+ // else if `r', they are
+ // relative to par origin
+ virtual ~NCursesWindow();
+
+ static void useColors(void);
+ // Call this routine very early if you want to have colors.
+
+ // terminal status
+ int lines() const { return LINES; }
+ // number of lines on terminal, *not* window
+ int cols() const { return COLS; }
+ // number of cols on terminal, *not* window
+ static int NumberOfColors();
+ // number of available colors
+ int colors() const { return NumberOfColors(); }
+ // number of available colors
+
+ // window status
+ int height() const { return maxy() + 1; }
+ // number of lines in this window
+ int width() const { return maxx() + 1; }
+ // number of cols in this window
+ int begx() const { return w->_begx; }
+ // smallest x coord in window
+ int begy() const { return w->_begy; }
+ // smallest y coord in window
+ int maxx() const { return w->_maxx; }
+ // largest x coord in window
+ int maxy() const { return w->_maxy; }
+ // largest x coord in window
+ short getcolor() const;
+ // actual color pair
+ short foreground() const { return getcolor(0); }
+ // actual foreground color
+ short background() const { return getcolor(1); }
+ // actual background color
+ int setpalette(short fore, short back);
+ // set color palette entry
+ int setcolor(short pair);
+ // set actually used palette entry
+
+ // window positioning
+ int move(int y, int x) { return ::wmove(w, y, x); }
+
+ // coordinate positioning
+ void getyx(int& y, int& x) { ::getyx(w, y, x); }
+ int mvcur(int sy, int ey, int sx, int ex) {
+ return ::mvcur(sy, ey, sx, ex); }
+
+ // input
+ int getch() { return ::wgetch(w); }
+ int getch(int y, int x) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::wgetch(w); }
+ int getstr(char* str) { return ::wgetstr(w, str); }
+ int getstr(int y, int x, char* str) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::wgetstr(w, str); }
+ int scanw(const char*, ...)
+#if __GNUG__ >= 2
+ __attribute__ ((format (scanf, 2, 3)));
+#else
+ ;
+#endif
+ int scanw(int, int, const char*, ...)
+#if __GNUG__ >= 2
+ __attribute__ ((format (scanf, 4, 5)));
+#else
+ ;
+#endif
+
+ // output
+ int addch(const chtype ch) { return ::waddch(w, ch); }
+ int addch(int y, int x, chtype ch) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::waddch(w, ch); }
+ int addstr(const char* str) { return ::waddstr(w, (char*)str); }
+ int addstr(int y, int x, const char * str) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::waddstr(w, (char*)str); }
+ int printw(const char* fmt, ...)
+#if __GNUG__ >= 2
+ __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)));
+#else
+ ;
+#endif
+ int printw(int y, int x, const char * fmt, ...)
+#if __GNUG__ >= 2
+ __attribute__ ((format (printf, 4, 5)));
+#else
+ ;
+#endif
+ int inch() { return ::winch(w); }
+ int inch(int y, int x) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : (int) ::winch(w); }
+ int insch(chtype ch) { return ::winsch(w, ch); }
+ int insch(int y, int x, chtype ch) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::winsch(w, ch); }
+ int insertln() { return ::winsertln(w); }
+ int attron(chtype at) { return ::wattron(w, at); }
+ int attroff(chtype at) { return ::wattroff(w, at); }
+ int attrset(chtype at) { return ::wattrset(w, at); }
+
+ // borders
+ int box(chtype vert=0, chtype hor=0) { return ::box(w, vert, hor); }
+
+ // lines and boxes
+ int hline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int len) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::whline(w, ch, len); }
+ int hline(int y, int x, int len) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::whline(w, 0, len); }
+ int hline(chtype ch, int len) { return ::whline(w, ch, len); }
+ int hline(int len) { return ::whline(w, 0, len); }
+ int vline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int len) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::wvline(w, ch, len); }
+ int vline(int y, int x, int len) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::wvline(w, 0, len); }
+ int vline(chtype ch, int len) { return ::wvline(w, ch, len); }
+ int vline(int len) { return ::wvline(w, 0, len); }
+
+ // erasure
+ int erase() { return ::werase(w); }
+ int clear() { return ::wclear(w); }
+ int clearok(int bf) { return ::clearok(w, bf); }
+ int clrtobot() { return ::wclrtobot(w); }
+ int clrtoeol() { return ::wclrtoeol(w); }
+ int delch() { return ::wdelch(w); }
+ int delch(int y, int x) {
+ return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::wdelch(w); }
+ int deleteln() { return ::wdeleteln(w); }
+
+ // screen control
+ int scroll() { return ::scroll(w); }
+ int scrollok(int bf) { return ::scrollok(w, bf); }
+ int idlok(int bf) { return ::idlok(w, bf); }
+ int touchwin() { return ::touchwin(w); }
+ int refresh() { return ::wrefresh(w); }
+ int leaveok(int bf) { return ::leaveok(w, bf); }
+ int noutrefresh() { return ::wnoutrefresh(w); }
+ int doupdate() { return ::doupdate(); }
+#ifndef _no_flushok
+ int flushok(int bf) { return ::flushok(w, bf); }
+#endif
+ int keypad(int bf) { return ::keypad(w, bf); }
+ int standout() { return ::wstandout(w); }
+ int standend() { return ::wstandend(w); }
+
+ // multiple window control
+ int overlay(NCursesWindow &win) {
+ return ::overlay(w, win.w); }
+ int overwrite(NCursesWindow &win) {
+ return ::overwrite(w, win.w); }
+
+
+ // traversal support
+ NCursesWindow* child() { return subwins; }
+ NCursesWindow* sibling() { return sib; }
+ NCursesWindow* parent() { return par; }
+
+ // True if win is a child of this window.
+ bool isDescendant(NCursesWindow& win);
+};
+
+
+// We leave this here for compatibility reasons.
+class NCursesColorWindow : public NCursesWindow {
+public:
+ NCursesColorWindow(WINDOW* &window) // useful only for stdscr
+ : NCursesWindow(window) {
+ useColors(); }
+
+ NCursesColorWindow(int lines, // number of lines
+ int cols, // number of columns
+ int begin_y, // line origin
+ int begin_x) // col origin
+ : NCursesWindow(lines,cols,begin_y,begin_x) {
+ useColors(); }
+
+ NCursesColorWindow(NCursesWindow& par,// parent window
+ int lines, // number of lines
+ int cols, // number of columns
+ int by, // absolute or relative
+ int bx, // origins:
+ char absrel = 'a') // if `a', by & bx are
+ : NCursesWindow(par,lines,cols, // absolute screen pos,
+ by,bx) { // else if `r', they are
+ useColors(); } // relative to par origin
+};
+
+#endif // _CURSESW_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Silly demo program for the NCursesPanel class.
+ *
+ * written by Anatoly Ivasyuk (anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu)
+ *
+ * $Id: demo.cc,v 1.7 1997/05/05 20:53:41 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "cursesm.h"
+
+#if HAVE_LIBC_H
+# include <libc.h>
+#endif
+
+class SillyDemo
+{
+ public:
+ void run(int sleeptime) {
+ // We need to define a full screen panel for the main screen so
+ // that when redraws happen, the main screen actually gets redrawn.
+ // I think there may be a bug in the panels code which won't redraw
+ // the main screen otherwise. Maybe someone out there can find it...
+
+ NCursesPanel *std = new NCursesPanel();
+
+ // Make a few small demo panels
+
+ NCursesPanel *u = new NCursesPanel(10,20,12,4);
+ NCursesPanel *v = new NCursesPanel(10,20,10,6);
+ NCursesPanel *w = new NCursesPanel(10,20,8,8);
+ NCursesPanel *x = new NCursesPanel(10,20,6,10);
+ NCursesPanel *y = new NCursesPanel(10,20,4,12);
+ NCursesPanel *z = new NCursesPanel(10,30,2,14);
+
+ // Draw something on the main screen, so we can see what happens
+ // when panels get moved or deleted.
+
+ std->box();
+ std->move(10,0);
+ std->hline('a',79);
+ std->move(0,40);
+ std->vline(20);
+
+ // Draw frames with titles around panels so that we can see where
+ // the panels are located.
+
+ u->boldframe("Win U");
+ v->frame("Win V");
+ w->boldframe("Win W");
+ x->frame("Win X");
+ y->boldframe("Win Y");
+ z->frame("Win Z");
+
+ // A refresh to any valid panel updates all panels and refreshes
+ // the screen. Using std is just convenient - We know it's always
+ // valid until the end of the program.
+
+ std->refresh();
+
+ // Show that things actually come back correctly when the screen
+ // is cleared and the global NCursesPanel::redraw() is called.
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ ::clear(); // call ncurses clear() directly
+ ::wrefresh(stdscr); // call ncurses refresh directly
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ NCursesPanel::redraw();
+
+ // Show what happens when panels are deleted and moved.
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete u;
+ std->refresh();
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete z;
+ std->refresh();
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete v;
+ std->refresh();
+
+ // show how it looks when a panel moves
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ y->mvpan(5,30);
+ std->refresh();
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete y;
+ std->refresh();
+
+ // show how it looks when you raise a panel
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ w->top();
+ std->refresh();
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete w;
+ std->refresh();
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete x;
+ std->refresh();
+
+ // Don't forget to clean up the main screen. Since this is the
+ // last thing using NCursesWindow, this has the effect of
+ // shutting down ncurses and restoring the terminal state.
+
+ sleep(sleeptime);
+ delete std;
+ }
+};
+
+
+class UserData
+{
+private:
+ int u;
+public:
+ UserData(int x) : u(x) {}
+ int sleeptime() const { return u; }
+
+};
+
+template<class T> class MyAction : public NCursesUserItem<T>
+{
+public:
+ MyAction (const T* p_UserData,
+ const char* p_name)
+ : NCursesUserItem<T>(p_UserData, p_name)
+ {};
+
+ ~MyAction() {}
+
+ bool action() {
+ SillyDemo a;
+ a.run(UserData()->sleeptime());
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+};
+
+class QuitItem : public NCursesMenuItem
+{
+public:
+ QuitItem() : NCursesMenuItem("Quit") {
+ }
+
+ bool action() {
+ endwin();
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+};
+
+class MyMenu : public NCursesMenu
+{
+private:
+ NCursesPanel* P;
+
+public:
+ MyMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[])
+ : NCursesMenu (menu, 7, 8, 2, 2, TRUE)
+ {
+ if (NCursesWindow::NumberOfColors() > 2) {
+ setcolor(1);
+ setpalette(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLUE);
+ }
+
+ P = new NCursesPanel(1,COLS,LINES-1,0);
+ boldframe("Demo","Silly");
+ P->show();
+ }
+
+ ~MyMenu()
+ {
+ P->hide();
+ delete P;
+ }
+
+ virtual void On_Menu_Init()
+ {
+ P->move(0,0);
+ P->clrtoeol();
+ P->addstr("12345");
+ NCursesPanel::refresh();
+ }
+
+ virtual void On_Menu_Termination()
+ {
+ P->move(0,0);
+ P->clrtoeol();
+ P->addstr("Menu Exit");
+ NCursesPanel::refresh();
+ }
+
+ virtual void On_Item_Init(NCursesMenuItem& item)
+ {
+ P->move(0,item.index());
+ P->attron(A_REVERSE);
+ P->printw("%1d",1+item.index());
+ P->attroff(A_REVERSE);
+ NCursesPanel::refresh();
+ }
+
+ virtual void On_Item_Termination(NCursesMenuItem& item)
+ {
+ P->move(0,item.index());
+ P->attroff(A_REVERSE);
+ P->printw("%1d",1+item.index());
+ NCursesPanel::refresh();
+ }
+};
+
+main()
+{
+ UserData* u = new UserData(1);
+
+ NCursesWindow::useColors();
+
+ NCursesMenuItem** I = new NCursesMenuItem*[6];
+ I[0] = new NCursesMenuItem("One");
+ I[1] = new NCursesMenuItem("Two");
+ I[2] = new MyAction<UserData> (u, "Silly");
+ I[3] = new NCursesMenuItem("Four");
+ I[4] = new QuitItem();
+ I[5] = new NCursesMenuItem();
+
+ MyMenu m(I);
+
+ m();
+
+ for(int i=0; i < 6; i++) {
+ delete I[i];
+ }
+ delete I;
+ delete u;
+
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+#ifndef _ETIP_H
+#define _ETIP_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#if HAVE_TYPEINFO
+# include <typeinfo>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <eti.h>
+
+// Forward Declarations
+class NCursesPanel;
+class NCursesMenu;
+class NCursesForm;
+
+class NCursesException
+{
+public:
+ int errorno;
+ const char *message;
+
+ NCursesException (const char* msg, int err)
+ : message(msg), errorno (err)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesException (const char* msg)
+ : message(msg), errorno (E_SYSTEM_ERROR)
+ {};
+
+ virtual const char *classname() const {
+ return "NCursesWindow";
+ }
+};
+
+class NCursesPanelException : public NCursesException
+{
+public:
+ const NCursesPanel* p;
+
+ NCursesPanelException (const char *msg, int err) :
+ NCursesException (msg, err),
+ p ((NCursesPanel*)0)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel,
+ const char *msg,
+ int err) :
+ NCursesException (msg, err),
+ p (panel)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesPanelException (int err) :
+ NCursesException ("panel library error", err),
+ p ((NCursesPanel*)0)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel,
+ int err) :
+ NCursesException ("panel library error", err),
+ p (panel)
+ {};
+
+ virtual const char *classname() const {
+ return "NCursesPanel";
+ }
+
+};
+
+class NCursesMenuException : public NCursesException
+{
+public:
+ const NCursesMenu* m;
+
+ NCursesMenuException (const char *msg, int err) :
+ NCursesException (msg, err),
+ m ((NCursesMenu *)0)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu,
+ const char *msg,
+ int err) :
+ NCursesException (msg, err),
+ m (menu)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesMenuException (int err) :
+ NCursesException ("menu library error", err),
+ m ((NCursesMenu *)0)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu,
+ int err) :
+ NCursesException ("menu library error", err),
+ m (menu)
+ {};
+
+ virtual const char *classname() const {
+ return "NCursesMenu";
+ }
+
+};
+
+class NCursesFormException : public NCursesException
+{
+public:
+ const NCursesForm* f;
+
+ NCursesFormException (const char *msg, int err) :
+ NCursesException (msg, err),
+ f ((NCursesForm*)0)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form,
+ const char *msg,
+ int err) :
+ NCursesException (msg, err),
+ f (form)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesFormException (int err) :
+ NCursesException ("form library error", err),
+ f ((NCursesForm*)0)
+ {};
+
+ NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form,
+ int err) :
+ NCursesException ("form library error", err),
+ f (form)
+ {};
+
+ virtual const char *classname() const {
+ return "NCursesForm";
+ }
+
+};
+
+inline void THROW(const NCursesException *e) {
+#if defined(__GNUG__)
+ (*lib_error_handler)(e?e->classname():"",e?e->message:"");
+#else // #elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
+ genericerror(1, ((e != 0) ? (char *)(e->message) : ""));
+#endif
+}
+
+#define THROWS(s)
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+#ifndef CPLUS_INTERNAL_H
+#define CPLUS_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS
+#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id;
+#else
+#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+#define CTRL(x) ((x) & 0x1f)
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+# Program modules
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+cursesm c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesm.h $(srcdir)/cursesp.h $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h
+cursesp c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesp.h $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h
+cursesw c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h
+demo c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesp.h $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# From configure.in Revision: 1.64
+
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.970309
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-add-ons=DIR... used to check if we are a glibc add-on."
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --without-cxx suppress check for C++"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-install-prefix prefixes actual install-location"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-shared generate shared-libraries"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-normal generate normal-libraries (default)"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-debug generate debug-libraries (default)"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-profile generate profile-libraries"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-dbmalloc test: use Conor Cahill's dbmalloc library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-dmalloc test: use Gray Watson's dmalloc library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-gpm use Alessandro Rubini's GPM library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --disable-overwrite leave out the link to -lcurses"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-big-core assume machine has lots of memory"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-termcap compile in termcap fallback support"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-getcap fast termcap load, no xrefs to terminfo"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-getcap-cache cache translated termcaps in ~/.terminfo"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-symlinks make tic use symbolic links not hard links"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-bsdpad recognize BSD-style prefix padding"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-const compile with extra/non-standard const"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-rcs-ids build: compile-in RCS identifiers"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-echo build: display \"compiling\" commands (default)"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-warnings build: turn on GCC compiler warnings"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-assertions test: turn on generation of assertion code"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --disable-leaks test: suppress permanent memory-leaks"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-expanded test: generate functions for certain macros"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --disable-macros test: use functions rather than macros"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+ *) ac_optarg= ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+ | --da=*)
+ datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
+ --help print this message
+ --no-create do not create output files
+ --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
+ --version print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [same as prefix]
+ --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/share]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+ run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+ cat << EOF
+Host type:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+ --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
+ --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
+ --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+ if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+ echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+ localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+ echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.970309"
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+ echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+ fi
+ if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ nonopt="$ac_option"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+ exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+ case "$ac_arg" in
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=ncurses/lib_initscr.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+ ac_prog=$0
+ ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ else
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+ else
+ CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+ fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+ . "$ac_site_file"
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+ . $cache_file
+else
+ echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+ > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+ # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+ if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+ ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t=' '
+ else
+ ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+NCURSES_MAJOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MAJOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+NCURSES_MINOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MINOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+NCURSES_PATCH="`egrep '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+nc_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}
+nc_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR}
+echo "$ac_t""Configuring NCURSES $nc_cv_rel_version ABI $nc_cv_abi_version (`date`)" 1>&6
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_systype'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+nc_cv_systype="`(uname -s || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null |sed -e s'/[:\/.-]/_/'g | sed 1q`"
+if test -z "$nc_cv_systype"; then nc_cv_systype=unknown;fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""System type is $nc_cv_systype" 1>&6
+
+
+# We need a configure script only when compiling as part of GNU C library.
+# Here we have to generate one of the files we need while compiling.
+#
+# The only problem is that users of the package might think they have to
+# run configure themself and find it irritating when nothing happens.
+#
+# So we try here to find out whether we are called from the glibc configure
+# or by a user.
+#
+# Check whether --enable-add-ons or --disable-add-ons was given.
+if test "${enable_add_ons+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_add_ons"
+ glibc_add_on=yes
+else
+ glibc_add_on=
+fi
+
+
+if test x"$glibc_add_on" = "xyes" ; then
+if test -f $srcdir/../glibcbug.in; then
+ rm -f $srcdir/Banner
+ # We are in glibc.
+ rm -f $srcdir/Makefile
+ cp $srcdir/Makefile.glibc $srcdir/Makefile
+ echo "ncurses `grep \"^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=.*$\" \
+ $srcdir/Makefile | sed -e \
+ 's/^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=[ ]*\([^ ^ ]*\)[ ]*$/\1/'`" > $srcdir/Banner
+ exit 0
+fi
+fi
+
+### Save the given $CFLAGS to allow user-override.
+nc_user_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+
+### Derive the system name, as a check for reusing the autoconf cache
+system_name="`(uname -s -r || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null`"
+if test -n "$system_name" ; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define SYSTEM_NAME "$system_name"
+EOF
+
+else
+ system_name="`(hostname) 2>/dev/null`"
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_system_name'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ nc_cv_system_name="$system_name"
+fi
+
+test -z "$system_name" && system_name="$nc_cv_system_name"
+test -n "$nc_cv_system_name" && echo "$ac_t"""Configuring for $nc_cv_system_name"" 1>&6
+
+if test ".$system_name" != ".$nc_cv_system_name" ; then
+ echo "$ac_t"""Cached system name does not agree with actual"" 1>&6
+ { echo "configure: error: "Please remove config.cache and try again."" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+### Default install-location
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for prefix""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:665: checking for prefix" >&5
+if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then
+ case "$nc_cv_systype" in
+ # non-vendor systems don't have a conflict
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD|Linux) prefix=/usr
+ ;;
+ *) prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$prefix" 1>&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for default include-directory""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:677: checking for default include-directory" >&5
+test -n "$verbose" && echo 1>&6
+for nc_symbol in \
+ $includedir \
+ $includedir/ncurses \
+ $prefix/include \
+ $prefix/include/ncurses \
+ /usr/local/include \
+ /usr/local/include/ncurses \
+ /usr/include \
+ /usr/include/ncurses
+do
+ nc_dir=`eval echo $nc_symbol`
+ if test -f $nc_dir/curses.h ; then
+ if ( fgrep NCURSES_VERSION $nc_dir/curses.h 2>&1 >/dev/null ) ; then
+ includedir="$nc_symbol"
+ test -n "$verbose" && echo $ac_n " found " 1>&6
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ test -n "$verbose" && echo " tested $nc_dir" 1>&6
+done
+echo "$ac_t""$includedir" 1>&6
+
+
+### Checks for programs.
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:706: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:735: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ ac_prog_rejected=no
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+ ac_prog_rejected=yes
+ continue
+ fi
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+ # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+ set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+ shift
+ if test $# -gt 0; then
+ # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+ # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+ # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+ shift
+ set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+ shift
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+ fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:783: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 793 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:797: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+ # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+ if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+ else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+ fi
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+ { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:817: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:822: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:831: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+ GCC=yes
+ ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+ ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS=
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:846: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+ if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS="-O2"
+ fi
+else
+ GCC=
+ test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$GCC" ; then
+echo $ac_n "checking version of gcc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:875: checking version of gcc" >&5
+eval "$CC --version"
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:879: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+ CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+ # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+ CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp.
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 894 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:900: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 911 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:917: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+ CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:941: checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 947 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sgtty.h>
+Autoconf TIOCGETP
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+
+ if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 965 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <termio.h>
+Autoconf TCGETA
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+ fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" 1>&6
+ if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then
+ CC="$CC -traditional"
+ fi
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:987: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5
+if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d &&
+ grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1
+then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC.
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1
+EOF
+
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ CC="$CC -posix"
+ else
+ CC="$CC -Xp"
+ fi
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+ ISC=
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --with-cxx or --without-cxx was given.
+if test "${with_cxx+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_cxx"
+ :
+fi
+
+if test "X$withval" != Xno ; then
+for ac_prog in $CCC c++ g++ gcc CC cxx cc++
+do
+# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1020: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CXX'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CXX"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CXX="$CXX" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_prog"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CXX="$ac_cv_prog_CXX"
+if test -n "$CXX"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CXX" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+test -n "$CXX" && break
+done
+test -n "$CXX" || CXX="gcc"
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1051: checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=C
+# CXXFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CXX-g++} -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CXX-g++} -o conftest $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1061 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1065: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cxx_works=yes
+ # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+ if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross=no
+ else
+ ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross=yes
+ fi
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ ac_cv_prog_cxx_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_works = no; then
+ { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C++ compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1091: checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C++""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1096: checking whether we are using GNU C++" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gxx'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.C <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CXX-g++} -E conftest.C'; { (eval echo configure:1105: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gxx=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_gxx=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gxx" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gxx = yes; then
+ GXX=yes
+ ac_test_CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS+set}"
+ ac_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS"
+ CXXFLAGS=
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CXX-g++} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1120: checking whether ${CXX-g++} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cxx_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.cc
+if test -z "`${CXX-g++} -g -c conftest.cc 2>&1`"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" 1>&6
+ if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then
+ CXXFLAGS="$ac_save_CXXFLAGS"
+ elif test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g = yes; then
+ CXXFLAGS="-g -O2"
+ else
+ CXXFLAGS="-O2"
+ fi
+else
+ GXX=
+ test "${CXXFLAGS+set}" = set || CXXFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -n "$GXX" ; then case "`${CXX-g++} --version`" in 1*|2.[0-6]*) GXX=""; CXX=""; ac_cv_prog_gxx=no; nc_cxx_library=no ; echo No: templates do not work;; esac; fi
+for ac_prog in mawk gawk nawk awk
+do
+# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1154: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AWK'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+AWK="$ac_cv_prog_AWK"
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$AWK" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1183: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftestmake <<\EOF
+all:
+ @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"'
+EOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftestmake
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ SET_MAKE=
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+ SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1239: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+ case "$ac_dir/" in
+ /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+ :
+ else
+ ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+ break 2
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
+ # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the path is relative.
+ INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+case $INSTALL in
+/*)
+ ;;
+*)
+ nc_dir=`echo $INSTALL|sed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+ test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=.
+ INSTALL=`cd $nc_dir;pwd`/`echo $INSTALL | sed -e 's:^.*/::'`
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1299: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ rm -f conftestdata
+if ln -s X conftestdata 2>/dev/null
+then
+ rm -f conftestdata
+ ac_cv_prog_LN_S="ln -s"
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_LN_S=ln
+fi
+fi
+LN_S="$ac_cv_prog_LN_S"
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" = "ln -s"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1322: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+for ac_prog in tdlint lint alint
+do
+# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1353: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LINT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$LINT"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_LINT="$LINT" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_LINT="$ac_prog"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+LINT="$ac_cv_prog_LINT"
+if test -n "$LINT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$LINT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+test -n "$LINT" && break
+done
+
+for ac_prog in man man_db
+do
+# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1386: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_MAN'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$MAN"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_MAN="$MAN" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_MAN="$ac_prog"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+MAN="$ac_cv_prog_MAN"
+if test -n "$MAN"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$MAN" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+test -n "$MAN" && break
+done
+
+
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_subst_LD'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for loader (symbol LD)""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1421: checking for loader (symbol LD)" >&5
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+echo "$ac_t""$LD" 1>&6
+
+nc_cv_subst_LD=$LD
+fi
+
+LD=${nc_cv_subst_LD}
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_subst_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for archiver (symbol AR)""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1435: checking for archiver (symbol AR)" >&5
+test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
+echo "$ac_t""$AR" 1>&6
+
+nc_cv_subst_AR=$AR
+fi
+
+AR=${nc_cv_subst_AR}
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_subst_AR_OPTS'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for archiver options (symbol AR_OPTS)""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1449: checking for archiver options (symbol AR_OPTS)" >&5
+test -z "$AR_OPTS" && AR_OPTS=rv
+echo "$ac_t""$AR_OPTS" 1>&6
+
+nc_cv_subst_AR_OPTS=$AR_OPTS
+fi
+
+AR_OPTS=${nc_cv_subst_AR_OPTS}
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for makeflags variable""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1461: checking for makeflags variable" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_makeflags'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ nc_cv_makeflags=''
+ for nc_option in '$(MFLAGS)' '-$(MAKEFLAGS)'
+ do
+ cat >ncurses.tmp <<NC_EOF
+all :
+ echo '.$nc_option'
+NC_EOF
+ set nc_result=`${MAKE-make} -f ncurses.tmp 2>/dev/null`
+ if test "$nc_result" != "."
+ then
+ nc_cv_makeflags=$nc_option
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f ncurses.tmp
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_makeflags" 1>&6
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking format of man-pages""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1488: checking format of man-pages" >&5
+ if test -z "$MANPATH" ; then
+ MANPATH="/usr/man:/usr/share/man"
+ fi
+ # look for the 'date' man-page (it's most likely to be installed!)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ nc_form=unknown
+ for nc_dir in $MANPATH; do
+ test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=/usr/man
+ nc_rename=""
+ nc_format=no
+ for nc_name in $nc_dir/*/date.[01]* $nc_dir/*/date
+ do
+ nc_test=`echo $nc_name | sed -e 's/*//'`
+ if test "x$nc_test" = "x$nc_name" ; then
+ case "$nc_name" in
+ *.gz) nc_form=gzip; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .gz`;;
+ *.Z) nc_form=compress; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .Z`;;
+ *.0) nc_form=BSDI; nc_format=yes;;
+ *) nc_form=cat;;
+ esac
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test "$nc_form" != "unknown" ; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ if test "$prefix" = "NONE" ; then
+ nc_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+ else
+ nc_prefix="$prefix"
+ fi
+
+ # Debian 'man' program?
+ test -f /etc/debian_version && \
+ nc_rename=`cd $srcdir;pwd`/man/man_db.renames
+
+ test ! -d man && mkdir man
+
+ # Construct a sed-script to perform renaming within man-pages
+ if test -n "$nc_rename" ; then
+ fgrep -v \# $nc_rename | \
+ sed -e 's/^/s\//' \
+ -e 's/\./\\./' \
+ -e 's/ / /g' \
+ -e 's/ \+/\//' \
+ -e s/\$/\\\/g/ >man/edit_man.sed
+ fi
+ if test $nc_format = yes ; then
+ nc_subdir='$mandir/cat'
+ else
+ nc_subdir='$mandir/man'
+ fi
+
+cat >man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+#!/bin/sh
+# this script is generated by the configure-script
+prefix="$nc_prefix"
+datadir="$datadir"
+MKDIRS="`cd $srcdir;pwd`/mkinstalldirs"
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+INSTALL_DATA="$INSTALL_DATA"
+TMP=\${TMPDIR-/tmp}/man\$\$
+trap "rm -f \$TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+
+mandir=\$1
+shift
+
+for i in \$*
+do
+case \$i in
+*.[0-9]*)
+ section=\`expr "\$i" : '.*\\.\\([0-9]\\)[xm]*'\`;
+ if [ ! -d $nc_subdir\${section} ]; then
+ \$MKDIRS $nc_subdir\$section
+ fi
+ source=\`basename \$i\`
+NC_EOF
+if test -z "$nc_rename" ; then
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ target=$nc_subdir\${section}/\$source
+ sed -e "s,@DATADIR@,\$datadir," < \$i >\$TMP
+NC_EOF
+else
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ target=\`grep "^\$source" $nc_rename | $AWK '{print \$2}'\`
+ if test -z "\$target" ; then
+ echo '? missing rename for '\$source
+ target="\$source"
+ fi
+ target="$nc_subdir\$section/\$target"
+ sed -e 's,@DATADIR@,\$datadir,' < \$i | sed -f edit_man.sed >\$TMP
+NC_EOF
+fi
+if test $nc_format = yes ; then
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ nroff -man \$TMP >\$TMP.out
+ mv \$TMP.out \$TMP
+NC_EOF
+fi
+case "$nc_form" in
+compress)
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ if ( compress -f \$TMP )
+ then
+ mv \$TMP.Z \$TMP
+ target="\$target.Z"
+ fi
+NC_EOF
+ ;;
+gzip)
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ if ( gzip -f \$TMP )
+ then
+ mv \$TMP.gz \$TMP
+ target="\$target.gz"
+ fi
+NC_EOF
+ ;;
+BSDI)
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ # BSDI installs only .0 suffixes in the cat directories
+ target="\`echo \$target|sed -e 's/\.[1-9]\+.\?/.0/'\`"
+NC_EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+cat >>man/edit_man.sh <<NC_EOF
+ echo installing \$target
+ \$INSTALL_DATA \$TMP \$target
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+NC_EOF
+chmod 755 man/edit_man.sh
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_form" 1>&6
+
+
+# Check whether --with-install-prefix or --without-install-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_install_prefix+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_install_prefix"
+ case "$withval" in #(vi
+ yes|no) #(vi
+ ;;
+ *) INSTALL_PREFIX="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+
+
+### Options to allow the user to specify the set of libraries which are used.
+### Use "--without-normal --with-shared" to allow the default model to be
+### shared, for example.
+nc_list_models=""
+# Check whether --with-shared or --without-shared was given.
+if test "${with_shared+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_shared"
+ test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models shared"
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-normal or --without-normal was given.
+if test "${with_normal+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_normal"
+ test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal"
+else
+ nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal"
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-debug or --without-debug was given.
+if test "${with_debug+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_debug"
+ test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug"
+else
+ nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug"
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-profile or --without-profile was given.
+if test "${with_profile+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_profile"
+ test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models profile"
+fi
+
+
+### Checks for special libraries, must be done up-front.
+# Check whether --with-dbmalloc or --without-dbmalloc was given.
+if test "${with_dbmalloc+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_dbmalloc"
+ echo $ac_n "checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1678: checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo dbmalloc'_'debug_malloc | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-ldbmalloc $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1686 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char debug_malloc();
+
+int main() {
+debug_malloc()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1697: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo dbmalloc | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \
+ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_lib 1
+EOF
+
+ LIBS="-ldbmalloc $LIBS"
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-dmalloc or --without-dmalloc was given.
+if test "${with_dmalloc+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_dmalloc"
+ echo $ac_n "checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1730: checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo dmalloc'_'dmalloc_debug | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-ldmalloc $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1738 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char dmalloc_debug();
+
+int main() {
+dmalloc_debug()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1749: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo dmalloc | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \
+ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_lib 1
+EOF
+
+ LIBS="-ldmalloc $LIBS"
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-gpm or --without-gpm was given.
+if test "${with_gpm+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_gpm"
+ echo $ac_n "checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1782: checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo gpm'_'Gpm_Open | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lgpm -lcurses -ltermcap $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1790 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char Gpm_Open();
+
+int main() {
+Gpm_Open()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1801: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+
+ EXTRA_LIBS="$EXTRA_LIBS -lgpm -lncurses"
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_LIBGPM 1
+EOF
+
+ for ac_hdr in gpm.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1826: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1831 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1836: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for specified models""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1873: checking for specified models" >&5
+test -z "$nc_list_models" && nc_list_models=normal
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_list_models" 1>&6
+
+### Use the first model as the default, and save its suffix for use in building
+### up test-applications.
+DFT_LWR_MODEL=`echo $nc_list_models | $AWK '{print $1}'`
+
+DFT_UPR_MODEL=`echo $DFT_LWR_MODEL |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+
+
+
+ case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in
+ normal) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.a' ;;
+ debug) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='_g.a' ;;
+ profile) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='_p.a' ;;
+ shared)
+ case $nc_cv_systype in
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD)
+ DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;;
+ HP_UX) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.sl' ;;
+ *) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.so' ;;
+ esac
+ esac
+
+ case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in
+ normal) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='' ;;
+ debug) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='_g' ;;
+ profile) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='_p' ;;
+ shared) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='' ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in
+ normal) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='objects' ;;
+ debug) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_g' ;;
+ profile) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_p' ;;
+ shared) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_s' ;;
+ esac
+
+LIB_NAME=ncurses
+
+
+LIB_DIR=../lib
+LIB_PREFIX=$LIB_DIR/lib
+
+
+
+if test X"$CC_G_OPT" = X"" ; then
+ CC_G_OPT='-g'
+ test -n "$GCC" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g}${ac_cv_prog_gcc_g}" != yes && CC_G_OPT=''
+fi
+
+
+if test X"$CXX_G_OPT" = X"" ; then
+ CXX_G_OPT='-g'
+ test -n "$GXX" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g}${ac_cv_prog_gxx_g}" != yes && CXX_G_OPT=''
+fi
+
+
+case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in
+normal) LD_MODEL='' ;;
+debug) LD_MODEL=$CC_G_OPT ;;
+profile) LD_MODEL='-pg';;
+shared) LD_MODEL='' ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS=
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS2=
+
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=no
+ nc_cv_rm_so_locs=no
+
+ case $nc_cv_systype in
+ HP_UX)
+ # (tested with gcc 2.7.2 -- I don't have c89)
+ if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC'
+ else
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='+Z'
+ fi
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -b -o $@'
+ ;;
+ IRIX*)
+ # tested with IRIX 5.2 and 'cc'.
+ if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC'
+ else
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC'
+ fi
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -shared -rdata_shared -soname `basename $@` -o $@'
+ nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes
+ ;;
+ Linux)
+ # tested with Linux 1.2.8 and gcc 2.7.0 (ELF)
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='gcc -o $@.$(REL_VERSION) -shared -Wl,-soname,`basename $@.$(ABI_VERSION)`,-stats'
+ if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib'
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib'
+ fi
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes
+ ;;
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD)
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic -DPIC'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -Bshareable -o $@'
+ ;;
+ OSF1|MLS+)
+ # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and 'cc'
+ # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and gcc 2.6.3 (but the c++ demo didn't
+ # link with shared libs).
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS=''
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -o $@.$(REL_VERSION) -shared -soname `basename $@.$(ABI_VERSION)`'
+ if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib'
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib'
+ fi
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes
+ nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes
+ ;;
+ SunOS)
+ # tested with SunOS 4.1.1 and gcc 2.7.0
+ # tested with SunOS 5.3 (solaris 2.3) and gcc 2.7.0
+ if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic'
+ else
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC'
+ fi
+ case `uname -r` in
+ 4.*)
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -assert pure-text -o $@.$(REL_VERSION)'
+ ;;
+ 5.*)
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -h `basename $@.$(ABI_VERSION)` -o $@.$(REL_VERSION)'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes
+ ;;
+ UNIX_SV)
+ # tested with UnixWare 1.1.2
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -o $@'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ CC_SHARED_OPTS='unknown'
+ MK_SHARED_LIB='echo unknown'
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "$CC_SHARED_OPTS" = "unknown"; then
+ for model in $nc_list_models; do
+ if test "$model" = "shared"; then
+ echo '** Shared libraries are not supported in this version'
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+### use option --disable-overwrite to leave out the link to -lcurses
+echo $ac_n "checking include directory""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2039: checking include directory" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-overwrite or --disable-overwrite was given.
+if test "${enable_overwrite+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_overwrite"
+ with_overwrite=$enableval
+ test "$with_overwrite" = no && \
+ test "x$includedir" = 'x${prefix}/include' && \
+ includedir='$(prefix)/include/ncurses'
+
+else
+ with_overwrite=yes
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$includedir" 1>&6
+
+### use option --enable-big-core to make tic run faster on big machines
+echo $ac_n "checking if big-core option selected""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2056: checking if big-core option selected" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-big-core or --disable-big-core was given.
+if test "${enable_big_core+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_big_core"
+ with_big_core=$enableval
+else
+ with_big_core=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_big_core" 1>&6
+test "$with_big_core" = "yes" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_BIG_CORE 1
+EOF
+
+
+### use option --enable-termcap to compile in the termcap fallback support
+echo $ac_n "checking if termcap-fallback support is needed""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2073: checking if termcap-fallback support is needed" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-termcap or --disable-termcap was given.
+if test "${enable_termcap+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_termcap"
+ with_termcap=$enableval
+else
+ with_termcap=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_termcap" 1>&6
+
+if test "$with_termcap" != "yes" ; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define PURE_TERMINFO 1
+EOF
+
+else
+
+### use option --enable-getcap to use a hacked getcap for reading termcaps
+echo $ac_n "checking if fast termcap-loader is needed""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2093: checking if fast termcap-loader is needed" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-getcap or --disable-getcap was given.
+if test "${enable_getcap+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_getcap"
+ with_getcap=$enableval
+else
+ with_getcap=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_getcap" 1>&6
+test "$with_getcap" = "yes" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_GETCAP 1
+EOF
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2109: checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-getcap-cache or --disable-getcap-cache was given.
+if test "${enable_getcap_cache+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_getcap_cache"
+ with_getcap_cache=$enableval
+else
+ with_getcap_cache=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_getcap_cache" 1>&6
+test "$with_getcap_cache" = "yes" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_GETCAP_CACHE 1
+EOF
+
+
+fi
+
+### use option --enable-symlinks to make tic use symlinks, not hard links
+echo $ac_n "checking if tic should use symbolic links""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2128: checking if tic should use symbolic links" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-symlinks or --disable-symlinks was given.
+if test "${enable_symlinks+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_symlinks"
+ with_symlinks=$enableval
+else
+ with_symlinks=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_symlinks" 1>&6
+test "$with_symlinks" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_SYMLINKS 1
+EOF
+
+
+### use option --enable-bsdpad to have tputs process BSD-style prefix padding
+echo $ac_n "checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2145: checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-bsdpad or --disable-bsdpad was given.
+if test "${enable_bsdpad+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_bsdpad"
+ with_bsdpad=$enableval
+else
+ with_bsdpad=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_bsdpad" 1>&6
+test "$with_bsdpad" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define BSD_TPUTS 1
+EOF
+
+
+### use option --enable-const to turn on use of const beyond that in XSI.
+echo $ac_n "checking for extended use of const keyword""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2162: checking for extended use of const keyword" >&5
+# Check whether --enable-const or --disable-const was given.
+if test "${enable_const+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_const"
+ with_ext_const=$enableval
+else
+ with_ext_const=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_ext_const" 1>&6
+test "$with_ext_const" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NCURSES_CONST const
+EOF
+
+
+### Enable compiling-in rcs id's
+echo $ac_n "checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2179: checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in" >&5
+# Check whether --with-rcs-ids or --without-rcs-ids was given.
+if test "${with_rcs_ids+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_rcs_ids"
+ with_rcs_ids=$enableval
+else
+ with_rcs_ids=no
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$with_rcs_ids" 1>&6
+test "$with_rcs_ids" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_RCS_IDS 1
+EOF
+
+
+### use option --disable-echo to suppress full display compiling commands
+# Check whether --enable-echo or --disable-echo was given.
+if test "${enable_echo+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_echo"
+ with_echo=$enableval
+else
+ with_echo=yes
+fi
+
+if test "$with_echo" = yes; then
+ ECHO_LINK=
+else
+ ECHO_LINK='@ echo linking $@ ... ;'
+fi
+
+
+### use option --enable-warnings to turn on all gcc warnings
+# Check whether --enable-warnings or --disable-warnings was given.
+if test "${enable_warnings+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_warnings"
+ with_warnings=$enableval
+fi
+
+if test -n "$with_warnings"; then
+ ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnatg"
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS=""
+if test -n "$GCC"
+then
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2223 "configure"
+int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { return argv[argc-1] == 0; }
+EOF
+ echo "checking for gcc warning options" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2227: checking for gcc warning options" >&5
+ nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="-W -Wall"
+ nc_warn_CONST=""
+ test "$with_ext_const" = yes && nc_warn_CONST="Wwrite-strings"
+ for nc_opt in \
+ Wbad-function-cast \
+ Wcast-align \
+ Wcast-qual \
+ Winline \
+ Wmissing-declarations \
+ Wmissing-prototypes \
+ Wnested-externs \
+ Wpointer-arith \
+ Wshadow \
+ Wstrict-prototypes $nc_warn_CONST
+ do
+ CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS -$nc_opt"
+ if { (eval echo configure:2245: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ test -n "$verbose" && echo "$ac_t""... -$nc_opt" 1>&6
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -$nc_opt"
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f conftest*
+ CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
+fi
+cat > conftest.i <<EOF
+#ifndef GCC_PRINTF
+#define GCC_PRINTF 0
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_SCANF
+#define GCC_SCANF 0
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_NORETURN
+#define GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_UNUSED
+#define GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
+#endif
+EOF
+if test -n "$GCC"
+then
+ echo "checking for gcc __attribute__ directives" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2272: checking for gcc __attribute__ directives" >&5
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2274 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include "conftest.h"
+#include "conftest.i"
+#if GCC_PRINTF
+#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var)))
+#else
+#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+#if GCC_SCANF
+#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var)))
+#else
+#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+extern void wow(char *,...) GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2);
+extern void oops(char *,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN;
+extern void foo(void) GCC_NORETURN;
+int main(int argc GCC_UNUSED, char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) { return 0; }
+EOF
+ for nc_attribute in scanf printf unused noreturn
+ do
+
+NC_ATTRIBUTE=`echo $nc_attribute |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+
+ nc_directive="__attribute__(($nc_attribute))"
+ echo "checking for gcc $nc_directive" 1>&5
+ case $nc_attribute in
+ scanf|printf)
+ cat >conftest.h <<EOF
+#define GCC_$NC_ATTRIBUTE 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+ *)
+ cat >conftest.h <<EOF
+#define GCC_$NC_ATTRIBUTE $nc_directive
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if { (eval echo configure:2312: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ test -n "$verbose" && echo "$ac_t""... $nc_attribute" 1>&6
+ cat conftest.h >>confdefs.h
+# else
+# sed -e 's/__attr.*/\/*nothing*\//' conftest.h >>confdefs.h
+ fi
+ done
+else
+ fgrep define conftest.i >>confdefs.h
+fi
+rm -rf conftest*
+
+
+
+### use option --enable-assertions to turn on generation of assertion code
+# Check whether --enable-assertions or --disable-assertions was given.
+if test "${enable_assertions+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_assertions"
+ with_assertions=$enableval
+fi
+
+if test -n "$GCC"
+then
+ if test -z "$with_assertions"
+ then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNDEBUG"
+ else
+ ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnata"
+ fi
+fi
+
+### use option --disable-leaks to suppress "permanent" leaks, for testing
+# Check whether --enable-leaks or --disable-leaks was given.
+if test "${enable_leaks+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_leaks"
+ test $enableval = no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NO_LEAKS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_NC_ALLOC_H 1
+EOF
+
+
+### use option --enable-expanded to generate certain macros as functions
+# Check whether --enable-expanded or --disable-expanded was given.
+if test "${enable_expanded+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_expanded"
+ test $enableval = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NCURSES_EXPANDED 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+### use option --disable-macros to suppress macros in favor of functions
+# Check whether --enable-macros or --disable-macros was given.
+if test "${enable_macros+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_macros"
+ test $enableval = no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NCURSES_NOMACROS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+### Checks for libraries.
+echo $ac_n "checking for gettimeofday""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2382: checking for gettimeofday" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_gettimeofday'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2387 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char gettimeofday(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gettimeofday();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_gettimeofday) || defined (__stub___gettimeofday)
+choke me
+#else
+gettimeofday();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2410: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_gettimeofday=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_gettimeofday=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'gettimeofday`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2432: checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo bsd'_'gettimeofday | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lbsd $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2440 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gettimeofday();
+
+int main() {
+gettimeofday()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2451: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+EOF
+
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lbsd"
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+### Checks for header files.
+echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2479: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2484 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:2492: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2509 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2527 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ :
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2548 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
+exit (0); }
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2559: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ :
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_header_dirent=no
+for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2587: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2592 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+int main() {
+DIR *dirp = 0;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2600: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_dirent_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix.
+if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then
+echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -ldir""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2625: checking for opendir in -ldir" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo dir'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-ldir $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2633 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char opendir();
+
+int main() {
+opendir()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2644: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ LIBS="$LIBS -ldir"
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -lx""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2666: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo x'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lx $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2674 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char opendir();
+
+int main() {
+opendir()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2685: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lx"
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for regular-expression headers""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2709: checking for regular-expression headers" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_regex'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2715 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+int main() {
+
+ regex_t *p;
+ int x = regcomp(p, "", 0);
+ int y = regexec(p, "", 0, 0, 0);
+ regfree(p);
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2728: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_regex="regex.h"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2737 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <regexp.h>
+int main() {
+
+ char *p = compile("", "", "", 0);
+ int x = step("", "");
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2747: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_regex="regexp.h"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2756 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <regexpr.h>
+int main() {
+
+ char *p = compile("", "", "");
+ int x = step("", "");
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2766: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_regex="regexpr.h"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_regex" 1>&6
+case $nc_cv_regex in
+ regex.h) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_REGEX_H 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+ regexp.h) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_REGEXP_H 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+ regexpr.h) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_REGEXPR_H 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+for ac_hdr in \
+fcntl.h \
+getopt.h \
+libc.h \
+limits.h \
+locale.h \
+sys/bsdtypes.h \
+sys/ioctl.h \
+sys/param.h \
+poll.h \
+sys/select.h \
+sys/stropts.h \
+sys/time.h \
+sys/times.h \
+termio.h \
+termios.h \
+ttyent.h \
+unistd.h \
+values.h \
+
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2821: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2826 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:2831: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+# check for HPUX's ANSI compiler
+if test $nc_cv_systype = HP_UX; then
+if test -z "$GCC"; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking for HP/UX ANSI compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2862: checking for HP/UX ANSI compiler" >&5
+ nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Aa"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2866 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+void (*f)(void)=0
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2873: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_hpux_cc=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_hpux_cc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ echo "$ac_t""$nc_hpux_cc" 1>&6
+ if test $nc_hpux_cc = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define _HPUX_SOURCE 1
+EOF
+
+ else
+ CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS"
+ fi
+fi;fi
+
+# check for ISC (this may also define _POSIX_SOURCE)
+# Note: even non-Posix ISC needs <sys/bsdtypes.h> to declare fd_set
+if test "$ISC" = yes ; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking for main in -lcposix""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2898: checking for main in -lcposix" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo cposix'_'main | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2906 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+main()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2913: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo cposix | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \
+ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_lib 1
+EOF
+
+ LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS"
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ echo $ac_n "checking for bzero in -linet""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2941: checking for bzero in -linet" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo inet'_'bzero | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-linet $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2949 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char bzero();
+
+int main() {
+bzero()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2960: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ LIBS="$LIBS -linet"
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+ for ac_hdr in sys/termio.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2983: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2988 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:2993: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+fi
+
+# check for SCO. this is a hack, and should be split into individual
+# features -- the sys/time.h and select.h conflict, and the need for
+# ptem.h due to winsize struct.
+echo "checking for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3025: checking for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh" >&5
+# Extract the first word of "scosh", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy scosh; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3029: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$COULD_BE_SCO"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO="$COULD_BE_SCO" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO="maybe"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO" && ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO="maybenot"
+fi
+fi
+COULD_BE_SCO="$ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO"
+if test -n "$COULD_BE_SCO"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$COULD_BE_SCO" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test "$COULD_BE_SCO" = "maybe"
+then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+### checks for compiler characteristics
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3072: checking for working const" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3077 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+
+/* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */
+typedef int charset[2]; const charset x;
+/* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */
+char const *const *ccp;
+char **p;
+/* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */
+struct point {int x, y;};
+static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+/* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+ It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm
+ of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */
+const char *g = "string";
+ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+/* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+++ccp;
+p = (char**) ccp;
+ccp = (char const *const *) p;
+{ /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */
+ char *t;
+ char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+ *t++ = 0;
+}
+{ /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */
+ int x[] = {25, 17};
+ const int *foo = &x[0];
+ ++foo;
+}
+{ /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+ typedef const int *iptr;
+ iptr p = 0;
+ ++p;
+}
+{ /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+ "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+ struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+}
+{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+ const int foo = 10;
+}
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3126: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define const
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3147: checking for inline" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_cv_c_inline=no
+for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3154 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+} $ac_kw foo() {
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3161: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+done
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6
+case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in
+ inline | yes) ;;
+ no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define inline
+EOF
+ ;;
+ *) cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define inline $ac_cv_c_inline
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+test $ac_cv_c_inline != no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS 1
+EOF
+
+
+### Checks for external-data
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for errno external decl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3194: checking for errno external decl" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_extern_errno'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3200 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+int main() {
+int x = errno
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3208: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_extern_errno=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_extern_errno=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_extern_errno" 1>&6
+test $nc_cv_extern_errno = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO 1
+EOF
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking declaration of sys_errlist""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3229: checking declaration of sys_errlist" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3235 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+int main() {
+ char *c = (char *) *sys_errlist;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3245: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist" 1>&6
+test $nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_EXTERN_SYS_ERRLIST 1
+EOF
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking if data-only library module links""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3266: checking if data-only library module links" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_link_dataonly'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ rm -f conftest.a
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3273 "configure"
+int testdata[3] = { 123, 456, 789 };
+EOF
+ if { (eval echo configure:3276: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; } ; then
+ mv conftest.o data.o && \
+ ( $AR $AR_OPTS conftest.a data.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.$ac_ext data.o
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3282 "configure"
+int testfunc()
+{
+#if defined(NeXT)
+ exit(1); /* I'm told this linker is broken */
+#else
+ extern int testdata[3];
+ return testdata[0] == 123
+ && testdata[1] == 456
+ && testdata[2] == 789;
+#endif
+}
+EOF
+ if { (eval echo configure:3295: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ mv conftest.o func.o && \
+ ( $AR $AR_OPTS conftest.a func.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.$ac_ext func.o
+ ( eval $ac_cv_prog_RANLIB conftest.a ) 2>&5 >/dev/null
+ nc_saveLIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="conftest.a $LIBS"
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ nc_cv_link_dataonly=unknown
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3307 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+ int main()
+ {
+ extern int testfunc();
+ exit (!testfunc());
+ }
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3317: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ nc_cv_link_dataonly=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ nc_cv_link_dataonly=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+ LIBS="$nc_saveLIBS"
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_link_dataonly" 1>&6
+test $nc_cv_link_dataonly = no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define BROKEN_LINKER 1
+EOF
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for speed_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3341: checking for speed_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_type_speed_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3347 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+speed_t x = 0
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3358: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_type_speed_t=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_type_speed_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_type_speed_t" 1>&6
+test $nc_cv_type_speed_t != yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define speed_t unsigned
+EOF
+
+
+
+### Checks for library functions.
+for ac_func in \
+getttynam \
+memccpy \
+poll \
+select \
+setbuf \
+setbuffer \
+setvbuf \
+sigaction \
+sigvec \
+strdup \
+tcgetattr \
+times \
+usleep \
+vfscanf \
+vsscanf \
+
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3398: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3403 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3426: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_sigaction = yes; then
+echo $ac_n "checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3453: checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3455 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+int main() {
+struct sigaction act;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3463: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ sigact_bad=no
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ sigact_bad=yes cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define SVR4_ACTION 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+echo "$ac_t""$sigact_bad" 1>&6
+fi
+
+# some machines require _POSIX_SOURCE to completely define struct termios
+if test $ac_cv_header_termios_h = yes ; then
+ case "$CFLAGS" in
+ *-D_POSIX_SOURCE*)
+ termios_bad=dunno ;;
+ *) termios_bad=maybe ;;
+ esac
+ if test $termios_bad = maybe ; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3488: checking whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3490 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <termios.h>
+int main() {
+struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3497: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ termios_bad=no
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3506 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#include <termios.h>
+int main() {
+struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3515: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ termios_bad=unknown
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ termios_bad=yes cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define SVR4_TERMIO 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ echo "$ac_t""$termios_bad" 1>&6
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes ; then
+ echo "configure: warning: cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed" 1>&2
+else
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3539: checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3547 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+/* If setvbuf has the reversed format, exit 0. */
+main () {
+ /* This call has the arguments reversed.
+ A reversed system may check and see that the address of main
+ is not _IOLBF, _IONBF, or _IOFBF, and return nonzero. */
+ if (setvbuf(stdout, _IOLBF, (char *) main, BUFSIZ) != 0)
+ exit(1);
+ putc('\r', stdout);
+ exit(0); /* Non-reversed systems segv here. */
+}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3561: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+rm -f core core.* *.core
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define SETVBUF_REVERSED 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking return type of signal handlers""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3586: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_signal'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3591 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#ifdef signal
+#undef signal
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void (*signal (int, void (*)(int)))(int);
+#else
+void (*signal ()) ();
+#endif
+
+int main() {
+int i;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3608: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_type_signal=void
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_type_signal=int
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_signal" 1>&6
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define RETSIGTYPE $ac_cv_type_signal
+EOF
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for type sigaction_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3628: checking for type sigaction_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_type_sigaction'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3634 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <signal.h>
+int main() {
+sigaction_t x
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3642: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_type_sigaction=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_type_sigaction=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_type_sigaction" 1>&6
+test $nc_cv_type_sigaction = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION 1
+EOF
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working TIOCGWINSZ""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3663: checking for working TIOCGWINSZ" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=unknown
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3672 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif
+#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+/* they neglected to define struct winsize in termios.h -- it's only
+ in termio.h */
+#include <sys/stream.h>
+#include <sys/ptem.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(sun) || !defined(HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+int main()
+{
+ static struct winsize size;
+ int fd;
+ for (fd = 0; fd <= 2; fd++) { /* try in/out/err in case redirected */
+ if (ioctl(0, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0
+ && size.ws_row > 0
+ && size.ws_col > 0)
+ exit(0);
+ }
+ exit(0); /* in either case, it compiles & links ... */
+}
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3701: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz" 1>&6
+test $nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz != yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ 1
+EOF
+
+
+
+case "$nc_cv_systype" in
+Linux)
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define GOOD_SELECT 1
+EOF
+
+ ;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$nc_user_CFLAGS" ; then
+ CFLAGS=`echo ${CFLAGS} | sed -e 's/-g //' -e 's/-g$//'`
+ CXXFLAGS=`echo ${CXXFLAGS} | sed -e 's/-g //' -e 's/-g$//'`
+fi
+
+if test -n "$CXX" ; then
+ # Extract the first word of "$CXX", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $CXX; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3741: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CXX_EXISTS"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS="$CXX_EXISTS" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS="yes"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" && ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS="no"
+fi
+fi
+CXX_EXISTS="$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS"
+if test -n "$CXX_EXISTS"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CXX_EXISTS" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS=no
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" = yes; then
+ ac_ext=C
+# CXXFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CXX-g++} -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CXX-g++} -o conftest $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross
+
+
+nc_cxx_library=unknown
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gxx = yes; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking for libg++""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3782: checking for libg++" >&5
+ nc_save="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lg++ -lm"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3786 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <builtin.h>
+
+int main() {
+float foo=abs(1.0)
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3795: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cxx_library=yes
+ CXXLIBS="$CXXLIBS -lg++ -lm"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cxx_library=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ LIBS="$nc_save"
+ echo "$ac_t""$nc_cxx_library" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3811: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5
+if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_ext=C
+# CXXFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CXX-g++} -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CXX-g++} -o conftest $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross
+ CXXCPP="${CXX-g++} -E"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3824 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:3829: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CXXCPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP="$CXXCPP"
+fi
+fi
+CXXCPP="$ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP"
+echo "$ac_t""$CXXCPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in builtin.h typeinfo
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3851: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3856 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:3861: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for builtin c++ bool type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3889: checking for builtin c++ bool type" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_builtin_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3895 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+bool x = false
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3902: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_builtin_bool=1
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ nc_cv_builtin_bool=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $nc_cv_builtin_bool = 1
+then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for size of c++ bool""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:3922: checking for size of c++ bool" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_type_of_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+
+ rm -f nc_test.out
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 3932 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit(int);
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_BUILTIN_H
+#include <builtin.h>
+#endif
+main()
+{
+ FILE *fp = fopen("nc_test.out", "w");
+ if (fp != 0) {
+ bool x = false;
+ if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(int)) fputs("int", fp);
+ else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(char)) fputs("char", fp);
+ else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(short))fputs("short",fp);
+ else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(long)) fputs("long", fp);
+ fclose(fp);
+ }
+ exit(0);
+}
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:3958: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ nc_cv_type_of_bool=`cat nc_test.out`
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+ rm -f nc_test.out
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_type_of_bool" 1>&6
+if test $nc_cv_type_of_bool = unknown ; then
+ echo "configure: warning: Assuming unsigned for type of bool" 1>&2
+ nc_cv_type_of_bool=unsigned
+fi
+
+else
+ nc_cxx_library=no
+ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_builtin_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ nc_cv_builtin_bool=0
+fi
+
+ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_sizeof_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ nc_cv_sizeof_bool=int
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+nc_ada_make=gnatmake
+# Extract the first word of "$nc_ada_make", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $nc_ada_make; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:4001: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$gnat_exists"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists="$gnat_exists" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists="yes"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" && ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists="no"
+fi
+fi
+gnat_exists="$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists"
+if test -n "$gnat_exists"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$gnat_exists" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" = no; then
+ nc_ada_make=
+else
+
+nc_cv_gnat_version=`$nc_ada_make -v 2>&1 | grep '[0-9].[0-9][0-9]*' |\
+ sed -e 's/[^0-9 \.]//g' | $AWK '{print $1;}'`
+case $nc_cv_gnat_version in
+ 3.0[5-9]|3.[1-9]*|[4-9].*)
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=yes
+ ;;
+ *) echo Unsupported GNAT version $nc_cv_gnat_version. Disabling Ada95 binding.
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ # Extract the first word of "m4", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy m4; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:4045: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_m4_exists'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$m4_exists"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_m4_exists="$m4_exists" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_m4_exists="yes"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" && ac_cv_prog_m4_exists="no"
+fi
+fi
+m4_exists="$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists"
+if test -n "$m4_exists"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$m4_exists" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ if test "$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" = no; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no
+ echo Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled.
+ fi
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes; then
+ nc_ada_compiler=gcc
+ nc_ada_package=terminal_interface
+
+
+
+
+fi
+
+### It's not possible to appease gcc 2.6.3's conversion-warnings if we're
+### using a 'char' for bools. gcc 2.7.0's conversion-warnings are broken too
+### badly to consider using for development purposes, but 2.5.8 is okay.
+if test -n "$with_warnings"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case "`$CC --version`" in
+ 2.6.3)
+ if test "$nc_cv_sizeof_bool" != "char"; then
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ 2.5*)
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+fi
+
+### Construct the list of include-directories to be generated
+
+CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I. -I../include"
+if test "$srcdir" != "."; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../include"
+fi
+if test -z "$GCC"; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then
+ if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then
+ if test $prefix != /usr ; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+ else
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+
+ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I. -I../../include"
+if test "$srcdir" != "."; then
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../../include"
+fi
+if test -z "$GCC"; then
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then
+ if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then
+ if test $prefix != /usr ; then
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+ else
+ ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)"
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+
+### Construct the list of subdirectories for which we'll customize makefiles
+### with the appropriate compile-rules.
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for src modules""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:4145: checking for src modules" >&5
+TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${LIB_NAME}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX}"
+TEST_ARGS="-l${LIB_NAME}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX}"
+nc_cv_src_modules=
+for nc_dir in ncurses progs panel menu form
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then
+ if test -z "$nc_cv_src_modules"; then
+ nc_cv_src_modules=$nc_dir
+ else
+ nc_cv_src_modules="$nc_cv_src_modules $nc_dir"
+ fi
+ # Make the ncurses_cfg.h file record the library interface files as
+ # well. These are header files that are the same name as their
+ # directory. Ncurses is the only library that does not follow
+ # that pattern.
+ if test -f $srcdir/${nc_dir}/${nc_dir}.h; then
+
+nc_have_include=`echo $nc_dir |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define HAVE_${nc_have_include}_H 1
+EOF
+
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define HAVE_LIB${nc_have_include} 1
+EOF
+
+ TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${nc_dir}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX} $TEST_DEPS"
+ TEST_ARGS="-l${nc_dir}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX} $TEST_ARGS"
+ fi
+ fi
+done
+echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_src_modules" 1>&6
+TEST_ARGS="-L${LIB_DIR} $TEST_ARGS"
+
+
+
+SRC_SUBDIRS="man include"
+for nc_dir in $nc_cv_src_modules
+do
+ SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS $nc_dir"
+done
+SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS misc test"
+test $nc_cxx_library != no && SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS c++"
+
+ADA_SUBDIRS=
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes && test -d $srcdir/Ada95; then
+ SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS Ada95"
+ ADA_SUBDIRS="gen ada_include samples"
+fi
+
+SUB_MAKEFILES=
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES $nc_dir/Makefile"
+done
+
+if test -n "$ADA_SUBDIRS"; then
+ for nc_dir in $ADA_SUBDIRS
+ do
+ SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES Ada95/$nc_dir/Makefile"
+ done
+
+fi
+
+
+DIRS_TO_MAKE="lib"
+for nc_item in $nc_list_models
+do
+
+ case $nc_item in
+ normal) nc_subdir='objects' ;;
+ debug) nc_subdir='obj_g' ;;
+ profile) nc_subdir='obj_p' ;;
+ shared) nc_subdir='obj_s' ;;
+ esac
+
+ DIRS_TO_MAKE="$DIRS_TO_MAKE $nc_subdir"
+done
+for nc_dir in $DIRS_TO_MAKE
+do
+ test ! -d $nc_dir && mkdir $nc_dir
+done
+
+
+
+### Now that we're done running tests, add the compiler-warnings, if any
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS"
+
+################################################################################
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep '^ac_space='` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+ # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+ sed -n \
+ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+ ;;
+ esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+ :
+else
+ if test -w $cache_file; then
+ echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+ cat confcache > $cache_file
+ else
+ echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+ case "\$ac_option" in
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+ exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+ echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.970309"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+ echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "include/config_h \
+ include/MKterm.h.awk \
+ include/curses.h \
+ include/termcap.h \
+ include/unctrl.h \
+ $SUB_MAKEFILES \
+ Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@NCURSES_MAJOR@%$NCURSES_MAJOR%g
+s%@NCURSES_MINOR@%$NCURSES_MINOR%g
+s%@NCURSES_PATCH@%$NCURSES_PATCH%g
+s%@nc_cv_rel_version@%$nc_cv_rel_version%g
+s%@nc_cv_abi_version@%$nc_cv_abi_version%g
+s%@nc_cv_builtin_bool@%$nc_cv_builtin_bool%g
+s%@nc_cv_type_of_bool@%$nc_cv_type_of_bool%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@CXX@%$CXX%g
+s%@AWK@%$AWK%g
+s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@LN_S@%$LN_S%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@LINT@%$LINT%g
+s%@MAN@%$MAN%g
+s%@LINT_OPTS@%$LINT_OPTS%g
+s%@LD@%$LD%g
+s%@AR@%$AR%g
+s%@AR_OPTS@%$AR_OPTS%g
+s%@nc_cv_makeflags@%$nc_cv_makeflags%g
+s%@INSTALL_PREFIX@%$INSTALL_PREFIX%g
+s%@EXTRA_LIBS@%$EXTRA_LIBS%g
+s%@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@%$DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR%g
+s%@DFT_LWR_MODEL@%$DFT_LWR_MODEL%g
+s%@DFT_UPR_MODEL@%$DFT_UPR_MODEL%g
+s%@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@%$DFT_DEP_SUFFIX%g
+s%@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@%$DFT_ARG_SUFFIX%g
+s%@nc_list_models@%$nc_list_models%g
+s%@LIB_NAME@%$LIB_NAME%g
+s%@LIB_PREFIX@%$LIB_PREFIX%g
+s%@CC_G_OPT@%$CC_G_OPT%g
+s%@CXX_G_OPT@%$CXX_G_OPT%g
+s%@LD_MODEL@%$LD_MODEL%g
+s%@CC_SHARED_OPTS@%$CC_SHARED_OPTS%g
+s%@MK_SHARED_LIB@%$MK_SHARED_LIB%g
+s%@LOCAL_LDFLAGS@%$LOCAL_LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@%$LOCAL_LDFLAGS2%g
+s%@ECHO_LINK@%$ECHO_LINK%g
+s%@COULD_BE_SCO@%$COULD_BE_SCO%g
+s%@CXX_EXISTS@%$CXX_EXISTS%g
+s%@CXXCPP@%$CXXCPP%g
+s%@CXXLIBS@%$CXXLIBS%g
+s%@gnat_exists@%$gnat_exists%g
+s%@m4_exists@%$m4_exists%g
+s%@nc_ada_make@%$nc_ada_make%g
+s%@nc_ada_compiler@%$nc_ada_compiler%g
+s%@nc_ada_package@%$nc_ada_package%g
+s%@ADAFLAGS@%$ADAFLAGS%g
+s%@ACPPFLAGS@%$ACPPFLAGS%g
+s%@TEST_DEPS@%$TEST_DEPS%g
+s%@TEST_ARGS@%$TEST_ARGS%g
+s%@ADA_SUBDIRS@%$ADA_SUBDIRS%g
+s%@DIRS_TO_MAKE@%$DIRS_TO_MAKE%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+ if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ fi
+ if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+ ac_more_lines=false
+ rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ else
+ ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ fi
+ ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+ ac_beg=$ac_end
+ ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"include/config_h \
+ include/MKterm.h.awk \
+ include/curses.h \
+ include/termcap.h \
+ include/unctrl.h \
+ $SUB_MAKEFILES \
+ Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+ else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+ /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+ top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+ [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+ *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo creating "$ac_file"
+ rm -f "$ac_file"
+ configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+ *) ac_comsub= ;;
+ esac
+
+ ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+ sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+### Special initialization commands, used to pass information from the
+### configuration-run into config.status
+
+SYS_NAME="`(uname -a || hostname) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`"
+if test -z "\$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi
+
+AWK=$AWK
+DFT_LWR_MODEL="$DFT_LWR_MODEL"
+NC_LIST_MODELS="$nc_list_models"
+WITH_ECHO="$with_echo"
+WITH_OVERWRITE="$with_overwrite"
+SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS"
+nc_cxx_library="$nc_cxx_library"
+nc_cv_systype="$nc_cv_systype"
+nc_cv_rel_version="$nc_cv_rel_version"
+nc_cv_abi_version="$nc_cv_abi_version"
+nc_cv_do_symlinks="$nc_cv_do_symlinks"
+nc_cv_rm_so_locs="$nc_cv_rm_so_locs"
+
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+
+
+
+
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then
+
+ nc_libs_to_make=
+ for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS
+ do
+
+
+
+ case $nc_item in
+ normal) nc_suffix='.a' ;;
+ debug) nc_suffix='_g.a' ;;
+ profile) nc_suffix='_p.a' ;;
+ shared)
+ case $nc_cv_systype in
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD)
+ nc_suffix='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;;
+ HP_UX) nc_suffix='.sl' ;;
+ *) nc_suffix='.so' ;;
+ esac
+ esac
+
+ nc_libs_to_make="$nc_libs_to_make ../lib/lib${nc_dir}${nc_suffix}"
+ done
+
+ sed -e "s@\@LIBS_TO_MAKE\@@$nc_libs_to_make@" \
+ $nc_dir/Makefile >$nc_dir/Makefile.out
+ mv $nc_dir/Makefile.out $nc_dir/Makefile
+
+ $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-0th.awk \
+ name=$nc_dir \
+ $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+
+ for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS
+ do
+ echo 'Appending rules for '$nc_item' model ('$nc_dir')'
+
+NC_ITEM=`echo $nc_item |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+
+
+
+
+ case $nc_item in
+ normal) nc_suffix='.a' ;;
+ debug) nc_suffix='_g.a' ;;
+ profile) nc_suffix='_p.a' ;;
+ shared)
+ case $nc_cv_systype in
+ NetBSD|FreeBSD)
+ nc_suffix='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;;
+ HP_UX) nc_suffix='.sl' ;;
+ *) nc_suffix='.so' ;;
+ esac
+ esac
+
+
+ case $nc_item in
+ normal) nc_subdir='objects' ;;
+ debug) nc_subdir='obj_g' ;;
+ profile) nc_subdir='obj_p' ;;
+ shared) nc_subdir='obj_s' ;;
+ esac
+
+
+ # These dependencies really are for development, not
+ # builds, but they are useful in porting, too.
+ nc_depend="../include/ncurses_cfg.h"
+ if test "$srcdir" = "."; then
+ nc_reldir="."
+ else
+ nc_reldir="\$(srcdir)"
+ fi
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/$nc_dir.priv.h; then
+ nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/$nc_dir.priv.h"
+ elif test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/curses.priv.h; then
+ nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/curses.priv.h"
+ fi
+ $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-1st.awk \
+ name=$nc_dir \
+ MODEL=$NC_ITEM \
+ model=$nc_subdir \
+ suffix=$nc_suffix \
+ DoLinks=$nc_cv_do_symlinks \
+ rmSoLocs=$nc_cv_rm_so_locs \
+ overwrite=$WITH_OVERWRITE \
+ depend="$nc_depend" \
+ $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ test $nc_dir = ncurses && WITH_OVERWRITE=no
+ $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-2nd.awk \
+ name=$nc_dir \
+ MODEL=$NC_ITEM \
+ model=$nc_subdir \
+ srcdir=$srcdir \
+ echo=$WITH_ECHO \
+ $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ done
+ fi
+
+ echo ' cd '$nc_dir'; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) $@' >>Makefile
+done
+
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then
+ echo >> Makefile
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+install.includes \\
+NC_EOF
+ fi
+if test "$nc_dir" != "c++" ; then
+echo 'lint \' >> Makefile
+fi
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+lintlib \\
+install.libs \\
+install.$nc_dir ::
+ cd $nc_dir; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \$@
+NC_EOF
+ elif test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+
+install.libs \\
+install.includes ::
+ cd $nc_dir; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \$@
+NC_EOF
+fi
+done
+
+cat >> Makefile <<NC_EOF
+
+install.data ::
+ cd misc; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \$@
+
+install.man ::
+ cd man; \$(MAKE) \$(NC_MFLAGS) \$@
+
+distclean ::
+ rm -f config.cache config.log config.status Makefile include/ncurses_cfg.h
+ rm -f headers.sh headers.sed
+ rm -rf \$(DIRS_TO_MAKE)
+NC_EOF
+
+
+rm -f headers.sed headers.sh
+
+echo creating headers.sh
+cat >headers.sh <<NC_EOF
+#!/bin/sh
+# This shell script is generated by the 'configure' script. It is invoked in a
+# subdirectory of the build tree. It generates a sed-script in the parent
+# directory that is used to adjust includes for header files that reside in a
+# subdirectory of /usr/include, etc.
+PRG=""
+while test \$# != 3
+do
+PRG="\$PRG \$1"; shift
+done
+DST=\$1
+REF=\$2
+SRC=\$3
+echo installing \$SRC in \$DST
+case \$DST in
+/*/include/*)
+ TMP=\${TMPDIR-/tmp}/\`basename \$SRC\`
+ if test ! -f ../headers.sed ; then
+ END=\`basename \$DST\`
+ for i in \`cat \$REF/../*/headers |fgrep -v "#"\`
+ do
+ NAME=\`basename \$i\`
+ echo "s/<\$NAME>/<\$END\/\$NAME>/" >> ../headers.sed
+ done
+ fi
+ rm -f \$TMP
+ sed -f ../headers.sed \$SRC > \$TMP
+ eval \$PRG \$TMP \$DST
+ rm -f \$TMP
+ ;;
+*)
+ eval \$PRG \$SRC \$DST
+ ;;
+esac
+NC_EOF
+
+chmod 0755 headers.sh
+
+for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS
+do
+ if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then
+ cat >>$nc_dir/Makefile <<NC_EOF
+\$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) :
+ \$(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs \$@
+
+install \\
+install.libs \\
+install.includes :: \$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) \\
+NC_EOF
+ j=""
+ for i in `cat $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers |fgrep -v "#"`
+ do
+ test -n "$j" && echo " $j \\" >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ j=$i
+ done
+ echo " $j" >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ for i in `cat $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers |fgrep -v "#"`
+ do
+ echo " @ ../headers.sh \$(INSTALL_DATA) \$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) \$(srcdir) $i" >>$nc_dir/Makefile
+ done
+ fi
+done
+
+
+
+### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames
+### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be
+### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when
+### doing type-clean development testing.
+
+echo creating include/ncurses_cfg.h
+rm -f include/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "/* generated by configure-script
+ * On host: $SYS_NAME
+ */
+#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H
+#define NC_CONFIG_H" >include/ncurses_cfg.h
+sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \
+ -e 's/ -D/\
+#define /g' \
+ -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \
+ -e 's/\\//g' \
+ include/config_h | sort >>include/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "
+ /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#undef const
+#undef inline
+#else
+#if defined(lint) || defined(TRACE)
+#undef inline
+#define inline /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> include/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo removing include/config_h
+rm include/config_h
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+make preinstall
--- /dev/null
+dnl*****************************************************************************
+dnl Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+dnl All Rights Reserved. *
+dnl *
+dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+dnl documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+dnl that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+dnl documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+dnl not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+dnl software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+dnl COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+dnl EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+dnl SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+dnl RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+dnl CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+dnl CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+dnl*****************************************************************************
+dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.64 1997/05/10 15:26:07 tom Exp $
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_PREREQ(2.12)
+AC_REVISION($Revision: 1.64 $)
+AC_INIT(ncurses/lib_initscr.c)
+
+NC_VERSION
+NC_SYSTYPE
+
+# We need a configure script only when compiling as part of GNU C library.
+# Here we have to generate one of the files we need while compiling.
+#
+# The only problem is that users of the package might think they have to
+# run configure themself and find it irritating when nothing happens.
+#
+# So we try here to find out whether we are called from the glibc configure
+# or by a user.
+#
+dnl Check if we are a drop-in addition to glibc.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(add-ons, dnl
+[ --enable-add-ons=DIR... used to check if we are a glibc add-on.],
+ [glibc_add_on=yes],
+ [glibc_add_on=])
+
+dnl We need to use [ and ] for other purposes for a while now.
+changequote(,)dnl
+if test x"$glibc_add_on" = "xyes" ; then
+if test -f $srcdir/../glibcbug.in; then
+ rm -f $srcdir/Banner
+ # We are in glibc.
+ rm -f $srcdir/Makefile
+ cp $srcdir/Makefile.glibc $srcdir/Makefile
+ echo "ncurses `grep \"^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=.*$\" \
+ $srcdir/Makefile | sed -e \
+ 's/^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=[ ]*\([^ ^ ]*\)[ ]*$/\1/'`" > $srcdir/Banner
+ exit 0
+fi
+fi
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+### Save the given $CFLAGS to allow user-override.
+nc_user_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+
+### Derive the system name, as a check for reusing the autoconf cache
+system_name="`(uname -s -r || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null`"
+if test -n "$system_name" ; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SYSTEM_NAME,"$system_name")
+else
+ system_name="`(hostname) 2>/dev/null`"
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_system_name,[nc_cv_system_name="$system_name"])
+test -z "$system_name" && system_name="$nc_cv_system_name"
+test -n "$nc_cv_system_name" && AC_MSG_RESULT("Configuring for $nc_cv_system_name")
+
+if test ".$system_name" != ".$nc_cv_system_name" ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("Cached system name does not agree with actual")
+ AC_ERROR("Please remove config.cache and try again.")
+fi
+
+### Default install-location
+NC_CFG_DEFAULTS
+
+### Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+if test -n "$GCC" ; then
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(version of gcc)
+eval "$CC --version"
+fi
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
+AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+dnl DEFECT in autoconf 2.12: an attempt to set policy, this breaks the
+dnl configure script by not letting us test if C++
+dnl is present, making this option necessary.
+AC_ARG_WITH(cxx,
+ [ --without-cxx suppress check for C++])
+if test "X$withval" != Xno ; then
+AC_PROG_CXX
+fi
+changequote(,)dnl
+if test -n "$GXX" ; then case "`${CXX-g++} --version`" in 1*|2.[0-6]*) GXX=""; CXX=""; ac_cv_prog_gxx=no; nc_cxx_library=no ; echo No: templates do not work;; esac; fi
+changequote([,])dnl
+AC_PROG_AWK
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+NC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_CHECK_PROGS(LINT, tdlint lint alint)
+AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAN, man man_db)
+AC_SUBST(LINT_OPTS)
+
+dnl These are standard among *NIX systems, but not when cross-compiling
+NC_SUBST(loader,LD,ld)
+NC_SUBST(archiver,AR,ar)
+NC_SUBST(archiver options,AR_OPTS,rv)
+
+NC_MAKEFLAGS
+NC_MAN_PAGES
+
+dnl Special option for use by system-builders: the install-prefix is used to
+dnl adjust the location into which the actual install is done, so that an
+dnl archive can be built without modifying the host system's configuration.
+AC_ARG_WITH(install-prefix,
+ [ --with-install-prefix prefixes actual install-location],
+ [case "$withval" in #(vi
+ yes|no) #(vi
+ ;;
+ *) INSTALL_PREFIX="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac])
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_PREFIX)
+
+### Options to allow the user to specify the set of libraries which are used.
+### Use "--without-normal --with-shared" to allow the default model to be
+### shared, for example.
+nc_list_models=""
+AC_ARG_WITH(shared,
+ [ --with-shared generate shared-libraries],
+ [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models shared"])
+AC_ARG_WITH(normal,
+ [ --with-normal generate normal-libraries (default)],
+ [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal"],
+ [nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal"])
+AC_ARG_WITH(debug,
+ [ --with-debug generate debug-libraries (default)],
+ [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug"],
+ [nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug"])
+AC_ARG_WITH(profile,
+ [ --with-profile generate profile-libraries],
+ [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models profile"])
+
+### Checks for special libraries, must be done up-front.
+AC_ARG_WITH(dbmalloc,
+ [ --with-dbmalloc test: use Conor Cahill's dbmalloc library],
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(dbmalloc,debug_malloc)])
+AC_ARG_WITH(dmalloc,
+ [ --with-dmalloc test: use Gray Watson's dmalloc library],
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(dmalloc,dmalloc_debug)])
+AC_ARG_WITH(gpm,
+ [ --with-gpm use Alessandro Rubini's GPM library],
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(gpm,Gpm_Open,[
+ EXTRA_LIBS="$EXTRA_LIBS -lgpm -lncurses"
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBGPM)
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(gpm.h)
+ ],,-lcurses -ltermcap)])
+
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_LIBS)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for specified models)
+test -z "$nc_list_models" && nc_list_models=normal
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_list_models)
+
+### Use the first model as the default, and save its suffix for use in building
+### up test-applications.
+DFT_LWR_MODEL=`echo $nc_list_models | $AWK '{print $1}'`
+NC_UPPERCASE($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_UPR_MODEL)dnl
+NC_LIB_SUFFIX($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_DEP_SUFFIX)dnl
+NC_LIB_TYPE($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_ARG_SUFFIX)dnl
+NC_OBJ_SUBDIR($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR)dnl
+AC_SUBST(DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR)dnl the default object-directory ("obj")
+AC_SUBST(DFT_LWR_MODEL)dnl the default model ("normal")
+AC_SUBST(DFT_UPR_MODEL)dnl the default model ("NORMAL")
+AC_SUBST(DFT_DEP_SUFFIX)dnl the corresponding library-suffix (".a")
+AC_SUBST(DFT_ARG_SUFFIX)dnl the string to append to "-lncurses" ("")
+AC_SUBST(nc_list_models)dnl the complete list of models ("normal debug")
+
+LIB_NAME=ncurses
+AC_SUBST(LIB_NAME)
+
+LIB_DIR=../lib
+LIB_PREFIX=$LIB_DIR/lib
+AC_SUBST(LIB_PREFIX)
+
+dnl Not all ports of gcc support the -g option
+dnl autoconf 2.12 uses different symbol for -g option than autoconf 2.10, etc.
+
+if test X"$CC_G_OPT" = X"" ; then
+ CC_G_OPT='-g'
+ test -n "$GCC" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g}${ac_cv_prog_gcc_g}" != yes && CC_G_OPT=''
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CC_G_OPT)
+
+if test X"$CXX_G_OPT" = X"" ; then
+ CXX_G_OPT='-g'
+ test -n "$GXX" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g}${ac_cv_prog_gxx_g}" != yes && CXX_G_OPT=''
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CXX_G_OPT)
+
+case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in
+normal) LD_MODEL='' ;;
+debug) LD_MODEL=$CC_G_OPT ;;
+profile) LD_MODEL='-pg';;
+shared) LD_MODEL='' ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(LD_MODEL)dnl the type of link (e.g., -g or -pg)
+NC_SHARED_OPTS
+
+if test "$CC_SHARED_OPTS" = "unknown"; then
+ for model in $nc_list_models; do
+ if test "$model" = "shared"; then
+ echo '** Shared libraries are not supported in this version'
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+### use option --disable-overwrite to leave out the link to -lcurses
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(include directory)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(overwrite,
+ [ --disable-overwrite leave out the link to -lcurses],
+ [with_overwrite=$enableval
+ test "$with_overwrite" = no && \
+ test "x$includedir" = 'x${prefix}/include' && \
+ includedir='$(prefix)/include/ncurses'
+ ],
+ [with_overwrite=yes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($includedir)
+
+### use option --enable-big-core to make tic run faster on big machines
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if big-core option selected)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(big-core,
+ [ --enable-big-core assume machine has lots of memory],
+ [with_big_core=$enableval],
+ [with_big_core=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_big_core)
+test "$with_big_core" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BIG_CORE)
+
+### use option --enable-termcap to compile in the termcap fallback support
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if termcap-fallback support is needed)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(termcap,
+ [ --enable-termcap compile in termcap fallback support],
+ [with_termcap=$enableval],
+ [with_termcap=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_termcap)
+
+if test "$with_termcap" != "yes" ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(PURE_TERMINFO)
+else
+
+### use option --enable-getcap to use a hacked getcap for reading termcaps
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if fast termcap-loader is needed)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(getcap,
+ [ --enable-getcap fast termcap load, no xrefs to terminfo],
+ [with_getcap=$enableval],
+ [with_getcap=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_getcap)
+test "$with_getcap" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(USE_GETCAP)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(getcap-cache,
+ [ --enable-getcap-cache cache translated termcaps in ~/.terminfo],
+ [with_getcap_cache=$enableval],
+ [with_getcap_cache=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_getcap_cache)
+test "$with_getcap_cache" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(USE_GETCAP_CACHE)
+
+fi
+
+### use option --enable-symlinks to make tic use symlinks, not hard links
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if tic should use symbolic links)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(symlinks,
+ [ --enable-symlinks make tic use symbolic links not hard links],
+ [with_symlinks=$enableval],
+ [with_symlinks=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_symlinks)
+test "$with_symlinks" = yes && AC_DEFINE(USE_SYMLINKS)
+
+### use option --enable-bsdpad to have tputs process BSD-style prefix padding
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(bsdpad,
+ [ --enable-bsdpad recognize BSD-style prefix padding],
+ [with_bsdpad=$enableval],
+ [with_bsdpad=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_bsdpad)
+test "$with_bsdpad" = yes && AC_DEFINE(BSD_TPUTS)
+
+### use option --enable-const to turn on use of const beyond that in XSI.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for extended use of const keyword)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(const,
+ [ --enable-const compile with extra/non-standard const],
+ [with_ext_const=$enableval],
+ [with_ext_const=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_ext_const)
+test "$with_ext_const" = yes && AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_CONST,const)
+
+### Enable compiling-in rcs id's
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in)
+AC_ARG_WITH(rcs-ids,
+ [ --with-rcs-ids build: compile-in RCS identifiers],
+ [with_rcs_ids=$enableval],
+ [with_rcs_ids=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($with_rcs_ids)
+test "$with_rcs_ids" = yes && AC_DEFINE(USE_RCS_IDS)
+
+### use option --disable-echo to suppress full display compiling commands
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(echo,
+ [ --enable-echo build: display \"compiling\" commands (default)],
+ [with_echo=$enableval],
+ [with_echo=yes])
+if test "$with_echo" = yes; then
+ ECHO_LINK=
+else
+ ECHO_LINK='@ echo linking $@ ... ;'
+fi
+AC_SUBST(ECHO_LINK)
+
+### use option --enable-warnings to turn on all gcc warnings
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(warnings,
+ [ --enable-warnings build: turn on GCC compiler warnings],
+ [with_warnings=$enableval])
+if test -n "$with_warnings"; then
+ ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnatg"
+ NC_GCC_WARNINGS
+fi
+NC_GCC_ATTRIBUTES
+
+### use option --enable-assertions to turn on generation of assertion code
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(assertions,
+ [ --enable-assertions test: turn on generation of assertion code],
+ [with_assertions=$enableval])
+if test -n "$GCC"
+then
+ if test -z "$with_assertions"
+ then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNDEBUG"
+ else
+ ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnata"
+ fi
+fi
+
+### use option --disable-leaks to suppress "permanent" leaks, for testing
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(leaks,
+ [ --disable-leaks test: suppress permanent memory-leaks],
+ [test $enableval = no && AC_DEFINE(NO_LEAKS)])
+AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NC_ALLOC_H)
+
+### use option --enable-expanded to generate certain macros as functions
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(expanded,
+ [ --enable-expanded test: generate functions for certain macros],
+ [test $enableval = yes && AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_EXPANDED)])
+
+### use option --disable-macros to suppress macros in favor of functions
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(macros,
+ [ --disable-macros test: use functions rather than macros],
+ [test $enableval = no && AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_NOMACROS)])
+
+### Checks for libraries.
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(gettimeofday,
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY),[
+AC_CHECK_LIB(bsd, gettimeofday,
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lbsd")])dnl CLIX: bzero, select, gettimeofday
+
+### Checks for header files.
+AC_STDC_HEADERS
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+NC_REGEX
+
+dnl These are some other potentially nonportable headers.
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+fcntl.h \
+getopt.h \
+libc.h \
+limits.h \
+locale.h \
+sys/bsdtypes.h \
+sys/ioctl.h \
+sys/param.h \
+poll.h \
+sys/select.h \
+sys/stropts.h \
+sys/time.h \
+sys/times.h \
+termio.h \
+termios.h \
+ttyent.h \
+unistd.h \
+values.h \
+)
+
+# check for HPUX's ANSI compiler
+if test $nc_cv_systype = HP_UX; then
+if test -z "$GCC"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for HP/UX ANSI compiler])
+ nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Aa"
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[void (*f)(void)=0],[nc_hpux_cc=yes],[nc_hpux_cc=no])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_hpux_cc)
+ if test $nc_hpux_cc = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(_HPUX_SOURCE)
+ else
+ CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS"
+ fi
+fi;fi
+
+# check for ISC (this may also define _POSIX_SOURCE)
+# Note: even non-Posix ISC needs <sys/bsdtypes.h> to declare fd_set
+if test "$ISC" = yes ; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix,main)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(inet,bzero,LIBS="$LIBS -linet")dnl also 'select()'
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS( sys/termio.h )
+fi
+
+# check for SCO. this is a hack, and should be split into individual
+# features -- the sys/time.h and select.h conflict, and the need for
+# ptem.h due to winsize struct.
+AC_CHECKING([for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh])
+AC_PROGRAM_CHECK(COULD_BE_SCO, [scosh], maybe, maybenot)
+if test "$COULD_BE_SCO" = "maybe"
+then
+ AC_DEFINE(SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO)
+fi
+
+### checks for compiler characteristics
+AC_LANG_C
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_INLINE
+test $ac_cv_c_inline != no && AC_DEFINE(CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS)
+
+### Checks for external-data
+NC_ERRNO
+NC_SYS_ERRLIST
+NC_LINK_DATAONLY
+NC_SPEED_TYPE
+
+### Checks for library functions.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \
+getttynam \
+memccpy \
+poll \
+select \
+setbuf \
+setbuffer \
+setvbuf \
+sigaction \
+sigvec \
+strdup \
+tcgetattr \
+times \
+usleep \
+vfscanf \
+vsscanf \
+)
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_sigaction = yes; then
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>], [struct sigaction act;],
+ sigact_bad=no, sigact_bad=yes AC_DEFINE(SVR4_ACTION))
+AC_MSG_RESULT($sigact_bad)
+fi
+
+# some machines require _POSIX_SOURCE to completely define struct termios
+if test $ac_cv_header_termios_h = yes ; then
+ case "$CFLAGS" in
+ *-D_POSIX_SOURCE*)
+ termios_bad=dunno ;;
+ *) termios_bad=maybe ;;
+ esac
+ if test $termios_bad = maybe ; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE)
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <termios.h>],
+ [struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag],
+ termios_bad=no, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#include <termios.h>],
+ [struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag],
+ termios_bad=unknown,
+ termios_bad=yes AC_DEFINE(SVR4_TERMIO))
+ ])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($termios_bad)
+ fi
+fi
+
+dnl FIXME (may need this) AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes ; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN(cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed)
+else
+ AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
+fi
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+NC_TYPE_SIGACTION
+NC_TIOCGWINSZ
+
+dnl FIXME checks we don't do (but neither does the old Configure script):
+case "$nc_cv_systype" in
+Linux)
+ AC_DEFINE(GOOD_SELECT)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+dnl We'll do our own -g libraries, unless the user's overridden via $CFLAGS
+if test -z "$nc_user_CFLAGS" ; then
+ NC_STRIP_G_OPT(CFLAGS)
+ NC_STRIP_G_OPT(CXXFLAGS)
+fi
+
+dnl Check for C++ compiler characteristics (and ensure that it's there!)
+if test -n "$CXX" ; then
+ AC_CHECK_PROG(CXX_EXISTS, $CXX, yes, no)
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS=no
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" = yes; then
+ AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
+ NC_CXX_LIBRARY
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(builtin.h typeinfo)
+ NC_BOOL_DECL
+ NC_BOOL_SIZE
+else
+ nc_cxx_library=no
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_builtin_bool,[nc_cv_builtin_bool=0])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_sizeof_bool,[nc_cv_sizeof_bool=int])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CXXLIBS)
+
+dnl Check for availability of GNU Ada Translator (GNAT).
+dnl At the moment we support no other Ada95 compiler.
+nc_ada_make=gnatmake
+AC_CHECK_PROG(gnat_exists, $nc_ada_make, yes, no)
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" = no; then
+ nc_ada_make=
+else
+ NC_GNAT_VERSION
+ AC_CHECK_PROG(m4_exists, m4, yes, no)
+ if test "$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" = no; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no
+ echo Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled.
+ fi
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes; then
+ nc_ada_compiler=gcc
+ nc_ada_package=terminal_interface
+ AC_SUBST(nc_ada_make)
+ AC_SUBST(nc_ada_compiler)
+ AC_SUBST(nc_ada_package)
+ AC_SUBST(ADAFLAGS)
+fi
+
+### It's not possible to appease gcc 2.6.3's conversion-warnings if we're
+### using a 'char' for bools. gcc 2.7.0's conversion-warnings are broken too
+### badly to consider using for development purposes, but 2.5.8 is okay.
+if test -n "$with_warnings"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case "`$CC --version`" in
+ 2.6.3)
+ if test "$nc_cv_sizeof_bool" != "char"; then
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ 2.5*)
+ nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+fi
+
+### Construct the list of include-directories to be generated
+NC_INCLUDE_DIRS
+NC_ADA_INCLUDE_DIRS
+
+### Construct the list of subdirectories for which we'll customize makefiles
+### with the appropriate compile-rules.
+NC_SRC_MODULES(ncurses progs panel menu form)
+NC_DIRS_TO_MAKE
+
+### Now that we're done running tests, add the compiler-warnings, if any
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS"
+
+################################################################################
+changequote({,})dnl
+AC_OUTPUT(include/config_h \
+ include/MKterm.h.awk \
+ include/curses.h \
+ include/termcap.h \
+ include/unctrl.h \
+ $SUB_MAKEFILES \
+ Makefile,{
+
+NC_LIB_RULES
+
+### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames
+### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be
+### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when
+### doing type-clean development testing.
+
+echo creating include/ncurses_cfg.h
+rm -f include/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "/* generated by configure-script
+ * On host: $SYS_NAME
+ */
+#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H
+#define NC_CONFIG_H" >include/ncurses_cfg.h
+sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \
+ -e 's/ -D/\
+#define /g' \
+ -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \
+ -e 's/\\//g' \
+ include/config_h | sort >>include/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "
+ /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#undef const
+#undef inline
+#else
+#if defined(lint) || defined(TRACE)
+#undef inline
+#define inline /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> include/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo removing include/config_h
+rm include/config_h
+},{
+### Special initialization commands, used to pass information from the
+### configuration-run into config.status
+
+SYS_NAME="`(uname -a || hostname) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`"
+if test -z "\$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi
+
+AWK=$AWK
+DFT_LWR_MODEL="$DFT_LWR_MODEL"
+NC_LIST_MODELS="$nc_list_models"
+WITH_ECHO="$with_echo"
+WITH_OVERWRITE="$with_overwrite"
+SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS"
+nc_cxx_library="$nc_cxx_library"
+nc_cv_systype="$nc_cv_systype"
+nc_cv_rel_version="$nc_cv_rel_version"
+nc_cv_abi_version="$nc_cv_abi_version"
+nc_cv_do_symlinks="$nc_cv_do_symlinks"
+nc_cv_rm_so_locs="$nc_cv_rm_so_locs"
+
+})dnl
+changequote([,])dnl
+make preinstall
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.38 1997/05/16 00:33:41 tom Exp $
+# Makefile for creating ncurses distributions.
+#
+# This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but
+# configure mines the current version number out of here. To move
+# to a new version number, just edit this file and run configure.
+#
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+# These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses.
+NCURSES_MAJOR = 4
+NCURSES_MINOR = 1
+NCURSES_PATCH = 970515
+
+# We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases
+VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR)
+
+DUMP = lynx -dump
+DUMP2 = $(DUMP) -nolist
+
+ALL = ANNOUNCE announce.html misc/ncurses-intro.doc misc/hackguide.doc
+
+all : $(ALL)
+
+dist: $(ALL)
+ (cd ..; tar cvf ncurses-$(VERSION).tar `sed <ncurses-$(VERSION)/MANIFEST 's/^./ncurses-$(VERSION)/'`; gzip ncurses-$(VERSION).tar)
+
+distclean:
+ rm -f $(ALL)
+
+# Don't mess with announce.html.in unless you have lynx available!
+announce.html: announce.html.in
+ sed 's,@VERSION@,$(VERSION),' <announce.html.in >announce.html
+
+ANNOUNCE : announce.html
+ $(DUMP) announce.html >ANNOUNCE
+
+misc/ncurses-intro.doc: misc/ncurses-intro.html
+ $(DUMP2) misc/ncurses-intro.html > misc/ncurses-intro.doc
+misc/hackguide.doc: misc/hackguide.html
+ $(DUMP2) misc/hackguide.html > misc/hackguide.doc
+
+# Prepare distribution for version control
+vcprepare:
+ find . -type d -exec mkdir {}/RCS \;
+
+# Write-lock almost all files not under version control.
+ADA_EXCEPTIONS=$(shell eval 'a="\\\\\|";for x in Ada95/gen/terminal*.m4; do echo -n $${a}Ada95/ada_include/`basename $${x} .m4`; done')
+EXCEPTIONS = 'announce.html$\\|ANNOUNCE\\|misc/.*\\.doc\\|man/terminfo.5\\|lib_gen.c'$(ADA_EXCEPTIONS)
+writelock:
+ for x in `grep -v $(EXCEPTIONS) MANIFEST`; do if [ ! -f `dirname $$x`/RCS/`basename $$x`,v ]; then chmod a-w $${x}; fi; done
+
+TAGS:
+ etags */*.[ch]
+
+# Makefile ends here
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.17 1997/05/05 22:39:30 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for form source code.
+#
+# This makes the following:
+# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared)
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+#
+# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models,
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AR = @AR@
+AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@
+AWK = @AWK@
+LD = @LD@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@
+
+MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@
+REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@
+ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@
+
+LINT = @LINT@
+LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@
+LINT_LIBS = -lform -lncurses @LIBS@
+
+################################################################################
+all \
+install :: ../include/form.h $(LIBRARIES)
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+# make copies to simplify include-paths while still keeping form's include
+# file in this directory.
+../include/form.h : $(srcdir)/form.h
+ -rm -f $@
+ cp $(srcdir)/form.h $@
+
+FORM_PRIV_H = \
+ $(srcdir)/form.priv.h \
+ $(srcdir)/form.h \
+ ../include/mf_common.h \
+ ../include/curses.h \
+ ../include/eti.h
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS *~ ../include/form.h
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+../include/mf_common.h \
+../include/eti.h :
+ cd ../menu && $(MAKE) $@
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+This is a clone of the form library that is available with typical
+System V curses implementations (ETI).
+
+It is modelled after the documentation that comes for this library with
+a 386 based SVR4 implementation (ESIX). This system was used together
+with an NCR3000 system to compile the clone using original curses
+implementation and to run various programs to check the compatibility of
+this clone with the original libform library.
+
+The development environment was an ELF based Linux system, the German
+Unifix distribution (aka Linux FT).
+
+For things that still need doing, see the TO-DO file in the top-level
+directory.
+
+Juergen Pfeifer
+
+eMail: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de
+
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_def.c,v 1.6 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* this can't be readonly */
+static FIELD default_field = {
+ 0, /* status */
+ 0, /* rows */
+ 0, /* cols */
+ 0, /* frow */
+ 0, /* fcol */
+ 0, /* drows */
+ 0, /* dcols */
+ 0, /* maxgrow*/
+ 0, /* nrow */
+ 0, /* nbuf */
+ NO_JUSTIFICATION, /* just */
+ 0, /* page */
+ 0, /* index */
+ (int)' ', /* pad */
+ A_NORMAL, /* fore */
+ A_NORMAL, /* back */
+ ALL_FIELD_OPTS, /* opts */
+ (FIELD *)0, /* snext */
+ (FIELD *)0, /* sprev */
+ (FIELD *)0, /* link */
+ (FORM *)0, /* form */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0, /* type */
+ (char *)0, /* arg */
+ (char *)0, /* buf */
+ (char *)0 /* usrptr */
+};
+
+FIELD *_nc_Default_Field = &default_field;
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static TypeArgument *Make_Argument(
+| const FIELDTYPE *typ,
+| va_list *ap,
+| int *err )
+|
+| Description : Create an argument structure for the specified type.
+| Use the type-dependant argument list to construct
+| it.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure. Maybe NULL.
+| In case of an error in *err an errorcounter is increased.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static TypeArgument* Make_Argument(const FIELDTYPE *typ, va_list *ap, int *err)
+{
+ TypeArgument *res = (TypeArgument *)0;
+ TypeArgument *p;
+
+ if (typ && (typ->status & _HAS_ARGS))
+ {
+ assert(err && ap);
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ p = (TypeArgument *)malloc(sizeof(TypeArgument));
+ if (p)
+ {
+ p->left = Make_Argument(typ->left ,ap,err);
+ p->right = Make_Argument(typ->right,ap,err);
+ return p;
+ }
+ else
+ *err += 1;
+ } else
+ {
+ if ( !(res=(TypeArgument *)typ->makearg(ap)) )
+ *err += 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static TypeArgument *Copy_Argument(
+| const FIELDTYPE *typ,
+| const TypeArgument *argp,
+| int *err )
+|
+| Description : Create a copy of an argument structure for the specified
+| type.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure. Maybe NULL.
+| In case of an error in *err an errorcounter is increased.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static TypeArgument *Copy_Argument(const FIELDTYPE *typ,
+ const TypeArgument *argp, int *err)
+{
+ TypeArgument *res = (TypeArgument *)0;
+ TypeArgument *p;
+
+ if ( typ && (typ->status & _HAS_ARGS) )
+ {
+ assert(err && argp);
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ p = (TypeArgument *)malloc(sizeof(TypeArgument));
+ if (p)
+ {
+ p->left = Copy_Argument(typ,argp->left ,err);
+ p->right = Copy_Argument(typ,argp->right,err);
+ return p;
+ }
+ *err += 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(res = (TypeArgument *)(typ->copyarg((const void *)argp))))
+ *err += 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_Argument(
+| const FIELDTYPE *typ,
+| TypeArgument * argp )
+|
+| Description : Release memory associated with the argument structure
+| for the given fieldtype.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_Argument(const FIELDTYPE * typ, TypeArgument * argp)
+{
+ if (!typ || !(typ->status & _HAS_ARGS))
+ return;
+
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ assert(argp);
+ Free_Argument(typ->left ,argp->left );
+ Free_Argument(typ->right,argp->right);
+ free(argp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ typ->freearg((void *)argp);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Copy_Type( FIELD *new, FIELD const *old )
+|
+| Description : Copy argument structure of field old to field new
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - copy worked
+| FALSE - error occured
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Copy_Type(FIELD *new, FIELD const *old)
+{
+ int err = 0;
+
+ assert(new && old);
+
+ new->type = old->type;
+ new->arg = (void *)Copy_Argument(old->type,(TypeArgument *)(old->arg),&err);
+
+ if (err)
+ {
+ Free_Argument(new->type,(TypeArgument *)(new->arg));
+ new->type = (FIELDTYPE *)0;
+ new->arg = (void *)0;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (new->type)
+ new->type->ref++;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_Type( FIELD *field )
+|
+| Description : Release Argument structure for this field
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static void Free_Type(FIELD *field)
+{
+ assert(field);
+ if (field->type)
+ field->type->ref--;
+ Free_Argument(field->type,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELD *new_field( int rows, int cols,
+| int frow, int fcol,
+| int nrow, int nbuf )
+|
+| Description : Create a new field with this many 'rows' and 'cols',
+| starting at 'frow/fcol' in the subwindow of the form.
+| Allocate 'nrow' off-screen rows and 'nbuf' additional
+| buffers. If an error occurs, errno is set to
+|
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the new field or NULL if failure.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELD *new_field(int rows, int cols, int frow, int fcol, int nrow, int nbuf)
+{
+ FIELD *New_Field = (FIELD *)0;
+ int err = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ if (rows>0 &&
+ cols>0 &&
+ frow>=0 &&
+ fcol>=0 &&
+ nrow>=0 &&
+ nbuf>=0 &&
+ ((err = E_SYSTEM_ERROR) != 0) && /* trick: this resets the default error */
+ (New_Field=(FIELD *)malloc(sizeof(FIELD))) )
+ {
+ *New_Field = default_field;
+ New_Field->rows = rows;
+ New_Field->cols = cols;
+ New_Field->drows = rows + nrow;
+ New_Field->dcols = cols;
+ New_Field->frow = frow;
+ New_Field->fcol = fcol;
+ New_Field->nrow = nrow;
+ New_Field->nbuf = nbuf;
+ New_Field->link = New_Field;
+
+ if (Copy_Type(New_Field,&default_field))
+ {
+ size_t len;
+
+ len = Total_Buffer_Size(New_Field);
+ if ((New_Field->buf = (char *)malloc(len)))
+ {
+ /* Prefill buffers with blanks and insert terminating zeroes
+ between buffers */
+ int i;
+
+ memset(New_Field->buf,' ',len);
+ for(i=0;i<=New_Field->nbuf;i++)
+ {
+ New_Field->buf[(New_Field->drows*New_Field->cols+1)*(i+1)-1]
+ = '\0';
+ }
+ return New_Field;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (New_Field)
+ free_field(New_Field);
+
+ SET_ERROR( err );
+ return (FIELD *)0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol)
+|
+| Description : Duplicates the field at the specified position. All
+| field attributes and the buffers are copied.
+| If an error occurs, errno is set to
+|
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the new field or NULL if failure
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELD *dup_field(FIELD * field, int frow, int fcol)
+{
+ FIELD *New_Field = (FIELD *)0;
+ int err = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ if (field && (frow>=0) && (fcol>=0) &&
+ ((err=E_SYSTEM_ERROR) != 0) && /* trick : this resets the default error */
+ (New_Field=(FIELD *)malloc(sizeof(FIELD))) )
+ {
+ *New_Field = default_field;
+ New_Field->frow = frow;
+ New_Field->fcol = fcol;
+ New_Field->link = New_Field;
+ New_Field->rows = field->rows;
+ New_Field->cols = field->cols;
+ New_Field->nrow = field->nrow;
+ New_Field->drows = field->drows;
+ New_Field->dcols = field->dcols;
+ New_Field->maxgrow = field->maxgrow;
+ New_Field->nbuf = field->nbuf;
+ New_Field->just = field->just;
+ New_Field->fore = field->fore;
+ New_Field->back = field->back;
+ New_Field->pad = field->pad;
+ New_Field->opts = field->opts;
+ New_Field->usrptr = field->usrptr;
+
+ if (Copy_Type(New_Field,field))
+ {
+ size_t len;
+
+ len = Total_Buffer_Size(New_Field);
+ if ( (New_Field->buf=(char *)malloc(len)) )
+ {
+ memcpy(New_Field->buf,field->buf,len);
+ return New_Field;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (New_Field)
+ free_field(New_Field);
+
+ SET_ERROR(err);
+ return (FIELD *)0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol)
+|
+| Description : Duplicates the field at the specified position. The
+| new field shares its buffers with the original one,
+| the attributes are independent.
+| If an error occurs, errno is set to
+|
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the new field or NULL if failure
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELD *link_field(FIELD * field, int frow, int fcol)
+{
+ FIELD *New_Field = (FIELD *)0;
+ int err = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ if (field && (frow>=0) && (fcol>=0) &&
+ ((err=E_SYSTEM_ERROR) != 0) && /* trick: this resets the default error */
+ (New_Field = (FIELD *)malloc(sizeof(FIELD))) )
+ {
+ *New_Field = default_field;
+ New_Field->frow = frow;
+ New_Field->fcol = fcol;
+ New_Field->link = field->link;
+ field->link = New_Field;
+ New_Field->buf = field->buf;
+ New_Field->rows = field->rows;
+ New_Field->cols = field->cols;
+ New_Field->nrow = field->nrow;
+ New_Field->nbuf = field->nbuf;
+ New_Field->drows = field->drows;
+ New_Field->dcols = field->dcols;
+ New_Field->maxgrow= field->maxgrow;
+ New_Field->just = field->just;
+ New_Field->fore = field->fore;
+ New_Field->back = field->back;
+ New_Field->pad = field->pad;
+ New_Field->opts = field->opts;
+ New_Field->usrptr = field->usrptr;
+ if (Copy_Type(New_Field,field))
+ return New_Field;
+ }
+
+ if (New_Field)
+ free_field(New_Field);
+
+ SET_ERROR( err );
+ return (FIELD *)0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int free_field( FIELD *field )
+|
+| Description : Frees the storage allocated for the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer
+| E_CONNECTED - field is connected
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int free_field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ if (!field)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (field->form)
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+
+ if (field == field->link)
+ {
+ if (field->buf)
+ free(field->buf);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FIELD *f;
+
+ for(f=field;f->link != field;f = f->link)
+ {}
+ f->link = field->link;
+ }
+ Free_Type(field);
+ free(field);
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_info(const FIELD *field,
+| int *rows, int *cols,
+| int *frow, int *fcol,
+| int *nrow, int *nbuf)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve infos about the fields creation parameters.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_info(const FIELD *field,
+ int *rows, int *cols,
+ int *frow, int *fcol,
+ int *nrow, int *nbuf)
+{
+ if (!field)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (rows) *rows = field->rows;
+ if (cols) *cols = field->cols;
+ if (frow) *frow = field->frow;
+ if (fcol) *fcol = field->fcol;
+ if (nrow) *nrow = field->nrow;
+ if (nbuf) *nbuf = field->nbuf;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int move_field(FIELD *field,int frow, int fcol)
+|
+| Description : Moves the disconnected field to the new location in
+| the forms subwindow.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument passed
+| E_CONNECTED - field is connected
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol)
+{
+ if ( !field || (frow<0) || (fcol<0) )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (field->form)
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+
+ field->frow = frow;
+ field->fcol = fcol;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type,...)
+|
+| Description : Associate the specified fieldtype with the field.
+| Certain field types take additional arguments. Look
+| at the spec of the field types !
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,FIELDTYPE *type, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ int res = E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ int err = 0;
+
+ va_start(ap,type);
+
+ Normalize_Field(field);
+ Free_Type(field);
+
+ field->type = type;
+ field->arg = (void *)Make_Argument(field->type,&ap,&err);
+
+ if (err)
+ {
+ Free_Argument(field->type,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg));
+ field->type = (FIELDTYPE *)0;
+ field->arg = (void *)0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res = E_OK;
+ if (field->type)
+ field->type->ref++;
+ }
+
+ va_end(ap);
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the associated fieldtype for this field.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to fieldtype of NULL if none is defined.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return Normalize_Field(field)->type;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : void *field_arg(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve pointer to the fields argument structure.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to structure or NULL if none is defined.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void *field_arg(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return Normalize_Field(field)->arg;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int maxgrow)
+|
+| Description : Set the maximum growth for a dynamic field. If maxgrow=0
+| the field may grow to any possible size.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int maxgrow)
+{
+ if (!field || (maxgrow<0))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ bool single_line_field = Single_Line_Field(field);
+
+ if (maxgrow>0)
+ {
+ if (( single_line_field && (maxgrow < field->dcols)) ||
+ (!single_line_field && (maxgrow < field->drows)))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ }
+ field->maxgrow = maxgrow;
+ field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW;
+ if (!(field->opts & O_STATIC))
+ {
+ if ((maxgrow==0) ||
+ ( single_line_field && (field->dcols < maxgrow)) ||
+ (!single_line_field && (field->drows < maxgrow)))
+ field->status |= _MAY_GROW;
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field,
+| int *drows, int *dcols,
+| int *maxgrow)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve informations about a dynamic fields current
+| dynamic parameters.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field,
+ int *drows, int *dcols, int *maxgrow)
+{
+ if (!field)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (drows) *drows = field->drows;
+ if (dcols) *dcols = field->dcols;
+ if (maxgrow) *maxgrow = field->maxgrow;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag)
+|
+| Description : Marks the field as the beginning of a new page of
+| the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_CONNECTED - field is connected
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_new_page(FIELD * field, bool new_page_flag)
+{
+ Normalize_Field(field);
+ if (field->form)
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+
+ if (new_page_flag)
+ field->status |= _NEWPAGE;
+ else
+ field->status &= ~_NEWPAGE;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : bool new_page(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the info whether or not the field starts a
+| new page on the form.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field starts a new page
+| FALSE - field doesn't start a new page
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool new_page(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return (Normalize_Field(field)->status & _NEWPAGE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+/* fld_def.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_stat.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status)
+|
+| Description : Set or clear the 'changed' indication flag for that
+| fields primary buffer.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_status(FIELD * field, bool status)
+{
+ Normalize_Field( field );
+
+ if (status)
+ field->status |= _CHANGED;
+ else
+ field->status &= ~_CHANGED;
+
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : bool field_status(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the value of the 'changed' indication flag
+| for that fields primary buffer.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - buffer has been changed
+| FALSE - buffer has not been changed
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool field_status(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return ((Normalize_Field(field)->status & _CHANGED) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+/* fld_stat.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_type.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+static FIELDTYPE const default_fieldtype = {
+ 0, /* status */
+ 0L, /* reference count */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0, /* pointer to left operand */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0, /* pointer to right operand */
+ NULL, /* makearg function */
+ NULL, /* copyarg function */
+ NULL, /* freearg function */
+ NULL, /* field validation function */
+ NULL, /* Character check function */
+ NULL, /* enumerate next function */
+ NULL /* enumerate previous function */
+};
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+| bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *),
+| bool (* const char_check) (int, const void *) )
+|
+| Description : Create a new fieldtype. The application programmer must
+| write a field_check and a char_check function and give
+| them as input to this call.
+| If an error occurs, errno is set to
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid arguments
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error (no memory)
+|
+| Return Values : Fieldtype pointer or NULL if error occured
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+ bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *),
+ bool (* const char_check) (int,const void *) )
+{
+ FIELDTYPE *nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)0;
+
+ if ( (field_check) && (char_check) )
+ {
+ nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)malloc(sizeof(FIELDTYPE));
+ if (nftyp)
+ {
+ *nftyp = default_fieldtype;
+ nftyp->fcheck = field_check;
+ nftyp->ccheck = char_check;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_ERROR( E_BAD_ARGUMENT );
+ }
+ return nftyp;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(
+| FIELDTYPE *type1,
+| FIELDTYPE *type2)
+|
+| Description : Create a new fieldtype built from the two given types.
+| They are connected by an logical 'OR'.
+| If an error occurs, errno is set to
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid arguments
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error (no memory)
+|
+| Return Values : Fieldtype pointer or NULL if error occured.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE * type1, FIELDTYPE * type2)
+{
+ FIELDTYPE *nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)0;
+
+ if ( type1 && type2 )
+ {
+ nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)malloc(sizeof(FIELDTYPE));
+ if (nftyp)
+ {
+ *nftyp = default_fieldtype;
+ nftyp->status |= _LINKED_TYPE;
+ if ((type1->status & _HAS_ARGS) || (type2->status & _HAS_ARGS) )
+ nftyp->status |= _HAS_ARGS;
+ if ((type1->status & _HAS_CHOICE) || (type2->status & _HAS_CHOICE) )
+ nftyp->status |= _HAS_CHOICE;
+ nftyp->left = type1;
+ nftyp->right = type2;
+ type1->ref++;
+ type2->ref++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_ERROR( E_BAD_ARGUMENT );
+ }
+ return nftyp;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *typ)
+|
+| Description : Release the memory associated with this fieldtype.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_CONNECTED - there are fields referencing the type
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid fieldtype pointer
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *typ)
+{
+ if (!typ)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (typ->ref!=0)
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+
+ if (typ->status & _RESIDENT)
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ if (typ->left ) typ->left->ref--;
+ if (typ->right) typ->right->ref--;
+ }
+ free(typ);
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_fieldtype_arg(
+| FIELDTYPE *typ,
+| void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+| void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+| void (* const free_arg)(void *) )
+|
+| Description : Connects to the type additional arguments necessary
+| for a set_field_type call. The various function pointer
+| arguments are:
+| make_arg : allocates a structure for the field
+| specific parameters.
+| copy_arg : duplicate the structure created by
+| make_arg
+| free_arg : Release the memory allocated by make_arg
+| or copy_arg
+|
+| At least one of those functions must be non-NULL.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE * typ,
+ void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+ void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+ void (* const free_arg)(void *))
+{
+ if ( !typ || !make_arg || !copy_arg || !free_arg )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ typ->status |= _HAS_ARGS;
+ typ->makearg = make_arg;
+ typ->copyarg = copy_arg;
+ typ->freearg = free_arg;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_fieldtype_choice(
+| FIELDTYPE *typ,
+| bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *,const void *),
+| bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *,const void *))
+|
+| Description : Define implementation of enumeration requests.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid arguments
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_fieldtype_choice(FIELDTYPE * typ,
+ bool (* const next_choice) (FIELD *,const void *),
+ bool (* const prev_choice) (FIELD *,const void *))
+{
+ if ( !typ || !next_choice || !prev_choice )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ typ->status |= _HAS_CHOICE;
+ typ->next = next_choice;
+ typ->prev = prev_choice;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/* fld_type.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_user.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void *usrptr)
+|
+| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any field to store
+| application relevant informations
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - on success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_userptr(FIELD * field, const void *usrptr)
+{
+ Normalize_Field( field )->usrptr = usrptr;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any field to
+| store application relevant informations.
+|
+| Return Values : Value of pointer. If no such pointer has been set,
+| NULL is returned
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field)
+{
+ return Normalize_Field( field )->usrptr;
+}
+
+/* fld_user.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef FORM_H
+#define FORM_H
+
+#include <curses.h>
+#include <eti.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef int Form_Options;
+typedef int Field_Options;
+
+ /**********
+ * _PAGE *
+ **********/
+
+typedef struct {
+ short pmin; /* index of first field on page */
+ short pmax; /* index of last field on page */
+ short smin; /* index of top leftmost field on page */
+ short smax; /* index of bottom rightmost field on page */
+} _PAGE;
+
+ /**********
+ * FIELD *
+ **********/
+
+typedef struct fieldnode {
+ unsigned short status; /* flags */
+ short rows; /* size in rows */
+ short cols; /* size in cols */
+ short frow; /* first row */
+ short fcol; /* first col */
+ int drows; /* dynamic rows */
+ int dcols; /* dynamic cols */
+ int maxgrow; /* maximum field growth */
+ int nrow; /* offscreen rows */
+ short nbuf; /* additional buffers */
+ short just; /* justification */
+ short page; /* page on form */
+ short index; /* into form -> field */
+ int pad; /* pad character */
+ chtype fore; /* foreground attribute */
+ chtype back; /* background attribute */
+ Field_Options opts; /* options */
+ struct fieldnode * snext; /* sorted order pointer */
+ struct fieldnode * sprev; /* sorted order pointer */
+ struct fieldnode * link; /* linked field chain */
+ struct formnode * form; /* containing form */
+ struct typenode * type; /* field type */
+ void * arg; /* argument for type */
+ char * buf; /* field buffers */
+ const void * usrptr; /* user pointer */
+} FIELD;
+
+ /**************
+ * FIELDTYPE *
+ **************/
+
+typedef struct typenode {
+ unsigned short status; /* flags */
+ long ref; /* reference count */
+ struct typenode * left; /* ptr to operand for | */
+ struct typenode * right; /* ptr to operand for | */
+
+ void* (*makearg)(va_list *); /* make fieldtype arg */
+ void* (*copyarg)(const void *); /* copy fieldtype arg */
+ void (*freearg)(void *); /* free fieldtype arg */
+
+ bool (*fcheck)(FIELD *,const void *); /* field validation */
+ bool (*ccheck)(int,const void *); /* character validation */
+
+ bool (*next)(FIELD *,const void *); /* enumerate next value */
+ bool (*prev)(FIELD *,const void *); /* enumerate prev value */
+
+} FIELDTYPE;
+
+ /*********
+ * FORM *
+ *********/
+
+typedef struct formnode {
+ unsigned short status; /* flags */
+ short rows; /* size in rows */
+ short cols; /* size in cols */
+ int currow; /* current row in field window*/
+ int curcol; /* current col in field window*/
+ int toprow; /* in scrollable field window */
+ int begincol; /* in horiz. scrollable field */
+ short maxfield; /* number of fields */
+ short maxpage; /* number of pages */
+ short curpage; /* index into page */
+ Form_Options opts; /* options */
+ WINDOW * win; /* window */
+ WINDOW * sub; /* subwindow */
+ WINDOW * w; /* window for current field */
+ FIELD ** field; /* field [maxfield] */
+ FIELD * current; /* current field */
+ _PAGE * page; /* page [maxpage] */
+ const void * usrptr; /* user pointer */
+
+ void (*forminit)(struct formnode *);
+ void (*formterm)(struct formnode *);
+ void (*fieldinit)(struct formnode *);
+ void (*fieldterm)(struct formnode *);
+
+} FORM;
+
+typedef void (*Form_Hook)(FORM *);
+
+ /***************************
+ * miscellaneous #defines *
+ ***************************/
+
+/* field justification */
+#define NO_JUSTIFICATION (0)
+#define JUSTIFY_LEFT (1)
+#define JUSTIFY_CENTER (2)
+#define JUSTIFY_RIGHT (3)
+
+/* field options */
+#define O_VISIBLE (0x0001)
+#define O_ACTIVE (0x0002)
+#define O_PUBLIC (0x0004)
+#define O_EDIT (0x0008)
+#define O_WRAP (0x0010)
+#define O_BLANK (0x0020)
+#define O_AUTOSKIP (0x0040)
+#define O_NULLOK (0x0080)
+#define O_PASSOK (0x0100)
+#define O_STATIC (0x0200)
+
+/* form options */
+#define O_NL_OVERLOAD (0x0001)
+#define O_BS_OVERLOAD (0x0002)
+
+/* form driver commands */
+#define REQ_NEXT_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 1) /* move to next page */
+#define REQ_PREV_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 2) /* move to previous page */
+#define REQ_FIRST_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 3) /* move to first page */
+#define REQ_LAST_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 4) /* move to last page */
+
+#define REQ_NEXT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 5) /* move to next field */
+#define REQ_PREV_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 6) /* move to previous field */
+#define REQ_FIRST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 7) /* move to first field */
+#define REQ_LAST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 8) /* move to last field */
+#define REQ_SNEXT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 9) /* move to sorted next field */
+#define REQ_SPREV_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 10) /* move to sorted prev field */
+#define REQ_SFIRST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 11) /* move to sorted first field */
+#define REQ_SLAST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 12) /* move to sorted last field */
+#define REQ_LEFT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 13) /* move to left to field */
+#define REQ_RIGHT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 14) /* move to right to field */
+#define REQ_UP_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 15) /* move to up to field */
+#define REQ_DOWN_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 16) /* move to down to field */
+
+#define REQ_NEXT_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 17) /* move to next char in field */
+#define REQ_PREV_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 18) /* move to prev char in field */
+#define REQ_NEXT_LINE (KEY_MAX + 19) /* move to next line in field */
+#define REQ_PREV_LINE (KEY_MAX + 20) /* move to prev line in field */
+#define REQ_NEXT_WORD (KEY_MAX + 21) /* move to next word in field */
+#define REQ_PREV_WORD (KEY_MAX + 22) /* move to prev word in field */
+#define REQ_BEG_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 23) /* move to first char in field */
+#define REQ_END_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 24) /* move after last char in fld */
+#define REQ_BEG_LINE (KEY_MAX + 25) /* move to beginning of line */
+#define REQ_END_LINE (KEY_MAX + 26) /* move after last char in line */
+#define REQ_LEFT_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 27) /* move left in field */
+#define REQ_RIGHT_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 28) /* move right in field */
+#define REQ_UP_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 29) /* move up in field */
+#define REQ_DOWN_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 30) /* move down in field */
+
+#define REQ_NEW_LINE (KEY_MAX + 31) /* insert/overlay new line */
+#define REQ_INS_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 32) /* insert blank char at cursor */
+#define REQ_INS_LINE (KEY_MAX + 33) /* insert blank line at cursor */
+#define REQ_DEL_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 34) /* delete char at cursor */
+#define REQ_DEL_PREV (KEY_MAX + 35) /* delete char before cursor */
+#define REQ_DEL_LINE (KEY_MAX + 36) /* delete line at cursor */
+#define REQ_DEL_WORD (KEY_MAX + 37) /* delete line at cursor */
+#define REQ_CLR_EOL (KEY_MAX + 38) /* clear to end of line */
+#define REQ_CLR_EOF (KEY_MAX + 39) /* clear to end of field */
+#define REQ_CLR_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 40) /* clear entire field */
+#define REQ_OVL_MODE (KEY_MAX + 41) /* begin overlay mode */
+#define REQ_INS_MODE (KEY_MAX + 42) /* begin insert mode */
+#define REQ_SCR_FLINE (KEY_MAX + 43) /* scroll field forward a line */
+#define REQ_SCR_BLINE (KEY_MAX + 44) /* scroll field backward a line */
+#define REQ_SCR_FPAGE (KEY_MAX + 45) /* scroll field forward a page */
+#define REQ_SCR_BPAGE (KEY_MAX + 46) /* scroll field backward a page */
+#define REQ_SCR_FHPAGE (KEY_MAX + 47) /* scroll field forward half page */
+#define REQ_SCR_BHPAGE (KEY_MAX + 48) /* scroll field backward half page */
+#define REQ_SCR_FCHAR (KEY_MAX + 49) /* horizontal scroll char */
+#define REQ_SCR_BCHAR (KEY_MAX + 50) /* horizontal scroll char */
+#define REQ_SCR_HFLINE (KEY_MAX + 51) /* horizontal scroll line */
+#define REQ_SCR_HBLINE (KEY_MAX + 52) /* horizontal scroll line */
+#define REQ_SCR_HFHALF (KEY_MAX + 53) /* horizontal scroll half line */
+#define REQ_SCR_HBHALF (KEY_MAX + 54) /* horizontal scroll half line */
+
+#define REQ_VALIDATION (KEY_MAX + 55) /* validate field */
+#define REQ_NEXT_CHOICE (KEY_MAX + 56) /* display next field choice */
+#define REQ_PREV_CHOICE (KEY_MAX + 57) /* display prev field choice */
+
+#define MIN_FORM_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 1) /* used by form_driver */
+#define MAX_FORM_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 57) /* used by form_driver */
+
+#if defined(MAX_COMMAND)
+# if (MAX_FORM_COMMAND > MAX_COMMAND)
+# error Something is wrong -- MAX_FORM_COMMAND is greater than MAX_COMMAND
+# elif (MAX_COMMAND != (KEY_MAX + 128))
+# error Something is wrong -- MAX_COMMAND is already inconsistently defined.
+# endif
+#else
+# define MAX_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 128)
+#endif
+
+ /*************************
+ * standard field types *
+ *************************/
+extern FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA,
+ *TYPE_ALNUM,
+ *TYPE_ENUM,
+ *TYPE_INTEGER,
+ *TYPE_NUMERIC,
+ *TYPE_REGEXP;
+
+ /************************************
+ * built-in additional field types *
+ * They are not defined in SVr4 *
+ ************************************/
+extern FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4; /* Internet IP Version 4 address */
+
+ /***********************
+ * Default objects *
+ ***********************/
+extern FORM *_nc_Default_Form;
+extern FIELD *_nc_Default_Field;
+
+
+ /***********************
+ * FIELDTYPE routines *
+ ***********************/
+extern FIELDTYPE
+ *new_fieldtype(
+ bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *),
+ bool (* const char_check)(int,const void *)),
+ *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *,FIELDTYPE *);
+
+extern int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *),
+ set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *,
+ void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+ void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+ void (* const free_arg)(void *)),
+ set_fieldtype_choice (FIELDTYPE *,
+ bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *,const void *),
+ bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *,const void *));
+
+ /*******************
+ * FIELD routines *
+ *******************/
+extern FIELD *new_field(int,int,int,int,int,int),
+ *dup_field(FIELD *,int,int),
+ *link_field(FIELD *,int,int);
+
+extern int free_field(FIELD *),
+ field_info(const FIELD *,int *,int *,int *,int *,int *,int *),
+ dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *,int *,int *,int *),
+ set_max_field( FIELD *,int),
+ move_field(FIELD *,int,int),
+ set_field_type(FIELD *,FIELDTYPE *,...),
+ set_new_page(FIELD *,bool),
+ set_field_just(FIELD *,int),
+ field_just(const FIELD *),
+ set_field_fore(FIELD *,chtype),
+ set_field_back(FIELD *,chtype),
+ set_field_pad(FIELD *,int),
+ field_pad(const FIELD *),
+ set_field_buffer(FIELD *,int,const char *),
+ set_field_status(FIELD *,bool),
+ set_field_userptr(FIELD *,const void *),
+ set_field_opts(FIELD *,Field_Options),
+ field_opts_on(FIELD *,Field_Options),
+ field_opts_off(FIELD *,Field_Options);
+
+extern chtype field_fore(const FIELD *),
+ field_back(const FIELD *);
+
+extern bool new_page(const FIELD *),
+ field_status(const FIELD *);
+
+extern void *field_arg(const FIELD *);
+
+extern const void
+ *field_userptr(const FIELD *);
+
+extern FIELDTYPE
+ *field_type(const FIELD *);
+
+extern char* field_buffer(const FIELD *,int);
+
+extern Field_Options
+ field_opts(const FIELD *);
+
+ /******************
+ * FORM routines *
+ ******************/
+extern FORM *new_form(FIELD **);
+
+extern FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *),
+ *current_field(const FORM *);
+
+extern WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *),
+ *form_sub(const FORM *);
+
+extern Form_Hook
+ form_init(const FORM *),
+ form_term(const FORM *),
+ field_init(const FORM *),
+ field_term(const FORM *);
+
+extern int free_form(FORM *),
+ set_form_fields(FORM *,FIELD **),
+ field_count(const FORM *),
+ set_form_win(FORM *,WINDOW *),
+ set_form_sub(FORM *,WINDOW *),
+ set_current_field(FORM *,FIELD *),
+ field_index(const FIELD *),
+ set_form_page(FORM *,int),
+ form_page(const FORM *),
+ scale_form(const FORM *,int *,int *),
+ set_form_init(FORM *,Form_Hook),
+ set_form_term(FORM *,Form_Hook),
+ set_field_init(FORM *,Form_Hook),
+ set_field_term(FORM *,Form_Hook),
+ post_form(FORM *),
+ unpost_form(FORM *),
+ pos_form_cursor(FORM *),
+ form_driver(FORM *,int),
+ set_form_userptr(FORM *,const void *),
+ set_form_opts(FORM *,Form_Options),
+ form_opts_on(FORM *,Form_Options),
+ form_opts_off(FORM *,Form_Options),
+ form_request_by_name(const char *);
+
+extern const char
+ *form_request_name(int);
+
+extern const void
+ *form_userptr(const FORM *);
+
+extern Form_Options
+ form_opts(const FORM *);
+
+extern bool data_ahead(const FORM *),
+ data_behind(const FORM *);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FORM_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "mf_common.h"
+#include "form.h"
+
+/* form status values */
+#define _OVLMODE (0x04) /* Form is in overlay mode */
+#define _WINDOW_MODIFIED (0x10) /* Current field window has been modified */
+#define _FCHECK_REQUIRED (0x20) /* Current field needs validation */
+
+/* field status values */
+#define _CHANGED (0x01) /* Field has been changed */
+#define _NEWTOP (0x02) /* Vertical scrolling occured */
+#define _NEWPAGE (0x04) /* field begins new page of form */
+#define _MAY_GROW (0x08) /* dynamic field may still grow */
+
+/* fieldtype status values */
+#define _LINKED_TYPE (0x01) /* Type is a linked type */
+#define _HAS_ARGS (0x02) /* Type has arguments */
+#define _HAS_CHOICE (0x04) /* Type has choice methods */
+#define _RESIDENT (0x08) /* Type is builtin */
+
+/* If form is NULL replace form argument by default-form */
+#define Normalize_Form(form) ((form)=(form)?(form):_nc_Default_Form)
+
+/* If field is NULL replace field argument by default-field */
+#define Normalize_Field(field) ((field)=(field)?(field):_nc_Default_Field)
+
+/* Retrieve forms window */
+#define Get_Form_Window(form) \
+ ((form)->sub?(form)->sub:((form)->win?(form)->win:stdscr))
+
+/* Calculate the size for a single buffer for this field */
+#define Buffer_Length(field) ((field)->drows * (field)->dcols)
+
+/* Calculate the total size of all buffers for this field */
+#define Total_Buffer_Size(field) \
+ ( (Buffer_Length(field) + 1) * (1+(field)->nbuf) )
+
+/* Logic to determine whether or not a field is single lined */
+#define Single_Line_Field(field) \
+ (((field)->rows + (field)->nrow) == 1)
+
+
+typedef struct typearg {
+ struct typearg *left;
+ struct typearg *right;
+} TypeArgument;
+
+/* This is a dummy request code (normally invalid) to be used internally
+ with the form_driver() routine to position to the first active field
+ on the form
+*/
+#define FIRST_ACTIVE_MAGIC (-291056)
+
+#define ALL_FORM_OPTS ( \
+ O_NL_OVERLOAD |\
+ O_BS_OVERLOAD )
+
+#define ALL_FIELD_OPTS ( \
+ O_VISIBLE |\
+ O_ACTIVE |\
+ O_PUBLIC |\
+ O_EDIT |\
+ O_WRAP |\
+ O_BLANK |\
+ O_AUTOSKIP|\
+ O_NULLOK |\
+ O_PASSOK |\
+ O_STATIC )
+
+
+#define C_BLANK ' '
+#define is_blank(c) ((c)==C_BLANK)
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module frm_adabind.c *
+* Helper routines to ease the implementation of an Ada95 binding to *
+* ncurses. For details and copyright of the binding see the ../Ada95 *
+* subdirectory. *
+***************************************************************************/
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_adabind.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* Prototypes for the functions in this module */
+void _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts (int *opt);
+void _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts (int *opt);
+void *_nc_ada_getvarg(va_list *);
+
+
+void _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts (int *opt)
+{
+ *opt = ALL_FIELD_OPTS & (*opt);
+}
+
+void _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts (int *opt)
+{
+ *opt = ALL_FORM_OPTS & (*opt);
+}
+
+
+/* This tiny stub helps us to get a void pointer from an argument list.
+// The mechanism for libform to handle arguments to field types uses
+// unfortunately functions with variable argument lists. In the Ada95
+// binding we replace this by a mechanism that only uses one argument
+// that is a pointer to a record describing all the specifics of an
+// user defined field type. So we need only this simple generic
+// procedure to get the pointer from the arglist.
+*/
+void *_nc_ada_getvarg(va_list *ap)
+{
+ return va_arg(*ap,void*);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_data.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : bool data_behind(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Check for off-screen data behind. This is nearly trivial
+| becose the begin of a field is fixed.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - there are off-screen data behind
+| FALSE - there are no off-screen data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool data_behind(const FORM *form)
+{
+ bool result = FALSE;
+
+ if (form && (form->status & _POSTED) && form->current)
+ {
+ FIELD *field;
+
+ field = form->current;
+ if (!Single_Line_Field(field))
+ {
+ result = (form->toprow==0) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result = (form->begincol==0) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return(result);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static char * After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(
+| char *buffer,
+| int len,
+| int pad)
+|
+| Description : Find the last position in the buffer that doesn't
+| contain a padding character.
+|
+| Return Values : The pointer to this position
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE
+static char * After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(char *buffer, int len, int pad)
+{
+ char *end = buffer + len;
+
+ assert(buffer && len>=0);
+ while ( (buffer < end) && (*(end-1)==pad) )
+ end--;
+
+ return end;
+}
+
+#define SMALL_BUFFER_SIZE (80)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : bool data_ahead(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Check for off-screen data ahead. This is more difficult
+| because a dynamic field has a variable end.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - there are off-screen data ahead
+| FALSE - there are no off-screen data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool data_ahead(const FORM *form)
+{
+ bool result = FALSE;
+
+ if (form && (form->status & _POSTED) && form->current)
+ {
+ static char buffer[SMALL_BUFFER_SIZE + 1];
+ FIELD *field;
+ bool large_buffer;
+ bool cursor_moved = FALSE;
+ char *bp;
+ char *found_content;
+ int pos;
+
+ field = form->current;
+ assert(form->w);
+
+ large_buffer = (field->cols > SMALL_BUFFER_SIZE);
+ if (large_buffer)
+ bp = (char *)malloc((size_t)(field->cols) + 1);
+ else
+ bp = buffer;
+
+ assert(bp);
+
+ if (Single_Line_Field(field))
+ {
+ int check_len;
+
+ pos = form->begincol + field->cols;
+ while (pos < field->dcols)
+ {
+ check_len = field->dcols - pos;
+ if ( check_len >= field->cols )
+ check_len = field->cols;
+ cursor_moved = TRUE;
+ wmove(form->w,0,pos);
+ winnstr(form->w,bp,check_len);
+ found_content =
+ After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(bp,check_len,field->pad);
+ if (found_content==bp)
+ pos += field->cols;
+ else
+ {
+ result = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pos = form->toprow + field->rows;
+ while (pos < field->drows)
+ {
+ cursor_moved = TRUE;
+ wmove(form->w,pos,0);
+ pos++;
+ winnstr(form->w,bp,field->cols);
+ found_content =
+ After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(bp,field->cols,field->pad);
+ if (found_content!=bp)
+ {
+ result = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (large_buffer)
+ free(bp);
+
+ if (cursor_moved)
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ }
+ return(result);
+}
+
+/* frm_data.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_def.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* this can't be readonly */
+static FORM default_form = {
+ 0, /* status */
+ 0, /* rows */
+ 0, /* cols */
+ 0, /* currow */
+ 0, /* curcol */
+ 0, /* toprow */
+ 0, /* begincol */
+ -1, /* maxfield */
+ -1, /* maxpage */
+ -1, /* curpage */
+ ALL_FORM_OPTS, /* opts */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* win */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* sub */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* w */
+ (FIELD **)0, /* field */
+ (FIELD *)0, /* current */
+ (_PAGE *)0, /* page */
+ (char *)0, /* usrptr */
+ NULL, /* forminit */
+ NULL, /* formterm */
+ NULL, /* fieldinit */
+ NULL /* fieldterm */
+};
+
+FORM *_nc_Default_Form = &default_form;
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Insert_Field_By_Position(
+| FIELD *new_field,
+| FIELD *head )
+|
+| Description : Insert new_field into sorted fieldlist with head "head"
+| and return new head of sorted fieldlist. Sorting
+| criteria is (row,column). This is a circular list.
+|
+| Return Values : New head of sorted fieldlist
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static FIELD *Insert_Field_By_Position(FIELD *newfield, FIELD *head)
+{
+ FIELD *current, *newhead;
+
+ assert(newfield);
+
+ if (!head)
+ { /* empty list is trivial */
+ newhead = newfield->snext = newfield->sprev = newfield;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ newhead = current = head;
+ while((current->frow < newfield->frow) ||
+ ((current->frow==newfield->frow) &&
+ (current->fcol < newfield->fcol)) )
+ {
+ current = current->snext;
+ if (current==head)
+ { /* We cycled through. Reset head to indicate that */
+ head = (FIELD *)0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* we leave the loop with current pointing to the field after newfield*/
+ newfield->snext = current;
+ newfield->sprev = current->sprev;
+ newfield->snext->sprev = newfield;
+ newfield->sprev->snext = newfield;
+ if (current==head)
+ newhead = newfield;
+ }
+ return(newhead);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Disconnect_Fields(FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Break association between form and array of fields.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Disconnect_Fields( FORM * form )
+{
+ FIELD **fields;
+
+ assert(form && form->field);
+
+ for(fields=form->field;*fields;fields++)
+ {
+ if (form == (*fields)->form)
+ (*fields)->form = (FORM *)0;
+ }
+
+ form->rows = form->cols = 0;
+ form->maxfield = form->maxpage = -1;
+ form->field = (FIELD **)0;
+ if (form->page)
+ free(form->page);
+ form->page = (_PAGE *)0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Connect_Fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields)
+|
+| Description : Set association between form and array of fields.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - no error
+| E_CONNECTED - a field is already connected
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - Invalid form pointer or field array
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - not enough memory
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Connect_Fields(FORM * form, FIELD ** fields)
+{
+ int field_cnt, j;
+ int page_nr;
+ int maximum_row_in_field, maximum_col_in_field;
+ _PAGE *pg;
+
+ assert(form);
+
+ form->field = fields;
+ form->maxfield = 0;
+ form->maxpage = 0;
+
+ if (!fields)
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+
+ page_nr = 0;
+ /* store formpointer in fields and count pages */
+ for(field_cnt=0;fields[field_cnt];field_cnt++)
+ {
+ if (fields[field_cnt]->form)
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+ if ( field_cnt==0 ||
+ (fields[field_cnt]->status & _NEWPAGE))
+ page_nr++;
+ fields[field_cnt]->form = form;
+ }
+ if (field_cnt==0)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ /* allocate page structures */
+ if ( (pg = (_PAGE *)malloc(page_nr * sizeof(_PAGE))) != (_PAGE *)0 )
+ {
+ form->page = pg;
+ }
+ else
+ RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ /* Cycle through fields and calculate page boundaries as well as
+ size of the form */
+ for(j=0;j<field_cnt;j++)
+ {
+ if (j==0)
+ pg->pmin = j;
+ else
+ {
+ if (fields[j]->status & _NEWPAGE)
+ {
+ pg->pmax = j-1;
+ pg++;
+ pg->pmin = j;
+ }
+ }
+
+ maximum_row_in_field = fields[j]->frow + fields[j]->rows;
+ maximum_col_in_field = fields[j]->fcol + fields[j]->cols;
+
+ if (form->rows < maximum_row_in_field)
+ form->rows = maximum_row_in_field;
+ if (form->cols < maximum_col_in_field)
+ form->cols = maximum_col_in_field;
+ }
+
+ pg->pmax = field_cnt-1;
+ form->maxfield = field_cnt;
+ form->maxpage = page_nr;
+
+ /* Sort fields on form pages */
+ for(page_nr = 0;page_nr < form->maxpage; page_nr++)
+ {
+ FIELD *fld = (FIELD *)0;
+ for(j = form->page[page_nr].pmin;j <= form->page[page_nr].pmax;j++)
+ {
+ fields[j]->index = j;
+ fields[j]->page = page_nr;
+ fld = Insert_Field_By_Position(fields[j],fld);
+ }
+ form->page[page_nr].smin = fld->index;
+ form->page[page_nr].smax = fld->sprev->index;
+ }
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Associate_Fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields)
+|
+| Description : Set association between form and array of fields.
+| If there are fields, position to first active field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| any other - error occured
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static int Associate_Fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields)
+{
+ int res = Connect_Fields(form,fields);
+ if (res == E_OK)
+ {
+ if (form->maxpage>0)
+ {
+ form->curpage = 0;
+ form_driver(form,FIRST_ACTIVE_MAGIC);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ form->curpage = -1;
+ form->current = (FIELD *)0;
+ }
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FORM *new_form( FIELD **fields )
+|
+| Description : Create new form with given array of fields.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to form. NULL if error occured.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FORM *new_form(FIELD ** fields)
+{
+ int err = E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+
+ FORM *form = (FORM *)malloc(sizeof(FORM));
+
+ if (form)
+ {
+ *form = *_nc_Default_Form;
+ if ((err=Associate_Fields(form,fields))!=E_OK)
+ {
+ free_form(form);
+ form = (FORM *)0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!form)
+ SET_ERROR(err);
+
+ return(form);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int free_form( FORM *form )
+|
+| Description : Release internal memory associated with form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - no error
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_POSTED - form is posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int free_form(FORM * form)
+{
+ if ( !form )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( form->status & _POSTED)
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ Disconnect_Fields( form );
+ if (form->page)
+ free(form->page);
+ free(form);
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_fields( FORM *form, FIELD **fields )
+|
+| Description : Set a new association of an array of fields to a form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - no error
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_POSTED - form is posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_form_fields(FORM * form, FIELD ** fields)
+{
+ FIELD **old;
+ int res;
+
+ if ( !form )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( form->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ old = form->field;
+ Disconnect_Fields( form );
+
+ if( (res = Associate_Fields( form, fields )) != E_OK )
+ Connect_Fields( form, old );
+
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELD **form_fields( const FORM *form )
+|
+| Description : Retrieve array of fields
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to field array
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELD **form_fields(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return (Normalize_Form( form )->field);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_count( const FORM *form )
+|
+| Description : Retrieve number of fields
+|
+| Return Values : Number of fields, -1 if none are defined
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_count(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return (Normalize_Form( form )->maxfield);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int scale_form( const FORM *form, int *rows, int *cols )
+|
+| Description : Retrieve size of form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - no error
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no fields connected to form
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int scale_form(const FORM * form, int * rows, int * cols)
+{
+ if ( !form )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( !(form->field) )
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ if (rows)
+ *rows = form->rows;
+ if (cols)
+ *cols = form->cols;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/* frm_def.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ This is the core module of the form library. It contains the majority
+ of the driver routines as well as the form_driver function.
+
+ Essentially this module is nearly the whole library. This is because
+ all the functions in this module depends on some others in the module,
+ so it makes no sense to split them into separate files because they
+ will always be linked together. The only acceptable concern is turnaround
+ time for this module, but now we have all Pentiums or Riscs, so what!
+
+ The driver routines are grouped into nine generic categories:
+
+ a) Page Navigation ( all functions prefixed by PN_ )
+ The current page of the form is left and some new page is
+ entered.
+ b) Inter-Field Navigation ( all functions prefixed by FN_ )
+ The current field of the form is left and some new field is
+ entered.
+ c) Intra-Field Navigation ( all functions prefixed by IFN_ )
+ The current position in the current field is changed.
+ d) Vertical Scrolling ( all functions prefixed by VSC_ )
+ Esseantially this is a specialization of Intra-Field navigation.
+ It has to check for a multi-line field.
+ e) Horizontal Scrolling ( all functions prefixed by HSC_ )
+ Esseantially this is a specialization of Intra-Field navigation.
+ It has to check for a single-line field.
+ f) Field Editing ( all functions prefixed by FE_ )
+ The content of the current field is changed
+ g) Edit Mode requests ( all functions prefixed by EM_ )
+ Switching between insert and overlay mode
+ h) Field-Validation requests ( all functions prefixed by FV_ )
+ Perform verifications of the field.
+ i) Choice requests ( all functions prefixed by CR_ )
+ Requests to enumerate possible field values
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Some remarks on the placements of assert() macros :
+ I use them only on "strategic" places, i.e. top level entries where
+ I want to make sure that things are set correctly. Throughout subordinate
+ routines I omit them mostly.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_driver.c,v 1.20 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*
+Some options that may effect compatibility in behavior to SVr4 forms,
+but they are here to allow a more intuitive and user friendly behaviour of
+our form implementation. This doesn't affect the API, so we feel it is
+uncritical.
+
+The initial implementation tries to stay very close with the behaviour
+of the original SVr4 implementation, although in some areas it is quite
+clear that this isn't the most appropriate way. As far as possible this
+sources will allow you to build a forms lib that behaves quite similar
+to SVr4, but now and in the future we will give you better options.
+Perhaps at some time we will make this configurable at runtime.
+*/
+
+/* Implement a more user-friendly previous/next word behaviour */
+#define FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD (1)
+/* Fix the wrong behaviour for forms with all fields inactive */
+#define FIX_FORM_INACTIVE_BUG (1)
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Forward references to some internally used static functions
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Inter_Field_Navigation ( int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form );
+static int FN_Next_Field (FORM * form);
+static int FN_Previous_Field (FORM * form);
+static int FE_New_Line(FORM *);
+static int FE_Delete_Previous(FORM *);
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Macro Definitions.
+
+ Some Remarks on that: I use the convention to use UPPERCASE for constants
+ defined by Macros. If I provide a macro as a kind of inline routine to
+ provide some logic, I use my Upper_Lower case style.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Calculate the position of a single row in a field buffer */
+#define Position_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row) ((row)*(field)->dcols)
+
+/* Calculate start address for the fields buffer# N */
+#define Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,N) \
+ ((field)->buf + (N)*(1+Buffer_Length(field)))
+
+/* Calculate the start address of the row in the fields specified buffer# N */
+#define Address_Of_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(field,N,row) \
+ (Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,N) + Position_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row))
+
+/* Calculate the start address of the row in the fields primary buffer */
+#define Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row) \
+ Address_Of_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(field,0,row)
+
+/* Calculate the start address of the row in the forms current field
+ buffer# N */
+#define Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(form,N) \
+ Address_Of_Row_In_Nth_Buffer((form)->current,N,(form)->currow)
+
+/* Calculate the start address of the row in the forms current field
+ primary buffer */
+#define Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form) \
+ Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(form,0)
+
+/* Calculate the address of the cursor in the forms current field
+ primary buffer */
+#define Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Nth_Buffer(form,N) \
+ (Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(form,N) + (form)->curcol)
+
+/* Calculate the address of the cursor in the forms current field
+ buffer# N */
+#define Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form) \
+ Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Nth_Buffer(form,0)
+
+/* Logic to decide wether or not a field is actually a field with
+ vertical or horizontal scrolling */
+#define Is_Scroll_Field(field) \
+ (((field)->drows > (field)->rows) || \
+ ((field)->dcols > (field)->cols))
+
+/* Logic to decide whether or not a field needs to have an individual window
+ instead of a derived window because it contains invisible parts.
+ This is true for non-public fields and for scrollable fields. */
+#define Has_Invisible_Parts(field) \
+ (!((field)->opts & O_PUBLIC) || \
+ Is_Scroll_Field(field))
+
+/* Logic to decide whether or not a field needs justification */
+#define Justification_Allowed(field) \
+ (((field)->just != NO_JUSTIFICATION) && \
+ (Single_Line_Field(field)) && \
+ (((field)->dcols == (field)->cols) && \
+ ((field)->opts & O_STATIC)) )
+
+/* Logic to determine whether or not a dynamic field may still grow */
+#define Growable(field) ((field)->status & _MAY_GROW)
+
+/* Macro to set the attributes for a fields window */
+#define Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,win) \
+{\
+ wbkgdset((win),(chtype)((field)->pad | (field)->back)); \
+ wattrset((win),(field)->fore); \
+}
+
+/* Logic to decide whether or not a field really appears on the form */
+#define Field_Really_Appears(field) \
+ ((field->form) &&\
+ (field->form->status & _POSTED) &&\
+ (field->opts & O_VISIBLE) &&\
+ (field->page == field->form->curpage))
+
+/* Logic to determine whether or not we are on the first position in the
+ current field */
+#define First_Position_In_Current_Field(form) \
+ (((form)->currow==0) && ((form)->curcol==0))
+
+/* This are the field options required to be a selectable field in field
+ navigation requests */
+#define O_SELECTABLE (O_ACTIVE | O_VISIBLE)
+
+/* Logic to determine whether or not a field is selectable */
+#define Field_Is_Selectable(f) (((f)->opts & O_SELECTABLE)==O_SELECTABLE)
+#define Field_Is_Not_Selectable(f) (((f)->opts & O_SELECTABLE)!=O_SELECTABLE)
+
+#define Minimum(a,b) (((a)<=(b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define Maximum(a,b) (((a)>=(b)) ? (a) : (b))
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static char *Get_Start_Of_Data(char * buf, int blen)
+|
+| Description : Return pointer to first non-blank position in buffer.
+| If buffer is empty return pointer to buffer itself.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to first non-blank position in buffer
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static char *Get_Start_Of_Data(char * buf, int blen)
+{
+ char *p = buf;
+ char *end = &buf[blen];
+
+ assert(buf && blen>=0);
+ while( (p < end) && is_blank(*p) )
+ p++;
+ return( (p==end) ? buf : p );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static char *After_End_Of_Data(char * buf, int blen)
+|
+| Description : Return pointer after last non-blank position in buffer.
+| If buffer is empty, return pointer to buffer itself.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to position after last non-blank position in
+| buffer.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static char *After_End_Of_Data(char * buf,int blen)
+{
+ char *p = &buf[blen];
+
+ assert(buf && blen>=0);
+ while( (p>buf) && is_blank(p[-1]) )
+ p--;
+ return( p );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static char *Get_First_Whitespace_Character(
+| char * buf, int blen)
+|
+| Description : Position to the first whitespace character.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to first whitespace character in buffer.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static char *Get_First_Whitespace_Character(char * buf, int blen)
+{
+ char *p = buf;
+ char *end = &p[blen];
+
+ assert(buf && blen>=0);
+ while( (p < end) && !is_blank(*p))
+ p++;
+ return( (p==end) ? buf : p );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static char *After_Last_Whitespace_Character(
+| char * buf, int blen)
+|
+| Description : Get the position after the last whitespace character.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to position after last whitespace character in
+| buffer.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static char *After_Last_Whitespace_Character(char * buf, int blen)
+{
+ char *p = &buf[blen];
+
+ assert(buf && blen>=0);
+ while( (p>buf) && !is_blank(p[-1]) )
+ p--;
+ return( p );
+}
+
+/* Set this to 1 to use the div_t version. This is a good idea if your
+ compiler has an intrinsic div() support. Unfortunately GNU-C has it
+ not yet.
+ N.B.: This only works if form->curcol follows immediately form->currow
+ and both are of type int.
+*/
+#define USE_DIV_T (0)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Adjust_Cursor_Position(
+| FORM * form, const char * pos)
+|
+| Description : Set current row and column of the form to values
+| corresponding to the buffer position.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static void Adjust_Cursor_Position(FORM * form, const char * pos)
+{
+ FIELD *field;
+ int idx;
+
+ field = form->current;
+ assert( pos >= field->buf && field->dcols > 0);
+ idx = (int)( pos - field->buf );
+#if USE_DIV_T
+ *((div_t *)&(form->currow)) = div(idx,field->dcols);
+#else
+ form->currow = idx / field->dcols;
+ form->curcol = idx - field->cols * form->currow;
+#endif
+ if ( field->drows < form->currow )
+ form->currow = 0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Buffer_To_Window(
+| const FIELD * field,
+| WINDOW * win)
+|
+| Description : Copy the buffer to the window. If its a multiline
+| field, the buffer is split to the lines of the
+| window without any editing.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Buffer_To_Window(const FIELD * field, WINDOW * win)
+{
+ int width, height;
+ int len;
+ int row;
+ char *pBuffer;
+
+ assert(win && field);
+
+ width = getmaxx(win);
+ height = getmaxy(win);
+
+ for(row=0, pBuffer=field->buf;
+ row < height;
+ row++, pBuffer += width )
+ {
+ if ((len = (int)( After_End_Of_Data( pBuffer, width ) - pBuffer )) > 0)
+ {
+ wmove( win, row, 0 );
+ waddnstr( win, pBuffer, len );
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Window_To_Buffer(
+| WINDOW * win,
+| FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Copy the content of the window into the buffer.
+| The multiple lines of a window are simply
+| concatenated into the buffer. Pad characters in
+| the window will be replaced by blanks in the buffer.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Window_To_Buffer(WINDOW * win, FIELD * field)
+{
+ int pad;
+ int len = 0;
+ char *p;
+ int row, height;
+
+ assert(win && field && field->buf );
+
+ pad = field->pad;
+ p = field->buf;
+ height = getmaxy(win);
+
+ for(row=0; (row < height) && (row < field->drows); row++ )
+ {
+ wmove( win, row, 0 );
+ len += winnstr( win, p+len, field->dcols );
+ }
+ p[len] = '\0';
+
+ /* replace visual padding character by blanks in buffer */
+ if (pad != C_BLANK)
+ {
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<len; i++, p++)
+ {
+ if (*p==pad)
+ *p = C_BLANK;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Synchronize_Buffer(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : If there was a change, copy the content of the
+| window into the buffer, so the buffer is synchronized
+| with the windows content. We have to indicate that the
+| buffer needs validation due to the change.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static void Synchronize_Buffer(FORM * form)
+{
+ if (form->status & _WINDOW_MODIFIED)
+ {
+ form->status &= ~_WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ form->status |= _FCHECK_REQUIRED;
+ Window_To_Buffer(form->w,form->current);
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Field_Grown( FIELD *field, int amount)
+|
+| Description : This function is called for growable dynamic fields
+| only. It has to increase the buffers and to allocate
+| a new window for this field.
+| This function has the side effect to set a new
+| field-buffer pointer, the dcols and drows values
+| as well as a new current Window for the field.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field successfully increased
+| FALSE - there was some error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Field_Grown(FIELD * field, int amount)
+{
+ bool result = FALSE;
+
+ if (field && Growable(field))
+ {
+ bool single_line_field = Single_Line_Field(field);
+ int old_buflen = Buffer_Length(field);
+ int new_buflen;
+ int old_dcols = field->dcols;
+ int old_drows = field->drows;
+ char *oldbuf = field->buf;
+ char *newbuf;
+
+ int growth;
+ FORM *form = field->form;
+ bool need_visual_update = ((form != (FORM *)0) &&
+ (form->status & _POSTED) &&
+ (form->current==field));
+
+ if (need_visual_update)
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+
+ if (single_line_field)
+ {
+ growth = field->cols * amount;
+ if (field->maxgrow)
+ growth = Minimum(field->maxgrow - field->dcols,growth);
+ field->dcols += growth;
+ if (field->dcols == field->maxgrow)
+ field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ growth = (field->rows + field->nrow) * amount;
+ if (field->maxgrow)
+ growth = Minimum(field->maxgrow - field->drows,growth);
+ field->drows += growth;
+ if (field->drows == field->maxgrow)
+ field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW;
+ }
+ /* drows, dcols changed, so we get really the new buffer length */
+ new_buflen = Buffer_Length(field);
+ newbuf=(char *)malloc((size_t)Total_Buffer_Size(field));
+ if (!newbuf)
+ { /* restore to previous state */
+ field->dcols = old_dcols;
+ field->drows = old_drows;
+ if (( single_line_field && (field->dcols!=field->maxgrow)) ||
+ (!single_line_field && (field->drows!=field->maxgrow)))
+ field->status |= _MAY_GROW;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* Copy all the buffers. This is the reason why we can't
+ just use realloc().
+ */
+ int i;
+ char *old_bp;
+ char *new_bp;
+
+ field->buf = newbuf;
+ for(i=0;i<=field->nbuf;i++)
+ {
+ new_bp = Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,i);
+ old_bp = oldbuf + i*(1+old_buflen);
+ memcpy(new_bp,old_bp,(size_t)old_buflen);
+ if (new_buflen > old_buflen)
+ memset(new_bp + old_buflen,C_BLANK,
+ (size_t)(new_buflen - old_buflen));
+ *(new_bp + new_buflen) = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (need_visual_update)
+ {
+ WINDOW *new_window = newpad(field->drows,field->dcols);
+ if (!new_window)
+ { /* restore old state */
+ field->dcols = old_dcols;
+ field->drows = old_drows;
+ field->buf = oldbuf;
+ if (( single_line_field &&
+ (field->dcols!=field->maxgrow)) ||
+ (!single_line_field &&
+ (field->drows!=field->maxgrow)))
+ field->status |= _MAY_GROW;
+ free( newbuf );
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ assert(form!=(FORM *)0);
+ delwin(form->w);
+ form->w = new_window;
+ Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,form->w);
+ werase(form->w);
+ Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w);
+ untouchwin(form->w);
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ }
+
+ free(oldbuf);
+ /* reflect changes in linked fields */
+ if (field != field->link)
+ {
+ FIELD *linked_field;
+ for(linked_field = field->link;
+ linked_field!= field;
+ linked_field = linked_field->link)
+ {
+ linked_field->buf = field->buf;
+ linked_field->drows = field->drows;
+ linked_field->dcols = field->dcols;
+ }
+ }
+ result = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return(result);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Position_Form_Cursor(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Position the currsor in the window for the current
+| field to be in sync. with the currow and curcol
+| values.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - form has no current field or
+| field-window
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Position_Form_Cursor(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field;
+ WINDOW *formwin;
+
+ if (!form)
+ return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!form->w || !form->current)
+ return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ field = form->current;
+ formwin = Get_Form_Window(form);
+
+ wmove( form->w, form->currow, form->curcol );
+ if ( Has_Invisible_Parts(field) )
+ {
+ /* in this case fieldwin isn't derived from formwin, so we have
+ to move the cursor in formwin by hand... */
+ wmove(formwin,
+ field->frow + form->currow - form->toprow,
+ field->fcol + form->curcol - form->begincol);
+ wcursyncup(formwin);
+ }
+ else
+ wcursyncup(form->w);
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Refresh_Current_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Propagate the changes in the fields window to the
+| window of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - on success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - general error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Refresh_Current_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ WINDOW *formwin;
+ FIELD *field;
+
+ if (!form)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!form->w || !form->current)
+ RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ field = form->current;
+ formwin = Get_Form_Window(form);
+
+ if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC)
+ {
+ if (Is_Scroll_Field(field))
+ {
+ /* Again, in this case the fieldwin isn't derived from formwin,
+ so we have to perform a copy operation. */
+ if (Single_Line_Field(field))
+ { /* horizontal scrolling */
+ if (form->curcol < form->begincol)
+ form->begincol = form->curcol;
+ else
+ {
+ if (form->curcol >= (form->begincol + field->cols))
+ form->begincol = form->curcol - field->cols + 1;
+ }
+ copywin(form->w,
+ formwin,
+ 0,
+ form->begincol,
+ field->frow,
+ field->fcol,
+ field->frow,
+ field->cols + field->fcol - 1,
+ 0);
+ }
+ else
+ { /* A multiline, i.e. vertical scrolling field */
+ int row_after_bottom,first_modified_row,first_unmodified_row;
+
+ if (field->drows > field->rows)
+ {
+ row_after_bottom = form->toprow + field->rows;
+ if (form->currow < form->toprow)
+ {
+ form->toprow = form->currow;
+ field->status |= _NEWTOP;
+ }
+ if (form->currow >= row_after_bottom)
+ {
+ form->toprow = form->currow - field->rows + 1;
+ field->status |= _NEWTOP;
+ }
+ if (field->status & _NEWTOP)
+ { /* means we have to copy whole range */
+ first_modified_row = form->toprow;
+ first_unmodified_row = first_modified_row + field->rows;
+ field->status &= ~_NEWTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* we try to optimize : finding the range of touched
+ lines */
+ first_modified_row = form->toprow;
+ while(first_modified_row < row_after_bottom)
+ {
+ if (is_linetouched(form->w,first_modified_row))
+ break;
+ first_modified_row++;
+ }
+ first_unmodified_row = first_modified_row;
+ while(first_unmodified_row < row_after_bottom)
+ {
+ if (!is_linetouched(form->w,first_unmodified_row))
+ break;
+ first_unmodified_row++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ first_modified_row = form->toprow;
+ first_unmodified_row = first_modified_row + field->rows;
+ }
+ if (first_unmodified_row != first_modified_row)
+ copywin(form->w,
+ formwin,
+ first_modified_row,
+ 0,
+ field->frow + first_modified_row - form->toprow,
+ field->fcol,
+ field->frow + first_unmodified_row - form->toprow - 1,
+ field->cols + field->fcol - 1,
+ 0);
+ }
+ wsyncup(formwin);
+ }
+ else
+ { /* if the field-window is simply a derived window, i.e. contains
+ no invisible parts, the whole thing is trivial
+ */
+ wsyncup(form->w);
+ }
+ }
+ untouchwin(form->w);
+ return Position_Form_Cursor(form);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Perform_Justification(
+| FIELD * field,
+| WINDOW * win)
+|
+| Description : Output field with requested justification
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Perform_Justification(FIELD * field, WINDOW * win)
+{
+ char *bp;
+ int len;
+ int col = 0;
+
+ bp = Get_Start_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field));
+ len = (int)(After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field)) - bp);
+
+ if (len>0)
+ {
+ assert(win && (field->drows == 1) && (field->dcols == field->cols));
+
+ switch(field->just)
+ {
+ case JUSTIFY_LEFT:
+ break;
+ case JUSTIFY_CENTER:
+ col = (field->cols - len)/2;
+ break;
+ case JUSTIFY_RIGHT:
+ col = field->cols - len;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ wmove(win,0,col);
+ waddnstr(win,bp,len);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Undo_Justification(
+| FIELD * field,
+| WINDOW * win)
+|
+| Description : Display field without any justification, i.e.
+| left justified
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Undo_Justification(FIELD * field, WINDOW * win)
+{
+ char *bp;
+ int len;
+
+ bp = Get_Start_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field));
+ len = (int)(After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field))-bp);
+
+ if (len>0)
+ {
+ assert(win);
+ wmove(win,0,0);
+ waddnstr(win,bp,len);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Char(
+| FIELDTYPE * typ,
+| int ch,
+| TypeArgument *argp)
+|
+| Description : Perform a single character check for character ch
+| according to the fieldtype instance.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - Character is valid
+| FALSE - Character is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Char(FIELDTYPE * typ, int ch, TypeArgument *argp)
+{
+ if (typ)
+ {
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ assert(argp);
+ return(
+ Check_Char(typ->left ,ch,argp->left ) ||
+ Check_Char(typ->right,ch,argp->right) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (typ->ccheck)
+ return typ->ccheck(ch,(void *)argp);
+ }
+ }
+ return isprint((unsigned char)ch);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Display_Or_Erase_Field(
+| FIELD * field,
+| bool bEraseFlag)
+|
+| Description : Create a subwindow for the field and display the
+| buffer contents (apply justification if required)
+| or simply erase the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - on success
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some error (typical no memory)
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Display_Or_Erase_Field(FIELD * field, bool bEraseFlag)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+
+ if (!field)
+ return E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+
+ win = derwin(Get_Form_Window(field->form),
+ field->rows,field->cols,field->frow,field->fcol);
+
+ if (!win)
+ return E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ else
+ {
+ Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,win);
+ werase(win);
+ }
+
+ if (!bEraseFlag)
+ {
+ if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC)
+ {
+ if (Justification_Allowed(field))
+ Perform_Justification(field,win);
+ else
+ Buffer_To_Window(field,win);
+ }
+ field->status &= ~_NEWTOP;
+ }
+ wsyncup(win);
+ delwin(win);
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/* Macros to preset the bEraseFlag */
+#define Display_Field(field) Display_Or_Erase_Field(field,FALSE)
+#define Erase_Field(field) Display_Or_Erase_Field(field,TRUE)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Synchronize_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Synchronize the windows content with the value in
+| the buffer.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Synchronize_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FORM *form;
+ int res = E_OK;
+
+ if (!field)
+ return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (((form=field->form) != (FORM *)0)
+ && Field_Really_Appears(field))
+ {
+ if (field == form->current)
+ {
+ form->currow = form->curcol = form->toprow = form->begincol = 0;
+ werase(form->w);
+
+ if ( (field->opts & O_PUBLIC) && Justification_Allowed(field) )
+ Undo_Justification( field, form->w );
+ else
+ Buffer_To_Window( field, form->w );
+
+ field->status |= _NEWTOP;
+ res = Refresh_Current_Field( form );
+ }
+ else
+ res = Display_Field( field );
+ }
+ field->status |= _CHANGED;
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Synchronize_Linked_Fields(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Propagate the Synchronize_Field function to all linked
+| fields. The first error that occurs in the sequence
+| of updates is the returnvalue.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Synchronize_Linked_Fields(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *linked_field;
+ int res = E_OK;
+ int syncres;
+
+ if (!field)
+ return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!field->link)
+ return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ for(linked_field = field->link;
+ linked_field!= field;
+ linked_field = linked_field->link )
+ {
+ if (((syncres=Synchronize_Field(linked_field)) != E_OK) &&
+ (res==E_OK))
+ res = syncres;
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Synchronize_Attributes(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : If a fields visual attributes have changed, this
+| routine is called to propagate those changes to the
+| screen.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Synchronize_Attributes(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FORM *form;
+ int res = E_OK;
+ WINDOW *formwin;
+
+ if (!field)
+ return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (((form=field->form) != (FORM *)0)
+ && Field_Really_Appears(field))
+ {
+ if (form->current==field)
+ {
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,form->w);
+ werase(form->w);
+ if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC)
+ {
+ if (Justification_Allowed(field))
+ Undo_Justification(field,form->w);
+ else
+ Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ formwin = Get_Form_Window(form);
+ copywin(form->w,formwin,
+ 0,0,
+ field->frow,field->fcol,
+ field->rows-1,field->cols-1,0);
+ wsyncup(formwin);
+ Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w);
+ field->status |= _NEWTOP; /* fake refresh to paint all */
+ Refresh_Current_Field(form);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res = Display_Field(field);
+ }
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Synchronize_Options(FIELD * field,
+| Field_Options newopts)
+|
+| Description : If a fields options have changed, this routine is
+| called to propagate these changes to the screen and
+| to really change the behaviour of the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Synchronize_Options(FIELD *field, Field_Options newopts)
+{
+ Field_Options oldopts;
+ Field_Options changed_opts;
+ FORM *form;
+ int res = E_OK;
+
+ if (!field)
+ return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ oldopts = field->opts;
+ changed_opts = oldopts ^ newopts;
+ field->opts = newopts;
+ form = field->form;
+
+ if (form)
+ {
+ if (form->current == field)
+ {
+ field->opts = oldopts;
+ return(E_CURRENT);
+ }
+
+ if (form->status & _POSTED)
+ {
+ if ((form->curpage == field->page))
+ {
+ if (changed_opts & O_VISIBLE)
+ {
+ if (newopts & O_VISIBLE)
+ res = Erase_Field(field);
+ else
+ res = Display_Field(field);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((changed_opts & O_PUBLIC) &&
+ (newopts & O_VISIBLE))
+ res = Display_Field(field);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (changed_opts & O_STATIC)
+ {
+ bool single_line_field = Single_Line_Field(field);
+ int res2 = E_OK;
+
+ if (newopts & O_STATIC)
+ { /* the field becomes now static */
+ field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW;
+ /* if actually we have no hidden columns, justification may
+ occur again */
+ if (single_line_field &&
+ (field->cols == field->dcols) &&
+ (field->just != NO_JUSTIFICATION) &&
+ Field_Really_Appears(field))
+ {
+ res2 = Display_Field(field);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { /* field is no longer static */
+ if ((field->maxgrow==0) ||
+ ( single_line_field && (field->dcols < field->maxgrow)) ||
+ (!single_line_field && (field->drows < field->maxgrow)))
+ {
+ field->status |= _MAY_GROW;
+ /* a field with justification now changes its behaviour,
+ so we must redisplay it */
+ if (single_line_field &&
+ (field->just != NO_JUSTIFICATION) &&
+ Field_Really_Appears(field))
+ {
+ res2 = Display_Field(field);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res2 != E_OK)
+ res = res2;
+ }
+
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Set_Current_Field(
+| FORM * form,
+| FIELD * newfield)
+|
+| Description : Make the newfield the new current field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form or field pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Set_Current_Field(FORM *form, FIELD *newfield)
+{
+ FIELD *field;
+ WINDOW *new_window;
+
+ if (!form || !newfield || !form->current || (newfield->form!=form))
+ return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( (form->status & _IN_DRIVER) )
+ return(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ if (!(form->field))
+ return(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ field = form->current;
+
+ if ((field!=newfield) ||
+ !(form->status & _POSTED))
+ {
+ if ((form->w) &&
+ (field->opts & O_VISIBLE) &&
+ (field->form->curpage == field->page))
+ {
+ Refresh_Current_Field(form);
+ if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC)
+ {
+ if (field->drows > field->rows)
+ {
+ if (form->toprow==0)
+ field->status &= ~_NEWTOP;
+ else
+ field->status |= _NEWTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Justification_Allowed(field))
+ {
+ Window_To_Buffer(form->w,field);
+ werase(form->w);
+ Perform_Justification(field,form->w);
+ wsyncup(form->w);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ delwin(form->w);
+ }
+
+ field = newfield;
+
+ if (Has_Invisible_Parts(field))
+ new_window = newpad(field->drows,field->dcols);
+ else
+ new_window = derwin(Get_Form_Window(form),
+ field->rows,field->cols,field->frow,field->fcol);
+
+ if (!new_window)
+ return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ form->current = field;
+ form->w = new_window;
+ form->status &= ~_WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,form->w);
+
+ if (Has_Invisible_Parts(field))
+ {
+ werase(form->w);
+ Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Justification_Allowed(field))
+ {
+ werase(form->w);
+ Undo_Justification(field,form->w);
+ wsyncup(form->w);
+ }
+ }
+
+ untouchwin(form->w);
+ }
+
+ form->currow = form->curcol = form->toprow = form->begincol = 0;
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Intra-Field Navigation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Next_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the next character in the field. In a multiline
+| field this wraps and the end of the line.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the rightmost position
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Next_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+
+ if ((++(form->curcol))==field->dcols)
+ {
+ if ((++(form->currow))==field->drows)
+ {
+ form->currow--;
+ form->curcol--;
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ form->curcol = 0;
+ }
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Previous_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the previous character in the field. In a
+| multiline field this wraps and the beginning of the
+| line.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the leftmost position
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Previous_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ if ((--(form->curcol))<0)
+ {
+ if ((--(form->currow))<0)
+ {
+ form->currow++;
+ form->curcol++;
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ form->curcol = form->current->dcols - 1;
+ }
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Next_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the beginning of the next line in the field
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the last line
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Next_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+
+ if ((++(form->currow))==field->drows)
+ {
+ form->currow--;
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ form->curcol = 0;
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Previous_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the beginning of the previous line in the field
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the first line
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Previous_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ if ( (--(form->currow)) < 0 )
+ {
+ form->currow++;
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ form->curcol = 0;
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Next_Word(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the beginning of the next word in the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - there is no next word
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Next_Word(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *bp = Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form);
+ char *s;
+ char *t;
+
+ /* We really need access to the data, so we have to synchronize */
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+
+ /* Go to the first whitespace after the current position (including
+ current position). This is then the startpoint to look for the
+ next non-blank data */
+ s = Get_First_Whitespace_Character(bp,Buffer_Length(field) -
+ (int)(bp - field->buf));
+
+ /* Find the start of the next word */
+ t = Get_Start_Of_Data(s,Buffer_Length(field) -
+ (int)(s - field->buf));
+#if !FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD
+ if (s==t)
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,t);
+ return(E_OK);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Previous_Word(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the beginning of the previous word in the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - there is no previous word
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Previous_Word(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *bp = Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form);
+ char *s;
+ char *t;
+ bool again = FALSE;
+
+ /* We really need access to the data, so we have to synchronize */
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+
+ s = After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,(int)(bp-field->buf));
+ /* s points now right after the last non-blank in the buffer before bp.
+ If bp was in a word, s equals bp. In this case we must find the last
+ whitespace in the buffer before bp and repeat the game to really find
+ the previous word! */
+ if (s==bp)
+ again = TRUE;
+
+ /* And next call now goes backward to look for the last whitespace
+ before that, pointing right after this, so it points to the begin
+ of the previous word.
+ */
+ t = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(field->buf,(int)(s - field->buf));
+#if !FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD
+ if (s==t)
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+#endif
+ if (again)
+ { /* and do it again, replacing bp by t */
+ s = After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,(int)(t - field->buf));
+ t = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(field->buf,(int)(s - field->buf));
+#if !FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD
+ if (s==t)
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+#endif
+ }
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,t);
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Place the cursor at the first non-pad character in
+| the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,
+ Get_Start_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field)));
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_End_Of_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Place the cursor after the last non-pad character in
+| the field. If the field occupies the last position in
+| the buffer, the cursos is positioned on the last
+| character.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_End_Of_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *pos;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ pos = After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field));
+ if (pos==(field->buf + Buffer_Length(field)))
+ pos--;
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,pos);
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Place the cursor on the first non-pad character in
+| the current line of the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,
+ Get_Start_Of_Data(Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form),
+ field->dcols));
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_End_Of_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Place the cursor after the last non-pad character in the
+| current line of the field. If the field occupies the
+| last column in the line, the cursor is positioned on the
+| last character of the line.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_End_Of_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *pos;
+ char *bp;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ bp = Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form);
+ pos = After_End_Of_Data(bp,field->dcols);
+ if (pos == (bp + field->dcols))
+ pos--;
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,pos);
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Left_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move one character to the left in the current line.
+| This doesn't cycle.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in first column
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Left_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ if ( (--(form->curcol)) < 0 )
+ {
+ form->curcol++;
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Right_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move one character to the right in the current line.
+| This doesn't cycle.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in last column
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Right_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ if ( (++(form->curcol)) == form->current->dcols )
+ {
+ --(form->curcol);
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Up_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move one line up. This doesn't cycle through the lines
+| of the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in last column
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Up_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ if ( (--(form->currow)) < 0 )
+ {
+ form->currow++;
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int IFN_Down_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move one line down. This doesn't cycle through the
+| lines of the field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in last column
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int IFN_Down_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+
+ if ( (++(form->currow)) == field->drows )
+ {
+ --(form->currow);
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ }
+ return(E_OK);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ END of Intra-Field Navigation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Vertical scrolling helper routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Generic(FORM *form, int lines)
+|
+| Description : Scroll multi-line field forward (lines>0) or
+| backward (lines<0) this many lines.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - can't scroll
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Generic(FORM *form, int lines)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ int rows_to_go = (lines > 0 ? lines : -lines);
+
+ if (lines > 0)
+ {
+ if ( (rows_to_go + form->toprow) > (field->drows - field->rows) )
+ rows_to_go = (field->drows - field->rows - form->toprow);
+
+ if (rows_to_go > 0)
+ {
+ form->currow += rows_to_go;
+ form->toprow += rows_to_go;
+ res = E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rows_to_go > form->toprow)
+ rows_to_go = form->toprow;
+
+ if (rows_to_go > 0)
+ {
+ form->currow -= rows_to_go;
+ form->toprow -= rows_to_go;
+ res = E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Vertical scrolling helper routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Vertical scrolling routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Vertical_Scrolling(
+| int (* const fct) (FORM *),
+| FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Performs the generic vertical scrolling routines.
+| This has to check for a multi-line field and to set
+| the _NEWTOP flag if scrolling really occured.
+|
+| Return Values : Propagated error code from low-level driver calls
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Vertical_Scrolling(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form)
+{
+ int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ if (!Single_Line_Field(form->current))
+ {
+ res = fct(form);
+ if (res == E_OK)
+ form->current->status |= _NEWTOP;
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Forward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll multi-line field forward a line
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Forward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return VSC_Generic(form,1);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Backward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll multi-line field backward a line
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Backward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return VSC_Generic(form,-1);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Forward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll a multi-line field forward a page
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Forward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return VSC_Generic(form,form->current->rows);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Forward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll a multi-line field forward half a page
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Forward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return VSC_Generic(form,(form->current->rows + 1)/2);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Backward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll a multi-line field backward a page
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Backward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return VSC_Generic(form, -(form->current->rows));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Backward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll a multi-line field backward half a page
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Backward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return VSC_Generic(form, -((form->current->rows + 1)/2));
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Vertical scrolling routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Horizontal scrolling helper routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Generic(FORM *form, int columns)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field forward (columns>0) or
+| backward (columns<0) this many columns.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - can't scroll
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Generic(FORM *form, int columns)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ int cols_to_go = (columns > 0 ? columns : -columns);
+
+ if (columns > 0)
+ {
+ if ((cols_to_go + form->begincol) > (field->dcols - field->cols))
+ cols_to_go = field->dcols - field->cols - form->begincol;
+
+ if (cols_to_go > 0)
+ {
+ form->curcol += cols_to_go;
+ form->begincol += cols_to_go;
+ res = E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ( cols_to_go > form->begincol )
+ cols_to_go = form->begincol;
+
+ if (cols_to_go > 0)
+ {
+ form->curcol -= cols_to_go;
+ form->begincol -= cols_to_go;
+ res = E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Horizontal scrolling helper routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Horizontal scrolling routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Horizontal_Scrolling(
+| int (* const fct) (FORM *),
+| FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Performs the generic horizontal scrolling routines.
+| This has to check for a single-line field.
+|
+| Return Values : Propagated error code from low-level driver calls
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Horizontal_Scrolling(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form)
+{
+ if (Single_Line_Field(form->current))
+ return fct(form);
+ else
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Forward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field forward a character
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Forward(FORM *form)
+{
+ return HSC_Generic(form,1);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Backward(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field backward a character
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Backward(FORM *form)
+{
+ return HSC_Generic(form,-1);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Forward(FORM* form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field forward a line
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Forward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return HSC_Generic(form,form->current->cols);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Forward(FORM* form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field forward half a line
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Forward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return HSC_Generic(form,(form->current->cols + 1)/2);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Backward(FORM* form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field backward a line
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Backward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return HSC_Generic(form,-(form->current->cols));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Backward(FORM* form)
+|
+| Description : Scroll single-line field backward half a line
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Backward(FORM * form)
+{
+ return HSC_Generic(form,-((form->current->cols + 1)/2));
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Horizontal scrolling routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Helper routines for Field Editing
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Check whether or not there is enough room in the
+| buffer to enter a whole line.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - there is enough space
+| FALSE - there is not enough space
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *begin_of_last_line, *s;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ begin_of_last_line = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,(field->drows-1));
+ s = After_End_Of_Data(begin_of_last_line,field->dcols);
+ return ((s==begin_of_last_line) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Checks whether or not there is room for a new character
+| in the current line.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - there is room
+| FALSE - there is not enough room (line full)
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ int last_char_in_line;
+
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->current->dcols-1);
+ last_char_in_line = (int)(winch(form->w) & A_CHARTEXT);
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ return (((last_char_in_line == form->current->pad) ||
+ is_blank(last_char_in_line)) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+#define There_Is_No_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(f) \
+ !Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(f)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Insert_String(
+| FORM * form,
+| int row,
+| char *txt,
+| int len )
+|
+| Description : Insert the 'len' characters beginning at pointer 'txt'
+| into the 'row' of the 'form'. The insertion occurs
+| on the beginning of the row, all other characters are
+| moved to the right. After the text a pad character will
+| be inserted to separate the text from the rest. If
+| necessary the insertion moves characters on the next
+| line to make place for the requested insertion string.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED -
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Insert_String(FORM *form, int row, char *txt, int len)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *bp = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row);
+ int datalen = (int)(After_End_Of_Data(bp,field->dcols) - bp);
+ int freelen = field->dcols - datalen;
+ int requiredlen = len+1;
+ char *split;
+ int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ const char *Space = " ";
+
+ if (freelen >= requiredlen)
+ {
+ wmove(form->w,row,0);
+ winsnstr(form->w,txt,len);
+ wmove(form->w,row,len);
+ winsnstr(form->w,Space,1);
+ return E_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* we have to move characters on the next line. If we are on the
+ last line this may work, if the field is growable */
+ if ((row == (field->drows - 1)) && Growable(field))
+ {
+ if (!Field_Grown(field,1))
+ return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ /* !!!Side-Effect : might be changed due to growth!!! */
+ bp = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row);
+ }
+
+ if (row < (field->drows - 1))
+ {
+ split = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(bp,
+ (int)(Get_Start_Of_Data(bp + field->dcols - requiredlen ,
+ requiredlen) - bp));
+ /* split points now to the first character of the portion of the
+ line that must be moved to the next line */
+ datalen = (int)(split-bp); /* + freelen has to stay on this line */
+ freelen = field->dcols - (datalen + freelen); /* for the next line */
+
+ if ((result=Insert_String(form,row+1,split,freelen))==E_OK)
+ {
+ wmove(form->w,row,datalen);
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+ wmove(form->w,row,0);
+ winsnstr(form->w,txt,len);
+ wmove(form->w,row,len);
+ winsnstr(form->w,Space,1);
+ return E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return(result);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(
+| FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : If a character has been entered into a field, it may
+| be that wrapping has to occur. This routine checks
+| whether or not wrapping is required and if so, performs
+| the wrapping.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - no wrapping required or wrapping
+| was successfull
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED -
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ bool Last_Row = ((field->drows - 1) == form->currow);
+
+ if ( (field->opts & O_WRAP) && /* wrapping wanted */
+ (!Single_Line_Field(field)) && /* must be multi-line */
+ (There_Is_No_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(form)) && /* line id full */
+ (!Last_Row || Growable(field)) ) /* there are more lines*/
+ {
+ char *bp;
+ char *split;
+ int chars_to_be_wrapped;
+ int chars_to_remain_on_line;
+ if (Last_Row)
+ { /* the above logic already ensures, that in this case the field
+ is growable */
+ if (!Field_Grown(field,1))
+ return E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ }
+ bp = Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form);
+ Window_To_Buffer(form->w,field);
+ split = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(bp,field->dcols);
+ /* split points to the first character of the sequence to be brought
+ on the next line */
+ chars_to_remain_on_line = (int)(split - bp);
+ chars_to_be_wrapped = field->dcols - chars_to_remain_on_line;
+ if (chars_to_remain_on_line > 0)
+ {
+ if ((result=Insert_String(form,form->currow+1,split,
+ chars_to_be_wrapped)) == E_OK)
+ {
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,chars_to_remain_on_line);
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+ if (form->curcol >= chars_to_remain_on_line)
+ {
+ form->currow++;
+ form->curcol -= chars_to_remain_on_line;
+ }
+ return E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ if (result!=E_OK)
+ {
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ wdelch(form->w);
+ Window_To_Buffer(form->w,field);
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ result = E_OK; /* wrapping was not necessary */
+ return(result);
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Field Editing routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Field_Editing(
+| int (* const fct) (FORM *),
+| FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Generic routine for field editing requests. The driver
+| routines are only called for editable fields, the
+| _WINDOW_MODIFIED flag is set if editing occured.
+| This is somewhat special due to the overload semantics
+| of the NEW_LINE and DEL_PREV requests.
+|
+| Return Values : Error code from low level drivers.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Field_Editing(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form)
+{
+ int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ /* We have to deal here with the specific case of the overloaded
+ behaviour of New_Line and Delete_Previous requests.
+ They may end up in navigational requests if we are on the first
+ character in a field. But navigation is also allowed on non-
+ editable fields.
+ */
+ if ((fct==FE_Delete_Previous) &&
+ (form->opts & O_BS_OVERLOAD) &&
+ First_Position_In_Current_Field(form) )
+ {
+ res = Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Previous_Field,form);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (fct==FE_New_Line)
+ {
+ if ((form->opts & O_NL_OVERLOAD) &&
+ First_Position_In_Current_Field(form))
+ {
+ res = Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form);
+ }
+ else
+ /* FE_New_Line deals itself with the _WINDOW_MODIFIED flag */
+ res = fct(form);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* From now on, everything must be editable */
+ if (form->current->opts & O_EDIT)
+ {
+ res = fct(form);
+ if (res==E_OK)
+ form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_New_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Perform a new line request. This is rather complex
+| compared to other routines in this code due to the
+| rather difficult to understand description in the
+| manuals.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - new line not allowed
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_New_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *bp, *t;
+ bool Last_Row = ((field->drows - 1)==form->currow);
+
+ if (form->status & _OVLMODE)
+ {
+ if (Last_Row &&
+ (!(Growable(field) && !Single_Line_Field(field))))
+ {
+ if (!(form->opts & O_NL_OVERLOAD))
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+ /* we have to set this here, although it is also
+ handled in the generic routine. The reason is,
+ that FN_Next_Field may fail, but the form is
+ definitively changed */
+ form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ return Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Last_Row && !Field_Grown(field,1))
+ { /* N.B.: due to the logic in the 'if', LastRow==TRUE
+ means here that the field is growable and not
+ a single-line field */
+ return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+ form->currow++;
+ form->curcol = 0;
+ form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ return(E_OK);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { /* Insert Mode */
+ if (Last_Row &&
+ !(Growable(field) && !Single_Line_Field(field)))
+ {
+ if (!(form->opts & O_NL_OVERLOAD))
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ return Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bool May_Do_It = !Last_Row && Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(form);
+
+ if (!(May_Do_It || Growable(field)))
+ return(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+ if (!May_Do_It && !Field_Grown(field,1))
+ return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ bp= Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form);
+ t = After_End_Of_Data(bp,field->dcols - form->curcol);
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+ form->currow++;
+ form->curcol=0;
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ winsertln(form->w);
+ waddnstr(form->w,bp,(int)(t-bp));
+ form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ return E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Insert_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Insert blank character at the cursor position
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Insert_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ if (Check_Char(field->type,(int)C_BLANK,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg)))
+ {
+ bool There_Is_Room = Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(form);
+
+ if (There_Is_Room ||
+ ((Single_Line_Field(field) && Growable(field))))
+ {
+ if (!There_Is_Room && !Field_Grown(field,1))
+ result = E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ else
+ {
+ winsch(form->w,(chtype)C_BLANK);
+ result = Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(form);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Insert_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Insert a blank line at the cursor position
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - line can not be inserted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Insert_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ if (Check_Char(field->type,(int)C_BLANK,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg)))
+ {
+ bool Maybe_Done = (form->currow!=(field->drows-1)) &&
+ Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(form);
+
+ if (!Single_Line_Field(field) &&
+ (Maybe_Done || Growable(field)))
+ {
+ if (!Maybe_Done && !Field_Grown(field,1))
+ result = E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ else
+ {
+ form->curcol = 0;
+ winsertln(form->w);
+ result = E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Delete_Character(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Delete character at the cursor position
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Delete_Character(FORM * form)
+{
+ wdelch(form->w);
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Delete_Previous(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Delete character before cursor. Again this is a rather
+| difficult piece compared to others due to the overloading
+| semantics of backspace.
+| N.B.: The case of overloaded BS on first field position
+| is already handled in the generic routine.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - Character can't be deleted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Delete_Previous(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+
+ if (First_Position_In_Current_Field(form))
+ return E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ if ( (--(form->curcol))<0 )
+ {
+ char *this_line, *prev_line, *prev_end, *this_end;
+
+ form->curcol++;
+ if (form->status & _OVLMODE)
+ return E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ prev_line = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,(form->currow-1));
+ this_line = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,(form->currow));
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ prev_end = After_End_Of_Data(prev_line,field->dcols);
+ this_end = After_End_Of_Data(this_line,field->dcols);
+ if ((int)(this_end-this_line) >
+ (field->cols-(int)(prev_end-prev_line)))
+ return E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ wdeleteln(form->w);
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,prev_end);
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ waddnstr(form->w,this_line,(int)(this_end-this_line));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ wdelch(form->w);
+ }
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Delete_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Delete line at cursor position.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Delete_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ form->curcol = 0;
+ wdeleteln(form->w);
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Delete_Word(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Delete word at cursor position
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - failure
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Delete_Word(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ char *bp = Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form);
+ char *ep = bp + field->dcols;
+ char *cp = bp + form->curcol;
+ char *s;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ if (is_blank(*cp))
+ return E_REQUEST_DENIED; /* not in word */
+
+ /* move cursor to begin of word and erase to end of screen-line */
+ Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,
+ After_Last_Whitespace_Character(bp,form->curcol));
+ wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol);
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+
+ /* skip over word in buffer */
+ s = Get_First_Whitespace_Character(cp,(int)(ep-cp));
+ /* to begin of next word */
+ s = Get_Start_Of_Data(s,(int)(ep - s));
+ if ( (s!=cp) && !is_blank(*s))
+ {
+ /* copy remaining line to window */
+ waddnstr(form->w,s,(int)(s - After_End_Of_Data(s,(int)(ep - s))));
+ }
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Line(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Clear to end of current line.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Line(FORM * form)
+{
+ wclrtoeol(form->w);
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Form(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Clear to end of form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Form(FORM * form)
+{
+ wclrtobot(form->w);
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FE_Clear_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Clear entire field.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FE_Clear_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ form->currow = form->curcol = 0;
+ werase(form->w);
+ return E_OK;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ END of Field Editing routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Edit Mode routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int EM_Overlay_Mode(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Switch to overlay mode.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int EM_Overlay_Mode(FORM * form)
+{
+ form->status |= _OVLMODE;
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int EM_Insert_Mode(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Switch to insert mode
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int EM_Insert_Mode(FORM * form)
+{
+ form->status &= ~_OVLMODE;
+ return E_OK;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ END of Edit Mode routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Helper routines for Choice Requests
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Next_Choice(
+| FIELDTYPE * typ,
+| FIELD * field,
+| TypeArgument *argp)
+|
+| Description : Get the next field choice. For linked types this is
+| done recursively.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - next choice successfully retrieved
+| FALSE - couldn't retrieve next choice
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Next_Choice(FIELDTYPE * typ, FIELD *field, TypeArgument *argp)
+{
+ if (!typ || !(typ->status & _HAS_CHOICE))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ assert(argp);
+ return(
+ Next_Choice(typ->left ,field,argp->left) ||
+ Next_Choice(typ->right,field,argp->right) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert(typ->next);
+ return typ->next(field,(void *)argp);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Previous_Choice(
+| FIELDTYPE * typ,
+| FIELD * field,
+| TypeArgument *argp)
+|
+| Description : Get the previous field choice. For linked types this
+| is done recursively.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - previous choice successfully retrieved
+| FALSE - couldn't retrieve previous choice
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Previous_Choice(FIELDTYPE *typ, FIELD *field, TypeArgument *argp)
+{
+ if (!typ || !(typ->status & _HAS_CHOICE))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ assert(argp);
+ return(
+ Previous_Choice(typ->left ,field,argp->left) ||
+ Previous_Choice(typ->right,field,argp->right));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert(typ->prev);
+ return typ->prev(field,(void *)argp);
+ }
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Helper routines for Choice Requests
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Routines for Choice Requests
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int CR_Next_Choice(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the next field choice.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - next choice couldn't be retrieved
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int CR_Next_Choice(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ return ((Next_Choice(field->type,field,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) ?
+ E_OK : E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int CR_Previous_Choice(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the previous field choice.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - prev. choice couldn't be retrieved
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int CR_Previous_Choice(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ return ((Previous_Choice(field->type,field,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) ?
+ E_OK : E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Routines for Choice Requests
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Helper routines for Field Validations.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Field(
+| FIELDTYPE * typ,
+| FIELD * field,
+| TypeArgument * argp)
+|
+| Description : Check the field according to its fieldtype and its
+| actual arguments. For linked fieldtypes this is done
+| recursively.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Field(FIELDTYPE *typ, FIELD *field, TypeArgument *argp)
+{
+ if (typ)
+ {
+ if (field->opts & O_NULLOK)
+ {
+ char *bp = field->buf;
+ assert(bp);
+ while(is_blank(*bp))
+ { bp++; }
+ if (*bp == '\0')
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE)
+ {
+ assert(argp);
+ return(
+ Check_Field(typ->left ,field,argp->left ) ||
+ Check_Field(typ->right,field,argp->right) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (typ->fcheck)
+ return typ->fcheck(field,(void *)argp);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Internal_Validation(FORM * form )
+|
+| Description : Validate the current field of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Internal_Validation(FORM *form)
+{
+ FIELD *field;
+
+ field = form->current;
+
+ Synchronize_Buffer(form);
+ if ((form->status & _FCHECK_REQUIRED) ||
+ (!(field->opts & O_PASSOK)))
+ {
+ if (!Check_Field(field->type,field,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg)))
+ return FALSE;
+ form->status &= ~_FCHECK_REQUIRED;
+ field->status |= _CHANGED;
+ Synchronize_Linked_Fields(field);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of Helper routines for Field Validations.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Routines for Field Validation.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FV_Validation(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Validate the current field of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - field valid
+| E_INVALID_FIELD - field not valid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FV_Validation(FORM * form)
+{
+ if (Internal_Validation(form))
+ return E_OK;
+ else
+ return E_INVALID_FIELD;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ End of routines for Field Validation.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Helper routines for Inter-Field Navigation
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Next_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Get the next field after the given field on the current
+| page. The order of fields is the one defined by the
+| fields array. Only visible and active fields are
+| counted.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the next field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static FIELD *Next_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FORM *form = field->form;
+ FIELD **field_on_page = &form->field[field->index];
+ FIELD **first_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin];
+ FIELD **last_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax];
+
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page =
+ (field_on_page==last_on_page) ? first_on_page : field_on_page + 1;
+ if (Field_Is_Selectable(*field_on_page))
+ break;
+ } while(field!=(*field_on_page));
+ return(*field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD * First_Active_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the first active field on the current page,
+| if there are such. If there are none, get the first
+| visible field on the page. If there are also none,
+| we return the first field on page and hope the best.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to calculated field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static FIELD * First_Active_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ FIELD **last_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax];
+ FIELD *proposed = Next_Field_On_Page(*last_on_page);
+
+ if (proposed == *last_on_page)
+ { /* there might be the special situation, where there is no
+ active and visible field on the current page. We then select
+ the first visible field on this readonly page
+ */
+ if (Field_Is_Not_Selectable(proposed))
+ {
+ FIELD **field = &form->field[proposed->index];
+ FIELD **first = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin];
+
+ do
+ {
+ field = (field==last_on_page) ? first : field + 1;
+ if (((*field)->opts & O_VISIBLE))
+ break;
+ } while(proposed!=(*field));
+
+ proposed = *field;
+
+ if ((proposed == *last_on_page) && !(proposed->opts&O_VISIBLE))
+ { /* This means, there is also no visible field on the page.
+ So we propose the first one and hope the very best...
+ Some very clever user has designed a readonly and invisible
+ page on this form.
+ */
+ proposed = *first;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return(proposed);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Previous_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Get the previous field before the given field on the
+| current page. The order of fields is the one defined by
+| the fields array. Only visible and active fields are
+| counted.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the previous field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static FIELD *Previous_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FORM *form = field->form;
+ FIELD **field_on_page = &form->field[field->index];
+ FIELD **first_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin];
+ FIELD **last_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax];
+
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page =
+ (field_on_page==first_on_page) ? last_on_page : field_on_page - 1;
+ if (Field_Is_Selectable(*field_on_page))
+ break;
+ } while(field!=(*field_on_page));
+
+ return (*field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Sorted_Next_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Get the next field after the given field on the current
+| page. The order of fields is the one defined by the
+| (row,column) geometry, rows are major.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the next field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static FIELD *Sorted_Next_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *field_on_page = field;
+
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page = field_on_page->snext;
+ if (Field_Is_Selectable(field_on_page))
+ break;
+ } while(field_on_page!=field);
+
+ return (field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Sorted_Previous_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Get the previous field before the given field on the
+| current page. The order of fields is the one defined
+| by the (row,column) geometry, rows are major.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the previous field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static FIELD *Sorted_Previous_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *field_on_page = field;
+
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page = field_on_page->sprev;
+ if (Field_Is_Selectable(field_on_page))
+ break;
+ } while(field_on_page!=field);
+
+ return (field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Left_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Get the left neighbour of the field on the same line
+| and the same page. Cycles through the line.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to left neighbour field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static FIELD *Left_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *field_on_page = field;
+
+ /* For a field that has really a left neighbour, the while clause
+ immediately fails and the loop is left, positioned at the right
+ neighbour. Otherwise we cycle backwards through the sorted fieldlist
+ until we enter the same line (from the right end).
+ */
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page);
+ } while(field_on_page->frow != field->frow);
+
+ return (field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Right_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Get the right neighbour of the field on the same line
+| and the same page.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to right neighbour field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static FIELD *Right_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *field_on_page = field;
+
+ /* See the comments on Left_Neighbour_Field to understand how it works */
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page);
+ } while(field_on_page->frow != field->frow);
+
+ return (field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Upper_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Because of the row-major nature of sorting the fields,
+| its more difficult to define whats the upper neighbour
+| field really means. We define that it must be on a
+| 'previous' line (cyclic order!) and is the rightmost
+| field laying on the left side of the given field. If
+| this set is empty, we take the first field on the line.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the upper neighbour field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static FIELD *Upper_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *field_on_page = field;
+ int frow = field->frow;
+ int fcol = field->fcol;
+
+ /* Walk back to the 'previous' line. The second term in the while clause
+ just guarantees that we stop if we cycled through the line because
+ there might be no 'previous' line if the page has just one line.
+ */
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page);
+ } while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol!=fcol);
+
+ if (field_on_page->frow!=frow)
+ { /* We really found a 'previous' line. We are positioned at the
+ rightmost field on this line */
+ frow = field_on_page->frow;
+
+ /* We walk to the left as long as we are really right of the
+ field. */
+ while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol>fcol)
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page);
+
+ /* If we wrapped, just go to the right which is the first field on
+ the row */
+ if (field_on_page->frow!=frow)
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page);
+ }
+
+ return (field_on_page);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static FIELD *Down_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Because of the row-major nature of sorting the fields,
+| its more difficult to define whats the down neighbour
+| field really means. We define that it must be on a
+| 'next' line (cyclic order!) and is the leftmost
+| field laying on the right side of the given field. If
+| this set is empty, we take the last field on the line.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the upper neighbour field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static FIELD *Down_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field)
+{
+ FIELD *field_on_page = field;
+ int frow = field->frow;
+ int fcol = field->fcol;
+
+ /* Walk forward to the 'next' line. The second term in the while clause
+ just guarantees that we stop if we cycled through the line because
+ there might be no 'next' line if the page has just one line.
+ */
+ do
+ {
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page);
+ } while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol!=fcol);
+
+ if (field_on_page->frow!=frow)
+ { /* We really found a 'next' line. We are positioned at the rightmost
+ field on this line */
+ frow = field_on_page->frow;
+
+ /* We walk to the right as long as we are really left of the
+ field. */
+ while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol<fcol)
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page);
+
+ /* If we wrapped, just go to the left which is the last field on
+ the row */
+ if (field_on_page->frow!=frow)
+ field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page);
+ }
+
+ return(field_on_page);
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Inter-Field Navigation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Inter_Field_Navigation(
+| int (* const fct) (FORM *),
+| FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Generic behaviour for changing the current field, the
+| field is left and a new field is entered. So the field
+| must be validated and the field init/term hooks must
+| be called.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_INVALID_FIELD - field is invalid
+| some other - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Inter_Field_Navigation(int (* const fct) (FORM *),FORM *form)
+{
+ int res;
+
+ if (!Internal_Validation(form))
+ res = E_INVALID_FIELD;
+ else
+ {
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldterm);
+ res = fct(form);
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldinit);
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Next_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the next field on the current page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Next_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Next_Field_On_Page(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Previous_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the previous field on the current page of the
+| form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Previous_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Previous_Field_On_Page(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_First_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the first field on the current page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_First_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return
+ Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Next_Field_On_Page(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax]));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Last_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the last field on the current page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Last_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return
+ Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Previous_Field_On_Page(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin]));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Sorted_Next_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the sorted next field on the current page
+| of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Sorted_Next_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Sorted_Next_Field(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Sorted_Previous_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the sorted previous field on the current page
+| of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Sorted_Previous_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Sorted_Previous_Field(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Sorted_First_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the sorted first field on the current page
+| of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Sorted_First_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Sorted_Next_Field(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].smax]));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Sorted_Last_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the sorted last field on the current page
+| of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Sorted_Last_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Sorted_Previous_Field(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].smin]));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Left_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the field on the left of the current field on the
+| same line and the same page. Cycles through the line.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Left_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Left_Neighbour_Field(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Right_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the field on the right of the current field on the
+| same line and the same page. Cycles through the line.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Right_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Right_Neighbour_Field(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Up_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the upper neighbour of the current field. This
+| cycles through the page. See the comments of the
+| Upper_Neighbour_Field function to understand how
+| 'upper' is defined.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Up_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Upper_Neighbour_Field(form->current));
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int FN_Down_Field(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Get the down neighbour of the current field. This
+| cycles through the page. See the comments of the
+| Down_Neighbour_Field function to understand how
+| 'down' is defined.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int FN_Down_Field(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Current_Field(form,
+ Down_Neighbour_Field(form->current));
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ END of Field Navigation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Helper routines for Page Navigation
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Set_Form_Page(FORM * form,
+| int page,
+| FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Make the given page nr. the current page and make
+| the given field the current field on the page. If
+| for the field NULL is given, make the first field on
+| the page the current field. The routine acts only
+| if the requested page is not the current page.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Set_Form_Page(FORM * form, int page, FIELD * field)
+{
+ int res = E_OK;
+
+ if ((form->curpage!=page))
+ {
+ FIELD *last_field, *field_on_page;
+
+ werase(Get_Form_Window(form));
+ form->curpage = page;
+ last_field = field_on_page = form->field[form->page[page].smin];
+ do
+ {
+ if (field_on_page->opts & O_VISIBLE)
+ if ((res=Display_Field(field_on_page))!=E_OK)
+ return(res);
+ field_on_page = field_on_page->snext;
+ } while(field_on_page != last_field);
+
+ if (field)
+ res = Set_Current_Field(form,field);
+ else
+ /* N.B.: we don't encapsulate this by Inter_Field_Navigation(),
+ because this is already executed in a page navigation
+ context that contains field navigation
+ */
+ res = FN_First_Field(form);
+ }
+ return(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Next_Page_Number(const FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Calculate the page number following the current page
+| number. This cycles if the highest page number is
+| reached.
+|
+| Return Values : The next page number
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static int Next_Page_Number(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return (form->curpage + 1) % form->maxpage;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Previous_Page_Number(const FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Calculate the page number before the current page
+| number. This cycles if the first page number is
+| reached.
+|
+| Return Values : The previous page number
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static int Previous_Page_Number(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return (form->curpage!=0 ? form->curpage - 1 : form->maxpage - 1);
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Page Navigation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Page_Navigation(
+| int (* const fct) (FORM *),
+| FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Generic behaviour for changing a page. This means
+| that the field is left and a new field is entered.
+| So the field must be validated and the field init/term
+| hooks must be called. Because also the page is changed,
+| the forms init/term hooks must be called also.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_INVALID_FIELD - field is invalid
+| some other - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Page_Navigation(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form)
+{
+ int res;
+
+ if (!Internal_Validation(form))
+ res = E_INVALID_FIELD;
+ else
+ {
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldterm);
+ Call_Hook(form,formterm);
+ res = fct(form);
+ Call_Hook(form,forminit);
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldinit);
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int PN_Next_Page(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the next page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int PN_Next_Page(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Form_Page(form,Next_Page_Number(form),(FIELD *)0);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int PN_Previous_Page(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the previous page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int PN_Previous_Page(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Form_Page(form,Previous_Page_Number(form),(FIELD *)0);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int PN_First_Page(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the first page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int PN_First_Page(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Form_Page(form,0,(FIELD *)0);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int PN_Last_Page(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Move to the last page of the form
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| != E_OK - error from subordinate call
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int PN_Last_Page(FORM * form)
+{
+ return Set_Form_Page(form,form->maxpage-1,(FIELD *)0);
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ END of Field Navigation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Helper routines for the core form driver.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Data_Entry(FORM * form,int c)
+|
+| Description : Enter character c into at the current position of the
+| current field of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK -
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED -
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Data_Entry(FORM * form, int c)
+{
+ FIELD *field = form->current;
+ int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ bool End_Of_Field;
+
+ if ( (field->opts & O_EDIT)
+#if FIX_FORM_INACTIVE_BUG
+ && (field->opts & O_ACTIVE)
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+ if ( (field->opts & O_BLANK) &&
+ First_Position_In_Current_Field(form) &&
+ !(form->status & _FCHECK_REQUIRED) &&
+ !(form->status & _WINDOW_MODIFIED) )
+ werase(form->w);
+
+ if (form->status & _OVLMODE)
+ {
+ waddch(form->w,(chtype)c);
+ }
+ else /* no _OVLMODE */
+ {
+ bool There_Is_Room = Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(form);
+
+ if (!(There_Is_Room ||
+ ((Single_Line_Field(field) && Growable(field)))))
+ return E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+
+ if (!There_Is_Room && !Field_Grown(field,1))
+ return E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+
+ winsch(form->w,(chtype)c);
+ }
+
+ if ((result=Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(form))==E_OK)
+ {
+ form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED;
+ End_Of_Field= (((field->drows-1)==form->currow) &&
+ ((field->dcols-1)==form->curcol));
+ if (End_Of_Field && !Growable(field) && (field->opts & O_AUTOSKIP))
+ result = Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form);
+ else
+ {
+ if (End_Of_Field && Growable(field) && !Field_Grown(field,1))
+ result = E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ else
+ {
+ IFN_Next_Character(form);
+ result = E_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+\f
+/* Structure to describe the binding of a request code to a function.
+ The member keycode codes the request value as well as the generic
+ routine to use for the request. The code for the generic routine
+ is coded in the upper 16 Bits while the request code is coded in
+ the lower 16 bits.
+
+ In terms of C++ you might think of a request as a class with a
+ virtual method "perform". The different types of request are
+ derived from this base class and overload (or not) the base class
+ implementation of perform.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ int keycode; /* must be at least 32 bit: hi:mode, lo: key */
+ int (*cmd)(FORM *); /* low level driver routine for this key */
+} Binding_Info;
+
+/* You may see this is the class-id of the request type class */
+#define ID_PN (0x00000000) /* Page navigation */
+#define ID_FN (0x00010000) /* Inter-Field navigation */
+#define ID_IFN (0x00020000) /* Intra-Field navigation */
+#define ID_VSC (0x00030000) /* Vertical Scrolling */
+#define ID_HSC (0x00040000) /* Horizontal Scrolling */
+#define ID_FE (0x00050000) /* Field Editing */
+#define ID_EM (0x00060000) /* Edit Mode */
+#define ID_FV (0x00070000) /* Field Validation */
+#define ID_CH (0x00080000) /* Choice */
+#define ID_Mask (0xffff0000)
+#define Key_Mask (0x0000ffff)
+#define ID_Shft (16)
+
+/* This array holds all the Binding Infos */
+static const Binding_Info bindings[MAX_FORM_COMMAND - MIN_FORM_COMMAND + 1] =
+{
+ { REQ_NEXT_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_Next_Page},
+ { REQ_PREV_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_Previous_Page},
+ { REQ_FIRST_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_First_Page},
+ { REQ_LAST_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_Last_Page},
+
+ { REQ_NEXT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Next_Field},
+ { REQ_PREV_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Previous_Field},
+ { REQ_FIRST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_First_Field},
+ { REQ_LAST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Last_Field},
+ { REQ_SNEXT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_Next_Field},
+ { REQ_SPREV_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_Previous_Field},
+ { REQ_SFIRST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_First_Field},
+ { REQ_SLAST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_Last_Field},
+ { REQ_LEFT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Left_Field},
+ { REQ_RIGHT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Right_Field},
+ { REQ_UP_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Up_Field},
+ { REQ_DOWN_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Down_Field},
+
+ { REQ_NEXT_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Next_Character},
+ { REQ_PREV_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Previous_Character},
+ { REQ_NEXT_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_Next_Line},
+ { REQ_PREV_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_Previous_Line},
+ { REQ_NEXT_WORD |ID_IFN ,IFN_Next_Word},
+ { REQ_PREV_WORD |ID_IFN ,IFN_Previous_Word},
+ { REQ_BEG_FIELD |ID_IFN ,IFN_Beginning_Of_Field},
+ { REQ_END_FIELD |ID_IFN ,IFN_End_Of_Field},
+ { REQ_BEG_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_Beginning_Of_Line},
+ { REQ_END_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_End_Of_Line},
+ { REQ_LEFT_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Left_Character},
+ { REQ_RIGHT_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Right_Character},
+ { REQ_UP_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Up_Character},
+ { REQ_DOWN_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Down_Character},
+
+ { REQ_NEW_LINE |ID_FE ,FE_New_Line},
+ { REQ_INS_CHAR |ID_FE ,FE_Insert_Character},
+ { REQ_INS_LINE |ID_FE ,FE_Insert_Line},
+ { REQ_DEL_CHAR |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Character},
+ { REQ_DEL_PREV |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Previous},
+ { REQ_DEL_LINE |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Line},
+ { REQ_DEL_WORD |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Word},
+ { REQ_CLR_EOL |ID_FE ,FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Line},
+ { REQ_CLR_EOF |ID_FE ,FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Form},
+ { REQ_CLR_FIELD |ID_FE ,FE_Clear_Field},
+
+ { REQ_OVL_MODE |ID_EM ,EM_Overlay_Mode},
+ { REQ_INS_MODE |ID_EM ,EM_Insert_Mode},
+
+ { REQ_SCR_FLINE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Line_Forward},
+ { REQ_SCR_BLINE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Line_Backward},
+ { REQ_SCR_FPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Page_Forward},
+ { REQ_SCR_BPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Page_Backward},
+ { REQ_SCR_FHPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Forward},
+ { REQ_SCR_BHPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Backward},
+
+ { REQ_SCR_FCHAR |ID_HSC ,HSC_Scroll_Char_Forward},
+ { REQ_SCR_BCHAR |ID_HSC ,HSC_Scroll_Char_Backward},
+ { REQ_SCR_HFLINE |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Line_Forward},
+ { REQ_SCR_HBLINE |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Line_Backward},
+ { REQ_SCR_HFHALF |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Forward},
+ { REQ_SCR_HBHALF |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Backward},
+
+ { REQ_VALIDATION |ID_FV ,FV_Validation},
+
+ { REQ_NEXT_CHOICE |ID_CH ,CR_Next_Choice},
+ { REQ_PREV_CHOICE |ID_CH ,CR_Previous_Choice}
+};
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int form_driver(FORM * form,int c)
+|
+| Description : This is the workhorse of the forms system. It checks
+| to determine whether the character c is a request or
+| data. If it is a request, the form driver executes
+| the request and returns the result. If it is data
+| (printable character), it enters the data into the
+| current position in the current field. If it is not
+| recognized, the form driver assumes it is an application
+| defined command and returns E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.
+| Application defined command should be defined relative
+| to MAX_FORM_COMMAND, the maximum value of a request.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an argument is incorrect
+| E_NOT_POSTED - form is not posted
+| E_INVALID_FIELD - field contents are invalid
+| E_BAD_STATE - called from inside a hook routine
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - request failed
+| E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND - command not known
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int form_driver(FORM * form, int c)
+{
+ const Binding_Info* BI = (Binding_Info *)0;
+ int res = E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND;
+
+ if (!form)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!(form->field))
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ assert(form->page);
+
+ if (c==FIRST_ACTIVE_MAGIC)
+ {
+ form->current = First_Active_Field(form);
+ return E_OK;
+ }
+
+ assert(form->current &&
+ form->current->buf &&
+ (form->current->form == form)
+ );
+
+ if ( form->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ if ( !( form->status & _POSTED ) )
+ RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED);
+
+ if ((c>=MIN_FORM_COMMAND && c<=MAX_FORM_COMMAND) &&
+ ((bindings[c-MIN_FORM_COMMAND].keycode & Key_Mask) == c))
+ BI = &(bindings[c-MIN_FORM_COMMAND]);
+
+ if (BI)
+ {
+ typedef int (*Generic_Method)(int (* const)(FORM *),FORM *);
+ static const Generic_Method Generic_Methods[] =
+ {
+ Page_Navigation, /* overloaded to call field&form hooks */
+ Inter_Field_Navigation, /* overloaded to call field hooks */
+ NULL, /* Intra-Field is generic */
+ Vertical_Scrolling, /* Overloaded to check multi-line */
+ Horizontal_Scrolling, /* Overloaded to check single-line */
+ Field_Editing, /* Overloaded to mark modification */
+ NULL, /* Edit Mode is generic */
+ NULL, /* Field Validation is generic */
+ NULL /* Choice Request is generic */
+ };
+ int nMethods = (sizeof(Generic_Methods)/sizeof(Generic_Methods[0]));
+ int method = ((BI->keycode & ID_Mask) >> ID_Shft) & 0xffff;
+
+ if ( (method < 0) || (method >= nMethods) || !(BI->cmd) )
+ res = E_SYSTEM_ERROR;
+ else
+ {
+ Generic_Method fct = Generic_Methods[method];
+ if (fct)
+ res = fct(BI->cmd,form);
+ else
+ res = (BI->cmd)(form);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(c & (~(int)MAX_REGULAR_CHARACTER)) &&
+ isprint((unsigned char)c) &&
+ Check_Char(form->current->type,c,
+ (TypeArgument *)(form->current->arg)))
+ res = Data_Entry(form,c);
+ }
+ Refresh_Current_Field(form);
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int post_form(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Writes the form into its associated subwindow.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_POSTED - form already posted
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no fields connected to form
+| E_NO_ROOM - form doesn't fit into subwindow
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int post_form(FORM * form)
+{
+ WINDOW *formwin;
+ int err;
+ int page;
+
+ if (!form)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (form->status & _POSTED)
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if (!(form->field))
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ formwin = Get_Form_Window(form);
+ if ((form->cols > getmaxx(formwin)) || (form->rows > getmaxy(formwin)))
+ RETURN(E_NO_ROOM);
+
+ /* reset form->curpage to an invald value. This forces Set_Form_Page
+ to do the page initialization which is required by post_form.
+ */
+ page = form->curpage;
+ form->curpage = -1;
+ if ((err = Set_Form_Page(form,page,form->current))!=E_OK)
+ RETURN(err);
+
+ form->status |= _POSTED;
+
+ Call_Hook(form,forminit);
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldinit);
+
+ Refresh_Current_Field(form);
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int unpost_form(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Erase form from its associated subwindow.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer
+| E_NOT_POSTED - form isn't posted
+| E_BAD_STATE - called from a hook routine
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int unpost_form(FORM * form)
+{
+ if (!form)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!(form->status & _POSTED))
+ RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED);
+
+ if (form->status & _IN_DRIVER)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldterm);
+ Call_Hook(form,formterm);
+
+ werase(Get_Form_Window(form));
+ delwin(form->w);
+ form->w = (WINDOW *)0;
+ form->status &= ~_POSTED;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int pos_form_cursor(FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Moves the form window cursor to the location required
+| by the form driver to resume form processing. This may
+| be needed after the application calls a curses library
+| I/O routine that modifies the cursor position.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - Success
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - System error.
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - Invalid form pointer
+| E_NOT_POSTED - Form is not posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int pos_form_cursor(FORM * form)
+{
+ int res;
+
+ if (!form)
+ res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(form->status & _POSTED))
+ res = E_NOT_POSTED;
+ else
+ res = Position_Form_Cursor(form);
+ }
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_current_field(FORM * form,FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Set the current field of the form to the specified one.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form or field pointer
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - field not selectable
+| E_BAD_STATE - called from a hook routine
+| E_INVALID_FIELD - current field can't be left
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_current_field(FORM * form, FIELD * field)
+{
+ int err = E_OK;
+
+ if ( !form || !field )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( (form != field->form) || Field_Is_Not_Selectable(field) )
+ RETURN(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+
+ if (!(form->status & _POSTED))
+ {
+ form->current = field;
+ form->curpage = field->page;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (form->status & _IN_DRIVER)
+ err = E_BAD_STATE;
+ else
+ {
+ if (form->current != field)
+ {
+ if (!Internal_Validation(form))
+ err = E_INVALID_FIELD;
+ else
+ {
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldterm);
+ if (field->page != form->curpage)
+ {
+ Call_Hook(form,formterm);
+ err = Set_Form_Page(form,field->page,field);
+ Call_Hook(form,forminit);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err = Set_Current_Field(form,field);
+ }
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldinit);
+ Refresh_Current_Field(form);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(err);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : FIELD *current_field(const FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Return the current field.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to the current field.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+FIELD *current_field(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return Normalize_Form(form)->current;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_index(const FIELD * field)
+|
+| Description : Return the index of the field in the field-array of
+| the form.
+|
+| Return Values : >= 0 : field index
+| -1 : fieldpointer invalid or field not connected
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_index(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return ( (field && field->form) ? field->index : -1 );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_page(FORM * form,int page)
+|
+| Description : Set the page number of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer or page number
+| E_BAD_STATE - called from a hook routine
+| E_INVALID_FIELD - current field can't be left
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_form_page(FORM * form, int page)
+{
+ int err = E_OK;
+
+ if ( !form || (page<0) || (page>=form->maxpage) )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!(form->status & _POSTED))
+ {
+ form->curpage = page;
+ form->current = First_Active_Field(form);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (form->status & _IN_DRIVER)
+ err = E_BAD_STATE;
+ else
+ {
+ if (form->curpage != page)
+ {
+ if (!Internal_Validation(form))
+ err = E_INVALID_FIELD;
+ else
+ {
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldterm);
+ Call_Hook(form,formterm);
+ err = Set_Form_Page(form,page,(FIELD *)0);
+ Call_Hook(form,forminit);
+ Call_Hook(form,fieldinit);
+ Refresh_Current_Field(form);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(err);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int form_page(const FORM * form)
+|
+| Description : Return the current page of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : >= 0 : current page number
+| -1 : invalid form pointer
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int form_page(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return Normalize_Form(form)->curpage;
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Field-Buffer manipulation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field,
+| int buffer, char *value)
+|
+| Description : Set the given buffer of the field to the given value.
+| Buffer 0 stores the displayed content of the field.
+| For dynamic fields this may grow the fieldbuffers if
+| the length of the value exceeds the current buffer
+| length. For buffer 0 only printable values are allowed.
+| For static fields, the value needs not to be zero ter-
+| minated. It is copied up to the length of the buffer.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_buffer(FIELD * field, int buffer, const char * value)
+{
+ char *s, *p;
+ int res = E_OK;
+ unsigned int len;
+
+ if ( !field || !value || ((buffer < 0)||(buffer > field->nbuf)) )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ len = Buffer_Length(field);
+
+ if (buffer==0)
+ {
+ const char *v;
+ unsigned int i = 0;
+
+ for(v=value; *v && (i<len); v++,i++)
+ {
+ if (!isprint((unsigned char)*v))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Growable(field))
+ {
+ /* for a growable field we must assume zero terminated strings, because
+ somehow we have to detect the length of what should be copied.
+ */
+ unsigned int vlen = strlen(value);
+ if (vlen > len)
+ {
+ if (!Field_Grown(field,
+ (int)(1 + (vlen-len)/((field->rows+field->nrow)*field->cols))))
+ RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ /* in this case we also have to check, wether or not the remaining
+ characters in value are also printable for buffer 0. */
+ if (buffer==0)
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ for(i=len; i<vlen; i++)
+ if (!isprint(value[i]))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ }
+ len = vlen;
+ }
+ }
+
+ p = Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,buffer);
+
+#if HAVE_MEMCCPY
+ s = memccpy(p,value,0,len);
+#else
+ for(s=(char *)value; *s && (s < (value+len)); s++)
+ p[s-value] = *s;
+ if (s < (value+len))
+ p[s-value] = *s++;
+ else
+ s=(char *)0;
+#endif
+
+ if (s)
+ { /* this means, value was null terminated and not greater than the
+ buffer. We have to pad with blanks */
+ assert(len >= (unsigned int)(s-p));
+ if (len > (unsigned int)(s-p))
+ memset(s,C_BLANK,len-(unsigned int)(s-p));
+ }
+
+ if (buffer==0)
+ {
+ int syncres;
+ if (((syncres=Synchronize_Field( field ))!=E_OK) &&
+ (res==E_OK))
+ res = syncres;
+ if (((syncres=Synchronize_Linked_Fields(field ))!=E_OK) &&
+ (res==E_OK))
+ res = syncres;
+ }
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field,int buffer)
+|
+| Description : Return the address of the buffer for the field.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to buffer or NULL if arguments were invalid.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+char *field_buffer(const FIELD * field, int buffer)
+{
+ if (field && (buffer >= 0) && (buffer <= field->nbuf))
+ return Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,buffer);
+ else
+ return (char *)0;
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Field-Options manipulation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Turns on the named options for this field and turns
+| off all the remaining options.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_CURRENT - the field is the current field
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_opts(FIELD * field, Field_Options opts)
+{
+ int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+ if (!(opts & ~ALL_FIELD_OPTS))
+ res = Synchronize_Options( Normalize_Field(field), opts );
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the fields options.
+|
+| Return Values : The options.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return ALL_FIELD_OPTS & Normalize_Field( field )->opts;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Turns on the named options for this field and all the
+| remaining options are unchanged.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_CURRENT - the field is the current field
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_opts_on(FIELD * field, Field_Options opts)
+{
+ int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ if (!(opts & ~ALL_FIELD_OPTS))
+ {
+ Normalize_Field( field );
+ res = Synchronize_Options( field, field->opts | opts );
+ }
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Turns off the named options for this field and all the
+| remaining options are unchanged.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_CURRENT - the field is the current field
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_opts_off(FIELD * field, Field_Options opts)
+{
+ int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ if (!(opts & ~ALL_FIELD_OPTS))
+ {
+ Normalize_Field( field );
+ res = Synchronize_Options( field, field->opts & ~opts );
+ }
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+\f
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Field-Attribute manipulation routines
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* "Template" macro to generate a function to set a fields attribute */
+#define GEN_FIELD_ATTR_SET_FCT( name ) \
+int set_field_ ## name (FIELD * field, chtype attr)\
+{\
+ int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;\
+ if ( attr==A_NORMAL || ((attr & A_ATTRIBUTES)==attr) )\
+ {\
+ Normalize_Field( field );\
+ if ((field -> name) != attr)\
+ {\
+ field -> name = attr;\
+ res = Synchronize_Attributes( field );\
+ }\
+ else\
+ res = E_OK;\
+ }\
+ RETURN(res);\
+}
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate a function to get a fields attribute */
+#define GEN_FIELD_ATTR_GET_FCT( name ) \
+chtype field_ ## name (const FIELD * field)\
+{\
+ return ( A_ATTRIBUTES & (Normalize_Field( field ) -> name) );\
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr)
+|
+| Description : Sets the foreground of the field used to display the
+| field contents.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid attributes
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_FIELD_ATTR_SET_FCT( fore )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : chtype field_fore(const FIELD *)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve fields foreground attribute
+|
+| Return Values : The foreground attribute
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_FIELD_ATTR_GET_FCT( fore )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr)
+|
+| Description : Sets the background of the field used to display the
+| fields extend.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid attributes
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_FIELD_ATTR_SET_FCT( back )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : chtype field_back(const
+|
+| Description : Retrieve fields background attribute
+|
+| Return Values : The background attribute
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_FIELD_ATTR_GET_FCT( back )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int ch)
+|
+| Description : Set the pad character used to fill the field. This must
+| be a printable character.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer or pad character
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_pad(FIELD * field, int ch)
+{
+ int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ Normalize_Field( field );
+ if (isprint((unsigned char)ch))
+ {
+ if (field->pad != ch)
+ {
+ field->pad = ch;
+ res = Synchronize_Attributes( field );
+ }
+ else
+ res = E_OK;
+ }
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_pad(const FIELD *field)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the fields pad character.
+|
+| Return Values : The pad character.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_pad(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return Normalize_Field( field )->pad;
+}
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int just)
+|
+| Description : Set the fields type of justification.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - one of the arguments was incorrect
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_field_just(FIELD * field, int just)
+{
+ int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;
+
+ if ((just==NO_JUSTIFICATION) ||
+ (just==JUSTIFY_LEFT) ||
+ (just==JUSTIFY_CENTER) ||
+ (just==JUSTIFY_RIGHT) )
+ {
+ Normalize_Field( field );
+ if (field->just != just)
+ {
+ field->just = just;
+ res = Synchronize_Attributes( field );
+ }
+ else
+ res = E_OK;
+ }
+ RETURN(res);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int field_just( const FIELD *field )
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the fields type of justification
+|
+| Return Values : The justification type.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int field_just(const FIELD * field)
+{
+ return Normalize_Field( field )->just;
+}
+
+/* frm_driver.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_hook.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate function to set application specific hook */
+#define GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \
+int set_ ## typ ## _ ## name (FORM *form, Form_Hook func)\
+{\
+ (Normalize_Form( form ) -> typ ## name) = func ;\
+ RETURN(E_OK);\
+}
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate function to get application specific hook */
+#define GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \
+Form_Hook typ ## _ ## name ( const FORM *form )\
+{\
+ return ( Normalize_Form( form ) -> typ ## name );\
+}
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook f)
+|
+| Description : Assigns an application defined initialization function
+| to be called when the form is posted and just after
+| the current field changes.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(field,init)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve field initialization routine address.
+|
+| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(field,init)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook f)
+|
+| Description : Assigns an application defined finalization function
+| to be called when the form is unposted and just before
+| the current field changes.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(field,term)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve field finalization routine address.
+|
+| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(field,term)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook f)
+|
+| Description : Assigns an application defined initialization function
+| to be called when the form is posted and just after
+| a page change.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(form,init)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve form initialization routine address.
+|
+| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(form,init)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook f)
+|
+| Description : Assigns an application defined finalization function
+| to be called when the form is unposted and just before
+| a page change.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(form,term)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve form finalization routine address.
+|
+| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(form,term)
+
+/* frm_hook.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_opts.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Form_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Turns on the named options and turns off all the
+| remaining options for that form.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_form_opts(FORM * form, Form_Options opts)
+{
+ if (opts & ~ALL_FORM_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Form( form )->opts = opts;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : Form_Options form_opts(const FORM *)
+|
+| Description : Retrieves the current form options.
+|
+| Return Values : The option flags.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+Form_Options form_opts(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return (Normalize_Form(form)->opts & ALL_FORM_OPTS);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Form_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Turns on the named options; no other options are
+| changed.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int form_opts_on(FORM * form, Form_Options opts)
+{
+ if (opts & ~ALL_FORM_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Form( form )->opts |= opts;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Form_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Turns off the named options; no other options are
+| changed.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int form_opts_off(FORM * form, Form_Options opts)
+{
+ if (opts & ~ALL_FORM_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Form(form)->opts &= ~opts;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+ }
+}
+
+/* frm_opts.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module form_request_name *
+* Routines to handle external names of menu requests *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_req_name.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+static const char *request_names[ MAX_FORM_COMMAND - MIN_FORM_COMMAND + 1 ] = {
+ "NEXT_PAGE" ,
+ "PREV_PAGE" ,
+ "FIRST_PAGE" ,
+ "LAST_PAGE" ,
+
+ "NEXT_FIELD" ,
+ "PREV_FIELD" ,
+ "FIRST_FIELD" ,
+ "LAST_FIELD" ,
+ "SNEXT_FIELD" ,
+ "SPREV_FIELD" ,
+ "SFIRST_FIELD" ,
+ "SLAST_FIELD" ,
+ "LEFT_FIELD" ,
+ "RIGHT_FIELD" ,
+ "UP_FIELD" ,
+ "DOWN_FIELD" ,
+
+ "NEXT_CHAR" ,
+ "PREV_CHAR" ,
+ "NEXT_LINE" ,
+ "PREV_LINE" ,
+ "NEXT_WORD" ,
+ "PREV_WORD" ,
+ "BEG_FIELD" ,
+ "END_FIELD" ,
+ "BEG_LINE" ,
+ "END_LINE" ,
+ "LEFT_CHAR" ,
+ "RIGHT_CHAR" ,
+ "UP_CHAR" ,
+ "DOWN_CHAR" ,
+
+ "NEW_LINE" ,
+ "INS_CHAR" ,
+ "INS_LINE" ,
+ "DEL_CHAR" ,
+ "DEL_PREV" ,
+ "DEL_LINE" ,
+ "DEL_WORD" ,
+ "CLR_EOL" ,
+ "CLR_EOF" ,
+ "CLR_FIELD" ,
+ "OVL_MODE" ,
+ "INS_MODE" ,
+ "SCR_FLINE" ,
+ "SCR_BLINE" ,
+ "SCR_FPAGE" ,
+ "SCR_BPAGE" ,
+ "SCR_FHPAGE" ,
+ "SCR_BHPAGE" ,
+ "SCR_FCHAR" ,
+ "SCR_BCHAR" ,
+ "SCR_HFLINE" ,
+ "SCR_HBLINE" ,
+ "SCR_HFHALF" ,
+ "SCR_HBHALF" ,
+
+ "VALIDATION" ,
+ "NEXT_CHOICE" ,
+ "PREV_CHOICE"
+};
+#define A_SIZE (sizeof(request_names)/sizeof(request_names[0]))
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : const char * form_request_name (int request);
+|
+| Description : Get the external name of a form request.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to name - on success
+| NULL - on invalid request code
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const char *form_request_name( int request )
+{
+ if ( (request < MIN_FORM_COMMAND) || (request > MAX_FORM_COMMAND) )
+ {
+ SET_ERROR (E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ return (const char *)0;
+ }
+ else
+ return request_names[ request - MIN_FORM_COMMAND ];
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int form_request_by_name (const char *str);
+|
+| Description : Search for a request with this name.
+|
+| Return Values : Request Id - on success
+| E_NO_MATCH - request not found
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int form_request_by_name( const char *str )
+{
+ /* because the table is so small, it doesn't really hurt
+ to run sequentially through it.
+ */
+ unsigned int i = 0;
+ char buf[16];
+
+ if (str)
+ {
+ strncpy(buf,str,sizeof(buf));
+ while( (i<sizeof(buf)) && (buf[i] != '\0') )
+ {
+ buf[i] = toupper(buf[i]);
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ for (i=0; i < A_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp(request_names[i],buf,sizeof(buf))==0)
+ return MIN_FORM_COMMAND + i;
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(E_NO_MATCH);
+}
+
+/* frm_req_name.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_user.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *usrptr)
+|
+| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any form to store
+| application relevant informations
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - on success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_form_userptr(FORM * form, const void *usrptr)
+{
+ Normalize_Form(form)->usrptr = usrptr;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : void *form_userptr(const FORM *form)
+|
+| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any form to
+| store application relevant informations.
+|
+| Return Values : Value of pointer. If no such pointer has been set,
+| NULL is returned
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const void *form_userptr(const FORM * form)
+{
+ return Normalize_Form(form)->usrptr;
+}
+
+/* frm_user.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_win.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_win(FORM *form,WINDOW *win)
+|
+| Description : Set the window of the form to win.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_POSTED - form is posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_form_win(FORM * form, WINDOW * win)
+{
+ if (form && (form->status & _POSTED))
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ Normalize_Form( form )->win = win;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the window of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : The pointer to the Window or stdscr if there is none.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+WINDOW *form_win(const FORM * form)
+{
+ const FORM* f = Normalize_Form( form );
+ return (f->win ? f->win : stdscr);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *win)
+|
+| Description : Set the subwindow of the form to win.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_POSTED - form is posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_form_sub(FORM * form, WINDOW * win)
+{
+ if (form && (form->status & _POSTED))
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ Normalize_Form( form )->sub = win;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *)
+|
+| Description : Retrieve the window of the form.
+|
+| Return Values : The pointer to the Subwindow.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM * form)
+{
+ const FORM* f = Normalize_Form( form );
+ return Get_Form_Window(f);
+}
+
+/* frm_win.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_alnum.c,v 1.6 1997/02/15 17:31:21 tom Exp $")
+
+typedef struct {
+ int width;
+} alnumARG;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Make_AlphaNumeric_Type(va_list *ap)
+|
+| Description : Allocate structure for alphanumeric type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Make_AlphaNumeric_Type(va_list * ap)
+{
+ alnumARG *argp = (alnumARG *)malloc(sizeof(alnumARG));
+
+ if (argp)
+ argp->width = va_arg(*ap,int);
+
+ return ((void *)argp);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Copy_AlphaNumericType(const void *argp)
+|
+| Description : Copy structure for alphanumeric type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Copy_AlphaNumeric_Type(const void *argp)
+{
+ const alnumARG *ap = (const alnumARG *)argp;
+ alnumARG *new = (alnumARG *)malloc(sizeof(alnumARG));
+
+ if (new)
+ *new = *ap;
+
+ return ((void *)new);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_AlphaNumeric_Type(void *argp)
+|
+| Description : Free structure for alphanumeric type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_AlphaNumeric_Type(void * argp)
+{
+ if (argp)
+ free(argp);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Field(
+| FIELD *field,
+| const void *argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid alphanumeric value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ int width = ((const alnumARG *)argp)->width;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+ int l = -1;
+ unsigned char *s;
+
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ')
+ bp++;
+ if (*bp)
+ {
+ s = bp;
+ while(*bp && isalnum(*bp))
+ bp++;
+ l = (int)(bp-s);
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ')
+ bp++;
+ }
+ return ((*bp || (l < width)) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Character(
+| int c,
+| const void *argp )
+|
+| Description : Check a character for the alphanumeric type.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid
+| FALSE - character is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ return (isalnum(c) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeALNUM = {
+ _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ Make_AlphaNumeric_Type,
+ Copy_AlphaNumeric_Type,
+ Free_AlphaNumeric_Type,
+ Check_AlphaNumeric_Field,
+ Check_AlphaNumeric_Character,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_ALNUM = &typeALNUM;
+
+/* fty_alnum.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_alpha.c,v 1.6 1997/02/15 17:31:08 tom Exp $")
+
+typedef struct {
+ int width;
+} alphaARG;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Make_Alpha_Type(va_list *ap)
+|
+| Description : Allocate structure for alpha type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Make_Alpha_Type(va_list * ap)
+{
+ alphaARG *argp = (alphaARG *)malloc(sizeof(alphaARG));
+ if (argp)
+ {
+ argp->width = va_arg(*ap,int);
+ }
+ return ((void *)argp);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Copy_Alpha_Type(const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Copy structure for alpha type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Copy_Alpha_Type(const void * argp)
+{
+ const alphaARG *ap = (const alphaARG *)argp;
+ alphaARG *new = (alphaARG *)malloc(sizeof(alphaARG));
+
+ if (new)
+ {
+ *new = *ap;
+ }
+ return ((void *)new);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_Alpha_Type( void * argp )
+|
+| Description : Free structure for alpha type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_Alpha_Type(void * argp)
+{
+ if (argp)
+ free(argp);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Alpha_Field(
+| FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid alpha value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Alpha_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ int width = ((const alphaARG *)argp)->width;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+ int l = -1;
+ unsigned char *s;
+
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ')
+ bp++;
+ if (*bp)
+ {
+ s = bp;
+ while(*bp && isalpha(*bp))
+ bp++;
+ l = (int)(bp-s);
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ')
+ bp++;
+ }
+ return ((*bp || (l < width)) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Alpha_Character(
+| int c,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Check a character for the alpha type.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid
+| FALSE - character is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Alpha_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ return (isalpha(c) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeALPHA = {
+ _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ Make_Alpha_Type,
+ Copy_Alpha_Type,
+ Free_Alpha_Type,
+ Check_Alpha_Field,
+ Check_Alpha_Character,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_ALPHA = &typeALPHA;
+
+/* fty_alpha.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_enum.c,v 1.5 1997/02/15 17:33:59 tom Exp $")
+
+typedef struct {
+ char **kwds;
+ int count;
+ bool checkcase;
+ bool checkunique;
+} enumARG;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Make_Enum_Type( va_list * ap )
+|
+| Description : Allocate structure for enumeration type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Make_Enum_Type(va_list * ap)
+{
+ enumARG *argp = (enumARG *)malloc(sizeof(enumARG));
+ char **kp;
+ int cnt=0;
+
+ if (argp)
+ {
+ int ccase, cunique;
+ argp->kwds = va_arg(*ap,char **);
+ ccase = va_arg(*ap,int);
+ cunique = va_arg(*ap,int);
+ argp->checkcase = ccase ? TRUE : FALSE;
+ argp->checkunique = cunique ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
+ kp = argp->kwds;
+ while( (*kp++) ) cnt++;
+ argp->count = cnt;
+ }
+ return (void *)argp;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Copy_Enum_Type( const void * argp )
+|
+| Description : Copy structure for enumeration type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Copy_Enum_Type(const void * argp)
+{
+ const enumARG *ap = (const enumARG *)argp;
+ enumARG *new = (enumARG *)0;
+
+ if (argp)
+ {
+ new = (enumARG *)malloc(sizeof(enumARG));
+ if (new)
+ *new = *ap;
+ }
+ return (void *)new;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_Enum_Type( void * argp )
+|
+| Description : Free structure for enumeration type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_Enum_Type(void * argp)
+{
+ if (argp)
+ free(argp);
+}
+
+#define SKIP_SPACE(x) while(((*(x))!='\0') && (is_blank(*(x)))) (x)++
+#define NOMATCH 0
+#define PARTIAL 1
+#define EXACT 2
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static int Compare(const unsigned char * s,
+| const unsigned char * buf,
+| bool ccase )
+|
+| Description : Check wether or not the text in 'buf' matches the
+| text in 's', at least partial.
+|
+| Return Values : NOMATCH - buffer doesn't match
+| PARTIAL - buffer matches partially
+| EXACT - buffer matches exactly
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Compare(const unsigned char *s, const unsigned char *buf,
+ bool ccase)
+{
+ SKIP_SPACE(buf); /* Skip leading spaces in both texts */
+ SKIP_SPACE(s);
+
+ if (*buf=='\0')
+ {
+ return (((*s)!='\0') ? NOMATCH : EXACT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ccase)
+ {
+ while(*s++ == *buf)
+ {
+ if (*buf++=='\0') return EXACT;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while(toupper(*s)==toupper(*buf))
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*buf++=='\0') return EXACT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* At this location buf points to the first character where it no longer
+ matches with s. So if only blanks are following, we have a partial
+ match otherwise there is no match */
+ SKIP_SPACE(buf);
+ if (*buf)
+ return NOMATCH;
+
+ /* If it happens that the reference buffer is at its end, the partial
+ match is actually an exact match. */
+ return ((s[-1]!='\0') ? PARTIAL : EXACT);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Enum_Field(
+| FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid enumeration value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Enum_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ char **kwds = ((const enumARG *)argp)->kwds;
+ bool ccase = ((const enumARG *)argp)->checkcase;
+ bool unique = ((const enumARG *)argp)->checkunique;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+ char *s, *t, *p;
+ int res;
+
+ while( (s=(*kwds++)) )
+ {
+ if ((res=Compare((unsigned char *)s,bp,ccase))!=NOMATCH)
+ {
+ t=s;
+ if ((unique && res!=EXACT))
+ {
+ while( (p = *kwds++) )
+ {
+ if ((res=Compare((unsigned char *)p,bp,ccase))!=NOMATCH)
+ {
+ if (res==EXACT)
+ {
+ t = p;
+ break;
+ }
+ t = (char *)0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (t)
+ {
+ set_field_buffer(field,0,t);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static const char *dummy[] = { (char *)0 };
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Next_Enum(FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Check for the next enumeration value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - next value found and loaded
+| FALSE - no next value loaded
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Next_Enum(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ const enumARG *args = (const enumARG *)argp;
+ char **kwds = args->kwds;
+ bool ccase = args->checkcase;
+ int cnt = args->count;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+
+ while(cnt--)
+ {
+ if (Compare((unsigned char *)(*kwds++),bp,ccase)==EXACT)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (cnt<=0)
+ kwds = args->kwds;
+ if ((cnt>=0) || (Compare((unsigned char *)dummy,bp,ccase)==EXACT))
+ {
+ set_field_buffer(field,0,*kwds);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Previous_Enum(
+| FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Check for the previous enumeration value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - previous value found and loaded
+| FALSE - no previous value loaded
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Previous_Enum(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ const enumARG *args = (const enumARG *)argp;
+ int cnt = args->count;
+ char **kwds = &args->kwds[cnt-1];
+ bool ccase = args->checkcase;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+
+ while(cnt--)
+ {
+ if (Compare((unsigned char *)(*kwds--),bp,ccase)==EXACT)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (cnt<=0)
+ kwds = &args->kwds[args->count-1];
+
+ if ((cnt>=0) || (Compare((unsigned char *)dummy,bp,ccase)==EXACT))
+ {
+ set_field_buffer(field,0,*kwds);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeENUM = {
+ _HAS_ARGS | _HAS_CHOICE | _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ Make_Enum_Type,
+ Copy_Enum_Type,
+ Free_Enum_Type,
+ Check_Enum_Field,
+ NULL,
+ Next_Enum,
+ Previous_Enum
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_ENUM = &typeENUM;
+
+/* fty_enum.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_int.c,v 1.7 1997/04/19 15:22:40 juergen Exp $")
+
+typedef struct {
+ int precision;
+ long low;
+ long high;
+} integerARG;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Make_Integer_Type( va_list * ap )
+|
+| Description : Allocate structure for integer type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Make_Integer_Type(va_list * ap)
+{
+ integerARG *argp = (integerARG *)malloc(sizeof(integerARG));
+
+ if (argp)
+ {
+ argp->precision = va_arg(*ap,int);
+ argp->low = va_arg(*ap,long);
+ argp->high = va_arg(*ap,long);
+ }
+ return (void *)argp;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Copy_Integer_Type(const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Copy structure for integer type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Copy_Integer_Type(const void * argp)
+{
+ const integerARG *ap = (const integerARG *)argp;
+ integerARG *new = (integerARG *)0;
+
+ if (argp)
+ {
+ new = (integerARG *)malloc(sizeof(integerARG));
+ if (new)
+ *new = *ap;
+ }
+ return (void *)new;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_Integer_Type(void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Free structure for integer type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_Integer_Type(void * argp)
+{
+ if (argp)
+ free(argp);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Integer_Field(
+| FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid integer value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Integer_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ const integerARG *argi = (const integerARG *)argp;
+ long low = argi->low;
+ long high = argi->high;
+ int prec = argi->precision;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+ char *s = (char *)bp;
+ long val;
+ char buf[100];
+
+ while( *bp && *bp==' ') bp++;
+ if (*bp)
+ {
+ if (*bp=='-') bp++;
+ while (*bp)
+ {
+ if (!isdigit(*bp)) break;
+ bp++;
+ }
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ') bp++;
+ if (*bp=='\0')
+ {
+ val = atol(s);
+ if (low<high)
+ {
+ if (val<low || val>high) return FALSE;
+ }
+ sprintf(buf,"%.*ld",(prec>0?prec:0),val);
+ set_field_buffer(field,0,buf);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Integer_Character(
+| int c,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Check a character for the integer type.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid
+| FALSE - character is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Integer_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ return ((isdigit(c) || (c=='-')) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeINTEGER = {
+ _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ Make_Integer_Type,
+ Copy_Integer_Type,
+ Free_Integer_Type,
+ Check_Integer_Field,
+ Check_Integer_Character,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_INTEGER = &typeINTEGER;
+
+/* fty_int.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Per Foreby, perf@efd.lth.se *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_ipv4.c,v 1.2 1997/04/26 22:06:00 tom Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_IPV4_Field(
+| FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid IP number (Ver. 4)
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_IPV4_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ char *bp = field_buffer(field,0);
+ int num = 0, len;
+ unsigned int d1, d2, d3, d4;
+
+ if(isdigit(*bp)) /* Must start with digit */
+ {
+ num = sscanf(bp, "%u.%u.%u.%u%n", &d1, &d2, &d3, &d4, &len);
+ if (num == 4)
+ {
+ bp += len; /* Make bp point to what sscanf() left */
+ while (*bp && isspace(*bp))
+ bp++; /* Allow trailing whitespace */
+ }
+ }
+ return ((num != 4 || *bp || d1 > 255 || d2 > 255
+ || d3 > 255 || d4 > 255) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_IPV4_Character(
+| int c,
+| const void *argp )
+|
+| Description : Check a character for unsigned type or period.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid
+| FALSE - character is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_IPV4_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ return ((isdigit(c) || (c=='.')) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeIPV4 = {
+ _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ Check_IPV4_Field,
+ Check_IPV4_Character,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_IPV4 = &typeIPV4;
+
+/* fty_ipv4.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_num.c,v 1.9 1997/04/19 17:26:38 juergen Exp $")
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ int precision;
+ double low;
+ double high;
+ struct lconv* L;
+} numericARG;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Make_Numeric_Type(va_list * ap)
+|
+| Description : Allocate structure for numeric type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Make_Numeric_Type(va_list * ap)
+{
+ numericARG *argn = (numericARG *)malloc(sizeof(numericARG));
+
+ if (argn)
+ {
+ argn->precision = va_arg(*ap,int);
+ argn->low = va_arg(*ap,double);
+ argn->high = va_arg(*ap,double);
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+ argn->L = localeconv();
+#else
+ argn->L = NULL;
+#endif
+ }
+ return (void *)argn;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Copy_Numeric_Type(const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Copy structure for numeric type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Copy_Numeric_Type(const void * argp)
+{
+ const numericARG *ap = (const numericARG *)argp;
+ numericARG *new = (numericARG *)0;
+
+ if (argp)
+ {
+ new = (numericARG *)malloc(sizeof(numericARG));
+ if (new)
+ *new = *ap;
+ }
+ return (void *)new;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_Numeric_Type(void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Free structure for numeric type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_Numeric_Type(void * argp)
+{
+ if (argp)
+ free(argp);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Numeric_Field(FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid numeric value
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Numeric_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ const numericARG *argn = (const numericARG *)argp;
+ double low = argn->low;
+ double high = argn->high;
+ int prec = argn->precision;
+ unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0);
+ char *s = (char *)bp;
+ double val = 0.0;
+ struct lconv* L = argn->L;
+ char buf[64];
+
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ') bp++;
+ if (*bp)
+ {
+ if (*bp=='-' || *bp=='+')
+ bp++;
+ while(*bp)
+ {
+ if (!isdigit(*bp)) break;
+ bp++;
+ }
+ if (*bp==(
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+ (L && L->decimal_point) ? *(L->decimal_point) :
+#endif
+ '.'))
+ {
+ bp++;
+ while(*bp)
+ {
+ if (!isdigit(*bp)) break;
+ bp++;
+ }
+ }
+ while(*bp && *bp==' ') bp++;
+ if (*bp=='\0')
+ {
+ val = atof(s);
+ if (low<high)
+ {
+ if (val<low || val>high) return FALSE;
+ }
+ sprintf(buf,"%.*f",(prec>0?prec:0),val);
+ set_field_buffer(field,0,buf);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_Numeric_Character(
+| int c,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Check a character for the numeric type.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid
+| FALSE - character is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_Numeric_Character(int c, const void * argp)
+{
+ const numericARG *argn = (const numericARG *)argp;
+ struct lconv* L = argn->L;
+
+ return (isdigit(c) ||
+ c == '+' ||
+ c == '-' ||
+ c == (
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+ (L && L->decimal_point) ? *(L->decimal_point) :
+#endif
+ '.')
+ ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeNUMERIC = {
+ _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ Make_Numeric_Type,
+ Copy_Numeric_Type,
+ Free_Numeric_Type,
+ Check_Numeric_Field,
+ Check_Numeric_Character,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_NUMERIC = &typeNUMERIC;
+
+/* fty_num.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT.
+ * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types.
+ * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send
+ * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version.
+ */
+/***************************************************************************
+* *
+* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_regex.c,v 1.9 1997/05/01 16:03:17 tom Exp $")
+
+#if HAVE_REGEX_H /* We prefer POSIX regex */
+#include <regex.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ regex_t *pRegExp;
+ unsigned long *refCount;
+} RegExp_Arg;
+
+#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H
+#undef RETURN
+static int reg_errno;
+
+static char *RegEx_Init(char *instring)
+{
+ reg_errno = 0;
+ return instring;
+}
+
+static char *RegEx_Error(int code)
+{
+ reg_errno = code;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#define INIT register char *sp = RegEx_Init(instring);
+#define GETC() (*sp++)
+#define PEEKC() (*sp)
+#define UNGETC(c) (--sp)
+#define RETURN(c) return(c)
+#define ERROR(c) return RegEx_Error(c)
+
+#if HAVE_REGEXP_H
+#include <regexp.h>
+#else
+#include <regexpr.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *compiled_expression;
+ unsigned long *refCount;
+} RegExp_Arg;
+
+/* Maximum Length we allow for a compiled regular expression */
+#define MAX_RX_LEN (2048)
+#define RX_INCREMENT (256)
+
+#endif
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Make_RegularExpression_Type(va_list * ap)
+|
+| Description : Allocate structure for regex type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Make_RegularExpression_Type(va_list * ap)
+{
+#if HAVE_REGEX_H
+ char *rx = va_arg(*ap,char *);
+ RegExp_Arg *preg;
+
+ preg = (RegExp_Arg*)malloc(sizeof(RegExp_Arg));
+ if (preg)
+ {
+ if (((preg->pRegExp = (regex_t*)malloc(sizeof(regex_t))) != (regex_t*)0)
+ && !regcomp(preg->pRegExp,rx,
+ (REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_NEWLINE) ))
+ {
+ preg->refCount = (unsigned long *)malloc(sizeof(unsigned long));
+ *(preg->refCount) = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (preg->pRegExp)
+ free(preg->pRegExp);
+ free(preg);
+ preg = (RegExp_Arg*)0;
+ }
+ }
+ return((void *)preg);
+#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H
+ char *rx = va_arg(*ap,char *);
+ RegExp_Arg *pArg;
+
+ pArg = (RegExp_Arg *)malloc(sizeof(RegExp_Arg));
+
+ if (pArg)
+ {
+ int blen = RX_INCREMENT;
+ pArg->compiled_expression = NULL;
+ pArg->refCount = (unsigned long *)malloc(sizeof(unsigned long));
+ *(pArg->refCount) = 1;
+
+ do {
+ char *buf = (char *)malloc(blen);
+ if (buf)
+ {
+#if HAVE_REGEXP_H
+ char *last_pos = compile (rx, buf, &buf[blen], '\0');
+#else
+ char *last_pos = compile (rx, buf, &buf[blen], '\0');
+#endif
+ if (reg_errno)
+ {
+ free(buf);
+ if (reg_errno==50)
+ blen += RX_INCREMENT;
+ else
+ {
+ free(pArg);
+ pArg = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pArg->compiled_expression = buf;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } while( blen <= MAX_RX_LEN );
+ }
+ if (pArg && !pArg->compiled_expression)
+ {
+ free(pArg);
+ pArg = NULL;
+ }
+ return (void *)pArg;
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void *Copy_RegularExpression_Type(
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Copy structure for regex type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void *Copy_RegularExpression_Type(const void * argp)
+{
+#if (HAVE_REGEX_H | HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H)
+ const RegExp_Arg *ap = (const RegExp_Arg *)argp;
+ const RegExp_Arg *new = (const RegExp_Arg *)0;
+
+ if (ap)
+ {
+ *(ap->refCount) += 1;
+ new = ap;
+ }
+ return (void *)new;
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static void Free_RegularExpression_Type(void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Free structure for regex type argument.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void Free_RegularExpression_Type(void * argp)
+{
+#if HAVE_REGEX_H | HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H
+ RegExp_Arg *ap = (RegExp_Arg *)argp;
+ if (ap)
+ {
+ if (--(*(ap->refCount)) == 0)
+ {
+#if HAVE_REGEX_H
+ if (ap->pRegExp)
+ {
+ free(ap->refCount);
+ regfree(ap->pRegExp);
+ }
+#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H
+ if (ap->compiled_expression)
+ {
+ free(ap->refCount);
+ free(ap->compiled_expression);
+ }
+#endif
+ free(ap);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnform
+| Function : static bool Check_RegularExpression_Field(
+| FIELD * field,
+| const void * argp)
+|
+| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid regular expression
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid
+| FALSE - field is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Check_RegularExpression_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp)
+{
+ bool match = FALSE;
+#if HAVE_REGEX_H
+ const RegExp_Arg *ap = (const RegExp_Arg*)argp;
+ if (ap && ap->pRegExp)
+ match = (regexec(ap->pRegExp,field_buffer(field,0),0,NULL,0) ? FALSE:TRUE);
+#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H
+ RegExp_Arg *ap = (RegExp_Arg *)argp;
+ if (ap && ap->compiled_expression)
+ match = (step(field_buffer(field,0),ap->compiled_expression) ? TRUE:FALSE);
+#endif
+ return match;
+}
+
+static FIELDTYPE typeREGEXP = {
+ _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT,
+ 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ (FIELDTYPE *)0,
+ Make_RegularExpression_Type,
+ Copy_RegularExpression_Type,
+ Free_RegularExpression_Type,
+ Check_RegularExpression_Field,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+FIELDTYPE* TYPE_REGEXP = &typeREGEXP;
+
+/* fty_regex.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+$(srcdir)/form.h
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+/* ./fty_regex.c */
+
+#include "form.priv.h"
+#include <regex.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ regex_t *pRegExp;
+ unsigned long refCount;
+} RegExp_Arg;
+
+#undef TYPE_REGEXP
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP;
+
+/* ./fty_num.c */
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+ int precision;
+ double low;
+ double high;
+ struct lconv* L;
+} numericARG;
+
+#undef TYPE_NUMERIC
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC;
+
+/* ./fty_int.c */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int precision;
+ int low;
+ int high;
+} integerARG;
+
+#undef TYPE_INTEGER
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER;
+
+/* ./fty_enum.c */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char **kwds;
+ int count;
+ bool checkcase;
+ bool checkunique;
+} enumARG;
+
+#undef TYPE_ENUM
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM;
+
+/* ./fty_alpha.c */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int width;
+} alphaARG;
+
+#undef TYPE_ALPHA
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA;
+
+/* ./fty_alnum.c */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int width;
+} alnumARG;
+
+#undef TYPE_ALNUM
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM;
+
+/* ./fty_ipv4.c */
+#undef TYPE_IPV4
+FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;
+
+/* ./frm_data.c */
+
+#undef data_behind
+bool data_behind(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef data_ahead
+bool data_ahead(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_win.c */
+
+#undef set_form_win
+int set_form_win(
+ FORM *form,
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_win
+WINDOW *form_win(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef set_form_sub
+int set_form_sub(
+ FORM *form,
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_sub
+WINDOW *form_sub(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_user.c */
+
+#undef set_form_userptr
+int set_form_userptr(
+ FORM *form,
+ const void *usrptr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_userptr
+const void *form_userptr(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(const void **)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_opts.c */
+
+#undef set_form_opts
+int set_form_opts(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_opts
+Form_Options form_opts(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(Form_Options *)0); }
+
+#undef form_opts_on
+int form_opts_on(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_opts_off
+int form_opts_off(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_hook.c */
+
+#undef set_field_init
+int set_field_init(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_init
+Form_Hook field_init(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_term
+int set_field_term(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_term
+Form_Hook field_term(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); }
+
+#undef set_form_init
+int set_form_init(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_init
+Form_Hook form_init(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); }
+
+#undef set_form_term
+int set_form_term(
+ FORM *form,
+ Form_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_term
+Form_Hook form_term(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_req_name.c */
+
+#undef form_request_name
+const char *form_request_name(
+ int request)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+#undef form_request_by_name
+int form_request_by_name(
+ const char *str)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./fld_user.c */
+
+#undef set_field_userptr
+int set_field_userptr(
+ FIELD *field,
+ const void *usrptr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_userptr
+const void *field_userptr(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(const void **)0); }
+
+/* ./fld_type.c */
+
+#undef new_fieldtype
+FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+ bool (*const field_check)(
+ FIELD *p1,
+ const void *p2),
+ bool (*const char_check)(
+ int p1,
+ const void *p2))
+ { return(*(FIELDTYPE **)0); }
+
+#undef link_fieldtype
+FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(
+ FIELDTYPE *type1,
+ FIELDTYPE *type2)
+ { return(*(FIELDTYPE **)0); }
+
+#undef free_fieldtype
+int free_fieldtype(
+ FIELDTYPE *typ)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_fieldtype_arg
+int set_fieldtype_arg(
+ FIELDTYPE *typ,
+ void *(*const make_arg)(
+ va_list *p1),
+ void *(*const copy_arg)(
+ const void *p1),
+ void (*const free_arg)(
+ void *p1))
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_fieldtype_choice
+int set_fieldtype_choice(
+ FIELDTYPE *typ,
+ bool (*const next_choice)(
+ FIELD *p1,
+ const void *p2),
+ bool (*const prev_choice)(
+ FIELD *p1,
+ const void *p2))
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./fld_stat.c */
+
+#undef set_field_status
+int set_field_status(
+ FIELD *field,
+ bool status)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_status
+bool field_status(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+/* ./fld_def.c */
+
+#undef _nc_Default_Field
+FIELD *_nc_Default_Field;
+
+#undef new_field
+FIELD *new_field(
+ int rows,
+ int cols,
+ int frow,
+ int fcol,
+ int nrow,
+ int nbuf)
+ { return(*(FIELD **)0); }
+
+#undef dup_field
+FIELD *dup_field(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int frow,
+ int fcol)
+ { return(*(FIELD **)0); }
+
+#undef link_field
+FIELD *link_field(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int frow,
+ int fcol)
+ { return(*(FIELD **)0); }
+
+#undef free_field
+int free_field(
+ FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_info
+int field_info(
+ const FIELD *field,
+ int *rows,
+ int *cols,
+ int *frow,
+ int *fcol,
+ int *nrow,
+ int *nbuf)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef move_field
+int move_field(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int frow,
+ int fcol)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_type
+int set_field_type(
+ FIELD *field,
+ FIELDTYPE *type,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_type
+FIELDTYPE *field_type(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(FIELDTYPE **)0); }
+
+#undef field_arg
+void *field_arg(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(void **)0); }
+
+#undef set_max_field
+int set_max_field(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int maxgrow)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef dynamic_field_info
+int dynamic_field_info(
+ const FIELD *field,
+ int *drows,
+ int *dcols,
+ int *maxgrow)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_new_page
+int set_new_page(
+ FIELD *field,
+ bool new_page_flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef new_page
+bool new_page(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_def.c */
+
+#undef _nc_Default_Form
+FORM *_nc_Default_Form;
+
+#undef new_form
+FORM *new_form(
+ FIELD **fields)
+ { return(*(FORM **)0); }
+
+#undef free_form
+int free_form(
+ FORM *form)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_form_fields
+int set_form_fields(
+ FORM *form,
+ FIELD **fields)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_fields
+FIELD **form_fields(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(FIELD ***)0); }
+
+#undef field_count
+int field_count(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scale_form
+int scale_form(
+ const FORM *form,
+ int *rows,
+ int *cols)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_driver.c */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int keycode;
+ int (*cmd)(FORM *);
+} Binding_Info;
+
+#undef form_driver
+int form_driver(
+ FORM *form,
+ int c)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef post_form
+int post_form(
+ FORM *form)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef unpost_form
+int unpost_form(
+ FORM *form)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef pos_form_cursor
+int pos_form_cursor(
+ FORM *form)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_current_field
+int set_current_field(
+ FORM *form,
+ FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef current_field
+FIELD *current_field(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(FIELD **)0); }
+
+#undef field_index
+int field_index(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_form_page
+int set_form_page(
+ FORM *form,
+ int page)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef form_page
+int form_page(
+ const FORM *form)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_buffer
+int set_field_buffer(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int buffer,
+ const char *value)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_buffer
+char *field_buffer(
+ const FIELD *field,
+ int buffer)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_opts
+int set_field_opts(
+ FIELD *field,
+ Field_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_opts
+Field_Options field_opts(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(Field_Options *)0); }
+
+#undef field_opts_on
+int field_opts_on(
+ FIELD *field,
+ Field_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_opts_off
+int field_opts_off(
+ FIELD *field,
+ Field_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_fore
+int set_field_fore(
+ FIELD *field,
+ chtype attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_fore
+chtype field_fore(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_back
+int set_field_back(
+ FIELD *field,
+ chtype attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_back
+chtype field_back(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_pad
+int set_field_pad(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_pad
+int field_pad(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_field_just
+int set_field_just(
+ FIELD *field,
+ int just)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef field_just
+int field_just(
+ const FIELD *field)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./frm_adabind.c */
+
+#undef _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts
+void _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts(
+ int *opt)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts
+void _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts(
+ int *opt)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_getvarg
+void *_nc_ada_getvarg(
+ va_list *ap)
+ { return(*(void **)0); }
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Library objects
+fty_regex lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fty_num lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fty_int lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fty_enum lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fty_alpha lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fty_alnum lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fty_ipv4 lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_data lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_win lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_user lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_opts lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_hook lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_req_name lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fld_user lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fld_type lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fld_stat lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+fld_def lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_def lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_driver lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
+frm_adabind lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H)
--- /dev/null
+# /***************************************************************************
+# * COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+# ****************************************************************************
+# * ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+# * Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+# * zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+# * Eric S. Raymond *
+# * esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+# * *
+# * Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+# * by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+# * larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+# * this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+# * removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+# * applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+# * *
+# * ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+# * *
+# ***************************************************************************/
+#
+# $Id: Caps,v 1.15 1996/10/05 21:26:18 tom Exp $
+#
+# This is the master termcap/terminfo capability table.
+#
+# This table is used to generate initializers for tables that drive tic,
+# infocmp, and the library compilation code used to support the termcap
+# compatibility hack. It is also used to generate the tabular portion of the
+# terminfo(5) man page; lines beginning with `#%' are passed through to become
+# the terminfo table.
+#
+# This file has three major sections; a standard-capabilities table, two
+# extension-capability tables, and a section of aliases declarations.
+# The first two have the same format, as follows:
+#
+# FILE FORMAT
+#
+# Column 1: terminfo variable name
+# Column 2: terminfo capability name
+# Column 3: capability type (boolean, numeric, or string)
+# Column 4: termcap capability name
+# Column 5: Lead with `Y' if capability should be emitted in termcap
+# translations, `-' otherwise
+# Column 6: capability description
+#
+# The codes following [Y-] in column 5 describe the versions of termcap which
+# use the given capability. This information is not used by the curses library
+# proper; rather, it's there to help the terminfo maintainer avoid emitting
+# termcap entry translations that are more than 1023 bytes long (and tank a
+# lot of old termcap-using programs). The codes read as follows:
+# B = mentioned in the BSD man page for 4.4BSD curses
+# C = used by the 4.4BSD curses library
+# G = mentioned in the documentation for GNU termcap
+# E = used by GNU Emacs
+# K = remove this terminfo capability when translating to standard format
+# The important codes are C and E. A cap with C or E should be preserved in
+# translation if possible. The problem is that preserving all such caps may
+# lead to some termcap translations being too long. The termcap maintainer
+# has a bit of a juggling act to do...potential problem cases are marked with
+# a * or **.
+#
+# The aliases section has the following format:
+#
+# Column 1: either `capalias' or `infoalias'
+# Column 2: name to be aliased
+# Column 3: what name it should translate to. The name IGNORE means it
+# should be discarded with a warning message.
+# Column 4: name of the extension set (used for compiler warning messages)
+# Column 5: capability description (usually an associated terminfo variable)
+#
+# HANDLING TERMCAP AND TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
+#
+# There are basically five different ways to handle termcap and terminfo
+# extensions:
+#
+# 1. Don't list the capname here, or list it but comment it out (the latter
+# is preferable; someone might want to handle it in the future). If you do
+# this, the capability will be treated as unknown and raise a warning from
+# the compiler.
+#
+# 2. Alias it. This is appropriate if the capability has the same meaning
+# as an already-supported one. The compiler will handle aliasing, emitting
+# an appropriate informational message whenever an alias fires.
+#
+# 3. List it in the standard table. You almost certainly do *not* want
+# to do this -- the capabilities in that one, and their order, have been
+# carefully chosen to be SVr4-binary-compatible when they're written out
+# as a terminfo object, and breaking this would be bad. It's up the ncurses
+# library what to do with the terminfo data after it's read in.
+#
+# 4. List it in the aliases table with an IGNORE target field. If you
+# do this, the capability will be ignored on input (though the user will
+# get a warning message about it).
+#
+# 5. List it in the extensions table. If you do this, the compiler will
+# silently accept the capability, but the curses library proper will never
+# see it (because it won't be written out as part of the terminfo object
+# format). It's up to you what you have the compiler do with it.
+#
+# There are two opposite reasons to choose option 5. One is when you want
+# to eat the capability silently and discard it when doing translations
+# to terminfo with tic -I. Some very old obsolete BSD caps like :kn: are
+# in this class. Nothing will ever use them again.
+#
+# More usually, you want the compiler to try to deduce something from the
+# capability value that it can use to translate it into your output format.
+# You'll need to write custom code, probably in postprocess_termcap() or
+# postprocess_terminfo(), to handle the translation.
+#
+# CONTROLLING ENTRY LENGTH
+#
+# Notes on specific elisions made to fit translations within 1023 bytes:
+#
+# Machines with IBM PC-like keyboards want to be able to define the following
+# keys: key_npage, key_ppage, key_home, key_ll (which is used for in termcap-
+# only environments for End or Home-Down), key_dc, and key_ic. This is also
+# the set of keys the `joe' editor will be upset if it can't see. So don't
+# trim those out of the set to be translated to termcap, or various users of
+# the termcap file will become irate.
+#
+# It might look tempting to leave those long init strings out of translations.
+# We can't do it (yet); 4.4BSD tput and tset use them.
+#
+# We retain the sgr capability in translation in spite of the fact that neither
+# 4.4BSD nor GNU Emacs uses it, because (a) some entry naming distinctions are
+# hard to understand without it, and (b) the entries in which it is long tend
+# to be older types that don't use up a lot of string space on function keys.
+# The tic(1) translation code will complain and elide it if it makes a critical
+# difference (there is special code in tic to recognize this situation).
+#
+# Yes, BSD tset(1) uses hpa. We elide hpa/vpa anyway because the motion
+# optimizer in BSD curses didn't use them. This omission seems to be the
+# single most effective one, it shortened the resolved length of all thirteen
+# problem entries in the 9.9.0 version of the terminfo master below critical.
+#
+# It would be nice to keep f11 and f12 for Emacs use, but a couple of termcap
+# translations go back over critical if we do this. As 4.4BSD curses fades
+# into history and GNU termcap's application base shrinks towards being GNU
+# Emacs only, we'll probably elide out some BSD-only capabilities in order
+# to buy space for non-essentials Emacs is still using. Capabilities high
+# on that hit list: rc, sc, uc.
+#
+#############################################################################
+#
+# STANDARD CAPABILITIES
+#
+#%The following is a complete table of the capabilities included in a
+#%terminfo description block and available to terminfo-using code. In each
+#%line of the table,
+#%
+#%The \fBvariable\fR is the name by which the programmer (at the terminfo level)
+#%accesses the capability.
+#%
+#%The \fBcapname\fR is the short name used in the text of the database,
+#%and is used by a person updating the database.
+#%Whenever possible, capnames are chosen to be the same as or similar to
+#%the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard (now superseded by ECMA-48, which uses
+#%identical or very similar names). Semantics are also intended to match
+#%those of the specification.
+#%
+#%The termcap code is the old
+#%.B termcap
+#%capability name (some capabilities are new, and have names which termcap
+#%did not originate).
+#%.P
+#%Capability names have no hard length limit, but an informal limit of 5
+#%characters has been adopted to keep them short and to allow the tabs in
+#%the source file
+#%.B Caps
+#%to line up nicely.
+#%
+#%Finally, the description field attempts to convey the semantics of the
+#%capability. You may find some codes in the description field:
+#%.TP
+#%(P)
+#%indicates that padding may be specified
+#%.TP
+#%#[1-9]
+#%in the description field indicates that the string is passed through tparm with
+#%parms as given (#\fIi\fP).
+#%.TP
+#%(P*)
+#%indicates that padding may vary in proportion to the number of
+#%lines affected
+#%.TP
+#%(#\d\fIi\fP\u)
+#%indicates the \fIi\fP\uth\d parameter.
+#%
+#%.PP
+#% These are the boolean capabilities:
+#%
+#%.na
+#%.TS H
+#%center expand;
+#%c l l c
+#%c l l c
+#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20.
+#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR
+#%\fBBooleans name Code\fR
+auto_left_margin bw bool bw YB-G- cub1 wraps from column 0 to last column
+auto_right_margin am bool am YBCGE terminal has automatic margins
+no_esc_ctlc xsb bool xb YBCG- beehive (f1=escape, f2=ctrl C)
+ceol_standout_glitch xhp bool xs YBCGE standout not erased by overwriting (hp)
+eat_newline_glitch xenl bool xn YBCGE newline ignored after 80 cols (concept)
+erase_overstrike eo bool eo YBCG- can erase overstrikes with a blank
+generic_type gn bool gn YB-G- generic line type
+hard_copy hc bool hc YBCG- hardcopy terminal
+has_meta_key km bool km YB-GE Has a meta key, sets msb high
+has_status_line hs bool hs YB-G- has extra status line
+insert_null_glitch in bool in YBCGE insert mode distinguishes nulls
+memory_above da bool da YBCG- display may be retained above the screen
+memory_below db bool db YB-GE display may be retained below the screen
+move_insert_mode mir bool mi YBCGE safe to move while in insert mode
+move_standout_mode msgr bool ms YBCGE safe to move while in standout mode
+over_strike os bool os YBCG- terminal can overstrike
+status_line_esc_ok eslok bool es YB-G- escape can be used on the status line
+dest_tabs_magic_smso xt bool xt YBCGE tabs destructive, magic so char (t1061)
+tilde_glitch hz bool hz YB-GE can't print ~'s (hazeltine)
+transparent_underline ul bool ul YBCGE underline character overstrikes
+xon_xoff xon bool xo YB--- terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking
+needs_xon_xoff nxon bool nx ----- padding won't work, xon/xoff required
+prtr_silent mc5i bool 5i ----- printer won't echo on screen
+hard_cursor chts bool HC ----- cursor is hard to see
+non_rev_rmcup nrrmc bool NR ----- smcup does not reverse rmcup
+no_pad_char npc bool NP ----- pad character does not exist
+non_dest_scroll_region ndscr bool ND ----- scrolling region is non-destructive
+can_change ccc bool cc ----- terminal can re-define existing colors
+back_color_erase bce bool ut ----- screen erased with background color
+hue_lightness_saturation hls bool hl ----- terminal uses only HLS color notation (tektronix)
+col_addr_glitch xhpa bool YA ----- only positive motion for hpa/mhpa caps
+cr_cancels_micro_mode crxm bool YB ----- using cr turns off micro mode
+has_print_wheel daisy bool YC ----- printer needs operator to change character set
+row_addr_glitch xvpa bool YD ----- only positive motion for vpa/mvpa caps
+semi_auto_right_margin sam bool YE ----- printing in last column causes cr
+cpi_changes_res cpix bool YF ----- changing character pitch changes resolution
+lpi_changes_res lpix bool YG ----- changing line pitch changes resolution
+#%.TE
+#%.ad
+#%
+#%These are the numeric capabilities:
+#%
+#%.na
+#%.TS H
+#%center expand;
+#%c l l c
+#%c l l c
+#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20.
+#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR
+#%\fBNumeric name Code\fR
+columns cols num co YBCGE number of columns in aline
+init_tabs it num it YB-G- tabs initially every # spaces
+lines lines num li YBCGE number of lines on screen or page
+lines_of_memory lm num lm YB-G- lines of memory if > line. 0 => varies
+magic_cookie_glitch xmc num sg YBCGE number of blank chars left by smso or rmso
+padding_baud_rate pb num pb YB-GE lowest baud rate where padding needed
+virtual_terminal vt num vt YB--- virtual terminal number (CB/unix)
+width_status_line wsl num ws YB-G- columns in status line
+num_labels nlab num Nl ----- number of labels on screen
+label_height lh num lh ----- rows in each label
+label_width lw num lw ----- columns in each label
+max_attributes ma num ma YBC-- maximum combined attributes terminal can handle
+maximum_windows wnum num MW ----- maxumum number of defineable windows
+# These came in with SVr4's color support
+max_colors colors num Co ----- maximum numbers of colors on screen
+max_pairs pairs num pa ----- maximum number of color-pairs on the screen
+no_color_video ncv num NC ----- video attributes that can't be used with colors
+#%.TE
+#%.ad
+#%
+#%The following numeric capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure,
+#%but are not yet documented in the man page. They came in with SVr4's
+#%printer support.
+#%
+#%.na
+#%.TS H
+#%center expand;
+#%c l l c
+#%c l l c
+#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20.
+#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR
+#%\fBNumeric name Code\fR
+buffer_capacity bufsz num Ya ----- numbers of bytes buffered before printing
+dot_vert_spacing spinv num Yb ----- spacing of pins vertically in pins per inch
+dot_horz_spacing spinh num Yc ----- spacing of dots horizontally in dots per inch
+max_micro_address maddr num Yd ----- maximum value in micro_..._address
+max_micro_jump mjump num Ye ----- maximum value in parm_..._micro
+micro_char_size mcs num Yf ----- character size when in micro mode
+micro_line_size mls num Yg ----- line size when in micro mode
+number_of_pins npins num Yh ----- numbers of pins in print-head
+output_res_char orc num Yi ----- horizontal resolution in units per line
+output_res_line orl num Yj ----- vertical resolution in units per line
+output_res_horz_inch orhi num Yk ----- horizontal resolution in units per inch
+output_res_vert_inch orvi num Yl ----- vertical resolution in units per inch
+print_rate cps num Ym ----- print rate in chars per second
+wide_char_size widcs num Yn ----- character step size when in double wide mode
+buttons btns num BT ----- number of buttons on mouse
+bit_image_entwining bitwin num Yo ----- number of passed for each bit-image row
+bit_image_type bitype num Yp ----- type of bit-image device
+#%.TE
+#%.ad
+#%
+#%These are the string capabilities:
+#%
+#%.na
+#%.TS H
+#%center expand;
+#%c l l c
+#%c l l c
+#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20.
+#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR
+#%\fBString name Code\fR
+back_tab cbt str bt YBCGE back tab (P)
+bell bel str bl YB-GE audible signal (bell) (P)
+carriage_return cr str cr YBCGE carriage return (P*) (P*)
+change_scroll_region csr str cs YBCGE change region to line #1 to line #2 (P) (P)
+clear_all_tabs tbc str ct YB-G- clear all tab stops (P)
+clear_screen clear str cl YBCGE clear screen and home cursor (P*)
+clr_eol el str ce YBCGE clear to end of line (P)
+clr_eos ed str cd YBCGE clear to end of screen (P*)
+column_address hpa str ch -B-GE** horizontal position #1, absolute (P)
+command_character cmdch str CC YB-G- terminal settable cmd character in prototype !?
+cursor_address cup str cm YBCGE move to row #1 columns #2
+cursor_down cud1 str do YBCGE down one line
+cursor_home home str ho YBCGE home cursor (if no cup)
+cursor_invisible civis str vi YB-G- make cursor invisible
+cursor_left cub1 str le YBCGE move left one space
+cursor_mem_address mrcup str CM YB-G- memory relative cursor addressing
+cursor_normal cnorm str ve YBCGE make cursor appear normal (undo civis/cvvis)
+cursor_right cuf1 str nd YBCGE move right one space
+cursor_to_ll ll str ll YBCGE last line, first column (if no cup)
+cursor_up cuu1 str up YBCGE up one line
+cursor_visible cvvis str vs YBCGE make cursor very visible
+delete_character dch1 str dc YBCGE delete character (P*)
+delete_line dl1 str dl YBCGE delete line (P*)
+dis_status_line dsl str ds YB-G- disable status line
+down_half_line hd str hd YB-G- half a line down
+enter_alt_charset_mode smacs str as YB-G- start alternate character set (P)
+enter_blink_mode blink str mb YB-G- turn on blinking
+enter_bold_mode bold str md YB-G- turn on bold (extra bright) mode
+enter_ca_mode smcup str ti YBCGE string to start programs using cup
+enter_delete_mode smdc str dm YBCGE enter delete mode
+enter_dim_mode dim str mh YB-G- turn on half-bright mode
+enter_insert_mode smir str im YBCGE enter insert mode
+enter_secure_mode invis str mk -B-G-* turn on blank mode (characters invisible)
+enter_protected_mode prot str mp -B-G-* turn on protected mode
+enter_reverse_mode rev str mr YB-G- turn on reverse video mode
+enter_standout_mode smso str so YBCGE begin standout mode
+enter_underline_mode smul str us YBCGE begin underline mode
+erase_chars ech str ec YB-G- erase #1 characters (P)
+exit_alt_charset_mode rmacs str ae YB-G- end alternate character set (P)
+exit_attribute_mode sgr0 str me YB-GE turn off all attributes
+exit_ca_mode rmcup str te YBCGE strings to end programs using cup
+exit_delete_mode rmdc str ed YBCGE end delete mode
+exit_insert_mode rmir str ei YBCGE exit insert mode
+exit_standout_mode rmso str se YBCGE exit standout mode
+exit_underline_mode rmul str ue YBCGE exit underline mode
+flash_screen flash str vb YBCGE visible bell (may not move cursor)
+form_feed ff str ff YB-G- hardcopy terminal page eject (P*)
+from_status_line fsl str fs YB-G- return from status line
+init_1string is1 str i1 YB-G- initialization string
+init_2string is2 str is YB-G- initialization string
+init_3string is3 str i3 YB-G- initialization string
+init_file if str if YB-G- name of initialization file
+insert_character ich1 str ic YBCGE insert character (P)
+insert_line il1 str al YBCGE insert line (P*)
+insert_padding ip str ip YBCGE insert padding after inserted character
+key_backspace kbs str kb YB-G- backspace key
+key_catab ktbc str ka -B-G-* clear-all-tabs key
+key_clear kclr str kC -B-G-* clear-screen or erase key
+key_ctab kctab str kt -B-G-* clear-tab key
+key_dc kdch1 str kD YB-G- delete-character key
+key_dl kdl1 str kL -B-G-* delete-line key
+key_down kcud1 str kd YBCGE down-arrow key
+key_eic krmir str kM -B-G-* sent by rmir or smir in insert mode
+key_eol kel str kE -B-G-* clear-to-end-of-line key
+key_eos ked str kS -B-G-* clear-to-end-of-screen key
+key_f0 kf0 str k0 YBCGE F0 function key
+key_f1 kf1 str k1 YBCGE F1 function key
+key_f10 kf10 str k; ----E F10 function key
+key_f2 kf2 str k2 YBCGE F2 function key
+key_f3 kf3 str k3 YBCGE F3 function key
+key_f4 kf4 str k4 YBCGE F4 function key
+key_f5 kf5 str k5 YBCGE F5 function key
+key_f6 kf6 str k6 YBCGE F6 function key
+key_f7 kf7 str k7 YBCGE F7 function key
+key_f8 kf8 str k8 YBCGE F8 fucntion key
+key_f9 kf9 str k9 YBCGE F9 function key
+key_home khome str kh YBCGE home key
+key_ic kich1 str kI YB-GE insert-character key
+key_il kil1 str kA -B-G-* insert-line key
+key_left kcub1 str kl YBCGE left-arrow key
+key_ll kll str kH YB-G- last-line key
+key_npage knp str kN YB-GE next-page key
+key_ppage kpp str kP YB-GE prev-page key
+key_right kcuf1 str kr YBCGE right-arrow key
+key_sf kind str kF -B-G-* scroll-forward key
+key_sr kri str kR -B-G-* scroll-backward key
+key_stab khts str kT -B-G-* set-tab key
+key_up kcuu1 str ku YBCGE up-arrow key
+keypad_local rmkx str ke YBCGE leave 'keyboard_transmit' mode
+keypad_xmit smkx str ks YBCGE enter 'keyboard_transmit' mode
+lab_f0 lf0 str l0 -B-G-* label on function key f0 if not f0
+lab_f1 lf1 str l1 -B-G-* label on function key f1 if not f1
+lab_f10 lf10 str la ----- label on function key f10 if not f10
+lab_f2 lf2 str l2 -B-G-* label on function key f2 if not f2
+lab_f3 lf3 str l3 -B-G-* label on function key f3 if not f3
+lab_f4 lf4 str l4 -B-G-* label on function key f4 if not f4
+lab_f5 lf5 str l5 -B-G-* lable on function key f5 if not f5
+lab_f6 lf6 str l6 -B-G-* label on function key f6 if not f6
+lab_f7 lf7 str l7 -B-G-* label on function key f7 if not f7
+lab_f8 lf8 str l8 -B-G-* label on function key f8 if not f8
+lab_f9 lf9 str l9 -B-G-* label on function key f9 if not f9
+meta_off rmm str mo YB-G-* turn off meta mode
+meta_on smm str mm YB-G-* turn on meta mode (8th-bit on)
+newline nel str nw YB-G-* newline (behave like cr followed by lf)
+pad_char pad str pc YBCGE padding char (instead of null)
+parm_dch dch str DC YB-GE delete #1 chars (P*)
+parm_delete_line dl str DL YBCGE delete #1 lines (P*)
+parm_down_cursor cud str DO YBCGE down #1 lines (P*)
+parm_ich ich str IC YB-GE insert #1 chars (P*)
+parm_index indn str SF YBCG- scroll forward #1 lines (P)
+parm_insert_line il str AL YBCGE insert #1 lines (P*)
+parm_left_cursor cub str LE YBCGE move #1 chars to the left (P)
+parm_right_cursor cuf str RI YBCGE move #1 chars to the right (P*)
+parm_rindex rin str SR YBCG- scroll back #1 lines (P)
+parm_up_cursor cuu str UP YBCGE up #1 lines (P*)
+pkey_key pfkey str pk -B--- program function key #1 to type string #2
+pkey_local pfloc str pl -B--- program function key #1 to execute string #2
+pkey_xmit pfx str px -B--- program function key #1 to transmit string #2
+print_screen mc0 str ps -B-G-* print contents of screen
+prtr_off mc4 str pf -B-G-* turn off printer
+prtr_on mc5 str po -B-G-* turn on printer
+repeat_char rep str rp YB-GE repeat char #1 #2 times (P*)
+reset_1string rs1 str r1 -B--- reset string
+reset_2string rs2 str r2 -B--- reset string
+reset_3string rs3 str r3 -B--- reset string
+reset_file rf str rf -B--- name of reset file
+restore_cursor rc str rc YBCG- restore cursor to last position of sc
+row_address vpa str cv -B-GE** vertical position #1 absolute (P)
+save_cursor sc str sc YBCG- save current cursor position (P)
+scroll_forward ind str sf YBCGE scroll text up (P)
+scroll_reverse ri str sr YBCGE scroll text down (P)
+set_attributes sgr str sa YB-G- define video attributes #1-#9 (PG9)
+set_tab hts str st YB-G- set a tab in every row, current columns
+set_window wind str wi -B-GE current window is lines #1-#2 cols #3-#4
+tab ht str ta YBCGE tab to next 8-space hardware tab stop
+to_status_line tsl str ts YB-G- move to status line
+underline_char uc str uc YBCG- underline char and move past it
+up_half_line hu str hu YB-G- half a line up
+init_prog iprog str iP -B--- path name of program for initialization
+key_a1 ka1 str K1 YB-GE upper left of keypad
+key_a3 ka3 str K3 YB-GE upper right of keypad
+key_b2 kb2 str K2 YB-GE center of keypad
+key_c1 kc1 str K4 YB-GE lower left of keypad
+key_c3 kc3 str K5 YB-GE lower right of keypad
+prtr_non mc5p str pO -B-G-* turn on printer for #1 bytes
+#
+# SVr1 capabilities stop here. IBM's version of terminfo is the same as
+# SVr4 up to this point, but has a different set afterwards.
+#
+char_padding rmp str rP ----- like ip but when in insert mode
+acs_chars acsc str ac ----- graphics charset pairs - def=vt100
+plab_norm pln str pn ----- program label #1 to show string #2
+key_btab kcbt str kB ----- back-tab key
+enter_xon_mode smxon str SX ----- turn on xon/xoff handshaking
+exit_xon_mode rmxon str RX ----- turn off xon/xoff handshaking
+enter_am_mode smam str SA ----- turn on automatic margins
+exit_am_mode rmam str RA ----- turn off automatic margins
+xon_character xonc str XN ----- XON character
+xoff_character xoffc str XF ----- XOFF character
+ena_acs enacs str eA ----- enable alternate char set
+label_on smln str LO ----- turn on soft labels
+label_off rmln str LF ----- turn off soft labels
+key_beg kbeg str @1 ----- begin key
+key_cancel kcan str @2 ----- cancel key
+key_close kclo str @3 ----- close key
+key_command kcmd str @4 ----- command key
+key_copy kcpy str @5 ----- copy key
+key_create kcrt str @6 ----- create key
+key_end kend str @7 ----- end key
+key_enter kent str @8 ----- enter/send key
+key_exit kext str @9 ----- exit key
+key_find kfnd str @0 ----- find key
+key_help khlp str %1 ----- help key
+key_mark kmrk str %2 ----- mark key
+key_message kmsg str %3 ----- message key
+key_move kmov str %4 ----- move key
+key_next knxt str %5 ----- next key
+key_open kopn str %6 ----- open key
+key_options kopt str %7 ----- options key
+key_previous kprv str %8 ----- previous key
+key_print kprt str %9 ----- print key
+key_redo krdo str %0 ----- redo key
+key_reference kref str &1 ----- reference key
+key_refresh krfr str &2 ----- refresh key
+key_replace krpl str &3 ----- replace key
+key_restart krst str &4 ----- restart key
+key_resume kres str &5 ----- resume key
+key_save ksav str &6 ----- save key
+key_suspend kspd str &7 ----- suspend key
+key_undo kund str &8 ----- undo key
+key_sbeg kBEG str &9 ----- shifted key
+key_scancel kCAN str &0 ----- shifted key
+key_scommand kCMD str *1 ----- shifted key
+key_scopy kCPY str *2 ----- shifted key
+key_screate kCRT str *3 ----- shifted key
+key_sdc kDC str *4 ----- shifted key
+key_sdl kDL str *5 ----- shifted key
+key_select kslt str *6 ----- select key
+key_send kEND str *7 ----- shifted key
+key_seol kEOL str *8 ----- shifted key
+key_sexit kEXT str *9 ----- shifted key
+key_sfind kFND str *0 ----- shifted key
+key_shelp kHLP str #1 ----- shifted key
+key_shome kHOM str #2 ----- shifted key
+key_sic kIC str #3 ----- shifted key
+key_sleft kLFT str #4 ----- shifted key
+key_smessage kMSG str %a ----- shifted key
+key_smove kMOV str %b ----- shifted key
+key_snext kNXT str %c ----- shifted key
+key_soptions kOPT str %d ----- shifted key
+key_sprevious kPRV str %e ----- shifted key
+key_sprint kPRT str %f ----- shifted key
+key_sredo kRDO str %g ----- shifted key
+key_sreplace kRPL str %h ----- shifted key
+key_sright kRIT str %i ----- shifted key
+key_srsume kRES str %j ----- shifted key
+key_ssave kSAV str !1 ----- shifted key
+key_ssuspend kSPD str !2 ----- shifted key
+key_sundo kUND str !3 ----- shifted key
+req_for_input rfi str RF ----- send next input char (for ptys)
+key_f11 kf11 str F1 ----E F11 function key
+key_f12 kf12 str F2 ----E F12 function key
+key_f13 kf13 str F3 ----E F13 function key
+key_f14 kf14 str F4 ----E F14 function key
+key_f15 kf15 str F5 ----E F15 function key
+key_f16 kf16 str F6 ----E F16 function key
+key_f17 kf17 str F7 ----E F17 function key
+key_f18 kf18 str F8 ----E F18 function key
+key_f19 kf19 str F9 ----E F19 function key
+key_f20 kf20 str FA ----E F20 function key
+key_f21 kf21 str FB ----E F21 function key
+key_f22 kf22 str FC ----E F22 function key
+key_f23 kf23 str FD ----E F23 function key
+key_f24 kf24 str FE ----E F24 function key
+key_f25 kf25 str FF ----E F25 function key
+key_f26 kf26 str FG ----E F26 function key
+key_f27 kf27 str FH ----E F27 function key
+key_f28 kf28 str FI ----E F28 function key
+key_f29 kf29 str FJ ----E F29 function key
+key_f30 kf30 str FK ----E F30 function key
+key_f31 kf31 str FL ----E F31 function key
+key_f32 kf32 str FM ----E F32 function key
+key_f33 kf33 str FN ----E F33 function key
+key_f34 kf34 str FO ----E F34 function key
+key_f35 kf35 str FP ----E F35 function key
+key_f36 kf36 str FQ ----E F36 function key
+key_f37 kf37 str FR ----E F37 function key
+key_f38 kf38 str FS ----E F38 function key
+key_f39 kf39 str FT ----E F39 function key
+key_f40 kf40 str FU ----E F40 function key
+key_f41 kf41 str FV ----E F41 function key
+key_f42 kf42 str FW ----E F42 function key
+key_f43 kf43 str FX ----E F43 function key
+key_f44 kf44 str FY ----E F44 function key
+key_f45 kf45 str FZ ----E F45 function key
+key_f46 kf46 str Fa ----E F46 function key
+key_f47 kf47 str Fb ----E F47 function key
+key_f48 kf48 str Fc ----E F48 function key
+key_f49 kf49 str Fd ----E F49 function key
+key_f50 kf50 str Fe ----E F50 function key
+key_f51 kf51 str Ff ----E F51 function key
+key_f52 kf52 str Fg ----E F52 function key
+key_f53 kf53 str Fh ----E F53 function key
+key_f54 kf54 str Fi ----E F54 function key
+key_f55 kf55 str Fj ----E F55 function key
+key_f56 kf56 str Fk ----E F56 function key
+key_f57 kf57 str Fl ----E F57 function key
+key_f58 kf58 str Fm ----E F58 function key
+key_f59 kf59 str Fn ----E F59 function key
+key_f60 kf60 str Fo ----E F60 function key
+key_f61 kf61 str Fp ----E F61 function key
+key_f62 kf62 str Fq ----E F62 function key
+key_f63 kf63 str Fr ----E F63 function key
+clr_bol el1 str cb ----- Clear to beginning of line
+clear_margins mgc str MC ----- clear right and left soft margins
+set_left_margin smgl str ML ----- set left soft margin
+set_right_margin smgr str MR ----- set right soft margin
+label_format fln str Lf ----- label format
+set_clock sclk str SC ----- set clock, #1 hrs #2 mins #3 secs
+display_clock dclk str DK ----- display clock at (#1,#2)
+remove_clock rmclk str RC ----- remove clock
+create_window cwin str CW ----- define a window #1 from #2, #3 to #4, #5
+goto_window wingo str WG ----- go to window #1
+hangup hup str HU ----- hang-up phone
+dial_phone dial str DI ----- dial number #1
+quick_dial qdial str QD ----- dial number #1 without checking
+tone tone str TO ----- select touch tone dialing
+pulse pulse str PU ----- select pulse dialling
+flash_hook hook str fh ----- flash switch hook
+fixed_pause pause str PA ----- pause for 2-3 seconds
+wait_tone wait str WA ----- wait for dial-tone
+user0 u0 str u0 ----- User string #0
+user1 u1 str u1 ----- User string #1
+user2 u2 str u2 ----- User string #2
+user3 u3 str u3 ----- User string #3
+user4 u4 str u4 ----- User string #4
+user5 u5 str u5 ----- User string #5
+user6 u6 str u6 ----- User string #6
+user7 u7 str u7 ----- User string #7
+user8 u8 str u8 ----- User string #8
+user9 u9 str u9 ----- User string #9
+#
+# SVr4 added these capabilities to support color
+#
+orig_pair op str op ----- Set default pair to its original value
+orig_colors oc str oc ----- Set all color pairs to the original ones
+initialize_color initc str Ic ----- initialize color #1 to (#2,#3,#4)
+initialize_pair initp str Ip ----- Initialize color pair #1 to fg=(#2,#3,#4), bg=(#5,#6,#7)
+set_color_pair scp str sp ----- Set current color pair to #1
+set_foreground setf str Sf ----- Set foreground color #1
+set_background setb str Sb ----- Set background color #1
+#
+# SVr4 added these capabilities to support printers
+#
+change_char_pitch cpi str ZA ----- Change number of characters per inch
+change_line_pitch lpi str ZB ----- Change number of lines per inch
+change_res_horz chr str ZC ----- Change horizontal resolution
+change_res_vert cvr str ZD ----- Change vertical resolution
+define_char defc str ZE ----- Define a character
+enter_doublewide_mode swidm str ZF ----- Enter double-wide mode
+enter_draft_quality sdrfq str ZG ----- Enter draft-quality mode
+enter_italics_mode sitm str ZH ----- Enter italic mode
+enter_leftward_mode slm str ZI ----- Start leftward carriage motion
+enter_micro_mode smicm str ZJ ----- Start micro-motion mode
+enter_near_letter_quality snlq str ZK ----- Enter NLQ mode
+enter_normal_quality snrmq str ZL ----- Wnter normal-quality mode
+enter_shadow_mode sshm str ZM ----- Enter shadow-print mode
+enter_subscript_mode ssubm str ZN ----- Enter subscript mode
+enter_superscript_mode ssupm str ZO ----- Enter superscript mode
+enter_upward_mode sum str ZP ----- Start upward carriage motion
+exit_doublewide_mode rwidm str ZQ ----- End double-wide mode
+exit_italics_mode ritm str ZR ----- End italic mode
+exit_leftward_mode rlm str ZS ----- End left-motion mode
+exit_micro_mode rmicm str ZT ----- End micro-motion mode
+exit_shadow_mode rshm str ZU ----- End shadow-print mode
+exit_subscript_mode rsubm str ZV ----- End subscript mode
+exit_superscript_mode rsupm str ZW ----- End superscript mode
+exit_upward_mode rum str ZX ----- End reverse character motion
+micro_column_address mhpa str ZY ----- Like column_address in micro mode
+micro_down mcud1 str ZZ ----- Like cursor_down in micro mode
+micro_left mcub1 str Za ----- Like cursor_left in micro mode
+micro_right mcuf1 str Zb ----- Like cursor_right in micro mode
+micro_row_address mvpa str Zc ----- Like row_address in micro mode
+micro_up mcuu1 str Zd ----- Like cursor_up in micro mode
+order_of_pins porder str Ze ----- Match software bits to print-head pins
+parm_down_micro mcud str Zf ----- Like parm_down_cursor in micro mode
+parm_left_micro mcub str Zg ----- Like parm_left_cursor in micro mode
+parm_right_micro mcuf str Zh ----- Like parm_right_cursor in micro mode
+parm_up_micro mcuu str Zi ----- Like parm_up_cursor in micro mode
+select_char_set scs str Zj ----- Select character set
+set_bottom_margin smgb str Zk ----- Set bottom margin at current line
+set_bottom_margin_parm smgbp str Zl ----- Set bottom margin at line #1 or #2 lines from bottom
+set_left_margin_parm smglp str Zm ----- Set left (right) margin at column #1 (#2)
+set_right_margin_parm smgrp str Zn ----- Set right margin at column #1
+set_top_margin smgt str Zo ----- Set top margin at current line
+set_top_margin_parm smgtp str Zp ----- Set top (bottom) margin at row #1 (#2)
+start_bit_image sbim str Zq ----- Start printing bit image braphics
+start_char_set_def scsd str Zr ----- Start character set definition
+stop_bit_image rbim str Zs ----- Stop printing bit image graphics
+stop_char_set_def rcsd str Zt ----- End definition of character aet
+subscript_characters subcs str Zu ----- List of subscriptable characters
+superscript_characters supcs str Zv ----- List of superscriptable characters
+these_cause_cr docr str Zw ----- Printing any of these chars causes CR
+zero_motion zerom str Zx ----- No motion for subsequent character
+#%.TE
+#%.ad
+#%
+#%The following string capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure,
+#%but are not documented in the man page.
+#%
+#%.na
+#%.TS H
+#%center expand;
+#%c l l c
+#%c l l c
+#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw18.
+#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR
+#%\fBString name Code\fR
+char_set_names csnm str Zy ----- List of character set names
+key_mouse kmous str Km ----- Mouse event has occurred
+mouse_info minfo str Mi ----- Mouse status information
+req_mouse_pos reqmp str RQ ----- Request mouse position
+get_mouse getm str Gm ----- Curses should get button events
+set_a_foreground setaf str AF ----- Set ANSI foreground color
+set_a_background setab str AB ----- Set ANSI background color
+pkey_plab pfxl str xl ----- Program function key #1 to type string #2 and show string #3
+device_type devt str dv ----- Indicate language/codeset support
+code_set_init csin str ci ----- Init sequence for multiple codesets
+set0_des_seq s0ds str s0 ----- Shift to code set 0 (EUC set 0, ASCII)
+set1_des_seq s1ds str s1 ----- Shift to code set 1
+set2_des_seq s2ds str s2 ----- Shift to code set 2
+set3_des_seq s3ds str s3 ----- Shift to code set 3
+set_lr_margin smglr str ML ----- Set both left and right margins to #1, #2
+set_tb_margin smgtb str MT ----- Sets both top and bottom margins to #1, #2
+bit_image_repeat birep str Xy ----- Repeat bit image cell #1 #2 times
+bit_image_newline binel str Zz ----- Move to next row of the bit image
+bit_image_carriage_return bicr str Yv ----- Move to beginning of same row
+color_names colornm str Yw ----- Give name for color #1
+define_bit_image_region defbi str Yx ----- Define rectangualar bit image region
+end_bit_image_region endbi str Yy ----- End a bit-image region
+set_color_band setcolor str Yz ----- Change to ribbon color #1
+set_page_length slines str YZ ----- Set page length to #1 lines
+#
+# SVr4 added these capabilities for direct PC-clone support
+#
+display_pc_char dispc str S1 ----- Display PC character
+enter_pc_charset_mode smpch str S2 ----- Enter PC character display mode
+exit_pc_charset_mode rmpch str S3 ----- Exit PC character display mode
+enter_scancode_mode smsc str S4 ----- Enter PC scancode mode
+exit_scancode_mode rmsc str S5 ----- Exit PC scancode mode
+pc_term_options pctrm str S6 ----- PC terminal options
+scancode_escape scesc str S7 ----- Escape for scancode emulation
+alt_scancode_esc scesa str S8 ----- Alternate escape for scancode emulation
+#%.TE
+#%.ad
+#%
+#%.in .8i
+#%The XSI Curses standard added these. They are probably in some post-4.1
+#%version of System V curses as well, but because XSI Curses lists them in
+#%strict alphabetical order we don't know if this is the right binary order.
+#%The \fBncurses\fR termcap names for them are invented; according to the
+#%XSI Curses standard, they have no termcap names. If your compiled terminfo
+#%entries use these, they may not be binary-compatible with System V terminfo
+#%entries after SVr4.1; beware!
+#%
+#%.na
+#%.TS H
+#%center expand;
+#%c l l c
+#%c l l c
+#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20.
+#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR
+#%\fBString name Code\fR
+enter_horizontal_hl_mode ehhlm str Xh ----- Enter horizontal highlight mode
+enter_left_hl_mode elhlm str Xl ----- Enter left highlight mode
+enter_low_hl_mode elohlm str Xo ----- Enter low highlight mode
+enter_right_hl_mode erhlm str Xr ----- Enter right highlight mode
+enter_top_hl_mode ethlm str Xt ----- Enter top highlight mode
+enter_vertical_hl_mode evhlm str Xv ----- Enter vertical highlight mode
+#%.TE
+#%.ad
+#
+# The magic token below tells the tic compiler-generator code that all the caps
+# past it should be ignored (not written out) when dumping terminfo objects. It
+# also tells the man page table generator not to pass through following lines
+# This means we can have obsolete capabilities and pseudo-capabilities that are
+# recognized for termcap or terminfo compilation, but not output.
+#
+# %%-STOP-HERE-%%
+#
+# Don't move this casually! In fact, don't move it at all unless you're
+# either doing it to add System V or XPG4 extensions, or have decided you
+# don't care about SVr4 binary compatibility.
+#
+#############################################################################
+#
+# TERMCAP EXTENSION CAPABILITIES
+#
+# The capabilities below are either obsolete or extensions on certain systems.
+# They are not used by SVR4 terminfo. Some are used by captoinfo to translate
+# termcap sources; the rest are listed for completeness, and in case somebody
+# cares about them enough to hack in code that will translate them into
+# terminfo capabilities.
+#
+# The first part of the list is from Ross Ridge's `mytinfo' package
+# (comp.sources.unix, volume 26); the variable names and terminfo names (as
+# well as the termcap codes) match his list.
+#
+# This group of codes is not marked obsolete in 4.4BSD, but have no direct
+# terminfo equivalents. The rs capability is specially translated to terminfo
+# r1, and vice versa, if an entry does not already have an r1. Similarly,
+# i2 is translated to r3 if there is no r3 (because SV terminfo maps is to i2).
+# The ug capability is thrown away, but assumed to be whatever sg is if the
+# latter is nonzero and we're dumping in termcap format.
+#
+termcap_init2 OTi2 str i2 YB--- secondary initialization string
+termcap_reset OTrs str rs YB-G- terminal reset string
+magic_cookie_glitch_ul OTug num ug YBCGE number of blanks left by ul
+#
+# Obsolete termcap capabilities. Some are used for termcap translation. The
+# code uses the 'OT' prefix we put on obsolete capabilities to suppress
+# printing them in terminfo source dumps of compiled entries.
+#
+backspaces_with_bs OTbs bool bs YBCGE uses ^H to move left
+crt_no_scrolling OTns bool ns YBCG- crt cannot scroll
+no_correctly_working_cr OTnc bool nc YBCG- no way to go to start of line
+carriage_return_delay OTdC num dC YB-G- pad needed for CR
+new_line_delay OTdN num dN YB-G- pad needed for LF
+linefeed_if_not_lf OTnl str nl YBCGE use to move down
+backspace_if_not_bs OTbc str bc YBCGE move left, if not ^H
+#
+# GNU termcap library extensions. The GNU termcap file distributed with
+# Emacs no longer uses these, but MT showed up in pre-9.0 versions of the
+# BSD termcap file. The name clash with terminfo MT is resolved by type
+# info; MT is converted to km.
+#
+gnu_has_meta_key OTMT bool MT ----E has meta key
+# gnu_tab_width OTtw num tw ----E tab width in spaces
+#
+# GNU termcap *does* include the following extended capability, Only the
+# now-obsolete Ann Arbor terminals used it.
+#
+# gnu_change_scroll_region OTcS str cS ---GE alternate set scrolling region
+#
+# The following comments describe capnames so ancient that I believe no
+# software uses them any longer. Some of these have to go because they
+# clash with terminfo names in ways that cannot be resolved by type
+# information.
+#
+# These mytinfo codes are not used in the 4.4BSD curses code. They are
+# marked obsolete in the 4.4BSD manual pages.
+#
+# There is one conflict with terminfo; ma is in both. This conflict is
+# resolved by type information.
+#
+# The `ko' capability is translated by special code. It should contain a
+# comma-separated list of capabilities for which there are corresponding keys.
+# The `kn' code is accepted but ignored.
+#
+# The `ma' capability seems to have been designed to map between the rogue(2)
+# motion keys (including jkhl) and characters emitted by arrow keys on some
+# primitive pre-ANSI terminals. It's so obsolete it's fossilized...
+#
+# Here is a description of memory_lock_above and memory_unlock:
+# "You can 'freeze' data on the screen by turning on Memory Lock in a line of
+# text. All lines above the cursor's current line become locked in place on
+# the screen. Then enter data normally. When the screen fills up, any
+# further data entered forces the first line of unfrozen line text to scroll
+# under the frozen data. Lines scrolled off the screen are inserted into
+# memory immediately preceding the first frozen line." (from the HP 700/96
+# User's manual). VT100/ANSI memory lock set is \E[>2h, reset is \E[>2l.
+#
+# Applications that use terminfo are supposed to behave as though xr is
+# always true.
+#
+linefeed_is_newline OTNL bool NL YB--- move down with \n
+# even_parity OTEP bool EP -B--- terminal requires even parity
+# odd_parity OTOP bool OP -B--- terminal requires odd parity
+# half_duplex OTHD bool HD -B--- terminal is half-duplex
+# lower_case_only OTLC bool LC -B--- terminal has only lower case
+# upper_case_only OTUC bool UC -B--- terminal has only upper case
+backspace_delay OTdB num dB YB-G- padding required for ^H
+# form_feed_delay OTdF num dF -B-G- padding required for ^L
+horizontal_tab_delay OTdT num dT YB-G- padding required for ^I
+# vertical_tab_delay OTdV num dV -B--- padding required for ^V
+number_of_function_keys OTkn num kn -B-G- count of function keys
+other_non_function_keys OTko str ko -B-G- list of self-mapped keycaps
+arrow_key_map OTma str ma YBC-- map arrow keys rogue(1) motion keys
+# memory_lock_above OTml str ml -B--- lock visible screen memory above the current line
+# memory_unlock OTmu str mu -B--- unlock visible screen memory above the current line
+has_hardware_tabs OTpt bool pt YB--- has 8-char tabs invoked with ^I
+return_does_clr_eol OTxr bool xr YB--- return clears the line
+# tek_4025_insert_line OTxx bool xx -BC-- Tektronix 4025 insert-line glitch
+#
+# mytinfo described this as a termcap capability, but it's not listed in the
+# 4.4BSD man pages, and not found in the 4.4BSD termcap file. The ncurses
+# package, like System V, behaves as though it is always true.
+#
+# rind_only_at_top OTxq bool xq ----- reverse index only works from top line
+#
+# University of Waterloo termcap extensions (as described in mytinfo).
+# The `xl' termcap file clashes with a terminfo name; this ambiguity cannot
+# be resolved by a type check. The descriptions are guesses from what was
+# in the nytinfo tables.
+#
+# key_interrupt_char OTki str ki ----- string set by interrupt key (?)
+# key_kill_char OTkk str kk ----- string set by kill key (?)
+# key_suspend_char OTkz str kz ----- string set by suspend key (?)
+# initialization_messy OTxc bool xc ----- initialization leaves garbage on the screen (?)
+# ind_at_bottom_does_cr OTxl bool xl ----- index does a carriage return
+#
+# Nonstandard capabilities unique to Ross Ridge's `mytinfo' package.
+# SR clashes with a terminfo name; this ambiguity cannot be resolved by a type
+# check.
+#
+# scroll_left OTsl1 str Sl ----- scroll screen leftward
+# scroll_right OTsr1 str Sr ----- scroll screen rightward
+# parm_scroll_left OTsl str SL ----- scroll screen leftward #1 chars
+# parm_scroll_right OTsr str SR ----- scroll screen rightward #1 chars
+#
+# The mytinfo capabilities end here.
+#
+# XENIX extensions:
+#
+# Xenix defined its own set of forms-drawing capabilities:
+#
+# cap IBM ASCII description ACS ASCII
+# --- ----------- -------------------- ------------- ------
+# G1 191 \277 M-? single upper right ACS_URCORNER
+# G2 218 \332 M-Z single upper left ACS_ULCORNER
+# G3 192 \300 M-@ single lower left ACS_LLCORNER
+# G4 217 \331 M-Y single lower right ACS_LRCORNER
+# G5 187 \273 M-; double upper right
+# G6 201 \311 M-I double upper left
+# G7 200 \310 M-H double lower left
+# G8 188 \274 M-< double lower right
+# GC 197 \305 M-E single intersection ACS_PLUS _ _
+# GD 194 \302 M-B single down-tick ACS_TTEE |
+# GH 196 \304 M-D single horizontal line ACS_HLINE
+# GL 180 \264 M-4 single left tick ACS_RTEE -|
+# GR 195 \303 M-C single right tick ACS_LTEE |-
+# GU 193 \301 M-A single up tick ACS_BTEE _|_
+# GV 179 \263 M-3 single vertical line ACS_VLINE
+# Gc 206 \316 M-N double intersection
+# Gd 203 \313 M-K double down tick
+# Gh 205 \315 M-M double horizontal line
+# Gl 204 \204 M-L double left tick
+# Gr 185 \271 M-9 double right tick
+# Gu 202 \312 M-J double up tick
+# Gv 186 \272 M-: double vertical line
+#
+# The compiler will translate the single-line caps and discard the others
+# (via IGNORE aliases further down). We don't want to do normal pad
+# translation on these, they're often single-character printable ASCII
+# strings that happen to be numerics. There's awk code in parametrized.sh
+# that detects the acs_ prefix and uses it to suppress pad translation.
+# These terminfo names are invented.
+#
+acs_ulcorner OTG2 str G2 ----- single upper left
+acs_llcorner OTG3 str G3 ----- single lower left
+acs_urcorner OTG1 str G1 ----- single upper right
+acs_lrcorner OTG4 str G4 ----- single lower right
+acs_ltee OTGR str GR ----- tee pointing right
+acs_rtee OTGL str GL ----- tee pointing left
+acs_btee OTGU str GU ----- tee pointing up
+acs_ttee OTGD str GD ----- tee pointing down
+acs_hline OTGH str GH ----- single horizontal line
+acs_vline OTGV str GV ----- single vertical line
+acs_plus OTGC str GC ----- single intersection
+#
+#############################################################################
+#
+# TERMINFO EXTENSION CAPABILITIES
+#
+# This section is almost all comments. What it's mainly for is to describe
+# what capabilities need to be squeezed out to get down to the XSI Curses
+# standard set. They are flagged with K.
+#
+# HP extensions
+#
+# These extensions follow ptr_non (replacing everything after it) in HP
+# terminfo files. Except for memory_lock and memory_unlock, they are
+# functionally identical to SVr4 extensions, but they make the binary format
+# different. Grrr....
+#
+memory_lock meml str ml ----K memory lock above
+memory_unlock memu str mu ----K memory unlock
+#plab_norm pln str pn ----- program label #1 to show string #2
+#label_on smln str LO ----- turn on soft labels
+#label_off rmln str LF ----- turn off soft labels
+#key_f11 kf11 str F1 ----- F11 function key
+#key_f12 kf12 str F2 ----- F12 function key
+#key_f13 kf13 str F3 ----- F13 function key
+#key_f14 kf14 str F4 ----- F14 function key
+#key_f15 kf15 str F5 ----- F15 function key
+#key_f16 kf16 str F6 ----- F16 function key
+#key_f17 kf17 str F7 ----- F17 function key
+#key_f18 kf18 str F8 ----- F18 function key
+#key_f19 kf19 str F9 ----- F19 function key
+#key_f20 kf20 str FA ----- F20 function key
+#key_f21 kf21 str FB ----- F21 function key
+#key_f22 kf22 str FC ----- F22 function key
+#key_f23 kf23 str FD ----- F23 function key
+#key_f24 kf24 str FE ----- F24 function key
+#key_f25 kf25 str FF ----- F25 function key
+#key_f26 kf26 str FG ----- F26 function key
+#key_f27 kf27 str FH ----- F27 function key
+#key_f28 kf28 str FI ----- F28 function key
+#key_f29 kf29 str FJ ----- F29 function key
+#key_f30 kf30 str FK ----- F30 function key
+#key_f31 kf31 str FL ----- F31 function key
+#key_f32 kf32 str FM ----- F32 function key
+#key_f33 kf33 str FN ----- F33 function key
+#key_f34 kf34 str FO ----- F34 function key
+#key_f35 kf35 str FP ----- F35 function key
+#key_f36 kf36 str FQ ----- F36 function key
+#key_f37 kf37 str FR ----- F37 function key
+#key_f38 kf38 str FS ----- F38 function key
+#key_f39 kf39 str FT ----- F39 function key
+#key_f40 kf40 str FU ----- F40 function key
+#key_f41 kf41 str FV ----- F41 function key
+#key_f42 kf42 str FW ----- F42 function key
+#key_f43 kf43 str FX ----- F43 function key
+#key_f44 kf44 str FY ----- F44 function key
+#key_f45 kf45 str FZ ----- F45 function key
+#key_f46 kf46 str Fa ----- F46 function key
+#key_f47 kf47 str Fb ----- F47 function key
+#key_f48 kf48 str Fc ----- F48 function key
+#key_f49 kf49 str Fd ----- F49 function key
+#key_f50 kf50 str Fe ----- F50 function key
+#key_f51 kf51 str Ff ----- F51 function key
+#key_f52 kf52 str Fg ----- F52 function key
+#key_f53 kf53 str Fh ----- F53 function key
+#key_f54 kf54 str Fi ----- F54 function key
+#key_f55 kf55 str Fj ----- F55 function key
+#key_f56 kf56 str Fk ----- F56 function key
+#key_f57 kf57 str Fl ----- F57 function key
+#key_f58 kf58 str Fm ----- F58 function key
+#key_f59 kf59 str Fn ----- F59 function key
+#key_f60 kf60 str Fo ----- F60 function key
+#key_f61 kf61 str Fp ----- F61 function key
+#key_f62 kf62 str Fq ----- F62 function key
+#key_f63 kf63 str Fr ----- F63 function key
+#
+# IBM extensions
+#
+# These extensions follow ptr_non (replacing everything after it) in IBM
+# terminfo files.
+#
+# The places in the box[12] capabilities correspond to acsc chars, here is
+# the mapping:
+#
+# box1[0] = ACS_ULCORNER
+# box1[1] = ACS_HLINE
+# box1[2] = ACS_URCORNER
+# box1[3] = ACS_VLINE
+# box1[4] = ACS_LRCORNER
+# box1[5] = ACS_LLCORNER
+# box1[6] = ACS_TTEE
+# box1[7] = ACS_RTEE
+# box1[8] = ACS_BTEE
+# box1[9] = ACS_LTEE
+# box1[10] = ACS_PLUS
+#
+# The box2 characters are the double-line versions of these forms graphics.
+#
+box_chars_1 box1 str bx ----K box chars primary set
+#box_chars_2 box2 str by ----K box chars secondary set
+#box_attr_1 batt1 str Bx ----K attributes for box1
+#box_attr_2 batt2 str By ----K attributes for box2
+#color_bg_0 colb0 str d0 ----K background color 0
+#color_bg_1 colb1 str d1 ----K background color 1
+#color_bg_2 colb2 str d2 ----K background color 2
+#color_bg_3 colb3 str d3 ----K background color 3
+#color_bg_4 colb4 str d4 ----K background color 4
+#color_bg_5 colb5 str d5 ----K background color 5
+#color_bg_6 colb6 str d6 ----K background color 6
+#color_bg_7 colb7 str d7 ----K background color 7
+#color_fg_0 colf0 str c0 ----K foreground color 0
+#color_fg_1 colf1 str c1 ----K foreground color 1
+#color_fg_2 colf2 str c2 ----K foreground color 2
+#color_fg_3 colf3 str c3 ----K foreground color 3
+#color_fg_4 colf4 str c4 ----K foreground color 4
+#color_fg_5 colf5 str c5 ----K foreground color 5
+#color_fg_6 colf6 str c6 ----K foreground color 6
+#color_fg_7 colf7 str c7 ----K foreground color 7
+#font_0 font0 str f0 ----- select font 0
+#font_1 font1 str f1 ----- select font 1
+#font_2 font2 str f2 ----- select font 2
+#font_3 font3 str f3 ----- select font 3
+#font_4 font4 str f4 ----K select font 4
+#font_5 font5 str f5 ----K select font 5
+#font_6 font6 str f6 ----K select font 6
+#font_7 font7 str f7 ----K select font 7
+#key_back_tab kbtab str k0 ----- backtab key
+#key_do kdo str ki ----K do request key
+#key_command kcmd str kd ----K command-request key
+#key_command_pane kcpn str kW ----K command-pane key
+#key_end kend str kw ----- end key
+#key_help khlp str kq ----- help key
+#key_newline knl str nl ----K newline key
+#key_next_pane knpn str kv ----K next-pane key
+#key_prev_cmd kppn str kp ----K previous-command key
+#key_prev_pane kppn str kV ----K previous-pane key
+#key_quit kquit str kQ ----K quit key
+#key_select ksel str kU ----- select key
+#key_scroll_left kscl str kz ----K scroll left
+#key_scroll_right kscr str kZ ----K scroll right
+#key_tab ktab str ko ----K tab key
+#key_smap_in1 kmpf1 str Kv ----K special mapped key 1 input
+#key_smap_out1 kmpt1 str KV ----K special mapped key 1 output
+#key_smap_in2 kmpf2 str Kw ----K special mapped key 2 input
+#key_smap_out2 kmpt2 str KW ----K special mapped key 2 output
+#key_smap_in3 kmpf3 str Kx ----K special mapped key 3 input
+#key_smap_out3 kmpt3 str KX ----K special mapped key 3 output
+#key_smap_in4 kmpf4 str Ky ----K special mapped key 4 input
+#key_smap_out4 kmpt4 str KY ----K special mapped key 4 output
+#key_smap_in5 kmpf5 str Kz ----K special mapped key 5 input
+#key_smap_out5 kmpt5 str KZ ----K special mapped key 5 output
+#appl_defined_str apstr str za ----K application-defined string
+# The key_smap_in[6789] and key_smap_out[6789] capabilities aren't described in
+# the IBM manual pages, so the cap name strings are guesses. The terminfo
+# names are almost certainly right, the termcap ones almost certainly wrong.
+#key_smap_in6 kmpf6 str k! ----K special mapped key 6 input
+#key_smap_out6 kmpt6 str K@ ----K special mapped key 6 output
+#key_smap_in7 kmpf7 str k# ----K special mapped key 7 input
+#key_smap_out7 kmpt7 str K$ ----K special mapped key 7 output
+#key_smap_in8 kmpf8 str k% ----K special mapped key 8 input
+#key_smap_out8 kmpt8 str K^ ----K special mapped key 8 output
+#key_smap_in9 kmpf9 str k& ----K special mapped key 9 input
+#key_smap_out9 kmpt9 str K* ----K special mapped key 9 output
+# Undocumented capabilities end here
+#key_sf1 ksf1 str S1 ----K special function key 1
+#key_sf2 ksf2 str S2 ----K special function key 2
+#key_sf3 ksf3 str S3 ----K special function key 3
+#key_sf4 ksf4 str S4 ----K special function key 4
+#key_sf5 ksf5 str S5 ----K special function key 5
+#key_sf6 ksf6 str S6 ----K special function key 6
+#key_sf7 ksf7 str S7 ----K special function key 7
+#key_sf8 ksf8 str S8 ----K special function key 8
+#key_sf9 ksf9 str S9 ----K special function key 9
+#key_sf10 ksf10 str SA ----K special function key 10
+#key_f11 kf11 str k< ----- function key 11
+#key_f12 kf12 str k> ----- function key 12
+# The key_f13 through key_f64 capabilities aren't described in
+# the IBM manual pages, so the cap name strings are guesses. The terminfo
+# names are almost certainly right, the termcap ones certainly wrong.
+#key_f13 kf13 str k+ ----- function key 13
+#key_f14 kf14 str k+ ----- function key 14
+#key_f15 kf15 str k+ ----- function key 15
+#key_f16 kf16 str k+ ----- function key 16
+#key_f17 kf17 str k+ ----- function key 17
+#key_f18 kf18 str k+ ----- function key 18
+#key_f19 kf19 str k+ ----- function key 19
+#key_f20 kf20 str k+ ----- function key 20
+#key_f21 kf21 str k+ ----- function key 21
+#key_f22 kf22 str k+ ----- function key 22
+#key_f23 kf23 str k+ ----- function key 23
+#key_f24 kf24 str k+ ----- function key 24
+#key_f25 kf25 str k+ ----- function key 25
+#key_f26 kf26 str k+ ----- function key 26
+#key_f27 kf26 str k+ ----- function key 26
+#key_f28 kf28 str k+ ----- function key 28
+#key_f29 kf29 str k+ ----- function key 29
+#key_f30 kf30 str k+ ----- function key 30
+#key_f31 kf31 str k+ ----- function key 31
+#key_f32 kf31 str k+ ----- function key 32
+#key_f33 kf33 str k+ ----- function key 33
+#key_f34 kf34 str k+ ----- function key 34
+#key_f35 kf35 str k+ ----- function key 35
+#key_f36 kf36 str k+ ----- function key 36
+#key_f37 kf37 str k+ ----- function key 37
+#key_f38 kf38 str k+ ----- function key 38
+#key_f39 kf39 str k+ ----- function key 39
+#key_f40 kf40 str k+ ----- function key 40
+#key_f41 kf41 str k+ ----- function key 41
+#key_f42 kf42 str k+ ----- function key 42
+#key_f43 kf43 str k+ ----- function key 43
+#key_f44 kf44 str k+ ----- function key 44
+#key_f45 kf45 str k+ ----- function key 45
+#key_f46 kf46 str k+ ----- function key 46
+#key_f47 kf47 str k+ ----- function key 47
+#key_f48 kf48 str k+ ----- function key 48
+#key_f49 kf49 str k+ ----- function key 49
+#key_f50 kf50 str k+ ----- function key 50
+#key_f51 kf51 str k+ ----- function key 51
+#key_f52 kf52 str k+ ----- function key 52
+#key_f53 kf53 str k+ ----- function key 53
+#key_f54 kf54 str k+ ----- function key 54
+#key_f55 kf55 str k+ ----- function key 55
+#key_f56 kf56 str k+ ----- function key 56
+#key_f57 kf57 str k+ ----- function key 57
+#key_f58 kf58 str k+ ----- function key 58
+#key_f59 kf59 str k+ ----- function key 59
+#key_f60 kf60 str k+ ----- function key 60
+#key_f61 kf61 str k+ ----- function key 61
+#key_f62 kf62 str k+ ----- function key 62
+#key_f63 kf63 str k+ ----- function key 63
+# Undocumented capabilities end here.
+#key_action kact str kJ ----K sent by action key
+# The IBM docs say these capabilities are for table-drawing, and are
+# valid only for aixterm descriptions.
+#enter_topline_mode topl str tp ----K start top-line mode
+#enter_bottom_mode btml str bm ----K start bottom-line mode
+#enter_rvert_mode rvert str rv ----K start right-vertical mode
+#enter_lvert_mode lvert str lv ----K start left-vertical mode
+#
+#############################################################################
+#
+# ALIAS DECLARATIONS
+#
+# Here we set up aliases for translating extensions into standard terminfo.
+#
+#---------------------------------- Termcap aliases -------------------------
+#
+# BSD aliases:
+#
+# This is a common error in many termcap files. We'll get notified during
+# translation when this (or any other alias) fires.
+#
+capalias sb sr BSD scroll text down
+#
+# AT&T extensions:
+#
+# The old AT&T 5410, 5420, 5425, pc6300plus, 610, and s4 entries used a set of
+# nonstandard capabilities. Its signature is the KM capability, used to name
+# some sort of keymap file. EE, BO, CI, CV, XS, DS, FL and FE are in this
+# set. Comments in the original, and a little cross-checking with other AT&T
+# documentation, seem to establish the following mappings:
+#
+capalias BO mr AT&T enter_reverse_mode
+capalias CI vi AT&T cursor_invisible
+capalias CV ve AT&T cursor_normal
+capalias DS mh AT&T enter_dim_mode
+#capalias EE me AT&T exit_attribute_mode
+capalias FE LF AT&T label_on
+capalias FL LO AT&T label_off
+capalias XS mk AT&T enter_secure_mode
+#
+# We comment out EE because the conflicting XENIX EE is more common in
+# old entries.
+#
+# XENIX extensions:
+#
+# These are the ones we know how to translate directly:
+#
+capalias EE mh XENIX exit_attribute_mode
+capalias GE ae XENIX exit_alt_charset_mode
+capalias GS as XENIX enter_alt_charset_mode
+capalias CF vi XENIX cursor_invis
+capalias CO ve XENIX cursor_normal
+capalias EN @7 XENIX key_end
+capalias HM kh XENIX key_home
+capalias LD kL XENIX key_dl
+capalias PD kN XENIX key_npage
+capalias PN po XENIX prtr_off
+capalias PS pf XENIX prtr_on
+capalias PU kP XENIX key_ppage
+capalias RT @8 XENIX kent
+capalias UP ku XENIX kcuu1
+capalias G6 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_ULCORNER
+capalias G7 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_LLCORNER
+capalias G5 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_URCORNER
+capalias G8 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_LRCORNER
+capalias Gr IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_LTEE
+capalias Gr IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_RTEE
+capalias Gu IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_BTEE
+capalias Gd IGNORE XENIX double ACS_TTEE
+capalias Gh IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_HLINE
+capalias Gv IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_VLINE
+capalias Gc IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_PLUS
+capalias GG IGNORE XENIX acs-glitch
+#
+# IBM extensions:
+#
+capalias kq %1 IBM key_help
+#
+# Iris extensions:
+#
+capalias HS mh IRIS enter_dim_mode
+#
+# Tektronix extensions:
+#
+capalias KA k; Tek key_f10
+capalias KB F1 Tek key_f11
+capalias KC F2 Tek key_f12
+capalias KD F3 Tek key_f13
+capalias KE F4 Tek key_f14
+capalias KF F5 Tek key_f15
+capalias BC Sb Tek set_background
+capalias FC Sf Tek set_foreground
+#
+# There are also the following:
+#
+# XENIX XENIX variable name name clash with terminfo?
+# ----- ------------------- -------------------------
+# CL key_char_left
+# CR key_char_right
+# CW key_change_window
+# HP ??
+# LF key_linefeed label_off
+# NU key_next_unlocked_cell
+# PL ??
+# PR ??
+# RC key_recalc remove_clock
+# RF key_toggle_ref req_for_input
+# WL key_word_left
+# WR key_word_right
+#
+# If you know what any of the questionmarked ones mean, please tell us.
+#
+#--------------------------------- Terminfo aliases ------------------------
+#
+# IBM extensions:
+#
+infoalias font0 s0ds IBM set0_des_seq
+infoalias font1 s1ds IBM set1_des_seq
+infoalias font2 s2ds IBM set2_des_seq
+infoalias font3 s3ds IBM set3_des_seq
+infoalias kbtab kcbt IBM key_backtab
+infoalias ksel kslt IBM key_select
+#
+# Some others are identical to SVr4/XPG4 capabilities, in particular:
+# kcmd, kend, khlp, and kf11...kf63.
+#
+#############################################################################
+#
+# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+# Local Variables:
+# case-fold-search:nil
+# truncate-lines:t
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# MKhashsize.sh --- generate size include for hash functions
+#
+echo "/*"
+echo " * hashsize.h -- hash and token table constants"
+echo " */"
+
+CAPS="${1-Caps}"
+TABSIZE=`grep -v '^[ #]' $CAPS | grep -v "^$" | grep -v "^capalias"| grep -v "^infoalias" | wc -l`
+
+echo ""
+echo "#define CAPTABSIZE ${TABSIZE}"
+echo "#define HASHTABSIZE (${TABSIZE} * 2)"
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# MKparametrized.sh -- generate indirection vectors for various sort methods
+#
+# The output of this script is C source for an array specifying whether
+# termcap strings should undergo parameter and padding translation.
+#
+CAPS="${1-Caps}"
+cat <<EOF
+/*
+ * parametrized.h --- is a termcap capability parametrized?
+ *
+ * Note: this file is generated using parametrized.sh, do not edit by hand.
+ * A value of -1 in the table means suppress both pad and % translations.
+ * A value of 0 in the table means do pad but not % translations.
+ * A value of 1 in the table means do both pad and % translations.
+ */
+
+static short const parametrized[] = {
+EOF
+
+# We detect whether % translations should be done by looking for #[0-9] in the
+# description field. We presently suppress padding translation only for the
+# XENIX acs_* capabilities. Maybe someday we'll dedicate a flag field for
+# this, that would be cleaner....
+
+awk <$CAPS '
+$3 != "str" {next;}
+$1 ~ /^acs_/ {print "-1,\t/* ", $2, " */"; count++; next;}
+$0 ~ /#[0-9]/ {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */"; count++; next;}
+ {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */"; count++;}
+END {printf("} /* %d entries */;\n\n", count);}
+'
+
--- /dev/null
+
+BEGIN {
+
+ print "/***************************************************************************"
+ print "* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *"
+ print "****************************************************************************"
+ print "* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *"
+ print "* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *"
+ print "* zmbenhal@netcom.com *"
+ print "* Eric S. Raymond *"
+ print "* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *"
+ print "* *"
+ print "* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *"
+ print "* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *"
+ print "* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *"
+ print "* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *"
+ print "* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *"
+ print "* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *"
+ print "* *"
+ print "* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *"
+ print "* *"
+ print "***************************************************************************/"
+ print ""
+ print "/* $Id: MKterm.h.awk.in,v 1.17 1997/02/08 21:20:22 tom Exp $ */"
+ print ""
+ print "/*"
+ print "** term.h -- Definition of struct term"
+ print "*/"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifndef _TERM_H"
+ print "#define _TERM_H"
+ print ""
+ print "#undef NCURSES_VERSION"
+ print "#define NCURSES_VERSION \"@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@\""
+ print ""
+ print "/* Make this file self-contained by providing defaults for the HAVE_TERMIO[S]_H"
+ print " * and BROKEN_LINKER definition (based on the system for which this was configured)."
+ print " */"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifndef HAVE_TERMIOS_H"
+ print "#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1/*default*/"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifndef HAVE_TERMIO_H"
+ print "#define HAVE_TERMIO_H 0/*default*/"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifndef HAVE_TCGETATTR"
+ print "#define HAVE_TCGETATTR 1/*default*/"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifndef BROKEN_LINKER"
+ print "#define BROKEN_LINKER 0/*default*/"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print ""
+ print "/* Assume Posix termio if we have the header and function */"
+ print "#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H && HAVE_TCGETATTR"
+ print "#ifndef TERMIOS"
+ print "#define TERMIOS 1"
+ print "#endif"
+ print "#include <termios.h>"
+ print "#define TTY struct termios"
+ print ""
+ print "#else /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */"
+ print ""
+ print "#if HAVE_TERMIO_H"
+ print "#ifndef TERMIOS"
+ print "#define TERMIOS 1"
+ print "#endif"
+ print "#include <termio.h>"
+ print "#define TTY struct termio"
+ print "#define TCSANOW TCSETA"
+ print "#define TCSADRAIN TCSETAW"
+ print "#define TCSAFLUSH TCSETAF"
+ print "#define tcsetattr(fd, cmd, arg) ioctl(fd, cmd, arg)"
+ print "#define tcgetattr(fd, arg) ioctl(fd, TCGETA, arg)"
+ print "#define cfgetospeed(t) ((t)->c_cflag & CBAUD)"
+ print "#define TCIFLUSH 0"
+ print "#define TCOFLUSH 1"
+ print "#define TCIOFLUSH 2"
+ print "#define tcflush(fd, arg) ioctl(fd, TCFLSH, arg)"
+ print ""
+ print "#else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */"
+ print ""
+ print "#undef TERMIOS"
+ print "#include <sgtty.h>"
+ print "#include <sys/ioctl.h>"
+ print "#define TTY struct sgttyb"
+ print ""
+ print "#endif /* HAVE_TERMIO_H */"
+ print ""
+ print "#endif /* HAVE_TERMIOS_H */"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifdef TERMIOS"
+ print "#define GET_TTY(fd, buf) tcgetattr(fd, buf)"
+ print "#define SET_TTY(fd, buf) tcsetattr(fd, TCSADRAIN, buf)"
+ print "#else"
+ print "#define GET_TTY(fd, buf) gtty(fd, buf)"
+ print "#define SET_TTY(fd, buf) stty(fd, buf)"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "extern char ttytype[];"
+ print "#define NAMESIZE 256"
+ print ""
+ print "#define CUR cur_term->type."
+ print ""
+ }
+
+$2 == "%%-STOP-HERE-%%" {
+ print ""
+ printf "#define BOOLWRITE %d\n", BoolCount
+ printf "#define NUMWRITE %d\n", NumberCount
+ printf "#define STRWRITE %d\n", StringCount
+ print ""
+ print "/* older synonyms for some capabilities */"
+ print "#define beehive_glitch no_esc_ctlc"
+ print "#define teleray_glitch dest_tabs_magic_smso"
+ print ""
+ print "/* XSI synonyms */"
+ print "#define micro_col_size micro_char_size"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifdef __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE"
+ }
+
+/^#/ {next;}
+
+$3 == "bool" {
+ printf "#define %-30s CUR Booleans[%d]\n", $1, BoolCount++
+ }
+
+$3 == "num" {
+ printf "#define %-30s CUR Numbers[%d]\n", $1, NumberCount++
+ }
+
+$3 == "str" {
+ printf "#define %-30s CUR Strings[%d]\n", $1, StringCount++
+ }
+
+END {
+ print "#endif /* __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE */"
+ print ""
+ print ""
+ printf "#define BOOLCOUNT %d\n", BoolCount
+ printf "#define NUMCOUNT %d\n", NumberCount
+ printf "#define STRCOUNT %d\n", StringCount
+ print ""
+ print "typedef struct termtype { /* in-core form of terminfo data */"
+ print " char *term_names; /* str_table offset of term names */"
+ print " char *str_table; /* pointer to string table */"
+ print " char Booleans[BOOLCOUNT]; /* array of values */"
+ print " short Numbers[NUMCOUNT]; /* array of values */"
+ print " char *Strings[STRCOUNT]; /* array of string offsets */"
+ print "} TERMTYPE;"
+ print ""
+ print "typedef struct term { /* describe an actual terminal */"
+ print " TERMTYPE type; /* terminal type description */"
+ print " short Filedes; /* file description being written to */"
+ print " TTY Ottyb, /* original state of the terminal */"
+ print " Nttyb; /* current state of the terminal */"
+ print "} TERMINAL;"
+ print ""
+ print "extern TERMINAL *cur_term;"
+ print ""
+ print ""
+ print "#ifdef __cplusplus"
+ print "extern \"C\" {"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "#if BROKEN_LINKER"
+ print "#define boolnames _nc_boolnames()"
+ print "#define boolcodes _nc_boolcodes()"
+ print "#define boolfnames _nc_boolfnames()"
+ print "#define numnames _nc_numnames()"
+ print "#define numcodes _nc_numcodes()"
+ print "#define numfnames _nc_numfnames()"
+ print "#define strnames _nc_strnames()"
+ print "#define strcodes _nc_strcodes()"
+ print "#define strfnames _nc_strfnames()"
+ print ""
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_boolnames(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_boolcodes(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_boolfnames(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_numnames(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_numcodes(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_numfnames(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_strnames(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_strcodes(void);"
+ print "extern char * const *_nc_strfnames(void);"
+ print ""
+ print "#else"
+ print ""
+ print "extern char *const boolnames[];"
+ print "extern char *const boolcodes[];"
+ print "extern char *const boolfnames[];"
+ print "extern char *const numnames[];"
+ print "extern char *const numcodes[];"
+ print "extern char *const numfnames[];"
+ print "extern char *const strnames[];"
+ print "extern char *const strcodes[];"
+ print "extern char *const strfnames[];"
+ print ""
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "/* internals */"
+ print "extern int _nc_read_entry(const char * const, char * const, TERMTYPE *const);"
+ print "extern int _nc_read_file_entry(const char *const, TERMTYPE *);"
+ print "extern char *_nc_first_name(const char *const);"
+ print "extern int _nc_name_match(const char *const, const char *const, const char *const);"
+ print "extern int _nc_read_termcap_entry(const char *const, TERMTYPE *const);"
+ print "extern const TERMTYPE *_nc_fallback(const char *);"
+ print ""
+ print "/* entry points */"
+ print "extern TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);"
+ print "extern int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);"
+ print ""
+ print "/* entry points */"
+ print "extern int putp(const char *);"
+ print "extern int restartterm(const char *, int, int *);"
+ print "extern int setupterm(const char *,int,int *);"
+ print "extern int tgetent(char *, const char *);"
+ print "extern int tgetflag(const char *);"
+ print "extern int tgetnum(const char *);"
+ print "extern char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);"
+ print "extern char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);"
+ print "extern int tigetflag(const char *);"
+ print "extern int tigetnum(const char *);"
+ print "extern char *tigetstr(const char *);"
+ print "extern char *tparm(const char *, ...);"
+ print "extern int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));"
+ print ""
+ print "#ifdef __cplusplus"
+ print "}"
+ print "#endif"
+ print ""
+ print "#endif /* TERM_H */"
+ }
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.17 1997/04/05 23:38:51 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for ncurses source code.
+#
+# This makes/installs ncurses include-files
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AWK = @AWK@
+
+VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@
+
+# These files are generated by the configure script
+CONFIG_SRC = \
+ MKterm.h.awk \
+ curses.h \
+ termcap.h \
+ unctrl.h
+
+# These files are generated by this makefile
+AUTO_SRC = \
+ hashsize.h \
+ parametrized.h \
+ term.h
+
+################################################################################
+all \
+install :: $(AUTO_SRC)
+
+term.h: $(srcdir)/Caps MKterm.h.awk
+ $(AWK) -f MKterm.h.awk $(srcdir)/Caps > $@
+ sh $(srcdir)/edit_cfg.sh ../include/ncurses_cfg.h $@
+
+hashsize.h: $(srcdir)/Caps $(srcdir)/MKhashsize.sh
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKhashsize.sh $(srcdir)/Caps >$@
+
+parametrized.h: $(srcdir)/Caps $(srcdir)/MKparametrized.sh
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKparametrized.sh $(srcdir)/Caps >$@
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+mostlyclean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS *~
+
+clean :: mostlyclean
+ -rm -f $(AUTO_SRC)
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_SRC)
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* $Id: capdefaults.c,v 1.4 1996/08/18 00:56:09 tom Exp $ */
+
+ /*
+ * Compute obsolete capabilities. The reason this is an include file
+ * is that the two places where it's needed want the macros to
+ * generate offsets to different structures. See the file Caps for
+ * explanations of these conversions.
+ *
+ * Note: This code is the functional inverse of the first part
+ * of postprocess_entry().
+ */
+ {
+ char *sp;
+ int capval;
+
+#define VALID_STRING(s) ((s) && s != CANCELLED_STRING)
+#define EXTRACT_DELAY(str) (sp = strchr(str, '*'), sp ? atoi(sp+1) : 0)
+
+ /* current (4.4BSD) capabilities marked obsolete */
+ if (VALID_STRING(carriage_return)
+ && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(carriage_return)))
+ carriage_return_delay = capval;
+ if (VALID_STRING(newline) && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(newline)))
+ new_line_delay = capval;
+
+ /* current (4.4BSD) capabilities not obsolete */
+ if (!VALID_STRING(termcap_init2) && VALID_STRING(init_3string))
+ {
+ termcap_init2 = init_3string;
+ init_3string = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (VALID_STRING(reset_1string)
+ && !VALID_STRING(reset_2string)
+ && VALID_STRING(reset_3string))
+ {
+ termcap_reset = reset_1string;
+ reset_1string = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (magic_cookie_glitch_ul < 0 && magic_cookie_glitch && VALID_STRING(enter_underline_mode))
+ magic_cookie_glitch_ul = magic_cookie_glitch;
+
+ /* totally obsolete capabilities */
+ linefeed_is_newline = VALID_STRING(newline)
+ && (strcmp("\n", newline) == 0);
+ if (VALID_STRING(cursor_left)
+ && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(cursor_left)))
+ backspace_delay = capval;
+ if (VALID_STRING(tab) && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(tab)))
+ horizontal_tab_delay = capval;
+#undef EXTRACT_DELAY
+ }
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * This is a template-file used to generate the "ncurses_cfg.h" file.
+ *
+ * Rather than list every definition, the configuration script substitutes
+ * the definitions that it finds using 'sed'.
+ */
+@DEFS@
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* $Id: curses.h.in,v 1.44 1997/04/20 01:32:08 tom Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef __NCURSES_H
+#define __NCURSES_H
+#define CURSES 1
+#define CURSES_H 1
+
+/* These are defined only in curses.h, and are used for conditional compiles */
+#define NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR @NCURSES_MAJOR@
+#define NCURSES_VERSION_MINOR @NCURSES_MINOR@
+#define NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH @NCURSES_PATCH@
+
+/* This is defined in more than one ncurses header, for identification */
+#undef NCURSES_VERSION
+#define NCURSES_VERSION "@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@"
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_NOMACROS
+#define NCURSES_ATTR_T attr_t
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NCURSES_ATTR_T
+#define NCURSES_ATTR_T int
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NCURSES_CONST
+#define NCURSES_CONST /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _UNCTRL_H
+typedef unsigned long chtype;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unctrl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h> /* we need va_list */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+#include <stddef.h> /* we want wchar_t */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+
+/* XSI and SVr4 specify that curses implements 'bool'. However, C++ may also
+ * implement it. If so, we must use the C++ compiler's type to avoid conflict
+ * with other interfaces.
+ *
+ * To simplify use with/without the configuration script, we define the symbols
+ * CXX_BUILTIN_BOOL and CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL; they're edited by the configure
+ * script.
+ */
+
+#undef TRUE
+#undef FALSE
+#define CXX_BUILTIN_BOOL @nc_cv_builtin_bool@
+#define CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL @nc_cv_type_of_bool@
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && CXX_BUILTIN_BOOL
+#define TRUE ((CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL)true)
+#define FALSE ((CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL)false)
+#else
+typedef CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL bool;
+#define TRUE ((bool)1)
+#define FALSE ((bool)0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * XSI attributes. In the ncurses implementation, they are identical to the
+ * A_ attributes because attr_t is just an int. The XSI Curses attr_* and
+ * wattr_* entry points are all mapped to attr* and wattr* entry points.
+ */
+#define WA_ATTRIBUTES 0xffffff00
+#define WA_NORMAL 0x00000000
+#define WA_STANDOUT 0x00010000
+#define WA_UNDERLINE 0x00020000
+#define WA_REVERSE 0x00040000
+#define WA_BLINK 0x00080000
+#define WA_DIM 0x00100000
+#define WA_BOLD 0x00200000
+#define WA_ALTCHARSET 0x00400000
+#define WA_INVIS 0x00800000
+#define WA_PROTECT 0x01000000
+#define WA_HORIZONTAL 0x02000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define WA_LEFT 0x04000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define WA_LOW 0x08000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define WA_RIGHT 0x10000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define WA_TOP 0x20000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define WA_VERTICAL 0x40000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+
+/* colors */
+extern int COLORS;
+extern int COLOR_PAIRS;
+
+#define COLOR_BLACK 0
+#define COLOR_RED 1
+#define COLOR_GREEN 2
+#define COLOR_YELLOW 3
+#define COLOR_BLUE 4
+#define COLOR_MAGENTA 5
+#define COLOR_CYAN 6
+#define COLOR_WHITE 7
+
+/* line graphics */
+
+extern chtype acs_map[];
+
+/* VT100 symbols begin here */
+#define ACS_ULCORNER (acs_map['l']) /* upper left corner */
+#define ACS_LLCORNER (acs_map['m']) /* lower left corner */
+#define ACS_URCORNER (acs_map['k']) /* upper right corner */
+#define ACS_LRCORNER (acs_map['j']) /* lower right corner */
+#define ACS_LTEE (acs_map['t']) /* tee pointing right */
+#define ACS_RTEE (acs_map['u']) /* tee pointing left */
+#define ACS_BTEE (acs_map['v']) /* tee pointing up */
+#define ACS_TTEE (acs_map['w']) /* tee pointing down */
+#define ACS_HLINE (acs_map['q']) /* horizontal line */
+#define ACS_VLINE (acs_map['x']) /* vertical line */
+#define ACS_PLUS (acs_map['n']) /* large plus or crossover */
+#define ACS_S1 (acs_map['o']) /* scan line 1 */
+#define ACS_S9 (acs_map['s']) /* scan line 9 */
+#define ACS_DIAMOND (acs_map['`']) /* diamond */
+#define ACS_CKBOARD (acs_map['a']) /* checker board (stipple) */
+#define ACS_DEGREE (acs_map['f']) /* degree symbol */
+#define ACS_PLMINUS (acs_map['g']) /* plus/minus */
+#define ACS_BULLET (acs_map['~']) /* bullet */
+/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols begin here */
+#define ACS_LARROW (acs_map[',']) /* arrow pointing left */
+#define ACS_RARROW (acs_map['+']) /* arrow pointing right */
+#define ACS_DARROW (acs_map['.']) /* arrow pointing down */
+#define ACS_UARROW (acs_map['-']) /* arrow pointing up */
+#define ACS_BOARD (acs_map['h']) /* board of squares */
+#define ACS_LANTERN (acs_map['I']) /* lantern symbol */
+#define ACS_BLOCK (acs_map['0']) /* solid square block */
+/*
+ * These aren't documented, but a lot of System Vs have them anyway
+ * (you can spot pprryyzz{{||}} in a lot of AT&T terminfo strings).
+ * The ACS_names may not match AT&T's, our source didn't know them.
+ */
+#define ACS_S3 (acs_map['p']) /* scan line 3 */
+#define ACS_S7 (acs_map['r']) /* scan line 7 */
+#define ACS_LEQUAL (acs_map['y']) /* less/equal */
+#define ACS_GEQUAL (acs_map['z']) /* greater/equal */
+#define ACS_PI (acs_map['{']) /* Pi */
+#define ACS_NEQUAL (acs_map['|']) /* not equal */
+#define ACS_STERLING (acs_map['}']) /* UK pound sign */
+
+/*
+ * Line drawing ACS names are of the form ACS_trbl, where t is the top, r
+ * is the right, b is the bottom, and l is the left. t, r, b, and l might
+ * be B (blank), S (single), D (double), or T (thick). The subset defined
+ * here only uses B and S.
+ */
+#define ACS_BSSB ACS_ULCORNER
+#define ACS_SSBB ACS_LLCORNER
+#define ACS_BBSS ACS_URCORNER
+#define ACS_SBBS ACS_LRCORNER
+#define ACS_SBSS ACS_RTEE
+#define ACS_SSSB ACS_LTEE
+#define ACS_SSBS ACS_BTEE
+#define ACS_BSSS ACS_TTEE
+#define ACS_BSBS ACS_HLINE
+#define ACS_SBSB ACS_VLINE
+#define ACS_SSSS ACS_PLUS
+
+#if !defined(ERR) || ((ERR) != -1)
+#define ERR (-1)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(OK) || ((OK) != 0)
+#define OK (0)
+#endif
+
+/* values for the _flags member */
+#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* is this a sub-window? */
+#define _ENDLINE 0x02 /* is the window flush right? */
+#define _FULLWIN 0x04 /* is the window full-screen? */
+#define _SCROLLWIN 0x08 /* bottom edge is at screen bottom? */
+#define _ISPAD 0x10 /* is this window a pad? */
+#define _HASMOVED 0x20 /* has cursor moved since last refresh? */
+#define _WRAPPED 0x40 /* cursor was just wrappped */
+
+/*
+ * this value is used in the firstchar and lastchar fields to mark
+ * unchanged lines
+ */
+#define _NOCHANGE -1
+
+/*
+ * this value is used in the oldindex field to mark lines created by insertions
+ * and scrolls.
+ */
+#define _NEWINDEX -1
+
+typedef struct screen SCREEN;
+typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;
+
+typedef chtype attr_t; /* ...must be at least as wide as chtype */
+
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+#ifndef _WCHAR_T
+typedef unsigned long wchar_t;
+#endif /* _WCHAR_T */
+#ifndef _WINT_T
+typedef long int wint_t;
+#endif /* _WINT_T */
+
+#define CCHARW_MAX 5
+typedef struct
+{
+ attr_t attr;
+ wchar_t chars[CCHARW_MAX];
+}
+cchar_t;
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+
+struct _win_st {
+ short _cury, _curx; /* current cursor position */
+
+ /* window location and size */
+ short _maxy, _maxx; /* maximums of x and y, NOT window size */
+ short _begy, _begx; /* screen coords of upper-left-hand corner */
+
+ short _flags; /* window state flags */
+
+ /* attribute tracking */
+ attr_t _attrs; /* current attribute for non-space character */
+ chtype _bkgd; /* current background char/attribute pair */
+
+ /* option values set by user */
+ bool _notimeout; /* no time out on function-key entry? */
+ bool _clear; /* consider all data in the window invalid? */
+ bool _leaveok; /* OK to not reset cursor on exit? */
+ bool _scroll; /* OK to scroll this window? */
+ bool _idlok; /* OK to use insert/delete line? */
+ bool _idcok; /* OK to use insert/delete char? */
+ bool _immed; /* window in immed mode? (not yet used) */
+ bool _sync; /* window in sync mode? */
+ bool _use_keypad; /* process function keys into KEY_ symbols? */
+ int _delay; /* 0 = nodelay, <0 = blocking, >0 = delay */
+
+ /* the actual line data */
+ struct ldat
+ {
+ chtype *text; /* text of the line */
+ short firstchar; /* first changed character in the line */
+ short lastchar; /* last changed character in the line */
+ short oldindex; /* index of the line at last update */
+ }
+ *_line;
+
+ /* global screen state */
+ short _regtop; /* top line of scrolling region */
+ short _regbottom; /* bottom line of scrolling region */
+
+ /* these are used only if this is a sub-window */
+ int _parx; /* x coordinate of this window in parent */
+ int _pary; /* y coordinate of this window in parent */
+ WINDOW *_parent; /* pointer to parent if a sub-window */
+
+ /* these are used only if this is a pad */
+ struct pdat
+ {
+ short _pad_y, _pad_x;
+ short _pad_top, _pad_left;
+ short _pad_bottom, _pad_right;
+ } _pad;
+
+ short _yoffset; /* real begy is _begy + _yoffset */
+};
+
+extern WINDOW *stdscr, *curscr, *newscr;
+
+extern int LINES, COLS, TABSIZE;
+
+/*
+ * This global was an undocumented feature under AIX curses.
+ */
+extern int ESCDELAY; /* ESC expire time in milliseconds */
+
+/* non-XSI extensions (dickey@clark.net) */
+extern int resizeterm (int, int);
+extern int wresize (WINDOW *, int, int);
+extern int use_default_colors (void);
+
+extern char ttytype[]; /* needed for backward compatibility */
+
+/*
+ * GCC (and some other compilers) define '__attribute__'; we're using this
+ * macro to alert the compiler to flag inconsistencies in printf/scanf-like
+ * function calls. Just in case '__attribute__' isn't defined, make a dummy.
+ */
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__attribute__)
+#define __attribute__(p) /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * We cannot define these in ncurses_cfg.h, since they require parameters to be
+ * passed (that's non-portable).
+ */
+#if GCC_PRINTF
+#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var)))
+#else
+#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+#if GCC_SCANF
+#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var)))
+#else
+#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GCC_NORETURN
+#define GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GCC_UNUSED
+#define GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes. This is the complete XSI Curses list of required
+ * functions. Those marked `generated' will have sources generated from the
+ * macro definitions later in this file, in order to satisfy XPG4.2
+ * requirements.
+ */
+
+extern int addch(const chtype); /* generated */
+extern int addchnstr(const chtype *, int); /* generated */
+extern int addchstr(const chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int addnstr(const char *, int); /* generated */
+extern int addstr(const char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int addwstr(const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int add_wch(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int attroff(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */
+extern int attron(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */
+extern int attrset(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */
+extern int attr_get(void); /* generated */
+extern int attr_off(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */
+extern int attr_on(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */
+extern int attr_set(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */
+extern int baudrate(void); /* implemented */
+extern int beep(void); /* implemented */
+extern int bkgd(chtype); /* generated */
+extern void bkgdset(chtype); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int bkgrndset(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int border(chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int border_set(cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int box_set(WINDOW *, cchar_t, cchar_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern bool can_change_color(void); /* implemented */
+extern int cbreak(void); /* implemented */
+extern int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *); /* generated */
+extern int clear(void); /* generated */
+extern int clearok(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern int clrtobot(void); /* generated */
+extern int clrtoeol(void); /* generated */
+extern int color_content(short,short*,short*,short*); /* implemented */
+extern int COLOR_PAIR(int); /* generated */
+extern int copywin(const WINDOW*,WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int curs_set(int); /* implemented */
+extern int def_prog_mode(void); /* implemented */
+extern int def_shell_mode(void); /* implemented */
+extern int delay_output(int); /* implemented */
+extern int delch(void); /* generated */
+extern void delscreen(SCREEN *); /* implemented */
+extern int delwin(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int deleteln(void); /* generated */
+extern WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int doupdate(void); /* implemented */
+extern WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int echo(void); /* implemented */
+extern int echochar(const chtype); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int endwin(void); /* implemented */
+extern char erasechar(void); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int erase_wchar(wchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern void filter(void); /* implemented */
+extern int flash(void); /* implemented */
+extern int flushinp(void); /* implemented */
+extern chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t*, attr_t*, short*, void*); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int getch(void); /* generated */
+extern int getnstr(char *, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int getn_wstr(wint_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int getstr(char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int get_wch(wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern WINDOW *getwin(FILE *); /* not in XPG4 */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int get_wstr(wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int halfdelay(int); /* implemented */
+extern bool has_colors(void); /* implemented */
+extern int has_ic(void); /* implemented */
+extern int has_il(void); /* implemented */
+extern int hline(chtype, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int hline_set(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern void idcok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */
+extern int idlok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */
+extern void immedok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */
+extern chtype inch(void); /* generated */
+extern int inchnstr(chtype *, int); /* generated */
+extern int inchstr(chtype *); /* generated */
+extern WINDOW *initscr(void); /* implemented */
+extern int init_color(short,short,short,short); /* implemented */
+extern int init_pair(short,short,short); /* implemented */
+extern int innstr(char *, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int innwstr(wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int insch(chtype); /* generated */
+extern int insdelln(int); /* generated */
+extern int insertln(void); /* generated */
+extern int insnstr(const char *, int); /* generated */
+extern int insstr(const char *); /* generated */
+extern int instr(char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int ins_wch(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int intrflush(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int inwstr(wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int in_wch(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int in_wchstr(const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int in_wchntr(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int isendwin(void); /* implemented */
+extern int is_linetouched(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */
+extern int is_wintouched(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern const char *keyname(int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int key_name(wchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int keypad(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern char killchar(void); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int killwchar(wchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int leaveok(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern char *longname(void); /* implemented */
+extern int meta(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern int move(int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype); /* generated */
+extern int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* missing */
+extern int mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *); /* generated */
+extern int mvcur(int,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int mvdelch(int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int); /* implemented */
+extern int mvgetch(int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvgetstr(int, int, char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern chtype mvinch(int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvinsch(int, int, chtype); /* generated */
+extern int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *); /* generated */
+extern int mvinstr(int, int, char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvin_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvin_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvin_wchntr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvprintw(int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_PRINTFLIKE(3,4);
+extern int mvscanw(int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_SCANFLIKE(3,4);
+extern int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype); /* generated */
+extern int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);/* generated */
+extern int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);/* missing */
+extern int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);/* generated */
+extern int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);/* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwin(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); /* generated */
+extern int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */
+extern int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); /* generated */
+extern int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int,int, const wchar_t *,int); /* missing */
+extern int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int,int,const cchar_t *,int); /* missing */
+extern int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int mvwprintw(WINDOW*,int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_PRINTFLIKE(4,5);
+extern int mvwscanw(WINDOW *,int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_SCANFLIKE(4,5);
+extern int mvwvline(WINDOW *,int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int,int, const cchar_t *,int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int napms(int); /* implemented */
+extern WINDOW *newpad(int,int); /* implemented */
+extern SCREEN *newterm(const char *,FILE *,FILE *); /* implemented */
+extern WINDOW *newwin(int,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int nl(void); /* implemented */
+extern int nocbreak(void); /* implemented */
+extern int nodelay(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern int noecho(void); /* implemented */
+extern int nonl(void); /* implemented */
+extern int noqiflush(void); /* implemented */
+extern int noraw(void); /* implemented */
+extern int notimeout(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern int overlay(const WINDOW*,WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int overwrite(const WINDOW*,WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int pair_content(short,short*,short*); /* implemented */
+extern int PAIR_NUMBER(int); /* generated */
+extern int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int);/* implemented */
+extern int prefresh(WINDOW *,int,int,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int printw(const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
+extern int putp(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *); /* implemented */
+extern int qiflush(void); /* implemented */
+extern int raw(void); /* implemented */
+extern int redrawwin(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int refresh(void); /* generated */
+extern int resetty(void); /* implemented */
+extern int reset_prog_mode(void); /* implemented */
+extern int reset_shell_mode(void); /* implemented */
+extern int ripoffline(int, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)); /* implemented */
+extern int savetty(void); /* implemented */
+extern int scanw(const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2);
+extern int scr_dump(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern int scr_init(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern int scrl(int); /* generated */
+extern int scroll(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int scrollok(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */
+extern int scr_restore(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern int scr_set(const char *); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int setcchar(cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t, short, const void *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int setscrreg(int,int); /* generated */
+extern SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_attroff(const attr_t); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int slk_attr_off(attr_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int slk_attron(const attr_t); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int slk_attr_on(attr_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int slk_attrset(const attr_t); /* implemented */
+extern attr_t slk_attr(void); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int slk_attr_set(attr_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int slk_clear(void); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_init(int); /* implemented */
+extern char *slk_label(int); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_noutrefresh(void); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_refresh(void); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_restore(void); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_set(int,const char *,int); /* implemented */
+extern int slk_touch(void); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int slk_wset(int, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int standout(void); /* generated */
+extern int standend(void); /* generated */
+extern int start_color(void); /* implemented */
+extern WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); /* implemented */
+extern WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int syncok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */
+extern attr_t termattrs(void); /* implemented */
+extern char *termname(void); /* implemented */
+extern int tigetflag(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern int tigetnum(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern char *tigetstr(const char *); /* implemented */
+extern int timeout(int); /* generated */
+extern int typeahead(int); /* implemented */
+extern int ungetch(int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int unget_wch(const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int untouchwin(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern void use_env(bool); /* implemented */
+extern int vidattr(chtype); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int vid_attr(attr_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int)); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int vid_puts(attr_t, int (*)(int)); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int vline(chtype, int); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int vline_set(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int vwprintw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* implemented */
+extern int vw_printw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* generated */
+extern int vwscanw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* implemented */
+extern int vw_scanw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* generated */
+extern int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype); /* implemented */
+extern int waddchnstr(WINDOW *,const chtype *const,int); /* implemented */
+extern int waddchstr(WINDOW *,const chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int waddnstr(WINDOW *,const char *const,int); /* implemented */
+extern int waddstr(WINDOW *,const char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int waddwstr(WINDOW *,const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int wadd_wch(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *,int); /* missing */
+extern int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wattron(WINDOW *, int); /* generated */
+extern int wattroff(WINDOW *, int); /* generated */
+extern int wattrset(WINDOW *, int); /* generated */
+extern attr_t wattr_get(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int wattr_on(WINDOW *, const attr_t); /* implemented */
+extern int wattr_off(WINDOW *, const attr_t); /* implemented */
+extern int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t); /* generated */
+extern int wbkgd(WINDOW *,const chtype); /* implemented */
+extern void wbkgdset(WINDOW *,chtype); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wbkgrndset(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wborder(WINDOW *,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wborder_set(WINDOW *,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *);/* implemented */
+extern int wclear(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wclrtobot(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern void wcursyncup(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wdelch(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wdeleteln(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int werase(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wgetch(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wgetnstr(WINDOW *,char *,int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *,wint_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *); /* missing */
+extern int wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern chtype winch(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int); /* implemented */
+extern int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *); /* generated */
+extern int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype); /* implemented */
+extern int winsdelln(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */
+extern int winsertln(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *,int); /* implemented */
+extern int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *); /* generated */
+extern int winstr(WINDOW *, char *); /* generated */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int win_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+extern int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+extern int win_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wmove(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wprintw(WINDOW *,const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_PRINTFLIKE(2,3);
+extern int wredrawln(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int wrefresh(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wscanw(WINDOW *,const char *,...) /* implemented */
+ GCC_SCANFLIKE(2,3);
+extern int wscrl(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */
+extern int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */
+extern int wstandout(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern int wstandend(WINDOW *); /* generated */
+extern void wsyncdown(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern void wsyncup(WINDOW *); /* implemented */
+extern int wtimeout(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */
+extern int wtouchln(WINDOW *,int,int,int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern wchar_t wunctrl(cchar_t *); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+extern int wvline(WINDOW *,chtype,int); /* implemented */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+extern int wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */
+#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */
+
+/* attributes */
+#define A_ATTRIBUTES 0xffffff00
+#define A_NORMAL 0x00000000
+#define A_STANDOUT 0x00010000
+#define A_UNDERLINE 0x00020000
+#define A_REVERSE 0x00040000
+#define A_BLINK 0x00080000
+#define A_DIM 0x00100000
+#define A_BOLD 0x00200000
+#define A_ALTCHARSET 0x00400000
+#define A_INVIS 0x00800000
+#define A_PROTECT 0x01000000
+#define A_HORIZONTAL 0x02000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define A_LEFT 0x04000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define A_LOW 0x08000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define A_RIGHT 0x10000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define A_TOP 0x20000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define A_VERTICAL 0x40000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */
+#define A_CHARTEXT 0x000000ff
+#define A_COLOR 0x0000ff00
+#define COLOR_PAIR(n) ((n) << 8)
+#define PAIR_NUMBER(a) (((a) & A_COLOR) >> 8)
+
+/*
+ * pseudo functions
+ */
+#define wgetstr(w, s) wgetnstr(w, s, -1)
+#define getnstr(s, n) wgetnstr(stdscr, s, n)
+
+#define setterm(term) setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)
+
+#define fixterm() reset_prog_mode()
+#define resetterm() reset_shell_mode()
+#define saveterm() def_prog_mode()
+#define crmode() cbreak()
+#define nocrmode() nocbreak()
+#define gettmode()
+
+#define getyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_cury, x = (win)->_curx)
+#define getbegyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_begy, x = (win)->_begx)
+#define getmaxyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_maxy + 1, x = (win)->_maxx + 1)
+#define getparyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_pary, x = (win)->_parx)
+#define getsyx(y,x) getyx(stdscr, y, x)
+#define setsyx(y,x) (stdscr->_cury = y, stdscr->_curx = x)
+
+#define wbkgdset(win, ch) \
+ (((win)->_attrs = (((win)->_attrs & ~((win)->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES)) | \
+ ((ch) & A_ATTRIBUTES))), \
+ ((win)->_bkgd = (ch)))
+
+/* It seems older SYSV curses versions define these */
+#define getattrs(win) ((win)->_attrs)
+#define getmaxx(win) ((win)->_maxx + 1)
+#define getmaxy(win) ((win)->_maxy + 1)
+
+#define winch(win) ((win)->_line[(win)->_cury].text[(win)->_curx])
+#define wstandout(win) (wattr_set(win,A_STANDOUT))
+#define wstandend(win) (wattr_set(win,A_NORMAL))
+#define wattr_set(win,at) ((win)->_attrs = (at))
+
+#define wattron(win,at) wattr_on(win, at)
+#define wattroff(win,at) wattr_off(win, at)
+#define wattrset(win,at) wattr_set(win, at)
+
+#define scroll(win) wscrl(win,1)
+
+#define touchwin(win) wtouchln((win), 0, (win)->_maxy + 1, 1)
+#define touchline(win, s, c) wtouchln((win), s, c, 1)
+#define untouchwin(win) wtouchln((win), 0, (win)->_maxy + 1, 0)
+
+#define box(win, v, h) wborder(win, v, v, h, h, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+#define border(ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br) wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)
+#define hline(ch, n) whline(stdscr, ch, n)
+#define vline(ch, n) wvline(stdscr, ch, n)
+
+#define winstr(w, s) winnstr(w, s, -1)
+#define winchstr(w, s) winchnstr(w, s, -1)
+#define winsstr(w, s) winsnstr(w, s, -1)
+
+#define redrawwin(w) wredrawln(w, 0, w->_maxy+1)
+#define waddstr(win,str) waddnstr(win,str,-1)
+#define waddchstr(win,str) waddchnstr(win,str,-1)
+
+/*
+ * pseudo functions for standard screen
+ */
+
+#define addch(ch) waddch(stdscr,ch)
+#define addchnstr(str,n) waddchnstr(stdscr,str,n)
+#define addchstr(str) waddchstr(stdscr,str)
+#define addnstr(str,n) waddnstr(stdscr,str,n)
+#define addstr(str) waddnstr(stdscr,str,-1)
+#define attroff(at) wattroff(stdscr,at)
+#define attron(at) wattron(stdscr,at)
+#define attrset(at) wattrset(stdscr,at)
+#define bkgd(ch) wbkgd(stdscr,ch)
+#define bkgdset(ch) wbkgdset(stdscr,ch)
+#define clear() wclear(stdscr)
+#define clrtobot() wclrtobot(stdscr)
+#define clrtoeol() wclrtoeol(stdscr)
+#define delch() wdelch(stdscr)
+#define deleteln() winsdelln(stdscr,-1)
+#define echochar(c) wechochar(stdscr,c)
+#define erase() werase(stdscr)
+#define getch() wgetch(stdscr)
+#define getstr(str) wgetstr(stdscr,str)
+#define inch() winch(stdscr)
+#define inchnstr(s,n) winchnstr(stdscr,s,n)
+#define inchstr(s) winchstr(stdscr,s)
+#define innstr(s,n) winnstr(stdscr,s,n)
+#define insch(c) winsch(stdscr,c)
+#define insdelln(n) winsdelln(stdscr,n)
+#define insertln() winsdelln(stdscr,1)
+#define insnstr(s,n) winsnstr(stdscr,s,n)
+#define insstr(s) winsstr(stdscr,s)
+#define instr(s) winstr(stdscr,s)
+#define move(y,x) wmove(stdscr,y,x)
+#define refresh() wrefresh(stdscr)
+#define scrl(n) wscrl(stdscr,n)
+#define setscrreg(t,b) wsetscrreg(stdscr,t,b)
+#define standend() wstandend(stdscr)
+#define standout() wstandout(stdscr)
+#define timeout(delay) wtimeout(stdscr,delay)
+#define wdeleteln(win) winsdelln(win,-1)
+#define winsertln(win) winsdelln(win,1)
+
+/*
+ * mv functions
+ */
+
+#define mvwaddch(win,y,x,ch) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddch(win,ch))
+#define mvwaddchnstr(win,y,x,str,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr(win,str,n))
+#define mvwaddchstr(win,y,x,str) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr(win,str,-1))
+#define mvwaddnstr(win,y,x,str,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr(win,str,n))
+#define mvwaddstr(win,y,x,str) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr(win,str,-1))
+#define mvwdelch(win,y,x) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wdelch(win))
+#define mvwgetch(win,y,x) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetch(win))
+#define mvwgetnstr(win,y,x,str,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetnstr(win,str,n))
+#define mvwgetstr(win,y,x,str) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetstr(win,str))
+#define mvwhline(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : whline(win,c,n))
+#define mvwinch(win,y,x) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? (chtype)ERR : winch(win))
+#define mvwinchnstr(win,y,x,s,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winchnstr(win,s,n))
+#define mvwinchstr(win,y,x,s) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winchstr(win,s))
+#define mvwinnstr(win,y,x,s,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winnstr(win,s,n))
+#define mvwinsch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winsch(win,c))
+#define mvwinsnstr(win,y,x,s,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winsnstr(win,s,n))
+#define mvwinsstr(win,y,x,s) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winsstr(win,s))
+#define mvwinstr(win,y,x,s) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winstr(win,s))
+#define mvwvline(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wvline(win,c,n))
+
+#define mvaddch(y,x,ch) mvwaddch(stdscr,y,x,ch)
+#define mvaddchnstr(y,x,str,n) mvwaddchnstr(stdscr,y,x,str,n)
+#define mvaddchstr(y,x,str) mvwaddchstr(stdscr,y,x,str)
+#define mvaddnstr(y,x,str,n) mvwaddnstr(stdscr,y,x,str,n)
+#define mvaddstr(y,x,str) mvwaddstr(stdscr,y,x,str)
+#define mvdelch(y,x) mvwdelch(stdscr,y,x)
+#define mvgetch(y,x) mvwgetch(stdscr,y,x)
+#define mvgetnstr(y,x,str,n) mvwgetnstr(stdscr,y,x,str,n)
+#define mvgetstr(y,x,str) mvwgetstr(stdscr,y,x,str)
+#define mvhline(y,x,c,n) mvwhline(stdscr,y,x,c,n)
+#define mvinch(y,x) mvwinch(stdscr,y,x)
+#define mvinchnstr(y,x,s,n) mvwinchnstr(stdscr,y,x,s,n)
+#define mvinchstr(y,x,s) mvwinchstr(stdscr,y,x,s)
+#define mvinnstr(y,x,s,n) mvwinnstr(stdscr,y,x,s,n)
+#define mvinsch(y,x,c) mvwinsch(stdscr,y,x,c)
+#define mvinsnstr(y,x,s,n) mvwinsnstr(stdscr,y,x,s,n)
+#define mvinsstr(y,x,s) mvwinsstr(stdscr,y,x,s)
+#define mvinstr(y,x,s) mvwinstr(stdscr,y,x,s)
+#define mvvline(y,x,c,n) mvwvline(stdscr,y,x,c,n)
+
+/*
+ * XSI curses macros for XPG4 conformance.
+ * The underlying functions needed to make these work are:
+ * waddnwstr(), waddchnwstr(), wadd_wch(), wborder_set(), wchgat(),
+ * wecho_wchar(), wgetn_wstr(), wget_wch(), whline_set(), vhline_set(),
+ * winnwstr(), wins_nwstr(), wins_wch(), win_wch(), win_wchnstr().
+ * Except for wchgat(), these are not yet implemented. They will be someday.
+ */
+#define add_wch(c) wadd_wch(stsdscr,c)
+#define addnwstr(wstr,n) waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,n)
+#define addwstr(wstr,n) waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,-1)
+#define attr_get() wattr_get(stdscr)
+#define attr_off(a) wattr_off(stdscr,a)
+#define attr_on(a) wattr_on(stdscr,a)
+#define attr_set(a) wattr_set(stdscr,a)
+#define box_set(w,v,h) wborder_set(w,v,v,h,h,0,0,0,9)
+#define chgat(n,a,c,o) wchgat(stdscr,n,a,c,o)
+#define echo_wchar(c) wecho_wchar(stdscr,c)
+#define getbkgd(win) ((win)->_bkgd)
+#define get_wch(c) wget_wch(stdscr,c)
+#define get_wstr(t) wgetn_wstr(stdscr,t,-1)
+#define getn_wstr(t,n) wgetn_wstr(stdscr,t,n)
+#define hline_set(c,n) whline_set(stdscr,c,n)
+#define in_wch(c) win_wch(stdscr,c)
+#define in_wchnstr(c,n) win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,n)
+#define in_wchstr(c) win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,-1)
+#define innwstr(c,n) winnwstr(stdscr,c,n)
+#define ins_nwstr(t,n) wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,n)
+#define ins_wch(c) wins_wch(stdscr,c)
+#define ins_wstr(t) wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,-1)
+#define inwstr(c) winnwstr(stdscr,c,-1)
+
+#define mvadd_wch(y,x,c) mvwadd_wch(stdscr,y,x,c)
+#define mvaddnwstr(y,x,wstr,n) mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,y,x,wstr,n)
+#define mvaddwstr(y,x,wstr,n) mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,y,x,wstr,-1)
+#define mvchgat(y,x,n,a,c,o) mvwchgat(stdscr,y,x,n,a,c,o)
+#define mvget_wch(y,x,c) mvwget_wch(stdscr,y,x,c)
+#define mvget_wstr(y,x,t) mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,y,x,t,-1)
+#define mvgetn_wstr(y,x,t,n) mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,y,x,t,n)
+#define mvhline_set(y,x,c,n) mvwhline_set(stdscr,y,x,c,n)
+#define mvin_wch(y,x,c) mvwin_wch(stdscr,y,x,c)
+#define mvin_wchnstr(y,x,c,n) mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,y,x,c,n)
+#define mvin_wchstr(y,x,c) mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,y,x,c,-1)
+#define mvinnwstr(y,x,c,n) mvwinnwstr(stdscr,y,x,c,n)
+#define mvins_nwstr(y,x,t,n) mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,y,x,t,n)
+#define mvins_wch(y,x,c) mvwins_wch(stdscr,y,x,c)
+#define mvins_wstr(y,x,t) mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,y,x,t,-1)
+#define mvinwstr(y,x,c) mvwinnwstr(stdscr,y,x,c,-1)
+#define mvvline_set(y,x,c,n) mvwvline_set(stdscr,y,x,c,n)
+
+#define mvwadd_wch(y,x,win,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wch(stsdscr,c))
+#define mvwaddnwstr(y,x,win,wstr,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,n))
+#define mvwaddwstr(y,x,win,wstr,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,-1))
+#define mvwchgat(win,y,x,n,a,c,o) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wchgat(win,n,a,c,o))
+#define mvwget_wch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wch(win,n))
+#define mvwget_wstr(win,y,x,t) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr(win,t,-1))
+#define mvwgetn_wstr(win,y,x,t,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr(win,t,n))
+#define mvwhline_set(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : whline_set(win,c,n))
+#define mvwin_wch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : win_wch(win,c))
+#define mvwin_wchnstr(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,n))
+#define mvwin_wchstr(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,-1))
+#define mvwinnwstr(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr(stdscr,c,n))
+#define mvwins_nwstr(win,y,x,t,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,n))
+#define mvwins_wch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wch(c))
+#define mvwins_wstr(win,y,x,t) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,-1))
+#define mvwinwstr(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr(stdscr,c,-1))
+#define mvwvline_set(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wvline_set(win,c,n))
+
+#define vline_set(c,n) vhline_set(stdscr,c,n)
+#define waddwstr(win,wstr,n) waddnwstr(win,wstr,-1)
+#define wattr_get(win) ((win)->_attrs)
+#define wget_wstr(w,t) wgetn_wstr(w,t,-1)
+#define win_wchstr(w,c) win_wchnstr(w,c,-1)
+#define wins_wstr(w,t) wins_nwstr(w,t,-1)
+#define winwstr(w,c) winnwstr(w,c,-1)
+
+
+/*
+ * XSI curses deprecates SVr4 vwprintw/vwscanw, which are supposed to use
+ * varargs.h. It adds new calls vw_printw/vw_scanw, which are supposed to
+ * use POSIX stdarg.h. The ncurses versions of vwprintw/vwscanw already
+ * use stdarg.h, so...
+ */
+#define vw_printw vwprintw
+#define vw_scanw vwscanw
+
+/*
+ * Pseudo-character tokens outside ASCII range. The curses wgetch() function
+ * will return any given one of these only if the corresponding k- capability
+ * is defined in your terminal's terminfo entry.
+ */
+#define KEY_CODE_YES 0400 /* A wchar_t contains a key code */
+#define KEY_MIN 0401 /* Minimum curses key */
+#define KEY_BREAK 0401 /* Break key (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_DOWN 0402 /* Down-arrow */
+#define KEY_UP 0403 /* Up-arrow */
+#define KEY_LEFT 0404 /* Left-arrow */
+#define KEY_RIGHT 0405 /* Right-arrow */
+#define KEY_HOME 0406 /* Home key (upward+left arrow) */
+#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0407 /* Backspace (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_F0 0410 /* Function keys. Space for 64 */
+#define KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0+(n)) /* Value of function key n */
+#define KEY_DL 0510 /* Delete line */
+#define KEY_IL 0511 /* Insert line */
+#define KEY_DC 0512 /* Delete character */
+#define KEY_IC 0513 /* Insert char or enter insert mode */
+#define KEY_EIC 0514 /* Exit insert char mode */
+#define KEY_CLEAR 0515 /* Clear screen */
+#define KEY_EOS 0516 /* Clear to end of screen */
+#define KEY_EOL 0517 /* Clear to end of line */
+#define KEY_SF 0520 /* Scroll 1 line forward */
+#define KEY_SR 0521 /* Scroll 1 line backward (reverse) */
+#define KEY_NPAGE 0522 /* Next page */
+#define KEY_PPAGE 0523 /* Previous page */
+#define KEY_STAB 0524 /* Set tab */
+#define KEY_CTAB 0525 /* Clear tab */
+#define KEY_CATAB 0526 /* Clear all tabs */
+#define KEY_ENTER 0527 /* Enter or send (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_SRESET 0530 /* Soft (partial) reset (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_RESET 0531 /* Reset or hard reset (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_PRINT 0532 /* Print */
+#define KEY_LL 0533 /* Home down or bottom (lower left) */
+
+/* The keypad is arranged like this: */
+/* a1 up a3 */
+/* left b2 right */
+/* c1 down c3 */
+
+#define KEY_A1 0534 /* Upper left of keypad */
+#define KEY_A3 0535 /* Upper right of keypad */
+#define KEY_B2 0536 /* Center of keypad */
+#define KEY_C1 0537 /* Lower left of keypad */
+#define KEY_C3 0540 /* Lower right of keypad */
+#define KEY_BTAB 0541 /* Back tab */
+#define KEY_BEG 0542 /* Beg (beginning) */
+#define KEY_CANCEL 0543 /* Cancel */
+#define KEY_CLOSE 0544 /* Close */
+#define KEY_COMMAND 0545 /* Cmd (command) */
+#define KEY_COPY 0546 /* Copy */
+#define KEY_CREATE 0547 /* Create */
+#define KEY_END 0550 /* End */
+#define KEY_EXIT 0551 /* Exit */
+#define KEY_FIND 0552 /* Find */
+#define KEY_HELP 0553 /* Help */
+#define KEY_MARK 0554 /* Mark */
+#define KEY_MESSAGE 0555 /* Message */
+#define KEY_MOVE 0556 /* Move */
+#define KEY_NEXT 0557 /* Next */
+#define KEY_OPEN 0560 /* Open */
+#define KEY_OPTIONS 0561 /* Options */
+#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0562 /* Prev (previous) */
+#define KEY_REDO 0563 /* Redo */
+#define KEY_REFERENCE 0564 /* Ref (reference) */
+#define KEY_REFRESH 0565 /* Refresh */
+#define KEY_REPLACE 0566 /* Replace */
+#define KEY_RESTART 0567 /* Restart */
+#define KEY_RESUME 0570 /* Resume */
+#define KEY_SAVE 0571 /* Save */
+#define KEY_SBEG 0572 /* Shifted Beg (beginning) */
+#define KEY_SCANCEL 0573 /* Shifted Cancel */
+#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0574 /* Shifted Command */
+#define KEY_SCOPY 0575 /* Shifted Copy */
+#define KEY_SCREATE 0576 /* Shifted Create */
+#define KEY_SDC 0577 /* Shifted Delete char */
+#define KEY_SDL 0600 /* Shifted Delete line */
+#define KEY_SELECT 0601 /* Select */
+#define KEY_SEND 0602 /* Shifted End */
+#define KEY_SEOL 0603 /* Shifted Clear line */
+#define KEY_SEXIT 0604 /* Shifted Dxit */
+#define KEY_SFIND 0605 /* Shifted Find */
+#define KEY_SHELP 0606 /* Shifted Help */
+#define KEY_SHOME 0607 /* Shifted Home */
+#define KEY_SIC 0610 /* Shifted Input */
+#define KEY_SLEFT 0611 /* Shifted Left arrow */
+#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0612 /* Shifted Message */
+#define KEY_SMOVE 0613 /* Shifted Move */
+#define KEY_SNEXT 0614 /* Shifted Next */
+#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0615 /* Shifted Options */
+#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0616 /* Shifted Prev */
+#define KEY_SPRINT 0617 /* Shifted Print */
+#define KEY_SREDO 0620 /* Shifted Redo */
+#define KEY_SREPLACE 0621 /* Shifted Replace */
+#define KEY_SRIGHT 0622 /* Shifted Right arrow */
+#define KEY_SRSUME 0623 /* Shifted Resume */
+#define KEY_SSAVE 0624 /* Shifted Save */
+#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0625 /* Shifted Suspend */
+#define KEY_SUNDO 0626 /* Shifted Undo */
+#define KEY_SUSPEND 0627 /* Suspend */
+#define KEY_UNDO 0630 /* Undo */
+#define KEY_MOUSE 0631 /* Mouse event has occurred */
+#define KEY_MAX 0777 /* Maximum key value */
+
+/* mouse interface */
+#define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 1
+
+/* event masks */
+#define BUTTON1_RELEASED 000000000001L
+#define BUTTON1_PRESSED 000000000002L
+#define BUTTON1_CLICKED 000000000004L
+#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000000000010L
+#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000000000020L
+#define BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT 000000000040L
+#define BUTTON2_RELEASED 000000000100L
+#define BUTTON2_PRESSED 000000000200L
+#define BUTTON2_CLICKED 000000000400L
+#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000000001000L
+#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000000002000L
+#define BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT 000000004000L
+#define BUTTON3_RELEASED 000000010000L
+#define BUTTON3_PRESSED 000000020000L
+#define BUTTON3_CLICKED 000000040000L
+#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000000100000L
+#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000000200000L
+#define BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT 000000400000L
+#define BUTTON4_RELEASED 000001000000L
+#define BUTTON4_PRESSED 000002000000L
+#define BUTTON4_CLICKED 000004000000L
+#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000010000000L
+#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000020000000L
+#define BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT 000040000000L
+#define BUTTON_CTRL 000100000000L
+#define BUTTON_SHIFT 000200000000L
+#define BUTTON_ALT 000400000000L
+#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS 000777777777L
+#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION 001000000000L
+
+/* macros to extract single event-bits from masks */
+#define BUTTON_RELEASE(e, x) ((e) & (001 << (6 * ((x) - 1))))
+#define BUTTON_PRESS(e, x) ((e) & (002 << (6 * ((x) - 1))))
+#define BUTTON_CLICK(e, x) ((e) & (004 << (6 * ((x) - 1))))
+#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(e, x) ((e) & (010 << (6 * ((x) - 1))))
+#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(e, x) ((e) & (020 << (6 * ((x) - 1))))
+#define BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(e, x) ((e) & (040 << (6 * ((x) - 1))))
+
+typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ short id; /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
+ int x, y, z; /* event coordinates (character-cell) */
+ mmask_t bstate; /* button state bits */
+}
+MEVENT;
+
+extern int getmouse(MEVENT *);
+extern int ungetmouse(MEVENT *);
+extern mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *);
+extern bool wenclose(WINDOW *, int, int);
+extern int mouseinterval(int);
+
+/* other non-XSI functions */
+
+extern int mcprint(char *, int); /* direct data to printer */
+extern int has_key(int); /* do we have given key? */
+
+/* Debugging : use with libncurses_g.a */
+
+extern void _tracef(const char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
+extern void _tracedump(const char *, WINDOW *);
+extern char *_traceattr(attr_t);
+extern char *_traceattr2(int, chtype);
+extern char *_tracebits(void);
+extern char *_tracechar(const unsigned char);
+extern char *_tracechtype(chtype);
+extern char *_tracechtype2(int, chtype);
+extern char *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *);
+extern void trace(const unsigned int);
+
+/* trace masks */
+#define TRACE_DISABLE 0x0000 /* turn off tracing */
+#define TRACE_TIMES 0x0001 /* trace user and system times of updates */
+#define TRACE_TPUTS 0x0002 /* trace tputs calls */
+#define TRACE_UPDATE 0x0004 /* trace update actions, old & new screens */
+#define TRACE_MOVE 0x0008 /* trace cursor moves and scrolls */
+#define TRACE_CHARPUT 0x0010 /* trace all character outputs */
+#define TRACE_ORDINARY 0x001F /* trace all update actions */
+#define TRACE_CALLS 0x0020 /* trace all curses calls */
+#define TRACE_VIRTPUT 0x0040 /* trace virtual character puts */
+#define TRACE_IEVENT 0x0080 /* trace low-level input processing */
+#define TRACE_BITS 0x0100 /* trace state of TTY control bits */
+#define TRACE_ICALLS 0x0200 /* trace internal/nested calls */
+#define TRACE_CCALLS 0x0400 /* trace per-character calls */
+#define TRACE_MAXIMUM 0xffff /* maximum trace level */
+
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
+extern int _nc_optimize_enable; /* enable optimizations */
+#define OPTIMIZE_MVCUR 0x01 /* cursor movement optimization */
+#define OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP 0x02 /* diff hashing to detect scrolls */
+#define OPTIMIZE_SCROLL 0x04 /* scroll optimization */
+#define OPTIMIZE_ALL 0xff /* enable all optimizations (dflt) */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __NCURSES_H */
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# $Id: edit_cfg.sh,v 1.6 1997/04/06 01:54:44 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Edit the default value of the term.h file based on the autoconf-generated
+# values:
+#
+# $1 = ncurses_cfg.h
+# $2 = term.h
+#
+for name in \
+ HAVE_TCGETATTR \
+ HAVE_TERMIOS_H \
+ HAVE_TERMIO_H \
+ BROKEN_LINKER
+do
+ mv $2 $2.bak
+ if ( grep "[ ]$name[ ]" $1 2>&1 >/dev/null )
+ then
+ sed -e 's/define '$name'.*$/define '$name' 1/' $2.bak >$2
+ else
+ sed -e 's/define '$name'.*$/define '$name' 0/' $2.bak >$2
+ fi
+ if (cmp -s $2 $2.bak)
+ then
+ echo '** same: '$name
+ mv $2.bak $2
+ else
+ echo '** edit: '$name
+ rm -f $2.bak
+ fi
+done
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+term.h
+curses.h
+unctrl.h
+termcap.h
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* $Id: nc_alloc.h,v 1.4 1997/02/15 18:51:39 tom Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef NC_ALLOC_included
+#define NC_ALLOC_included 1
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDMALLOC
+#include <dmalloc.h> /* Gray Watson's library */
+#else
+#undef HAVE_LIBDMALLOC
+#define HAVE_LIBDMALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC
+#include <dbmalloc.h> /* Conor Cahill's library */
+#else
+#undef HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC
+#define HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_LEAKS
+#define NO_LEAKS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_NC_FREEALL
+#define HAVE_NC_FREEALL 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC || HAVE_LIBDMALLOC || NO_LEAKS || HAVE_NC_FREEALL
+struct termtype;
+extern void _nc_free_and_exit(int) GCC_NORETURN;
+extern void _nc_free_tparm(void);
+extern void _nc_leaks_dump_entry(void);
+extern void _nc_free_termtype(struct termtype *, int);
+#define ExitProgram(code) _nc_free_and_exit(code)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ExitProgram
+#define ExitProgram(code) return code
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NC_ALLOC_included */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * term_entry.h -- interface to entry-manipulation code
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TERM_ENTRY_H
+#define _TERM_ENTRY_H
+
+#define MAX_USES 32
+
+typedef struct entry {
+ TERMTYPE tterm;
+ int nuses;
+ struct
+ {
+ void *parent; /* (char *) or (ENTRY *) */
+ long line;
+ }
+ uses[MAX_USES];
+ long cstart, cend;
+ long startline;
+ struct entry *next;
+ struct entry *last;
+}
+ENTRY;
+
+extern ENTRY *_nc_head, *_nc_tail;
+#define for_entry_list(qp) for (qp = _nc_head; qp; qp = qp->next)
+
+#define MAX_LINE 132
+
+#define NULLHOOK (bool(*)(ENTRY *))0
+
+/* alloc_entry.c: elementary allocation code */
+extern void _nc_init_entry(TERMTYPE *const);
+extern char *_nc_save_str(const char *const);
+extern void _nc_merge_entry(TERMTYPE *const, TERMTYPE *const);
+extern void _nc_wrap_entry(ENTRY *const);
+
+/* parse_entry.c: entry-parsing code */
+extern int _nc_parse_entry(ENTRY *, int, bool);
+extern int _nc_capcmp(const char *, const char *);
+
+/* write_entry.c: writing an entry to the file system */
+extern void _nc_set_writedir(char *);
+extern void _nc_write_entry(TERMTYPE *const);
+
+/* comp_parse.c: entry list handling */
+extern void _nc_read_entry_source(FILE*, char*, int, bool, bool (*)(ENTRY*));
+extern bool _nc_entry_match(char *, char *);
+extern int _nc_resolve_uses(void);
+extern void _nc_free_entries(ENTRY *);
+
+#endif /* _TERM_ENTRY_H */
+
+/* term_entry.h ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* $Id: termcap.h.in,v 1.4 1997/02/08 21:50:39 tom Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _TERMCAP_H
+#define _TERMCAP_H 1
+
+#undef NCURSES_VERSION
+#define NCURSES_VERSION "@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+extern char PC;
+extern char *UP;
+extern char *BC;
+extern short ospeed;
+
+extern int tgetent(char *, const char *);
+extern int tgetflag(const char *);
+extern int tgetnum(const char *);
+extern char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);
+
+extern int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));
+
+extern char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TERMCAP_H */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * tic.h - Global variables and structures for the terminfo
+ * compiler.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TIC_H
+#define __TIC_H
+
+#include <curses.h> /* for the _tracef() prototype, ERR/OK, bool defs */
+
+/*
+** The format of compiled terminfo files is as follows:
+**
+** Header (12 bytes), containing information given below
+** Names Section, containing the names of the terminal
+** Boolean Section, containing the values of all of the
+** boolean capabilities
+** A null byte may be inserted here to make
+** sure that the Number Section begins on an
+** even word boundary.
+** Number Section, containing the values of all of the numeric
+** capabilities, each as a short integer
+** String Section, containing short integer offsets into the
+** String Table, one per string capability
+** String Table, containing the actual characters of the string
+** capabilities.
+**
+** NOTE that all short integers in the file are stored using VAX/PDP-style
+** byte-order, i.e., least-significant byte first.
+**
+** There is no structure definition here because it would only confuse
+** matters. Terminfo format is a raw byte layout, not a structure
+** dump. If you happen to be on a little-endian machine with 16-bit
+** shorts that requires no padding between short members in a struct,
+** then there is a natural C structure that captures the header, but
+** not very helpfully.
+*/
+
+#define MAGIC 0432 /* first two bytes of a compiled entry */
+#define MAX_NAME_SIZE 127 /* maximum legal name field size */
+#define MAX_ENTRY_SIZE 4096 /* maximum legal entry size */
+#define MAX_ALIAS 14 /* maximum size of individual name or alias */
+
+/* location of user's personal info directory */
+#define PRIVATE_INFO "%s/.terminfo" /* plug getenv("HOME") into %s */
+
+#define DEBUG(n, a) if (_nc_tracing & (1 << (n - 1))) _tracef a
+extern unsigned _nc_tracing;
+extern void _nc_tracef(char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
+extern const char *_nc_visbuf(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * These are the types of tokens returned by the scanner. The first
+ * three are also used in the hash table of capability names. The scanner
+ * returns one of these values after loading the specifics into the global
+ * structure curr_token.
+ */
+
+#define BOOLEAN 0 /* Boolean capability */
+#define NUMBER 1 /* Numeric capability */
+#define STRING 2 /* String-valued capability */
+#define CANCEL 3 /* Capability to be cancelled in following tc's */
+#define NAMES 4 /* The names for a terminal type */
+#define UNDEF 5 /* Undefined */
+
+#define NO_PUSHBACK -1 /* used in pushtype to indicate no pushback */
+
+ /*
+ * The global structure in which the specific parts of a
+ * scanned token are returned.
+ *
+ */
+
+struct token
+{
+ char *tk_name; /* name of capability */
+ int tk_valnumber; /* value of capability (if a number) */
+ char *tk_valstring; /* value of capability (if a string) */
+};
+
+extern struct token _nc_curr_token;
+
+ /*
+ * The file comp_captab.c contains an array of these structures, one
+ * per possible capability. These are indexed by a hash table array of
+ * pointers to the same structures for use by the parser.
+ */
+
+struct name_table_entry
+{
+ const char *nte_name; /* name to hash on */
+ int nte_type; /* BOOLEAN, NUMBER or STRING */
+ short nte_index; /* index of associated variable in its array */
+ short nte_link; /* index in table of next hash, or -1 */
+};
+
+struct alias
+{
+ const char *from;
+ const char *to;
+ const char *source;
+};
+
+extern const struct name_table_entry * const _nc_info_hash_table[];
+extern const struct name_table_entry * const _nc_cap_hash_table[];
+
+extern const struct alias _nc_capalias_table[];
+extern const struct alias _nc_infoalias_table[];
+
+extern const struct name_table_entry *_nc_get_table(bool);
+
+#define NOTFOUND ((struct name_table_entry *) 0)
+
+/* out-of-band values for representing absent capabilities */
+#define ABSENT_BOOLEAN -1
+#define ABSENT_NUMERIC -1
+#define ABSENT_STRING (char *)0
+
+/* out-of-band values for representing cancels */
+#define CANCELLED_BOOLEAN (char)(-2)
+#define CANCELLED_NUMERIC -2
+#define CANCELLED_STRING (char *)-1
+
+/* termcap entries longer than this may break old binaries */
+#define MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH 1023
+
+/* this is a documented limitation of terminfo */
+#define MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH 4096
+
+#ifndef TERMINFO
+#define TERMINFO "/usr/share/terminfo"
+#endif
+
+/* comp_hash.c: name lookup */
+struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_entry(const char *,
+ const struct name_table_entry *const *);
+struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_type_entry(const char *,
+ int,
+ const struct name_table_entry *);
+
+/* comp_scan.c: lexical analysis */
+extern int _nc_get_token(void);
+extern void _nc_push_token(int);
+extern void _nc_reset_input(FILE *, char *);
+extern void _nc_panic_mode(char);
+extern int _nc_curr_line;
+extern int _nc_curr_col;
+extern long _nc_curr_file_pos;
+extern long _nc_comment_start, _nc_comment_end;
+extern int _nc_syntax;
+extern long _nc_start_line;
+#define SYN_TERMINFO 0
+#define SYN_TERMCAP 1
+
+/* comp_error.c: warning & abort messages */
+extern void _nc_set_source(const char *const name);
+extern void _nc_get_type(char *name);
+extern void _nc_set_type(const char *const name);
+extern void _nc_syserr_abort(const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN;
+extern void _nc_err_abort(const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN;
+extern void _nc_warning(const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
+extern bool _nc_suppress_warnings;
+
+/* captoinfo.c: capability conversion */
+extern char *_nc_captoinfo(char *const, char *, int const);
+extern char *_nc_infotocap(char *const, char *, int const);
+
+/* comp_main.c: compiler main */
+extern const char *_nc_progname;
+
+/* read_entry.c */
+extern const char *_nc_tic_dir(const char *);
+
+/* write_entry.c */
+extern int _nc_tic_written(void);
+
+#endif /* __TIC_H */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * unctrl.h
+ *
+ * Display a printable version of a control character.
+ * Control characters are displayed in caret notation (^x), DELETE is displayed
+ * as ^?. Printable characters are displayed as is.
+ *
+ * The returned pointer points to a static buffer which gets overwritten by
+ * each call. Therefore, you must copy the resulting string to a safe place
+ * before calling unctrl() again.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* $Id: unctrl.h.in,v 1.5 1997/04/26 23:04:09 tom Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _UNCTRL_H
+#define _UNCTRL_H 1
+
+#undef NCURSES_VERSION
+#define NCURSES_VERSION "@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+extern NCURSES_CONST char *unctrl(chtype);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNCTRL_H */
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+#
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+tranformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
+ then
+ src=$1
+ else
+ # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+ :
+ dst=$1
+ fi
+ shift
+ continue;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+ echo "install: no input file specified"
+ exit 1
+else
+ true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+ dst=$src
+ src=""
+
+ if [ -d $dst ]; then
+ instcmd=:
+ else
+ instcmd=mkdir
+ fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+ if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+ then
+ true
+ else
+ echo "install: $src does not exist"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+ then
+ echo "install: no destination specified"
+ exit 1
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+ if [ -d $dst ]
+ then
+ dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+ pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+ shift
+
+ if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+ then
+ $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+ $doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+ if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ else
+ dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
+ sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+ fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+ if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+ $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+ trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+ $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+ $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# MKterminfo.sh -- generate terminfo.5 from Caps tabular data
+#
+# This script takes terminfo.head and terminfo.tail and splices in between
+# them a table derived from the Caps master file. Besides avoiding having
+# the docs fall out of sync with the table, this also lets us set up tbl
+# commands for better formatting of the table.
+#
+# NOTE: The \ 5s in this script really are control characters. It translates
+# \ 5 to \n because I couldn't get used to inserting linefeeds directly. There
+# had better be no \ 5s in the table source text.
+#
+head=$1
+caps=$2
+tail=$3
+cat <<'EOF'
+'\" t
+.\" DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND!
+.\" It is generated from terminfo.head, Caps, and terminfo.tail.
+.\"
+.\" Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff.
+.\" The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs.
+EOF
+cat $head
+sed -n <$caps "\
+/%%-STOP-HERE-%%/q
+/^#%/s///p
+/^#/d
+s/$/\ 5T}/
+s/ [Y\-][B\-][C\-][G\-][E\-]\** / T{\ 5/
+s/ bool / /p
+s/ num / /p
+s/ str / /p
+" | tr "\ 5" "\012"
+cat $tail
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.20 1996/08/04 01:16:40 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for ncurses manual pages.
+#
+# NOTE: When you add or rename a man page, make sure you update both
+# the top-level MANIFEST and any man/*.renames files!
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+all: terminfo.5
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(mandir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+install install.man : terminfo.5 $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(mandir)
+ sh ./edit_man.sh $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(mandir) terminfo.5 $(srcdir)/*.[0-9]*
+
+# We compose terminfo.5 from the real sources...
+CAPLIST=$(srcdir)/../include/Caps
+terminfo.5: $(srcdir)/terminfo.head $(CAPLIST) $(srcdir)/terminfo.tail Makefile $(srcdir)/MKterminfo.sh
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKterminfo.sh $(srcdir)/terminfo.head $(CAPLIST) $(srcdir)/terminfo.tail >terminfo.5
+
+clean mostlyclean:
+ rm -f terminfo.5
+
+distclean realclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile edit_man.*
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH captoinfo 1M ""
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+\fBcaptoinfo\fR - convert a \fItermcap\fR description into a \fIterminfo\fR description
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBcaptoinfo\fR [\fB-v\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-1\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBcaptoinfo\fR looks in \fIfile\fR for \fBtermcap\fR descriptions. For each
+one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fR description is written to standard
+output. Termcap \fBtc\fR capabilities are translated directly to terminfo
+\fBuse\fR capabilities.
+
+If no \fIfile\fR is given, then the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is used
+for the filename or entry. If \fBTERMCAP\fR is a full pathname to a file, only
+the terminal whose name is specified in the environment variable \fBTERM\fR is
+extracted from that file. If the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is not
+set, then the file \fB\*d\fR is read.
+.TP 5
+\fB-v\fR
+print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
+.TP 5
+\fB-V\fR
+print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit.
+.TP 5
+\fB-1\fR
+cause the fields to print out one to a line. Otherwise, the fields
+will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60
+characters.
+.TP 5
+\fB-w\fR
+change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 20
+\*d
+Compiled terminal description database.
+.SH TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES
+.PP
+Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically be translated
+into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo capabilities by \fBcaptoinfo\fR.
+Whenever one of these automatic translations is done, the program
+will issue an notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that
+it has not mistakenly translated a completely unknown and random
+capability and/or syntax error.
+.PP
+.TS H
+c c c c
+c c c c
+l l l l.
+Nonstd Std From Terminfo
+name name capability
+_
+BO mr AT&T enter_reverse_mode
+CI vi AT&T cursor_invisible
+CV ve AT&T cursor_normal
+DS mh AT&T enter_dim_mode
+EE me AT&T exit_attribute_mode
+FE LF AT&T label_on
+FL LO AT&T label_off
+XS mk AT&T enter_secure_mode
+EN @7 XENIX key_end
+GE ae XENIX exit_alt_charset_mode
+GS as XENIX enter_alt_charset_mode
+HM kh XENIX key_home
+LD kL XENIX key_dl
+PD kN XENIX key_npage
+PN po XENIX prtr_off
+PS pf XENIX prtr_on
+PU kP XENIX key_ppage
+RT @8 XENIX kent
+UP ku XENIX kcuu1
+KA k; Tek key_f10
+KB F1 Tek key_f11
+KC F2 Tek key_f12
+KD F3 Tek key_f13
+KE F4 Tek key_f14
+KF F5 Tek key_f15
+BC Sb Tek set_background
+FC Sf Tek set_foreground
+HS mh Iris enter_dim_mode
+.TE
+.PP
+XENIX termcap also used to have a set of extension capabilities
+for forms drawing, designed to take advantage of the IBM PC
+high-half graphics. They were as follows:
+.PP
+.TS H
+c c
+l l.
+Cap Graphic
+_
+G2 upper left
+G3 lower left
+G1 upper right
+G4 lower right
+GR pointing right
+GL pointing left
+GU pointing up
+GD pointing down
+GH horizontal line
+GV vertical line
+GC intersection
+G6 upper left
+G7 lower left
+G5 upper right
+G8 lower right
+Gr tee pointing right
+Gr tee pointing left
+Gu tee pointing up
+Gd tee pointing down
+Gh horizontal line
+Gv vertical line
+Gc intersection
+GG acs magic cookie count
+.TE
+.PP
+If the single-line capabilities occur in an entry, they will automatically
+be composed into an \fBacsc\fR string. The double-line capabilities and
+\fBGG\fR are discarded with a warning message.
+.PP
+IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 terminfo but incompatible
+with the SVr4 format. The following AIX extensions are automatically
+translated:
+.PP
+.TS
+c c
+l l.
+IBM XSI
+_
+ksel kslt
+kbtab kcbt
+font0 s0ds
+font1 s1ds
+font2 s2ds
+font3 s3ds
+.TE
+.PP
+Additionally, the AIX \fBbox1\fR capability will be automatically translated to
+an \fBacsc\fR string.
+.PP
+Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports two nonstandard terminfo
+capabilities \fBmeml\fR (memory lock) and \fBmemu\fR (memory unlock).
+These will be discarded with a warning message.
+.SH NOTES
+This utility is actually a link to \fItic\fR(1M), running in \fI-I\fR mode.
+
+The trace option isn't identical to SVr4's. Under SVr4, instead of following
+the -v with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBinfocmp\fR(1M), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH clear 1 ""
+.ds n 5
+.SH NAME
+\fBclear\fR - clear the terminal screen
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBclear\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBclear\fR clears your screen if this is possible. It looks in the
+environment for the terminal type and then in the \fBterminfo\fR database to
+figure out how to clear the screen.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBtput\fR(1), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH curs_addch 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBaddch\fR, \fBwaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR, \fBmvwaddch\fR,
+\fBechochar\fR, \fBwechochar\fR - add a character (with attributes) to a
+\fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint addch(chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint waddch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvaddch(int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint echochar(chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wechochar(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBaddch\fR, \fBwaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR and \fBmvwaddch\fR routines put
+the character \fIch\fR into the given window at its current window position,
+which is then advanced. They are analogous to \fBputchar\fR in \fBstdio\fR(3).
+If the advance is at the right margin, the cursor automatically wraps to the
+beginning of the next line. At the bottom of the current scrolling region, if
+\fBscrollok\fR is enabled, the scrolling region is scrolled up one line.
+
+If \fIch\fR is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately
+within the window. Backspace moves the cursor one character left; at the left
+edge of a window it does nothing. Newline does a \fBclrtoeol\fR, then moves
+the cursor to the window left margin on the next line, scrolling the window if
+on the last line). Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column.
+
+If \fIch\fR is any control character other than tab, newline, or backspace, it
+is drawn in \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation. Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a
+control character does not return the character itself, but instead returns
+the ^-representation of the control character. (To emit control characters
+literally, use \fBechochar\fR.)
+
+Video attributes can be combined with a character argument passed to
+\fBaddch\fR or related functions by logical-ORing them into the character.
+(Thus, text, including attributes, can be copied from one place to another
+using \fBinch\fR and \fBaddch\fR.). See the \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X) page for
+values of predefined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
+into characters.
+
+The \fBechochar\fR and \fBwechochar\fR routines are equivalent to a call to
+\fBaddch\fR followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR, or a call to \fBwaddch\fR
+followed by a call to \fBwrefresh\fR. The knowledge that only a single
+character is being output is used and, for non-control characters, a
+considerable performance gain may be seen by using these routines instead of
+their equivalents.
+.SS Line Graphics
+The following variables may be used to add line drawing characters to the
+screen with routines of the \fBaddch\fR family. The default character listed
+below is used if the \fBacsc\fR capability doesn't define a terminal-specific
+replacement for it (but see the EXTENSIONS section below). The names are
+taken from VT100 nomenclature.
+
+.TS
+l l l
+_ _ _
+l l l.
+\fIName\fR \fIDefault\fR \fIDescription\fR
+ACS_ULCORNER + upper left-hand corner
+ACS_LLCORNER + lower left-hand corner
+ACS_URCORNER + upper right-hand corner
+ACS_LRCORNER + lower right-hand corner
+ACS_RTEE + right tee
+ACS_LTEE + left tee
+ACS_BTEE + bottom tee
+ACS_TTEE + top tee
+ACS_HLINE - horizontal line
+ACS_VLINE | vertical line
+ACS_PLUS + plus
+ACS_S1 - scan line 1
+ACS_S9 \&_ scan line 9
+ACS_DIAMOND + diamond
+ACS_CKBOARD : checker board (stipple)
+ACS_DEGREE ' degree symbol
+ACS_PLMINUS # plus/minus
+ACS_BULLET o bullet
+ACS_LARROW < arrow pointing left
+ACS_RARROW > arrow pointing right
+ACS_DARROW v arrow pointing down
+ACS_UARROW ^ arrow pointing up
+ACS_BOARD # board of squares
+ACS_LANTERN # lantern symbol
+ACS_BLOCK # solid square block
+ACS_S3 - scan line 3
+ACS_S7 - scan line 7
+ACS_LEQUAL < less-than-or-equal-to
+ACS_GEQUAL > greater-than-or-equal-to
+ACS_PI * greek pi
+ACS_NEQUAL ! not-equal
+ACS_STERLING f pound-sterling symbol
+.TE
+
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success
+(the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon
+successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine
+descriptions.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR, \fBmvwaddch\fR, and
+\fBechochar\fR may be macros.
+.SH EXTENSIONS
+The following extended \fBcurses\fR features are available only on PC-clone
+consoles and compatible terminals obeying the ANSI.SYS de-facto standard for
+terminal control sequences. They are not part of XSI curses.
+
+The attribute A_ALTCHARSET actually forces literal display of PC ROM characters
+including the high-half graphics. Your console driver may still capture or
+translate a few (such as ESC) but this feature should give you access to the
+card-suit characters, up and down-arrow, and most others in the range 0-32.
+(In a terminfo entry designed for use with \fBncurses\fR, the high-half
+characters are obtained using this attribute with an \fBacsc\fR string in
+which the second of each pair is a high-half character.)
+
+Giving \fBwechochar\fR an argument with its high bit set will produce the
+corresponding high-half ASCII graphic (SVr4 curses also has this feature but
+does not document it). A control-character argument, however, will not
+typically produce the corresponding graphic; characters such as CR, NL, FF and
+TAB are typically interpreted by the console driver itself, and ESC will be
+interpreted as the leader of a control sequence.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+All these functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+The defaults specified for forms-drawing characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+The seven ACS symbols starting with \fBACS_S3\fR were not documented in
+any publicly released System V. However, many publicly available terminfos
+include \fBacsc\fR strings in which their key characters (pryz{|}) are
+embedded, and a second-hand list of their character descriptions has come
+to light. The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for \fBncurses\fR(3X).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_clear\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
+\fBputc\fR(3S).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_addchstr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBaddchstr\fR, \fBaddchnstr\fR, \fBwaddchstr\fR,
+\fBwaddchnstr\fR, \fBmvaddchstr\fR, \fBmvaddchnstr\fR, \fBmvwaddchstr\fR,
+\fBmvwaddchnstr\fR - add a string of characters (and attributes) to a
+\fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint addchstr(const chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines copy \fIchstr\fR into the window image structure at and after
+the current cursor position. The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last
+argument copy at most \fIn\fR elements, but no more than will fit on the line.
+If \fBn\fR=\fB-1\fR then the whole string is copied, to the maximum number of
+characters that will fit on the line.
+
+The window cursor is \fInot\fR advanced, and these routines work faster than
+\fBwaddnstr\fR. On the other hand, they don't perform any kind of checking
+(such as for the newline, backspace, or carriage return characters), they don't
+advance the current cursor position, they don't expand other control characters
+to ^-escapes, and they truncate the string if it crosses the right margin,
+rather then wrapping it around to the new line.
+
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success
+(the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon
+successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine
+descriptions.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all routines except \fBwaddchnstr\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_addstr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBaddstr\fR, \fBaddnstr\fR, \fBwaddstr\fR, \fBwaddnstr\fR,
+\fBmvaddstr\fR, \fBmvaddnstr\fR, \fBmvwaddstr\fR, \fBmvwaddnstr\fR - add a
+string of characters to a \fBcurses\fR window and advance cursor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint addstr(const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint addnstr(const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string
+\fIstr\fR on the given window. It is similar to calling \fBwaddch\fR once for
+each character in the string. The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last
+argument write at most \fIn\fR characters. If \fIn\fR is -1, then the
+entire string will be added.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success
+(the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon
+successful completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all of these routines except \fBwaddstr\fR and \fBwaddnstr\fR may be
+macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The
+XSI errors EILSEQ and EOVERFLOW, associated with extended-level conformance,
+are not yet detected.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.12 1997/01/05 01:14:33 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_attr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBattroff\fR, \fBwattroff\fR, \fBattron\fR, \fBwattron\fR,
+\fBattrset\fR, \fBwattrset\fR, \fBstandend\fR, \fBwstandend\fR, \fBstandout\fR,
+\fBwstandout\fR - \fBcurses\fR character and window attribute control routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint attroff(int attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint attron(int attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint attrset(int attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint standend(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wstandend(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint standout(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wstandout(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBattr_t attr_get(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBattr_t wattr_get(WINDOW *);\fR
+.br
+\fBint attr_off(attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint attr_on(attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint attr_set(attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)\fR
+.br
+\fBint wchgat(WINDOW *, int n, attr_t attr,
+ short color, const void *opts)\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+ short color, const void *opts)\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+ short color, const void *opts)\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The
+current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into
+the window with \fBwaddch\fR, \fBwaddstr\fR and \fBwprintw\fR. Attributes are
+a property of the character, and move with the character through any scrolling
+and insert/delete line/character operations. To the extent possible, they are
+displayed as appropriate modifications to the graphic rendition of characters
+put on the screen.
+
+The routine \fBattrset\fR sets the current attributes of the given window to
+\fIattrs\fR. The routine \fBattroff\fR turns off the named attributes without
+turning any other attributes on or off. The routine \fBattron\fR turns on the
+named attributes without affecting any others. The routine \fBstandout\fR is
+the same as \fBattron(A_STANDOUT)\fR. The routine \fBstandend\fR is the same
+as \fBattrset(A_NORMAL)\fR or \fBattrset(0)\fR, that is, it turns off all
+attributes.
+
+The routine \fBwattr_get\fR returns the current attribute for the given
+window; \fBattr_get\fR returns the current attribute for \fBstdscr\fR.
+The remaining \fBattr_\fR* functions operate exactly like the corresponding
+\fBattr\fR* functions, except that they take arguments of type \fBattr_t\fR
+rather than \fBint\fR.
+
+The routine \fBchgat\fR changes the attributes of a given number of characters
+starting at the current cursor location of \fBstdscr\fR. It does not update
+the cursor and does not perform wrapping. A character count of -1 or greater
+than the remaining window width means to change attributes all the way to the
+end of the current line. The \fBwchgat\fR function generalizes this to any
+window; the \fBmvwchgat\fR function does a cursor move before acting. In these
+functions, the color argument is a color-pair index (as in the first argument
+of \fIinit_pair\fR, see \fBcurs_color\fR(3x)). The \fBopts\fR argument is not
+presently used, but is reserved for the future (leave it \fBNULL\fR).
+.SS Attributes
+The following video attributes, defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR, can be passed to
+the routines \fBattron\fR, \fBattroff\fR, and \fBattrset\fR, or OR'ed with the
+characters passed to \fBaddch\fR.
+
+.TS
+center ;
+l l .
+\fBA_NORMAL\fR Normal display (no highlight)
+\fBA_STANDOUT\fR Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+\fBA_UNDERLINE\fR Underlining
+\fBA_REVERSE\fR Reverse video
+\fBA_BLINK\fR Blinking
+\fBA_DIM\fR Half bright
+\fBA_BOLD\fR Extra bright or bold
+\fBA_PROTECT\fR Protected mode
+\fBA_INVIS\fR Invisible or blank mode
+\fBA_ALTCHARSET\fR Alternate character set
+\fBA_CHARTEXT\fR Bit-mask to extract a character
+\fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR Color-pair number \fIn\fR
+.TE
+
+The following macro is the reverse of \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR:
+
+.DS C
+\fBPAIR_NUMBER(\fIattrs\fR) Returns the pair number associated
+ with the \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR attribute.
+.DE
+
+The return values of many of these routines are not meaningful (they are
+implemented as macro-expanded assignments and simply return their argument).
+The SVr4 manual page claims (falsely) that these routines always return \fB1\fR.
+
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBattroff\fR, \fBwattroff\fR, \fBattron\fR, \fBwattron\fR,
+\fBattrset\fR, \fBwattrset\fR, \fBstandend\fR and \fBstandout\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+All these functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The
+standard defined the dedicated type for highlights, \fBattr_t\fR, which is not
+defined in SVr4 curses. The functions taking \fBattr_t\fR arguments are
+not supported under SVr4.
+
+The XSI Curses standard states that whether the traditional functions
+\fBattron\fR/\fBattroff\fR/\fBattrset\fR can manipulate attributes other than
+\fBA_BLINK\fR, \fBA_BOLD\fR, \fBA_DIM\fR, \fBA_REVERSE\fR, \fBA_STANDOUT\fR, or
+\fBA_UNDERLINE\fR is "unspecified". Under this implementation as well as
+SVr4 curses, these functions correctly manipulate all other highlights
+(specifically, \fBA_ALTCHARSET\fR, \fBA_PROTECT\fR, and \fBA_INVIS\fR).
+
+XSI Curses added the new entry points, \fBattr_get\fR, \fBattr_on\fR,
+\fBattr_off\fR, \fBattr_set\fR, \fBwattr_on\fR, \fBwattr_off\fR,
+\fBwattr_get\fR, \fBwattr_set\fR. These are intended to work with
+a new series of highlight macros prefixed with \fBWA_\fR.
+
+.TS
+center ;
+l l .
+\fBWA_NORMAL\fR Normal display (no highlight)
+\fBWA_STANDOUT\fR Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+\fBWA_UNDERLINE\fR Underlining
+\fBWA_REVERSE\fR Reverse video
+\fBWA_BLINK\fR Blinking
+\fBWA_DIM\fR Half bright
+\fBWA_BOLD\fR Extra bright or bold
+\fBWA_ALTCHARSET\fR Alternate character set
+.TE
+
+The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corresponding \fBA_\fR
+and \fBWA_\fR-using functions operates on the same current-highlight
+information.
+
+The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new highlights
+\fBA_HORIZONTAL\fR, \fBA_LEFT\fR, \fBA_LOW\fR, \fBA_RIGHT\fR, \fBA_TOP\fR,
+\fBA_VERTICAL\fR (and corresponding \fBWA_\fR macros for each) which this
+curses does not yet support.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_beep 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBbeep\fR, \fBflash\fR - \fBcurses\fR bell and screen flash routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint beep(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint flash(void);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBbeep\fR and \fBflash\fR routines are used to alert the terminal user.
+The routine \fBbeep\fR sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible;
+otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine \fBflash\fR
+flashes the screen, and if that is not possible, sounds the alert. If neither
+alert is possible, nothing happens. Nearly all terminals have an audible alert
+(bell or beep), but only some can flash the screen.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return \fBOK\fR if they succeed in beeping or flashing,
+\fBERR\fR otherwise.
+.SH EXTENSIONS
+SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned \fBOK\fR, so it was not
+possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are defined in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. Like SVr4, it
+specifies that they always return \fBOK\fR.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.10 1996/07/20 23:48:30 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_bkgd 3X ""
+.
+.SH NAME
+\fBbkgdset\fR, \fBwbkgdset\fR, \fBbkgd\fR,
+\fBwbkgd\fR - \fBcurses\fR window background manipulation routines
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBvoid bkgdset(const chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint bkgd(const chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wbkgd(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBchtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBbkgdset\fR and \fBwbkgdset\fR routines manipulate the
+background of the named window.
+The window background is a \fBchtype\fR consisting of
+any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character.
+The attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
+characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR. Both
+the character and attribute parts of the background are combined with
+the blank characters. The background becomes a property of the
+character and moves with the character through any scrolling and
+insert/delete line/character operations.
+
+To the extent possible on a
+particular terminal, the attribute part of the background is displayed
+as the graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+The \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR functions
+set the background property of the current or specified window
+and then apply this setting to every character position in that window:
+
+.RS
+The rendition of every character on the screen is changed to
+the new background rendition.
+
+Wherever the former background character
+appears, it is changed to the new background character.
+.RE
+
+The \fBgetbkgd\fR function returns the given window's current background
+character/attribute pair.
+.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The routines \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR return the integer \fBOK\fR.
+The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set",
+but this appears to be an error.
+.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBbkgdset\fR and \fBbkgd\fR may be macros.
+.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The draft
+does not include \fBconst\fR qualifiers on the arguments. The standard
+specifies that \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR return \fBERR\fR, on failure. but
+gives no failure conditions.
+.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.8 1996/08/04 00:29:11 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_border 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBborder\fR, \fBwborder\fR, \fBbox\fR,
+\fBhline\fR, \fBwhline\fR, \fBvline\fR, \fBwvline\fR - create
+\fBcurses\fR borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
+ chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs,
+ chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr,
+ chtype bl, chtype br);\fR
+.br
+\fBint box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint hline(chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint vline(chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBmvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBmvwhline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwvline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBborder\fR, \fBwborder\fR and \fBbox\fR routines draw a box around the
+edges of a window. The argument \fIls\fR is a character and attributes used
+for the left side of the border, \fIrs\fR - right side, \fIts\fR - top side,
+\fIbs\fR - bottom side, \fItl\fR - top left-hand corner, \fItr\fR - top
+right-hand corner, \fIbl\fR - bottom left-hand corner, and \fIbr\fR - bottom
+right-hand corner. If any of these arguments is zero, then the following
+default values (defined in \fBcurses.h\fR) are used instead: \fBACS_VLINE\fR,
+\fBACS_VLINE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, \fB\fBACS_ULCORNER\fR,
+\fBACS_URCORNER\fR, \fBACS_BLCORNER\fR, \fBACS_BRCORNER\fR.
+
+\fBbox(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, \fR\fIverch\fR\fB, \fR\fIhorch\fR\fB)\fR is a shorthand
+for the following call: \fBwborder(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB,\fR \fIverch\fR\fB,\fR
+\fIverch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB, 0, 0, 0, 0)\fR.
+
+The \fBhline\fR and \fBwhline\fR functions draw a horizontal (left to right)
+line using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window. The
+current cursor position is not changed. The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
+long, or as many as fit into the window.
+
+The \fBvline\fR and \fBwvline\fR functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line
+using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window. The
+current cursor position is not changed. The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
+long, or as many as fit into the window.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a
+non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", but this appears to be an error.
+.SH NOTES
+The borders generated by these functions are \fIinside\fR borders (this
+is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is not documented).
+
+Note that \fBborder\fR and \fBbox\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. Additional
+functions \fBmvhline\fR, \fBmvvline\fR, \fBmvwhline\fR, and \fBmvwvline\fR are
+described there which this implementation does not yet support. The standard
+specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no error
+conditions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_clear 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBerase\fR, \fBwerase\fR, \fBclear\fR,
+\fBwclear\fR, \fBclrtobot\fR, \fBwclrtobot\fR, \fBclrtoeol\fR,
+\fBwclrtoeol\fR - clear all or part of a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB# include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint erase(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint werase(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint clear(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wclear(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint clrtobot(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint clrtoeol(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBerase\fR and \fBwerase\fR routines copy blanks to every
+position in the window, clearing the screen.
+
+The \fBclear\fR and \fBwclear\fR routines are like \fBerase\fR and
+\fBwerase\fR, but they also call \fBclearok\fR, so that the screen is
+cleared completely on the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR for that window
+and repainted from scratch.
+
+The \fBclrtobot\fR and \fBwclrtobot\fR routines erase from the cursor to the
+end of screen. That is, they erase all lines below the cursor in the window.
+Also, the current line to the right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
+
+The \fBclrtoeol\fR and \fBwclrtoeol\fR routines erase the current line
+to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the current line.
+
+Blanks created by erasure have the current background rendition (as set
+by \fBwbkgdset\fR) merged into them.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a
+non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", but this appears to be an error.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBerase\fR, \fBwerase\fR, \fBclear\fR, \fBwclear\fR,
+\fBclrtobot\fR, and \fBclrtoeol\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The
+standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
+error conditions.
+
+Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the
+ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying
+\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR. This will not work under
+ncurses.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.8 1997/01/19 02:50:30 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_color 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBstart_color\fR, \fBinit_pair\fR,
+\fBinit_color\fR, \fBhas_colors\fR, \fBcan_change_color\fR,
+\fBcolor_content\fR, \fBpair_content\fR - \fBcurses\fR color
+manipulation routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB# include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint start_color(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);\fR
+.br
+\fBint init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);\fR
+.br
+\fBbool has_colors(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBbool can_change_color(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint color_content(short color, short *r, short *g, short *b);\fR
+.br
+\fBint pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS Overview
+\fBcurses\fR support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To
+use these routines \fBstart_color\fR must be called, usually right after
+\fBinitscr\fR. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).
+A color-pair consists of a foreground color (for characters) and a background
+color (for the blank field on which the characters are displayed). A
+programmer initializes a color-pair with the routine \fBinit_pair\fR. After it
+has been initialized, \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fR(\fIn\fR), a macro defined in
+\fB<curses.h>\fR, can be used as a new video attribute.
+
+If a terminal is capable of redefining colors, the programmer can use the
+routine \fBinit_color\fR to change the definition of a color. The routines
+\fBhas_colors\fR and \fBcan_change_color\fR return \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR,
+depending on whether the terminal has color capabilities and whether the
+programmer can change the colors. The routine \fBcolor_content\fR allows a
+programmer to extract the amounts of red, green, and blue components in an
+initialized color. The routine \fBpair_content\fR allows a programmer to find
+out how a given color-pair is currently defined.
+.SS Routine Descriptions
+The \fBstart_color\fR routine requires no arguments. It must be
+called if the programmer wants to use colors, and before any other
+color manipulation routine is called. It is good practice to call
+this routine right after \fBinitscr\fR. \fBstart_color\fR initializes
+eight basic colors (black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan,
+and white), and two global variables, \fBCOLORS\fR and
+\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR (respectively defining the maximum number of colors
+and color-pairs the terminal can support). It also restores the
+colors on the terminal to the values they had when the terminal was
+just turned on.
+
+The \fBinit_pair\fR routine changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes
+three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be changed, the foreground
+color number, and the background color number. The value of the first argument
+must be between \fB1\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS-1\fR. The value of the second and
+third arguments must be between 0 and \fBCOLORS\fR (the 0 color pair is wired
+to white on black and cannot be changed). If the color-pair was previously
+initialized, the screen is refreshed and all occurrences of that color-pair is
+changed to the new definition.
+
+The \fBinit_color\fR routine changes the definition of a color. It takes four
+arguments: the number of the color to be changed followed by three RGB values
+(for the amounts of red, green, and blue components). The value of the first
+argument must be between \fB0\fR and \fBCOLORS\fR. (See the section
+\fBColors\fR for the default color index.) Each of the last three arguments
+must be a value between 0 and 1000. When \fBinit_color\fR is used, all
+occurrences of that color on the screen immediately change to the new
+definition.
+
+The \fBhas_colors\fR routine requires no arguments. It returns \fBTRUE\fR if
+the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it returns \fBFALSE\fR. This
+routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs. For example, a
+programmer can use it to decide whether to use color or some other video
+attribute.
+
+The \fBcan_change_color\fR routine requires no arguments. It returns
+\fBTRUE\fR if the terminal supports colors and can change their definitions;
+other, it returns \fBFALSE\fR. This routine facilitates writing
+terminal-independent programs.
+
+The \fBcolor_content\fR routine gives programmers a way to find the intensity
+of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components in a color. It requires four
+arguments: the color number, and three addresses of \fBshort\fRs for storing
+the information about the amounts of red, green, and blue components in the
+given color. The value of the first argument must be between 0 and
+\fBCOLORS\fR. The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the
+last three arguments are between 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of
+component).
+
+The \fBpair_content\fR routine allows programmers to find out what colors a
+given color-pair consists of. It requires three arguments: the color-pair
+number, and two addresses of \fBshort\fRs for storing the foreground and the
+background color numbers. The value of the first argument must be between 1
+and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS-1\fR. The values that are stored at the addresses pointed
+to by the second and third arguments are between 0 and \fBCOLORS\fR.
+.SS Colors
+In \fB<curses.h>\fR the following macros are defined. These are the default
+colors. \fBcurses\fR also assumes that \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR is the default
+background color for all terminals.
+
+.nf
+ \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_RED\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR
+ \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR
+.fi
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The routines \fBcan_change_color()\fR and \fBhas_colors()\fR return \fBTRUE\fR
+or \fBFALSE\fR.
+
+All other routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+In the \fIncurses\fR implementation, there is a separate color activation flag,
+color palette, color pairs table, and associated COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts
+for each screen; the \fBstart_color\fR function only affects the current
+screen. The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in mind, and
+historical implementations may use a single shared color palette.
+
+Note that setting an implicit background color via a color pair affects only
+character cells that a character write operation explicitly touches. To change
+the background color used when parts of a window are blanked by erasing or
+scrolling operations, see \fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3x).
+
+Several caveats apply on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-compatible graphics:
+
+COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown. To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW combined with
+the \fBA_BOLD\fR attribute.
+
+The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the background to go bright. This
+often fails to work, and even some cards for which it mostly works (such as the
+Paradise and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you try to set a bright
+"yellow" background (you get a blinking yellow foreground instead).
+
+Color RGB values are not settable.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maximums
+for \fBCOLORS\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR.
+.PP
+The \fBinit_pair\fP routine accepts negative values of foreground
+and background color to support the \fBuse_default_colors\fP extension,
+but only if that routine has been first invoked.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
+\fBdft_fgbg\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_delch 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBdelch\fR, \fBwdelch\fR, \fBmvdelch\fR, \fBmvwdelch\fR -
+delete character under the cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint delch(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wdelch(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvdelch(int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the
+right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the
+last character on the line is filled with a blank. The cursor position does
+not change (after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified). (This does not
+imply use of the hardware delete character feature.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBdelch\fR, \fBmvdelch\fR, and \fBmvwdelch\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The
+standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
+error conditions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_deleteln 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBdeleteln\fR, \fBwdeleteln\fR, \fBinsdelln\fR,
+\fBwinsdelln\fR, \fBinsertln\fR, \fBwinsertln\fR - delete and insert
+lines in a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint deleteln(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint insdelln(int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint insertln(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winsertln(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBdeleteln\fR and \fBwdeleteln\fR routines delete the line under the
+cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line.
+The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor position does not change.
+
+The \fBinsdelln\fR and \fBwinsdelln\fR routines, for positive \fIn\fR, insert
+\fIn\fR lines into the specified window above the current line. The \fIn\fR
+bottom lines are lost. For negative \fIn\fR, delete \fIn\fR lines (starting
+with the one under the cursor), and move the remaining lines up. The bottom
+\fIn\fR lines are cleared. The current cursor position remains the same.
+
+The \fBinsertln\fR and \fBinsertln\fR routines, insert a blank line above the
+current line and the bottom line is lost.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The
+standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
+error conditions.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all but \fBwinsdelln\fR may be a macros.
+
+These routines do not require a hardware line delete or insert feature in the
+terminal. In fact, they won't use hardware line delete/insert unless
+\fBidlok(..., TRUE)\fR has been set on the current window.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.10 1997/01/05 11:57:54 Jesse.Thilo Exp $
+.TH curs_getch 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR,
+\fBmvwgetch\fR, \fBungetch\fR - get (or push back) characters from
+\fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint getch(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wgetch(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvgetch(int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint ungetch(int ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint has_key(int ch);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR and \fBmvwgetch\fR, routines read
+a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the
+value \fBERR\fR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the system
+passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of \fBcbreak\fR,
+this is after one character (cbreak mode), or after the first newline (nocbreak
+mode). In half-delay mode, the program waits until a character is typed or the
+specified timeout has been reached.
+
+If \fBnoecho\fR has been set, then the character will also be echoed into the
+designated window according to the following rules:
+If the character is the current erase character, left arrow, or backspace,
+the cursor is moved one space to the left and that screen position is erased
+as if \fBdelch\fR had been called.
+If the character value is any other \fBKEY_\fR define, the user is alerted
+with a \fBbeep\fR call.
+Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+
+If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modified since the last
+call to \fBwrefresh\fR, \fBwrefresh\fR will be called before another character
+is read.
+
+If \fBkeypad\fR is \fBTRUE\fR, and a function key is pressed, the token for
+that function key is returned instead of the raw characters. Possible function
+keys are defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR as macros with values outside the range
+of 8-bit characters whose names begin with \fBKEY_.\fR Thus, a variable
+intended to hold the return value of a function key must be of short size or
+larger.
+
+When a character that could be the beginning of a function key is received
+(which, on modern terminals, means an escape character), \fBcurses\fR sets a
+timer. If the remainder of the sequence does not come in within the designated
+time, the character is passed through; otherwise, the function key value is
+returned. For this reason, many terminals experience a delay between the time
+a user presses the escape key and the escape is returned to the program.
+
+The \fBungetch\fR routine places \fIch\fR back onto the input queue to be
+returned by the next call to \fBwgetch\fR. Note that there is, in effect,
+just one input queue for all windows.
+
+.SS Function Keys
+The following function keys, defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR, might be returned by
+\fBgetch\fR if \fBkeypad\fR has been enabled. Note that not all of these are
+necessarily supported on any particular terminal.
+.sp
+.TS
+center tab(/) ;
+l l
+l l .
+\fIName\fR/\fIKey\fR \fIname\fR
+
+KEY_BREAK/Break key
+KEY_DOWN/The four arrow keys ...
+KEY_UP
+KEY_LEFT
+KEY_RIGHT
+KEY_HOME/Home key (upward+left arrow)
+KEY_BACKSPACE/Backspace
+KEY_F0/T{
+Function keys; space for 64 keys is reserved.
+T}
+KEY_F(\fIn\fR)/T{
+For 0 \(<= \fIn\fR \(<= 63
+T}
+KEY_DL/Delete line
+KEY_IL/Insert line
+KEY_DC/Delete character
+KEY_IC/Insert char or enter insert mode
+KEY_EIC/Exit insert char mode
+KEY_CLEAR/Clear screen
+KEY_EOS/Clear to end of screen
+KEY_EOL/Clear to end of line
+KEY_SF/Scroll 1 line forward
+KEY_SR/Scroll 1 line backward (reverse)
+KEY_NPAGE/Next page
+KEY_PPAGE/Previous page
+KEY_STAB/Set tab
+KEY_CTAB/Clear tab
+KEY_CATAB/Clear all tabs
+KEY_ENTER/Enter or send
+KEY_SRESET/Soft (partial) reset
+KEY_RESET/Reset or hard reset
+KEY_PRINT/Print or copy
+KEY_LL/Home down or bottom (lower left).
+KEY_A1/Upper left of keypad
+KEY_A3/Upper right of keypad
+KEY_B2/Center of keypad
+KEY_C1/Lower left of keypad
+KEY_C3/Lower right of keypad
+KEY_BTAB/Back tab key
+KEY_BEG/Beg(inning) key
+KEY_CANCEL/Cancel key
+KEY_CLOSE/Close key
+KEY_COMMAND/Cmd (command) key
+KEY_COPY/Copy key
+KEY_CREATE/Create key
+KEY_END/End key
+KEY_EXIT/Exit key
+KEY_FIND/Find key
+KEY_HELP/Help key
+KEY_MARK/Mark key
+KEY_MESSAGE/Message key
+KEY_MOVE/Move key
+KEY_NEXT/Next object key
+KEY_OPEN/Open key
+KEY_OPTIONS/Options key
+KEY_PREVIOUS/Previous object key
+KEY_REDO/Redo key
+KEY_REFERENCE/Ref(erence) key
+KEY_REFRESH/Refresh key
+KEY_REPLACE/Replace key
+KEY_RESTART/Restart key
+KEY_RESUME/Resume key
+KEY_SAVE/Save key
+KEY_SBEG/Shifted beginning key
+KEY_SCANCEL/Shifted cancel key
+KEY_SCOMMAND/Shifted command key
+KEY_SCOPY/Shifted copy key
+KEY_SCREATE/Shifted create key
+KEY_SDC/Shifted delete char key
+KEY_SDL/Shifted delete line key
+KEY_SELECT/Select key
+KEY_SEND/Shifted end key
+KEY_SEOL/Shifted clear line key
+KEY_SEXIT/Shifted exit key
+KEY_SFIND/Shifted find key
+KEY_SHELP/Shifted help key
+KEY_SHOME/Shifted home key
+KEY_SIC/Shifted input key
+KEY_SLEFT/Shifted left arrow key
+KEY_SMESSAGE/Shifted message key
+KEY_SMOVE/Shifted move key
+KEY_SNEXT/Shifted next key
+KEY_SOPTIONS/Shifted options key
+KEY_SPREVIOUS/Shifted prev key
+KEY_SPRINT/Shifted print key
+KEY_SREDO/Shifted redo key
+KEY_SREPLACE/Shifted replace key
+KEY_SRIGHT/Shifted right arrow
+KEY_SRSUME/Shifted resume key
+KEY_SSAVE/Shifted save key
+KEY_SSUSPEND/Shifted suspend key
+KEY_SUNDO/Shifted undo key
+KEY_SUSPEND/Suspend key
+KEY_UNDO/Undo key
+.TE
+
+Keypad is arranged like this:
+.sp
+.TS
+center allbox tab(/) ;
+c c c .
+\fBA1\fR/\fBup\fR/\fBA3\fR
+\fBleft\fR/\fBB2\fR/\fBright\fR
+\fBC1\fR/\fBdown\fR/\fBC3\fR
+.TE
+.sp
+The \fBhas_key\fR routine takes a key value from the above list, and
+returns TRUE or FALSE according as the current terminal type recognizes
+a key with that value.
+
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fR (\fBOK\fR in the case of ungetch()) upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single character function is
+discouraged, as it will cause a delay of up to one second while the
+keypad code looks for a following function-key sequence.
+
+When using \fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, or
+\fBmvwgetch\fR, nocbreak mode (\fBnocbreak\fR) and echo mode
+(\fBecho\fR) should not be used at the same time. Depending on the
+state of the tty driver when each character is typed, the program may
+produce undesirable results.
+
+Note that \fBgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, and \fBmvwgetch\fR may be macros.
+
+Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined by the extremely
+function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4. Modern
+personal computers usually have only a small subset of these. IBM PC-style
+consoles typically support little more than \fBKEY_UP\fR, \fBKEY_DOWN\fR,
+\fBKEY_LEFT\fR, \fBKEY_RIGHT\fR, \fBKEY_HOME\fR, \fBKEY_END\fR,
+\fBKEY_NPAGE\fR, \fBKEY_PPAGE\fR, and function keys 1 through 12. The Ins key
+is usually mapped to \fBKEY_IC\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. They
+read single-byte characters only. The standard specifies that they return
+\fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+The echo behavior of these functions on input of \fBKEY_\fR or backspace
+characters was not specified in the SVr4 documentation. This description is
+adopted from the XSI Curses standard.
+
+The behavior of \fBgetch\fR and friends in the presence of handled signals is
+unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses documentation. Under historical curses
+implementations, it varied depending on whether the operating system's
+implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a \fBread\fR(2) call in
+progress or not, and also (in some implementations) depending on whether an
+input timeout or non-blocking mode hsd been set.
+
+Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared for either of two
+cases: (a) signal receipt does not interrupt \fBgetch\fR; (b) signal receipt
+interrupts \fBgetch\fR and causes it to return ERR with \fBerrno\fR set to
+\fBEINTR\fR. Under the \fBncurses\fR implementation, handled signals never
+interrupt \fBgetch\fR.
+
+The \fBhas_key\fR function is unique to \fBncurses\fR. We recommend that
+any code using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES feature macro.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_move\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_getstr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBgetstr\fR, \fBwgetstr\fR, \fBmvgetstr\fR,
+\fBmvwgetstr\fR, \fBwgetnstr\fR - accept character strings from
+\fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint getstr(char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint getnstr(char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBgetstr\fR is equivalent to a series of calls to \fBgetch\fR,
+until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is
+not included in the returned string). The resulting value is placed in the
+area pointed to by the character pointer \fIstr\fR.
+
+\fBwgetnstr\fR reads at most \fIn\fR characters, thus preventing a possible
+overflow of the input buffer. Any attempt to enter more characters (other
+than the terminating newline or carriage return) causes a beep. Function
+keys also cause a beep and are ignored. The \fBgetnstr\fR function reads
+from the \fIstdscr\fR default window.
+
+The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted. If keypad
+mode is on for the window, \fBKEY_LEFT\fR and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fR
+are both considered equivalent to the user's kill character.
+
+Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on. In that case,
+backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typically a left
+motion).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBgetstr\fR, \fBmvgetstr\fR, and \fBmvwgetstr\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. They read
+single-byte characters only. The standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR
+on failure, but the single error condition \fBEOVERFLOW\fR associated with
+extended-level conformance is not yet returned (the XSI curses support for
+multi-byte characters is not yet present).
+
+SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject function keys;
+the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "special keys" (such as function
+keys, "home" key, "clear" key, \fIetc\fR.) are interpreted" without
+giving details. It lied. In fact, the `character' value appended to the
+string by those implementations was predictable but not useful
+(being, in fact, the low-order eight bits of the key's KEY_ value).
+
+The functions \fBgetnstr\fR, \fBmvgetnstr\fR, and \fBmvwgetnstr\fR were
+present but not documented in SVr4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_getyx 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetparyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR,
+\fBgetmaxyx\fR - get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBvoid getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBgetyx\fR macro places the current cursor position of the given window in
+the two integer variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+
+If \fIwin\fR is a subwindow, the \fBgetparyx\fR macro places the beginning
+coordinates of the subwindow relative to the parent window into two integer
+variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. Otherwise, \fB-1\fR is placed into \fIy\fR and
+\fIx\fR.
+
+Like \fBgetyx\fR, the \fBgetbegyx\fR and \fBgetmaxyx\fR macros store
+the current beginning coordinates and size of the specified window.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return values of these macros are undefined (\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR.,
+they should not be used as the right-hand side of assignment
+statements).
+.SH NOTES
+All of these interfaces are macros and that "\fB&\fR" is not
+necessary before the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.7 1997/01/05 01:29:23 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_inch 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBinch\fR, \fBwinch\fR, \fBmvinch\fR, \fBmvwinch\fR
+- get a character and attributes from a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBchtype inch(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBchtype winch(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBchtype mvinch(int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBchtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines return the character, of type \fBchtype\fR, at the current
+position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position,
+their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constants defined in
+\fB<curses.h>\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical AND) operator to
+extract the character or attributes alone.
+
+.SS Attributes
+The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters returned by \fBwinch\fR.
+
+.TS
+l l .
+\fBA_CHARTEXT\fR Bit-mask to extract character
+\fBA_ATTRIBUTES\fR Bit-mask to extract attributes
+\fBA_COLOR\fR Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+.TE
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_inchstr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBinchstr\fR, \fBinchnstr\fR, \fBwinchstr\fR,
+\fBwinchnstr\fR, \fBmvinchstr\fR, \fBmvinchnstr\fR, \fBmvwinchstr\fR,
+\fBmvwinchnstr\fR - get a string of characters (and attributes) from a
+\fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint inchstr(chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines return a NULL-terminated array of \fBchtype\fR quantities,
+starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the
+right margin of the window. The four functions with \fIn\fR as
+the last argument, return a leading substring at most \fIn\fR characters long
+(exclusive of the trailing (chtype)0).
+Constants defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical
+AND) operator to extract the character or the attribute alone from any position
+in the \fIchstr\fR [see curs_inch(3X)].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion (the number of characters
+retrieved, exclusive of the trailing 0).
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fR may be macros. SVr4 does not
+document whether the result string is 0-terminated; it does not document
+whether a length limit argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not
+document the meaning of the return value.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. It is no
+more specific than the SVr4 documentation on the trailing 0. It does specify
+that the successful return of the functions is \fBOK\fR.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_initscr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBinitscr\fR, \fBnewterm\fR, \fBendwin\fR,
+\fBisendwin\fR, \fBset_term\fR, \fBdelscreen\fR - \fBcurses\fR screen
+initialization and manipulation routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBWINDOW *initscr(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint endwin(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint isendwin(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBSCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);\fR
+.br
+\fBSCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid delscreen(SCREEN* sp);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBinitscr\fR is normally the first \fBcurses\fR routine to call when
+initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be
+called before it; these are \fBslk_init\fR, \fBfilter\fR, \fBripoffline\fR,
+\fBuse_env\fR. For multiple-terminal applications, \fBnewterm\fR may be
+called before \fBinitscr\fR.
+
+The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all \fBcurses\fR
+data structures. \fBinitscr\fR also causes the first call to \fBrefresh\fR to
+clear the screen. If errors occur, \fBinitscr\fR writes an appropriate error
+message to standard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned to
+\fBstdscr\fR.
+
+A program that outputs to more than one terminal should use the \fBnewterm\fR
+routine for each terminal instead of \fBinitscr\fR. A program that needs to
+inspect capabilities, so it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the
+terminal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also use
+\fBnewterm\fR. The routine \fBnewterm\fR should be called once for each
+terminal. It returns a variable of type \fBSCREEN *\fR which should be saved
+as a reference to that terminal. The arguments are the \fItype\fR of the
+terminal to be used in place of \fB$TERM\fR, a file pointer for output to the
+terminal, and another file pointer for input from the terminal (if \fItype\fR
+is \fBNULL\fR, \fB$TERM\fR will be used). The program must also call
+\fBendwin\fR for each terminal being used before exiting from \fBcurses\fR.
+If \fBnewterm\fR is called more than once for the same terminal, the first
+terminal referred to must be the last one for which \fBendwin\fR is called.
+
+A program should always call \fBendwin\fR before exiting or escaping from
+\fBcurses\fR mode temporarily. This routine restores tty modes, moves the
+cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen and resets the terminal into
+the proper non-visual mode. Calling \fBrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR after a
+temporary escape causes the program to resume visual mode.
+
+The \fBisendwin\fR routine returns \fBTRUE\fR if \fBendwin\fR has been
+called without any subsequent calls to \fBwrefresh\fR, and \fBFALSE\fR
+otherwise.
+
+The \fBset_term\fR routine is used to switch between different
+terminals. The screen reference \fBnew\fR becomes the new current
+terminal. The previous terminal is returned by the routine. This is
+the only routine which manipulates \fBSCREEN\fR pointers; all other
+routines affect only the current terminal.
+
+The \fBdelscreen\fR routine frees storage associated with the
+\fBSCREEN\fR data structure. The \fBendwin\fR routine does not do
+this, so \fBdelscreen\fR should be called after \fBendwin\fR if a
+particular \fBSCREEN\fR is no longer needed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBendwin\fR returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+upon successful completion.
+
+Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBinitscr\fR and \fBnewterm\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. It
+specifies that portable applications must not call \fBinitscr\fR more than
+once.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X), \fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_inopts 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBcbreak\fR, \fBnocbreak\fR, \fBecho\fR,
+\fBnoecho\fR, \fBhalfdelay\fR, \fBintrflush\fR, \fBkeypad\fR,
+\fBmeta\fR, \fBnodelay\fR, \fBnotimeout\fR, \fBraw\fR, \fBnoraw\fR,
+\fBnoqiflush\fR, \fBqiflush\fR, \fBtimeout\fR, \fBwtimeout\fR,
+\fBtypeahead\fR - \fBcurses\fR input options
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint cbreak(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint nocbreak(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint echo(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint noecho(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint halfdelay(int tenths);\fR
+.br
+\fBint intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint raw(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint noraw(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid noqiflush(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid qiflush(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid timeout(int delay);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);\fR
+.br
+\fBint typeahead(int fd);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage
+return is typed. The \fBcbreak\fR routine disables line buffering and
+erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow control characters are
+unaffected), making characters typed by the user immediately available to the
+program. The \fBnocbreak\fR routine returns the terminal to normal (cooked)
+mode.
+
+Initially the terminal may or may not be in \fBcbreak\fR mode, as the mode is
+inherited; therefore, a program should call \fBcbreak\fR or \fBnocbreak\fR
+explicitly. Most interactive programs using \fBcurses\fR set the \fBcbreak\fR
+mode. Note that \fBcbreak\fR overrides \fBraw\fR. [See curs_getch(3X) for a
+discussion of how these routines interact with \fBecho\fR and \fBnoecho\fR.]
+
+The \fBecho\fR and \fBnoecho\fR routines control whether characters typed by
+the user are echoed by \fBgetch\fR as they are typed. Echoing by the tty
+driver is always disabled, but initially \fBgetch\fR is in echo mode, so
+characters typed are echoed. Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do
+their own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not to echo at all, so
+they disable echoing by calling \fBnoecho\fR. [See curs_getch(3X) for a
+discussion of how these routines interact with \fBcbreak\fR and
+\fBnocbreak\fR.]
+
+The \fBhalfdelay\fR routine is used for half-delay mode, which is similar to
+\fBcbreak\fR mode in that characters typed by the user are immediately
+available to the program. However, after blocking for \fItenths\fR tenths of
+seconds, ERR is returned if nothing has been typed. The value of \fBtenths\fR
+must be a number between 1 and 255. Use \fBnocbreak\fR to leave half-delay
+mode.
+
+If the \fBintrflush\fR option is enabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), when an
+interrupt key is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt, break, quit) all output in
+the tty driver queue will be flushed, giving the effect of faster response to
+the interrupt, but causing \fBcurses\fR to have the wrong idea of what is on
+the screen. Disabling (\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), the option prevents the
+flush. The default for the option is inherited from the tty driver settings.
+The window argument is ignored.
+
+The \fBkeypad\fR option enables the keypad of the user's terminal. If
+enabled (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), the user can press a function key
+(such as an arrow key) and \fBwgetch\fR returns a single value
+representing the function key, as in \fBKEY_LEFT\fR. If disabled
+(\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), \fBcurses\fR does not treat function keys
+specially and the program has to interpret the escape sequences
+itself. If the keypad in the terminal can be turned on (made to
+transmit) and off (made to work locally), turning on this option
+causes the terminal keypad to be turned on when \fBwgetch\fR is
+called. The default value for keypad is false.
+
+Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant bits on
+input depends on the control mode of the tty driver [see termio(7)].
+To force 8 bits to be returned, invoke \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR,
+\fBTRUE\fR); this is equivalent, under POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag
+on the terminal. To force 7 bits to be returned, invoke
+\fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR, \fBFALSE\fR); this is equivalent, under POSIX,
+to setting the CS8 flag on the terminal. The window argument,
+\fIwin\fR, is always ignored. If the terminfo capabilities \fBsmm\fR
+(meta_on) and \fBrmm\fR (meta_off) are defined for the terminal,
+\fBsmm\fR is sent to the terminal when \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR,
+\fBTRUE\fR) is called and \fBrmm\fR is sent when \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR,
+\fBFALSE\fR) is called.
+
+The \fBnodelay\fR option causes \fBgetch\fR to be a non-blocking call.
+If no input is ready, \fBgetch\fR returns \fBERR\fR. If disabled
+(\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), \fBgetch\fR waits until a key is pressed.
+
+While interpreting an input escape sequence, \fBwgetch\fR sets a timer
+while waiting for the next character. If \fBnotimeout(\fR\fIwin\fR,
+\fBTRUE\fR) is called, then \fBwgetch\fR does not set a timer. The
+purpose of the timeout is to differentiate between sequences received
+from a function key and those typed by a user.
+
+The \fBraw\fR and \fBnoraw\fR routines place the terminal into or out of raw
+mode. Raw mode is similar to \fBcbreak\fR mode, in that characters typed are
+immediately passed through to the user program. The differences are that in
+raw mode, the interrupt, quit, suspend, and flow control characters are all
+passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating a signal. The behavior of
+the BREAK key depends on other bits in the tty driver that are not set by
+\fBcurses\fR.
+
+When the \fBnoqiflush\fR routine is used, normal flush of input and
+output queues associated with the \fBINTR\fR, \fBQUIT\fR and
+\fBSUSP\fR characters will not be done [see termio(7)]. When
+\fBqiflush\fR is called, the queues will be flushed when these control
+characters are read. You may want to call \fBnoqiflush()\fR in a signal
+handler if you want output to continue as though the interrupt
+had not occurred, after the handler exits.
+
+The \fBtimeout\fR and \fBwtimeout\fR routines set blocking or
+non-blocking read for a given window. If \fIdelay\fR is negative,
+blocking read is used (\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., waits indefinitely for
+input). If \fIdelay\fR is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+(\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., read returns \fBERR\fR if no input is waiting). If
+\fIdelay\fR is positive, then read blocks for \fIdelay\fR
+milliseconds, and returns \fBERR\fR if there is still no input.
+Hence, these routines provide the same functionality as \fBnodelay\fR,
+plus the additional capability of being able to block for only
+\fIdelay\fR milliseconds (where \fIdelay\fR is positive).
+
+The \fBcurses\fR library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by looking for
+typeahead periodically while updating the screen. If input is found,
+and it is coming from a tty, the current update is postponed until
+\fBrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR is called again. This allows faster
+response to commands typed in advance. Normally, the input FILE
+pointer passed to \fBnewterm\fR, or \fBstdin\fR in the case that
+\fBinitscr\fR was used, will be used to do this typeahead checking.
+The \fBtypeahead\fR routine specifies that the file descriptor
+\fIfd\fR is to be used to check for typeahead instead. If \fIfd\fR is
+-1, then no typeahead checking is done.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+
+The ncurses library obeys the XPG4 standard and the historical practice of the
+AT&T curses implementations, in that the echo bit is cleared when curses
+initializes the terminal state. BSD curses differed from this slightly; it
+left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD \fBraw\fR call turned it
+off as a side-effect. For best portability, set echo or noecho explicitly
+just after initialization, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBecho\fR, \fBnoecho\fR, \fBhalfdelay\fR, \fBintrflush\fR,
+\fBmeta\fR, \fBnodelay\fR, \fBnotimeout\fR, \fBnoqiflush\fR,
+\fBqiflush\fR, \fBtimeout\fR, and \fBwtimeout\fR may be macros.
+
+The \fBnoraw\fR and \fBnocbreak\fR calls follow historical practice in that
+they attempt to restore to normal (`cooked') mode from raw and cbreak modes
+respectively. Mixing raw/noraw and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty driver
+control states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not recommended.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBtermio\fR(7)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_insch 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBinsch\fR, \fBwinsch\fR, \fBmvinsch\fR, \fBmvwinsch\fR -
+insert a character before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint insch(chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines, insert the character \fIch\fR before the character under the
+cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
+right, with the possibility of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
+The insertion operation does not change the cursor position.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+.SH NOTES
+These routines do not necessarily imply use of a hardware insert character
+feature.
+
+Note that \fBinsch\fR, \fBmvinsch\fR, and \fBmvwinsch\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_insstr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBinsstr\fR, \fBinsnstr\fR, \fBwinsstr\fR, \fBwinsnstr\fR,
+\fBmvinsstr\fR, \fBmvinsnstr\fR, \fBmvwinsstr\fR, \fBmvwinsnstr\fR - insert
+string before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint insstr(const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint insnstr(const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the
+line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of
+the cursor are shifted right, with the possibility of the rightmost characters
+on the line being lost. The cursor position does not change (after moving to
+\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified). The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last
+argument insert a leading substring of at most \fIn\fR characters. If
+\fIn\fR<=0, then the entire string is inserted.
+
+If a character in \fIstr\fR is a tab, newline, carriage return or
+backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the window. A
+newline also does a \fBclrtoeol\fR before moving. Tabs are considered
+to be at every eighth column. If a character in \fIstr\fR is another
+control character, it is drawn in the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.
+Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a control character (and moving to
+it, if necessary) does not return the control character, but instead
+returns a character in the the ^-representation of the control character.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all but \fBwinsnstr\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, which adds
+const qualifiers to the arguments. The XSI Curses error conditions
+\fBEILSEQ\fR and \fBEILOVERFLOW\fR associated with extended-level conformance
+are not yet detected (this implementation does not yet support XPG4 multi-byte
+characters).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_clear\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.7 1997/03/15 23:25:24 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_instr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBinstr\fR, \fBinnstr\fR, \fBwinstr\fR, \fBwinnstr\fR,
+\fBmvinstr\fR, \fBmvinnstr\fR, \fBmvwinstr\fR, \fBmvwinnstr\fR - get a string
+of characters from a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint instr(char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint innstr(char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines return a string of characters in \fIstr\fR, extracted starting
+at the current cursor position in the named window.
+Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four
+functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return a leading substring at most
+\fIn\fR characters long (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All of the functions return \fBERR\fR upon failure,
+or the number of characters actually read into the string.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all routines except \fBwinnstr\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses
+error conditions \fBEILSEQ\fR and \fBEILOVERFLOW\fR associated with
+extended-level conformance are not yet detected (this implementation does not
+yet support XPG4 multi-byte characters).
+SVr4 does not
+document whether a length limit includes or excludes the trailing NUL.
+.PP
+The ncurses library extends the XSI description by allowing a negative
+value for \fIn\fR.
+In this case, the functions return the string ending at the right margin.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
+
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_kernel 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBdef_prog_mode\fR, \fBdef_shell_mode\fR,
+\fBreset_prog_mode\fR, \fBreset_shell_mode\fR, \fBresetty\fR,
+\fBsavetty\fR, \fBgetsyx\fR, \fBsetsyx\fR, \fBripoffline\fR,
+\fBcurs_set\fR, \fBnapms\fR - low-level \fBxscurses\fR routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint def_prog_mode(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint def_shell_mode(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint reset_prog_mode(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint reset_shell_mode(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint resetty(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint savetty(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid getsyx(int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid setsyx(int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));\fR
+.br
+\fBint curs_set(int visibility);\fR
+.br
+\fBint napms(int ms);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The following routines give low-level access to various \fBcurses\fR
+capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library
+routines.
+
+The \fBdef_prog_mode\fR and \fBdef_shell_mode\fR routines save the
+current terminal modes as the "program" (in \fBcurses\fR) or "shell"
+(not in \fBcurses\fR) state for use by the \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and
+\fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines. This is done automatically by
+\fBinitscr\fR. There is one such save area for each screen context
+allocated by \fBnewterm()\fR.
+
+The \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and \fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines restore
+the terminal to "program" (in \fBcurses\fR) or "shell" (out of
+\fBcurses\fR) state. These are done automatically by \fBendwin\fR
+and, after an \fBendwin\fR, by \fBdoupdate\fR, so they normally are
+not called.
+
+The \fBresetty\fR and \fBsavetty\fR routines save and restore the
+state of the terminal modes. \fBsavetty\fR saves the current state in
+a buffer and \fBresetty\fR restores the state to what it was at the
+last call to \fBsavetty\fR.
+
+The \fBgetsyx\fR routine returns the current coordinates of the virtual screen
+cursor in \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. If \fBleaveok\fR is currently \fBTRUE\fR, then
+\fB-1\fR,\fB-1\fR is returned. If lines have been removed from the top of the
+screen, using \fBripoffline\fR, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR include these lines;
+therefore, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR should be used only as arguments for
+\fBsetsyx\fR.
+
+The \fBsetsyx\fR routine sets the virtual screen cursor to
+\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR. If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB-1\fR, then
+\fBleaveok\fR is set. The two routines \fBgetsyx\fR and \fBsetsyx\fR
+are designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates
+\fBcurses\fR windows but does not want to change the current position
+of the program's cursor. The library routine would call \fBgetsyx\fR
+at the beginning, do its manipulation of its own windows, do a
+\fBwnoutrefresh\fR on its windows, call \fBsetsyx\fR, and then call
+\fBdoupdate\fR.
+
+The \fBripoffline\fR routine provides access to the same facility that
+\fBslk_init\fR [see curs_slk(3X)] uses to reduce the size of the
+screen. \fBripoffline\fR must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
+\fBnewterm\fR is called. If \fIline\fR is positive, a line is removed
+from the top of \fBstdscr\fR; if \fIline\fR is negative, a line is
+removed from the bottom. When this is done inside \fBinitscr\fR, the
+routine \fBinit\fR (supplied by the user) is called with two
+arguments: a window pointer to the one-line window that has been
+allocated and an integer with the number of columns in the window.
+Inside this initialization routine, the integer variables \fBLINES\fR
+and \fBCOLS\fR (defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR) are not guaranteed to be
+accurate and \fBwrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR must not be called. It
+is allowable to call \fBwnoutrefresh\fR during the initialization
+routine.
+
+\fBripoffline\fR can be called up to five times before calling \fBinitscr\fR or
+\fBnewterm\fR.
+
+The \fBcurs_set\fR routine sets the cursor state is set to invisible,
+normal, or very visible for \fBvisibility\fR equal to \fB0\fR,
+\fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR respectively. If the terminal supports the
+\fIvisibility\fR requested, the previous \fIcursor\fR state is
+returned; otherwise, \fBERR\fR is returned.
+
+The \fBnapms\fR routine is used to sleep for \fIms\fR milliseconds.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBcurs_set\fR, these routines always return \fBOK\fR.
+\fBcurs_set\fR returns the previous cursor state, or \fBERR\fR if the
+requested \fIvisibility\fR is not supported.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBgetsyx\fR is a macro, so \fB&\fR is not necessary before
+the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+
+The SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of \fBcurs_set\fR "is currently
+incorrect". This implementation gets it right, but it may be unwise to count
+on the correctness of the return value anywhere else.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The functions \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR are not described in the XSI
+Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as described in XSI Curses.
+
+The SVr4 documentation describes \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR as having return
+type int. This is misleading, as they are macros with no documented semantics
+for the return value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X), \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH curs_mouse 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBgetmouse\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR,
+\fBmousemask\fR - mouse interface through curses
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBtypedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ short id; \fI/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */\fB
+ int x, y, z; \fI/* event coordinates */\fB
+ mmask_t bstate; \fI/* button state bits */\fB
+}
+MEVENT;\fR
+.fi
+.br
+\fBint getmouse(MEVENT *event);\fR
+.br
+\fBint ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);\fR
+.br
+\fBmmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);\fR
+.br
+\fBbool wenclose(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)\fR
+.br
+\fBint mouseinterval(int erval)\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions provide an interface to mouse events from
+\fBncurses\fR(3x). Mouse events are represented by \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR
+pseudo-key values in the \fBwgetch\fR input stream.
+
+To make mouse events visible, use the \fBmousemask\fR function. This will set
+the mouse events to be reported. By default, no mouse events are reported.
+The function will return a mask to indicate which of the specified mouse events
+can be reported; on complete failure it returns 0. If oldmask is non-NULL,
+this function fills the indicated location with the previous value of the given
+window's mouse event mask.
+
+As a side effect, setting a zero mousemask may turn off the mouse pointer;
+setting a nonzero mask may turn it on. Whether this happens is
+device-dependent.
+
+Here are the mouse event type masks:
+
+.TS
+l l
+_ _
+l l.
+\fIName\fR \fIDescription\fR
+BUTTON1_PRESSED mouse button 1 down
+BUTTON1_RELEASED mouse button 1 up
+BUTTON1_CLICKED mouse button 1 clicked
+BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 double clicked
+BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 triple clicked
+BUTTON2_PRESSED mouse button 2 down
+BUTTON2_RELEASED mouse button 2 up
+BUTTON2_CLICKED mouse button 2 clicked
+BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 2 double clicked
+BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 2 triple clicked
+BUTTON3_PRESSED mouse button 3 down
+BUTTON3_RELEASED mouse button 3 up
+BUTTON3_CLICKED mouse button 3 clicked
+BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 3 double clicked
+BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 3 triple clicked
+BUTTON4_PRESSED mouse button 4 down
+BUTTON4_RELEASED mouse button 4 up
+BUTTON4_CLICKED mouse button 4 clicked
+BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 4 double clicked
+BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 4 triple clicked
+BUTTON_SHIFT shift was down during button state change
+BUTTON_CTRL control was down during button state change
+BUTTON_ALT alt was down during button state change
+ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS report all button state changes
+REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION report mouse movement
+.TE
+
+Once a class of mouse events have been made visible in a window,
+calling the \fBwgetch\fR function on that window may return
+\fBKEY_MOUSE\fR as an indicator that a mouse event has been queued.
+To read the event data and pop the event off the queue, call
+\fBgetmouse\fR. This function will return \fBOK\fR if a mouse event
+is actually visible in the given window, \fBERR\fR otherwise.
+When \fBgetmouse\fR returns \fBOK\fR, the data deposited as y and
+x in the event structure coordinates will be screen-relative character-cell
+coordinates. The returned state mask will have exactly one bit set to
+indicate the event type.
+
+The \fBungetmouse\fR function behaves analogously to \fBungetch\fR. It pushes
+a \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR event onto the input queue, and associates with that event
+the given state data and screen-relative character-cell coordinates.
+
+The \fBwenclose\fR function tests whether a given pair of screen-relative
+character-cell coordinates is enclosed by a given window, returning TRUE
+if it is and FALSE otherwise. It is useful for determining what subset of
+the screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
+
+The \fBmouseinterval\fR function sets the maximum time (in thousands of a
+second) that can elapse between press and release events in order for them to
+be recognized as a click. This function returns the previous interval value.
+The default is one fifth of a second.
+
+Note that mouse events will be ignored when input is in cooked mode, and will
+cause an error beep when cooked mode is being simulated in a window by a
+function such as \fBgetstr\fR that expects a linefeed for input-loop
+termination.
+
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure or \fBOK\fR
+upon successful completion.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These calls were designed for \fBncurses\fR(3x), and are not found in SVr4
+curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.
+
+The feature macro \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR is provided so the preprocessor
+can be used to test whether these features are present (its value is 1). NOTE:
+THIS INTERFACE IS EXPERIMENTAL AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE! If the
+interface is changed, the value of \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR will be
+incremented.
+
+The order of the \fBMEVENT\fR structure members is not guaranteed.
+Additional fields may be added to the structure in the future.
+
+Under \fBncurses\fR(3x), these calls are implemented using either
+xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or Alessandro Rubini's gpm server.
+If you are using something other than xterm there is no gpm daemon
+running on your machine, mouse events will not be visible to
+\fBncurses\fR(3x) (and the \fBwmousemask\fR function will always
+return \fB0\fR).
+
+The z member in the event structure is not presently used. It is intended
+for use with touch screens (which may be pressure-sensitive) or with
+3D-mice/trackballs/power gloves.
+.SH BUGS
+Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored during cooked mode,
+if they have been enabled by \fBwmousemask\fR. Instead, the xterm mouse
+report sequence will appear in the string read.
+
+Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in a window with
+its keypad bit off.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_move 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmove\fR, \fBwmove\fR - move \fBcurses\fR window cursor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint move(int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line \fIy\fR and
+column \fIx\fR. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal
+until \fBrefresh\fR is called. The position specified is relative to the upper
+left-hand corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBmove\fR may be a macro.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The
+standard specifies that if (y,x) is within a multi-column character, the cursor
+is moved to the first column of that character; however, this implementation
+does not yet support the extended-level XSI multi-byte characters.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_outopts 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBclearok\fR, \fBidlok\fR, \fBidcok immedok\fR,
+\fBleaveok\fR, \fBsetscrreg\fR, \fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBscrollok\fR,
+\fBnl\fR, \fBnonl\fR - \fBcurses\fR output options
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint setscrreg(int top, int bot);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);\fR
+.br
+\fBint scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBint nl(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint nonl(void);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines set options that change the style of output within
+\fBcurses\fR. All options are initially \fBFALSE\fR, unless otherwise stated.
+It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling \fBendwin\fR.
+
+If \fBclearok\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as argument, the next
+call to \fBwrefresh\fR with this window will clear the screen completely and
+redraw the entire screen from scratch. This is useful when the contents of the
+screen are uncertain, or in some cases for a more pleasing visual effect. If
+the \fIwin\fR argument to \fBclearok\fR is the global variable \fBcurscr\fR,
+the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR with any window causes the screen to be cleared
+and repainted from scratch.
+
+If \fBidlok\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as second argument, \fBcurses\fR
+considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of terminals so
+equipped. Calling \fBidlok\fR with \fBFALSE\fR as second argument disables use
+of line insertion and deletion. This option should be enabled only if the
+application needs insert/delete line, for example, for a screen editor. It is
+disabled by default because insert/delete line tends to be visually annoying
+when used in applications where it isn't really needed. If insert/delete line
+cannot be used, \fBcurses\fR redraws the changed portions of all lines.
+
+If \fBidcok\fR is called with \fBFALSE\fR as second argument, \fBcurses\fR
+no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete character feature of
+terminals so equipped. Use of character insert/delete is enabled by default.
+Calling \fBidcok\fR with \fBTRUE\fR as second argument re-enables use
+of character insertion and deletion.
+
+If \fBimmedok\fR is called with \fBTRUE as argument\fR, any change
+in the window image, such as the ones caused by \fBwaddch, wclrtobot, wscrl\fR,
+\fIetc\fR., automatically cause a call to \fBwrefresh\fR. However, it may
+degrade performance considerably, due to repeated calls to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+It is disabled by default.
+
+Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the window cursor
+being refreshed. The \fBleaveok\fR option allows the cursor to be left
+wherever the update happens to leave it. It is useful for applications where
+the cursor is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions. If
+possible, the cursor is made invisible when this option is enabled.
+
+The \fBsetscrreg\fR and \fBwsetscrreg\fR routines allow the application
+programmer to set a software scrolling region in a window. \fItop\fR and
+\fIbot\fR are the line numbers of the top and bottom margin of the scrolling
+region. (Line 0 is the top line of the window.) If this option and
+\fBscrollok\fR are enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line
+causes all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one line in the direction
+of the first line. Only the text of the window is scrolled. (Note that this
+has nothing to do with the use of a physical scrolling region capability in the
+terminal, like that in the VT100. If \fBidlok\fR is enabled and the terminal
+has either a scrolling region or insert/delete line capability, they will
+probably be used by the output routines.)
+
+The \fBscrollok\fR option controls what happens when the cursor of a window is
+moved off the edge of the window or scrolling region, either as a result of a
+newline action on the bottom line, or typing the last character of the last
+line. If disabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), the cursor is left on the bottom
+line. If enabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), the window is scrolled up one line
+(Note that in order to get the physical scrolling effect on the terminal, it is
+also necessary to call \fBidlok\fR).
+
+The \fBnl\fR and \fBnonl\fR routines control whether the underlying display
+device translates the return key into newline on input, and whether it
+translates newline into return and line-feed on output (in either case, the
+call \fBaddch('\n')\fR does the equivalent of return and line feed on the
+virtual screen). Initially, these translations do occur. If you disable them
+using \fBnonl\fR, \fBcurses\fR will be able to make better use of the line-feed
+capability, resulting in faster cursor motion. Also, \fBcurses\fR will then be
+able to detect the return key.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The functions \fBsetscrreg\fR and \fBwsetscrreg\fR return \fBOK\fR upon success
+and \fBERR\fR upon failure. All other routines that return an integer always
+return \fBOK\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+
+The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the question of whether \fBraw\fR()
+should disable the CRLF translations controlled by \fBnl\fR() and \fBnonl\fR().
+BSD curses did turn off these translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as
+SVr1) did not. We choose to do so, on the theory that a programmer requesting
+raw input wants a clean (ideally 8-bit clean) connection that the operating
+system does not mess with.
+
+Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the
+ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying
+\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR. This will not work under
+ncurses.
+
+Earlier System V curses implementations specified that with \fBscrollok\fR
+enabled, any window modification triggering a scroll also forced a physical
+refresh. XSI Curses does not require this, and \fBncurses\fR avoids doing
+it in order to perform better vertical-motion optimization at \fBwrefresh\fR
+time.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBclearok\fR, \fBleaveok\fR, \fBscrollok\fR, \fBidcok\fR, \fBnl\fR,
+\fBnonl\fR and \fBsetscrreg\fR may be macros.
+
+The \fBimmedok\fR routine is useful for windows that are used as terminal
+emulators.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_clear\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_scroll\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_overlay 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBoverlay\fR, \fBoverwrite\fR, \fBcopywin\fR - overlay and
+manipulate overlapped \fBcurses\fR windows
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);\fR
+.br
+\fBint overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);\fR
+.br
+\fBint copywin(WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin, int sminrow,
+ int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow,
+ int dmaxcol, int overlay);\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR routines overlay \fIsrcwin\fR on
+top of \fIdstwin\fR. \fIscrwin\fR and \fIdstwin\fR are not required
+to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is
+copied. The difference is that \fBoverlay\fR is non-destructive
+(blanks are not copied) whereas \fBoverwrite\fR is destructive.
+
+The \fBcopywin\fR routine provides a finer granularity of control over the
+\fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR routines. Like in the \fBprefresh\fR
+routine, a rectangle is specified in the destination window, (\fIdminrow\fR,
+\fIdmincol\fR) and (\fIdmaxrow\fR, \fIdmaxcol\fR), and the upper-left-corner
+coordinates of the source window, (\fIsminrow\fR, \fIsmincol\fR). If the
+argument \fIoverlay\fR is \fBtrue\fR, then copying is non-destructive, as in
+\fBoverlay\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions (adding the const
+qualifiers). It further specifies their behavior in the presence of characters
+with multi-byte renditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_pad\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_pad 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBnewpad\fR, \fBsubpad\fR, \fBprefresh\fR,
+\fBpnoutrefresh\fR, \fBpechochar\fR - create and display \fBcurses\fR
+pads
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBWINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);\fR
+.br
+\fBWINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+ int begin_y, int begin_x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+ int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);\fR
+.br
+\fBint pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+ int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);\fR
+.br
+\fBint pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBnewpad\fR routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data
+structure with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns,
+\fIncols\fR. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the
+screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a particular part of the
+screen. Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a part of the
+window will be on the screen at one time. Automatic refreshes of pads
+(\fIe\fR.\fIg\fR., from scrolling or echoing of input) do not occur. It is not
+legal to call \fBwrefresh\fR with a \fIpad\fR as an argument; the routines
+\fBprefresh\fR or \fBpnoutrefresh\fR should be called instead. Note that these
+routines require additional parameters to specify the part of the pad to be
+displayed and the location on the screen to be used for the display.
+
+The \fBsubpad\fR routine creates and returns a pointer to a subwindow within a
+pad with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns, \fIncols\fR.
+Unlike \fBsubwin\fR, which uses screen coordinates, the window is at position
+(\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR\fB,\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR) on the pad. The window is
+made in the middle of the window \fIorig\fR, so that changes made to one window
+affect both windows. During the use of this routine, it will often be
+necessary to call \fBtouchwin\fR or \fBtouchline\fR on \fIorig\fR before
+calling \fBprefresh\fR.
+
+The \fBprefresh\fR and \fBpnoutrefresh\fR routines are analogous to
+\fBwrefresh\fR and \fBwnoutrefresh\fR except that they relate to pads instead
+of windows. The additional parameters are needed to indicate what part of the
+pad and screen are involved. \fIpminrow\fR and \fIpmincol\fR specify the upper
+left-hand corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad. \fIsminrow\fR,
+\fIsmincol\fR, \fIsmaxrow\fR, and \fIsmaxcol\fR specify the edges of the
+rectangle to be displayed on the screen. The lower right-hand corner of the
+rectangle to be displayed in the pad is calculated from the screen coordinates,
+since the rectangles must be the same size. Both rectangles must be entirely
+contained within their respective structures. Negative values of
+\fIpminrow\fR, \fIpmincol\fR, \fIsminrow\fR, or \fIsmincol\fR are treated as if
+they were zero.
+
+The \fBpechochar\fR routine is functionally equivalent to a call to \fBaddch\fR
+followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR, a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call
+to \fBwrefresh\fR, or a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call to
+\fBprefresh.\fR The knowledge that only a single character is being output is
+taken into consideration and, for non-control characters, a considerable
+performance gain might be seen by using these routines instead of their
+equivalents. In the case of \fBpechochar\fR, the last location of the pad on
+the screen is reused for the arguments to \fBprefresh\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error, and set \fBerrno\fR
+to \fBENOMEM\fR.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBpechochar\fR may be a macro.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), \fBcurs_touch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_print 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmcprint\fR - ship binary data to printer
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint mcprint(char *data, int len);\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function uses the \fBmc5p\fR or \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities,
+if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal.
+
+Note that the \fBmcprint\fR code has no way to do flow control with the printer
+or to know how much buffering it has. Your application is responsible for
+keeping the rate of writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
+(typically about half of its nominal cps rating). Dot-matrix printers and
+6-page-per-minute lasers can typically handle 80cps, so a good conservative
+rule of thumb is to sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
+
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The \fBmcprint\fR function returns \fBERR\fR if the write operation aborted
+for some reason. In this case, errno will contain either an error associated
+with \fBwrite(2)\fR or one of the following:
+.TP 5
+ENODEV
+Capabilities for printer redirection don't exist.
+.TP 5
+ENOMEM
+Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the printer write.
+
+When \fBmcprint\fR succeeds, it returns the number of characters actually
+sent to the printer.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The \fBmcprint\fR call was designed for \fBncurses\fR(3x), and is not found
+in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.
+.SH BUGS
+Padding in the \fBmc5p\fR, \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities will not be
+interpreted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X)\fR
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_printw 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBprintw\fR, \fBwprintw\fR, \fBmvprintw\fR,
+\fBmvwprintw\fR, \fBvwprintw\fR - print formatted output in
+\fBcurses\fR windows
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint printw(char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvprintw(int y, int x, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+ \fBchar *fmt\fR [\fB, arg]\fR ...);
+
+\fB#include <varargs.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint vwprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, varglist);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBprintw\fR, \fBwprintw\fR, \fBmvprintw\fR and \fBmvwprintw\fR
+routines are analogous to \fBprintf\fR [see \fBprintf\fR(3S)]. In
+effect, the string that would be output by \fBprintf\fR is output
+instead as though \fBwaddstr\fR were used on the given window.
+
+The \fBvwprintw\fR routine is analogous to \fBvprintf\fR [see
+\fBprintf\fR(3S)] and performs a \fBwprintw\fR using a variable
+argument list. The third argument is a \fBva_list\fR, a pointer to a
+list of arguments, as defined in \fB<varargs.h>\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. The function
+\fBvwprintw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
+\fBvw_printw\fR using the \fB<stdarg.h>\fR interface.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBprintf\fR(3S), \fBvprintf(3S)\fR
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_refresh 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBrefresh\fR, \fBwrefresh\fR, \fBwnoutrefresh\fR,
+\fBdoupdate\fR, \fBredrawwin\fR, \fBwredrawln\fR - refresh
+\fBcurses\fR windows and lines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint refresh(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wrefresh(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint doupdate(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint redrawwin(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBrefresh\fR and \fBwrefresh\fR routines (or \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and
+\fBdoupdate\fR) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other
+routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine \fBwrefresh\fR copies
+the named window to the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is
+already there in order to do optimizations. The \fBrefresh\fR routine is the
+same, using \fBstdscr\fR as the default window. Unless \fBleaveok\fR has been
+enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the
+cursor for that window.
+
+The \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and \fBdoupdate\fR routines allow multiple updates with
+more efficiency than \fBwrefresh\fR alone. In addition to all the window
+structures, \fBcurses\fR keeps two data structures representing the terminal
+screen: a physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and a
+virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen.
+
+The routine \fBwrefresh\fR works by first calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR, which
+copies the named window to the virtual screen, and then calling \fBdoupdate\fR,
+which compares the virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual
+update. If the programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a series
+of calls to \fBwrefresh\fR results in alternating calls to \fBwnoutrefresh\fR
+and \fBdoupdate\fR, causing several bursts of output to the screen. By first
+calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR for each window, it is then possible to call
+\fBdoupdate\fR once, resulting in only one burst of output, with fewer total
+characters transmitted and less CPU time used. If the \fIwin\fR argument to
+\fBwrefresh\fR is the global variable \fBcurscr\fR, the screen is immediately
+cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen" above is ambiguous.
+What actually happens is that all \fItouched\fR (changed) lines in the window
+are copied to the virtual screen. This affects programs that use overlapping
+windows; it means that if two windows overlap, you can refresh them in either
+order and the overlap region will be modified only when it is explicitly
+changed. (But see the section on \fBPORTABILITY\fR below for a warning about
+exploiting this behavior.)
+
+The \fBwredrawln\fR routine indicates to \fBcurses\fR that some screen lines
+are corrupted and should be thrown away before anything is written over them
+it touches the indicated lines (marking them changed) then does a refresh
+of the window. The routine \fBredrawwin\fR() touches the entire window and then
+refreshes it.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBrefresh\fR and \fBredrawwin\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+
+Whether \fBwnoutrefresh()\fR copies to the virtual screen the entire contents
+of a window or just its changed portions has never been well-documented in
+historic curses versions (including SVr4). It might be unwise to rely on
+either behavior in programs that might have to be linked with other curses
+implementations. Instead, you can do an explicit \fBtouchwin()\fR before the
+\fBwnoutrefresh()\fR call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_scanw 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR, \fBmvscanw\fR,
+\fBmvwscanw\fR, \fBvwscanw\fR - convert formatted input from a
+\fBcurses\fR widow
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint scanw(char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvscanw(int y, int x, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+ char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg]\fR \fB...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint vwscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, va_list varglist);\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR and \fBmvscanw\fR routines are analogous to
+\fBscanf\fR [see \fBscanf\fR(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though
+\fBwgetstr\fR were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input
+for \fBsscanf\fR(3). Fields which do not map to a variable in the \fIfmt\fR
+field are lost.
+
+The \fBvwscanw\fR routine is similar to \fBvwprintw\fR in that it performs a
+\fBwscanw\fR using a variable argument list. The third argument is a
+\fIva\fR_\fIlist\fR, a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in
+\fB<varargs.h>\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBvwscanw\fR returns \fBERR\fR on failure and an integer equal to the
+number of fields scanned on success.
+
+Applications may use the return value from the \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR,
+\fBmvscanw\fR and \fBmvwscanw\fR routines to determine the number of fields
+which were mapped in the call.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. The function
+\fBvwscanw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
+\fBvw_scanw\fR using the \fB<stdarg.h>\fR interface.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_getstr\fR, \fBcurs_printw\fR, \fBscanf\fR(3S)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_scr_dump 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBscr_dump\fR, \fBscr_restore\fR,
+\fBscr_init\fR, \fBscr_set\fR - read (write) a \fBcurses\fR screen
+from (to) a file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint scr_dump(const char *filename);\fR
+.br
+\fBint scr_restore(const char *filename);\fR
+.br
+\fBint scr_init(const char *filename);\fR
+.br
+\fBint scr_set(const char *filename);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBscr_dump\fR routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen
+to the file \fIfilename\fR.
+
+The \fBscr_restore\fR routine sets the virtual screen to the contents
+of \fIfilename\fR, which must have been written using \fBscr_dump\fR. The next
+call to \fBdoupdate\fR restores the screen to the way it looked in the dump
+file.
+
+The \fBscr_init\fR routine reads in the contents of \fIfilename\fR and uses
+them to initialize the \fBcurses\fR data structures about what the terminal
+currently has on its screen. If the data is determined to be valid,
+\fBcurses\fR bases its next update of the screen on this information rather
+than clearing the screen and starting from scratch. \fBscr_init\fR is used
+after \fBinitscr\fR or a \fBsystem\fR [see \fBsystem\fR(BA_LIB)] call to share
+the screen with another process which has done a \fBscr_dump\fR after its
+\fBendwin\fR call. The data is declared invalid if the terminfo capabilities
+\fBrmcup\fR and \fBnrrmc\fR exist; also if the terminal has been written to
+since the preceding \fBscr_dump\fR call.
+
+The \fBscr_set\fR routine is a combination of \fBscr_restore\fR and
+\fBscr_init\fR. It tells the program that the information in \fIfilename\fR is
+what is currently on the screen, and also what the program wants on the screen.
+This can be thought of as a screen inheritance function.
+
+To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the \fBgetwin\fR and
+\fBputwin\fR routines [see \fBcurs_util\fR(3X)].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+upon success.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBscr_init\fR, \fBscr_set\fR, and \fBscr_restore\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these functions (adding the const
+qualifiers).
+
+The SVr4 docs merely say under \fBscr_init\fR that the dump data is also
+considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty is old" but don't define
+"old".
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fR(3X), \fBsystem\fR(3S)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_scroll 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBscroll\fR, \fBsrcl\fR, \fBwscrl\fR - scroll a \fBcurses\fR window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint scroll(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint scrl(int n);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBscroll\fR routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving
+the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling
+region of the window is the entire screen, the physical screen may be scrolled
+at the same time.
+
+For positive \fIn\fR, the \fBscrl\fR and \fBwscrl\fR routines scroll the
+window up \fIn\fR lines (line \fIi\fR+\fIn\fR becomes \fIi\fR); otherwise
+scroll the window down \fIn\fR lines. This involves moving the lines in the
+window character image structure. The current cursor position is not changed.
+
+For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via \fBscrollok\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR (SVr4 only specifies
+"an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBscrl\fR and \fBscroll\fR may be macros.
+
+The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of physically scrolling
+immediately if the scroll region is the entire screen "is" performed, not
+"may be" performed. This implementation deliberately does not guarantee
+that this will occur, in order to leave open the possibility of smarter
+optimization of multiple scroll actions on the next update.
+
+Neither the SVr4 documentation specifies whether the current attribute or
+current color-pair of blanks generated by the scroll function is zeroed.
+Under this implementation it is.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_slk 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBslk_init\fR, \fBslk_set\fR, \fBslk_refresh\fR,
+\fBslk_noutrefresh\fR, \fBslk_label\fR, \fBslk_clear\fR, \fBslk_restore\fR,
+\fBslk_touch\fR, \fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR -
+\fBcurses\fR soft label routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint slk_init(int fmt);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_refresh(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_noutrefresh(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *slk_label(int labnum);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_clear(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_restore(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_touch(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_attron(attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_attrset(attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBattr_t slk_attr(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint slk_attroff(attr_t attrs);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on
+many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels,
+\fBcurses\fR takes over the bottom line of \fBstdscr\fR, reducing the size of
+\fBstdscr\fR and the variable \fBLINES\fR. \fBcurses\fR standardizes on eight
+labels of up to eight characters each. In addition to this, the ncurses
+implementation supports a mode where it simulates 12 labels of up to five
+characters each. This is most common for todays PC like enduser devices.
+Please note that ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines at
+the bottom of the screen, it doesn't try to use any hardware support for this
+mode.
+
+The \fBslk_init\fR routine must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR
+is called. If \fBinitscr\fR eventually uses a line from \fBstdscr\fR to
+emulate the soft labels, then \fIfmt\fR determines how the labels are arranged
+on the screen. Setting \fIfmt\fR to \fB0\fR indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of
+the labels, \fB1\fR indicates a 4-4 arrangement and \fB2\fR indicates the
+PC like 4-4-4 mode. If \fBfmt\fR is set to \fB3\fR, it is again the PC like
+4-4-4 mode, but in addition an index line is generated, helping the user to
+identify the key numbers easily.
+
+The \fBslk_set\fR routine requires \fIlabnum\fR to be a label number,
+from \fB1\fR to \fB8\fR (resp. \fB12\fR); \fIlabel\fR must be the string
+to be put on the label, up to eight (resp. five) characters in length.
+A null string or a null pointer sets up a blank label. \fIfmt\fR is either
+\fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR, indicating whether the label is to be
+left-justified, centered, or right-justified, respectively, within the
+label.
+
+The \fBslk_refresh\fR and \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR routines correspond to
+the \fBwrefresh\fR and \fBwnoutrefresh\fR routines.
+
+The \fBslk_label\fR routine returns the current label for label number
+\fIlabnum\fR, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
+
+The \fBslk_clear\fR routine clears the soft labels from the screen.
+
+The \fBslk_restore\fR routine, restores the soft labels to the screen
+after a \fBslk_clear\fR has been performed.
+
+The \fBslk_touch\fR routine forces all the soft labels to be output
+the next time a \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR is performed.
+
+The \fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR and \fBslk_attr\fR
+routines correspond to \fBattron\fR, \fBattrset\fR, \fBattroff\fR and \fBattr_get\fR.
+They have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line of
+the screen. The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in
+System V curses, which does not document this fact).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an
+integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful completion. \fBslk_attr\fR
+returns the attribute used for the soft keys.
+
+\fBslk_label\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH NOTES
+Most applications would use \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR because a
+\fBwrefresh\fR is likely to follow soon.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these functions. It changes the
+argument type of the attribute-manipulation functions \fBslk_attron\fR,
+\fBslk_attroff\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR to be \fBattr_t\fR, and adds \fBconst\fR
+qualifiers. The format codes \fB2\fR and \fB3\fR for \fBslk_init()\fR and the
+function \fBslk_attr\fR are specific to ncurses.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_termattrs 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBbaudrate\fR, \fBerasechar\fR, \fBhas_ic\fR,
+\fBhas_il\fR, \fBkillchar\fR, \fBlongname\fR, \fBtermattrs\fR,
+\fBtermname\fR - \fBcurses\fR environment query routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint baudrate(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar erasechar(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint has_ic(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBint has_il(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar killchar(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *longname(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBattr_t termattrs(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *termname(void);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBbaudrate\fR routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The
+number returned is in bits per second, for example \fB9600\fR, and is an
+integer.
+
+The \fBerasechar\fR routine returns the user's current erase character.
+
+The \fBhas_ic\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-
+character capabilities.
+
+The \fBhas_il\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-line
+capabilities, or can simulate them using scrolling regions. This might
+be used to determine if it would be appropriate to turn on physical
+scrolling using \fBscrollok\fR.
+
+The \fBkillchar\fR routine returns the user's current line kill character.
+
+The \fBlongname\fR routine returns a pointer to a static area
+containing a verbose description of the current terminal. The maximum
+length of a verbose description is 128 characters. It is defined only
+after the call to \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR. The area is
+overwritten by each call to \fBnewterm\fR and is not restored by
+\fBset_term\fR, so the value should be saved between calls to
+\fBnewterm\fR if \fBlongname\fR is going to be used with multiple
+terminals.
+
+If a given terminal doesn't support a video attribute that an
+application program is trying to use, \fBcurses\fR may substitute a
+different video attribute for it. The \fBtermattrs\fR function
+returns a logical \fBOR\fR of all video attributes supported by the
+terminal. This information is useful when a \fBcurses\fR program
+needs complete control over the appearance of the screen.
+
+The \fBtermname\fR routine returns the value of the environmental
+variable \fBTERM\fR (truncated to 14 characters).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBlongname\fR and \fBtermname\fR return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBtermattrs\fR may be a macro.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. It changes the
+return type of \fBtermattrs\fR to the new type \fBattr_t\fR.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_termcap 3X ""
+.ds n 5
+.SH NAME
+\fBtgetent\fR, \fBtgetflag\fR, \fBtgetnum\fR,
+\fBtgetstr\fR, \fBtgoto\fR, \fBtputs\fR - direct \fBcurses\fR
+interface to the terminfo capability database
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fB#include <term.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint tgetent(const char *bp, char *name);\fR
+.br
+\fBint tgetflag(const char *id);\fR
+.br
+\fBint tgetnum(const char *id);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);\fR
+.br
+\fBint tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use
+the \fItermcap\fR library. Their parameters are the same and the
+routines are emulated using the \fIterminfo\fR database. Thus, they
+can only be used to query the capabilities of entries for which a
+terminfo entry has been compiled.
+
+The \fBtgetent\fR routine loads the entry for \fIname\fR.
+It returns 1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1 if the
+terminfo database could not be found.
+The emulation ignores the buffer pointer \fIbp\fR.
+
+The \fBtgetflag\fR routine gets the boolean entry for \fIid\fR.
+
+The \fBtgetnum\fR routine gets the numeric entry for \fIid\fR.
+
+The \fBtgetstr\fR routine returns the string entry for \fIid\fR. Use
+\fBtputs\fR to output the returned string.
+
+The \fBtgoto\fR routine instantiates the parameters into the given capability.
+The output from this routine is to be passed to \fBtputs\fR.
+
+The \fBtputs\fR routine is described on the curs_\fBterminfo\fR(3X) manual
+page. It can retrieve capabilities by either termcap or terminfo name.
+
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except where explicitly noted,
+routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion.
+
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH BUGS
+If you call \fBtgetstr\fR to fetch \fBca\fR or any other parameterized string,
+be aware that it will be returned in terminfo notation, not the older and
+not-quite-compatible termcap notation. This won't cause problems if all
+you do with it is call \fBtgoto\fR or \fBtparm\fR, which both expand
+terminfo-style.
+
+Because terminfo conventions for representing padding in string capabilities
+differ from termcap's, \fBtputs("50");\fR will put out a literal "50" rather
+than busy-waiting for 50 milliseconds. Cope with it.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. However, they
+are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may be removed in future versions.
+
+Neither the XSI Curses standard nor the SVr4 man pages documented the return
+values of \fBtgetent\fR correctly, though all three were in fact returned ever
+since SVr1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_terminfo(\*n), putc(3S).\fR
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.6 1996/06/15 22:45:50 tom Exp $
+.TH curs_terminfo 3X ""
+.ds n 5
+.SH NAME
+\fBsetupterm\fR, \fBsetterm\fR,
+\fBset_curterm\fR, \fBdel_curterm\fR, \fBrestartterm\fR, \fBtparm\fR,
+\fBtputs\fR, \fBputp\fR, \fBvidputs\fR, \fBvidattr\fR, \fBmvcur\fR,
+\fBtigetflag\fR, \fBtigetnum\fR, \fBtigetstr\fR - \fBcurses\fR
+interfaces to terminfo database
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fB#include <term.h>\fR
+
+\fBint setupterm(const char *term, int fildes, int *errret);\fR
+.br
+\fBint setterm(const char *term);\fR
+.br
+\fBTERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);\fR
+.br
+\fBint del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);\fR
+.br
+\fBint restartterm(const char *term, int fildes, int *errret);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *tparm(const char *str, ...);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *tparam(const char *str, char *buffer, int size, ...);\fR
+.br
+\fBint tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));\fR
+.br
+\fBint putp(const char *str);\fR
+.br
+\fBint vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(char));\fR
+.br
+\fBint vidattr(chtype attrs);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);\fR
+.br
+\fBint tigetflag(const char *capname);\fR
+.br
+\fBint tigetnum(const char *capname);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *tigetstr(const char *capname);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal
+directly with the \fBterminfo\fR database to handle certain terminal
+capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other
+functionality, \fBcurses\fR routines are more suitable and their use is
+recommended.
+
+Initially, \fBsetupterm\fR should be called. Note that
+\fBsetupterm\fR is automatically called by \fBinitscr\fR and
+\fBnewterm\fR. This defines the set of terminal-dependent variables
+[listed in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)]. The \fBterminfo\fR variables
+\fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR are initialized by \fBsetupterm\fR as
+follows: If \fBuse_env(FALSE)\fR has been called, values for
+\fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in \fBterminfo\fR are used.
+Otherwise, if the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR
+exist, their values are used. If these environment variables do not
+exist and the program is running in a window, the current window size
+is used. Otherwise, if the environment variables do not exist, the
+values for \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in the
+\fBterminfo\fR database are used.
+
+The header files \fBcurses.h\fR and \fBterm.h\fR should be included (in this
+order) to get the definitions for these strings, numbers, and flags.
+Parameterized strings should be passed through \fBtparm\fR to instantiate them.
+All \fBterminfo\fR strings [including the output of \fBtparm\fR] should be printed
+with \fBtputs\fR or \fBputp\fR. Call the \fBreset_shell_mode\fR to restore the
+tty modes before exiting [see \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)]. Programs which use
+cursor addressing should output \fBenter_ca_mode\fR upon startup and should
+output \fBexit_ca_mode\fR before exiting. Programs desiring shell escapes
+should call
+
+\fBreset_shell_mode\fR and output \fBexit_ca_mode\fR before the shell
+is called and should output \fBenter_ca_mode\fR and call
+\fBreset_prog_mode\fR after returning from the shell.
+
+The \fBsetupterm\fR routine reads in the \fBterminfo\fR database,
+initializing the \fBterminfo\fR structures, but does not set up the
+output virtualization structures used by \fBcurses\fR. The terminal
+type is the character string \fIterm\fR; if \fIterm\fR is null, the
+environment variable \fBTERM\fR is used. All output is to file
+descriptor \fBfildes\fR which is initialized for output. If
+\fIerrret\fR is not null, then \fBsetupterm\fR returns \fBOK\fR or
+\fBERR\fR and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by
+\fIerrret\fR. A status of \fB1\fR in \fIerrret\fR is normal, \fB0\fR
+means that the terminal could not be found, and \fB-1\fR means that
+the \fBterminfo\fR database could not be found. If \fIerrret\fR is
+null, \fBsetupterm\fR prints an error message upon finding an error
+and exits. Thus, the simplest call is:
+
+ \fBsetupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);\fR,
+
+which uses all the defaults and sends the output to \fBstdout\fR.
+
+The \fBsetterm\fR routine is being replaced by \fBsetupterm\fR. The call:
+
+ \fBsetupterm(\fR\fIterm\fR\fB, 1, (int *)0)\fR
+
+provides the same functionality as \fBsetterm(\fR\fIterm\fR\fB)\fR.
+The \fBsetterm\fR routine is included here for BSD compatibility, and
+is not recommended for new programs.
+
+The \fBset_curterm\fR routine sets the variable \fBcur_term\fR to
+\fInterm\fR, and makes all of the \fBterminfo\fR boolean, numeric, and
+string variables use the values from \fInterm\fR. It returns the old value
+of \fBcur_term\fR.
+
+The \fBdel_curterm\fR routine frees the space pointed to by
+\fIoterm\fR and makes it available for further use. If \fIoterm\fR is
+the same as \fBcur_term\fR, references to any of the \fBterminfo\fR
+boolean, numeric, and string variables thereafter may refer to invalid
+memory locations until another \fBsetupterm\fR has been called.
+
+The \fBrestartterm\fR routine is similar to \fBsetupterm\fR and \fBinitscr\fR,
+except that it is called after restoring memory to a previous state (for
+example, when reloading a game saved as a core image dump). It assumes that
+the windows and the input and output options are the same as when memory was
+saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may be different. Accordingly,
+it saves various tty state bits, does a setupterm, and then restores the bits.
+
+The \fBtparm\fR routine instantiates the string \fIstr\fR with
+parameters \fIpi\fR. A pointer is returned to the result of \fIstr\fR
+with the parameters applied.
+
+The \fBtparam\fR routine is included for compatibility with the GNU termcap
+implementation. It works like \fBtparm\fR but you specify a buffer and buffer
+size to be filled with the expanded string.
+
+The \fBtputs\fR routine applies padding information to the string
+\fIstr\fR and outputs it. The \fIstr\fR must be a terminfo string
+variable or the return value from \fBtparm\fR, \fBtgetstr\fR, or
+\fBtgoto\fR. \fIaffcnt\fR is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+not applicable. \fIputc\fR is a \fBputchar\fR-like routine to which
+the characters are passed, one at a time.
+
+The \fBputp\fR routine calls \fBtputs(\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, 1, putchar)\fR.
+Note that the output of \fBputp\fR always goes to \fBstdout\fR, not to
+the \fIfildes\fR specified in \fBsetupterm\fR.
+
+The \fBvidputs\fR routine displays the string on the terminal in the
+video attribute mode \fIattrs\fR, which is any combination of the
+attributes listed in \fBcurses\fR(3X). The characters are passed to
+the \fBputchar\fR-like routine \fIputc\fR.
+
+The \fBvidattr\fR routine is like the \fBvidputs\fR routine, except
+that it outputs through \fBputchar\fR.
+
+The \fBmvcur\fR routine provides low-level cursor motion. It takes
+effect immediately (rather than at the next refresh).
+
+The \fBtigetflag\fR, \fBtigetnum\fR and \fBtigetstr\fR routines return
+the value of the capability corresponding to the \fBterminfo\fR
+\fIcapname\fR passed to them, such as \fBxenl\fR.
+
+The \fBtigetflag\fR routine returns the value \fB-1\fR if
+\fIcapname\fR is not a boolean capability.
+
+The \fBtigetnum\fR routine returns the value \fB-2\fR if
+\fIcapname\fR is not a numeric capability.
+
+The \fBtigetstr\fR routine returns the value \fB(char *)-1\fR
+if \fIcapname\fR is not a string capability.
+
+The \fIcapname\fR for each capability is given in the table column entitled
+\fIcapname\fR code in the capabilities section of \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+
+\fBchar *boolnames\fR, \fB*boolcodes\fR, \fB*boolfnames\fR
+
+\fBchar *numnames\fR, \fB*numcodes\fR, \fB*numfnames\fR
+
+\fBchar *strnames\fR, \fB*strcodes\fR, \fB*strfnames\fR
+
+These null-terminated arrays contain the \fIcapnames\fR, the
+\fBtermcap\fR codes, and the full C names, for each of the
+\fBterminfo\fR variables.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH NOTES
+The \fBsetupterm\fR routine should be used in place of \fBsetterm\fR.
+It may be useful when you want to test for terminal capabilities without
+committing to the allocation of storage involved in \fBinitscr\fR.
+
+Note that \fBvidattr\fR and \fBvidputs\fR may be macros.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The function \fBsetterm\fR is not described in the XSI Curses standard and must
+be considered non-portable. All other functions are as described in the XSI
+curses standard.
+
+In System V Release 4, \fBset_curterm\fR has an \fBint\fR return type and
+returns \fBOK\fR or \fBERR\fR. We have chosen to implement the XSI Curses
+semantics.
+
+In System V Release 4, the third argument of \fBtputs\fR has the type
+\fBint (*putc)(char)\fR.
+
+The XSI Curses standard prototypes \fBtparm\fR with a fixed number of parameters,
+rather than a variable argument list.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X), \fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X),
+\fBputc\fR(3S), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_touch 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBtouchwin\fR, \fBtouchline\fR, \fBuntouchwin\fR,
+\fBwtouchln\fR, \fBis_linetouched\fR, \fBis_wintouched\fR -
+\fBcurses\fR refresh control routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+\fBint touchwin(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);\fR
+.br
+\fBint untouchwin(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);\fR
+.br
+\fBint is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);\fR
+.br
+\fBint is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBtouchwin\fR and \fBtouchline\fR routines throw away all
+optimization information about which parts of the window have been
+touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This
+is sometimes necessary when using overlapping windows, since a change
+to one window affects the other window, but the records of which lines
+have been changed in the other window do not reflect the change. The
+routine \fBtouchline\fR only pretends that \fIcount\fR lines have been
+changed, beginning with line \fIstart\fR.
+
+The \fBuntouchwin\fR routine marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
+the last call to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+
+The \fBwtouchln\fR routine makes \fIn\fR lines in the window, starting
+at line \fIy\fR, look as if they have (\fIchanged\fR\fB=1\fR) or have
+not (\fIchanged\fR\fB=0\fR) been changed since the last call to
+\fBwrefresh\fR.
+
+The \fBis_linetouched\fR and \fBis_wintouched\fR routines return
+\fBTRUE\fR if the specified line/window was modified since the last
+call to \fBwrefresh\fR; otherwise they return \fBFALSE\fR. In
+addition, \fBis_linetouched\fR returns \fBERR\fR if \fIline\fR is not
+valid for the given window.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the
+preceding routine descriptions.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+
+Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the
+ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying
+\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR. This will not work under
+ncurses.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that all routines except \fBwtouchln\fR may be macros.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_util 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBunctrl\fR, \fBkeyname\fR, \fBfilter\fR,
+\fBuse_env\fR, \fBputwin\fR, \fBgetwin\fR, \fBdelay_output\fR,
+\fBflushinp\fR - miscellaneous \fBcurses\fR utility routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBchar *unctrl(chtype c);\fR
+.br
+\fBchar *keyname(int c);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid filter(void);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid use_env(char bool);\fR
+.br
+\fBint putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);\fR
+.br
+\fBWINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);\fR
+.br
+\fBint delay_output(int ms);\fR
+.br
+\fBint flushinp(void);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBunctrl\fR macro expands to a character string which is a printable
+representation of the character \fIc\fR. Control characters are displayed in
+the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation. Printing characters are displayed as is.
+
+The \fBkeyname\fR routine returns a character string corresponding to
+the key \fIc\fR.
+
+The \fBfilter\fR routine, if used, must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
+\fBnewterm\fR are called. The effect is that, during those calls, \fBLINES\fR
+is set to 1; the capabilities \fBclear\fR, \fBcup\fR, \fBcud\fR, \fBcud1\fR,
+\fBcuu1\fR, \fBcuu\fR, \fBvpa\fR are disabled; and the \fBhome\fR string is
+set to the value of \fBcr\fR.
+
+The \fBuse_env\fR routine, if used, is called before \fBinitscr\fR or
+\fBnewterm\fR are called. When called with \fBFALSE\fR as an
+argument, the values of \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in the
+\fIterminfo\fR database will be used, even if environment variables
+\fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR (used by default) are set, or if
+\fBcurses\fR is running in a window (in which case default behavior
+would be to use the window size if \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR are
+not set).
+
+The \fBputwin\fR routine writes all data associated with window \fIwin\fR into
+the file to which \fIfilep\fR points. This information can be later retrieved
+using the \fBgetwin\fR function.
+
+The \fBgetwin\fR routine reads window related data stored in the file by
+\fBputwin\fR. The routine then creates and initializes a new window using that
+data. It returns a pointer to the new window.
+
+The \fBdelay_output\fR routine inserts an \fIms\fR millisecond pause
+in output. This routine should not be used extensively because
+padding characters are used rather than a CPU pause.
+
+The \fBflushinp\fR routine throws away any typeahead that has been typed by the
+user and has not yet been read by the program.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBflushinp\fR, routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR
+upon failure and \fBOK\fR (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than
+\fBERR\fR") upon successful completion.
+
+\fBflushinp\fR always returns \fBOK\fR.
+
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+
+The SVr4 documentation describes the action of \fBfilter\fR only in the vaguest
+terms. The description here is adapted from the XSI Curses standard (which
+erroneously fails to describe the disabling of \fBcuu\fR).
+.SH NOTES
+Note that \fBunctrl\fR is a macro, which is defined in <\fBunctrl.h\fR>.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH curs_window 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBnewwin\fR, \fBdelwin\fR, \fBmvwin\fR,
+\fBsubwin\fR, \fBderwin\fR, \fBmvderwin\fR, \fBdupwin\fR,
+\fBwsyncup\fR, \fBsyncok\fR, \fBwcursyncup\fR, \fBwsyncdown\fR -
+create \fBcurses\fR windows
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBWINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y,\fR
+ \fBintbegin_x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint delwin(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR
+.br
+\fBWINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+ int begin_y, int begin_x);\fR
+.br
+\fBWINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+ int begin_y, int begin_x);\fR
+.br
+\fBint mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);\fR
+.br
+\fBWINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid wsyncup(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBint syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Calling \fBnewwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the
+given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is
+at line \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR, column \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. If either
+\fInlines\fR or \fIncols\fR is zero, they default to \fBLINES -\fR
+\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fBCOLS -\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. A new full-screen
+window is created by calling \fBnewwin(0,0,0,0)\fR.
+
+Calling \fBdelwin\fR deletes the named window, freeing all memory
+associated with it (it does not actually erase the window's screen
+image). Subwindows must be deleted before the main window can be
+deleted.
+
+Calling \fBmvwin\fR moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+corner is at position (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). If the move would cause the
+window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window is not
+moved. Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be avoided.
+
+Calling \fBsubwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window
+with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns,
+\fIncols\fR. The window is at position (\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR,
+\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR) on the screen. (This position is relative to the
+screen, and not to the window \fIorig\fR.) The window is made in the
+middle of the window \fIorig\fR, so that changes made to one window
+will affect both windows. The subwindow shares memory with the window
+\fIorig\fR. When using this routine, it is necessary to call
+\fBtouchwin\fR or \fBtouchline\fR on \fIorig\fR before calling
+\fBwrefresh\fR on the subwindow.
+
+Calling \fBderwin\fR is the same as calling \fBsubwin,\fR except that
+\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR are relative to the origin
+of the window \fIorig\fR rather than the screen. There is no
+difference between the subwindows and the derived windows.
+
+Calling \fBmvderwin\fR moves a derived window (or subwindow)
+inside its parent window. The screen-relative parameters of the
+window are not changed. This routine is used to display different
+parts of the parent window at the same physical position on the
+screen.
+
+Calling \fBdupwin\fR creates an exact duplicate of the window \fIwin\fR.
+
+Calling \fBwsyncup\fR touches all locations in ancestors of \fIwin\fR that are
+changed in \fIwin\fR. If \fBsyncok\fR is called with second argument
+\fBTRUE\fR then \fBwsyncup\fR is called automatically whenever there is a
+change in the window.
+
+The \fBwsyncdown\fR routine touches each location in \fIwin\fR that has been
+touched in any of its ancestor windows. This routine is called by
+\fBwrefresh\fR, so it should almost never be necessary to call it manually.
+
+The routine \fBwcursyncup\fR updates the current cursor position of all the
+ancestors of the window to reflect the current cursor position of the
+window.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and
+\fBOK\fR (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon
+successful completion.
+
+\fBdelwin\fR returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+upon successful completion.
+
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH NOTES
+If many small changes are made to the window, the \fBwsyncup\fR option could
+degrade performance.
+
+Note that \fBsyncok\fR may be a macro.
+.SH BUGS
+The subwindow functions (\fIsubwin\fR, \fIderwin\fR, \fImvderwin\fR,
+\fBwsyncup\fR, \fBwsyncdown\fR, \fBwcursyncup\fR, \fBsyncok\fR) are flaky,
+incompletely implemented, and not well tested.
+
+The System V curses documentation is very unclear about what \fBwsyncup\fR
+and \fBwsyncdown\fR actually do. It seems to imply that they are only
+supposed to touch exactly those lines that are affected by ancestor changes.
+The language here, and the behavior of the \fBcurses\fR implementation,
+is patterned on the XPG4 curses standard. The weaker XPG4 spec may result
+in slower updates.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), \fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\"*****************************************************************************
+.\" Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+.\" All Rights Reserved. *
+.\" *
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+.\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+.\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+.\" documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+.\" not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+.\" software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+.\" INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+.\" EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+.\" SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+.\" RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+.\" CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+.\" CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+.\"*****************************************************************************
+.\" $Id: dft_fgbg.3x,v 1.1 1997/01/19 02:51:30 tom Exp $
+.TH use_default_colors 3X ""
+.
+.SH NAME
+\fBuse_default_colors\fP \- use terminal's default colors
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fP
+
+\fBint use_default_colors(void);\fP
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This is an extension to the curses library.
+It is used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
+These terminals allow the application to reset color to an unspecified
+default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or SGR 49).
+Because they are designed to support this, their design usually includes
+features to change the default foreground or background colors so that
+they do not match the assumption in XSI curses of white on black.
+.PP
+Applications that paint a colored background over the whole screen
+are not adversely impacted by this type of terminal design.
+However, there are applications that are designed to work with
+the default background.
+.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function returns the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
+It will fail if either the terminal does not support
+the \fIorig_pair\fP or \fIorig_colors\fP capability.
+If the \fIinitialize_pair\fP capability is found, this causes an
+error as well.
+.
+.SH NOTES
+Associated with this extension, the \fBinit_pair\fP(3x) function accepts
+negative arguments to specify default foreground or background
+colors.
+.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that
+any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurs_color\fP(3x),
+\fBded\fP(1).
+.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of the requirements for color xterm
+for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH forms 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBforms\fR - curses extension for programming forms
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBforms\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
+form screens on character-cell terminals. The library includes: field
+routines, which create and modify form fields; and form routines, which group
+fields into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle interaction with the
+user.
+
+The \fBforms\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses
+initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of
+these functions. To use the \fBforms\fR library, link with the options
+\fB-lform -lcurses\fR.
+
+.SS Current Default Values for Field Attributes
+
+The \fBforms\fR library maintains a default value for field attributes. You
+can get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fR or \fBset_\fR
+routine with a \fBNULL\fR field pointer. Changing this default with a
+\fBset_\fR function affects future field creations, but does not change the
+rendering of fields already created.
+
+.SS Routine Name Index
+
+The following table lists each \fBform\fR routine and the name of
+the manual page on which it is described.
+
+.TS
+l l
+l l .
+\fBcurses\fR Routine Name Manual Page Name
+=
+\fBcurrent_field\fR form_page(3X)
+\fBdata_ahead\fR form_data(3X)
+\fBdata_behind\fR form_data(3X)
+\fBdup_field\fR form_field_new(3X)
+\fBdynamic_fieldinfo\fR form_field_info(3X)
+\fBfield_arg\fR form_field_validation(3X)
+\fBfield_back\fR form_field_attributes(3X)
+\fBfield_buffer\fR form_field_buffer(3X)
+\fBfield_count\fR form_field(3X)
+\fBfield_fore\fR form_field_attributes(3X)
+\fBfield_index\fR form_page(3X)
+\fBfield_info\fR form_field_info(3X)
+\fBfield_init\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBfield_just\fR form_field_just(3X)
+\fBfield_opts\fR form_field_opts(3X)
+\fBfield_opts_off\fR form_field_opts(3X)
+\fBfield_opts_on\fR form_field_opts(3X)
+\fBfield_pad\fR form_field_attributes(3X)
+\fBfield_status\fR form_field_buffer(3X)
+\fBfield_term\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBfield_type\fR form_field_validation(3X)
+\fBfield_userptr\fR form_field_userptr(3X)
+\fBform_driver\fR form_driver(3X)
+\fBform_fields\fR form_field(3X)
+\fBform_init\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBform_opts\fR form_opts(3X)
+\fBform_opts_off\fR form_opts(3X)
+\fBform_opts_on\fR form_opts(3X)
+\fBform_page\fR form_page(3X)
+\fBform_request_by_name\fR form_requestname(3X)
+\fBform_request_name\fR form_requestname(3X)
+\fBform_sub\fR form_win(3X)
+\fBform_term\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBform_userptr\fR form_userptr(3X)
+\fBform_win\fR form_win(3X)
+\fBfree_field\fR form_field_new(3X)
+\fBfree_form\fR form_new(3X)
+\fBlink_field\fR form_field_new(3X)
+\fBlink_fieldtype\fR link_fieldtype(3X)
+\fBmove_field\fR form_field(3X)
+\fBnew_field\fR form_field_new(3X)
+\fBnew_form\fR form_new(3X)
+\fBnew_page\fR form_new_page(3X)
+\fBpos_form_cursor\fR form_cursor(3X)
+\fBpost_form\fR form_post(3X)
+\fBscale_form\fR form_win(3X)
+\fBset_current_field\fR form_page(3X)
+\fBset_field_back\fR form_field_attributes(3X)
+\fBset_field_buffer\fR form_field_buffer(3X)
+\fBset_field_fore\fR form_field_attributes(3X)
+\fBset_field_init\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBset_field_just\fR form_field_just(3X)
+\fBset_field_opts\fR form_field_opts(3X)
+\fBset_field_pad\fR form_field_attributes(3X)
+\fBset_field_status\fR form_field_buffer(3X)
+\fBset_field_term\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBset_field_type\fR form_field_validation(3X)
+\fBset_field_userptr\fR form_field_userptr(3X)
+\fBset_fieldtype_arg\fR form_fieldtype(3X)
+\fBset_fieldtype_choice\fR form_fieldtype(3X)
+\fBset_form_fields\fR form_field(3X)
+\fBset_form_init\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBset_form_opts\fR form_field_opts(3X)
+\fBset_form_page\fR form_page(3X)
+\fBset_form_sub\fR form_win(3X)
+\fBset_form_term\fR form_hook(3X)
+\fBset_form_userptr\fR form_userptr(3X)
+\fBset_form_win\fR form_win(3X)
+\fBset_max_field\fR form_field_buffer(3X)
+\fBset_new_page\fR form_new_page(3X)
+\fBunpost_form\fR form_post(3X)
+.TE
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return
+an integer return one of the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_CONNECTED\fR
+The field is already connected to a form.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The form is already posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR
+Form is too large for its window.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The form has not been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR
+The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_INVALID_FIELD\fR
+Contents of a field are not valid.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No fields are connected to the form.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR
+The form driver could not process the request.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header files
+\fB<curses.h>\fR and \fB<eti.h>\fR.
+
+In your library list, libform.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
+you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not the other way around (which would
+give you a link error using GNU \fBld\fR(1) and many other linkers).
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_cursor 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_cursor\fR - position a form window cursor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBpos_form_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the position required
+for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after
+\fBcurses\fR routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a
+form operation.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The form has not been posted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_data 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_data\fR -
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+.br
+bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBdata_ahead\fR tests whether there is off-screen data
+ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
+
+The function \fBdata_behind\fR tests whether there is off-screen data
+behind in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_driver 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_driver\fR - command-processing loop of the form system
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it
+through \fBform_driver\fR. This routine has two major input cases; either
+the input is a form navigation request or it's a printable ASCII character.
+The form driver requests are as follows:
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+Move to the next page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_PAGE
+Move to the previous page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+Move to the first page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_LAST_PAGE
+Move to the last field.
+
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+Move to the next field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_FIELD
+Move to the previous field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+Move to the first field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_LAST_FIELD
+Move to the last field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+Move to the sorted next field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+Move to the sorted previous field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+Move to the sorted first field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+Move to the sorted last field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+Move left to a field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_RIGHT_FIELD
+Move right to a field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_UP_FIELD
+Move up to a field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+Move down to a field.
+
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+Move to the next char.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_CHAR
+Move to the previous char.
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_LINE
+Move to the next line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_LINE
+Move to the previous line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_WORD
+Move to the next word.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_WORD
+Move to the previous word.
+.TP 5
+REQ_BEG_FIELD
+Move to the beginning of the field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_END_FIELD
+Move to the end of the field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_BEG_LINE
+Move to the beginning of the line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_END_LINE
+Move to the end of the line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+Move left in the field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+Move right in the field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_UP_CHAR
+Move up in the field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+Move down in the field.
+
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEW_LINE
+Insert or overlay a new line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_INS_CHAR
+Insert a blank at the cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_INS_LINE
+Insert a blank line at the cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DEL_CHAR
+Delete character at the cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DEL_PREV
+Delete character before the cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DEL_LINE
+Delete line at the cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DEL_WORD
+Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_CLR_EOL
+Clear to end of line from cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_CLR_EOF
+Clear to end of field from cursor.
+.TP 5
+REQ_CLR_FIELD
+Clear the entire field.
+.TP 5
+REQ_OVL_MODE
+Enter overlay mode.
+.TP 5
+REQ_INS_MODE
+Enter insert mode.
+
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_FLINE
+Scroll the field forward a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_BLINE
+Scroll the field backward a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+Scroll the field forward a page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+Scroll the field backward a page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+Scroll the field forward half a page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+Scroll the field backward half a page.
+
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_FCHAR
+Scroll the field forward a character.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+Scroll the field backward a character.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
+
+.TP
+REQ_VALIDATION
+Validate field.
+.TP
+REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+Display next field choice.
+.TP
+REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+Display previous field choice.
+.PP
+If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the driver places it
+in the current position in the current field. If it is one of the forms
+requests listed above, that request is executed.
+.PP
+If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor one of the above
+pre-defined form requests, the drive assumes it is an application-specific
+command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR. Application-defined commands
+should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these
+pre-defined requests.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBform_driver\fR return one of the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The form has not been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR
+The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_INVALID_FIELD\fR
+Contents of field is invalid.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR
+The form driver could not process the request.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBforms\fR(3x).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header files
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field\fR - make and break connections between fields and forms
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+.br
+FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int field_count(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_form_fields\fR changes the field pointer array of
+the given \fIform\fR. The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fR.
+
+The function \fBform_fields\fR returns the field array of the given form.
+
+The function \fBfield_count\fR returns the count of fields in \fIform\fR.
+
+The function \fBmove_field\fR move the given field (which must be disconnected)
+to a specified location on the screen.
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+The function \fBform_fields\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+The function \fBfield_count\fR returns \fBERR\fR (the general
+\fBcurses\fR error return value) on error.
+
+The functions \fBset_form_fields\fR and \fBmove_field\fR return one of
+the following codes on error:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The form is already posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_CONNECTED\fR
+The field is already connected to a form.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the \fBfield_count\fR error value
+as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_attributes 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_attributes\fR - color and attribute control for form fields
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+.br
+chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+.br
+chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+.br
+chtype field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_field_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of
+\fIfield\fR. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The
+function \fBfield_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute. The default is
+\fBA_STANDOUT\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_field_back\fR sets the background attribute of
+\fIform\fR. This is the highlight used to display the extent fields in the
+form. The function \fBfield_back\fR returns the background attribute. The
+default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_field_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the field.
+The function \fBfield_pad\fR returns the given form's pad character. The
+default is a blank.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_buffer 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_buffer\fR - field buffer control
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char *value);
+.br
+char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+.br
+int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+.br
+bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_field_buffer\fR sets the numbered buffer of the given field
+to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other
+numbered buffers may be allocated by applications through the \fBnbuf\fR
+argument of (see \fBfield_new\fR(3X)) but are not manipulated by the forms
+library. The function \fBfield_buffer\fR returns the foreground attribute.
+
+The function \fBset_field_status\fR sets the associated status flag of
+\fIfield\fR; \fBfield_status\fR gets the current value. The status flag
+is set to a nonzero value whenever the field changes.
+
+The function \fBset_max_field\fR sets the maximum size for a dynamic field.
+An argument of 0 turns off any maximum size threshold for that field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The \fBfield_buffer\fR function returns NULL on error.
+
+The \fBfield_status\fR function returns \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR.
+
+The remaining routines return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_info 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_info\fR - retrieve field characteristics
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
+ int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+.br
+int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols, *max);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBfield_info\fR returns the sizes and other attributes passed in
+to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of
+upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and
+number of working buffers.
+
+The function \fBdynamic_field_info\fR returns the actual size of the field, and
+its maximum possible size. If the field has no size limit, the location
+addressed by the third argument will be set to 0. (A field can be made dynamic
+by turning off the \fBO_STATIC\fR).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_just 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_just\fR - retrieve field characteristics
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+.br
+int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_field_just\fR sets the justification attribute of
+a field; \fBfield_just\fR returns a field's justification attribute.
+The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT,
+JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBfield_just\fR returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+The function \fBset_field_just\fR return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_new 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_new\fR - create and destroy form fields
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+ int toprow, int leftcol,
+ int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+.br
+FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+.br
+FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+.br
+int free_field(FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBnew_field\fR allocates a new field and initializes it from the
+parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left
+corner, number off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
+
+The function \fBdup_field\fR duplicates a field at a new location. Most
+attributes (including current contents, size, validation type, buffer count,
+growth threshold, justification, foreground, background, pad character,
+options, and user pointer) are copied. Field status and the field page bit are
+not copied.
+
+The function \fBlink_field\fR acts like \fBdup_field\fR, but the new field
+shares buffers with its parent. Attribute data is separate.
+
+The function \fBfree_field\fR de-allocates storage associated with a field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function, \fBnew_field\fR, \fBdup_field\fR, \fBlink_field\fR return
+\fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+The function \fBfree_field\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied by
+\fBdup_field\fR(3x) being portable; the System V forms library documents are
+not very explicit on what gets copied and was not.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_opts 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_opts\fR - set and get field options
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+OPTIONS field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_field_opts\fR sets all the given field's option bits (field
+option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
+
+The function \fBfield_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBfield_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBfield_opts\fR returns the field's current option bits.
+
+The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+.TP 5
+O_VISIBLE
+The field is displayed. If this option is off, display of the field is
+suppressed,
+.TP 5
+O_ACTIVE
+The field is visited during processing. If this option is off, the field will
+not be reachable by navigation keys.
+.TP 5
+O_PUBLIC
+The field contents are displayed as data is entered.
+.TP 5
+O_EDIT
+The field can be edited.
+.TP 5
+O_WRAP
+Words that don't fit on a line are wrapped to the next line. Words are
+blank-separated.
+.TP 5
+O_BLANK
+The field is cleared whenever a character is entered at the first position.
+.TP 5
+O_AUTOSKIP
+Skip to the next field when this one fills
+.TP 5
+O_NULLOK
+Allow a blank field.
+.TP 5
+O_STATIC
+Field buffers are fixed to field's original size.
+.TP 5
+O_PASSOK
+Validate field only if modified by user.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBfield_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_CURRENT\fR
+The field is the current field.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.TP 5
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_userptr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_userptr\fR - associate application data with a form field
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, const void*userptr);
+.br
+const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data
+(that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
+that field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBfield_userptr\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. The function
+\fBset_field_userptr\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for
+SVr4 compatibility.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field_validation 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_field_validation\fR - data type validation for fields
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+.br
+FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_field_type\fR declares a data type for a given form field.
+This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows:
+.TP 5
+TYPE_ALNUM
+Alphanumeric data. Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
+.TP 5
+TYPE_ALPHA
+Character data. Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
+.TP 5
+TYPE_ENUM
+Accept one of a specified set of strings. Requires a third \fB(char **)\fR
+argument pointing to a string list; a fourth \fBint\fR flag argument to enable
+case-sensitivity; and a fifth \fBint\fR flag argument specifying whether a partial
+match must be a unique one (if this flag is off, a prefix matches the first
+of any set of more than one list elements with that prefix). Please notice
+that the string list is not copied, only a reference to it is stored in the
+field. So you should avoid to use a list that lives in automatic variables
+on the stack.
+.TP 5
+TYPE_INTEGER
+Integer data, parsable to an integer by \fBatoi(3)\fR. Requires a third
+\fBint\fR argument controlling the precision, a fourth \fBlong\fR argument
+constraining minimum value, and a fifth \fBlong\fR constraining maximum value.
+If the maximum value is less or equal the minimum value, the range is simply
+ignored. On return the field buffer is formatted according to the \fBprintf\fR
+format specification ".*ld", where the '*' is replaced by the precision argument.
+For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf's\fR man-page.
+.TP 5
+TYPE_NUMERIC
+Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part). Requires a third
+\fBint\fR argument controlling the precision, a fourth \fBdouble\fR
+argument constraining minimum value, and a fifth \fBdouble\fR constraining
+maximum value. If your system supports locale's, the decimal point character
+to be used must be the one specified by your locale.
+If the maximum value is less or equal the minimum value, the range is simply
+ignored. On return the field buffer is formatted according to the \fBprintf\fR
+format specification ".*f", where the '*' is replaced by the precision argument.
+For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf's\fR man-page.
+.TP 5
+TYPE_REGEXP
+Regular expression data. Requires a regular expression \fB(char *)\fR third argument;
+the data is valid if the regular expression matches it. Regular expressions
+are in the format of \fBregcomp\fR(3x) and \fBregexec\fR(3X). Please notice
+that the regular expression must match the whole field. If you have for
+example an eight character wide field, a regular expression "^[0-9]*$" always
+means that you have to fill all eight positions with digits. If you want to
+allow fewer digits, you may use for example "^[0-9]* *$" which is good for
+trailing spaces (up to an empty field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which is good for
+leading and trailing spaces around the digits.
+.TP 5
+TYPE_IPV4
+An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires no additional argument. It
+is checked whether or not the buffer has the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d are
+numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the buffer are ignored. The address
+itself is not validated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension. This
+field type may not be available in other curses implementations.
+
+It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field types. See the
+\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X) manual page.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The functions \fBfield_type\fR and \fBfield_arg\fR return \fBNULL\fR on
+error. The function \fBset_field_type\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_field 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_fieldtype\fR - define validation-field types
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+ bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+ bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+.br
+int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+.br
+int set_fieldtype_arg(
+ FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+ void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+ void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+ void (* const free_arg)(void *));
+.br
+int set_fieldtype_choice(
+ FIELDTYPE *fieldtype
+ bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+ bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+.br
+FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+ FIELDTYPE *type2);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBnew_fieldtype\fR creates a new field type usable for data
+validation. You supply it with \fIfield_check\fR, a predicate to check the
+validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to leave a field.
+The (FIELD *) argument is passed in so the validation predicate can see the
+field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the second argument is an
+argument-block structure, about which more below.
+
+You also supply \fBnew_fieldtype\fR with \fIchar_check\fR,
+a function to validate input characters as they are entered; it will be passed
+the character to be checked and a pointer to an argument-block structure.
+
+The function \fBfree_fieldtype\fR frees the space allocated for a given
+validation type.
+
+The function \fBset_fieldtype\fR associates three storage-management functions
+with a field type. The \fImak_arg\fR function is automatically applied to the
+list of arguments you give \fBset_field_type\fR when attaching validation
+to a field; its job is to bundle these into an allocated argument-block
+object which can later be passed to validation predicated. The other two
+hook arguments should copy and free argument-block structures. They will
+be used by the forms-driver code.
+
+The form driver requests \fBREQ_NEXT_CHOICE\fR and \fBREQ_PREV_CHOICE\fR assume
+that the possible values of a field form an ordered set, and provide the forms
+user with a way to move through the set. The \fBset_fieldtype_choice\fR
+function allows forms programmers to define successor and predecessor functions
+for the field type. These functions take the field pointer and an
+argument-block structure as arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error.
+
+The integer-valued routines return one of the following codes on
+error:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_CONNECTED\fR
+The field is already connected to a form.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+
+All of the \fB(char *)\fR arguments of these functions should actually be
+\fB(void *)\fR. The type has been left uncorrected for strict compatibility
+with System V.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_hook 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_hook\fR - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_field_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+.br
+void (*)(FORM *) field_init(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int set_field_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+.br
+void (*)(FORM *) field_term(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int set_form_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+.br
+void (*)(FORM *) form_init(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int set_form_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+.br
+void (*)(FORM *) form_term(const FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various
+points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBform_driver\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_field_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time
+and each time the selected field changes (after the change). \fBfield_init\fR
+returns the current field init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+hook).
+
+The function \fBset_field_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
+and each time the selected field changes (before the change). \fBfield_term\fR
+returns the current field term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+hook).
+
+The function \fBset_form_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time and
+just after a page change once it is posted. \fBform_init\fR returns the
+current form init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such hook).
+
+The function \fBset_form_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
+and just before a page change change once it is posted. \fBform_init\fR
+returns the current form term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+hook).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Other routines
+return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_new 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_new\fR - create and destroy forms
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+.br
+int free_form(FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBnew_form\fR creates a new form connected to a specified field
+pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fR-terminated).
+
+The function \fBfree_form\fR disconnects \fIform\fR from its field array
+and frees the storage allocated for the form.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBnew_form\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+The function \fBfree_form\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The form has already been posted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_new_page 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_new_page\fR - form pagination functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+.br
+bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_new_page\fR sets or resets a flag marking the given field
+as the beginning of a new page on its form.
+
+The function \fBnew_page\fR is a predicate which tests if a given field marks
+a page beginning on its form.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBnew_page\fR returns \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_new_page\fR return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_CONNECTED\fR
+The given field is already connected to a form.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_opts 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_opts\fR - set and get form options
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_form_opts(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int form_opts_on(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int form_opts_off(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+OPTIONS form_opts(const FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_form_opts\fR sets all the given form's option bits (form
+option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
+
+The function \fBform_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBform_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBform_opts\fR returns the form's current option bits.
+
+The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+.TP 5
+O_NL_OVERLOAD
+Overload the \fBREQ_NEW_LINE\fR forms driver request so that calling it at the
+end of a field goes to the next field.
+.TP 5
+O_BS_OVERLOAD
+Overload the \fBREQ_DEL_PREV\fR forms driver request so that calling it at the
+beginning of a field goes to the previous field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBform_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_page 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_page\fR - set and get form page number
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+.br
+FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
+.br
+int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+.br
+int form_page(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_current field\fR sets the current field of the given
+form; \fBcurrent_field\fR returns the current field of the given form.
+.PP
+The function \fBset_form_page\fR sets the form's page number (goes to page
+\fIn\fR of the form).
+.PP
+The function \fBform_page\fR returns the form's current page number.
+.PP
+The function \fBfield_index\fR returns the index of the field in the
+field array of the form it is connected to. It returns \fBERR\fR if
+the argument is the null pointer or the field is not connected.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBform_page\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_INVALID_FIELD\fR
+Contents of a field are not valid.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR
+The form driver could not process the request.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_post 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_post\fR - write or erase forms from associated subwindows
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int post_form(FORM *form);
+.br
+int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBpost_form\fR displays a form to its associated subwindow. To
+trigger physical display of the subwindow, use \fBrefresh\fR or some equivalent
+\fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR
+input request will do).
+
+The function \fBunpost_form\fR erases form from its associated subwindow.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The form has already been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR
+Form is too large for its window.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The form has not been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the form.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_requestname 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_requestname\fR - handle printable form request names
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+const char *form_request_name(int request);
+.br
+int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBform_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a form
+request code.
+.br
+The function \fBform_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request
+with the given name and returns its request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBform_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error and sets errno
+to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR.
+.br
+\fBform_request_by_name\fR returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR on error.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that
+any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_userptr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_userptr\fR - associate application data with a form item
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, const void *userptr);
+.br
+const void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold
+application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone).
+These functions get and set the form user pointer field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBform_userptr\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+The function \fBset_form_userptr\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for
+SVr4 compatibility.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH form_win 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBform_win\fR - make and break form window and subwindow associations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <form.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+.br
+WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+.br
+WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+.br
+int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every form has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows. The form window
+displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow
+displays the items of the form that are currently available for selection.
+
+The first four functions get and set those windows. It is not necessary to set
+either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both.
+
+In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though
+it were \fBstsdcr\fR. A form argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as a request
+to change the system default form window or subwindow.
+
+The function \fBscale_window\fR returns the minimum size required for the
+subwindow of \fIform\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return
+an integer return one of the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The form has already been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the form.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<form.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.12 1997/01/05 00:47:22 tom Exp $
+.TH infocmp 1M ""
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+\fBinfocmp\fR - compare or print out \fIterminfo\fR descriptions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBinfocmp\fR [\fB-dcnpILCuV1\fR] [\fB-v\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB-s d\fR| \fBi\fR| \fBl\fR| \fBc\fR]
+.br
+ [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-A\fR \fIdirectory\fR] [\fB-B\fR \fIdirectory\fR] [\fItermname\fR...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBinfocmp\fR can be used to compare a binary \fBterminfo\fR entry with other
+terminfo entries, rewrite a \fBterminfo\fR description to take advantage of the
+\fBuse=\fR terminfo field, or print out a \fBterminfo\fR description from the
+binary file (\fBterm\fR) in a variety of formats. In all cases, the boolean
+fields will be printed first, followed by the numeric fields, followed by the
+string fields.
+
+.SS Default Options
+If no options are specified and zero or one \fItermnames\fR are specified, the
+\fB-I\fR option will be assumed. If more than one \fItermname\fR is specified,
+the \fB-d\fR option will be assumed.
+
+.SS Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n]
+\fBinfocmp\fR compares the \fBterminfo\fR description of the first terminal
+\fItermname\fR with each of the descriptions given by the entries for the other
+terminal's \fItermnames\fR. If a capability is defined for only one of the
+terminals, the value returned will depend on the type of the capability:
+\fBF\fR for boolean variables, \fB-1\fR for integer variables, and \fBNULL\fR
+for string variables.
+
+The \fB-d\fR option produces a list of each capability that is different
+between two entries. This option is useful to show the difference between two
+entries, created by different people, for the same or similar terminals.
+
+The \fB-c\fR option produces a list of each capability that is common between
+two entries. Capabilities that are not set are ignored. This option can be
+used as a quick check to see if the \fB-u\fR option is worth using.
+
+The \fB-n\fR option produces a list of each capability that is in neither
+entry. If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR
+will be used for both of the \fItermnames\fR. This can be used as a quick
+check to see if anything was left out of a description.
+
+.SS Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r]
+The \fB-I\fR, \fB-L\fR, and \fB-C\fR options will produce a source listing for
+each terminal named.
+
+.TS
+center tab(/) ;
+l l .
+\fB-I\fR/use the \fBterminfo\fR names
+\fB-L\fR/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
+\fB-C\fR/use the \fBtermcap\fR names
+\fB-r\fR/when using \fB-C\fR, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fR form
+.TE
+
+If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR will be
+used for the terminal name.
+
+The source produced by the \fB-C\fR option may be used directly as a
+\fBtermcap\fR entry, but not all parameterized strings can be changed to
+the \fBtermcap\fR format. \fBinfocmp\fR will attempt to convert most of the
+parameterized information, and anything not converted will be plainly marked in
+the output and commented out. These should be edited by hand.
+
+All padding information for strings will be collected together and placed
+at the beginning of the string where \fBtermcap\fR expects it. Mandatory
+padding (padding information with a trailing '/') will become optional.
+
+All \fBtermcap\fR variables no longer supported by \fBterminfo\fR, but which
+are derivable from other \fBterminfo\fR variables, will be output. Not all
+\fBterminfo\fR capabilities will be translated; only those variables which were
+part of \fBtermcap\fR will normally be output. Specifying the \fB-r\fR option
+will take off this restriction, allowing all capabilities to be output in
+\fItermcap\fR form.
+
+Note that because padding is collected to the beginning of the capability, not
+all capabilities are output. Mandatory padding is not supported. Because
+\fBtermcap\fR strings are not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert
+a \fBterminfo\fR string capability into an equivalent \fBtermcap\fR format. A
+subsequent conversion of the \fBtermcap\fR file back into \fBterminfo\fR format
+will not necessarily reproduce the original \fBterminfo\fR
+source.
+
+Some common \fBterminfo\fR parameter sequences, their \fBtermcap\fR
+equivalents, and some terminal types which commonly have such sequences, are:
+
+.TS
+center tab(/) ;
+l c l
+l l l.
+\fBterminfo/termcap\fR/Representative Terminals
+=
+\fB%p1%c/%.\fR/adm
+\fB%p1%d/%d\fR/hp, ANSI standard, vt100
+\fB%p1%'x'%+%c/%+x\fR/concept
+\fB%i/%i\fRq/ANSI standard, vt100
+\fB%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;/%>xy\fR/concept
+\fB%p2\fR is printed before \fB%p1/%r\fR/hp
+.TE
+.SS Use= Option [-u]
+The \fB-u\fR option produces a \fBterminfo\fR source description of the first
+terminal \fItermname\fR which is relative to the sum of the descriptions given
+by the entries for the other terminals \fItermnames\fR. It does this by
+analyzing the differences between the first \fItermname\fR and the other
+\fItermnames\fR and producing a description with \fBuse=\fR fields for the
+other terminals. In this manner, it is possible to retrofit generic terminfo
+entries into a terminal's description. Or, if two similar terminals exist, but
+were coded at different times or by different people so that each description
+is a full description, using \fBinfocmp\fR will show what can be done to change
+one description to be relative to the other.
+
+A capability will get printed with an at-sign (@) if it no longer exists in the
+first \fItermname\fR, but one of the other \fItermname\fR entries contains a
+value for it. A capability's value gets printed if the value in the first
+\fItermname\fR is not found in any of the other \fItermname\fR entries, or if
+the first of the other \fItermname\fR entries that has this capability gives a
+different value for the capability than that in the first \fItermname\fR.
+
+The order of the other \fItermname\fR entries is significant. Since the
+terminfo compiler \fBtic\fR does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities,
+specifying two \fBuse=\fR entries that contain differing entries for the same
+capabilities will produce different results depending on the order that the
+entries are given in. \fBinfocmp\fR will flag any such inconsistencies between
+the other \fItermname\fR entries as they are found.
+
+Alternatively, specifying a capability \fIafter\fR a \fBuse=\fR entry that
+contains that capability will cause the second specification to be ignored.
+Using \fBinfocmp\fR to recreate a description can be a useful check to make
+sure that everything was specified correctly in the original source
+description.
+
+Another error that does not cause incorrect compiled files, but will slow down
+the compilation time, is specifying extra \fBuse=\fR fields that are
+superfluous. \fBinfocmp\fR will flag any other \fItermname use=\fR fields that
+were not needed.
+
+.SS Other Options [-s d|i|l|c] [-v] [-V] [-1] [-T] [-w \fIwidth\fR]
+The \fB-s\fR option sorts the fields within each type according to the argument
+below:
+
+.TP 5
+\fBd\fR
+leave fields in the order that they are stored in the \fIterminfo\fR database.
+.TP 5
+\fBi\fR
+sort by \fIterminfo\fR name.
+.TP 5
+\fBl\fR
+sort by the long C variable name.
+.TP 5
+\fBc\fR
+sort by the \fItermcap\fR name.
+
+If the \fB-s\fR option is not given, the fields printed out will be
+sorted alphabetically by the \fBterminfo\fR name within each type,
+except in the case of the \fB-C\fR or the \fB-L\fR options, which cause the
+sorting to be done by the \fBtermcap\fR name or the long C variable
+name, respectively.
+
+.TP 5
+\fB-F\fR
+compare terminfo files. This assumes that two following arguments are
+filenames. The files are searched for pairwise matches between
+entries, with two entries considered to match if any of their names do.
+The report printed to standard output lists entries with no matches in
+the other file, and entries with more than one match. For entries
+with exactly one match it includes a difference report.
+.TP 5
+\fB-p\fR
+Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
+.TP 5
+\fB-v\fR \fIn\fR
+prints out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
+Higher values of n induce greater verbosity.
+.TP 5
+\fB-V\fR
+prints out the version of the program in use on standard error and exits.
+.TP 5
+\fB-1\fR
+causes the fields to be printed out one to a line. Otherwise,
+the fields will be printed several to a line to a maximum width
+of 60 characters.
+.TP 5
+\fB-T\fR
+eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
+This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled
+descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
+.TP 5
+\fB-w\fR
+changes the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
+.TP 5
+\fB-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
+Restrict output to a given subset. This option is for use with archaic
+versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that don't support
+the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX
+that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. Available terminfo
+subsets are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", and "AIX"; see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for
+details. You can also choose the subset "BSD" which selects only capabilities
+with termcap equivalents recognized by 4.4BSD.
+.TP 5
+\fB-e\fR
+Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for a
+TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB<term.h>\fR).
+This option is useful for preparing versions of the curses library hardwired
+for a given terminal type.
+.SS Changing Databases [-A \fIdirectory\fR] [-B \fIdirectory\fR]
+The location of the compiled \fBterminfo\fR database is taken from the
+environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR . If the variable is not defined, or the
+terminal is not found in that location, the system \fBterminfo\fR database,
+in \fB@DATADIR@/terminfo\fR, will be used. The options \fB-A\fR
+and \fB-B\fR may be used to override this location. The \fB-A\fR option will
+set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the first \fItermname\fR and the \fB-B\fR option will
+set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the other \fItermnames\fR. With this, it is possible to
+compare descriptions for a terminal with the same name located in two different
+databases. This is useful for comparing descriptions for the same terminal
+created by different people.
+.TP 5
+\fB-i\fR
+Analyze the initialization (\fBis1\fR, \fBis2\fR, \fBis3\fR), and reset
+(\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR), strings in the entry. For each string, the
+code tries to analyze it into actions in terms of the other capabilities in the
+entry, certain X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 capabilities, and certain DEC VT-series
+private modes (the set of recognized special sequences has been selected for
+completeness over the existing terminfo database). Each report line consists
+of the capability name, followed by a colon and space, followed by a printable
+expansion of the capability string with sections matching recognized actions
+translated into {}-bracketed descriptions. Here is a list of the DEC/ANSI
+special sequences recognized:
+
+.TS
+center tab(/) ;
+l l
+l l.
+Action/Meaning
+=
+RIS/full reset
+SC/save cursor
+RC/restore cursor
+LL/home-down
+RSR/reset scroll region
+
+ISO DEC G0/enable DEC graphics for G0
+ISO UK G0/enable UK chars for G0
+ISO US G0/enable US chars for G0
+ISO DEC G1/enable DEC graphics for G1
+ISO UK G1/enable UK chars for G1
+ISO US G1/enable US chars for G1
+
+DECPAM/application keypad mode
+DECPNM/normal keypad mode
+DECANSI/enter ANSI mode
+
+DEC[+-]CKM/application cursor keys
+DEC[+-]ANM/set VT52 mode
+DEC[+-]COLM/132-column mode
+DEC[+-]SCLM/smooth scroll
+DEC[+-]SCNM/reverse video mode
+DEC[+-]OM/origin mode
+DEC[+-]AWM/wraparound mode
+DEC[+-]ARM/auto-repeat mode
+.TE
+.sp
+It also recognizes a SGR action corresponding to ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set
+Graphics Rendition, with the values NORMAL, BOLD, UNDERLINE, BLINK, and
+REVERSE. All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on) or `-' (turn off).
+An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent to {SGR:NORMAL}).
+.SH FILES
+.TP 20
+\*d
+Compiled terminal description database.
+.SH EXTENSIONS
+The \fB-F\fR option is not supported in SVr4 curses. (It is primarily intended
+to help infocmp's author, while wearing his terminfo/termcap maintainer hat,
+merge termcap/terminfo files from various sources into the master.)
+
+The \fB-R\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-T\fR and \fB-i\fR options are not
+supported in SVr4 curses.
+
+The \fB-r\fR option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System V Release 4's.
+Actual BSD curses versions will have a more restricted set. To see only the
+4.4BSD set, use -r -RBSD.
+.SH BUGS
+The -F option of \fBinfocmp\fR(1m) should be a \fBtoe\fR(1m) mode.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBinfocmp\fR(1m), \fBcaptoinfo\fR(1m), \fBinfotocap\fR(1m),
+\fBtic\fR(1m), \fBtoe\fR(1m),
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+.SH AUTHOR
+Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: man_db.renames,v 0.4 1996/09/07 14:53:01 tom Exp $
+# Manual-page renamings for the man_db program
+#
+captoinfo.1m captoinfo.1m
+clear.1 clear.1m
+curs_addch.3x addch.3ncurses
+curs_addchstr.3x addchstr.3ncurses
+curs_addstr.3x addstr.3ncurses
+curs_attr.3x attr.3ncurses
+curs_beep.3x beep.3ncurses
+curs_bkgd.3x bkgd.3ncurses
+curs_border.3x border.3ncurses
+curs_clear.3x clear.3ncurses
+curs_color.3x color.3ncurses
+curs_delch.3x delch.3ncurses
+curs_deleteln.3x deleteln.3ncurses
+curs_getch.3x getch.3ncurses
+curs_getstr.3x getstr.3ncurses
+curs_getyx.3x getyx.3ncurses
+curs_inch.3x inch.3ncurses
+curs_inchstr.3x inchstr.3ncurses
+curs_initscr.3x initscr.3ncurses
+curs_inopts.3x inopts.3ncurses
+curs_insch.3x insch.3ncurses
+curs_insstr.3x insstr.3ncurses
+curs_instr.3x instr.3ncurses
+curs_kernel.3x kernel.3ncurses
+curs_mouse.3x mouse.3ncurses
+curs_move.3x move.3ncurses
+curs_outopts.3x outopts.3ncurses
+curs_overlay.3x overlay.3ncurses
+curs_pad.3x pad.3ncurses
+curs_print.3x print.3ncurses
+curs_printw.3x printw.3ncurses
+curs_refresh.3x refresh.3ncurses
+curs_scanw.3x scanw.3ncurses
+curs_scr_dmp.3x scr_dmp.3ncurses
+curs_scroll.3x scroll.3ncurses
+curs_slk.3x slk.3ncurses
+curs_termattrs.3x termattrs.3ncurses
+curs_termcap.3x termcap.3ncurses
+curs_terminfo.3x terminfo.3ncurses
+curs_touch.3x touch.3ncurses
+curs_util.3x util.3ncurses
+curs_window.3x window.3ncurses
+form.3x form.3form
+form_cursor.3x cursor.3form
+form_data.3x data.3form
+form_driver.3x driver.3form
+form_field.3x field.3form
+form_field_attributes.3x field_attributes.3form
+form_field_buffer.3x field_buffer.3form
+form_field_info.3x field_info.3form
+form_field_just.3x field_just.3form
+form_field_new.3x field_new.3form
+form_field_opts.3x field_opts.3form
+form_field_userptr.3x field_userptr.3form
+form_field_validation.3x field_validation.3form
+form_fieldtype.3x fieldtype.3form
+form_hook.3x hook.3form
+form_new.3x new.3form
+form_new_page.3x new_page.3form
+form_opts.3x opts.3form
+form_page.3x page.3form
+form_post.3x post.3form
+form_requestname.3x requestname.3form
+form_userptr.3x userptr.3form
+form_win.3x win.3form
+infocmp.1m infocmp.1m
+menu.3x menu.3menu
+menu_attribs.3x attribs.3menu
+menu_cursor.3x cursor.3menu
+menu_driver.3x driver.3menu
+menu_format.3x format.3menu
+menu_hook.3x hook.3menu
+menu_items.3x items.3menu
+menu_mark.3x mark.3menu
+menu_new.3x new.3menu
+menu_opts.3x opts.3menu
+menu_pattern.3x pattern.3menu
+menu_post.3x post.3menu
+menu_requestname.3x requestname.3menu
+menu_spacing.3x spacing.3menu
+menu_userptr.3x userptr.3menu
+menu_win.3x win.3menu
+mitem_current.3x menu_current.3menu
+mitem_name.3x menu_name.3menu
+mitem_new.3x menu_new.3menu
+mitem_opts.3x menu_opts.3menu
+mitem_userptr.3x menu_userptr.3menu
+mitem_value.3x menu_value.3menu
+mitem_visible.3x menu_visible.3menu
+ncurses.3x ncurses.3ncurses
+panel.3x panel.3curses
+resizeterm.3x resizeterm.3ncurses
+term.5 term.5
+term.7 term.7
+terminfo.5 terminfo.5
+tic.1m tic.1m
+toe.1m toe.1m
+tput.1 tput.1
+tset.1 tset.1
+wresize.3x wresize.3ncurses
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.9 1997/01/05 01:23:39 tom Exp $
+.TH menus 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenus\fR - curses extension for programming menus
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBmenus\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
+menu systems on character-cell terminals. The library includes: item routines,
+which create and modify menu items; and menu routines, which group items into
+menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction with the user.
+
+The \fBmenus\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses
+initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of
+these functions. To use the \fBmenus\fR library, link with the options
+\fB-lmenu -lcurses\fR.
+
+.SS Current Default Values for Item Attributes
+
+The \fBmenus\fR library maintains a default value for item attributes. You can
+get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fR or \fBset_\fR
+routine with a \fBNULL\fR item pointer. Changing this default with a
+\fBset_\fR function affects future item creations, but does not change the
+rendering of items already created.
+
+.SS Routine Name Index
+
+The following table lists each \fBmenu\fR routine and the name of
+the manual page on which it is described.
+
+.TS
+l l .
+\fBcurses\fR Routine Name Manual Page Name
+=
+\fBcurrent_item\fR mitem_current(3X)
+\fBfree_item\fR mitem_new(3X)
+\fBfree_menu\fR menu_new(3X)
+\fBitem_count\fR menu_items(3X)
+\fBitem_description\fR mitem_name(3X)
+\fBitem_index\fR mitem_current(3X)
+\fBitem_init\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBitem_name\fR mitem_name(3X)
+\fBitem_opts\fR mitem_opts(3X)
+\fBitem_opts_off\fR mitem_opts(3X)
+\fBitem_opts_on\fR mitem_opts(3X)
+\fBitem_term\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBitem_userptr\fR mitem_userptr(3X)
+\fBitem_value\fR mitem_value(3X)
+\fBitem_visible\fR mitem_visible(3X)
+\fBmenu_back\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBmenu_driver\fR menu_driver(3X)
+\fBmenu_fore\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBmenu_format\fR menu_format(3X)
+\fBmenu_grey\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBmenu_init\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBmenu_items\fR menu_items(3X)
+\fBmenu_mark\fR menu_mark(3X)
+\fBmenu_opts\fR menu_opts(3X)
+\fBmenu_opts_off\fR menu_opts(3X)
+\fBmenu_opts_on\fR menu_opts(3X)
+\fBmenu_pad\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBmenu_pattern\fR menu_pattern(3X)
+\fBmenu_request_by_name\fR menu_requestname(3X)
+\fBmenu_request_name\fR menu_requestname(3X)
+\fBmenu_spacing\fR menu_spacing(3X)
+\fBmenu_sub\fR menu_win(3X)
+\fBmenu_term\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBmenu_userptr\fR menu_userptr(3X)
+\fBmenu_win\fR menu_win(3X)
+\fBnew_item\fR mitem_new(3X)
+\fBnew_menu\fR menu_new(3X)
+\fBpos_menu_cursor\fR menu_cursor(3X)
+\fBpost_menu\fR menu_post(3X)
+\fBscale_menu\fR menu_win(3X)
+\fBset_current_item\fR menu_current_item(3X)
+\fBset_item_init\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBset_item_opts\fR mitem_opts(3X)
+\fBset_item_term\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBset_item_userptr\fR mitem_userptr(3X)
+\fBset_item_value\fR mitem_value(3X)
+\fBset_menu_back\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBset_menu_fore\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBset_menu_format\fR menu_format(3X)
+\fBset_menu_grey\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBset_menu_init\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBset_menu_items\fR menu_items(3X)
+\fBset_menu_mark\fR menu_mark(3X)
+\fBset_menu_opts\fR mitem_opts(3X)
+\fBset_menu_pad\fR menu_attribs(3X)
+\fBset_menu_pattern\fR menu_pattern(3X)
+\fBset_menu_spacing\fR menu_spacing(3X)
+\fBset_menu_sub\fR menu_win(3X)
+\fBset_menu_term\fR menu_hook(3X)
+\fBset_menu_userptr\fR menu_userptr(3X)
+\fBset_menu_win\fR menu_win(3X)
+\fBset_top_row\fR mitem_current(3X)
+\fBtop_row\fR mitem_current(3X)
+\fBunpost_menu\fR menu_post(3X)
+.TE
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return
+an integer return one of the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu is already posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR
+Menu is too large for its window.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The menu has not been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR
+The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR
+Character failed to match.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_SELECTABLE\fR
+The designated item cannot be selected.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the menu.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR
+The menu driver could not process the request.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "menu_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header files
+\fB<curses.h>\fR and \fB<eti.h>\fR.
+
+In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
+you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not the other way around (which would
+give you a link error using GNU \fBld\fR(1) and many other linkers).
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_attributes 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_attributes\fR - color and attribute control for menus
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+.br
+chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+.br
+chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+.br
+chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+.br
+int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_menu_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of
+\fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selected menu items.
+\fBmenu_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute. The default
+is \fBA_STANDOUT\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_menu_back\fR sets the background attribute of
+\fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selectable (but not currently
+selected) menu items. The function \fBmenu_back\fR returns the background
+attribute. The default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_menu_grey\fR sets the grey attribute of \fImenu\fR. This is
+the highlight used for un-selectable menu items in menus that permit more than
+one selection. The function \fBmenu_grey\fR returns the grey attribute.
+The default is \fBA_UNDERLINE\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_menu_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the space
+between the name and description parts of a menu item. \fBmenu_pad\fR returns
+the given menu's pad character. The default is a blank.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "menu_" for detailed
+descriptions of the entry points.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_cursor 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_cursor\fR - position a menu's cursor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBpos_menu_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the current position
+associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after \fBcurses\fR
+routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The menu has not been posted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_driver 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_driver\fR - command-processing loop of the menu system
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it
+through \fBmenu_driver\fR. This routine has two major input cases; either
+the input is a menu navigation request or it's a printable ASCII character.
+The menu driver requests are as follows:
+.TP 5
+REQ_LEFT_ITEM
+Move left to an item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
+Move right to an item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_UP_ITEM
+Move up to an item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_DOWN_ITEM
+Move down to an item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_ULINE
+Scroll up a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_DLINE
+Scroll down a line.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_DPAGE
+Scroll down a page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_SCR_UPAGE
+Scroll up a page.
+.TP 5
+REQ_FIRST_ITEM
+Move to the first item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_LAST_ITEM
+Move to the last item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_ITEM
+Move to the next item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_ITEM
+Move to the previous item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
+Select/deselect an item.
+.TP 5
+REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN
+Clear the menu pattern buffer.
+.TP 5
+REQ_BACK_PATTERN
+Delete the previous character from the pattern buffer.
+.TP 5
+REQ_NEXT_MATCH
+Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
+.TP 5
+REQ_PREV_MATCH
+Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
+.PP
+If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the code appends
+it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move to the next item matching
+the new pattern. If there is no such match, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns
+\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR and deletes the appended character from the buffer.
+.PP
+If the second argument is one of the above pre-defined requests, the
+corresponding action is performed.
+.PP
+If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor one of the above
+pre-defined menu requests, the drive assumes it is an application-specific
+command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR. Application-defined commands
+should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these
+pre-defined requests.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBmenu_driver\fR return one of the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The menu has not been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR
+The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR
+Character failed to match.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR
+The menu driver could not process the request.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenus\fR(3x).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header files
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_format 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_format\fR - set and get menu sizes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+.br
+int menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_menu_format\fR sets the maximum display size of the given
+window. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be
+made scrollable.
+
+The default format is 16 rows, 1 column. Calling \fBset_menu_format\fR with a
+null menu pointer will change this default. A zero row or column argument to
+\fBset_menu_format\fR is interpreted as a request not to change the current
+value.
+
+The function \fBmenu_format\fR returns the maximum-size constraints for the
+given menu into the storage addressed by \fBrows\fR and \fBcols\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu is already posted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_hook 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_hook\fR - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_item_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+.br
+void (*)(MENU *) item_init(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_item_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+.br
+void (*)(MENU *) item_term(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+.br
+void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+.br
+void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various
+points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBmenu_driver\fR.
+
+The function \fBset_item_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
+each time the selected item changes (after the change). \fBitem_init\fR
+returns the current item init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+hook).
+
+The function \fBset_item_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
+and each time the selected item changes (before the change). \fBitem_term\fR
+returns the current item term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+hook).
+
+The function \fBset_menu_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
+just after the top row on the menu changes once it is posted. \fBmenu_init\fR
+returns the current menu init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+hook).
+
+The function \fBset_menu_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
+and just before the top row on the menu changes once it is posted.
+\fBmenu_term\fR returns the current menu term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there
+is no such hook).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Other routines
+return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_items 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_items\fR - make and break connections between items and menus
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+.br
+ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_menu_items\fR changes the item pointer array of the given
+\fImenu\fR. The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fR.
+
+The function \fBmenu_items\fR returns the item array of the given menu.
+
+The function \fBitem_count\fR returns the count of items in \fImenu\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+The function \fBmenu_items\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+The function \fBitem_count\fR returns \fBERR\fR (the general \fBcurses\fR error
+return value) on error.
+
+The function \fBset_menu_items\fR returns one of the following codes on error:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu is already posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the menu.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBitem_count\fR error value
+as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_mark 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_mark\fR - get and set the menu mark string
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+.br
+const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without
+highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items
+in a menu with a prefix string.
+
+The function \fBset_menu_mark\fR sets the mark string for the given menu.
+Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with a null menu item will abolish the mark string.
+Note that changing the length of the mark string for a menu while the
+menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
+
+The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with
+a \fBNULL\fR menu argument will change this default.
+
+The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns the menu's mark string (or \fBNULL\fR if
+there is none).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. The function
+\fBset_menu_mark\fR may return the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_new 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_new\fR - create and destroy menus
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+.br
+int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBnew_menu\fR creates a new menu connected to a specified item
+pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fR-terminated).
+
+The function \fBfree_menu\fR disconnects \fImenu\fR from its item array
+and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBnew_menu\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+The function \fBfree_menu\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu has already been posted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_opts 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_opts\fR - set and get menu options
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+OPTIONS menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_menu_opts\fR sets all the given menu's option bits (menu
+option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
+
+The function \fBmenu_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBmenu_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBmenu_opts\fR returns the menu's current option bits.
+
+The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+.TP 5
+O_ONEVALUE
+Only one item can be selected for this menu.
+.TP 5
+O_SHOWDESC
+Display the item descriptions when the menu is posted.
+.TP 5
+O_ROWMAJOR
+Display the menu in row-major order.
+.TP 5
+O_IGNORECASE
+Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
+.TP 5
+O_SHOWMATCH
+Move the cursor to within the item name while pattern-matching.
+.TP 5
+O_NONCYCLIC
+Don't wrap around next-item and previous-item,
+requests to the other end of the menu.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBmenu_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu is already posted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_pattern 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_pattern\fR - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+.br
+char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are
+printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer
+and tested for a match, as described in \fBmenu_driver\fR(3x).
+
+The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fR sets the pattern buffer for the given menu
+and tries to find the first matching item. If it succeeds, that item becomes
+current; if not, the current item does not change.
+
+The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns the pattern buffer of the given
+\fImenu\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. The function
+\fBset_menu_pattern\fR may return the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR
+Character failed to match.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_post 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_post\fR - write or erase menus from associated subwindows
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+.br
+int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBpost_menu\fR displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To
+trigger physical display of the subwindow, use \fBrefresh\fR or some equivalent
+\fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR
+input request will do). \fBpost_menu\fR resets the selection status of all items.
+
+The function \fBunpost_menu\fR erases menu from its associated subwindow.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu has already been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR
+Menu is too large for its window.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR
+The menu has not been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the menu.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_requestname 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_requestname\fR - handle printable menu request names
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+.br
+int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBmenu_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a menu
+request code.
+.br
+The function \fBmenu_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request
+with the given name and returns its request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBmenu_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error and sets errno
+to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR.
+.br
+\fBmenu_request_by_name\fR returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR on error.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that
+any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_spacing 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_spacing\fR - Control spacing between menu items.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+ int spc_description
+ int spc_rows,
+ int spc_columns);
+.br
+int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+ int* spc_description
+ int* spc_rows,
+ int* spc_columns);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fR sets the spacing informations for the menu.
+\fBspc_description\fR controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item
+description. It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fR. The menu system puts in the
+middle of this spacing area the pad character. The remaining parts are filled with
+spaces.
+\fBspc_rows\fR controls the number of rows that are used for an item. It must not be
+larger than 3. The menu system inserts then blank lines between item rows, these lines
+will contain the pad character in the appropriate positions.
+\fBspc_columns\fR controls the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not
+be larger than TABSIZE.
+A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets them to the default, which is 1 for all
+of them.
+.br
+The function \fBmenu_spacing\fR passes back the spacing info for the menu. If a
+pointer is NULL, this specific info is simply not returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Both routines return \fBE_OK\fR on success. \fBset_menu_spacing\fR may return
+\fBE_POSTED\fR if the menu is posted, or \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR if one of the
+spacing values is out of range.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that
+any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_userptr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_userptr\fR - associate application data with a menu item
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr);
+.br
+const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold
+application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone).
+These functions get and set the menu user pointer field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBmenu_userptr\fR (which returns \fBNULL\fR on error), each
+function returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for
+SVr4 compatibility.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH menu_win 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmenu_win\fR - make and break menu window and subwindow associations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+.br
+WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+.br
+WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every menu has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows. The menu window
+displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow
+displays the items of the menu that are currently available for selection.
+
+The first four functions get and set those windows. It is not necessary to set
+either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both.
+
+In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though
+it were \fBstsdcr\fR. A menu argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as a request
+to change the system default menu window or subwindow.
+
+The function \fBscale_menu\fR returns the minimum size required for the
+subwindow of \fImenu\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return
+an integer return one of the following error codes:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_POSTED\fR
+The menu has already been posted.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the menu.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_current 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_current\fR - set and get current_menu_item
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
+.br
+ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+.br
+int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+.br
+int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_current_item\fR sets the current item (the item on which
+the menu cursor is positioned). \fBcurrent_item\fR returns a pointer to the
+current item in the given menu.
+
+The function \fBset_top_row\fR sets the top row of the menu to show the given
+row (the top row is initially 0, and is reset to this value whenever the
+\fBO_ROWMAJOR\fR option is toggled). The item leftmost on the given row
+becomes current. The function \fBtop_row\fR returns the number of the top menu
+row being displayed.
+
+The function \fBitem_index\fR returns the (zero-origin) index of \fIitem\fR in
+the menu's item pointer list.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+\fBcurrent_item\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+\fBtop_row\fR and \fBitem_index\fR return \fBERR\fR (the general \fBcurses\fB
+error value) on error.
+
+\fBset_current_item\fR and \fBset_top_row\fR return one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR
+Routine was called from an initialization or termination function.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR
+No items are connected to the menu.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBtop_row\fR and
+\fBindex_item\fR error value as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_name 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_name\fR - get menu item name and description fields
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBitem_name\fR returns the name part of the given item.
+.br
+The function \fBitem_description\fR returns the description part of the given
+item.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These routines returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_new 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_new\fR - create and destroy menu items
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+.br
+int free_item(ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBnew_item\fR allocates a new item and initializes it from the
+\fBname\fR and \fBdescription\fR pointers.
+.br
+The function \fBfree_item\fR de-allocates an item.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBnew_item\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+
+The function \fBfree_item\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR
+Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_CONNECTED\fR
+Item is connected to a menu.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_opts 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_opts\fR - set and get menu item options
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+.br
+OPTIONS item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function \fBset_item_opts\fR sets all the given item's option bits (menu
+option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
+
+The function \fBitem_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBitem_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+others alone.
+
+The function \fBitem_opts\fR returns the item's current option bits.
+
+There is only one defined option bit mask, \fBO_SELECTABLE\fR. When this is
+on, the item may be selected during menu processing. This option defaults
+to on.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBitem_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_userptr 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_userptr\fR - associate application data with a menu item
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr);
+.br
+const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data
+(that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
+that field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Except for \fBitem_userptr\fR (which returns \fBNULL\fR on error), each function returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for
+SVr4 compatibility.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_value 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_value\fR - set and get menu item values
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+.br
+bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If you turn off the menu option \fBO_ONEVALUE\fR (e.g., with
+\fBset_menu_opts\fR or \fBmenu_opts_off\fR; see \fBmenu_opts\fR(3x)), the menu
+becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be
+selected.
+
+In a multi_valued menu, you can used \fBset_item_value\fR to select the
+given menu item (second argument \fBTRUE\fR) or deselect it (second argument
+\fBFALSE\fR).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function \fBset_item_value\fR returns one of the following:
+.TP 5
+\fBE_OK\fR
+The routine succeeded.
+.TP 5
+\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
+.TP 5
+\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR
+The menu driver could not process the request.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH mitem_visible 3X ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBmitem_visible\fR - check visibility of a menu item
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
+.br
+bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that
+is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this
+portion will be smaller than the whole menu).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<menu.h>\fR automatically includes the header file
+\fB<curses.h>\fR.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+S. Raymond.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.19 1997/01/05 00:42:39 tom Exp $
+.TH ncurses 3X ""
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+\fBncurses\fR - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBcurses\fR library routines give the user a terminal-independent method
+of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This
+implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for
+4.4BSD classic curses, which has been discontinued.
+
+The \fBncurses\fR routines emulate the \fBcurses\fR(3X) library of System V
+Release 4 UNIX, and the XPG4 curses standard (XSI curses) but the \fBncurses\fR
+library is freely redistributable in source form. Differences from the SVr4
+curses are summarized under the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections below and
+described in detail in the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections of individual man
+pages.
+
+A program using these routines must be linked with the \fB-lncurses\fR option,
+or (if it has been generated) with the debugging library \fB-lncurses_g\fR.
+(Your system integrator may also have installed these libraries under
+the names \fB-lcurses\fR and \fB-lcurses_g\fR.)
+The ncurses_g library generates trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the
+current directory) that describe curses actions.
+
+The \fBncurses\fR package supports: overall screen, window and pad
+manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading terminal input; control over
+terminal and \fBcurses\fR input and output options; environment query
+routines; color manipulation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities;
+and access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
+
+To initialize the routines, the routine \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR
+must be called before any of the other routines that deal with windows
+and screens are used. The routine \fBendwin\fR must be called before
+exiting. To get character-at-a-time input without echoing (most
+interactive, screen oriented programs want this), the following
+sequence should be used:
+
+ \fBinitscr(); cbreak(); noecho();\fR
+
+Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
+
+ \fBnonl();\fR
+ \fBintrflush(stdscr, FALSE);\fR
+ \fBkeypad(stdscr, TRUE);\fR
+
+Before a \fBcurses\fR program is run, the tab stops of the terminal
+should be set and its initialization strings, if defined, must be
+output. This can be done by executing the \fBtput init\fR command
+after the shell environment variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported.
+\fBtset(1)\fR is usually responsible for doing this.
+[See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for further details.]
+
+The \fBcurses\fR library permits manipulation of data structures,
+called \fIwindows\fR, which can be thought of as two-dimensional
+arrays of characters representing all or part of a CRT screen. A
+default window called \fBstdscr\fR, which is the size of the terminal
+screen, is supplied. Others may be created with \fBnewwin\fR.
+
+Note that \fBcurses\fR does not handle overlapping windows, that's done by
+the \fBpanels(3x)\fR library. This means that you can either use
+\fBstdscr\fR or divide the screen into tiled windows and not using
+\fBstdscr\fR at all. Mixing the two will result in unpredictable, and
+undesired, effects.
+
+Windows are referred to by variables declared as \fBWINDOW *\fR.
+These data structures are manipulated with routines described here and
+elsewhere in the \fBncurses\fR manual pages. Among which the most basic
+routines are \fBmove\fR and \fBaddch\fR. More general versions of
+these routines are included with names beginning with \fBw\fR,
+allowing the user to specify a window. The routines not beginning
+with \fBw\fR affect \fBstdscr\fR.)
+
+After using routines to manipulate a window, \fBrefresh\fR is called,
+telling \fBcurses\fR to make the user's CRT screen look like
+\fBstdscr\fR. The characters in a window are actually of type
+\fBchtype\fR, (character and attribute data) so that other information
+about the character may also be stored with each character.
+
+Special windows called \fIpads\fR may also be manipulated. These are windows
+which are not constrained to the size of the screen and whose contents need not
+be completely displayed. See curs_pad(3X) for more information.
+
+In addition to drawing characters on the screen, video attributes and colors
+may be supported, causing the characters to show up in such modes as
+underlined, in reverse video, or in color on terminals that support such
+display enhancements. Line drawing characters may be specified to be output.
+On input, \fBcurses\fR is also able to translate arrow and function keys that
+transmit escape sequences into single values. The video attributes, line
+drawing characters, and input values use names, defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR,
+such as \fBA_REVERSE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, and \fBKEY_LEFT\fR.
+
+If the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR are set, or if the
+program is executing in a window environment, line and column information in
+the environment will override information read by \fIterminfo\fR. This would
+effect a program running in an AT&T 630 layer, for example, where the size of a
+screen is changeable.
+
+If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is defined, any program using
+\fBcurses\fR checks for a local terminal definition before checking in the
+standard place. For example, if \fBTERM\fR is set to \fBatt4424\fR, then the
+compiled terminal definition is found in
+
+ \fB\*d/a/att4424\fR.
+
+(The \fBa\fR is copied from the first letter of \fBatt4424\fR to avoid
+creation of huge directories.) However, if \fBTERMINFO\fR is set to
+\fB$HOME/myterms\fR, \fBcurses\fR first checks
+
+ \fB$HOME/myterms/a/att4424\fR,
+
+and if that fails, it then checks
+
+ \fB\*d/a/att4424\fR.
+
+This is useful for developing experimental definitions or when write
+permission in \fB\*d\fR is not available.
+
+The integer variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLS\fR are defined in
+\fB<curses.h>\fR and will be filled in by \fBinitscr\fR with the size of the
+screen. The constants \fBTRUE\fR and \fBFALSE\fR have the values \fB1\fR and
+\fB0\fR, respectively.
+
+The \fBcurses\fR routines also define the \fBWINDOW *\fR variable \fBcurscr\fR
+which is used for certain low-level operations like clearing and redrawing a
+screen containing garbage. The \fBcurscr\fR can be used in only a few
+routines.
+
+.SS Routine and Argument Names
+Many \fBcurses\fR routines have two or more versions. The routines prefixed
+with \fBw\fR require a window argument. The routines prefixed with \fBp\fR
+require a pad argument. Those without a prefix generally use \fBstdscr\fR.
+
+The routines prefixed with \fBmv\fR require a \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR
+coordinate to move to before performing the appropriate action. The
+\fBmv\fR routines imply a call to \fBmove\fR before the call to the
+other routine. The coordinate \fIy\fR always refers to the row (of
+the window), and \fIx\fR always refers to the column. The upper
+left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
+
+The routines prefixed with \fBmvw\fR take both a window argument and
+\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates. The window argument is always
+specified before the coordinates.
+
+In each case, \fIwin\fR is the window affected, and \fIpad\fR is the
+pad affected; \fIwin\fR and \fIpad\fR are always pointers to type
+\fBWINDOW\fR.
+
+Option setting routines require a Boolean flag \fIbf\fR with the value
+\fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR; \fIbf\fR is always of type \fBbool\fR. The
+variables \fIch\fR and \fIattrs\fR below are always of type
+\fBchtype\fR. The types \fBWINDOW\fR, \fBSCREEN\fR, \fBbool\fR, and
+\fBchtype\fR are defined in \fB<curses.h>\fR. The type \fBTERMINAL\fR
+is defined in \fB<term.h>\fR. All other arguments are integers.
+
+.SS Routine Name Index
+The following table lists each \fBcurses\fR routine and the name of
+the manual page on which it is described. Routines flagged with `*'
+are ncurses-specific, not described by XPG4 or present in SVr4.
+
+.TS
+center tab(/);
+l l
+l l .
+\fBcurses\fR Routine Name/Manual Page Name
+=
+addch/curs_addch(3X)
+addchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+addchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+addnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+addstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+attroff/curs_attr(3X)
+attron/curs_attr(3X)
+attrset/curs_attr(3X)
+baudrate/curs_termattrs(3X)
+beep/curs_beep(3X)
+bkgd/curs_bkgd(3X)
+bkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X)
+border/curs_border(3X)
+box/curs_border(3X)
+can_change_color/curs_color(3X)
+cbreak/curs_inopts(3X)
+clear/curs_clear(3X)
+clearok/curs_outopts(3X)
+clrtobot/curs_clear(3X)
+clrtoeol/curs_clear(3X)
+color_content/curs_color(3X)
+copywin/curs_overlay(3X)
+curs_set/curs_kernel(3X)
+def_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+def_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+del_curterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+delay_output/curs_util(3X)
+delch/curs_delch(3X)
+deleteln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+delscreen/curs_initscr(3X)
+delwin/curs_window(3X)
+derwin/curs_window(3X)
+doupdate/curs_refresh(3X)
+dupwin/curs_window(3X)
+echo/curs_inopts(3X)
+echochar/curs_addch(3X)
+endwin/curs_initscr(3X)
+erase/curs_clear(3X)
+erasechar/curs_termattrs(3X)
+filter/curs_util(3X)
+flash/curs_beep(3X)
+flushinp/curs_util(3X)
+getbegyx/curs_getyx(3X)
+getch/curs_getch(3X)
+getmaxyx/curs_getyx(3X)
+getmouse/curs_mouse(3X)*
+getparyx/curs_getyx(3X)
+getstr/curs_getstr(3X)
+getsyx/curs_kernel(3X)
+getwin/curs_util(3X)
+getyx/curs_getyx(3X)
+halfdelay/curs_inopts(3X)
+has_colors/curs_color(3X)
+has_ic/curs_termattrs(3X)
+has_il/curs_termattrs(3X)
+has_key/curs_getch(3X)*
+hline/curs_border(3X)
+idcok/curs_outopts(3X)
+idlok/curs_outopts(3X)
+immedok/curs_outopts(3X)
+inch/curs_inch(3X)
+inchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+inchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+init_color/curs_color(3X)
+init_pair/curs_color(3X)
+initscr/curs_initscr(3X)
+innstr/curs_instr(3X)
+insch/curs_insch(3X)
+insdelln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+insertln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+insnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+insstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+instr/curs_instr(3X)
+intrflush/curs_inopts(3X)
+is_linetouched/curs_touch(3X)
+is_wintouched/curs_touch(3X)
+isendwin/curs_initscr(3X)
+keyname/curs_util(3X)
+keypad/curs_inopts(3X)
+killchar/curs_termattrs(3X)
+leaveok/curs_outopts(3X)
+longname/curs_termattrs(3X)
+mcprint/curs_print(3X)*
+meta/curs_inopts(3X)
+mouseinterval/curs_mouse(3X)*
+mousemask/curs_mouse(3X)*
+move/curs_move(3X)
+mvaddch/curs_addch(3X)
+mvaddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+mvaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+mvaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+mvaddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+mvcur/curs_terminfo(3X)
+mvdelch/curs_delch(3X)
+mvderwin/curs_window(3X)
+mvgetch/curs_getch(3X)
+mvgetstr/curs_getstr(3X)
+mvinch/curs_inch(3X)
+mvinchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+mvinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+mvinnstr/curs_instr(3X)
+mvinsch/curs_insch(3X)
+mvinsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+mvinsstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+mvinstr/curs_instr(3X)
+mvprintw/curs_printw(3X)
+mvscanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+mvwaddch/curs_addch(3X)
+mvwaddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+mvwaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+mvwaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+mvwaddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+mvwdelch/curs_delch(3X)
+mvwgetch/curs_getch(3X)
+mvwgetstr/curs_getstr(3X)
+mvwin/curs_window(3X)
+mvwinch/curs_inch(3X)
+mvwinchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+mvwinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+mvwinnstr/curs_instr(3X)
+mvwinsch/curs_insch(3X)
+mvwinsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+mvwinsstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+mvwinstr/curs_instr(3X)
+mvwprintw/curs_printw(3X)
+mvwscanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+napms/curs_kernel(3X)
+newpad/curs_pad(3X)
+newterm/curs_initscr(3X)
+newwin/curs_window(3X)
+nl/curs_outopts(3X)
+nocbreak/curs_inopts(3X)
+nodelay/curs_inopts(3X)
+noecho/curs_inopts(3X)
+nonl/curs_outopts(3X)
+noqiflush/curs_inopts(3X)
+noraw/curs_inopts(3X)
+notimeout/curs_inopts(3X)
+overlay/curs_overlay(3X)
+overwrite/curs_overlay(3X)
+pair_content/curs_color(3X)
+pechochar/curs_pad(3X)
+pnoutrefresh/curs_pad(3X)
+prefresh/curs_pad(3X)
+printw/curs_printw(3X)
+putp/curs_terminfo(3X)
+putwin/curs_util(3X)
+qiflush/curs_inopts(3X)
+raw/curs_inopts(3X)
+redrawwin/curs_refresh(3X)
+refresh/curs_refresh(3X)
+reset_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+reset_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+resetty/curs_kernel(3X)
+resizeterm/resizeterm(3x)*
+restartterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+ripoffline/curs_kernel(3X)
+savetty/curs_kernel(3X)
+scanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+scr_dump/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+scr_init/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+scr_restore/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+scr_set/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+scrl/curs_scroll(3X)
+scroll/curs_scroll(3X)
+scrollok/curs_outopts(3X)
+set_curterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+set_term/curs_initscr(3X)
+setscrreg/curs_outopts(3X)
+setsyx/curs_kernel(3X)
+setterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+setupterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+slk_attr/curs_slk(3X)*
+slk_attroff/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_attron/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_attrset/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_clear/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_init/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_label/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_noutrefresh/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_refresh/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_restore/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_set/curs_slk(3X)
+slk_touch/curs_slk(3X)
+standend/curs_attr(3X)
+standout/curs_attr(3X)
+start_color/curs_color(3X)
+subpad/curs_pad(3X)
+subwin/curs_window(3X)
+syncok/curs_window(3X)
+termattrs/curs_termattrs(3X)
+termname/curs_termattrs(3X)
+tgetent/curs_termcap(3X)
+tgetflag/curs_termcap(3X)
+tgetnum/curs_termcap(3X)
+tgetstr/curs_termcap(3X)
+tgoto/curs_termcap(3X)
+tigetflag/curs_terminfo(3X)
+tigetnum/curs_terminfo(3X)
+tigetstr/curs_terminfo(3X)
+timeout/curs_inopts(3X)
+touchline/curs_touch(3X)
+touchwin/curs_touch(3X)
+tparm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+tputs/curs_termcap(3X)
+tputs/curs_terminfo(3X)
+typeahead/curs_inopts(3X)
+unctrl/curs_util(3X)
+ungetch/curs_getch(3X)
+ungetmouse/curs_mouse(3X)*
+untouchwin/curs_touch(3X)
+use_env/curs_util(3X)
+vidattr/curs_terminfo(3X)
+vidputs/curs_terminfo(3X)
+vline/curs_border(3X)
+vwprintw/curs_printw(3X)
+vwscanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+waddch/curs_addch(3X)
+waddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+waddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+waddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+waddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+wattroff/curs_attr(3X)
+wattron/curs_attr(3X)
+wattrset/curs_attr(3X)
+wbkgd/curs_bkgd(3X)
+wbkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X)
+wborder/curs_border(3X)
+wclear/curs_clear(3X)
+wclrtobot/curs_clear(3X)
+wclrtoeol/curs_clear(3X)
+wcursyncup/curs_window(3X)
+wdelch/curs_delch(3X)
+wdeleteln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+wechochar/curs_addch(3X)
+wenclose/curs_mouse(3X)*
+werase/curs_clear(3X)
+wgetch/curs_getch(3X)
+wgetnstr/curs_getstr(3X)
+wgetstr/curs_getstr(3X)
+whline/curs_border(3X)
+winch/curs_inch(3X)
+winchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+winchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+winnstr/curs_instr(3X)
+winsch/curs_insch(3X)
+winsdelln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+winsertln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+winsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+winsstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+winstr/curs_instr(3X)
+wmove/curs_move(3X)
+wnoutrefresh/curs_refresh(3X)
+wprintw/curs_printw(3X)
+wredrawln/curs_refresh(3X)
+wrefresh/curs_refresh(3X)
+wresize/wresize(3x)*
+wscanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+wscrl/curs_scroll(3X)
+wsetscrreg/curs_outopts(3X)
+wstandend/curs_attr(3X)
+wstandout/curs_attr(3X)
+wsyncdown/curs_window(3X)
+wsyncup/curs_window(3X)
+wtimeout/curs_inopts(3X)
+wtouchln/curs_touch(3X)
+wvline/curs_border(3X)
+.TE
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and an
+integer value other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion, unless
+otherwise noted in the routine descriptions.
+
+All macros return the value of the \fBw\fR version, except \fBsetscrreg\fR,
+\fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR, \fBgetmaxyx\fR. The return
+values of \fBsetscrreg\fR, \fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR, and
+\fBgetmaxyx\fR are undefined (\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., these should not be used as the
+right-hand side of assignment statements).
+
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBterminfo\fR(\*n) and 3X pages whose names begin "curs_" for detailed routine
+descriptions.
+.SH EXTENSIONS
+The \fBcurses\fR library can be compiled with an option (\fB-DTERMCAP_FILE\fR)
+that falls back to the old-style /etc/termcap file if the terminal setup code
+cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to \fBTERM\fR. Use of this feature
+is not recommended, as it essentially includes an entire termcap compiler in
+the \fBcurses\fR startup code, at significant cost in core and startup cycles.
+
+Compiling with \fB-DTERMCAP_FILE\fR changes the library's initialization
+sequence in a way intended to mimic the behavior of 4.4BSD curses. If there is
+no local or system terminfo entry matching \fBTERM\fR, then the library looks
+for termcap entries in the following places: (1) if \fBTERMINFO\fR is
+undefined, in the file named by \fBTERMCAP_FILE\fR; (2) if \fBTERMINFO\fR is
+defined and begins with a slash, it is interpreted as the name of a termcap
+file to search for \fBTERM\fR; (3) otherwise, if \fBTERMINFO\fR has a leading
+string that looks like a terminal entry name list, and it matches \fBTERM\fR,
+the contents of \fBTERMINFO\fR is interpreted as a termcap; (4) if
+\fBTERMINFO\fR looks like a termcap but doesn't match \fBTERM\fR, the termcap
+file is searched for among the colon-separated paths in the environment
+variable \fBTERMPATHS\fR if that is defined, and in ~/.termcap and the file
+value of \fBTERMCAP_FILE\fR otherwise.
+
+Versions of \fBcurses\fR compiled on PC clones support display of the PC ROM
+characters (including ROM characters 0-31, which stock SVr4 curses cannot
+display). See the EXTENSIONS sections of \fBcurs_addch\fR(3x) and
+\fBcurs_attr\fR(3x).
+
+The \fBcurses\fR library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on
+certain terminals (including xterm). See the \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)
+manual page for details.
+
+The \fBcurses\fR library includes a function for directing application output
+to a printer attached to the terminal device. See the \fBcurs_print\fR(3X)
+manual page for details.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The \fBcurses\fR library is intended to be BASE-level conformant with the XSI
+Curses standard. Certain portions of the EXTENDED XSI Curses functionality
+(including color support) are supported. The following EXTENDED XSI Curses
+calls in support of wide (multibyte) characters are not yet implemented:
+\fBaddnwstr\fB,
+\fBaddwstr\fB,
+\fBmvaddnwstr\fB,
+\fBmvwaddnwstr\fB,
+\fBmvaddwstr\fB,
+\fBwaddnwstr\fB,
+\fBwaddwstr\fB,
+\fBadd_wch\fB,
+\fBwadd_wch\fB,
+\fBmvadd_wch\fB,
+\fBmvwadd_wch\fB,
+\fBadd_wchnstr\fB,
+\fBadd_wchstr\fB,
+\fBwadd_wchnstr\fB,
+\fBwadd_wchstr\fB,
+\fBmvadd_wchnstr\fB,
+\fBmvadd_wchstr\fB,
+\fBmvwadd_wchnstr\fB,
+\fBmvwadd_wchstr\fB,
+\fBbkgrndset\fB,
+\fBbkgrnd\fB,
+\fBgetbkgrnd\fB,
+\fBwbkgrnd\fB,
+\fBwbkgrndset\fB,
+\fBwgetbkgrnd\fB,
+\fBborder_set\fB,
+\fBwborder_set\fB,
+\fBbox_set\fB,
+\fBhline_set\fB,
+\fBmvhline_set\fB,
+\fBmvvline_set\fB,
+\fBmvwhline_set\fB,
+\fBmvwvline_set\fB,
+\fBwhline_set\fB,
+\fBvhline_set\fB,
+\fBwvline_set\fB,
+\fBecho_wchar\fB,
+\fBwecho_wchar\fB,
+\fBerasewchar\fB,
+\fBkillwchar\fB,
+\fBget_wch\fB,
+\fBmvget_wch\fB,
+\fBmvwget_ch\fB,
+\fBwget_wch\fB,
+\fBgetwchtype\fB,
+\fBget_wstr\fB,
+\fBgetn_wstr\fB,
+\fBwget_wstr\fB,
+\fBwgetn_wstr\fB,
+\fBmvget_wstr\fB,
+\fBmvgetn_wstr\fB,
+\fBmvwget_wstr\fB,
+\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fB,
+\fBinnwstr\fB,
+\fBinwstr\fB,
+\fBwinnwstr\fB,
+\fBwinwstr\fB,
+\fBmvinnwstr\fB,
+\fBmvinwstr\fB,
+\fBmvwinnwstr\fB,
+\fBmvwinwstr\fB,
+\fBins_nwstr\fB,
+\fBins_wstr\fB,
+\fBmvins_nwstr\fB,
+\fBmvins_wstr\fB,
+\fBmvwins_nwstr\fB,
+\fBmvwins_wstr\fB,
+\fBwins_nwstr\fB,
+\fBwins_wstr\fB,
+\fBins_wch\fB,
+\fBwins_wch\fB,
+\fBmvins_wch\fB,
+\fBmvwins_wch\fB,
+\fBin_wch\fB,
+\fBwin_wch\fB,
+\fBmvin_wch\fB,
+\fBmvwin_wch\fB,
+\fBinwchstr\fB,
+\fBinwchnstr\fB,
+\fBwinwchstr\fB,
+\fBwinwchnstr\fB,
+\fBmvinwchstr\fB,
+\fBmvinwchnstr\fB,
+\fBmvinwchstr\fB,
+\fBmvwinwchnstr\fB.
+.PP
+A small number of local differences (that is, individual differences between
+the XSI Curses and \fBcurses\fR calls) are described in \fBPORTABILITY\fR
+sections of the library man pages.
+.PP
+The routine \fBhas_key\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4. See
+the \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+.PP
+The routine \fBslk_attr\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4. See
+the \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+.PP
+The routines \fBgetmouse\fR, \fBmousemask\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR,
+\fBmouseinterval\fR, and \fBwenclose\fR relating to mouse interfacing are not
+part of XPG4, nor are they present in SVr4. See the \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)
+manual page for details.
+.PP
+The routine \fBmcprint\fR was not present in any previous curses
+implementation. See the \fBcurs_print\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+.PP
+The routine \fBwresize\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4. See
+the \fBwresize\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+.PP
+In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capabilities \fBcr\fR,
+\fBind\fR, \fBcub1\fR, \fBff\fR and \fBtab\fR activated corresponding delay
+bits in the UNIX tty driver. In this implementation, all padding is done by
+NUL sends. This method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the interface
+to the UNIX kernel significantly and increases the package's portability
+correspondingly.
+.PP
+In the XSI standard and SVr4 manual pages, many entry points have prototype
+arguments of the for \fBchar *const\fR (or \fBcchar_t *const\fR, or \fBwchar_t
+*const\fR, or \fBvoid *const\fR). Depending on one's interpretation of the
+ANSI C standard (see section 3.5.4.1), these declarations are either (a)
+meaningless, or (b) meaningless and illegal. The declaration \fBconst char
+*x\fR is a modifiable pointer to unmodifiable data, but \fBchar *const x\fR' is
+an unmodifiable pointer to modifiable data. Given that C passes arguments by
+value, \fB<type> *const\fR as a formal type is at best dubious. Some compilers
+choke on the prototypes. Therefore, in this implementation, they have been
+changed to \fBconst <type> *\fR globally.
+.SH NOTES
+The header file \fB<curses.h>\fR automatically includes the header files
+\fB<stdio.h>\fR and \fB<unctrl.h>\fR.
+
+If standard output from a \fBcurses\fR program is re-directed to something
+which is not a tty, screen updates will be directed to standard error. This
+was an undocumented feature of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond. Descends from the original pcurses
+by Pavel Curtis.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH panel 3X ""
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+panel - panel stack extension for curses
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <panel.h>\fR
+.P
+\fBcc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses\fR
+.P
+\fBPANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)\fR
+.br
+\fBint bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBint top_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBint show_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBvoid update_panels();\fR
+.br
+\fBint hide_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBWINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBint replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window)\fR
+.br
+\fBint move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)\fR
+.br
+\fBint panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBPANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBPANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBint set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr)\fR
+.br
+\fBconst void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+\fBint del_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of
+depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure
+the proper portions of each window and the curses \fBstdscr\fR window are
+hidden or displayed when panels are added, moved, modified or removed.
+The set of currently visible panels is the stack of panels. The
+\fBstdscr\fR window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+of the stack.
+.P
+A window is associated with every panel. The panel routines enable
+you to create, move, hides, and show panels, as well as position a
+panel at any desired location in the stack.
+.P
+Panel routines are a functional layer added to curses(3X), make only
+high-level curses calls, and work anywhere terminfo curses does.
+.SH FUNCTIONS
+.TP
+\fBnew_panel(win)\fR
+allocates a \fBPANEL\fR structure, associates it with
+\fBwin\fR, places the panel on the top of the stack (causes it
+to be displayed above any other panel) and returns a
+pointer to the new panel.
+.TP
+\fBvoid update_panels()\fR
+refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the relations between the
+panels in the stack, but does not call doupdate() to refresh the
+physical screen. Use this function and not wrefresh or wnoutrefresh.
+update_panels() may be called more than once before a call to
+doupdate(), but doupdate() is the function responsible for updating
+the physical screen.
+.TP
+\fBdel_panel(pan)\fR
+removes the given panel from the stack and deallocates the
+\fBPANEL\fR structure (but not its associated window).
+.TP
+\fBhide_panel(pan)\fR
+removes the given panel from the panel stack and thus hides it from
+view. The \fBPANEL\fR structure is not lost, merely removed from the stack.
+.TP
+\fBshow_panel(pan)\fR
+makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top of the panels in the
+panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY below.
+.TP
+\fBtop_panel(pan)\fR
+puts the given visible panel on top of all panels in the stack. See
+COMPATIBILITY below.
+.TP
+\fBbottom_panel(pan)\fR
+puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
+.TP
+\fBmove_panel(pan,starty,startx)\fR
+moves the given panel window so that its upper-left corner is at
+\fBstarty\fR, \fBstartx\fR. It does not change the position of the
+panel in the stack. Be sure to use this function, not \fBmvwin()\fR,
+to move a panel window.
+.TP
+\fBreplace_panel(pan,window)\fR
+replaces the current window of panel with \fBwindow\fR (useful, for
+example if you want to resize a panel; if you're using \fBncurses\fR,
+you can call \fBreplace_panel\fR on the output of \fBwresize\fR(3x)).
+It does not change the position of the panel in the stack.
+.TP
+\fBpanel_above(pan)\fR
+returns a pointer to the panel above pan. If the panel argument is
+\fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the stack.
+.TP
+\fBpanel_below(pan)\fR
+returns a pointer to the panel just below pan. If the panel argument
+is \fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+.TP
+\fBset_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)\fR
+sets the panel's user pointer.
+.TP
+\fBpanel_userptr(pan)\fR
+returns the user pointer for a given panel.
+.TP
+\fBpanel_window(pan)\fR
+returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Each routine that returns a pointer returns \fBNULL\fR if an error
+occurs. Each routine that returns an int value returns \fBOK\fR if it
+executes successfully and \fBERR\fR if not.
+.SH COMPATIBILITY
+Reasonable care has been taken to ensure compatibility
+with the native panel facility introduced in SVr3.2 (inspection of
+the SVr4 manual pages suggests the programming interface is unchanged).
+The \fBPANEL\fR data structures are merely similar. The programmer
+is cautioned not to directly use \fBPANEL\fR fields.
+.P
+The functions \fBshow_panel()\fR and \fBtop_panel()\fR are identical
+in this implementation, and work equally well with displayed or hidden
+panels. In the native System V implementation, \fBshow_panel()\fR is
+intended for making a hidden panel visible (at the top of the stack)
+and \fBtop_panel()\fR is intended for making an already-visible panel
+move to the top of the stack. You are cautioned to use the correct
+function to ensure compatibility with native panel libraries.
+.SH NOTE
+In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
+you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses', not the other way around (which would
+give you a link error using GNU \fBld\fR(1) and some other linkers).
+.SH FILES
+.P
+panel.h
+interface for the panels library
+.P
+libpanel.a
+the panels library itself
+.SH SEE ALSO
+curses(3X)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Originally written by Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>,
+primarily to assist in porting u386mon to systems without a native
+panels library. Repackaged for ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+
+
--- /dev/null
+.\"*****************************************************************************
+.\" Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+.\" All Rights Reserved. *
+.\" *
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+.\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+.\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+.\" documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+.\" not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+.\" software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+.\" INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+.\" EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+.\" SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+.\" RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+.\" CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+.\" CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+.\"*****************************************************************************
+.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.3 1996/12/28 20:00:50 tom Exp $
+.TH resizeterm 3X ""
+.
+.SH NAME
+\fBresizeterm\fR - change the curses terminal size
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint resizeterm(int lines, int columns);\fR
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This is an extension to the curses library.
+It provides callers with a hook into the \fBncurses\fR data to resize windows,
+primarily for use by programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm).
+The function \fBresizeterm\fR resizes the standard and current windows
+to the specified dimensions, and adjusts other bookkeeping data used by
+the \fBncurses\fR library that record the window dimensions.
+
+When resizing the windows, the function blank-fills the areas that are
+extended. The calling application should fill in these areas with
+appropriate data.
+
+The function attempts to resize all windows.
+However, due to the calling convention of pads,
+it is not possible to resize these
+without additional interaction with the application.
+.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+It will fail if either of the dimensions less than or equal to zero,
+or if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
+.
+.SH NOTES
+While this function is intended to be used to support a signal handler
+(i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken to avoid invoking it in a
+context where \fBmalloc\fR or \fBrealloc\fR may have been interrupted,
+since it uses those functions.
+.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBwresize\fR(3x).
+.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988 for BSD curses).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH TERM 5
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+term \- format of compiled term file.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B term
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the directory \fB\*d\fP.
+In order to avoid a linear search of a huge \s-1UNIX\s+1 system directory, a
+two-level scheme is used: \fB\*b/c/name\fP
+where
+.I name
+is the name of the terminal, and
+.I c
+is the first character of
+.IR name .
+Thus,
+.I act4
+can be found in the file \fB\*d/a/act4\fP.
+Synonyms for the same terminal are implemented by multiple
+links to the same compiled file.
+.PP
+The format has been chosen so that it will be the same on all hardware.
+An 8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no assumptions about byte ordering
+or sign extension are made.
+.PP
+The compiled file is created with the
+.I tic
+program, and read by the routine
+.IR setupterm .
+The file is divided into six parts:
+the header,
+terminal names,
+boolean flags,
+numbers,
+strings,
+and
+string table.
+.PP
+The header section begins the file.
+This section contains six short integers in the format
+described below.
+These integers are
+(1) the magic number (octal 0432);
+(2) the size, in bytes, of the names section;
+(3) the number of bytes in the boolean section;
+(4) the number of short integers in the numbers section;
+(5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the strings section;
+(6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
+.PP
+Short integers are stored in two 8-bit bytes.
+The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the value,
+and the second byte contains the most significant 8 bits.
+(Thus, the value represented is 256*second+first.)
+The value \-1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other negative
+values are illegal. This value generally
+means that the corresponding capability is missing from this terminal.
+Note that this format corresponds to the hardware of the \s-1VAX\s+1
+and \s-1PDP\s+1-11 (that is, little-endian machines).
+Machines where this does not correspond to the hardware must read the
+integers as two bytes and compute the little-endian value.
+.PP
+The terminal names section comes next.
+It contains the first line of the terminfo description,
+listing the various names for the terminal,
+separated by the `|' character.
+The section is terminated with an \s-1ASCII NUL\s+1 character.
+.PP
+The boolean flags have one byte for each flag.
+This byte is either 0 or 1 as the flag is present or absent.
+The capabilities are in the same order as the file <term.h>.
+.PP
+Between the boolean section and the number section,
+a null byte will be inserted, if necessary,
+to ensure that the number section begins on an even byte (this is a
+relic of the PDP-11's word-addressed architecture, originally
+designed in to avoid IOT traps induced by addressing a word on an
+odd byte boundary).
+All short integers are aligned on a short word boundary.
+.PP
+The numbers section is similar to the flags section.
+Each capability takes up two bytes,
+and is stored as a little-endian short integer.
+If the value represented is \-1, the capability is taken to be missing.
+.PP
+The strings section is also similar.
+Each capability is stored as a short integer, in the format above.
+A value of \-1 means the capability is missing.
+Otherwise, the value is taken as an offset from the beginning
+of the string table.
+Special characters in ^X or \ec notation are stored in their
+interpreted form, not the printing representation.
+Padding information $<nn> and parameter information %x are
+stored intact in uninterpreted form.
+.PP
+The final section is the string table.
+It contains all the values of string capabilities referenced in
+the string section.
+Each string is null terminated.
+.PP
+Note that it is possible for
+.I setupterm
+to expect a different set of capabilities
+than are actually present in the file.
+Either the database may have been updated since
+.I setupterm
+has been recompiled
+(resulting in extra unrecognized entries in the file)
+or the program may have been recompiled more recently
+than the database was updated
+(resulting in missing entries).
+The routine
+.I setupterm
+must be prepared for both possibilities \-
+this is why the numbers and sizes are included.
+Also, new capabilities must always be added at the end of the lists
+of boolean, number, and string capabilities.
+.PP
+Despite the consistent use of little-endian for numbers and the otherwise
+self-describing format, it is not wise to count on portability of binary
+terminfo entries between commercial UNIX versions. The problem is that there
+are at least three versions of terminfo (under HP-UX, AIX, and OSF/1) which
+diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1, and have added extension
+capabilities to the string table that (in the binary format) collide with
+System V and XSI Curses extensions. See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for detailed
+discussion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
+.PP
+As an example, here is a hex dump of the description for the Lear-Siegler
+ADM-3, a popular though rather stupid early terminal:
+.nf
+.sp
+adm3a|lsi adm3a,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\032$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ home=^^, ind=^J,
+.sp
+.ft CW
+\s-20000 1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00 82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33 ........ ..1.adm3
+0010 61 7c 6c 73 69 20 61 64 6d 33 61 00 00 01 50 00 a|lsi ad m3a...P.
+0020 ff ff 18 00 ff ff 00 00 02 00 ff ff ff ff 04 00 ........ ........
+0030 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff ........ ..%.'...
+0040 29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00 ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff ).....+. ..-.....
+0050 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0060 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0070 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0080 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0090 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+00a0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+00b0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+00c0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+00d0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+00e0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+00f0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0100 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0110 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+0120 ff ff ff ff ff ff 2f 00 07 00 0d 00 1a 24 3c 31 ....../. .....$<1
+0130 3e 00 1b 3d 25 70 31 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 >..=%p1% {32}%+%c
+0140 25 70 32 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 00 0a 00 1e %p2%{32} %+%c....
+0150 00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a 00 ........ .\s+2
+.ft R
+.fi
+.sp
+.PP
+Some limitations: total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes.
+The name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
+.SH FILES
+\*d/*/* compiled terminal capability data base
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+curses(3X), terminfo(\*n).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH TERM 7
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+term \- conventions for naming terminal types
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The environment variable \fBTERM\fR should normally contain the type name of
+the terminal, console or display-device type you are using. This information
+is critical for all screen-oriented programs, including your editor and mailer.
+.PP
+A default \fBTERM\fR value will be set on a per-line basis by either
+\fB/etc/inittab\fR (Linux and System-V-like UNIXes) or \fB/etc/ttys\fR (BSD
+UNIXes). This will nearly always suffice for workstation and microcomputer
+consoles.
+.PP
+If you use a dialup line, the type of device attached to it may vary. Older
+UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb terminal type like `dumb' or `dialup' on
+dialup lines. Newer ones may pre-set `vt100', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
+VT100-compatible terminals and personal-computer emulators.
+.PP
+Modern telnets pass your \fBTERM\fR environment variable from the local side to
+the remote one. There can be problems if the remote terminfo or termcap entry
+for your type is not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare and
+can almost always be avoided by explicitly exporting `vt100' (assuming you
+are in fact using a VT100-superset console, terminal, or terminal emulator.)
+.PP
+In any case, you are free to override the system \fBTERM\fR setting to your
+taste in your shell profile. The \fBtset\fB(1) utility may be of assistance;
+you can give it a set of rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based
+on the tty device and baud rate.
+.PP
+Setting your own \fBTERM\fR value may also be useful if you have created a
+custom entry incorporating options (such as visual bell or reverse-video)
+which you wish to override the system default type for your line.
+.PP
+Terminal type descriptions are stored as files of capability data underneath
+\*d. To browse a list of all terminal names recognized by the system, do
+
+ toe | more
+
+from your shell. These capability files are in a binary format optimized for
+retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based \fBtermcap\fR format they replace);
+to examine an entry, you must use the \fBinfocmp\fR(1) command. Invoke it as
+follows:
+
+ infocmp \fIentry-name\fR
+
+where \fIentry-name\fR is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
+name of its capability file the subdirectory of \*d named for its first
+letter). This command dumps a capability file in the text format described by
+\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+.PP
+The first line of a \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) description gives the names by which
+terminfo knows a terminal, separated by `|' (pipe-bar) characters with the last
+name field terminated by a comma. The first name field is the type's
+\fIprimary name\fR, and is the one to use when setting \fBTERM\fR. The last
+name field (if distinct from the first) is actually a description of the
+terminal type (it may contain blanks; the others must be single words). Name
+fields between the first and last (if present) are aliases for the terminal,
+usually historical names retained for compatibility.
+.PP
+There are some conventions for how to choose terminal primary names that help
+keep them informative and unique. Here is a step-by-step guide to naming
+terminals that also explains how to parse them:
+.PP
+First, choose a root name. The root will consist of a lower-case letter
+followed by up to seven lower-case letters or digits. You need to avoid using
+punctuation characters in root names, because they are used and interpreted as
+filenames and shell meta-characters (such as !, $, *, ? etc.) embedded in them
+may cause odd and unhelpful behavior. The slash (/), or any other character
+that may be interpreted by anyone's file system (\e, $, [, ]), is especially
+dangerous (terminfo is platform-independent, and choosing names with special
+characters could someday make life difficult for users of a future port). The
+dot (.) character is relatively safe as long as there is at most one per root
+name; some historical terminfo names use it.
+.PP
+The root name for a terminal or workstation console type should almost always
+begin with a vendor prefix (such as \fBhp\fR for Hewlett-Packard, \fBwy\fR for
+Wyse, or \fBatt\fR for AT&T terminals), or a common name of the terminal line
+(\fBvt\fR for the VT series of terminals from DEC, or \fBsun\fR for Sun
+Microsystems workstation consoles, or \fBregent\fR for the ADDS Regent series.
+You can list the terminfo tree to see what prefixes are already in common use.
+The root name prefix should be followed when appropriate by a model number;
+thus \fBvt100\fR, \fBhp2621\fR, \fBwy50\fR.
+.PP
+The root name for a PC-Unix console type should be the OS name,
+i.e. \fBlinux\fR, \fBbsdos\fR, \fBfreebsd\fB, \fBnetbsd\fR. It should
+\fInot\fR be \fBconsole\fR or any other generic that might cause confusion in a
+multi-platform environment! If a model number follows, it should indicate
+either the OS release level or the console driver release level.
+.PP
+The root name for a terminal emulator (assuming it doesn't fit one of the
+standard ANSI or vt100 types) should be the program name or a readily
+recognizable abbreviation of it (i.e. \fBversaterm\fR, \fBctrm\fR).
+.PP
+Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number of hyphen-separated
+feature suffixes.
+.TP 5
+2p
+Has two pages of memory. Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
+.TP 5
+mc
+Magic-cookie. Some terminals (notably older Wyses) can only support one
+attribute without magic-cookie lossage. Their base entry is usually paired
+with another that has this suffix and uses magic cookies to support multiple
+attributes.
+.TP 5
+-am
+Enable auto-margin (right-margin wraparound)
+.TP 5
+-m
+Mono mode - suppress color support
+.TP 5
+-na
+No arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are actually there on the
+terminal, so the user can use the arrow keys locally.
+.TP 5
+-nam
+No auto-margin - suppress am capability
+.TP 5
+-nl
+No labels - suppress soft labels
+.TP 5
+-nsl
+No status line - suppress status line
+.TP 5
+-pp
+Has a printer port which is used.
+.TP 5
+-rv
+Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white)
+.TP 5
+-s
+Enable status line.
+.TP 5
+-vb
+Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep.
+.TP 5
+-w
+Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode.
+.PP
+Conventionally, if your terminal type is a variant intended to specify a
+line height, that suffix should go first. So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo
+model 2317 terminal in 30-line mode with reverse video, best form would be
+\fBfubar-30-rv\fR (rather than, say, `fubar-rv-30').
+.PP
+Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries, but rather as
+components to be plugged into other entries via \fBuse\fB capabilities,
+are distinguished by using embedded plus signs rather than dashes.
+.PP
+Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a -T
+option that accepts a terminal name argument. Such programs should fall back
+on the \fBTERM\fR environment variable when no -T option is specified.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes, names and aliases
+should be unique within the first 14 characters.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 5
+\*d/?/*
+compiled terminal capability data base
+.TP 5
+/etc/inittab
+tty line initialization (AT&T-like UNIXes).
+.TP 5
+/etc/ttys
+tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+curses(3X), terminfo(\*n), term(\*d).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.6 1997/01/05 01:03:16 tom Exp $
+.TH TERMINFO 5 "" "" "File Formats"
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+terminfo \- terminal capability data base
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\*d/*/*
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Terminfo
+is a data base describing terminals, used by screen-oriented programs such as
+.IR nvi (1),
+.IR rogue (1)
+and libraries such as
+.IR curses (3X).
+.I Terminfo
+describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities which they
+have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by
+specifying padding requirements and initialization sequences.
+.PP
+Entries in
+.I terminfo
+consist of a sequence of `,' separated fields (embedded commas may be
+escaped with a backslash or notated as \e072).
+White space after the `,' separator is ignored.
+The first entry for each terminal gives the names which are known for the
+terminal, separated by `|' characters.
+The first name given is the most common abbreviation for the terminal,
+the last name given should be a long name fully identifying the terminal,
+and all others are understood as synonyms for the terminal name.
+All names but the last should be in lower case and contain no blanks;
+the last name may well contain upper case and blanks for readability.
+.PP
+Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry) should
+be chosen using the following conventions.
+The particular piece of hardware making up the terminal should
+have a root name, thus ``hp2621''.
+This name should not contain hyphens.
+Modes that the hardware can be in, or user preferences, should
+be indicated by appending a hyphen and a mode suffix.
+Thus, a vt100 in 132 column mode would be vt100-w.
+The following suffixes should be used where possible:
+.PP
+.TS
+center ;
+l c l
+l l l.
+\fBSuffix Meaning Example\fP
+-\fInn\fP Number of lines on the screen aaa-60
+-\fIn\fPp Number of pages of memory c100-4p
+-am With automargins (usually the default) vt100-am
+-m Mono mode; suppress color ansi-m
+-mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting wy30-mc
+-na No arrow keys (leave them in local) c100-na
+-nam Without automatic margins vt100-nam
+-nl No status line att4415-nl
+-ns No status line hp2626-ns
+-rv Reverse video c100-rv
+-s Enable status line vt100-s
+-vb Use visible bell instead of beep wy370-vb
+-w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) vt100-w
+.TE
+.PP
+For more on terminal naming conventions, see the \fBterm(7)\fR manual page.
+.SS Capabilities
+.\" Head of terminfo man page ends here
+.ps -1
--- /dev/null
+.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.12 1996/09/21 23:23:19 tom Exp $
+.\" Beginning of terminfo.tail file
+.ps +1
+.PP
+.SS A Sample Entry
+.PP
+The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal, is representative
+of what a \fBterminfo\fR entry for a modern terminal typically looks like.
+.PP
+.nf
+.in -2
+.ta .3i
+.ft CW
+\s-2ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color,
+ mc5i,
+ colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64,
+ cub=\\E[%p1%dD, cud=\\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuu=\\E[%p1%dA, dch=\\E[%p1%dP, dl=\\E[%p1%dM,
+ ech=\\E[%p1%dX, el1=\\E[1K, hpa=\\E[%p1%dG, ht=\\E[I,
+ ich=\\E[%p1%d@, il=\\E[%p1%dL, indn=\\E[%p1%dS,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\\E[Z, kcub1=\\E[D, kcud1=\\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\\E[C, kcuu1=\\E[A, kf1=\\E[M, kf10=\\E[V,
+ kf11=\\E[W, kf12=\\E[X, kf2=\\E[N, kf3=\\E[O, kf4=\\E[P,
+ kf5=\\E[Q, kf6=\\E[R, kf7=\\E[S, kf8=\\E[T, kf9=\\E[U,
+ kich1=\\E[L, mc4=\\E[4i, mc5=\\E[5i, nel=\\r\\E[S,
+ op=\\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\\E[%p2%{1}%-%db,
+ rin=\\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\\E(B, s1ds=\\E)B, s2ds=\\E*B,
+ s3ds=\\E+B, setab=\\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\\E[3%p1%dm,
+ setb=\\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+ setf=\\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+ sgr=\\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p8%t;11%;%?%p9%t;12%;m,
+ sgr0=\\E[0;10m, tbc=\\E[2g, u6=\\E[%d;%dR, u7=\\E[6n,
+ u8=\\E[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\\E[c, vpa=\\E[%p1%dd,\s+2
+.in +2
+.fi
+.ft R
+.PP
+Entries may continue onto multiple lines by placing white space at
+the beginning of each line except the first.
+Comments may be included on lines beginning with ``#''.
+Capabilities in
+.I terminfo
+are of three types:
+Boolean capabilities which indicate that the terminal has
+some particular feature, numeric capabilities giving the size of the terminal
+or the size of particular delays, and string
+capabilities, which give a sequence which can be used to perform particular
+terminal operations.
+.PP
+.SS Types of Capabilities
+.PP
+All capabilities have names. For instance, the fact that
+ANSI-standard terminals have
+.I "automatic margins"
+(i.e., an automatic return and line-feed
+when the end of a line is reached) is indicated by the capability \fBam\fR.
+Hence the description of ansi includes \fBam\fR.
+Numeric capabilities are followed by the character `#' and then the value.
+Thus \fBcols\fR, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has,
+gives the value `80' for ansi.
+.PP
+Finally, string valued capabilities, such as \fBel\fR (clear to end of line
+sequence) are given by the two-character code, an `=', and then a string
+ending at the next following `,'.
+.PP
+A number of escape sequences are provided in the string valued capabilities
+for easy encoding of characters there. Both \fB\eE\fR and \fB\ee\fR
+map to an \s-1ESCAPE\s0 character,
+\fB^x\fR maps to a control-x for any appropriate x, and the sequences
+\fB\en \el \er \et \eb \ef \es\fR give
+a newline, line-feed, return, tab, backspace, form-feed, and space.
+Other escapes include \fB\e^\fR for \fB^\fR,
+\fB\e\e\fR for \fB\e\fR,
+\fB\e\fR, for comma,
+\fB\e:\fR for \fB:\fR,
+and \fB\e0\fR for null.
+(\fB\e0\fR will produce \e200, which does not terminate a string but behaves
+as a null character on most terminals.)
+Finally, characters may be given as three octal digits after a \fB\e\fR.
+.PP
+A delay in milliseconds may appear anywhere in a string capability, enclosed in
+$<..> brackets, as in \fBel\fP=\eEK$<5>, and padding characters are supplied by
+.I tputs
+to provide this delay. The delay must be a number with at most one decimal
+place of precision; it may be followed by suffixes `*' or '/' or both. A `*'
+indicates that the padding required is proportional to the number of lines
+affected by the operation, and the amount given is the per-affected-unit
+padding required. (In the case of insert character, the factor is still the
+number of
+.IR lines
+affected.) Normally, padding is advisory if the device has the \fBxon\fR
+capability; it is used for cost computation but does not trigger delays. A `/'
+suffix indicates that the padding is mandatory and forces a delay of the given
+number of milliseconds even on devices for which \fBxon\fR is present to
+indicate flow control.
+.PP
+Sometimes individual capabilities must be commented out.
+To do this, put a period before the capability name.
+For example, see the second
+.B ind
+in the example above.
+.br
+.ne 5
+.PP
+.SS Fetching Compiled Descriptions
+.PP
+If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is interpreted as the pathname
+of a directory containing the compiled description you are working on. Only
+that directory is searched.
+.PP
+If TERMINFO is not set, the \fBncurses\fR version of the terminfo reader code
+will instead look in the directory \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fR
+for a compiled description.
+If it fails to find one there, and the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS is
+set, it will interpret the contents of that variable as a list of colon-
+separated directories to be searched (an empty entry is interpreted as a
+command to search \fI\*d\fR). If no description is found in any of the
+TERMINFO_DIRS directories, the fetch fails.
+.PP
+If neither TERMINFO nor TERMINFO_DIRS is set, the last place tried will be the
+system terminfo directory, \fI\*d\fR.
+.PP
+(Neither the \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fR lookups nor TERMINFO_DIRS extensions are
+supported under stock System V terminfo/curses.)
+.PP
+.SS Preparing Descriptions
+.PP
+We now outline how to prepare descriptions of terminals.
+The most effective way to prepare a terminal description is by imitating
+the description of a similar terminal in
+.I terminfo
+and to build up a description gradually, using partial descriptions
+with
+.I vi
+or some other screen-oriented program to check that they are correct.
+Be aware that a very unusual terminal may expose deficiencies in
+the ability of the
+.I terminfo
+file to describe it
+or bugs in the screen-handling code of the test program.
+.PP
+To get the padding for insert line right (if the terminal manufacturer
+did not document it) a severe test is to edit /etc/passwd at 9600 baud,
+delete 16 or so lines from the middle of the screen, then hit the `u'
+key several times quickly.
+If the terminal messes up, more padding is usually needed.
+A similar test can be used for insert character.
+.PP
+.SS Basic Capabilities
+.PP
+The number of columns on each line for the terminal is given by the
+\fBcols\fR numeric capability. If the terminal is a \s-1CRT\s0, then the
+number of lines on the screen is given by the \fBlines\fR capability.
+If the terminal wraps around to the beginning of the next line when
+it reaches the right margin, then it should have the \fBam\fR capability.
+If the terminal can clear its screen, leaving the cursor in the home
+position, then this is given by the \fBclear\fR string capability.
+If the terminal overstrikes
+(rather than clearing a position when a character is struck over)
+then it should have the \fBos\fR capability.
+If the terminal is a printing terminal, with no soft copy unit,
+give it both
+.B hc
+and
+.BR os .
+.RB ( os
+applies to storage scope terminals, such as \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4010
+series, as well as hard copy and APL terminals.)
+If there is a code to move the cursor to the left edge of the current
+row, give this as
+.BR cr .
+(Normally this will be carriage return, control M.)
+If there is a code to produce an audible signal (bell, beep, etc)
+give this as
+.BR bel .
+.PP
+If there is a code to move the cursor one position to the left
+(such as backspace) that capability should be given as
+.BR cub1 .
+Similarly, codes to move to the right, up, and down should be
+given as
+.BR cuf1 ,
+.BR cuu1 ,
+and
+.BR cud1 .
+These local cursor motions should not alter the text they pass over,
+for example, you would not normally use `\fBcuf1\fP=\ ' because the
+space would erase the character moved over.
+.PP
+A very important point here is that the local cursor motions encoded
+in
+.I terminfo
+are undefined at the left and top edges of a \s-1CRT\s0 terminal.
+Programs should never attempt to backspace around the left edge,
+unless
+.B bw
+is given,
+and never attempt to go up locally off the top.
+In order to scroll text up, a program will go to the bottom left corner
+of the screen and send the
+.B ind
+(index) string.
+.PP
+To scroll text down, a program goes to the top left corner
+of the screen and sends the
+.B ri
+(reverse index) string.
+The strings
+.B ind
+and
+.B ri
+are undefined when not on their respective corners of the screen.
+.PP
+Parameterized versions of the scrolling sequences are
+.B indn
+and
+.B rin
+which have the same semantics as
+.B ind
+and
+.B ri
+except that they take one parameter, and scroll that many lines.
+They are also undefined except at the appropriate edge of the screen.
+.PP
+The \fBam\fR capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the right
+edge of the screen when text is output, but this does not necessarily
+apply to a
+.B cuf1
+from the last column.
+The only local motion which is defined from the left edge is if
+.B bw
+is given, then a
+.B cub1
+from the left edge will move to the right edge of the previous row.
+If
+.B bw
+is not given, the effect is undefined.
+This is useful for drawing a box around the edge of the screen, for example.
+If the terminal has switch selectable automatic margins,
+the
+.I terminfo
+file usually assumes that this is on; i.e., \fBam\fR.
+If the terminal has a command which moves to the first column of the next
+line, that command can be given as
+.B nel
+(newline).
+It does not matter if the command clears the remainder of the current line,
+so if the terminal has no
+.B cr
+and
+.B lf
+it may still be possible to craft a working
+.B nel
+out of one or both of them.
+.PP
+These capabilities suffice to describe hard-copy and \*(lqglass-tty\*(rq terminals.
+Thus the model 33 teletype is described as
+.PP
+.DT
+.nf
+.ft CW
+.in -7
+ \s-133\||\|tty33\||\|tty\||\|model 33 teletype,
+ bel=^G, cols#72, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hc, ind=^J, os,\s+1
+.in +7
+.ft R
+.PP
+while the Lear Siegler \s-1ADM\-3\s0 is described as
+.PP
+.DT
+.nf
+.ft CW
+.in -7
+ \s-1adm3\||\|3\||\|lsi adm3,
+ am, bel=^G, clear=^Z, cols#80, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ ind=^J, lines#24,\s+1
+.in +7
+.ft R
+.fi
+.PP
+.SS Parameterized Strings
+.PP
+Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters
+in the terminal are described by a
+parameterized string capability, with
+.IR printf (3S)
+like escapes \fB%x\fR in it.
+For example, to address the cursor, the
+.B cup
+capability is given, using two parameters:
+the row and column to address to.
+(Rows and columns are numbered from zero and refer to the
+physical screen visible to the user, not to any unseen memory.)
+If the terminal has memory relative cursor addressing,
+that can be indicated by
+.BR mrcup .
+.PP
+The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special \fB%\fP codes
+to manipulate it. Typically a sequence will push one of the
+parameters onto the stack and then print it in some format.
+Often more complex operations are necessary.
+.PP
+The \fB%\fR encodings have the following meanings:
+.PP
+.DT
+.nf
+.ta .5i 1.5i
+ \s-1%% outputs `%'
+ %d print pop() as in printf
+ %2d print pop() like %2d
+ %3d print pop() like %3d
+ %02d
+ %03d as in printf
+ %x print pop() as in printf
+ %2x print pop() like %2x
+ %3x print pop() like %3x
+ %02x
+ %03x as in printf
+ %c print pop() gives %c
+ %s print pop() gives %s
+
+ %p[1-9] push i'th parm
+ %P[a-z] set variable [a-z] to pop()
+ %g[a-z] get variable [a-z] and push it
+ %'c' char constant c
+ %{nn} integer constant nn
+
+ %+ %- %* %/ %m
+ arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
+ %& %| %^ bit operations: push(pop() op pop())
+ %= %> %< logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
+ %A, %O logical and & or operations (for conditionals)
+ %! %~ unary operations push(op pop())
+ %i add 1 to first two parms (for ANSI terminals)
+
+ %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %;
+ if-then-else, %e elsepart is optional.
+ else-if's are possible a la Algol 68:
+ %? c\d1\u %t b\d1\u %e c\d2\u %t b\d2\u %e c\d3\u %t b\d3\u %e c\d4\u %t b\d4\u %e %;
+\s+1 c\di\u are conditions, b\di\u are bodies.
+.fi
+.PP
+Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands in the usual order.
+That is, to get x-5 one would use "%gx%{5}%-". %P and %g variables are
+persistent across escape-string evaluations.
+.PP
+Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12, needs
+to be sent \eE&a12c03Y padded for 6 milliseconds. Note that the order
+of the rows and columns is inverted here, and that the row and column
+are printed as two digits.
+Thus its \fBcup\fR capability is \*(lqcup=6\eE&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY\*(rq.
+.PP
+The Microterm \s-1ACT-IV\s0 needs the current row and column sent
+preceded by a \fB^T\fR, with the row and column simply encoded in binary,
+\*(lqcup=^T%p1%c%p2%c\*(rq.
+Terminals which use \*(lq%c\*(rq need to be able to
+backspace the cursor (\fBcub1\fR),
+and to move the cursor up one line on the screen (\fBcuu1\fR).
+This is necessary because it is not always safe to transmit \fB\en\fR
+\fB^D\fR and \fB\er\fR, as the system may change or discard them.
+(The library routines dealing with terminfo set tty modes so that
+tabs are never expanded, so \et is safe to send.
+This turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.)
+.PP
+A final example is the \s-1LSI ADM\s0-3a, which uses row and column
+offset by a blank character, thus \*(lqcup=\eE=%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c\*(rq.
+After sending `\eE=', this pushes the first parameter, pushes the
+ASCII value for a space (32), adds them (pushing the sum on the stack
+in place of the two previous values) and outputs that value as a character.
+Then the same is done for the second parameter.
+More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack.
+.PP
+If the terminal has row or column absolute cursor addressing,
+these can be given as single parameter capabilities
+.B hpa
+(horizontal position absolute)
+and
+.B vpa
+(vertical position absolute).
+Sometimes these are shorter than the more general two parameter
+sequence (as with the hp2645) and can be used in preference to
+.B cup .
+If there are parameterized local motions (e.g., move
+.I n
+spaces to the right) these can be given as
+.BR cud ,
+.BR cub ,
+.BR cuf ,
+and
+.BR cuu
+with a single parameter indicating how many spaces to move.
+These are primarily useful if the terminal does not have
+.BR cup ,
+such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025.
+.PP
+.SS Cursor Motions
+.PP
+If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor
+(to very upper left corner of screen) then this can be given as
+\fBhome\fR; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-hand corner
+can be given as \fBll\fR; this may involve going up with \fBcuu1\fR
+from the home position,
+but a program should never do this itself (unless \fBll\fR does) because it
+can make no assumption about the effect of moving up from the home position.
+Note that the home position is the same as addressing to (0,0):
+to the top left corner of the screen, not of memory.
+(Thus, the \eEH sequence on HP terminals cannot be used for
+.BR home .)
+.PP
+.SS Area Clears
+.PP
+If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the
+line, leaving the cursor where it is, this should be given as \fBel\fR.
+If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the
+display, then this should be given as \fBed\fR.
+\fBEd\fR is only defined from the first column of a line.
+(Thus, it can be simulated by a request to delete a large number of lines,
+if a true
+.B ed
+is not available.)
+.PP
+.SS Insert/delete line and vertical motions
+.PP
+If the terminal can open a new blank line before the line where the cursor
+is, this should be given as \fBil1\fR; this is done only from the first
+position of a line. The cursor must then appear on the newly blank line.
+If the terminal can delete the line which the cursor is on, then this
+should be given as \fBdl1\fR; this is done only from the first position on
+the line to be deleted.
+Versions of
+.B il1
+and
+.B dl1
+which take a single parameter and insert or delete that many lines can
+be given as
+.B il
+and
+.BR dl .
+If the terminal has a settable scrolling region (like the vt100)
+the command to set this can be described with the
+.B csr
+capability, which takes two parameters:
+the top and bottom lines of the scrolling region.
+The cursor position is, alas, undefined after using this command.
+.PP
+It is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line using
+.B csr
+on a properly chosen region; the
+.B sc
+and
+.B rc
+(save and restore cursor) commands may be useful for ensuring that
+your synthesized insert/delete string does not move the cursor.
+(Note that the \fBncurses\fR\fR(3x) library does this synthesis
+automatically, so you need not compose insert/delete strings for
+an entry with \fBcsr\fR).
+.PP
+Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to use a combination of
+index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP-700/90
+series, which however also has insert/delete).
+.PP
+Inserting lines at the top or bottom of the screen can also be
+done using
+.B ri
+or
+.B ind
+on many terminals without a true insert/delete line,
+and is often faster even on terminals with those features.
+.PP
+The boolean \fBnon_dest_scroll_region\fR should be set if each scrolling
+window is effectively a view port on a screen-sized canvas. To test for
+this capability, create a scrolling region in the middle of the screen,
+write something to the bottom line, move the cursor to the top of the region,
+and do \fBri\fR followed by \fBdl1\fR or \fBind\fR. If the data scrolled
+off the bottom of the region by the \fBri\fR re-appears, then scrolling
+is non-destructive. System V and XSI Curses expect that \fBind\fR, \fBri\fR,
+\fBindn\fR, and \fBrin\fR will simulate destructive scrolling; their
+documentation cautions you not to define \fBcsr\fR unless this is true.
+This \fBcurses\fR implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases
+after scrolling if \fBndstr\fR is defined.
+.PP
+If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part of
+memory, which all commands affect,
+it should be given as the parameterized string
+.BR wind .
+The four parameters are the starting and ending lines in memory
+and the starting and ending columns in memory, in that order.
+.PP
+If the terminal can retain display memory above, then the
+\fBda\fR capability should be given; if display memory can be retained
+below, then \fBdb\fR should be given. These indicate
+that deleting a line or scrolling may bring non-blank lines up from below
+or that scrolling back with \fBri\fR may bring down non-blank lines.
+.PP
+.SS Insert/Delete Character
+.PP
+There are two basic kinds of intelligent terminals with respect to
+insert/delete character which can be described using
+.I terminfo.
+The most common insert/delete character operations affect only the characters
+on the current line and shift characters off the end of the line rigidly.
+Other terminals, such as the Concept 100 and the Perkin Elmer Owl, make
+a distinction between typed and untyped blanks on the screen, shifting
+upon an insert or delete only to an untyped blank on the screen which is
+either eliminated, or expanded to two untyped blanks. You can determine the
+kind of terminal you have by clearing the screen and then typing
+text separated by cursor motions. Type \*(lqabc\ \ \ \ def\*(rq using local
+cursor motions (not spaces) between the \*(lqabc\*(rq and the \*(lqdef\*(rq.
+Then position the cursor before the \*(lqabc\*(rq and put the terminal in insert
+mode. If typing characters causes the rest of the line to shift
+rigidly and characters to fall off the end, then your terminal does
+not distinguish between blanks and untyped positions. If the \*(lqabc\*(rq
+shifts over to the \*(lqdef\*(rq which then move together around the end of the
+current line and onto the next as you insert, you have the second type of
+terminal, and should give the capability \fBin\fR, which stands for
+\*(lqinsert null\*(rq.
+While these are two logically separate attributes (one line vs. multi-line
+insert mode, and special treatment of untyped spaces) we have seen no
+terminals whose insert mode cannot be described with the single attribute.
+.PP
+Terminfo can describe both terminals which have an insert mode, and terminals
+which send a simple sequence to open a blank position on the current line.
+Give as \fBsmir\fR the sequence to get into insert mode.
+Give as \fBrmir\fR the sequence to leave insert mode.
+Now give as \fBich1\fR any sequence needed to be sent just before sending
+the character to be inserted. Most terminals with a true insert mode
+will not give \fBich1\fR; terminals which send a sequence to open a screen
+position should give it here.
+.PP
+If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually preferable to \fBich1\fR.
+Technically, you should not give both unless the terminal actually requires
+both to be used in combination. Accordingly, some non-curses applications get
+confused if both are present; the symptom is doubled characters in an update
+using insert. This requirement is now rare; most \fBich\fR sequences do not
+require previous smir, and most smir insert modes do not require \fBich1\fR
+before each character. Therefore, the new \fBcurses\fR actually assumes this
+is the case and uses either \fBrmir\fR/\fBsmir\fR or \fBich\fR/\fBich1\fR as
+appropriate (but not both). If you have to write an entry to be used under
+new curses for a terminal old enough to need both, include the
+\fBrmir\fR/\fBsmir\fR sequences in \fBich1\fR.
+.PP
+If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of milliseconds
+in \fBip\fR (a string option). Any other sequence which may need to be
+sent after an insert of a single character may also be given in \fBip\fR.
+If your terminal needs both to be placed into an `insert mode' and
+a special code to precede each inserted character, then both
+.BR smir / rmir
+and
+.B ich1
+can be given, and both will be used.
+The
+.B ich
+capability, with one parameter,
+.IR n ,
+will repeat the effects of
+.B ich1
+.I n
+times.
+.PP
+It is occasionally necessary to move around while in insert mode
+to delete characters on the same line (e.g., if there is a tab after
+the insertion position). If your terminal allows motion while in
+insert mode you can give the capability \fBmir\fR to speed up inserting
+in this case. Omitting \fBmir\fR will affect only speed. Some terminals
+(notably Datamedia's) must not have \fBmir\fR because of the way their
+insert mode works.
+.PP
+Finally, you can specify
+.B dch1
+to delete a single character,
+.B dch
+with one parameter,
+.IR n ,
+to delete
+.I n characters,
+and delete mode by giving \fBsmdc\fR and \fBrmdc\fR
+to enter and exit delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be placed
+in for
+.B dch1
+to work).
+.PP
+A command to erase
+.I n
+characters (equivalent to outputting
+.I n
+blanks without moving the cursor)
+can be given as
+.B ech
+with one parameter.
+.PP
+.SS "Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells"
+.PP
+If your terminal has one or more kinds of display attributes,
+these can be represented in a number of different ways.
+You should choose one display form as
+\f2standout mode\fR,
+representing a good, high contrast, easy-on-the-eyes,
+format for highlighting error messages and other attention getters.
+(If you have a choice, reverse video plus half-bright is good,
+or reverse video alone.)
+The sequences to enter and exit standout mode
+are given as \fBsmso\fR and \fBrmso\fR, respectively.
+If the code to change into or out of standout
+mode leaves one or even two blank spaces on the screen,
+as the TVI 912 and Teleray 1061 do,
+then \fBxmc\fR should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
+.PP
+Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be given as \fBsmul\fR
+and \fBrmul\fR respectively.
+If the terminal has a code to underline the current character and move
+the cursor one space to the right,
+such as the Microterm Mime,
+this can be given as \fBuc\fR.
+.PP
+Other capabilities to enter various highlighting modes include
+.B blink
+(blinking)
+.B bold
+(bold or extra bright)
+.B dim
+(dim or half-bright)
+.B invis
+(blanking or invisible text)
+.B prot
+(protected)
+.B rev
+(reverse video)
+.B sgr0
+(turn off
+.I all
+attribute modes)
+.B smacs
+(enter alternate character set mode)
+and
+.B rmacs
+(exit alternate character set mode).
+Turning on any of these modes singly may or may not turn off other modes.
+.PP
+If there is a sequence to set arbitrary combinations of modes,
+this should be given as
+.B sgr
+(set attributes),
+taking 9 parameters.
+Each parameter is either 0 or 1, as the corresponding attribute is on or off.
+The 9 parameters are, in order:
+standout, underline, reverse, blink, dim, bold, blank, protect, alternate
+character set.
+Not all modes need be supported by
+.BR sgr ,
+only those for which corresponding separate attribute commands exist.
+.PP
+Terminals with the ``magic cookie'' glitch
+.RB ( xmc )
+deposit special ``cookies'' when they receive mode-setting sequences,
+which affect the display algorithm rather than having extra bits for
+each character.
+Some terminals, such as the HP 2621, automatically leave standout
+mode when they move to a new line or the cursor is addressed.
+Programs using standout mode should exit standout mode before
+moving the cursor or sending a newline,
+unless the
+.B msgr
+capability, asserting that it is safe to move in standout mode, is present.
+.PP
+If the terminal has
+a way of flashing the screen to indicate an error quietly (a bell replacement)
+then this can be given as \fBflash\fR; it must not move the cursor.
+.PP
+If the cursor needs to be made more visible than normal when it is
+not on the bottom line (to make, for example, a non-blinking underline into an
+easier to find block or blinking underline)
+give this sequence as
+.BR cvvis .
+If there is a way to make the cursor completely invisible, give that as
+.BR civis .
+The capability
+.BR cnorm
+should be given which undoes the effects of both of these modes.
+.PP
+If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running
+a program that uses these capabilities,
+the codes to enter and exit this mode can be given as \fBsmcup\fR and \fBrmcup\fR.
+This arises, for example, from terminals like the Concept with more than
+one page of memory.
+If the terminal has only memory relative cursor addressing and not screen
+relative cursor addressing, a one screen-sized window must be fixed into
+the terminal for cursor addressing to work properly.
+This is also used for the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025,
+where
+.B smcup
+sets the command character to be the one used by terminfo.
+.PP
+If your terminal correctly generates underlined characters
+(with no special codes needed)
+even though it does not overstrike,
+then you should give the capability \fBul\fR.
+If overstrikes are erasable with a blank,
+then this should be indicated by giving \fBeo\fR.
+.PP
+.SS Keypad Handling
+.PP
+If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the keys are pressed,
+this information can be given. Note that it is not possible to handle
+terminals where the keypad only works in local (this applies, for example,
+to the unshifted HP 2621 keys).
+If the keypad can be set to transmit or not transmit,
+give these codes as \fBsmkx\fR and \fBrmkx\fR.
+Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit.
+The codes sent by the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, down arrow,
+and home keys can be given as \fBkcub1, kcuf1, kcuu1, kcud1,
+\fRand\fB khome\fR respectively.
+If there are function keys such as f0, f1, ..., f10, the codes they send
+can be given as \fBkf0, kf1, ..., kf10\fR.
+If these keys have labels other than the default f0 through f10, the labels
+can be given as \fBlf0, lf1, ..., lf10\fR.
+The codes transmitted by certain other special keys can be given:
+.B kll
+(home down),
+.B kbs
+(backspace),
+.B ktbc
+(clear all tabs),
+.B kctab
+(clear the tab stop in this column),
+.B kclr
+(clear screen or erase key),
+.B kdch1
+(delete character),
+.B kdl1
+(delete line),
+.B krmir
+(exit insert mode),
+.B kel
+(clear to end of line),
+.B ked
+(clear to end of screen),
+.B kich1
+(insert character or enter insert mode),
+.B kil1
+(insert line),
+.B knp
+(next page),
+.B kpp
+(previous page),
+.B kind
+(scroll forward/down),
+.B kri
+(scroll backward/up),
+.B khts
+(set a tab stop in this column).
+In addition, if the keypad has a 3 by 3 array of keys including the four
+arrow keys, the other five keys can be given as
+.BR ka1 ,
+.BR ka3 ,
+.BR kb2 ,
+.BR kc1 ,
+and
+.BR kc3 .
+These keys are useful when the effects of a 3 by 3 directional pad are needed.
+.PP
+.SS Tabs and Initialization
+.PP
+If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to advance to the next
+tab stop can be given as
+.B ht
+(usually control I).
+A ``back-tab'' command which moves leftward to the next tab stop can
+be given as
+.BR cbt .
+By convention, if the teletype modes indicate that tabs are being
+expanded by the computer rather than being sent to the terminal,
+programs should not use
+.B ht
+or
+.B cbt
+even if they are present, since the user may not have the tab stops
+properly set.
+If the terminal has hardware tabs which are initially set every
+.I n
+spaces when the terminal is powered up,
+the numeric parameter
+.B it
+is given, showing the number of spaces the tabs are set to.
+This is normally used by the
+.IR tset
+command to determine whether to set the mode for hardware tab expansion,
+and whether to set the tab stops.
+If the terminal has tab stops that can be saved in non-volatile memory,
+the terminfo description can assume that they are properly set.
+.PP
+Other capabilities
+include
+.BR is1 ,
+.BR is2 ,
+and
+.BR is3 ,
+initialization strings for the terminal,
+.BR iprog ,
+the path name of a program to be run to initialize the terminal,
+and \fBif\fR, the name of a file containing long initialization strings.
+These strings are expected to set the terminal into modes consistent
+with the rest of the terminfo description.
+They are normally sent to the terminal, by the
+.IR tset
+program, each time the user logs in.
+They will be printed in the following order:
+.BR is1 ;
+.BR is2 ;
+setting tabs using
+.B tbc
+and
+.BR hts ;
+.BR if ;
+running the program
+.BR iprog ;
+and finally
+.BR is3 .
+Most initialization is done with
+.BR is2 .
+Special terminal modes can be set up without duplicating strings
+by putting the common sequences in
+.B is2
+and special cases in
+.B is1
+and
+.BR is3 .
+A pair of sequences that does a harder reset from a totally unknown state
+can be analogously given as
+.BR rs1 ,
+.BR rs2 ,
+.BR rf ,
+and
+.BR rs3 ,
+analogous to
+.B is2
+and
+.BR if .
+These strings are output by the
+.IR reset
+program, which is used when the terminal gets into a wedged state.
+Commands are normally placed in
+.B rs2
+and
+.B rf
+only if they produce annoying effects on the screen and are not
+necessary when logging in.
+For example, the command to set the vt100 into 80-column mode would
+normally be part of
+.BR is2 ,
+but it causes an annoying glitch of the screen and is not normally
+needed since the terminal is usually already in 80 column mode.
+.PP
+If there are commands to set and clear tab stops, they can be given as
+.B tbc
+(clear all tab stops)
+and
+.B hts
+(set a tab stop in the current column of every row).
+If a more complex sequence is needed to set the tabs than can be
+described by this, the sequence can be placed in
+.B is2
+or
+.BR if .
+.SS Delays and Padding
+.PP
+Many older and slower terminals don't support either XON/XOFF or DTR
+handshaking, including hard copy terminals and some very archaic CRTs
+(including, for example, DEC VT100s). These may require padding characters
+after certain cursor motions and screen changes.
+.PP
+If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control (that is,
+it automatically emits ^S back to the host when its input buffers are
+close to full), set
+.BR xon .
+This capability suppresses the emission of padding. You can also set it
+for memory-mapped console devices effectively that don't have a speed limit.
+Padding information should still be included so that routines can
+make better decisions about relative costs, but actual pad characters will
+not be transmitted.
+.PP
+If \fBpb\fR (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed at baud rates
+below the value of \fBpb\fR. If the entry has no padding baud rate, then
+whether padding is emitted or not is completely controlled by \fBxon\fR.
+.PP
+If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) character as a pad,
+then this can be given as \fBpad\fR.
+Only the first character of the
+.B pad
+string is used.
+.PP
+.SS Status Lines
+Some terminals have an extra `status line' which is not normally used by
+software (and thus not counted in the terminal's \fBlines\fR capability).
+.PP
+The simplest case is a status line which is cursor-addressable but not
+part of the main scrolling region on the screen; the Heathkit H19 has
+a status line of this kind, as would a 24-line VT100 with a 23-line
+scrolling region set up on initialization. This situation is indicated
+by the \fBhs\fR capability.
+.PP
+Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to access the
+status line. These may be expressed as a string with single parameter
+\fBtsl\fR which takes the cursor to a given zero-origin column on the
+status line. The capability \fBfsl\fR must return to the main-screen
+cursor positions before the last \fBtsl\fR. You may need to embed the
+string values of \fBsc\fR (save cursor) and \fBrc\fR (restore cursor)
+in \fBtsl\fR and \fBfsl\fR to accomplish this.
+.PP
+The status line is normally assumed to be the same width as the width
+of the terminal. If this is untrue, you can specify it with the numeric
+capability \fBwsl\fR.
+.PP
+A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as \fBdsl\fR.
+.PP
+The boolean capability \fBeslok\fR specifies that escape sequences, tabs,
+etc. work ordinarily in the status line.
+.PP
+The \fBncurses\fR implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities.
+They are documented here in case they ever become important.
+.PP
+.SS Line Graphics
+.PP
+Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for forms-drawing.
+Terminfo and \fBcurses\fR build in support for the drawing characters
+supported by the VT100, with some characters from the AT&T 4410v1 added.
+This alternate character set may be specified by the \fBacsc\fR capability.
+.PP
+.TS H
+center expand;
+c l l c
+c l l c
+lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20.
+.\".TH
+\fBGlyph ACS Ascii VT100
+Name Name Default Name\fR
+upper left corner ACS_ULCORNER + l
+lower left corner ACS_LLCORNER + m
+upper right corner ACS_URCORNER + k
+lower right corner ACS_LRCORNER + j
+tee pointing right ACS_LTEE + t
+tee pointing left ACS_RTEE + u
+tee pointing up ACS_BTEE + v
+tee pointing down ACS_TTEE + w
+horizontal line ACS_HLINE - q
+vertical line ACS_VLINE | x
+large plus or crossover ACS_PLUS + n
+scan line 1 ACS_S1 ~ o
+scan line 9 ACS_S9 \&_ s
+diamond ACS_DIAMOND + `
+checker board (stipple) ACS_CKBOARD : a
+degree symbol ACS_DEGREE \e f
+plus/minus ACS_PLMINUS # g
+bullet ACS_BULLET o ~
+arrow pointing left ACS_LARROW < ,
+arrow pointing right ACS_RARROW > +
+arrow pointing down ACS_DARROW v .
+arrow pointing up ACS_UARROW ^ -
+board of squares ACS_BOARD # h
+lantern symbol ACS_LANTERN # I
+solid square block ACS_BLOCK # 0
+.TE
+.PP
+The best way to define a new device's graphics set is to add a column
+to a copy of this table for your terminal, giving the character which
+(when emitted between \fBsmacs\fR/\fBrmacs\fR switches) will be rendered
+as the corresponding graphic. Then read off the VT100/your terminal
+character pairs right to left in sequence; these become the ACSC string.
+.PP
+.SS Color Handling
+.PP
+Most color terminals are either `Tektronix-like' or `HP-like'. Tektronix-like
+terminals have a predefined set of N colors (where N usually 8), and can set
+character-cell foreground and background characters independently, mixing them
+into N * N color-pairs. On HP-like terminals, the use must set each color
+pair up separately (foreground and background are not independently settable).
+Up to M color-pairs may be set up from 2*M different colors. ANSI-compatible
+terminals are Tektronix-like.
+.PP
+Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color method. The numeric
+capabilities \fBcolors\fR and \fBpairs\fR specify the maximum numbers of colors
+and color-pairs that can be displayed simultaneously. The \fBop\fR (original
+pair) string resets foreground and background colors to their default values
+for the terminal. The \fBoc\fR string resets all colors or color-pairs to
+their default values for the terminal. Some terminals (including many PC
+terminal emulators) erase screen areas with the current background color rather
+than the power-up default background; these should have the boolean capability
+\fBbce\fR.
+.PP
+To change the current foreground or background color on a Tektronix-type
+terminal, use \fBsetaf\fR (set ANSI foreground) and \fBsetab\fR (set ANSI
+background) or \fBsetf\fR (set foreground) and \fBsetb\fR (set background).
+These take one parameter, the color number. The SVr4 documentation describes
+only \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR; the XPG4 draft says that "If the terminal
+supports ANSI escape sequences to set background and foreground, they should
+be coded as \fBsetaf\fR and \fBsetab\fR, respectively. If the terminal
+supports other escape sequences to set background and foreground, they should
+be coded as \fBsetf\fR and \fBsetb\fR, respectively. The \fIvidputs()\fR
+function and the refresh functions use \fBsetaf\fR and \fBsetab\fR if they are
+defined."
+.PP
+The \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR and \fBsetf\fR/\fBsetb\fR capabilities take a
+single numeric argument each. Argument values 0-7 are portably defined as
+follows (the middle column is the symbolic #define available in the header for
+the \fBcurses\fR or \fBncurses\fR libraries). The terminal hardware is free to
+map these as it likes, but the RGB values indicate normal locations in color
+space.
+.PP
+.TS H
+center;
+l c c c
+l l n l.
+\fBColor #define Value RGB\fR
+black \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR 0 0, 0, 0
+red \fBCOLOR_RED\ \fR 1 max,0,0
+green \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR 2 0,max,0
+yellow \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR 3 max,max,0
+blue \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR 4 0,0,max
+magenta \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR 5 max,0,max
+cyan \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR 6 0,max,max
+white \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR 7 max,max,max
+.TE
+.PP
+On an HP-like terminal, use \fBscp\fR with a color-pair number parameter to set
+which color pair is current.
+.PP
+On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability \fBccc\fR may be present to
+indicate that colors can be modified. If so, the \fBinitc\fR capability will
+take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fR - 1)and three more parameters which
+describe the color. These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB
+(Red, Green, Blue) values. If the boolean capability \fBhls\fR is present,
+they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) indices. The ranges are
+terminal-dependent.
+.PP
+On an HP-like terminal, \fBinitp\fR may give a capability for changing a
+color-pair value. It will take seven parameters; a color-pair number (0 to
+\fBmax_pairs\fR - 1), and two triples describing first background and then
+foreground colors. These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or
+(Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on \fBhls\fR.
+.PP
+On some color terminals, colors collide with highlights. You can register
+these collisions with the \fBncv\fR capability. This is a bit-mask of
+attributes not to be used when colors are enabled. The correspondence with the
+attributes understood by \fBcurses\fR is as follows:
+.PP
+.TS
+center;
+l c c
+lw25 lw2 lw10.
+\fBAttribute Bit Decimal\fR
+A_STANDOUT 0 1
+A_UNDERLINE 1 2
+A_REVERSE 2 4
+A_BLINK 3 8
+A_DIM 4 16
+A_BOLD 5 32
+A_INVIS 6 64
+A_PROTECT 7 128
+A_ALTCHARSET 8 256
+.TE
+.PP
+For example, on many IBM PC consoles, the underline attribute collides with the
+foreground color blue and is not available in color mode. These should have
+an \fBncv\fR capability of 2.
+.PP
+.SS Miscellaneous
+.PP
+If the terminal can move up or down half a line,
+this can be indicated with
+.B hu
+(half-line up)
+and
+.B hd
+(half-line down).
+This is primarily useful for superscripts and subscripts on hard-copy terminals.
+If a hard-copy terminal can eject to the next page (form feed), give this as
+.B ff
+(usually control L).
+.PP
+If there is a command to repeat a given character a given number of
+times (to save time transmitting a large number of identical characters)
+this can be indicated with the parameterized string
+.BR rep .
+The first parameter is the character to be repeated and the second
+is the number of times to repeat it.
+Thus, tparm(repeat_char, 'x', 10) is the same as `xxxxxxxxxx'.
+.PP
+If the terminal has a settable command character, such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025,
+this can be indicated with
+.BR cmdch .
+A prototype command character is chosen which is used in all capabilities.
+This character is given in the
+.B cmdch
+capability to identify it.
+The following convention is supported on some UNIX systems:
+The environment is to be searched for a
+.B CC
+variable, and if found, all
+occurrences of the prototype character are replaced with the character
+in the environment variable.
+.PP
+Terminal descriptions that do not represent a specific kind of known
+terminal, such as
+.IR switch ,
+.IR dialup ,
+.IR patch ,
+and
+.IR network ,
+should include the
+.B gn
+(generic) capability so that programs can complain that they do not know
+how to talk to the terminal.
+(This capability does not apply to
+.I virtual
+terminal descriptions for which the escape sequences are known.)
+.PP
+If the terminal has a ``meta key'' which acts as a shift key,
+setting the 8th bit of any character transmitted, this fact can
+be indicated with
+.BR km .
+Otherwise, software will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it
+will usually be cleared.
+If strings exist to turn this ``meta mode'' on and off, they
+can be given as
+.B smm
+and
+.BR rmm .
+.PP
+If the terminal has more lines of memory than will fit on the screen
+at once, the number of lines of memory can be indicated with
+.BR lm .
+A value of
+.BR lm #0
+indicates that the number of lines is not fixed,
+but that there is still more memory than fits on the screen.
+.PP
+If the terminal is one of those supported by the \s-1UNIX\s+1 virtual
+terminal protocol, the terminal number can be given as
+.BR vt .
+.PP
+Media copy
+strings which control an auxiliary printer connected to the terminal
+can be given as
+.BR mc0 :
+print the contents of the screen,
+.BR mc4 :
+turn off the printer, and
+.BR mc5 :
+turn on the printer.
+When the printer is on, all text sent to the terminal will be sent
+to the printer.
+It is undefined whether the text is also displayed on the terminal screen
+when the printer is on.
+A variation
+.B mc5p
+takes one parameter, and leaves the printer on for as many characters
+as the value of the parameter, then turns the printer off.
+The parameter should not exceed 255.
+All text, including
+.BR mc4 ,
+is transparently passed to the printer while an
+.B mc5p
+is in effect.
+.PP
+Strings to program function keys can be given as
+.BR pfkey ,
+.BR pfloc ,
+and
+.BR pfx .
+Each of these strings takes two parameters: the function key number to
+program (from 0 to 10) and the string to program it with.
+Function key numbers out of this range may program undefined keys in
+a terminal dependent manner.
+The difference between the capabilities is that
+.B pfkey
+causes pressing the given key to be the same as the user typing the
+given string;
+.B pfloc
+causes the string to be executed by the terminal in local; and
+.B pfx
+causes the string to be transmitted to the computer.
+.PP
+.SS Glitches and Braindamage
+.PP
+Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow `~' characters to be displayed should
+indicate \fBhz\fR.
+.PP
+Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an \fBam\fR wrap,
+such as the Concept and vt100,
+should indicate \fBxenl\fR.
+.PP
+If
+.B el
+is required to get rid of standout
+(instead of merely writing normal text on top of it),
+\fBxhp\fP should be given.
+.PP
+Teleray terminals, where tabs turn all characters moved over to blanks,
+should indicate \fBxt\fR (destructive tabs).
+Note: the variable indicating this is now `dest_tabs_magic_smso'; in
+older versions, it was teleray_glitch.
+This glitch is also taken to mean that it is not possible to position
+the cursor on top of a ``magic cookie'',
+that to erase standout mode it is instead necessary to use
+delete and insert line. The ncurses implementation ignores this glitch.
+.PP
+The Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly transmit the escape
+or control C characters, has
+.BR xsb ,
+indicating that the f1 key is used for escape and f2 for control C.
+(Only certain Superbees have this problem, depending on the ROM.)
+Note that in older terminfo versions, this capability was called
+`beehive_glitch'; it is now `no_esc_ctl_c'.
+.PP
+Other specific terminal problems may be corrected by adding more
+capabilities of the form \fBx\fIx\fR.
+.PP
+.SS Similar Terminals
+.PP
+If there are two very similar terminals,
+one can be defined as being just like the other with certain exceptions.
+The string capability \fBuse\fR can be given
+with the name of the similar terminal.
+The capabilities given before
+.B use
+override those in the terminal type invoked by
+.BR use .
+A capability can be canceled by placing \fBxx@\fR to the left of the
+capability definition, where xx is the capability.
+For example, the entry
+.PP
+ 2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
+.PP
+defines a 2621-nl that does not have the \fBsmkx\fR or \fBrmkx\fR capabilities,
+and hence does not turn on the function key labels when in visual mode.
+This is useful for different modes for a terminal, or for different
+user preferences.
+.PP
+.SS Pitfalls of Long Entries
+.PP
+Long terminfo entries are unlikely to be a problem; to date, no entry has even
+approached terminfo's 4K string-table maximum. Unfortunately, the termcap
+translations are much more strictly limited (to 1K), thus termcap translations
+of long terminfo entries can cause problems.
+.PP
+The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions of tgetent() instruct the user to
+allocate a 1K buffer for the termcap entry. The entry gets null-terminated by
+the termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for a termcap entry
+1k-1 (1023) bytes. Depending on what the application and the termcap library
+being used does, and where in the termcap file the terminal type that tgetent()
+is searching for is, several bad things can happen.
+.PP
+Some termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if they find an
+entry that's longer than 1023 bytes; others don't; others truncate the
+entries to 1023 bytes. Some application programs allocate more than
+the recommended 1K for the termcap entry; others don't.
+.PP
+Each termcap entry has two important sizes associated with it: before
+"tc" expansion, and after "tc" expansion. "tc" is the capability that
+tacks on another termcap entry to the end of the current one, to add
+on its capabilities. If a termcap entry doesn't use the "tc"
+capability, then of course the two lengths are the same.
+.PP
+The "before tc expansion" length is the most important one, because it
+affects more than just users of that particular terminal. This is the
+length of the entry as it exists in /etc/termcap, minus the
+backslash-newline pairs, which tgetent() strips out while reading it.
+Some termcap libraries strip off the final newline, too (GNU termcap does not).
+Now suppose:
+.TP 5
+*
+a termcap entry before expansion is more than 1023 bytes long,
+.TP 5
+*
+and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer,
+.TP 5
+*
+and the termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1 and GNU) reads
+the whole entry into the buffer, no matter what its length, to see
+if it's the entry it wants,
+.TP 5
+*
+and tgetent() is searching for a terminal type that either is the
+long entry, appears in the termcap file after the long entry, or
+doesn't appear in the file at all (so that tgetent() has to search
+the whole termcap file).
+.PP
+Then tgetent() will overwrite memory, perhaps its stack, and probably core dump
+the program. Programs like telnet are particularly vulnerable; modern telnets
+pass along values like the terminal type automatically. The results are almost
+as undesirable with a termcap library, like SunOS 4.1.3 and Ultrix 4.4, that
+prints warning messages when it reads an overly long termcap entry. If a
+termcap library truncates long entries, like OSF/1 3.0, it is immune to dying
+here but will return incorrect data for the terminal.
+.PP
+The "after tc expansion" length will have a similar effect to the
+above, but only for people who actually set TERM to that terminal
+type, since tgetent() only does "tc" expansion once it's found the
+terminal type it was looking for, not while searching.
+.PP
+In summary, a termcap entry that is longer than 1023 bytes can cause,
+on various combinations of termcap libraries and applications, a core
+dump, warnings, or incorrect operation. If it's too long even before
+"tc" expansion, it will have this effect even for users of some other
+terminal types and users whose TERM variable does not have a termcap
+entry.
+.PP
+When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fR implementation of
+\fBtic\fR(1) issues warning messages when the pre-tc length of a termcap
+translation is too long. The -c (check) option also checks resolved (after tc
+expansion) lengths.
+.SS Binary Compatibility
+It is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between
+commercial UNIX versions. The problem is that there are at least two versions
+of terminfo (under HP-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after
+SVr1, and have added extension capabilities to the string table that (in the
+binary format) collide with System V and XSI Curses extensions.
+.SH EXTENSIONS
+The %x operator in parameterized strings is unique to the ncurses implementation
+of \fBtparm\fR (it is required in order to support an unfortunate choice of
+\fBinitc\fR format on the Linux console).
+.PP
+Some SVr4 \fBcurses\fR implementations, and all previous to SVr4, don't
+interpret the %A and %O operators in parameter strings.
+.PP
+SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether \fBmsgr\fR licenses movement while in
+an alternate-character-set mode (such modes may, among other things, map
+CR and NL to characters that don't trigger local motions).
+The \fBncurses\fR implementation ignores \fBmsgr\fR in \fBALTCHARSET\fR
+mode. This raises the possibility that an XPG4
+implementation making the opposite interpretation may need terminfo
+entries made for \fBncurses\fR to have \fBmsgr\fR turned off.
+.PP
+The \fBncurses\fR library handles insert-character and insert-character modes
+in a slightly non-standard way in order to get better update efficiency. See
+the \fBInsert/Delete Character\fR subsection above.
+.PP
+The parameter substitutions for \fBset_clock\fR and \fBdisplay_clock\fR are
+not documented in SVr4 or the XSI Curses standard. They are deduced from the
+documentation for the AT&T 505 terminal.
+.PP
+Be careful assigning the \fBkmous\fR capability. The \fBncurses\fR wants to
+interpret it as \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR, for use by terminals and emulators like xterm
+that can return mouse-tracking information in the keyboard-input stream.
+.PP
+Different commercial ports of terminfo and curses support different subsets of
+the XSI Curses standard and (in some cases) different extension sets. Here
+is a summary, accurate as of October 1995:
+.PP
+\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fR --
+These support all SVr4 capabilities.
+.PP
+\fBSGI\fR --
+Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string
+capability (\fBset_pglen\fR).
+.PP
+\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fR --
+These support a restricted subset of terminfo capabilities. The booleans
+end with \fBxon_xoff\fR; the numerics with \fBwidth_status_line\fR; and the
+strings with \fBprtr_non\fR.
+.PP
+\fBHP/UX\fR --
+Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234] numerics \fBnum_labels\fR,
+\fBlabel_height\fR, \fBlabel_width\fR, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus
+\fBplab_norm\fR, \fBlabel_on\fR, and \fBlabel_off\fR, plus some incompatible
+extensions in the string table.
+.PP
+\fBAIX\fR --
+Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus a number
+of incompatible string table extensions.
+.PP
+\fBOSF\fR --
+Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 25
+\*d/?/*
+files containing terminal descriptions
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+tic(1m), curses(3X), printf(3S), term(\*n).
+.SH AUTHORS
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond. Descends from the original pcurses
+by Pavel Curtis.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH tic 1M ""
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+\fBtic\fR - the \fIterminfo\fR entry-description compiler
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtic\fR [\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-w\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-1hcpICNRrsTu\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fInames\fR] \fIfile\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The command \fBtic\fR translates a \fBterminfo\fR file from source
+format into compiled format. The compiled format is necessary for use with
+the library routines in \fBncurses\fR(3X).
+.PP
+The results are normally placed in the system terminfo
+directory \fB\*d\fR. There are two ways to change this behavior.
+.PP
+First, you may override the system default by setting the variable
+\fBTERMINFO\fR in your shell environment to a valid (existing) directory name.
+.PP
+Secondly, if \fBtic\fR cannot get access to \fI\*d\fR or your TERMINFO
+directory, it looks for the directory \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR; if that directory
+exists, the entry is placed there.
+.PP
+Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check for a TERMINFO
+directory first, look at \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR if TERMINFO is not set, and
+finally look in \fI\*d\fR.
+.TP
+\fB-h\fR
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+\fB-c\fR
+specifies to only check \fIfile\fR for errors, including syntax problems and
+bad use links. If you specify \fB-C\fR (\fB-I\fR) with this option, the code
+will print warnings about entries which, after use resolution, are more than
+1023 (4096) bytes long. Due to a fixed buffer length in older termcap
+libraries (and a documented limit in terminfo), these entries may cause core
+dumps.
+.TP
+\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR
+specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace
+information showing \fBtic\fR's progress. The optional integer
+\fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive, indicating the desired
+level of detail of information. If \fIn\fR is omitted, the default
+level is 1. If \fIn\fR is specified and greater than 1, the level of
+detail is increased.
+.TP
+\fB-o\fR\fIdir\fR
+Write compiled entries to given directory. Overrides the TERMINFO environment
+variable.
+.TP
+\fB-w\fR\fIn\fR
+specifies the width of the output.
+.TP
+\fB-1\fR
+restricts the output to a single column
+.TP
+\fB-T\fR
+eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
+This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled
+descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
+.TP
+\fB-I\fR
+Force source translation to terminfo format.
+.TP
+\fB-L\fR
+Force source translation to terminfo format
+using the long C variable names listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
+.TP
+\fB-C\fR
+Force source translation to termcap format. Note: this differs from the -C
+option of \fIinfocmp\fR(1m) in that it does not merely translate capability
+names, but also translates terminfo strings to termcap format. Capabilities
+that are not translatable are left in the entry under their terminfo names
+but commented out with two preceding dots.
+.TP
+\fB-N\fR
+Disable smart defaults.
+Normally, when translating from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes
+a number of assumptions about the defaults of string capabilities
+\fBreset1_string\fR, \fBcarriage_return\fR, \fBcursor_left\fR,
+\fBcursor_down\fR, \fBscroll_forward\fR, \fBtab\fR, \fBnewline\fR,
+\fBkey_backspace\fR, \fBkey_left\fR, and \fBkey_down\fR, then attempts
+to use obsolete termcap capabilities to deduce correct values. It also
+normally suppresses output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as \fBbs\fR.
+This option forces a more literal translation that also preserves the
+obsolete capabilities.
+.TP
+\fB-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
+Restrict output to a given subset. This option is for use with archaic
+versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that don't support
+the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX
+that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. Available subsets
+are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", "BSD" and "AIX"; see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for details.
+.TP
+\fI-r\fR
+Force entry resolution (so there are no remaining tc capabilities) even
+when doing translation to termcap format. This may be needed if you are
+preparing a termcap file for a termcap library (such as GNU termcap up
+to version 1.3 or BSD termcap up to 4.3BSD) that doesn't handle multiple
+tc capabilities per entry.
+.TP
+\fI-s\fR
+Summarize the compile by showing the directory into which entries
+are written, and the number of entries which are compiled.
+.TP
+\fI-e\fR
+Limit writes and translations to the following comma-separated list of
+terminals.
+If any name or alias of a terminal matches one of the names in
+the list, the entry will be written or translated as normal.
+Otherwise no output will be generated for it.
+The option value is interpreted as a file containing the list if it
+contains a '/'.
+(Note: depending on how tic was compiled, this option may require -I or -C.)
+.TP
+\fIfile\fR
+contains one or more \fBterminfo\fR terminal descriptions in source
+format [see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)]. Each description in the file
+describes the capabilities of a particular terminal.
+.PP
+The debug flag levels are as follows:
+.TP
+1
+Names of files created and linked
+.TP
+2
+Information related to the ``use'' facility
+.TP
+3
+Statistics from the hashing algorithm
+.TP
+5
+String-table memory allocations
+.TP
+7
+Entries into the string-table
+.TP
+8
+List of tokens encountered by scanner
+.TP
+9
+All values computed in construction of the hash table
+.LP
+If n is not given, it is taken to be one.
+.PP
+All but one of the capabilities recognized by \fBtic\fR are documented
+in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). The exception is the \fBuse\fR capability.
+
+When a \fBuse\fR=\fIentry\fR-\fIname\fR field is discovered in a
+terminal entry currently being compiled, \fBtic\fR reads in the binary
+from \fB\*d\fR to complete the entry. (Entries created from
+\fIfile\fR will be used first. If the environment variable
+\fBTERMINFO\fR is set, that directory is searched instead of
+\fB\*d\fR.) \fBtic\fR duplicates the capabilities in
+\fIentry\fR-\fIname\fR for the current entry, with the exception of
+those capabilities that explicitly are defined in the current entry.
+
+When an entry, e.g., \fBentry_name_1\fR, contains a
+\fBuse=\fR\fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fR field, any canceled
+capabilities in \fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fR must also appear in
+\fBentry_name_1\fR before \fBuse=\fR for these capabilities to be
+canceled in \fBentry_name_1\fR.
+
+If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is set, the compiled
+results are placed there instead of \fB\*d\fR.
+
+Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes. The name field cannot
+exceed 128 bytes. Terminal names exceeding 14 characters will be
+truncated to 14 characters and a warning message will be printed.
+.SH COMPATIBILITY
+There is some evidence that historic \fBtic\fR implementations treated
+description fields with no whitespace in them as additional aliases or
+short names. This \fBtic\fR does not do that, but it does warn when
+description fields may be treated that way and check them for dangerous
+characters.
+.SH EXTENSIONS
+Unlike the stock SVr4 \fBtic\fR command, this implementation can actually
+compile termcap sources. In fact, entries in terminfo and termcap syntax can
+be mixed in a single source file. See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for the list of
+termcap names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names.
+
+The SVr4 manual pages are not clear on the resolution rules for \fBuse\fR
+capabilities.
+This implementation of \fBtic\fR will find \fBuse\fR targets anywhere
+in the source file, or anywhere in the file tree rooted at \fBTERMINFO\fR (if
+\fBTERMINFO\fR is defined), or in the user's \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR directory
+(if it exists), or (finally) anywhere in the system's file tree of
+compiled entries.
+
+The error messages from this \fBtic\fR have the same format as GNU C
+error messages, and can be parsed by GNU Emacs's compile facility.
+
+The -o, -I, -C, -N, -R, -h, -e, -T, -r and -s options
+are not supported under SVr4.
+The SVr4 -c mode does not report bad use links.
+
+System V does not compile entries to or read entries from your
+\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR directory unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 5
+\fB\*d/?/*\fR
+Compiled terminal description database.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBinfocmp\fR(1m), \fBcaptoinfo\fR(1m), \fBinfotocap\fR(1m), \fBtoe\fR(1m),
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH toe 1M ""
+.ds n 5
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.SH NAME
+\fBtoe\fR - table of (terminfo) entries
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtoe\fR [\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-huUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+With no options, \fBtoe\fR lists all available terminal types by primary name
+with descriptions. File arguments specify the directories to be scanned; if no
+such arguments are given, your default terminfo directory is scanned. If you
+also specify the -h option, a directory header will be issued as each
+directory is entered.
+.PP
+There are other options intended for use by terminfo file maintainers:
+.TP
+\fB-u\fR \fIfile\fR
+says to issue a report on dependencies in the given file. This report condenses
+the `use' relation: each line consists of the primary name of a terminal that
+has use capabilities, followed by a colon, followed by the
+whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which occur in those use
+capabilities, followed by a newline
+.TP
+\fB-U\fR \fIfile\fR
+says to issue a report on reverse dependencies in the given file. This report
+reverses the `use' relation: each line consists of the primary name of a
+terminal that occurs in use capabilities, followed by a colon, followed by the
+whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which depend on it,
+followed by a newline.
+.TP
+\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR
+specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace
+information showing \fBtoe\fR's progress. The optional integer
+\fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted as for \fBtic\fR(1).
+.TP 5
+\fB-V\fR
+prints out the version of the program in use on standard error and exits.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 5
+\fB\*d/?/*\fR
+Compiled terminal description database.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBtic\fR(1m), \fBinfocmp\fR(1m), \fBcaptoinfo\fR(1m), \fBinfotocap\fR(1m),
+\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.TH tput 1 ""
+.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo
+.ds n 5
+.SH NAME
+\fBtput\fR - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fIcapname\fR [\fIparms\fR ... ]
+.br
+\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBinit\fR
+.br
+\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBreset\fR
+.br
+\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBlongname\fR
+.br
+\fBtput -S\fR \fB<<\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBtput\fR utility uses the \fBterminfo\fR database to make the
+values of terminal-dependent capabilities and information available to
+the shell (see \fBsh\fR(1)), to initialize or reset the terminal, or
+return the long name of the requested terminal type. \fBtput\fR
+outputs a string if the attribute (\fIcap\fRability \fIname\fR) is of
+type string, or an integer if the attribute is of type integer. If
+the attribute is of type boolean, \fBtput\fR simply sets the exit code
+(\fB0\fR for TRUE if the terminal has the capability, \fB1\fR for
+FALSE if it does not), and produces no output. Before using a value
+returned on standard output, the user should test the exit code
+[\fB$?\fR, see \fBsh\fR(1)] to be sure it is \fB0\fR. (See the \fBEXIT
+CODES\fR and \fBDIAGNOSTICS\fR sections.) For a complete list of capabilities
+and the \fIcapname\fR associated with each, see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+.TP
+\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR
+indicates the \fItype\fR of terminal. Normally this option is
+unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment
+variable \fBTERM\fR. If \fB-T\fR is specified, then the shell
+variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR will be ignored,and the
+operating system will not be queried for the actual screen size.
+.TP
+\fIcapname\fR
+indicates the attribute from the \fBterminfo\fR database.
+.TP
+\fIparms\fR
+If the attribute is a string that takes parameters, the arguments
+\fIparms\fR will be instantiated into the string. An all numeric
+argument will be passed to the attribute as a number.
+.TP
+\fB-S\fR
+allows more than one capability per invocation of \fBtput\fR. The
+capabilities must be passed to \fBtput\fR from the standard input
+instead of from the command line (see example). Only one
+\fIcapname\fR is allowed per line. The \fB-S\fR option changes the
+meaning of the \fB0\fR and \fB1\fR boolean and string exit codes (see the
+EXIT CODES section).
+.TP
+\fBinit\fR
+If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the user's
+terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR, above), the following will
+occur: (1) if present, the terminal's initialization strings will be
+output (\fBis1\fR, \fBis2\fR, \fBis3\fR, \fBif\fR, \fBiprog\fR), (2)
+any delays (e.g., newline) specified in the entry will be set in the
+tty driver, (3) tabs expansion will be turned on or off according to
+the specification in the entry, and (4) if tabs are not expanded,
+standard tabs will be set (every 8 spaces). If an entry does not
+contain the information needed for any of the four above activities,
+that activity will silently be skipped.
+.TP
+\fBreset\fR
+Instead of putting out initialization strings, the terminal's
+reset strings will be output if present (\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR, \fBrf\fR).
+If the reset strings are not present, but initialization
+strings are, the initialization strings will be output.
+Otherwise, \fBreset\fR acts identically to \fBinit\fR.
+.TP
+\fBlongname\fR
+If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the
+user's terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name
+of the terminal will be put out. The long name is the last
+name in the first line of the terminal's description in the
+\fBterminfo\fR database [see \fBterm\fR(5)].
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP 5
+\fBtput init\fR
+Initialize the terminal according to the type of
+terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR. This
+command should be included in everyone's .profile after
+the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported, as
+illustrated on the \fBprofile\fR(4) manual page.
+.TP 5
+\fBtput -T5620 reset\fR
+Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of
+terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR.
+.TP 5
+\fBtput cup 0 0\fR
+Send the sequence to move the cursor to row \fB0\fR, column \fB0\fR
+(the upper left corner of the screen, usually known as the "home"
+cursor position).
+.TP 5
+\fBtput clear\fR
+Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current terminal.
+.TP 5
+\fBtput cols\fR
+Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
+.TP 5
+\fBtput -T450 cols\fR
+Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
+.TP 5
+\fBbold=`tput smso` offbold=`tput rmso`\fR
+Set the shell variables \fBbold\fR, to begin stand-out mode
+sequence, and \fBoffbold\fR, to end standout mode sequence,
+for the current terminal. This might be followed by a
+prompt: \fBecho "${bold}Please type in your name: ${offbold}\\c"\fR
+.TP 5
+\fBtput hc\fR
+Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal is a hard copy terminal.
+.TP 5
+\fBtput cup 23 4\fR
+Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, column 4.
+.TP 5
+\fBtput longname\fR
+Print the long name from the \fBterminfo\fR database for the
+type of terminal specified in the environmental
+variable \fBTERM\fR.
+.TP 0
+\fBtput -S <<!\fR
+.br
+\fB> clear\fR
+.br
+\fB> cup 10 10\fR
+.br
+\fB> bold\fR
+.br
+\fB> !\fR
+.TP 5
+\&
+This example shows tput processing several capabilities in one
+invocation. This example clears the screen, moves the cursor to
+position 10, 10 and turns on bold (extra bright) mode. The list is
+terminated by an exclamation mark (\fB!\fR) on a line by itself.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+\fB\*d\fR
+compiled terminal description database
+.TP
+\fB/usr/include/curses.h\fR
+\fBcurses\fR(3X) header file
+.TP
+\fB/usr/include/term.h\fR
+\fBterminfo\fR header file
+.TP
+\fB@DATADIR@/tabset/*\fR
+tab settings for some terminals, in a format
+appropriate to be output to the terminal (escape
+sequences that set margins and tabs); for more
+information, see the "Tabs and Initialization"
+section of \fBterminfo\fR(4)
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBclear\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBtabs\fR(\*n). \fBprofile\fR(\*n),
+\fBterminfo\fR(4) in the \fISystem\fR \fIAdministrator\fR'\fIs\fR
+\fIReference\fR \fIManual\fR. Chapter 10 of the
+\fIProgrammer\fR'\fIs\fR \fIGuide\fR.
+.SH EXIT CODES
+If \fIcapname\fR is of type boolean, a value of \fB0\fR is set for
+TRUE and \fB1\fR for FALSE unless the \fB-S\fR option is used.
+
+If \fIcapname\fR is of type string, a value of \fB0\fR is set if the
+\fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR (the value of
+\fIcapname\fR is returned on standard output); a value of \fB1\fR is
+set if \fIcapname\fR is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR (a
+null value is returned on standard output).
+
+If \fIcapname\fR is of type boolean or string and the \fB-S\fR option
+is used, a value of \fB0\fR is returned to indicate that all lines
+were successful. No indication of which line failed can be given so
+exit code \fB1\fR will never appear. Exit codes \fB2\fR, \fB3\fR, and
+\fB4\fR retain their usual interpretation.
+
+If \fIcapname\fR is of type integer, a value of \fB0\fR is always set,
+whether or not \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR.
+To determine if \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR,
+the user must test the value of standard output. A value of \fB-1\fR
+means that \fIcapname\fR is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR.
+
+Any other exit code indicates an error; see the DIAGNOSTICS section.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+\fBtput\fR prints the following error messages and sets the corresponding exit
+codes.
+
+.TS
+l l.
+exit code error message
+\fB0\fR (\fIcapname\fR is a numeric variable that is not specified in the
+ \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) database for this terminal type, e.g.
+ \fBtput -T450 lines\fR and \fBtput -T2621 xmc\fR)
+\fB1\fR no error message is printed, see the \fBEXIT CODES\fR section.
+\fB2\fR usage error
+\fB3\fR unknown terminal \fItype\fR or no \fBterminfo\fR database
+\fB4\fR unknown \fBterminfo\fR capability \fIcapname\fR
+.TE
+.SH PORTABILITY
+The \fBlongname\fR and \fB-S\fR options, and the parameter-substitution
+features used in the \fBcup\fR example, are not supported in BSD curses or in
+AT&T/USL curses before SVr4.
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH tset 1 ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBtset\fR - terminal initialization
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+tset [-IQqrs] [-] [-e \fIch\fR] [-i \fIch\fR] [-k \fIch\fR] [-m \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
+.br
+reset [-IQqrs] [-] [-e \fIch\fR] [-i \fIch\fR] [-k \fIch\fR] [-m \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\&\fBTset\fR initializes terminals.
+\fBTset\fR first determines the type of terminal that you are using.
+This determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
+.PP
+1. The \fBterminal\fR argument specified on the command line.
+.PP
+2. The value of the \fBTERM\fR environmental variable.
+.PP
+3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with the standard
+error output device in the \fI/etc/ttys\fR file. (On Linux and
+System-V-like UNIXes, \fIgetty\fR does this job by setting
+\fBTERM\fR according to the type passed to it by \fI/etc/inittab\fR.)
+.PP
+4. The default terminal type, ``unknown''.
+.PP
+If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the -m
+option mappings are then applied (see below for more information).
+Then, if the terminal type begins with a question mark (``?''), the
+user is prompted for confirmation of the terminal type. An empty
+response confirms the type, or, another type can be entered to specify
+a new type. Once the terminal type has been determined, the terminfo
+entry for the terminal is retrieved. If no terminfo entry is found
+for the type, the user is prompted for another terminal type.
+.PP
+Once the terminfo entry is retrieved, the window size, backspace, interrupt
+and line kill characters (among many other things) are set and the terminal
+and tab initialization strings are sent to the standard error output.
+Finally, if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters have changed,
+or are not set to their default values, their values are displayed to the
+standard error output.
+.PP
+When invoked as \fBreset\fR, \fBtset\fR sets cooked and echo modes,
+turns off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline translation and
+resets any unset special characters to their default values before
+doing the terminal initialization described above. This is useful
+after a program dies leaving a terminal in an abnormal state. Note,
+you may have to type
+
+ \fB<LF>reset<LF>\fR
+
+(the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the terminal
+to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in the abnormal state.
+Also, the terminal will often not echo the command.
+.PP
+The options are as follows:
+.TP 5
+-q
+The terminal type is displayed to the standard output, and the terminal is
+not initialized in any way. The option `-' by itself is equivalent but
+archaic.
+.TP 5
+-e
+Set the erase character to \fIch\fR.
+.TP 5
+-I
+Do not send the terminal or tab initialization strings to the terminal.
+.TP 5
+-i
+Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fR.
+.TP 5
+-k
+Set the line kill character to \fIch\fR.
+.TP 5
+-m
+Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal.
+See below for more information.
+.TP 5
+-Q
+Don't display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill characters.
+.TP 5
+-r
+Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
+.TP 5
+-s
+Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment variable
+\fBTERM\fR to the standard output.
+See the section below on setting the environment for details.
+.PP
+The arguments for the -e, -i, and -k
+options may either be entered as actual characters or by using the `hat'
+notation, i.e. control-h may be specified as ``^H'' or ``^h''.
+.SH SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT
+It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and information about
+the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment.
+This is done using the -s option.
+.PP
+When the -s option is specified, the commands to enter the information
+into the shell's environment are written to the standard output. If
+the \fBSHELL\fR environmental variable ends in ``csh'', the commands
+are for \fBcsh\fR, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fR.
+Note, the \fBcsh\fR commands set and unset the shell variable
+\fBnoglob\fR, leaving it unset. The following line in the \fB.login\fR
+or \fB.profile\fR files will initialize the environment correctly:
+
+ eval \`tset -s options ... \`
+
+.SH TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
+When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the current
+system information is incorrect) the terminal type derived from the
+\fI/etc/ttys\fR file or the \fBTERM\fR environmental variable is often
+something generic like \fBnetwork\fR, \fBdialup\fR, or \fBunknown\fR.
+When \fBtset\fR is used in a startup script it is often desirable to
+provide information about the type of terminal used on such ports.
+.PP
+The purpose of the -m option is to map
+from some set of conditions to a terminal type, that is, to
+tell \fBtset\fR
+``If I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess that I'm on that
+kind of terminal''.
+.PP
+The argument to the -m option consists of an optional port type, an
+optional operator, an optional baud rate specification, an optional
+colon (``:'') character and a terminal type. The port type is a
+string (delimited by either the operator or the colon character). The
+operator may be any combination of ``>'', ``<'', ``@'', and ``!''; ``>''
+means greater than, ``<'' means less than, ``@'' means equal to
+and ``!'' inverts the sense of the test.
+The baud rate is specified as a number and is compared with the speed
+of the standard error output (which should be the control terminal).
+The terminal type is a string.
+.PP
+If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the -m
+mappings are applied to the terminal type. If the port type and baud
+rate match the mapping, the terminal type specified in the mapping
+replaces the current type. If more than one mapping is specified, the
+first applicable mapping is used.
+.PP
+For example, consider the following mapping: \fBdialup>9600:vt100\fR.
+The port type is dialup , the operator is >, the baud rate
+specification is 9600, and the terminal type is vt100. The result of
+this mapping is to specify that if the terminal type is \fBdialup\fR,
+and the baud rate is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of
+\fBvt100\fR will be used.
+.PP
+If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match any baud rate.
+If no port type is specified, the terminal type will match any port type.
+For example, \fB-m dialup:vt100 -m :?xterm\fR
+will cause any dialup port, regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal
+type vt100, and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm.
+Note, because of the leading question mark, the user will be
+queried on a default port as to whether they are actually using an xterm
+terminal.
+.PP
+No whitespace characters are permitted in the -m option argument.
+Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the
+entire -m option argument be placed within single quote characters,
+and that \fBcsh\fR users insert a backslash character (``\e'') before
+any exclamation marks (``!'').
+.SH HISTORY
+The \fBtset\fR command appeared in BSD 3.0. The \fBncurses\fR implementation
+was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for a terminfo environment by Eric
+S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>.
+.SH COMPATIBILITY
+The \fBtset\fR utility has been provided for backward-compatibility with BSD
+environments (under most modern UNIXes, \fB/etc/inittab\fR and \fIgetty\fR(1)
+can set \fBTERM\fR appropriately for each dial-up line; this obviates what was
+\fBtset\fR's most important use). This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
+tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
+.PP
+The -S option of BSD tset no longer works; it prints an error message to stderr
+and dies. The -s option only sets \fBTERM\fR, not \fBTERMCAP\fB. Both these
+changes are because the \fBTERMCAP\fR variable is no longer supported under
+terminfo-based \fBncurses\fR, which makes \fBtset -S\fR useless (we made it die
+noisily rather than silently induce lossage).
+.PP
+There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a link named
+`TSET` (or via any other name beginning with an upper-case letter) set the
+terminal to use upper-case only. This feature has been omitted.
+.PP
+The -A, -E, -h, -u and -v options were deleted from the \fBtset\fR
+utility in 4.4BSD. None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are
+of limited utility at best. The -a, -d, and -p options are similarly
+not documented or useful, but were retained as they appear to be in
+widespread use. It is strongly recommended that any usage of these
+three options be changed to use the -m option instead. The
+-n option remains, but has no effect. The -adnp options are therefore
+omitted from the usage summary above.
+.PP
+It is still permissible to specify the -e, -i, and -k options without
+arguments, although it is strongly recommended that such usage be fixed to
+explicitly specify the character.
+.PP
+As of 4.4BSD, executing \fBtset\fR as \fBreset\fR no longer implies the -Q
+option. Also, the interaction between the - option and the \fIterminal\fR
+argument in some historic implementations of \fBtset\fR has been removed.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The \fBtset\fR command uses the \fBSHELL\fR and \fBTERM\fR
+environment variables.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 5
+/etc/ttys
+system port name to terminal type mapping database (BSD versions only).
+.TP 5
+@DATADIR@/terminfo
+terminal capability database
+.SH SEE ALSO
+csh(1),
+sh(1),
+stty(1),
+tty(4),
+termcap(5),
+ttys(5),
+environ(7),
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
+
--- /dev/null
+.\"*****************************************************************************
+.\" Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+.\" All Rights Reserved. *
+.\" *
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+.\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+.\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+.\" documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+.\" not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+.\" software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+.\" INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+.\" EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+.\" SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+.\" RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+.\" CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+.\" CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+.\"*****************************************************************************
+.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.2 1996/09/07 14:51:04 tom Exp $
+.TH wresize 3X ""
+.
+.SH NAME
+\fBwresize\fR - resize a curses window
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
+
+\fBint wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);\fR
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBwresize\fR function reallocates storage for an \fBncurses\fR
+window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.
+If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
+window's data is filled with blanks that have the current background rendition
+(as set by \fBwbkgndset\fR) merged into them.
+.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+It will fail if either of the dimensions less than or equal to zero,
+or if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the window.
+.
+.SH NOTES
+The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they be greater than zero.
+The dimensions are not compared to \fBcurses\fR screen dimensions to
+simplify the logic of \fBresizeterm\fR.
+The caller must ensure that the window's dimensions fit within the
+actual screen dimensions.
+.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBresizeterm\fR(3x).
+.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988 for BSD curses).
+.\"#
+.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+.\"# Local Variables:
+.\"# mode:nroff
+.\"# fill-column:79
+.\"# End:
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.16 1997/02/15 17:10:04 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for menu source code.
+#
+# This makes the following:
+# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared)
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+#
+# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models,
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AR = @AR@
+AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@
+AWK = @AWK@
+LD = @LD@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+# Juergen Pfeifer reports:
+# "Unfortunately -O crashes my linker on Linux and -O2 works"
+# If your linker coughs and dies, try uncommenting the -O2
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ # -O2
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@
+
+MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@
+REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@
+ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@
+
+LINT = @LINT@
+LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@
+LINT_LIBS = -lmenu -lncurses @LIBS@
+
+################################################################################
+all :: ../include/menu.h ../include/eti.h ../include/mf_common.h $(LIBRARIES)
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+# make copies to simplify include-paths while still keeping menu's include
+# file in this directory.
+../include/menu.h : $(srcdir)/menu.h
+ -rm -f $@
+ cp $(srcdir)/menu.h $@
+../include/eti.h : $(srcdir)/eti.h
+ -rm -f $@
+ cp $(srcdir)/eti.h $@
+../include/mf_common.h : $(srcdir)/mf_common.h
+ -rm -f $@
+ cp $(srcdir)/mf_common.h $@
+
+MENU_PRIV_H = \
+ $(srcdir)/menu.priv.h \
+ $(srcdir)/menu.h \
+ $(srcdir)/mf_common.h \
+ ../include/curses.h \
+ $(srcdir)/eti.h
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS *~ ../include/menu.h ../include/eti.h \
+ ../include/mf_common.h
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+This is a clone of the menu library that is available with typical
+System V curses implementations (ETI).
+
+It is modelled after the documentation that comes for this library with
+a 386 based SVR4 implementation (ESIX). This system was used together
+with an NCR3000 system to compile the clone using original curses
+implementation and to run various programs to check the compatibility of
+this clone with the original libmenu library.
+
+The development environment was an ELF based Linux system, the German
+Unifix distribution (aka Linux FT).
+
+For things that still need doing, see the TO-DO file in the top-level
+directory.
+
+Juergen Pfeifer
+
+eMail: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses Extended Terminal Interface (ETI) is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _ETI_ERRNO_H_
+#define _ETI_ERRNO_H_
+
+#define E_OK (0)
+#define E_SYSTEM_ERROR (-1)
+#define E_BAD_ARGUMENT (-2)
+#define E_POSTED (-3)
+#define E_CONNECTED (-4)
+#define E_BAD_STATE (-5)
+#define E_NO_ROOM (-6)
+#define E_NOT_POSTED (-7)
+#define E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND (-8)
+#define E_NO_MATCH (-9)
+#define E_NOT_SELECTABLE (-10)
+#define E_NOT_CONNECTED (-11)
+#define E_REQUEST_DENIED (-12)
+#define E_INVALID_FIELD (-13)
+#define E_CURRENT (-14)
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+$(srcdir)/eti.h
+$(srcdir)/menu.h
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+/* ./m_attribs.c */
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+#undef set_menu_fore
+int set_menu_fore(
+ MENU *menu,
+ chtype attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_fore
+chtype menu_fore(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_back
+int set_menu_back(
+ MENU *menu,
+ chtype attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_back
+chtype menu_back(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_grey
+int set_menu_grey(
+ MENU *menu,
+ chtype attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_grey
+chtype menu_grey(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_pad
+int set_menu_pad(
+ MENU *menu,
+ int pad)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_pad
+int menu_pad(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_cursor.c */
+
+#undef pos_menu_cursor
+int pos_menu_cursor(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_driver.c */
+
+#undef menu_pattern
+char *menu_pattern(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_pattern
+int set_menu_pattern(
+ MENU *menu,
+ const char *p)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_driver
+int menu_driver(
+ MENU *menu,
+ int c)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_format.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_format
+int set_menu_format(
+ MENU *menu,
+ int rows,
+ int cols)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_format
+void menu_format(
+ const MENU *menu,
+ int *rows,
+ int *cols)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./m_global.c */
+
+#undef _nc_Default_Menu
+MENU _nc_Default_Menu;
+#undef _nc_Default_Item
+ITEM _nc_Default_Item;
+
+#undef _nc_Connect_Items
+bool _nc_Connect_Items(
+ MENU *menu,
+ ITEM **items)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_Disconnect_Items
+void _nc_Disconnect_Items(
+ MENU *menu)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width
+void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(
+ MENU *menu)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_Link_Items
+void _nc_Link_Items(
+ MENU *menu)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_Show_Menu
+void _nc_Show_Menu(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem
+void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(
+ MENU *menu,
+ int new_toprow,
+ ITEM *new_current_item)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./m_hook.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_init
+int set_menu_init(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_init
+Menu_Hook menu_init(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_term
+int set_menu_term(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_term
+Menu_Hook menu_term(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); }
+
+#undef set_item_init
+int set_item_init(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_init
+Menu_Hook item_init(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); }
+
+#undef set_item_term
+int set_item_term(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Hook func)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_term
+Menu_Hook item_term(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_cur.c */
+
+#undef set_current_item
+int set_current_item(
+ MENU *menu,
+ ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef current_item
+ITEM *current_item(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(ITEM **)0); }
+
+#undef item_index
+int item_index(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_top_row
+int set_top_row(
+ MENU *menu,
+ int row)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef top_row
+int top_row(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_nam.c */
+
+#undef item_name
+const char *item_name(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+#undef item_description
+const char *item_description(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_new.c */
+
+#undef new_item
+ITEM *new_item(
+ const char *name,
+ const char *description)
+ { return(*(ITEM **)0); }
+
+#undef free_item
+int free_item(
+ ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_mark
+int set_menu_mark(
+ MENU *menu,
+ const char *mark)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_mark
+const char *menu_mark(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_opt.c */
+
+#undef set_item_opts
+int set_item_opts(
+ ITEM *item,
+ Item_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_opts_off
+int item_opts_off(
+ ITEM *item,
+ Item_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_opts_on
+int item_opts_on(
+ ITEM *item,
+ Item_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_opts
+Item_Options item_opts(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(Item_Options *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_use.c */
+
+#undef set_item_userptr
+int set_item_userptr(
+ ITEM *item,
+ const void *userptr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_userptr
+const void *item_userptr(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(const void **)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_val.c */
+
+#undef set_item_value
+int set_item_value(
+ ITEM *item,
+ bool value)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef item_value
+bool item_value(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_item_vis.c */
+
+#undef item_visible
+bool item_visible(
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_items.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_items
+int set_menu_items(
+ MENU *menu,
+ ITEM **items)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_items
+ITEM **menu_items(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(ITEM ***)0); }
+
+#undef item_count
+int item_count(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_new.c */
+
+#undef new_menu
+MENU *new_menu(
+ ITEM **items)
+ { return(*(MENU **)0); }
+
+#undef free_menu
+int free_menu(
+ MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_opts.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_opts
+int set_menu_opts(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_opts_off
+int menu_opts_off(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_opts_on
+int menu_opts_on(
+ MENU *menu,
+ Menu_Options opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_opts
+Menu_Options menu_opts(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(Menu_Options *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_post.c */
+
+#undef _nc_Post_Item
+void _nc_Post_Item(
+ const MENU *menu,
+ const ITEM *item)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_Draw_Menu
+void _nc_Draw_Menu(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef post_menu
+int post_menu(
+ MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef unpost_menu
+int unpost_menu(
+ MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_req_name.c */
+
+#undef menu_request_name
+const char *menu_request_name(
+ int request)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+#undef menu_request_by_name
+int menu_request_by_name(
+ const char *str)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_spacing.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_spacing
+int set_menu_spacing(
+ MENU *menu,
+ int s_desc,
+ int s_row,
+ int s_col)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_spacing
+int menu_spacing(
+ const MENU *menu,
+ int *s_desc,
+ int *s_row,
+ int *s_col)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_userptr.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_userptr
+int set_menu_userptr(
+ MENU *menu,
+ const void *userptr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_userptr
+const void *menu_userptr(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(const void **)0); }
+
+/* ./m_win.c */
+
+#undef set_menu_win
+int set_menu_win(
+ MENU *menu,
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_win
+WINDOW *menu_win(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef set_menu_sub
+int set_menu_sub(
+ MENU *menu,
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef menu_sub
+WINDOW *menu_sub(
+ const MENU *menu)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef scale_menu
+int scale_menu(
+ const MENU *menu,
+ int *rows,
+ int *cols)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./m_adabind.c */
+
+#undef _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts
+void _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts(
+ int *opt)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts
+void _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts(
+ int *opt)
+ { /* void */ }
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module m_adabind.c *
+* Helper routines to ease the implementation of an Ada95 binding to *
+* ncurses. For details and copyright of the binding see the ../Ada95 *
+* subdirectory. *
+***************************************************************************/
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_adabind.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* Prototypes for the functions in this module */
+void _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts (int *opt);
+void _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts (int *opt);
+
+
+void _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts (int *opt)
+{
+ *opt = ALL_MENU_OPTS & (*opt);
+}
+
+void _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts (int *opt)
+{
+ *opt = ALL_ITEM_OPTS & (*opt);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_attribs *
+* Control menus display attributes *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_attribs.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* Macro to redraw menu if it is posted and changed */
+#define Refresh_Menu(menu) \
+ if ( (menu) && ((menu)->status & _POSTED) )\
+ {\
+ _nc_Draw_Menu( menu );\
+ _nc_Show_Menu( menu );\
+ }
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate a function to set a menus attribute */
+#define GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( name ) \
+int set_menu_ ## name (MENU * menu, chtype attr)\
+{\
+ if (!(attr==A_NORMAL || (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES)==attr))\
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);\
+ if (menu && ( menu -> name != attr))\
+ {\
+ (menu -> name) = attr;\
+ Refresh_Menu(menu);\
+ }\
+ Normalize_Menu( menu ) -> name = attr;\
+ RETURN(E_OK);\
+}
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate a function to get a menus attribute */
+#define GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( name ) \
+chtype menu_ ## name (const MENU * menu)\
+{\
+ return (Normalize_Menu( menu ) -> name);\
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr)
+|
+| Description : Set the attribute for selectable items. In single-
+| valued menus thiis is used to highlight the current
+| item ((i.e. where the cursor is), in multi-valued
+| menus this is used to highlight the selected items.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( fore )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : chtype menu_fore(const MENU* menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the attribute used for selectable items that
+| are current (single-valued menu) or selected (multi-
+| valued menu).
+|
+| Return Values : Attribute value
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( fore )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr)
+|
+| Description : Set the attribute for selectable but not yet selected
+| items.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( back )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the attribute used for selectable but not yet
+| selected items.
+|
+| Return Values : Attribute value
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( back )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr)
+|
+| Description : Set the attribute for unselectable items.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( grey )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the attribute used for non-selectable items
+|
+| Return Values : Attribute value
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( grey )
+\f
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad)
+|
+| Description : Set the character to be used to separate the item name
+| from its description. This must be a printable
+| character.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad)
+{
+ bool do_refresh = !(menu);
+
+ if (!isprint((unsigned char)pad))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ Normalize_Menu( menu );
+ menu->pad = pad;
+
+ if (do_refresh)
+ Refresh_Menu( menu );
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int menu_pad(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the value of the padding character
+|
+| Return Values : The pad character
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int menu_pad(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ return (Normalize_Menu( menu ) -> pad);
+}
+
+/* m_attribs.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_cursor *
+* Correctly position a menus cursor *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_cursor.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : pos_menu_cursor
+|
+| Description : Position logical cursor to current item in menu
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu
+| E_NOT_POSTED - Menu is not posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ if (!menu)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ ITEM *item;
+ int x, y;
+ WINDOW *win, *sub;
+
+ if ( !( menu->status & _POSTED ) )
+ RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED);
+
+ item = menu->curitem;
+ assert(item);
+
+ x = item->x * (menu->spc_cols + menu->itemlen);
+ y = (item->y - menu->toprow) * menu->spc_rows;
+ win = menu->userwin ? menu->userwin : stdscr;
+ sub = menu->usersub ? menu->usersub : win;
+ assert(win && sub);
+
+ if ((menu->opt & O_SHOWMATCH) && (menu->pindex > 0))
+ x += ( menu->pindex + menu->marklen - 1);
+
+ wmove(sub,y,x);
+
+ if ( win != sub )
+ {
+ wcursyncup(sub);
+ wsyncup(sub);
+ untouchwin(sub);
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/* m_cursor.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_driver and menu_pattern *
+* Central dispatching routine and pattern matching handling *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_driver.c,v 1.8 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* Macros */
+
+/* Remove the last character from the match pattern buffer */
+#define Remove_Character_From_Pattern(menu) \
+ (menu)->pattern[--((menu)->pindex)] = '\0'
+
+/* Add a new character to the match pattern buffer */
+#define Add_Character_To_Pattern(menu,ch) \
+ { (menu)->pattern[((menu)->pindex)++] = (ch);\
+ (menu)->pattern[(menu)->pindex] = '\0'; }
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : static bool Is_Sub_String(
+| bool IgnoreCaseFlag,
+| const char *part,
+| const char *string)
+|
+| Description : Checks whether or not part is a substring of string.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - if it is a substring
+| FALSE - if it is not a substring
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Is_Sub_String(
+ bool IgnoreCaseFlag,
+ const char *part,
+ const char *string
+ )
+{
+ assert( part && string );
+ if ( IgnoreCaseFlag )
+ {
+ while(*string && *part)
+ {
+ if (toupper(*string++)!=toupper(*part)) break;
+ part++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while( *string && *part )
+ if (*part != *string++) break;
+ part++;
+ }
+ return ( (*part) ? FALSE : TRUE );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : static int Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(
+| MENU *menu,
+| int ch,
+| ITEM **item)
+|
+| Description : This internal routine is called for a menu positioned
+| at an item with three different classes of characters:
+| - a printable character; the character is added to
+| the current pattern and the next item matching
+| this pattern is searched.
+| - NUL; the pattern stays as it is and the next item
+| matching the pattern is searched
+| - BS; the pattern stays as it is and the previous
+| item matching the pattern is searched
+|
+| The item parameter contains on call a pointer to
+| the item where the search starts. On return - if
+| a match was found - it contains a pointer to the
+| matching item.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - an item matching the pattern was found
+| E_NO_MATCH - nothing found
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static int Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(MENU *menu, int ch, ITEM **item)
+{
+ bool found = FALSE, passed = FALSE;
+ int idx, last;
+
+ assert( menu && item && *item);
+ idx = (*item)->index;
+
+ if (ch && ch!=BS)
+ {
+ /* if we become to long, we need no further checking : there can't be
+ a match ! */
+ if ((menu->pindex+1) > menu->namelen)
+ RETURN(E_NO_MATCH);
+
+ Add_Character_To_Pattern(menu,ch);
+ /* we artificially position one item back, because in the do...while
+ loop we start with the next item. This means, that with a new
+ pattern search we always start the scan with the actual item. If
+ we do a NEXT_PATTERN oder PREV_PATTERN search, we start with the
+ one after or before the actual item. */
+ if (--idx < 0)
+ idx = menu->nitems-1;
+ }
+
+ last = idx; /* this closes the cycle */
+
+ do{
+ if (ch==BS)
+ { /* we have to go backward */
+ if (--idx < 0)
+ idx = menu->nitems-1;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* otherwise we always go forward */
+ if (++idx >= menu->nitems)
+ idx = 0;
+ }
+ if (Is_Sub_String((menu->opt & O_IGNORECASE) != 0,
+ menu->pattern,
+ menu->items[idx]->name.str)
+ )
+ found = TRUE;
+ else
+ passed = TRUE;
+ } while (!found && (idx != last));
+
+ if (found)
+ {
+ if (!((idx==(*item)->index) && passed))
+ {
+ *item = menu->items[idx];
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+ }
+ /* This point is reached, if we fully cycled through the item list
+ and the only match we found is the starting item. With a NEXT_PATTERN
+ or PREV_PATTERN scan this means, that there was no additional match.
+ If we searched with an expanded new pattern, we should never reach
+ this point, because if the expanded pattern matches also the actual
+ item we will find it in the first attempt (passed==FALSE) and we
+ will never cycle through the whole item array.
+ */
+ assert( ch==0 || ch==BS );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ch && ch!=BS && menu->pindex>0)
+ {
+ /* if we had no match with a new pattern, we have to restore it */
+ Remove_Character_From_Pattern(menu);
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(E_NO_MATCH);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the value of the pattern buffer.
+|
+| Return Values : NULL - if there is no pattern buffer allocated
+| EmptyString - if there is a pattern buffer but no
+| pattern is stored
+| PatternString - as expected
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+char *menu_pattern(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ return (menu ? (menu->pattern ? menu->pattern : "") : (char *)0);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *p)
+|
+| Description : Set the match pattern for a menu and position to the
+| first item that matches.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu or pattern pointer
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no items connected to menu
+| E_BAD_STATE - menu in user hook routine
+| E_NO_MATCH - no item matches pattern
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *p)
+{
+ ITEM *matchitem;
+ int matchpos;
+
+ if (!menu || !p)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (!(menu->items))
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+
+ if (!(*p))
+ {
+ pos_menu_cursor(menu);
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+ }
+
+ if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED)
+ _nc_Link_Items(menu);
+
+ matchpos = menu->toprow;
+ matchitem = menu->curitem;
+ assert(matchitem);
+
+ while(*p)
+ {
+ if ( !isprint(*p) ||
+ (Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(menu,*p,&matchitem) != E_OK) )
+ {
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+ pos_menu_cursor(menu);
+ RETURN(E_NO_MATCH);
+ }
+ p++;
+ }
+
+ /* This is reached if there was a match. So we position to the new item */
+ Adjust_Current_Item(menu,matchpos,matchitem);
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c)
+|
+| Description : Central dispatcher for the menu. Translates the logical
+| request 'c' into a menu action.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu pointer
+| E_BAD_STATE - menu is in user hook routine
+| E_NOT_POSTED - menu is not posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int menu_driver(MENU * menu, int c)
+{
+#define NAVIGATE(dir) \
+ if (!item->dir)\
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;\
+ else\
+ item = item->dir
+
+ int result = E_OK;
+ ITEM *item;
+ int my_top_row, rdiff;
+
+ if (!menu)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+ if ( !( menu->status & _POSTED ) )
+ RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED);
+
+ my_top_row = menu->toprow;
+ item = menu->curitem;
+ assert(item);
+
+ if ((c > KEY_MAX) && (c<=MAX_MENU_COMMAND))
+ {
+ if (!((c==REQ_BACK_PATTERN)
+ || (c==REQ_NEXT_MATCH) || (c==REQ_PREV_MATCH)))
+ {
+ assert( menu->pattern );
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+ }
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case REQ_LEFT_ITEM:
+ /*=================*/
+ NAVIGATE(left);
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_RIGHT_ITEM:
+ /*==================*/
+ NAVIGATE(right);
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_UP_ITEM:
+ /*===============*/
+ NAVIGATE(up);
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_DOWN_ITEM:
+ /*=================*/
+ NAVIGATE(down);
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_SCR_ULINE:
+ /*=================*/
+ if (my_top_row == 0)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ {
+ --my_top_row;
+ item = item->up;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_SCR_DLINE:
+ /*=================*/
+ my_top_row++;
+ if ((menu->rows - menu->arows)>0)
+ {
+ /* only if the menu has less items than rows, we can deny the
+ request. Otherwise the epilogue of this routine adjusts the
+ top row if necessary */
+ my_top_row--;
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ }
+ else
+ item = item->down;
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_SCR_DPAGE:
+ /*=================*/
+ rdiff = menu->rows - menu->arows - my_top_row;
+ if (rdiff > menu->arows)
+ rdiff = menu->arows;
+ if (rdiff==0)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ {
+ my_top_row += rdiff;
+ while(rdiff-- > 0)
+ item = item->down;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_SCR_UPAGE:
+ /*=================*/
+ rdiff = (menu->arows < my_top_row) ?
+ menu->arows : my_top_row;
+ if (rdiff==0)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ {
+ my_top_row -= rdiff;
+ while(rdiff--)
+ item = item->up;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_FIRST_ITEM:
+ /*==================*/
+ item = menu->items[0];
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_LAST_ITEM:
+ /*=================*/
+ item = menu->items[menu->nitems-1];
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_NEXT_ITEM:
+ /*=================*/
+ if ((item->index+1)>=menu->nitems)
+ {
+ if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ item = menu->items[0];
+ }
+ else
+ item = menu->items[item->index + 1];
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_PREV_ITEM:
+ /*=================*/
+ if (item->index<=0)
+ {
+ if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ item = menu->items[menu->nitems-1];
+ }
+ else
+ item = menu->items[item->index - 1];
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM:
+ /*===================*/
+ if (menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE)
+ {
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (menu->curitem->opt & O_SELECTABLE)
+ {
+ menu->curitem->value = !menu->curitem->value;
+ Move_And_Post_Item(menu,menu->curitem);
+ _nc_Show_Menu(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ result = E_NOT_SELECTABLE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN:
+ /*=====================*/
+ /* already cleared in prologue */
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_BACK_PATTERN:
+ /*====================*/
+ if (menu->pindex>0)
+ {
+ assert(menu->pattern);
+ Remove_Character_From_Pattern(menu);
+ pos_menu_cursor( menu );
+ }
+ else
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_NEXT_MATCH:
+ /*==================*/
+ assert(menu->pattern);
+ if (menu->pattern[0])
+ result = Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(menu,0,&item);
+ else
+ {
+ if ((item->index+1)<menu->nitems)
+ item=menu->items[item->index+1];
+ else
+ {
+ if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ item = menu->items[0];
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case REQ_PREV_MATCH:
+ /*==================*/
+ assert(menu->pattern);
+ if (menu->pattern[0])
+ result = Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(menu,BS,&item);
+ else
+ {
+ if (item->index)
+ item = menu->items[item->index-1];
+ else
+ {
+ if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC)
+ result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;
+ else
+ item = menu->items[menu->nitems-1];
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /*======*/
+ result = E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { /* not a command */
+ if ( !(c & ~((int)MAX_REGULAR_CHARACTER)) && isprint(c) )
+ result = Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name( menu, c, &item );
+ else
+ result = E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND;
+ }
+
+ /* Adjust the top row if it turns out that the current item unfortunately
+ doesn't appear in the menu window */
+ if ( item->y < my_top_row )
+ my_top_row = item->y;
+ else if ( item->y >= (my_top_row + menu->arows) )
+ my_top_row = item->y - menu->arows + 1;
+
+ _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem( menu, my_top_row, item );
+
+ RETURN(result);
+}
+
+/* m_driver.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_format *
+* Set and get maximum numbers of rows and columns in menus *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_format.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+#define minimum(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a): (b))
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols)
+|
+| Description : Sets the maximum number of rows and columns of items
+| that may be displayed at one time on a menu. If the
+| menu contains more items than can be displayed at
+| once, the menu will be scrollable.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid values passed
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - there are no items connected
+| E_POSTED - the menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols)
+{
+ int total_rows, total_cols;
+
+ if (rows<0 || cols<0)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if (!(menu->items))
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ if (rows==0)
+ rows = menu->frows;
+ if (cols==0)
+ cols = menu->fcols;
+
+ if (menu->pattern)
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+
+ menu->frows = rows;
+ menu->fcols = cols;
+
+ assert(rows>0 && cols>0);
+ total_rows = (menu->nitems - 1)/cols + 1;
+ total_cols = (menu->status & O_ROWMAJOR) ?
+ minimum(menu->nitems,cols) :
+ (menu->nitems-1)/total_rows + 1;
+
+ menu->rows = total_rows;
+ menu->cols = total_cols;
+ menu->arows = minimum(total_rows,rows);
+ menu->toprow = 0;
+ menu->curitem = *(menu->items);
+ assert(menu->curitem);
+ menu->status |= _LINK_NEEDED;
+ _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rows>0) _nc_Default_Menu.frows = rows;
+ if (cols>0) _nc_Default_Menu.fcols = cols;
+ }
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols)
+|
+| Description : Returns the maximum number of rows and columns that may
+| be displayed at one time on menu.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols)
+{
+ if (rows)
+ *rows = Normalize_Menu(menu)->frows;
+ if (cols)
+ *cols = Normalize_Menu(menu)->fcols;
+}
+
+/* m_format.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_global *
+* Globally used internal routines and the default menu and item structures *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_global.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+MENU _nc_Default_Menu = {
+ 16, /* Nr. of chars high */
+ 1, /* Nr. of chars wide */
+ 16, /* Nr. of items high */
+ 1, /* Nr. of items wide */
+ 16, /* Nr. of formatted items high */
+ 1, /* Nr. of formatted items wide */
+ 16, /* Nr. of items high (actual) */
+ 0, /* length of widest name */
+ 0, /* length of widest description */
+ 1, /* length of mark */
+ 1, /* length of one item */
+ 1, /* Spacing for descriptor */
+ 1, /* Spacing for columns */
+ 1, /* Spacing for rows */
+ (char *)0, /* buffer used to store match chars */
+ 0, /* Index into pattern buffer */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* Window containing entire menu */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* Portion of menu displayed */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* User's window */
+ (WINDOW *)0, /* User's subwindow */
+ (ITEM **)0, /* List of items */
+ 0, /* Total Nr. of items in menu */
+ (ITEM *)0, /* Current item */
+ 0, /* Top row of menu */
+ (chtype)A_REVERSE, /* Attribute for selection */
+ (chtype)A_NORMAL, /* Attribute for nonselection */
+ (chtype)A_UNDERLINE, /* Attribute for inactive */
+ ' ', /* Pad character */
+ (Menu_Hook)0, /* Menu init */
+ (Menu_Hook)0, /* Menu term */
+ (Menu_Hook)0, /* Item init */
+ (Menu_Hook)0, /* Item term */
+ (void *)0, /* userptr */
+ "-", /* mark */
+ ALL_MENU_OPTS, /* options */
+ 0 /* status */
+};
+
+ITEM _nc_Default_Item = {
+ { (char *)0, 0 }, /* name */
+ { (char *)0, 0 }, /* description */
+ (MENU *)0, /* Pointer to parent menu */
+ (char *)0, /* Userpointer */
+ ALL_ITEM_OPTS, /* options */
+ 0, /* Item Nr. */
+ 0, /* y */
+ 0, /* x */
+ FALSE, /* value */
+ (ITEM *)0, /* left */
+ (ITEM *)0, /* right */
+ (ITEM *)0, /* up */
+ (ITEM *)0 /* down */
+ };
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : static void ComputeMaximum_NameDesc_Lenths(MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Calculates the maximum name and description lengths
+| of the items connected to the menu
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static void ComputeMaximum_NameDesc_Lengths(MENU * menu)
+{
+ unsigned MaximumNameLength = 0;
+ unsigned MaximumDescriptionLength = 0;
+ ITEM **items;
+
+ assert(menu && menu->items);
+ for( items = menu->items; *items ; items++ )
+ {
+ if (items[0]->name.length > MaximumNameLength )
+ MaximumNameLength = items[0]->name.length;
+
+ if (items[0]->description.length > MaximumDescriptionLength)
+ MaximumDescriptionLength = items[0]->description.length;
+ }
+
+ menu->namelen = MaximumNameLength;
+ menu->desclen = MaximumDescriptionLength;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : static void ResetConnectionInfo(MENU *, ITEM **)
+|
+| Description : Reset all informations in the menu and the items in
+| the item array that indicates a connection
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+INLINE static void ResetConnectionInfo(MENU *menu, ITEM **items)
+{
+ ITEM **item;
+
+ assert(menu && items);
+ for(item=items; *item; item++)
+ {
+ (*item)->index = 0;
+ (*item)->imenu = (MENU *)0;
+ }
+ if (menu->pattern)
+ free(menu->pattern);
+ menu->pattern = (char *)0;
+ menu->pindex = 0;
+ menu->items = (ITEM **)0;
+ menu->nitems = 0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : bool _nc_Connect_Items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items)
+|
+| Description : Connect the items in the item array to the menu.
+| Decorate all the items with a number and a backward
+| pointer to the menu.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - successfull connection
+| FALSE - connection failed
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool _nc_Connect_Items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items)
+{
+ ITEM **item;
+ unsigned int ItemCount = 0;
+
+ if ( menu && items )
+ {
+ for(item=items; *item ; item++)
+ {
+ if ( (*item)->imenu )
+ {
+ /* if a item is already connected, reject connection */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (! (*item) )
+ /* we reached the end, so there was no connected item */
+ {
+ for(item=items; *item ; item++)
+ {
+ if (menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE)
+ {
+ (*item)->value = FALSE;
+ }
+ (*item)->index = ItemCount++;
+ (*item)->imenu = menu;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ if (ItemCount != 0)
+ {
+ menu->items = items;
+ menu->nitems = ItemCount;
+ ComputeMaximum_NameDesc_Lengths(menu);
+ if ( (menu->pattern = (char *)malloc( (unsigned)(1 + menu->namelen))) )
+ {
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+ set_menu_format(menu,menu->frows,menu->fcols);
+ menu->curitem = *items;
+ menu->toprow = 0;
+ return(TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we fall through to this point, we have to reset all items connection
+ and inform about a reject connection */
+ ResetConnectionInfo( menu, items );
+ return(FALSE);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_Disconnect_Items(MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Disconnect the menus item array from the menu
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_Disconnect_Items(MENU * menu)
+{
+ if (menu && menu->items)
+ ResetConnectionInfo( menu, menu->items );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Calculate the length of an item and the width of the
+| whole menu.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(MENU * menu)
+{
+ int l;
+
+ assert(menu);
+
+ menu->height = 1 + menu->spc_rows * (menu->arows - 1);
+
+ l = menu->namelen + menu->marklen;
+ if ( (menu->opt & O_SHOWDESC) && (menu->desclen > 0) )
+ l += (menu->desclen + menu->spc_desc);
+
+ menu->itemlen = l;
+ l *= menu->cols;
+ l += (menu->cols-1)*menu->spc_cols; /* for the padding between the columns */
+ menu->width = l;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_Link_Item(MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Statically calculate for every item its four neighbours.
+| This depends on the orientation of the menu. This
+| static aproach simplifies navigation in the menu a lot.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_Link_Items(MENU * menu)
+{
+ if (menu && menu->items && *(menu->items))
+ {
+ int i,j;
+ ITEM *item;
+ int Number_Of_Items = menu->nitems;
+ int col = 0, row = 0;
+ int Last_in_Row;
+ int Last_in_Column;
+ bool cycle = (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+
+ menu->status &= ~_LINK_NEEDED;
+
+ if (menu->opt & O_ROWMAJOR)
+ {
+ int Number_Of_Columns = menu->cols;
+
+ for(i=0; i < Number_Of_Items; i++)
+ {
+ item = menu->items[i];
+
+ Last_in_Row = row * Number_Of_Columns + (Number_Of_Columns-1);
+
+ item->left = (col) ?
+ /* if we are not in the leftmost column, we can use the
+ predecessor in the items array */
+ menu->items[i-1] :
+ (cycle ? menu->items[(Last_in_Row>=Number_Of_Items) ?
+ Number_Of_Items-1:
+ Last_in_Row] :
+ (ITEM *)0 );
+
+ item->right = ( (col < (Number_Of_Columns-1)) &&
+ ((i+1) < Number_Of_Items)
+ ) ?
+ menu->items[i+1] :
+ ( cycle ? menu->items[row * Number_Of_Columns] :
+ (ITEM *)0
+ );
+
+ Last_in_Column = (menu->rows-1) * Number_Of_Columns + col;
+
+ item->up = (row) ? menu->items[i-Number_Of_Columns] :
+ (cycle ? menu->items[(Last_in_Column>=Number_Of_Items) ?
+ Number_Of_Items-1 :
+ Last_in_Column] :
+ (ITEM *)0);
+
+ item->down = ( (i+Number_Of_Columns) < Number_Of_Items )
+ ?
+ menu->items[i + Number_Of_Columns] :
+ (cycle ? menu->items[(row+1)<menu->rows ?
+ Number_Of_Items-1:col] :
+ (ITEM *)0);
+ item->x = col;
+ item->y = row;
+ if ( ++col == Number_Of_Columns )
+ {
+ row++;
+ col = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int Number_Of_Rows = menu->rows;
+
+ for(j=0; j<Number_Of_Items; j++)
+ {
+ item = menu->items[i=(col * Number_Of_Rows + row)];
+
+ Last_in_Column = (menu->cols-1) * Number_Of_Rows + row;
+
+ item->left = (col) ?
+ menu->items[i - Number_Of_Rows] :
+ (cycle ? (Last_in_Column >= Number_Of_Items ) ?
+ menu->items[Last_in_Column-Number_Of_Rows] :
+ menu->items[Last_in_Column] :
+ (ITEM *)0 );
+
+ item->right = ((i + Number_Of_Rows) <Number_Of_Items)
+ ?
+ menu->items[i + Number_Of_Rows] :
+ (cycle ? menu->items[row] : (ITEM *)0);
+
+ Last_in_Row = col * Number_Of_Rows + (Number_Of_Rows - 1);
+
+ item->up = (row) ?
+ menu->items[i-1] :
+ (cycle ?
+ menu->items[(Last_in_Row>=Number_Of_Items) ?
+ Number_Of_Items-1:
+ Last_in_Row] :
+ (ITEM *)0);
+
+ item->down = (row < (Number_Of_Rows-1))
+ ?
+ (menu->items[((i+1)<Number_Of_Items) ?
+ i+1 :
+ (col-1)*Number_Of_Rows + row + 1]) :
+ (cycle ?
+ menu->items[col * Number_Of_Rows] :
+ (ITEM *)0
+ );
+
+ item->x = col;
+ item->y = row;
+ if ( (++row) == Number_Of_Rows )
+ {
+ col++;
+ row = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_Show_Menu(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Update the window that is associated with the menu
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_Show_Menu(const MENU *menu)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ int maxy, maxx;
+
+ assert(menu);
+ if ( (menu->status & _POSTED) && !(menu->status & _IN_DRIVER) )
+ {
+ /* adjust the internal subwindow to start on the current top */
+ assert(menu->sub);
+ mvderwin(menu->sub,menu->spc_rows * menu->toprow,0);
+ win = Get_Menu_Window(menu);
+
+ maxy = getmaxy(win);
+ maxx = getmaxx(win);
+
+ if (menu->height < maxy)
+ maxy = menu->height;
+ if (menu->width < maxx)
+ maxx = menu->width;
+
+ copywin(menu->sub,win,0,0,0,0,maxy-1,maxx-1,0);
+ pos_menu_cursor(menu);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(
+| MENU *menu,
+| int new_toprow,
+| ITEM *new_current_item)
+|
+| Description : Redisplay the menu so that the given row becomes the
+| top row and the given item becomes the new current
+| item.
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(MENU *menu, int new_toprow,
+ ITEM *new_current_item)
+{
+ ITEM *cur_item;
+ bool mterm_called = FALSE;
+ bool iterm_called = FALSE;
+
+ assert(menu);
+ if (menu->status & _POSTED)
+ {
+ if (new_current_item != menu->curitem)
+ {
+ Call_Hook(menu,itemterm);
+ iterm_called = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (new_toprow != menu->toprow)
+ {
+ Call_Hook(menu,menuterm);
+ mterm_called = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ cur_item = menu->curitem;
+ assert(cur_item);
+ menu->toprow = new_toprow;
+ menu->curitem = new_current_item;
+
+ if (mterm_called)
+ {
+ Call_Hook(menu,menuinit);
+ }
+ if (iterm_called)
+ {
+ /* this means, move from the old current_item to the new one... */
+ Move_To_Current_Item( menu, cur_item );
+ Call_Hook(menu,iteminit);
+ }
+ if (mterm_called || iterm_called)
+ {
+ _nc_Show_Menu(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ pos_menu_cursor(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ { /* if we are not posted, this is quite simple */
+ menu->toprow = new_toprow;
+ menu->curitem = new_current_item;
+ }
+}
+
+/* m_global.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_hook *
+* Assign application specific routines for automatic invocation by menus *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_hook.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate function to set application specific hook */
+#define GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \
+int set_ ## typ ## _ ## name (MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func )\
+{\
+ (Normalize_Menu(menu) -> typ ## name = func );\
+ RETURN(E_OK);\
+}
+
+/* "Template" macro to generate function to get application specific hook */
+#define GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \
+Menu_Hook typ ## _ ## name ( const MENU *menu )\
+{\
+ return (Normalize_Menu(menu) -> typ ## name);\
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *))
+|
+| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is posted
+| or just after the top row changes.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( menu, init )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called
+| when a menu is posted or just after the top row
+| changes.
+|
+| Return Values : Menu init function address or NULL
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( menu, init )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_term (MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *))
+|
+| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is unposted
+| or just before the top row changes.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( menu, term )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called
+| when a menu is unposted or just before the top row
+| changes.
+|
+| Return Values : Menu finalization function address or NULL
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( menu, term )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_item_init (MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *))
+|
+| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is posted
+| or just after the current item changes.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( item, init )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void (*)(MENU *) item_init (const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called
+| when a menu is posted or just after the current item
+| changes.
+|
+| Return Values : Item init function address or NULL
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( item, init )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_item_term (MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *))
+|
+| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is unposted
+| or just before the current item changes.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( item, term )
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void (*)(MENU *) item_init (const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called
+| when a menu is unposted or just before the current item
+| changes.
+|
+| Return Values : Item finalization function address or NULL
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( item, term )
+
+/* m_hook.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_cur *
+* Set and get current menus item *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_cur.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Make the item the current item
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_current_item(MENU * menu, ITEM * item)
+{
+ if (menu && item && (item->imenu==menu))
+ {
+ if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ assert( menu->curitem );
+ if (item != menu->curitem)
+ {
+ if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Items are available, but they are not linked together.
+ * So we have to link here.
+ */
+ _nc_Link_Items(menu);
+ }
+ assert(menu->pattern);
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+ /* adjust the window to make item visible and update the menu */
+ Adjust_Current_Item(menu,menu->toprow,item);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the menus current item
+|
+| Return Values : Item pointer or NULL if failure
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ITEM *current_item(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ return (menu && menu->items) ? menu->curitem : (ITEM *)0;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int item_index(const ITEM *)
+|
+| Description : Return the logical index of this item.
+|
+| Return Values : The index or ERR if this is an invalid item pointer
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int item_index(const ITEM *item)
+{
+ return (item && item->imenu) ? item->index : ERR;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row)
+|
+| Description : Makes the speified row the top row in the menu
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - not a menu pointer or invalid row
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - there are no items for the menu
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_top_row(MENU * menu, int row)
+{
+ ITEM *item;
+
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+ if (menu->items == (ITEM **)0)
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ if ((row<0) || (row > (menu->rows - menu->arows)))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ }
+ else
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (row != menu->toprow)
+ {
+ if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED)
+ _nc_Link_Items(menu);
+
+ item = menu->items[ (menu->opt&O_ROWMAJOR) ? (row*menu->cols) : row ];
+ assert(menu->pattern);
+ Reset_Pattern(menu);
+ _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(menu, row, item);
+ }
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int top_row(const MENU *)
+|
+| Description : Return the top row of the menu
+|
+| Return Values : The row number or ERR if there is no row
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int top_row(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ if (menu && menu->items && *(menu->items))
+ {
+ assert( (menu->toprow>=0) && (menu->toprow < menu->rows) );
+ return menu->toprow;
+ }
+ else
+ return(ERR);
+}
+
+/* m_item_cur.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_nam *
+* Get menus item name and description *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_nam.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : char *item_name(const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Return name of menu item
+|
+| Return Values : See above; returns NULL if item is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const char *item_name(const ITEM * item)
+{
+ return ((item) ? item->name.str : (char *)0);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : char *item_description(const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Returns description of item
+|
+| Return Values : See above; Returns NULL if item is invalid
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const char *item_description(const ITEM * item)
+{
+ return ((item) ? item->description.str : (char *)0);
+}
+
+/* m_item_nam.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_new *
+* Create and destroy menu items *
+* Set and get marker string for menu
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_new.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : bool Is_Printable_String(const char *s)
+|
+| Description : Checks whether or not the string contains only printable
+| characters.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - if string is printable
+| FALSE - if string contains non-printable characters
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool Is_Printable_String(const char *s)
+{
+ assert(s);
+ while(*s)
+ {
+ if (!isprint((unsigned char)*s))
+ return FALSE;
+ s++;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : ITEM *new_item(char *name, char *description)
+|
+| Description : Create a new item with name and description. Return
+| a pointer to this new item.
+| N.B.: an item must(!) have a name.
+|
+| Return Values : The item pointer or NULL if creation failed.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description)
+{
+ ITEM *item;
+
+ if ( !name || (*name == '\0') || !Is_Printable_String(name) )
+ {
+ item = (ITEM *)0;
+ SET_ERROR( E_BAD_ARGUMENT );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ item = (ITEM *)calloc(1,sizeof(ITEM));
+ if (item)
+ {
+ *item = _nc_Default_Item; /* hope we have struct assignment */
+
+ item->name.length = strlen(name);
+ item->name.str = (char *)malloc(1 + item->name.length);
+ if (item->name.str)
+ {
+ strcpy(item->name.str, name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free(item);
+ SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR );
+ return (ITEM *)0;
+ }
+
+ if (description && (*description != '\0') &&
+ Is_Printable_String(description))
+ {
+ item->description.length = strlen(description);
+ item->description.str =
+ (char *)malloc(1 + item->description.length);
+ if (item->description.str)
+ {
+ strcpy(item->description.str, description);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free(item->name.str);
+ free(item);
+ SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR );
+ return (ITEM *)0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ item->description.length = 0;
+ item->description.str = (char *)0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR );
+ }
+ return(item);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int free_item(ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Free the allocated storage for this item.
+| N.B.: a connected item can't be freed.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid value has been passed
+| E_CONNECTED - item is still connected to a menu
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int free_item(ITEM * item)
+{
+ if (!item)
+ RETURN( E_BAD_ARGUMENT );
+
+ if (item->imenu)
+ RETURN( E_CONNECTED );
+
+ if (item->name.str)
+ free(item->name.str);
+ if (item->description.str)
+ free (item->description.str);
+ free(item);
+
+ RETURN( E_OK );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_mark( MENU *menu, const char *mark )
+|
+| Description : Set the mark string used to indicate the current
+| item (single-valued menu) or the selected items
+| (multi-valued menu).
+| The mark argument may be NULL, in which case no
+| marker is used.
+| This might be a little bit tricky, because this may
+| affect the geometry of the menu, which we don't allow
+| if it is already posted.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - no memory to store mark
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_mark(MENU * menu, const char * mark)
+{
+ int l;
+
+ if ( mark && (*mark != '\0') && Is_Printable_String(mark) )
+ l = strlen(mark);
+ else
+ l = 0;
+
+ if ( menu )
+ {
+ char *old_mark = menu->mark;
+ unsigned short old_status = menu->status;
+
+ if (menu->status & _POSTED)
+ {
+ /* If the menu is already posted, the geometry is fixed. Then
+ we can only accept a mark with exactly the same length */
+ if (menu->marklen != l)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ }
+ menu->marklen = l;
+ if (l)
+ {
+ menu->mark = (char *)malloc(l+1);
+ if (menu->mark)
+ {
+ strcpy(menu->mark, mark);
+ menu->status |= _MARK_ALLOCATED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ menu->mark = old_mark;
+ RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ menu->mark = (char *)0;
+
+ if ((old_status & _MARK_ALLOCATED) && old_mark)
+ free(old_mark);
+
+ if (menu->status & _POSTED)
+ {
+ _nc_Draw_Menu( menu );
+ _nc_Show_Menu( menu );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Recalculate the geometry */
+ _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width( menu );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return set_menu_mark(&_nc_Default_Menu, mark);
+ }
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return a pointer to the marker string
+|
+| Return Values : The marker string pointer or NULL if no marker defined
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const char *menu_mark(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ return Normalize_Menu( menu )->mark;
+}
+
+/* m_item_new.c */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_opt *
+* Menus item option routines *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_opt.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Set the options of the item. If there are relevant
+| changes, the item is connected and the menu is posted,
+| the menu will be redisplayed.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid item options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts)
+{
+ if (opts & ~ALL_ITEM_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (item)
+ {
+ if (item->opt != opts)
+ {
+ MENU *menu = item->imenu;
+
+ item->opt = opts;
+
+ if ((!(opts & O_SELECTABLE)) && item->value)
+ item->value = FALSE;
+
+ if (menu && (menu->status & _POSTED))
+ {
+ Move_And_Post_Item( menu, item );
+ _nc_Show_Menu(menu);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ _nc_Default_Item.opt = opts;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Switch of the options for this item.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts)
+{
+ ITEM *citem = item; /* use a copy because set_item_opts must detect
+ NULL item itself to adjust its behaviour */
+
+ if (opts & ~ALL_ITEM_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Item(citem);
+ opts = citem->opt & ~opts;
+ return set_item_opts( item, opts );
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Switch on the options for this item.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts)
+{
+ ITEM *citem = item; /* use a copy because set_item_opts must detect
+ NULL item itself to adjust its behaviour */
+
+ if (opts & ~ALL_ITEM_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Item(citem);
+ opts = citem->opt | opts;
+ return set_item_opts( item, opts );
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Switch of the options for this item.
+|
+| Return Values : Items options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM * item)
+{
+ return (ALL_ITEM_OPTS & Normalize_Item(item)->opt);
+}
+
+/* m_item_opt.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_use *
+* Associate application data with menu items *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_use.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr)
+|
+| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any item to store
+| application relevant informations.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_item_userptr(ITEM * item, const void * userptr)
+{
+ Normalize_Item(item)->userptr = userptr;
+ RETURN( E_OK );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any item to store
+| application relevant informations.
+|
+| Return Values : Value of the pointer. If no such pointer has been set,
+| NULL is returned.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const void *item_userptr(const ITEM * item)
+{
+ return Normalize_Item(item)->userptr;
+}
+
+/* m_item_use.c */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_val *
+* Set and get menus item values *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_val.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_item_value(ITEM *item, int value)
+|
+| Description : Programmatically set the items selection value. This is
+| only allowed if the item is selectable at all and if
+| it is not connected to a single-valued menu.
+| If the item is connected to a posted menu, the menu
+| will be redisplayed.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_REQUEST_DENIED - not selectable or single valued menu
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value)
+{
+ MENU *menu;
+
+ if (item)
+ {
+ menu = item->imenu;
+
+ if ((!(item->opt & O_SELECTABLE)) ||
+ (menu && (menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE)))
+ RETURN(E_REQUEST_DENIED);
+
+ if (item->value ^ value)
+ {
+ item->value = value ? TRUE : FALSE;
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ if (menu->status & _POSTED)
+ {
+ Move_And_Post_Item(menu,item);
+ _nc_Show_Menu(menu);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ _nc_Default_Item.value = value;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : bool item_value(const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Return the selection value of the item
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE - if item is selected
+| FALSE - if item is not selected
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool item_value(const ITEM *item)
+{
+ return ((Normalize_Item(item)->value) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+/* m_item_val.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_item_vis *
+* Tell if menu item is visible *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_vis.c,v 1.6 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : bool item_visible(const ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : A item is visible if it currently appears in the
+| subwindow of a posted menu.
+|
+| Return Values : TRUE if visible
+| FALSE if invisible
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+bool item_visible(const ITEM * item)
+{
+ MENU *menu;
+
+ if ( item &&
+ (menu=item->imenu) &&
+ (menu->status & _POSTED) &&
+ ( (menu->toprow + menu->arows) > (item->y) ) &&
+ ( item->y >= menu->toprow) )
+ return TRUE;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* m_item_vis.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_items *
+* Connect and disconnect items to and from menus *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_items.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items)
+|
+| Description : Sets the item pointer array connected to menu.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_POSTED - menu is already posted
+| E_CONNECTED - one or more items are already connected
+| to another menu.
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - An incorrect menu or item array was
+| passed to the function
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_items(MENU * menu, ITEM ** items)
+{
+ if (!menu || (items && !(*items)))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if (menu->items)
+ _nc_Disconnect_Items(menu);
+
+ if (items)
+ {
+ if(!_nc_Connect_Items( menu, items ))
+ RETURN(E_CONNECTED);
+ }
+
+ menu->items = items;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Returns a pointer to the item pointer arry of the menu
+|
+| Return Values : NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu)
+{
+ return(menu ? menu->items : (ITEM **)0);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int item_count(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Get the number of items connected to the menu. If the
+| menu pointer is NULL we return -1.
+|
+| Return Values : Number of items or -1 to indicate error.
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int item_count(const MENU *menu)
+{
+ return(menu ? menu->nitems : -1);
+}
+
+/* m_items.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_new *
+* Creation and destruction of new menus *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_new.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items)
+|
+| Description : Creates a new menu connected to the item pointer
+| array items and returns a pointer to the new menu.
+| The new menu is initialized with the values from the
+| default menu.
+|
+| Return Values : NULL on error
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+MENU *new_menu(ITEM ** items)
+{
+ MENU *menu = (MENU *)calloc(1,sizeof(MENU));
+
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ *menu = _nc_Default_Menu;
+ menu->rows = menu->frows;
+ menu->cols = menu->fcols;
+ if (items && *items)
+ {
+ if (!_nc_Connect_Items(menu,items))
+ {
+ free(menu);
+ menu = (MENU *)0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!menu)
+ SET_ERROR(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ return(menu);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int free_menu(MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Disconnects menu from its associated item pointer
+| array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - Invalid menu pointer passed
+| E_POSTED - Menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int free_menu(MENU * menu)
+{
+ if (!menu)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if (menu->items)
+ _nc_Disconnect_Items(menu);
+
+ if ((menu->status & _MARK_ALLOCATED) && menu->mark)
+ free(menu->mark);
+
+ free(menu);
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/* m_new.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_opts *
+* Menus option routines *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_opts.c,v 1.6 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Set the options for this menu. If the new settings
+| end up in a change of the geometry of the menu, it
+| will be recalculated. This operation is forbidden if
+| the menu is already posted.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu options
+| E_POSTED - menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_opts(MENU * menu, Menu_Options opts)
+{
+ if (opts & ~ALL_MENU_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if ( (opts&O_ROWMAJOR) != (menu->opt&O_ROWMAJOR))
+ {
+ /* we need this only if the layout really changed ... */
+ if (menu->items && menu->items[0])
+ {
+ menu->toprow = 0;
+ menu->curitem = menu->items[0];
+ assert(menu->curitem);
+ set_menu_format( menu, menu->frows, menu->fcols );
+ }
+ }
+
+ menu->opt = opts;
+
+ if (opts & O_ONEVALUE)
+ {
+ ITEM **item;
+
+ if ( ((item=menu->items) != (ITEM**)0) )
+ for(;*item;item++)
+ (*item)->value = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (opts & O_SHOWDESC) /* this also changes the geometry */
+ _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width( menu );
+ }
+ else
+ _nc_Default_Menu.opt = opts;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Switch off the options for this menu. If the new settings
+| end up in a change of the geometry of the menu, it
+| will be recalculated. This operation is forbidden if
+| the menu is already posted.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options
+| E_POSTED - menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts)
+{
+ MENU *cmenu = menu; /* use a copy because set_menu_opts must detect
+ NULL menu itself to adjust its behaviour */
+
+ if (opts & ~ALL_MENU_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Menu(cmenu);
+ opts = cmenu->opt & ~opts;
+ return set_menu_opts( menu, opts );
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts)
+|
+| Description : Switch on the options for this menu. If the new settings
+| end up in a change of the geometry of the menu, it
+| will be recalculated. This operation is forbidden if
+| the menu is already posted.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu options
+| E_POSTED - menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int menu_opts_on(MENU * menu, Menu_Options opts)
+{
+ MENU *cmenu = menu; /* use a copy because set_menu_opts must detect
+ NULL menu itself to adjust its behaviour */
+
+ if (opts & ~ALL_MENU_OPTS)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ else
+ {
+ Normalize_Menu(cmenu);
+ opts = cmenu->opt | opts;
+ return set_menu_opts(menu, opts);
+ }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the options for this menu.
+|
+| Return Values : Menu options
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu)
+{
+ return (ALL_MENU_OPTS & Normalize_Menu( menu )->opt);
+}
+
+/* m_opts.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_post *
+* Write or erase menus from associated subwindows *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_post.c,v 1.12 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_Post_Item(MENU *menu, ITEM *item)
+|
+| Description : Draw the item in the menus window at the current
+| window position
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_Post_Item(const MENU * menu, const ITEM * item)
+{
+ int i;
+ chtype ch;
+ int item_x, item_y;
+ int count = 0;
+ bool isfore = FALSE, isback=FALSE, isgrey = FALSE;
+
+ assert(menu->win);
+
+ getyx(menu->win,item_y,item_x);
+
+ /* We need a marker iff
+ - it is a onevalued menu and it is the current item
+ - or it has a selection value
+ */
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->back);
+ if (item->value || (item==menu->curitem))
+ {
+ if (menu->marklen)
+ {
+ /* In a multi selection menu we use the fore attribute
+ for a selected marker that is not the current one.
+ This improves visualization of the menu, because now
+ always the 'normal' marker denotes the current
+ item. */
+ if (!(menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE) && item->value && item!=menu->curitem)
+ {
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->fore);
+ isfore = TRUE;
+ }
+ waddstr(menu->win,menu->mark);
+ if (isfore)
+ {
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->fore);
+ isfore = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else /* otherwise we have to wipe out the marker area */
+ for(ch=' ',i=menu->marklen;i>0;i--)
+ waddch(menu->win,ch);
+ wattroff(menu->win,menu->back);
+ count += menu->marklen;
+
+ /* First we have to calculate the attribute depending on selectability
+ and selection status
+ */
+ if (!(item->opt & O_SELECTABLE))
+ {
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->grey);
+ isgrey = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (item->value || item==menu->curitem)
+ {
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->fore);
+ isfore = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->back);
+ isback = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ waddnstr(menu->win,item->name.str,item->name.length);
+ for(ch=' ',i=menu->namelen-item->name.length;i>0;i--)
+ {
+ waddch(menu->win,ch);
+ }
+ count += menu->namelen;
+
+ /* Show description if required and available */
+ if ( (menu->opt & O_SHOWDESC) && menu->desclen>0 )
+ {
+ int m = menu->spc_desc/2;
+ int cy = -1, cx = -1;
+
+ for(ch=' ',i=0; i < menu->spc_desc; i++)
+ {
+ if (i==m)
+ {
+ waddch(menu->win,menu->pad);
+ getyx(menu->win,cy,cx);
+ }
+ else
+ waddch(menu->win,ch);
+ }
+ if (item->description.length)
+ waddnstr(menu->win,item->description.str,item->description.length);
+ for(ch=' ',i=menu->desclen-item->description.length; i>0; i--)
+ {
+ waddch(menu->win,ch);
+ }
+ count += menu->desclen + menu->spc_desc;
+
+ if (menu->spc_rows > 1)
+ {
+ int j, k, ncy, ncx;
+
+ assert(cx>=0 && cy>=0);
+ getyx(menu->win,ncy,ncx);
+ if (isgrey) wattroff(menu->win,menu->grey);
+ else if (isfore) wattroff(menu->win,menu->fore);
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->back);
+ for(j=1; j < menu->spc_rows;j++)
+ {
+ if ((item_y+j) < getmaxy(menu->win))
+ {
+ wmove (menu->win,item_y+j,item_x);
+ for(k=0;k<count;k++)
+ waddch(menu->win,' ');
+ }
+ if ((cy+j) < getmaxy(menu->win))
+ mvwaddch(menu->win,cy+j,cx-1,menu->pad);
+ }
+ wmove(menu->win,ncy,ncx);
+ if (!isback)
+ wattroff(menu->win,menu->back);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Remove attributes */
+ if (isfore)
+ wattroff(menu->win,menu->fore);
+ if (isback)
+ wattroff(menu->win,menu->back);
+ if (isgrey)
+ wattroff(menu->win,menu->grey);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : void _nc_Draw_Menu(const MENU *)
+|
+| Description : Display the menu in its windows
+|
+| Return Values : -
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void _nc_Draw_Menu(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ ITEM *item = menu->items[0];
+ ITEM *lasthor, *lastvert;
+ ITEM *hitem;
+ int y = 0;
+ chtype s_bkgd;
+
+ assert(item && menu->win);
+
+ s_bkgd = getbkgd(menu->win);
+ wbkgdset(menu->win,menu->back);
+ werase(menu->win);
+ wbkgdset(menu->win,s_bkgd);
+
+ lastvert = (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) ? (ITEM *)0 : item;
+
+ do
+ {
+ wmove(menu->win,y,0);
+
+ hitem = item;
+ lasthor = (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) ? (ITEM *)0 : hitem;
+
+ do
+ {
+ _nc_Post_Item( menu, hitem);
+
+ wattron(menu->win,menu->back);
+ if ( ((hitem = hitem->right) != lasthor) && hitem )
+ {
+ int i,j, cy, cx;
+ chtype ch = ' ';
+
+ getyx(menu->win,cy,cx);
+ for(j=0;j<menu->spc_rows;j++)
+ {
+ wmove(menu->win,cy+j,cx);
+ for(i=0; i < menu->spc_cols; i++)
+ {
+ waddch( menu->win,ch);
+ }
+ }
+ wmove(menu->win,cy,cx+menu->spc_cols);
+ }
+ } while (hitem && (hitem != lasthor));
+ wattroff(menu->win,menu->back);
+
+ item = item->down;
+ y += menu->spc_rows;
+
+ } while( item && (item != lastvert) );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int post_menu(MENU *)
+|
+| Description : Post a menu to the screen. This makes it visible.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - not a valid menu pointer
+| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - error in lower layers
+| E_NO_ROOM - Menu to large for screen
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - No items connected to menu
+| E_BAD_STATE - Menu in userexit routine
+| E_POSTED - Menu already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int post_menu(MENU * menu)
+{
+ if (!menu)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if (menu->items && *(menu->items))
+ {
+ int y;
+ int h = 1 + menu->spc_rows * (menu->rows - 1);
+
+ WINDOW *win = Get_Menu_Window(menu);
+ int maxy = getmaxy(win);
+ int maxx = getmaxx(win);
+
+ if (maxx < menu->width || maxy < menu->height)
+ RETURN(E_NO_ROOM);
+
+ if ( (menu->win = newpad(h,menu->width)) )
+ {
+ y = (maxy >= h) ? h : maxy;
+ if (y>=menu->height)
+ y = menu->height;
+ if(!(menu->sub = subpad(menu->win,y,menu->width,0,0)))
+ RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+ }
+ else
+ RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
+
+ if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED)
+ _nc_Link_Items(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ menu->status |= _POSTED;
+
+ if (!(menu->opt&O_ONEVALUE))
+ {
+ ITEM **items;
+
+ for(items=menu->items;*items;items++)
+ {
+ (*items)->value = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ _nc_Draw_Menu(menu);
+
+ Call_Hook(menu,menuinit);
+ Call_Hook(menu,iteminit);
+
+ _nc_Show_Menu(menu);
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int unpost_menu(MENU *)
+|
+| Description : Detach menu from screen
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - not a valid menu pointer
+| E_BAD_STATE - menu in userexit routine
+| E_NOT_POSTED - menu is not posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int unpost_menu(MENU * menu)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+
+ if (!menu)
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER )
+ RETURN(E_BAD_STATE);
+
+ if ( !( menu->status & _POSTED ) )
+ RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED);
+
+ Call_Hook(menu,itemterm);
+ Call_Hook(menu,menuterm);
+
+ win = Get_Menu_Window(menu);
+ werase(win);
+ wsyncup(win);
+
+ assert(menu->sub);
+ delwin(menu->sub);
+ menu->sub = (WINDOW *)0;
+
+ assert(menu->win);
+ delwin(menu->win);
+ menu->win = (WINDOW *)0;
+
+ menu->status &= ~_POSTED;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/* m_post.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_request_name *
+* Routines to handle external names of menu requests *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_req_name.c,v 1.8 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+static const char *request_names[ MAX_MENU_COMMAND - MIN_MENU_COMMAND + 1 ] = {
+ "LEFT_ITEM" ,
+ "RIGHT_ITEM" ,
+ "UP_ITEM" ,
+ "DOWN_ITEM" ,
+ "SCR_ULINE" ,
+ "SCR_DLINE" ,
+ "SCR_DPAGE" ,
+ "SCR_UPAGE" ,
+ "FIRST_ITEM" ,
+ "LAST_ITEM" ,
+ "NEXT_ITEM" ,
+ "PREV_ITEM" ,
+ "TOGGLE_ITEM" ,
+ "CLEAR_PATTERN",
+ "BACK_PATTERN" ,
+ "NEXT_MATCH" ,
+ "PREV_MATCH"
+};
+#define A_SIZE (sizeof(request_names)/sizeof(request_names[0]))
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : const char * menu_request_name (int request);
+|
+| Description : Get the external name of a menu request.
+|
+| Return Values : Pointer to name - on success
+| NULL - on invalid request code
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const char *menu_request_name( int request )
+{
+ if ( (request < MIN_MENU_COMMAND) || (request > MAX_MENU_COMMAND) )
+ {
+ SET_ERROR(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+ return (const char *)0;
+ }
+ else
+ return request_names[ request - MIN_MENU_COMMAND ];
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int menu_request_by_name (const char *str);
+|
+| Description : Search for a request with this name.
+|
+| Return Values : Request Id - on success
+| E_NO_MATCH - request not found
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int menu_request_by_name( const char *str )
+{
+ /* because the table is so small, it doesn't really hurt
+ to run sequentially through it.
+ */
+ unsigned int i = 0;
+ char buf[16];
+
+ if (str)
+ {
+ strncpy(buf,str,sizeof(buf));
+ while( (i<sizeof(buf)) && (buf[i] != '\0') )
+ {
+ buf[i] = toupper(buf[i]);
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ for (i=0; i < A_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp(request_names[i],buf,sizeof(buf))==0)
+ return MIN_MENU_COMMAND + i;
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(E_NO_MATCH);
+}
+
+/* m_req_name.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_spacing *
+* Routines to handle spacing between entries *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_spacing.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+#define MAX_SPC_DESC ((TABSIZE) ? (TABSIZE) : 8)
+#define MAX_SPC_COLS ((TABSIZE) ? (TABSIZE) : 8)
+#define MAX_SPC_ROWS (3)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,int desc, int r, int c);
+|
+| Description : Set the spacing between entried
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - on success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu, int s_desc, int s_row, int s_col )
+{
+ MENU *m; /* split for ATAC workaround */
+ m = Normalize_Menu(menu);
+
+ assert(m);
+ if (m->status & _POSTED)
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+
+ if (((s_desc < 0) || (s_desc > MAX_SPC_DESC)) ||
+ ((s_row < 0) || (s_row > MAX_SPC_ROWS)) ||
+ ((s_col < 0) || (s_col > MAX_SPC_COLS)))
+ RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
+
+ m->spc_desc = s_desc ? s_desc : 1;
+ m->spc_rows = s_row ? s_row : 1;
+ m->spc_cols = s_col ? s_col : 1;
+ _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(m);
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int menu_spacing (const MENU *,int *,int *,int *);
+|
+| Description : Retrieve info about spacing between the entries
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - on success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int menu_spacing( const MENU *menu, int* s_desc, int* s_row, int* s_col)
+{
+ const MENU *m; /* split for ATAC workaround */
+ m = Normalize_Menu(menu);
+
+ assert(m);
+ if (s_desc) *s_desc = m->spc_desc;
+ if (s_row) *s_row = m->spc_rows;
+ if (s_col) *s_col = m->spc_cols;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/* m_spacing.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_userptr *
+* Associate application data with menus *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_userptr.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr)
+|
+| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any menu to store
+| application relevant informations.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_userptr(MENU * menu, const void * userptr)
+{
+ Normalize_Menu(menu)->userptr = userptr;
+ RETURN( E_OK );
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : char *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any menu to
+| store application relevant informations.
+|
+| Return Values : Value of the pointer. If no such pointer has been set,
+| NULL is returned
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const void *menu_userptr(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ return( Normalize_Menu(menu)->userptr);
+}
+
+/* m_userptr.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu_win *
+* Menus window and subwindow association routines *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "menu.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: m_win.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $")
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win)
+|
+| Description : Sets the window of the menu.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_POSTED - menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win)
+{
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+ menu->userwin = win;
+ _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ _nc_Default_Menu.userwin = win;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *)
+|
+| Description : Returns pointer to the window of the menu
+|
+| Return Values : NULL on error, otherwise pointer to window
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu)
+{
+ const MENU* m = Normalize_Menu(menu);
+ return (m->userwin ? m->userwin : stdscr);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win)
+|
+| Description : Sets the subwindow of the menu.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_POSTED - menu is already posted
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win)
+{
+ if (menu)
+ {
+ if ( menu->status & _POSTED )
+ RETURN(E_POSTED);
+ menu->usersub = win;
+ _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(menu);
+ }
+ else
+ _nc_Default_Menu.usersub = win;
+
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Returns a pointer to the subwindow of the menu
+|
+| Return Values : NULL on error, otherwise a pointer to the window
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU * menu)
+{
+ const MENU* m = Normalize_Menu(menu);
+ return Get_Menu_Window(m);
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Facility : libnmenu
+| Function : int scale_menu(const MENU *menu)
+|
+| Description : Returns the minimum window size necessary for the
+| subwindow of menu.
+|
+| Return Values : E_OK - success
+| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu pointer
+| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no items are connected to menu
++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols)
+{
+ if (!menu)
+ RETURN( E_BAD_ARGUMENT );
+
+ if (menu->items && *(menu->items))
+ {
+ if (rows)
+ *rows = menu->height;
+ if (cols)
+ *cols = menu->width;
+ RETURN(E_OK);
+ }
+ else
+ RETURN( E_NOT_CONNECTED );
+}
+
+/* m_win.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef ETI_MENU
+#define ETI_MENU
+
+#include <curses.h>
+#include <eti.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef int Menu_Options;
+typedef int Item_Options;
+
+/* Menu options: */
+#define O_ONEVALUE (0x01)
+#define O_SHOWDESC (0x02)
+#define O_ROWMAJOR (0x04)
+#define O_IGNORECASE (0x08)
+#define O_SHOWMATCH (0x10)
+#define O_NONCYCLIC (0x20)
+
+/* Item options: */
+#define O_SELECTABLE (0x01)
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char* str;
+ unsigned short length;
+} TEXT;
+
+typedef struct tagITEM
+{
+ TEXT name; /* name of menu item */
+ TEXT description; /* description of item, optional in display */
+ struct tagMENU *imenu; /* Pointer to parent menu */
+ const void *userptr; /* Pointer to user defined per item data */
+ Item_Options opt; /* Item options */
+ short index; /* Item number if connected to a menu */
+ short y; /* y and x location of item in menu */
+ short x;
+ bool value; /* Selection value */
+
+ struct tagITEM *left; /* neighbour items */
+ struct tagITEM *right;
+ struct tagITEM *up;
+ struct tagITEM *down;
+
+} ITEM;
+
+typedef void (*Menu_Hook)(struct tagMENU *);
+
+typedef struct tagMENU
+{
+ short height; /* Nr. of chars high */
+ short width; /* Nr. of chars wide */
+ short rows; /* Nr. of items high */
+ short cols; /* Nr. of items wide */
+ short frows; /* Nr. of formatted items high */
+ short fcols; /* Nr. of formatted items wide */
+ short arows; /* Nr. of items high (actual) */
+ short namelen; /* Max. name length */
+ short desclen; /* Max. description length */
+ short marklen; /* Length of mark, if any */
+ short itemlen; /* Length of one item */
+ short spc_desc; /* Spacing for descriptor */
+ short spc_cols; /* Spacing for columns */
+ short spc_rows; /* Spacing for rows */
+ char *pattern; /* Buffer to store match chars */
+ short pindex; /* Index into pattern buffer */
+ WINDOW *win; /* Window containing menu */
+ WINDOW *sub; /* Subwindow for menu display */
+ WINDOW *userwin; /* User's window */
+ WINDOW *usersub; /* User's subwindow */
+ ITEM **items; /* array of items */
+ short nitems; /* Nr. of items in menu */
+ ITEM *curitem; /* Current item */
+ short toprow; /* Top row of menu */
+ chtype fore; /* Selection attribute */
+ chtype back; /* Nonselection attribute */
+ chtype grey; /* Inactive attribute */
+ unsigned char pad; /* Pad character */
+
+ Menu_Hook menuinit; /* User hooks */
+ Menu_Hook menuterm;
+ Menu_Hook iteminit;
+ Menu_Hook itemterm;
+
+ const void *userptr; /* Pointer to menus user data */
+ char *mark; /* Pointer to marker string */
+
+ Menu_Options opt; /* Menu options */
+ unsigned short status; /* Internal state of menu */
+
+} MENU;
+
+
+/* Define keys */
+
+#define REQ_LEFT_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 1)
+#define REQ_RIGHT_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 2)
+#define REQ_UP_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 3)
+#define REQ_DOWN_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 4)
+#define REQ_SCR_ULINE (KEY_MAX + 5)
+#define REQ_SCR_DLINE (KEY_MAX + 6)
+#define REQ_SCR_DPAGE (KEY_MAX + 7)
+#define REQ_SCR_UPAGE (KEY_MAX + 8)
+#define REQ_FIRST_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 9)
+#define REQ_LAST_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 10)
+#define REQ_NEXT_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 11)
+#define REQ_PREV_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 12)
+#define REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 13)
+#define REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN (KEY_MAX + 14)
+#define REQ_BACK_PATTERN (KEY_MAX + 15)
+#define REQ_NEXT_MATCH (KEY_MAX + 16)
+#define REQ_PREV_MATCH (KEY_MAX + 17)
+
+#define MIN_MENU_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 1)
+#define MAX_MENU_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 17)
+
+/*
+ * Some AT&T code expects MAX_COMMAND to be out-of-band not
+ * just for menu commands but for forms ones as well.
+ */
+#if defined(MAX_COMMAND)
+# if (MAX_MENU_COMMAND > MAX_COMMAND)
+# error Something is wrong -- MAX_MENU_COMMAND is greater than MAX_COMMAND
+# elif (MAX_COMMAND != (KEY_MAX + 128))
+# error Something is wrong -- MAX_COMMAND is already inconsistently defined.
+# endif
+#else
+# define MAX_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 128)
+#endif
+
+
+/* --------- prototypes for libmenu functions ----------------------------- */
+
+extern ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *),
+ *current_item(const MENU *),
+ *new_item(const char *,const char *);
+
+extern MENU *new_menu(ITEM **);
+
+extern Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *);
+extern Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *);
+
+Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *),
+ item_term(const MENU *),
+ menu_init(const MENU *),
+ menu_term(const MENU *);
+
+extern WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *),
+ *menu_win(const MENU *);
+
+extern const char *item_description(const ITEM *),
+ *item_name(const ITEM *),
+ *menu_mark(const MENU *),
+ *menu_request_name(int);
+
+extern char *menu_pattern(const MENU *);
+
+extern const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *),
+ *item_userptr(const ITEM *);
+
+extern chtype menu_back(const MENU *),
+ menu_fore(const MENU *),
+ menu_grey(const MENU *);
+
+extern int free_item(ITEM *),
+ free_menu(MENU *),
+ item_count(const MENU *),
+ item_index(const ITEM *),
+ item_opts_off(ITEM *,Item_Options),
+ item_opts_on(ITEM *,Item_Options),
+ menu_driver(MENU *,int),
+ menu_opts_off(MENU *,Menu_Options),
+ menu_opts_on(MENU *,Menu_Options),
+ menu_pad(const MENU *),
+ pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *),
+ post_menu(MENU *),
+ scale_menu(const MENU *,int *,int *),
+ set_current_item(MENU *menu,ITEM *item),
+ set_item_init(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)),
+ set_item_opts(ITEM *,Item_Options),
+ set_item_term(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)),
+ set_item_userptr(ITEM *, const void *),
+ set_item_value(ITEM *,bool),
+ set_menu_back(MENU *,chtype),
+ set_menu_fore(MENU *,chtype),
+ set_menu_format(MENU *,int,int),
+ set_menu_grey(MENU *,chtype),
+ set_menu_init(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)),
+ set_menu_items(MENU *,ITEM **),
+ set_menu_mark(MENU *, const char *),
+ set_menu_opts(MENU *,Menu_Options),
+ set_menu_pad(MENU *,int),
+ set_menu_pattern(MENU *,const char *),
+ set_menu_sub(MENU *,WINDOW *),
+ set_menu_term(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)),
+ set_menu_userptr(MENU *,const void *),
+ set_menu_win(MENU *,WINDOW *),
+ set_top_row(MENU *,int),
+ top_row(const MENU *),
+ unpost_menu(MENU *),
+ menu_request_by_name(const char *),
+ set_menu_spacing(MENU *,int,int,int),
+ menu_spacing(const MENU *,int *,int *,int *);
+
+
+extern bool item_value(const ITEM *),
+ item_visible(const ITEM *);
+
+void menu_format(const MENU *,int *,int *);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ETI_MENU */
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Module menu.priv.h *
+* Top level private header file for all libnmenu modules *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "mf_common.h"
+#include "menu.h"
+
+/* Backspace code */
+#define BS (8)
+
+extern ITEM _nc_Default_Item;
+extern MENU _nc_Default_Menu;
+
+/* Normalize item to default if none was given */
+#define Normalize_Item( item ) ((item)=(item)?(item):&_nc_Default_Item)
+
+/* Normalize menu to default if none was given */
+#define Normalize_Menu( menu ) ((menu)=(menu)?(menu):&_nc_Default_Menu)
+
+/* Normalize menu window */
+#define Get_Menu_Window( menu ) \
+ ( (menu)->usersub ? (menu)->usersub : (\
+ (menu)->userwin ? (menu)->userwin : stdscr ))
+
+/* menu specific status flags */
+#define _LINK_NEEDED (0x04)
+#define _MARK_ALLOCATED (0x08)
+
+#define ALL_MENU_OPTS ( \
+ O_ONEVALUE | \
+ O_SHOWDESC | \
+ O_ROWMAJOR | \
+ O_IGNORECASE | \
+ O_SHOWMATCH | \
+ O_NONCYCLIC )
+
+#define ALL_ITEM_OPTS (O_SELECTABLE)
+
+/* Move to the window position of an item and draw it */
+#define Move_And_Post_Item(menu,item) \
+ {wmove((menu)->win,(menu)->spc_rows*(item)->y,((menu)->itemlen+(menu)->spc_cols)*(item)->x);\
+ _nc_Post_Item((menu),(item));}
+
+#define Move_To_Current_Item(menu,item) \
+ if ( (item) != (menu)->curitem)\
+ {\
+ Move_And_Post_Item(menu,item);\
+ Move_And_Post_Item(menu,(menu)->curitem);\
+ }
+
+/* This macro ensures, that the item becomes visible, if possible with the
+ specified row as the top row of the window. If this is not possible,
+ the top row will be adjusted and the value is stored in the row argument.
+*/
+#define Adjust_Current_Item(menu,row,item) \
+ { if ((item)->y < row) \
+ row = (item)->y;\
+ if ( (item)->y >= (row + (menu)->arows) )\
+ row = ( (item)->y < ((menu)->rows - row) ) ? \
+ (item)->y : (menu)->rows - (menu)->arows;\
+ _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(menu,row,item); }
+
+/* Reset the match pattern buffer */
+#define Reset_Pattern(menu) \
+ { (menu)->pindex = 0; \
+ (menu)->pattern[0] = '\0'; }
+
+/* Internal functions. */
+extern void _nc_Draw_Menu(const MENU *);
+extern void _nc_Show_Menu(const MENU *);
+extern void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(MENU *);
+extern void _nc_Post_Item(const MENU *, const ITEM *);
+extern bool _nc_Connect_Items(MENU *, ITEM **);
+extern void _nc_Disconnect_Items(MENU *);
+extern void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(MENU *,int, ITEM *);
+extern void _nc_Link_Items(MENU *);
--- /dev/null
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 |
+| by Juergen Pfeifer <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> |
+| All Rights Reserved. |
+| |
+| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its |
+| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided |
+| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
+| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
+| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not |
+| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the |
+| software without specific, written prior permission. |
+| |
+| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO |
+| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- |
+| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR |
+| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- |
+| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
+| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH |
+| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Common internal header for menu and form library */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+/* in case of debug version we ignore the suppression of assertions */
+#ifdef TRACE
+# ifdef NDEBUG
+# undef NDEBUG
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <nc_alloc.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS
+#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id;
+#else
+#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+
+/* Maximum regular 8-bit character code */
+#define MAX_REGULAR_CHARACTER (0xff)
+
+#define SET_ERROR(code) (errno=(code))
+#define RETURN(code) return( SET_ERROR(code) )
+
+/* The few common values in the status fields for menus and forms */
+#define _POSTED (0x01) /* menu or form is posted */
+#define _IN_DRIVER (0x02) /* menu or form is processing hook routine */
+
+/* Call object hook */
+#define Call_Hook( object, handler ) \
+ if ( (object) && ((object)->handler) )\
+ {\
+ (object)->status |= _IN_DRIVER;\
+ (object)->handler(object);\
+ (object)->status &= ~_IN_DRIVER;\
+ }
+
+#define INLINE
+
+#ifndef TRACE
+# if CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS
+# undef INLINE
+# define INLINE inline
+# endif
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Library objects
+m_attribs lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_cursor lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_driver lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_format lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_global lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_hook lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_cur lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_nam lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_new lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_opt lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_use lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_val lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_item_vis lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_items lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_new lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_opts lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_post lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_req_name lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_spacing lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_userptr lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_win lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
+m_adabind lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H)
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.13 1996/06/23 00:54:27 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for ncurses miscellany directory
+#
+# This makes/installs the terminfo database
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+#
+# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models,
+# and the programs with the configured default model.
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+tabsetdir = $(datadir)/tabset
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+################################################################################
+all:
+
+install: install.data
+
+install.data: $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) \
+ $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(ticdir) \
+ $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(tabsetdir)
+ sh $(srcdir)/run_tic.sh $(bindir) $(srcdir) $(ticdir) $(INSTALL_PREFIX)
+ @cd $(srcdir)/tabset && \
+ sh -c 'for i in *; do \
+ echo installing $$i; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(tabsetdir); done'
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) \
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(tabsetdir) \
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(ticdir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+tags:
+
+TAGS:
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS *~
+
+distclean: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+realclean: distclean
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+
+ A Hacker's Guide to NCURSES
+
+ Contents
+
+ * Abstract
+ * Objective of the Package
+ + Why System V Curses?
+ + How to Design Extensions
+ * Portability and Configuration
+ + If autoconf Fails
+ * Documentation Conventions
+ * How to Report Bugs
+ * A Tour of the Ncurses Library
+ + Library Overview
+ + The Engine Room
+ + Keyboard Input
+ + Mouse Events
+ + Output and Screen Updating
+ * The Forms and Menu Libraries
+ * A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler
+ + Translation of Non-use Capabilities
+ + Use Capability Resolution
+ + Source-Form Translation
+ * Other Utilities
+ * Style Tips for Developers
+ * Porting Hints
+
+ Abstract
+
+ This document is a hacker's tour of the ncurses library and utilities.
+ It discusses design philosophy, implementation methods, and the
+ conventions used for coding and documentation. It is recommended
+ reading for anyone who is interested in porting, extending or
+ improving the package.
+
+ Objective of the Package
+
+ The objective of the ncurses package is to provide a freeware API for
+ character-cell terminals and terminal emulators with the following
+ characteristics:
+
+ * Source-compatible with historical curses implementations
+ (including the original BSD curses and System V curses.
+ * Conformant with the XSI Curses standard issued as part of XPG4 by
+ X/Open.
+ * High-quality -- stable and reliable code, wide portability, good
+ packaging, superior documentation.
+ * Featureful -- should eliminate as much of the drudgery of C
+ interface programming as possible, freeing programmers to think at
+ a higher level of design.
+
+ These objectives are in priority order. So, for example, source
+ compatibility with older version must trump featurefulness -- we
+ cannot add features if it means breaking the portion of the API
+ corresponding to historical curses versions.
+
+Why System V Curses?
+
+ We used System V curses as a model, reverse-engineering their API, in
+ order to fulfill the first two objectives.
+
+ System V curses implementations can support BSD curses programs with
+ just a recompilation, so by capturing the System V API we also capture
+ BSD's.
+
+ More importantly for the future, the XSI Curses standard issued by
+ X/Open is explicitly and closely modeled on System V. So conformance
+ with System V took us most of the way to base-level XSI conformance.
+
+How to Design Extensions
+
+ The third objective (standards conformance) requires that it be easy
+ to condition source code using ncurses so that the absence of
+ nonstandard extensions does not break the code.
+
+ Accordingly, we have a policy of associating with each nonstandard
+ extension a feature macro, so that ncurses client code can use this
+ macro to condition in or out the code that requires the ncurses
+ extension.
+
+ For example, there is a macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION which XSI Curses
+ does not define, but which is defined in the ncurses library header.
+ You can use this to condition the calls to the mouse API calls.
+
+ Portability and Configuration
+
+ Code written for ncurses may assume an ANSI-standard C compiler and
+ POSIX-compatible OS interface. It may also assume the presence of a
+ System-V-compatible select(2) call.
+
+ We encourage (but do not require) developers to make the code friendly
+ to less-capable UNIX environments wherever possible.
+
+ We encourage developers to support OS-specific optimizations and
+ methods not available under POSIX/ANSI, provided only that:
+
+ * All such code is properly conditioned so the build process does
+ not attempt to compile it under a plain ANSI/POSIX environment.
+ * Adding such implementation methods does not introduce
+ incompatibilities in the ncurses API between platforms.
+
+ We use GNU autoconf(1) as a tool to deal with portability issues. The
+ right way to leverage an OS-specific feature is to modify the autoconf
+ specification files (configure.in and aclocal.m4) to set up a new
+ feature macro, which you then use to condition your code.
+
+If autoconf Fails
+
+ The 'configure' script usually gets your system environment right
+ automatically. Here are some -D options you might need to compile with
+ if it fails:
+
+ -DHAVE_UNISTD_H
+ if <unistd.h> is present
+
+ -DHAVE_SIGACTION
+ if the sigaction function is present
+
+ -DHAVE_USLEEP
+ if the usleep function is present
+
+ -DSVR4_ACTION
+ if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have sigaction
+
+ -DHAVE_TERMIOS_H
+ if you have <termios.h>
+
+ -DHAVE_TERMIO_H
+ if you have <termio.h>; otherwise it uses <sgtty.h>
+
+ -DBROKEN_TIOCGETWINSZ
+ on SVR4 and HPUX, the get window size ioctl is broken.
+
+ Documentation Conventions
+
+ There are three kinds of documentation associated with this package.
+ Each has a different preferred format:
+
+ * Package-internal files (README, INSTALL, TO-DO etc.)
+ * Manual pages.
+ * Everything else (i.e., narrative documentation).
+
+ Our conventions are simple:
+
+ 1. Maintain package-internal files in plain text. The expected viewer
+ for them more(1) or an editor window; there's no point in
+ elaborate mark-up.
+ 2. Mark up manual pages in the man macros. These have to be viewable
+ through traditional man(1) programs.
+ 3. Write everything else in HTML.
+
+ When in doubt, HTMLize a master and use lynx(1) to generate plain
+ ASCII (as we do for the announcement document).
+
+ The reason for choosing HTML is that it's (a) well-adapted for on-line
+ browsing through viewers that are everywhere; (b) more easily readable
+ as plain text than most other mark-ups, if you don't have a viewer;
+ and (c) carries enough information that you can generate a
+ nice-looking printed version from it. Also, of course, it make
+ exporting things like the announcement document to WWW pretty trivial.
+
+ How to Report Bugs
+
+ The reporting address for bugs is ncurses@bsdi.com. This is a
+ majordomo list; to join, write to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com
+ with a message containing the line:
+
+ subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+
+ The ncurses code is maintained by a small group of volunteers. While
+ we try our best to fix bugs promptly, we simply don't have a lot of
+ hours to spend on elementary hand-holding. We rely on intelligent
+ cooperation from our users. If you think you have found a bug in
+ ncurses, there are some steps you can take before contacting us that
+ will help get the bug fixed quickly.
+
+ In order to use our bug-fixing time efficiently, we put people who
+ show us they've taken these steps at the head of our queue. This means
+ that if you don't, you'll probably end up at the tail end and have to
+ wait a while.
+
+ 1. Develop a recipe to reproduce the bug.
+ Bugs we can reproduce are likely to be fixed very quickly, often
+ within days. The most effective single thing you can do to get a
+ quick fix is develop a way we can duplicate the bad behavior --
+ ideally, by giving us source for a small, portable test program
+ that breaks the library. (Even better is a keystroke recipe using
+ one of the test programs provided with the distribution.)
+ 2. Try to reproduce the bug on a different terminal type.
+ In our experience, most of the behaviors people report as library
+ bugs are actually due to subtle problems in terminal descriptions.
+ This is especially likely to be true if you're using a traditional
+ asynchronous terminal or PC-based terminal emulator, rather than
+ xterm or a UNIX console entry.
+ It's therefore extremely helpful if you can tell us whether or not
+ your problem reproduces on other terminal types. Usually you'll
+ have both a console type and xterm available; please tell us
+ whether or not your bug reproduces on both.
+ If you have xterm available, it is also good to collect xterm
+ reports for different window sizes. This is especially true if you
+ normally use an unusual xterm window size -- a surprising number
+ of the bugs we've seen are either triggered or masked by these.
+ 3. Generate and examine a trace file for the broken behavior.
+ Recompile your program with the debugging versions of the
+ libraries. Insert a trace() call with the argument set to
+ TRACE_UPDATE. (See "Writing Programs with NCURSES" for details on
+ trace levels.) Reproduce your bug, then look at the trace file to
+ see what the library was actually doing.
+ Another frequent cause of apparent bugs is application coding
+ errors that cause the wrong things to be put on the virtual
+ screen. Looking at the virtual-screen dumps in the trace file will
+ tell you immediately if this is happening, and save you from the
+ possible embarrassment of being told that the bug is in your code
+ and is your problem rather than ours.
+ If the virtual-screen dumps look correct but the bug persists,
+ it's possible to crank up the trace level to give more and more
+ information about the library's update actions and the control
+ sequences it issues to perform them. The test directory of the
+ distribution contains a tool for digesting these logs to make them
+ less tedious to wade through.
+ Often you'll find terminfo problems at this stage by noticing that
+ the escape sequences put out for various capabilities are wrong.
+ If not, you're likely to learn enough to be able to characterize
+ any bug in the screen-update logic quite exactly.
+ 4. Report details and symptoms, not just interpretations.
+ If you do the preceding two steps, it is very likely that you'll
+ discover the nature of the problem yourself and be able to send us
+ a fix. This will create happy feelings all around and earn you
+ good karma for the first time you run into a bug you really can't
+ characterize and fix yourself.
+ If you're still stuck, at least you'll know what to tell us.
+ Remember, we need details. If you guess about what is safe to
+ leave out, you are too likely to be wrong.
+ If your bug produces a bad update, include a trace file. Try to
+ make the trace at the least voluminous level that pins down the
+ bug. Logs that have been through tracemunch are OK, it doesn't
+ throw away any information (actually they're better than
+ un-munched ones because they're easier to read).
+ If your bug produces a core-dump, please include a symbolic stack
+ trace generated by gdb(1) or your local equivalent.
+ Tell us about every terminal on which you've reproduced the bug --
+ and every terminal on which you can't. Ideally, sent us terminfo
+ sources for all of these (yours might differ from ours).
+ Include your ncurses version and your OS/machine type, of course!
+ You can find your ncurses version in the curses.h file.
+
+ If your problem smells like a logic error or in cursor movement or
+ scrolling or a bad capability, there are a couple of tiny test frames
+ for the library algorithms in the progs directory that may help you
+ isolate it. These are not part of the normal build, but do have their
+ own make productions.
+
+ The most important of these is mvcur, a test frame for the
+ cursor-movement optimization code. With this program, you can see
+ directly what control sequences will be emitted for any given cursor
+ movement or scroll/insert/delete operations. If you think you've got a
+ bad capability identified, you can disable it and test again. The
+ program is command-driven and has on-line help.
+
+ If you think the vertical-scroll optimization is broken, or just want
+ to understand how it works better, build hashmap and read the header
+ comments of hardscroll.c and hashmap.c; then try it out. You can also
+ test the hardware-scrolling optimization separately with hardscroll.
+
+ There's one other interactive tester, tctest, that exercises
+ translation between termcap and terminfo formats. If you have a
+ serious need to run this, you probably belong on our development team!
+
+ A Tour of the Ncurses Library
+
+Library Overview
+
+ Most of the library is superstructure -- fairly trivial convenience
+ interfaces to a small set of basic functions and data structures used
+ to manipulate the virtual screen (in particular, none of this code
+ does any I/O except through calls to more fundamental modules
+ described below). The files lib_addch.c, lib_bkgnd.c, lib_box.c,
+ lib_clear.c, lib_clrbot.c, lib_clreol.c, lib_data.c, lib_delch.c,
+ lib_delwin.c, lib_erase.c, lib_getstr.c, lib_inchstr.c, lib_insch.c,
+ lib_insdel.c, lib_insstr.c, lib_instr.c, lib_isendwin.c,
+ lib_keyname.c, lib_move.c, lib_mvwin.c, lib_overlay.c, lib_pad.c,
+ lib_printw.c, lib_scanw.c, lib_screen.c, lib_scroll.c, lib_scrreg.c,
+ lib_set_term.c, lib_slk.c, lib_touch.c, lib_unctrl.c, and lib_window.c
+ are all in this category. They are very unlikely to need change,
+ barring bugs or some fundamental reorganization in the underlying data
+ structures.
+
+ The lib_trace.c, lib_traceatr.c, and lib_tracechr.c file are used only
+ for debugging support. It is rather unlikely you will ever need to
+ change these, unless you want to introduce a new debug trace level for
+ some reasoon.
+
+ There is another group of files that do direct I/O via tputs(),
+ computations on the terminal capabilities, or queries to the OS
+ environment, but nevertheless have only fairly low complexity. These
+ include: lib_acs.c, lib_beep.c, lib_color.c, lib_endwin.c,
+ lib_initscr.c, lib_longname.c, lib_newterm.c, lib_options.c,
+ lib_termcap.c, lib_ti.c, lib_tparm.c, lib_tputs.c, lib_vidattr.c, and
+ read_entry.c. These are likely to need revision only if ncurses is
+ being ported to an environment without an underlying terminfo
+ capability representation.
+
+ The files lib_kernel.c, lib_baudrate.c, lib_raw.c, lib_tstp.c, and
+ lib_twait.c have serious hooks into the tty driver and signal
+ facilities. If you run into porting snafus moving the package to
+ another UNIX, the problem is likely to be in one of these files. The
+ file lib_print.c uses sleep(2) and also falls in this category.
+
+ Almost all of the real work is done in the files hashmap.c,
+ hardscroll.c, lib_addch.c, lib_doupdate.c, lib_mvcur.c, lib_getch.c,
+ lib_mouse.c, lib_refresh.c, and lib_setup.c. Most of the algorithmic
+ complexity in the library lives in these files. If there is a real bug
+ in ncurses itself, it's probably here. We'll tour some of these files
+ in detail below (see The Engine Room).
+
+ Finally, there is a group of files that is actually most of the
+ terminfo compiler. The reason this code lives in the ncurses library
+ is to support fallback to /etc/termcap. These files include
+ alloc_entry.c, captoinfo.c, comp_captab.c, comp_error.c, comp_hash.c,
+ comp_parse.c, comp_scan.c, and parse_entry.c, read_termcap.c, and
+ write_entry.c. We'll discuss these in the compiler tour.
+
+The Engine Room
+
+ Keyboard Input
+
+ All ncurses input funnels through the function wgetch(), defined in
+ lib_getch.c. This function is tricky; it has to poll for keyboard and
+ mouse events and do a running match of incoming input against the set
+ of defined special keys.
+
+ The central data structure in this module is a FIFO queue, used to
+ match multiple-character input sequences against special-key
+ capabilities; also to implement pushback via ungetch().
+
+ The wgetch() code distinguishes between function key sequences and the
+ same sequences typed manually by doing a timed wait after each input
+ character that could lead a function key sequence. If the entire
+ sequence takes less than 1 second, it is assumed to have been
+ generated by a function key press.
+
+ Hackers bruised by previous encounters with variant select(2) calls
+ may find the code in lib_twait.c interesting. It deals with the
+ problem that some BSD selects don't return a reliable time-left value.
+ The function timed_wait() effectively simulates a System V select.
+
+ Mouse Events
+
+ If the mouse interface is active, wgetch() polls for mouse events each
+ call, before it goes to the keyboard for input. It is up to
+ lib_mouse.c how the polling is accomplished; it may vary for different
+ devices.
+
+ Under xterm, however, mouse event notifications come in via the
+ keyboard input stream. They are recognized by having the kmous
+ capability as a prefix. This is kind of klugey, but trying to wire in
+ recognition of a mouse key prefix without going through the
+ function-key machinery would be just too painful, and this turns out
+ to imply having the prefix somewhere in the function-key capabilities
+ at terminal-type initialization.
+
+ This kluge only works because kmous isn't actually used by any
+ historic terminal type or curses implementation we know of. Best guess
+ is it's a relic of some forgotten experiment in-house at Bell Labs
+ that didn't leave any traces in the publicly-distributed System V
+ terminfo files. If System V or XPG4 ever gets serious about using it
+ again, this kluge may have to change.
+
+ Here are some more details about mouse event handling:
+
+ The lib_mouse()code is logically split into a lower level that accepts
+ event reports in a device-dependent format and an upper level that
+ parses mouse gestures and filters events. The mediating data structure
+ is a circular queue of event structures.
+
+ Functionally, the lower level's job is to pick up primitive events and
+ put them on the circular queue. This can happen in one of two ways:
+ either (a) _nc_mouse_event() detects a series of incoming mouse
+ reports and queues them, or (b) code in lib_getch.c detects the kmous
+ prefix in the keyboard input stream and calls _nc_mouse_inline to
+ queue up a series of adjacent mouse reports.
+
+ In either case, _nc_mouse_parse() should be called after the series is
+ accepted to parse the digested mouse reports (low-level events) into a
+ gesture (a high-level or composite event).
+
+ Output and Screen Updating
+
+ With the single exception of character echoes during a wgetnstr() call
+ (which simulates cooked-mode line editing in an ncurses window), the
+ library normally does all its output at refresh time.
+
+ The main job is to go from the current state of the screen (as
+ represented in the curscr window structure) to the desired new state
+ (as represented in the newscr window structure), while doing as little
+ I/O as possible.
+
+ The brains of this operation are the modules hashmap.c, hardscroll.c
+ and lib_doupdate.c; the latter two use lib_mvcur.c. Essentially, what
+ happens looks like this:
+
+ The hashmap.c module tries to detect vertical motion changes between
+ the real and virtual screens. This information is represented by the
+ oldindex members in the newscr structure. These are modified by
+ vertical-motion and clear operations, and both are re-initialized
+ after each update. To this change-journalling information, the hashmap
+ code adds deductions made using a modified Heckel algorithm on hash
+ values generated from the line contents.
+
+ The hardscroll.c module computes an optimum set of scroll, insertion,
+ and deletion operations to make the indices match. It calls
+ _nc_mvcur_scrolln() in lib_mvcur.c to do those motions.
+
+ Then lib_doupdate.c goes to work. Its job is to do line-by-line
+ transformations of curscr lines to newscr lines. Its main tool is the
+ routine mvcur() in lib_mvcur.c. This routine does cursor-movement
+ optimization, attempting to get from given screen location A to given
+ location B in the fewest output characters posible.
+
+ If you want to work on screen optimizations, you should use the fact
+ that (in the trace-enabled version of the library) enabling the
+ TRACE_TIMES trace level causes a report to be emitted after each
+ screen update giving the elapsed time and a count of characters
+ emitted during the update. You can use this to tell when an update
+ optimization improves efficiency.
+
+ In the trace-enabled version of the library, it is also possible to
+ disable and re-enable various optimizations at runtime by tweaking the
+ variable _nc_optimize_enable. See the file include/curses.h.in for
+ mask values, near the end.
+
+ The Forms and Menu Libraries
+
+ The forms and menu libraries should work reliably in any environment
+ you can port ncurses to. The only portability issue anywhere in them
+ is what flavor of regular expressions the built-in form field type
+ TYPE_REGEXP will recognize.
+
+ The configuration code prefers the POSIX regex facility, modeled on
+ System V's, but will settle for BSD regexps if the former isn't
+ available.
+
+ Historical note: the panels code was written primarily to assist in
+ porting u386mon 2.0 (comp.sources.misc v14i001-4) to systems lacking
+ panels support; u386mon 2.10 and beyond use it. This version has been
+ slightly cleaned up for ncurses.
+
+ A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler
+
+ The ncurses implementation of tic is rather complex internally; it has
+ to do a trying combination of missions. This starts with the fact
+ that, in addition to its normal duty of compiling terminfo sources
+ into loadable terminfo binaries, it has to be able to handle termcap
+ syntax and compile that too into terminfo entries.
+
+ The implementation therefore starts with a table-driven, dual-mode
+ lexical analyzer (in comp_scan.c). The lexer chooses its mode (termcap
+ or terminfo) based on the first `,' or `:' it finds in each entry. The
+ lexer does all the work of recognizing capability names and values;
+ the grammar above it is trivial, just "parse entries till you run out
+ of file".
+
+Translation of Non-use Capabilities
+
+ Translation of most things besides use capabilities is pretty
+ straightforward. The lexical analyzer's tokenizer hands each
+ capability name to a hash function, which drives a table lookup. The
+ table entry yields an index which is used to look up the token type in
+ another table, and controls interpretation of the value.
+
+ One possibly interesting aspect of the implementation is the way the
+ compiler tables are initialized. All the tables are generated by
+ various awk/sed/sh scripts from a master table include/Caps; these
+ scripts actually write C initializers which are linked to the
+ compiler. Furthermore, the hash table is generated in the same way, so
+ it doesn't have to be generated at compiler startup time (another
+ benefit of this organization is that the hash table can be in
+ shareable text space).
+
+ Thus, adding a new capability is usually pretty trivial, just a matter
+ of adding one line to the include/Caps file. We'll have more to say
+ about this in the section on Source-Form Translation.
+
+Use Capability Resolution
+
+ The background problem that makes tic tricky isn't the capability
+ translation itself, it's the resolution of use capabilities. Older
+ versions would not handle forward use references for this reason (that
+ is, a using terminal always had to follow its use target in the source
+ file). By doing this, they got away with a simple implementation
+ tactic; compile everything as it blows by, then resolve uses from
+ compiled entries.
+
+ This won't do for ncurses. The problem is that that the whole
+ compilation process has to be embeddable in the ncurses library so
+ that it can be called by the startup code to translate termcap entries
+ on the fly. The embedded version can't go promiscuously writing
+ everything it translates out to disk -- for one thing, it will
+ typically be running with non-root permissions.
+
+ So our tic is designed to parse an entire terminfo file into a
+ doubly-linked circular list of entry structures in-core, and then do
+ use resolution in-memory before writing everything out. This design
+ has other advantages: it makes forward and back use-references equally
+ easy (so we get the latter for free), and it makes checking for name
+ collisions before they're written out easy to do.
+
+ And this is exactly how the embedded version works. But the
+ stand-alone user-accessible version of tic partly reverts to the
+ historical strategy; it writes to disk (not keeping in core) any entry
+ with no use references.
+
+ This is strictly a core-economy kluge, implemented because the
+ terminfo master file is large enough that some core-poor systems swap
+ like crazy when you compile it all in memory...there have been reports
+ of this process taking three hours, rather than the twenty seconds or
+ less typical on the author's development box.
+
+ So. The executable tic passes the entry-parser a hook that immediately
+ writes out the referenced entry if it has no use capabilities. The
+ compiler main loop refrains from adding the entry to the in-core list
+ when this hook fires. If some other entry later needs to reference an
+ entry that got written immediately, that's OK; the resolution code
+ will fetch it off disk when it can't find it in core.
+
+ Name collisions will still be detected, just not as cleanly. The
+ write_entry() code complains before overwriting an entry that
+ postdates the time of tic's first call to write_entry(), Thus it will
+ complain about overwriting entries newly made during the tic run, but
+ not about overwriting ones that predate it.
+
+Source-Form Translation
+
+ Another use of tic is to do source translation between various termcap
+ and terminfo formats. There are more variants out there than you might
+ think; the ones we know about are described in the captoinfo(1) manual
+ page.
+
+ The translation output code (dump_entry() in ncurses/dump_entry.c) is
+ shared with the infocmp(1) utility. It takes the same internal
+ representation used to generate the binary form and dumps it to
+ standard output in a specified format.
+
+ The include/Caps file has a header comment describing ways you can
+ specify source translations for nonstandard capabilities just by
+ altering the master table. It's possible to set up capability aliasing
+ or tell the compiler to plain ignore a given capability without
+ writing any C code at all.
+
+ For circumstances where you need to do algorithmic translation, there
+ are functions in parse_entry.c called after the parse of each entry
+ that are specifically intended to encapsulate such translations. This,
+ for example, is where the AIX box1 capability get translated to an
+ acsc string.
+
+ Other Utilities
+
+ The infocmp utility is just a wrapper around the same entry-dumping
+ code used by tic for source translation. Perhaps the one interesting
+ aspect of the code is the use of a predicate function passed in to
+ dump_entry() to control which capabilities are dumped. This is
+ necessary in order to handle both the ordinary De-compilation case and
+ entry difference reporting.
+
+ The tput and clear utilities just do an entry load followed by a
+ tputs() of a selected capability.
+
+ Style Tips for Developers
+
+ See the TO-DO file in the top-level directory of the source
+ distribution for additions that would be particularly useful.
+
+ The prefix _nc_ should be used on library public functions that are
+ not part of the curses API in order to prevent pollution of the
+ application namespace. If you have to add to or modify the function
+ prototypes in curses.h.in, read ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh first so you can
+ avoid breaking XSI conformance. Please join the ncurses mailing list.
+ See the INSTALL file in the top level of the distribution for details
+ on the list.
+
+ Look for the string FIXME in source files to tag minor bugs and
+ potential problems that could use fixing.
+
+ Don't try to auto-detect OS features in the main body of the C code.
+ That's the job of the configuration system.
+
+ To hold down complexity, do make your code data-driven. Especially, if
+ you can drive logic from a table filtered out of include/Caps, do it.
+ If you find you need to augment the data in that file in order to
+ generate the proper table, that's still preferable to ad-hoc code --
+ that's why the fifth field (flags) is there.
+
+ Have fun!
+
+ Porting Hints
+
+ The following notes are intended to be a first step towards DOS and
+ Macintosh ports of the ncurses libraries.
+
+ The following library modules are `pure curses'; they operate only on
+ the curses internal structures, do all output through other curses
+ calls (not including tputs() and putp()) and do not call any other
+ UNIX routines such as signal(2) or the stdio library. Thus, they
+ should not need to be modified for single-terminal ports.
+
+ lib_addch.c lib_addstr.c lib_bkgd.c lib_box.c lib_clear.c lib_clrbot.c
+ lib_clreol.c lib_delch.c lib_delwin.c lib_erase.c lib_inchstr.c
+ lib_insch.c lib_insdel.c lib_insstr.c lib_keyname.c lib_move.c
+ lib_mvwin.c lib_newwin.c lib_overlay.c lib_pad.c lib_printw.c
+ lib_refresh.c lib_scanw.c lib_scroll.c lib_scrreg.c lib_set_term.c
+ lib_touch.c lib_tparm.c lib_tputs.c lib_unctrl.c lib_window.c panel.c
+
+ This module is pure curses, but calls outstr():
+
+ lib_getstr.c
+
+ These modules are pure curses, except that they use tputs() and
+ putp():
+
+ lib_beep.c lib_endwin.c lib_color.c lib_options.c lib_slk.c
+ lib_vidattr.c
+
+ This modules assist in POSIX emulation on non-POSIX systems:
+
+ sigaction.c
+ signal calls
+
+ The following source files will not be needed for a
+ single-terminal-type port.
+
+ captoinfo.c clear.c comp_captab.c comp_error.c comp_hash.c comp_main.c
+ comp_parse.c comp_scan.c alloc_entry.c dump_entry.c parse_entry.c
+ read_entry.c write_entry.c infocmp.c tput.c
+
+ The following modules will use open()/read()/write()/close()/lseek()
+ on files, but no other OS calls.
+
+ lib_screen.c
+ used to read/write screen dumps
+
+ lib_trace.c
+ used to write trace data to the logfile
+
+ Modules that would have to be modified for a port start here:
+
+ The following modules are `pure curses' but contain assumptions
+ inappropriate for a memory-mapped port.
+
+lib_longname.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+ longname() -- return long name of terminal
+lib_acs.c -- assumes acs_map as a double indirection
+ init_acs() -- initialize acs map
+lib_mvcur.c -- assumes cursor moves have variable cost
+ mvcur_init() -- initialize
+ mvcur() -- do physical cursor move
+ mvcur_wrap() -- wrap
+ scrolln() -- do physical scrolling
+lib_termcap.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+ tgetent() -- load entry
+ tgetflag() -- get boolean capability
+ tgetnum() -- get numeric capability
+ tgetstr() -- get string capability
+lib_ti.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+ tigetent() -- load entry
+ tigetflag() -- get boolean capability
+ tigetnum() -- get numeric capability
+ tigetstr() -- get string capability
+
+The following modules use UNIX-specific calls:
+
+lib_doupdate.c -- input checking
+ doupdate() -- repaint real screen to match virtual
+ _nc_outch() -- put out a single character
+lib_getch.c -- read()
+ wgetch() -- get single character
+ wungetch() -- push back single character
+lib_initscr.c -- getenv()
+ initscr() -- initialize curses functions
+lib_newterm.c
+ newterm() -- set up new terminal screen
+lib_baudrate.c
+ baudrate() -- return the baudrate
+lib_kernel.c -- various tty-manipulation and system calls
+ reset_prog_mode() -- reset ccurses-raw mode
+ reset_shell_mode() -- reset cooked mode
+ erasechar() -- return the erase char
+ killchar() -- return the kill character
+ flushinp() -- flush pending input
+ savetty() -- save tty state
+ resetty() -- reset tty to state at last savetty()
+lib_raw.c -- various tty-manipulation calls
+ raw()
+ echo()
+ nl()
+ qiflush()
+ cbreak()
+ noraw()
+ noecho()
+ nonl()
+ noqiflush()
+ nocbreak()
+lib_setup.c -- various tty-manipulation calls
+ use_env()
+ setupterm()
+lib_restart.c -- various tty-manipulation calls
+ def_shell_mode()
+ def_prog_mode()
+ set_curterm()
+ del_curterm()
+lib_tstp.c -- signal-manipulation calls
+ _nc_signal_handler() -- enable/disable window-mode signal catching
+lib_twait.c -- gettimeofday(), select().
+ usleep() -- microsecond sleep
+ _nc_timed_wait() -- timed wait for input
+
+ The package kernel could be made smaller.
+ _________________________________________________________________
+
+
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+
+ (Note: This is not the bug address!)
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ $Id: hackguide.html,v 1.15 1997/04/26 19:52:24 tom Exp $
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>A Hacker's Guide to Ncurses Internals</TITLE>
+<link rev="made" href="mailto:esr@snark.thyrsus.com">
+<!--
+This document is self-contained, *except* that there is one relative link to
+the ncurses-intro.html document, expected to be in the same directory with
+this one.
+-->
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>A Hacker's Guide to NCURSES</H1>
+
+<H1>Contents</H1>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#abstract">Abstract</A>
+<P>
+<LI><A HREF="#objective">Objective of the Package</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#whysvr4">Why System V Curses?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#extensions">How to Design Extensions</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#portability">Portability and Configuration</A><UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fooup">If autoconf Fails</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#documentation">Documentation Conventions</A>
+<P>
+<LI><A HREF="#bugtrack">How to Report Bugs</A>
+<P>
+<LI><A HREF="#ncurslib">A Tour of the Ncurses Library</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#loverview">Library Overview</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#engine">The Engine Room</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#input">Keyboard Input</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#mouse">Mouse Events</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#output">Output and Screen Updating</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fmnote">The Forms and Menu Libraries</A>
+<P>
+<LI><A HREF="#tic">A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#nonuse">Translation of Non-<STRONG>use</STRONG> Capabilities</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#uses">Use Capability Resolution</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#translation">Source-Form Translation</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#utils">Other Utilities</A>
+<P>
+<LI><A HREF="#style">Style Tips for Developers</A>
+<P>
+<LI><A HREF="#port">Porting Hints</A>
+</UL>
+
+<H1><A NAME="abstract">Abstract</A></H1>
+
+This document is a hacker's tour of the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library and utilities.
+It discusses design philosophy, implementation methods, and the
+conventions used for coding and documentation. It is recommended
+reading for anyone who is interested in porting, extending or improving the
+package. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="objective">Objective of the Package</A></H1>
+
+The objective of the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> package is to provide a freeware API for
+character-cell terminals and terminal emulators with the following
+characteristics: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Source-compatible with historical curses implementations (including
+ the original BSD curses and System V curses.
+<P>
+<LI>Conformant with the XSI Curses standard issued as part of XPG4 by
+ X/Open.
+<P>
+<LI>High-quality -- stable and reliable code, wide portability, good
+ packaging, superior documentation.
+<P>
+<LI>Featureful -- should eliminate as much of the drudgery of C interface
+ programming as possible, freeing programmers to think at a higher
+ level of design.
+</UL>
+
+These objectives are in priority order. So, for example, source
+compatibility with older version must trump featurefulness -- we cannot
+add features if it means breaking the portion of the API corresponding
+to historical curses versions. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="whysvr4">Why System V Curses?</A></H2>
+
+We used System V curses as a model, reverse-engineering their API, in
+order to fulfill the first two objectives. <P>
+
+System V curses implementations can support BSD curses programs with
+just a recompilation, so by capturing the System V API we also
+capture BSD's. <P>
+
+More importantly for the future, the XSI Curses standard issued by X/Open
+is explicitly and closely modeled on System V. So conformance with
+System V took us most of the way to base-level XSI conformance. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="extensions">How to Design Extensions</A></H2>
+
+The third objective (standards conformance) requires that it be easy to
+condition source code using <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> so that the absence of nonstandard
+extensions does not break the code. <P>
+
+Accordingly, we have a policy of associating with each nonstandard extension
+a feature macro, so that ncurses client code can use this macro to condition
+in or out the code that requires the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> extension. <P>
+
+For example, there is a macro <CODE>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</CODE> which XSI Curses
+does not define, but which is defined in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library header.
+You can use this to condition the calls to the mouse API calls. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="portability">Portability and Configuration</A></H1>
+
+Code written for <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> may assume an ANSI-standard C compiler and
+POSIX-compatible OS interface. It may also assume the presence of a
+System-V-compatible <EM>select(2)</EM> call. <P>
+
+We encourage (but do not require) developers to make the code friendly
+to less-capable UNIX environments wherever possible. <P>
+
+We encourage developers to support OS-specific optimizations and methods
+not available under POSIX/ANSI, provided only that: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>All such code is properly conditioned so the build process does not
+ attempt to compile it under a plain ANSI/POSIX environment.
+<P>
+<LI>Adding such implementation methods does not introduce incompatibilities
+ in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> API between platforms.
+</UL>
+
+We use GNU <CODE>autoconf(1)</CODE> as a tool to deal with portability issues.
+The right way to leverage an OS-specific feature is to modify the autoconf
+specification files (configure.in and aclocal.m4) to set up a new feature
+macro, which you then use to condition your code. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fooup">If autoconf Fails</A></H2>
+
+The 'configure' script usually gets your system environment right
+automatically. Here are some -D options you might need to compile
+with if it fails: <P>
+<DL>
+<DT>-DHAVE_UNISTD_H
+<DD>if <unistd.h> is present
+<DT>-DHAVE_SIGACTION
+<DD>if the sigaction function is present
+<DT>-DHAVE_USLEEP
+<DD>if the usleep function is present
+<DT>-DSVR4_ACTION
+<DD>if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have sigaction
+<DT>-DHAVE_TERMIOS_H
+<DD>if you have <termios.h>
+<DT>-DHAVE_TERMIO_H
+<DD>if you have <termio.h>; otherwise it uses <sgtty.h>
+<DT>-DBROKEN_TIOCGETWINSZ
+<DD>on SVR4 and HPUX, the get window size ioctl is broken.
+</DL>
+
+<H1><A NAME="documentation">Documentation Conventions</A></H1>
+
+There are three kinds of documentation associated with this package. Each
+has a different preferred format: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Package-internal files (README, INSTALL, TO-DO etc.)
+<LI>Manual pages.
+<LI>Everything else (i.e., narrative documentation).
+</UL>
+
+Our conventions are simple: <P>
+<OL>
+<LI><STRONG>Maintain package-internal files in plain text.</STRONG>
+ The expected viewer for them <EM>more(1)</EM> or an editor window; there's
+ no point in elaborate mark-up. <P>
+
+<LI><STRONG>Mark up manual pages in the man macros.</STRONG> These have to be viewable
+ through traditional <EM>man(1)</EM> programs. <P>
+
+<LI><STRONG>Write everything else in HTML.</STRONG>
+</OL>
+
+When in doubt, HTMLize a master and use <EM>lynx(1)</EM> to generate
+plain ASCII (as we do for the announcement document). <P>
+
+The reason for choosing HTML is that it's (a) well-adapted for on-line
+browsing through viewers that are everywhere; (b) more easily readable
+as plain text than most other mark-ups, if you don't have a viewer; and (c)
+carries enough information that you can generate a nice-looking printed
+version from it. Also, of course, it make exporting things like the
+announcement document to WWW pretty trivial.<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="bugtrack">How to Report Bugs</A></H1>
+
+The <A NAME="bugreport">reporting address for bugs</A> is
+<A HREF="mailto:ncurses@bsdi.com">ncurses@bsdi.com</A>.
+This is a majordomo list; to join, write
+to <CODE>ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com</CODE> with a message containing the line:
+<PRE>
+ subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+</PRE>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> code is maintained by a small group of
+volunteers. While we try our best to fix bugs promptly, we simply
+don't have a lot of hours to spend on elementary hand-holding. We rely
+on intelligent cooperation from our users. If you think you have
+found a bug in <CODE>ncurses</CODE>, there are some steps you can take
+before contacting us that will help get the bug fixed quickly. <P>
+
+In order to use our bug-fixing time efficiently, we put people who
+show us they've taken these steps at the head of our queue. This
+means that if you don't, you'll probably end up at the tail end and
+have to wait a while. <P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI>Develop a recipe to reproduce the bug. <P>
+
+Bugs we can reproduce are likely to be fixed very quickly, often
+within days. The most effective single thing you can do to get a
+quick fix is develop a way we can duplicate the bad behavior --
+ideally, by giving us source for a small, portable test program that
+breaks the library. (Even better is a keystroke recipe using one of
+the test programs provided with the distribution.) <P>
+
+<LI>Try to reproduce the bug on a different terminal type. <P>
+
+In our experience, most of the behaviors people report as library bugs
+are actually due to subtle problems in terminal descriptions. This is
+especially likely to be true if you're using a traditional
+asynchronous terminal or PC-based terminal emulator, rather than xterm
+or a UNIX console entry. <P>
+
+It's therefore extremely helpful if you can tell us whether or not your
+problem reproduces on other terminal types. Usually you'll have both
+a console type and xterm available; please tell us whether or not your
+bug reproduces on both. <P>
+
+If you have xterm available, it is also good to collect xterm reports for
+different window sizes. This is especially true if you normally use an
+unusual xterm window size -- a surprising number of the bugs we've seen
+are either triggered or masked by these. <P>
+
+<LI>Generate and examine a trace file for the broken behavior. <P>
+
+Recompile your program with the debugging versions of the libraries.
+Insert a <CODE>trace()</CODE> call with the argument set to <CODE>TRACE_UPDATE</CODE>.
+(See <A HREF="ncurses-intro.html#debugging">"Writing Programs with
+NCURSES"</A> for details on trace levels.)
+Reproduce your bug, then look at the trace file to see what the library
+was actually doing. <P>
+
+Another frequent cause of apparent bugs is application coding errors
+that cause the wrong things to be put on the virtual screen. Looking
+at the virtual-screen dumps in the trace file will tell you immediately if
+this is happening, and save you from the possible embarrassment of being
+told that the bug is in your code and is your problem rather than ours. <P>
+
+If the virtual-screen dumps look correct but the bug persists, it's
+possible to crank up the trace level to give more and more information
+about the library's update actions and the control sequences it issues
+to perform them. The test directory of the distribution contains a
+tool for digesting these logs to make them less tedious to wade
+through. <P>
+
+Often you'll find terminfo problems at this stage by noticing that the
+escape sequences put out for various capabilities are wrong. If not,
+you're likely to learn enough to be able to characterize any bug in
+the screen-update logic quite exactly. <P>
+
+<LI>Report details and symptoms, not just interpretations. <P>
+
+If you do the preceding two steps, it is very likely that you'll discover
+the nature of the problem yourself and be able to send us a fix. This
+will create happy feelings all around and earn you good karma for the first
+time you run into a bug you really can't characterize and fix yourself. <P>
+
+If you're still stuck, at least you'll know what to tell us. Remember, we
+need details. If you guess about what is safe to leave out, you are too
+likely to be wrong. <P>
+
+If your bug produces a bad update, include a trace file. Try to make
+the trace at the <EM>least</EM> voluminous level that pins down the
+bug. Logs that have been through tracemunch are OK, it doesn't throw
+away any information (actually they're better than un-munched ones because
+they're easier to read). <P>
+
+If your bug produces a core-dump, please include a symbolic stack trace
+generated by gdb(1) or your local equivalent. <P>
+
+Tell us about every terminal on which you've reproduced the bug -- and
+every terminal on which you can't. Ideally, sent us terminfo sources
+for all of these (yours might differ from ours). <P>
+
+Include your ncurses version and your OS/machine type, of course! You can
+find your ncurses version in the <CODE>curses.h</CODE> file.
+</OL>
+
+If your problem smells like a logic error or in cursor movement or
+scrolling or a bad capability, there are a couple of tiny test frames
+for the library algorithms in the progs directory that may help you
+isolate it. These are not part of the normal build, but do have their
+own make productions. <P>
+
+The most important of these is <CODE>mvcur</CODE>, a test frame for the
+cursor-movement optimization code. With this program, you can see
+directly what control sequences will be emitted for any given cursor
+movement or scroll/insert/delete operations. If you think you've got
+a bad capability identified, you can disable it and test again. The
+program is command-driven and has on-line help. <P>
+
+If you think the vertical-scroll optimization is broken, or just want to
+understand how it works better, build <CODE>hashmap</CODE> and read the
+header comments of <CODE>hardscroll.c</CODE> and <CODE>hashmap.c</CODE>; then try
+it out. You can also test the hardware-scrolling optimization separately
+with <CODE>hardscroll</CODE>. <P>
+
+There's one other interactive tester, <CODE>tctest</CODE>, that exercises
+translation between termcap and terminfo formats. If you have a serious
+need to run this, you probably belong on our development team! <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="ncurslib">A Tour of the Ncurses Library</A></H1>
+
+<H2><A NAME="loverview">Library Overview</A></H2>
+
+Most of the library is superstructure -- fairly trivial convenience
+interfaces to a small set of basic functions and data structures used
+to manipulate the virtual screen (in particular, none of this code
+does any I/O except through calls to more fundamental modules
+described below). The files <CODE>lib_addch.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_bkgnd.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_box.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_clear.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_clrbot.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_clreol.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_data.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_delch.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_delwin.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_erase.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_getstr.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_inchstr.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_insch.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_insdel.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_insstr.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_instr.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_isendwin.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_keyname.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_move.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_mvwin.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_overlay.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_pad.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_printw.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_scanw.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_screen.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_scroll.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_scrreg.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_set_term.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_slk.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_touch.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_unctrl.c</CODE>, and
+<CODE>lib_window.c</CODE> are all in this category. They are very
+unlikely to need change, barring bugs or some fundamental
+reorganization in the underlying data structures. <P>
+
+The <CODE>lib_trace.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_traceatr.c</CODE>, and
+<CODE>lib_tracechr.c</CODE> file are used only for debugging support.
+It is rather unlikely you will ever need to change these, unless
+you want to introduce a new debug trace level for some reasoon.<P>
+
+There is another group of files that do direct I/O via <EM>tputs()</EM>,
+computations on the terminal capabilities, or queries to the OS
+environment, but nevertheless have only fairly low complexity. These
+include: <CODE>lib_acs.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_beep.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_color.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_endwin.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_initscr.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_longname.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_newterm.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_options.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_termcap.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_ti.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_tparm.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_tputs.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_vidattr.c</CODE>,
+and <CODE>read_entry.c</CODE>. These are likely to need revision only if
+ncurses is being ported to an environment without an underlying
+terminfo capability representation. <P>
+
+The files <CODE>lib_kernel.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_baudrate.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_raw.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_tstp.c</CODE>, and <CODE>lib_twait.c</CODE> have serious hooks into
+the tty driver and signal facilities. If you run into porting snafus
+moving the package to another UNIX, the problem is likely to be in one
+of these files. The file <CODE>lib_print.c</CODE> uses sleep(2) and also
+falls in this category.<P>
+
+Almost all of the real work is done in the files
+<CODE>hashmap.c</CODE>, <CODE>hardscroll.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_addch.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_doupdate.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_mvcur.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>lib_getch.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_mouse.c</CODE>, <CODE>lib_refresh.c</CODE>,
+and <CODE>lib_setup.c</CODE>. Most of the algorithmic complexity in the
+library lives in these files. If there is a real bug in <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+itself, it's probably here. We'll tour some of these files in detail
+below (see <A HREF="#engine">The Engine Room</A>). <P>
+
+Finally, there is a group of files that is actually most of the
+terminfo compiler. The reason this code lives in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+library is to support fallback to /etc/termcap. These files include
+<CODE>alloc_entry.c</CODE>, <CODE>captoinfo.c</CODE>, <CODE>comp_captab.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>comp_error.c</CODE>, <CODE>comp_hash.c</CODE>, <CODE>comp_parse.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>comp_scan.c</CODE>, and <CODE>parse_entry.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>read_termcap.c</CODE>, and <CODE>write_entry.c</CODE>. We'll discuss these
+in the compiler tour. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="engine">The Engine Room</A></H2>
+
+<H3><A NAME="input">Keyboard Input</A></H3>
+
+All <CODE>ncurses</CODE> input funnels through the function
+<CODE>wgetch()</CODE>, defined in <CODE>lib_getch.c</CODE>. This function is
+tricky; it has to poll for keyboard and mouse events and do a running
+match of incoming input against the set of defined special keys. <P>
+
+The central data structure in this module is a FIFO queue, used to
+match multiple-character input sequences against special-key
+capabilities; also to implement pushback via <CODE>ungetch()</CODE>. <P>
+
+The <CODE>wgetch()</CODE> code distinguishes between function key
+sequences and the same sequences typed manually by doing a timed wait
+after each input character that could lead a function key sequence.
+If the entire sequence takes less than 1 second, it is assumed to have
+been generated by a function key press. <P>
+
+Hackers bruised by previous encounters with variant <CODE>select(2)</CODE>
+calls may find the code in <CODE>lib_twait.c</CODE> interesting. It deals
+with the problem that some BSD selects don't return a reliable
+time-left value. The function <CODE>timed_wait()</CODE> effectively
+simulates a System V select. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="mouse">Mouse Events</A></H3>
+
+If the mouse interface is active, <CODE>wgetch()</CODE> polls for mouse
+events each call, before it goes to the keyboard for input. It is
+up to <CODE>lib_mouse.c</CODE> how the polling is accomplished; it may vary
+for different devices. <P>
+
+Under xterm, however, mouse event notifications come in via the keyboard
+input stream. They are recognized by having the <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> capability
+as a prefix. This is kind of klugey, but trying to wire in recognition of
+a mouse key prefix without going through the function-key machinery would
+be just too painful, and this turns out to imply having the prefix somewhere
+in the function-key capabilities at terminal-type initialization. <P>
+
+This kluge only works because <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> isn't actually used by any
+historic terminal type or curses implementation we know of. Best
+guess is it's a relic of some forgotten experiment in-house at Bell
+Labs that didn't leave any traces in the publicly-distributed System V
+terminfo files. If System V or XPG4 ever gets serious about using it
+again, this kluge may have to change. <P>
+
+Here are some more details about mouse event handling: <P>
+
+The <CODE>lib_mouse()</CODE>code is logically split into a lower level that
+accepts event reports in a device-dependent format and an upper level that
+parses mouse gestures and filters events. The mediating data structure is a
+circular queue of event structures. <P>
+
+Functionally, the lower level's job is to pick up primitive events and
+put them on the circular queue. This can happen in one of two ways:
+either (a) <CODE>_nc_mouse_event()</CODE> detects a series of incoming
+mouse reports and queues them, or (b) code in <CODE>lib_getch.c</CODE> detects the
+<STRONG>kmous</STRONG> prefix in the keyboard input stream and calls _nc_mouse_inline
+to queue up a series of adjacent mouse reports. <P>
+
+In either case, <CODE>_nc_mouse_parse()</CODE> should be called after the
+series is accepted to parse the digested mouse reports (low-level
+events) into a gesture (a high-level or composite event). <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="output">Output and Screen Updating</A></H3>
+
+With the single exception of character echoes during a <CODE>wgetnstr()</CODE>
+call (which simulates cooked-mode line editing in an ncurses window),
+the library normally does all its output at refresh time. <P>
+
+The main job is to go from the current state of the screen (as represented
+in the <CODE>curscr</CODE> window structure) to the desired new state (as
+represented in the <CODE>newscr</CODE> window structure), while doing as
+little I/O as possible. <P>
+
+The brains of this operation are the modules <CODE>hashmap.c</CODE>,
+<CODE>hardscroll.c</CODE> and <CODE>lib_doupdate.c</CODE>; the latter two use
+<CODE>lib_mvcur.c</CODE>. Essentially, what happens looks like this: <P>
+
+The <CODE>hashmap.c</CODE> module tries to detect vertical motion
+changes between the real and virtual screens. This information
+is represented by the oldindex members in the newscr structure.
+These are modified by vertical-motion and clear operations, and both are
+re-initialized after each update. To this change-journalling
+information, the hashmap code adds deductions made using a modified Heckel
+algorithm on hash values generated from the line contents. <P>
+
+The <CODE>hardscroll.c</CODE> module computes an optimum set of scroll,
+insertion, and deletion operations to make the indices match. It calls
+<CODE>_nc_mvcur_scrolln()</CODE> in <CODE>lib_mvcur.c</CODE> to do those motions. <P>
+
+Then <CODE>lib_doupdate.c</CODE> goes to work. Its job is to do line-by-line
+transformations of <CODE>curscr</CODE> lines to <CODE>newscr</CODE> lines. Its main
+tool is the routine <CODE>mvcur()</CODE> in <CODE>lib_mvcur.c</CODE>. This routine
+does cursor-movement optimization, attempting to get from given screen
+location A to given location B in the fewest output characters posible. <P>
+
+If you want to work on screen optimizations, you should use the fact
+that (in the trace-enabled version of the library) enabling the
+<CODE>TRACE_TIMES</CODE> trace level causes a report to be emitted after
+each screen update giving the elapsed time and a count of characters
+emitted during the update. You can use this to tell when an update
+optimization improves efficiency. <P>
+
+In the trace-enabled version of the library, it is also possible to disable
+and re-enable various optimizations at runtime by tweaking the variable
+<CODE>_nc_optimize_enable</CODE>. See the file <CODE>include/curses.h.in</CODE>
+for mask values, near the end. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="fmnote">The Forms and Menu Libraries</A></H1>
+
+The forms and menu libraries should work reliably in any environment you
+can port ncurses to. The only portability issue anywhere in them is what
+flavor of regular expressions the built-in form field type TYPE_REGEXP
+will recognize. <P>
+
+The configuration code prefers the POSIX regex facility, modeled on
+System V's, but will settle for BSD regexps if the former isn't available. <P>
+
+Historical note: the panels code was written primarily to assist in
+porting u386mon 2.0 (comp.sources.misc v14i001-4) to systems lacking
+panels support; u386mon 2.10 and beyond use it. This version has been
+slightly cleaned up for <CODE>ncurses</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="tic">A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler</A></H1>
+
+The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation of <STRONG>tic</STRONG> is rather complex
+internally; it has to do a trying combination of missions. This starts
+with the fact that, in addition to its normal duty of compiling
+terminfo sources into loadable terminfo binaries, it has to be able to
+handle termcap syntax and compile that too into terminfo entries. <P>
+
+The implementation therefore starts with a table-driven, dual-mode
+lexical analyzer (in <CODE>comp_scan.c</CODE>). The lexer chooses its
+mode (termcap or terminfo) based on the first `,' or `:' it finds in
+each entry. The lexer does all the work of recognizing capability
+names and values; the grammar above it is trivial, just "parse entries
+till you run out of file". <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="nonuse">Translation of Non-<STRONG>use</STRONG> Capabilities</A></H2>
+
+Translation of most things besides <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities is pretty
+straightforward. The lexical analyzer's tokenizer hands each capability
+name to a hash function, which drives a table lookup. The table entry
+yields an index which is used to look up the token type in another table,
+and controls interpretation of the value. <P>
+
+One possibly interesting aspect of the implementation is the way the
+compiler tables are initialized. All the tables are generated by various
+awk/sed/sh scripts from a master table <CODE>include/Caps</CODE>; these
+scripts actually write C initializers which are linked to the compiler.
+Furthermore, the hash table is generated in the same way, so it doesn't
+have to be generated at compiler startup time (another benefit of this
+organization is that the hash table can be in shareable text space). <P>
+
+Thus, adding a new capability is usually pretty trivial, just a matter
+of adding one line to the <CODE>include/Caps</CODE> file. We'll have more
+to say about this in the section on <A HREF="#translation">Source-Form
+Translation</A>. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="uses">Use Capability Resolution</A></H2>
+
+The background problem that makes <STRONG>tic</STRONG> tricky isn't the capability
+translation itself, it's the resolution of <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities. Older
+versions would not handle forward <STRONG>use</STRONG> references for this reason
+(that is, a using terminal always had to follow its use target in the
+source file). By doing this, they got away with a simple implementation
+tactic; compile everything as it blows by, then resolve uses from compiled
+entries. <P>
+
+This won't do for <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. The problem is that that the whole
+compilation process has to be embeddable in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library
+so that it can be called by the startup code to translate termcap
+entries on the fly. The embedded version can't go promiscuously writing
+everything it translates out to disk -- for one thing, it will typically
+be running with non-root permissions. <P>
+
+So our <STRONG>tic</STRONG> is designed to parse an entire terminfo file into a
+doubly-linked circular list of entry structures in-core, and then do
+<STRONG>use</STRONG> resolution in-memory before writing everything out. This
+design has other advantages: it makes forward and back use-references
+equally easy (so we get the latter for free), and it makes checking for
+name collisions before they're written out easy to do. <P>
+
+And this is exactly how the embedded version works. But the stand-alone
+user-accessible version of <STRONG>tic</STRONG> partly reverts to the historical
+strategy; it writes to disk (not keeping in core) any entry with no
+<STRONG>use</STRONG> references. <P>
+
+This is strictly a core-economy kluge, implemented because the
+terminfo master file is large enough that some core-poor systems swap
+like crazy when you compile it all in memory...there have been reports of
+this process taking <STRONG>three hours</STRONG>, rather than the twenty seconds
+or less typical on the author's development box. <P>
+
+So. The executable <STRONG>tic</STRONG> passes the entry-parser a hook that
+<EM>immediately</EM> writes out the referenced entry if it has no use
+capabilities. The compiler main loop refrains from adding the entry
+to the in-core list when this hook fires. If some other entry later
+needs to reference an entry that got written immediately, that's OK;
+the resolution code will fetch it off disk when it can't find it in
+core. <P>
+
+Name collisions will still be detected, just not as cleanly. The
+<CODE>write_entry()</CODE> code complains before overwriting an entry that
+postdates the time of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>'s first call to
+<CODE>write_entry()</CODE>, Thus it will complain about overwriting
+entries newly made during the <STRONG>tic</STRONG> run, but not about
+overwriting ones that predate it. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="translation">Source-Form Translation</A></H2>
+
+Another use of <STRONG>tic</STRONG> is to do source translation between various termcap
+and terminfo formats. There are more variants out there than you might
+think; the ones we know about are described in the <STRONG>captoinfo(1)</STRONG>
+manual page. <P>
+
+The translation output code (<CODE>dump_entry()</CODE> in
+<CODE>ncurses/dump_entry.c</CODE>) is shared with the <STRONG>infocmp(1)</STRONG>
+utility. It takes the same internal representation used to generate
+the binary form and dumps it to standard output in a specified
+format. <P>
+
+The <CODE>include/Caps</CODE> file has a header comment describing ways you
+can specify source translations for nonstandard capabilities just by
+altering the master table. It's possible to set up capability aliasing
+or tell the compiler to plain ignore a given capability without writing
+any C code at all. <P>
+
+For circumstances where you need to do algorithmic translation, there
+are functions in <CODE>parse_entry.c</CODE> called after the parse of each
+entry that are specifically intended to encapsulate such
+translations. This, for example, is where the AIX <STRONG>box1</STRONG> capability
+get translated to an <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> string.<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="utils">Other Utilities</A></H1>
+
+The <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> utility is just a wrapper around the same
+entry-dumping code used by <STRONG>tic</STRONG> for source translation. Perhaps
+the one interesting aspect of the code is the use of a predicate
+function passed in to <CODE>dump_entry()</CODE> to control which
+capabilities are dumped. This is necessary in order to handle both
+the ordinary De-compilation case and entry difference reporting. <P>
+
+The <STRONG>tput</STRONG> and <STRONG>clear</STRONG> utilities just do an entry load
+followed by a <CODE>tputs()</CODE> of a selected capability. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="style">Style Tips for Developers</A></H1>
+
+See the TO-DO file in the top-level directory of the source distribution
+for additions that would be particularly useful. <P>
+
+The prefix <CODE>_nc_</CODE> should be used on library public functions that are
+not part of the curses API in order to prevent pollution of the
+application namespace.
+
+If you have to add to or modify the function prototypes in curses.h.in,
+read ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh first so you can avoid breaking XSI conformance.
+
+Please join the ncurses mailing list. See the INSTALL file in the
+top level of the distribution for details on the list. <P>
+
+Look for the string <CODE>FIXME</CODE> in source files to tag minor bugs
+and potential problems that could use fixing. <P>
+
+Don't try to auto-detect OS features in the main body of the C code.
+That's the job of the configuration system. <P>
+
+To hold down complexity, do make your code data-driven. Especially,
+if you can drive logic from a table filtered out of
+<CODE>include/Caps</CODE>, do it. If you find you need to augment the
+data in that file in order to generate the proper table, that's still
+preferable to ad-hoc code -- that's why the fifth field (flags) is
+there. <P>
+
+Have fun! <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="port">Porting Hints</A></H1>
+
+The following notes are intended to be a first step towards DOS and Macintosh
+ports of the ncurses libraries. <P>
+
+The following library modules are `pure curses'; they operate only on
+the curses internal structures, do all output through other curses
+calls (not including <CODE>tputs()</CODE> and <CODE>putp()</CODE>) and do not
+call any other UNIX routines such as signal(2) or the stdio library.
+Thus, they should not need to be modified for single-terminal
+ports. <P>
+
+<CODE>
+lib_addch.c
+lib_addstr.c
+lib_bkgd.c
+lib_box.c
+lib_clear.c
+lib_clrbot.c
+lib_clreol.c
+lib_delch.c
+lib_delwin.c
+lib_erase.c
+lib_inchstr.c
+lib_insch.c
+lib_insdel.c
+lib_insstr.c
+lib_keyname.c
+lib_move.c
+lib_mvwin.c
+lib_newwin.c
+lib_overlay.c
+lib_pad.c
+lib_printw.c
+lib_refresh.c
+lib_scanw.c
+lib_scroll.c
+lib_scrreg.c
+lib_set_term.c
+lib_touch.c
+lib_tparm.c
+lib_tputs.c
+lib_unctrl.c
+lib_window.c
+panel.c
+</CODE>
+<P>
+
+This module is pure curses, but calls outstr(): <P>
+
+<CODE>
+lib_getstr.c
+</CODE>
+<P>
+
+These modules are pure curses, except that they use <CODE>tputs()</CODE>
+and <CODE>putp()</CODE>: <P>
+
+<CODE>
+lib_beep.c
+lib_endwin.c
+lib_color.c
+lib_options.c
+lib_slk.c
+lib_vidattr.c
+</CODE>
+<P>
+
+This modules assist in POSIX emulation on non-POSIX systems: <P>
+<DL>
+<DT> sigaction.c
+<DD> signal calls
+</DL>
+
+The following source files will not be needed for a
+single-terminal-type port. <P>
+
+<CODE>
+captoinfo.c
+clear.c
+comp_captab.c
+comp_error.c
+comp_hash.c
+comp_main.c
+comp_parse.c
+comp_scan.c
+alloc_entry.c
+dump_entry.c
+parse_entry.c
+read_entry.c
+write_entry.c
+infocmp.c
+tput.c
+</CODE>
+<P>
+
+The following modules will use open()/read()/write()/close()/lseek() on files,
+but no other OS calls. <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> lib_screen.c
+<DD> used to read/write screen dumps
+<DT> lib_trace.c
+<DD> used to write trace data to the logfile
+</DL>
+
+Modules that would have to be modified for a port start here: <P>
+
+The following modules are `pure curses' but contain assumptions inappropriate
+for a memory-mapped port. <P>
+
+<PRE>
+lib_longname.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+ longname() -- return long name of terminal
+lib_acs.c -- assumes acs_map as a double indirection
+ init_acs() -- initialize acs map
+lib_mvcur.c -- assumes cursor moves have variable cost
+ mvcur_init() -- initialize
+ mvcur() -- do physical cursor move
+ mvcur_wrap() -- wrap
+ scrolln() -- do physical scrolling
+lib_termcap.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+ tgetent() -- load entry
+ tgetflag() -- get boolean capability
+ tgetnum() -- get numeric capability
+ tgetstr() -- get string capability
+lib_ti.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+ tigetent() -- load entry
+ tigetflag() -- get boolean capability
+ tigetnum() -- get numeric capability
+ tigetstr() -- get string capability
+
+The following modules use UNIX-specific calls:
+
+lib_doupdate.c -- input checking
+ doupdate() -- repaint real screen to match virtual
+ _nc_outch() -- put out a single character
+lib_getch.c -- read()
+ wgetch() -- get single character
+ wungetch() -- push back single character
+lib_initscr.c -- getenv()
+ initscr() -- initialize curses functions
+lib_newterm.c
+ newterm() -- set up new terminal screen
+lib_baudrate.c
+ baudrate() -- return the baudrate
+lib_kernel.c -- various tty-manipulation and system calls
+ reset_prog_mode() -- reset ccurses-raw mode
+ reset_shell_mode() -- reset cooked mode
+ erasechar() -- return the erase char
+ killchar() -- return the kill character
+ flushinp() -- flush pending input
+ savetty() -- save tty state
+ resetty() -- reset tty to state at last savetty()
+lib_raw.c -- various tty-manipulation calls
+ raw()
+ echo()
+ nl()
+ qiflush()
+ cbreak()
+ noraw()
+ noecho()
+ nonl()
+ noqiflush()
+ nocbreak()
+lib_setup.c -- various tty-manipulation calls
+ use_env()
+ setupterm()
+lib_restart.c -- various tty-manipulation calls
+ def_shell_mode()
+ def_prog_mode()
+ set_curterm()
+ del_curterm()
+lib_tstp.c -- signal-manipulation calls
+ _nc_signal_handler() -- enable/disable window-mode signal catching
+lib_twait.c -- gettimeofday(), select().
+ usleep() -- microsecond sleep
+ _nc_timed_wait() -- timed wait for input
+</PRE>
+
+The package kernel could be made smaller. <P>
+
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com></ADDRESS>
+(Note: This is <EM>not</EM> the <A HREF="#bugreports">bug address</A>!)
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# $Id: makellib,v 1.6 1997/03/02 01:28:36 tom Exp $
+# System-dependent wrapper for 'lint' that creates a lint-library via the
+# following method (XXX is the name of the library):
+# a. If the file llib-lXXX doesn't exist, create it using the make-rule
+# b. Process llib-lXXX with the system's lint utility, making
+# llib-lXXX.ln
+# c. Install llib-lXXX.ln in the lib directory.
+#
+# Using the intermediate file llib-lXXX bypasses a weakness of lint (passing
+# through warning messages from the original source-files).
+#
+# There are two drawbacks to this approach:
+# a. On a few systems, you'll have to manually-edit the llib-lXXX file
+# to get a usable lint-library (not all C-preprocessors work well).
+# b. The system's lint utility won't recognize -lXXX as a lint-library
+# (Use tdlint as a wrapper; it's designed for this).
+#
+# Parameters:
+# $1 = library name
+# $* = C-preprocessor options
+#
+ARCH=`uname -s`
+if test "x$ARCH" = "xSunOS" ; then
+ case `uname -r` in
+ 5.*) ARCH=Solaris
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+#
+DST="$HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint"
+OPT=""
+LLIB=""
+llib=""
+#
+while test $# != 0
+do
+ case $1 in
+ -L*)
+ DST="$DST `echo $1|sed -e 's/^-L//'`"
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ OPT="$OPT $1"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$LLIB"
+ then
+ LLIB=$1
+ else
+ llib=llib-l$1
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$LLIB"
+then
+ echo '? no library name specified'
+ exit 1
+elif test -z "$llib"
+then
+ llib="llib-l$LLIB"
+fi
+
+if test ! -f $llib ; then
+ if ( make $llib )
+ then
+ :
+ else
+ exit 1
+ fi
+fi
+
+rm -f $llib.ln $llib.c
+TARGET=$LLIB
+
+case "$ARCH" in
+AIX)
+ CREATE="-uvxo$LLIB -Nn4000"
+ TARGET=$llib.c
+ ln $llib $TARGET
+ ;;
+Solaris)
+ CREATE="-C$llib"
+ TARGET=$llib.c
+ ln $llib $TARGET
+ ;;
+CLIX)
+ CREATE="-DLINTLIBRARY -vxo$LLIB"
+ TARGET=$llib.c
+ ln $llib $TARGET
+ ;;
+IRIX*)
+ CREATE="-DLINTLIBRARY -vxyo$LLIB"
+ TARGET=$llib.c
+ ln $llib $TARGET
+ ;;
+UNIX_SV)
+ CREATE="-DLINTLIBRARY -vxyo$LLIB"
+ TARGET=$llib.c
+ ln $llib $TARGET
+ ;;
+*)
+ echo "Sorry. I do not know how to build a lint-library for $ARCH"
+ exit 1
+esac
+
+echo OPT "$OPT"
+echo TARGET "$TARGET"
+echo LIBNAME "$llib"
+if ( lint $CREATE $OPT $TARGET )
+then
+ if test -f $llib.ln
+ then
+ for p in $HOME/lib $HOME/lib/$ARCH $HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint
+ do
+ if test ! -d $p
+ then
+ mkdir $p
+ fi
+ done
+ for p in $DST
+ do
+ cp $llib.ln $p/
+ done
+ rm -f $llib.ln
+ fi
+fi
+if test "x$TARGET" = "x$llib.c" ; then
+ rm -f $TARGET
+fi
--- /dev/null
+
+ Writing Programs with NCURSES
+
+ by Eric S. Raymond and Zeyd M. Ben-Halim
+
+ Contents
+
+ * Introduction
+ + A Brief History of Curses
+ + Scope of This Document
+ + Terminology
+ * The Curses Library
+ + An Overview of Curses
+ o Compiling Programs using Curses
+ o Updating the Screen
+ o Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions
+ o Variables
+ + Using the Library
+ o Starting up
+ o Output
+ o Input
+ o Using Forms Characters
+ o Character Attributes and Color
+ o Mouse Interfacing
+ o Finishing Up
+ + Function Descriptions
+ o Initialization and Wrapup
+ o Causing Output to the Terminal
+ o Low-Level Capability Access
+ o Debugging
+ + Hints, Tips, and Tricks
+ o Some Notes of Caution
+ o Temporarily Leaving ncurses Mode
+ o Using ncurses under xterm
+ o Handling Multiple Terminal Screens
+ o Testing for Terminal Capabilities
+ o Tuning for Speed
+ o Special Features of ncurses
+ + Compatibility with Older Versions
+ o Refresh of Overlapping Windows
+ o Background Erase
+ + XSI Curses Conformance
+ * The Panels Library
+ + Compiling With the Panels Library
+ + Overview of Panels
+ + Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen
+ + Hiding Panels
+ + Miscellaneous Other Facilities
+ * The Menu Library
+ + Compiling with the menu Library
+ + Overview of Menus
+ + Selecting items
+ + Menu Display
+ + Menu Windows
+ + Processing Menu Input
+ + Miscellaneous Other Features
+ * The Forms Library
+ + Compiling with the forms Library
+ + Overview of Forms
+ + Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms
+ + Fetching and Changing Field Attributes
+ o Fetching Size and Location Data
+ o Changing the Field Location
+ o The Justification Attribute
+ o Field Display Attributes
+ o Field Option Bits
+ o Field Status
+ o Field User Pointer
+ + Variable-Sized Fields
+ + Field Validation
+ o TYPE_ALPHA
+ o TYPE_ALNUM
+ o TYPE_ENUM
+ o TYPE_INTEGER
+ o TYPE_NUMERIC
+ o TYPE_REGEXP
+ + Direct Field Buffer Manipulation
+ + Attributes of Forms
+ + Control of Form Display
+ + Input Processing in the Forms Driver
+ o Page Navigation Requests
+ o Inter-Field Navigation Requests
+ o Intra-Field Navigation Requests
+ o Scrolling Requests
+ o Field Editing Requests
+ o Order Requests
+ o Application Commands
+ + Field Change Hooks
+ + Field Change Commands
+ + Form Options
+ + Custom Validation Types
+ o Union Types
+ o New Field Types
+ o Validation Function Arguments
+ o Order Functions For Custom Types
+ o Avoiding Problems
+ _________________________________________________________________
+
+ Introduction
+
+ This document is an introduction to programming with curses. It is not
+ an exhaustive reference for the curses Application Programming
+ Interface (API); that role is filled by the curses manual pages.
+ Rather, it is intended to help C programmers ease into using the
+ package.
+
+ This document is aimed at C applications programmers not yet
+ specifically familiar with ncurses. If you are already an experienced
+ curses programmer, you should nevertheless read the sections on Mouse
+ Interfacing, Debugging, Compatibility with Older Versions, and Hints,
+ Tips, and Tricks. These will bring you up to speed on the special
+ features and quirks of the ncurses implementation. If you are not so
+ experienced, keep reading.
+
+ The curses package is a subroutine library for terminal-independent
+ screen-painting and input-event handling which presents a high level
+ screen model to the programmer, hiding differences between terminal
+ types and doing automatic optimization of output to change one screen
+ full of text into another. Curses uses terminfo, which is a database
+ format that can describe the capabilities of thousands of different
+ terminals.
+
+ The curses API may seem something of an archaism on UNIX desktops
+ increasingly dominated by X, Motif, and Tcl/Tk. Nevertheless, UNIX
+ still supports tty lines and X supports xterm(1); the curses API has
+ the advantage of (a) back-portability to character-cell terminals, and
+ (b) simplicity. For an application that does not require bit-mapped
+ graphics and multiple fonts, an interface implementation using curses
+ will typically be a great deal simpler and less expensive than one
+ using an X toolkit.
+
+A Brief History of Curses
+
+ Historically, the first ancestor of curses was the routines written to
+ provide screen-handling for the game rogue; these used the
+ already-existing termcap database facility for describing terminal
+ capabilities. These routines were abstracted into a documented library
+ and first released with the early BSD UNIX versions.
+
+ System III UNIX from Bell Labs featured a rewritten and much-improved
+ curses library. It introduced the terminfo format. Terminfo is based
+ on Berkeley's termcap database, but contains a number of improvements
+ and extensions. Parameterized capabilities strings were introduced,
+ making it possible to describe multiple video attributes, and colors
+ and to handle far more unusual terminals than possible with termcap.
+ In the later AT&T System V releases, curses evolved to use more
+ facilities and offer more capabilities, going far beyond BSD curses in
+ power and flexibility.
+
+Scope of This Document
+
+ This document describes ncurses, a freeware implementation of the
+ System V curses API with some clearly marked extensions. It includes
+ the following System V curses features:
+
+ * Support for multiple screen highlights (BSD curses could only
+ handle one `standout' highlight, usually reverse-video).
+ * Support for line- and box-drawing using forms characters.
+ * Recognition of function keys on input.
+ * Color support.
+ * Support for pads (windows of larger than screen size on which the
+ screen or a subwindow defines a viewport).
+
+ Also, this package makes use of the insert and delete line and
+ character features of terminals so equipped, and determines how to
+ optimally use these features with no help from the programmer. It
+ allows arbitrary combinations of video attributes to be displayed,
+ even on terminals that leave ``magic cookies'' on the screen to mark
+ changes in attributes.
+
+ The ncurses package can also capture and use event reports from a
+ mouse in some environments (notably, xterm under the X window system).
+ This document includes tips for using the mouse.
+
+ The ncurses package was originated by Pavel Curtis. The original
+ maintainer of the package is Zeyd Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com>.
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> wrote many of the new features
+ in versions after 1.8.1 and wrote most of this introduction. The
+ current primary maintainers are Thomas Dickey <dickey@clark.net> and
+ Juergen Pfeifer. <Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de>
+
+ This document also describes the panels extension library, similarly
+ modeled on the SVr4 panels facility. This library allows you to
+ associate backing store with each of a stack or deck of overlapping
+ windows, and provides operations for moving windows around in the
+ stack that change their visibility in the natural way (handling window
+ overlaps).
+
+ Finally, this document describes in detail the menus and forms
+ extension libraries, also cloned from System V, which support easy
+ construction and sequences of menus and fill-in forms. This code was
+ contributed to the project by Jürgen Pfeifer.
+
+Terminology
+
+ In this document, the following terminology is used with reasonable
+ consistency:
+
+ window
+ A data structure describing a sub-rectangle of the screen
+ (possibly the entire screen). You can write to a window as
+ though it were a miniature screen, scrolling independently of
+ other windows on the physical screen.
+
+ screens
+ A subset of windows which are as large as the terminal screen,
+ i.e., they start at the upper left hand corner and encompass
+ the lower right hand corner. One of these, stdscr, is
+ automatically provided for the programmer.
+
+ terminal screen
+ The package's idea of what the terminal display currently looks
+ like, i.e., what the user sees now. This is a special screen.
+
+ The Curses Library
+
+An Overview of Curses
+
+ Compiling Programs using Curses
+
+ In order to use the library, it is necessary to have certain types and
+ variables defined. Therefore, the programmer must have a line:
+
+ #include <curses.h>
+
+ at the top of the program source. The screen package uses the Standard
+ I/O library, so <curses.h> includes <stdio.h>. <curses.h> also
+ includes <termios.h>, <termio.h>, or <sgtty.h> depending on your
+ system. It is redundant (but harmless) for the programmer to do these
+ includes, too. In linking with curses you need to have -lncurses in
+ your LDFLAGS or on the command line. There is no need for any other
+ libraries.
+
+ Updating the Screen
+
+ In order to update the screen optimally, it is necessary for the
+ routines to know what the screen currently looks like and what the
+ programmer wants it to look like next. For this purpose, a data type
+ (structure) named WINDOW is defined which describes a window image to
+ the routines, including its starting position on the screen (the (y,
+ x) coordinates of the upper left hand corner) and its size. One of
+ these (called curscr, for current screen) is a screen image of what
+ the terminal currently looks like. Another screen (called stdscr, for
+ standard screen) is provided by default to make changes on.
+
+ A window is a purely internal representation. It is used to build and
+ store a potential image of a portion of the terminal. It doesn't bear
+ any necessary relation to what is really on the terminal screen; it's
+ more like a scratchpad or write buffer.
+
+ To make the section of physical screen corresponding to a window
+ reflect the contents of the window structure, the routine refresh()
+ (or wrefresh() if the window is not stdscr) is called.
+
+ A given physical screen section may be within the scope of any number
+ of overlapping windows. Also, changes can be made to windows in any
+ order, without regard to motion efficiency. Then, at will, the
+ programmer can effectively say ``make it look like this,'' and let the
+ package implementation determine the most efficient way to repaint the
+ screen.
+
+ Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions
+
+ As hinted above, the routines can use several windows, but two are
+ automatically given: curscr, which knows what the terminal looks like,
+ and stdscr, which is what the programmer wants the terminal to look
+ like next. The user should never actually access curscr directly.
+ Changes should be made to through the API, and then the routine
+ refresh() (or wrefresh()) called.
+
+ Many functions are defined to use stdscr as a default screen. For
+ example, to add a character to stdscr, one calls addch() with the
+ desired character as argument. To write to a different window. use the
+ routine waddch() (for `w'indow-specific addch()) is provided. This
+ convention of prepending function names with a `w' when they are to be
+ applied to specific windows is consistent. The only routines which do
+ not follow it are those for which a window must always be specified.
+
+ In order to move the current (y, x) coordinates from one point to
+ another, the routines move() and wmove() are provided. However, it is
+ often desirable to first move and then perform some I/O operation. In
+ order to avoid clumsiness, most I/O routines can be preceded by the
+ prefix 'mv' and the desired (y, x) coordinates prepended to the
+ arguments to the function. For example, the calls
+
+ move(y, x);
+ addch(ch);
+
+ can be replaced by
+ mvaddch(y, x, ch);
+
+ and
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+ waddch(win, ch);
+
+ can be replaced by
+ mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch);
+
+ Note that the window description pointer (win) comes before the added
+ (y, x) coordinates. If a function requires a window pointer, it is
+ always the first parameter passed.
+
+ Variables
+
+ The curses library sets some variables describing the terminal
+ capabilities.
+
+ type name description
+ ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ int LINES number of lines on the terminal
+ int COLS number of columns on the terminal
+
+ The curses.h also introduces some #define constants and types of
+ general usefulness:
+
+ bool
+ boolean type, actually a `char' (e.g., bool doneit;)
+
+ TRUE
+ boolean `true' flag (1).
+
+ FALSE
+ boolean `false' flag (0).
+
+ ERR
+ error flag returned by routines on a failure (-1).
+
+ OK
+ error flag returned by routines when things go right.
+
+Using the Library
+
+ Now we describe how to actually use the screen package. In it, we
+ assume all updating, reading, etc. is applied to stdscr. These
+ instructions will work on any window, providing you change the
+ function names and parameters as mentioned above.
+
+ Here is a sample program to motivate the discussion:
+
+#include <curses.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void finish(int sig);
+
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ /* initialize your non-curses data structures here */
+
+ (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */
+
+ (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */
+ keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */
+ (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */
+ (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */
+ (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */
+
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ start_color();
+
+ /*
+ * Simple color assignment, often all we need.
+ */
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
+ }
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ int c = getch(); /* refresh, accept single keystroke of input */
+
+ /* process the command keystroke */
+ }
+
+ finish(0); /* we're done */
+}
+
+static void finish(int sig)
+{
+ endwin();
+
+ /* do your non-curses wrapup here */
+
+ exit(0);
+}
+
+ Starting up
+
+ In order to use the screen package, the routines must know about
+ terminal characteristics, and the space for curscr and stdscr must be
+ allocated. These function initscr() does both these things. Since it
+ must allocate space for the windows, it can overflow memory when
+ attempting to do so. On the rare occasions this happens, initscr()
+ will terminate the program with an error message. initscr() must
+ always be called before any of the routines which affect windows are
+ used. If it is not, the program will core dump as soon as either
+ curscr or stdscr are referenced. However, it is usually best to wait
+ to call it until after you are sure you will need it, like after
+ checking for startup errors. Terminal status changing routines like
+ nl() and cbreak() should be called after initscr().
+
+ Once the screen windows have been allocated, you can set them up for
+ your program. If you want to, say, allow a screen to scroll, use
+ scrollok(). If you want the cursor to be left in place after the last
+ change, use leaveok(). If this isn't done, refresh() will move the
+ cursor to the window's current (y, x) coordinates after updating it.
+
+ You can create new windows of your own using the functions newwin(),
+ derwin(), and subwin(). The routine delwin() will allow you to get rid
+ of old windows. All the options described above can be applied to any
+ window.
+
+ Output
+
+ Now that we have set things up, we will want to actually update the
+ terminal. The basic functions used to change what will go on a window
+ are addch() and move(). addch() adds a character at the current (y, x)
+ coordinates. move() changes the current (y, x) coordinates to whatever
+ you want them to be. It returns ERR if you try to move off the window.
+ As mentioned above, you can combine the two into mvaddch() to do both
+ things at once.
+
+ The other output functions, such as addstr() and printw(), all call
+ addch() to add characters to the window.
+
+ After you have put on the window what you want there, when you want
+ the portion of the terminal covered by the window to be made to look
+ like it, you must call refresh(). In order to optimize finding
+ changes, refresh() assumes that any part of the window not changed
+ since the last refresh() of that window has not been changed on the
+ terminal, i.e., that you have not refreshed a portion of the terminal
+ with an overlapping window. If this is not the case, the routine
+ touchwin() is provided to make it look like the entire window has been
+ changed, thus making refresh() check the whole subsection of the
+ terminal for changes.
+
+ If you call wrefresh() with curscr as its argument, it will make the
+ screen look like curscr thinks it looks like. This is useful for
+ implementing a command which would redraw the screen in case it get
+ messed up.
+
+ Input
+
+ The complementary function to addch() is getch() which, if echo is
+ set, will call addch() to echo the character. Since the screen package
+ needs to know what is on the terminal at all times, if characters are
+ to be echoed, the tty must be in raw or cbreak mode. Since initially
+ the terminal has echoing enabled and is in ordinary ``cooked'' mode,
+ one or the other has to changed before calling getch(); otherwise, the
+ program's output will be unpredictable.
+
+ When you need to accept line-oriented input in a window, the functions
+ wgetstr() and friends are available. There is even a wscanw() function
+ that can do scanf()(3)-style multi-field parsing on window input.
+ These pseudo-line-oriented functions turn on echoing while they
+ execute.
+
+ The example code above uses the call keypad(stdscr, TRUE) to enable
+ support for function-key mapping. With this feature, the getch() code
+ watches the input stream for character sequences that correspond to
+ arrow and function keys. These sequences are returned as
+ pseudo-character values. The #define values returned are listed in the
+ curses.h The mapping from sequences to #define values is determined by
+ key_ capabilities in the terminal's terminfo entry.
+
+ Using Forms Characters
+
+ The addch() function (and some others, including box() and border())
+ can accept some pseudo-character arguments which are specially defined
+ by ncurses. These are #define values set up in the curses.h header;
+ see there for a complete list (look for the prefix ACS_).
+
+ The most useful of the ACS defines are the forms-drawing characters.
+ You can use these to draw boxes and simple graphs on the screen. If
+ the terminal does not have such characters, curses.h will map them to
+ a recognizable (though ugly) set of ASCII defaults.
+
+ Character Attributes and Color
+
+ The ncurses package supports screen highlights including standout,
+ reverse-video, underline, and blink. It also supports color, which is
+ treated as another kind of highlight.
+
+ Highlights are encoded, internally, as high bits of the
+ pseudo-character type (chtype) that curses.h uses to represent the
+ contents of a screen cell. See the curses.h header file for a complete
+ list of highlight mask values (look for the prefix A_).
+
+ There are two ways to make highlights. One is to logical-or the value
+ of the highlights you want into the character argument of an addch()
+ call, or any other output call that takes a chtype argument.
+
+ The other is to set the current-highlight value. This is logical-or'ed
+ with any highlight you specify the first way. You do this with the
+ functions attron(), attroff(), and attrset(); see the manual pages for
+ details. Color is a special kind of highlight. The package actually
+ thinks in terms of color pairs, combinations of foreground and
+ background colors. The sample code above sets up eight color pairs,
+ all of the guaranteed-available colors on black. Note that each color
+ pair is, in effect, given the name of its foreground color. Any other
+ range of eight non-conflicting values could have been used as the
+ first arguments of the init_pair() values.
+
+ Once you've done an init_pair() that creates color-pair N, you can use
+ COLOR_PAIR(N) as a highlight that invokes that particular color
+ combination. Note that COLOR_PAIR(N), for constant N, is itself a
+ compile-time constant and can be used in initializers.
+
+ Mouse Interfacing
+
+ The ncurses library also provides a mouse interface. Note: his
+ facility is original to ncurses, it is not part of either the XSI
+ Curses standard, nor of System V Release 4, nor BSD curses. Thus, we
+ recommend that you wrap mouse-related code in an #ifdef using the
+ feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION so it will not be compiled and
+ linked on non-ncurses systems.
+
+ Presently, mouse event reporting works only under xterm. In the
+ future, ncurses will detect the presence of gpm(1), Alessandro
+ Rubini's freeware mouse server for Linux systems, and accept mouse
+ reports through it.
+
+ The mouse interface is very simple. To activate it, you use the
+ function mousemask(), passing it as first argument a bit-mask that
+ specifies what kinds of events you want your program to be able to
+ see. It will return the bit-mask of events that actually become
+ visible, which may differ from the argument if the mouse device is not
+ capable of reporting some of the event types you specify.
+
+ Once the mouse is active, your application's command loop should watch
+ for a return value of KEY_MOUSE from wgetch(). When you see this, a
+ mouse event report has been queued. To pick it off the queue, use the
+ function getmouse() (you must do this before the next wgetch(),
+ otherwise another mouse event might come in and make the first one
+ inaccessible).
+
+ Each call to getmouse() fills a structure (the address of which you'll
+ pass it) with mouse event data. The event data includes zero-origin,
+ screen-relative character-cell coordinates of the mouse pointer. It
+ also includes an event mask. Bits in this mask will be set,
+ corresponding to the event type being reported.
+
+ The mouse structure contains two additional fields which may be
+ significant in the future as ncurses interfaces to new kinds of
+ pointing device. In addition to x and y coordinates, there is a slot
+ for a z coordinate; this might be useful with touch-screens that can
+ return a pressure or duration parameter. There is also a device ID
+ field, which could be used to distinguish between multiple pointing
+ devices.
+
+ The class of visible events may be changed at any time via
+ mousemask(). Events that can be reported include presses, releases,
+ single-, double- and triple-clicks (you can set the maximum
+ button-down time for clicks). If you don't make clicks visible, they
+ will be reported as press-release pairs. In some environments, the
+ event mask may include bits reporting the state of shift, alt, and
+ ctrl keys on the keyboard during the event.
+
+ A function to check whether a mouse event fell within a given window
+ is also supplied. You can use this to see whether a given window
+ should consider a mouse event relevant to it.
+
+ Because mouse event reporting will not be available in all
+ environments, it would be unwise to build ncurses applications that
+ require the use of a mouse. Rather, you should use the mouse as a
+ shortcut for point-and-shoot commands your application would normally
+ accept from the keyboard. Two of the test games in the ncurses
+ distribution (bs and knight) contain code that illustrates how this
+ can be done.
+
+ See the manual page curs_mouse(3X) for full details of the
+ mouse-interface functions.
+
+ Finishing Up
+
+ In order to clean up after the ncurses routines, the routine endwin()
+ is provided. It restores tty modes to what they were when initscr()
+ was first called, and moves the cursor down to the lower-left corner.
+ Thus, anytime after the call to initscr, endwin() should be called
+ before exiting.
+
+Function Descriptions
+
+ We describe the detailed behavior of some important curses functions
+ here, as a supplement to the manual page descriptions.
+
+ Initialization and Wrapup
+
+ initscr()
+ The first function called should almost always be initscr().
+ This will determine the terminal type and initialize curses
+ data structures. initscr() also arranges that the first call to
+ refresh() will clear the screen. If an error occurs a message
+ is written to standard error and the program exits. Otherwise
+ it returns a pointer to stdscr. A few functions may be called
+ before initscr (slk_init(), filter(), ripofflines(), use_env(),
+ and, if you are using multiple terminals, newterm().)
+
+ endwin()
+ Your program should always call endwin() before exiting or
+ shelling out of the program. This function will restore tty
+ modes, move the cursor to the lower left corner of the screen,
+ reset the terminal into the proper non-visual mode. Calling
+ refresh() or doupdate() after a temporary escape from the
+ program will restore the ncurses screen from before the escape.
+
+ newterm(type, ofp, ifp)
+ A program which outputs to more than one terminal should use
+ newterm() instead of initscr(). newterm() should be called once
+ for each terminal. It returns a variable of type SCREEN * which
+ should be saved as a reference to that terminal. The arguments
+ are the type of the terminal (a string) and FILE pointers for
+ the output and input of the terminal. If type is NULL then the
+ environment variable $TERM is used. endwin() should called once
+ at wrapup time for each terminal opened using this function.
+
+ set_term(new)
+ This function is used to switch to a different terminal
+ previously opened by newterm(). The screen reference for the
+ new terminal is passed as the parameter. The previous terminal
+ is returned by the function. All other calls affect only the
+ current terminal.
+
+ delscreen(sp)
+ The inverse of newterm(); deallocates the data structures
+ associated with a given SCREEN reference.
+
+ Causing Output to the Terminal
+
+ refresh() and wrefresh(win)
+ These functions must be called to actually get any output on
+ the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data
+ structures. wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical
+ terminal screen, taking into account what is already there in
+ order to do optimizations. refresh() does a refresh of
+ stdscr(). Unless leaveok() has been enabled, the physical
+ cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the window's
+ cursor.
+
+ doupdate() and wnoutrefresh(win)
+ These two functions allow multiple updates with more efficiency
+ than wrefresh. To use them, it is important to understand how
+ curses works. In addition to all the window structures, curses
+ keeps two data structures representing the terminal screen: a
+ physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+ a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to have
+ on the screen. wrefresh works by first copying the named window
+ to the virtual screen (wnoutrefresh()), and then calling the
+ routine to update the screen (doupdate()). If the programmer
+ wishes to output several windows at once, a series of calls to
+ wrefresh will result in alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and
+ doupdate(), causing several bursts of output to the screen. By
+ calling wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to
+ call doupdate() once, resulting in only one burst of output,
+ with fewer total characters transmitted (this also avoids a
+ visually annoying flicker at each update).
+
+ Low-Level Capability Access
+
+ setupterm(term, filenum, errret)
+ This routine is called to initialize a terminal's description,
+ without setting up the curses screen structures or changing the
+ tty-driver mode bits. term is the character string representing
+ the name of the terminal being used. filenum is the UNIX file
+ descriptor of the terminal to be used for output. errret is a
+ pointer to an integer, in which a success or failure indication
+ is returned. The values returned can be 1 (all is well), 0 (no
+ such terminal), or -1 (some problem locating the terminfo
+ database).
+
+ The value of term can be given as NULL, which will cause the
+ value of TERM in the environment to be used. The errret pointer
+ can also be given as NULL, meaning no error code is wanted. If
+ errret is defaulted, and something goes wrong, setupterm() will
+ print an appropriate error message and exit, rather than
+ returning. Thus, a simple program can call setupterm(0, 1, 0)
+ and not worry about initialization errors.
+
+ After the call to setupterm(), the global variable cur_term is
+ set to point to the current structure of terminal capabilities.
+ By calling setupterm() for each terminal, and saving and
+ restoring cur_term, it is possible for a program to use two or
+ more terminals at once. Setupterm() also stores the names
+ section of the terminal description in the global character
+ array ttytype[]. Subsequent calls to setupterm() will overwrite
+ this array, so you'll have to save it yourself if need be.
+
+ Debugging
+
+ NOTE: These functions are not part of the standard curses API!
+
+ trace()
+ This function can be used to explicitly set a trace level. If
+ the trace level is nonzero, execution of your program will
+ generate a file called `trace' in the current working directory
+ containing a report on the library's actions. Higher trace
+ levels enable more detailed (and verbose) reporting -- see
+ comments attached to TRACE_ defines in the curses.h file for
+ details. (It is also possible to set a trace level by assigning
+ a trace level value to the environment variable NCURSES_TRACE).
+
+ _tracef()
+ This function can be used to output your own debugging
+ information. It is only available only if you link with
+ -lncurses_g. It can be used the same way as printf(), only it
+ outputs a newline after the end of arguments. The output goes
+ to a file called trace in the current directory.
+
+ Trace logs can be difficult to interpret due to the sheer volume of
+ data dumped in them. There is a script called tracemunch included with
+ the ncurses distribution that can alleviate this problem somewhat; it
+ compacts long sequences of similar operations into more succinct
+ single-line pseudo-operations. These pseudo-ops can be distinguished
+ by the fact that they are named in capital letters.
+
+Hints, Tips, and Tricks
+
+ The ncurses manual pages are a complete reference for this library. In
+ the remainder of this document, we discuss various useful methods that
+ may not be obvious from the manual page descriptions.
+
+ Some Notes of Caution
+
+ If you find yourself thinking you need to use noraw() or nocbreak(),
+ think again and move carefully. It's probably better design to use
+ getstr() or one of its relatives to simulate cooked mode. The noraw()
+ and nocbreak() functions try to restore cooked mode, but they may end
+ up clobbering some control bits set before you started your
+ application. Also, they have always been poorly documented, and are
+ likely to hurt your application's usability with other curses
+ libraries.
+
+ Bear in mind that refresh() is a synonym for wrefresh(stdscr), and
+ don't try to mix use of stdscr with use of windows declared by
+ newwin(); a refresh() call will blow them off the screen. The right
+ way to handle this is to use subwin(), or not touch stdscr at all and
+ tile your screen with declared windows which you then wnoutrefresh()
+ somewhere in your program event loop, with a single doupdate() call to
+ trigger actual repainting.
+
+ You are much less likely to run into problems if you design your
+ screen layouts to use tiled rather than overlapping windows.
+ Historically, curses support for overlapping windows has been weak,
+ fragile, and poorly documented. The ncurses library is not yet an
+ exception to this rule.
+
+ There is a freeware panels library included in the ncurses
+ distribution that does a pretty good job of strengthening the
+ overlapping-windows facilities.
+
+ Try to avoid using the global variables LINES and COLS. Use getmaxyx()
+ on the stdscr context instead. Reason: your code may be ported to run
+ in an environment with window resizes, in which case several screens
+ could be open with different sizes.
+
+ Temporarily Leaving ncurses Mode
+
+ Sometimes you will want to write a program that spends most of its
+ time in screen mode, but occasionally returns to ordinary `cooked'
+ mode. A common reason for this is to support shell-out. This behavior
+ is simple to arrange in ncurses.
+
+ To leave ncurses mode, call endwin() as you would if you were
+ intending to terminate the program. This will take the screen back to
+ cooked mode; you can do your shell-out. When you want to return to
+ ncurses mode, simply call refresh() or doupdate(). This will repaint
+ the screen.
+
+ There is a boolean function, isendwin(), which code can use to test
+ whether ncurses screen mode is active. It returns TRUE in the interval
+ between an endwin() call and the following refresh(), FALSE otherwise.
+
+ Here is some sample code for shellout:
+ addstr("Shelling out...");
+ def_prog_mode(); /* save current tty modes */
+ endwin(); /* restore original tty modes */
+ system("sh"); /* run shell */
+ addstr("returned.\n"); /* prepare return message */
+ refresh(); /* restore save modes, repaint screen */
+
+ Using ncurses Under xterm
+
+ A resize operation in X sends SIGWINCH to the application running
+ under xterm. The ncurses library does not catch this signal, because
+ it cannot in general know how you want the screen re-painted. You will
+ have to write the SIGWINCH handler yourself.
+
+ The easiest way to code your SIGWINCH handler is to have it do an
+ endwin, followed by an refresh and a screen repaint you code yourself.
+ The refresh will pick up the new screen size from the xterm's
+ environment.
+
+ Handling Multiple Terminal Screens
+
+ The initscr() function actually calls a function named newterm() to do
+ most of its work. If you are writing a program that opens multiple
+ terminals, use newterm() directly.
+
+ For each call, you will have to specify a terminal type and a pair of
+ file pointers; each call will return a screen reference, and stdscr
+ will be set to the last one allocated. You will switch between screens
+ with the set_term call. Note that you will also have to call
+ def_shell_mode and def_prog_mode on each tty yourself.
+
+ Testing for Terminal Capabilities
+
+ Sometimes you may want to write programs that test for the presence of
+ various capabilities before deciding whether to go into ncurses mode.
+ An easy way to do this is to call setupterm(), then use the functions
+ tigetflag(), tigetnum(), and tigetstr() to do your testing.
+
+ A particularly useful case of this often comes up when you want to
+ test whether a given terminal type should be treated as `smart'
+ (cursor-addressable) or `stupid'. The right way to test this is to see
+ if the return value of tigetstr("cup") is non-NULL. Alternatively, you
+ can include the term.h file and test the value of the macro
+ cursor_address.
+
+ Tuning for Speed
+
+ Use the addchstr() family of functions for fast screen-painting of
+ text when you know the text doesn't contain any control characters.
+ Try to make attribute changes infrequent on your screens. Don't use
+ the immedok() option!
+
+ Special Features of ncurses
+
+ When running on PC-clones, ncurses has enhanced support for the IBM
+ high-half and ROM characters. The A_ALTCHARSET highlight, enables
+ display of both high-half ACS graphics and the PC ROM graphics 0-31
+ that are normally interpreted as control characters.
+
+ The wresize() function allows you to resize a window in place.
+
+Compatibility with Older Versions
+
+ Despite our best efforts, there are some differences between ncurses
+ and the (undocumented!) behavior of older curses implementations.
+ These arise from ambiguities or omissions in the documentation of the
+ API.
+
+ Refresh of Overlapping Windows
+
+ If you define two windows A and B that overlap, and then alternately
+ scribble on and refresh them, the changes made to the overlapping
+ region under historic curses versions were often not documented
+ precisely.
+
+ To understand why this is a problem, remember that screen updates are
+ calculated between two representations of the entire display. The
+ documentation says that when you refresh a window, it is first copied
+ to to the virtual screen, and then changes are calculated to update
+ the physical screen (and applied to the terminal). But "copied to" is
+ not very specific, and subtle differences in how copying works can
+ produce different behaviors in the case where two overlapping windows
+ are each being refreshed at unpredictable intervals.
+
+ What happens to the overlapping region depends on what wnoutrefresh()
+ does with its argument -- what portions of the argument window it
+ copies to the virtual screen. Some implementations do "change copy",
+ copying down only locations in the window that have changed (or been
+ marked changed with wtouchln() and friends). Some implementations do
+ "entire copy", copying all window locations to the virtual screen
+ whether or not they have changed.
+
+ The ncurses library itself has not always been consistent on this
+ score. Due to a bug, versions 1.8.7 to 1.9.8a did entire copy.
+ Versions 1.8.6 and older, and versions 1.9.9 and newer, do change
+ copy.
+
+ For most commercial curses implementations, it is not documented and
+ not known for sure (at least not to the ncurses maintainers) whether
+ they do change copy or entire copy. We know that System V release 3
+ curses has logic in it that looks like an attempt to do change copy,
+ but the surrounding logic and data representations are sufficiently
+ complex, and our knowledge sufficiently indirect, that it's hard to
+ know whether this is reliable. It is not clear what the SVr4
+ documentation and XSI standard intend. The XSI Curses standard barely
+ mentions wnoutrefresh(); the SVr4 documents seem to be describing
+ entire-copy, but it is possible with some effort and straining to read
+ them the other way.
+
+ It might therefore be unwise to rely on either behavior in programs
+ that might have to be linked with other curses implementations.
+ Instead, you can do an explicit touchwin() before the wnoutrefresh()
+ call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+
+ The really clean way to handle this is to use the panels library. If,
+ when you want a screen update, you do update_panels(), it will do all
+ the necessary wnoutrfresh() calls for whatever panel stacking order
+ you have defined. Then you can do one doupdate() and there will be a
+ single burst of physical I/O that will do all your updates.
+
+ Background Erase
+
+ If you have been using a very old versions of ncurses (1.8.7 or older)
+ you may be surprised by the behavior of the erase functions. In older
+ versions, erased areas of a window were filled with a blank modified
+ by the window's current attribute (as set by wattrset(), wattron(),
+ wattroff() and friends).
+
+ In newer versions, this is not so. Instead, the attribute of erased
+ blanks is normal unless and until it is modified by the functions
+ bkgdset() or wbkgdset().
+
+ This change in behavior conforms ncurses to System V Release 4 and the
+ XSI Curses standard.
+
+XSI Curses Conformance
+
+ The ncurses library is intended to be base-level conformant with the
+ XSI Curses standard from X/Open. Many extended-level features (in
+ fact, almost all features not directly concerned with wide characters
+ and internationalization) are also supported.
+
+ One effect of XSI conformance is the change in behavior described
+ under "Background Erase -- Compatibility with Old Versions".
+
+ Also, ncurses meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry point
+ have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be
+ prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with #undef.
+
+ The Panels Library
+
+ The ncurses library by itself provides good support for screen
+ displays in which the windows are tiled (non-overlapping). In the more
+ general case that windows may overlap, you have to use a series of
+ wnoutrefresh() calls followed by a doupdate(), and be careful about
+ the order you do the window refreshes in. It has to be bottom-upwards,
+ otherwise parts of windows that should be obscured will show through.
+
+ When your interface design is such that windows may dive deeper into
+ the visibility stack or pop to the top at runtime, the resulting
+ book-keeping can be tedious and difficult to get right. Hence the
+ panels library.
+
+ The panel library first appeared in AT&T System V. The version
+ documented here is the freeware panel code distributed with ncurses.
+
+Compiling With the Panels Library
+
+ Your panels-using modules must import the panels library declarations
+ with
+
+ #include <panel.h>
+
+ and must be linked explicitly with the panels library using an -lpanel
+ argument. Note that they must also link the ncurses library with
+ -lncurses. Many linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but
+ it is still good practice to put -lpanel first and -lncurses second.
+
+Overview of Panels
+
+ A panel object is a window that is implicitly treated as part of a
+ deck including all other panel objects. The deck has an implicit
+ bottom-to-top visibility order. The panels library includes an update
+ function (analogous to refresh()) that displays all panels in the deck
+ in the proper order to resolve overlaps. The standard window, stdscr,
+ is considered below all panels.
+
+ Details on the panels functions are available in the man pages. We'll
+ just hit the highlights here.
+
+ You create a panel from a window by calling new_panel() on a window
+ pointer. It then becomes the top of the deck. The panel's window is
+ available as the value of panel_window() called with the panel pointer
+ as argument.
+
+ You can delete a panel (removing it from the deck) with del_panel.
+ This will not deallocate the associated window; you have to do that
+ yourself. You can replace a panel's window with a different window by
+ calling replace_window. The new window may be of different size; the
+ panel code will re-compute all overlaps. This operation doesn't change
+ the panel's position in the deck.
+
+ To move a panel's window, use move_panel(). The mvwin() function on
+ the panel's window isn't sufficient because it doesn't update the
+ panels library's representation of where the windows are. This
+ operation leaves the panel's depth, contents, and size unchanged.
+
+ Two functions (top_panel(), bottom_panel()) are provided for
+ rearranging the deck. The first pops its argument window to the top of
+ the deck; the second sends it to the bottom. Either operation leaves
+ the panel's screen location, contents, and size unchanged.
+
+ The function update_panels() does all the wnoutrefresh() calls needed
+ to prepare for doupdate() (which you must call yourself, afterwards).
+
+ Typically, you will want to call update_panels() and doupdate() just
+ before accepting command input, once in each cycle of interaction with
+ the user. If you call update_panels() after each and every panel
+ write, you'll generate a lot of unnecessary refresh activity and
+ screen flicker.
+
+Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen
+
+ You shouldn't mix wnoutrefresh() or wrefresh() operations with panels
+ code; this will work only if the argument window is either in the top
+ panel or unobscured by any other panels.
+
+ The stsdcr window is a special case. It is considered below all
+ panels. Because changes to panels may obscure parts of stdscr, though,
+ you should call update_panels() before doupdate() even when you only
+ change stdscr.
+
+ Note that wgetch automatically calls wrefresh. Therefore, before
+ requesting input from a panel window, you need to be sure that the
+ panel is totally unobscured.
+
+ There is presently no way to display changes to one obscured panel
+ without repainting all panels.
+
+Hiding Panels
+
+ It's possible to remove a panel from the deck temporarily; use
+ hide_panel for this. Use show_panel() to render it visible again. The
+ predicate function panel_hidden tests whether or not a panel is
+ hidden.
+
+ The panel_update code ignores hidden panels. You cannot do top_panel()
+ or bottom_panel on a hidden panel(). Other panels operations are
+ applicable.
+
+Miscellaneous Other Facilities
+
+ It's possible to navigate the deck using the functions panel_above()
+ and panel_below. Handed a panel pointer, they return the panel above
+ or below that panel. Handed NULL, they return the bottom-most or
+ top-most panel.
+
+ Every panel has an associated user pointer, not used by the panel
+ code, to which you can attach application data. See the man page
+ documentation of set_panel_userptr() and panel_userptr for details.
+
+ The Menu Library
+
+ A menu is a screen display that assists the user to choose some subset
+ of a given set of items. The menu library is a curses extension that
+ supports easy programming of menu hierarchies with a uniform but
+ flexible interface.
+
+ The menu library first appeared in AT&T System V. The version
+ documented here is the freeware menu code distributed with ncurses.
+
+Compiling With the menu Library
+
+ Your menu-using modules must import the menu library declarations with
+
+ #include <menu.h>
+
+ and must be linked explicitly with the menus library using an -lmenu
+ argument. Note that they must also link the ncurses library with
+ -lncurses. Many linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but
+ it is still good practice to put -lmenu first and -lncurses second.
+
+Overview of Menus
+
+ The menus created by this library consist of collections of items
+ including a name string part and a description string part. To make
+ menus, you create groups of these items and connect them with menu
+ frame objects.
+
+ The menu can then by posted, that is written to an associated window.
+ Actually, each menu has two associated windows; a containing window in
+ which the programmer can scribble titles or borders, and a subwindow
+ in which the menu items proper are displayed. If this subwindow is too
+ small to display all the items, it will be a scrollable viewport on
+ the collection of items.
+
+ A menu may also be unposted (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed
+ to make the storage associated with it and its items available for
+ re-use.
+
+ The general flow of control of a menu program looks like this:
+ 1. Initialize curses.
+ 2. Create the menu items, using new_item().
+ 3. Create the menu using new_menu().
+ 4. Post the menu using menu_post().
+ 5. Refresh the screen.
+ 6. Process user requests via an input loop.
+ 7. Unpost the menu using menu_unpost().
+ 8. Free the menu, using free_menu().
+ 9. Free the items using free_item().
+ 10. Terminate curses.
+
+Selecting items
+
+ Menus may be multi-valued or (the default) single-valued (see the
+ manual page menu_opts(3x) to see how to change the default). Both
+ types always have a current item.
+
+ From a single-valued menu you can read the selected value simply by
+ looking at the current item. From a multi-valued menu, you get the
+ selected set by looping through the items applying the item_value()
+ predicate function. Your menu-processing code can use the function
+ set_item_value() to flag the items in the select set.
+
+ Menu items can be made unselectable using set_item_opts() or
+ item_opts_off() with the O_SELECTABLE argument. This is the only
+ option so far defined for menus, but it is good practice to code as
+ though other option bits might be on.
+
+Menu Display
+
+ The menu library calculates a minimum display size for your window,
+ based on the following variables:
+
+ * The number and maximum length of the menu items
+ * Whether the O_ROWMAJOR option is enabled
+ * Whether display of descriptions is enabled
+ * Whatever menu format may have been set by the programmer
+ * The length of the menu mark string used for highlighting selected
+ items
+
+ The function set_menu_format() allows you to set the maximum size of
+ the viewport or menu page that will be used to display menu items. You
+ can retrieve any format associated with a menu with menu_format(). The
+ default format is rows=16, columns=1.
+
+ The actual menu page may be smaller than the format size. This depends
+ on the item number and size and whether O_ROWMAJOR is on. This option
+ (on by default) causes menu items to be displayed in a `raster-scan'
+ pattern, so that if more than one item will fit horizontally the first
+ couple of items are side-by-side in the top row. The alternative is
+ column-major display, which tries to put the first several items in
+ the first column.
+
+ As mentioned above, a menu format not large enough to allow all items
+ to fit on-screen will result in a menu display that is vertically
+ scrollable.
+
+ You can scroll it with requests to the menu driver, which will be
+ described in the section on menu input handling.
+
+ Each menu has a mark string used to visually tag selected items; see
+ the menu_mark(3x) manual page for details. The mark string length also
+ influences the menu page size.
+
+ The function scale_menu() returns the minimum display size that the
+ menu code computes from all these factors. There are other menu
+ display attributes including a select attribute, an attribute for
+ selectable items, an attribute for unselectable items, and a pad
+ character used to separate item name text from description text. These
+ have reasonable defaults which the library allows you to change (see
+ the menu_attribs(3x) manual page.
+
+Menu Windows
+
+ Each menu has, as mentioned previously, a pair of associated windows.
+ Both these windows are painted when the menu is posted and erased when
+ the menu is unposted.
+
+ The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the menu
+ routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a border,
+ or perhaps help text with the menu and have it properly refreshed or
+ erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or subwindow is where the
+ current menu page is displayed.
+
+ By default, both windows are stdscr. You can set them with the
+ functions in menu_win(3x).
+
+ When you call menu_post(), you write the menu to its subwindow. When
+ you call menu_unpost(), you erase the subwindow, However, neither of
+ these actually modifies the screen. To do that, call wrefresh() or
+ some equivalent.
+
+Processing Menu Input
+
+ The main loop of your menu-processing code should call menu_driver()
+ repeatedly. The first argument of this routine is a menu pointer; the
+ second is a menu command code. You should write an input-fetching
+ routine that maps input characters to menu command codes, and pass its
+ output to menu_driver(). The menu command codes are fully documented
+ in menu_driver(3x).
+
+ The simplest group of command codes is REQ_NEXT_ITEM, REQ_PREV_ITEM,
+ REQ_FIRST_ITEM, REQ_LAST_ITEM, REQ_UP_ITEM, REQ_DOWN_ITEM,
+ REQ_LEFT_ITEM, REQ_RIGHT_ITEM. These change the currently selected
+ item. These requests may cause scrolling of the menu page if it only
+ partially displayed.
+
+ There are explicit requests for scrolling which also change the
+ current item (because the select location does not change, but the
+ item there does). These are REQ_SCR_DLINE, REQ_SCR_ULINE,
+ REQ_SCR_DPAGE, and REQ_SCR_UPAGE.
+
+ The REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM selects or deselects the current item. It is for
+ use in multi-valued menus; if you use it with O_ONEVALUE on, you'll
+ get an error return (E_REQUEST_DENIED).
+
+ Each menu has an associated pattern buffer. The menu_driver() logic
+ tries to accumulate printable ASCII characters passed in in that
+ buffer; when it matches a prefix of an item name, that item (or the
+ next matching item) is selected. If appending a character yields no
+ new match, that character is deleted from the pattern buffer, and
+ menu_driver() returns E_NO_MATCH.
+
+ Some requests change the pattern buffer directly: REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN,
+ REQ_BACK_PATTERN, REQ_NEXT_MATCH, REQ_PREV_MATCH. The latter two are
+ useful when pattern buffer input matches more than one item in a
+ multi-valued menu.
+
+ Each successful scroll or item navigation request clears the pattern
+ buffer. It is also possible to set the pattern buffer explicitly with
+ set_menu_pattern().
+
+ Finally, menu driver requests above the constant MAX_COMMAND are
+ considered application-specific commands. The menu_driver() code
+ ignores them and returns E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.
+
+Miscellaneous Other Features
+
+ Various menu options can affect the processing and visual appearance
+ and input processing of menus. See menu_opts(3x) for details.
+
+ It is possible to change the current item from application code; this
+ is useful if you want to write your own navigation requests. It is
+ also possible to explicitly set the top row of the menu display. See
+ mitem_current(3x). If your application needs to change the menu
+ subwindow cursor for any reason, pos_menu_cursor() will restore it to
+ the correct location for continuing menu driver processing.
+
+ It is possible to set hooks to be called at menu initialization and
+ wrapup time, and whenever the selected item changes. See
+ menu_hook(3x).
+
+ Each item, and each menu, has an associated user pointer on which you
+ can hang application data. See mitem_userptr(3x) and menu_userptr(3x).
+
+ The Forms Library
+
+ The form library is a curses extension that supports easy programming
+ of on-screen forms for data entry and program control.
+
+ The form library first appeared in AT&T System V. The version
+ documented here is the freeware form code distributed with ncurses.
+
+Compiling With the form Library
+
+ Your form-using modules must import the form library declarations with
+
+ #include <form.h>
+
+ and must be linked explicitly with the forms library using an -lform
+ argument. Note that they must also link the ncurses library with
+ -lncurses. Many linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but
+ it is still good practice to put -lform first and -lncurses second.
+
+Overview of Forms
+
+ A form is a collection of fields; each field may be either a label
+ (explanatory text) or a data-entry location. Long forms may be
+ segmented into pages; each entry to a new page clears the screen.
+
+ To make forms, you create groups of fields and connect them with form
+ frame objects; the form library makes this relatively simple.
+
+ Once defined, a form can be posted, that is written to an associated
+ window. Actually, each form has two associated windows; a containing
+ window in which the programmer can scribble titles or borders, and a
+ subwindow in which the form fields proper are displayed.
+
+ As the form user fills out the posted form, navigation and editing
+ keys support movement between fields, editing keys support modifying
+ field, and plain text adds to or changes data in a current field. The
+ form library allows you (the forms designer) to bind each navigation
+ and editing key to any keystroke accepted by curses Fields may have
+ validation conditions on them, so that they check input data for type
+ and value. The form library supplies a rich set of pre-defined field
+ types, and makes it relatively easy to define new ones.
+
+ Once its transaction is completed (or aborted), a form may be unposted
+ (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed to make the storage
+ associated with it and its items available for re-use.
+
+ The general flow of control of a form program looks like this:
+ 1. Initialize curses.
+ 2. Create the form fields, using new_field().
+ 3. Create the form using new_form().
+ 4. Post the form using form_post().
+ 5. Refresh the screen.
+ 6. Process user requests via an input loop.
+ 7. Unpost the form using form_unpost().
+ 8. Free the form, using free_form().
+ 9. Free the fields using free_field().
+ 10. Terminate curses.
+
+ Note that this looks much like a menu program; the form library
+ handles tasks which are in many ways similar, and its interface was
+ obviously designed to resemble that of the menu library wherever
+ possible.
+
+ In forms programs, however, the `process user requests' is somewhat
+ more complicated than for menus. Besides menu-like navigation
+ operations, the menu driver loop has to support field editing and data
+ validation.
+
+Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms
+
+ The basic function for creating fields is new_field():
+
+FIELD *new_field(int height, int width, /* new field size */
+ int top, int left, /* upper left corner */
+ int offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */
+ int nbuf); /* number of working buffers */
+
+ Menu items always occupy a single row, but forms fields may have
+ multiple rows. So new_field() requires you to specify a width and
+ height (the first two arguments, which mist both be greater than
+ zero).
+
+ You must also specify the location of the field's upper left corner on
+ the screen (the third and fourth arguments, which must be zero or
+ greater). Note that these coordinates are relative to the form
+ subwindow, which will coincide with stdscr by default but need not be
+ stdscr if you've done an explicit set_form_window() call.
+
+ The fifth argument allows you to specify a number of off-screen rows.
+ If this is zero, the entire field will always be displayed. If it is
+ nonzero, the form will be scrollable, with only one screen-full
+ (initially the top part) displayed at any given time. If you make a
+ field dynamic and grow it so it will no longer fit on the screen, the
+ form will become scrollable even if the offscreen argument was
+ initially zero.
+
+ The forms library allocates one working buffer per field; the size of
+ each buffer is ((height + offscreen)*width + 1, one character for each
+ position in the field plus a NUL terminator. The sixth argument is the
+ number of additional data buffers to allocate for the field; your
+ application can use them for its own purposes.
+
+FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */
+ int top, int left); /* location of new copy */
+
+ The function dup_field() duplicates an existing field at a new
+ location. Size and buffering information are copied; some attribute
+ flags and status bits are not (see the form_field_new(3X) for
+ details).
+
+FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */
+ int top, int left); /* location of new copy */
+
+ The function link_field() also duplicates an existing field at a new
+ location. The difference from dup_field() is that it arranges for the
+ new field's buffer to be shared with the old one.
+
+ Besides the obvious use in making a field editable from two different
+ form pages, linked fields give you a way to hack in dynamic labels. If
+ you declare several fields linked to an original, and then make them
+ inactive, changes from the original will still be propagated to the
+ linked fields.
+
+ As with duplicated fields, linked fields have attribute bits separate
+ from the original.
+
+ As you might guess, all these field-allocations return NULL if the
+ field allocation is not possible due to an out-of-memory error or
+ out-of-bounds arguments.
+
+ To connect fields to a form, use
+
+FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+
+ This function expects to see a NULL-terminated array of field
+ pointers. Said fields are connected to a newly-allocated form object;
+ its address is returned (or else NULL if the allocation fails).
+
+ Note that new_field() does not copy the pointer array into private
+ storage; if you modify the contents of the pointer array during forms
+ processing, all manner of bizarre things might happen. Also note that
+ any given field may only be connected to one form.
+
+ The functions free_field() and free_form are available to free field
+ and form objects. It is an error to attempt to free a field connected
+ to a form, but not vice-versa; thus, you will generally free your form
+ objects first.
+
+Fetching and Changing Field Attributes
+
+ Each form field has a number of location and size attributes
+ associated with it. There are other field attributes used to control
+ display and editing of the field. Some (for example, the O_STATIC bit)
+ involve sufficient complications to be covered in sections of their
+ own later on. We cover the functions used to get and set several basic
+ attributes here.
+
+ When a field is created, the attributes not specified by the new_field
+ function are copied from an invisible system default field. In
+ attribute-setting and -fetching functions, the argument NULL is taken
+ to mean this field. Changes to it persist as defaults until your forms
+ application terminates.
+
+ Fetching Size and Location Data
+
+ You can retrieve field sizes and locations through:
+
+int field_info(FIELD *field, /* field from which to fetch */
+ int *height, *int width, /* field size */
+ int *top, int *left, /* upper left corner */
+ int *offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */
+ int *nbuf); /* number of working buffers */
+
+ This function is a sort of inverse of new_field(); instead of setting
+ size and location attributes of a new field, it fetches them from an
+ existing one.
+
+ Changing the Field Location
+
+ If is possible to move a field's location on the screen:
+
+int move_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int top, int left); /* new upper-left corner */
+
+ You can, of course. query the current location through field_info().
+
+ The Justification Attribute
+
+ One-line fields may be unjustified, justified right, justified left,
+ or centered. Here is how you manipulate this attribute:
+
+int set_field_just(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int justmode); /* mode to set */
+
+int field_just(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */
+
+ The mode values accepted and returned by this functions are
+ preprocessor macros NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or
+ JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+ Field Display Attributes
+
+ For each field, you can set a foreground attribute for entered
+ characters, a background attribute for the entire field, and a pad
+ character for the unfilled portion of the field. You can also control
+ pagination of the form.
+
+ This group of four field attributes controls the visual appearance of
+ the field on the screen, without affecting in any way the data in the
+ field buffer.
+
+int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ chtype attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+chtype field_fore(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+int set_field_back(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ chtype attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+chtype field_back(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int pad); /* pad character to set */
+
+chtype field_pad(FIELD *field);
+
+int set_new_page(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int flag); /* TRUE to force new page */
+
+chtype new_page(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+ The attributes set and returned by the first four functions are normal
+ curses(3x) display attribute values (A_STANDOUT, A_BOLD, A_REVERSE
+ etc). The page bit of a field controls whether it is displayed at the
+ start of a new form screen.
+
+ Field Option Bits
+
+ There is also a large collection of field option bits you can set to
+ control various aspects of forms processing. You can manipulate them
+ with these functions:
+
+int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn on */
+
+int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn off */
+
+int field_opts(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+ By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits:
+
+ O_VISIBLE
+ Controls whether the field is visible on the screen. Can be
+ used during form processing to hide or pop up fields depending
+ on the value of parent fields.
+
+ O_ACTIVE
+ Controls whether the field is active during forms processing
+ (i.e. visited by form navigation keys). Can be used to make
+ labels or derived fields with buffer values alterable by the
+ forms application, not the user.
+
+ O_PUBLIC
+ Controls whether data is displayed during field entry. If this
+ option is turned off on a field, the library will accept and
+ edit data in that field, but it will not be displayed and the
+ visible field cursor will not move. You can turn off the
+ O_PUBLIC bit to define password fields.
+
+ O_EDIT
+ Controls whether the field's data can be modified. When this
+ option is off, all editing requests except REQ_PREV_CHOICE and
+ REQ_NEXT_CHOICE will fail. Such read-only fields may be useful
+ for help messages.
+
+ O_WRAP
+ Controls word-wrapping in multi-line fields. Normally, when any
+ character of a (blank-separated) word reaches the end of the
+ current line, the entire word is wrapped to the next line
+ (assuming there is one). When this option is off, the word will
+ be split across the line break.
+
+ O_BLANK
+ Controls field blanking. When this option is on, entering a
+ character at the first field position erases the entire field
+ (except for the just-entered character).
+
+ O_AUTOSKIP
+ Controls automatic skip to next field when this one fills.
+ Normally, when the forms user tries to type more data into a
+ field than will fit, the editing location jumps to next field.
+ When this option is off, the user's cursor will hang at the end
+ of the field. This option is ignored in dynamic fields that
+ have not reached their size limit.
+
+ O_NULLOK
+ Controls whether validation is applied to blank fields.
+ Normally, it is not; the user can leave a field blank without
+ invoking the usual validation check on exit. If this option is
+ off on a field, exit from it will invoke a validation check.
+
+ O_PASSOK
+ Controls whether validation occurs on every exit, or only after
+ the field is modified. Normally the latter is true. Setting
+ O_PASSOK may be useful if your field's validation function may
+ change during forms processing.
+
+ O_STATIC
+ Controls whether the field is fixed to its initial dimensions.
+ If you turn this off, the field becomes dynamic and will
+ stretch to fit entered data.
+
+ A field's options cannot be changed while the field is currently
+ selected. However, options may be changed on posted fields that are
+ not current.
+
+ The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in
+ the obvious way.
+
+Field Status
+
+ Every field has a status flag, which is set to FALSE when the field is
+ created and TRUE when the value in field buffer 0 changes. This flag
+ can be queried and set directly:
+
+int set_field_status(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int status); /* mode to set */
+
+int field_status(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */
+
+ Setting this flag under program control can be useful if you use the
+ same form repeatedly, looking for modified fields each time.
+
+ Calling field_status() on a field not currently selected for input
+ will return a correct value. Calling field_status() on a field that is
+ currently selected for input may not necessarily give a correct field
+ status value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to buffer
+ zero before the exit validation check. To guarantee that the returned
+ status value reflects reality, call field_status() either (1) in the
+ field's exit validation check routine, (2) from the field's or form's
+ initialization or termination hooks, or (3) just after a
+ REQ_VALIDATION request has been processed by the forms driver.
+
+Field User Pointer
+
+ Each field structure contains one character pointer slot that is not
+ used by the forms library. It is intended to be used by applications
+ to store private per-field data. You can manipulate it with:
+
+int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ char *userptr); /* mode to set */
+
+char *field_userptr(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */
+
+ (Properly, this user pointer field ought to have (void *) type. The
+ (char *) type is retained for System V compatibility.)
+
+ It is valid to set the user pointer of the default field (with a
+ set_field_userptr() call passed a NULL field pointer.) When a new
+ field is created, the default-field user pointer is copied to
+ initialize the new field's user pointer.
+
+Variable-Sized Fields
+
+ Normally, a field is fixed at the size specified for it at creation
+ time. If, however, you turn off its O_STATIC bit, it becomes dynamic
+ and will automatically resize itself to accommodate data as it is
+ entered. If the field has extra buffers associated with it, they will
+ grow right along with the main input buffer.
+
+ A one-line dynamic field will have a fixed height (1) but variable
+ width, scrolling horizontally to display data within the field area as
+ originally dimensioned and located. A multi-line dynamic field will
+ have a fixed width, but variable height (number of rows), scrolling
+ vertically to display data within the field area as originally
+ dimensioned and located.
+
+ Normally, a dynamic field is allowed to grow without limit. But it is
+ possible to set an upper limit on the size of a dynamic field. You do
+ it with this function:
+
+int set_max_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter (may not be NULL) */
+ int max_size); /* upper limit on field size */
+
+ If the field is one-line, max_size is taken to be a column size limit;
+ if it is multi-line, it is taken to be a line size limit. To disable
+ any limit, use an argument of zero. The growth limit can be changed
+ whether or not the O_STATIC bit is on, but has no effect until it is.
+
+ The following properties of a field change when it becomes dynamic:
+ * If there is no growth limit, there is no final position of the
+ field; therefore O_AUTOSKIP and O_NL_OVERLOAD are ignored.
+ * Field justification will be ignored (though whatever justification
+ is set up will be retained internally and can be queried).
+ * The dup_field() and link_field() calls copy dynamic-buffer sizes.
+ If the O_STATIC option is set on one of a collection of links,
+ buffer resizing will occur only when the field is edited through
+ that link.
+ * The call field_info() will retrieve the original static size of
+ the field; use dynamic_field_info() to get the actual dynamic
+ size.
+
+Field Validation
+
+ By default, a field will accept any data that will fit in its input
+ buffer. However, it is possible to attach a validation type to a
+ field. If you do this, any attempt to leave the field while it
+ contains data that doesn't match the validation type will fail. Some
+ validation types also have a character-validity check for each time a
+ character is entered in the field.
+
+ A field's validation check (if any) is not called when
+ set_field_buffer() modifies the input buffer, nor when that buffer is
+ changed through a linked field.
+
+ The form library provides a rich set of pre-defined validation types,
+ and gives you the capability to define custom ones of your own. You
+ can examine and change field validation attributes with the following
+ functions:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ FIELDTYPE *ftype, /* type to associate */
+ ...); /* additional arguments*/
+
+FIELDTYPE *field_type(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+ The validation type of a field is considered an attribute of the
+ field. As with other field attributes, Also, doing set_field_type()
+ with a NULL field default will change the system default for
+ validation of newly-created fields.
+
+ Here are the pre-defined validation types:
+
+ TYPE_ALPHA
+
+ This field type accepts alphabetic data; no blanks, no digits, no
+ special characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is
+ set up with:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_ALPHA, /* type to associate */
+ int width); /* maximum width of field */
+
+ The width argument sets a minimum width of data. Typically you'll want
+ to set this to the field width; if it's greater than the field width,
+ the validation check will always fail. A minimum width of zero makes
+ field completion optional.
+
+ TYPE_ALNUM
+
+ This field type accepts alphabetic data and digits; no blanks, no
+ special characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is
+ set up with:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_ALNUM, /* type to associate */
+ int width); /* maximum width of field */
+
+ The width argument sets a minimum width of data. As with TYPE_ALPHA,
+ typically you'll want to set this to the field width; if it's greater
+ than the field width, the validation check will always fail. A minimum
+ width of zero makes field completion optional.
+
+ TYPE_ENUM
+
+ This type allows you to restrict a field's values to be among a
+ specified set of string values (for example, the two-letter postal
+ codes for U.S. states). It is set up with:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_ENUM, /* type to associate */
+ char **valuelist; /* list of possible values */
+ int checkcase; /* case-sensitive? */
+ int checkunique); /* must specify uniquely? */
+
+ The valuelist parameter must point at a NULL-terminated list of valid
+ strings. The checkcase argument, if true, makes comparison with the
+ string case-sensitive.
+
+ When the user exits a TYPE_ENUM field, the validation procedure tries
+ to complete the data in the buffer to a valid entry. If a complete
+ choice string has been entered, it is of course valid. But it is also
+ possible to enter a prefix of a valid string and have it completed for
+ you.
+
+ By default, if you enter such a prefix and it matches more than one
+ value in the string list, the prefix will be completed to the first
+ matching value. But the checkunique argument, if true, requires prefix
+ matches to be unique in order to be valid.
+
+ The REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and REQ_PREV_CHOICE input requests can be
+ particularly useful with these fields.
+
+ TYPE_INTEGER
+
+ This field type accepts an integer. It is set up as follows:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_INTEGER, /* type to associate */
+ int padding, /* # places to zero-pad to */
+ int vmin, int vmax); /* valid range */
+
+ Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits. The
+ range check is performed on exit. If the range maximum is less than or
+ equal to the minimum, the range is ignored.
+
+ If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many leading
+ zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument.
+
+ A TYPE_INTEGER value buffer can conveniently be interpreted with the C
+ library function atoi(3).
+
+ TYPE_NUMERIC
+
+ This field type accepts a decimal number. It is set up as follows:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_NUMERIC, /* type to associate */
+ int padding, /* # places of precision */
+ double vmin, double vmax); /* valid range */
+
+ Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits.
+ possibly including a decimal point. If your system supports locale's,
+ the decimal point character used must be the one defined by your
+ locale. The range check is performed on exit. If the range maximum is
+ less than or equal to the minimum, the range is ignored.
+
+ If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many
+ trailing zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument.
+
+ A TYPE_NUMERIC value buffer can conveniently be interpreted with the C
+ library function atof(3).
+
+ TYPE_REGEXP
+
+ This field type accepts data matching a regular expression. It is set
+ up as follows:
+
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_REGEXP, /* type to associate */
+ char *regexp); /* expression to match */
+
+ The syntax for regular expressions is that of regcomp(3). The check
+ for regular-expression match is performed on exit.
+
+Direct Field Buffer Manipulation
+
+ The chief attribute of a field is its buffer contents. When a form has
+ been completed, your application usually needs to know the state of
+ each field buffer. You can find this out with:
+
+char *field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to query */
+ int bufindex); /* number of buffer to query */
+
+ Normally, the state of the zero-numbered buffer for each field is set
+ by the user's editing actions on that field. It's sometimes useful to
+ be able to set the value of the zero-numbered (or some other) buffer
+ from your application:
+
+int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int bufindex, /* number of buffer to alter */
+ char *value); /* string value to set */
+
+ If the field is not large enough and cannot be resized to a
+ sufficiently large size to contain the specified value, the value will
+ be truncated to fit.
+
+ Calling field_buffer() with a null field pointer will raise an error.
+ Calling field_buffer() on a field not currently selected for input
+ will return a correct value. Calling field_buffer() on a field that is
+ currently selected for input may not necessarily give a correct field
+ buffer value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to buffer
+ zero before the exit validation check. To guarantee that the returned
+ buffer value reflects on-screen reality, call field_buffer() either
+ (1) in the field's exit validation check routine, (2) from the field's
+ or form's initialization or termination hooks, or (3) just after a
+ REQ_VALIDATION request has been processed by the forms driver.
+
+Attributes of Forms
+
+ As with field attributes, form attributes inherit a default from a
+ system default form structure. These defaults can be queried or set by
+ of these functions using a form-pointer argument of NULL.
+
+ The principal attribute of a form is its field list. You can query and
+ change this list with:
+
+int set_form_fields(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ FIELD **fields); /* fields to connect */
+
+char *form_fields(FORM *form); /* fetch fields of form */
+
+int field_count(FORM *form); /* count connect fields */
+
+ The second argument of set_form_fields() may be a NULL-terminated
+ field pointer array like the one required by new_form(). In that case,
+ the old fields of the form are disconnected but not freed (and
+ eligible to be connected to other forms), then the new fields are
+ connected.
+
+ It may also be null, in which case the old fields are disconnected
+ (and not freed) but no new ones are connected.
+
+ The field_count() function simply counts the number of fields
+ connected to a given from. It returns -1 if the form-pointer argument
+ is NULL.
+
+Control of Form Display
+
+ In the overview section, you saw that to display a form you normally
+ start by defining its size (and fields), posting it, and refreshing
+ the screen. There is an hidden step before posting, which is the
+ association of the form with a frame window (actually, a pair of
+ windows) within which it will be displayed. By default, the forms
+ library associates every form with the full-screen window stdscr.
+
+ By making this step explicit, you can associate a form with a declared
+ frame window on your screen display. This can be useful if you want to
+ adapt the form display to different screen sizes, dynamically tile
+ forms on the screen, or use a form as part of an interface layout
+ managed by panels.
+
+ The two windows associated with each form have the same functions as
+ their analogues in the menu library. Both these windows are painted
+ when the form is posted and erased when the form is unposted.
+
+ The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the form
+ routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a border,
+ or perhaps help text with the form and have it properly refreshed or
+ erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or subwindow is where the
+ current form page is actually displayed.
+
+ In order to declare your own frame window for a form, you'll need to
+ know the size of the form's bounding rectangle. You can get this
+ information with:
+
+int scale_form(FORM *form, /* form to query */
+ int *rows, /* form rows */
+ int *cols); /* form cols */
+
+ The form dimensions are passed back in the locations pointed to by the
+ arguments. Once you have this information, you can use it to declare
+ of windows, then use one of these functions:
+
+int set_form_win(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ WINDOW *win); /* frame window to connect */
+
+WINDOW *form_win(FORM *form); /* fetch frame window of form */
+
+int set_form_sub(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ WINDOW *win); /* form subwindow to connect */
+
+WINDOW *form_sub(FORM *form); /* fetch form subwindow of form */
+
+ Note that curses operations, including refresh(), on the form, should
+ be done on the frame window, not the form subwindow.
+
+ It is possible to check from your application whether all of a
+ scrollable field is actually displayed within the menu subwindow. Use
+ these functions:
+
+int data_ahead(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */
+
+int data_behind(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */
+
+ The function data_ahead() returns TRUE if (a) the current field is
+ one-line and has undisplayed data off to the right, (b) the current
+ field is multi-line and there is data off-screen below it.
+
+ The function data_behind() returns TRUE if the first (upper left hand)
+ character position is off-screen (not being displayed).
+
+ Finally, there is a function to restore the form window's cursor to
+ the value expected by the forms driver:
+
+int pos_form_cursor(FORM *) /* form to be queried */
+
+ If your application changes the form window cursor, call this function
+ before handing control back to the forms driver in order to
+ re-synchronize it.
+
+Input Processing in the Forms Driver
+
+ The function form_driver() handles virtualized input requests for form
+ navigation, editing, and validation requests, just as menu_driver does
+ for menus (see the section on menu input handling).
+
+int form_driver(FORM *form, /* form to pass input to */
+ int request); /* form request code */
+
+ Your input virtualization function needs to take input and then
+ convert it to either an alphanumeric character (which is treated as
+ data to be entered in the currently-selected field), or a forms
+ processing request.
+
+ The forms driver provides hooks (through input-validation and
+ field-termination functions) with which your application code can
+ check that the input taken by the driver matched what was expected.
+
+ Page Navigation Requests
+
+ These requests cause page-level moves through the form, triggering
+ display of a new form screen.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+ Move to the next form page.
+
+ REQ_PREV_PAGE
+ Move to the previous form page.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+ Move to the first form page.
+
+ REQ_LAST_PAGE
+ Move to the last form page.
+
+ These requests treat the list as cyclic; that is, REQ_NEXT_PAGE from
+ the last page goes to the first, and REQ_PREV_PAGE from the first page
+ goes to the last.
+
+ Inter-Field Navigation Requests
+
+ These requests handle navigation between fields on the same page.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+ Move to next field.
+
+ REQ_PREV_FIELD
+ Move to previous field.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+ Move to the first field.
+
+ REQ_LAST_FIELD
+ Move to the last field.
+
+ REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+ Move to sorted next field.
+
+ REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+ Move to sorted previous field.
+
+ REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted first field.
+
+ REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted last field.
+
+ REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+ Move left to field.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_FIELD
+ Move right to field.
+
+ REQ_UP_FIELD
+ Move up to field.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+ Move down to field.
+
+ These requests treat the list of fields on a page as cyclic; that is,
+ REQ_NEXT_FIELD from the last field goes to the first, and
+ REQ_PREV_FIELD from the first field goes to the last. The order of the
+ fields for these (and the REQ_FIRST_FIELD and REQ_LAST_FIELD requests)
+ is simply the order of the field pointers in the form array (as set up
+ by new_form() or set_form_fields()
+
+ It is also possible to traverse the fields as if they had been sorted
+ in screen-position order, so the sequence goes left-to-right and
+ top-to-bottom. To do this, use the second group of four
+ sorted-movement requests.
+
+ Finally, it is possible to move between fields using visual directions
+ up, down, right, and left. To accomplish this, use the third group of
+ four requests. Note, however, that the position of a form for purposes
+ of these requests is its upper-left corner.
+
+ For example, suppose you have a multi-line field B, and two
+ single-line fields A and C on the same line with B, with A to the left
+ of B and C to the right of B. A REQ_MOVE_RIGHT from A will go to B
+ only if A, B, and C all share the same first line; otherwise it will
+ skip over B to C.
+
+ Intra-Field Navigation Requests
+
+ These requests drive movement of the edit cursor within the currently
+ selected field.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+ Move to next character.
+
+ REQ_PREV_CHAR
+ Move to previous character.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_LINE
+ Move to next line.
+
+ REQ_PREV_LINE
+ Move to previous line.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_WORD
+ Move to next word.
+
+ REQ_PREV_WORD
+ Move to previous word.
+
+ REQ_BEG_FIELD
+ Move to beginning of field.
+
+ REQ_END_FIELD
+ Move to end of field.
+
+ REQ_BEG_LINE
+ Move to beginning of line.
+
+ REQ_END_LINE
+ Move to end of line.
+
+ REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+ Move left in field.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+ Move right in field.
+
+ REQ_UP_CHAR
+ Move up in field.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+ Move down in field.
+
+ Each word is separated from the previous and next characters by
+ whitespace. The commands to move to beginning and end of line or field
+ look for the first or last non-pad character in their ranges.
+
+ Scrolling Requests
+
+ Fields that are dynamic and have grown and fields explicitly created
+ with offscreen rows are scrollable. One-line fields scroll
+ horizontally; multi-line fields scroll vertically. Most scrolling is
+ triggered by editing and intra-field movement (the library scrolls the
+ field to keep the cursor visible). It is possible to explicitly
+ request scrolling with the following requests:
+
+ REQ_SCR_FLINE
+ Scroll vertically forward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BLINE
+ Scroll vertically backward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+ Scroll vertically forward a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+ Scroll vertically backward a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+ Scroll vertically forward half a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+ Scroll vertically backward half a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FCHAR
+ Scroll horizontally forward a character.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+ Scroll horizontally backward a character.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+ Scroll horizontally one field width forward.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+ Scroll horizontally one field width backward.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+ Scroll horizontally one half field width forward.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+ Scroll horizontally one half field width backward.
+
+ For scrolling purposes, a page of a field is the height of its visible
+ part.
+
+ Editing Requests
+
+ When you pass the forms driver an ASCII character, it is treated as a
+ request to add the character to the field's data buffer. Whether this
+ is an insertion or a replacement depends on the field's edit mode
+ (insertion is the default.
+
+ The following requests support editing the field and changing the edit
+ mode:
+
+ REQ_INS_MODE
+ Set insertion mode.
+
+ REQ_OVL_MODE
+ Set overlay mode.
+
+ REQ_NEW_LINE
+ New line request (see below for explanation).
+
+ REQ_INS_CHAR
+ Insert space at character location.
+
+ REQ_INS_LINE
+ Insert blank line at character location.
+
+ REQ_DEL_CHAR
+ Delete character at cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_PREV
+ Delete previous word at cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_LINE
+ Delete line at cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_WORD
+ Delete word at cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_EOL
+ Clear to end of line.
+
+ REQ_CLR_EOF
+ Clear to end of field.
+
+ REQ_CLEAR_FIELD
+ Clear entire field.
+
+ The behavior of the REQ_NEW_LINE and REQ_DEL_PREV requests is
+ complicated and partly controlled by a pair of forms options. The
+ special cases are triggered when the cursor is at the beginning of a
+ field, or on the last line of the field.
+
+ First, we consider REQ_NEW_LINE:
+
+ The normal behavior of REQ_NEW_LINE in insert mode is to break the
+ current line at the position of the edit cursor, inserting the portion
+ of the current line after the cursor as a new line following the
+ current and moving the cursor to the beginning of that new line (you
+ may think of this as inserting a newline in the field buffer).
+
+ The normal behavior of REQ_NEW_LINE in overlay mode is to clear the
+ current line from the position of the edit cursor to end of line. The
+ cursor is then moved to the beginning of the next line.
+
+ However, REQ_NEW_LINE at the beginning of a field, or on the last line
+ of a field, instead does a REQ_NEXT_FIELD. O_NL_OVERLOAD option is
+ off, this special action is disabled.
+
+ Now, let us consider REQ_DEL_PREV:
+
+ The normal behavior of REQ_DEL_PREV is to delete the previous
+ character. If insert mode is on, and the cursor is at the start of a
+ line, and the text on that line will fit on the previous one, it
+ instead appends the contents of the current line to the previous one
+ and deletes the current line (you may think of this as deleting a
+ newline from the field buffer).
+
+ However, REQ_DEL_PREV at the beginning of a field is instead treated
+ as a REQ_PREV_FIELD.
+
+ If the O_BS_OVERLOAD option is off, this special action is disabled
+ and the forms driver just returns E_REQUEST_DENIED.
+
+ See Form Options for discussion of how to set and clear the overload
+ options.
+
+ Order Requests
+
+ If the type of your field is ordered, and has associated functions for
+ getting the next and previous values of the type from a given value,
+ there are requests that can fetch that value into the field buffer:
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+ Place the successor value of the current value in the buffer.
+
+ REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+ Place the predecessor value of the current value in the buffer.
+
+ Of the built-in field types, only TYPE_ENUM has built-in successor and
+ predecessor functions. When you define a field type of your own (see
+ Custom Validation Types), you can associate our own ordering
+ functions.
+
+ Application Commands
+
+ Form requests are represented as integers above the curses value
+ greater than KEY_MAX and less than or equal to the constant
+ MAX_COMMAND. If your input-virtualization routine returns a value
+ above MAX_COMMAND, the forms driver will ignore it.
+
+Field Change Hooks
+
+ It is possible to set function hooks to be executed whenever the
+ current field or form changes. Here are the functions that support
+ this:
+
+typedef void (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */
+
+int set_form_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */
+
+HOOK form_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int set_form_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* termination hook */
+
+HOOK form_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int set_field_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */
+
+HOOK field_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int set_field_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* termination hook */
+
+HOOK field_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+ These functions allow you to either set or query four different hooks.
+ In each of the set functions, the second argument should be the
+ address of a hook function. These functions differ only in the timing
+ of the hook call.
+
+ form_init
+ This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after
+ each page change operation.
+
+ field_init
+ This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after
+ each field change
+
+ field_term
+ This hook is called just after field validation; that is, just
+ before the field is altered. It is also called when the form is
+ unposted.
+
+ form_term
+ This hook is called when the form is unposted; also, just
+ before each page change operation.
+
+ Calls to these hooks may be triggered
+ 1. When user editing requests are processed by the forms driver
+ 2. When the current page is changed by set_current_field() call
+ 3. When the current field is changed by a set_form_page() call
+
+ See Field Change Commands for discussion of the latter two cases.
+
+ You can set a default hook for all fields by passing one of the set
+ functions a NULL first argument.
+
+ You can disable any of these hooks by (re)setting them to NULL, the
+ default value.
+
+Field Change Commands
+
+ Normally, navigation through the form will be driven by the user's
+ input requests. But sometimes it is useful to be able to move the
+ focus for editing and viewing under control of your application, or
+ ask which field it currently is in. The following functions help you
+ accomplish this:
+
+int set_current_field(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ FIELD *field); /* field to shift to */
+
+FIELD *current_field(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int field_index(FORM *form, /* form to query */
+ FIELD *field); /* field to get index of */
+
+ The function field_index() returns the index of the given field in the
+ given form's field array (the array passed to new_form() or
+ set_form_fields()).
+
+ The initial current field of a form is the first active field on the
+ first page. The function set_form_fields() resets this.
+
+ It is also possible to move around by pages.
+
+int set_form_page(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int page); /* page to go to (0-origin) */
+
+int form_page(FORM *form); /* return form's current page */
+
+ The initial page of a newly-created form is 0. The function
+ set_form_fields() resets this.
+
+Form Options
+
+ Like fields, forms may have control option bits. They can be changed
+ or queried with these functions:
+
+int set_form_opts(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+int form_opts_on(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn on */
+
+int form_opts_off(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn off */
+
+int form_opts(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+ By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits:
+
+ O_NL_OVERLOAD
+ Enable overloading of REQ_NEW_LINE as described in Editing
+ Requests. The value of this option is ignored on dynamic fields
+ that have not reached their size limit; these have no last
+ line, so the circumstances for triggering a REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+ never arise.
+
+ O_BS_OVERLOAD
+ Enable overloading of REQ_DEL_PREV as described in Editing
+ Requests.
+
+ The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in
+ the obvious way.
+
+Custom Validation Types
+
+ The form library gives you the capability to define custom validation
+ types of your own. Further, the optional additional arguments of
+ set_field_type effectively allow you to parameterize validation types.
+ Most of the complications in the validation-type interface have to do
+ with the handling of the additional arguments within custom validation
+ functions.
+
+ Union Types
+
+ The simplest way to create a custom data type is to compose it from
+ two preexisting ones:
+
+FIELD *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+ FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+ This function creates a field type that will accept any of the values
+ legal for either of its argument field types (which may be either
+ predefined or programmer-defined). If a set_field_type() call later
+ requires arguments, the new composite type expects all arguments for
+ the first type, than all arguments for the second. Order functions
+ (see Order Requests) associated with the component types will work on
+ the composite; what it does is check the validation function for the
+ first type, then for the second, to figure what type the buffer
+ contents should be treated as.
+
+ New Field Types
+
+ To create a field type from scratch, you need to specify one or both
+ of the following things:
+
+ * A character-validation function, to check each character as it is
+ entered.
+ * A field-validation function to be applied on exit from the field.
+
+ Here's how you do that:
+
+typedef int (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */
+
+FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(HOOK f_validate, /* field validator */
+ HOOK c_validate) /* character validator */
+
+
+int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *ftype); /* type to free */
+
+ At least one of the arguments of new_fieldtype() must be non-NULL. The
+ forms driver will automatically call the new type's validation
+ functions at appropriate points in processing a field of the new type.
+
+ The function free_fieldtype() deallocates the argument fieldtype,
+ freeing all storage associated with it.
+
+ Normally, a field validator is called when the user attempts to leave
+ the field. Its first argument is a field pointer, from which it can
+ get to field buffer 0 and test it. If the function returns TRUE, the
+ operation succeeds; if it returns FALSE, the edit cursor stays in the
+ field.
+
+ A character validator gets the character passed in as a first
+ argument. It too should return TRUE if the character is valid, FALSE
+ otherwise.
+
+ Validation Function Arguments
+
+ Your field- and character- validation functions will be passed a
+ second argument as well. This second argument is the address of a
+ structure (which we'll call a pile) built from any of the
+ field-type-specific arguments passed to set_field_type(). If no such
+ arguments are defined for the field type, this pile pointer argument
+ will be NULL.
+
+ In order to arrange for such arguments to be passed to your validation
+ functions, you must associate a small set of storage-management
+ functions with the type. The forms driver will use these to synthesize
+ a pile from the trailing arguments of each set_field_type() argument,
+ and a pointer to the pile will be passed to the validation functions.
+
+ Here is how you make the association:
+
+typedef char *(*PTRHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning (char *) */
+typedef void (*VOIDHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */
+
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */
+ PTRHOOK make_str, /* make structure from args */
+ PTRHOOK copy_str, /* make copy of structure */
+ VOIDHOOK free_str); /* free structure storage */
+
+ Here is how the storage-management hooks are used:
+
+ make_str
+ This function is called by set_field_type(). It gets one
+ argument, a va_list of the type-specific arguments passed to
+ set_field_type(). It is expected to return a pile pointer to a
+ data structure that encapsulates those arguments.
+
+ copy_str
+ This function is called by form library functions that allocate
+ new field instances. It is expected to take a pile pointer,
+ copy the pile to allocated storage, and return the address of
+ the pile copy.
+
+ free_str
+ This function is called by field- and type-deallocation
+ routines in the library. It takes a pile pointer argument, and
+ is expected to free the storage of that pile.
+
+ The make_str and copy_str functions may return NULL to signal
+ allocation failure. The library routines will that call them will
+ return error indication when this happens. Thus, your validation
+ functions should never see a NULL file pointer and need not check
+ specially for it.
+
+ Order Functions For Custom Types
+
+ Some custom field types are simply ordered in the same well-defined
+ way that TYPE_ENUM is. For such types, it is possible to define
+ successor and predecessor functions to support the REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and
+ REQ_PREV_CHOICE requests. Here's how:
+
+typedef int (*INTHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */
+
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */
+ INTHOOK succ, /* get successor value */
+ INTHOOK pred); /* get predecessor value */
+
+ The successor and predecessor arguments will each be passed two
+ arguments; a field pointer, and a pile pointer (as for the validation
+ functions). They are expected to use the function field_buffer() to
+ read the current value, and set_field_buffer() on buffer 0 to set the
+ next or previous value. Either hook may return TRUE to indicate
+ success (a legal next or previous value was set) or FALSE to indicate
+ failure.
+
+ Avoiding Problems
+
+ The interface for defining custom types is complicated and tricky.
+ Rather than attempting to create a custom type entirely from scratch,
+ you should start by studying the library source code for whichever of
+ the pre-defined types seems to be closest to what you want.
+
+ Use that code as a model, and evolve it towards what you really want.
+ You will avoid many problems and annoyances that way. The code in the
+ ncurses library has been specifically exempted from the package
+ copyright to support this.
+
+ If your custom type defines order functions, have do something
+ intuitive with a blank field. A useful convention is to make the
+ successor of a blank field the types minimum value, and its
+ predecessor the maximum.
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ $Id: ncurses-intro.html,v 1.20 1997/04/26 20:00:29 tom Exp $
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Writing Programs with NCURSES</TITLE>
+<link rev="made" href="mailto:dickey@clark.net">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>Writing Programs with NCURSES</H1>
+
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+by Eric S. Raymond and Zeyd M. Ben-Halim<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<H1>Contents</H1>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#introduction">Introduction</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#history">A Brief History of Curses</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#scope">Scope of This Document</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#terminology">Terminology</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#curses">The Curses Library</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#overview">An Overview of Curses</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#compiling">Compiling Programs using Curses</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#updating">Updating the Screen</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#stdscr">Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#variables">Variables</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#using">Using the Library</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#starting">Starting up</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#output">Output</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#input">Input</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#formschars">Using Forms Characters</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#attributes">Character Attributes and Color</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#mouse">Mouse Interfacing</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#finishing">Finishing Up</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#functions">Function Descriptions</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#init">Initialization and Wrapup</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#flush">Causing Output to the Terminal</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#lowlevel">Low-Level Capability Access</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#debugging">Debugging</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#hints">Hints, Tips, and Tricks</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#caution">Some Notes of Caution</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#leaving">Temporarily Leaving ncurses Mode</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#xterm">Using <CODE>ncurses</CODE> under <CODE>xterm</CODE></A>
+<LI><A HREF="#screens">Handling Multiple Terminal Screens</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#testing">Testing for Terminal Capabilities</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#tuning">Tuning for Speed</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#special">Special Features of <CODE>ncurses</CODE></A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#compat">Compatibility with Older Versions</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#refbug">Refresh of Overlapping Windows</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#backbug">Background Erase</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#xsifuncs">XSI Curses Conformance</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#panels">The Panels Library</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#pcompile">Compiling With the Panels Library</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#poverview">Overview of Panels</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#pstdscr">Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#hiding">Hiding Panels</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#pmisc">Miscellaneous Other Facilities</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#menu">The Menu Library</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#mcompile">Compiling with the menu Library</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#moverview">Overview of Menus</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#mselect">Selecting items</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#mdisplay">Menu Display</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#mwindows">Menu Windows</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#minput">Processing Menu Input</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#mmisc">Miscellaneous Other Features</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#form">The Forms Library</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fcompile">Compiling with the forms Library</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#foverview">Overview of Forms</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fcreate">Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fattributes">Fetching and Changing Field Attributes</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fsizes">Fetching Size and Location Data</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#flocation">Changing the Field Location</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fjust">The Justification Attribute</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fdispatts">Field Display Attributes</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#foptions">Field Option Bits</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fstatus">Field Status</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fuser">Field User Pointer</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fdynamic">Variable-Sized Fields</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fvalidation">Field Validation</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#ftype_alpha">TYPE_ALPHA</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ftype_alnum">TYPE_ALNUM</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ftype_enum">TYPE_ENUM</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ftype_integer">TYPE_INTEGER</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ftype_numeric">TYPE_NUMERIC</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ftype_regexp">TYPE_REGEXP</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fbuffer">Direct Field Buffer Manipulation</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#formattrs">Attributes of Forms</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fdisplay">Control of Form Display</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fdriver">Input Processing in the Forms Driver</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fpage">Page Navigation Requests</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ffield">Inter-Field Navigation Requests</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fifield">Intra-Field Navigation Requests</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fscroll">Scrolling Requests</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fedit">Field Editing Requests</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#forder">Order Requests</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fappcmds">Application Commands</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#fhooks">Field Change Hooks</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#ffocus">Field Change Commands</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#frmoptions">Form Options</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fcustom">Custom Validation Types</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#flinktypes">Union Types</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fnewtypes">New Field Types</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fcheckargs">Validation Function Arguments</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fcustorder">Order Functions For Custom Types</A>
+<LI><A HREF="#fcustprobs">Avoiding Problems</A>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+</UL>
+
+<HR>
+<H1><A NAME="introduction">Introduction</A></H1>
+
+This document is an introduction to programming with <CODE>curses</CODE>. It is
+not an exhaustive reference for the curses Application Programming Interface
+(API); that role is filled by the <CODE>curses</CODE> manual pages. Rather, it
+is intended to help C programmers ease into using the package. <P>
+
+This document is aimed at C applications programmers not yet specifically
+familiar with ncurses. If you are already an experienced <CODE>curses</CODE>
+programmer, you should nevertheless read the sections on
+<A HREF="#mouse">Mouse Interfacing</A>, <A HREF="#debugging">Debugging</A>,
+<A HREF="compat">Compatibility with Older Versions</A>,
+and <A HREF="#hints">Hints, Tips, and Tricks</A>. These will bring you up
+to speed on the special features and quirks of the <CODE>ncurses</CODE>
+implementation. If you are not so experienced, keep reading. <P>
+
+The <CODE>curses</CODE> package is a subroutine library for
+terminal-independent screen-painting and input-event handling which
+presents a high level screen model to the programmer, hiding differences
+between terminal types and doing automatic optimization of output to change
+one screen full of text into another. <CODE>Curses</CODE> uses terminfo, which
+is a database format that can describe the capabilities of thousands of
+different terminals. <P>
+
+The <CODE>curses</CODE> API may seem something of an archaism on UNIX desktops
+increasingly dominated by X, Motif, and Tcl/Tk. Nevertheless, UNIX still
+supports tty lines and X supports <EM>xterm(1)</EM>; the <CODE>curses</CODE>
+API has the advantage of (a) back-portability to character-cell terminals,
+and (b) simplicity. For an application that does not require bit-mapped
+graphics and multiple fonts, an interface implementation using <CODE>curses</CODE>
+will typically be a great deal simpler and less expensive than one using an
+X toolkit. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="history">A Brief History of Curses</A></H2>
+
+Historically, the first ancestor of <CODE>curses</CODE> was the routines written to
+provide screen-handling for the game <CODE>rogue</CODE>; these used the
+already-existing <CODE>termcap</CODE> database facility for describing terminal
+capabilities. These routines were abstracted into a documented library and
+first released with the early BSD UNIX versions. <P>
+
+System III UNIX from Bell Labs featured a rewritten and much-improved
+<CODE>curses</CODE> library. It introduced the terminfo format. Terminfo is based
+on Berkeley's termcap database, but contains a number of improvements and
+extensions. Parameterized capabilities strings were introduced, making it
+possible to describe multiple video attributes, and colors and to handle far
+more unusual terminals than possible with termcap. In the later AT&T
+System V releases, <CODE>curses</CODE> evolved to use more facilities and offer
+more capabilities, going far beyond BSD curses in power and flexibility.<P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="scope">Scope of This Document</A></H2>
+
+This document describes <CODE>ncurses</CODE>, a freeware implementation of
+the System V <CODE>curses</CODE> API with some clearly marked extensions.
+It includes the following System V curses features: <P>
+<UL>
+<LI>Support for multiple screen highlights (BSD curses could only
+handle one `standout' highlight, usually reverse-video). <P>
+<LI>Support for line- and box-drawing using forms characters. <P>
+<LI>Recognition of function keys on input. <P>
+<LI>Color support. <P>
+<LI>Support for pads (windows of larger than screen size on which the
+screen or a subwindow defines a viewport).
+</UL>
+
+Also, this package makes use of the insert and delete line and character
+features of terminals so equipped, and determines how to optimally use these
+features with no help from the programmer. It allows arbitrary combinations of
+video attributes to be displayed, even on terminals that leave ``magic
+cookies'' on the screen to mark changes in attributes. <P>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> package can also capture and use event reports from a
+mouse in some environments (notably, xterm under the X window system). This
+document includes tips for using the mouse. <P>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> package was originated by Pavel Curtis. The original
+maintainer of the package is
+<A HREF="mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com">Zeyd Ben-Halim</A>
+<zmbenhal@netcom.com>.
+<A HREF="mailto:esr@snark.thyrsus.com">Eric S. Raymond</A>
+<esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+wrote many of the new features in versions after 1.8.1
+and wrote most of this introduction.
+The current primary maintainers are
+<A HREF="mailto:dickey@clark.net">Thomas Dickey</A>
+<dickey@clark.net>
+and
+<A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Juergen Pfeifer</A>.
+<Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de>
+<P>
+
+This document also describes the <A HREF="panels">panels</A> extension library,
+similarly modeled on the SVr4 panels facility. This library allows you to
+associate backing store with each of a stack or deck of overlapping windows,
+and provides operations for moving windows around in the stack that change
+their visibility in the natural way (handling window overlaps). <P>
+
+Finally, this document describes in detail the <A HREF="#menu">menus</A> and <A
+HREF="#form">forms</A> extension libraries, also cloned from System V,
+which support easy construction and sequences of menus and fill-in
+forms. This code was contributed to the project by
+<A HREF="mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de">Jürgen Pfeifer</A>. <P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="terminology">Terminology</A></H2>
+
+In this document, the following terminology is used with reasonable
+consistency:
+
+<DL>
+<DT> window
+<DD>
+A data structure describing a sub-rectangle of the screen (possibly the
+entire screen). You can write to a window as though it were a miniature
+screen, scrolling independently of other windows on the physical screen. <P>
+<DT> screens
+<DD>
+A subset of windows which are as large as the terminal screen, i.e., they start
+at the upper left hand corner and encompass the lower right hand corner. One
+of these, <CODE>stdscr</CODE>, is automatically provided for the programmer. <P>
+<DT> terminal screen
+<DD>
+The package's idea of what the terminal display currently looks like, i.e.,
+what the user sees now. This is a special screen.
+</DL>
+
+<H1><A NAME="curses">The Curses Library</A></H1>
+
+<H2><A NAME="overview">An Overview of Curses</A></H2>
+
+<H3><A NAME="compiling">Compiling Programs using Curses</A></H3>
+
+In order to use the library, it is necessary to have certain types and
+variables defined. Therefore, the programmer must have a line:
+
+<PRE>
+ #include <curses.h>
+</PRE>
+
+at the top of the program source. The screen package uses the Standard I/O
+library, so <CODE><curses.h></CODE> includes
+<CODE><stdio.h></CODE>. <CODE><curses.h></CODE> also includes
+<CODE><termios.h></CODE>, <CODE><termio.h></CODE>, or
+<CODE><sgtty.h></CODE> depending on your system. It is redundant (but
+harmless) for the programmer to do these includes, too. In linking with
+<CODE>curses</CODE> you need to have <CODE>-lncurses</CODE> in your LDFLAGS or on the
+command line. There is no need for any other libraries.
+
+<H3><A NAME="updating">Updating the Screen</A></H3>
+
+In order to update the screen optimally, it is necessary for the routines to
+know what the screen currently looks like and what the programmer wants it to
+look like next. For this purpose, a data type (structure) named WINDOW is
+defined which describes a window image to the routines, including its starting
+position on the screen (the (y, x) coordinates of the upper left hand corner)
+and its size. One of these (called <CODE>curscr</CODE>, for current screen) is a
+screen image of what the terminal currently looks like. Another screen (called
+<CODE>stdscr</CODE>, for standard screen) is provided by default to make changes
+on. <P>
+
+A window is a purely internal representation. It is used to build and store a
+potential image of a portion of the terminal. It doesn't bear any necessary
+relation to what is really on the terminal screen; it's more like a
+scratchpad or write buffer. <P>
+
+To make the section of physical screen corresponding to a window reflect the
+contents of the window structure, the routine <CODE>refresh()</CODE> (or
+<CODE>wrefresh()</CODE> if the window is not <CODE>stdscr</CODE>) is called. <P>
+
+A given physical screen section may be within the scope of any number of
+overlapping windows. Also, changes can be made to windows in any order,
+without regard to motion efficiency. Then, at will, the programmer can
+effectively say ``make it look like this,'' and let the package implementation
+determine the most efficient way to repaint the screen. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="stdscr">Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions</A></H3>
+
+As hinted above, the routines can use several windows, but two are
+automatically given: <CODE>curscr</CODE>, which knows what the terminal looks like,
+and <CODE>stdscr</CODE>, which is what the programmer wants the terminal to look
+like next. The user should never actually access <CODE>curscr</CODE> directly.
+Changes should be made to through the API, and then the routine
+<CODE>refresh()</CODE> (or <CODE>wrefresh()</CODE>) called. <P>
+
+Many functions are defined to use <CODE>stdscr</CODE> as a default screen. For
+example, to add a character to <CODE>stdscr</CODE>, one calls <CODE>addch()</CODE> with
+the desired character as argument. To write to a different window. use the
+routine <CODE>waddch()</CODE> (for `w'indow-specific addch()) is provided. This
+convention of prepending function names with a `w' when they are to be
+applied to specific windows is consistent. The only routines which do not
+follow it are those for which a window must always be specified. <P>
+
+In order to move the current (y, x) coordinates from one point to another, the
+routines <CODE>move()</CODE> and <CODE>wmove()</CODE> are provided. However, it is
+often desirable to first move and then perform some I/O operation. In order to
+avoid clumsiness, most I/O routines can be preceded by the prefix 'mv' and
+the desired (y, x) coordinates prepended to the arguments to the function. For
+example, the calls
+
+<PRE>
+ move(y, x);
+ addch(ch);
+</PRE>
+
+can be replaced by
+
+<PRE>
+ mvaddch(y, x, ch);
+</PRE>
+
+and
+
+<PRE>
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+ waddch(win, ch);
+</PRE>
+
+can be replaced by
+
+<PRE>
+ mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch);
+</PRE>
+
+Note that the window description pointer (win) comes before the added (y, x)
+coordinates. If a function requires a window pointer, it is always the first
+parameter passed. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="variables">Variables</A></H3>
+
+The <CODE>curses</CODE> library sets some variables describing the terminal
+capabilities.
+
+<PRE>
+ type name description
+ ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ int LINES number of lines on the terminal
+ int COLS number of columns on the terminal
+</PRE>
+
+The <CODE>curses.h</CODE> also introduces some <CODE>#define</CODE> constants and types
+of general usefulness:
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>bool</CODE>
+<DD> boolean type, actually a `char' (e.g., <CODE>bool doneit;</CODE>)
+<DT> <CODE>TRUE</CODE>
+<DD> boolean `true' flag (1).
+<DT> <CODE>FALSE</CODE>
+<DD> boolean `false' flag (0).
+<DT> <CODE>ERR</CODE>
+<DD> error flag returned by routines on a failure (-1).
+<DT> <CODE>OK</CODE>
+<DD> error flag returned by routines when things go right.
+</DL>
+
+<H2><A NAME="using">Using the Library</A></H2>
+
+Now we describe how to actually use the screen package. In it, we assume all
+updating, reading, etc. is applied to <CODE>stdscr</CODE>. These instructions will
+work on any window, providing you change the function names and parameters as
+mentioned above. <P>
+
+Here is a sample program to motivate the discussion: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+#include <curses.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void finish(int sig);
+
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ /* initialize your non-curses data structures here */
+
+ (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */
+
+ (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */
+ keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */
+ (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */
+ (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */
+ (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */
+
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ start_color();
+
+ /*
+ * Simple color assignment, often all we need.
+ */
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
+ }
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ int c = getch(); /* refresh, accept single keystroke of input */
+
+ /* process the command keystroke */
+ }
+
+ finish(0); /* we're done */
+}
+
+static void finish(int sig)
+{
+ endwin();
+
+ /* do your non-curses wrapup here */
+
+ exit(0);
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<H3><A NAME="starting">Starting up</A></H3>
+
+In order to use the screen package, the routines must know about terminal
+characteristics, and the space for <CODE>curscr</CODE> and <CODE>stdscr</CODE> must be
+allocated. These function <CODE>initscr()</CODE> does both these things. Since it
+must allocate space for the windows, it can overflow memory when attempting to
+do so. On the rare occasions this happens, <CODE>initscr()</CODE> will terminate
+the program with an error message. <CODE>initscr()</CODE> must always be called
+before any of the routines which affect windows are used. If it is not, the
+program will core dump as soon as either <CODE>curscr</CODE> or <CODE>stdscr</CODE> are
+referenced. However, it is usually best to wait to call it until after you are
+sure you will need it, like after checking for startup errors. Terminal status
+changing routines like <CODE>nl()</CODE> and <CODE>cbreak()</CODE> should be called
+after <CODE>initscr()</CODE>. <P>
+
+Once the screen windows have been allocated, you can set them up for
+your program. If you want to, say, allow a screen to scroll, use
+<CODE>scrollok()</CODE>. If you want the cursor to be left in place after
+the last change, use <CODE>leaveok()</CODE>. If this isn't done,
+<CODE>refresh()</CODE> will move the cursor to the window's current (y, x)
+coordinates after updating it. <P>
+
+You can create new windows of your own using the functions <CODE>newwin()</CODE>,
+<CODE>derwin()</CODE>, and <CODE>subwin()</CODE>. The routine <CODE>delwin()</CODE> will
+allow you to get rid of old windows. All the options described above can be
+applied to any window. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="output">Output</A></H3>
+
+Now that we have set things up, we will want to actually update the terminal.
+The basic functions used to change what will go on a window are
+<CODE>addch()</CODE> and <CODE>move()</CODE>. <CODE>addch()</CODE> adds a character at the
+current (y, x) coordinates. <CODE>move()</CODE> changes the current (y, x)
+coordinates to whatever you want them to be. It returns <CODE>ERR</CODE> if you
+try to move off the window. As mentioned above, you can combine the two into
+<CODE>mvaddch()</CODE> to do both things at once. <P>
+
+The other output functions, such as <CODE>addstr()</CODE> and <CODE>printw()</CODE>,
+all call <CODE>addch()</CODE> to add characters to the window. <P>
+
+After you have put on the window what you want there, when you want the portion
+of the terminal covered by the window to be made to look like it, you must call
+<CODE>refresh()</CODE>. In order to optimize finding changes, <CODE>refresh()</CODE>
+assumes that any part of the window not changed since the last
+<CODE>refresh()</CODE> of that window has not been changed on the terminal, i.e.,
+that you have not refreshed a portion of the terminal with an overlapping
+window. If this is not the case, the routine <CODE>touchwin()</CODE> is provided
+to make it look like the entire window has been changed, thus making
+<CODE>refresh()</CODE> check the whole subsection of the terminal for changes. <P>
+
+If you call <CODE>wrefresh()</CODE> with <CODE>curscr</CODE> as its argument, it will
+make the screen look like <CODE>curscr</CODE> thinks it looks like. This is useful
+for implementing a command which would redraw the screen in case it get messed
+up. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="input">Input</A></H3>
+
+The complementary function to <CODE>addch()</CODE> is <CODE>getch()</CODE> which, if
+echo is set, will call <CODE>addch()</CODE> to echo the character. Since the
+screen package needs to know what is on the terminal at all times, if
+characters are to be echoed, the tty must be in raw or cbreak mode. Since
+initially the terminal has echoing enabled and is in ordinary ``cooked'' mode,
+one or the other has to changed before calling <CODE>getch()</CODE>; otherwise,
+the program's output will be unpredictable. <P>
+
+When you need to accept line-oriented input in a window, the functions
+<CODE>wgetstr()</CODE> and friends are available. There is even a <CODE>wscanw()</CODE>
+function that can do <CODE>scanf()</CODE>(3)-style multi-field parsing on window
+input. These pseudo-line-oriented functions turn on echoing while they
+execute. <P>
+
+The example code above uses the call <CODE>keypad(stdscr, TRUE)</CODE> to enable
+support for function-key mapping. With this feature, the <CODE>getch()</CODE> code
+watches the input stream for character sequences that correspond to arrow and
+function keys. These sequences are returned as pseudo-character values. The
+<CODE>#define</CODE> values returned are listed in the <CODE>curses.h</CODE> The
+mapping from sequences to <CODE>#define</CODE> values is determined by
+<CODE>key_</CODE> capabilities in the terminal's terminfo entry. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="formschars">Using Forms Characters</A></H3>
+
+The <CODE>addch()</CODE> function (and some others, including <CODE>box()</CODE> and
+<CODE>border()</CODE>) can accept some pseudo-character arguments which are specially
+defined by <CODE>ncurses</CODE>. These are <CODE>#define</CODE> values set up in
+the <CODE>curses.h</CODE> header; see there for a complete list (look for
+the prefix <CODE>ACS_</CODE>). <P>
+
+The most useful of the ACS defines are the forms-drawing characters. You can
+use these to draw boxes and simple graphs on the screen. If the terminal
+does not have such characters, <CODE>curses.h</CODE> will map them to a
+recognizable (though ugly) set of ASCII defaults. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="attributes">Character Attributes and Color</A></H3>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> package supports screen highlights including standout,
+reverse-video, underline, and blink. It also supports color, which is treated
+as another kind of highlight. <P>
+
+Highlights are encoded, internally, as high bits of the pseudo-character type
+(<CODE>chtype</CODE>) that <CODE>curses.h</CODE> uses to represent the contents of a
+screen cell. See the <CODE>curses.h</CODE> header file for a complete list of
+highlight mask values (look for the prefix <CODE>A_</CODE>).<P>
+
+There are two ways to make highlights. One is to logical-or the value of the
+highlights you want into the character argument of an <CODE>addch()</CODE> call,
+or any other output call that takes a <CODE>chtype</CODE> argument. <P>
+
+The other is to set the current-highlight value. This is logical-or'ed with
+any highlight you specify the first way. You do this with the functions
+<CODE>attron()</CODE>, <CODE>attroff()</CODE>, and <CODE>attrset()</CODE>; see the manual
+pages for details.
+
+Color is a special kind of highlight. The package actually thinks in terms
+of color pairs, combinations of foreground and background colors. The sample
+code above sets up eight color pairs, all of the guaranteed-available colors
+on black. Note that each color pair is, in effect, given the name of its
+foreground color. Any other range of eight non-conflicting values could
+have been used as the first arguments of the <CODE>init_pair()</CODE> values. <P>
+
+Once you've done an <CODE>init_pair()</CODE> that creates color-pair N, you can
+use <CODE>COLOR_PAIR(N)</CODE> as a highlight that invokes that particular
+color combination. Note that <CODE>COLOR_PAIR(N)</CODE>, for constant N,
+is itself a compile-time constant and can be used in initializers. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="mouse">Mouse Interfacing</A></H3>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library also provides a mouse interface. Note:
+his facility is original to <CODE>ncurses</CODE>, it is not part of either
+the XSI Curses standard, nor of System V Release 4, nor BSD curses.
+Thus, we recommend that you wrap mouse-related code in an #ifdef using the
+feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION so it will not be compiled and linked
+on non-ncurses systems. <P>
+
+Presently, mouse event reporting works only under xterm. In the
+future, ncurses will detect the presence of <CODE>gpm</CODE>(1), Alessandro
+Rubini's freeware mouse server for Linux systems, and accept mouse
+reports through it. <P>
+
+The mouse interface is very simple. To activate it, you use the function
+<CODE>mousemask()</CODE>, passing it as first argument a bit-mask that specifies
+what kinds of events you want your program to be able to see. It will
+return the bit-mask of events that actually become visible, which may differ
+from the argument if the mouse device is not capable of reporting some of
+the event types you specify. <P>
+
+Once the mouse is active, your application's command loop should watch
+for a return value of <CODE>KEY_MOUSE</CODE> from <CODE>wgetch()</CODE>. When
+you see this, a mouse event report has been queued. To pick it off
+the queue, use the function <CODE>getmouse()</CODE> (you must do this before
+the next <CODE>wgetch()</CODE>, otherwise another mouse event might come
+in and make the first one inaccessible). <P>
+
+Each call to <CODE>getmouse()</CODE> fills a structure (the address of which you'll
+pass it) with mouse event data. The event data includes zero-origin,
+screen-relative character-cell coordinates of the mouse pointer. It also
+includes an event mask. Bits in this mask will be set, corresponding
+to the event type being reported. <P>
+
+The mouse structure contains two additional fields which may be
+significant in the future as ncurses interfaces to new kinds of
+pointing device. In addition to x and y coordinates, there is a slot
+for a z coordinate; this might be useful with touch-screens that can
+return a pressure or duration parameter. There is also a device ID
+field, which could be used to distinguish between multiple pointing
+devices. <P>
+
+The class of visible events may be changed at any time via <CODE>mousemask()</CODE>.
+Events that can be reported include presses, releases, single-, double- and
+triple-clicks (you can set the maximum button-down time for clicks). If
+you don't make clicks visible, they will be reported as press-release
+pairs. In some environments, the event mask may include bits reporting
+the state of shift, alt, and ctrl keys on the keyboard during the event. <P>
+
+A function to check whether a mouse event fell within a given window is
+also supplied. You can use this to see whether a given window should
+consider a mouse event relevant to it. <P>
+
+Because mouse event reporting will not be available in all
+environments, it would be unwise to build <CODE>ncurses</CODE>
+applications that <EM>require</EM> the use of a mouse. Rather, you should
+use the mouse as a shortcut for point-and-shoot commands your application
+would normally accept from the keyboard. Two of the test games in the
+<CODE>ncurses</CODE> distribution (<CODE>bs</CODE> and <CODE>knight</CODE>) contain
+code that illustrates how this can be done. <P>
+
+See the manual page <CODE>curs_mouse(3X)</CODE> for full details of the
+mouse-interface functions. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="finishing">Finishing Up</A></H3>
+
+In order to clean up after the <CODE>ncurses</CODE> routines, the routine
+<CODE>endwin()</CODE> is provided. It restores tty modes to what they were when
+<CODE>initscr()</CODE> was first called, and moves the cursor down to the
+lower-left corner. Thus, anytime after the call to initscr, <CODE>endwin()</CODE>
+should be called before exiting. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="functions">Function Descriptions</A></H2>
+
+We describe the detailed behavior of some important curses functions here, as a
+supplement to the manual page descriptions.
+
+<H3><A NAME="init">Initialization and Wrapup</A></H3>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>initscr()</CODE>
+<DD> The first function called should almost always be <CODE>initscr()</CODE>.
+This will determine the terminal type and
+initialize curses data structures. <CODE>initscr()</CODE> also arranges that
+the first call to <CODE>refresh()</CODE> will clear the screen. If an error
+occurs a message is written to standard error and the program
+exits. Otherwise it returns a pointer to stdscr. A few functions may be
+called before initscr (<CODE>slk_init()</CODE>, <CODE>filter()</CODE>,
+<CODE>ripofflines()</CODE>, <CODE>use_env()</CODE>, and, if you are using multiple
+terminals, <CODE>newterm()</CODE>.) <P>
+<DT> <CODE>endwin()</CODE>
+<DD> Your program should always call <CODE>endwin()</CODE> before exiting or
+shelling out of the program. This function will restore tty modes,
+move the cursor to the lower left corner of the screen, reset the
+terminal into the proper non-visual mode. Calling <CODE>refresh()</CODE>
+or <CODE>doupdate()</CODE> after a temporary escape from the program will
+restore the ncurses screen from before the escape. <P>
+<DT> <CODE>newterm(type, ofp, ifp)</CODE>
+<DD> A program which outputs to more than one terminal should use
+<CODE>newterm()</CODE> instead of <CODE>initscr()</CODE>. <CODE>newterm()</CODE> should
+be called once for each terminal. It returns a variable of type
+<CODE>SCREEN *</CODE> which should be saved as a reference to that
+terminal. The arguments are the type of the terminal (a string) and
+<CODE>FILE</CODE> pointers for the output and input of the terminal. If
+type is NULL then the environment variable <CODE>$TERM</CODE> is used.
+<CODE>endwin()</CODE> should called once at wrapup time for each terminal
+opened using this function. <P>
+<DT> <CODE>set_term(new)</CODE>
+<DD> This function is used to switch to a different terminal previously
+opened by <CODE>newterm()</CODE>. The screen reference for the new terminal
+is passed as the parameter. The previous terminal is returned by the
+function. All other calls affect only the current terminal. <P>
+<DT> <CODE>delscreen(sp)</CODE>
+<DD> The inverse of <CODE>newterm()</CODE>; deallocates the data structures
+associated with a given <CODE>SCREEN</CODE> reference.
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="flush">Causing Output to the Terminal</A></H3>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>refresh()</CODE> and <CODE>wrefresh(win)</CODE>
+<DD> These functions must be called to actually get any output on
+the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data
+structures. <CODE>wrefresh()</CODE> copies the named window to the physical
+terminal screen, taking into account what is already
+there in order to do optimizations. <CODE>refresh()</CODE> does a
+refresh of <CODE>stdscr()</CODE>. Unless <CODE>leaveok()</CODE> has been
+enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal is left at the
+location of the window's cursor. <P>
+<DT> <CODE>doupdate()</CODE> and <CODE>wnoutrefresh(win)</CODE>
+<DD> These two functions allow multiple updates with more efficiency
+than wrefresh. To use them, it is important to understand how curses
+works. In addition to all the window structures, curses keeps two
+data structures representing the terminal screen: a physical screen,
+describing what is actually on the screen, and a virtual screen,
+describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen. wrefresh
+works by first copying the named window to the virtual screen
+(<CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE>), and then calling the routine to update the
+screen (<CODE>doupdate()</CODE>). If the programmer wishes to output
+several windows at once, a series of calls to <CODE>wrefresh</CODE> will result
+in alternating calls to <CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> and <CODE>doupdate()</CODE>,
+causing several bursts of output to the screen. By calling
+<CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> for each window, it is then possible to call
+<CODE>doupdate()</CODE> once, resulting in only one burst of output, with
+fewer total characters transmitted (this also avoids a visually annoying
+flicker at each update).
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="lowlevel">Low-Level Capability Access</A></H3>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>setupterm(term, filenum, errret)</CODE>
+<DD> This routine is called to initialize a terminal's description, without setting
+up the curses screen structures or changing the tty-driver mode bits.
+<CODE>term</CODE> is the character string representing the name of the terminal
+being used. <CODE>filenum</CODE> is the UNIX file descriptor of the terminal to
+be used for output. <CODE>errret</CODE> is a pointer to an integer, in which a
+success or failure indication is returned. The values returned can be 1 (all
+is well), 0 (no such terminal), or -1 (some problem locating the terminfo
+database). <P>
+
+The value of <CODE>term</CODE> can be given as NULL, which will cause the value of
+<CODE>TERM</CODE> in the environment to be used. The <CODE>errret</CODE> pointer can
+also be given as NULL, meaning no error code is wanted. If <CODE>errret</CODE> is
+defaulted, and something goes wrong, <CODE>setupterm()</CODE> will print an
+appropriate error message and exit, rather than returning. Thus, a simple
+program can call setupterm(0, 1, 0) and not worry about initialization
+errors. <P>
+
+After the call to <CODE>setupterm()</CODE>, the global variable <CODE>cur_term</CODE> is
+set to point to the current structure of terminal capabilities. By calling
+<CODE>setupterm()</CODE> for each terminal, and saving and restoring
+<CODE>cur_term</CODE>, it is possible for a program to use two or more terminals at
+once. <CODE>Setupterm()</CODE> also stores the names section of the terminal
+description in the global character array <CODE>ttytype[]</CODE>. Subsequent calls
+to <CODE>setupterm()</CODE> will overwrite this array, so you'll have to save it
+yourself if need be.
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="debugging">Debugging</A></H3>
+
+NOTE: These functions are not part of the standard curses API! <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>trace()</CODE>
+<DD>
+This function can be used to explicitly set a trace level. If the
+trace level is nonzero, execution of your program will generate a file
+called `trace' in the current working directory containing a report on
+the library's actions. Higher trace levels enable more detailed (and
+verbose) reporting -- see comments attached to <CODE>TRACE_</CODE> defines
+in the <CODE>curses.h</CODE> file for details. (It is also possible to set
+a trace level by assigning a trace level value to the environment variable
+<CODE>NCURSES_TRACE</CODE>).
+<DT> <CODE>_tracef()</CODE>
+<DD>
+This function can be used to output your own debugging information. It is only
+available only if you link with -lncurses_g. It can be used the same way as
+<CODE>printf()</CODE>, only it outputs a newline after the end of arguments.
+The output goes to a file called <CODE>trace</CODE> in the current directory.
+</DL>
+
+Trace logs can be difficult to interpret due to the sheer volume of
+data dumped in them. There is a script called <STRONG>tracemunch</STRONG>
+included with the <CODE>ncurses</CODE> distribution that can alleviate
+this problem somewhat; it compacts long sequences of similar operations into
+more succinct single-line pseudo-operations. These pseudo-ops can be
+distinguished by the fact that they are named in capital letters.<P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="hints">Hints, Tips, and Tricks</A></H2>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> manual pages are a complete reference for this library.
+In the remainder of this document, we discuss various useful methods that
+may not be obvious from the manual page descriptions. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="caution">Some Notes of Caution</A></H3>
+
+If you find yourself thinking you need to use <CODE>noraw()</CODE> or
+<CODE>nocbreak()</CODE>, think again and move carefully. It's probably
+better design to use <CODE>getstr()</CODE> or one of its relatives to
+simulate cooked mode. The <CODE>noraw()</CODE> and <CODE>nocbreak()</CODE>
+functions try to restore cooked mode, but they may end up clobbering
+some control bits set before you started your application. Also, they
+have always been poorly documented, and are likely to hurt your
+application's usability with other curses libraries. <P>
+
+Bear in mind that <CODE>refresh()</CODE> is a synonym for <CODE>wrefresh(stdscr)</CODE>,
+and don't try to mix use of <CODE>stdscr</CODE> with use of windows declared
+by <CODE>newwin()</CODE>; a <CODE>refresh()</CODE> call will blow them off the
+screen. The right way to handle this is to use <CODE>subwin()</CODE>, or
+not touch <CODE>stdscr</CODE> at all and tile your screen with declared
+windows which you then <CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> somewhere in your program
+event loop, with a single <CODE>doupdate()</CODE> call to trigger actual
+repainting. <P>
+
+You are much less likely to run into problems if you design your screen
+layouts to use tiled rather than overlapping windows. Historically,
+curses support for overlapping windows has been weak, fragile, and poorly
+documented. The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library is not yet an exception to this
+rule. <P>
+
+There is a freeware panels library included in the <CODE>ncurses</CODE>
+distribution that does a pretty good job of strengthening the
+overlapping-windows facilities. <P>
+
+Try to avoid using the global variables LINES and COLS. Use
+<CODE>getmaxyx()</CODE> on the <CODE>stdscr</CODE> context instead. Reason:
+your code may be ported to run in an environment with window resizes,
+in which case several screens could be open with different sizes. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="leaving">Temporarily Leaving <CODE>ncurses</CODE> Mode</A></H3>
+
+Sometimes you will want to write a program that spends most of its time in
+screen mode, but occasionally returns to ordinary `cooked' mode. A common
+reason for this is to support shell-out. This behavior is simple to arrange
+in <CODE>ncurses</CODE>. <P>
+
+To leave <CODE>ncurses</CODE> mode, call <CODE>endwin()</CODE> as you would if you
+were intending to terminate the program. This will take the screen back to
+cooked mode; you can do your shell-out. When you want to return to
+<CODE>ncurses</CODE> mode, simply call <CODE>refresh()</CODE> or <CODE>doupdate()</CODE>.
+This will repaint the screen. <P>
+
+There is a boolean function, <CODE>isendwin()</CODE>, which code can use to
+test whether <CODE>ncurses</CODE> screen mode is active. It returns <CODE>TRUE</CODE>
+in the interval between an <CODE>endwin()</CODE> call and the following
+<CODE>refresh()</CODE>, <CODE>FALSE</CODE> otherwise. <P>
+
+Here is some sample code for shellout:
+
+<PRE>
+ addstr("Shelling out...");
+ def_prog_mode(); /* save current tty modes */
+ endwin(); /* restore original tty modes */
+ system("sh"); /* run shell */
+ addstr("returned.\n"); /* prepare return message */
+ refresh(); /* restore save modes, repaint screen */
+</PRE>
+
+<H3><A NAME="xterm">Using <CODE>ncurses</CODE> Under <CODE>xterm</CODE></A></H3>
+
+A resize operation in X sends SIGWINCH to the application running under xterm.
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library does not catch this signal, because it cannot in
+general know how you want the screen re-painted. You will have to write the
+SIGWINCH handler yourself. <P>
+
+The easiest way to code your SIGWINCH handler is to have it do an
+<CODE>endwin</CODE>, followed by an <CODE>refresh</CODE> and a screen repaint you code
+yourself. The <CODE>refresh</CODE> will pick up the new screen size from the
+xterm's environment.
+
+<H3><A NAME="screens">Handling Multiple Terminal Screens</A></H3>
+
+The <CODE>initscr()</CODE> function actually calls a function named
+<CODE>newterm()</CODE> to do most of its work. If you are writing a program that
+opens multiple terminals, use <CODE>newterm()</CODE> directly. <P>
+
+For each call, you will have to specify a terminal type and a pair of file
+pointers; each call will return a screen reference, and <CODE>stdscr</CODE> will be
+set to the last one allocated. You will switch between screens with the
+<CODE>set_term</CODE> call. Note that you will also have to call
+<CODE>def_shell_mode</CODE> and <CODE>def_prog_mode</CODE> on each tty yourself. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="testing">Testing for Terminal Capabilities</A></H3>
+
+Sometimes you may want to write programs that test for the presence of various
+capabilities before deciding whether to go into <CODE>ncurses</CODE> mode. An easy
+way to do this is to call <CODE>setupterm()</CODE>, then use the functions
+<CODE>tigetflag()</CODE>, <CODE>tigetnum()</CODE>, and <CODE>tigetstr()</CODE> to do your
+testing. <P>
+
+A particularly useful case of this often comes up when you want to
+test whether a given terminal type should be treated as `smart'
+(cursor-addressable) or `stupid'. The right way to test this is to see
+if the return value of <CODE>tigetstr("cup")</CODE> is non-NULL. Alternatively,
+you can include the <CODE>term.h</CODE> file and test the value of the
+macro <CODE>cursor_address</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tuning">Tuning for Speed</A></H3>
+
+Use the <CODE>addchstr()</CODE> family of functions for fast
+screen-painting of text when you know the text doesn't contain any
+control characters. Try to make attribute changes infrequent on your
+screens. Don't use the <CODE>immedok()</CODE> option! <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="special">Special Features of <CODE>ncurses</CODE></A></H3>
+
+When running on PC-clones, <CODE>ncurses</CODE> has enhanced support for
+the IBM high-half and ROM characters. The <CODE>A_ALTCHARSET</CODE> highlight,
+enables display of both high-half ACS graphics and the PC ROM graphics
+0-31 that are normally interpreted as control characters. <P>
+
+The <CODE>wresize()</CODE> function allows you to resize a window in place. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="compat">Compatibility with Older Versions</A></H2>
+
+Despite our best efforts, there are some differences between <CODE>ncurses</CODE>
+and the (undocumented!) behavior of older curses implementations. These arise
+from ambiguities or omissions in the documentation of the API.
+
+<H3><A NAME="refbug">Refresh of Overlapping Windows</A></H3>
+
+If you define two windows A and B that overlap, and then alternately scribble
+on and refresh them, the changes made to the overlapping region under historic
+<CODE>curses</CODE> versions were often not documented precisely. <P>
+
+To understand why this is a problem, remember that screen updates are
+calculated between two representations of the <EM>entire</EM> display. The
+documentation says that when you refresh a window, it is first copied to to the
+virtual screen, and then changes are calculated to update the physical screen
+(and applied to the terminal). But "copied to" is not very specific, and
+subtle differences in how copying works can produce different behaviors in the
+case where two overlapping windows are each being refreshed at unpredictable
+intervals. <P>
+
+What happens to the overlapping region depends on what <CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE>
+does with its argument -- what portions of the argument window it copies to the
+virtual screen. Some implementations do "change copy", copying down only
+locations in the window that have changed (or been marked changed with
+<CODE>wtouchln()</CODE> and friends). Some implementations do "entire copy",
+copying <EM>all</EM> window locations to the virtual screen whether or not
+they have changed. <P>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library itself has not always been consistent on this
+score. Due to a bug, versions 1.8.7 to 1.9.8a did entire copy. Versions
+1.8.6 and older, and versions 1.9.9 and newer, do change copy. <P>
+
+For most commercial curses implementations, it is not documented and not known
+for sure (at least not to the <CODE>ncurses</CODE> maintainers) whether they do
+change copy or entire copy. We know that System V release 3 curses has logic
+in it that looks like an attempt to do change copy, but the surrounding logic
+and data representations are sufficiently complex, and our knowledge
+sufficiently indirect, that it's hard to know whether this is reliable.
+
+It is not clear what the SVr4 documentation and XSI standard intend. The XSI
+Curses standard barely mentions wnoutrefresh(); the SVr4 documents seem to be
+describing entire-copy, but it is possible with some effort and straining to
+read them the other way. <P>
+
+It might therefore be unwise to rely on either behavior in programs that might
+have to be linked with other curses implementations. Instead, you can do an
+explicit <CODE>touchwin()</CODE> before the <CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> call to
+guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere. <P>
+
+The really clean way to handle this is to use the panels library. If,
+when you want a screen update, you do <CODE>update_panels()</CODE>, it will
+do all the necessary <CODE>wnoutrfresh()</CODE> calls for whatever panel
+stacking order you have defined. Then you can do one <CODE>doupdate()</CODE>
+and there will be a <EM>single</EM> burst of physical I/O that will do
+all your updates. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="backbug">Background Erase</A></H3>
+
+If you have been using a very old versions of <CODE>ncurses</CODE> (1.8.7 or
+older) you may be surprised by the behavior of the erase functions. In older
+versions, erased areas of a window were filled with a blank modified by the
+window's current attribute (as set by <STRONG>wattrset()</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron()</STRONG>,
+<STRONG>wattroff()</STRONG> and friends). <P>
+
+In newer versions, this is not so. Instead, the attribute of erased blanks
+is normal unless and until it is modified by the functions <CODE>bkgdset()</CODE>
+or <CODE>wbkgdset()</CODE>. <P>
+
+This change in behavior conforms <CODE>ncurses</CODE> to System V Release 4 and
+the XSI Curses standard. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="xsifuncs">XSI Curses Conformance</A></H2>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library is intended to be base-level conformant with the
+XSI Curses standard from X/Open. Many extended-level features (in fact, almost
+all features not directly concerned with wide characters and
+internationalization) are also supported. <P>
+
+One effect of XSI conformance is the change in behavior described under
+<A HREF="#backbug">"Background Erase -- Compatibility with Old Versions"</A>. <P>
+
+Also, <CODE>ncurses</CODE> meets the XSI requirement that every macro
+entry point have a corresponding function which may be linked (and
+will be prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with
+<CODE>#undef</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="panels">The Panels Library</A></H1>
+
+The <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library by itself provides good support for screen
+displays in which the windows are tiled (non-overlapping). In the more
+general case that windows may overlap, you have to use a series of
+<CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> calls followed by a <CODE>doupdate()</CODE>, and be
+careful about the order you do the window refreshes in. It has to be
+bottom-upwards, otherwise parts of windows that should be obscured will
+show through. <P>
+
+When your interface design is such that windows may dive deeper into the
+visibility stack or pop to the top at runtime, the resulting book-keeping
+can be tedious and difficult to get right. Hence the panels library. <P>
+
+The <CODE>panel</CODE> library first appeared in AT&T System V. The
+version documented here is the freeware <CODE>panel</CODE> code distributed
+with <CODE>ncurses</CODE>.
+
+<H2><A NAME="pcompile">Compiling With the Panels Library</A></H2>
+
+Your panels-using modules must import the panels library declarations with
+
+<PRE>
+ #include <panel.h>
+</PRE>
+
+and must be linked explicitly with the panels library using an
+<CODE>-lpanel</CODE> argument. Note that they must also link the
+<CODE>ncurses</CODE> library with <CODE>-lncurses</CODE>. Many linkers
+are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is still good practice
+to put <CODE>-lpanel</CODE> first and <CODE>-lncurses</CODE> second.
+
+<H2><A NAME="poverview">Overview of Panels</A></H2>
+
+A panel object is a window that is implicitly treated as part of a
+<DFN>deck</DFN> including all other panel objects. The deck has an implicit
+bottom-to-top visibility order. The panels library includes an update
+function (analogous to <CODE>refresh()</CODE>) that displays all panels in the
+deck in the proper order to resolve overlaps. The standard window,
+<CODE>stdscr</CODE>, is considered below all panels. <P>
+
+Details on the panels functions are available in the man pages. We'll just
+hit the highlights here. <P>
+
+You create a panel from a window by calling <CODE>new_panel()</CODE> on a
+window pointer. It then becomes the top of the deck. The panel's window
+is available as the value of <CODE>panel_window()</CODE> called with the
+panel pointer as argument.<P>
+
+You can delete a panel (removing it from the deck) with <CODE>del_panel</CODE>.
+This will not deallocate the associated window; you have to do that yourself.
+
+You can replace a panel's window with a different window by calling
+<CODE>replace_window</CODE>. The new window may be of different size;
+the panel code will re-compute all overlaps. This operation doesn't
+change the panel's position in the deck. <P>
+
+To move a panel's window, use <CODE>move_panel()</CODE>. The
+<CODE>mvwin()</CODE> function on the panel's window isn't sufficient because it
+doesn't update the panels library's representation of where the windows are.
+This operation leaves the panel's depth, contents, and size unchanged. <P>
+
+Two functions (<CODE>top_panel()</CODE>, <CODE>bottom_panel()</CODE>) are
+provided for rearranging the deck. The first pops its argument window to the
+top of the deck; the second sends it to the bottom. Either operation leaves
+the panel's screen location, contents, and size unchanged. <P>
+
+The function <CODE>update_panels()</CODE> does all the
+<CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> calls needed to prepare for
+<CODE>doupdate()</CODE> (which you must call yourself, afterwards). <P>
+
+Typically, you will want to call <CODE>update_panels()</CODE> and
+<CODE>doupdate()</CODE> just before accepting command input, once in each cycle
+of interaction with the user. If you call <CODE>update_panels()</CODE> after
+each and every panel write, you'll generate a lot of unnecessary refresh
+activity and screen flicker. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="pstdscr">Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen</A></H2>
+
+You shouldn't mix <CODE>wnoutrefresh()</CODE> or <CODE>wrefresh()</CODE>
+operations with panels code; this will work only if the argument window
+is either in the top panel or unobscured by any other panels. <P>
+
+The <CODE>stsdcr</CODE> window is a special case. It is considered below all
+panels. Because changes to panels may obscure parts of <CODE>stdscr</CODE>,
+though, you should call <CODE>update_panels()</CODE> before
+<CODE>doupdate()</CODE> even when you only change <CODE>stdscr</CODE>. <P>
+
+Note that <CODE>wgetch</CODE> automatically calls <CODE>wrefresh</CODE>.
+Therefore, before requesting input from a panel window, you need to be sure
+that the panel is totally unobscured. <P>
+
+There is presently no way to display changes to one obscured panel without
+repainting all panels. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="hiding">Hiding Panels</A></H2>
+
+It's possible to remove a panel from the deck temporarily; use
+<CODE>hide_panel</CODE> for this. Use <CODE>show_panel()</CODE> to render it
+visible again. The predicate function <CODE>panel_hidden</CODE>
+tests whether or not a panel is hidden. <P>
+
+The <CODE>panel_update</CODE> code ignores hidden panels. You cannot do
+<CODE>top_panel()</CODE> or <CODE>bottom_panel</CODE> on a hidden panel().
+Other panels operations are applicable. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="pmisc">Miscellaneous Other Facilities</A></H2>
+
+It's possible to navigate the deck using the functions
+<CODE>panel_above()</CODE> and <CODE>panel_below</CODE>. Handed a panel
+pointer, they return the panel above or below that panel. Handed
+<CODE>NULL</CODE>, they return the bottom-most or top-most panel. <P>
+
+Every panel has an associated user pointer, not used by the panel code, to
+which you can attach application data. See the man page documentation
+of <CODE>set_panel_userptr()</CODE> and <CODE>panel_userptr</CODE> for
+details. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="menu">The Menu Library</A></H1>
+
+A menu is a screen display that assists the user to choose some subset
+of a given set of items. The <CODE>menu</CODE> library is a curses
+extension that supports easy programming of menu hierarchies with a
+uniform but flexible interface. <P>
+
+The <CODE>menu</CODE> library first appeared in AT&T System V. The
+version documented here is the freeware <CODE>menu</CODE> code distributed
+with <CODE>ncurses</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="mcompile">Compiling With the menu Library</A></H2>
+
+Your menu-using modules must import the menu library declarations with
+
+<PRE>
+ #include <menu.h>
+</PRE>
+
+and must be linked explicitly with the menus library using an
+<CODE>-lmenu</CODE> argument. Note that they must also link the
+<CODE>ncurses</CODE> library with <CODE>-lncurses</CODE>. Many linkers
+are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is still good practice
+to put <CODE>-lmenu</CODE> first and <CODE>-lncurses</CODE> second.
+
+<H2><A NAME="moverview">Overview of Menus</A></H2>
+
+The menus created by this library consist of collections of
+<DFN>items</DFN> including a name string part and a description string
+part. To make menus, you create groups of these items and connect
+them with menu frame objects. <P>
+
+The menu can then by <DFN>posted</DFN>, that is written to an
+associated window. Actually, each menu has two associated windows; a
+containing window in which the programmer can scribble titles or
+borders, and a subwindow in which the menu items proper are displayed.
+If this subwindow is too small to display all the items, it will be a
+scrollable viewport on the collection of items. <P>
+
+A menu may also be <DFN>unposted</DFN> (that is, undisplayed), and finally
+freed to make the storage associated with it and its items available for
+re-use. <P>
+
+The general flow of control of a menu program looks like this:
+
+<OL>
+<LI>Initialize <CODE>curses</CODE>.
+<LI>Create the menu items, using <CODE>new_item()</CODE>.
+<LI>Create the menu using <CODE>new_menu()</CODE>.
+<LI>Post the menu using <CODE>menu_post()</CODE>.
+<LI>Refresh the screen.
+<LI>Process user requests via an input loop.
+<LI>Unpost the menu using <CODE>menu_unpost()</CODE>.
+<LI>Free the menu, using <CODE>free_menu()</CODE>.
+<LI>Free the items using <CODE>free_item()</CODE>.
+<LI>Terminate <CODE>curses</CODE>.
+</OL>
+
+<H2><A NAME="mselect">Selecting items</A></H2>
+
+Menus may be multi-valued or (the default) single-valued (see the manual
+page <CODE>menu_opts(3x)</CODE> to see how to change the default).
+Both types always have a <DFN>current item</DFN>. <P>
+
+From a single-valued menu you can read the selected value simply by looking
+at the current item. From a multi-valued menu, you get the selected set
+by looping through the items applying the <CODE>item_value()</CODE>
+predicate function. Your menu-processing code can use the function
+<CODE>set_item_value()</CODE> to flag the items in the select set. <P>
+
+Menu items can be made unselectable using <CODE>set_item_opts()</CODE>
+or <CODE>item_opts_off()</CODE> with the <CODE>O_SELECTABLE</CODE>
+argument. This is the only option so far defined for menus, but it
+is good practice to code as though other option bits might be on. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="mdisplay">Menu Display</A></H2>
+
+The menu library calculates a minimum display size for your window, based
+on the following variables: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>The number and maximum length of the menu items
+<LI>Whether the O_ROWMAJOR option is enabled
+<LI>Whether display of descriptions is enabled
+<LI>Whatever menu format may have been set by the programmer
+<LI>The length of the menu mark string used for highlighting selected items
+</UL>
+
+The function <CODE>set_menu_format()</CODE> allows you to set the
+maximum size of the viewport or <DFN>menu page</DFN> that will be used
+to display menu items. You can retrieve any format associated with a
+menu with <CODE>menu_format()</CODE>. The default format is rows=16,
+columns=1. <P>
+
+The actual menu page may be smaller than the format size. This depends
+on the item number and size and whether O_ROWMAJOR is on. This option
+(on by default) causes menu items to be displayed in a `raster-scan'
+pattern, so that if more than one item will fit horizontally the first
+couple of items are side-by-side in the top row. The alternative is
+column-major display, which tries to put the first several items in
+the first column. <P>
+
+As mentioned above, a menu format not large enough to allow all items to fit
+on-screen will result in a menu display that is vertically scrollable. <P>
+You can scroll it with requests to the menu driver, which will be described
+in the section on <A HREF="#minput">menu input handling</A>. <P>
+
+Each menu has a <DFN>mark string</DFN> used to visually tag selected items;
+see the <CODE>menu_mark(3x)</CODE> manual page for details. The mark
+string length also influences the menu page size. <P>
+
+The function <CODE>scale_menu()</CODE> returns the minimum display size
+that the menu code computes from all these factors.
+
+There are other menu display attributes including a select attribute,
+an attribute for selectable items, an attribute for unselectable items,
+and a pad character used to separate item name text from description
+text. These have reasonable defaults which the library allows you to
+change (see the <CODE>menu_attribs(3x)</CODE> manual page. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="mwindows">Menu Windows</A></H2>
+
+Each menu has, as mentioned previously, a pair of associated windows.
+Both these windows are painted when the menu is posted and erased when
+the menu is unposted. <P>
+
+The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the menu
+routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a
+border, or perhaps help text with the menu and have it properly
+refreshed or erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or
+<DFN>subwindow</DFN> is where the current menu page is displayed. <P>
+
+By default, both windows are <CODE>stdscr</CODE>. You can set them with the
+functions in <CODE>menu_win(3x)</CODE>. <P>
+
+When you call <CODE>menu_post()</CODE>, you write the menu to its
+subwindow. When you call <CODE>menu_unpost()</CODE>, you erase the
+subwindow, However, neither of these actually modifies the screen. To
+do that, call <CODE>wrefresh()</CODE> or some equivalent. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="minput">Processing Menu Input</A></H2>
+
+The main loop of your menu-processing code should call
+<CODE>menu_driver()</CODE> repeatedly. The first argument of this routine
+is a menu pointer; the second is a menu command code. You should write an
+input-fetching routine that maps input characters to menu command codes, and
+pass its output to <CODE>menu_driver()</CODE>. The menu command codes are
+fully documented in <CODE>menu_driver(3x)</CODE>. <P>
+
+The simplest group of command codes is <CODE>REQ_NEXT_ITEM</CODE>,
+<CODE>REQ_PREV_ITEM</CODE>, <CODE>REQ_FIRST_ITEM</CODE>,
+<CODE>REQ_LAST_ITEM</CODE>, <CODE>REQ_UP_ITEM</CODE>,
+<CODE>REQ_DOWN_ITEM</CODE>, <CODE>REQ_LEFT_ITEM</CODE>,
+<CODE>REQ_RIGHT_ITEM</CODE>. These change the currently selected
+item. These requests may cause scrolling of the menu page if it only
+partially displayed. <P>
+
+There are explicit requests for scrolling which also change the
+current item (because the select location does not change, but the
+item there does). These are <CODE>REQ_SCR_DLINE</CODE>,
+<CODE>REQ_SCR_ULINE</CODE>, <CODE>REQ_SCR_DPAGE</CODE>, and
+<CODE>REQ_SCR_UPAGE</CODE>. <P>
+
+The <CODE>REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM</CODE> selects or deselects the current item.
+It is for use in multi-valued menus; if you use it with <CODE>O_ONEVALUE</CODE>
+on, you'll get an error return (<CODE>E_REQUEST_DENIED</CODE>). <P>
+
+Each menu has an associated pattern buffer. The
+<CODE>menu_driver()</CODE> logic tries to accumulate printable ASCII
+characters passed in in that buffer; when it matches a prefix of an
+item name, that item (or the next matching item) is selected. If
+appending a character yields no new match, that character is deleted
+from the pattern buffer, and <CODE>menu_driver()</CODE> returns
+<CODE>E_NO_MATCH</CODE>. <P>
+
+Some requests change the pattern buffer directly:
+<CODE>REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN</CODE>, <CODE>REQ_BACK_PATTERN</CODE>,
+<CODE>REQ_NEXT_MATCH</CODE>, <CODE>REQ_PREV_MATCH</CODE>. The latter
+two are useful when pattern buffer input matches more than one item
+in a multi-valued menu. <P>
+
+Each successful scroll or item navigation request clears the pattern
+buffer. It is also possible to set the pattern buffer explicitly
+with <CODE>set_menu_pattern()</CODE>. <P>
+
+Finally, menu driver requests above the constant <CODE>MAX_COMMAND</CODE>
+are considered application-specific commands. The <CODE>menu_driver()</CODE>
+code ignores them and returns <CODE>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</CODE>.
+
+<H2><A NAME="mmisc">Miscellaneous Other Features</A></H2>
+
+Various menu options can affect the processing and visual appearance
+and input processing of menus. See <CODE>menu_opts(3x) for
+details.</CODE> <P>
+
+It is possible to change the current item from application code; this
+is useful if you want to write your own navigation requests. It is
+also possible to explicitly set the top row of the menu display. See
+<CODE>mitem_current(3x)</CODE>.
+
+If your application needs to change the menu subwindow cursor for
+any reason, <CODE>pos_menu_cursor()</CODE> will restore it to the
+correct location for continuing menu driver processing. <P>
+
+It is possible to set hooks to be called at menu initialization and
+wrapup time, and whenever the selected item changes. See
+<CODE>menu_hook(3x)</CODE>. <P>
+
+Each item, and each menu, has an associated user pointer on which you
+can hang application data. See <CODE>mitem_userptr(3x)</CODE> and
+<CODE>menu_userptr(3x)</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="form">The Forms Library</A></H1>
+
+The <CODE>form</CODE> library is a curses extension that supports easy
+programming of on-screen forms for data entry and program control. <P>
+
+The <CODE>form</CODE> library first appeared in AT&T System V. The
+version documented here is the freeware <CODE>form</CODE> code distributed
+with <CODE>ncurses</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fcompile">Compiling With the form Library</A></H2>
+
+Your form-using modules must import the form library declarations with
+
+<PRE>
+ #include <form.h>
+</PRE>
+
+and must be linked explicitly with the forms library using an
+<CODE>-lform</CODE> argument. Note that they must also link the
+<CODE>ncurses</CODE> library with <CODE>-lncurses</CODE>. Many linkers
+are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is still good practice
+to put <CODE>-lform</CODE> first and <CODE>-lncurses</CODE> second. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="foverview">Overview of Forms</A></H2>
+
+A form is a collection of fields; each field may be either a label
+(explanatory text) or a data-entry location. Long forms may be
+segmented into pages; each entry to a new page clears the screen. <P>
+To make forms, you create groups of fields and connect them with form
+frame objects; the form library makes this relatively simple. <P>
+
+Once defined, a form can be <DFN>posted</DFN>, that is written to an
+associated window. Actually, each form has two associated windows; a
+containing window in which the programmer can scribble titles or
+borders, and a subwindow in which the form fields proper are displayed. <P>
+
+As the form user fills out the posted form, navigation and editing
+keys support movement between fields, editing keys support modifying
+field, and plain text adds to or changes data in a current field. The
+form library allows you (the forms designer) to bind each navigation
+and editing key to any keystroke accepted by <CODE>curses</CODE>
+
+Fields may have validation conditions on them, so that they check input
+data for type and value. The form library supplies a rich set of
+pre-defined field types, and makes it relatively easy to define new ones. <P>
+
+Once its transaction is completed (or aborted), a form may be
+<DFN>unposted</DFN> (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed to make
+the storage associated with it and its items available for re-use. <P>
+
+The general flow of control of a form program looks like this:
+
+<OL>
+<LI>Initialize <CODE>curses</CODE>.
+<LI>Create the form fields, using <CODE>new_field()</CODE>.
+<LI>Create the form using <CODE>new_form()</CODE>.
+<LI>Post the form using <CODE>form_post()</CODE>.
+<LI>Refresh the screen.
+<LI>Process user requests via an input loop.
+<LI>Unpost the form using <CODE>form_unpost()</CODE>.
+<LI>Free the form, using <CODE>free_form()</CODE>.
+<LI>Free the fields using <CODE>free_field()</CODE>.
+<LI>Terminate <CODE>curses</CODE>.
+</OL>
+
+Note that this looks much like a menu program; the form library handles
+tasks which are in many ways similar, and its interface was obviously
+designed to resemble that of the <A HREF="#menu">menu library</A>
+wherever possible. <P>
+
+In forms programs, however, the `process user requests' is somewhat more
+complicated than for menus. Besides menu-like navigation operations,
+the menu driver loop has to support field editing and data validation. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fcreate">Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms</A></H2>
+
+The basic function for creating fields is <CODE>new_field()</CODE>: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+FIELD *new_field(int height, int width, /* new field size */
+ int top, int left, /* upper left corner */
+ int offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */
+ int nbuf); /* number of working buffers */
+</PRE>
+
+Menu items always occupy a single row, but forms fields may have
+multiple rows. So <CODE>new_field()</CODE> requires you to specify a
+width and height (the first two arguments, which mist both be greater
+than zero). <P>
+
+You must also specify the location of the field's upper left corner on
+the screen (the third and fourth arguments, which must be zero or
+greater). Note that these coordinates are relative to the form
+subwindow, which will coincide with <CODE>stdscr</CODE> by default but
+need not be <CODE>stdscr</CODE> if you've done an explicit
+<CODE>set_form_window()</CODE> call. <P>
+
+The fifth argument allows you to specify a number of off-screen rows. If
+this is zero, the entire field will always be displayed. If it is
+nonzero, the form will be scrollable, with only one screen-full (initially
+the top part) displayed at any given time. If you make a field dynamic
+and grow it so it will no longer fit on the screen, the form will become
+scrollable even if the <CODE>offscreen</CODE> argument was initially zero. <P>
+
+The forms library allocates one working buffer per field; the size of
+each buffer is <CODE>((height + offscreen)*width + 1</CODE>, one character
+for each position in the field plus a NUL terminator. The sixth
+argument is the number of additional data buffers to allocate for the
+field; your application can use them for its own purposes. <P>
+
+<PRE>
+FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */
+ int top, int left); /* location of new copy */
+</PRE>
+
+The function <CODE>dup_field()</CODE> duplicates an existing field at a
+new location. Size and buffering information are copied; some
+attribute flags and status bits are not (see the
+<CODE>form_field_new(3X)</CODE> for details). <P>
+
+<PRE>
+FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */
+ int top, int left); /* location of new copy */
+</PRE>
+
+The function <CODE>link_field()</CODE> also duplicates an existing field
+at a new location. The difference from <CODE>dup_field()</CODE> is that
+it arranges for the new field's buffer to be shared with the old one. <P>
+
+Besides the obvious use in making a field editable from two different
+form pages, linked fields give you a way to hack in dynamic labels. If
+you declare several fields linked to an original, and then make them
+inactive, changes from the original will still be propagated to the
+linked fields. <P>
+
+As with duplicated fields, linked fields have attribute bits separate
+from the original. <P>
+
+As you might guess, all these field-allocations return <CODE>NULL</CODE> if
+the field allocation is not possible due to an out-of-memory error or
+out-of-bounds arguments. <P>
+
+To connect fields to a form, use <P>
+
+<PRE>
+FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+</PRE>
+
+This function expects to see a NULL-terminated array of field pointers.
+Said fields are connected to a newly-allocated form object; its address
+is returned (or else NULL if the allocation fails). <P>
+
+Note that <CODE>new_field()</CODE> does <EM>not</EM> copy the pointer array
+into private storage; if you modify the contents of the pointer array
+during forms processing, all manner of bizarre things might happen. Also
+note that any given field may only be connected to one form. <P>
+
+The functions <CODE>free_field()</CODE> and <CODE>free_form</CODE> are available
+to free field and form objects. It is an error to attempt to free a field
+connected to a form, but not vice-versa; thus, you will generally free
+your form objects first. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fattributes">Fetching and Changing Field Attributes</A></H2>
+
+Each form field has a number of location and size attributes
+associated with it. There are other field attributes used to control
+display and editing of the field. Some (for example, the <CODE>O_STATIC</CODE> bit)
+involve sufficient complications to be covered in sections of their own
+later on. We cover the functions used to get and set several basic
+attributes here. <P>
+
+When a field is created, the attributes not specified by the
+<CODE>new_field</CODE> function are copied from an invisible system
+default field. In attribute-setting and -fetching functions, the
+argument NULL is taken to mean this field. Changes to it persist
+as defaults until your forms application terminates. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fsizes">Fetching Size and Location Data</A></H3>
+
+You can retrieve field sizes and locations through: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int field_info(FIELD *field, /* field from which to fetch */
+ int *height, *int width, /* field size */
+ int *top, int *left, /* upper left corner */
+ int *offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */
+ int *nbuf); /* number of working buffers */
+</PRE>
+
+This function is a sort of inverse of <CODE>new_field()</CODE>; instead of
+setting size and location attributes of a new field, it fetches them
+from an existing one. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="flocation">Changing the Field Location</A></H3>
+
+If is possible to move a field's location on the screen: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int move_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int top, int left); /* new upper-left corner */
+</PRE>
+
+You can, of course. query the current location through <CODE>field_info()</CODE>.
+
+<H3><A NAME="fjust">The Justification Attribute</A></H3>
+
+One-line fields may be unjustified, justified right, justified left,
+or centered. Here is how you manipulate this attribute: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_just(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int justmode); /* mode to set */
+
+int field_just(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */
+</PRE>
+
+The mode values accepted and returned by this functions are
+preprocessor macros <CODE>NO_JUSTIFICATION</CODE>, <CODE>JUSTIFY_RIGHT</CODE>,
+<CODE>JUSTIFY_LEFT</CODE>, or <CODE>JUSTIFY_CENTER</CODE>. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fdispatts">Field Display Attributes</A></H3>
+
+For each field, you can set a foreground attribute for entered
+characters, a background attribute for the entire field, and a pad
+character for the unfilled portion of the field. You can also
+control pagination of the form. <P>
+
+This group of four field attributes controls the visual appearance
+of the field on the screen, without affecting in any way the data
+in the field buffer. <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ chtype attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+chtype field_fore(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+int set_field_back(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ chtype attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+chtype field_back(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+
+int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int pad); /* pad character to set */
+
+chtype field_pad(FIELD *field);
+
+int set_new_page(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int flag); /* TRUE to force new page */
+
+chtype new_page(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+</PRE>
+
+The attributes set and returned by the first four functions are normal
+<CODE>curses(3x)</CODE> display attribute values (<CODE>A_STANDOUT</CODE>,
+<CODE>A_BOLD</CODE>, <CODE>A_REVERSE</CODE> etc).
+
+The page bit of a field controls whether it is displayed at the start of
+a new form screen. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="foptions">Field Option Bits</A></H3>
+
+There is also a large collection of field option bits you can set to control
+various aspects of forms processing. You can manipulate them with these
+functions:
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn on */
+
+int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn off */
+
+int field_opts(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+</PRE>
+
+By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits:
+<DL>
+<DT> O_VISIBLE
+<DD> Controls whether the field is visible on the screen. Can be used
+during form processing to hide or pop up fields depending on the value
+of parent fields.
+<DT> O_ACTIVE
+<DD> Controls whether the field is active during forms processing (i.e.
+visited by form navigation keys). Can be used to make labels or derived
+fields with buffer values alterable by the forms application, not the user.
+<DT> O_PUBLIC
+<DD> Controls whether data is displayed during field entry. If this option is
+turned off on a field, the library will accept and edit data in that field,
+but it will not be displayed and the visible field cursor will not move.
+You can turn off the O_PUBLIC bit to define password fields.
+<DT> O_EDIT
+<DD> Controls whether the field's data can be modified. When this option is
+off, all editing requests except <CODE>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</CODE> and
+<CODE>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</CODE> will fail. Such read-only fields may be useful for
+help messages.
+<DT> O_WRAP
+<DD> Controls word-wrapping in multi-line fields. Normally, when any
+character of a (blank-separated) word reaches the end of the current line, the
+entire word is wrapped to the next line (assuming there is one). When this
+option is off, the word will be split across the line break.
+<DT> O_BLANK
+<DD> Controls field blanking. When this option is on, entering a character at
+the first field position erases the entire field (except for the just-entered
+character).
+<DT> O_AUTOSKIP
+<DD> Controls automatic skip to next field when this one fills. Normally,
+when the forms user tries to type more data into a field than will fit,
+the editing location jumps to next field. When this option is off, the
+user's cursor will hang at the end of the field. This option is ignored
+in dynamic fields that have not reached their size limit.
+<DT> O_NULLOK
+<DD> Controls whether <A HREF="#fvalidation">validation</A> is applied to
+blank fields. Normally, it is not; the user can leave a field blank
+without invoking the usual validation check on exit. If this option is
+off on a field, exit from it will invoke a validation check.
+<DT> O_PASSOK
+<DD> Controls whether validation occurs on every exit, or only after
+the field is modified. Normally the latter is true. Setting O_PASSOK
+may be useful if your field's validation function may change during
+forms processing.
+<DT> O_STATIC
+<DD> Controls whether the field is fixed to its initial dimensions. If you
+turn this off, the field becomes <A HREF="#fdynamic">dynamic</A> and will
+stretch to fit entered data.
+</DL>
+
+A field's options cannot be changed while the field is currently selected.
+However, options may be changed on posted fields that are not current. <P>
+
+The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in
+the obvious way. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fstatus">Field Status</A></H2>
+
+Every field has a status flag, which is set to FALSE when the field is
+created and TRUE when the value in field buffer 0 changes. This flag can
+be queried and set directly: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_status(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int status); /* mode to set */
+
+int field_status(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */
+</PRE>
+
+Setting this flag under program control can be useful if you use the same
+form repeatedly, looking for modified fields each time. <P>
+
+Calling <CODE>field_status()</CODE> on a field not currently selected
+for input will return a correct value. Calling <CODE>field_status()</CODE> on a
+field that is currently selected for input may not necessarily give a
+correct field status value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to
+buffer zero before the exit validation check.
+
+To guarantee that the returned status value reflects reality, call
+<CODE>field_status()</CODE> either (1) in the field's exit validation check
+routine, (2) from the field's or form's initialization or termination
+hooks, or (3) just after a <CODE>REQ_VALIDATION</CODE> request has been
+processed by the forms driver. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fuser">Field User Pointer</A></H2>
+
+Each field structure contains one character pointer slot that is not used
+by the forms library. It is intended to be used by applications to store
+private per-field data. You can manipulate it with:
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ char *userptr); /* mode to set */
+
+char *field_userptr(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */
+</PRE>
+
+(Properly, this user pointer field ought to have <CODE>(void *)</CODE> type.
+The <CODE>(char *)</CODE> type is retained for System V compatibility.) <P>
+
+It is valid to set the user pointer of the default field (with a
+<CODE>set_field_userptr()</CODE> call passed a NULL field pointer.)
+When a new field is created, the default-field user pointer is copied
+to initialize the new field's user pointer. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fdynamic">Variable-Sized Fields</A></H2>
+
+Normally, a field is fixed at the size specified for it at creation
+time. If, however, you turn off its O_STATIC bit, it becomes
+<DFN>dynamic</DFN> and will automatically resize itself to accommodate
+data as it is entered. If the field has extra buffers associated with it,
+they will grow right along with the main input buffer. <P>
+
+A one-line dynamic field will have a fixed height (1) but variable
+width, scrolling horizontally to display data within the field area as
+originally dimensioned and located. A multi-line dynamic field will
+have a fixed width, but variable height (number of rows), scrolling
+vertically to display data within the field area as originally
+dimensioned and located. <P>
+
+Normally, a dynamic field is allowed to grow without limit. But it is
+possible to set an upper limit on the size of a dynamic field. You do
+it with this function: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_max_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter (may not be NULL) */
+ int max_size); /* upper limit on field size */
+</PRE>
+
+If the field is one-line, <CODE>max_size</CODE> is taken to be a column size
+limit; if it is multi-line, it is taken to be a line size limit. To disable
+any limit, use an argument of zero. The growth limit can be changed whether
+or not the O_STATIC bit is on, but has no effect until it is. <P>
+
+The following properties of a field change when it becomes dynamic:
+
+<UL>
+<LI>If there is no growth limit, there is no final position of the field;
+therefore <CODE>O_AUTOSKIP</CODE> and <CODE>O_NL_OVERLOAD</CODE> are ignored.
+<LI>Field justification will be ignored (though whatever justification is
+set up will be retained internally and can be queried).
+<LI>The <CODE>dup_field()</CODE> and <CODE>link_field()</CODE> calls copy
+dynamic-buffer sizes. If the <CODE>O_STATIC</CODE> option is set on one of a
+collection of links, buffer resizing will occur only when the field is
+edited through that link.
+<LI>The call <CODE>field_info()</CODE> will retrieve the original static size of
+the field; use <CODE>dynamic_field_info()</CODE> to get the actual dynamic size.
+</UL>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fvalidation">Field Validation</A></H2>
+
+By default, a field will accept any data that will fit in its input buffer.
+However, it is possible to attach a validation type to a field. If you do
+this, any attempt to leave the field while it contains data that doesn't
+match the validation type will fail. Some validation types also have a
+character-validity check for each time a character is entered in the field. <P>
+
+A field's validation check (if any) is not called when
+<CODE>set_field_buffer()</CODE> modifies the input buffer, nor when that buffer
+is changed through a linked field. <P>
+
+The <CODE>form</CODE> library provides a rich set of pre-defined validation
+types, and gives you the capability to define custom ones of your own. You
+can examine and change field validation attributes with the following
+functions: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ FIELDTYPE *ftype, /* type to associate */
+ ...); /* additional arguments*/
+
+FIELDTYPE *field_type(FIELD *field); /* field to query */
+</PRE>
+
+The validation type of a field is considered an attribute of the field. As
+with other field attributes, Also, doing <CODE>set_field_type()</CODE> with a
+<CODE>NULL</CODE> field default will change the system default for validation of
+newly-created fields. <P>
+
+Here are the pre-defined validation types: <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="ftype_alpha">TYPE_ALPHA</A></H3>
+
+This field type accepts alphabetic data; no blanks, no digits, no special
+characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is set up with: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_ALPHA, /* type to associate */
+ int width); /* maximum width of field */
+</PRE>
+
+The <CODE>width</CODE> argument sets a minimum width of data. Typically
+you'll want to set this to the field width; if it's greater than the
+field width, the validation check will always fail. A minimum width
+of zero makes field completion optional. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="ftype_alnum">TYPE_ALNUM</A></H3>
+
+This field type accepts alphabetic data and digits; no blanks, no special
+characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is set up with: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_ALNUM, /* type to associate */
+ int width); /* maximum width of field */
+</PRE>
+
+The <CODE>width</CODE> argument sets a minimum width of data. As with
+TYPE_ALPHA, typically you'll want to set this to the field width; if it's
+greater than the field width, the validation check will always fail. A
+minimum width of zero makes field completion optional. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="ftype_enum">TYPE_ENUM</A></H3>
+
+This type allows you to restrict a field's values to be among a specified
+set of string values (for example, the two-letter postal codes for U.S.
+states). It is set up with: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_ENUM, /* type to associate */
+ char **valuelist; /* list of possible values */
+ int checkcase; /* case-sensitive? */
+ int checkunique); /* must specify uniquely? */
+</PRE>
+
+The <CODE>valuelist</CODE> parameter must point at a NULL-terminated list of
+valid strings. The <CODE>checkcase</CODE> argument, if true, makes comparison
+with the string case-sensitive. <P>
+
+When the user exits a TYPE_ENUM field, the validation procedure tries to
+complete the data in the buffer to a valid entry. If a complete choice string
+has been entered, it is of course valid. But it is also possible to enter a
+prefix of a valid string and have it completed for you. <P>
+
+By default, if you enter such a prefix and it matches more than one value
+in the string list, the prefix will be completed to the first matching
+value. But the <CODE>checkunique</CODE> argument, if true, requires prefix
+matches to be unique in order to be valid. <P>
+
+The <CODE>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</CODE> and <CODE>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</CODE> input requests
+can be particularly useful with these fields. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="ftype_integer">TYPE_INTEGER</A></H3>
+
+This field type accepts an integer. It is set up as follows: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_INTEGER, /* type to associate */
+ int padding, /* # places to zero-pad to */
+ int vmin, int vmax); /* valid range */
+</PRE>
+
+Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits.
+The range check is performed on exit. If the range maximum is less
+than or equal to the minimum, the range is ignored. <P>
+
+If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many leading
+zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument. <P>
+
+A <CODE>TYPE_INTEGER</CODE> value buffer can conveniently be interpreted
+with the C library function <CODE>atoi(3)</CODE>.
+
+<H3><A NAME="ftype_numeric">TYPE_NUMERIC</A></H3>
+
+This field type accepts a decimal number. It is set up as follows: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_NUMERIC, /* type to associate */
+ int padding, /* # places of precision */
+ double vmin, double vmax); /* valid range */
+</PRE>
+
+Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits. possibly
+including a decimal point. If your system supports locale's, the decimal point
+character used must be the one defined by your locale. The range check is
+performed on exit. If the range maximum is less than or equal to the minimum,
+the range is ignored. <P>
+
+If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many trailing
+zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument. <P>
+
+A <CODE>TYPE_NUMERIC</CODE> value buffer can conveniently be interpreted
+with the C library function <CODE>atof(3)</CODE>.
+
+<H3><A NAME="ftype_regexp">TYPE_REGEXP</A></H3>
+
+This field type accepts data matching a regular expression. It is set up
+as follows: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ TYPE_REGEXP, /* type to associate */
+ char *regexp); /* expression to match */
+</PRE>
+
+The syntax for regular expressions is that of <CODE>regcomp(3)</CODE>.
+The check for regular-expression match is performed on exit.
+
+<H2><A NAME="fbuffer">Direct Field Buffer Manipulation</A></H2>
+
+The chief attribute of a field is its buffer contents. When a form has
+been completed, your application usually needs to know the state of each
+field buffer. You can find this out with: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+char *field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to query */
+ int bufindex); /* number of buffer to query */
+</PRE>
+
+Normally, the state of the zero-numbered buffer for each field is set by
+the user's editing actions on that field. It's sometimes useful to be able
+to set the value of the zero-numbered (or some other) buffer from your
+application:
+
+<PRE>
+int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */
+ int bufindex, /* number of buffer to alter */
+ char *value); /* string value to set */
+</PRE>
+
+If the field is not large enough and cannot be resized to a sufficiently
+large size to contain the specified value, the value will be truncated
+to fit. <P>
+
+Calling <CODE>field_buffer()</CODE> with a null field pointer will raise an
+error. Calling <CODE>field_buffer()</CODE> on a field not currently selected
+for input will return a correct value. Calling <CODE>field_buffer()</CODE> on a
+field that is currently selected for input may not necessarily give a
+correct field buffer value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to
+buffer zero before the exit validation check.
+
+To guarantee that the returned buffer value reflects on-screen reality,
+call <CODE>field_buffer()</CODE> either (1) in the field's exit validation
+check routine, (2) from the field's or form's initialization or termination
+hooks, or (3) just after a <CODE>REQ_VALIDATION</CODE> request has been processed
+by the forms driver. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="formattrs">Attributes of Forms</A></H2>
+
+As with field attributes, form attributes inherit a default from a
+system default form structure. These defaults can be queried or set by
+of these functions using a form-pointer argument of <CODE>NULL</CODE>. <P>
+
+The principal attribute of a form is its field list. You can query
+and change this list with: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_form_fields(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ FIELD **fields); /* fields to connect */
+
+char *form_fields(FORM *form); /* fetch fields of form */
+
+int field_count(FORM *form); /* count connect fields */
+</PRE>
+
+The second argument of <CODE>set_form_fields()</CODE> may be a
+NULL-terminated field pointer array like the one required by
+<CODE>new_form()</CODE>. In that case, the old fields of the form are
+disconnected but not freed (and eligible to be connected to other
+forms), then the new fields are connected. <P>
+
+It may also be null, in which case the old fields are disconnected
+(and not freed) but no new ones are connected. <P>
+
+The <CODE>field_count()</CODE> function simply counts the number of fields
+connected to a given from. It returns -1 if the form-pointer argument
+is NULL. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fdisplay">Control of Form Display</A></H2>
+
+In the overview section, you saw that to display a form you normally
+start by defining its size (and fields), posting it, and refreshing
+the screen. There is an hidden step before posting, which is the
+association of the form with a frame window (actually, a pair of
+windows) within which it will be displayed. By default, the forms
+library associates every form with the full-screen window
+<CODE>stdscr</CODE>. <P>
+
+By making this step explicit, you can associate a form with a declared
+frame window on your screen display. This can be useful if you want to
+adapt the form display to different screen sizes, dynamically tile
+forms on the screen, or use a form as part of an interface layout
+managed by <A HREF="#panels">panels</A>. <P>
+
+The two windows associated with each form have the same functions as
+their analogues in the <A HREF="#menu">menu library</A>. Both these
+windows are painted when the form is posted and erased when the form
+is unposted. <P>
+
+The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the form
+routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a
+border, or perhaps help text with the form and have it properly
+refreshed or erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or subwindow
+is where the current form page is actually displayed. <P>
+
+In order to declare your own frame window for a form, you'll need to
+know the size of the form's bounding rectangle. You can get this
+information with: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int scale_form(FORM *form, /* form to query */
+ int *rows, /* form rows */
+ int *cols); /* form cols */
+</PRE>
+
+The form dimensions are passed back in the locations pointed to by
+the arguments. Once you have this information, you can use it to
+declare of windows, then use one of these functions:
+
+<PRE>
+int set_form_win(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ WINDOW *win); /* frame window to connect */
+
+WINDOW *form_win(FORM *form); /* fetch frame window of form */
+
+int set_form_sub(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ WINDOW *win); /* form subwindow to connect */
+
+WINDOW *form_sub(FORM *form); /* fetch form subwindow of form */
+</PRE>
+
+Note that curses operations, including <CODE>refresh()</CODE>, on the form,
+should be done on the frame window, not the form subwindow. <P>
+
+It is possible to check from your application whether all of a
+scrollable field is actually displayed within the menu subwindow. Use
+these functions: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int data_ahead(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */
+
+int data_behind(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */
+</PRE>
+
+The function <CODE>data_ahead()</CODE> returns TRUE if (a) the current
+field is one-line and has undisplayed data off to the right, (b) the current
+field is multi-line and there is data off-screen below it. <P>
+
+The function <CODE>data_behind()</CODE> returns TRUE if the first (upper
+left hand) character position is off-screen (not being displayed). <P>
+
+Finally, there is a function to restore the form window's cursor to the
+value expected by the forms driver: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int pos_form_cursor(FORM *) /* form to be queried */
+</PRE>
+
+If your application changes the form window cursor, call this function before
+handing control back to the forms driver in order to re-synchronize it. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fdriver">Input Processing in the Forms Driver</A></H2>
+
+The function <CODE>form_driver()</CODE> handles virtualized input requests
+for form navigation, editing, and validation requests, just as
+<CODE>menu_driver</CODE> does for menus (see the section on <A
+HREF="#minput">menu input handling</A>). <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int form_driver(FORM *form, /* form to pass input to */
+ int request); /* form request code */
+</PRE>
+
+Your input virtualization function needs to take input and then convert it
+to either an alphanumeric character (which is treated as data to be
+entered in the currently-selected field), or a forms processing request. <P>
+
+The forms driver provides hooks (through input-validation and
+field-termination functions) with which your application code can check
+that the input taken by the driver matched what was expected. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fpage">Page Navigation Requests</A></H3>
+
+These requests cause page-level moves through the form,
+triggering display of a new form screen. <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEXT_PAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the next form page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_PREV_PAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the previous form page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_FIRST_PAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the first form page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_LAST_PAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the last form page.
+</DL>
+
+These requests treat the list as cyclic; that is, <CODE>REQ_NEXT_PAGE</CODE>
+from the last page goes to the first, and <CODE>REQ_PREV_PAGE</CODE> from
+the first page goes to the last. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="#ffield">Inter-Field Navigation Requests</A></H3>
+
+These requests handle navigation between fields on the same page. <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to next field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_PREV_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to previous field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_FIRST_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the first field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_LAST_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the last field.
+<P>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SNEXT_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to sorted next field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SPREV_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to sorted previous field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SFIRST_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the sorted first field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SLAST_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to the sorted last field.
+<P>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_LEFT_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move left to field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_RIGHT_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move right to field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_UP_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move up to field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_DOWN_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move down to field.
+</DL>
+
+These requests treat the list of fields on a page as cyclic; that is,
+<CODE>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</CODE> from the last field goes to the first, and
+<CODE>REQ_PREV_FIELD</CODE> from the first field goes to the last. The
+order of the fields for these (and the <CODE>REQ_FIRST_FIELD</CODE> and
+<CODE>REQ_LAST_FIELD</CODE> requests) is simply the order of the field
+pointers in the form array (as set up by <CODE>new_form()</CODE> or
+<CODE>set_form_fields()</CODE> <P>
+
+It is also possible to traverse the fields as if they had been sorted in
+screen-position order, so the sequence goes left-to-right and top-to-bottom.
+To do this, use the second group of four sorted-movement requests. <P>
+
+Finally, it is possible to move between fields using visual directions up,
+down, right, and left. To accomplish this, use the third group of four
+requests. Note, however, that the position of a form for purposes of these
+requests is its upper-left corner. <P>
+
+For example, suppose you have a multi-line field B, and two
+single-line fields A and C on the same line with B, with A to the left
+of B and C to the right of B. A <CODE>REQ_MOVE_RIGHT</CODE> from A will
+go to B only if A, B, and C <EM>all</EM> share the same first line;
+otherwise it will skip over B to C. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="#fifield">Intra-Field Navigation Requests</A></H3>
+
+These requests drive movement of the edit cursor within the currently
+selected field. <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEXT_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Move to next character.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_PREV_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Move to previous character.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEXT_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to next line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_PREV_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to previous line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEXT_WORD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to next word.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_PREV_WORD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to previous word.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_BEG_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to beginning of field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_END_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Move to end of field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_BEG_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to beginning of line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_END_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> Move to end of line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_LEFT_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Move left in field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_RIGHT_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Move right in field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_UP_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Move up in field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_DOWN_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Move down in field.
+</DL>
+
+Each <EM>word</EM> is separated from the previous and next characters
+by whitespace. The commands to move to beginning and end of line or field
+look for the first or last non-pad character in their ranges. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fscroll">Scrolling Requests</A></H3>
+
+Fields that are dynamic and have grown and fields explicitly created
+with offscreen rows are scrollable. One-line fields scroll horizontally;
+multi-line fields scroll vertically. Most scrolling is triggered by
+editing and intra-field movement (the library scrolls the field to keep the
+cursor visible). It is possible to explicitly request scrolling with the
+following requests:
+<P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_FLINE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll vertically forward a line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_BLINE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll vertically backward a line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_FPAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll vertically forward a page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_BPAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll vertically backward a page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_FHPAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll vertically forward half a page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_BHPAGE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll vertically backward half a page.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_FCHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll horizontally forward a character.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_BCHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll horizontally backward a character.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_HFLINE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll horizontally one field width forward.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_HBLINE</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll horizontally one field width backward.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_HFHALF</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll horizontally one half field width forward.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_SCR_HBHALF</CODE>
+<DD> Scroll horizontally one half field width backward.
+</DL>
+
+For scrolling purposes, a <EM>page</EM> of a field is the height
+of its visible part. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fedit">Editing Requests</A></H3>
+
+When you pass the forms driver an ASCII character, it is treated as a
+request to add the character to the field's data buffer. Whether this
+is an insertion or a replacement depends on the field's edit mode
+(insertion is the default. <P>
+
+The following requests support editing the field and changing the edit
+mode: <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_INS_MODE</CODE>
+<DD> Set insertion mode.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_OVL_MODE</CODE>
+<DD> Set overlay mode.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> New line request (see below for explanation).
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_INS_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Insert space at character location.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_INS_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> Insert blank line at character location.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_DEL_CHAR</CODE>
+<DD> Delete character at cursor.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_DEL_PREV</CODE>
+<DD> Delete previous word at cursor.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_DEL_LINE</CODE>
+<DD> Delete line at cursor.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_DEL_WORD</CODE>
+<DD> Delete word at cursor.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_CLR_EOL</CODE>
+<DD> Clear to end of line.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_CLR_EOF</CODE>
+<DD> Clear to end of field.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_CLEAR_FIELD</CODE>
+<DD> Clear entire field.
+</DL>
+
+The behavior of the <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE> and <CODE>REQ_DEL_PREV</CODE> requests
+is complicated and partly controlled by a pair of forms options.
+The special cases are triggered when the cursor is at the beginning of
+a field, or on the last line of the field. <P>
+
+First, we consider <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE>: <P>
+
+The normal behavior of <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE> in insert mode is to break the
+current line at the position of the edit cursor, inserting the portion of
+the current line after the cursor as a new line following the current
+and moving the cursor to the beginning of that new line (you may think
+of this as inserting a newline in the field buffer). <P>
+
+The normal behavior of <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE> in overlay mode is to clear the
+current line from the position of the edit cursor to end of line.
+The cursor is then moved to the beginning of the next line. <P>
+
+However, <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE> at the beginning of a field, or on the
+last line of a field, instead does a <CODE>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</CODE>.
+<CODE>O_NL_OVERLOAD</CODE> option is off, this special action is
+disabled. <P>
+
+Now, let us consider <CODE>REQ_DEL_PREV</CODE>: <P>
+
+The normal behavior of <CODE>REQ_DEL_PREV</CODE> is to delete the previous
+character. If insert mode is on, and the cursor is at the start of a
+line, and the text on that line will fit on the previous one, it
+instead appends the contents of the current line to the previous one
+and deletes the current line (you may think of this as deleting a
+newline from the field buffer). <P>
+
+However, <CODE>REQ_DEL_PREV</CODE> at the beginning of a field is instead
+treated as a <CODE>REQ_PREV_FIELD</CODE>. <P> If the
+<CODE>O_BS_OVERLOAD</CODE> option is off, this special action is
+disabled and the forms driver just returns <CODE>E_REQUEST_DENIED</CODE>. <P>
+
+See <A HREF="#frmoptions">Form Options</A> for discussion of how to set
+and clear the overload options. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="forder">Order Requests</A></H3>
+
+If the type of your field is ordered, and has associated functions
+for getting the next and previous values of the type from a given value,
+there are requests that can fetch that value into the field buffer: <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</CODE>
+<DD> Place the successor value of the current value in the buffer.
+<DT> <CODE>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</CODE>
+<DD> Place the predecessor value of the current value in the buffer.
+</DL>
+
+Of the built-in field types, only <CODE>TYPE_ENUM</CODE> has built-in successor
+and predecessor functions. When you define a field type of your own
+(see <A HREF="#fcustom">Custom Validation Types</A>), you can associate
+our own ordering functions. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fappcmds">Application Commands</A></H3>
+
+Form requests are represented as integers above the <CODE>curses</CODE> value
+greater than <CODE>KEY_MAX</CODE> and less than or equal to the constant
+<CODE>MAX_COMMAND</CODE>. If your input-virtualization routine returns a
+value above <CODE>MAX_COMMAND</CODE>, the forms driver will ignore it. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fhooks">Field Change Hooks</A></H2>
+
+It is possible to set function hooks to be executed whenever the
+current field or form changes. Here are the functions that support this: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+typedef void (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */
+
+int set_form_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */
+
+HOOK form_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int set_form_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* termination hook */
+
+HOOK form_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int set_field_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */
+
+HOOK field_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int set_field_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ HOOK hook); /* termination hook */
+
+HOOK field_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+</PRE>
+
+These functions allow you to either set or query four different hooks.
+In each of the set functions, the second argument should be the
+address of a hook function. These functions differ only in the timing
+of the hook call. <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> form_init
+<DD> This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after
+each page change operation.
+<DT> field_init
+<DD> This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after
+each field change
+<DT> field_term
+<DD> This hook is called just after field validation; that is, just before
+the field is altered. It is also called when the form is unposted. <P>
+<DT> form_term
+<DD> This hook is called when the form is unposted; also, just before
+each page change operation.
+</DL>
+
+Calls to these hooks may be triggered
+<OL>
+<LI>When user editing requests are processed by the forms driver
+<LI>When the current page is changed by <CODE>set_current_field()</CODE> call
+<LI>When the current field is changed by a <CODE>set_form_page()</CODE> call
+</OL>
+
+See <A NAME="ffocus">Field Change Commands</A> for discussion of the latter
+two cases. <P>
+
+You can set a default hook for all fields by passing one of the set functions
+a NULL first argument. <P>
+
+You can disable any of these hooks by (re)setting them to NULL, the default
+value. <P>
+
+<H2><A HREF="#ffocus">Field Change Commands</A></H2>
+
+Normally, navigation through the form will be driven by the user's
+input requests. But sometimes it is useful to be able to move the
+focus for editing and viewing under control of your application, or
+ask which field it currently is in. The following functions help you
+accomplish this: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_current_field(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ FIELD *field); /* field to shift to */
+
+FIELD *current_field(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+
+int field_index(FORM *form, /* form to query */
+ FIELD *field); /* field to get index of */
+</PRE>
+
+The function <CODE>field_index()</CODE> returns the index of the given field
+in the given form's field array (the array passed to <CODE>new_form()</CODE> or
+<CODE>set_form_fields()</CODE>). <P>
+
+The initial current field of a form is the first active field on the
+first page. The function <CODE>set_form_fields()</CODE> resets this.<P>
+
+It is also possible to move around by pages. <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_form_page(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int page); /* page to go to (0-origin) */
+
+int form_page(FORM *form); /* return form's current page */
+</PRE>
+
+The initial page of a newly-created form is 0. The function
+<CODE>set_form_fields()</CODE> resets this. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="frmoptions">Form Options</A></H2>
+
+Like fields, forms may have control option bits. They can be changed
+or queried with these functions: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+int set_form_opts(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int attr); /* attribute to set */
+
+int form_opts_on(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn on */
+
+int form_opts_off(FORM *form, /* form to alter */
+ int attr); /* attributes to turn off */
+
+int form_opts(FORM *form); /* form to query */
+</PRE>
+
+By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits:
+
+<DL>
+<DT> O_NL_OVERLOAD
+<DD> Enable overloading of <CODE>REQ_NEW_LINE</CODE> as described in <A
+NAME="fedit">Editing Requests</A>. The value of this option is
+ignored on dynamic fields that have not reached their size limit;
+these have no last line, so the circumstances for triggering a
+<CODE>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</CODE> never arise.
+<DT> O_BS_OVERLOAD
+<DD> Enable overloading of <CODE>REQ_DEL_PREV</CODE> as described in
+<A NAME="fedit">Editing Requests</A>.
+</DL>
+
+The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in
+the obvious way. <P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="fcustom">Custom Validation Types</A></H2>
+
+The <CODE>form</CODE> library gives you the capability to define custom
+validation types of your own. Further, the optional additional arguments
+of <CODE>set_field_type</CODE> effectively allow you to parameterize validation
+types. Most of the complications in the validation-type interface have to
+do with the handling of the additional arguments within custom validation
+functions. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="flinktypes">Union Types</A></H3>
+
+The simplest way to create a custom data type is to compose it from two
+preexisting ones: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+FIELD *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+ FIELDTYPE *type2);
+</PRE>
+
+This function creates a field type that will accept any of the values
+legal for either of its argument field types (which may be either
+predefined or programmer-defined).
+
+If a <CODE>set_field_type()</CODE> call later requires arguments, the new
+composite type expects all arguments for the first type, than all arguments
+for the second. Order functions (see <A HREF="#forder">Order Requests</A>)
+associated with the component types will work on the composite; what it does
+is check the validation function for the first type, then for the second, to
+figure what type the buffer contents should be treated as. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fnewtypes">New Field Types</A></H3>
+
+To create a field type from scratch, you need to specify one or both of the
+following things: <P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>A character-validation function, to check each character as it is entered.
+<LI>A field-validation function to be applied on exit from the field.
+</UL>
+
+Here's how you do that: <P>
+<PRE>
+typedef int (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */
+
+FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(HOOK f_validate, /* field validator */
+ HOOK c_validate) /* character validator */
+
+
+int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *ftype); /* type to free */
+</PRE>
+
+At least one of the arguments of <CODE>new_fieldtype()</CODE> must be
+non-NULL. The forms driver will automatically call the new type's
+validation functions at appropriate points in processing a field of
+the new type. <P>
+
+The function <CODE>free_fieldtype()</CODE> deallocates the argument
+fieldtype, freeing all storage associated with it. <P>
+
+Normally, a field validator is called when the user attempts to
+leave the field. Its first argument is a field pointer, from which it
+can get to field buffer 0 and test it. If the function returns TRUE,
+the operation succeeds; if it returns FALSE, the edit cursor stays in
+the field. <P>
+
+A character validator gets the character passed in as a first argument.
+It too should return TRUE if the character is valid, FALSE otherwise. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fcheckargs">Validation Function Arguments</A></H3>
+
+Your field- and character- validation functions will be passed a
+second argument as well. This second argument is the address of a
+structure (which we'll call a <EM>pile</EM>) built from any of the
+field-type-specific arguments passed to <CODE>set_field_type()</CODE>. If
+no such arguments are defined for the field type, this pile pointer
+argument will be NULL. <P>
+
+In order to arrange for such arguments to be passed to your validation
+functions, you must associate a small set of storage-management functions
+with the type. The forms driver will use these to synthesize a pile
+from the trailing arguments of each <CODE>set_field_type()</CODE> argument, and
+a pointer to the pile will be passed to the validation functions. <P>
+
+Here is how you make the association: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+typedef char *(*PTRHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning (char *) */
+typedef void (*VOIDHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */
+
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */
+ PTRHOOK make_str, /* make structure from args */
+ PTRHOOK copy_str, /* make copy of structure */
+ VOIDHOOK free_str); /* free structure storage */
+</PRE>
+
+Here is how the storage-management hooks are used: <P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT> <CODE>make_str</CODE>
+<DD> This function is called by <CODE>set_field_type()</CODE>. It gets one
+argument, a <CODE>va_list</CODE> of the type-specific arguments passed to
+<CODE>set_field_type()</CODE>. It is expected to return a pile pointer to a data
+structure that encapsulates those arguments.
+<DT> <CODE>copy_str</CODE>
+<DD> This function is called by form library functions that allocate new
+field instances. It is expected to take a pile pointer, copy the pile
+to allocated storage, and return the address of the pile copy.
+<DT> <CODE>free_str</CODE>
+<DD> This function is called by field- and type-deallocation routines in the
+library. It takes a pile pointer argument, and is expected to free the
+storage of that pile.
+</DL>
+
+The <CODE>make_str</CODE> and <CODE>copy_str</CODE> functions may return NULL to
+signal allocation failure. The library routines will that call them will
+return error indication when this happens. Thus, your validation functions
+should never see a NULL file pointer and need not check specially for it. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fcustorder">Order Functions For Custom Types</A></H3>
+
+Some custom field types are simply ordered in the same well-defined way
+that <CODE>TYPE_ENUM</CODE> is. For such types, it is possible to define
+successor and predecessor functions to support the <CODE>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</CODE>
+and <CODE>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</CODE> requests. Here's how: <P>
+
+<PRE>
+typedef int (*INTHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */
+
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */
+ INTHOOK succ, /* get successor value */
+ INTHOOK pred); /* get predecessor value */
+</PRE>
+
+The successor and predecessor arguments will each be passed two arguments;
+a field pointer, and a pile pointer (as for the validation functions). They
+are expected to use the function <CODE>field_buffer()</CODE> to read the
+current value, and <CODE>set_field_buffer()</CODE> on buffer 0 to set the next
+or previous value. Either hook may return TRUE to indicate success (a
+legal next or previous value was set) or FALSE to indicate failure. <P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="fcustprobs">Avoiding Problems</A></H3>
+
+The interface for defining custom types is complicated and tricky.
+Rather than attempting to create a custom type entirely from scratch,
+you should start by studying the library source code for whichever of
+the pre-defined types seems to be closest to what you want. <P>
+
+Use that code as a model, and evolve it towards what you really want.
+You will avoid many problems and annoyances that way. The code
+in the <CODE>ncurses</CODE> library has been specifically exempted from
+the package copyright to support this. <P>
+
+If your custom type defines order functions, have do something intuitive
+with a blank field. A useful convention is to make the successor of a
+blank field the types minimum value, and its predecessor the maximum.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# $Id: run_tic.sh,v 1.8 1996/12/01 05:10:08 tom Exp $
+# This script is used to install terminfo.src using tic. We use a script
+# because the path checking is too awkward to do in a makefile.
+#
+# Parameters:
+# $1 = nominal directory in which to find 'tic', i.e., $(bindir).
+# $2 = source-directory, i.e., $(srcdir)
+# $3 = destination-directory path, i.e., $(ticdir)
+# $4 = install-prefix, if any
+#
+# Assumes:
+# The leaf directory names (bin, lib, shared, tabset, terminfo)
+#
+echo '** Building terminfo database, please wait...'
+#
+# Parameter parsing is primarily for debugging. The script is designed to
+# be run from the misc/Makefile as
+# make install.data
+prefix=/usr/local
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ bindir=$1
+ shift
+ PREFIX=`echo $bindir | sed -e 's/\/bin$//'`
+ test -n "$PREFIX" && test "x$PREFIX" != "x$bindir" && prefix=$PREFIX
+else
+ bindir=$prefix/bin
+fi
+
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ srcdir=$1
+ shift
+else
+ srcdir=.
+fi
+
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ ticdir=$1
+ shift
+else
+ ticdir=$prefix/share/terminfo
+fi
+
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ IP=$1
+ shift
+else
+ IP=""
+fi
+
+# Allow tic to run either from the install-path, or from the build-directory
+case "$PATH" in
+:*) PATH=../progs:$IP$bindir$PATH ;;
+*) PATH=../progs:$IP$bindir:$PATH ;;
+esac
+export PATH
+TERMINFO=$IP$ticdir ; export TERMINFO
+umask 022
+
+# Construct the name of the old (obsolete) pathname, e.g., /usr/lib/terminfo.
+TICDIR=`echo $TERMINFO | sed -e 's/\/share\//\/lib\//'`
+
+# Remove the old terminfo stuff; we don't care if it existed before, and it
+# would generate a lot of confusing error messages if we tried to overwrite it.
+# We explicitly remove its contents rather than the directory itself, in case
+# the directory is actually a symbolic link.
+( rm -fr $TERMINFO/[0-9A-Za-z] 2>/dev/null )
+
+# If we're not installing into /usr/share/, we'll have to adjust the location
+# of the tabset files in terminfo.src (which are in a parallel directory).
+TABSET=`echo $ticdir | sed -e 's/\/terminfo$/\/tabset/'`
+SRC=$srcdir/terminfo.src
+if test "x$TABSET" != "x/usr/share/tabset" ; then
+ echo '** adjusting tabset paths'
+ TMP=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/$$
+ sed -e s:/usr/share/tabset:$TABSET:g $SRC >$TMP
+ trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+ SRC=$TMP
+fi
+
+if ( $srcdir/shlib tic -s $SRC )
+then
+ echo '** built new '$TERMINFO
+else
+ echo '? tic could not build '$TERMINFO
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Make a symbolic link to provide compatibility with applications that expect
+# to find terminfo under /usr/lib. That is, we'll _try_ to do that. Not
+# all systems support symbolic links, and those that do provide a variety
+# of options for 'test'.
+if test "$TICDIR" != "$TERMINFO" ; then
+ ( rm -f $TICDIR 2>/dev/null )
+ if ( cd $TICDIR 2>/dev/null )
+ then
+ cd $TICDIR
+ TICDIR=`pwd`
+ if test $TICDIR != $TERMINFO ; then
+ # Well, we tried. Some systems lie to us, so the
+ # installer will have to double-check.
+ echo "Verify if $TICDIR and $TERMINFO are the same."
+ echo "The new terminfo is in $TERMINFO; the other should be a link to it."
+ echo "Otherwise, remove $TICDIR and link it to $TERMINFO."
+ fi
+ else
+ cd $IP$prefix
+ # Construct a symbolic link that only assumes $ticdir has the
+ # same $prefix as the other installed directories.
+ RELATIVE=`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::'`
+ if test "$RELATIVE" != "$ticdir" ; then
+ RELATIVE=../`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::' -e 's:^/::'`
+ fi
+ if ( ln -s $RELATIVE $TICDIR )
+ then
+ echo '** linked '$TICDIR' for compatibility'
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# $Id: shlib,v 1.3 1996/06/17 21:45:36 tom Exp $
+# Use this script as a wrapper when running executables linked to shared
+# libraries on systems that use the $LD_LIBRARY_PATH variable and don't embed
+# the soname's path within the linked executable (such as IRIX), e.g,
+#
+# shlib knight
+#
+# Setting LD_LIBRARY_PATH, overrides/supplements the loader's normal search
+# path, and works on most systems. The drawback is that then the environment
+# variable has to be set to run the programs within this directory tree.
+#
+# For Linux (and other systems using the GNU loader), we can use the rpath
+# directive, which embeds the pathname of the library within the executable.
+# Using the Linux loader's rpath directive introduces a constraint, since
+# it's embedded into the binary, and means that the binary cannot be moved
+# around (though it'll work if the $exec_prefix convention that puts the bin
+# and lib directories under the same parent is followed).
+#
+# Using the actual soname (e.g., ../lib/libncurses.so) alone, is a more
+# flexible solution; you can link without having to set the environment
+# variable, and on some systems (IRIX) you can even run the resulting binaries
+# without setting LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
+#
+# Using a conventional link, with -L and -l options on Linux results in a
+# statically linked executable, which we don't want at all.
+#
+q=""
+for p in lib ../lib
+do
+ if test -d $p; then
+ q="$p"
+ fi
+done
+if test -n "$q" ; then
+ if test -n "$LD_LIBRARY_PATH"; then
+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$q:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+ else
+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$q"
+ fi
+ export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+fi
+eval "$*"
--- /dev/null
+\r\e3\r \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1
--- /dev/null
+\r\e3\r \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1 \e1\r
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+\r
+\e[3g
+\eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH \eH
--- /dev/null
+
+\e[3g
+\eP2$t9/17/25/33/41/49/57/65/73/81/89/97/105/113/121/129\e\
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# $Id: tdlint,v 1.3 1996/07/15 00:47:21 tom Exp $
+#
+# Lint-script that allows user's own lint libraries, in addition to the ones
+# installed in the system.
+#
+OPT=""
+DIRS=""
+LIBS=""
+FILES=""
+ARCH=`uname -s`
+if test -z "$ARCH" ; then
+ echo '? uname not found'
+ exit 1
+else
+ case $ARCH in
+ AIX) set - $* -Nn4000
+ ;;
+ IRIX) set - $* -n -lc
+ ;;
+ SunOS)
+ case `uname -r` in
+ 5.*) ARCH=Solaris
+ set - $* -n -lc
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+# LIBDIR=$HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint ;export LIBDIR
+for p in $HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint /usr/lib/lint /usr/lib
+do
+ if [ -d $p ]
+ then
+ DIRS="$DIRS $p"
+ fi
+done
+#
+while [ $# != 0 ]
+do
+ case $1 in
+ -D*\"*) ;;
+ -L*)
+ DIRS="`echo $1|sed -e 's/^-L//'` $DIRS"
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ lib="llib-l`echo $1 | sed -e 's/^-l//'`.ln"
+ found=no
+ for p in $DIRS
+ do
+ echo -n testing $p/$lib
+ if [ -f $p/$lib ]
+ then
+ LIBS="$LIBS $p/$lib"
+ echo " (ok)"
+ found=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ echo
+ done
+ if [ $found = no ]
+ then
+ echo "ignored library $1"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -n) if [ -z "$OPT" ]
+ then
+ OPT="-I."
+ fi
+ OPT="$OPT $1"
+ ;;
+ -*) OPT="$OPT $1"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ FILES="$FILES $1"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+#
+eval lint $OPT $FILES $LIBS
--- /dev/null
+######## TERMINAL TYPE DESCRIPTIONS SOURCE FILE
+#
+# Version 10.1.1
+# terminfo syntax
+#
+# Eric S. Raymond (current maintainer)
+# John Kunze, Berkeley
+# Craig Leres, Berkeley
+#
+# Please e-mail changes to terminfo@ccil.org. The old termcap@berkeley.edu
+# address is no longer valid.
+#
+# PURPOSE OF THIS FILE:
+#
+# This file describes the capabilities of various character-cell terminals,
+# as needed by software such as screen-oriented editors.
+#
+# Other terminfo and termcap files exist, supported by various OS vendors
+# or as relics of various older versions of UNIX. This one is the longest
+# and most comprehensive one in existence. It subsumes not only the entirety
+# of the historical 4.4BSD, GNU, System V and SCO termcap files and the BRL
+# termcap file, but also large numbers of vendor-maintained termcap and
+# terminfo entries more complete and carefully tested than those in historical
+# termcap/terminfo versions.
+#
+# Pointers to related resources (including the ncurses distribution) may
+# be found at <http://www.ccil.org/terminfo>.
+#
+# INTERNATIONALIZATION:
+#
+# This file uses only the US-ASCII character set (no ISO8859 characters).
+#
+# This file assumes a US-ASCII character set. If you need to fix this, start
+# by global-replacing \E(B and \E)B with the appropriate ISO 6429 enablers
+# for your character set. \E(A and \E)A enables the British character set
+# with the pound sign at position 2/3.
+#
+# In a Japanese-processing environment using EUC/Japanese or Shift-JIS,
+# C1 characters are considered the first-byte set of the Japanese encodings,
+# so \E)0 should be avoided in <enacs> and initialization strings.
+#
+# FILE FORMAT:
+#
+# The version you are looking at may be in any of three formats: master
+# (terminfo with OT capabilities), stock terminfo, or termcap. You can tell
+# which by the format given in the header above.
+#
+# The master format is accepted and generated by the terminfo tools in the
+# ncurses suite; it differs from stock (System V-compatible) terminfo only
+# in that it admits a group of capabilities (prefixed `OT') equivalent to
+# various obsolete termcap capabilities. You can, thus, convert from master
+# to stock terminfo simply by filtering with `sed "/OT[^,]*,/s///"'; but if
+# you have ncurses `tic -I' is nicer (among other things, it automatically
+# outputs entries in a canonical form).
+#
+# The termcap version is generated automatically from the master version
+# using tic -C. This filtering leaves in the OT capabilities under their
+# original termcap names. All translated entries fit within the 1023-byte
+# string-table limit of archaic termcap libraries except where explicitly
+# noted below. Note that the termcap translation assumes that your termcap
+# library can handle multiple tc capabilities in an entry. 4.4BSD has this
+# capability. Older versions of GNU termcap, through 1.3, do not.
+#
+# For details on these formats, see terminfo(5) in the ncurses distribution,
+# and termcap(5) in the 4.4BSD Unix Programmer's Manual. Be aware that 4.4BSD
+# curses has been declared obsolete by the caretakers of the 4.4BSD sources
+# as of June 1995; they are encouraging everyone to migrate to ncurses.
+#
+# Note: unlike some other distributed terminfo files (Novell Unix & SCO's),
+# no entry in this file has embedded comments. This is so source translation
+# to termcap only has to carry over leading comments. Also, no name field
+# contains embedded whitespace (such whitespace confuses rdist).
+#
+# Further note: older versions of this file were often installed with an editor
+# script (reorder) that moved the most common terminal types to the front of
+# the file. This should no longer be necessary, as the file is now ordered
+# roughly by type frequency with ANSI/VT100 and other common types up front.
+#
+# Some information has been merged in from terminfo files distributed by
+# USL and SCO (see COPYRIGHTS AND OTHER DELUSIONS below). Much information
+# comes from vendors who maintain official terminfos for their hardware
+# (notably DEC and Wyse).
+#
+# A detailed change history is included at the end of this file.
+#
+# FILE ORGANIZATION:
+#
+# Comments in this file begin with # - they cannot appear in the middle
+# of a terminfo/termcap entry. Individual capabilities are commented out by
+# placing a period between the colon and the capability name.
+#
+# The file is divided up into major sections (headed by lines beginning with
+# the string "########") and minor sections (beginning with "####"); do
+#
+# grep "^####" <file> | more
+#
+# to see a listing of section headings. The intent of the divisions is
+# (a) to make it easier to find things, and (b) to order the database so
+# that important and frequently-encountered terminal types are near the
+# front (so that you'll get reasonable search efficiency even if you don't
+# use reorder). Minor sections usually correspond to manufacturers or
+# standard terminal classes. Parenthesized words following manufacturer
+# names are type prefixes or product line names used by that manufacturers.
+#
+# HOW TO READ THE ENTRIES:
+#
+# The first name in an entry is the canonical name for the model or
+# type, last entry is a verbose description. Others are mnemonic synonyms for
+# the terminal.
+#
+# Terminal names look like <manufacturer> <model> - <modes/options>
+# The part to the left of the dash, if a dash is present, describes the
+# particular hardware of the terminal. The part to the right may be used
+# for flags indicating special ROMs, extra memory, particular terminal modes,
+# or user preferences.
+#
+# All names should be in lower case, for consistency in typing.
+#
+# The following are conventionally used suffixes:
+# -2p Has two pages of memory. Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
+# -am Enable auto-margin.
+# -m Monochrome. Suppress color support
+# -mc Magic-cookie. Some terminals (notably older Wyses) can
+# only support one attribute without magic-cookie lossage.
+# Their base entry is usually paired with another that
+# uses magic cookies to support multiple attributes.
+# -na No arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are
+# actually there on the terminal, so the user can use
+# the arrow keys locally.
+# -nam No auto-margin - suppress <am> capability
+# -nl No labels - suppress soft labels
+# -ns No status line - suppress status line
+# -rv Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white)
+# -s Enable status line.
+# -vb Use visible bell (<flash>) rather than <bel>.
+# -w Wide - in 132 column mode.
+# If a name has multiple suffixes and one is a line height, that one should
+# go first. Thus `aaa-30-s-rv' is recommended over `aaa-s-rv'.
+#
+# Entries with embedded plus signs are designed to be included through use/tc
+# capabilities, not used as standalone entries.
+#
+# To avoid search clashes, some older all-numeric names for terminals have
+# been removed (i.e., "33" for the Model 33 Teletype, "2621" for the HP2621).
+# All primary names of terminals now have alphanumeric prefixes.
+#
+# Comments marked "esr" are mostly results of applying the termcap-compiler
+# code packaged with ncurses and contemplating the resulting error messages.
+# In many cases, these indicated obvious fixes to syntax garbled by the
+# composers. In a few cases, I was able to deduce corrected forms for garbled
+# capabilities by looking at context. All the information in the original
+# entries is preserved in the comments.
+#
+# In the comments, terminfo capability names are bracketed with <> (angle
+# brackets). Termcap capability names are bracketed with :: (colons).
+#
+# INTERPRETATION OF USER CAPABILITIES
+#
+# The System V Release 4 and XPG4 terminfo format defines ten string
+# capabilities for use by applications, <u0>...<u9>. In this file, we use
+# certain of these capabilities to describe functions which are not covered
+# by terminfo. The mapping is as follows:
+#
+# u9 terminal enquire string (equiv. to ANSI/ECMA-48 DA)
+# u8 terminal answerback description
+# u7 cursor position request (equiv. to VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48 DSR 6)
+# u6 cursor position report (equiv. to ANSI/ECMA-48 CPR)
+#
+# The terminal enquire string <u9> should elicit an answerback response
+# from the terminal. Common values for <u9> will be ^E (on older ASCII
+# terminals) or \E[c (on newer VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48-compatible terminals).
+#
+# The cursor position request (<u7>) string should elicit a cursor position
+# report. A typical value (for VT100 terminals) is \E[6n.
+#
+# The terminal answerback description (u8) must consist of an expected
+# answerback string. The string may contain the following scanf(3)-like
+# escapes:
+#
+# %c Accept any character
+# %[...] Accept any number of characters in the given set
+#
+# The cursor position report (<u6>) string must contain two scanf(3)-style
+# %d format elements. The first of these must correspond to the Y coordinate
+# and the second to the %d. If the string contains the sequence %i, it is
+# taken as an instruction to decrement each value after reading it (this is
+# the inverse sense from the cup string). The typical CPR value is
+# \E[%i%d;%dR (on VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48-compatible terminals).
+#
+# These capabilities are used by tac(1m), the terminfo action checker soon
+# to be distributed with ncurses.
+#
+# TABSET FILES
+#
+# All the entries in this file have been edited to assume that the tabset
+# files directory is /usr/share/tabset, in conformance with the File Hierarchy
+# Standard for Linux and free BSD systems. Some vendors (notably Sun) use
+# /usr/lib/tabset or (more recently) /usr/share/lib/tabset.
+#
+# No curses package we know of uses these files. If their location is an
+# issue, you will have to hand-patch the file locations before compiling
+# this file.
+#
+# REQUEST FOR CONTACT INFORMATION AND HISTORICAL MATERIAL:
+#
+# As the ANSI/ECMA-48 standard and variants take firmer hold, and as
+# character-cell terminals are increasingly replaced by X displays, much of
+# this file is becoming a historical document (this is part of the reason for
+# the new organization, which puts ANSI types, xterm, free-Unix consoles,
+# and vt100 up front in confidence that this will catch 95% of new hardware).
+#
+# For the terminal types still alive, I'd like to have manufacturer's
+# contact data (Internet address and/or snail-mail + phone).
+#
+# I'm also interested in enriching the comments so that the latter portions of
+# the file do in fact become a potted history of VDT technology as seen by
+# UNIX hackers. Ideally, I'd like the headers for each manufacturer to
+# include its live/dead/out-of-the-business status, and for as many
+# terminal types as possible to be tagged with information like years
+# of heaviest use, popularity, and interesting features.
+#
+# I'm especially interested in identifying the obscure entries listed under
+# `Miscellaneous obsolete terminals, manufacturers unknown' before the tribal
+# wisdom about them gets lost. If you know a lot about obscure old terminals,
+# please go to the terminfo resource page, grab the UFO file (ufo.ti), and
+# eyeball it for things you can identify and describe.
+#
+# If you have been around long enough to contribute, please read the file
+# with this in mind and send me your annotations.
+#
+# COPYRIGHTS AND OTHER DELUSIONS
+#
+# The BSD ancestor of this file had a standard Regents of the University of
+# California copyright with dates from 1980 to 1993.
+#
+# Some information has been merged in from a terminfo file SCO distributes.
+# It has an obnoxious boilerplate copyright which I'm ignoring because they
+# took so much of the content from the ancestral BSD versions of this file
+# and didn't attribute it, thereby violating the BSD Regents' copyright.
+#
+# Not that anyone should care. However many valid functions copyrights may
+# serve, putting one on a termcap/terminfo file with hundreds of anonymous
+# contributors makes about as much sense as copyrighting a wall-full of
+# graffiti -- it's legally dubious, ethically bogus, and patently ridiculous.
+#
+# This file deliberately has no copyright. It belongs to no one and everyone.
+# If you claim you own it, you will merely succeed in looking like a fool.
+# Use it as you like. Use it at your own risk. Copy and redistribute freely.
+# There are no guarantees anywhere. Svaha!
+#
+
+######## STANDARD AND SPECIAL TYPES
+#
+# This section describes terminal classes and maker brands that are still
+# quite common.
+#
+
+#### Specials
+#
+# Special "terminals". These are used to label tty lines when you don't
+# know what kind of terminal is on it. The characteristics of an unknown
+# terminal are the lowest common denominator - they look about like a ti 700.
+#
+
+dumb|80-column dumb tty,
+ am,
+ cols#80,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+unknown|unknown terminal type,
+ gn, use=dumb,
+lpr|printer|line printer,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132, lines#66,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ff=^L, ind=^J,
+glasstty|classic glass tty interpreting ASCII control characters,
+ am,
+ cols#80,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+
+#### ANSI.SYS/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 Capabilities
+#
+# See the end-of-file comment for more on these.
+#
+
+# The IBM PC alternate character set. Plug this into any Intel console entry.
+# We use \E[11m for rmacs rather than \E[12m so the <acsc> string can use the
+# ROM graphics for control characters such as the diamond, up- and down-arrow.
+# This works with the System V, Linux, and BSDI consoles. It's a safe bet this
+# will work with any Intel console, they all seem to have inherited \E[11m
+# from the ANSI.SYS de-facto standard.
+klone+acs|alternate character set for ansi.sys displays,
+ acsc=`\004a\261f\370g\361h\260j\331k\277l\332m\300n\305o~q\304r\362s_t\303u\264v\301w\302x\263y\371z\372{\373|\374}\375~\376.\031-\030\,\021+^P0\333p\304r\304y\363z\362{\343|\330}\234,
+ rmacs=\E[10m, smacs=\E[11m,
+
+# Highlight controls corresponding to the ANSI.SYS standard. Most
+# console drivers for Intel boxes obey these. Makes the same assumption
+# about \E[11m as klone+acs. True ANSI/ECMA-48 would have <rmso=\E[27m>,
+# <rmul=\E[24m>, but this isn't a documented feature of ANSI.SYS.
+klone+sgr|attribute control for ansi.sys displays,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, invis=\E[8m, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmpch=\E[10m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p9%t;11%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[0;10m, smpch=\E[11m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ use=klone+acs,
+
+# Highlight controls corresponding to the ANSI.SYS standard. *All*
+# console drivers for Intel boxes obey these. Does not assume \E[11m will
+# work; uses \E[12m instead, which is pretty bulletproof but loses you the ACS
+# diamond and arrow characters under curses.
+klone+sgr-dumb|attribute control for ansi.sys displays (no ESC [ 11 m),
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, invis=\E[8m, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p9%t;12%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[0;10m, smacs=\E[12m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ use=klone+acs,
+
+# KOI8 (RFC1489) alternate character set
+# From: Qing Long <qinglong@Bolizm.ihep.su>, 24 Feb 1996.
+klone+koi8acs|alternate character set for ansi.sys displays with KOI8 charset,
+ acsc=l\202m\204k\203j\205u\207t\206v\210w\211q\200x\201n\212o\213s\214p\216r\217`\004a\237f\234g\232~\225.\037-\036+\020\,\021h\222I\2200\215y\230z\231{\267}L|\274,
+ rmacs=\E[10m, smacs=\E[11m,
+
+# ANSI.SYS color control. The setab/setaf caps depend on the coincidence
+# between SVr4/XPG4's color numbers and ANSI.SYS attributes. Here are longer
+# but equivalent strings that don't rely on that coincidence:
+# setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+# setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+# The DOS 5 manual asserts that these sequences meet the ISO 6429 standard.
+# They match a subset of ECMA-48.
+klone+color|color control for ansi.sys and ISO6429-compatible displays,
+ colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64,
+ op=\E[37;40m, setb=\E[4%p1%dm, setf=\E[3%p1%dm,
+
+# This is better than klone+color, it doesn't assume white-on-black as the
+# default color pair, but many `ANSI' terminals don't grok the <op> cap.
+ecma+color|color control for ECMA-48-compatible terminals,
+ colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64,
+ op=\E[39;49m, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm,
+
+# Attribute control for ECMA-48-compatible terminals
+ecma+sgr|attribute capabilities for true ECMA-48 terminals,
+ rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ use=klone+sgr,
+
+# For comparison, here are all the capabilities implied by the Intel
+# Binary Compatibility Standard (level 2) that fit within terminfo.
+# For more detail on this rather pathetic standard, see the comments
+# near the end of this file.
+ibcs2|Intel Binary Compatibility Standard prescriptions,
+ cbt=\E[Z, clear=\Ec, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dispc=\E=%p1%dg, ech=\E[%p1%dX,
+ hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, rc=\E7, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmam=\E[?7l, sc=\E7,
+ smam=\E[?7h, tbc=\E[g, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+
+#### ANSI/ECMA-48 terminals and terminal emulators
+#
+# See near the end of this file for details on ANSI conformance.
+# Don't mess with these entries! Lots of other entries depend on them!
+#
+# This section lists entries in a least-capable to most-capable order.
+# if you're in doubt about what `ANSI' matches yours, try them in that
+# order and back off from the first that breaks.
+
+ansi-mini|any ansi terminal with pessimistic assumptions,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[K, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I,
+
+# ANSI X3.64 from emory!mlhhh (Hugh Hansard) via BRL
+#
+# The following is an entry for the full ANSI 3.64 (1977). It lacks
+# padding, but most terminals using the standard are "fast" enough
+# not to require any -- even at 9600 bps. If you encounter problems,
+# try including the padding specifications.
+#
+# Note: the "as" and "ae" specifications are not implemented here, for
+# the available termcap documentation does not make clear WHICH alternate
+# character set to specify. ANSI 3.64 seems to make allowances for several.
+# Please make the appropriate adjustments to fit your needs -- that is
+# if you will be using alternate character sets.
+#
+# There are very few terminals running the full ANSI 3.64 standard,
+# so I could only test this entry on one verified terminal (Visual 102).
+# I would appreciate the results on other terminals sent to me.
+#
+# Please report comments, changes, and problems to:
+#
+# U.S. MAIL: Hugh Hansard
+# Box: 22830
+# Emory University
+# Atlanta, GA. 30322.
+#
+# USENET {akgua,msdc,sb1,sb6,gatech}!emory!mlhhh.
+#
+ansi77|ansi 3.64 standard 1977 version,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[;H\E[2J, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M$<5*/>, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L$<5*/>, ind=\ED, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, nel=^M\ED, ri=\EM,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+# Procomm and some other ANSI emulations don't recognize all of the ANSI-
+# standard capabilities. This entry deletes <cuu>, <cuf>, <cud>, <cub>, and
+# <vpa>/<hpa> capabilities, forcing curses to use repetitions of <cuu1>,
+# <cuf1>, <cud1> and <cub1>. Also deleted <ich> and <ich1>, as QModem up to
+# 5.03 doesn't recognize these. Finally, we delete <rep> and <ri>, which seem
+# to confuse many emulators. On the other hand, we can count on these programs
+# doing <rmacs>/<smacs>/<sgr>. Older versions of this entry featured
+# <invis=\E[9m>, but <invis=\E[8m> now seems to be more common under
+# ANSI.SYS influence.
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> Oct 30 1995
+pcansi-m|pcansi-mono|ibm-pc terminal programs claiming to be ansi (mono mode),
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=\E[D,
+ cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, tbc=\E[2g,
+ use=klone+sgr-dumb,
+pcansi-25-m|pcansi25m|ibm-pc terminal programs with 25 lines (mono mode),
+ lines#25, use=pcansi-m,
+pcansi-33-m|pcansi33m|ibm-pc terminal programs with 33 lines (mono mode),
+ lines#33, use=pcansi-m,
+pcansi-43-m|ansi43m|ibm-pc terminal programs with 43 lines (mono mode),
+ lines#43, use=pcansi-m,
+# The color versions. All PC emulators do color...
+pcansi|ibm-pc terminal programs claiming to be ansi,
+ use=klone+color, use=pcansi-m,
+pcansi-25|pcansi25|ibm-pc terminal programs with 25 lines,
+ lines#25, use=pcansi,
+pcansi-33|pcansi33|ibm-pc terminal programs with 33 lines,
+ lines#33, use=pcansi,
+pcansi-43|pcansi43|ibm-pc terminal programs with 43 lines,
+ lines#43, use=pcansi,
+
+# ansi-m -- full ANSI X3.64 with ANSI.SYS-compatible attributes, no color.
+# If you want pound signs rather than dollars, replace `B' with `A'
+# in the <s0ds>, <s1ds>, <s2ds>, and <s3ds> capabilities.
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> Nov 6 1995
+ansi-m|ansi-mono|ANSI X3.64-1979 terminal with ANSI.SYS compatible attributes,
+ mc5i,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=\E[I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dS, kbs=^H,
+ kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kich1=\E[L, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\r\E[S,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rin=\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\E(B,
+ s1ds=\E)B, s2ds=\E*B, s3ds=\E+B, tbc=\E[2g,
+ vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, use=pcansi-m,
+
+# ansi -- this terminfo expresses the largest subset of X3.64 that will fit in
+# standard terminfo. Assumes ANSI.SYS-compatible attributes and color.
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> Nov 6 1995
+ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color,
+ u6=\E[%i%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n, u8=\E[?%[;0123456789]c,
+ u9=\E[c,
+ use=ecma+color, use=klone+sgr, use=ansi-m,
+
+#
+# ANSI.SYS entries
+#
+# This completely describes the sequences specified in the DOS 2.1 ANSI.SYS
+# documentation (except for the keyboard key reassignment feature, which
+# doen't fit the <pfkey> model well). The klone+acs sequences were valid
+# though undocumented. The <pfkey> capability is untested but should work for
+# keys F1-F10 (%p1 values outside this range will yield unpredictable results).
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> Nov 7 1995
+ansi.sys-old|ANSI.SYS under PC-DOS 2.1,
+ am, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ clear=\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[k, home=\E[H,
+ is2=\E[m\E[?7h, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ khome=^^, pfkey=\E[0;%p1%{58}%+%d;%p2"%s", rc=\E[u,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, sc=\E[s, smam=\E[?7h, u6=\E[%i%d;%dR,
+ u7=\E[6n,
+ use=klone+color, use=klone+sgr,
+ansi.sys|ANSI.SYS 3.1 and later versions,
+ el=\E[K, use=ansi.sys-old,
+
+#
+# Define IBM PC keypad keys for vi as per MS-Kermit while using ANSI.SYS.
+# This should only be used when the terminal emulator cannot redefine the keys.
+# Since redefining keys with ansi.sys also affects PC-DOS programs, the key
+# definitions must be restored. If the terminal emulator is quit while in vi
+# or others using <smkx>/<rmkx>, the keypad will not be defined as per PC-DOS.
+# The PgUp and PgDn are prefixed with ESC so that tn3270 can be used on Unix
+# (^U and ^D are already defined for tn3270). The ESC is safe for vi but it
+# does "beep". ESC ESC i is used for Ins to avoid tn3270 ESC i for coltab.
+# Note that <kcub1> is always BS, because PC-dos can tolerate this change.
+# Caution: vi is limited to 256 string bytes, longer crashes or weirds out vi.
+# Consequently the End keypad key could not be set (it is relatively safe and
+# actually useful because it sends ^@ O, which beeps and opens a line above).
+ansi.sysk|ansisysk|PC-DOS 3.1 ANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi,
+ is2=U2 PC-DOS 3.1 ANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi 9-29-86\n\E[;75;8p,
+ rmkx=\E[;71;0;71p\E[;72;0;72p\E[;73;0;73p\E[;77;0;77p\E[;80;0;80p\E[;81;0;81p\E[;82;0;82p\E[;83;0;83p,
+ smkx=\E[;71;30p\E[;72;11p\E[;73;27;21p\E[;77;12p\E[;80;10p\E[;81;27;4p\E[;82;27;27;105p\E[;83;127p,
+ use=ansi.sys,
+#
+# Adds ins/del line/character, hence vi reverse scrolls/inserts/deletes nicer.
+nansi.sys|nansisys|PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS,
+ dch1=\E[1P, dl1=\E[1M, ich1=\E[1@, il1=\E[1L,
+ is2=U3 PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS 9-23-86\n, use=ansi.sys,
+#
+# See ansi.sysk and nansi.sys above.
+nansi.sysk|nansisysk|PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi,
+ dch1=\E[1P, dl1=\E[1M, ich1=\E[1@, il1=\E[1L,
+ is2=U4 PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi 9-29-86\n\E[;75;8p,
+ use=ansi.sysk,
+
+#### ANSI console types
+#
+
+# This entry is good for the 1.2.13 version of the Linux console driver.
+#
+# Note: there are numerous broken linux entries out there, which didn't screw
+# up BSD termcap but hose ncurses's smarter cursor-movement optimization.
+# One common pathology is an incorrect tab length of 4.
+#
+# ***************************************************************************
+# * *
+# * WARNING: *
+# * Linuxes come with a default keyboard mapping kcbt=^I. This entry, in *
+# * response to user requests, assumes kcbt=\E[Z, the ANSI/ECMA reverse-tab *
+# * character. Here are the keymap replacement lines that will set this up: *
+# * *
+# keycode 15 = Tab Tab
+# alt keycode 15 = Meta_Tab
+# shift keycode 15 = F26
+# string F26 ="\033[Z"
+# * *
+# * This has to use a key slot which is unfortunate (any unused one will *
+# # do, F26 is the higher-numbered one). The change ought to be built *
+# * into the kernel tables. *
+# * *
+# ***************************************************************************
+#
+# The 1.3.x kernels add color-change capabilities; if yours doesn't have this
+# and it matters, turn off <ccc>. The %02x escape used to implement this is
+# not back-portable to SV curses and not supported in ncurses versions before
+# 1.9.9. All linux kernels since 1.2.13 (at least) set the screen size
+# themselves; this entry assumes that capability.
+#
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> 15 Dec 1995
+linux|linux console,
+ am, bce, eo, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ it#8,
+ bel=^G, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h,
+ cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<200/>, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG,
+ ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kb2=\E[G, kbs=\177, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~,
+ kend=\E[4~, kf1=\E[[A, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\E[[B, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[[C, kf4=\E[[D, kf5=\E[[E,
+ kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kspd=^Z,
+ nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p9%t;11%;m,
+ smir=\E[4h, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, u6=\E[%i%d;%dR,
+ u7=\E[6n, u8=\E[?6c, u9=\E[c, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+ use=klone+sgr, use=ecma+color,
+linux-m|Linux console no color,
+ colors@, pairs@,
+ setab@, setaf@, setb@, setf@, use=linux,
+linux-c-nc|linux console 1.3.x hack for ncurses only,
+ ccc,
+ initc=\E]P%p1%x%p2%02x%p3%02x%p4%02x, oc=\E]R, use=linux,
+# From: Dennis Henriksen <opus@osrl.dk>, 9 July 1996
+linux-c|linux console 1.3.6+, with private palette for each virtual console,
+ ccc,
+ colors#8, pairs#64,
+ initc=\E]P%?%p1%{9}%>%t%p1%{10}%-%p'a'%+%c%e%p1%d%p2%{255}%&%Pr%gr%{16}%/%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%gr%{15}%&%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%p3%{255}%&%Pr%gr%{16}%/%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%gr%{15}%&%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%p4%{255}%&%Pr%gr%{16}%/%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%gr%{15}%&%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;,
+ oc=\E]R,
+ use=linux,
+
+# See the note on ICH/ICH1 VERSUS RMIR/SMIR near the end of file
+linux-nic|linux with ich/ich1 suppressed for non-curses programs,
+ ich@, ich1@,
+ use=linux,
+
+# This assumes you have used setfont(8) to load one of the Linux koi8-r fonts.
+linux-koi8|linux with koi8 alternate character set,
+ use=linux, use=klone+koi8acs,
+
+# SCO console and SOS-Syscons console for 386bsd
+# (scoansi: had unknown capabilities
+# :Gc=N:Gd=K:Gh=M:Gl=L:Gu=J:Gv=\072:\
+# :GC=E:GD=B:GH=D:GL=\64:GU=A:GV=\63:GR=C:
+# :G1=?:G2=Z:G3=@:G4=Y:G5=;:G6=I:G7=H:G8=<:\
+# :CW=\E[M:NU=\E[N:RF=\E[O:RC=\E[P:\
+# :WL=\E[S:WR=\E[T:CL=\E[U:CR=\E[V:\
+# I renamed GS/GE/HM/EN/PU/PD/RT and added klone+sgr-dumb, based
+# on the <smacs>=\E[12m -- esr)
+scoansi|SCO Extended ANSI standard crt,
+ am, eo, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J,
+ cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[F, kf1=\E[M,
+ kf10=\E[V, kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R,
+ kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I,
+ ri=\E[T,
+ use=klone+sgr-dumb,
+
+# This actually describes the generic SVr4 display driver for Intel boxes.
+# The <dim=\E[2m> isn't documented and therefore may not be reliable.
+# From: Eric Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> Mon Nov 27 19:00:53 EST 1995
+att6386|at386|386at|AT&T WGS 6386 console,
+ am, bw, eo, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ acsc=``a1fxgqh0jYk?lZm@nEooppqDrrsstCu4vAwBx3yyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[=C,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[=1C, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[1M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[1@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, ind=\E[S,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[9m, is2=\E[0;10;39m, kbs=^H,
+ kcbt=^], kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[P, kend=\E[Y, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOY, kf11=\EOZ,
+ kf12=\EOA, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, kf6=\EOU,
+ kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, kf9=\EOX, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@,
+ knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V, krmir=\E0, nel=\r\E[S, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=\E[10m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[10m\E[0%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;?%p6%t;1%;%?%p9%t;12%e;10%;%?%p7%t;9%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[0;10m, smacs=\E[12m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[2g, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+ use=klone+color,
+# (pc6300plus: removed ":KM=/usr/lib/ua/kmap.s5:"; renamed BO/EE/CI/CV -- esr)
+pc6300plus|AT&T 6300 plus,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[=C,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[=1C, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, dl1=\E[1M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K,
+ home=\E[H, hts=\EH, ich1=\E[1@, il1=\E[1L, ind=^J,
+ invis=\E[9m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\EOu, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe,
+ kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\EOk,
+ nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+#
+# Terminfo entry for the AT&T Unix PC 7300
+# from escape(7) in Unix PC 7300 Manual.
+# Somewhat similar to a vt100-am (but different enough
+# to redo this from scratch.)
+#
+# /***************************************************************
+# *
+# * FONT LOADING PROGRAM FOR THE UNIX PC
+# *
+# * This routine loads a font defined in the file ALTFONT
+# * into font memory slot #1. Once the font has been loaded,
+# * it can be used as an alternative character set.
+# *
+# * The call to ioctl with the argument WIOCLFONT is the key
+# * to this routine. For more information, see window(7) in
+# * the PC 7300 documentation.
+# ***************************************************************/
+# #include <string.h> /* needed for strcpy call */
+# #include <sys/window.h> /* needed for ioctl call */
+# #define FNSIZE 60 /* font name size */
+# #define ALTFONT "/usr/lib/wfont/special.8.ft" /* font file */
+# /*
+# * The file /usr/lib/wfont/special.8.ft comes with the
+# * standard PC software. It defines a graphics character set
+# * similar to that of the Teletype 5425 terminal. To view
+# * this or other fonts in /usr/lib/wfont, use the command
+# * cfont <filename>. For further information on fonts see
+# * cfont(1) in the PC 7300 documentation.
+# */
+#
+# struct altfdata /* structure for alt font data */
+# {
+# short altf_slot; /* memory slot number */
+# char altf_name[FNSIZE]; /* font name (file name) */
+# };
+# ldfont()
+# {
+# int wd; /* window in which altfont will be */
+# struct altfdata altf;
+# altf.altf_slot=1;
+# strcpy(altf.altf_name,ALTFONT);
+# for (wd =1; wd < 12; wd++) {
+# ioctl(wd, WIOCLFONT,&altf);
+# }
+# }
+#
+# (att7300: added <civis>/<cnorm>/<ich1>/<invis> from the BSDI entry,
+# they're confirmed by the man page for the System V display---esr)
+#
+att7300|unixpc|pc7300|3b1|s4|AT&T UNIX PC Model 7300,
+ am, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[7m, cbt=\E^I, civis=\E[=C, clear=\E[2J\E[H,
+ cnorm=\E[=1C, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB,
+ cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J,
+ el=\E[0K, home=\E[H, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L,
+ ind=^J, invis=\E[9m, is1=^O, kBEG=\EBG, kCAN=\ECN, kCPY=\ECP,
+ kCRT=\ECR, kDC=\EDC, kDL=\EDL, kEND=\EEN, kEOL=\ECI,
+ kFND=\EFI, kHLP=\EHL, kHOM=\EHM, kIC=\ENJ, kLFT=\EBW,
+ kMOV=\EMV, kNXT=\ENX, kOPT=\EOT, kPRV=\EPV, kRDO=\ERO,
+ kRIT=\EFW, kRPL=\ERP, kSAV=\ESV, kUND=\EUD, kbeg=\Ebg,
+ kbs=^H, kcan=\Ecn, kcbt=\E^I, kclo=\Ecl, kclr=\Ece,
+ kcmd=\Ecm, kcpy=\Ecp, kcrt=\Ecr, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\Edc, ked=\Ece, kel=\Eci,
+ kend=\Een, kext=\Eex, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, kfnd=\Efi, khlp=\Ehl,
+ khome=\Ehm, kich1=\Eim, kind=\Erd, kmov=\Emv, kmrk=\Emk,
+ knp=\Epg, knxt=\Enx, kopn=\Eop, kopt=\Eot, kpp=\EPG,
+ kprt=\Epr, kprv=\Epv, krdo=\Ero, kref=\Ere, krfr=\Erf,
+ kri=\Eru, krpl=\Erp, krst=\Ers, ksav=\Esv, kslt=\Esl,
+ kund=\Eud, nel=\EE, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E[10m,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[0;10m, smacs=\E[11m,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+# From: davis@unidata.ucar.edu
+# (iris-ansi: added rmam/smam based on init string -- esr)
+iris-ansi|iris-ansi-net|IRIS emulating ANSI terminal,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#40,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J,
+ cnorm=\E[9/y\E[12/y\E[=6l, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[10/y\E[=1h\E[=2l\E[=6h,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E[?1l\E>\E[?7h\E[100g\E[0m\E7\E[r\E8, kDC=\E[P,
+ kEND=\E[147q, kHOM=\E[143q, kLFT=\E[158q, kPRT=\E[210q,
+ kRIT=\E[167q, kSPD=\E[218q, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177,
+ kend=\E[146q, kent=^M, kf1=\E[001q, kf10=\EOQ, kf11=\EOR,
+ kf12=\EOS, kf2=\E[002q, kf3=\E[003q, kf4=\E[004q,
+ kf5=\E[005q, kf6=\E[006q, kf7=\E[007q, kf8=\E[008q,
+ kf9=\EOP, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[139q, knp=\E[154q,
+ kpp=\E[150q, kprt=\E[209q, krmir=\E[146q, kspd=\E[217q,
+ nel=\EE, pfkey=\EP101;%p1%d.y%p2%s\E\\, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[1;7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g,
+iris-ansi-ap|IRIS ANSI in application-keypad mode,
+ is2=\E[?1l\E>\E[?7h, kf10=\E[010q, kf11=\E[011q,
+ kf12=\E[012q, rmkx=\E>, smkx=\E=,
+ use=iris-ansi,
+
+# The following is a version of the ibm-pc entry distributed with PC/IX,
+# (Interactive Systems' System 3 for the Big Blue), modified by Richard
+# McIntosh at UCB/CSM. The :pt: and :uc: have been removed from the original,
+# (the former is untrue, and the latter failed under UCB/man); standout and
+# underline modes have been added. Note: this entry describes the "native"
+# capabilities of the PC monochrome display, without ANY emulation; most
+# communications packages (but NOT PC/IX connect) do some kind of emulation.
+pcix|PC/IX console,
+ am, bw, eo,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\Ec, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+# (ibmpcx: this entry used to be known as ibmx.
+# It formerly included the following extension capabilities:
+# :GC=b:GL=v:GR=t:RT=^J:\
+# :GH=\E[196g:GV=\E[179g:\
+# :GU=\E[193g:GD=\E[194g:\
+# :G1=\E[191g:G2=\E[218g:G3=\E[192g:G4=\E[217g:\
+# :CW=\E[E:NU=\E[F:RF=\E[G:RC=\E[H:\
+# :WL=\E[K:WR=\E[L:CL=\E[M:CR=\E[N:\
+# I renamed GS/GE/WL/WR/CL/CR/PU/PD/HM/EN; also, removed a duplicate
+# ":kh=\E[Y:". Added IBM-PC forms characters and highlights, they match
+# what was there before. -- esr)
+ibmpcx|xenix|ibmx|IBM PC xenix console display,
+ am, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ clear=^L, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[d,
+ kf1=\E[K, kf2=\E[L, kf3=\E[M, kf4=\E[N, khome=\E[Y, knp=\E[e,
+ kpp=\E[Z,
+ use=klone+acs, use=klone+sgr,
+
+
+# QNX 4.0 Console
+# Michael's original version of this entry had <am@>, <smcup=\Ei>,
+# <rmcup=\Eh\ER>; this was so terminfo applications could write the lower
+# right corner without triggering a scroll. The ncurses terminfo library can
+# handle this case with the <ich1> capability, and prefers <am> for better
+# optimization. Bug: The <op> capability resets attributes.
+# From: Michael Hunter <mphunter@qnx.com> 30 Jul 1996
+qnx|qnx4|qnx console,
+ daisy, km, mir, msgr, xhpa, xt,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#4, lines#25, ncv#3, pairs#8,
+ acsc=l\332m\300k\277j\331q\304x\263u\264t\303n\305v\301w\302O\333a\261o\337s\334,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E{, bold=\E<, civis=\Ey0, clear=\EH\EJ,
+ cnorm=\Ey1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ey2,
+ dch1=\Ef, dl1=\EF, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\Ee,
+ il1=\EE, ind=^J, kBEG=\377\356, kCAN=\377\263,
+ kCMD=\377\267, kCPY=\377\363, kCRT=\377\364,
+ kDL=\377\366, kEND=\377\301, kEOL=\377\311,
+ kEXT=\377\367, kFND=\377\370, kHLP=\377\371,
+ kHOM=\377\260, kIC=\377\340, kLFT=\377\264,
+ kMOV=\377\306, kMSG=\377\304, kNXT=\377\272,
+ kOPT=\377\372, kPRT=\377\275, kPRV=\377\262,
+ kRDO=\377\315, kRES=\377\374, kRIT=\377\266,
+ kRPL=\377\373, kSAV=\377\307, kSPD=\377\303,
+ kUND=\377\337, kbeg=\377\300, kcan=\377\243,
+ kcbt=\377\200, kclo=\377\343, kclr=\377\341,
+ kcmd=\377\245, kcpy=\377\265, kcrt=\377\305,
+ kctab=\377\237, kcub1=\377\244, kcud1=\377\251,
+ kcuf1=\377\246, kcuu1=\377\241, kdch1=\377\254,
+ kdl1=\377\274, ked=\377\314, kel=\377\310, kend=\377\250,
+ kent=\377\320, kext=\377\270, kf1=\377\201,
+ kf10=\377\212, kf11=\377\256, kf12=\377\257,
+ kf13=\377\213, kf14=\377\214, kf15=\377\215,
+ kf16=\377\216, kf17=\377\217, kf18=\377\220,
+ kf19=\377\221, kf2=\377\202, kf20=\377\222,
+ kf21=\377\223, kf22=\377\224, kf23=\377\333,
+ kf24=\377\334, kf25=\377\225, kf26=\377\226,
+ kf27=\377\227, kf28=\377\230, kf29=\377\231,
+ kf3=\377\203, kf30=\377\232, kf31=\377\233,
+ kf32=\377\234, kf33=\377\235, kf34=\377\236,
+ kf35=\377\276, kf36=\377\277, kf37=\377\321,
+ kf38=\377\322, kf39=\377\323, kf4=\377\204,
+ kf40=\377\324, kf41=\377\325, kf42=\377\326,
+ kf43=\377\327, kf44=\377\330, kf45=\377\331,
+ kf46=\377\332, kf47=\377\316, kf48=\377\317,
+ kf5=\377\205, kf6=\377\206, kf7=\377\207, kf8=\377\210,
+ kf9=\377\211, kfnd=\377\346, khlp=\377\350,
+ khome=\377\240, khts=\377\342, kich1=\377\253,
+ kil1=\377\273, kind=\377\261, kmov=\377\351,
+ kmrk=\377\355, kmsg=\377\345, knp=\377\252,
+ knxt=\377\312, kopn=\377\357, kopt=\377\353,
+ kpp=\377\242, kprt=\377\255, kprv=\377\302,
+ krdo=\377\336, kref=\377\354, kres=\377\360,
+ krfr=\377\347, kri=\377\271, krmir=\377\313,
+ krpl=\377\362, krst=\377\352, ksav=\377\361,
+ kslt=\377\247, kspd=\377\335, ktbc=\377\344,
+ kund=\377\365, mvpa=\E!%p1%02d, op=\ER,
+ rep=\Eg%p2%' '%+%c%p1%c, rev=\E(, ri=\EI, rmcup=\Eh\ER,
+ rmso=\E), rmul=\E], rs1=\ER, setb=\E@%p1%Pb%gb%gf%d%d,
+ setf=\E@%p1%Pf%gb%gf%d%d,
+ sgr=%?%p1%t\E<%;%p2%t\E[%;%p3%t\E(%;%p4%t\E{%;%p6%t\E<%;,
+ sgr0=\E}\E]\E>\E), smcup=\Ei, smso=\E(, smul=\E[,
+
+#### NetBSD consoles
+#
+# pcvt termcap database entries (corresponding to release 3.31)
+# Author's last edit-date: [Fri Sep 15 20:29:10 1995]
+#
+# (For the terminfo master file, I translated these into terminfo syntax.
+# Then I dropped all the pseudo-HP entries. we don't want and can't use
+# the :Xs: flag. Then I split :is: into a size-independent <is1> and a
+# size-dependent <is2>. Finally, I added <rmam>/<smam> -- esr)
+
+# NOTE: because the 386BSD "vi"/"elvis" seems to have a bug if
+# both <ich1> and <smir> are specified (an original VT220
+# shows the same buggy behaviour!), <ich1> has been taken
+# out of this entry. for reference, it should be <ich1=\E[@>.
+pcvtXX|pcvt vt200 emulator (DEC VT220),
+ am, km, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ it#8, vt#3,
+ acsc=llmmkkjjuuttvvwwqqxxnnoosspprr``aaffgg~~..--++\,\,hhII00yyzz,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, indn=\E[%p1%dS,
+ is1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, kbs=\177,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\E[17~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~,
+ kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~,
+ khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, kll=\E[4~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~,
+ nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100,
+ ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\Ec\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+# NetBSD/FreeBSD vt220 terminal emulator console (pc keyboard & monitor)
+# termcap entries for pure VT220-Emulation and 25, 28, 35, 40, 43 and
+# 50 lines entries; 80 columns
+pcvt25|dec vt220 emulation with 25 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ is2=\E[1;25r\E[25;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt28|dec vt220 emulation with 28 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#28,
+ is2=\E[1;28r\E[28;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt35|dec vt220 emulation with 35 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#35,
+ is2=\E[1;35r\E[35;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt40|dec vt220 emulation with 40 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#40,
+ is2=\E[1;40r\E[40;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt43|dec vt220 emulation with 43 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#43,
+ is2=\E[1;43r\E[43;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt50|dec vt220 emulation with 50 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#50,
+ is2=\E[1;50r\E[50;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+
+# NetBSD/FreeBSD vt220 terminal emulator console (pc keyboard & monitor)
+# termcap entries for pure VT220-Emulation and 25, 28, 35, 40, 43 and
+# 50 lines entries; 132 columns
+pcvt25w|dec vt220 emulation with 25 lines and 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#25,
+ is2=\E[1;25r\E[25;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt28w|dec vt220 emulation with 28 lines and 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#28,
+ is2=\E[1;28r\E[28;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt35w|dec vt220 emulation with 35 lines and 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#35,
+ is2=\E[1;35r\E[35;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt40w|dec vt220 emulation with 40 lines and 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#40,
+ is2=\E[1;40r\E[40;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt43w|dec vt220 emulation with 43 lines and 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#43,
+ is2=\E[1;43r\E[43;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+pcvt50w|dec vt220 emulation with 50 lines and 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#50,
+ is2=\E[1;50r\E[50;1H, use=pcvtXX,
+
+# NetBSD/x68k console vt200 emulator. This port runs on a 68K machine
+# manufactured by Sharp for the Japenese market.
+# From Minoura Makoto <minoura@netlaputa.or.jp>, 12 May 1996
+x68k|x68k-ite|NetBSD/x68k ITE,
+ cols#96, lines#32,
+ kclr=\E[9~, khlp=\E[28~, use=vt220,
+
+#### FreeBSD console entries
+#
+# From: Andrey Chernov <ache@astral.msk.su> 29 Mar 1996
+# Andrey Chernov maintains the FreeBSD termcap distributions.
+#
+# Note: Users of FreeBSD 2.1.0 and older versions must either upgrade
+# or comment out the :cb: capability in the console entry.
+#
+# Alexander Lukyanov reports:
+# I have seen FreeBSD-2.1.5R... The old el1 bug changed, but it is still there.
+# Now el1 clears not only to the line beginning, but also a large chunk
+# of previous line. But there is another bug - ech does not work at all.
+#
+
+# for syscons
+# common entry without semigraphics
+# Bug: The <op> capability resets attributes.
+# Bug? The ech and el1 attributes appear to move the cursor in some cases; for
+# instance el1 does if the cursor is moved to the right margin first. Removed
+# by T.Dickey 97/5/3 (ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K)
+cons25w|ansiw|ansi80x25-raw|freebsd console (25-line raw mode),
+ am, bce, bw, eo, msgr, npc,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#25, pairs#64,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dim=\E[30;1m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, kb2=\E[E, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177, kend=\E[F,
+ kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V, kf11=\E[W, kf12=\E[X, kf2=\E[N,
+ kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T,
+ kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[L, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I,
+ nel=\E[E, op=\E[x, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT,
+ rmso=\E[m, rs1=\E[x\E[m\Ec, setab=\E[4%p1%dm,
+ setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+cons25|ansis|ansi80x25|freebsd console (25-line ansi mode),
+ acsc=l\332m\300k\277j\331u\264t\303v\301w\302q\304x\263n\305`\004a\260f\370g\361~\371.\031-\030h\261I^U0\333y\363z\362,
+ use=cons25w,
+cons25-m|ansis-mono|ansi80x25-mono|freebsd console (25-line mono ansi mode),
+ colors@, pairs@,
+ bold@, dim@, op@, rmul=\E[m, setab@, setaf@, smul=\E[4m, use=cons25,
+cons30|ansi80x30|freebsd console (30-line ansi mode),
+ lines#30, use=cons25,
+cons30-m|ansi80x30-mono|freebsd console (30-line mono ansi mode),
+ lines#30, use=cons25-m,
+cons43|ansi80x43|freebsd console (43-line ansi mode),
+ lines#43, use=cons25,
+cons43-m|ansi80x43-mono|freebsd console (43-line mono ansi mode),
+ lines#43, use=cons25-m,
+cons50|ansil|ansi80x50|freebsd console (50-line ansi mode),
+ lines#50, use=cons25,
+cons50-m|ansil-mono|ansi80x50-mono|freebsd console (50-line mono ansi mode),
+ lines#50, use=cons25-m,
+cons60|ansi80x60|freebsd console (60-line ansi mode),
+ lines#60, use=cons25,
+cons60-m|ansi80x60-mono|freebsd console (60-line mono ansi mode),
+ lines#60, use=cons25-m,
+cons25r|pc3r|ibmpc3r|cons25-koi8-r|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic,
+ acsc=q\200x\201m\204v\211j\205t\206n\212u\207l\202w\210k\203y\230z\231f\234~\225a\220h\221`\004.\031-\030I^U0\215,
+ use=cons25w,
+cons25r-m|pc3r-m|ibmpc3r-mono|cons25-koi8r-m|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (mono),
+ colors@, pairs@,
+ op@, rmul=\E[m, setab@, setaf@, smul=\E[4m, use=cons25r,
+cons50r|cons50-koi8r|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (50 lines),
+ lines#50, use=cons25r,
+cons50r-m|cons50-koi8r-m|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (50-line mono),
+ lines#50, use=cons25r-m,
+cons60r|cons60-koi8r|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (60 lines),
+ lines#60, use=cons25r,
+cons60r-m|cons60-koi8r-m|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (60-line mono),
+ lines#60, use=cons25r-m,
+# ISO 8859-1 FreeBSD console
+cons25l1|cons25-iso8859|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars,
+ acsc=l\215m\216k\214j\213u\226t\225v\227w\230q\222x\231n\217o\220s\224p\221r\223`\201a\202f\207g\210~\237.\031-\030+\253\,\273I\247y\232z\233,
+ use=cons25w,
+cons25l1-m|cons25-iso-m|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (mono),
+ colors@, pairs@,
+ bold@, dim@, op@, rmul=\E[m, setab@, setaf@, smul=\E[4m, use=cons25l1,
+cons50l1|cons50-iso8859|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (50 lines),
+ lines#50, use=cons25l1,
+cons50l1-m|cons50-iso-m|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (50-line mono),
+ lines#50, use=cons25l1-m,
+cons60l1|cons60-iso|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (60 lines),
+ lines#60, use=cons25l1,
+cons60l1-m|cons60-iso-m|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (60-line mono),
+ lines#60, use=cons25l1-m,
+
+#### 386BSD and BSD/OS Consoles
+#
+
+# This was the original 386BSD console entry (I think).
+# Some places it's named oldpc3|oldibmpc3.
+# From: Alex R.N. Wetmore <aw2t@andrew.cmu.edu>
+origpc3|origibmpc3|IBM PC 386BSD Console,
+ am, bw, eo, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ acsc=l\332q\304k\277x\263j\331m\300w\302u\264v\301t\303n\305,
+ bold=\E[7m, clear=\Ec, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, ind=\E[S, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[Y, ri=\E[T, rmso=\E[1;0x\E[2;7x,
+ rmul=\E[1;0x\E[2;7x, sgr0=\E[m\E[1;0x\E[2;7x,
+ smso=\E[1;7x\E[2;0x, smul=\E[1;7x\E[2;0x,
+
+# description of BSD/386 console emulator in version 1.0 (supplied by BSDI)
+oldpc3|oldibmpc3|old IBM PC BSD/386 Console,
+ km,
+ lines#25,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[=15F, cr=^M, cud1=^J, dim=\E[=8F, dl1=\E[M,
+ ht=^I, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[L, kll=\E[F,
+ knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I, nel=^M^J, sgr0=\E[=R,
+
+# Description of BSD/OS console emulator in version 1.1, 2.0, 2.1
+# Note, the emulator supports many of the additional console features
+# listed in the iBCS2 (e.g. character-set selection) though not all
+# are described here. This entry really ought to be upgraded.
+# Also note, the console will also work with fewer lines after doing
+# "stty rows NN", e.g. to use 24 lines.
+# (Color support from Kevin Rosenberg <kevin@cyberport.com>, 2 May 1996)
+# Bug: The <op> capability resets attributes.
+bsdos|BSD/OS console,
+ am, bw, eo, km, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#25, pairs#64,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\Ec, cr=^M,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dim=\E[=8F, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[L, kll=\E[F, knp=\E[G,
+ kpp=\E[I, nel=^M^J, op=\E[x, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[0m,
+ sc=\E7, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[0m,
+ smso=\E[7m,
+bsdos-bold|IBM PC BSD/386 Console with bold instead of underline,
+ rmul=\E[0m, smul=\E[1m,
+ use=bsdos,
+
+# If you are BSDI, you want the following entries, for the moment.
+# In release 2.0 they will probably phase out the pc3 and ibmpc3 names
+pc3|IBM PC BSD/386 Console,
+ use=bsdos,
+ibmpc3|pc3-bold|IBM PC BSD/386 Console with bold instead of underline,
+ smul=\E[1m,
+ use=bsdos-bold,
+
+#### DEC VT100 and compatibles
+#
+# DEC terminals from the vt100 forward (and the vt52, way obsolete but still
+# the basis of some emulations) are collected here. Older DEC terminals and
+# micro consoles can be found in the `obsolete' section. More details on
+# the relationship between the VT100 and ANSI X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 may be
+# found near the end of this file.
+#
+# Except where noted, these entries are DEC's official terminfos.
+# Contact Bill Hedberg <hedberg@hannah.enet.dec.com> of Terminal Support
+# Engineering for more information. Updated terminfos and termcaps
+# are kept available at ftp://gatekeeper.dec.com/pub/DEC/termcaps.
+#
+# In October 1995 DEC sold its terminals business, including the VT and Dorio
+# line and trademark, to SunRiver Data Systems.
+#
+# (The <acsc>, <rmacs>, and <smacs> capabilities aren't in DEC's official
+# entry -- esr)
+
+vt52|dec vt52,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, nel=^M^J, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, smacs=\EF,
+
+# NOTE: Any VT100 emulation, whether in hardware or software, almost
+# certainly includes what DEC called the `Level 1 editing extension' codes;
+# only the very oldest VT100s lacked these and there probably aren't any of
+# those left alive. To capture these, use one of the VT102 entries.
+#
+# Note that the <xenl> glitch in vt100 is not quite the same as on the Concept,
+# since the cursor is left in a different position while in the
+# weird state (concept at beginning of next line, vt100 at end
+# of this line) so all versions of vi before 3.7 don't handle
+# <xenl> right on vt100. The correct way to handle <xenl> is when
+# you output the char in column 80, immediately output CR LF
+# and then assume you are in column 1 of the next line. If <xenl>
+# is on, am should be on too.
+#
+# I assume you have smooth scroll off or are at a slow enough baud
+# rate that it doesn't matter (1200? or less). Also this assumes
+# that you set auto-nl to "on", if you set it off use vt100-nam
+# below.
+#
+# The padding requirements listed here are guesses. It is strongly
+# recommended that xon/xoff be enabled, as this is assumed here.
+#
+# The vt100 uses <rs2> and <rf> rather than <is2>/<tbc>/<hts> because the
+# tab settings are in non-volatile memory and don't need to be
+# reset upon login. Also setting the number of columns glitches
+# the screen annoyingly. You can type "reset" to get them set.
+#
+# Here's a diagram of the VT100 keypad keys with their bindings.
+# The top line is the name of the key (some DEC keyboards have the keys
+# labelled somewhat differently, like GOLD instead of PF1, but this is
+# the most "official" name). The second line is the escape sequence it
+# generates in Application Keypad mode (where "$" means the ESC
+# character). The third line contains two items, first the mapping of
+# the key in terminfo, and then in termcap.
+# _______________________________________
+# | PF1 | PF2 | PF3 | PF4 |
+# | $OP | $OQ | $OR | $OS |
+# |_kf1__k1_|_kf2__k2_|_kf3__k3_|_kf4__k4_|
+# | 7 8 9 - |
+# | $Ow | $Ox | $Oy | $Om |
+# |_kf9__k9_|_kf10_k;_|_kf0__k0_|_________|
+# | 4 | 5 | 6 | , |
+# | $Ot | $Ou | $Ov | $Ol |
+# |_kf5__k5_|_kf6__k6_|_kf7__k7_|_kf8__k8_|
+# | 1 | 2 | 3 | |
+# | $Oq | $Or | $Os | enter |
+# |_ka1__K1_|_kb2__K2_|_ka3__K3_| $OM |
+# | 0 | . | |
+# | $Op | $On | |
+# |___kc1_______K4____|_kc3__K5_|_kent_@8_|
+#
+# And here, for those of you with orphaned VT100s lacking documentation, is
+# a description of the soft switches invoked when you do `Set Up'.
+#
+# Scroll 0-Jump Shifted 3 0-#
+# | 1-Smooth | 1-British pound sign
+# | Autorepeat 0-Off | Wrap Around 0-Off
+# | | 1-On | | 1-On
+# | | Screen 0-Dark Bkg | | New Line 0-Off
+# | | | 1-Light Bkg | | | 1-On
+# | | | Cursor 0-Underline | | | Interlace 0-Off
+# | | | | 1-Block | | | | 1-On
+# | | | | | | | |
+# 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 <--Standard Settings
+# | | | | | | | |
+# | | | Auto XON/XOFF 0-Off | | | Power 0-60 Hz
+# | | | 1-On | | | 1-50 Hz
+# | | Ansi/VT52 0-VT52 | | Bits Per Char. 0-7 Bits
+# | | 1-ANSI | | 1-8 Bits
+# | Keyclick 0-Off | Parity 0-Off
+# | 1-On | 1-On
+# Margin Bell 0-Off Parity Sense 0-Odd
+# 1-On 1-Even
+#
+# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# ANSI_MODE AUTO_XON/XOFF_ON NEWLINE_OFF 80_COLUMNS
+# WRAP_AROUND_ON JUMP_SCROLL_OFF
+# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements; I recommend
+# AUTOREPEAT_ON BLOCK_CURSOR MARGIN_BELL_OFF SHIFTED_3_#
+# Unless you have a graphics add-on such as Digital Engineering's VT640
+# (and even then, whenever it can be arranged!) you should set
+# INTERLACE_OFF
+#
+# (I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string, also <OTbs> -- esr)
+vt100|vt100-am|dec vt100 (w/advanced video),
+ am, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>,
+ enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq,
+ ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt,
+ kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g,
+vt100nam|vt100-nam|vt100 no automargins,
+ am@, xenl@, use=vt100-am,
+
+# Ordinary vt100 in 132 column ("wide") mode.
+vt100-w|vt100-w-am|dec vt100 132 cols (w/advanced video),
+ cols#132, lines#24,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=vt100-am,
+vt100-w-nam|vt100-nam-w|dec vt100 132 cols (w/advanced video no automargin),
+ cols#132, lines#14, vt@,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=vt100-nam,
+
+# vt100 with no advanced video.
+vt100-nav|vt100 without advanced video option,
+ xmc#1,
+ blink@, bold@, rev@, rmso=\E[m, rmul@, sgr@, sgr0@, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul@,
+ use=vt100,
+vt100-nav-w|vt100-w-nav|dec vt100 132 cols 14 lines (no advanced video option),
+ cols#132, lines#14, use=vt100-nav,
+
+# vt100 with one of the 24 lines used as a status line.
+# We put the status line on the top.
+vt100-s|vt100-s-top|vt100-top-s|vt100 for use with top sysline,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#23,
+ clear=\E[2;1H\E[J$<50>, csr=\E[%i%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%{1}%+%d;%p2%dH$<5>, dsl=\E7\E[1;24r\E8,
+ fsl=\E8, home=\E[2;1H, is2=\E7\E[2;24r\E8,
+ tsl=\E7\E[1;%p1%dH\E[1K, use=vt100-am,
+
+# Status line at bottom.
+# Clearing the screen will clobber status line.
+vt100-s-bot|vt100-bot-s|vt100 for use with bottom sysline,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#23,
+ dsl=\E7\E[1;24r\E8, fsl=\E8, is2=\E[1;23r\E[23;1H,
+ tsl=\E7\E[24;%p1%dH\E[1K,
+ use=vt100-am,
+
+# Most of the `vt100' emulators out there actually emulate a vt102
+# This entry (or vt102-nsgr) is probably the right thing to use for
+# these.
+vt102|dec vt102,
+ mir,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, il1=\E[L, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h, use=vt100,
+vt102-w|dec vt102 in wide mode,
+ lines#132,
+ rs3=\E[?3h, use=vt102,
+
+# Many brain-dead PC comm programs that pretend to be `vt100-compatible'
+# fail to interpret the ^O and ^N escapes properly. Symptom: the <sgr0>
+# string in the canonical vt100 entry above leaves the screen littered
+# with little snowflake or star characters (IBM PC ROM character \017 = ^O)
+# after highlight turnoffs. This entry should fix that, and even leave
+# ACS support working, at the cost of making multiple-highlight changes
+# slightly more expensive.
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> July 22 1995
+vt102-nsgr|vt102 no sgr (use if you see snowflakes after highlight changes),
+ sgr@, sgr0=\E[m,
+ use=vt102,
+
+# VT125 Graphics CRT. Clear screen also erases graphics
+vt125|vt125 graphics terminal,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J\EPpS(E)\E\\$<50>, use=vt100,
+
+# This isn't a DEC entry, it came from University of Wisconsin.
+# (vt131: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string, also <OTbs> -- esr)
+vt131|dec vt131,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>,
+ clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<2/>,
+ ed=\E[J$<50/>, el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB,
+ kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>, ri=\EM$<5/>,
+ rmam=\E[?7h, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2/>,
+ rmul=\E[m$<2/>,
+ rs1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m$<2/>, smul=\E[4m$<2/>,
+
+# vt132 - like vt100 but slower and has ins/del line and such.
+# I'm told that <smir>/<rmir> are backwards in the terminal from the
+# manual and from the ANSI standard, this describes the actual
+# terminal. I've never actually used a vt132 myself, so this
+# is untested.
+#
+vt132|DEC vt132,
+ xenl,
+ dch1=\E[P$<7>, dl1=\E[M$<99>, il1=\E[L$<99>, ind=\n$<30>,
+ ip=$<7>, rmir=\E[4h, smir=\E[4l,
+ use=vt100,
+
+# vt220:
+# This vt220 description maps F5--F9 to the second block of function keys
+# at the top of the keyboard. The "DO" key is used as F10 to avoid conflict
+# with the key marked (ESC) on the vt220. See vt220d for an alternate mapping.
+# PF1--PF4 are used as F1--F4.
+#
+vt220|vt200|DEC VT220 in vt100 emulation mode,
+ am, mir, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED$<20/>,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kend=\E[4~, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~,
+ kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~,
+ khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m$<2>, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100,
+ ri=\EM$<14/>, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+vt220-w|vt200-w|DEC vt220 in wide mode,
+ cols#132,
+ rs3=\E[?3h, use=vt220,
+
+#
+# vt220d:
+# This vt220 description regards F6--F10 as the second block of function keys
+# at the top of the keyboard. This mapping follows the description given
+# in the VT220 Programmer Reference Manual and agrees with the labeling
+# on some terminals that emulate the vt220. There is no support for an F5.
+# See vt220 for an alternate mapping.
+#
+vt220d|DEC VT220 in vt100 mode with DEC function key labeling,
+ kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~,
+ kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~,
+ kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf20=\E[34~, kf5@, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ use=vt220,
+
+vt220-nam|v200-nam|VT220 in vt100 mode with no auto margins,
+ am@,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h, use=vt220,
+
+vt220-8|dec vt220 8 bit terminal,
+ am, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E)0,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E[?7h\E[>\E[?1h\E F\E[?4l, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~,
+ kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~,
+ kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~,
+ khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, krdo=\E[29~,
+ kslt=\E[4~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, mc0=\E[i,
+ mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N,
+ smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+# This was DEC's vt320. Use the purpose-built one below instead
+#vt320|DEC VT320 in vt100 emulation mode,
+# use=vt220,
+
+#
+# Use v320n for SCO's LYRIX. Otherwise, use Adam Thompson's vt320-nam.
+#
+vt320nam|v320n|DEC VT320 in vt100 emul. mode with NO AUTO WRAP mode,
+ am@,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h, use=vt220,
+
+# These entries are not DEC's official ones, they were purpose-built for the
+# VT320. Here are the designer's notes:
+# <kel> is end on a PC kbd. Actually 'select' on a VT. Mapped to
+# 'Erase to End of Field'... since nothing seems to use 'end' anyways...
+# khome is Home on a PC kbd. Actually 'FIND' on a VT.
+# Things that use <knxt> usually use tab anyways... and things that don't use
+# tab usually use <knxt> instead...
+# kprv is same as tab - Backtab is useless...
+# I left out <sgr> because of its RIDICULOUS complexity,
+# and the resulting fact that it causes the termcap translation of the entry
+# to SMASH the 1k-barrier...
+# From: Adam Thompson <thompson@xanth.magic.mb.ca> Sept 10 1995
+# (vt320: uncommented <fsl> --esr)
+vt320|vt300|dec vt320 7 bit terminal,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ cols#80, lines#24, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, fsl=\E[0$},
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu, kbs=\177, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kel=\E[4~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~,
+ kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~,
+ kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, knxt=^I, kpp=\E[5~,
+ kprv=\E[Z, kslt=\E[4~, mc0=\E[i, mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i,
+ nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300,
+ ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ tsl=\E[1$}\E[H\E[K,
+vt320-nam|vt300-nam|dec vt320 7 bit terminal with no am to make SAS happy,
+ am@,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ use=vt320,
+# We have to init 132-col mode, not 80-col mode.
+vt320-w|vt300-w|dec vt320 wide 7 bit terminal,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ use=vt320,
+vt320-w-nam|vt300-w-nam|dec vt320 wide 7 bit terminal with no am,
+ am@,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ use=vt320-w,
+
+# VT330 and VT340 -- These are ReGIS and SIXEL graphics terminals
+# which are pretty much a superset of the VT320. They have the
+# host writable status line, yet another different DRCS matrix size,
+# and such, but they add the DEC Technical character set, Multiple text
+# pages, selectable length pages, and the like. The difference between
+# the vt330 and vt340 is that the latter has only 2 planes and a monochrome
+# monitor, the former has 4 planes and a color monitor. These terminals
+# support VT131 and ANSI block mode, but as with much of these things,
+# termcap/terminfo doesn't deal with these features.
+#
+# Note that this entry is are set up in what was the standard way for GNU
+# Emacs v18 terminal modes to deal with the cursor keys in that the arrow
+# keys were switched into application mode at the same time the numeric pad
+# is switched into application mode. This changes the definitions of the
+# arrow keys. Emacs v19 is smarter and mines its keys directly out of
+# your termcap or terminfo entry,
+#
+# From: Daniel Glasser <dag@persoft.persoft.com>, 13 Oct 1993
+# (vt340: string capability "sb=\E[M" corrected to "sr";
+# also, added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+vt340|dec-vt340|vt330|dec-vt330|dec vt340 graphics terminal with 24 line page,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ dsl=\E[2$~\r\E[1$}\E[K\E[$}, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<200/>, fsl=\E[$}, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E<\E F\E>\E[?1h\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2,
+ lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N,
+ smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[1;%dH,
+
+# DEC doesn't supply a vt400 description, so we add Daniel Glasser's
+# (originally written with vt420 as its primary name, and usable for it).
+#
+# VT400/420 -- This terminal is a superset of the vt320. It adds the multiple
+# text pages and long text pages with selectable length of the vt340, along
+# with left and right margins, rectangular area text copy, fill, and erase
+# operations, selected region character attribute change operations,
+# page memory and rectangle checksums, insert/delete column, reception
+# macros, and other features too numerous to remember right now. TERMCAP
+# can only take advantage of a few of these added features.
+#
+# Note that this entry is are set up in what was the standard way for GNU
+# Emacs v18 terminal modes to deal with the cursor keys in that the arrow
+# keys were switched into application mode at the same time the numeric pad
+# is switched into application mode. This changes the definitions of the
+# arrow keys. Emacs v19 is smarter and mines its keys directly out of
+# your termcap entry,
+#
+# From: Daniel Glasser <dag@persoft.persoft.com>, 13 Oct 1993
+# (vt400: string capability ":sb=\E[M:" corrected to ":sr=\E[M:";
+# also, added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+vt400|vt400-24|dec-vt400|dec vt400 24x80 column autowrap,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<10/>, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[2$~\r\E[1$}\E[K\E[$}, ed=\E[J$<10/>,
+ el=\E[K$<4/>, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<200/>, fsl=\E[$},
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E<\E F\E>\E[?1h\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2,
+ lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E<\E[?3l\E[!p\E[?7h, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[1;%dH,
+
+# (vt420: I removed <kf0>, it collided with <kf10>. I also restored
+# a missing <sc> -- esr)
+vt420|DEC VT420,
+ am, mir, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, is3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, kf8=\E[20~,
+ kf9=\E[21~, kfnd=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~,
+ kslt=\E[4~, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B$<4>,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>,
+ rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+#
+# DECUDK
+# if (key < 16) then value = key;
+# else if (key < 21) then value = key + 1;
+# else if (key < 25) then value = key + 2;
+# else if (key < 27) then value = key + 3;
+# else if (key < 30) then value = key + 4;
+# else value = key + 5;
+#
+vt420pc|DEC VT420 w/PC keyboard,
+ kdch1=\177, kend=\E[4~, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[11;2~, kf14=\E[12;2~,
+ kf15=\E[13;2~, kf16=\E[14;2~, kf17=\E[15;2~,
+ kf18=\E[17;2~, kf19=\E[18;2~, kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[19;2~,
+ kf21=\E[20;2~, kf22=\E[21;2~, kf23=\E[23;2~,
+ kf24=\E[24;2~, kf25=\E[23~, kf26=\E[24~, kf27=\E[25~,
+ kf28=\E[26~, kf29=\E[28~, kf3=\E[13~, kf30=\E[29~,
+ kf31=\E[31~, kf32=\E[32~, kf33=\E[33~, kf34=\E[34~,
+ kf35=\E[35~, kf36=\E[36~, kf37=\E[23;2~, kf38=\E[24;2~,
+ kf39=\E[25;2~, kf4=\E[14~, kf40=\E[26;2~, kf41=\E[28;2~,
+ kf42=\E[29;2~, kf43=\E[31;2~, kf44=\E[32;2~,
+ kf45=\E[33;2~, kf46=\E[34;2~, kf47=\E[35;2~,
+ kf48=\E[36;2~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~,
+ kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[H,
+ pctrm=USR_TERM\:vt420pcdos\:,
+ pfx=\EP1;1|%?%{16}%p1%>%t%{0}%e%{21}%p1%>%t%{1}%e%{25}%p1%>%t%{2}%e%{27}%p1%>%t%{3}%e%{30}%p1%>%t%{4}%e%{5}%;%p1%+%d/%p2%s\E\\, use=vt420,
+
+vt420pcdos|DEC VT420 w/PC for DOS Merge,
+ lines#25,
+ dispc=%?%p2%{19}%=%t\E\023\021%e%p2%{32}%<%t\E%p2%c%e%p2%{127}%=%t\E\177%e%p2%c%;,
+ pctrm@,
+ rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sgr@,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smsc=\E[?1;2r\E[34h,
+ use=vt420pc,
+
+vt420f|DEC VT420 with VT kbd; VT400 mode; F1-F5 used as Fkeys,
+ kdch1=\177, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~,
+ kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[H, lf1=\EOP, lf2=\EOQ, lf3=\EOR, lf4=\EOS,
+ use=vt420,
+
+vt510|DEC VT510,
+ use=vt420,
+vt510pc|DEC VT510 w/PC keyboard,
+ use=vt420pc,
+vt510pcdos|DEC VT510 w/PC for DOS Merge,
+ use=vt420pcdos,
+
+# VT520/VT525
+#
+# The VT520 is a monochrome text terminal capable of managing up to
+# four independent sessions in the terminal. It has multiple ANSI
+# emulations (VT520, VT420, VT320, VT220, VT100, VT PCTerm, SCO Console)
+# and ASCII emulations (WY160/60, PCTerm, 50/50+, 150/120, TVI 950,
+# 925 910+, ADDS A2). This terminfo data is for the ANSI emulations only.
+#
+# Terminal Set-Up is entered by pressing [F3], [Caps Lock]/[F3] or
+# [Alt]/[Print Screen] depending upon which keyboard and which
+# terminal mode is being used. If Set-Up has been disabled or
+# assigned to an unknown key, Set-Up may be entered by pressing
+# [F3] as the first key after power up, regardless of keyboard type.
+# (vt520: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string, also <sc> -- esr)
+vt520|DEC VT520,
+ am, mir, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, is3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kf0=\E[29~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~,
+ kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, kfnd=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~,
+ pfx=\EP1;1|%?%{16}%p1%>%t%{0}%e%{21}%p1%>%t%{1}%e%{25}%p1%>%t%{2}%e%{27}%p1%>%t%{3}%e%{30}%p1%>%t%{4}%e%{5}%;%p1%+%d/%p2%s\E\\,
+ rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300,
+ ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+# (vt525: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string;
+# removed <rmso>=\E[m, <rmul>=\E[m, added <sc> -- esr)
+vt525|DEC VT525,
+ am, mir, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, is3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kf0=\E[29~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~,
+ kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, kfnd=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~,
+ pfx=\EP1;1|%?%{16}%p1%>%t%{0}%e%{21}%p1%>%t%{1}%e%{25}%p1%>%t%{2}%e%{27}%p1%>%t%{3}%e%{30}%p1%>%t%{4}%e%{5}%;%p1%+%d/%p2%s\E\\,
+ rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300,
+ ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+#### VT100 emulations
+#
+
+# John Hawkinson <jhawk@MIT.EDU> tells us that the EWAN telnet for Windows
+# (the best Windows telnet as of September 1995) presents the name `dec-vt100'
+# to telnetd. Michael Deutschmann <ldeutsch@mail.netshop.net> informs us
+# that this works best with a stock vt100 entry.
+dec-vt100|EWAN telnet's vt100 emulation,
+ use=vt100,
+
+# From: Adrian Garside <94ajg2@eng.cam.ac.uk>, 19 Nov 1996
+dec-vt220|DOS tnvt200 terminal emulator,
+ am@, use=vt220,
+
+# Zstem340 is an (IMHO) excellent VT emulator for PC's. I recommend it to
+# anyone who needs PC VT340 emulation. (or anything below that level, for
+# that matter -- DEC's ALL-in-1 seems happy with it, as does INFOPLUS's
+# RDBM systems, it includes ReGIS and SiXel support! I'm impressed...
+# I can send the address if requested.
+# (z340: changed garbled \E[5?l to \E[?5l, DEC smooth scroll off -- esr)
+# From: Adam Thompson <thompson@xanth.magic.mb.ca> Sept 10 1995
+z340|zstem vt340 terminal emulator 132col 42line,
+ lines#42,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H,
+ use=vt320-w,
+z340-nam|zstem vt340 terminal emulator 132col 42line,
+ am@,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H,
+ use=z340,
+
+#### X terminal emulators
+#
+# You can add the following line to your .Xdefaults to change the terminal type
+# set by the xterms you start up to my-xterm:
+#
+# *termName: my-xterm
+#
+# System administrators can change the default entry for xterm instances
+# by adding a similar line to /usr/X11/lib/X11/app-defaults/XTerm. In either
+# case, xterm will detect and reject an invalid terminal type, falling back
+# to the default of xterm.
+#
+
+# X10/6.6 11/7/86, minus alternate screen, plus (csr)
+# (xterm: ":MT:" changed to ":km:"; added <smam>/<rmam> based on init string;
+# removed (hs, eslok, tsl=\E[?E\E[?%i%dT, fsl=\E[?F, dsl=\E[?E)
+# as these seem not to work -- esr)
+x10term|vs100-x10|xterm terminal emulator (X10 window system),
+ am, km, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#65,
+ bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;4l, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+# Compatible with the R5 xterm
+# (from the XFree86 3.2 distribution, <blink=@> removed)
+xterm-r5|xterm R5 version,
+ am, km, msgr, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdch1=\E[3~,
+ kdl1=\E[31~, kel=\E[8~, kf0=\EOq, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\E[12~, kf3=\E[13~,
+ kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~,
+ kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[7~, kich1=\E[2~, kil1=\E[30~,
+ knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E>\E[1;3;4;5;6l\E[?7h\E[m\E[r\E[2J\E[H, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, tbc=\E[3g,
+# Compatible with the R6 xterm
+# (from XFree86 3.2 distribution, <acsc> and <it> added, <blink@> removed)
+xterm-r6|xterm-old|xterm X11R6 version,
+ am, km, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, enacs=\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[15~,
+ kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~,
+ kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, meml=\El,
+ memu=\Em, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O,
+ rmcup=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+# This is the stock xterm entry supplied with XFree86 3.2
+# The name has been changed and some aliases have been removed.
+xterm-xf86-v32|xterm terminal emulator (X Window System),
+ am, bce, km, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[2J,
+ cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l,
+ home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>,
+ ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOu, kb2=\EOy, kbeg=\EOE, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq,
+ kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kdch1=\177, kend=\EOF, kent=\EOM, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~,
+ kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~,
+ kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~,
+ kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~,
+ kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, khome=\EOH, kich1=\E[2~,
+ kmous=\E[M, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, meml=\El,
+ memu=\Em, op=\E[39;49m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmcup=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, rs1=^O,
+ rs2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, sc=\E7,
+ setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm,
+ setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+ setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E7\E[?47h,
+ smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+
+# This is xterm for ncurses. It mainly adds mappings for more high-half
+# characters. Note that these will only work for fixed-width fonts.
+# Once XFree86 3.2 is established, we'll switch this to use=xterm-xf86-v32
+xterm|vs100|xterms|xterm terminal emulator (X Window System),
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~..--++\,\,II00,
+ kmous=\E[M, u6=\E[%i%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n, u8=\E[?1;2c, u9=\E[c,
+ use=xterm-r6,
+
+# These entries allow access to the X titlebar and icon name as a status line.
+# Note that twm (and possibly window managers descended from it such as tvtwm,
+# ctwm, and vtwm) track windows by icon-name; thus, you don't want to mess
+# with it.
+xterm+sl|access X title line and icon name,
+ hs,
+ wsl#40,
+ dsl=\E]0;\007, fsl=^G, tsl=\E]0;,
+xterm+sl-twm|access X title line (pacify twm-descended window managers),
+ hs,
+ wsl#40,
+ dsl=\E]2;\007, fsl=^G, tsl=\E]2;,
+
+#
+# The following xterm variants don't depend on your base version
+#
+xterm-bold|xterm terminal emulator (X11R6 Window System) standout w/bold,
+ smso=\E[1m,
+ use=xterm,
+# (kterm: this had extension capabilities ":KJ:TY=ascii:" -- esr)
+# (kterm should not invoke DEC Graphics as the alternate character set
+# -- Kenji Rikitake)
+kterm|kterm kanji terminal emulator (X window system),
+ eslok, hs,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, dsl=\E[?H, enacs=\E(B, fsl=\E[?F,
+ rc=\E8, sc=\E7, tsl=\E[?E\E[?%i%dT,
+ use=xterm,
+# See the note on ICH/ICH1 VERSUS RMIR/SMIR near the end of file
+xterm-nic|xterm with ich/ich1 suppressed for non-curses programs,
+ ich@, ich1@,
+ use=xterm,
+# From: Mark Sheppard <kimble@mistral.co.uk>, 4 May 1996
+xterm1|xterm terminal emulator ignoring the alternate screen buffer,
+ rmcup@, smcup@,
+ use=xterm,
+
+# This describes the capabilities of color_xterm, an xterm variant from
+# before ECMA-64 color support was folded into the main-line xterm release.
+# This entry is straight from color_xterm's maintainer.
+# From: Jacob Mandelson <jlm@ugcs.caltech.edu>, 09 Nov 1996
+color_xterm|cx|cx100|color_xterm color terminal emulator for X,
+ am, km, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#65, pairs#64,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is1=\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?4;6l\E[4l, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy,
+ kb2=\EOu, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB,
+ kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kend=\E[8~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\E[11~,
+ kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\E[12~,
+ kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~,
+ kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[7~, kich1=\E[2~,
+ kmous=\E[M, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, op=\E[39;49m, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmcup=\E>\E[?41;1r, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E(B\017\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E<,
+ sc=\E7, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h,
+ smcup=\E[?1;41s\E[?1;41h\E=, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+# From: Mark Olesen & Thomas Dickey <dickey@clark.net> 13 Jul 1996
+rxvt|reduced xterm terminal (X Window System),
+ am, bce, km, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is1=\E[?47l\E=\E[?1l,
+ is2=\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l,
+ kDC=\E[3$, kEND=\E[8$, kHOM=\E[7$, kLFT=\E[d, kNXT=\E[6$,
+ kPRV=\E[5$, kRIT=\E[c, ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H,
+ kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kend=\E[8~, kent=\EOM,
+ kf0=\E[21~, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~,
+ kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[7~, kich1=\E[2~, kmous=\E[M, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~,
+ op=\E[39m\E[49m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmacs=\E(B\E)0\017, rmcup=\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E>\E[1;3;4;5;6l\E[?7h\E[m\E[r\E[2J\E[H,
+ rs2=\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E>,
+ sc=\E7, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smacs=\E(B\E)U\016, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+
+# From: David J. MacKenzie <djm@va.pubnix.com> 20 Apr 1995
+# Here's a termcap entry I've been using for xterm_color, which comes
+# with BSD/OS 2.0, and the X11R6 contrib tape too I think. Besides the
+# color stuff, I also have a status line defined as the window manager
+# title bar. [I have translated it to terminfo -- ESR]
+xterm-pcolor|xterm with color used for highlights and status line,
+ bold=\E[1m\E[43m, rev=\E[7m\E[34m, smso=\E[7m\E[31m,
+ smul=\E[4m\E[42m,
+ use=xterm+sl, use=xterm,
+
+# HP ships this, except for the pb#9600 which was merged in from BSD termcap.
+# (hpterm: added empty <acsc>, we have no idea what ACS chars look like --esr)
+xhpterm|X-hpterm|hp X11 terminal emulator,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, pb#9600, xmc#0,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, bold=\E&dB, cbt=\Ei, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC,
+ cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ$<1>, el=\EK,
+ hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep,
+ kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew,
+ khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF,
+ knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, meml=\El,
+ memu=\Em, pfkey=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pln=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dd0L%p2%s, rev=\E&dB, ri=\ET,
+ rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmln=\E&j@, rmso=\E&d@,
+ rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr=\E&d%?%p7%t%'s'%c%;%p1%p3%|%p6%|%{2}%*%p2%{4}%*%+%p4%+%p5%{8}%*%+%'@'%+%c%?%p9%t%'\016'%c%e%'\017'%c%;,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB,
+ smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+
+# This entry describes an xterm with Sun-style function keys enabled
+# via the X resource setting "xterm*sunFunctionKeys:true"
+# To understand <kf11>/<kf12> note that L1,L2 and F11,F12 are the same.
+# The <kf13>...<kf20> keys are L3-L10. We don't set <kf16=\E[197z>
+# because we want it to be seen as <kcpy>.
+# The <kf31>...<kf45> keys are R1-R15. We treat some of these in accordance
+# with their Sun keyboard labels instead.
+# From: Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@zen.void.oz.au> 10 Jan 1996
+xterm-sun|xterm with sunFunctionKeys true,
+ kb2=\E[218z, kcpy=\E[197z, kend=\E[220z, kf1=\E[224z,
+ kf10=\E[233z, kf11=\E[192z, kf12=\E[193z, kf13=\E[194z,
+ kf14=\E[195z, kf15=\E[196z, kf17=\E[198z, kf18=\E[199z,
+ kf19=\E[200z, kf2=\E[225z, kf20=\E[201z, kf3=\E[226z,
+ kf31=\E[208z, kf32=\E[209z, kf33=\E[210z, kf34=\E[211z,
+ kf35=\E[212z, kf36=\E[213z, kf38=\E[215z, kf4=\E[227z,
+ kf40=\E[217z, kf42=\E[219z, kf44=\E[221z, kf5=\E[228z,
+ kf6=\E[229z, kf7=\E[230z, kf8=\E[231z, kf9=\E[232z,
+ kfnd=\E[200z, khlp=\E[196z, khome=\E[214z, kich1=\E[2z,
+ knp=\E[222z, kpp=\E[216z, kund=\E[195z,
+ use=xterm,
+xterms-sun|small (80x24) xterm with sunFunctionKeys true,
+ cols#80, lines#24, use=xterm-sun,
+
+# This is for the extensible terminal emulator on the X11R6 contrib tape (emu).
+emu|emu native mode,
+ mir, msgr, xon,
+ colors#15, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64, vt#200,
+ acsc=a\202f\260g261j\213k\214l\215m\216n\217o\220q\222s\224t\225u\226v\227w\230x\231~\244,
+ bel=^G, blink=\ES\EW, bold=\ES\EU, civis=\EZ,
+ clear=\EP\EE0;0;, cnorm=\Ea, cr=^M, csr=\Ek%p1%d;%p2%d;,
+ cub=\Eq-%p1%d;, cub1=^H, cud=\Ep%p1%d;, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf=\Eq%p1%d;, cuf1=\ED, cup=\EE%p1%d;%p2%d;,
+ cuu=\Ep-%p1%d;, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ea, dch=\EI%p1%d;,
+ dch1=\EI1;, dl=\ER%p1%d;, dl1=\ER1;, ech=\Ej%p1%d;, ed=\EN,
+ el=\EK, el1=\EL, enacs=\200, home=\EE0;0;, ht=^I, hts=\Eh,
+ il=\EQ%p1%d;, il1=\EQ1;, ind=\EG, is2=\ES\Er0;\Es0;,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EC, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\ED, kcuu1=\EA,
+ kdch1=\177, kent=^M, kf0=\EF00, kf1=\EF01, kf10=\EF10,
+ kf11=\EF11, kf12=\EF12, kf13=\EF13, kf14=\EF14, kf15=\EF15,
+ kf16=\EF16, kf17=\EF17, kf18=\EF18, kf19=\EF19, kf2=\EF02,
+ kf20=\EF20, kf3=\EF03, kf4=\EF04, kf5=\EF05, kf6=\EF06,
+ kf7=\EF07, kf8=\EF08, kf9=\EF09, kfnd=\Efind, kich1=\Eins,
+ knp=\Enext, kpp=\Eprior, kslt=\Esel, oc=\Es0;\Er0;,
+ rev=\ES\ET, ri=\EF, rmacs=\200, rmir=\EX, rmso=\ES, rmul=\ES,
+ rs2=\ES\Es0;\Er0;,
+ setab=\Es%i%p1%d; setaf=\Er%i%p1%d;, sgr0=\ES,
+ smacs=\200, smir=\EY, smso=\ES\ET, smul=\ES\EV, tbc=\Ej,
+
+######## UNIX VIRTUAL TERMINALS AND VIRTUAL CONSOLES
+#
+
+# Columbus UNIX virtual terminal. This terminal also appears in
+# UNIX 4.0 and successors as line discipline 1 (?), but is
+# undocumented and does not really work quite right.
+cbunix|cb unix virtual terminal,
+ am, da, db,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lm#0,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EL, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EG%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EM, dl1=\EN, ed=\EL,
+ el=\EK, ich1=\EO, il1=\EP, ind=^J, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EE, rmso=\Eb^D, rmul=\Eb^A,
+ smso=\Ea^D, smul=\Ea^A,
+# (vremote: removed obsolete ":nl@:" -- esr)
+vremote|virtual remote terminal,
+ am@,
+ cols#79, use=cbunix,
+pty|4bsd pseudo teletype,
+ cup=\EG%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, rmso=\Eb$, rmul=\Eb!,
+ smso=\Ea$, smul=\Ea!,
+ use=cbunix,
+
+# The codes supported by the term.el terminal emulation in GNU Emacs 19.30
+eterm|gnu emacs term.el terminal emulation,
+ am, mir, xenl,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmcup=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+# Entries for use by the FSF's `screen' program. The screen and
+# screen-w entries came with version 3.7.1. The screen2 and screen3 entries
+# come from University of Wisconsin and may be older.
+# (screen: added <cnorm> on ANSI model -- esr)
+
+screen|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal,
+ am, km, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~..--++\,\,hhII00,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM,
+ cvvis=\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\Eg,
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E)0, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB,
+ kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, kll=\E[4~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~,
+ nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[23m, rmul=\E[24m, rs2=\Ec, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[3m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ use=ecma+color,
+
+screen-w|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal with 132 cols,
+ cols#132, use=screen,
+
+screen2|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[2J\E[H, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E~, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV,
+ kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, kf9=\E0I, khome=\EH,
+ nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, ri=\EM, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[23m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[3m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+# (screen3: removed unknown ":xv:LP:G0:" -- esr)
+screen3|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal,
+ km, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E)0, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[23m, rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\Ec,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[3m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+######## WORKSTATION CONSOLES
+#
+
+#### Sun consoles
+#
+
+# :is1: resets scrolling region in case a previous user had used "tset vt100"
+oldsun|Sun Microsystems Workstation console,
+ am, km, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is1=\E[1r, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H,
+ rmso=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m,
+# From: Alexander Lukyanov <lav@video.yars.free.net>, 14 Nov 1995
+# <lines> capability later corrected by J.T. Conklin <jtc@cygnus.com>
+sun-il|Sun Microsystems console with working insert-line,
+ am, km, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#34,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kb2=\E[218z, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177,
+ kend=\E[220z, kf1=\E[224z, kf10=\E[233z, kf11=\E[234z,
+ kf12=\E[235z, kf2=\E[225z, kf3=\E[226z, kf4=\E[227z,
+ kf5=\E[228z, kf6=\E[229z, kf7=\E[230z, kf8=\E[231z,
+ kf9=\E[232z, khome=\E[214z, knp=\E[222z, kopt=\E[194z,
+ kpp=\E[216z, kres=\E[193z, kund=\E[195z, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\E[s,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+# On a SparcStation 5, <il1>/<il> flake out on the last line.
+# Unfortunately, without them the terminal has no way to scroll.
+sun-ss5|Sun SparcStation 5 console,
+ il@, il1@, use=sun-il,
+# If you are using an SS5, change the sun definition to use sun-ss5.
+sun|sun1|sun2|Sun Microsystems Inc. workstation console,
+ use=sun-il,
+
+# From: <john@ucbrenoir> Tue Sep 24 13:14:44 1985
+sun-s|Sun Microsystems Workstation window with status line,
+ hs,
+ dsl=\E]l\E\\, fsl=\E\\, tsl=\E]l, use=sun,
+sun-e-s|sun-s-e|Sun Microsystems Workstation with status hacked for emacs,
+ hs,
+ dsl=\E]l\E\\, fsl=\E\\, tsl=\E]l, use=sun-e,
+sun-48|Sun 48-line window,
+ cols#80, lines#48, use=sun,
+sun-34|Sun 34-line window,
+ cols#80, lines#34, use=sun,
+sun-24|Sun 24-line window,
+ cols#80, lines#24, use=sun,
+sun-17|Sun 17-line window,
+ cols#80, lines#17, use=sun,
+sun-12|Sun 12-line window,
+ cols#80, lines#12, use=sun,
+sun-1|Sun 1-line window for sysline,
+ eslok, hs,
+ cols#80, lines#1,
+ dsl=^L, fsl=\E[K, tsl=^M, use=sun,
+sun-e|sun-nic|sune|Sun Microsystems Workstation without insert character,
+ ich1@, rmir@, smir@,
+ use=sun,
+sun-c|sun-cmd|Sun Microsystems Workstation console with scrollable history,
+ lines#35,
+ rmcup=\E[>4h, smcup=\E[>4l, use=sun,
+
+#### Iris consoles
+#
+
+# (wsiris: this had extension capabilities
+# :HS=\E7F2:HE=\E7F7:\
+# :CT#2:CZ=*Bblack,red,green,yellow,blue,magenta,cyan,*Fwhite:
+# See the note on Iris extensions near the end of this file.
+# Finally, removed suboptimal <clear>=\EH\EJ and added <cud1> &
+# <flash> from BRL -- esr)
+wsiris|iris40|iris emulating a 40 line visual 50 (approximately),
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#40,
+ bel=^G, clear=\Ev, cnorm=\E>, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\E;,
+ dim=\E7F2, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+ flash=\E7F4\E7B1\013\E7F7\E7B0, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL,
+ ind=^J, is2=\E7B0\E7F7\E7C2\E7R3, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E0, kf1=\E1, kf2=\E2, kf3=\E3,
+ kf4=\E4, kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, kf9=\E9, ri=\EI,
+ rmso=\E0@, rmul=\E7R3\E0@, sgr0=\E7F7, smso=\E9P,
+ smul=\E7R2\E9P,
+
+#### NeWS consoles
+#
+# Console terminal windows under the NeWS (Sun's Display Postscript windowing
+# environment). Note: these have nothing to do with Sony's News workstation
+# line.
+#
+
+# Entry for NeWS's psterm from Eric Messick & Hugh Daniel
+# (psterm: unknown ":sl=\EOl:el=\ENl:" removed -- esr)
+psterm|psterm-basic|NeWS psterm-80x34,
+ am, hs, km, ul,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34,
+ blink=\EOb, bold=\EOd, clear=^L, csr=\EE%p1%d;%p2%d;,
+ cub1=\ET, cud1=\EP, cuf1=\EV, cup=\E%p1%d;%p2%d;, cuu1=\EY,
+ dch1=\EF, dl1=\EK, ed=\EB, el=\EC, flash=\EZ, fsl=\ENl,
+ home=\ER, ht=^I, il1=\EA, ind=\EW, is1=\EN*, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, ll=\EU, rc=^\, rev=\EOr,
+ ri=\EX, rmcup=\ENt, rmir=\ENi, rmso=\ENo, rmul=\ENu, sc=^],
+ sgr0=\EN*, smcup=\EOt, smir=\EOi, smso=\EOo, smul=\EOu,
+ tsl=\EOl,
+psterm-96x48|NeWS psterm 96x48,
+ cols#96, lines#48, use=psterm,
+psterm-90x28|NeWS psterm 90x28,
+ cols#90, lines#28, use=psterm,
+psterm-80x24|NeWS psterm 80x24,
+ cols#80, lines#24, use=psterm,
+# This is a faster termcap for psterm. Warning: if you use this termcap,
+# some control characters you type will do strange things to the screen.
+# (psterm-fast: unknown ":sl=^Ol:el=^Nl:" -- esr)
+psterm-fast|NeWS psterm fast version (flaky ctrl chars),
+ am, hs, km, ul,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34,
+ blink=^Ob, bold=^Od, clear=^L, csr=\005%p1%d;%p2%d;,
+ cub1=^T, cud1=^P, cuf1=^V, cup=\004%p1%d;%p2%d;, cuu1=^Y,
+ dch1=^F, dl1=^K, ed=^B, el=^C, flash=^Z, fsl=^Nl, home=^R, ht=^I,
+ il1=^A, ind=^W, is1=^N*, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, ll=^U, rc=^\, rev=^Or, ri=^X, rmcup=^Nt, rmir=^Ni,
+ rmso=^No, rmul=^Nu, sc=^], sgr0=^N*, smcup=^Ot, smir=^Oi,
+ smso=^Oo, smul=^Ou, tsl=^Ol,
+
+#### NeXT Consoles
+#
+# Use `glasstty' for the Workspace application
+#
+
+# From: Dave Wetzel <dave@turbocat.snafu.de> 22 Dec 1995
+next|NeXT console,
+ am, xt,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[K, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+ rmso=\E[4;1m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[4;2m,
+nextshell|NeXT Shell application,
+ am,
+ cols#80,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+
+### Common Desktop Environment
+#
+
+# This ships with Sun's CDE in Solaris 2.5
+dtterm|CDE desktop terminal,
+ am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, lm#0, pairs#64,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ invis=\E[8m, is2=\E F\E>\E[?1l\E[?7h\E[?45l, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~,
+ kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~,
+ kslt=\E[4~, nel=\EE, op=\E[39;49m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[22;27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, sc=\E7, setab=\E[%p1%{40}%+%dm,
+ setaf=\E[%p1%{30}%+%dm,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%t;2;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[2;7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+######## COMMON TERMINAL TYPES
+#
+# This section describes terminal classes and maker brands that are still
+# quite common, but have proprietary command sets not blessed by ANSI.
+#
+
+#### Altos
+#
+# Altos made a moderately successful line of UNIX boxes. In 1990 they were
+# bought out by Acer, a major Taiwanese manufacturer of PC-clones.
+# Acer has a web site at http://www.acer.com.
+#
+# Altos descriptions from Ted Mittelstaedt <tedm@agora.rain.com> 4 Sep 1993
+# His comments suggest they were shipped with the system.
+#
+
+# (altos2: had extension capabilities
+# :c0=^A`\r:c1=^Aa\r:c2=^Ab\r:c3=^Ac\r:\
+# :c4=^Ad\r:c5=^Ae\r:c6=^Af\r:c7=^Ag\r:\
+# :c8=^Ah\r:c9=^Ai\r:cA=^Aj\r:cB=^Ak\r:\
+# :cC=^Al\r:cD=^Am\r:cE=^An\r:cF=^Ao\r:
+# :XU=^Aq\r:XD=^Ar\r:XR=^As\r:XL=^At\r:\
+# :YU=^AQ\r:YD=^AR\r:YR=^AS\r:YL=^AT\r:\
+# :HL=^AP\r:SP=\E[i:\
+# :IS=\E[@:DE=\E[P:IL=\E[L:NS=\E[S:PS=\E[T:\
+# :LO=\E[0q:LC=\E[5q:LL=\E[6q:\
+# Comparison with the k* capabilities makes it obvious that the c* things are
+# shift keys. I have renamed them to keys 32 and up accordingly. Also,
+# :sr: was given as a boolean-- esr)
+altos2|alt2|altos-2|altos II,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[1B, cuf1=\E[1C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[1A, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, kDL=^Am\r,
+ kEOL=^An\r, kbs=^H, kcbt=^AK\r, kclr=^AL\r, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=^AM\r, kel=^AN\r,
+ kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf32=^A`\r,
+ kf33=^Aa\r, kf34=^Ab\r, kf35=^Ac\r, kf36=^Ad\r, kf37=^Ae\r,
+ kf38=^Af\r, kf39=^Ag\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf40=^Ah\r, kf41=^Ai\r,
+ kf42=^Aj\r, kf43=^Ak\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=\E[f, kil1=^AJ\r, kind=^AO\r,
+ nel=^M^J, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+# (altos3: had extension capabilities
+# :c0=^A`\r:c1=^Aa\r:c2=^Ab\r:c3=^Ac\r:\
+# :c4=^Ad\r:c5=^Ae\r:c6=^Af\r:c7=^Ag\r:\
+# :c8=^Ah\r:c9=^Ai\r:cA=^Aj\r:cB=^Ak\r:\
+# :cC=^Al\r:cD=^Am\r:cE=^An\r:cF=^Ao\r:
+# :XU=^Aq\r:XD=^Ar\r:XR=^As\r:XL=^At\r:\
+# :HL=^AP\r:SP=\E[i:\
+# :IS=\E[@:DE=\E[P:IL=\E[L:NS=\E[S:PS=\E[T:\
+altos3|altos5|alt3|alt5|altos-3|altos-5|altos III or V,
+ blink=\E[5p, ri=\EM, sgr0=\E[p,
+ use=altos2,
+altos4|alt4|altos-4|altos IV,
+ use=wy50,
+# (altos7: had extension capabilities:
+# :GG#0:GI=\EH8:GF=\EH7:\
+# :c0=^A`\r:c1=^Aa\r:c2=^Ab\r:c3=^Ac\r:\
+# :c4=^Ad\r:c5=^Ae\r:c6=^Af\r:c7=^Ag\r:\
+# :c8=^Ah\r:c9=^Ai\r:cA=^Aj\r:cB=^Ak\r:\
+# :cC=^Al\r:cD=^Am\r:cE=^An\r:cF=^Ao\r:
+# Comparison with the k* capabilities makes it obvious that the c* things are
+# shift keys. I have renamed them to keys 32 and up accordingly. I have
+# also made this entry relative to adm12 in order to give it an <sgr>. The
+# <invis> imported by use=adm+sgr may work, let me know. -- esr)
+altos7|alt7|altos VII,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ acsc=l2m1k3j5t4u9v=w0q\:x6n8, blink=\EG2, bold=\EGt,
+ clear=\E+^^, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dim=\EGp, dl=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, ht=^I, il1=\EE,
+ ind=^J, invis=\EG1,
+ is2=\E`\:\Ee(\EO\Ee6\Ec41\E~4\Ec21\Eu\E~2, kDL=^Am\r,
+ kEOL=^An\r, kbs=^H, kcbt=^AK\r, kclr=^AL\r, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=^AM\r, kel=^AN\r,
+ kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf32=^A`\r,
+ kf33=^Aa\r, kf34=^Ab\r, kf35=^Ac\r, kf36=^Ad\r, kf37=^Ae\r,
+ kf38=^Af\r, kf39=^Ag\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf40=^Ah\r, kf41=^Ai\r,
+ kf42=^Aj\r, kf43=^Ak\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kil1=^AJ\r, kind=^AO\r,
+ knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, mc4=\EJ, mc5=\Ed#, nel=^M^J, ri=\Ej,
+ rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+altos7pc|alt7pc|altos PC VII,
+ kend=\ET, use=altos7,
+
+#### Hewlett-Packard (hp)
+#
+# Hewlett-Packard
+# 8000 Foothills Blvd
+# Roseville, CA 95747
+# Vox: 1-(916)-785-4363 (Technical response line for VDTs)
+# 1-(800)-633-3600 (General customer support)
+#
+
+# Generic HP terminal - this should (hopefully) work on any HP terminal.
+hpgeneric|hp|hewlett-packard generic terminal,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lm#0, vt#6,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY$<6>, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL,
+ ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcbt=\Ei, rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3,
+ vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+
+hp110|hewlett-packard model 110 portable,
+ lines#16, use=hpgeneric,
+
+hp+pfk+cr|hp function keys with CR,
+ kf1=\Ep\r, kf2=\Eq\r, kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, kf5=\Et\r,
+ kf6=\Eu\r, kf7=\Ev\r, kf8=\Ew\r,
+
+hp+pfk-cr|hp function keys w/o CR,
+ kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev,
+ kf8=\Ew,
+
+# The hp2621s use the same keys for the arrows and function keys,
+# but not separate escape sequences. These definitions allow the
+# user to use those keys as arrow keys rather than as function
+# keys.
+hp+pfk+arrows|hp alternate arrow definitions,
+ kcub1=\Eu\r, kcud1=\Ew\r, kcuf1=\Ev\r, kcuu1=\Et\r, kf1@,
+ kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, khome=\Ep\r, kind=\Er\r,
+ kll=\Eq\r, kri=\Es\r,
+
+hp+arrows|hp arrow definitions,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh,
+ kind=\ES, kll=\EF, kri=\ET,
+
+# Generic stuff from the HP 262x series
+#
+hp262x|HP 262x terminals,
+ xhp,
+ blink=\E&dA, dch1=\EP$<2>, ed=\EJ, ht=\011$<2>, ind=\ES,
+ invis=\E&dS, ip=$<2>, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET,
+ krmir=\ER, rev=\E&dB, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr=\E&d%'@'%?%p1%t%'B'%|%;%?%p2%t%'D'%|%;%?%p3%t%'B'%|%;%?%p4%t%'A'%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB, smul=\E&dD,
+
+# Note: no <home> on HPs since that homes to top of memory, not screen.
+# Due to severe 2621 braindamage, the only way to get the arrow keys to
+# transmit anything at all is to turn on the function key labels
+# with <smkx>, and even then the user has to hold down shift!
+# The default 2621 turns off the labels except when it has to to
+# enable the function keys. If your installation prefers labels
+# on all the time, or off all the time (at the "expense" of the
+# function keys), use 2621-nl or 2621-wl.
+#
+# Note: there are newer ROMs for 2621's that allow you to set
+# strap A so the regular arrow keys xmit \EA, etc, as with the
+# 2645. However, even with this strap set, the terminal stops
+# xmitting if you reset it, until you unset and reset the strap!
+# Since there is no way to set/unset the strap with an escape
+# sequence, we don't use it in the default.
+# If you like, you can use 2621-ba (brain-damaged arrow keys).
+hp2621-ba|2621 w/new rom and strap A set,
+ rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp+arrows,
+ use=hp2621,
+
+# hp2621 with function labels. Most of the time they are off,
+# but inside vi, the function key labels appear. You have to
+# hold down shift to get them to xmit.
+hp2621|hp2621a|hp2621A|2621|2621a|2621A|hp2621-wl|2621-wl|hp 2621 w/labels,
+ is2=\E&jA\r, rmkx=\E&jA,
+ use=hp2621-fl,
+hp2621-fl|hp 2621,
+ xhp@, xon,
+ pb#19200,
+ cbt=\Ei, cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY, dch1=\EP$<2>, ht=\011$<2>,
+ ip=$<2>, is2=\E&j@\r, rmkx=\E&j@, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&jB, smso=\E&dD, smul=\E&dD,
+ use=hp+pfk+cr, use=hpgeneric,
+
+# To use hp2621p printer, setenv TERM=2621p, PRINTER=2612p
+hp2621p|hp 2621 with printer,
+ mc4=\E&p13C, mc5=\E&p11C, use=hp2621,
+
+hp2621p-a|hp2621p with fn as arrows,
+ use=hp+pfk+arrows, use=hp2621p,
+
+# hp2621 with k45 keyboard
+hp2621-k45|hp2621k45|k45|hp 2621 with 45 keyboard,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ khome=\Eh, rmkx=\E&s0A, smkx=\E&s1A,
+ use=hp2621,
+
+# 2621 using all 48 lines of memory, only 24 visible at any time.
+hp2621-48|48 line 2621,
+ lines#48,
+ cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dR, home=\EH, vpa=\E&a%p1%dR, use=hp2621,
+
+# 2621 with no labels ever. Also prevents vi delays on escape.
+hp2621-nl|hp 2621 with no labels,
+ kcub1@, kcud1@, kcuf1@, kcuu1@, khome@, rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp2621-fl,
+
+# Needed for UCB ARPAVAX console, since lsi-11 expands tabs
+# (wrong).
+#
+hp2621-nt|hp 2621 w/no tabs,
+ ht@, use=hp2621,
+
+# Hp 2624 B with 4 or 10 pages of memory.
+#
+# Some assumptions are made with this entry. These settings are
+# NOT set up by the initialization strings.
+#
+# Port Configuration
+# RecvPace=Xon/Xoff
+# XmitPace=Xon/Xoff
+# StripNulDel=Yes
+#
+# Terminal Configuration
+# InhHndShk=Yes
+# InhDC2=Yes
+# XmitFnctn(A)=No
+# InhEolWrp=No
+#
+# Note: the 2624 DOES have a true <home>, believe it or not!
+#
+# The 2624 has an "error line" to which messages can be sent.
+# This is CLOSE to what is expected for a "status line". However,
+# after a message is sent to the "error line", the next carriage
+# return is EATEN and the "error line" is turned back off again!
+# So I guess we can't define <hs>, <eslok>, <wsl>, <dsl>, <fsl>, <tsl>.
+#
+# This entry supports emacs (and any other program that uses raw
+# mode) at 4800 baud and less. I couldn't get the padding right
+# for 9600.
+#
+# (hp2624: replaced NUL sequences in flash with mandatory pauses -- esr)
+hp2624|hp2624a|hp2624b|hp2624b-4p|Hewlett Packard 2624 B,
+ da, db,
+ lm#96,
+ flash=\E&w13F$<66/>\E&w12F$<66/>\E&w13F$<66/>\E&w12F, use=hp+labels, use=scrhp,
+
+# This hp2626 entry does not use any of the fancy windowing stuff
+# of the 2626.
+#
+# Indeed, terminfo does not yet handle such stuff. Since changing
+# any window clears memory, it is probably not possible to use
+# this for screen opt.
+#
+# ed is incredibly slow most of the time - I am guessing at the
+# exact padding. Since the terminal uses xoff/xon this is intended
+# only for cost computation, so that the terminal will prefer el
+# or even dl1 which is probably faster!
+#
+# \ED\EJ\EC hack for ed from Ed Bradford - apparently ed is only
+# extra slow on the last line of the window.
+#
+# The padding probably should be changed.
+#
+hp2626|hp2626a|hp2626p|hp 2626,
+ da, db,
+ lm#0, pb#19200,
+ ed=\ED\EJ$<500>\EC, indn=\E&r%p1%dD, ip=$<4>,
+ is2=\E&j@\r, rin=\E&r%p1%dU,
+ use=hp+pfk+cr, use=hp+labels, use=scrhp,
+
+# This entry is for sysline. It allocates a 23 line window with
+# a 115 line workspace for regular use, and a 1 line window for
+# the status line.
+#
+# This assumes port 2 is being used.
+# Turn off horizontal line, Create ws #1 with 115 lines,
+# Create ws #2 with 1 line, Create window #1 lines 1-23,
+# Create window #2 lines 24-24, Attach cursor to workspace #1.
+# Note that this clears the tabs so it must be done by tset before
+# it sets the tabs.
+#
+hp2626-s|hp 2626 using only 23 lines,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#23,
+ fsl=\E&d@\E&w7f2p1I\E&w4f1I,
+ is1=\E&q3t0{0H \E&w0f115n1I \E&w0f1n2I \E&w2f1i0d0u22l0S \E&w2f2i0d23u23l0S \E&w7f2p1I \r,
+ tsl=\E&w7f2p2I\E&w4f2I\r\EK\E&a%p1%dC,
+ use=hp2626,
+# Force terminal back to 24 lines after being 23.
+hp2626-ns|hp 2626 using all 24 lines,
+ is1=\E&q3t0{0H \E&w0f118n1I \E&w0f1n2I \E&w2f1i0d0u23l0S \E&w3f2I \E&w7f2p1I \r, use=hp2626,
+# Various entries useful for small windows on 2626.
+hp2626-12|hewlett-packard 2626 12 lines,
+ lines#12, use=hp2626,
+hp2626-12x40|hewlett-packard 2626 12 lines 40 columns,
+ cols#40, lines#12, use=hp2626,
+hp2626-x40|hewlett-packard 2626 40 columns,
+ cols#40, use=hp2626,
+hp2626-12-s|hewlett-packard 2626 11 lines plus status,
+ lines#11, use=hp2626-s,
+
+#
+# hp2627 color tubes from University of Wisconsin
+#
+hp2627a-rev|hp 2627 with reverse video colors,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E&v0m1a0b0c1x1y1z1i0a0b1c1x1y1z0i0S\E&j@\r\E3\r,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rmul=\E&v0S\E&d@,
+ smul=\E&dD\E&v1S,
+ use=hp2621-nl,
+hp2627a|hp 2627 color terminal with no labels,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E&v0m1a1b0c1i0a1b1c2i1a0b0c0i0S\E&j@\r\E3\r,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rmso=\E&v0S,
+ rmul=\E&v0S\E&d@, smso=\E&v2S, smul=\E&dD\E&v1S,
+ use=hp2621-nl,
+hp2627c|hp 2627 color (cyan) terminal with no labels,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E&v0m1a0b0c2i1a1b0c1i0a1b1c0i0S\E&j@\r\E3\r,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+ use=hp2627a,
+
+# hp2640a doesn't have the Y cursor addressing feature, and C is
+# memory relative instead of screen relative, as we need.
+#
+hp2640a|hp 2640a,
+ cup@, rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp2645,
+
+hp2640b|hp2644a|hp 264x series,
+ rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp2645,
+
+# (hp2641a: removed unknown :gu: -- esr)
+hp2641a|hp2645a|hp2647a|HP 264?A series BRL entry,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E&a%p2%2dc%p1%2dY, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%2dC, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EL, ind=^J,
+ is2=\EE$<500/>, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+ rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dB,
+ vpa=\E&a%p1%2dY,
+
+# This terminal should be used at 4800 baud or less. It needs padding for
+# plain characters at 9600, I guessed at an appropriate cr delay. It really
+# wants ^E/^F handshaking, but that doesn't work well even if you write
+# software to support it.
+hp2645|hp45|HP 2645 series,
+ pb#9600,
+ blink=\E&dA, cr=\r$<20>, dim=\E&dH, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM,
+ ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL,
+ kind=\ES, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, rev=\E&dB,
+ rmkx=\E&s0A,
+ sgr=\E&d%'@'%?%p1%t%'B'%|%;%?%p2%t%'D'%|%;%?%p3%t%'B'%|%;%?%p4%t%'A'%|%;%?%p5%t%'H'%|%;%?%p6%t%'B'%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&s1A, smul=\E&dD,
+ use=hpgeneric,
+# You should use this terminal at 4800 baud or less.
+hp2648|hp2648a|HP 2648a graphics terminal,
+ clear=\EH\EJ$<50>, cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY$<20>,
+ dch1=\EP$<7>, ip=$<5>,
+ use=hp2645,
+
+# The HP 150 terminal is a fairly vanilla HP terminal, with the
+# clreol standout problem. It also has graphics capabilities and
+# a touch screen, which we don't describe here.
+hp150|hewlett packard Model 150,
+ use=hp2622,
+
+# HP 2382a terminals, "the little ones." They don't have any
+# alternate character set support and sending out ^N/^O will
+# leave the screen blank.
+hp2382a|hp2382|hewlett packard 2382a,
+ da, db,
+ lh#1, lm#48,
+ acsc@,
+ pln=\E&f0a%p1%dk%p2%l%Pa%?%ga%t%ga%d%e1%;d0L%?%ga%!%t %;%p2%s,
+ rmacs@,
+ sgr=\E&d%{0}%Pa%?%p4%t%{1}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{2}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p2%p6%|%t%{4}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{8}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p7%t%?%ga%ts%ga%'@'%+%e%'S'%;%e%?%ga%t%ga%'@'%+%e%'@'%;%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smacs@,
+ use=hp+labels, use=scrhp,
+
+hp2621-a|hp2621a-a|hp2621 with fn as arrows,
+ use=hp+pfk+arrows, use=hp2621-fl,
+
+# newer hewlett packard terminals
+
+newhpkeyboard|generic entry for HP extended keyboard,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\Ei, kclr=\EJ, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ET, kll=\EF, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV,
+ kri=\ES, krmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, smkx=\E&s1A,
+ use=hp+pfk-cr,
+
+newhp|generic entry for new hewlett packard terminals,
+ am, bw, mir, xhp, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, pb#4800,
+ acsc=T1R!U2S"W3O#V4P$t5u6w7v8\:'9(LQKWlRkT5I3@2[MAJSmFjGdHQ;Y+Z*X\:4>q\,x.n/,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E&dA, bold=\E&dF, cbt=\Ei, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP$<2>, dim=\E&dH,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=\011$<2>, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=^J,
+ invis=\E&dS, ip=$<2>, is1=\E&jB$<8>, nel=^M^J,
+ pfkey=\E&f0a%p1%dk0d%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk0d%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk0d%p2%l%dL%p2%s, rev=\E&dB, ri=\ET,
+ rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, rs1=\Eg,
+ sgr=\E&d%{0}%Pa%?%p4%t%{1}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{2}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p2%p6%|%t%{4}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{8}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p7%t%?%ga%ts%ga%'@'%+%e%'S'%;%e%?%ga%t%ga%'@'%+%e%'@'%;%;%c%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E&d@\017, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD,
+ tbc=\E3,
+ use=newhpkeyboard,
+
+memhp|memory relative addressing for new HP ttys,
+ vt#6,
+ clear=\EH\EJ$<40>, cub=\E&a-%p1%dC, cud=\E&a+%p1%dR,
+ cuf=\E&a+%p1%dC, cup=\E&a%p1%dr%p2%dC, cuu=\E&a-%p1%dR,
+ home=\EH, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ll=\E&a23R\r,
+ mrcup=\E&a%p1%dr%p2%dC, vpa=\E&a%p1%dR, use=newhp,
+
+scrhp|screen relative addressing for new HP ttys,
+ clear=\E&a0c0Y\EJ$<40>, cub=\E&a-%p1%dC,
+ cud=\E&a+%p1%dR, cuf=\E&a+%p1%dC,
+ cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC$<10>, cuu=\E&a-%p1%dR,
+ home=\E&a0y0C, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ll=\E&a0y0C\EA,
+ mrcup=\E&a%p1%dr%p2%dC, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, use=newhp,
+
+# (hp+labels: added label values from a BRL termcap -- esr)
+hp+labels|"standard" label info for new HP ttys,
+ lh#2, lw#8, nlab#8,
+ lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, lf7=f8,
+ pln=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%Pa%?%ga%t%ga%d%e1%;d0L%?%ga%!%t %;%p2%s,
+ rmln=\E&j@, smln=\E&jB,
+
+hp+printer|"standard" printer info for HP ttys,
+ ff=\E&p4u0C, mc0=\EH\E&p4dF, mc4=\E&p13C, mc5=\E&p11C,
+
+
+# The new hp2621b is kind of a cross between the old 2621 and the
+# new 262x series of machines. It has dip-switched options.
+# The firmware has a bug in it such that if you give it a null
+# length label, the following character is eaten!
+hp2621b|hp 2621b with old style keyboard,
+ lh#1, lm#48, lw#8, nlab#8,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh,
+ kind=\ET, kll=\EF, kri=\ES,
+ pln=\E&f0a%p1%dk%p2%l%Pa%?%ga%t%ga%d%e1%;d3L%?%ga%!%t%{32}%c%;%p2%s\E%'o'%p1%+%c\r,
+ smln=\E&jB,
+ use=hp2621,
+
+hp2621b-p|hp 2621b with printer,
+ use=hp+printer, use=hp2621b,
+
+# hp2621b - new 2621b with new extended keyboard
+# these are closer to the new 26xx series than the other 2621b
+hp2621b-kx|hp 2621b with extended keyboard,
+ use=newhpkeyboard, use=hp2621b,
+
+hp2621b-kx-p|hp 2621b with new keyboard & printer,
+ use=hp+printer, use=hp2621b-kx,
+
+# Some assumptions are made in the following entries.
+# These settings are NOT set up by the initialization strings.
+#
+# Port Configuration
+# RecvPace=Xon/Xoff XmitPace=Xon/Xoff StripNulDel=Yes
+#
+# Terminal Configuration
+# InhHndShk(G)=Yes InhDC2(H)=Yes
+# XmitFnctn(A)=No InhEolWrp=No
+#
+#
+# Hp 2622a & hp2623a display and graphics terminals
+#
+hp2622|hp2622a|hp 2622,
+ da, db,
+ lm#0, pb#19200,
+ is2=\E&dj@\r, use=hp+pfk+cr, use=hp+labels, use=scrhp,
+
+# The 2623 is a 2622 with extra graphics hardware.
+hp2623|hp2623a|hp 2623,
+ use=hp2622,
+
+hp2624b-p|hp2624b-4p-p|hewlett packard 2624 B with printer,
+ use=hp+printer, use=hp2624,
+
+# The hewlett packard B can have an optional extra 6 pages of memory.
+hp2624-10p|hp2624a-10p|hp2624b-10p|hewlett packard 2624 B w/ 10 pages of memory,
+ lm#240, use=hp2624,
+
+hp2624b-10p-p|hewlett packard 2624 B w/ extra memory & printer,
+ lm#240, use=hp2624b-p,
+
+# Color manipulations for HP terminals
+hp+color|hp with colors,
+ ccc,
+ colors#16, ncv#17, pairs#7,
+ initp=\E&v%?%p2%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p2%d%;a\n%?%p3%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p3%d%;b\n%?%p4%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p4%d%;c\n%?%p5%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p5%d%;x\n%?%p6%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p6%d%;y\n%?%p7%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p7%d%;z\n%p1%dI,
+ oc=\E&v0m1a1b1c0I\E&v1a1I\E&v1b2I\E&v1a1b3I\E&v1c4I\E&v1a1c5I\E&v1b1c6I\E&v1x1y7I,
+ op=\E&v0S, scp=\E&v%p1%dS,
+
+# <is2> sets the screen to be 80 columns wide
+hp2397a|hp2397|hewlett packard 2397A color terminal,
+ is2=\E&w6f80X,
+ use=memhp, use=hp+labels, use=hp+color,
+
+# HP 700/44 Setup parameters:
+# Terminal Mode HP-PCterm
+# Inhibit Auto Wrap NO
+# Status Line Host Writable
+# PC Character Set YES
+# Twenty-Five Line Mode YES
+# XON/XOFF @128 or 64 (sc)
+# Keycode Mode NO or YES (sc)
+# Backspace Key BS or BS/DEL
+#
+# <is2> sets pcterm; autowrap; 25 lines; pc char set; prog DEL key;
+# \E\\? does not turn off keycode mode
+# <smsc> sets alternate start/stop; keycode on
+hpansi|hp700|hewlett packard 700/44 in HP-PCterm mode,
+ am, eo, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ acsc=k\277l\332m\300j\331n\305w\302q\304u\264t\303v\301x\263,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[2J\E[H,
+ cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L,
+ ind=^J,
+ is2=\E[44"p\E[?7h\E[>10h\E[>12h\EP1;1|3/7F\E\\,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[4~, kf1=\E[17~, kf10=\E[28~,
+ kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~,
+ kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, kf9=\E[26~, khome=\E[1~, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmsc=\E[>11l\EP1**x0/11;1/13\E[m\E\\, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h,
+ smsc=\E[>11h\EPO**x0/65;1/67\E\\$<250>, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, xoffc=g, xonc=e,
+#
+# (hp2392: copied <rmir> here from hpex -- esr)
+hp2392|239x series,
+ cols#80,
+ cbt=\Ei, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, kf1=\Ep\r, kf2=\Eq\r,
+ kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, kf5=\Et\r, kf6=\Eu\r, kf7=\Ev\r,
+ kf8=\Ew\r, khome=\Eh, kind=\EU, knp=\Eu, kpp=\Ev, kri=\EV,
+ rmir=\ER, rmul=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smul=\E&dD, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+ use=hpsub,
+
+hpsub|hp terminals -- capability subset,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp, xon,
+ lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC,
+ ht=^I, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EL, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E&s1A\E<\E&k0\\, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB,
+
+# hpex:
+# May be used for most 24 x 80 hp terminals,
+# but has no padding added, so may allow runover in some terminals at high
+# baud rates. Will not work for hp2640a or hp2640b terminals, hp98x6 and
+# hp98x5 terminal emulators or hp98x6 consoles.
+# Adds xy-cursor addressing, vertical cursor addressing, home,
+# last line, and underline capabilities.
+#
+# (hpex: removed memory-lock capabilities ":ml=\El:mu=\Em:",
+# moved <rmir> here from hpsub -- esr)
+hpex|hp extended capabilites,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rmir=\ER, rmul=\E&d@, smir=\EQ,
+ smul=\E&dD, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+ use=hpsub,
+
+# From: Ville Sulko <Ville.Sulko@bip.atk.tpo.fi>, 05 Aug 1996
+hp2|hpex2|hewlett-packard extended capabilities newer version,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, xmc#0,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM,
+ ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et,
+ kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ,
+ kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET,
+ krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, meml=\El, memu=\Em,
+ pfkey=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s,
+ pln=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dd0L%p2%s, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A,
+ rmln=\E&j@, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr=\E&d%?%p7%t%'s'%c%;%p1%p3%|%p6%|%{2}%*%p2%{4}%*%+%p4%+%p5%{8}%*%+%'@'%+%c%?%p9%t%'\016'%c%e%'\017'%c%;,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, smso=\E&dB,
+ smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+
+# HP 236 console
+# From: <ddavis@ic.berkeley.edu>
+hp236|hp236 internal terminal emulator,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\EF, cnorm=\EDE, cub1=^H,
+ cup=\EE%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, cvvis=\EDB,
+ dch1=\EJ, dl1=\EH, el=\EK, ich1=\EI, il1=\EG, rmso=\ECI,
+ sgr0=\ECI, smso=\EBI,
+
+# This works on a hp300 console running Utah 4.3 BSD
+# From: Craig Leres <leres@okeeffe.berkeley.edu>
+hp300h|HP Catseye console,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#128, lines#51, lm#0, xmc#0,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\Ei, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh,
+ rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@,
+ smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3,
+ vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+# From: Greg Couch <gregc@ernie.berkeley.edu>
+hp9837|hp98720|hp98721|HP 9000/300 workstations,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#128, it#8, lines#46, lm#0,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\Ei, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ il1=\EL, ind=^J, is2=\E&v0m1b0i&j@, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM,
+ ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, knp=\EU,
+ kpp=\EV, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&v0S, rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&v5S, smul=\E&dD,
+ tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+# HP 9845 desktop computer from BRL
+# (hp9845: removed unknown capability :gu: -- esr)
+hp9845|HP 9845,
+ am, da, db, eo, mir, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#21,
+ clear=\EH\EJ, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p2%2dc%p1%2dY, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EL, rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@,
+ smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dB,
+# From: Charles A. Finnell of MITRE <finnell@mitre.org>, developed 07SEP90
+# (hp98550: replaced /usr/share/tabset/9837 with std because <it#8>,<hts=\E1>;
+# added empty <acsc> to avoid warnings re <smacs>/<rmacs> --esr)
+hp98550|hp98550a|HP 9000 Series 300 color console,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#128, it#8, lines#49, lm#0,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E&dA, bold=\E&dJ, cbt=\Ei, civis=\E*dR,
+ clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\E*dQ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EL, ind=^J, invis=\E&ds,
+ kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep,
+ kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew,
+ khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF,
+ knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, rev=\E&dJ,
+ rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@,
+ sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dJ,
+ smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+# From: Victor Duchovni <vic@fine.princeton.edu>
+# (hp700-wy: removed obsolete ":nl=^J:";
+# replaced /usr/share/tabset/hp700-wy with std because <it#8>,<hts=\E1> -- esr)
+hp700-wy|HP700/41 emulating wyse30,
+ am, bw, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET$<10/>, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE$<0.7*/>,
+ is1=\E~"\EC\Er\E(\EG0\003\E`9\E`1, kbs=\177, kcbt=\EI,
+ kclr=^Z, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ked=\EY,
+ kel=\ET, khome=^^, khts=\EI, kich1=\Eq, krmir=\Er, ll=^^^K,
+ ri=\Ej, rmir=\Er, rmso=\EG0$<10/>, rmul=\EG0$<10/>,
+ sgr0=\EG0$<10/>, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG4$<10/>,
+ smul=\EG8$<10/>, tbc=\E0, vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c,
+# (hp70092: added empty <acsc> to avoid warnings re <smacs>/<rmacs> --esr)
+hp70092|hp70092a|hp70092A|HP 700/92,
+ am, da, db, xhp,
+ cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E&dA, bold=\E&dB, cbt=\Ei,
+ clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH,
+ dl1=\EM, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL,
+ kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep,
+ kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew,
+ khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF,
+ knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, rev=\E&dB,
+ ri=\ET, rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmln=\E&j@,
+ rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ,
+ smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3,
+ vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+
+bobcat|sbobcat|HP 9000 model 300 console,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp,
+ cols#128, it#8, lines#47, xmc#0,
+ cbt=\Ei, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E&a%dy%dC$<6/>, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM$<10*/>,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%dC$<6/>, ht=^I, il1=\EL$<10*/>,
+ ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ khome=\Eh, nel=^M^J, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@,
+ rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB,
+ smul=\E&dD, vpa=\E&a%dY$<6/>,
+gator-t|HP 9000 model 237 emulating extra-tall AAA,
+ lines#94, use=gator,
+gator|HP 9000 model 237 emulating AAA,
+ bw, km, mir, ul,
+ cols#128, it#8, lines#47,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\EM,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP$<4/>, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<1*/>,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`,
+ ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<4/>, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL$<1*/>,
+ il1=\E[L, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%db$<1*/>, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+gator-52|HP 9000 model 237 emulating VT52,
+ cols#128, lines#47, use=vt52,
+gator-52t|HP 9000 model 237 emulating extra-tall VT52,
+ lines#94, use=gator-52,
+
+#### Honeywell-Bull
+#
+# From: Michael Haardt <michael@gandalf.moria> 11 Jan 93
+#
+
+# Honeywell Bull terminal. Its cursor and function keys send single
+# control characters and it has standout/underline glitch. Most programs
+# do not like these features/bugs. Visual bell is realized by flashing the
+# "keyboard locked" LED.
+dku7003-dumb|Honeywell Bull DKU 7003 dumb mode,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ clear=^]^_, cr=^M, cub1=^Y, cud1=^K, cuf1=^X,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=^Z, ed=^_, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[2h\E[2l, home=^], ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^Y,
+ kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, khome=^], nel=^M^J,
+dku7003|Honeywell Bull DKU 7003 all features described,
+ msgr,
+ xmc#1,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[7m, dim=\E[2m, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ use=dku7003-dumb,
+
+#### Lear-Siegler (adm)
+#
+# These guys are long since out of the terminals business, but
+# in 1995 many current terminals still have an adm type as one of their
+# emulations (usually their stupidest, and usually labeled adm3, though
+# these `adm3' emulations normally have adm3a+ capabilities).
+#
+# WARNING: Some early ADM terminals (including the ADM3 and ADM5) are
+# reputed to have had the weird `feature' that sending them a ^G would trigger
+# a diagnostic dump to screen if one of the more obscure RS-232 pins
+# (variously reported as 22 or as `Ring Indicator') was being held high during
+# receipt of the ^G. If you have a real ADM and think you've run into this,
+# check it out with a breakout box and tell us if this rumor is correct!
+# A quick fix might be to drop back to a cheesy 4-wire cable.
+#
+
+adm1a|adm1|lsi adm1a,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E;$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, home=^^,
+ ind=^J,
+adm2|lsi adm2,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^,
+# (adm3: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P:" -- esr)
+adm3|lsi adm3,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+# The following ADM-3A switch settings are assumed for normal operation:
+# SPACE U/L_DISP CLR_SCRN 24_LINE
+# CUR_CTL LC_EN AUTO_NL FDX
+# Other switches may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements. I recommend
+# DISABLE_KB_LOCK LOCAL_OFF 103 202_OFF
+# ETX_OFF EOT_OFF
+# Most of these terminals required an option ROM to support lower case display.
+# Open the case and look at the motherboard; if you see an open 24-pin DIP
+# socket, you may be out of luck.
+#
+# (adm3a: some capabilities merged in from BRl entry -- esr)
+adm3a|lsi adm3a,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\032$<1/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, home=^^,
+ ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rs1=^N,
+adm3a+|adm3a plus,
+ kbs=^H, use=adm3a,
+# (adm5: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Jj^Kk^Ll^^H:" & duplicate ":do=^J:" -- esr)
+adm5|lsi adm5,
+ xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ed=\EY, el=\ET, kbs=^H, khome=^^,
+ rmso=\EG, smso=\EG,
+ use=adm3a+,
+# A lot of terminals other than adm11s use these. Wherever you see
+# use=adm+sgr with some of its capabilities disabled, try the
+# disabled ones. They may well work but not have been documented or
+# expressed in the using entry. We'd like to cook up an <sgr> but the
+# <rmacs>/<smacs> sequences of the using entries vary too much.
+adm+sgr|adm style highlight capabilities,
+ invis=\EG1, rev=\EG4, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0, sgr0=\EG0,
+ smso=\EG4, smul=\EG8,
+# LSI ADM-11 from George William Hartwig, Jr. <geo@BRL-TGR.ARPA> via BRL
+# Status line additions from Stephen J. Muir <stephen%comp.lancs.ac.uk@ucl-cs>
+# <khome> from <stephen%comp.lancs.ac.uk@ucl-cs.arpa>. <clear> could also
+# be ^Z, according to his entry.
+# (adm11: <smul>=\EG4 was obviously erroneous because it also said
+# <rev>=\EG4. Looking at other ADMs confirms this -- esr)
+adm11|LSI ADM-11,
+ am, hs,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EG2, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dsl=\Eh, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=\E(\r, home=^^, ht=^I, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, khome=^^, nel=^M^J, tsl=\EF\E),
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# From: Andrew Scott Beals <bandy@lll-crg.ARPA>
+# Corrected by Olaf Siebert <rhialto@polder.ubc.kun.nl>, 11 May 1995
+# (adm12: removed obsolete ":kn:ma=j^Jk^P^K^Pl ^R^L^L :". This formerly had
+# <is2>=\Eq but that looked wrong; this <is2> is from Dave Yost <esquire!yost>
+# via BRL. That entry asserted <xmc#1>, but I've left that out because
+# neither earlier nor later ADMSs have it -- esr)
+adm12|lsi adm12,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ is2=\E0 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A1\r,
+ kf2=^A2\r, kf3=^A3\r, kf4=^A4\r, kf5=^A5\r, kf6=^A6\r,
+ kf7=^A7\r, kf8=^A8\r, kf9=^A9\r, rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, tbc=\E0,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# (adm20: removed obsolete ":kn#7:" -- esr)
+adm20|lear siegler adm20,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%i%p2%{31}%+%c%p1%{31}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ kf1=^A, kf2=^B, kf3=^W, kf4=^D, kf5=^E, kf6=^X, kf7=^Z, rmso=\E(,
+ sgr0=\E(, smso=\E),
+adm21|lear siegler adm21,
+ xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, dch1=\EW, dl1=30*\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ ich1=\EQ, il1=30*\EE, ind=^J, invis@, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^,
+ use=adm+sgr, use=adm3a,
+# (adm22: ":em=:" was an obvious typo for ":ei=:"; also,
+# removed obsolete ":kn#7:ma=j^Jk^P^K^Pl ^R^L^L :";
+# removed bogus-looking \200 from before <cup>. -- esr)
+adm22|lsi adm22,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, home=^^, ht=\Ei, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ is2=\E%\014\014\014\016\003\200\003\002\003\002\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, khome=^^, lf1=F1, lf2=F2, lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5,
+ lf6=F6, lf7=F7, rmso=\E(, sgr0=\E(, smso=\E),
+# ADM 31 DIP Switches
+#
+# This information comes from two versions of the manual for the
+# Lear-Siegler ADM 31.
+#
+# Main board:
+# rear of case
+# +-||||-------------------------------------+
+# + S1S2 ||S +
+# + ||3 +
+# + +
+# + ||S +
+# + ||4 +
+# + +
+# + +
+# + +
+# + +
+# + +
+# +-+ +-+
+# + +
+# + S5 S6 S7 +
+# + == == == +
+# +----------------------------------------------+
+# front of case (keyboard)
+#
+# S1 - Data Rate - Modem
+# S2 - Data Rate - Printer
+# ------------------------
+# Data Rate Setting
+# -------------------
+# 50 0 0 0 0
+# 75 1 0 0 0
+# 110 0 1 0 0
+# 134.5 1 1 0 0
+# 150 0 0 1 0
+# 300 1 0 1 0
+# 600 0 1 1 0
+# 1200 1 1 1 0
+# 1800 0 0 0 1
+# 2000 1 0 0 1
+# 2400 0 1 0 1
+# 3600 1 1 0 1
+# 4800 0 0 1 1
+# 7200 1 0 1 1
+# 9600 0 1 1 1
+# x 1 1 1 1
+#
+# S3 - Interface/Printer/Attributes
+# ---------------------------------
+# Printer Busy Control
+# sw1 sw2 sw3
+# ---------------
+# off off off Busy not active, CD disabled
+# off off on Busy not active, CD enabled
+# off on off Busy active on J5-20, CD disabled
+# on off off Busy active on J5-19, CD disabled - Factory Set.
+# on off on Busy active on J5-19, CD enabled
+#
+# sw4 Used in conjuction with S4 for comm interface control - Fact 0
+#
+# sw5 Secondary Channel Control (Hardware implementation only) - Fact 0
+#
+# sw6 ON enables printer BUSY active LOW - Factory Setting
+# OFF enables printer BUSY active HIGH - If set to this, ADM31 senses
+#
+# sw7 ON - steady cursor - Factory Setting
+# OFF - blinking cursor
+#
+# sw8 ON causes selected attribute character to be displayed
+# OFF causes SPACE to be displayed instead - Factory Setting
+#
+# S4 - Interface
+# --------------
+# Modem Interface
+# S3 S4 S4 S4 S4
+# sw4 sw1 sw2 sw3 sw4
+# ---------------------------
+# OFF ON OFF ON OFF Enable RS-232C interface, Direct Connect and
+# Current Loop disabled - Factory Setting
+# ON ON OFF ON OFF Enable Current Loop interface, Direct Connect
+# disabled
+# OFF OFF ON OFF ON Enable Direct Connect interface, RS-232C and
+# Current Loop Disabled
+#
+# sw5 ON disables dot stretching mode - Factory Setting
+# OFF enables dot stretching mode
+# sw6 ON enables blanking function
+# OFF enables underline function - Factory Setting
+# sw7 ON causes NULLS to be displayed as NULLS
+# OFF causes NULLS to be displayed as SPACES - Factory Setting
+#
+# S5 - Word Structure
+# -------------------
+# sw1 ON enables BREAK key - Factory Setting
+# OFF disables BREAK key
+# sw2 ON selects 50Hz monitor refresh rate
+# OFF selects 60Hz monitor refresh rate - Factory Setting
+#
+# Modem Port Selection
+# sw3 sw4 sw5
+# ---------------
+# ON ON ON Selects 7 DATA bits, even parity, 2 STOP bits
+# OFF ON ON Selects 7 DATA bits, odd parity, 2 STOP bits
+# ON OFF ON Selects 7 DATA bits, even parity, 1 STOP bit - Factory Set.
+# OFF OFF ON Selects 7 DATA bits, odd parity, 1 STOP bit
+# ON ON OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, no parity, 2 STOP bits
+# OFF ON OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, no parity, 1 STOP bit
+# ON OFF OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, even parity, 1 STOP bit
+# OFF OFF OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, odd parity, 1 STOP bit
+#
+# sw6 ON sends bit 8 a 1 (mark)
+# OFF sends bit 8 as 0 (space) - Factory Setting
+# sw7 ON selects Block Mode
+# OFF selects Conversation Mode - Factory Setting
+# sw8 ON selects Full Duplex operation
+# OFF selects Half Duplex operation - Factory Setting
+#
+# S6 - Printer
+# ------------
+# sw1, sw2, sw6, sw7 Reserved - Factory 0
+#
+# Printer Port Selection
+# same as Modem above, bit 8 (when 8 DATA bits) is always = 0
+#
+# sw8 ON enables Printer Port
+# OFF disables Printer Port - Factory Setting
+#
+# S7 - Polling Address
+# --------------------
+# sw1-7 Establish ASCII character which designates terminal polling address
+# ON = logic 0
+# OFF = logic 1 - Factory Setting
+# sw8 ON enables Polling Option
+# OFF disables Polling Option - Factory Setting
+#
+#
+# On some older adm31s, S4 does not exist, and S5-sw6 is not defined.
+#
+# This adm31 entry uses underline as the standout mode.
+# If the adm31 gives you trouble with standout mode, check the DIP switch in
+# position 6, bank @c11, 25% from back end of the circuit board. Should be
+# OFF. If there is no such switch, you have an old adm31 and must use oadm31.
+# (adm31: removed obsolete ":ma=j^Jk^P^K^Pl ^R^L^L :" -- esr)
+adm31|lsi adm31 with sw6 set for underline mode,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, il1=\EE, ind=^J, is2=\Eu\E0,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A1\r,
+ kf2=^A2\r, kf3=^A3\r, kf4=^A4\r, kf5=^A5\r, kf6=^A6\r,
+ kf7=^A7\r, kf8=^A8\r, kf9=^A9\r, rmir=\Er, rmso=\EG0,
+ rmul=\EG0, sgr0=\EG0, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG1, smul=\EG1,
+adm31-old|o31|old adm31,
+ rmul@, smso=\EG4, smul@, use=adm31,
+# LSI ADM-36 from Col. George L. Sicherman <gloria!colonel> via BRL
+adm36|LSI ADM36,
+ if=/usr/lib/tabset/vt100,
+ is2=\E<\E>\E[6;?2;?7;?8h\E[4;20;?1;?3;?4;?5;?6;?18;?19l, use=vt100,
+# (adm42: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P:" -- esr)
+adm42|lsi adm42,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\EC\E3 \E3(, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, ht=^I,
+ il1=\EE$<270>, ind=^J, invis@, ip=$<6*>, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, pad=\177, rmir=\Er, rmul@,
+ smir=\Eq, smul@,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# The following termcap for the Lear Siegler ADM-42 leaves the
+# "system line" at the bottom of the screen blank (for those who
+# find it distracting otherwise)
+adm42-ns|lsi adm-42 with no system line,
+ cbt=\EI\EF \011, clear=\E;\EF \011,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<6>\EF \011,
+ dch1=\EW\EF \011, dl1=\ER\EF \011, ed=\EY\EF \011,
+ el=\ET\EF \011, il1=\EE\EF \011, rmir=\Er\EF \011,
+ smir=\Eq\EF \011,
+ use=adm42,
+# ADM 1178 terminal -- rather like an ADM-42. Manual is dated March 1 1985.
+# The insert mode of this terminal is commented out because it's broken for our
+# purposes in that it will shift the position of every character on the page,
+# not just the cursor line!
+# From: Michael Driscoll <fenris@lightspeed.net> 10 July 1996
+adm1178|1178|lsi adm1178,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E(, cbt=\EI, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\EC\E3 \E3(, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ home=^^, ht=^I, il1=\EE, ind=^J, ip=$<6*/>, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, pad=\177, rev=\EG4, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0,
+ sgr0=\E), smso=\EG4, smul=\EG1,
+
+#### Prime
+#
+# Yes, Prime makes terminals. These entries were posted by Kevin J. Cummings
+# <cummings@primerd.Prime.COM> on 14 Dec 1992 and lightly edited by esr.
+#
+
+# Standout mode is dim reverse-video.
+pt100|pt200|wren|fenix|prime pt100/pt200,
+ am, bw, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E?, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\ED, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E0%p1%'!'%+%c%p2%'!'%+%c, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[M, ed=\E[J\E[r,
+ el=\E[K\E[t, flash=\E$$<200/>\E$P, home=\E$B, ht=^I,
+ il1=\E[L\E[t, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E$A, nel=^M^J, rmcup=,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[>13l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smcup=\E[>1l\E[>2l\E[>16l\E[4l\E[>9l\E[20l\E[>3l\E[>7h\E[>12l\E[1Q,
+ smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[>13h, smso=\E[2;7m, smul=\E[4m,
+pt100w|pt200w|wrenw|fenixw|prime pt100/pt200 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, use=pt100,
+pt250|Prime PT250,
+ rmso@, smso@, use=pt100,
+pt250w|Prime PT250 in 132-column mode,
+ rmso@, smso@, use=pt100w,
+
+#### Qume (qvt)
+#
+# Qume, Inc.
+# 3475-A North 1st Street
+# San Jose CA 95134
+# Vox: (800)-457-4447
+# Fax: (408)-473-1510
+# Net: josed@techsupp.wyse.com (Jose D'Oliveira)
+#
+# Qume was bought by Wyse, but still (as of early 1995) has its own support
+# group and production division.
+#
+# Discontinued Qume models:
+#
+# The qvt101 and qvt102 listed here are long obsolete; so is the qvt101+
+# built to replace them, and a qvt119+ which was a 101+ with available wide
+# mode (132 columns). There was a qvt103 which added vt100/vt131 emulations
+# and an ANSI-compatible qvt203 that replaced it. Qume started producing
+# ANSI-compatible terminals with the qvt323 and qvt61.
+#
+# Current Qume models (as of February 1995):
+#
+# All current Qume terminals have ANSI-compatible operation modes.
+# Qume is still producing the qvt62, which features emulations for other
+# popular lines such as ADDS, and dual-host capabilities. The qvt82 is
+# designed for use as a SCO ANSI terminal. The qvt70 is a color terminal
+# with many emulations including Wyse370, Wyse 325, etc. Their newest
+# model is the qvt520, which is vt420-compatible.
+#
+# There are some ancient printing Qume terminals under `Daisy Wheel Printers'
+
+qvt101|qvt108|qume qvt 101 and QVT 108,
+ xmc#1, use=qvt101+,
+
+# This used to have <cvvis=\E.2> but no <cnorm> or <civis>. The BSD termcap
+# file had <cvvis=\EM4 \200\200\200>. I've done the safe thing and yanked
+# both. The <rev> is from BSD, which also claimed bold=\E( and dim=\E).
+# What seems to be going on here is that this entry was designed so that
+# the normal highlight is bold and standout is dim plus something else
+# (reverse-video maybe? But then, are there two <rev> sequences?)
+qvt101+|qvt101p|qume qvt 101 PLUS product,
+ am, bw, hs, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, invis@, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET,
+ kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r,
+ kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r,
+ khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, mc4=\EA, mc5=\E@, rmso=\E(,
+ smso=\E0P\E), tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+qvt102|qume qvt 102,
+ cnorm=\E., use=qvt101,
+# (qvt103: added <rmam>/<smam> based on init string -- esr)
+qvt103|qume qvt 103,
+ am, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC,
+ kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>,
+ rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g,
+qvt103-w|qume qvt103 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#24,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=qvt103,
+qvt119+|qvt119p|qvt119|qume qvt 119 and 119PLUS terminals,
+ am, hs, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*1, cnorm=\E.4, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^K, cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\Ey,
+ el=\Et, flash=\En0$<200>\En1, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I,
+ hts=\E1, il1=\EE, ind=^J, is2=\EDF\EC\EG0\Er\E(\E%EX,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^AI\r,
+ kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ mc4=\EA, mc5=\E@, ri=\EJ, rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, smul=\EG8,
+ tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+qvt119+-25|qvt119p-25|QVT 119 PLUS with 25 data lines,
+ lines#25, use=qvt119+,
+qvt119+-w|qvt119p-w|qvt119-w|QVT 119 and 119 PLUS in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\EG0\Er\E(\E%\EX\En4, use=qvt119+,
+qvt119+-25-w|qvt119p-25-w|qvt119-25-w|QVT 119 and 119 PLUS 132 by 25,
+ lines#25, use=qvt119+,
+qvt203|qvt203+|qume qvt 203 Plus,
+ dch1=\E[P$<7>, dl1=\E[M$<99>, il1=\E[L$<99>, ind=\n$<30>,
+ ip=$<7>, kf0=\E[29~, kf1=\E[17~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~,
+ kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~,
+ kf9=\E[28~, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h,
+ use=qvt103,
+qvt203-w|qvt203-w-am|qume qvt 203 PLUS in 132 cols (w/advanced video),
+ cols#132, lines#24,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=qvt203,
+#
+# Since a command is present for enabling 25 data lines,
+# a specific terminfo entry may be generated for the 203.
+# If one is desired for the QVT 119 PLUS then 25 lines must
+# be selected in the status line (setup line 9).
+#
+qvt203-25|QVT 203 PLUS with 25 by 80 column mode,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ is2=\E[=40h\E[?3l, use=qvt203,
+qvt203-25-w|QVT 203 PLUS with 25 by 132 columns,
+ cols#132, lines#25,
+ rs2=\E[?3h\E[=40h, use=qvt203,
+
+#### Televideo (tvi)
+#
+# TeleVideo
+# 550 East Brokaw Road
+# PO Box 49048 95161
+# San Jose CA 95112
+# Vox: (408)-954-8333
+# Fax: (408)-954-0623
+#
+#
+# There are some tvi terminals that require incredible amounts of padding and
+# some that don't. I'm assuming tvi912 and tvi920 are the old slow ones, and
+# tvi912b, tvi912c, tvi920b, tvi920c are the new ones that don't need padding.
+#
+# All of these terminals (912 to 970 and the tvipt) are discontinued. Newer
+# Televideo terminals are ANSI and PC-ANSI compatible.
+
+tvi803|televideo 803,
+ clear=\E*$<10>, use=tvi950,
+
+# Vanilla tvi910 -- W. Gish <cswarren@violet> 10/29/86
+# Switch settings are:
+#
+# S1 1 2 3 4
+# D D D D 9600
+# D D D U 50
+# D D U D 75
+# D D U U 110
+# D U D D 135
+# D U D U 150
+# D U U D 300
+# D U U U 600
+# U D D D 1200
+# U D D U 1800
+# U D U D 2400
+# U D U U 3600
+# U U D D 4800
+# U U D U 7200
+# U U U D 9600
+# U U U U 19200
+#
+# S1 5 6 7 8
+# U D X D 7N1 (data bits, parity, stop bits) (X means ignored)
+# U D X U 7N2
+# U U D D 7O1
+# U U D U 7O2
+# U U U D 7E1
+# U U U U 7E2
+# D D X D 8N1
+# D D X U 8N2
+# D U D D 8O1
+# D U U U 8E2
+#
+# S1 9 Autowrap
+# U on
+# D off
+#
+# S1 10 CR/LF
+# U do CR/LF when CR received
+# D do CR when CR received
+#
+# S2 1 Mode
+# U block
+# D conversational
+#
+# S2 2 Duplex
+# U half
+# D full
+#
+# S2 3 Hertz
+# U 50
+# D 60
+#
+# S2 4 Edit mode
+# U local
+# D duplex
+#
+# S2 5 Cursor type
+# U underline
+# D block
+#
+# S2 6 Cursor down key
+# U send ^J
+# D send ^V
+#
+# S2 7 Screen colour
+# U green on black
+# D black on green
+#
+# S2 8 DSR status (pin 6)
+# U disconnected
+# D connected
+#
+# S2 9 DCD status (pin 8)
+# U disconnected
+# D duplex
+#
+# S2 10 DTR status (pin 20)
+# U disconnected
+# D duplex
+# (tvi910: removed obsolete ":ma=^Kk^Ll^R^L:"; added <khome>, <cub1>, <cud1>,
+# <ind>, <hpa>, <vpa>, <am>, <msgr> from SCO entry -- esr)
+tvi910|televideo model 910,
+ am, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ home=\E=\001\001, hpa=\E]%p1%{32}%+%c, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, ind=^J, invis@, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c, use=adm+sgr,
+# From: Alan R. Rogers <rogers%albany@csnet-relay>
+# as subsequently hacked over by someone at SCO
+# (tvi910+: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^L :" -- esr)
+#
+# Here are the 910+'s DIP switches (U = up, D = down, X = don't care):
+#
+# S1 1 2 3 4:
+# D D D D 9600 D D D U 50 D D U D 75 D D U U 110
+# D U D D 135 D U D U 150 D U U D 300 D U U U 600
+# U D D D 1200 U D D U 1800 U D U D 2400 U D U U 3600
+# U U D D 4800 U U D U 7200 U U U D 9600 U U U U 19200
+#
+# S1 5 6 7 8:
+# U D X D 7N1 U D X U 7N2 U U D D 7O1 U U D U 7O2
+# U U U D 7E1 U U U U 7E2 D D X D 8N1 D D X U 8N2
+# D U D D 8O1 D U U U 8E2
+#
+# S1 9 Autowrap (U = on, D = off)
+# S1 10 CR/LF (U = CR/LF on CR received, D = CR on CR received)
+# S2 1 Mode (U = block, D = conversational)
+# S2 2 Duplex (U = half, D = full)
+# S2 3 Hertz (U = 50, D = 60)
+# S2 4 Edit mode (U = local, D = duplex)
+# S2 5 Cursor type (U = underline, D = block)
+# S2 6 Cursor down key (U = send ^J, D = send ^V)
+# S2 7 Screen colour (U = green on black, D = black on green)
+# S2 8 DSR status (pin 6) (U = disconnected, D = connected)
+# S2 9 DCD status (pin 8) (U = disconnected, D = connected)
+# S2 10 DTR status (pin 20) (U = disconnected, D = connected)
+#
+tvi910+|televideo 910+,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<33*>, home=^^, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE$<33*>,
+ kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r, kf4=^AD\r,
+ kf5=^AE\r, kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r, kf9=^AI\r,
+ ll=\E=7\s,
+ use=tvi910,
+
+# (tvi912: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^L :", added <flash> and
+# <khome> from BRL entry -- esr)
+tvi912|tvi914|tvi920|old televideo 912/914/920,
+ am, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER$<33*>, ed=\Ey, el=\ET, flash=\Eb$<50/>\Ed, home=^^,
+ ht=^I, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt,
+ il1=\EE$<33*>, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r,
+ kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r,
+ kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, smso=\Ej, smul=\El,
+ tbc=\E3,
+# the 912 has a <funct> key that's like shift: <funct>8 xmits "^A8\r".
+# The 920 has this plus real function keys that xmit different things.
+# Terminfo makes you use the funct key on the 912 but the real keys on the 920.
+tvi912c|tvi912b|new televideo 912,
+ dl1=\ER$<5*>, il1=\EE$<5*>, use=tvi912,
+# set to page 1 when entering curses application (\E-17 )
+# reset to page 0 when exiting curses application (\E-07 )
+tvi912-2p|tvi920-2p|tvi-2p|televideo w/2 pages,
+ rmcup=\E-07\s, smcup=\E-17\s, use=tvi912,
+# We got some new tvi912c terminals that act really weird on the regular
+# termcap, so one of our gurus worked this up. Seems that cursor
+# addressing is broken.
+tvi912cc|tvi912 at cowell college,
+ cup@, use=tvi912c,
+
+# Here are the switch settings for the tvi920c:
+#
+# S1 (Line), and S3 (Printer) baud rates -- put one, and only one, switch down:
+# 2: 9600 3: 4800 4: 2400 5: 1200
+# 6: 600 7: 300 8: 150 9: 75
+# 10: 110
+#
+# S2 UART/Terminal options:
+# Up Down
+# 1: Not used Not allowed
+# 2: Alternate character set Standard character set
+# 3: Full duplex Half duplex
+# 4: 50 Hz refresh 60 Hz refresh
+# 5: No parity Send parity
+# 6: 2 stop bits 1 stop bit
+# 7: 8 data bits 7 data bits
+# 8: Not used Not allowed on Rev E or lower
+# 9: Even parity Odd parity
+# 10: Steady cursor Blinking cursor
+# (On Rev E or lower, use W25 instead of switch 10.)
+#
+# S5 UART/Terminal options:
+# Open Closed
+# 1: P3-6 Not connected DSR received on P3-6
+# 2: P3-8 Not connected DCD received on P3-8
+#
+# 3 Open, 4 Open: P3-20 Not connected
+# 3 Open, 4 Closed: DTR on when terminal is on
+# 3 Closed, 4 Open: DTR is connected to RTS
+# 3 Closed, 4 Closed: Not allowed
+#
+# 5 Closed: HDX printer (hardware control) Rev. K with extension port off,
+# all data transmitted out of the modem port (P3) will also be
+# transmitted out of the printer port (P4).
+#
+# 6 Open, 7 Open: Not allowed
+# 6 Open, 7 Closed: 20ma current loop input
+# 6 Closed, 7 Open: RS232 input
+# 6 Closed, 7 Closed: Not allowed
+#
+# Jumper options:
+# If the jumper is installed, the effect will occur (the next time the terminal
+# is switched on).
+#
+# S4/W31: Enables automatic LF upon receipt of CR from
+# remote or keyboard.
+# S4/W32: Enables transmission of EOT at the end of Send. If not
+# installed, a carriage return is sent.
+# S4/W33: Disables automatic carriage return in column 80.
+# S4/W34: Selects Page Print Mode as initial condition. If not
+# installed, Extension Mode is selected.
+#
+tvi920b|tvi920c|new televideo 920,
+ dl1=\ER$<5*>, il1=\EE$<5*>, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r,
+ use=tvi912,
+
+# Televideo 921 and variants
+# From: Tim Theisen <tim@cs.wisc.edu> 22 Sept 1995
+# (tvi921: removed :ko=bt: before translation, I see no backtab cap;
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress tic warning -- esr)
+tvi921|televideo model 921 with sysline same as page & real vi function,
+ am, hs, xenl, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ acsc=, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<3/>, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<1*/>, dsl=\Ef\r\Eg, ed=\EY,
+ el=\ET, fsl=\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, ind=^J, invis@,
+ is2=\El\E"\EF1\E.3\017\EA\E<, kbs=^H, kclr=^Z, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER$<1*/>,
+ ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, nel=^M^J, rmacs=\E%,
+ rmir=, smacs=\E$, smir=, tsl=\Ef\EG0,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# without the beeper
+# (tvi92B: removed :ko=bt: before translation, I see no backtab cap;
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress tic warning -- esr)
+tvi92B|televideo model 921 with sysline same as page & real vi function,
+ am, hs, xenl, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ acsc=, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<3/>, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<1*/>, dsl=\Ef\r\Eg, ed=\EY,
+ el=\ET, flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, fsl=\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I,
+ ich1=\EQ, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ invis@, is2=\El\E"\EF1\E.3\017\EA\E<, kbs=^H, kclr=^Z,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW,
+ kdl1=\ER$<1*/>, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE,
+ nel=^M^J, rmacs=\E%, rmir=, smacs=\E$, smir=, tsl=\Ef\EG0,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# (tvi92D: removed :ko=bt: before translation, I see no backtab cap -- esr)
+tvi92D|tvi92B with DTR instead of XON/XOFF & better padding,
+ dl1=\ER$<2*/>, il1=\EE$<2*/>,
+ is2=\El\E"\EF1\E.3\016\EA\E<, kdl1=\ER$<2*/>,
+ kil1=\EE$<2*/>,
+ use=tvi92B,
+
+# (tvi924: This used to have <dsl=\Es0>, <fsl=\031>. I put the new strings
+# in from a BSD termcap file because it looks like they do something the
+# old ones skip -- esr)
+tvi924|televideo tvi924,
+ am, bw, hs, in, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, xmc#0,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, clear=\E*0,
+ cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, csr=\E_%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, cvvis=\E.1,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Es0\Ef\031, ed=\Ey, el=\Et,
+ flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=\031\Es1, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ ich1=\EQ, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ invis@, is1=\017\E%\E'\E(\EDF\EC\EG0\EN0\Es0\Ev0,
+ kbs=^H, kclr=\E*0, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\Ey, kel=\Et, kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r,
+ kf10=^AJ\r, kf11=^AK\r, kf12=^AL\r, kf13=^AM\r, kf14=^AN\r,
+ kf15=^AO\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r, kf4=^AD\r, kf5=^AE\r,
+ kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r, kf9=^AI\r, khome=^^,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf10=F11, lf2=F3, lf3=F4,
+ lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, lf8=F9, lf9=F10,
+ pfkey=\E|%p1%'1'%+%c%p2%s\031, ri=\Ej, tbc=\E3, tsl=\Ef, use=adm+sgr,
+
+# TVI925 DIP switches. In each of these, D = Down and U = Up,
+#
+# Here are the settings for the external (baud) switches (S1):
+#
+# Position Baud
+# 7 8 9 10 [Printer]
+# 1 2 3 4 [Main RS232]
+# -----------------------------------------------------
+# D D D D 9600
+# D D D U 50
+# D D U D 75
+# D D U U 110
+# D U D D 135
+# D U D U 150
+# D U U D 300
+# D U U U 600
+# U D D D 1200
+# U D D U 1800
+# U D U D 2400
+# U D U U 3600
+# U U D D 4800
+# U U D U 7200
+# U U U D 9600
+# U U U U 19200
+#
+#
+# Settings for word length and stop-bits (S1)
+#
+# Position Description
+# 5 6
+# ---------------------------
+# U - 7-bit word
+# D - 8-bit word
+# - U 2 stop bits
+# - D 1 stop bit
+#
+#
+# S2 (external) settings
+#
+# Position Up Dn Description
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 1 X Local edit
+# X Duplex edit (transmit editing keys)
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 2 X 912/920 emulation
+# X 925
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 3 X
+# 4 X No parity
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 3 X
+# 4 X Odd parity
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 3 X
+# 4 X Even parity
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 3 X
+# 4 X Mark parity
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 3 X
+# 4 X Space parity
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 6 X White on black display
+# X Black on white display
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 7 X Half Duplex
+# 8 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 7 X Full Duplex
+# 8 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 7 X Block mode
+# 8 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 9 X 50 Hz
+# X 60 Hz
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 10 X CR/LF (Auto LF)
+# X CR only
+#
+# S3 (internal switch) settings:
+#
+# Position Up Dn Description
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 1 X Keyclick off
+# X Keyclick on
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 2 X English
+# 3 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 2 X German
+# 3 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 2 X French
+# 3 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 2 X Spanish
+# 3 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 4 X Blinking block cursor
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 4 X Blinking underline cursor
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 4 X Steady block cursor
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 4 X Steady underline cursor
+# 5 X
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 6 X Screen blanking timer (ON)
+# X Screen blanking timer (OFF)
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 7 X Page attributes
+# X Line attributes
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 8 X DCD disconnected
+# X DCD connected
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 9 X DSR disconnected
+# X DSR connected
+# --------------------------------------------
+# 10 X DTR Disconnected
+# X DTR connected
+# --------------------------------------------
+#
+# (tvi925: BSD has <clear=\E*>. I got <is2> and <ri> from there -- esr)
+tvi925|televideo 925,
+ am, bw, hs, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eh, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=^M\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, invis@, is2=\El\E", kbs=^H, kclr=^Z,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER,
+ ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r,
+ kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r,
+ kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, ri=\Ej, tbc=\E3,
+ tsl=\Eh\Ef,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# TeleVideo 925 from Mitch Bradley <sun!wmb> via BRL
+# to avoid "magic cookie" standout glitch:
+tvi925-hi|TeleVideo Model 925 with half intensity standout mode,
+ xmc@,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, rmso=\E(, smso=\E), use=tvi925,
+
+# From: Todd Litwin <litwin@litwin.jpl.nasa.gov> 28 May 1993
+# Originally Tim Curry, Univ. of Central Fla., <duke!ucf-cs!tim> 5/21/82
+# for additional capabilities,
+# The following tvi descriptions from B:pjphar and virus!mike
+# is for all 950s. It sets the following attributes:
+# full duplex (\EDF) write protect off (\E()
+# conversation mode (\EC) graphics mode off (\E%)
+# white on black (\Ed) auto page flip off (\Ew)
+# turn off status line (\Eg) clear status line (\Ef\r)
+# normal video (\E0) monitor mode off (\EX or \Eu)
+# edit mode (\Er) load blank char to space (\Ee\040)
+# line edit mode (\EO) enable buffer control (^O)
+# protect mode off (\E\047) duplex edit keys (\El)
+# program unshifted send key to send line all (\E016)
+# program shifted send key to send line unprotected (\E004)
+# set the following to nulls:
+# field delimiter (\Ex0\200\200)
+# line delimiter (\Ex1\200\200)
+# start-protected field delimiter (\Ex2\200\200)
+# end-protected field delimiter (\Ex3\200\200)
+# set end of text delimiter to carriage return/null (\Ex4\r\200)
+#
+# TVI 950 Switch Setting Reference Charts
+#
+# TABLE 1:
+#
+# S1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+# +-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+
+# | Computer Baud Rate |Data |Stop | Printer Baud Rate |
+# | |Bits |Bits | |
+# +------+-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+
+# | Up | See | 7 | 2 | See |
+# +------+-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+
+# | Down | TABLE 2 | 8 | 1 | TABLE 2 |
+# +------+-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+
+#
+#
+# S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+# +-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+
+# |Edit |Cursr| Parity |Video|Transmiss'n| Hz |Click|
+# +------+-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+
+# | Up | Dplx|Blink| See |GonBk| See | 60 | Off |
+# +------+-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+
+# | Down |Local|St'dy| TABLE 3 |BkonG| CHART | 50 | On |
+# +------+-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+
+#
+# TABLE 2:
+#
+# +-----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+
+# | Display | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | Baud |
+# +-----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+ |
+# | Printer | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | Rate |
+# +-----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+
+# | D | D | D | D | 9600 |
+# | U | D | D | D | 50 |
+# | D | U | D | D | 75 |
+# | U | U | D | D | 110 |
+# | D | D | U | D | 135 |
+# | U | D | U | D | 150 |
+# | D | U | U | D | 300 |
+# | U | U | U | D | 600 |
+# | D | D | D | U | 1200 |
+# | U | D | D | U | 1800 |
+# | D | U | D | U | 2400 |
+# | U | U | D | U | 3600 |
+# | D | D | U | U | 4800 |
+# | U | D | U | U | 7200 |
+# | D | U | U | U | 9600 |
+# | U | U | U | U | 19200 |
+# +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+
+#
+# TABLE 3:
+# +-----+-----+-----+-----------+
+# | 3 | 4 | 5 | Parity |
+# +-----+-----+-----+-----------+
+# | X | X | D | None |
+# | D | D | U | Odd |
+# | D | U | U | Even |
+# | U | D | U | Mark |
+# | U | U | U | Space |
+# +-----+-----+-----+-----------+
+# X = don't care
+#
+# CHART:
+# +-----+-----+-----------------+
+# | 7 | 8 | Communication |
+# +-----+-----+-----------------+
+# | D | D | Half Duplex |
+# | D | U | Full Duplex |
+# | U | D | Block |
+# | U | U | Local |
+# +-----+-----+-----------------+
+#
+# (tvi950: early versions had obsolete ":ma=^Vj^Kk^Hh^Ll^^H:".
+# I also inserted <ich1> and <kich1>; the :ko: string indicated that <ich>
+# should be present and all tvi native modes use the same string for this.
+# Finally, note that BSD has cud1=^V. -- esr)
+tvi950|televideo 950,
+ am, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ acsc=d\rc\014e\nb\011i\013, bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*,
+ cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed,
+ fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ invis@,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\Ed\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\El\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\Ef\r,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kclr=\E*, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\Ey, kel=\Et, kf0=^A0\r,
+ kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, ri=\Ej, rmacs=^X,
+ rmir=\Er, smacs=^U, smir=\Eq, tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+#
+# is for 950 with two pages adds the following:
+# set 48 line page (\E\\2)
+# place cursor at page 0, line 24, column 1 (\E-07 )
+# set local (no send) edit keys (\Ek)
+#
+# two page 950 adds the following:
+# when entering ex, set 24 line page (\E\\1)
+# when exiting ex, reset 48 line page (\E\\2)
+# place cursor at 0,24,1 (\E-07 )
+# set duplex (send) edit keys (\El) when entering vi
+# set local (no send) edit keys (\Ek) when exiting vi
+#
+tvi950-2p|televideo950 w/2 pages,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\Ed\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\2\E-07 \011,
+ rmcup=\E\\2\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s,
+ smkx=\El,
+ use=tvi950,
+#
+# is for 950 with four pages adds the following:
+# set 96 line page (\E\\3)
+# place cursor at page 0, line 24, column 1 (\E-07 )
+#
+# four page 950 adds the following:
+# when entering ex, set 24 line page (\E\\1)
+# when exiting ex, reset 96 line page (\E\\3)
+# place cursor at 0,24,1 (\E-07 )
+#
+tvi950-4p|televideo950 w/4 pages,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\Ed\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\3\E-07 \011,
+ rmcup=\E\\3\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s,
+ smkx=\El,
+ use=tvi950,
+#
+# <is2> for reverse video 950 changes the following:
+# set reverse video (\Ed)
+#
+# set vb accordingly (\Ed ...delay... \Eb)
+#
+tvi950-rv|televideo950 rev video,
+ flash=\Ed$<200/>\Eb,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\Eb\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\El\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200, use=tvi950,
+
+# tvi950-rv-2p uses the appropriate entries from 950-2p and 950-rv
+tvi950-rv-2p|televideo950 rev video w/2 pages,
+ flash=\Ed$<200/>\Eb,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\Eb\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\2\E-07\s,
+ rmcup=\E\\2\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s,
+ smkx=\El,
+ use=tvi950,
+
+# tvi950-rv uses the appropriate entries from 950-4p and 950-rv
+tvi950-rv-4p|televideo950 rev video w/4 pages,
+ flash=\Ed$<200/>\Eb,
+ is2=\EDF\EC\Eb\EG0\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\3\E-07\s,
+ rmcup=\E\\3\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s,
+ smkx=\El,
+ use=tvi950,
+# From: Andreas Stolcke <stolcke@icsi.berkeley.edu>
+# (tvi955: removed obsolete ":ma:=^Vj^Kk^Hh^Ll^^H";
+# removed incorrect (and overridden) ":do=^J:"; fixed broken continuations in
+# the :rs: string, inserted the <ich> implied by the termcap :ko: string. Note
+# the :ko: string had :cl: in it, which means that one of the original
+# <clear=\E*>, <kclr=\EY> had to be wrong; set <kclr=\E*> because that's what
+# the 950 has. Finally, corrected the <kel> string to match the 950 and what
+# ko implies -- esr)
+# If the BSD termcap file was right, <cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c> would
+# also work.
+tvi955|televideo 955,
+ mc5i, msgr@,
+ it#8, xmc@,
+ acsc=0_`RjHkGlFmEnIoPqKsQtMuLvOwNxJ, blink=\EG2,
+ civis=\E.0, cnorm=\E.2, cud1=^V, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cvvis=\E.1, dim=\E[=5h, ind@, invis=\EG1,
+ is2=\E[=3l\EF1\Ed\EG0\E[=5l\E%\El, kctab=\E2, khts=\E1,
+ knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, krmir=\EQ, ktbc=\E3, mc0=\EP, rmacs=\E%,
+ rmam=\E[=7l, rmxon=^N,
+ rs1=\EDF\EC\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\Ew\EX\Ee \017\E0P\E6\200\E0p\E4\200\Ef\r,
+ sgr0=\EG0\E[=5l, smacs=\E$, smam=\E[=7h, smxon=^O,
+ use=tvi950,
+tvi955-w|955-w|televideo955 w/132 cols,
+ cols#132,
+ is2=\E[=3h\EF1\Ed\EG0\E[=5l\E%\El, use=tvi955,
+# use half-intensity as normal mode, full intensity as <bold>
+tvi955-hb|955-hb|televideo955 half-bright,
+ bold=\E[=5l, dim@, is2=\E[=3l\EF1\Ed\EG0\E[=5h\E%\El,
+ sgr0=\EG0\E[=5h,
+ use=tvi955,
+# From: Humberto Appleton <beto@cs.utexas.edu>, 880521 UT Austin
+# (tvi970: removed ":sg#0:"; removed <rmso>=\E[m, <rmul>=\E[m;
+# added <am>/<csr>/<home>/<hpa>/<vpa>/<smcup>/<rmcup> from BRL.
+# According to BRL we could have <rmkx>=\E>, <smkx>=\E= but I'm not sure what
+# it does to the function keys. I deduced <rmam>/<smam>.
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress tic warning, -- esr)
+tvi970|televideo 970,
+ am, da, db, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\ED, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%df,
+ cuu1=\EM, cvvis=\E[1Q, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, flash=\E[5m$<200/>\E[m, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, il1=\E[L,
+ is2=\E<\E[?21l\E[19h\E[1Q\E[10l\E[7l\E[H\E[2J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf1=\E?a, kf2=\E?b, kf3=\E?c, kf4=\E?d, kf5=\E?e, kf6=\E?f,
+ kf7=\E?g, kf8=\E?h, kf9=\E?i, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B,
+ rmam=\E[?7h, rmcup=, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(B, smam=\E[?7l,
+ smcup=\E[?20l\E[?7h\E[1Q, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+tvi970-vb|televideo 970 with visual bell,
+ flash=\E[?5h\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\E[?5l, use=tvi970,
+tvi970-2p|televideo 970 with using 2 pages of memory,
+ rmcup=\E[H\E[J\E[V, smcup=\E[U\E[?20l\E[?7h\E[1Q,
+ use=tvi970,
+# Works with vi and rogue. NOTE: Esc v sets autowrap on, Esc u sets 80 chars
+# per line (rather than 40), Esc K chooses the normal character set. Not sure
+# padding is needed, but adapted from the tvi920c termcap. The <smso> and
+# <smul> strings are klutzy, but at least use no screen space.
+# (tvipt: removed obsolete ":ma=^Kk^Ll^R^L:". I wish we knew <rmam>,
+# its absence means <smam>=\Ev isn't save to use. -- esr)
+# From: Gene Rochlin <armsis@amber.berkeley.edu> 9/19/84.
+# The <ed>/<kf0>/<kf1>/<khome>/<mc4>, and <mc5> caps are from BRL, which says:
+# F1 and F2 should be programmed as ^A and ^B; required for UNIFY.
+tvipt|televideo personal terminal,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\ER$<5*>,
+ ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt,
+ il1=\EE$<5*>, is2=\Ev\Eu\EK, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A, kf1=^B, khome=^^, mc4=^T, mc5=^R,
+ rmso=\EF, rmul=\EF, smso=\EG1@A\EH, smul=\EG1B@\EH,
+# From: Nathan Peterson <nathan@sco.com>, 03 Sep 1996
+tvi9065|televideo 9065,
+ am, bw, chts, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#1, lines#25, lm#0, lw#9, ma#4, nlab#8, vt#0,
+ wnum#0, wsl#30,
+ acsc=0_'rjhkglfmeniopxjqksqtmulvown, bel=^G,
+ blink=\EG2, bold=\EG\,, cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, clear=^Z,
+ cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^V, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\E.2, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EW, dim=\EGp,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\ER, dsl=\E_30\r, ech=\E[%p1%d@, ed=\EY,
+ el=\ET, flash=\Eb$<15>\Ed, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EE, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\EG1,
+ ip=$<3>,
+ is1=\E"\E%\E'\E(\EG@\EO\EX\E[=5l\E[=6l\E[=7h\Ed\Er,
+ is2=\EF2\EG0\E\\L, is3=\E<\E[=4l\E[=8h, kHOM=\E\s\s\s,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ kdch1=\EW, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, ll=\E[25;1H,
+ mc0=\E[0;0i, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, nel=^M^J,
+ pfkey=\E|%p1%'0'%+%c3%p2%s\031,
+ pfloc=\E|%p1%'0'%+%c2%p2%s\031,
+ pfx=\E|%p1%'0'%+%c1%p2%s\031,
+ pln=\E_%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E&,
+ rep=\E[%p2%db%p1%c, rev=\EG4,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, ri=\Ej, rin=\E[%p1%dT,
+ rmacs=\E%, rmam=\E[=7l, rmcup=\E.3\Er\E[1;25r\E[25;0H,
+ rmdc=\200, rmir=\Er, rmln=\E[4;1v, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0,
+ rmxon=^N, rs1=\EC\EDF\E[0;0v\E[8;1v\E[=65l,
+ rs2=\E.b\E[10;20v\E[14;1v\E[3;0v\E[7;0v\E[=11.h\E[=12.h\E[=13.h\E[=14.h\E[=15l\E[=20h\E[=60l\E[=61h\E[=9l\E[=10l\E[=21l\E[=23l\E[=3l\E_40\E_50\En\Ew\Ee \Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\200\200\E1,
+ rs3=\E[=19h\E.3\E9\E0O\200\200\200\200\200\E0o\200\200\200\200\200\E0J\177\200\200\200\200,
+ sgr=\EG0%?%p1%t\EGt%;%?%p2%t\EG8%;%?%p3%t\EG4%;%?%p4%t\EG2%;%?%p5%t\EGp%;%?%p6%t\EG\,%;%?%p7%t\EG1%;%?%p9%t\E$%e\E%%%;,
+ sgr0=\EG0, smacs=\E$, smam=\E=7h, smcup=\E.2, smdc=\Er,
+ smir=\Eq, smln=\E[4;2v, smso=\EGt, smul=\EG8, smxon=^O,
+ tbc=\E3, tsl=\E[4;1v\E_30, uc=\EG8\EG0,
+
+#### Visual (vi)
+#
+# In September 1993, Visual Technology of Westboro, Massachusetts,
+# merged with White Pine Software of Nashua, New Hampshire.
+#
+# White Pine Software may be contacted at +1 603/886-9050.
+# Or visit White Pine on the World Wide Web at URL http://www.wpine.com.
+#
+
+# Visual 50 from Beau Shekita, BTL-Whippany <whuxlb!ejs>
+# Recently I hacked together the following termcap for Visual
+# Technology's Visual 50 terminal. It's a slight modification of
+# the vt52 termcap.
+# It's intended to run when the Visual 50 is in vt52 emulation mode
+# (I know what you're thinking; if it's emulating a vt52, then why
+# another termcap? Well, it turns out that the Visual 50 can handle
+# <dl1> and db(?) among other things, which the vt52 can't)
+# The termcap works OK for the most part. The only problem is on
+# character inserts. The whole line gets painfully redrawn for each
+# character typed. Any suggestions?
+# Beau's entry is combined with the vi50 entry from University of Wisconsin.
+# Note especially the <il1> function. <kf4>-<kf6> are really l4-l6 in
+# disguise; <kf7>-<kf9> are really l1-l3.
+vi50|visual 50,
+ am, da, db, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\Ez$<4/>, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ dl1=\EM$<3*/>, ed=\EJ, el=\EK$<16/>, home=\EH, ht=^I,
+ il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\EP, kf2=\EQ, kf3=\ER, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EE,
+ kf6=\E], kf7=\EL, kf8=\Ev, kf9=\EM, khome=\EH, nel=^M^J,
+ ri=\EI, rmso=\ET, rmul=\EW, smso=\EU, smul=\ES,
+# this one was BSD & SCO's vi50
+vi50adm|visual 50 in adm3a mode,
+ am, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\Ek, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EH,
+ rmso=\ET, smso=\EU,
+# From: Jeff Siegal <jbs@athena.mit.edu>
+vi55|Visual 55,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\Ev, csr=\E_%p1%'A'%+%c%p2%'A'%+%c, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, dch1=\Ew, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I,
+ il1=\EL, is2=\Ev\E_AX\Eb\EW\E9P\ET, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, ri=\EI, rmir=\Eb, rmso=\ET,
+ smir=\Ea, smso=\EU,
+
+# Visual 200 from BRL
+# The following switch settings are assumed for normal operation:
+# FULL_DUPLEX SCROLL CR
+# AUTO_NEW_LINE_ON VISUAL_200_EMULATION_MODE
+# Other switches may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements.
+# Character insertion is kludged in order to get around the "beep" misfeature.
+# (This cap is commented out because <smir>/<rmir> is more efficient -- esr)
+# Supposedly "4*" delays should be used for <il1>, <ed>, <clear>, <dch1>,
+# and <dl1> strings, but we seem to get along fine without them.
+vi200|visual 200,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, cbt=\Ez, clear=\Ev, cnorm=\Ec, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ed, dch1=\EO, dim=\E4, dl1=\EM, ed=\Ey,
+ el=\Ex, home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=^J, invis=\Ea,
+ kbs=^H, kclr=\Ev, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EO, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\Et, kf0=\E?p,
+ kf1=\E?q, kf2=\E?r, kf3=\E?s, kf4=\E?t, kf5=\E?u, kf6=\E?v,
+ kf7=\E?w, kf8=\E?x, kf9=\E?y, khome=\EH, khts=\E1, kich1=\Ei,
+ kil1=\EL, krmir=\Ej, mc0=\EH\E], mc4=\EX, mc5=\EW, ri=\EI,
+ rmacs=\EG, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E3,
+ rs1=\E3\Eb\Ej\E\\\El\EG\Ec\Ek\EX, sgr0=\E3\Eb,
+ smacs=\EF, smkx=\E=, smso=\E4, tbc=\Eg,
+# The older Visuals didn't come with function keys. This entry uses
+# <smkx> and <rmkx> so that the keypad keys can be used as function keys.
+# If your version of vi doesn't support function keys you may want
+# to use vi200-f.
+vi200-f|visual 200 no function keys,
+ is2=\E3\Eb\Ej\E\\\El\EG\Ed\Ek, kf0=\E?p, kf1=\E?q,
+ kf2=\E?r, kf3=\E?s, kf4=\E?t, kf5=\E?u, kf6=\E?v, kf7=\E?w,
+ kf8=\E?x, kf9=\E?y, rmkx=\E>, rmso@, smkx=\E=, smso@,
+ use=vi200,
+vi200-rv|visual 200 reverse video,
+ cnorm@, cvvis@, ri@, rmso=\E3, smso=\E4, use=vi200,
+
+# the function keys are programmable but we don't reprogram them to their
+# default values with <is2> because programming them is very verbose. maybe
+# an initialization file should be made for the 300 and they could be stuck
+# in it.
+# (vi300: added <rmam>/<smam> based on init string -- esr)
+vi300|visual 300 ansi x3.64,
+ am, bw, mir, xenl,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[P$<40>, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E[7s\E[2;3;4;20;?5;?6l\E[12;?7h\E[1Q\E[0;1(D\E[8s,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf1=\E_A\E\\, kf2=\E_B\E\\, kf3=\E_C\E\\, kf4=\E_D\E\\,
+ kf5=\E_E\E\\, kf6=\E_F\E\\, kf7=\E_G\E\\, kf8=\E_H\E\\,
+ kf9=\E_I\E\\, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m,
+# some of the vi300s have older firmware that has the command
+# sequence for setting editing extent reversed.
+vi300-old|visual 300 with old firmware (set edit extent reversed),
+ is2=\E[7s\E[2;3;4;20;?5;?6l\E[12;?7h\E[2Q\E[0;1(D\E[8s,
+ use=vi300,
+
+# Visual 500 prototype entry from University of Wisconsin.
+# The best place to look for the escape sequences is page A1-1 of the
+# Visual 500 manual. The initialization sequence given here may be
+# overkill, but it does leave out some of the initializations which can
+# be done with the menus in set-up mode.
+# The :xp: line below is so that emacs can understand the padding requirements
+# of this slow terminal. :xp: is 10 time the padding factor.
+# (vi500: removed unknown :xp#4: termcap;
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress tic warning -- esr)
+vi500|visual 500,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#33,
+ acsc=, cbt=\Ez$<4/>, clear=\Ev$<6*/>, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E(%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch1=\EO$<3*/>, dl1=\EM$<3*/>, ed=\Ey$<3*/>,
+ el=\Ex$<16/>, home=\EH, ht=\011$<8/>, il1=\EL\Ex$<3*/>,
+ ind=^J,
+ is2=\E3\E\001\E\007\E\003\Ek\EG\Ed\EX\El\E>\Eb\E\\,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ khome=\EH, nel=^M^J, rmacs=^O, rmir=\Ej, rmso=\E^G,
+ rmul=\E^C, smacs=^N, smir=\Ei, smso=\E^H, smul=\E^D,
+
+# The visual 550 is a visual 300 with tektronix graphics,
+# and with 33 lines. clear screen is modified here to
+# also clear the graphics.
+vi550|visual 550 ansi x3.64,
+ lines#33,
+ clear=\030\E[H\E[2J, use=vi300,
+
+vi603|visual603|visual 603,
+ hs, mir,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ dsl=\EP2;1~\E\\, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=\E\\, il1=\E[L,
+ ind=\ED, is1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tsl=\EP2~,
+ use=vt100,
+
+#### Wyse (wy)
+#
+# Wyse Technology
+# 3471 North First Street
+# San Jose, CA 95134
+# Vox: (408)-473-1200
+# Fax: (408) 473-1222
+# Web: http://www.wyse.com
+#
+# Wyse sales can be reached by phone at 1-800-GET-WYSE. Tech support is at
+# (800)-800-WYSE (option 5 gets you a human). There's a Web page at the
+# obvious address, http://www.wyse.com.
+#
+# Wyse bought out Link Technology, Inc. in 1990 and closed it down in 1995.
+# They now own the Qume and Amdek brands, too. So these are the people to
+# talk with about all Link, Qume, and Amdek terminals.
+#
+# Wyse has a BBS containing termcap and terminfo stuff for their terminals
+# (though this may not last long -- I expect the Web will kill it off by
+# mid-1997 or so). According to their tech support, at 800-800-9973, it's
+# at 408-922-4400 thru 4405. The 4400 modem is flaky as of 5/96, so
+# call 4401 etc. Come in at 9600 hard; don't use autospeed sense.
+#
+# All the following entries until (but not including) wy520 are direct from
+# Wyse technical support and represent their best knowledge as of January 1995.
+# I canceled the bel capacities in the vb entries.
+# I made two trivial syntax fixes in the wyse30 entry.
+# I made some entries relative to adm+sgr.
+#
+#
+# Note: The wyse75, wyse85, and wyse99 have been discontinued.
+
+# Although the Wyse 30 can support more than one attribute
+# it requires magic cookies to do so. Many applications do not
+# function well with magic cookies. The following terminfo uses
+# the protect mode to support one attribute (dim) without cookies.
+# If more than one attribute is needed then the wy30-mc terminfo
+# should be used.
+#
+wy30|wyse30|Wyse 30,
+ am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, ma#1, nlab#8, wsl#45,
+ acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, cbt=\EI,
+ civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<80>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<10>, dim=\E`7\E), dl1=\ER$<1>,
+ dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<80>, el=\ET, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9,
+ fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<2>,
+ ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<2>, is2=\E'\E(\E\^3\E`9\016\024,
+ kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kent=\E7,
+ kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ,
+ kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, krpl=\Er, ll=^^^K, mc0=\EP, mc4=^T,
+ mc5=^X, nel=^M^J, pfx=\Ez%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E`7\E), ri=\Ej$<3>,
+ rmacs=\EH^C, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, rmso=\E(,
+ sgr=%?%p1%p5%p8%|%|%t\E`7\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EH^B, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10,
+ smso=\E`7\E), tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF,
+#
+# This terminal description uses the non-hidden attribute mode
+# (with magic cookie).
+#
+# (wy30-mc: added <smcup> to suppress tic warning --esr)
+wy30-mc|wyse30-mc|wyse 30 with magic cookies,
+ msgr@,
+ ma@, xmc#1,
+ blink=\EG2, dim=\EGp, prot=\EG0\E), rmacs=\EG0\EH\003,
+ rmcup=\EG0,
+ sgr=\EG%'0'%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;,
+ sgr0=\EG0\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EG0\EH\002, smcup=,
+ use=wy30, use=adm+sgr,
+# The mandatory pause used by <flash> does not work with
+# older versions of terminfo. If you see this effect then
+# unset xon and delete the / from the delay.
+# i.e. change $<100/> to $<100>
+wy30-vb|wyse30-vb|wyse 30 visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy30,
+#
+# The Wyse 50 can support one attribute (e.g. Dim, Inverse,
+# Normal) without magic cookies by using the protect mode.
+# The following description uses this feature, but when more
+# than one attribute is put on the screen at once, all attributes
+# will be changed to be the same as the last attribute given.
+# The Wyse 50 can support more attributes when used with magic
+# cookies. The wy50-mc terminal description uses magic cookies
+# to correctly handle multiple attributes on a screen.
+#
+wy50|wyse50|Wyse 50,
+ am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, ma#1, nlab#8, wsl#45,
+ acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, cbt=\EI,
+ civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<20>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<1>, dim=\E`7\E), dl1=\ER, dsl=\EF\r,
+ ed=\EY$<20>, el=\ET, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M,
+ home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EE, ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<1>,
+ is1=\E`\:\E`9$<30>, is2=\016\024\E'\E(, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H,
+ kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW,
+ kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r,
+ kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r,
+ kf16=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er,
+ ll=^^^K, mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=^X, nel=^M^J,
+ pfx=\Ez%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E`7\E), rev=\E`6\E),
+ ri=\Ej, rmacs=\EH^C, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, rmso=\E(,
+ sgr=%?%p1%p3%|%t\E`6\E)\n%e%p5%p8%|%t\E`7\E)%e\E(%;\n%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EH^B, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10,
+ smso=\E`6\E), tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF,
+#
+# This terminal description uses the non-hidden attribute mode
+# (with magic cookie).
+#
+# The mandatory pause used by flash does not work with some
+# older versions of terminfo. If you see this effect then
+# unset <xon> and delete the / from the delay.
+# i.e. change $<100/> to $<100>
+# (wy50-mc: added <smcup> to suppress tic warning --esr)
+wy50-mc|wyse50-mc|wyse 50 with magic cookies,
+ msgr@,
+ ma@, xmc#1,
+ blink=\EG2, dim=\EGp, prot=\EG0\E), rmacs=\EG0\EH\003,
+ rmcup=\EG0,
+ sgr=\EG%'0'%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;,
+ sgr0=\EG0\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EG0\EH\002, smcup=,
+ smso=\EGt, use=wy50,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+wy50-vb|wyse50-vb|wyse 50 visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy50,
+wy50-w|wyse50-w|wyse 50 132-column,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<2>, is1=\E`;\E`9$<30>, use=wy50,
+wy50-wvb|wyse50-wvb|wyse 50 132-column visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy50-w,
+#
+# The Wyse 350 is a Wyse 50 with color.
+# Unfortunately this means that it has magic cookies.
+# The color attributes are designed to overlap the reverse, dim and
+# underline attributes. This is nice for monochrome applications
+# because you can make underline stuff green (or any other color)
+# but for true color applications it's not so hot because you cannot
+# mix color with reverse, dim or underline.
+# To further complicate things one of the attributes must be
+# black (either the foreground or the background). In reverse video
+# the background changes color with black letters. In normal video
+# the foreground changes colors on a black background.
+# This terminfo uses some of the more advanced features of curses
+# to display both color and blink. In the final analysis I am not
+# sure that the wy350 runs better with this terminfo than it does
+# with the wy50 terminfo (with user adjusted colors).
+#
+# The mandatory pause used by flash does not work with
+# older versions of terminfo. If you see this effect then
+# unset xon and delete the / from the delay.
+# i.e. change $<100/> to $<100>
+#
+# Bug: The <op> capability resets attributes.
+wy350|wyse350|Wyse 350,
+ am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, ncv#55, nlab#8, pairs#8,
+ wsl#45, xmc#1,
+ acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, blink=\EG2,
+ cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<20>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<1>,
+ dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<20>, el=\ET,
+ flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ il1=\EE, ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<1>, is1=\E`\:\E`9$<30>,
+ is2=\016\024\E'\E(, is3=\E%?, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER,
+ ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r,
+ kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r,
+ kf16=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er,
+ ll=^^^K, mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=^X, nel=^M^J, oc=\E%?, op=\EG0,
+ pfx=\Ez%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\EG0\E), ri=\Ej,
+ rmacs=\EG0\EH\003, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, setb=,
+ setf=%?%p1%{0}%=%t%{76}\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t%{64}\n%e%p1%{2}%=%t%{8}\n%e%p1%{3}%=%t%{72}\n%e%p1%{4}%=%t%{4}\n%e%p1%{5}%=%t%{68}\n%e%p1%{6}%=%t%{12}\n%e%p1%{7}%=%t%{0}\n%;%PC\n\EG%gC%gA%+%'0'%+%c,
+ sgr=%{0}%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;\n%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%PA\n\EG%?%gC%t%gC%e\n%{0}%?%p1%t%{4}%|%;\n%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;\n%?%p3%t%{4}%|%;\n%?%p5%t%{64}%|%;\n%;%gA%+%'0'%+%c\n%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;,
+ sgr0=\EG0\E(\EH\003%{0}%PA%{0}%PC, smacs=\EG0\EH\002,
+ smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+wy350-vb|wyse350-vb|wyse 350 visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy350,
+wy350-w|wyse350-w|wyse 350 132-column,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<2>, is1=\E`;\E`9$<30>, use=wy350,
+wy350-wvb|wyse350-wvb|wyse 350 132-column visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy350-w,
+#
+# This terminfo description is untested.
+# The wyse100 emulates an adm31, so the adm31 entry should work.
+#
+wy100|wyse 100,
+ hs, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, dsl=\EA31, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=^M, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ invis@, is2=\Eu\E0, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r,
+ kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, khome=\E{,
+ rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, tsl=\EF,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+#
+# The Wyse 120/150 has most of the features of the Wyse 60.
+# This terminal does not need padding up to 9600 baud!
+# <msgr> should be set but the clear screen fails when in
+# alt-charset mode. Try \EcE\s\s\E+\s if the screen is really clear
+# then set <msgr>.
+#
+wy120|wyse120|wy150|wyse150|Wyse 120/150,
+ am, bw, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, pb#9601, wsl#45,
+ acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<50>,
+ cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<7>,
+ dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<3>, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<50>, el=\ET$<4>,
+ flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=\011$<1>,
+ hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<3>, ind=\n$<3>, ip=$<2>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1,
+ is2=\Ed$\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El,
+ is3=\EwJ\Ew1$<150>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY,
+ kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r,
+ kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ,
+ kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=^^^K,
+ mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, nel=\r\n$<3>,
+ pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<2>,
+ rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmcup=\Ew1, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11,
+ rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<30>, rs2=\EeF\E`\:$<70>,
+ rs3=\EwG\Ee($<100>,
+ sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/,
+ smcup=\Ew0, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt,
+ smxon=\Ec21\ntbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, use=adm+sgr,
+#
+wy120-w|wyse120-w|wy150-w|wyse150-w|wyse 120/150 132-column,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<12>, ip=$<4>,
+ rs2=\E`;$<70>, use=wy120,
+#
+wy120-25|wyse120-25|wy150-25|wyse150-25|wyse 120/150 80-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy120,
+#
+wy120-25-w|wyse120-25-w|wy150-25-w|wyse150-25-w|wyse 120/150 132-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy120-w,
+#
+wy120-vb|wyse120-vb|wy150-vb|wyse150-vb|Wyse 120/150 visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy120,
+#
+wy120-w-vb|wy120-wvb|wyse120-wvb|wy150-w-vb|wyse150-w-vb|Wyse 120/150 132-column visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy120-w,
+#
+# The Wyse 60 is like the Wyse 50 but with more padding.
+# The reset strings are slow and the pad times very depending
+# on other parameters such as font loading. I have tried
+# to follow the following outline:
+#
+# <rs1> -> set personality
+# <rs2> -> set number of columns
+# <rs3> -> set number of lines
+# <is1> -> select the proper font
+# <is2> -> do the initialization
+# <is3> -> set up display memory (2 pages)
+#
+# The Wyse 60's that have vt100 emulation are slower than the
+# older Wyse 60's. This change happened mid-1987.
+# The capabilities effected are <dch1> <dl1> <il1> <ind> <ri>
+#
+# The meta key is only half right. This terminal will return the
+# high order bit set when you hit CTRL-function_key
+#
+# It may be useful to assign two function keys with the
+# values \E=(\s look at old data in page 1
+# \E=W, look at bottom of page 1
+# where \s is a space ( ).
+#
+# Note:
+# The Wyse 60 runs faster when the XON/XOFF
+# handshake is turned off.
+#
+# (wy60: we use \E{ rather than ^^ for home (both are documented) to avoid
+# a bug reported by Robert Dunn, <rcdii@inlink.com> -- esr)
+wy60|wyse60|Wyse 60,
+ am, bw, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#45,
+ acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<100>,
+ cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW$<11>, dclk=\E`b, dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<5>, dsl=\EF\r,
+ ed=\EY$<100>, el=\ET, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M,
+ home=\E{, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<4>, ind=\n$<5>,
+ ip=$<3>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1,
+ is2=\Ed$\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El,
+ is3=\EwJ\Ew1$<150>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY,
+ kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r,
+ kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ,
+ kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=\E{^K,
+ mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, nel=\r\n$<3>,
+ pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<7>,
+ rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmclk=\E`c, rmcup=\Ew1, rmir=\Er,
+ rmln=\EA11, rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<150>,
+ rs2=\EeG$<150>, rs3=\EwG\Ee($<200>,
+ sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/,
+ smcup=\Ew0, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, smxon=\Ec21,
+ tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+#
+wy60-w|wyse60-w|wyse 60 132-column,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<16>, ip=$<5>,
+ rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>, use=wy60,
+#
+wy60-25|wyse60-25|wyse 60 80-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy60,
+wy60-25-w|wyse60-25-w|wyse 60 132-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy60-w,
+#
+wy60-42|wyse60-42|wyse 60 80-column 42-lines,
+ lines#42,
+ clear=\E+$<260>, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<2>,
+ dch1=\EW$<16>, dl1=\ER$<11>, ed=\Ey$<260>, il1=\EE$<11>,
+ ind=\n$<9>, ip=$<5>, is1=\EcB2\EcC3, nel=\r\n$<6>,
+ ri=\Ej$<10>, rs3=\Ee*$<150>,
+ use=wy60,
+wy60-42-w|wyse60-42-w|wyse 60 132-column 42-lines,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ clear=\E+$<260>, cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC$<2>,
+ dch1=\EW$<19>, ed=\Ey$<260>, home=\036$<2>, ip=$<6>,
+ nel=\r\n$<11>, rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>,
+ use=wy60-42,
+#
+wy60-43|wyse60-43|wyse 60 80-column 43-lines,
+ lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy60-42,
+wy60-43-w|wyse60-43-w|wyse 60 132-column 43-lines,
+ lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy60-42-w,
+#
+wy60-vb|wyse60-vb|Wyse 60 visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy60,
+wy60-w-vb|wy60-wvb|wyse60-wvb|Wyse 60 132-column visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy60-w,
+
+# The Wyse-99GT looks at lot like the Wyse 60 except that it
+# does not have the 42/43 line mode. In the Wyse-60 the "lines"
+# setup parameter controls the number of lines on the screen.
+# For the Wyse 99GT the "lines" setup parameter controls the
+# number of lines in a page. The screen can display 25 lines max.
+# The Wyse-99GT also has personalities for the VT220 and
+# Tektronix 4014. But this has no bearing on the native mode.
+#
+# (msgr) should be set but the clear screen fails when in
+# alt-charset mode. Try \EcE\s\s\E+\s if the screen is really clear
+# then set msgr, else use msgr@.
+#
+# u0 -> enter Tektronix mode
+# u1 -> exit Tektronix mode
+#
+wy99gt|wyse99gt|Wyse 99gt,
+ msgr@,
+ clear=\E+$<130>, dch1=\EW$<7>, dl1=\ER$<4>, ed=\Ey$<130>,
+ el=\Et$<5>, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, ht=\011$<1>,
+ il1=\EE$<4>, ind=\n$<4>, ip=$<2>, is3=\Ew0$<20>, nel@,
+ ri=\Ej$<3>, rmcup=\Ew0, rs2=\E`\:$<150>, smcup=\Ew1,
+ u0=\E~>\E8, u1=\E[42h,
+ use=wy60,
+#
+wy99gt-w|wyse99gt-w|wyse 99gt 132-column,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ clear=\E+$<160>, cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC$<2>,
+ dch1=\EW$<9>, ed=\Ey$<160>, ip=$<4>, rs2=\E`;$<150>, use=wy99gt,
+#
+wy99gt-25|wyse99gt-25|wyse 99gt 80-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs2=\E`\:$<150>, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy99gt,
+#
+wy99gt-25-w|wyse99gt-25-w|wyse 99gt 132-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs2=\E`;$<150>, use=wy99gt-w,
+#
+wy99gt-vb|wyse99gt-vb|Wyse 99gt visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy99gt,
+#
+wy99gt-w-vb|wy99gt-wvb|wyse99gt-wvb|Wyse 99gt 132-column visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy99gt-w,
+#
+# The Wyse 160 is combination of the WY-60 and the WY-99gt.
+# The reset strings are slow and the pad times very depending
+# on other parameters such as font loading. I have tried
+# to follow the following outline:
+#
+# <rs1> -> set personality
+# <rs2> -> set number of columns
+# <rs3> -> set number of lines
+# <is1> -> select the proper font
+# <is2> -> do the initialization
+# <is3> -> set up display memory (2 pages)
+#
+# The display memory may be used for either text or graphics.
+# When "Display Memory = Shared" the terminal will have more pages
+# but garbage may be left on the screen when you switch from
+# graphics to text. If "Display Memory = Unshared" then the
+# text area will be only one page long.
+#
+# (wy160: we use \E{ rather than ^^ for home (both are documented) to avoid
+# a bug reported by Robert Dunn, <rcdii@inlink.com> -- esr)
+wy160|wyse160|Wyse 160,
+ am, bw, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#38,
+ acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<30>,
+ cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<5>,
+ dclk=\E`b, dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<1>, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<30>,
+ el=\ET$<5>, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=\E{, ht=^I,
+ hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<1>, ind=\n$<1>, ip=$<2>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1,
+ is2=\Ed$\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El,
+ is3=\Ew0$<100>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY,
+ kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r,
+ kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ,
+ kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=\E{^K,
+ mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, nel=\r\n$<1>,
+ pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<1>,
+ rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmclk=\E`c, rmcup=\Ew0, rmir=\Er,
+ rmln=\EA11, rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<70>,
+ rs2=\E`\:$<100>, rs3=\EwG\Ee($<140>,
+ sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/,
+ smcup=\Ew1, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, smxon=\Ec21,
+ tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+#
+wy160-w|wyse160-w|wyse 160 132-column,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#90,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<9>,
+ rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>, use=wy160,
+#
+wy160-25|wyse160-25|wyse 160 80-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy160,
+wy160-25-w|wyse160-25-w|wyse 160 132-column 25-lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy160-w,
+#
+wy160-42|wyse160-42|wyse 160 80-column 42-lines,
+ lines#42,
+ clear=\E+$<50>, dl1=\ER$<2>, ed=\Ey$<50>, il1=\EE$<2>,
+ ind=\n$<2>, is1=\EcB2\EcC3, nel=\r\n$<2>, ri=\Ej$<2>,
+ rs3=\Ee*$<150>,
+ use=wy160,
+wy160-42-w|wyse160-42-w|wyse 160 132-column 42-lines,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#90,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<8>, ip=$<3>,
+ rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>,
+ use=wy160-42,
+#
+wy160-43|wyse160-43|wyse 160 80-column 43-lines,
+ lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy160-42,
+wy160-43-w|wyse160-43-w|wyse 160 132-column 43-lines,
+ lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy160-42-w,
+#
+wy160-vb|wyse160-vb|Wyse 160 visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy160,
+wy160-w-vb|wy160-wvb|wyse160-wvb|Wyse 160 132-column visible bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy160-w,
+#
+# The Wyse 75 is a vt100 lookalike without advanced video.
+#
+# The Wyse 75 can support one attribute (e.g. Dim, Inverse,
+# Underline) without magic cookies. The following description
+# uses this capability, but when more than one attribute is
+# put on the screen at once, all attributes will be changed
+# to be the same as the last attribute given.
+# The Wyse 75 can support more attributes when used with magic
+# cookies. The wy75-mc terminal description uses magic cookies
+# to correctly handle multiple attributes on a screen.
+#
+wy75|wyse75|wyse 75,
+ am, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, ma#1, pb#1201, wsl#78,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[J$<30>,
+ cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr$<2>,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3*>,
+ dch1=\E[P$<3>, dim=\E[0t\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<1*>,
+ dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[>\\\,\001\001\E[>-\001\001,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<30>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>,
+ enacs=\E)0, flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<250>, fsl=^A,
+ home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@$<1*>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<2*>, il1=\E[L$<2>,
+ ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<1>,
+ is1=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;10l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h,
+ is2=\E>\E(B\E)0\017, is3=\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy,
+ kb2=\EOu, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdl1=\E[M, kel=\E[K, kent=\EOM,
+ kf1=\E[?5i, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~,
+ kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~,
+ kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\E[?3i,
+ kf20=\E[34~, kf21=\E[35~, kf3=\E[2i, kf4=\E[@, kf5=\E[M,
+ kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~,
+ khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, kprt=\E[?5i, kslt=\E[4~, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i,
+ mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[1t\E[7m, ri=\EM$<2>, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E!p, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l$<80>, rs3=\E[?5l,
+ sc=\E7,
+ sgr=%?%p5%t\E[0t%;%?%p3%p1%|%t\E[1t%;%?%p2%t\E[2t%;%?%p4%t\E[3t%;%?%p1%p2%p3%p4%p5%|%|%|%|%t\E[7m%e\E[m%;%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1l\E[?7h\E=, smso=\E[1t\E[7m, smul=\E[2t\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[>\\\,\001,
+#
+# This terminal description uses the non-hidden attribute mode
+# (with magic cookie).
+#
+wy75-mc|wyse75-mc|wyse 75 with magic cookies,
+ msgr@,
+ ma@, xmc#1,
+ blink=\E[2p, dim=\E[1p, invis=\E[4p, is3=\E[m\E[p,
+ rev=\E[16p, rmacs=\E[0p\017, rmso=\E[0p, rmul=\E[0p,
+ sgr=\E[%{0}%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{16}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{1}%|%;%?%p7%t%{4}%|%;%dp%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[0p\017, smacs=\E[0p\016, smso=\E[17p, smul=\E[8p,
+ use=wy75,
+wy75-vb|wyse75-vb|wyse 75 with visible bell,
+ pb@,
+ bel@, use=wy75,
+wy75-w|wyse75-w|wyse 75 in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#130,
+ rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h$<80>, use=wy75,
+wy75-wvb|wyse75-wvb|wyse 75 with visible bell 132 columns,
+ pb@,
+ bel@, use=wy75-w,
+#
+# Wyse 85 emulating a vt220 7 bit mode.
+# 24 line screen with status line.
+#
+# The vt220 mode permits more function keys but it wipes out
+# the escape key. I strongly recommend that <f11> be set to
+# escape (esc).
+# The terminal may have to be set for 8 data bits and 2 stop
+# bits for the arrow keys to work.
+# The Wyse 85 runs faster with XON/XOFF enabled. Also the
+# <dch> and <ich> work best when XON/XOFF is set. <ich> and
+# <dch> leave trash on the screen when used without XON/XOFF.
+#
+wy85|wyse85|wyse 85,
+ am, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<110>, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<1>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3*>, dch1=\E[P$<3>, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM$<3*>, dl1=\E[M$<3>, dsl=\E[40l,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<110>, el=\E[K$<1>, el1=\E[1K,
+ enacs=\E)0, flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>,
+ fsl=\E[1;24r\E8, home=\E[H, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@$<4*>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<5*>, il1=\E[L$<5>,
+ ind=\n$<3>, invis=\E[8m, ip=$<3>, is1=\E[62;1"p\E[?5W,
+ is2=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;4;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h$<16>,
+ is3=\E>\E(B\E)0\017\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu,
+ kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~,
+ kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~,
+ kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~,
+ knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3,
+ lf4=PF4, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM$<3>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E!p,
+ rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l$<70>, rs3=\E[?5l, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1l\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ tsl=\E[40h\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dH,
+#
+# Wyse 85 with visual bell.
+wy85-vb|wyse85-vb|wyse 85 with visible bell,
+ bel@, flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>, use=wy85,
+#
+# Wyse 85 in 132-column mode.
+wy85-w|wyse85-w|wyse 85 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h$<70>, use=wy85,
+#
+# Wyse 85 in 132-column mode with visual bell.
+wy85-wvb|wyse85-wvb|wyse 85 with visible bell 132-columns,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy85-w,
+#
+# Wyse 185 emulating a vt320 7 bit mode.
+#
+# This terminal always displays 25 lines. These lines may be used
+# as 24 data lines and a terminal status line (top or bottom) or
+# 25 data lines. The 48 and 50 line modes change the page size
+# and not the number of lines on the screen.
+#
+# The Compose Character key can be used as a meta key if changed
+# by set-up.
+#
+wy185|wyse185|wyse 185,
+ am, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<40>, cnorm=\E[34h\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr$<20>, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3>, dch1=\E[P$<3>,
+ dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<2*>, dl1=\E[M$<2>,
+ dsl=\E7\E[99;0H\E[K\E8, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<40>,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E)0,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, fsl=\E[1;24r\E8,
+ home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@$<2>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<3*>, il1=\E[L$<3>,
+ ind=\n$<2>, invis=\E[8m, ip=$<4>, is1=\E[?5W,
+ is2=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;4;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h,
+ is3=\E>\E(B\E)0\017\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu,
+ kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kent=\EOM,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~,
+ kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~,
+ kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~,
+ kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~,
+ khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~,
+ kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, mc0=\E[0i,
+ mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM$<2>,
+ rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmcup=\E[ R, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>,
+ rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E\\\E[63;1"p\E[!p, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l,
+ rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[r, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[ Q,
+ smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1l\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E7\E[99;%i%p1%dH, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+#
+# Wyse 185 with 24 data lines and top status (terminal status)
+wy185-24|wyse185-24|wyse 185 with 24 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[1;24r, tsl@, use=wy185,
+#
+# Wyse 185 with visual bell.
+wy185-vb|wyse185-vb|wyse 185+flash,
+ bel@, use=wy185,
+#
+# Wyse 185 in 132-column mode.
+wy185-w|wyse185-w|wyse 185 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP$<7>, dch1=\E[P$<7>, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<7>,
+ ip=$<7>, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h,
+ use=wy185,
+#
+# Wyse 185 in 132-column mode with visual bell.
+wy185-wvb|wyse185-wvb|wyse 185+flash+132 cols,
+ bel@, use=wy185-w,
+
+# wy325 terminfo entries
+# Done by Joe H. Davis 3-9-92
+
+# lines 25 columns 80
+#
+wy325|wyse325|Wyse epc,
+ am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir,
+ cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, pb#9601, wsl#45,
+ acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<50>,
+ cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<7>,
+ dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<3>, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<50>, el=\ET$<4>,
+ flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ il1=\EE$<3>, ind=\n$<3>, ip=$<2>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1,
+ is2=\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El,
+ is3=\Ew0$<16>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY,
+ kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r,
+ kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r,
+ kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r,
+ kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\Eq,
+ kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=^^^K,
+ mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#,
+ pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<2>,
+ rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmcup=\Ew0, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11,
+ rs1=\E~!\E~4$<30>, rs2=\EeF\E`\:$<70>,
+ rs3=\EwG\Ee($<100>,
+ sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/,
+ smcup=\Ew1, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, tbc=\E0,
+ tsl=\EF,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+
+#
+# lines 24 columns 80 vb
+#
+wy325-vb|wyse325-vb|wyse-325 with visual bell,
+ bel@, use=wy325,
+
+#
+# lines 24 columns 132
+#
+wy325-w|wyse325-w|wy325w-24|wyse-325 in wide mode,
+ cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97,
+ cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<12>, ip=$<4>,
+ rs2=\E`;$<70>, use=wy325,
+#
+# lines 25 columns 80
+#
+wy325-25|wyse325-25|wy325-80|wyse-325|wyse-325 25 lines,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325,
+#
+# lines 25 columns 132
+#
+wy325-25w|wyse325-25w|wy325 132 columns,
+ lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325-w,
+#
+# lines 25 columns 132 vb
+#
+wy325-w-vb|wy325-wvb|wyse325-wvb|wyse-325 wide mode reverse video,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy325-w,
+
+#
+# lines 42 columns 80
+#
+wy325-42|wyse325-42|wyse-325 42 lines,
+ lh@, lines#42, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325,
+#
+# lines 42 columns 132
+#
+wy325-42w|wyse325-42w|wyse-325 42 lines wide mode,
+ lh@, lines#42, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325-w,
+#
+# lines 42 columns 132 vb
+#
+wy325-42w-vb|wy325-42wvb|wyse-325 42 lines wide mode visual bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy325-w,
+#
+# lines 43 columns 80
+#
+wy325-43|wyse325-43|wyse-325 43 lines,
+ lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, use=wy325,
+#
+# lines 43 columns 132
+#
+wy325-43w|wyse325-43w|wyse-325 43 lines wide mode,
+ lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@,
+ pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325-w,
+#
+# lines 43 columns 132 vb
+#
+wy325-43w-vb|wy325-43wvb|wyse-325 43 lines wide mode visual bell,
+ bel@,
+ use=wy325-w,
+
+# Wyse 370 -- 24 line screen with status line.
+#
+# The terminal may have to be set for 8 data bits and 2 stop
+# bits for the arrow keys to work.
+#
+# If you change keyboards the terminal will send different
+# escape sequences.
+# The following definition is for the basic terminal without
+# function keys.
+#
+# <u0> -> enter Tektronix 4010/4014 mode
+# <u1> -> exit Tektronix 4010/4014 mode
+# <u2> -> enter ASCII mode (from any ANSI mode)
+# <u3> -> exit ASCII mode (goto native ANSI mode)
+# <u4> -> enter Tek 4207 ANSI mode (from any ANSI mode)
+# <u5> -> exit Tek 4207 mode (goto native ANSI mode)
+#
+# Bug: The <op> capability resets attributes.
+wy370-nk|wyse 370 without function keys,
+ am, ccc, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ colors#64, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, ncv#48, pairs#64, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<40>, cnorm=\E[34h\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<1>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<1*>, dch1=\E[P$<1>,
+ dclk=\E[31h, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<2*>, dl1=\E[M$<2>,
+ dsl=\E[40l, ech=\E[%p1%dX$<.1*>, ed=\E[J$<40>,
+ el=\E[K$<10>, el1=\E[1K$<12>, enacs=\E)0,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>, fsl=\E[1;24r\E8,
+ home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@$<1*>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<2*>, il1=\E[L$<2>,
+ ind=\n$<2>,
+ initc=\E[66;%p1%d;\n%?%p2%{250}%<%t%{0}\n%e%p2%{500}%<%t%{16}\n%e%p2%{750}%<%t%{32}%e%{48}%;\n%?%p3%{250}%<%t%{0}\n%e%p3%{500}%<%t%{4}\n%e%p3%{750}%<%t%{8}%e%{12}%;\n%?%p4%{250}%<%t%{0}\n%e%p4%{500}%<%t%{1}\n%e%p4%{750}%<%t%{2}%e%{3}%;%{1}%+%+%+%dw,
+ invis=\E[8m, ip=$<1>, is1=\E[90;1"p\E[?5W$<6>,
+ is2=\E[2;4;20;30;40l\E[?1;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h,
+ is3=\E>\017\E)0\E(B\E[63;0w\E[m, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i,
+ mc5=\E[5i,
+ oc=\E[60w\E[63;0w\n\E[66;1;4w\n\E[66;2;13w\n\E[66;3;16w\n\E[66;4;49w\n\E[66;5;51w\n\E[66;6;61w\n\E[66;7;64w,
+ op=\E[m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM$<2>, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmclk=\E[31l, rmcup=\E[ R, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E!p\E[?4i, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l$<8>,
+ rs3=\E[?5l, sc=\E7, setb=\E[62;%p1%dw, setf=\E[61;%p1%dw,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[ Q,
+ smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1l\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[40l\E[40h\E7\E[99;%i%p1%dH,
+ u0=\E[?38h\E8, u1=\E[?38l\E)0, u2=\E[92;52"p, u3=\E~B,
+ u4=\E[92;76"p, u5=\E%!1\E[90;1"p, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+#
+# Function key set for the ASCII (wy-50 compatible) keyboard
+# This is the default 370.
+#
+wy370|wyse370|wy370-101k|Wyse 370 with 101 key keyboard,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\EOQ, kdl1=\EOQ, kent=\EOM, kf1=\E[?4i,
+ kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~,
+ kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf2=\E[?3i,
+ kf3=\E[2i, kf4=\E[@, kf5=\E[M, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~,
+ kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[H, kich1=\EOP, kil1=\EOP,
+ knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V,
+ use=wy370-nk,
+#
+# Function key set for the VT-320 (and wy85) compatible keyboard
+#
+wy370-105k|Wyse 370 with 105 key keyboard,
+ ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[3~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~,
+ khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4,
+ use=wy370-nk,
+#
+# Function key set for the PC compatible keyboard
+#
+wy370-EPC|Wyse 370 with 102 key keyboard,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[1~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~,
+ kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ kf5=\E[M, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V,
+ use=wy370-nk,
+#
+# Wyse 370 with visual bell.
+wy370-vb|Wyse 370 with visible bell,
+ bel@, use=wy370,
+#
+# Wyse 370 in 132-column mode.
+wy370-w|Wyse 370 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h$<70>, use=wy370,
+#
+# Wyse 370 in 132-column mode with visual bell.
+wy370-wvb|Wyse 370 with visible bell 132-columns,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>,
+ use=wy370-w,
+wy370-rv|Wyse 370 reverse video,
+ rs3=\E[32h\E[?5h, use=wy370,
+#
+# Wyse 99gt Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator,
+#
+wy99gt-tek|Wyse 99gt Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator,
+ am, os,
+ cols#74, lines#35,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\s,
+ cup=\035%{3040}%{89}%p1%*%-%Py\n%p2%{55}%*%Px\n%gy%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gy%{3}%&%{4}%*%gx%{3}%&%+%{96}%+%c\n%gy%{004}%/%{31}%&%{96}%+%c\n%gx%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gx%{004}%/%{31}%&%{64}%+%c\037,
+ cuu1=^K, ff=^L,
+ hd=\036HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH\037,
+ home=^]7`x @\037,
+ hu=\036DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD\037,
+ is2=\E8, nel=^M^J, u0=\E~>\E8, u1=\E[42h,
+#
+# Wyse 160 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator,
+#
+wy160-tek|Wyse 160 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator,
+ cup=\035%{3103}%{91}%p1%*%-%Py\n%p2%{55}%*%Px\n%gy%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gy%{3}%&%{4}%*%gx%{3}%&%+%{96}%+%c\n%gy%{004}%/%{31}%&%{96}%+%c\n%gx%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gx%{004}%/%{31}%&%{64}%+%c\037,
+ home=^]8`g @\037,
+ use=wy99gt-tek,
+#
+# Wyse 370 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator,
+#
+wy370-tek|Wyse 370 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator,
+ am, os,
+ cols#80, lines#36,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\s,
+ cup=\035%{775}%{108}%p1%*%{5}%/%-%Py\n%p2%{64}%*%{4}%+%{5}%/%Px\n%gy%{32}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gy%{31}%&%{96}%+%c\n%gx%{32}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gx%{31}%&%{64}%+%c\037,
+ cuu1=^K, ff=^L,
+ hd=\036HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH\037,
+ home=^]8g @\037,
+ hu=\036DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD\037,
+ is2=\E8, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, kcuu1=^K,
+ nel=^M^J, u0=\E[?38h\E8, u1=\E[?38l\E)0,
+
+# Vendor-supplied Wyse entries end here.
+
+#
+#TITLE: TERMINFO ENTRY WY520
+#DATE: 8/5/93
+# The WY520 terminfo is based on the WY285 entry published on the WYSE
+# BBS with the addition of more function keys and special keys.
+#
+# rs1 -> set personality
+# rs2 -> set number of columns
+# rs3 -> set number of lines
+# is1 -> select the proper font
+# is2 -> do the initialization
+# is3 -> If this string is empty then rs3 gets sent.
+#
+# Wyse 520 emulating a vt420 7 bit mode with default ANSI keyboard
+# - The BS key is programmed to generate BS in smcup since
+# is2 doesn't seem to work.
+# - Remove and shift/Remove: delete a character
+# - Insert : enter insert mode
+# - Find : delete to end of file
+# - Select : clear a line
+# - F11, F12, F13: send default sequences (not ESC, BS, LF)
+# - F14 : Home key
+# - Bottom status line (host writable line) is used.
+# - smkx,rmkx are removed because this would put the numeric
+# keypad in Dec application mode which doesn't seem to work
+# with SCO applications.
+#
+wy520|wyse520|wyse 520,
+ am, hs, km, mc5i, mir, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<40>, cnorm=\E[34h\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr$<20>, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3>, dch1=\E[P$<30>,
+ dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<2*>, dl1=\E[M$<2>, dsl=\E[0$~,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<40>, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ enacs=\E)0, fsl=\E[0$}, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<2>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<3*>,
+ il1=\E[L$<3>, ind=\n$<2>, invis=\E[8m, ip=$<4>, is1=\E[?5W,
+ is2=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;4;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25;67h,
+ is3=\E>\E(B\E)0\017\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOu, kb2=\EOy,
+ kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, ked=\E[1~,
+ kel=\E[4~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~,
+ kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~,
+ kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~,
+ khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4,
+ mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM$<2>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmcup=\E[ R, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E\\\E[63;1"p\E[!p, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l,
+ rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[r, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h,
+ smcup=\E[ Q\E[?67;8h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[%i%p1%d`,
+ vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+#
+# Wyse 520 with 24 data lines and status (terminal status)
+wy520-24|wyse520-24|wyse 520 with 24 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[1;24r, tsl@, use=wy520,
+#
+# Wyse 520 with visual bell.
+wy520-vb|wyse520-vb|wyse 520 with visible bell,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, use=wy520,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode.
+wy520-w|wyse520-w|wyse 520 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP$<7>, dch1=\E[P$<7>, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<7>,
+ ip=$<7>, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h,
+ use=wy520,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode with visual bell.
+wy520-wvb|wyse520-wvb|wyse 520 with visible bell 132-columns,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>,
+ use=wy520-w,
+#
+#
+# Wyse 520 emulating a vt420 7 bit mode.
+# The DEL key is programmed to generate BS in is2.
+# With EPC keyboard.
+# - 'End' key will clear till end of line on EPC keyboard
+# - Shift/End : ignored.
+# - Insert : enter insert mode.
+# - Delete : delete a character (have to change interrupt character
+# to CTRL-C: stty intr '^c') for it to work since the
+# Delete key sends 7FH.
+wy520-epc|wyse520-epc|wyse 520 with EPC kb,
+ kdch1=\177, kel=\E[4~, kend=\E[4~, kf0=\E[21~, kf1=\E[11~,
+ kf2=\E[12~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, khome=\E[H,
+ use=wy520,
+#
+# Wyse 520 with 24 data lines and status (terminal status)
+# with EPC keyboard.
+wy520-epc-24|wyse520-pc-24|wyse 520 with 24 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[1;24r, tsl@, use=wy520-epc,
+#
+# Wyse 520 with visual bell.
+wy520-epc-vb|wyse520-pc-vb|wyse 520 with visible bell,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>,
+ use=wy520-epc,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode.
+wy520-epc-w|wyse520-epc-w|wyse 520 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP$<7>, dch1=\E[P$<7>, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<7>,
+ ip=$<7>, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h,
+ use=wy520-epc,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode with visual bell.
+wy520-epc-wvb|wyse520-p-wvb|wyse 520 with visible bell 132-columns,
+ flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>,
+ use=wy520-epc-w,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 36 lines
+wy520-36|wyse520-36|wyse 520 with 36 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ lines#36,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r, tsl@, use=wy520,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 48 lines
+wy520-48|wyse520-48|wyse 520 with 48 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ lines#48,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r, tsl@, use=wy520,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 36 lines
+wy520-36w|wyse520-36w|wyse 520 with 36 data lines,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ rs2=\E[?3h,
+ rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r\E[132$|, use=wy520-36,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 48 lines
+wy520-48w|wyse520-48w|wyse 520 with 48 data lines,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ rs2=\E[?3h,
+ rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r\E[132$|, use=wy520-48,
+#
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 36 lines with EPC keyboard
+wy520-36pc|wyse520-36pc|wyse 520 with 36 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ lines#36,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r, tsl@, use=wy520-epc,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 48 lines with EPC keyboard
+wy520-48pc|wyse520-48pc|wyse 520 with 48 data lines,
+ hs@,
+ lines#48,
+ dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r, tsl@, use=wy520-epc,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 36 lines with EPC keyboard
+wy520-36wpc|wyse520-36wpc|wyse 520 with 36 data lines,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ rs2=\E[?3h,
+ rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r\E[132$|, use=wy520-36pc,
+#
+# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 48 lines with EPC keyboard
+wy520-48wpc|wyse520-48wpc|wyse 520 with 48 data lines,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ rs2=\E[?3h,
+ rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r\E[132$|, use=wy520-48pc,
+
+# From: John Gilmore <hoptoad!gnu@lll-crg.arpa>
+# (wyse-vp: removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/wyse-adds>, there's no such
+# file and we don't know what <hts> is -- esr)
+wyse-vp|wyse|Wyse 50 in ADDS Viewpoint emulation mode with "enhance" on,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\El, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, home=^A, ht=^I, il1=\EM, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E`\:\E`9\017\Er, kbs=^H, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F,
+ kcuu1=^Z, khome=^A, ll=^A^Z, nel=^M^J, rmir=\Er, rmso=^O,
+ rmul=^O, rs1=\E`\:\E`9\017\Er, sgr0=^O, smir=\Eq, smso=^N,
+ smul=^N,
+
+wy75ap|wyse75ap|wy-75ap|wyse-75ap|Wyse WY-75 Applications and Cursor keypad,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[?10;3l\E[?1;25h\E[4l\E[m\E(B\E=,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ khome=\EOH, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>$<10/>, smkx=\E[?1h\E=$<10/>,
+ use=wy75,
+
+# From: Eric Freudenthal <freudent@eric.ultra.nyu.edu>
+wy100q|Wyse 100 for Quotron,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, il1=\EE, invis@,
+ is2=\E`\:\200\EC\EDF\E0\E'\E(\EA21, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ri=\Ej, rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+
+#### Kermit terminal emulations
+#
+# Obsolete Kermit versions may be listed in the section describing obsolete
+# non-ANSI terminal emulators later in the file.
+#
+
+# KERMIT standard all versions.
+# Straight ascii keyboard. :sr=\EI: not avail. many versions + bug prone in vi.
+# (kermit: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Jj^Kk^Ll^^H:" -- esr)
+# From: greg small <gts@populi.berkeley.edu> 9-25-84
+kermit|standard kermit,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EK, home=\EH, is2=K0 Standard Kermit 9-25-84\n,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^,
+kermit-am|standard kermit plus auto-margin,
+ am,
+ is2=K1 Standard Kermit plus Automatic Margins\n, use=kermit,
+# IBMPC Kermit 1.2.
+# Bugs: <ed>, <el>: do not work except at beginning of line! <clear> does
+# not work, but fake with :cl=\EH\EJ (since :cd=\EJ: works at beginning of
+# line).
+# From: greg small <gts@populi.berkeley.edu> 8-30-84
+pckermit|pckermit12|UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.2,
+ am,
+ lines#25,
+ clear=\EH\EJ, ed@, el@,
+ is2=K2 UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.2 8-30-84\n, use=kermit,
+# IBMPC Kermit 1.20
+# Cannot use line 25, now acts funny like ansi special scrolling region.
+# Initialization must escape from that region by cursor position to line 24.
+# Cannot use character insert because 1.20 goes crazy if insert at col 80.
+# Does not use :am: because autowrap is lost when kermit dropped and restarted.
+# From: greg small <gts@populi.berkeley.edu> 12-19-84
+pckermit120|UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.20,
+ it#8, lines#24,
+ cud1=\EB, cvvis=\EO\Eq\EEK3, dch1=\EN, dl1=\EM, ht=^I,
+ il1=\EL,
+ is2=\EO\Eq\EJ\EY7 K3 UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.20 12-19-84\n,
+ rmir@, rmso=\Eq, smir@, smso=\Ep,
+ use=kermit,
+# MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 for the IBMPC
+# Straight ascii keyboard. :sr=\EI: not avail. many versions + bug prone in vi.
+# Cannot use line 25, now acts funny like ansi special scrolling region.
+# Initialization must escape from that region by cursor position to line 24.
+# Does not use am: because autowrap is lost when kermit dropped and restarted.
+# Reverse video for standout like H19.
+# (msk227: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Jj^Kk^Ll^^H:" -- esr)
+# From: greg small <gts@populi.berkeley.edu> 3-17-85
+msk227|mskermit227|MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 for the IBMPC,
+ am@,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ cvvis=\EO\Eq\EG\EwK4, dch1=\EN, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+ home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL,
+ is2=\EO\Eq\EG\Ew\EJ\EY7 K4 MS Kermit 2.27 for the IBMPC 3-17-85\n,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, rc=\Ek,
+ rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq, sc=\Ej, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep,
+# MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 with automatic margins
+# From: greg small <gts@populi.berkeley.edu> 3-17-85
+msk227am|mskermit227am|UCB MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 with automatic margins,
+ am,
+ cvvis=\EO\Eq\EG\EvK5,
+ is2=\EO\Eq\EG\Ev\EJ\EY7 K5 MS Kermit 2.27 +automatic margins 3-17-85\n, use=msk227,
+# MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 UCB 227.14 for the IBM PC
+# Automatic margins now default. Use ansi <sgr> for highlights.
+# Define function keys.
+# (msk22714: removed obsolete ":kn#10:" -- esr)
+# From: greg small <gts@populi.berkeley.edu> 3-17-85
+msk22714|mskermit22714|UCB MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 UCB 227.14 IBM PC,
+ am,
+ bold=\E[1m, cvvis=\EO\Eq\EG\EvK6,
+ is2=\EO\Eq\EG\Ev\EJ\EY7 K6 MS Kermit 2.27 UCB 227.14 IBM PC 3-17-85\n,
+ kf0=\E0, kf1=\E1, kf2=\E2, kf3=\E3, kf4=\E4, kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6,
+ kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, kf9=\E9, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m,
+ use=mskermit227,
+# This was designed for a VT320 emulator, but it is probably a good start
+# at support for the VT320 itself.
+# Please send changes with explanations to bug-gnu-emacs@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+# (vt320-k3: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+vt320-k3|MS-Kermit 3.00's vt320 emulation,
+ am, eslok, hs, km, mir, msgr, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#49, pb#9600, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cmdch=\E, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p1%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p1%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ dsl=\E[0$~, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l\E[?5h\E[?5l\E[?5h\E[?5l,
+ fsl=\E[0$}, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E>\E F\E[?1l\E[?7h\E[r\E[2$~, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdl1=\E[3~, kf0=\E[21~,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~,
+ kpp=\E[5~, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dL, rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E(B\E)B\E>\E F\E[4;20l\E[12h\E[?1;5;6;38;42l\E[?7;25h\E4i\E?4i\E[m\E[r\E[2$~,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ tsl=\E[1$}\r\E[K, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+# From: Joseph Gil <yogi@cs.ubc.ca> 13 Dec 1991
+# ACS capabilities from Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be> 30 May 1996
+# (I removed a bogus boolean :mo: and added <msgr>, <smam>, <rmam> -- esr)
+vt320-k311|dec vt320 series as defined by kermit 3.11,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[;H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[2$~\r\E[1$}\E[K\E[$}, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, fsl=\E[$}, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L$<3/>, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~,
+ kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2,
+ lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N,
+ smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[1;%dH,
+
+######## NON-ANSI TERMINAL EMULATIONS
+#
+
+#### Avatar
+#
+# These entries attempt to describe Avatar, a terminal emulation used with
+# MS-DOS bulletin-board systems. It was designed to give ANSI-like
+# capabilities, but with cheaper (shorter) control sequences. Messy design,
+# excessively dependent on PC idiosyncracies, but apparently rather popular
+# in the BBS world.
+#
+# No color support. Avatar doesn't fit either of the Tektronix or HP color
+# models that terminfo knows about. An Avatar color attribute is the
+# low 7 bits of the IBM-PC display-memory attribute. Bletch.
+#
+# I wrote these entries while looking at the Avatar spec. I don't have
+# the facilities to test them. Let me know if they work, or don't.
+#
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> 1 Nov 1995
+# (The <blink>/<bold>/<rev>/<smacs>/<smul>/<smso> capabilities exist only to
+# tell ncurses that the corresponding highlights exist; it should use <sgr>,
+# which is the only method that will actually work for multiple highlights.)
+avatar0|avatar terminal emulator level 0,
+ am, bce, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ blink=^A^V\177, bold=^V^A^P, cr=^M, cub1=^V^E, cud1=^V^D,
+ cuf1=^V^F, cup=\026\010%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^V^C, el=^V^G,
+ ind=^J, invis=^V^A\200, rep=\031%p1%c%p2%d, rev=^A^Vp,
+ rs2=^L,
+ sgr=\026\001%{0}%?%p1%t%{112}%|%;%?%p2%t%{1}%|%;%?%p3%t%{112}%|%;%?%p4%t{128}%|%;%?%p6%t%{16}%|%;,
+ sgr0=^V^A^G, smacs=, smso=^A^Vp, smul=^V^A,
+ use=klone+acs,
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> 1 Nov 1995
+avatar0+|avatar terminal emulator level 0+,
+ dch1=^V^N, rmir=\026\n\200\200\200\200, smir=^V^I, use=avatar0,
+# From: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> 1 Nov 1995
+avatar|avatar1|avatar terminal emulator level 1,
+ civis=^V'^B, cnorm=^V'^A, cvvis=^V^C, dl1=^V-, il1=^V+,
+ rmam=^V", rmir=^V^P, smam=^V$,
+ use=avatar0+,
+
+######## OLDER TERMINAL TYPES
+#
+# This section is devoted to older commercial terminal brands that are now
+# discontinued, but known to be still in use or represented by emulations.
+#
+
+#### AT&T (att, tty)
+#
+# This section also includes Teletype-branded VDTs.
+#
+# The AT&T/Teletype terminals group was sold to SunRiver Data Systems; for
+# details, see the header comment on the ADDS section.
+#
+# These are AT&T's official terminfo entries. All-caps aliases have been
+# removed.
+#
+att2300|sv80|AT&T 2300 Video Information Terminal 80 column mode,
+ am, eo, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[J,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P,
+ kdl1=\E[M, kf1=\E[1r, kf10=\E[10r, kf11=\E[11r,
+ kf12=\E[12r, kf13=\E[13r, kf14=\E[14r, kf15=\E[15r,
+ kf16=\E[16r, kf2=\E[2r, kf3=\E[3r, kf4=\E[4r, kf5=\E[5r,
+ kf6=\E[6r, kf7=\E[7r, kf8=\E[8r, kf9=\E[9r, khome=\E[H,
+ kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i,
+ rev=\E[7m, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[7m,
+att2350|AT&T 2350 Video Information Terminal 80 column mode,
+ mc0@, mc4@, mc5@,
+ use=att2300,
+
+# Must setup RETURN KEY - CR, REC'VD LF - INDEX.
+# Seems upward compatible with vt100, plus ins/del line/char.
+# On sgr, the protection parameter is ignored.
+# No check is made to make sure that only 3 parameters are output.
+# standout= reverse + half-intensity = 3 | 5.
+# bold= reverse + underline = 2 | 3.
+# note that half-bright blinking doesn't look different from normal blinking.
+# NOTE:you must program the function keys first, label second!
+# (att4410: a BSD entry has been seen with the following capabilities:
+# <is2=\E[?6l>, <kf1=\EOc>, <kf2=\EOd>, <kf3=\EOe>, <kf4=\EOg>,
+# <kf6=\EOh>, <kf7=\EOi>, <kf8=\EOj>, -- esr)
+att5410v1|att4410v1|tty5410v1|AT&T 4410/5410 80 columns - version 1,
+ am, hs, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffhhggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~00++--\,\,..,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, is1=\E[?3l\E)0,
+ is3=\E[1;03q f1 \EOP\E[2;03q f2 \EOQ\E[3;03q f3 \EOR\E[4;03q f4 \EOS\E[5;03q f5 \EOT\E[6;03q f6 \EOU\E[7;03q f7 \EOV\E[8;03q f8 \EOW,
+ kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT,
+ kf6=\EOU, kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, khome=\E[H, kll=\E[24;1H,
+ ll=\E[24H, nel=^M^J,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%1d;%p2%l%2.2dq f%p1%1d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;00q%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y,
+ sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{1}%+%dH,
+
+att4410v1-w|att5410v1-w|tty5410v1-w|AT&T 4410/5410 132 columns - version 1,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[?3h\E)0, rs2=\Ec\E[?3h\E[2;0y, use=att5410v1,
+
+att4410|att5410|tty5410|AT&T 4410/5410 80 columns - version 2,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq f%p1%d %p2%s,
+ use=att5410v1,
+
+att5410-w|att4410-w|4410-w|tty5410-w|5410-w|AT&T 4410/5410 in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[?3h\E)0, rs2=\Ec\E[?3h\E[2;0y, use=att4410,
+
+# 5410 in terms of a vt100
+# (v5410: added <rmam>/<smam> based on init string -- esr)
+v5410|att5410 in terms of a vt100,
+ am, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu1=\E[A$<2>, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>,
+ enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich1=\E[@,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H,
+ kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC,
+ kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt, kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv,
+ kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>,
+ rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>,
+ rmul=\E[m$<2>, rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[1;7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+#
+# Teletype Model 5420 -- A souped up 5410, with multiple windows,
+# even! the 5420 has three modes: scroll, window or page mode
+# this terminfo should work in scroll or window mode, but doesn't
+# take advantage of any of the differences between them.
+#
+# Has memory below (2 lines!)
+# 3 pages of memory (plus some spare)
+# The 5410 sequences for <cup>, <cvvis>, <dch>, <dl>, <ech>, <flash>, <home>,
+# <hpa>, <hts> would work for these, but these work in both scroll and window
+# mode... Unset insert character so insert mode works
+# <is1> sets 80 column mode,
+# <is2> escape sequence:
+# 1) turn off all fonts
+# 2) function keys off, keyboard lock off, control display off,
+# insert mode off, erasure mode off,
+# 3) full duplex, monitor mode off, send graphics off, nl on lf off
+# 4) reset origin mode
+# 5) set line wraparound
+# 6) exit erasure mode, positional attribute mode, and erasure extent mode
+# 7) clear margins
+# 8) program ENTER to transmit ^J,
+# We use \212 to program the ^J because a bare ^J will get translated by
+# UNIX into a CR/LF. The enter key is needed for AT&T uOMS.
+# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+# <is3> set screen color to black,
+# No representation in terminfo for the delete word key: kdw1=\Ed
+# Key capabilities assume the power-up send sequence...
+# This <rmcup> is not strictly necessary, but it helps maximize
+# memory usefulness: <rmcup=\Ez>,
+# Alternate sgr0: <sgr0=\E[m\EW^O>,
+# Alternate sgr: <sgr=\E[%?%p1%t2;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p8%t\EV%;%?%p9%t^N%e^O%;>,
+# smkx programs the SYS PF keys to send a set sequence.
+# It also sets up labels f1, f2, ..., f8, and sends edit keys.
+# This string causes them to send the strings <kf1>-<kf8>
+# when pressed in SYS PF mode.
+# (att4415: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+att4415|tty5420|att5420|AT&T 4415/5420 80 cols,
+ db, mir, xon,
+ lh#2, lm#78, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#55,
+ cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[x\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;0j, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dx,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cvvis=\E[11;1j, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, ech=\E[%p1%ds\E[%p1%dD,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, home=\E[x,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dE, is1=\E[?3l$<100>,
+ is2=\E[m\017\E[1;2;3;4;6l\E[12;13;14;20l\E[?6;97;99l\E[?7h\E[4i\Ex\E[21;1j\212,
+ is3=\E[?5l, kbeg=\Et, kcbt=\E[Z, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M,
+ kel=\E[2K, kend=\Ez, kent=\Eent, kf1=\EOc, kf2=\EOd,
+ kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj,
+ kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[T, kll=\Eu, knp=\E[U,
+ kpp=\E[V, kri=\E[S, lf1=F1, lf2=F2, lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5,
+ lf6=F6, lf7=F7, lf8=F8, ll=\Ew, mc0=\E[?2i, mc4=\E[?9i,
+ mc5=\E[?4i, mrcup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dt,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, prot=\EV,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[19;0j\E[21;1j\212, rmln=\E|,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[19;1j\E[21;4j\Eent, smln=\E~, tbc=\E[3g,
+ tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{8}%+%dH, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+ use=att4410,
+
+att4415-w|tty5420-w|att5420-w|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lm#54, wsl#97,
+ is1=\E[?3h$<100>, use=att4415,
+
+att4415-rv|tty5420-rv|att5420-rv|AT&T 4415/5420 80 cols/rv,
+ flash=\E[?5l$<200>\E[?5h, is3=\E[?5h,
+ use=att4415,
+
+att4415-w-rv|tty5420-w-rv|att5420-w-rv|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols/rv,
+ cols#132, lm#54, wsl#97,
+ flash=\E[?5l$<200>\E[?5h, is1=\E[?3h$<100>, is3=\E[?5h, use=att4415,
+
+# Note that this mode permits programming USER PF KEYS and labels
+# However, when you program user pf labels you have to reselect
+# user pf keys to make them appear!
+att4415+nl|tty5420+nl|att5420+nl|generic AT&T 4415/5420 changes for not changing labels,
+ kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02d;0;1q F%p1%d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;1q%p2%:-16.16s,
+
+att4415-nl|tty5420-nl|att5420-nl|AT&T 4415/5420 without changing labels,
+ kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@,
+ use=att4415+nl, use=att4415,
+
+att4415-rv-nl|tty5420-rv-nl|att5420-rv-nl|AT&T 4415/5420 reverse video without changing labels,
+ kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@,
+ use=att4415+nl, use=att4415-rv,
+
+att4415-w-nl|tty5420-w-nl|att5420-w-nl|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols without changing labels,
+ kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@,
+ use=att4415+nl, use=att4415-w,
+
+att4415-w-rv-n|tty5420-w-rv-n|att5420-w-rv-n|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols reverse without changing labels,
+ kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@,
+ use=att4415+nl, use=att4415-w-rv,
+
+att5420_2|AT&T 5420 model 2 80 cols,
+ am, db, hs, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lm#78, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#55,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ blink=\E[5m, cbt=\E[1Z, clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\E[11;0j,
+ cr=\EG, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=\E[1B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[1C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cvvis=\E[11;1j,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%ds\E[%p1%dD, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K,
+ el1=\E[1K, flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dE,
+ invis=\E[8m,
+ is1=\E[0;23r\Ex\Ey\E[2;0j\E[3;3j\E[4;0j\E[5;0j\E[6;0j\E[7;0j\E[8;0j\E[9;1j\E[10;0j\E[15;0j\E[16;1j\E[19;0j\E[20;1j\E[29;0j\E[1;24r,
+ kbeg=\Et, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M,
+ kel=\E[2K, kend=\Ez, kent=^J, kf1=\EOc, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe,
+ kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, khome=\E[H,
+ kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[T, kll=\Eu, knp=\E[U,
+ kpp=\E[V, kri=\E[S, lf1=F1, lf2=F2, lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5,
+ lf6=F6, lf7=F7, lf8=F8, ll=\Ew, mc0=\E[?;2i, mc4=\E[4i,
+ mc5=\E[5i, mrcup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dt, nel=^M^J,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%d %p2%s\E~,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s\E~, prot=\EV, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmacs=^O, rmkx=\E[19;0j,
+ rmln=\E|, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y,
+ sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smkx=\E[19;1j, smln=\E~,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{8}%+%dH, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+att5420_2-w|AT&T 5420 model 2 in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132,
+ is1=\E[0;23r\Ex\Ey\E[2;0j\E[3;3j\E[4;0j\E[5;1j\E[6;0j\E[7;0j\E[8;0j\E[9;1j\E[10;0j\E[15;0j\E[16;1j\E[19;0j\E[20;1j\E[29;0j\E[1;24r, use=att5420_2,
+
+att4418|att5418|AT&T 5418 80 cols,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, home=\E[H,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[1@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, ind=^J,
+ is1=\E[?3l, is2=\E)0\E?6l\E?5l, kclr=\E[%, kcub1=\E@,
+ kcud1=\EU, kcuf1=\EA, kcuu1=\ES, kent=\E[, kf1=\E[h,
+ kf10=\E[m, kf11=\E[n, kf12=\E[o, kf13=\E[H, kf14=\E[I,
+ kf15=\E[J, kf18=\E[K, kf19=\E[L, kf2=\E[i, kf20=\E[E,
+ kf21=\E[_, kf22=\E[M, kf23=\E[N, kf24=\E[O, kf3=\E[j,
+ kf6=\E[k, kf7=\E[l, kf8=\E[f, kf9=\E[w, khome=\Ec, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+att4418-w|att5418-w|AT&T 5418 132 cols,
+ cols#132,
+ is1=\E[?3h, use=att5418,
+
+att4420|tty4420|teletype 4420,
+ da, db, eo, msgr, ul, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lm#72,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=\EG, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\Ez, home=\EH, il1=\EL, ind=\EH\EM\EY7\s,
+ kcbt=\EO, kclr=\EJ, kcub1=^H, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, kf0=\EU, kf3=\E@, khome=\EH,
+ kich1=\E\^, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kri=\ET,
+ lf0=segment advance, lf3=cursor tab, rmdc@, rmso=\E~,
+ rmul=\EZ, smdc@, smso=\E}, smul=\E\\,
+
+# The following is a terminfo entry for the Teletype 4424
+# asynchronous keyboard-display terminal. It supports
+# the vi editor. The terminal must be set up as follows,
+#
+# HIGHLIGHT DEFINITION 3-TONE
+# DISPLAY FUNCTION GROUP III
+#
+# The second entry below provides limited (a la adm3a)
+# operation under GROUP II.
+#
+# This must be used with DISPLAY FUNCTION GROUP I or III
+# and HIGHLIGHT DEFINITION 3-TONE
+# The terminal has either bold or blink, depending on options
+#
+# (att4424: commented out <smcup>=\E[1m, we don't need bright locked on -- esr)
+att4424|tty4424|teletype 4424,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E3, bold=\E3, cbt=\EO, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\EB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EP, dim=\EW, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\Ez, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E\^, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EL, ind=^J, is2=\E[20l\E[?7h,
+ kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ khome=\E[H, nel=\EE, rev=\E}, ri=\ET, rmacs=\E(B, rmso=\E~,
+ rmul=\EZ,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p6%p4%|%t;5%;%?%p5%t;0%;m,
+ sgr0=\EX\E~\EZ\E4\E(B, smacs=\E(0, smso=\E}, smul=\E\\,
+ tbc=\EF,
+
+att4424-1|tty4424-1|teletype 4424 in display function group I,
+ kclr@, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome@,
+ use=att4424,
+
+# This entry is not one of AT&T's official ones, it was translated from the
+# 4.4BSD termcap file. The highlight strings are different from att4424.
+# I have no idea why this is -- older firmware version, maybe?
+# The following two lines are the comment originally attached to the entry:
+# This entry appears to avoid the top line - I have no idea why.
+# From: jwb Wed Mar 31 13:25:09 1982 remote from ihuxp
+att4424m|tty4424m|teletype 4424M,
+ am, da, db, mir,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#23,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[2;H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH\E[B, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\EP,
+ dl1=\EM, el=\E[K, ht=^I, ich1=\E\^, il1=\EL, ind=^J, ip=$<2/>,
+ is2=\E[m\E[2;24r, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, nel=^M^J, ri=\ET, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+# The Teletype 5425 is really version 2 of the Teletype 5420. It
+# is quite similar, except for some minor differences. No page
+# mode, for example, so all of the <cup> sequences used above have
+# to change back to what's being used for the 5410. Many of the
+# option settings have changed their numbering as well.
+#
+# This has been tested on a preliminary model.
+#
+# (att5425: added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+att5425|tty5425|att4425|AT&T 4425/5425,
+ am, da, db, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lm#78, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#55,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[12;0j, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[12;1j, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%ds\E[%p1%dD, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dE,
+ invis=\E[8m, is1=\E<\E[?3l$<100>,
+ is2=\E[m\017\E[1;2;3;4;6l\E[12;13;14;20l\E[?6;97;99l\E[?7h\E[4i\Ex\E[25;1j\212,
+ is3=\E[?5l, kbeg=\Et, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[J,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P,
+ kdl1=\E[M, kel=\E[2K, kend=\Ez, kent=\Eent, kf1=\EOc,
+ kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi,
+ kf8=\EOj, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[T,
+ kri=\E[S, ll=\E[24H, mc0=\E[?2i, mc4=\E[?9i, mc5=\E[?4i,
+ nel=^M^J,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, prot=\EV, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[21;0j\E[25;1j\212, rmln=\E|,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[21;1j\E[25;4j\Eent\E~, smln=\E~, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{8}%+%dH,
+ vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+
+att5425-nl|tty5425-nl|att4425-nl|AT&T 4425/5425 80 columns no labels,
+ smkx=\E[21;1j\E[25;4j\Eent,
+ use=att4425,
+
+att5425-w|att4425-w|tty5425-w|teletype 4425/5425 in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132, lm#54, wsl#97,
+ is1=\E[?3h$<100>, use=tty5425,
+
+# (att4426: his had bogus capabilities: :ri=\EM:, :ri=\E[1U:.
+# I also added <rmam>/<smam> -- esr)
+att4426|tty4426|teletype 4426S,
+ am, da, db, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lm#48,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[5m, clear=\E[H\E[2J\E[1U\E[H\E[2J\E[1V,
+ cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EP,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[0K, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\E1, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E\^,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EL, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS,
+ is1=\Ec\E[?7h, is2=\E[m\E[1;24r, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EO,
+ kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, kf6=\EOU,
+ kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, khome=\E[H, kll=\E[24;1H, ll=\E[24H,
+ nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\ET, rin=\E[%p1%dT,
+ rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m\E(B, smacs=\E(0,
+ smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[5m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ vpa=\E[%p1%dd,
+
+# Terminfo entry for the AT&T 510 A Personal Terminal
+# Function keys 9 - 16 are available only after the
+# screen labeled (soft keys/action blocks) are labeled. Function key
+# 9 corresponds to the leftmost touch target on the screen,
+# function key 16 corresponds to the rightmost.
+#
+# This entry is based on one done by Ernie Rice at Summit, NJ and
+# changed by Anne Gallup, Skokie, IL, ttrdc!anne
+att510a|bct510a|AT&T 510A Personal Terminal,
+ am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lw#7, nlab#8,
+ acsc=hrisjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxx{{||}}~~-f\,h.e+g`b,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ civis=\E[11;0|, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;3|, cr=^M,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[1B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[11;2|, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J,
+ el=\E[0K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)1, ff=^L, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is1=\E(B\E)1\E[2l,
+ is3=\E[21;1|\212, kLFT=\E[u, kRIT=\E[v, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOm,
+ kf10=\EOd, kf11=\EOe, kf12=\EOf, kf13=\EOg, kf14=\EOh,
+ kf15=\EOi, kf16=\EOj, kf2=\EOV, kf3=\EOu, kf4=\ENj, kf5=\ENe,
+ kf6=\ENf, kf7=\ENh, kf8=\E[H, kf9=\EOc, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T,
+ mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[?8i, mc5=\E[?4i, nel=\EE,
+ pln=\E[%p1%dp%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmacs=^O, rmkx=\E[19;0|, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p5%p6%|%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smkx=\E[19;1|, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+# Terminfo entry for the AT&T 510 D Personal Terminal
+# Function keys 9 through 16 are accessed by bringing up the
+# system blocks.
+# Function key 9 corresponds to the leftmost touch target on the screen,
+# function key 16 corresponds to the rightmost.
+#
+# There are problems with soft key labeling. These are due to
+# strangenesses in the native terminal that are impossible to
+# describe in a terminfo.
+att510d|bct510d|AT&T 510D Personal Terminal,
+ am, da, db, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#48, lw#7, nlab#8,
+ acsc=hrisjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxx{{||}}~~-f\,h.e+g`b,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;3|, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[1B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[11;2|, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K,
+ el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)1, ff=^L, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS,
+ invis=\E[8m, is1=\E(B\E)1\E[5;0|, is3=\E[21;1|\212,
+ kLFT=\E[u, kRIT=\E[v, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOm, kf10=\EOd,
+ kf11=\EOe, kf12=\EOf, kf13=\EOg, kf14=\EOh, kf15=\EOi,
+ kf16=\EOj, kf2=\EOV, kf3=\EOu, kf4=\ENj, kf5=\ENe, kf6=\ENf,
+ kf7=\ENh, kf8=\E[H, kf9=\EOc, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, ll=\E#2,
+ mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[?8i, mc5=\E[?4i, mgc=\E\:, nel=\EE,
+ pln=\E[%p1%dp%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[19;0|,
+ rmln=\E<, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rmxon=\E[29;1|,
+ rs2=\E[5;0|, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p5%p6%|%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smgl=\E4, smgr=\E5, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[19;1|, smln=\E?, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ smxon=\E[29;0|, tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+
+# (att500: I merged this with the att513 entry, att500 just used att513 -- esr)
+att500|att513|AT&T 513 using page mode,
+ am, chts, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8,
+ acsc=hrisjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxx{{||}}~~-f\,h.e+g`b,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;0|, cr=^M,
+ csr=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[11;1|, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P$<1>, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ enacs=\E(B\E)1, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dE, invis=\E[8m,
+ is1=\E?\E[3;3|\E[10;0|\E[21;1|\212\E[6;1|\E[1{\E[?99l,
+ kBEG=\ENB, kCAN=\EOW, kCMD=\EOU, kCPY=\END, kCRT=\EON,
+ kDC=\ENF, kDL=\ENE, kEND=\ENN, kEOL=\EOA, kEXT=\EOK,
+ kFND=\EOX, kHLP=\EOM, kHOM=\ENM, kIC=\ENJ, kLFT=\ENK,
+ kMOV=\ENC, kMSG=\EOL, kNXT=\ENH, kOPT=\EOR, kPRT=\EOZ,
+ kPRV=\ENG, kRDO=\EOT, kRES=\EOQ, kRIT=\ENL, kRPL=\EOY,
+ kSAV=\EOO, kSPD=\EOP, kUND=\EOS, kbeg=\E9, kbs=^H, kcan=\EOw,
+ kcbt=\E[Z, kclo=\EOV, kclr=\E[J, kcmd=\EOu, kcpy=\ENd,
+ kcrt=\EOn, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\ENf, kdl1=\ENe, kel=\EOa, kend=\E0, kent=\Eent,
+ kext=\EOk, kf1=\EOc, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg,
+ kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kfnd=\EOx, khlp=\EOm,
+ khome=\E[H, kich1=\ENj, kind=\E[S, kmov=\ENc, kmrk=\ENi,
+ kmsg=\EOl, knp=\E[U, knxt=\ENh, kopn=\EOv, kopt=\EOr,
+ kpp=\E[V, kprt=\EOz, kprv=\ENg, krdo=\EOt, kref=\EOb,
+ kres=\EOq, krfr=\ENa, kri=\E[T, krpl=\EOy, krst=\EOB,
+ ksav=\EOo, kslt=\ENI, kspd=\EOp, kund=\EOs, ll=\E#2,
+ mc0=\E[?98l\E[0i, mc4=\E[?98l\E[?8i, mc5=\E[?98l\E[?4i,
+ nel=\EE,
+ pfkey=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%d;3;0p F%p1%d %p2%s,
+ pfloc=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%d;2;0p F%p1%d %p2%s,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%d;1;0p F%p1%d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%dp%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[19;0|\E[21;1|\212, rmln=\E<, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E?\E[3;3|\E[10;0|\E[21;1|\212\E[6;1|\E[1{\E[?99l\E[2;0|\E[6;1|\E[8;0|\E[19;0|\E[1{\E[?99l,
+ rs2=\E[5;0|, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[19;1|\E[21;4|\Eent, smln=\E?, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+
+# 01-07-88
+# printer must be set to EMUL ANSI to accept ESC codes
+# <cuu1> stops at top margin
+# <is1> sets cpi 10,lpi 6,form 66,left 1,right 132,top 1,bottom 66,font
+# and alt font ascii,wrap on,tabs cleared
+# <is2> disables newline on LF,Emphasized off
+# The <u0> capability sets form length
+att5310|att5320|AT&T Model 53210 or 5320 matrix printer,
+ xhpa, xvpa,
+ bufsz#8192, cols#132, cps#120, it#8, lines#66, orc#10,
+ orhi#100, orl#12, orvi#72,
+ cpi=%?%p1%{10}%=%t\E[w%e%p1%{12}%=%t\E[2w%e%p1%{5}%=%t\E[5w%e%p1%{13}%=%p1%{14}%=%O%t\E[3w%e%p1%{16}%=%p1%{17}%=%O%t\E[4w%e%p1%{6}%=%t\E[6w%e%p1%{7}%=%t\E[7w%e%p1%{8}%=%t\E[8w%;,
+ cr=^M,
+ csnm=%?%p1%{0}%=%tusascii%e%p1%{1}%=%tenglish%e%p1%{2}%=%tfinnish%e%p1%{3}%=%tjapanese%e%p1%{4}%=%tnorwegian%e%p1%{5}%=%tswedish%e%p1%{6}%=%tgermanic%e%p1%{7}%=%tfrench%e%p1%{8}%=%tcanadian_french%e%p1%{9}%=%titalian%e%p1%{10}%=%tspanish%e%p1%{11}%=%tline%e%p1%{12}%=%tsecurity%e%p1%{13}%=%tebcdic%e%p1%{14}%=%tapl%e%p1%{15}%=%tmosaic%;,
+ cud=\E[%p1%de, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%da, cuf1=\s, cuu1=\EM,
+ ff=^L, hpa=\E[%p1%d`, ht=^I, is1=\Ec, is2=\E[20l\r,
+ lpi=%?%p1%{2}%=%t\E[4z%e%p1%{3}%=%t\E[5z%e%p1%{4}%=%t\E[6z%e%p1%{6}%=%t\E[z%e%p1%{8}%=%t\E[2z%e%p1%{12}%=%t\E[3z%;,
+ rshm=\E[m,
+ scs=%?%p1%{0}%=%t\E(B%e%p1%{1}%=%t\E(A%e%p1%{2}%=%t\E(C%e%p1%{3}%=%t\E(D%e%p1%{4}%=%t\E(E%e%p1%{5}%=%t\E(H%e%p1%{6}%=%t\E(K%e%p1%{7}%=%t\E(R%e%p1%{8}%=%t\E(Q%e%p1%{9}%=%t\E(Y%e%p1%{10}%=%t\E(Z%e%p1%{11}%=%t\E(0%e%p1%{12}%=%t\E(1%e%p1%{13}%=%t\E(3%e%p1%{14}%=%t\E(8%e%p1%{15}%=%t\E(}%;,
+ smgbp=\E[;%p1%dr, smglp=\E[%{1}%p1%+%ds,
+ smgrp=\E[;%{1}%p1%+%ds, smgtp=\E[%p1%dr, sshm=\E[5m,
+ u0=\E[%p1%dt, vpa=\E[%p1%dd,
+
+# Teletype 5620, firmware version 1.1 (8;7;3) or earlier from BRL
+# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# CR_DEF=CR NL_DEF=INDEX DUPLEX=FULL
+# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements. This termcap description is for the Resident Terminal Mode.
+# No delays specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# The BRL entry also said: UNSAFE :ll=\E[70H:
+att5620-1|tty5620-1|dmd1|Teletype 5620 with old ROMs,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#88, it#8, lines#70, vt#3,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H,
+ kll=\E[70;1H, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT,
+ rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7,
+
+# 5620 terminfo (2.0 or later ROMS with char attributes)
+# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# DUPLEX=FULL GEN_FLOW=ON NEWLINE=INDEX RETURN=CR
+# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements. This termcap description is for Resident Terminal Mode. No
+# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# assumptions: <ind> (scroll forward one line) is only done at screen bottom
+# Be aware that older versions of the dmd have a firmware bug that affects
+# parameter defaulting; for this terminal, the 0 in \E[0m is not optional.
+# <msgr> is from an otherwise inferior BRL for this terminal. That entry
+# also has <ll>=\E[70H commented out and marked unsafe.
+# For more, see the 5620 FAQ maintained by David Breneman <daveb@dgtl.com>.
+att5620|dmd|tty5620|ttydmd|5620|5620 terminal 88 columns,
+ am, msgr, npc, xon,
+ cols#88, it#8, lines#70,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E[2m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, kll=\E[70;1H, nel=^J,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%dq%p2%s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmso=\E[0m, rmul=\E[0m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[0m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+att5620-24|tty5620-24|dmd-24|teletype dmd 5620 in a 24x80 layer,
+ lines#24, use=att5620,
+att5620-34|tty5620-34|dmd-34|teletype dmd 5620 in a 34x80 layer,
+ lines#34, use=att5620,
+# 5620 layer running the "S" system's downloaded graphics handler:
+att5620-s|tty5620-s|layer|vitty|5620 S layer,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#72,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\ED,
+ el=\EK, flash=\E^G, ht=^I, il1=\EI, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H,
+ kll=\E[70;1H,
+
+# Entries for <kf15> thru <kf28> refer to the shifted system pf keys.
+#
+# Entries for <kf29> thru <kf46> refer to the alternate keypad mode
+# keys: = * / + 7 8 9 - 4 5 6 , 1 2 3 0 . ENTER
+att605|AT&T 605 80 column 102key keyboard,
+ am, eo, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP,
+ dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, fsl=\E8, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?\E[13;20l\E[?\E[12h, is2=\E[m\017,
+ kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P,
+ kdl1=\E[M, kend=\E[24;1H, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq,
+ kf12=\ENr, kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD,
+ kf17=\EOE, kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf2=\EOd, kf20=\EOH,
+ kf21=\EOI, kf22=\EOJ, kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ,
+ kf26=\ENR, kf27=\ENS, kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf3=\EOe,
+ kf30=\EOQ, kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS, kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx,
+ kf35=\EOy, kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt, kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv,
+ kf4=\EOf, kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr, kf43=\EOs,
+ kf44=\EOp, kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh,
+ kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@,
+ kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[S, knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V, ll=\E[24H,
+ mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, nel=\EE,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, rmln=\E[2p, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=\E)0\016,
+ smir=\E[4h, smln=\E[p, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tsl=\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dx,
+att605-pc|ATT 605 in pc term mode,
+ acsc=k\277l\332m\300j\331n\305w\302q\304u\264t\303v\301x\263,
+ cbt=\E[Z, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[L, il1=\E[L, kcbt=\E[Z,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P,
+ kdl1=\E[M, kend=\E[F, kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V, kf2=\E[N,
+ kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T,
+ kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I,
+ rmsc=400\E[50;0|, smsc=250\E[?11l\E[50;1|, xoffc=g,
+ xonc=e,
+ use=att605,
+att605-w|AT&T 605-w 132 column 102 key keyboard,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h\E(B\E)0, use=att605,
+# (att610: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string. I also
+# added <indn> and <rin> because the BSD file says the att615s have them,
+# and the 615 is like a 610 with a big keyboard, and most of their other
+# smart terminals support the same sequence -- esr)
+att610|AT&T 610; 80 column; 98key keyboard,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h\E[?12l, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?12;25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[8m,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h\E(B\E)0,
+ is2=\E[m\017, is3=\E(B\E)0, kLFT=\E[ @, kRIT=\E[ A, kbs=^H,
+ kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr,
+ kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg,
+ kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H,
+ kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, ll=\E[24H, mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i,
+ nel=\EE,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmln=\E[2p, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smln=\E[p, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tsl=\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dx,
+att610-w|AT&T 610; 132 column; 98key keyboard,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att610,
+
+att610-103k|AT&T 610; 80 column; 103key keyboard,
+ kBEG=\ENB, kCAN=\EOW, kCMD=\EOU, kCPY=\END, kCRT=\EON,
+ kDC=\ENF, kDL=\ENE, kEND=\ENN, kEOL=\EOA, kEXT=\EOK,
+ kFND=\EOX, kHLP=\EOM, kMOV=\ENC, kMSG=\EOL, kNXT=\ENH,
+ kOPT=\EOR, kPRT=\EOZ, kPRV=\ENG, kRDO=\EOT, kRES=\EOQ,
+ kRPL=\EOY, kSAV=\EOO, kSPD=\EOP, kUND=\EOS, kbeg=\E9,
+ kcan=\EOw, kclo=\EOV, kcmd=\EOu, kcpy=\ENd, kcrt=\EOn,
+ kdch1=\ENf, kdl1=\ENe, kel=\EOa, kend=\E0, kent=^M,
+ kext=\EOk, kf10@, kf11@, kf12@, kf13@, kf14@, kf9@, kfnd=\EOx,
+ khlp=\EOm, kich1=\ENj, kmov=\ENc, kmrk=\ENi, kmsg=\EOl,
+ knp=\E[U, knxt=\ENh, kopn=\EOv, kopt=\EOr, kpp=\E[V,
+ kprt=\EOz, kprv=\ENg, krdo=\EOt, kref=\EOb, kres=\EOq,
+ krfr=\ENa, krmir=\ENj, krpl=\EOy, krst=\EOB, ksav=\EOo,
+ kslt=\ENI, kspd=\EOp, kund=\EOs,
+ use=att610,
+att610-103k-w|AT&T 610; 132 column; 103key keyboard,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att610-103k,
+att615|AT&T 615; 80 column; 98key keyboard,
+ kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, kf17=\EOE,
+ kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf20=\EOH, kf21=\EOI, kf22=\EOJ,
+ kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, kf26=\ENR, kf27=\ENS,
+ kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf30=\EOQ, kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS,
+ kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, kf35=\EOy, kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt,
+ kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr,
+ kf43=\EOs, kf44=\EOp, kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM,
+ use=att610,
+att615-w|AT&T 615; 132 column; 98key keyboard,
+ kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, kf17=\EOE,
+ kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf20=\EOH, kf21=\EOI, kf22=\EOJ,
+ kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, kf26=\ENR, kf27=\ENS,
+ kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf30=\EOQ, kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS,
+ kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, kf35=\EOy, kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt,
+ kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr,
+ kf43=\EOs, kf44=\EOp, kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM,
+ use=att610-w,
+att615-103k|AT&T 615; 80 column; 103key keyboard,
+ kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @,
+ use=att610-103k,
+att615-103k-w|AT&T 615; 132 column; 103key keyboard,
+ kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @,
+ use=att610-103k-w,
+# (att620: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string and
+# <rin>/<indn> from a BSD termcap -- esr)
+att620|AT&T 620; 80 column; 98key keyboard,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h\E[?12l, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?12;25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[8m,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h,
+ is2=\E[m\017, is3=\E(B\E)0, kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kbs=^H,
+ kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr,
+ kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, kf17=\EOE,
+ kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf2=\EOd, kf20=\EOH, kf21=\EOI,
+ kf22=\EOJ, kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, kf26=\ENR,
+ kf27=\ENS, kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf3=\EOe, kf30=\EOQ,
+ kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS, kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, kf35=\EOy,
+ kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt, kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, kf4=\EOf,
+ kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr, kf43=\EOs, kf44=\EOp,
+ kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj,
+ kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, ll=\E[24H,
+ mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, nel=\EE,
+ pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=\E(B\017, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmln=\E[2p, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\E(B\017, smacs=\E)0\016, smam=\E[?7h,
+ smir=\E[4h, smln=\E[p, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tsl=\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dx,
+att620-w|AT&T 620; 132 column; 98key keyboard,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att620,
+att620-103k|AT&T 620; 80 column; 103key keyboard,
+ kBEG=\ENB, kCAN=\EOW, kCMD=\EOU, kCPY=\END, kCRT=\EON,
+ kDC=\ENF, kDL=\ENE, kEND=\ENN, kEOL=\EOA, kEXT=\EOK,
+ kFND=\EOX, kHLP=\EOM, kMOV=\ENC, kMSG=\EOL, kNXT=\ENH,
+ kOPT=\EOR, kPRT=\EOZ, kPRV=\ENG, kRDO=\EOT, kRES=\EOQ,
+ kRPL=\EOY, kSAV=\EOO, kSPD=\EOP, kUND=\EOS, kbeg=\E9,
+ kcan=\EOw, kclo=\EOV, kcmd=\EOu, kcpy=\ENd, kcrt=\EOn,
+ kdch1=\ENf, kdl1=\ENe, kel=\EOa, kend=\E0, kent=^M,
+ kext=\EOk, kf10@, kf11@, kf12@, kf13@, kf14@, kf15@, kf16@, kf17@,
+ kf18@, kf19@, kf20@, kf21@, kf22@, kf23@, kf24@, kf25@, kf26@, kf27@,
+ kf28@, kf29@, kf30@, kf31@, kf32@, kf33@, kf34@, kf35@, kf36@, kf37@,
+ kf38@, kf39@, kf40@, kf41@, kf42@, kf43@, kf44@, kf45@, kf46@, kf9@,
+ kfnd=\EOx, khlp=\EOm, kich1=\ENj, kmov=\ENc, kmrk=\ENi,
+ kmsg=\EOl, knp=\E[U, knxt=\ENh, kopn=\EOv, kopt=\EOr,
+ kpp=\E[V, kprt=\EOz, kprv=\ENg, krdo=\EOt, kref=\EOb,
+ kres=\EOq, krfr=\ENa, krmir=\ENj, krpl=\EOy, krst=\EOB,
+ ksav=\EOo, kslt=\ENI, kspd=\EOp, kund=\EOs,
+ use=att620,
+
+att620-103k-w|AT&T 620; 132 column; 103key keyboard,
+ cols#132, wsl#132,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att620-103k,
+
+# AT&T (formerly Teletype) 630 Multi-Tasking Graphics terminal
+# The following SETUP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# Local_Echo=Off Gen_Flow=On Return=CR Received_Newline=LF
+# Font_Size=Large Non-Layers_Window_Cols=80
+# Non-Layers_Window_Rows=60
+# Other SETUP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements. Some capabilities assume a printer attached to the Aux EIA
+# port. This termcap description is for the Fixed Non-Layers Window. No
+# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# (att630: added <ich1>, <blink> and <dim> from a BSD termcap file -- esr)
+att630|AT&T 630 windowing terminal,
+ am, da, db, mir, msgr, npc, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#60, lm#0,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, indn=\E[%p1%dS, is2=\E[m,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, kent=^M,
+ kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr, kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt,
+ kf15=\ENu, kf16=\ENv, kf17=\ENw, kf18=\ENx, kf19=\ENy,
+ kf20=\ENz, kf21=\EN{, kf22=\EN|, kf23=\EN}, kf24=\EN~,
+ kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, mc4=\E[?4i,
+ mc5=\E[?5i, nel=^M^J, pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%dq%p2%s, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%p4%|%p5%|%t;7%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+att630-24|5630-24|5630DMD-24|630MTG-24|AT&T 630 windowing terminal 24 lines,
+ lines#24, use=att630,
+
+# This entry was modified 3/13/90 by JWE.
+# fixes include additions of <enacs>, correcting <rep>, and modification
+# of <kHOM>. (See comments below)
+# att730 has status line of 80 chars
+# These were commented out: <indn=\E[%p1%dS>, <rin=\E[%p1%dT>,
+# the <kf25> and up keys are used for shifted system Fkeys
+# NOTE: JWE 3/13/90 The 98 key keyboard translation for shift/HOME is
+# currently the same as <khome> (unshifted HOME or \E[H). On the 102, 102+1
+# and 122 key keyboards, the 730's translation is \E[2J. For consistency
+# <kHOM> has been commented out. The user can uncomment <kHOM> if using the
+# 102, 102+1, or 122 key keyboards
+# kHOM=\E[2J,
+# (att730: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+att730|AT&T 730 windowing terminal,
+ am, da, db, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, npc, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#60, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#24, wsl#80,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h\E[?12l, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?12;25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K,
+ enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8,
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L,
+ ind=\ED, invis=\E[8m,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h\E(B\E)B,
+ is2=\E[m\017, is3=\E(B\E)0, kLFT=\E[ @, kRIT=\E[ A, kbs=^H,
+ kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr,
+ kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf15=\ENu, kf16=\ENv, kf17=\ENw,
+ kf18=\ENx, kf19=\ENy, kf2=\EOd, kf20=\ENz, kf21=\EN{,
+ kf22=\EN|, kf23=\EN}, kf24=\EN~, kf25=\EOC, kf26=\EOD,
+ kf27=\EOE, kf28=\EOF, kf29=\EOG, kf3=\EOe, kf30=\EOH,
+ kf31=\EOI, kf32=\EOJ, kf33=\ENO, kf34=\ENP, kf35=\ENQ,
+ kf36=\ENR, kf37=\ENS, kf38=\ENT, kf39=\EOU, kf4=\EOf,
+ kf40=\EOV, kf41=\EOW, kf42=\EOX, kf43=\EOY, kf44=\EOZ,
+ kf45=\EO[, kf46=\EO\s, kf47=\EO], kf48=\EO\^, kf5=\EOg,
+ kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H,
+ kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T,
+ mc0=\E[?19h\E[0i, mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, nel=\EE,
+ pfx=\E[%?%p1%{25}%<%t%p1%e%p1%{24}%-%;%d;%p2%l%02d%?%p1%{25}%<%tq SYS F%p1%:-2d %e;0;3q%;%p2%s,
+ pfxl=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02d;0;0q%p3%:-16.16s%p2%s,
+ pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmln=\E[?13h, rmso=\E[27m,
+ rmul=\E[24m, rmxon=\E[?21l, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smln=\E[?13l, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, smxon=\E[?21h,
+ swidm=\E#6, tsl=\E7\E[;%i%p1%dx,
+att730-41|730MTG-41|AT&T 730-41 windowing terminal Version,
+ lines#41, use=att730,
+att730-24|730MTG-24|AT&T 730-24 windowing terminal Version,
+ lines#24, use=att730,
+att730r|730MTGr|AT&T 730 rev video windowing terminal Version,
+ flash=\E[?5l$<200>\E[?5h,
+ is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;13;15l\E[?5h\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h\E(B\E)B, use=att730,
+att730r-41|730MTG-41r|AT&T 730r-41 rev video windowing terminal Version,
+ lines#41, use=att730r,
+att730r-24|730MTGr-24|AT&T 730r-24 rev video windowing terminal Version,
+ lines#24, use=att730r,
+
+# The following represents the screen layout along with the associated
+# bezel buttons for the 5430/pt505 terminal. The "kf" designations do
+# not appear on the screen but are shown to reference the bezel buttons.
+# The "CMD", "MAIL", and "REDRAW" buttons are shown in their approximate
+# position relative to the screen.
+#
+#
+#
+# +----------------------------------------------------------------+
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf0 kf24 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf1 kf23 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf2 kf22 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf3 kf21 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf4 kf20 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf5 kf19 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | kf6 kf18 | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# XXXX | | XXXX
+# | |
+# | |
+# +----------------------------------------------------------------+
+#
+# XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX
+#
+# Note: XXXX represents the screen buttons
+# CMD REDRAW
+#
+# MAIL
+#
+# version 1 note:
+# The character string sent by key 'kf26' may be user programmable
+# to send either \E[16s, or \E[26s.
+# The character string sent by key 'krfr' may be user programmable
+# to send either \E[17s, or \E[27s.
+#
+# Depression of the "CMD" key sends \E! (kcmd)
+# Depression of the "MAIL" key sends \E[26s (kf26)
+# "REDRAW" same as "REFRESH" (krfr)
+#
+# "kf" functions adds carriage return to output string if terminal is in
+# 'new line' mode.
+#
+# The following are functions not covered in the table above:
+#
+# Set keyboard character (SKC): \EPn1;Pn2w
+# Pn1= 0 Back Space key
+# Pn1= 1 Break key
+# Pn2= Program char (hex)
+#
+# Screen Definition (SDF): \E[Pn1;Pn2;Pn3;Pn4;Pn5t
+# Pn1= Window number (1-39)
+# Pn2-Pn5= Y;X;Y;X coordinates
+#
+# Screen Selection (SSL): \E[Pnu
+# Pn= Window number
+#
+# Set Terminal Modes (SM): \E[Pnh
+# Pn= 3 Graphics mode
+# Pn= > Cursor blink
+# Pn= < Enter new line mode
+# Pn= = Enter reverse insert/replace mode
+# Pn= ? Enter no scroll mode
+#
+# Reset Terminal Mode (RM): \E[Pnl
+# Pn= 3 Exit graphics mode
+# Pn= > Exit cursor blink
+# Pn= < Exit new line mode
+# Pn= = Exit reverse insert/replace mode
+# Pn= ? Exit no scroll mode
+#
+# Screen Status Report (SSR): \E[Pnp
+# Pn= 0 Request current window number
+# Pn= 1 Request current window dimensions
+#
+# Device Status Report (DSR): \E[6n Request cursor position
+#
+# Call Status Report (CSR): \E[Pnv
+# Pn= 0 Call failed
+# Pn= 1 Call successful
+#
+# Transparent Button String (TBS): \E[Pn1;Pn2;Pn3;{string
+# Pn1= Button number to be loaded
+# Pn2= Character count of "string"
+# Pn3= Key mode being loaded:
+# 0= Unshifted
+# 1= Shifted
+# 2= Control
+# String= Text string (15 chars max)
+#
+# Screen Number Report (SNR): \E[Pnp
+# Pn= Screen number
+#
+# Screen Dimension Report (SDR): \E[Pn1;Pn2r
+# Pn1= Number of rows available in window
+# Pn2= Number of columns available in window
+#
+# Cursor Position Report (CPR): \E[Pn1;Pn2R
+# Pn1= "Y" Position of cursor
+# Pn2= "X" Position of cursor
+#
+# Request Answer Back (RAB): \E[c
+#
+# Answer Back Response (ABR): \E[?;*;30;VSV
+# *= 0 No printer available
+# *= 2 Printer available
+# V= Software version number
+# SV= Software sub version number
+# (printer-available field not documented in v1)
+#
+# Screen Alignment Aid: \En
+#
+# Bell (lower pitch): \E[x
+#
+# Dial Phone Number: \EPdstring\
+# string= Phone number to be dialed
+#
+# Set Phone Labels: \EPpstring\
+# string= Label for phone buttons
+#
+# Set Clock: \EPchour;minute;second\
+#
+# Position Clock: \EPsY;X\
+# Y= "Y" coordinate
+# X= "X" coordinate
+#
+# Delete Clock: \Epr\
+#
+# Programming The Function Buttons: \EPfPn;string\
+# Pn= Button number (00-06, 18-24)
+# (kf00-kf06, kf18-kf24)
+# string= Text to sent on button depression
+#
+# The following in version 2 only:
+#
+# Request For Local Directory Data: \EPp12;\
+#
+# Local Directory Data to host: \EPp11;LOCAL...DIRECTORY...DATA\
+#
+# Request for Local Directory Data in print format: \EPp13;\
+#
+# Enable 'Prt on Line' mode: \022 (DC2)
+#
+# Disable 'Prt on Line' mode: \024 (DC4)
+#
+
+# 05-Aug-86:
+# The following Terminfo entry describes functions which are supported by
+# the AT&T 5430/pt505 terminal software version 2 and later.
+att505|pt505|att5430|gs5430|AT&T Personal Terminal 505 or 5430 GETSET terminal,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[2J\E[H,
+ cnorm=\E[>l, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[>h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, el1=\E2K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is1=\EPr\\E[0u\E[2J\E[0;0H\E[m\E[3l\E[<l\E[4l\E[>l\E[=l\E[?l,
+ kbs=^H, kcmd=\E!, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[00s, kf1=\E[01s, kf18=\E[18s,
+ kf19=\E[19s, kf2=\E[02s, kf20=\E[20s, kf21=\E[21s,
+ kf22=\E[22s, kf23=\E[23s, kf24=\E24s, kf26=\E26s,
+ kf3=\E[03s, kf4=\E[04s, kf5=\E[05s, kf6=\E[06s,
+ krfr=\E[27s, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmacs=\E[10m, rmam=\E[11;1j, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E[11m,
+ smam=\E[11;0j, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+# The following Terminfo entry describes functions which are supported by
+# the AT&T 5430/pt505 terminal software version 1.
+att505-24|pt505-24|gs5430-24|AT&T PT505 or 5430 GETSET version 1 24 lines,
+ lines#24,
+ mc4@, mc5@, rc@, rmam@, sc@, smam@, use=att505,
+tt505-22|pt505-22|gs5430-22|AT&T PT505 or 5430 GETSET version 1 22 lines,
+ lines#22, use=att505,
+#
+# -------------------- TERMINFO FILE CAN BE SPLIT HERE -----------------------
+# This cut mark helps make life less painful for people running ncurses tic
+# on machines with relatively little RAM. The file can be broken in half here
+# cleanly and compiled in sections -- no `use' references cross this cut
+# going forward.
+#
+
+#### Ampex (Dialogue)
+#
+# Yes, these are the same people who are better-known for making audio- and
+# videotape. I'm told they are located in Redwood City, CA.
+#
+
+# From: <cbosg!ucbvax!SRC:george> Fri Sep 11 22:38:32 1981
+# (ampex80: some capabilities merged in from SCO's entry -- esr)
+ampex80|a80|d80|dialogue|dialogue80|ampex dialogue 80,
+ am, bw, ul,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*$<75>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<5*>, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE$<5*>, ind=^J, is2=\EA, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em,
+ smso=\Ej, smul=\El, tbc=\E3,
+# This entry was from somebody anonymous, Tue Aug 9 20:11:37 1983, who wrote:
+ampex175|ampex d175,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, home=^^, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ is2=\EX\EA\EF, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, ll=^^^K,
+ rmcup=\EF, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, smcup=\EN, smso=\Ej, smul=\El,
+# No backspace key in the main QWERTY cluster. Fortunately, it has a
+# NEWLINE/PAGE key just above RETURN that sends a strange single-character
+# code. Given a suitable Unix (one that lets you set an echo-erase-as-BS-SP-BS
+# mode), this key can be used as the erase key; I find I like this. Because
+# some people and some systems may not, there is another termcap ("ampex175")
+# that suppresses this little eccentricity by omitting the relevant capability.
+ampex175-b|ampex d175 using left arrow for erase,
+ kbs=^_,
+ use=ampex175,
+# From: Richard Bascove <atd!dsd!rcb@ucbvax.berkeley.edu>
+# (ampex210: removed obsolete ":kn#10:" -- esr)
+ampex210|a210|ampex a210,
+ am, hs, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, flash=\EU\EX\EU\EX\EU\EX\EU\EX,
+ fsl=\E.2, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EE, invis@,
+ is2=\EC\Eu\E'\E(\El\EA\E%\E{\E.2\EG0\Ed\En, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A1\r,
+ kf2=^A2\r, kf3=^A3\r, kf4=^A4\r, kf5=^A5\r, kf6=^A6\r,
+ kf7=^A7\r, kf8=^A8\r, kf9=^A9\r, khome=^^,
+ tsl=\E.0\Eg\E}\Ef, use=adm+sgr,
+# (ampex219: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string, added <cvvis>
+# from ampex219w, added <cnorm>=\E[?3l, irresistibly suggested by <cvvis>,
+# and moved the padding to be *after* the caps -- esr)
+ampex219|ampex-219|amp219|Ampex with Automargins,
+ hs, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cnorm=\E[?3l, cr=^M,
+ csr=%i\E[%p1%2d;%p2%2dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C$<2>, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2>, cvvis=\E[?3h, dim=\E[1m, ed=\E[J$<50>,
+ el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E>\E[?1l\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[21~,
+ kf1=\E[7~, kf2=\E[8~, kf3=\E[9~, kf4=\E[10~, kf5=\E[11~,
+ kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[H,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM$<5>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E>,
+ rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>, sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smam=\E[?7h,
+ smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>,
+ampex219w|ampex-219w|amp219w|Ampex 132 cols,
+ cols#132, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, use=ampex219,
+# (ampex232: removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/ampex>, no file and no <hts> --esr)
+ampex232|ampex-232|Ampex Model 232,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, clear=\E+, cnorm=\E.4, cub1=^H, cud1=^V,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<5*/>, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE$<5*/>,
+ invis@, is2=\Eg\El, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r,
+ kf4=^AD\r, kf5=^AE\r, kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r,
+ kf9=^AI\r, khome=^^,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# (ampex: removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/amp-132>, no file and no <hts> -- esr)
+ampex232w|Ampex Model 232 / 132 columns,
+ cols#132, lines#24,
+ is2=\E\034Eg\El, use=ampex232,
+
+#### Ann Arbor (aa)
+#
+# Ann Arbor made dream terminals for hackers -- large screen sizes and huge
+# numbers of function keys. At least some used monitors in portrait mode,
+# allowing up to 76-character screen heights! They were reachable at:
+#
+# Ann Arbor Terminals
+# 6175 Jackson Road
+# Ann Arbor, MI 48103
+# (313)-663-8000
+#
+# But in 1996 the phone number reaches some kitschy retail shop, and Ann Arbor
+# can't be found on the Web; I fear they're long dead. R.I.P.
+#
+
+
+# Originally from Mike O'Brien@Rand and Howard Katseff at Bell Labs.
+# Highly modified 6/22 by Mike O'Brien.
+# split out into several for the various screen sizes by dave-yost@rand
+# Modifications made 3/82 by Mark Horton
+# Modified by Tom Quarles at UCB for greater efficiency and more diversity
+# status line moved to top of screen, <flash> removed 5/82
+# Some unknown person at SCO then hacked the init strings to make them more
+# efficient.
+#
+# assumes the following setup:
+# A menu: 0000 1010 0001 0000
+# B menu: 9600 0100 1000 0000 0000 1000 0000 17 19
+# C menu: 56 66 0 0 9600 0110 1100
+# D menu: 0110 1001 1 0
+#
+# Briefly, the settings are for the following modes:
+# (values are for bit set/clear with * indicating our preference
+# and the value used to test these termcaps)
+# Note that many of these settings are irrelevent to the terminfo
+# and are just set to the default mode of the terminal as shipped
+# by the factory.
+#
+# A menu: 0000 1010 0001 0000
+# Block/underline cursor*
+# blinking/nonblinking cursor*
+# key click/no key click*
+# bell/no bell at column 72*
+#
+# key pad is cursor control*/key pad is numeric
+# return and line feed/return for <cr> key *
+# repeat after .5 sec*/no repeat
+# repeat at 25/15 chars per sec. *
+#
+# hold data until pause pressed/process data unless pause pressed*
+# slow scroll/no slow scroll*
+# Hold in area/don't hold in area*
+# functions keys have default*/function keys disabled on powerup
+#
+# show/don't show position of cursor during page transmit*
+# unused
+# unused
+# unused
+#
+# B menu: 9600 0100 1000 0000 0000 1000 0000 17 19
+# Baud rate (9600*)
+#
+# 2 bits of parity - 00=odd,01=even*,10=space,11=mark
+# 1 stop bit*/2 stop bits
+# parity error detection off*/on
+#
+# keyboard local/on line*
+# half/full duplex*
+# disable/do not disable keyboard after data transmission*
+#
+# transmit entire page/stop transmission at cursor*
+# transfer/do not transfer protected characters*
+# transmit all characters/transmit only selected characters*
+# transmit all selected areas/transmit only 1 selected area*
+#
+# transmit/do not transmit line separators to host*
+# transmit/do not transmit page tab stops tabs to host*
+# transmit/do not transmit column tab stop tabs to host*
+# transmit/do not transmit graphics control (underline,inverse..)*
+#
+# enable*/disable auto XON/XOFF control
+# require/do not require receipt of a DC1 from host after each LF*
+# pause key acts as a meta key/pause key is pause*
+# unused
+#
+# unused
+# unused
+# unused
+# unused
+#
+# XON character (17*)
+# XOFF character (19*)
+#
+# C menu: 56 66 0 0 9600 0110 1100
+# number of lines to print data on (printer) (56*)
+#
+# number of lines on a sheet of paper (printer) (66*)
+#
+# left margin (printer) (0*)
+#
+# number of pad chars on new line to printer (0*)
+#
+# printer baud rate (9600*)
+#
+# printer parity: 00=odd,01=even*,10=space,11=mark
+# printer stop bits: 2*/1
+# print/do not print guarded areas*
+#
+# new line is: 01=LF,10=CR,11=CRLF*
+# unused
+# unused
+#
+# D menu: 0110 1001 1 0
+# LF is newline/LF is down one line, same column*
+# wrap to preceding line if move left from col 1*/don't wrap
+# wrap to next line if move right from col 80*/don't wrap
+# backspace is/is not destructive*
+#
+# display*/ignore DEL character
+# display will not/will scroll*
+# page/column tab stops*
+# erase everything*/erase unprotected only
+#
+# editing extent: 0=display,1=line*,2=field,3=area
+#
+# unused
+#
+
+annarbor4080|aa4080|ann arbor 4080,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#40,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<2>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^_,
+ cup=\017%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%c%p1%?%p1%{19}%>%t%{12}%+%;%'@'%+%c,
+ cuu1=^N, home=^K, ht=^I, hts=^]^P1, ind=^J, kbs=^^, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^_, kcuu1=^N, khome=^K, tbc=^\^P^P,
+
+# Strange Ann Arbor terminal from BRL
+aas1901|Ann Arbor K4080 w/S1901 mod,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#40,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^_, cuu1=^N,
+ home=^K, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, ll=^O\200c,
+ nel=^M^J,
+
+# If you're using the GNU termcap library, add
+# :cS=\E[%p1%d;%p2%d;%p3%d;%p4%dp:
+# to these capabilities. This is the nonstandard GNU termcap scrolling
+# capability, arguments are:
+# 1. Total number of lines on the screen.
+# 2. Number of lines above desired scroll region.
+# 3. Number of lines below (outside of) desired scroll region.
+# 4. Total number of lines on the screen, the same as the first parameter.
+# The generic Ann Arbor entry is the only one that uses this.
+aaa+unk|aaa-unk|ann arbor ambassador (internal - don't use this directly),
+ am, km, mc5i, mir, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<156>, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^K, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K$<5>, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<4*>, ich1=\E[@$<4>, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L$<3>, ind=^K, invis=\E[8m, is1=\E[m\E7\E[H\E9\E8,
+ is3=\E[1Q\E[>20;30l\EP`+x~M\E\\, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z,
+ kclr=\E[J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, kf1=\EOA, kf10=\EOJ, kf11=\EOK,
+ kf12=\EOL, kf13=\EOM, kf14=\EON, kf15=\EOO, kf16=\EOP,
+ kf17=\EOQ, kf18=\EOR, kf19=\EOS, kf2=\EOB, kf20=\EOT,
+ kf21=\EOU, kf22=\EOV, kf23=\EOW, kf24=\EOX, kf3=\EOC,
+ kf4=\EOD, kf5=\EOE, kf6=\EOF, kf7=\EOG, kf8=\EOH, kf9=\EOI,
+ khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, krmir=\E6, mc0=\E[0i,
+ mc4=^C, mc5=\E[v, mc5p=\E[%p1%dv, rc=\E8,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmkx=\EP`>y~[[J`8xy~[[A`4xy~[[D`6xy~[[C`2xy~[[B\E\\,
+ rmm=\E[>52l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m,
+ smkx=\EP`>z~[[J`8xz~[[A`4xz~[[D`6xz~[[C`2xz~[[B\E\\,
+ smm=\E[>52h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[2g,
+ vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+
+aaa+rv|ann arbor ambassador in reverse video,
+ blink=\E[5;7m, bold=\E[1;7m, invis=\E[7;8m,
+ is1=\E[7m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, rev=\E[m, rmso=\E[7m, rmul=\E[7m,
+ rs1=\E[H\E[7m\E[J$<156>,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%p3%|%!%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[7m\016, smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4;7m,
+# Ambassador with the DEC option, for partial vt100 compatibility.
+aaa+dec|ann arbor ambassador in dec vt100 mode,
+ acsc=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}},
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, enacs=\E(0, rmacs=^N,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%p3%|%!%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m%?%p9%t\017%e\016%;,
+ smacs=^O,
+aaa-18|ann arbor ambassador/18 lines,
+ lines#18,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;18p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;18p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[18;0;0;18p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-18-rv|ann arbor ambassador/18 lines+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-18,
+aaa-20|ann arbor ambassador/20 lines,
+ lines#20,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;20p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;20p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[20;0;0;20p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-22|ann arbor ambassador/22 lines,
+ lines#22,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;22p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;22p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[22;0;0;22p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-24|ann arbor ambassador/24 lines,
+ lines#24,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;24p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;24p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[24;0;0;24p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-24-rv|ann arbor ambassador/24 lines+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-24,
+aaa-26|ann arbor ambassador/26 lines,
+ lines#26,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;26p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;26p\E[26;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[26;0;0;26p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-28|ann arbor ambassador/28 lines,
+ lines#28,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;28p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;28p\E[28;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[28;0;0;28p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-30-s|aaa-s|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines w/status,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#29,
+ dsl=\E7\E[60;0;0;30p\E[1;1H\E[K\E[H\E8\r\n\E[K,
+ fsl=\E[>51l, is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[60;1;0;30p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;1;0;30p\E[29;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[30;1;0;30p\E[30;1H\E[K,
+ tsl=\E[>51h\E[1;%p1%dH\E[2K,
+ use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-30-s-rv|aaa-s-rv|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines+status+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-30-s,
+aaa-s-ctxt|aaa-30-s-ctxt|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines+status+save context,
+ rmcup=\E[60;1;0;30p\E[59;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[30;1H\E[K\E[30;1;0;30p, use=aaa-30-s,
+aaa-s-rv-ctxt|aaa-30-s-rv-ct|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines+status+save context,
+ rmcup=\E[60;1;0;30p\E[59;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[30;1H\E[K\E[30;1;0;30p, use=aaa-30-s-rv,
+aaa|aaa-30|ambas|ambassador|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines,
+ lines#30,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;30p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[30;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[30;0;0;30p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-30-rv|aaa-rv|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines in reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-30,
+aaa-30-ctxt|aaa-ctxt|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines; saving context,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[30;0;0;30p,
+ use=aaa-30,
+aaa-30-rv-ctxt|aaa-rv-ctxt|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines reverse video; saving context,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[30;0;0;30p,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-30,
+aaa-36|ann arbor ambassador/36 lines,
+ lines#36,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;36p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;36p\E[36;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[36;0;0;36p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-36-rv|ann arbor ambassador/36 lines+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-36,
+aaa-40|ann arbor ambassador/40 lines,
+ lines#40,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;40p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;40p\E[40;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[40;0;0;40p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-40-rv|ann arbor ambassador/40 lines+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-40,
+aaa-48|ann arbor ambassador/48 lines,
+ lines#48,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;48p\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[60;0;0;48p\E[48;1H\E[K,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[48;0;0;48p, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-48-rv|ann arbor ambassador/48 lines+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-48,
+aaa-60-s|ann arbor ambassador/59 lines+status,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#59,
+ dsl=\E7\E[60;0;0;60p\E[1;1H\E[K\E[H\E8\r\n\E[K,
+ fsl=\E[>51l, is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[60;1;0;60p\E8,
+ tsl=\E[>51h\E[1;%p1%dH\E[2K,
+ use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-60-s-rv|ann arbor ambassador/59 lines+status+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-60-s,
+aaa-60-dec-rv|ann arbor ambassador/dec mode+59 lines+status+rev video,
+ use=aaa+dec, use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-60-s,
+aaa-60|ann arbor ambassador/60 lines,
+ lines#60,
+ is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;60p\E[1Q\E[m\E[>20;30l\E8, use=aaa+unk,
+aaa-60-rv|ann arbor ambassador/60 lines+reverse video,
+ use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-60,
+aaa-db|ann arbor ambassador 30/destructive backspace,
+ cub1=\E[D, is3=\E[1Q\E[m\E[>20l\E[>30h,
+ use=aaa-30,
+
+guru|guru-33|guru+unk|ann arbor guru/33 lines 80 cols,
+ lines#33,
+ flash=\E[>59h$<100>\E[>59l,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;33;80;80p\E8\E[J, is3=\E[>59l,
+ rmcup=\E[255p\E[255;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[33p,
+ use=aaa+unk,
+guru+rv|guru changes for reverse video,
+ flash=\E[>59l$<100>\E[>59h, is3=\E[>59h,
+guru-rv|guru-33-rv|ann arbor guru/33 lines+reverse video,
+ use=guru+rv, use=guru-33,
+guru+s|guru status line,
+ eslok, hs,
+ dsl=\E7\E[;0p\E[1;1H\E[K\E[H\E8\r\n\E[K, fsl=\E[>51l,
+ rmcup=\E[255;1p\E[255;1H\E[K, smcup=,
+ tsl=\E[>51h\E[1;%p1%dH\E[2K,
+guru-nctxt|guru with no saved context,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[33p\E[255;1H\E[K, use=guru,
+guru-s|guru-33-s|ann arbor guru/33 lines+status,
+ lines#32,
+ is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;33;80;80p\E8\E[J,
+ smcup=\E[33;1p\E[255;1H\E[K,
+ use=guru+s, use=guru+unk,
+guru-24|ann arbor guru 24 lines,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;24;80;80p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[24p, use=guru+unk,
+guru-44|ann arbor guru 44 lines,
+ cols#97, lines#44,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;44;97;100p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[44p, use=guru+unk,
+guru-44-s|ann arbor guru/44 lines+status,
+ lines#43,
+ is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;44;80;80p\E8\E[J,
+ smcup=\E[44;1p\E[255;1H\E[K,
+ use=guru+s, use=guru+unk,
+guru-76|guru with 76 lines by 89 cols,
+ cols#89, lines#76,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;89;100p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk,
+guru-76-s|ann arbor guru/76 lines+status,
+ cols#89, lines#75,
+ is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;76;89;100p\E8\E[J,
+ smcup=\E[76;1p\E[255;1H\E[K,
+ use=guru+s, use=guru+unk,
+guru-76-lp|guru-lp|guru with page bigger than line printer,
+ cols#134, lines#76,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;134;134p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk,
+guru-76-w|guru 76 lines by 178 cols,
+ cols#178, lines#76,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;178;178p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk,
+guru-76-w-s|ann arbor guru/76 lines+status+wide,
+ cols#178, lines#75,
+ is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;76;178;178p\E8\E[J,
+ smcup=\E[76;1p\E[255;1H\E[K,
+ use=guru+s, use=guru+unk,
+guru-76-wm|guru 76 lines by 178 cols with 255 cols memory,
+ cols#178, lines#76,
+ is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;178;255p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk,
+aaa-rv-unk|ann arbor unknown type,
+ lh#0, lw#0, nlab#0,
+ blink=\E[5;7m, bold=\E[1;7m, home=\E[H, invis=\E[7;8m,
+ is1=\E[7m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, rev=\E[m, rmso=\E[7m, rmul=\E[7m,
+ rs1=\E[H\E[7m\E[J,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%!%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[7m, smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4;7m,
+
+#### Applied Digital Data Systems (adds)
+#
+# ADDS itself is long gone. ADDS was bought by NCR, and the same group made
+# ADDS and NCR terminals. When AT&T and NCR merged, the engineering for
+# terminals was merged again. Then AT&T sold the terminal business to
+# SunRiver. The engineers from Teletype, AT&T terminals, ADDS,
+# and NCR (who are still there as of early 1995) are at:
+#
+# SunRiver Data Systems
+# 100 Marcus Boulevard
+# Hauppauge, NY 11788-3762
+# Vox: (800)-231-5445
+# Fax: (516)-342-7378
+#
+# Their voice mail used to describe the place as "SunRiver (formerly ADDS)".
+# In 1995 SunRiver acquired DEC's terminals business.
+#
+
+# Regent: lowest common denominator, works on all regents.
+# (regent: renamed ":bc:" to ":le:" -- esr)
+regent|Adds Regent Series,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^U, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, cuu1=^Z,
+ home=\EY\s\s, ind=^J, ll=^A,
+# Regent 100 has a bug where if computer sends escape when user is holding
+# down shift key it gets confused, so we avoid escape.
+regent100|Adds Regent 100,
+ xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cup=\013%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%p2%{6}%*%+\020%c,
+ kf0=^B1\r, kf1=^B2\r, kf2=^B3\r, kf3=^B4\r, kf4=^B5\r,
+ kf5=^B6\r, kf6=^B7\r, kf7=^B8\r, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3,
+ lf3=F4, lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, rmso=\E0@, rmul=\E0@,
+ sgr0=\E0@, smso=\E0P, smul=\E0`,
+ use=regent,
+regent20|Adds Regent 20,
+ bel=^G, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, use=regent,
+regent25|Adds Regent 25,
+ bel=^G, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, khome=^A, use=regent20,
+regent40|Adds Regent 40,
+ xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, dl1=\El$<2*>, il1=\EM$<2*>, kf0=^B1\r, kf1=^B2\r,
+ kf2=^B3\r, kf3=^B4\r, kf4=^B5\r, kf5=^B6\r, kf6=^B7\r,
+ kf7=^B8\r, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5, lf5=F6,
+ lf6=F7, lf7=F8, rmso=\E0@, rmul=\E0@, sgr0=\E0@, smso=\E0P,
+ smul=\E0`,
+ use=regent25,
+regent40+|Adds Regent 40+,
+ is2=\EB, use=regent40,
+regent60|regent200|Adds Regent 60,
+ dch1=\EE, is2=\EV\EB, kdch1=\EE, kich1=\EF, krmir=\EF,
+ rmir=\EF, rmso=\ER\E0@\EV, smir=\EF, smso=\ER\E0P\EV,
+ use=regent40+,
+# From: <edward@onyx.berkeley.edu> Thu Jul 9 09:27:33 1981
+# (viewpoint: added <kcuf1>, function key, and <dl1> capabilities -- esr)
+viewpoint|addsviewpoint|adds viewpoint,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cnorm=\017\E0`, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^F, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z,
+ cvvis=\017\E0P, dl1=\El, ed=\Ek$<16.1*>, el=\EK$<16>,
+ ind=^J, is2=\017\E0`, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z,
+ kf0=^B1, kf2=^B2, kf3=^B!, kf4=^B", kf5=^B#, khome=^A, ll=^A,
+ rmso=^O, rmul=^O, sgr0=^O, smso=^N, smul=^N,
+# Some viewpoints have bad ROMs that foo up on ^O
+screwpoint|adds viewpoint with ^O bug,
+ cvvis@, rmso@, rmul@, smso@, smul@, use=viewpoint,
+
+# From: Jay S. Rouman <jsr@dexter.mi.org> 5 Jul 92
+# The <civis>/<cnorm>/<sgr>/<sgr0> strings were added by ESR from specs.
+# Theory; the vp3a+ wants \E0%c to set highlights, where normal=01000000,
+# underline=01100000, rev=01010000, blink=01000010,dim=01000001,
+# invis=01000100 and %c is the logical or of desired attributes.
+# There is also a `tag bit' enabling attributes, set by \E) and unset by \E(.
+vp3a+|viewpoint3a+|adds viewpoint 3a+,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ civis=^W, clear=\E*$<80>, cnorm=^X, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ ed=\EY$<80>, el=\ET, home=^^, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, nel=^M^J, rmso=\E(,
+ sgr=\E0%'@'%?%p1%tQ%|%;%?%p2%t%'`'%|%;%?%p3%tP%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p5%t%{1}%|%;%?%p7%tD%|%;%c\E),
+ sgr0=\E(, smso=\E0Q\E),
+vp60|viewpoint60|addsvp60|adds viewpoint60,
+ use=regent40,
+#
+# adds viewpoint 90 - from cornell
+# Note: emacs sends ei occasionally to insure the terminal is out of
+# insert mode. This unfortunately puts the viewpoint90 IN insert
+# mode. A hack to get around this is <ich1=\EF\s\EF^U>. (Also,
+# - :ei=:im=: must be present in the termcap translation.)
+# - <xhp> indicates glitch that attributes stick to location
+# - <msgr> means it's safe to move in standout mode
+# - <clear=\EG\Ek>: clears screen and visual attributes without affecting
+# the status line
+# Function key and label capabilities merged in from SCO.
+vp90|viewpoint90|adds viewpoint 90,
+ bw, msgr, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\EG\Ek, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dch1=\EE,
+ dl1=\El, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, home=\EY\s\s, ht=^I,
+ ich1=\EF \EF\025, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, kf0=^B1\r, kf1=^B2\r, kf10=^B;\r,
+ kf2=^B3\r, kf3=^B4\r, kf4=^B5\r, kf5=^B6\r, kf6=^B7\r,
+ kf7=^B8\r, kf8=^B9\r, kf9=^B\:\r, khome=^A, lf0=F1, lf1=F2,
+ lf10=F11, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, lf8=F9,
+ lf9=F10, ll=^A, rmso=\ER\E0@\EV, rmul=\ER\E0@\EV,
+ sgr0=\ER\E0@\EV, smso=\ER\E0Q\EV, smul=\ER\E0`\EV,
+# Note: if return acts weird on a980, check internal switch #2
+# on the top chip on the CONTROL pc board.
+adds980|a980|adds consul 980,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<1>\013@, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\E^E01, cup=\013%p1%'@'%+%c\E\005%p2%2d,
+ dl1=\E\017$<13>, il1=\E\016$<13>, ind=^J, kf0=\E0, kf1=\E1,
+ kf2=\E2, kf3=\E3, kf4=\E4, kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8,
+ kf9=\E9, rmso=^O, sgr0=^O, smso=^Y^^^N,
+
+#### C. Itoh Electronics
+#
+# As of 1995 these people no longer make terminals (they're still in the
+# printer business). Their terminals were all clones of the DEC VT series.
+# They're located in Orange County, CA.
+#
+
+# CIT 80 - vt-52 emulator, the termcap has been modified to remove
+# the delay times and do an auto tab set rather than the indirect
+# file used in vt100.
+cit80|cit-80|citoh 80,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[H\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ff=^L,
+ ind=^J, is2=\E>, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC,
+ kcuu1=\EOA, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+# From: Tim Wood <mtxinu!sybase!tim> Fri Sep 27 09:39:12 PDT 1985
+# (cit101: added <rmam>/<smam> based on init string, merged this with c101 -- esr)
+cit101|citc|C.itoh fast vt100,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[V\E8, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E7\E[U,
+ dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[3g\E[>5g,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+# CIE Terminals CIT-101e from Geoff Kuenning <callan!geoff> via BRL
+# The following termcap entry was created from the Callan cd100 entry. The
+# last two lines (with the capabilities in caps) are used by RM-cobol to allow
+# full selection of combinations of reverse video, underline, and blink.
+# (cit101e: emoved unknown :f0=\EOp:f1=\EOq:f2=\EOr:f3=\EOs:f4=\EOt:f5=\EOu:\
+# f6=\EOv:f7=\EOw:f8=\EOx:f9=\EOy:AB=\E[0;5m:AL=\E[m:AR=\E[0;7m:AS=\E[0;5;7m:\
+# :NB=\E[0;1;5m:NM=\E[0;1m:NR=\E[0;1;7m:NS=\E[0;1;5;7m: -- esr)
+cit101e|C. Itoh CIT-101e,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=, csr=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dr,
+ cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?7h, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\EOT,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOm, kf6=\EOl,
+ kf7=\EOM, kf8=\EOn, rc=\E8, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, smacs=^N, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+cit101e-n|CIT-101e w/o am,
+ am@,
+ cvvis=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?7l, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=cit101e,
+cit101e-132|CIT-101e, 132 cols,
+ cols#132,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=cit101e,
+cit101e-n132|CIT-101e, 132 cols w/o am,
+ am@,
+ cols#132,
+ cvvis=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?7l, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=cit101e,
+# CIE Terminals CIT-500 from BRL
+# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# GENERATE_XON/XOFF:YES DUPLEX:FULL NEWLINE:OFF
+# AUTOWRAP:ON MODE:ANSI SCREEN_LENGTH:64_LINES
+# DSPLY_CNTRL_CODES?NO PAGE_WIDTH:80 EDIT_MODE:OFF
+# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements.
+# Hardware tabs are assumed to be set every 8 columns; they can be set up
+# by the "reset", "tset", or "tabs" utilities. No delays are specified; use
+# "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# (cit500: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+cit500|CIE Terminals CIT-500,
+ mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#64, vt#3,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E<\E)0, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M,
+ ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS,
+ kf4=\EOU, kf5=\EOV, kf6=\EOW, kf7=\EOX, kf8=\EOY, kf9=\EOZ,
+ khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, krmir=\E[4l, lf0=PF1,
+ lf1=PF2, lf2=PF3, lf3=PF4, lf4=F15, lf5=F16, lf6=F17, lf7=F18,
+ lf8=F19, lf9=F20, ll=\E[64H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E<\E2\E[20l\E[?6l\E[r\E[m\E[q\E(B\017\E)0\E>,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+# C. Itoh printers begin here
+citoh|ci8510|8510|c.itoh 8510a,
+ cols#80, it#8,
+ bold=\E!, cub1@,
+ is2=\E(009\,017\,025\,033\,041\,049\,057\,065\,073.,
+ rep=\ER%p2%03d%p1%c, ri=\Er, rmul=\EY, sgr0=\E"\EY,
+ smul=\EX,
+ use=lpr,
+citoh-pica|citoh in pica,
+ is1=\EN, use=citoh,
+citoh-elite|citoh in elite,
+ cols#96,
+ is1=\EE,
+ is2=\E(009\,017\,025\,033\,041\,049\,057\,065\,073\,081\,089., use=citoh,
+citoh-comp|citoh in compressed,
+ cols#136,
+ is1=\EQ,
+ is2=\E(009\,017\,025\,033\,041\,049\,057\,065\,073\,081\,089\,097\,105\,113\,121\,129., use=citoh,
+# citoh has infinite cols because we don't want lp ever inserting \n\t**.
+citoh-prop|citoh-ps|ips|citoh in proportional spacing mode,
+ cols#32767,
+ is1=\EP, use=citoh,
+citoh-6lpi|citoh in 6 lines per inch mode,
+ is3=\EA, use=citoh,
+citoh-8lpi|citoh in 8 lines per inch mode,
+ lines#88,
+ is3=\EB, use=citoh,
+
+#### Control Data (cdc)
+#
+
+cdc456|cdc 456 terminal,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Y^X, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E1%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dl1=\EJ, ed=^X,
+ el=^V, home=^Y, il1=\EL, ind=^J,
+
+# Assorted CDC terminals from BRL (improvements by DAG & Ferd Brundick)
+cdc721|CDC Viking,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=^L, cuf1=^X, cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^W, el=^K, home=^Y, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I,
+ kcuu1=^W, khome=^Y,
+cdc721ll|CDC Vikingll,
+ am,
+ cols#132, lines#24,
+ clear=^L, cuf1=^X, cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^W, el=^K, home=^Y, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I,
+ kcuu1=^W, khome=^Y,
+# (cdc752: the BRL entry had :ll=\E1 ^Z: commented out
+cdc752|CDC 752,
+ am, bw, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\030\E1\s\s, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U,
+ cup=\E1%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, el=^V,
+ home=\E1\s\s, ind=^J, ll=^Y, rs1=\E1 \030\002\003\017,
+# CDC 756
+# The following switch/key settings are assumed for normal operation:
+# 96 chars SCROLL FULL duplex not BLOCK
+# Other switches may be set according to communication requirements.
+# Insert/delete-character cannot be used, as the whole display is affected.
+# "so" & "se" are commented out until jove handles "sg" correctly.
+cdc756|CDC 756,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Y^X, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U,
+ cup=\E1%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z,
+ dl1=\EJ$<6*/>, ed=^X, el=^V, home=^Y, il1=\EL$<6*/>, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^Z, kdch1=\EI,
+ kdl1=\EL, ked=^X, kel=^V, kf0=\EA, kf1=\EB, kf2=\EC, kf3=\ED,
+ kf4=\EE, kf5=\EF, kf6=\EG, kf7=\EH, kf8=\Ea, kf9=\Eb, khome=^Y,
+ khts=^O, kich1=\EK, kil1=\EL, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4,
+ lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, lf8=F9, lf9=F10, ll=^Y^Z,
+ rs1=\031\030\002\003\017,
+#
+# CDC 721 from Robert Viduya, Ga. Tech. <ihnp4!gatech!gitpyr!robert> via BRL.
+#
+# Part of the long initialization string defines the "DOWN" key to the left
+# of the tab key to send an ESC. The real ESC key is positioned way out
+# in right field.
+#
+# The termcap won't work in 132 column mode due to the way it it moves the
+# cursor. Termcap doesn't have the capability (as far as I could tell) to
+# handle the 721 in 132 column mode.
+#
+# (cdc721: changed :ri: to :sr: -- esr)
+cdc721-esc|Control Data 721,
+ am, bw, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#30,
+ bel=^G, blink=^N, cbt=^^^K, clear=^L, cub1=^H, cud1=^Z,
+ cuf1=^X, cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^W,
+ dch1=^^N, dim=^\, dl1=^^Q, ed=^^P, el=^K, home=^Y, hts=^^^RW,
+ ich1=^^O, il1=^^R, ind=\036W =\036U, invis=^^^R[,
+ is2=\036\022B\003\036\035\017\022\025\035\036E\036\022H\036\022J\036\022L\036\022N\036\022P\036\022Q\036\022\\\036\022\^\036\022b\036\022i\036W =\036\022Z\036\011C1-` `!k/o,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^Z, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^W, kf0=^^q,
+ kf1=^^r, kf2=^^s, kf3=^^t, kf4=^^u, kf5=^^v, kf6=^^w, kf7=^^x,
+ kf8=^^y, kf9=^^z, khome=^Y, ll=^B =, rev=^^D,
+ ri=\036W =\036V, rmir=, rmkx=^^^Rl, rmso=^^E, rmul=^],
+ sgr0=\017\025\035\036E\036\022\\, smir=, smkx=^^^Rk,
+ smso=^^D, smul=^\, tbc=^^^RY,
+
+#### Getronics
+#
+# Getronics is a Dutch electronics company that at one time was called
+# `Geveke' and made async terminals; but (according to the company itself!)
+# they've lost all their documentation on the command set. The hardware
+# documentation suggests the terminals were actually manufactured by a
+# Taiwanese electronics company named Cal-Comp. There are known
+# to have been at least two models, the 33 and the 50.
+#
+
+# The 50 seems to be a top end vt220 clone, with the addition of a higher
+# screen resolution, a larger screen, at least 1 page of memory above and
+# below the screen, apparently pages of memory right and left of the screen
+# which can be panned, and about 75 function keys (15 function keys x normal,
+# shift, control, func A, func B). It also has more setup possibilities than
+# the vt220. The monitor case is dated November 1978 and the keyboard case is
+# May 1982.
+#
+# The vt100 emulation works as is. The entry below describes the rather
+# non-conformant (but more featureful) ANSI mode.
+#
+# From: Stephen Peterson <stv@utrecht.ow.nl>, 27 May 1995
+visa50|geveke visa 50 terminal in ansi 80 character mode,
+ bw, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ acsc=0_aaffggjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxxh ooss, bel=^G,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dX, dch1=\E[X, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m,
+ is2=\E0;2m\E[1;25r\E[25;1H\E[?3l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ ka1=\E[f, ka3=\EOQ, kb2=\EOP, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOR, kc3=\EOS,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[A, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177,
+ kdl1=\EOS, kf0=\E010, kf1=\E001, kf10=\E011, kf2=\E002,
+ kf3=\E003, kf4=\E004, kf5=\E005, kf6=\E006, kf7=\E007,
+ kf8=\E008, kf9=\E009, khome=\E[f, lf2=A delete char,
+ lf3=A insert line, lf4=A delete line, lf5=A clear,
+ lf6=A ce of/cf gn, lf7=A print, lf8=A on-line,
+ lf9=A funcl0=A send, nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, rmacs=\E[3l,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[0;2m,
+ rmul=\E[0m, sgr0=\E[0;2m, smacs=\E3h, smam=\E?7h,
+ smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[2;7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+
+#### Human Designed Systems (Concept)
+#
+# Human Designed Systems
+# 400 Fehley Drive
+# King of Prussia, PA 19406
+# Vox: (610)-277-8300
+# Fax: (610)-275-5739
+# Net: support@hds.com
+#
+# John Martin <john@hds.com> is their termcap expert. They're mostly out of
+# the character-terminal business now (1995) and making X terminals. In
+# particular, the whole `Concept' line described here was discontinued long
+# ago.
+#
+
+# From: <vax135!hpk> Sat Jun 27 07:41:20 1981
+# Extensive changes to c108 by arpavax:eric Feb 1982
+# Some unknown person at SCO then translated it to terminfo.
+#
+# There seem to be a number of different versions of the C108 PROMS
+# (with bug fixes in its Z-80 program).
+#
+# The first one that we had would lock out the keyboard of you
+# sent lots of short lines (like /usr/dict/words) at 9600 baud.
+# Try that on your C108 and see if it sends a ^S when you type it.
+# If so, you have an old version of the PROMs.
+#
+# You should configure the C108 to send ^S/^Q before running this.
+# It is much faster (at 9600 baud) than the c100 because the delays
+# are not fixed.
+# new status line display entries for c108-8p:
+# <is3> - init str #3 - setup term for status display -
+# set programmer mode, select window 2, define window at last
+# line of memory, set bkgnd stat mesg there, select window 0.
+#
+# <tsl> - to status line - select window 2, home cursor, erase to
+# end-of-window, 1/2 bright on, goto(line#0, col#?)
+#
+# <fsl> - from status line - 1/2 bright off, select window 0
+#
+# <dsl> - disable status display - set bkgnd status mesg with
+# illegal window #
+#
+# There are probably more function keys that should be added but
+# I don't know what they are.
+#
+# No delays needed on c108 because of ^S/^Q handshaking
+#
+c108|concept108|c108-8p|concept108-8p|concept 108 w/8 pages,
+ is3=\EU\E z"\Ev\001\177 !p\E ;"\E z \Ev \001\177p\Ep\n,
+ rmcup=\Ev \001\177p\Ep\r\n,
+ use=c108-4p,
+c108-4p|concept108-4p|concept 108 w/4 pages,
+ eslok, hs, xon,
+ pb@,
+ acsc=l\\qLkTxUmMjE, cnorm=\Ew, cr=^M,
+ cup=\Ea%p1%?%p1%{95}%>%t\001%{96}%-%;%{32}%+%c%p2%?%p2%{95}%>%t\001%{96}%-%;%{32}%+%c,
+ cvvis=\EW, dch1=\E 1$<16*>, dsl=\E ;\177, fsl=\Ee\E z\s,
+ ind=^J, is1=\EK\E!\E F,
+ is3=\EU\E z"\Ev\177 !p\E ;"\E z \Ev \001 p\Ep\n,
+ rmacs=\Ej\s, rmcup=\Ev \001 p\Ep\r\n, smacs=\Ej!,
+ smcup=\EU\Ev 8p\Ep\r\E\025,
+ tsl=\E z"\E?\E\005\EE\Ea %+\s, use=c100,
+c108-rv|c108-rv-8p|concept 108 w/8 pages in reverse video,
+ rmcup=\Ev \002 p\Ep\r\n, smcup=\EU\Ev 8p\Ep\r,
+ use=c108-rv-4p,
+c108-rv-4p|concept108rv4p|concept 108 w/4 pages in reverse video,
+ flash=\EK$<200>\Ek, is1=\Ek, rmso=\Ee, smso=\EE,
+ use=c108-4p,
+c108-w|c108-w-8p|concept108-w-8|concept108-w8p|concept 108 w/8 pages in wide mode,
+ cols#132,
+ is1=\E F\E", rmcup=\Ev ^A0\001D\Ep\r\n,
+ smcup=\EU\Ev 8\001D\Ep\r, use=c108-8p,
+
+# Concept 100:
+# These have only window relative cursor addressing, not screen
+# relative. To get it to work right here, smcup/rmcup (which
+# were invented for the concept) lock you into a one page
+# window for screen style programs.
+#
+# To get out of the one page window, we use a clever trick:
+# we set the window size to zero ("\Ev " in rmcup) which the
+# terminal recognizes as an error and resets the window to all
+# of memory.
+#
+# This trick works on c100 but does not on c108, sigh.
+#
+# Some tty drivers use cr3 for concept, others use nl3, hence
+# the delays on cr and ind below. This padding is only needed at
+# 9600 baud and up. One or the other is commented out depending on
+# local conventions.
+#
+# 2 ms padding on <rmcup> isn't always enough. 6 works fine. Maybe
+# less than 6 but more than 2 will work.
+#
+# Note: can't use function keys f7-f10 because they are
+# indistinguishable from arrow keys (!), also, del char and
+# clear eol use xon/xoff so they probably won't work very well.
+#
+# Also note that we don't define insrt/del char/delline/eop/send
+# because they don't transmit unless we reset them - I figured
+# it was a bad idea to clobber their definitions.
+#
+# The <mc5> sequence changes the escape character to ^^ so that
+# escapes will be passed through to the printer. Only trouble
+# is that ^^ won't be - ^^ was chosen to be unlikely.
+# Unfortunately, if you're sending raster bits through to be
+# plotted, any character you choose will be likely, so we lose.
+#
+# \EQ"\EY(^W (send anything from printer to host, for xon/xoff)
+# cannot be # in is2 because it will hang a c100 with no printer
+# if sent twice.
+c100|concept100|concept|c104|c100-4p|hds concept 100,
+ am, eo, mir, ul, xenl,
+ cols#80, lines#24, pb#9600, vt#8,
+ bel=^G, blink=\EC, clear=\E?\E\005$<2*>, cr=$<9>\r,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E=,
+ cup=\Ea%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E;,
+ dch1=\E\021$<16*>, dim=\EE, dl1=\E\002$<3*>,
+ ed=\E\005$<16*>, el=\E\025$<16>, flash=\Ek$<200>\EK,
+ ht=\011$<8>, il1=\E\022$<3*>, ind=^J, invis=\EH, ip=$<16*>,
+ is1=\EK,
+ is2=\EU\Ef\E7\E5\E8\El\ENH\E\200\Eo&\200\Eo'\E\Eo!\200\E\007!\E\010A@ \E4#\:"\E\:a\E4#;"\E\:b\E4#<"\E\:c,
+ is3=\Ev $<6>\Ep\n, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E', kctab=\E_,
+ kcub1=\E>, kcud1=\E<, kcuf1=\E=, kcuu1=\E;, kdch1=\E^Q,
+ kdl1=\E^B, ked=\E^C, kel=\E^S, kf1=\E5, kf2=\E6, kf3=\E7,
+ kf4=\E8, kf5=\E9, kf6=\E\:a, kf7=\E\:b, kf8=\E\:c, khome=\E?,
+ khts=\E], kich1=\E^P, kil1=\E^R, kind=\E[, knp=\E-, kpp=\E.,
+ kri=\E\\, krmir=\E\200, mc4=\036o \E\EQ!\EYP\027,
+ mc5=\EQ"\EY(\027\EYD\Eo \036, prot=\EI,
+ rep=\Er%p1%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<.2*>, rev=\ED,
+ rmcup=\Ev $<6>\Ep\r\n, rmir=\E\s\s, rmkx=\Ex,
+ rmso=\Ed, rmul=\Eg, sgr0=\EN@,
+ smcup=\EU\Ev 8p\Ep\r\E\025$<16>, smir=\E^P, smkx=\EX,
+ smso=\ED, smul=\EG,
+c100-rv|c100-rv-4p|concept100-rv|c100 rev video,
+ cnorm@, cvvis@, flash=\EK$<200>\Ek, is1=\Ek, rmso=\Ee,
+ smso=\EE,
+ use=c100,
+oc100|oconcept|c100-1p|old 1 page concept 100,
+ in,
+ is3@, use=c100,
+
+# <ht> through <el> included to specify padding needed in raw mode.
+# (avt-ns: added empty <acsc> to suppress a tic warning --esr)
+avt-ns|concept avt no status line,
+ am, eo, mir, ul, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, lm#192,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<38>, cnorm=\E[=119l, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[=119h, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[1!{, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<4*>,
+ dl1=\E[M$<4>, ed=\E[J$<96>, el=\E[K$<6>, home=\E[H,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=\011$<4>, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL$<4*>, il1=\E[L$<4>, ind=\n$<8>,
+ invis=\E8m, ip=$<4>, is1=\E[=103l\E[=205l,
+ is2=\E[1*q\E[2!t\E[7!t\E[=4;101;119;122l\E[=107;118;207h\E)1\E[1Q\EW\E[!y\E[!z\E>\E[0\:0\:32!r\E[0*w\E[w\E2\r\n\E[2;27!t,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kdch1=\E^B\r, ked=\E^D\r, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E^A\r, kil1=\E^C\r, ll=\E[24H,
+ mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i,
+ pfloc=\E[%p1%d;0u#%p2%s#, pfx=\E[%p1%d;1u#%p2%s#,
+ prot=\E[99m, rc=\E8, rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM$<4>, rmacs=\016$<1>, rmcup=\E[w\E2\r\n, rmir=\E4l,
+ rmkx=\E[!z\E[0;2u, rmso=\E[7!{, rmul=\E[4!{, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\017$<1>, smcup=\E[=4l\E[1;24w\E2\r,
+ smir=\E1, smkx=\E[1!z\E[0;3u, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[2g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+avt-rv-ns|concept avt in reverse video mode/no status line,
+ flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103l\E[=205h,
+ use=avt-ns,
+avt-w-ns|concept avt in 132 column mode/no status line,
+ is1=\E[=103h\E[=205l, smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w,
+ use=avt-ns,
+avt-w-rv-ns|concept avt in 132 column mode/no status line/reverse video,
+ flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103h\E[=205h,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w,
+ use=avt-ns,
+
+# Concept AVT with status line. We get the status line using the
+# "Background status line" feature of the terminal. We swipe the
+# first line of memory in window 2 for the status line, keeping
+# 191 lines of memory and 24 screen lines for regular use.
+# The first line is used instead of the last so that this works
+# on both 4 and 8 page AVTs. (Note the lm#191 or 192 - this
+# assumes an 8 page AVT but lm isn't currently used anywhere.)
+#
+avt+s|concept avt status line changes,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lm#191,
+ dsl=\E[0*w, fsl=\E[1;1!w,
+ is3=\E[2w\E[2!w\E[1;1;1;80w\E[H\E[2*w\E[1!w\E2\r\n,
+ rmcup=\E[2w\E2\r\n, smcup=\E[2;25w\E2\r,
+ tsl=\E[2;1!w\E[;%p1%dH\E[2K,
+avt|avt-s|concept-avt|avt w/80 columns,
+ use=avt+s, use=avt-ns,
+avt-rv|avt-rv-s|avt reverse video w/sl,
+ flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103l\E[=205h, use=avt+s,
+ use=avt-ns,
+avt-w|avt-w-s|concept avt 132 cols+status,
+ is1=\E[=103h\E[=205l, smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w, use=avt+s,
+ use=avt-ns,
+avt-w-rv|avt-w-rv-s|avt wide+status+rv,
+ flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103h\E[=205h,
+ smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w,
+ use=avt+s, use=avt-ns,
+
+#### Contel Business Systems.
+#
+
+# Contel c300 and c320 terminals.
+contel300|contel320|c300|Contel Business Systems C-300 or C-320,
+ am, in, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EK, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch1=\EO$<5.5*>, dl1=\EM$<5.5*>, ed=\EJ$<5.5*>,
+ el=\EI$<5.5>, flash=\020\002$<200/>\020\003, home=\EH,
+ hts=\E1, ich1=\EN, il1=\EL$<5.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<5.5*>,
+ kbs=^H, kf0=\ERJ, kf1=\ERA, kf2=\ERB, kf3=\ERC, kf4=\ERD,
+ kf5=\ERE, kf6=\ERF, kf7=\ERG, kf8=\ERH, kf9=\ERI, ll=\EH\EA,
+ rmso=\E!\200, sgr0=\E!\200, smso=\E!\r, tbc=\E3,
+# Contel c301 and c321 terminals.
+contel301|contel321|c301|c321|Contel Business Systems C-301 or C-321,
+ flash@, ich1@, ip@, rmso=\E!\200$<20>, smso=\E!\r$<20>,
+ use=contel300,
+
+#### Data General (dg)
+#
+# According to James Carlson <carlson@xylogics.com> writing in January 1995,
+# the terminals group at Data General was shut down in 1991; all these
+# terminals have thus been discontinued.
+#
+
+# According to the 4.4BSD termcap file, the dg200 <cup> should be the
+# termcap equivalent of \020%p2%{128}%+%c%p1%{128}%+%c (in termcap
+# notation that's "^P%r%+\200%+\200"). Those \200s are suspicious,
+# maybe they were originally nuls (which would fit).
+dg200|data general dasher 200,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Y, cud1=^Z, cuf1=^X,
+ cup=\020%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^W, el=^K, home=^H, ind=^J,
+ kcub1=^Y, kcud1=^Z, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^W, kf0=^^z, kf1=^^q,
+ kf2=^^r, kf3=^^s, kf4=^^t, kf5=^^u, kf6=^^v, kf7=^^w, kf8=^^x,
+ kf9=^^y, khome=^H, lf0=f10, nel=^J, rmso=^^E, rmul=^U,
+ smso=^^D, smul=^T,
+# Data General 210/211 (and 410?) from Lee Pearson (umich!lp) via BRL
+dg210|dg-ansi|Data General 210/211,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[2J, cud1=\E[B, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, nel=\r\E[H\E[A\n,
+ rmso=\E[0;m, rmul=\E[0;m, smso=\E[7;m, smul=\E[4;m,
+# From: Peter N. Wan <ihnp4!gatech!gacsr!wan>
+# courtesy of Carlos Rucalde of Vantage Software, Inc.
+# (dg211: this had <cup=\020%r%.%>., which was an ancient termcap hangover.
+# I suspect the d200 function keys actually work on the dg211, check it out.)
+dg211|Data General d211,
+ cnorm=^L, cvvis=^L^R, ht=^I, ind@, kbs=^Y, kf0@, kf1@, kf2@, kf3@,
+ kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, kf9@, lf0@, nel=^M^Z, rmcup=^L,
+ rmso=\036E$<\200/>, smcup=^L^R, smso=\036D$<5/>,
+ use=dg200,
+# dg450 from cornell
+dg450|dg6134|data general 6134,
+ cub1@, cuf1=^X, use=dg200,
+# Note: lesser Dasher terminals will not work with vi because vi insists upon
+# having a command to move straight down from any position on the bottom line
+# and scroll the screen up, or a direct vertical scroll command. The 460 and
+# above have both, the D210/211, for instance, has neither. We must use ANSI
+# mode rather than DG mode because standard UNIX tty drivers assume that ^H is
+# backspace on all terminals. This is not so in DG mode.
+# (dg460-ansi: removed obsolete ":kn#6:"; also removed ":mu=\EW:", on the
+# grounds that there is no matching ":ml:"
+# fixed garbled ":k9=\E[00\:z:" capability -- esr)
+dg460-ansi|Data General Dasher 460 in ANSI-mode,
+ am, msgr, ul,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ blink=\E[5m, clear=\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, is2=^^F@, kbs=\E[D, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[001z,
+ kf1=\E[002z, kf2=\E[003z, kf3=\E[004z, kf4=\E[005z,
+ kf5=\E[006z, kf6=\E[007z, kf7=\E[008z, kf8=\E[009z,
+ kf9=\E[010z, khome=\E[H, lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4,
+ lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, lf7=f8, lf9=f10, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[05, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+# From: Wayne Throop <mcnc!rti-sel!rtp47!throopw>
+# Data General 605x
+# Ought to work for a Model 6242, Type D210 as well as a 605x.
+# Note that the cursor-down key transmits ^Z. Job control users, beware!
+# This also matches a posted description of something called a `Dasher 100'
+# so there's a dg100 alias here.
+# (dg6053: the 4.4BSD file had <cub1=^H>, <cud1=^J>, <cuf1=^S>. -- esr)
+dg6053|dg100|data general 6053,
+ am, bw, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cnorm=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Y, cud1=^Z, cuf1=^X,
+ cup=\020%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^W, cvvis=^L^R, el=^K, home=^H,
+ ht=^I, is2=^R, kbs=^Y, kcub1=^Y, kcud1=^Z, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^W,
+ kf0=^^q, kf1=^^r, kf2=^^s, kf3=^^t, kf4=^^u, kf5=^^v, kf6=^^w,
+ kf7=^^x, kf8=^^y, kf9=^^z, khome=^H, rmcup=^L, rmso=\200^^E,
+ rmul=^U, smcup=^L^R, smso=\200\200\200\200\200\036D,
+ smul=^T,
+
+#### Datamedia (dm)
+#
+# Datamedia was headquartered in Nashua, New Hampshire in 1993.
+# As of early 1996, at least one company called `Datamedia' has been taken
+# over by:
+#
+# Axent Technologies, Inc.
+# 2400 Research Boulevard
+# Rockville, Maryland 20850
+# voice: +1 301/258-5043
+# fax: +1 301/330-5756
+# email: <info@axent.com>
+#
+# makers of OmniGuard client/server security software. They are a software
+# only company and no longer make terminals. However, the operator there
+# told me that she had once spoken to a customer looking for Datamedia
+# terminals who'd mentioned a Datamedia in New Jersey. This is backed up
+# by comp.terminals poosting describing the ID plate on the back of a
+# "Datamedia 3000" terminal. Was this an earlier incarnation of Axent?
+# Inquiring minds want to know...
+#
+
+cs10|colorscan|Datamedia Color Scan 10,
+ msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%02d;%p2%02dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ ind=^J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+cs10-w|Datamedia Color Scan 10 with 132 columns,
+ cols#132,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%02d;%p2%03dH, use=cs10,
+
+# (dm1520: removed obsolete ":ma=^\ ^_^P^YH:" -- esr)
+dm1520|dm1521|datamedia 1520,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ home=^Y, ht=^I, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^\, kcuu1=^_,
+ khome=^Y,
+dm2500|datamedia2500|datamedia 2500,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^^^^\177, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\014%p2%{96}%^%c%p1%{96}%^%c, cuu1=^Z,
+ dch1=\020\010\030\035$<10*>,
+ dl1=\020\032\030\035$<10*>, el=^W, home=^B,
+ ich1=\020\034\030\035$<10*>,
+ il1=\020\n\030\035\030\035$<15>, ind=^J, pad=\377,
+ rmdc=^X^], rmir=\377\377\030\035$<10>, rmso=^X^],
+ smdc=^P, smir=^P, smso=^N,
+# dmchat is like DM2500, but DOES need "all that padding" (jcm 1/31/82)
+# also, has a meta-key.
+# From: <goldberger@su-csli.arpa>
+# (dmchat: ":MT:" changed to ":km:" -- esr)
+dmchat|dmchat version of datamedia 2500,
+ km,
+ dl1=\020\032\030\035$<2/>,
+ il1=\020\n\030\035\030\035$<1*/>, use=dm2500,
+# (dm3025: ":MT:" changed to ":km:" -- esr)
+dm3025|datamedia 3025a,
+ km,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EM$<2>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch1=\010$<6>, dl1=\EP\EA\EQ$<130>, ed=\EJ$<2>, el=\EK,
+ home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EP\n\EQ$<130>, ind=^J, ip=$<6>,
+ is2=\EQ\EU\EV, rmdc=\EQ, rmir=\EQ, rmso=\EO0, smdc=\EP,
+ smir=\EP, smso=\EO1,
+dm3045|datamedia 3045a,
+ am, eo, km@, ul, xenl,
+ dch1=\EB$<6>, dl1@, il1@, is2=\EU\EV, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ kf0=\Ey\r, kf1=\Ep\r, kf2=\Eq\r, kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r,
+ kf5=\Et\r, kf6=\Eu\r, kf7=\Ev\r, kf8=\Ew\r, kf9=\Ex\r,
+ khome=\EH, pad=\177, rmdc@, rmir=\EP, rmso@, smdc@, smso@,
+ use=dm3025,
+# Datamedia DT80 soft switches:
+# 1 0=Jump 1=Smooth
+# Autorepeat 0=off 1=on
+# Screen 0=Dark 1=light
+# Cursor 0=u/l 1=block
+#
+# 2 Margin Bell 0=off 1=on
+# Keyclick 0=off 1=on
+# Ansi/VT52 0=VT52 1=Ansi
+# Xon/Xoff 0=Off 1=On
+#
+# 3 Shift3 0=Hash 1=UK Pound
+# Wrap 0=Off 1=On
+# Newline 0=Off 1=On
+# Interlace 0=Off 1=On
+#
+# 4 Parity 0=Odd 1=Even
+# Parity 0=Off 1=On
+# Bits/Char 0=7 1=8
+# Power 0=60Hz 1=50Hz
+#
+# 5 Line Interface 0=EIA 1=Loop
+# Aux Interface 0=EIA 1=Loop
+# Local Copy 0=Off 1=On
+# Spare
+#
+# 6 Aux Parity 0=Odd 1=Even
+# Aux Parity 0=Off 1=On
+# Aux Bits/Char 0=7 1=8
+# CRT Saver 0=Off 1=On
+# dm80/1 is a vt100 lookalike, but it doesn't seem to need any padding.
+dm80|dmdt80|dt80|datamedia dt80/1,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, ri=\EM,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ use=vt100,
+# except in 132 column mode, where it needs a little padding.
+# This is still less padding than the vt100, and you can always turn on
+# the ^S/^Q handshaking, so you can use vt100 flavors for things like
+# reverse video.
+dm80w|dmdt80w|dt80w|datamedia dt80/1 in 132 char mode,
+ cols#132,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50/>, cud1=^J,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<5/>,
+ ed=\E[0J$<20/>, el=\E[0K$<20/>, use=dm80,
+# From: Adam Thompson <thompson@xanth.magic.mb.ca> Sept 10 1995
+dt80-sas|Datamedia DT803/DTX for SAS usage,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=``a1fxgqh0jYk?lZm@nEooppqDrrsstCu4vAwBx3yyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E=%p1%' '%+%c%' '%c\E#1\E=%p2%' '%+%c%' '%c\E#2,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\E=%p2%' '%+%c%p1%' '%+%c, cuu1=^_, dl1=\EM, ed=^K,
+ el=^], ff=^L, home=^Y, ht=^I, hts=\E'1, il1=\EL, ind=\EB,
+ is2=\E)0\E<\EP\E'0\E$2, kclr=^L, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^\, kcuu1=^_, ked=^K, kel=^], khome=^Y, mc4=^O, mc5=^N,
+ rev=\E$2\004, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, rmso=^X, sgr0=^X, smacs=\EF,
+ smso=\E$2\004, tbc=\E'0,
+
+# Datamedia Excel 62, 64 from Gould/SEL UTX/32 via BRL
+# These aren't end-all Excel termcaps; but do insert/delete char/line
+# and name some of the extra function keys. (Mike Feldman ccvaxa!feldman)
+# The naming convention has been bent somewhat, with the use of E? (where
+# E is for 'Excel') as # a name. This was done to distinguish the entries
+# from the other Datamedias in use here, and yet to associate a model of
+# the Excel terminals with the regular datamedia terminals that share
+# major characteristics.
+excel62|excel64|datamedia Excel 62,
+ dch1=\E[P, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kf5=\EOu, kf6=\EOv,
+ kf7=\EOw, kf8=\EOx, kf9=\EOy, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h,
+ use=dt80,
+excel62-w|excel64-w|datamedia Excel 62 in 132 char mode,
+ dch1=\E[P, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kf5=\EOu, kf6=\EOv,
+ kf7=\EOw, kf8=\EOx, kf9=\EOy, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h,
+ use=dt80w,
+excel62-rv|excel64-rv|datamedia Excel 62 in reverse video mode,
+ dch1=\E[P, flash=\E[?5l\E[?5h, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kf5=\EOu, kf6=\EOv, kf7=\EOw, kf8=\EOx, kf9=\EOy, rmir=\E[4l,
+ smir=\E[4h,
+ use=dt80,
+
+#### Falco
+#
+# Falco Data Products
+# 440 Potrero Avenue
+# Sunnyvale, CA 940864-196
+# Vox: (800)-325-2648
+# Fax: (408)-745-7860
+# Net: techsup@charm.sys.falco.com
+#
+# Current Falco models as of 1995 are generally ANSI-compatible and support
+# emulations of DEC VT-series, Wyse, and Televideo types.
+#
+
+# Test version for Falco ts-1. See <arpavax.hickman@ucb> for info
+# This terminal was released around 1983 and was discontinued long ago.
+# The standout and underline highlights are the same.
+falco|ts1|ts-1|falco ts-1,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET\EG0\010, home=^^, ht=^I, il1=\EE,
+ ind=^J, is2=\Eu\E3, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ kf0=^A0\r, rmir=\Er, rmso=\Eg0, rmul=\Eg0, sgr0=\Eg0,
+ smir=\Eq, smso=\Eg1, smul=\Eg1,
+falco-p|ts1p|ts-1p|falco ts-1 with paging option,
+ am, da, db, mir, msgr, ul,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET\EG0\010\Eg0, ht=^I,
+ il1=\EE, ind=^J, is2=\EZ\E3\E_c, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, rmcup=\E_b, rmir=\Er,
+ rmso=\Eg0, rmul=\Eg0, sgr0=\Eg0, smcup=\E_d, smir=\Eq,
+ smso=\Eg4, smul=\Eg1,
+# (ts100: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+ts100|ts100-sp|falco ts100-sp,
+ am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2>, dch1=\E~W, dl1=\E~R, ed=\E[J$<50>,
+ el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich1=\E~Q, il1=\E~E, ind=^J, is1=\E~)\E~ea,
+ ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM,
+ kf0=\EOy, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ kf5=\EOt, kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[1;7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g,
+ts100-ctxt|falco ts-100 saving context,
+ rmcup=\E~_b, smcup=\E~_d\E[2J, use=ts100,
+
+#### Florida Computer Graphics
+#
+
+# Florida Computer Graphics Beacon System, using terminal emulator program
+# "host.com", as provided by FCG. This description is for an early release
+# of the "host" program. Known bug: <ed> clears the whole screen, so it's
+# commented out.
+
+# From: David Bryant <cbosg!djb> 1/7/83
+beacon|FCG Beacon System,
+ am, da, db,
+ cols#80, lines#32,
+ bel=\ESTART\r\E37\r\EEND\r$<1>,
+ blink=\ESTART\r\E61\,1\r\EEND\r, clear=\EZ$<10>, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EV,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<20>, cuu1=\EU,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, el=\ET, home=\EH$<10>, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ ind=^J, rev=\ESTART\r\E59\,1\r\EEND\r, rmcup=,
+ rmso=\ESTART\r\E70\,0\r\EEND\r$<20>,
+ rmul=\ESTART\r\E60\,0\r\EEND\r,
+ sgr0=\ESTART\r\E78\r\E70\,0\r\EEND\r$<20>,
+ smcup=\ESTART\r\E2\,0\r\E12\r\EEND\r$<10>,
+ smso=\ESTART\r\E70\,6\r\EEND\r$<20>,
+ smul=\ESTART\r\E60\,1\r\EEND\r,
+
+#### Fluke
+#
+
+# The f1720a differences from ANSI: no auto margin, destructive
+# tabs, # of lines, funny highlighting and underlining
+f1720|f1720a|fluke 1720A,
+ xt,
+ cols#80, lines#16, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, ind=\ED, is2=\E[H\E[2J, kcub1=^_, kcud1=^],
+ kcuf1=^^, kcuu1=^\, ri=\EM, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+#### Liberty Electronics (Freedom)
+#
+# Liberty Electronics
+# 48089 Fremont Blvd
+# Fremont CA 94538
+# Vox: (510)-623-6000
+# Fax: (510)-623-7021
+
+# From: <faletti@berkeley.edu>
+# (f100: added empty <acsc> to suppress a tic warning;
+# made this relative to adm+sgr -- note that <invis> isn't
+# known to work for f100 but does on the f110. --esr)
+f100|freedom|freedom100|freedom model 100,
+ am, bw, hs, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<11.5*>, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=^M, home=^^, hpa=\E]%p1%{32}%+%c,
+ ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<8.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<6>,
+ is2=\Eg\Ef\r\Ed, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf2=^AA\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, ri=\Ej, rmacs=\E$, rmir=\Er,
+ smacs=\E%, smir=\Eq, tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef,
+ vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c, use=adm+sgr,
+f100-rv|freedom-rv|freedom 100 in reverse video,
+ flash=\Ed$<200>\Eb, is2=\Eg\Ef\r\Eb, use=f100,
+# The f110 and f200 have problems with vi(1). They use the ^V
+# code for the down cursor key. When kcud1 is defined in terminfo
+# as ^V, the Control Character Quoting capability (^V in insert mode)
+# is lost! It cannot be remapped in vi because it is necessary to enter
+# a ^V to to quote the ^V that is being remapped!!!
+#
+# f110/f200 users will have to decide whether
+# to lose the down cursor key or the quoting capability. We will opt
+# initially for leaving the quoting capability out, since use of VI
+# is not generally applicable to most interactive applications
+# (f110: added <ht>, <khome> & <kcbt> from f100 -- esr)
+f110|freedom110|Liberty Freedom 110,
+ bw@, eslok,
+ it#8, wsl#80,
+ blink=\EG2, bold=\EG0, civis=\E.1, cnorm=\E.2, cud1=^V,
+ cvvis=\E.2, dim=\EG@, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Ef\r,
+ flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, il1=\EE, ip@, is2@, kclr=^^, kdch1=\EW,
+ kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, kf10@, kich1=\EQ,
+ kil1=\EE, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, ri=\EJ, rmacs=\E%%, rmir=\Er\EO,
+ smacs=\E$, smir=\EO\Eq, smso=\EG<, tsl=\Ef,
+ use=f100,
+f110-14|Liberty Freedom 110 14inch,
+ dch1@, use=f110,
+f110-w|Liberty Freedom 110 - 132 cols,
+ cols#132, use=f110,
+f110-14w|Liberty Freedom 110 14in/132 cols,
+ cols#132,
+ dch1@, use=f110,
+# (f200: added <acsc> to suppress tic warnings re <smacs>/<rmacs> --esr)
+f200|freedom200|Liberty Freedom 200,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\EG2, bold=\EG0, cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0,
+ clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.1, cr=^M,
+ csr=\Em0%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cub1=^H, cud1=^V,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\E.1, dch1=\EW, dim=\EG@, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Ef\r, ed=\EY,
+ el=\ET, flash=\Eo$<200/>\En, fsl=^M, home=^^,
+ hpa=\E]%p1%{32}%+%c, hts=\E1, il1=\EE, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kclr=^^, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW,
+ kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`,
+ ri=\EJ, rmacs=\E%%, rmir=\Er, smacs=\E$, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG<,
+ tbc=\E3, tsl=\Ef, vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+f200-w|Liberty Freedom 200 - 132 cols,
+ cols#132, use=f200,
+# The f200 has the ability to reprogram the down cursor key. The key is
+# reprogrammed to ^J (linefeed). This value is remembered in non-volatile RAM,
+# so powering the terminal off and on will not cause the change to be lost.
+f200vi|Liberty Freedom 200 for vi,
+ flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, kcud1=^J, use=f200,
+f200vi-w|Liberty Freedom 200 - 132 cols for vi,
+ cols#132, use=f200vi,
+
+#### GraphOn (go)
+#
+# Graphon Corporation
+# 544 Division Street
+# Campbell, CA 95008
+# Vox: (408)-370-4080
+# Fax: (408)-370-5047
+# Net: troy@graphon.com (Troy Morrison)
+#
+#
+# The go140 and go225 have been discontinued. GraphOn now makes X terminals,
+# including one odd hybrid that starts out life on power-up as a character
+# terminal, than can be switched to X graphics mode (driven over the serial
+# line) by an escape sequence. No info on this beast yet.
+# (go140: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+go140|graphon go-140,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<10/>, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J$<10/>, el=\E[K, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L,
+ is2=\E<\E=\E[?3l\E[?7l\E(B\E[J\E7\E[;r\E8\E[m\E[q,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+go140w|graphon go-140 in 132 column mode,
+ am,
+ cols#132,
+ is2=\E<\E=\E[?3h\E[?7h\E(B\E[J\E7\E[;r\E8\E[m\E[q, use=go140,
+# Hacked up vt200 termcap to handle GO-225/VT220
+# From: <edm@nwnexus.WA.COM>
+# (go225: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+go225|go-225|Graphon 225,
+ am, mir, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25, vt#3,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmcup=\E[!p\E[?7h\E[2;1;1#w, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>,
+ rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[!p\E[?7h\E[2;1;1#w,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[2;0#w\E[1;25r,
+ smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+#### Harris (Beehive)
+#
+# Bletch. These guys shared the Terminal Brain Damage laurels with Hazeltine.
+# Their terminal group is ancient history now (1995) though the parent
+# company is still in business.
+#
+
+# Beehive documentation is undated and marked Preliminary and has no figures
+# so we must have early Superbee2 (Model 600, according to phone conversation
+# with mfr.). It has proved reliable except for some missing padding
+# (notably after \EK and <nl> at bottom of screen).
+#
+# The key idea is that AEP mode is poison for <cup> & that US's in
+# the local memory should be avoided like the plague. That means
+# that the 2048 character local buffer is used as 25 lines of 80
+# characters, period. No scrolling local memory, folks. It also
+# appears that we cannot use naked INS LINE feature since it uses
+# US. The sbi fakes <il1> with an 80-space insert that may be too
+# slow at low speeds; also spaces get converted to \040 which is
+# too long for some programs (not vi). DEL LINE is ok but slow.
+#
+# The <nl> string is designed for last line of screen ONLY; cup to
+# 25th line corrects the motion inherent in scrolling to Page 1.
+#
+# There is one understood bug. It is that the screen appears to
+# pop to a new (blank) page after a <nel>, or leave a half-line
+# ellipsis to a quad that is the extra 48 memory locations. The
+# data received is dumped into memory but not displayed. Not to
+# worry if <cup> is being used; the lines not displayed will be,
+# whenever the cursor is moved up there. Since <cup> is addressed
+# relative to MEMORY of window, nothing is lost; but beware of
+# relative cursor motion (<cuu1>,<cud1>,<cuf1>,<cub1>). Recommended,
+# therefore, is setenv MORE -c .
+#
+# WARNING: Not all features tested.
+#
+# Timings are assembled from 3 sources. Some timings may reflect
+# SB2/Model 300 that were used if more conservative.
+# Tested on a Model 600 at 1200 and 9600 bd.
+#
+# The BACKSPACEkb option is cute. The NEWLINE key, so cleverly
+# placed on the keyboard and useless because of AEP, is made
+# into a backspace key. In use ESC must be pressed twice (to send)
+# and sending ^C must be prefixed by ESC to avoid that weird
+# transmit mode associated with ENTER key.
+#
+# IF TERMINAL EVER GOES CATATONIC with the cursor buzzing across
+# the screen, then it has dropped into ENTER mode; hit
+# RESET--ONLINE--!tset.
+#
+# As delivered this machine has a FATAL feature that will throw
+# it into that strange transmit state (SPOW) if the space bar is
+# hit after a CR is received, but before receiving a LF (or a
+# few others).
+#
+# The circuits MUST be modified to eliminate the SPOW latch.
+# This is done by strapping on chip A46 of the I/O board; cut
+# the p.c. connection to Pin 5 and strap Pin 5 to Pin 8 of that
+# chip. This mod has been checked out on a Mod 600 of Superbee II.
+# With this modification absurdly high timings on cr are
+# unnecessary.
+#
+# NOTE WELL that the rear panel switch should be set to CR/LF,
+# not AEP!
+#
+sb1|beehive superbee,
+ am, bw, da, db, mir, ul, xsb,
+ cols#80, lines#25, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E`$<650>, clear=\EH$<1>\EJ$<3>, cr=$<1>\r,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC$<3>, cup=\EF%p2%03d%p1%03d,
+ cuu1=\EA$<3>, dch1=\EP$<3>, dl1=\EM$<100>, ed=\EJ$<3>,
+ el=\EK$<3>, home=\EH$<1>, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ il1=\EN\EL$<3>\EQ \EP$<3> \EO\ER\EA$<3>,
+ ind=^J, is2=\EE$<3>\EX\EZ\EO\Eb\Eg\ER, kbs=^_, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK,
+ kf0=\E2, kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu,
+ kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, kf9=\E1, khome=\EH, kich1=\EQ\EO,
+ krmir=\ER, lf0=TAB CLEAR, lf9=TAB SET, rmcup=, rmir=\ER,
+ rmso=\E_3, rmul=\E_3, sgr0=\E_3, smcup=\EO, smir=\EQ\EO,
+ smso=\E_1, smul=\E_0, tbc=\E3,
+sbi|superbee|beehive superbee at Indiana U.,
+ xsb,
+ cr=\r$<1>, il1=1\EN\EL$<9>\EQ \EP$<9> \EO\ER\EA, use=sb1,
+# Alternate (older) description of Superbee - f1=escape, f2=^C.
+# Note: there are at least 3 kinds of superbees in the world. The sb1
+# holds onto escapes and botches ^C's. The sb2 is the best of the 3.
+# The sb3 puts garbage on the bottom of the screen when you scroll with
+# the switch in the back set to CRLF instead of AEP. This description
+# is tested on the sb2 but should work on all with either switch setting.
+# The f1/f2 business is for the sb1 and the <xsb> can be taken out for
+# the other two if you want to try to hit that tiny escape key.
+# This description is tricky: being able to use cup depends on there being
+# 2048 bytes of memory and the hairy <nl> string.
+superbee-xsb|beehive super bee,
+ am, da, db, xsb,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ clear=\EH\EJ$<3>, cnorm=^J, cr=\r$<1000>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EF%p2%3d%p1%3d, cuu1=\EA$<3>,
+ dch1=\EP$<3>, dl1=\EM$<100>, ed=\EJ$<3>, el=\EK$<3>,
+ home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\E1,
+ ind=\n\200\200\200\n\200\200\200\EA\EK\200\200\200\ET\ET,
+ is2=\EH\EJ, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev,
+ kf8=\Ew, khome=\EH, rmso=\E_3, sgr0=\E_3, smso=\E_1, tbc=\E3,
+# This loses on lines > 80 chars long, use at your own risk
+superbeeic|super bee with insert char,
+ ich1=, rmir=\ER, smir=\EQ, use=superbee-xsb,
+sb2|sb3|fixed superbee,
+ xsb@, use=superbee,
+
+# Reports are that most of these Beehive entries (except superbee) have not
+# been tested and do not work right. <rmso> is a trouble spot. Be warned.
+
+# (bee: <ich1> was empty, which is obviously bogus -- esr)
+beehive|bee|harris beehive,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ cbt=\E>, clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EF%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, il1=\EL, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E>,
+ kclr=\EE, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, kel=\EK, khome=\EH, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL,
+ krmir=\E@, rmir=\E@, rmso=\Ed@, rmul=\Ed@, sgr0=\Ed@,
+ smir=\EQ, smso=\EdP, smul=\Ed`,
+# set tab is ^F, clear (one) tab is ^V, no way to clear all tabs.
+# good grief - does this entry make :sg:/:ug: when it doesn't have to?
+# look at those spaces in <rmso>/<smso>. Seems strange to me...
+# (beehive: <if=/usr/share/tabset/beehive> removed, no such file. If you
+# really care, cook up one using ^F -- esr)
+beehive3|bh3m|beehiveIIIm|harris beehive 3m,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#20,
+ bel=^G, clear=^E^R, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cuu1=^K,
+ dl1=\021$<350>, ed=^R, el=^P, home=^E, ht=^I, hts=^F,
+ il1=\023$<160>, ind=^J, ll=^E^K, rmso=\s^_, smso=^]\s,
+beehive4|bh4|beehive 4,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EE, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ind=^J,
+microb|microbee|micro bee series,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EE, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EF%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et,
+ kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, kf9=\Ex, khome=\EH, rmso=\Ed@,
+ rmul=\Ed@, sgr0=\Ed@, smso=\s\EdP, smul=\Ed`,
+
+# 8675, 8686, and bee from Cyrus Rahman
+# (8675: changed k10, k11...k16 to k;, F1...F6 -- esr)
+ha8675|harris 8675,
+ is2=\ES\E#\E*\Eh\Em\E?\E1\E9\E@\EX\EU, kf1=^F,
+ kf10=\Ed, kf11=^W, kf12=\ER, kf13=\EE, kf14=\EI, kf15=\Ei,
+ kf16=\Eg, kf2=^P, kf3=^N, kf4=^V, kf5=^J, kf6=^T, kf7=^H,
+ kf8=\177, kf9=\Ee,
+ use=bee,
+# (8686: changed k10, k11...k16 to k;, F1...F6; fixed broken continuation
+# in :is: -- esr)
+ha8686|harris 8686,
+ is2=\ES\E#\E*\Eh\Em\E?\E1\E9\E@\EX\EU\E"*Z01\E"8F35021B7C83#\E"8F45021B7D83#\E"8F55021B7E83#\E"8F65021B7F83#\E"8F75021B7383#\E"8F851BD7#\E"8F95021B7083#\E"8FA5021B7183#\E"8FB5021B7283#,
+ kf1=\002\Ep\003, kf10=\Ej, kf11=\EW, kf12=\002\E{\003,
+ kf13=\002\E|\003, kf14=\002\E}\003, kf15=\002\E~\003,
+ kf16=\002\E\177\003, kf2=\002\Eq\003, kf3=\002\Er\003,
+ kf4=\002\Es\003, kf5=\E3, kf6=\EI, kf7=\ER, kf8=\EJ, kf9=\E(,
+ use=bee,
+
+#### Hazeltine
+#
+# Hazeltine appears to be out of the business now (1995). These guys were
+# co-owners of the Terminal Brain Damage Hall Of Fame along with Harris.
+# They have a hazeltine.com domain and can be reached at:
+#
+# Hazeltine
+# 450 East Pulaski Road
+# Greenlawn, New York 11740
+#
+# As late as 1993, manuals for the terminal product line could still be
+# purchased from:
+#
+# TRW Customer Service Division
+# 15 Law Drive
+# P.O. Box 2076
+# Fairfield, NJ 07007-2078
+#
+
+# Since <cuf1> is blank, when you want to erase something you
+# are out of luck. You will have to do ^L's a lot to
+# redraw the screen. h1000 is untested. It doesn't work in
+# vi - this terminal is too dumb for even vi. (The code is
+# there but it isn't debugged for this case.)
+hz1000|hazeltine 1000,
+ cols#80, lines#12,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\s, home=^K,
+ ind=^J,
+# From: <cbosg!ucbvax!pur-ee!cincy!chris> Thu Aug 20 09:09:18 1981
+hz1420|hazeltine 1420,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S,
+ ed=\E^X, el=\E^O, ht=^N, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, rmso=\E^Y,
+ smso=\E^_,
+# New "safe" cursor movement (11/87) from <cgs@umd5.umd.edu>. Prevents
+# freakout with out-of-range args and tn3270. No hz since it needs to
+# receive tildes.
+hz1500|hazeltine 1500,
+ am, hz,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=~^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=~^K, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=~\021%p2%p2%?%{30}%>%t%{32}%+%;%'`'%+%c%p1%'`'%+%c,
+ cuu1=~^L, dl1=~\023$<40>, ed=~\030$<10>, el=~^O, home=~^R,
+ il1=~\032$<40>, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^P,
+ kcuu1=~^L, khome=~^R, rmso=~^Y, smso=~^_,
+# h1510 assumed to be in sane escape mode. Else use h1500.
+# (h1510: early versions of this entry apparently had "<rmso=\E^_>,
+# <smso=\E^Y>, but these caps were commented out in 8.3; also,
+# removed incorrect and overridden ":do=^J:" -- esr)
+hz1510|hazeltine 1510,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E^K, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S, ed=\E^X,
+ el=\E^O, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J,
+# Hazeltine 1520
+# The following switch settings are assumed for normal operation:
+# FULL CR U/L_CASE ESCAPE
+# FORMAT_OFF EOM_A_OFF EOM_B_OFF WRAPAROUND_ON
+# Other switches may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements.
+hz1520|Hazeltine 1520,
+ am, bw, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, bold=\E^_, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^P, cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S,
+ ed=\E^X, el=\E^O, home=\E^R, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kclr=\E^\, kcub1=^H, kcud1=\E^K, kcuf1=^P, kcuu1=\E^L,
+ kdl1=\E^S, ked=\E^X, kel=\E^O, khome=\E^R, kil1=\E^Z,
+ rmso=\E^Y, rs1=\E$\E\005\E?\E\031, sgr0=\E^Y, smso=\E^_,
+# This version works with the escape switch off
+# (h1520: removed incorrect and overridden ":do=^J:" -- esr)
+hz1520-noesc|hazeltine 1520,
+ am, hz,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=~^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=~^K, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=~\021%p2%c%p1%c$<1>, cuu1=~^L, dl1=~^S, ed=~^X, el=~^O,
+ home=~^R, il1=~^Z, ind=^J, rmso=~^Y, smso=~^_,
+# Note: the h1552 appears to be the first Hazeltine terminal which
+# is not braindamaged. It has tildes and backprimes and everything!
+# Be sure the auto lf/cr switch is set to cr.
+hz1552|hazeltine 1552,
+ cud1=^J, dl1=\EO, il1=\EE, kf1=\EP, kf2=\EQ, kf3=\ER, lf1=blue,
+ lf2=red, lf3=green,
+ use=vt52,
+hz1552-rv|hazeltine 1552 reverse video,
+ cud1=^J, rmso=\ET, smso=\ES, use=hz1552,
+# Note: h2000 won't work well because of a clash between upper case and ~'s.
+hz2000|hazeltine 2000,
+ am,
+ cols#74, lines#27,
+ bel=^G, clear=~\034$<6>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cup=~\021%p2%c%p1%c, dl1=~\023$<6>, home=~^R,
+ il1=~\032$<6>, ind=^J, pad=\177,
+# Date: Fri Jul 23 10:27:53 1982. Some unknown person wrote:
+# I tested this termcap entry for the Hazeltine Esprit with vi. It seems
+# to work ok. There is one problem though if one types a lot of garbage
+# characters very fast vi seems not able to keep up and hangs while trying
+# to insert. That's in insert mode while trying to insert in the middle of
+# a line. It might be because the Esprit doesn't have insert char and delete
+# char as a built in function. Vi has to delete to end of line and then
+# redraw the rest of the line.
+esprit|Hazeltine Esprit I,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E^T, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E^K,
+ cuf1=^P, cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S,
+ ed=\E^W, el=\E^O, home=\E^R, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, is2=\E?, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=\E^K, kcuf1=^P, kcuu1=\E^L, kf0=^B0^J,
+ kf1=^B1^J, kf2=^B2^J, kf3=^B3^J, kf4=^B4^J, kf5=^B5^J,
+ kf6=^B6^J, kf7=^B7^J, kf8=^B8^J, kf9=^B9^J, khome=\E^R,
+ lf0=0, lf1=1, lf2=2, lf3=3, lf4=4, lf5=5, lf6=6, lf7=7, lf8=8, lf9=9,
+ rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E^Y, smkx=\E<, smso=\E^_,
+esprit-am|hazeltine esprit auto-margin,
+ am, use=esprit,
+# Hazeltine Modular-1 from Cliff Shackelton <ittvax!ittral!shackelt> via BRL
+# Vi it seems always wants to send a control J for "do" and it turned out
+# that the terminal would work somewhat if the auto LF/CR was turned off.
+# (hmod1: removed :dn=~^K: -- esr)
+hmod1|Hazeltine Modular 1,
+ am, hz,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=~^T, clear=~^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=~^K, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=~\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=~^L, dl1=~^S, home=~^R, il1=~^Z,
+ ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=~^K, kcuf1=^P, kcuu1=~^L, khome=~^R,
+ rc=~^Q, rmso=~^Y, sc=~^E, sgr0=~^Y, smso=~^_,
+#
+# Hazeltine Executive 80 Model 30 (1554?)
+# from Will Martin <control@ALMSA-1.ARPA> via BRL
+# Like VT100, except for different "am" behavior.
+hazel|exec80|h80|he80|Hazeltine Executive 80,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>,
+ clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<2/>,
+ ed=\E[J$<50/>, el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB,
+ kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM$<5/>,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2/>, rmul=\E[m$<2/>,
+ rs1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m$<2/>,
+ smul=\E[4m$<2/>,
+
+#### IBM
+#
+
+ibm327x|line mode IBM 3270 style,
+ gn,
+ clear=^M^J, el=^M, home=^M,
+
+# Beware! The 3101 entry IBM shipped with AIX 3 is *wrong*. Losers...
+# From: J.B. Nicholson-Owens <jeffo@uiuc.edu> 8 Mar 94
+# (ibm3101: <if=/usr/share/tabset/ibm3101> removed, no such file -- esr)
+ibm3101|i3101|IBM 3101-10,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EK, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EI, home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\E0, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, nel=^M^J, tbc=\E1,
+# Received from the IBM terminals division (given to DRB)
+# June 1988 for PS/2 OS 2.2.3 cut
+ibm3151|i3151|IBM 3151,
+ rmso=\E4@, rmul=\E4@,
+ sgr=\E4%{64}%?%p1%{0}%>%p1%{4}%<%&%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%{7}%=%t%{16}%|%;%?%p2%t%{1}%|%;%?%p3%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E4@, smso=\E4A, smul=\E4B,
+ use=ibm3163,
+# From: Mark Easter <marke@fsi-ssd.csg.ssd.fsi.com> 29 Oct 1992
+# I've commented out or translated some IBM extensions.
+ibm3161|ibm3163|wy60-316X|wyse60-316X|IBM 3161/3163 display,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=l\354q\361k\353x\370j\352m\355w\367u\365v\366t\364n\356,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E4D, bold=\E4H, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=\ED,
+ cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, dl1=\EO, ed=\EJ, el=\EI, home=\EH, ind=^J,
+ invis=\E4P, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E2, kclr=\EL\r, kctab=\E1,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EQ,
+ kdl1=\EO, ked=\EJ, kel=\EI, kf1=\Ea\r, kf10=\Ej\r,
+ kf11=\Ek\r, kf12=\El\r, kf13=\E!a\r, kf14=\E!b\r,
+ kf15=\E!c\r, kf16=\E!d\r, kf17=\E!e\r, kf18=\E!f\r,
+ kf19=\E!g\r, kf2=\Eb\r, kf20=\E!h\r, kf21=\E!i\r,
+ kf22=\E!j\r, kf23=\E!k\r, kf24=\E!l\r, kf3=\Ec\r,
+ kf4=\Ed\r, kf5=\Ee\r, kf6=\Ef\r, kf7=\Eg\r, kf8=\Eh\r,
+ kf9=\Ei\r, khome=\EH, khts=\E0, kich1=\EP \010, kil1=\EN,
+ ktbc=\E 1, rev=\E4A, rmcup=\E>A, rmso=\E4@, rmul=\E4@,
+ sgr=\E4%'@'%?%p1%t%'A'%|%;\n%?%p2%t%'B'%|%;\n%?%p3%t%'A'%|%;\n%?%p4%t%'D'%|%;\n%?%p5%t%'@'%|%;\n%?%p6%t%'H'%|%;\n%?%p7%t%'P'%|%;%c\n%?%p9%t\E>A%e\E<@%;,
+ sgr0=\E4@\E<@, smcup=\E>A, smso=\E4A, smul=\E4B,
+
+# How the 3164 sgr string works:
+# %{32} # push space for no special video characteristics
+# %?%p2%t%{1}%|%; # if p2 set, then OR the 1 bit for reverse
+# %?%p3%t%{4}%|%; # if p3 set, then OR the 4 bit for blink
+# %?%p4%t%{2}%|%; # if p4 set, then OR the 2 bit for underline
+# %c # pop Pa1
+# %{39}%p1%- # calculate 32 + (7 - p1) for foreground
+# %c # pop Pa2
+# %{64} # use only black background for now
+# %c # pop Pa3
+ibm3164|i3164|IBM 3164,
+ blink=\E4D, bold=\E4H,
+ sgr=\E4%{32}%?%p2%t%{1}%|%;%?%p3%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%c%{39}%p1%-%c%{64}%c,
+ sgr0=\E4@,
+ use=ibm3163,
+
+ibmaed|IBM Experimental display,
+ am, eo, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#52,
+ clear=\EH\EK, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ,
+ dl1=\EO, ed=\EJ, el=\EI, flash=\EG, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EP,
+ il1=\EN, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ rmso=\E0, sgr0=\E0, smso=\E0,
+ibm-apl|apl|IBM apl terminal simulator,
+ lines#25, use=dm1520,
+# (ibmmono: this had an unknown `sb' boolean, I changed it to `bs'.
+# Also it had ":I0=f10:" which pretty obviously should be "l0=f10" -- esr)
+ibmmono|ibm5151|IBM workstation monochrome,
+ eslok, hs,
+ bold=\EZ, dl1=\EM, dsl=\Ej\EY8 \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, il1=\EL,
+ invis=\EF\Ef0;\Eb0;, kbs=^H, kf0=\E<, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET,
+ kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, kf9=\EY,
+ khome=\EH, kich1=\200, kind=\EE, knp=\EE, kpp=\Eg, kri=\EG,
+ lf0=f10, rev=\Ep, ri=\EA, rmso=\Ez, rmul=\Ew,
+ sgr0=\Ew\Eq\Ez\EB, smso=\EZ, smul=\EW, tsl=\Ej\EY8%+ \Eo, use=ibm3101,
+ibmega|ibm5154|IBM Enhanced Color Display,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ nel=^M^J,
+ use=ibmmono,
+ibmega-c|ibm5154-c|IBM Enhanced Color Display,
+ rmso=\EB, rmul=\EB, smso=\EF\Ef3;, smul=\EF\Ef2;, use=ibmmono,
+ibmvga-c|IBM VGA display color termcap,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ nel=^M^J,
+ use=ibmega-c,
+ibmvga|IBM VGA display,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ nel=^M^J,
+ use=ibmega,
+# ibmapa* and ibmmono entries come from ACIS 4.3 distribution
+rtpc|ibmapa16|ibm6155|IBM 6155 Extended Monochrome Graphics Display,
+ lines#32,
+ dsl=\Ej\EY@ \EI\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EY@%+ \Eo, use=ibmmono,
+# Advanced Monochrome (6153) and Color (6154) Graphics Display:
+ibmapa8c|ibmapa8|ibm6154|ibm6153|IBM 6153/4 Advanced Graphics Display,
+ lines#31,
+ dsl=\Ej\EY? \EI\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EY?%+ \Eo, use=ibmmono,
+ibmapa8c-c|ibm6154-c|IBM 6154 Advanced Color Graphics Display,
+ lines#31,
+ dim=\EF\Ef7;, dsl=\Ej\EY? \EI\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EY?%+ \Eo, use=ibmega-c,
+# From: Marc Pawliger <marc@ibminet.awdpa.ibm.com>
+# also in /usr/lpp/bos/bsdsysadmin.
+# (hft-c: this entry had :kb=\E[D:kf=\E[C: on the line with ku/kd/kh; this was
+# pretty obviously mislabeled for :le: and :nd:; also ":ul=\E[4m:" was clearly
+# a typo for ":us=\E[4m:"; also ":el=\E[K:" was a typo for ":ce=\E[K:".
+# I also added <rmam>/<smam> based on the terminal reset string.
+# There was an unknown boolean ":ht:" which I assume was meant to set hardware
+# tabs, so I have inserted it#8. Finally, :ac=^N: paired with the :ae: looked
+# like a typo for :as=^N:; finally, added empty <acsc> to quiet tic -- esr)
+ibm8512|ibm8513|hft-c|IBM High Function Terminal,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ acsc=, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cub1=\E[D,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ home=\E[H, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, is2=\Eb\E[m\017\E[?7h,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[010q, kf1=\E[001q,
+ kf2=\E[002q, kf3=\E[003q, kf4=\E[004q, kf5=\E[005q,
+ kf6=\E[006q, kf7=\E[007q, kf8=\E[008q, kf9=\E[009q,
+ khome=\E[H, rc=\E[u, rev=\E[7m, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmcup=\E[20h, rmdc=\E[4l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\Eb\E[m\017\E[?7h\E[H\E[J, sc=\E[s, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[20;4l\E[?7h\Eb,
+ smdc=\E[4h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+hft|AIWS High Function Terminal,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf1=\E[001q, kf2=\E[002q, kf3=\E[003q, kf4=\E[004q,
+ kf5=\E[005q, kf6=\E[006q, kf7=\E[007q, kf8=\E[008q,
+ kf9=\E[009q, khome=\E[H, knp=\E[153q, kpp=\E[159q,
+ ktbc=\E[010q, rev=\E[7m, rmir=\E6, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E6, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ibm-system1|system1|ibm system/1 computer,
+ am, xt,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\005%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^^, home=^K,
+ ind=^J,
+
+# From: <pryor@math.berkeley.edu>
+ibm5081|ibmmpel|IBM 5081 1024x1024 256/4096 color display,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#33,
+ dsl=\Ej\EYA \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EYA%+ \Eo, use=ibmmono,
+ibm5081-c|ibmmpel-c|IBM 5081 1024x1024 256/4096 enhanced color display,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#33,
+ dsl=\Ej\EYA \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EYA%+ \Eo, use=ibmega-c,
+ibm8514|IBM 8514 color display,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#41,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, dsl=\Ej\EYI \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, tsl=\Ej\EYI%+ \Eo,
+ use=ibmega,
+ibm8514-c|IBM 8514 color display,
+ eslok, hs,
+ lines#41,
+ cr=^M, cud1=^J, dsl=\Ej\EYI \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, tsl=\Ej\EYI%+ \Eo,
+ use=ibmega-c,
+
+#
+# AIX entries. IBM ships these with AIX 3.
+# AIX extension caps are commented out,
+# except for box1 which has been translated to an <acsc> string.
+#
+aixterm-m|IBM AIXterm Monochrome Terminal Emulator,
+ eslok, hs,
+ acsc=llqqkkxxjjmmwwuuvvttnn, bold=\E[1m, dsl=\E[?E,
+ fsl=\E[?F, ri@, s0ds=\E(B, s1ds=\E(0,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[0;10m\E(B, tsl=\E[?%p1%dT,
+ use=ibm6153,
+aixterm-m-old|IBM AIXterm Monochrome Terminal Emulator,
+ eslok, hs,
+ bold=\E[1m, dsl=\E[?E, fsl=\E[?F, ri@,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m,
+ tsl=\E[?%p1%dT,
+ use=ibm6153,
+jaixterm-m|IBM Kanji AIXterm Monochrome Terminal Emulator,
+ acsc@,
+ use=aixterm-m,
+
+#### Infoton/General Terminal Corp.
+#
+
+# gt100 sounds like something DEC would come out with. Let's hope they don't.
+i100|gt100|gt100a|General Terminal 100A (formerly Infoton 100),
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\Ef%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ea, home=\EH, il1=\EL,
+ ind=^J, rmso=\Ea, smso=\Eb,
+i400|infoton 400,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=%i\E[%p1%3d;%p2%3dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[4h\E[2Q\E[P\E[4l\E[0Q, dl1=\E[M, el=\E[N,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, rmir=\E[4l\E[0Q, smir=\E[4h\E[2Q,
+# (addrinfo: removed obsolete ":bc=^Z:" -- esr)
+addrinfo,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Z, cud1=^J, cuf1=^Y,
+ cup=\037%p1%{1}%-%c%p2%{1}%-%c, cuu1=^\, ed=^K, home=^H,
+ ind=^J, ll=^H^\,
+# (infoton: used to have the no-ops <lh#0>, <lw#0>, <nlab#0> -- esr)
+infoton,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Z, cud1=^J, cuf1=^Y, cuu1=^\,
+ ed=^K, ind=^J, ll=^H^\,
+
+#### Interactive Systems Corp
+#
+# ISC used to sell OEMed and customized hardware to support ISC UNIX.
+# ISC UNIX still exists in 1995, but ISC itself is no more; they got
+# bought out by Sun.
+#
+
+# From: <cithep!eric> Wed Sep 16 08:06:44 1981
+# (intext: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^R^L^L ::bc=^_:", also the
+# ":le=^_:" later overridden -- esr)
+intext|Interactive Systems Corporation modified owl 1200,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, cbt=^Y, clear=\014$<132>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^^, cup=\017%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^\,
+ dch1=\022$<5.5*>, dl1=\021$<5.5*>, ed=\026J$<5.5*>,
+ el=^Kp^R, ht=^I, il1=\020$<5.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<5.5*>, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^_, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^^, kcuu1=^\, kf0=^VJ\r, kf1=^VA\r,
+ kf2=^VB\r, kf3=^VC\r, kf4=^VD\r, kf5=^VE\r, kf6=^VF\r,
+ kf7=^VG\r, kf8=^VH\r, kf9=^VI\r, khome=^Z, rmir=^V<,
+ rmkx=^V9, rmso=^V#\s, smir=^V;, smkx=\036\:\264\026%,
+ smso=^V$\,,
+intext2|intextii|INTERACTIVE modified owl 1251,
+ am, bw, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[;;;;;;;;;2;;u$<200/>\E[;;;;;;;;;1;;u,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED\r, kcud1=\EB\r, kcuf1=\EC\r, kcuu1=\EA\r,
+ kf0=\E@\r, kf1=\EP\r, kf2=\EQ\r, kf3=\ES\r, kf4=\ET\r,
+ kf5=\EU\r, kf6=\EV\r, kf7=\EW\r, kf8=\EX\r, kf9=\EY\r,
+ khome=\ER\r, lf0=REFRSH, lf1=DEL CH, lf2=TABSET, lf3=GOTO,
+ lf4=+PAGE, lf5=+SRCH, lf6=-PAGE, lf7=-SRCH, lf8=LEFT,
+ lf9=RIGHT, ri=\E[T, rmso=\E[2 D, rmul=\E[2 D, smso=\E[6 D,
+ smul=\E[18 D,
+
+#### Kimtron (abm, kt)
+#
+# Kimtron entries include (undocumented) codes for: enter dim mode,
+# enter bold mode, enter reverse mode, turn off all attributes.
+#
+
+# Kimtron ABM 85 added by Dual Systems
+# (abm85: removed duplicated ":kd=^J:" -- esr)
+abm85|Kimtron ABM 85,
+ am, bw, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, ht=^I,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE,
+ is2=\EC\EX\Eg\En\E%\Er\E(\Ek\Em\Eq, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, rmir=\Er, rmso=\Ek,
+ rmul=\Em, smir=\EQ, smso=\Ej, smul=\El,
+# Kimtron ABM 85H added by Dual Systems.
+# Some notes about the abm85h entries:
+# 1) there are several firmware revs of 85H in the world. Use abm85h-old for
+# firmware revs prior to SP51
+# 2) Make sure to use abm85h entry if the terminal is in 85h mode and the
+# abm85e entry if it is in tvi920 emulation mode. They are incompatible
+# in some places and NOT software settable i.e., <is2> can't fix it)
+# 3) In 85h mode, the arrow keys and special functions transmit when
+# the terminal is in dup-edit, and work only locally in local-edit.
+# Vi won't swallow `del char' for instance, but <smcup> turns on
+# dup-edit anyway so that the arrow keys will work right. If the
+# arrow keys don't work the way you like, change <smcup>, <rmcup>, and
+# <is2>. Note that 920E mode does not have software commands to toggle
+# between dup and local edit, so you get whatever was set last on the
+# terminal.
+# 4) <flash> attribute is nice, but seems too slow to work correctly
+# (\Eb<pad>\Ed)
+# 5) Make sure `hidden' attributes are selected. If `embedded' attributes
+# are selected, the <xmc@> entry should be removed.
+# 6) auto new-line should be on (selectable from setup mode only)
+#
+# From: Erik Fair <fair@ucbarpa> Sun Oct 27 07:21:05 1985
+abm85h|Kimtron ABM 85H native mode,
+ hs,
+ xmc@,
+ bel=^G, cnorm=\E.4, cvvis=\E.2, dim=\E), dsl=\Ee, flash@,
+ fsl=^M, invis@,
+ is2=\EC\EN\EX\024\016\EA\Ea\E%\E9\Ee\Er\En\E"\E}\E'\E(\Ef\r\EG0\Ed\E.4\El,
+ kcud1=^V, sgr0=\E(\EG0, smir=\EZ, tsl=\Eg\Ef,
+ use=adm+sgr, use=abm85,
+abm85e|Kimtron ABM 85H in 920E mode,
+ xmc@,
+ bel=^G, dim=\E), flash@,
+ is2=\EC\EX\EA\E%\E9\Ee\Er\En\E"\E}\E'\E(\Ef\r\Ek\Eq\Em,
+ rev=\Ej, sgr0=\E(\Ek, smir=\EZ,
+ use=abm85,
+abm85h-old|oabm85h|o85h|Kimtron ABM 85H with old firmware rev.,
+ xmc@,
+ bel=^G, dim=\E),
+ is2=\E}\EC\EX\Ee\En\E%\Er\E(\Ek\Em\Eq\Ed\ET\EC\E9\EF,
+ rev=\Ej, sgr0=\E(\Ek, smir=\EZ,
+ use=abm85,
+# From: <malman@bbn-vax.arpa>
+# (kt7: removed obsolete :ma=^V^J^L :" -- esr)
+kt7|kimtron model kt-7,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ,
+ if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, invis@, is2=\El\E",
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kclr=^Z, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r,
+ kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, tsl=\Ef,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# Renamed TB=^I to :ta:, BE=^G to :bl:, BS=^H to :kb:, N to :kS: (based on the
+# other kt7 entry and the adjacent key capabilities). Removed EE which is
+# identical to :mh:. Removed :ES=\EGD: which is some kind of highlight
+# but we can't figure out what.
+kt7ix|kimtron model kt-7 or 70 in IX mode,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ acsc=lZm@k?jYt4uCvAwBqDx3nE, bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI,
+ civis=\E.0, clear=\E*, cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW, dim=\EG@, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Ef\r, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=^M,
+ home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J,
+ is2=\EG0\E s\017\E~, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kclr=\E*,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdl1=\ER,
+ ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kend=\EY, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EJ,
+ nel=^M^J, pulse=\EK, rmacs=\E%, rmir=, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0,
+ sgr0=\EG0, smacs=\E$, smir=, smso=\EG4, smul=\EG8, tsl=\Ef,
+
+#### Microdata/MDIS
+#
+# This was a line of terminals made by McDonnell-Douglas Information Systems.
+# These entries come direct from MDIS documentation. I have edited them only
+# to move primary names of the form p[0-9] * to aliases, and to comment out
+# <rmacs>/<smacs> in a couple of entries without <acsc> strings. I have
+# also removed the change history; the last version indicates this is
+# version 4.3 by A.Barkus, September 1990 (earliest entry is October 1989).
+#
+
+# McDonnell Information Systems Terminal Family History
+# =========================================
+#
+# Prism-1, Prism-2 and P99:
+# Ancient Microdata and CMC terminals, vaguely like Adds Regent 25.
+#
+# Prism-4 and Prism-5:
+# Slightly less ancient range of Microdata terminals. Follow-on from
+# Prism-2, but with many enhancements. P5 has eight display pages.
+#
+# Prism-6:
+# A special terminal for use with library systems, primarily in Germany.
+# Limited numbers. Similar functionality to P5 (except attributes?).
+#
+# Prism-7, Prism-8 and Prism-9:
+# More recent range of MDIS terminals, in which P7 and P8
+# replace the P4 & P5, with added functionality, and P9 is the flagship.
+# The P9 has two emulation modes - P8 and ANSI - and includes a
+# large number of the DEC VT220 control sequences. Both
+# P8 and P9 support 80c/24ln/8pg and 132cl/24li/4pg formats.
+#
+# Prism-12 and Prism-14:
+# Latest range, functionally very similar to the P9. The P14 has a
+# black-on-white overscanning screen.
+#
+# The terminfo definitions given here are:
+#
+# p2 - Prism-2 (or Prism-1 or P99).
+#
+# p4 - Prism-4 (and older P7s & P8s).
+# p5 - Prism-5 (or Prism-6).
+#
+# p7 - Prism-7.
+# p8 - Prism-8 (in national or multinational mode).
+# p8-w - 132 column version of p8.
+# p9 - Prism-9 in ANSI mode.
+# p9-w - 132 column version of p9.
+# p9-8 - Prism-9 in Prism-8 emulation mode.
+# p9-8-w - As p9-8, but with 132 columns.
+#
+# p12 - Prism-12 in ANSI mode.
+# p12-w - 132 column version of p12.
+# p12-m - Prism-12 in MDC emulation mode.
+# p12-m-w - As p12-m, but with 132 columns.
+# p14 - Prism-14 in ANSI mode.
+# p14-w - 132 column version of p14.
+# p14-m - Prism-14 in MDC emulation mode.
+# p14-m-w - As p14-m, but with 132 columns.
+#
+# p2: Prism-2
+# -----------
+#
+# Includes Prism-1 and basic P99 without SP or MP loaded.
+# The simplest form of Prism-type terminal.
+# Basic cursor movement and clearing operations only.
+# No video attributes.
+# Notes:
+# Horizontal cursor qualifiers of NUL, XON and XOFF are mapped to the next
+# value up, followed by backspace.
+#
+prism2|MDC Prism-2,
+ am, bw, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<20>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\013%p1%' '%+%c\020%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c,
+ cuu1=^Z, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=^A,
+ hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c,
+ ind=^J, kbs=^H, khome=^A, vpa=\013%p1%' '%+%c,
+
+# p4: Prism-4
+# -----------
+#
+# Includes early versions of P7 & P8.
+# Basic family definition for most Prisms (except P2 and P9 ANSI).
+# Notes:
+# Horizontal cursor qualifiers of NUL, XON and XOFF are mapped to the next
+# value up, followed by backspace.
+# Cursor key definitions removed because they interfere with vi and csh keys.
+#
+prism4|p4|P4|MDC Prism-4,
+ am, bw, hs, mc5i, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24, wsl#72, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, blink=^CB, civis=^]\344, clear=\014$<20>,
+ cnorm=^]\342, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\013%p1%' '%+%c\020%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c,
+ cuu1=^Z, dim=^CA, dsl=\035\343\035\345, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+ fsl=^]\345, home=^A^J,
+ hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c,
+ ind=^J, invis=^CH, kbs=^H, khome=^A, mc0=\EU, mc4=\ET, mc5=\ER,
+ rev=^CD, rmso=^C\s, rmul=^C\s,
+ sgr=\003%'@'%?%p1%p3%|%t%{4}%+%;%?%p2%t%{16}%+%;%?%p4%t%{2}%+%;%?%p5%t%{1}%+%;%?%p7%t%{8}%+%;%c%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=^C\s, smso=^CD, smul=^CP, tsl=^]\343,
+ vpa=\013%p1%' '%+%c,
+
+# p5: Prism-5
+# -----------
+#
+# Same definition as p4. Includes Prism-6 (not tested!).
+# Does not use any multi-page features.
+#
+prism5|p5|P5|MDC Prism-5,
+ use=p4,
+
+# p7: Prism-7
+# -----------
+#
+# Similar definition to p4. Uses ANSI cursor motion to avoid network problems.
+# Notes:
+# Use p4 for very early models of P7.
+# Rev-index removed; can't send nulls to terminal in 8-bit modes.
+#
+prism7|p7|P7|MDC Prism-7,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, hpa@, vpa@, use=p4,
+
+# p8: Prism-8
+# -----------
+#
+# Similar definition to p7. Uses ANSI cursor motion to avoid network problems.
+# Supports national and multinational character sets.
+# Notes:
+# Alternate char set operations only work in multinational mode.
+# Use p4 for very early models of P8.
+# Rev-index removed; can't send nulls to terminal in 8-bit modes.
+# (esr: commented out <smacs>/<rmacs> because there's no <acsc>)
+#
+prism8|p8|P8|MDC Prism-8,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, is2=\E[<12h,
+ vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+ use=p4,
+
+# p8-w: Prism-8 in 132 column mode
+# --------------------------------
+#
+# 'Wide' version of p8.
+# Notes:
+# Rev-index removed; can't send nulls to terminal in 8-bit modes.
+#
+prism8-w|p8-w|P8-W|MDC Prism-8 in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132,
+ is2=\E[<12h\E[<14h, use=p8,
+
+# p9: Prism-9 in ANSI mode
+# -------------------------
+#
+# The "flagship" model of this generation of terminals.
+# ANSI X3.64 (ISO 6429) standard sequences, plus many DEC VT220 ones.
+# Notes:
+# Tabs only reset by "reset". Otherwise assumes default (8 cols).
+# Fixes to deal with terminal firmware bugs:
+# . 'ri' uses insert-line since rev index doesn't always
+# . 'sgr0' has extra '0' since esc[m fails
+# . 'fsl' & 'dsl' use illegal char since cr is actioned wrong on line 25
+# Not covered in the current definition:
+# . Labels
+# . Programming Fn keys
+# . Graphic characters (defaults correctly to vt100)
+# . Padding values (sets xon)
+# (esr: commented out <smacs>/<rmacs> because there's no <acsc>)
+#
+prism9|p9|P9|MDC Prism-9 in ANSII mode,
+ am, bw, hs, mc5i, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, wsl#72,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[<4l,
+ clear=^L, cnorm=\E[<4h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%d%%v,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[%}\024, ech=\E[%p1%dX,
+ ed=\E[J$<10>, el=\E[K, fsl=^T, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`,
+ ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F, kbs=^H, kclr=^L, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[11~,
+ kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~,
+ kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~,
+ kf18=\E[32~, kf2=\E[12~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~,
+ kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~,
+ khome=\E[H, mc0=\E[i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=^M^J,
+ prot=\E[32%{, rc=\E[%z, rep=\E[%p2%db%p1%c, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\E[L, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F\E[3g\E[9;17;25;33;41;49;57;65;73 N,
+ sc=\E[%y,
+ sgr=\E[%{0}%?%p1%p3%|%t%{4}%+%;%?%p2%t%{2}%+%;%?%p4%t%{1}%+%;%?%p6%t%{8}%+%;%?%p8%t%{32}%+%;%d%%{%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[0m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[2g,
+ tsl=\E[%i%p1%d%%}, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd,
+
+# p9-w: Prism-9 in 132 column mode
+# --------------------------------
+#
+# 'Wide' version of p9.
+#
+prism9-w|p9-w|P9-W|MDC Prism-9 in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132,
+ is2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F\E[<14h,
+ rs2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F\E[<14h, use=p9,
+
+# p9-8: Prism-9 in P8 mode
+# ------------------------
+#
+# P9 terminal in P8 emulation mode.
+# Similar to p8 definition.
+# Insertion and deletion operations possible.
+#
+prism9-8|p9-8|P9-8|MDC Prism-9 in P8 mode,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, use=p8,
+
+# p9-8-w: Prism-9 in P8 and 132 column modes
+# ------------------------------------------
+#
+# P9 terminal in P8 emulation mode and 132 column mode.
+#
+prism9-8-w|p9-8-w|P9-8-W|MDC Prism-9 in Prism 8 emulation and 132 column mode,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, use=p8-w,
+
+# p12: Prism-12 in ANSI mode
+# ---------------------------
+#
+# See p9 definition.
+#
+prism12|p12|P12|MDC Prism-12 in ANSI mode,
+ use=p9,
+
+# p12-w: Prism-12 in 132 column mode
+# ----------------------------------
+#
+# 'Wide' version of p12.
+#
+prism12-w|p12-w|P12-W|MDC Prism-12 in 132 column mode,
+ use=p9-w,
+
+# p12-m: Prism-12 in MDC emulation mode
+# -------------------------------------
+#
+# P12 terminal in MDC emulation mode.
+# Similar to p8 definition.
+# Insertion and deletion operations possible.
+#
+prism12-m|p12-m|P12-M|MDC Prism-12 in MDC emulation mode,
+ use=p9-8,
+
+# p12-m-w: Prism-12 in MDC emulation and 132 column modes
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# P12 terminal in MDC emulation mode and 132 column mode.
+#
+prism12-m-w|p12-m-w|P12-M-W|MDC Prism-12 in MDC emulation and 132 column mode,
+ use=p9-8-w,
+
+# p14: Prism-14 in ANSII mode
+# ---------------------------
+#
+# See p9 definition.
+#
+prism14|p14|P14|MDC Prism-14 in ANSII mode,
+ use=p9,
+
+# p14-w: Prism-14 in 132 column mode
+# ----------------------------------
+#
+# 'Wide' version of p14.
+#
+prism14-w|p14-w|P14-W|MDC Prism-14 in 132 column mode,
+ use=p9-w,
+
+# p14-m: Prism-14 in MDC emulation mode
+# -------------------------------------
+#
+# P14 terminal in MDC emulation mode.
+# Similar to p8 definition.
+# Insertion and deletion operations possible.
+#
+prism14-m|p14-m|P14-M|MDC Prism-14 in MDC emulation mode,
+ use=p9-8,
+
+# p14-m-w: Prism-14 in MDC emulation and 132 column modes
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# P14 terminal in MDC emulation mode and 132 column mode.
+#
+prism14-m-w|p14-m-w|P14-M-W|MDC Prism-14 in MDC emulation and 132 column mode,
+ use=p9-8-w,
+
+# End of McDonnell Information Systems Prism definitions
+
+# These things were popular in the Pick database community at one time
+# From: George Land <georgeland@aol.com> 24 Sep 1996
+p8gl|prism8gl|McDonnell-Douglas Prism-8 alternate definition,
+ am, bw, hs, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24, ma#1, wsl#78, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, blink=^CB, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^U, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=^Z, dch1=\s^H, dim=^CA, dl1=^P,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=^A, ind=^J, invis=^CH, kbs=^H, kcub1=^U,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, kdch1=\s^H, kdl1=^P, ked=\EJ,
+ kel=\EK, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf12=^AJ\r, kf13=^AK\r,
+ kf14=^AL\r, kf15=^AM\r, kf16=^AN\r, kf17=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^A, lf1=F1, lf10=F10, lf2=F2,
+ lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5, lf6=F6, lf7=F7, lf8=F8, lf9=F9, nel=^J^M,
+ pad=\200, rev=^CD, rmso=^C\s, rmul=^C\s, sgr0=^C\s, smso=^CE,
+ smul=^C0,
+
+#### Microterm (act, mime)
+#
+# The mime1 entries refer to the Microterm Mime I or Mime II.
+# The default mime is assumed to be in enhanced act iv mode.
+#
+
+# New "safe" cursor movement (5/87) from <reuss@umd5.umd.edu>. Prevents
+# freakout with out-of-range args on Sytek multiplexors. No <smso=^N> and
+# <rmso=^N> since it gets confused and it's too dim anyway. No <ich1>
+# since Sytek insists ^S means xoff.
+# (act4: found ":ic=2^S:ei=:im=:ip=.1*^V:" commented out in 8.3 -- esr)
+act4|microterm|microterm act iv,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<12/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^K, cuf1=^X,
+ cup=\024%p1%{24}%+%c%p2%p2%?%'/'%>%t%'0'%+%;%'P'%+%c,
+ cuu1=^Z, dch1=\004$<.1*/>, dl1=\027$<2.3*/>,
+ ed=\037$<2.2*/>, el=\036$<.1*/>, home=^],
+ il1=\001<2.3*/>, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X,
+ kcuu1=^Z,
+# The padding on :sr: and :ta: for act5 and mime is a guess and not final.
+# The act 5 has hardware tabs, but they are in columns 8, 16, 24, 32, 41 (!)...
+# (microterm5: removed obsolete ":ma==^Z^P^Xl^Kj:" -- esr)
+act5|microterm5|microterm act v,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, ri=\EH$<3>, uc=^H\EA, use=act4,
+# Mimes using brightness for standout. Half bright is really dim unless
+# you turn up the brightness so far that lines show up on the screen.
+mime-fb|full bright mime1,
+ is2=^S\E, rmso=^S, smso=^Y, use=mime,
+mime-hb|half bright mime1,
+ is2=^Y\E, rmso=^Y, smso=^S, use=mime,
+# (mime: removed obsolete ":ma=^X ^K^J^Z^P:"; removed ":do=^K:" that overrode
+# the more plausible ":do=^J:" -- esr)
+# uc was at one time disabled to get around a curses bug, be wary of it
+mime|mime1|mime2|mimei|mimeii|microterm mime1,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#9,
+ bel=^G, clear=^]^C, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^X,
+ cup=\024%p1%{24}%+%c%p2%p2%?%{32}%>%t%'0'%+%;%'P'%+%c,
+ cuu1=^Z, dl1=\027$<80>, ed=^_, el=^^, home=^], ht=\011$<2>,
+ il1=\001$<80>, ind=^J, is2=^S\E^Q, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K,
+ kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, ri=\022$<3>, uc=^U,
+# These termcaps (for mime2a) put the terminal in low intensity mode
+# since high intensity mode is so obnoxious.
+mime2a-s|microterm mime2a (emulating an enhanced soroc iq120),
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EL, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EI, dch1=\ED,
+ dl1=\027$<20*>, ed=\EJ$<20*>, el=\EK, home=^^,
+ il1=\001$<20*>, ind=^J, ip=$<2>, is2=\E), kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ri=\EI, rmir=^Z, rmso=\E;, rmul=\E7,
+ smir=\EE, smso=\E\:, smul=\E6,
+# This is the preferred mode (but ^X can't be used as a kill character)
+mime2a|mime2a-v|microterm mime2a (emulating an enhanced vt52),
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EL, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=^N,
+ dl1=\027$<20*>, ed=\EQ$<20*>, el=\EP, home=\EH, ht=^I,
+ il1=\001$<20*>, ind=^J, ip=$<2>, is2=^Y, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, ri=\EA, rmir=^Z, rmso=\E9,
+ rmul=\E5, smir=^O, smso=\E8, smul=\E4,
+# (mime3a: removed obsolete ":ma=^X ^K^J^Z^P:" -- esr)
+mime3a|mime1 emulating 3a,
+ am@,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, use=adm3a,
+mime3ax|mime-3ax|mime1 emulating enhanced 3a,
+ it#8,
+ dl1=\027$<80>, ed=^_, el=^X, ht=\011$<3>, il1=\001$<80>, use=mime3a,
+# Wed Mar 9 18:53:21 1983
+# We run our terminals at 2400 baud, so there might be some timing problems at
+# higher speeds. The major improvements in this model are the terminal now
+# scrolls down and insert mode works without redrawing the rest of the line
+# to the right of the cursor. This is done with a bit of a kludge using the
+# exit graphics mode to get out of insert, but it does not appear to hurt
+# anything when using vi at least. If you have some users using act4s with
+# programs that use curses and graphics mode this could be a problem.
+mime314|mm314|mime 314,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=^L, cub1=^H, cuf1=^X, cup=\024%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^Z,
+ dch1=^D, dl1=^W, ed=^_, el=^^, home=^], ht=^I, il1=^A, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, rmir=^V, smir=^S,
+# Microterm mime 340 from University of Wisconsin
+mm340|mime340|mime 340,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\032$<12/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\E#$<2.1*/>, dl1=\EV$<49.6/>, ed=\037$<2*/>,
+ el=\EL$<2.1/>, ht=^I, il1=\EU$<46/>, ind=^J, is2=\E\,,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuu1=^K, nel=^M^J,
+# This came from University of Wisconsin marked "astro termcap for jooss".
+# (mt4520-rv: removed obsolete ":kn#4:" and incorrect ":ri=\E[C:";
+# also added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+mt4520-rv|micro-term 4520 reverse video,
+ am, hs, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[0V\E8, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E7\E[0U, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, flash=\E[?5l$<200/>\E[?5h,
+ fsl=\E[?5l\E[?5h, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@,
+ ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED,
+ is2=\E(B\E[2l\E>\E[20l\E[?3l\E[?5h\E[?7h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[H\E[J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H,
+ ll=\E[24;1H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100,
+ ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[0m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ rs1=\E(B\E[2l\E>\E[20l\E[?3l\E[?5h\E[?7h\E[H\E[J,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[g, tsl=\E[25;1H,
+
+# Fri Aug 5 08:11:57 1983
+# This entry works for the ergo 4000 with the following setups:
+# ansi,wraparound,newline disabled, xon/xoff disabled in both
+# setup a & c.
+#
+# WARNING!!! There are multiple versions of ERGO 4000 microcode
+# Be advised that very early versions DO NOT WORK RIGHT !!
+# Microterm does have a ROM exchange program- use it or lose big
+# (ergo400: added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+ergo4000|microterm ergo 4000,
+ da, db, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#66,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J$<80>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[1P$<80>, dl1=\E[1M$<5*>, ed=\E[0J$<15>,
+ el=\E[0K$<13>, ht=^I, il=\E[1L$<5*>, ind=\ED$<20*>,
+ is2=\E<\E=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h$<300>,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, lf3=pf3,
+ lf4=pf4, ri=\EM$<20*>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E=$<4>, rmso=\E[m$<20>, sgr0=\E[m$<20>,
+ smam=\E[?7m, smir=\E[4h$<6>, smkx=\E=$<4>,
+ smso=\E[7m$<20>,
+
+#### NCR
+#
+# NCR's terminal group was merged with AT&T's when AT&T bought the company.
+# For what happened to that group, see the ADDS section.
+#
+# There is an NCR4103 terminal that's just a re-badged Wyse-50.
+#
+
+# NCR7900 DIP switches:
+#
+# Switch A:
+# 1-4 - Baud Rate
+# 5 - Parity (Odd/Even)
+# 6 - Don't Send or Do Send Spaces
+# 7 - Parity Enable
+# 8 - Stop Bits (One/Two)
+#
+# Switch B:
+# 1 - Upper/Lower Shift
+# 2 - Typewriter Shift
+# 3 - Half Duplex / Full Duplex
+# 4 - Light/Dark Background
+# 5-6 - Carriage Return Without / With Line Feed
+# 7 - Extended Mode
+# 8 - Suppress Keyboard Display
+#
+# Switch C:
+# 1 - End of line entry disabled/enabled
+# 2 - Conversational mode / (Local?) Mode
+# 3 - Control characters displayed / not displayed
+# 4 - (2-wire?) / 4-wire communications
+# 5 - RTS on and off for each character
+# 6 - (50Hz?) / 60 Hz
+# 7 - Exit after level zero diagnostics
+# 8 - RS-232 interface
+#
+# Switch D:
+# 1 - Reverse Channel (yes / no)
+# 2 - Manual answer (no / yes)
+# 3-4 - Cursor appearance
+# 5 - Communication Rate
+# 6 - Enable / Disable EXT turnoff
+# 7 - Enable / Disable CR turnoff
+# 8 - Enable / Disable backspace
+#
+# From <root@goliath.un.atlantaga.NCR.COM>, init string hacked by SCO.
+ncr7900i|ncr7900|ncr 7900 model 1,
+ am, bw, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E0B, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\E1%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^Z, dim=\E0A, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E0@\010\E3\E4\E7, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F,
+ kcuu1=^Z, khome=^A, ll=^A, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, rev=\E0P, rmso=\E0@,
+ rmul=\E0@,
+ sgr=\E0%p5%'@'%+%p4%{2}%*%+%p3%{16}%*%+%p2%{32}%*%+%p1%{17}%*%+%c,
+ sgr0=\E0@, smso=\E0Q, smul=\E0`,
+ncr7900iv|ncr 7900 model 4,
+ am, bw, eslok, hs,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cup=\013%p1%'@'%+%c\E\005%p2%02d, dl1=\E^O, dsl=\Ey1,
+ fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\013@\E^E00, il1=\E^N, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET,
+ kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER,
+ khome=\EH, lf6=blue, lf7=red, lf8=white, nel=^M^J,
+ tsl=\Ej\Ex5\Ex1\EY8%p1%{32}%+%c\Eo,
+ncr7901|ncr 7901 model,
+ am, bw, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E0B, civis=^W, clear=^L, cnorm=^X, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dim=\E0A,
+ ed=\Ek, el=\EK,
+ hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%c, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E4^O, kclr=^L, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z,
+ khome=^H, ll=^A, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, rev=\E0P, rmso=^O, rmul=^O,
+ sgr=\E0%p5%'@'%+%p4%{2}%*%+%p3%{16}%*%+%p2%{32}%*%+%p1%{17}%*%+%c\016,
+ sgr0=^O, smso=\E0Q\016, smul=\E0`\016,
+ vpa=\013%p1%'@'%+%c,
+
+#### Perkin-Elmer (Owl)
+#
+# These are official terminfo entries from within Perkin-Elmer.
+#
+
+bantam|pe550|pe6100|perkin elmer 550,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EK$<20>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ el=\EI$<20>, home=\EH, ind=^J, ll=\EH\EA,
+fox|pe1100|perkin elmer 1100,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ$<132>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ ed=\EJ$<5.5*>, el=\EI, flash=\020\002$<200/>\020\003,
+ home=\EH, hts=\E1, ind=^J, ll=\EH\EA, tbc=\E3,
+owl|pe1200|perkin elmer 1200,
+ am, in,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ$<132>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch1=\EO$<5.5*>, dl1=\EM$<5.5*>, ed=\EJ$<5.5*>,
+ el=\EI$<5.5>, flash=\020\002$<200/>\020\003, home=\EH,
+ hts=\E1, ich1=\EN, il1=\EL$<5.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<5.5*>,
+ kbs=^H, kf0=\ERJ, kf1=\ERA, kf2=\ERB, kf3=\ERC, kf4=\ERD,
+ kf5=\ERE, kf6=\ERF, kf7=\ERG, kf8=\ERH, kf9=\ERI, ll=\EH\EA,
+ rmso=\E!\200, sgr0=\E!\200, smso=\E!^H, tbc=\E3,
+pe1251|pe6300|pe6312|perkin elmer 1251,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pb#300, vt#8, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EK$<332>, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ ed=\EJ$<20*>, el=\EI$<10*>, home=\EH, hts=\E1, ind=^J,
+ kf0=\ERA, kf1=\ERB, kf10=\ERK, kf2=\ERC, kf3=\ERD, kf4=\ERE,
+ kf5=\ERF, kf6=\ERG, kf7=\ERH, kf8=\ERI, kf9=\ERJ, tbc=\E3,
+# (pe7000m: this had
+# rmul=\E!\0, smul=\E!\040,
+# which is probably wrong, it collides with kf0
+pe7000m|perkin elmer 7000 series monochrome monitor,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E!Y, clear=\EK, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\ES%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EI, home=\EH, ind=^J,
+ is1=\E!\200\EW 7o\Egf\ES7\s, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E!V,
+ kcud1=\E!U, kcuf1=\E!W, kcuu1=\E!T, kf0=\E!\200, kf1=\E!^A,
+ kf10=\E!^J, kf2=\E!^B, kf3=\E!^C, kf4=\E!^D, kf5=\E!^E,
+ kf6=\E!^F, kf7=\E!^G, kf8=\E!^H, kf9=\E!^I, khome=\E!S,
+ ll=\ES7\s, ri=\ER,
+pe7000c|perkin elmer 7000 series colour monitor,
+ is1=\E!\200\EW 7o\Egf\Eb0\Ec7\ES7\s, rmso=\Eb0,
+ rmul=\E!\200, smso=\Eb2, smul=\E!\s,
+ use=pe7000m,
+
+#### Sperry Univac
+#
+# Sperry Univac has merged with Burroughs to form Unisys.
+#
+
+# This entry is for the Sperry UTS30 terminal running the TTY
+# utility under control of CP/M Plus 1R1. The functionality
+# provided is comparable to the DEC vt100.
+# (uts30: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+uts30|sperry uts30 with cp/m@1R1,
+ am, bw, hs,
+ cols#80, lines#24, wsl#40,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\ER, clear=^L,
+ cnorm=\ES, cr=^M, csr=\EU%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EM,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\EL, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=^M, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\EO, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EN,
+ ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dB, is2=\E[U 7\E[24;1H, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, khome=\E[H,
+ rc=\EX, rev=\E[7m, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EI,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dA, rmacs=\Ed, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ sc=\EW, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\EF, smam=\E[?7m, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tsl=\E], uc=\EPB,
+
+#### Tandem
+#
+# Tandem builds these things for use with its line of fault-tolerant
+# transaction-processing computers. They aren't generally available
+# on the merchant market, and so are fairly uncommon.
+#
+
+tandem6510|adm3a repackaged by Tandem,
+ use=adm3a,
+
+# A funny series of terminal that TANDEM uses. The actual model numbers
+# have a fourth digit after 653 that designates minor variants. These are
+# natively block-mode and rather ugly, but they have a character mode which
+# this doubtless(?) exploits. There is a 6520 that is slightly dumber.
+# (tandem653: had ":sb=\ES:", probably someone's mistake for sf; also,
+# removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/tandem653>, no such file -- esr)
+tandem653|t653x|Tandem 653x multipage terminal,
+ am, da, db, hs,
+ cols#80, lines#24, wsl#64, xmc#1,
+ clear=\EI, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\023%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dsl=\Eo\r,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, fsl=^M, home=\EH, ind=\ES, ri=\ET, rmso=\E6\s,
+ rmul=\E6\s, sgr0=\E6\s, smso=\E6$, smul=\E60, tsl=\Eo,
+
+#### Tandy/Radio Shack
+#
+# Tandy has a line of VDTs distinct from its microcomputers.
+#
+
+dmterm|deskmate terminal,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, civis=\EG5, clear=\Ej, cnorm=\EG6, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, dch1=\ES, dl1=\ER, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I,
+ ich1=\EQ, il1=\EP, ind=\EX, invis@, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E1, kf1=\E2, kf2=\E3, kf3=\E4,
+ kf4=\E5, kf5=\E6, kf6=\E7, kf7=\E8, kf8=\E9, kf9=\E0,
+ khome=\EH, lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6,
+ lf6=f7, lf7=f8, lf8=f9, lf9=f10, ll=\EE, rmul@, smul@,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+dt100|dt-100|Tandy DT-100 terminal,
+ xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ acsc=kkllmmjjnnwwvvttuuqqxx, bel=^G, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%p1%2d;%p2%2dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\010\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E[?3l\E)0\E(B, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[?3i,
+ kf10=\E[?5i, kf2=\E[2i, kf3=\E[@, kf4=\E[M, kf5=\E[17~,
+ kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, khome=\E[H,
+ knp=\E[29~, kpp=\E[28~, lf1=f1, lf2=f2, lf3=f3, lf4=f4, lf5=f5,
+ lf6=f6, lf7=f7, lf8=f8, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+dt100w|dt-100w|Tandy DT-100 terminal (wide mode),
+ cols#132, use=dt100,
+dt110|Tandy DT-110 emulating ansi,
+ xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=kkllmmjjnnwwvvuuttqqxx, bel=^G, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[0B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\010\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[0A, dch1=\E[0P,
+ dl1=\E[0M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ich1=\E[0@, il1=\E[0L, ind=^J, is2=\E[?3l\E)0\E(B,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[K,
+ kf1=\E[1~, kf10=\E[10~, kf2=\E[2~, kf3=\E[3~, kf4=\E[4~,
+ kf5=\E[5~, kf6=\E[6~, kf7=\E[7~, kf8=\E[8~, kf9=\E[9~,
+ khome=\E[G, kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[26~, kpp=\E[25~, lf0=f1,
+ lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, lf7=f8, lf8=f9,
+ lf9=f10, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+pt210|TRS-80 PT-210 printing terminal,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#80,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+
+#### Tektronix (tek)
+#
+# Tektronix tubes are graphics terminals. Most of them use modified
+# oscilloscope technology incorporating a long-persistence green phosphor,
+# and support vector graphics on a main screen with an attached "dialogue
+# area" for interactive text.
+#
+
+tek|tek4012|tektronix 4012,
+ os,
+ cols#75, lines#35,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E\014$<1000>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ ff=\014$<1000>, is2=\E^O,
+# (tek4013: added <acsc> to suppress tic warnings re <smacs>/<rmacs> --esr)
+tek4013|tektronix 4013,
+ acsc=, rmacs=\E^O, smacs=\E^N, use=tek4012,
+tek4014|tektronix 4014,
+ cols#81, lines#38,
+ is2=\E\017\E9, use=tek4012,
+# (tek4015: added <acsc> to suppress tic warnings re <smacs>/<rmacs> --esr)
+tek4015|tektronix 4015,
+ acsc=, rmacs=\E^O, smacs=\E^N, use=tek4014,
+tek4014-sm|tektronix 4014 in small font,
+ cols#121, lines#58,
+ is2=\E\017\E\:, use=tek4014,
+# (tek4015-sm: added <acsc> to suppress tic warnings re <smacs>/<rmacs> --esr)
+tek4015-sm|tektronix 4015 in small font,
+ acsc=, rmacs=\E^O, smacs=\E^N, use=tek4014-sm,
+# Tektronix 4023 from Andrew Klossner <orca!andrew.tektronix@csnet-relay>
+#
+# You need to have "stty nl2" in effect. Some versions of tset(1) know
+# how to set it for you.
+#
+# It's got the Magic Cookie problem around stand-out mode. If you can't
+# live with Magic Cookie, remove the :so: and :se: fields and do without
+# reverse video. If you like reverse video stand-out mode but don't want
+# it to flash, change the letter 'H' to 'P' in the :so: field.
+tek4023|tektronix 4023,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24, vt#4, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E\014$<4/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I,
+ cup=\034%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, kbs=^H, rmso=^_@,
+ smso=^_P,
+# It is recommended that you run the 4025 at 4800 baud or less;
+# various bugs in the terminal appear at 9600. It wedges at the
+# bottom of memory (try "cat /usr/dict/words"); ^S and ^Q typed
+# on keyboard don't work. You have to hit BREAK twice to get
+# one break at any speed - this is a documented feature.
+# Can't use cursor motion because it's memory relative, and
+# because it only works in the workspace, not the monitor.
+# Same for home. Likewise, standout only works in the workspace.
+#
+# <el> was commented out since vi and rogue seem to work better
+# simulating it with lots of spaces!
+#
+# <il1> and <il> had 145ms of padding, but that slowed down vi's ^U
+# and didn't seem necessary.
+#
+tek4024|tek4025|tek4027|tektronix 4024/4025/4027,
+ am, da, db,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34, lm#0,
+ bel=^G, clear=\037era\r\n\n, cmdch=^_, cr=^M,
+ cub=\037lef %p1%d\r, cub1=^H, cud=\037dow %p1%d\r,
+ cud1=^F^J, cuf=\037rig %p1%d\r, cuf1=\037rig\r,
+ cuu=\037up %p1%d\r, cuu1=^K, dch1=\037dch\r,
+ dl=\037dli %p1%d\r\006, dl1=\037dli\r\006,
+ ed=\037dli 50\r, ht=^I, ich1=\037ich\r \010,
+ il=\037up\r\037ili %p1%d\r, il1=\037up\r\037ili\r,
+ ind=^F^J,
+ is2=!com 31\r\n\037sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r,
+ rmkx=\037lea p2\r\037lea p4\r\037lea p6\r\037lea p8\r\037lea f5\r,
+ smkx=\037lea p4 /h/\r\037lea p8 /k/\r\037lea p6 / /\r\037lea p2 /j/\r\037lea f5 /H/\r,
+tek4025-17|tek 4025 17 line window,
+ lines#17, use=tek4025,
+tek4025-17-ws|tek 4025 17 line window in workspace,
+ is2=!com 31\r\n\037sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r\037wor 17\r\037mon 17\r,
+ rmcup=\037mon h\r, rmso=\037att s\r, smcup=\037wor h\r,
+ smso=\037att e\r,
+ use=tek4025-17,
+tek4025-ex|tek4027-ex|tek 4025/4027 w/!,
+ is2=\037com 33\r\n!sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r,
+ rmcup=\037com 33\r, smcup=!com 31\r,
+ use=tek4025,
+# Tektronix 4025a
+# From: Doug Gwyn <gwyn@brl-smoke.ARPA>
+# The following status modes are assumed for normal operation (replace the
+# initial "!" by whatever the current command character is):
+# !COM 29 # NOTE: changes command character to GS (^])
+# ^]DUP
+# ^]ECH R
+# ^]EOL
+# ^]RSS T
+# ^]SNO N
+# ^]STO 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73
+# Other modes may be set according to communication requirements.
+# If the command character is inadvertently changed, termcap can't restore it.
+# Insert-character cannot be made to work on both top and bottom rows.
+# Clear-to-end-of-display emulation via !DLI 988 is too grotty to use, alas.
+# There also seems to be a problem with vertical motion, perhaps involving
+# delete/insert-line, following a typed carriage return. This terminal sucks.
+# Delays not specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# (tek4025a: removed obsolete ":xx:". This may mean the tek4025a entry won't
+# work any more. -- esr)
+tek4025a|Tektronix 4025A,
+ am, bw, da, db, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\035bac;, clear=\035era;\n\035rup;, cmdch=^],
+ cr=^M, cub=\035lef %p1%d;, cub1=^H, cud=\035dow %p1%d;,
+ cud1=^J, cuf=\035rig %p1%d;, cuf1=\035rig;,
+ cuu=\035up %p1%d;, cuu1=^K, dch=\035dch %p1%d;,
+ dch1=\035dch;, dl=\035dli %p1%d;, dl1=\035dli;,
+ el=\035dch 80;, hpa=\r\035rig %p1%d;, ht=^I,
+ il1=\013\035ili;, ind=^J, indn=\035dow %p1%d;,
+ tbc=\035sto;,
+# From: cbosg!teklabs!davem Wed Sep 16 21:11:41 1981
+# Here's the command file that I use to get rogue to work on the 4025.
+# It should work with any program using the old curses (e.g. it better
+# not try to scroll, or cursor addressing won't work. Also, you can't
+# see the cursor.)
+# (This "learns" the arrow keys for rogue. I have adapted it for termcap - mrh)
+tek4025-cr|tek 4025 for curses and rogue,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#33,
+ clear=\037era;, cub1=^H, cud1=^F^J, cuf1=\037rig;,
+ cup=\037jum%i%p1%d\,%p2%d;, cuu1=^K, ht=^I, ind=^F^J,
+ is2=!com 31\r\n\037sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r,
+ rmcup=\037wor 0, smcup=\037wor 33h,
+# next two lines commented out since curses only allows 128 chars, sigh.
+# :ti=\037lea p1/b/\037lea p2/j/\037lea p3/n/\037lea p4/h/\037lea p5/ /\037lea p6/l/\037lea p7/y/\037lea p8/k/\037lea p9/u/\037lea p./f/\037lea pt/`era w/13\037lea p0/s/\037wor 33h:\
+# :te=\037lea p1\037lea p2\037lea p3\037lea p4\037lea pt\037lea p5\037lea p6\037lea p7\037lea p8\037lea p9/la/13\037lea p.\037lea p0\037wor 0:
+tek4025ex|4025ex|4027ex|tek 4025 w/!,
+ is2=\037com 33\r\n!sto 9\,17\,25\,33\,41\,49\,57\,65\,73\r,
+ rmcup=\037com 33\r, smcup=!com 31\r,
+ use=tek4025,
+tek4105|tektronix 4105,
+ am, mir, msgr, ul, xenl, xt,
+ cols#79, it#8, lines#29,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[=3;<7m, bold=\E[=7;<4m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cr=^M, cud1=\E[1B, cuf1=\E[1C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[1A, dch1=\E[1P,
+ dim=\E[=1;<6m, dl1=\E[1M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ il1=\E[1L, ind=\E[S, invis=\E[=6;<5, is1=\E%!1\E[m,
+ is2=\E%!1\E[?6141\E[m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[1D, kcud1=\E[1B,
+ kcuf1=\E[1C, kcuu1=\E[1A, rev=\E[=1;<3m, ri=\E[T,
+ rmacs=\E[m, rmcup=, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[=0;<1m,
+ rmul=\E[=0;<1m, sgr0=\E[=0;<1m, smacs=\E[1m,
+ smcup=\E%!1\E[?6l\E[2J, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[=2;<3m,
+ smul=\E[=5;<2m, tbc=\E[1g,
+
+# (tek4105-30: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+tek4105-30|4015 emulating 30 line vt100,
+ am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#30, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>,
+ enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq,
+ ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt,
+ kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+ sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[1;7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+# Tektronix 4105 from BRL
+# The following setup modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# CODE ansi CRLF no DABUFFER 141
+# DAENABLE yes DALINES 30 DAMODE replace
+# DAVISIBILITY yes ECHO no EDITMARGINS 1 30
+# FLAGGING input INSERTREPLACE replace LFCR no
+# ORIGINMODE relative PROMPTMODE no SELECTCHARSET G0 B
+# SELECTCHARSET G1 0 TABS -2
+# Other setup modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements; I recommend
+# ACURSOR 1 0 AUTOREPEAT yes AUTOWRAP yes
+# BYPASSCANCEL <LF> CURSORKEYMODE no DAINDEX 1 0 0
+# EOFSTRING '' EOLSTRING <CR> EOMCHARS <CR> <NU>
+# GAMODE overstrike GCURSOR 0 100 0 GSPEED 10 1
+# IGNOREDEL no KEYEXCHAR <DL> NVDEFINE -53 "<NU>"
+# PROMPTSTRING '' QUEUESIZE 2460 WINDOW 0 0 4095 3132
+# XMTDELAY 0
+# and factory color maps. After setting these modes, save them with NVSAVE. No
+# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# "IC" cannot be used in combination with "im" & "ei".
+# "tek4105a" is just a guess:
+tek4105a|Tektronix 4105,
+ msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#30, vt#3,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ civis=\E%!0\ETD00\E%!1, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cnorm=\E%!0\ETD10\E%!1, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, cvvis=\E%!0\ETD70\E%!1,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, is2=\E%!1,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kf0=\EOA, kf1=\EOB, kf2=\EOC, kf3=\EOD, kf4=\EOP, kf5=\EOQ,
+ kf6=\EOR, kf7=\EOS, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5,
+ lf5=F6, lf6=F8, ll=\E[30;H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmcup=\E%!0\ELBH=\E%!1,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smcup=\E[?6l, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+#
+# Tektronix 4106/4107/4109 from BRL
+# The following setup modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# CODE ansi COLUMNMODE 80 CRLF no
+# DABUFFER 141 DAENABLE yes DALINES 32
+# DAMODE replace DAVISIBILITY yes ECHO no
+# EDITMARGINS 1 32 FLAGGING input INSERTREPLACE replace
+# LFCR no LOCKKEYBOARD no ORIGINMODE relative
+# PROMPTMODE no SELECTCHARSET G0 B SELECTCHARSET G1 0
+# TABS -2
+# Other setup modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements; I recommend
+# ACURSOR 1 0 AUTOREPEAT yes AUTOWRAP yes
+# BYPASSCANCEL <LF> CURSORKEYMODE no DAINDEX 1 0 0
+# EOFSTRING '' EOLSTRING <CR> EOMCHARS <CR> <NU>
+# GAMODE overstrike GCURSOR 0 100 0 GSPEED 9 3
+# IGNOREDEL no KEYEXCHAR <DL> NVDEFINE -53 "<NU>"
+# PROMPTSTRING '' QUEUESIZE 2620 WINDOW 0 0 4095 3132
+# XMTDELAY 0
+# and factory color maps. After setting these modes, save them with NVSAVE. No
+# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# "IC" cannot be used in combination with "im" & "ei".
+tek4106brl|tek4107brl|tek4109brl|Tektronix 4106, 4107, or 4109,
+ msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#32, vt#3,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ civis=\E%!0\ETD00\E%!1, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cnorm=\E%!0\ETD10\E%!1, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, cvvis=\E%!0\ETD70\E%!1,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, is2=\E%!1,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kf0=\EOA, kf1=\EOB, kf2=\EOC, kf3=\EOD, kf4=\EOP, kf5=\EOQ,
+ kf6=\EOR, kf7=\EOS, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5,
+ lf5=F6, lf6=F8, ll=\E[32;H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmcup=\E%!0\ELBH=\E%!1,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\030\E%!0\EKC\E\014\EKR0\EKF0\ENM0\ELBH=\ETF8000010F40\ELI100\ELLB0\ELM0\EKE0\ENF1\EKS0\END0\ERE0\E%!1\Ec\E[?3;5l\E[?7;8h\E[r\E[m\E>,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smcup=\E[?6l, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7;42m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+
+tek4107|tek4109|tektronix terminals 4107 4109,
+ am, mir, msgr, ul, xenl, xt,
+ cols#79, it#8, lines#29,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E%!1\E[5m$<2>\E%!0,
+ bold=\E%!1\E[1m$<2>\E%!0, clear=\ELZ, cnorm=\E%!0, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\E%!3,
+ dim=\E%!1\E[<0m$<2>\E%!0, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ rev=\E%!1\E[7m$<2>\E%0, ri=\EI,
+ rmso=\E%!1\E[m$<2>\E%!0, rmul=\E%!1\E[m$<2>\E%!0,
+ sgr=\E%%!1\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m\E%%!0,
+ sgr0=\E%!1\E[m$<2>\E%!0, smso=\E%!1\E[7;5m$<2>\E%!0,
+ smul=\E%!1\E[4m$<2>\E%!0,
+# Tektronix 4207 with sysline. In the ancestral termcap file this was 4107-s;
+# see the note attached to tek4207.
+tek4207-s|Tektronix 4207 with sysline but no memory,
+ eslok, hs,
+ dsl=\E7\E[?6l\E[2K\E[?6h\E8, fsl=\E[?6h\E8,
+ is1=\E%!1\E[2;32r\E[132D\E[2g\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[J,
+ is2=\E7\E[?6l\E[2K\E[?6h\E8,
+ tsl=\E7\E[?6l\E[2K\E[;%i%df, use=tek4107,
+
+# The 4110 series may be a wonderful graphics series, but they make the 4025
+# look good for screen editing. In the dialog area, you can't move the cursor
+# off the bottom line. Out of the dialog area, ^K moves it up, but there
+# is no way to scroll.
+#
+# Note that there is a floppy for free from Tek that makes the
+# 4112 emulate the vt52 (use the vt52 termcap). There is also
+# an expected enhancement that will use ANSI standard sequences.
+#
+# 4112 in non-dialog area pretending to scroll. It really wraps
+# but vi is said to work (more or less) in this mode.
+#
+# 'vi' works reasonably well with this entry.
+#
+otek4112|o4112-nd|otek4113|otek4114|old tektronix 4110 series,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#34,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^K, ind=^J,
+ rmcup=\EKA1\ELV1, smcup=\EKA0\ELV0\EMG0,
+# The 4112 with the ANSI compatibility enhancement
+tek4112|tek4114|tektronix 4110 series,
+ am, db,
+ cols#80, lines#34,
+ cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[2J\E[0;0H, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\EM, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L,
+ ind=\E7\E[0;0H\E[M\E8, is2=\E3!1, ri=\E7\E[0;0H\E[L\E8,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+tek4112-nd|4112 not in dialog area,
+ cuu1=^K, use=tek4112,
+tek4112-5|4112 in 5 line dialog area,
+ lines#5, use=tek4112,
+# (tek4113: this used to have "<cuf1=\LM1\s\LM0>", someone's mistake;
+# removed "<smacs=\E^N>, <rmacs=\E^O>", which had been commented out in 8.3.
+# Note, the !0 and !1 sequences in <rmcup>/<smcup>/<cnorm>/<civis> were
+# previously \0410 and \0411 sequences...I don't *think* they were supposed
+# to be 4-digit octal -- esr)
+tek4113|tektronix 4113 color graphics with 5 line dialog area,
+ am, da, eo,
+ cols#80, lines#5,
+ clear=\ELZ, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\ELM1 \ELM0,
+ flash=\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERB0,
+ is2=\EKA1\ELL5\ELV0\ELV1, uc=\010\ELM1_\ELM0,
+tek4113-34|tektronix 4113 color graphics with 34 line dialog area,
+ lines#34,
+ is2=\EKA1\ELLB2\ELV0\ELV1, use=tek4113,
+# :ns: left off to allow vi visual mode. APL font (:as=\E^N:/:ae=\E^O:) not
+# supported here. :uc: is slow, but looks nice. Suggest setenv MORE -up .
+# :vb: needs enough delay to let you see the background color being toggled.
+tek4113-nd|tektronix 4113 color graphics with no dialog area,
+ am, eo,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34,
+ clear=\E^L, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, cuu1=^K,
+ cvvis=\ELZ\EKA0,
+ flash=\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERB0,
+ home=\ELF7l\177 @, ht=^I, is2=\ELZ\EKA0\ELF7l\177 @,
+ ll=\ELF hl @, rmso=\EMT1, smso=\EMT2, uc=\010\EMG1_\EMG0,
+# This entry is from Tek. Inc. (Brian Biehl)
+# (tek4115: :bc: renamed to :le:, <rmam>/<smam> added based on init string -- esr)
+otek4115|Tektronix 4115,
+ am, da, db, eo,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#34,
+ cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J,
+ cnorm=\E%!0\ELBG8\E%!1\E[34;1H, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E%!0\ELBB2\E%!1, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100,
+ il1=\E[L,
+ is2=\E%!0\E%\014\ELV0\EKA1\ELBB2\ENU@=\ELLB2\ELM0\ELV1\EKYA?\E%!1\E[<1l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[34;1H\E[34B\E[m,
+ kbs=^H, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmcup=\E%!0\ELBG8\E%!1\E[34;1H\E[J, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h,
+ smcup=\E%!0\ELBB2\E%!1, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+tek4115|newer tektronix 4115 entry with more ANSI capabilities,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#34,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG,
+ ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H,
+ rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[2g,
+ vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd,
+# The tek4125 emulates a vt100 incorrectly - the scrolling region
+# command is ignored. The following entry replaces <csr> with the needed
+# <il>, <il>, and <smir>; removes some cursor pad commands that the tek4125
+# chokes on; and adds a lot of initialization for the tek dialog area.
+# Note that this entry uses all 34 lines and sets the cursor color to green.
+# Steve Jacobson 8/85
+# (tek4125: there were two "\!"s in the is that I replaced with "\E!";
+# commented out, <smir>=\E1 because there's no <rmir> -- esr)
+tek4125|tektronix 4125,
+ lines#34,
+ csr@, dl1=\E[1M, il1=\E[1L,
+ is2=\E%\E!0\EQD1\EUX03\EKA\ELBB2\ELCE0\ELI100\ELJ2\ELLB2\ELM0\ELS1\ELX00\ELV1\E%\E!1\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ rc@, sc@, smkx=\E=,
+ use=vt100,
+
+# From: <jcoker@ucbic>
+# (tek4207: This was the termcap file's entry for the 4107/4207, but SCO
+# supplied another, less capable 4107 entry. So we'll use that for 4107 and
+# note that if jcoker wasn't confused you may be able to use this one.
+# I merged in <msgr>,<ind>,<ri>,<invis>,<tbc> from a BRL entry -- esr)
+tek4207|Tektronix 4207 graphics terminal with memory,
+ am, bw, mir, msgr, ul, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#32,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J$<156/>,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu1=\EM, dch1=\E[P$<4/>, dl1=\E[M$<3/>, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K$<5/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@$<4/>,
+ il1=\E[L$<3/>, ind=\E[S, invis=\E[=6;<5,
+ is2=\E%!0\ELBP0\E%!1\E[H\E[2g\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[J,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\ED, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\EM, khome=\E[H,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T,
+ rmcup=\E[?6h\E%!0\ELBP0\E%!1\E[32;1f, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E[?6l\E[H\E[J, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[1g,
+
+# From: <carolyn@dali.berkeley.edu> Thu Oct 31 12:54:27 1985
+# (tek4404: There was a "\!" in <smcup> that I replaced with "\E!".
+# Tab had been given as \E2I,that must be the tab-set capability -- esr)
+tek4404|tektronix 4404,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#32,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[1M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\E[2I, il1=\E[1L,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, rc=\E8,
+ rmcup=\E[1;1H\E[0J\E[?6h\E[?1l, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1h, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smcup=\E%\E!1\E[1;32r\E[?6l\E>, smir=\E[4h,
+ smkx=\E[?1l, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+# Some unknown person wrote:
+# I added the is string - straight Unix has ESC ; in the login
+# string which sets a ct8500 into monitor mode (aka 4025 snoopy
+# mode). The is string here cleans up a few things (but not
+# everything).
+ct8500|tektronix ct8500,
+ am, bw, da, db,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\E^I, clear=\E^E, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\ES, cup=\E|%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\ER,
+ dch1=\E^], dl1=\E^M, ed=\E^U, el=\E^T, ht=^I, ich1=\E^\,
+ il1=\E^L, ind=^J, is2=\037\EZ\Ek, ri=\E^A, rmso=\E\s,
+ rmul=\E\s, sgr0=\E\s, smso=\E$, smul=\E!,
+
+# Tektronix 4205 terminal.
+#
+# am is not defined because the wrap around occurs not when the char.
+# is placed in the 80'th column, but when we are attempting to type
+# the 81'st character on the line. (esr: hmm, this is like the vt100
+# version of xenl, perhaps am + xenl would work!)
+#
+# Bold, dim, and standout are simulated by colors and thus not allowed
+# with colors. The tektronix color table is mapped into the RGB color
+# table by setf/setb. All colors are reset to factory specifications by oc.
+# The <initc> cap uses RGB notation to define colors. for arguments 1-3 the
+# interval (0-1000) is broken into 8 smaller sub-intervals (125). Each sub-
+# interval then maps into pre-defined value.
+tek4205|tektronix 4205,
+ ccc, mir, msgr,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#30, ncv#49, pairs#63,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[=7;<4m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[=1;<6m, dl1=\E[1M, ech=\E%p1%dX,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, ind=\ED,
+ initc=\E%%!0\n\ETF4\n%?%p1%{0}%=%t0\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t4\n%e%p1%{2}%=%t3\n%e%p1%{3}%=%t5\n%e%p1%{4}%=%t2\n%e%p1%{5}%=%t6\n%e%p1%{6}%=%t7\n%e1%;\n%?%p2%{125}%<%t0\n%e%p2%{250}%<%tA2\n%e%p2%{375}%<%tA?\n%e%p2%{500}%<%tC8\n%e%p2%{625}%<%tD4\n%e%p2%{750}%<%tE1\n%e%p2%{875}%<%tE\:\n%eF4%;\n%?%p3%{125}%<%t0\n%e%p3%{250}%<%tA2\n%e%p3%{375}%<%tA?\n%e%p3%{500}%<%tC8\n%e%p3%{625}%<%tD4\n%e%p3%{750}%<%tE1\n%e%p3%{875}%<%tE\:\n%eF4%;\n%?%p4%{125}%<%t0\n%e%p4%{250}%<%tA2\n%e%p4%{375}%<%tA?\n%e%p4%{500}%<%tC8\n%e%p4%{625}%<%tD4\n%e%p4%{750}%<%tE1\n%e%p4%{875}%<%tE\:\n%eF4%;\n\E%%!1,
+ invis=\E[=6;<5, is1=\E%!0\ETM1\E%!1\E[m, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\EOA,
+ kf1=\EOB, kf2=\EOC, kf3=\EOD, kf4=\EP, kf5=\EQ, kf6=\ER,
+ kf7=\ES,
+ oc=\E%!0\n\ETFB0\n0000\n1F4F4F4\n2F400\n30F40\n4A4C<F4\n50F4F4\n6F40F4\n7F4F40\n\E%!1,
+ op=\E[39;40m, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmcup=,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[=0;<1m, rmul=\E[24m,
+ setb=\E[=%?%p1%{0}%=%t0m\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t4m\n%e%p1%{2}%=%t3m\n%e%p1%{3}%=%t5m\n%e%p1%{4}%=%t2m\n%e%p1%{5}%=%t6m\n%e%p1%{6}%=%t7m\n%e1m%;,
+ setf=\E[<%?%p1%{0}%=%t0m\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t4m\n%e%p1%{2}%=%t3m\n%e%p1%{3}%=%t5m\n%e%p1%{4}%=%t2m\n%e%p1%{5}%=%t6m\n%e%p1%{6}%=%t7m\n%e1m%;,
+ sgr0=\E[=0;<1m\E[24;25;27m\017, smacs=^N,
+ smcup=\E%%!1\E[?6l\E[2J, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[=2;<3m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[1g,
+
+#### Teletype (tty)
+#
+# These are the hardcopy Teletypes from before AT&T bought the company,
+# clattering electromechanical dinosaurs in Bakelite cases that printed on
+# pulpy yellow roll paper. If you remember these you go back a ways.
+# Teletype-branded VDTs are listed in the AT&T section.
+#
+# The earliest UNIXes were designed to use these clunkers; nroff and a few
+# other programs still default to emitting codes for the Model 37.
+#
+
+tty33|tty35|model 33 or 35 teletype,
+ hc, os, xon,
+ cols#72,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+tty37|model 37 teletype,
+ hc, os, xon,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E7, hd=\E9, hu=\E8,
+ ind=^J,
+
+# There are known to be at least three flavors of the tty40, all seem more
+# like IBM half duplex forms fillers than ASCII terminals. They have lots of
+# awful braindamage, such as printing a visible newline indicator after each
+# newline. The 40-1 is a half duplex terminal and is hopeless. The 40-2 is
+# braindamaged but has hope and is described here. The 40-4 is a 3270
+# lookalike and beyond hope. The terminal has visible bell but I don't know
+# it - it's null here to prevent it from showing the BL character.
+# There is an \EG in <nl> because of a bug in old vi (if stty says you have
+# a "newline" style terminal (-crmode) vi figures all it needs is nl
+# to get crlf, even if <cr> is not ^M.)
+# (tty40: removed obsolete ":nl=\EG\EB:", it's just do+cr -- esr)
+tty40|ds40|ds40-2|dataspeed40|teletype dataspeed 40/2,
+ xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\EH$<20>\EJ$<80>, cr=\EG, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cuu1=\E7, dch1=\EP$<50>, dl1=\EM$<50>,
+ ed=\EJ$<75>, home=\EH$<10>, ht=\E@$<10>, hts=\E1,
+ ich1=\E\^$<50>, il1=\EL$<50>, ind=\ES$<20>, kbs=^],
+ kcub1=^H, mc4=^T, mc5=\022$<2000>, ri=\ET$<10>, rmso=\E4,
+ rs2=\023\ER$<60>, smso=\E3, tbc=\EH\E2$<80>,
+tty43|model 43 teletype,
+ am, hc, os, xon,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+
+#### Tymshare
+#
+
+# You can add <is2=\E<> to put this 40-column mode, though I can't
+# for the life of me think why anyone would want to.
+scanset|sc410|sc415|Tymshare Scan Set,
+ am, bw, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=l<m-k4j%q\,x5, bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^K, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ind=^J, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, mc0=\E;3, mc4=\E;0,
+ mc5=\E;0, rc=^C, rmacs=^O, rs1=\E>, sc=^B, smacs=^N,
+
+#### Volker-Craig (vc)
+#
+# If you saw a Byte Magazine cover with a terminal on it during the early
+# 1980s, it was probably one of these. Carl Helmers liked them because
+# they could crank 19.2 and were cheap (that is, until he tried to program
+# one...)
+#
+
+# Missing in vc303a and vc303 descriptions: they scroll 2 lines at a time
+# every other linefeed.
+vc303|vc103|vc203|volker-craig 303,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<40>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I,
+ cuu1=^N, home=\013$<40>, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I,
+ kcuu1=^N, ll=\017$<1>W,
+vc303a|vc403a|volker-craig 303a,
+ clear=\030$<40>, cuf1=^U, cuu1=^Z, el=\026$<20>,
+ home=\031$<40>, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^Z, ll=^P, use=vc303,
+# (vc404: removed obsolete ":ma=^Z^P^U :" -- esr)
+vc404|volker-craig 404,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\030$<40>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U,
+ cup=\020%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z,
+ ed=\027$<40>, el=\026$<20>, home=\031$<40>, ind=^J,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^Z,
+vc404-s|volker-craig 404 w/standout mode,
+ cud1=^J, rmso=^O, smso=^N, use=vc404,
+# From: <wolfgang@cs.sfu.ca>
+# (vc414: merged in cup/dl1/home from an old vc414h-noxon)
+vc414|vc414h|Volker-Craig 414H in sane escape mode.,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\E\034$<40>, cud1=\E^K, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c$<40>, cuu1=\E^L, dch1=\E3,
+ dl1=\E\023$<40>, ed=\E^X, el=\E\017$<10/>, home=\E^R,
+ ich1=\E\:, il1=\E\032$<40>, kcub1=^H, kcud1=\E^K, kcuf1=^P,
+ kcuu1=\E^L, kf0=\EA, kf1=\EB, kf2=\EC, kf3=\ED, kf4=\EE,
+ kf5=\EF, kf6=\EG, kf7=\EH, khome=\E^R, lf0=PF1, lf1=PF2,
+ lf2=PF3, lf3=PF4, lf4=PF5, lf5=PF6, lf6=PF7, lf7=PF8,
+ rmso=\E^_, smso=\E^Y,
+vc415|volker-craig 415,
+ clear=^L, use=vc404,
+
+######## OBSOLETE PERSONAL-MICRO CONSOLES AND EMULATIONS
+#
+
+#### IBM PC and clones
+#
+
+# The pcplot IBM-PC terminal emulation program is really messed up. It is
+# supposed to emulate a vt-100, but emulates the wraparound bug incorrectly,
+# doesn't support scrolling regions, ignores add line commands, and ignores
+# delete line commands. Consequently, the resulting behavior looks like a
+# crude adm3a-type terminal.
+# Steve Jacobson 8/85
+pcplot|pc-plot terminal emulation program,
+ xenl@,
+ csr@, dl@, dl1@, il@, il1@, rc@, sc@, use=vt100,
+# KayPro II from Richard G Turner <rturner at Darcom-Hq.ARPA>
+# I've found that my KayPro II, running MDM730, continues to emulate an
+# ADM-3A terminal, just like I was running TERM.COM. On our 4.2 UNIX
+# system the following termcap entry works well:
+# I have noticed a couple of minor glitches, but nothing I can't work
+# around. (I added two capabilities from the BRL entry -- esr)
+kaypro|kaypro2|kaypro II,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\032$<1/>, cr=^M, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\ER, ed=^W,
+ el=^X, home=^^, il1=\EE, ind=^J, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+
+# From IBM, Thu May 5 19:35:27 1983
+# (ibmpc: commented out <smir>=\200R because we don't know <rmir> -- esr)
+ibmpc|ibm-pc|ibm5051|5051|IBM Personal Computer (no ANSI.SYS),
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L^K, cr=^M^^, cub1=^], cud1=^J, cuf1=^\,
+ cuu1=^^, home=^K, ind=\n$<10>, kcud1=^_,
+
+#### Apple II
+#
+# Apple II firmware console first, then various 80-column cards and
+# terminal emulators. For two cents I'd toss all these in the UFO file
+# along with the 40-column apple entries.
+#
+
+# From: brsmith@umn-cs.cs.umn.edu (Brian R. Smith) via BRL
+# 'it#8' tells UNIX that you have tabs every 8 columns. This is a
+# function of TIC, not the firmware.
+# The clear key on a IIgs will do something like clear-screen,
+# depending on what you're in.
+appleIIgs|appleIIe|appleIIc|Apple 80 column firmware interface,
+ am, bw, eo, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ home=^Y, ht=^I, ind=^W, kbs=^H, kclr=^X, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\177, nel=^M^W, ri=^V, rmso=^N,
+ smso=^O,
+# Apple //e with 80-column card, entry from BRL
+# The modem interface is permitted to discard LF (maybe DC1), otherwise
+# passing characters to the 80-column firmware via COUT (PR#3 assumed).
+# Auto-wrap does not work right due to newline scrolling delay, which also
+# requires that you set "stty cr2".
+# Note: Cursor addressing is only available via the Pascal V1.1 entry,
+# not via the BASIC PR#3 hook. All this nonsense can be avoided only by
+# using a terminal emulation program instead of the built-in firmware.
+apple2e|Apple //e,
+ bw, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<100/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^_,
+ ed=\013$<4*/>, el=\035$<4/>, home=^Y, ht=^I, ind=^W,
+ is2=^R^N, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^K,
+ nel=\r$<100/>, rev=^O, ri=^V, rmso=^N, rs1=^R^N, sgr0=^N,
+ smso=^O,
+# mcvax!vu44!vu45!wilcke uses the "ap" entry together with Ascii Express Pro
+# 4.20, with incoming and outgoing terminals both on 0, emulation On.
+apple2e-p|Apple //e via Pascal,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J,
+ use=apple2e,
+# (ASCII Express) MouseTalk "Standard Apple //" emulation from BRL
+# Enable DC3/DC1 flow control with "stty ixon -ixany".
+apple-ae|ASCII Express,
+ am, bw, msgr, nxon, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=\007$<500/>, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ home=^Y, ind=^W, is2=^R^N, kclr=^X, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^K, rev=^O, ri=^V, rmso=^N, rs1=^R^N, sgr0=^N,
+ smso=^O,
+appleII|apple ii plus,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=^L, cnorm=^TC2, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, cvvis=^TC6,
+ ed=^K, el=^], flash=\024G1$<200/>\024T1, home=\E^Y, ht=^I,
+ is2=\024T1\016, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, rmso=^N, sgr0=^N,
+ smso=^O,
+# Originally by Gary Ford 21NOV83
+# From: <ee178aci%sdcc7@SDCSVAX.ARPA> Fri Oct 11 21:27:00 1985
+apple-80|apple II with smarterm 80 col,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ cbt=^R, clear=\014$<10*/>, cr=\r$<10*/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^\, cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_,
+ ed=\013$<10*/>, el=\035$<10/>, home=^Y,
+apple-soroc|apple emulating soroc 120,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E*$<300>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EY, el=\ET,
+ home=^^, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+# From Peter Harrison, Computer Graphics Lab, San Francisco
+# ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison .....uucp
+# ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison@BERKELEY .......ARPA
+# "These two work. If you don't have the inverse video chip for the
+# Apple with videx then remove the :so: and :se: fields."
+# (apple-videx: this used to be called DaleApple -- esr)
+apple-videx|Apple with videx videoterm 80 column board with inverse video,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\014$<300/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ home=^Y, ht=^I, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, khome=^Y,
+ rmso=^Z2, sgr0=^Z2, smso=^Z3,
+# My system [for reference] : Apple ][+, 64K, Ultraterm display card,
+# Apple Cat ][ 212 modem, + more all
+# controlled by ASCII Express: Pro.
+# From Dave Shaver <isucs1!shaver>
+apple-uterm-vb|Videx Ultraterm for Apple micros with Visible Bell,
+ am, eo, xt,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=, clear=^L, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ flash=^W35^W06, home=^Y,
+ is2=^V4^W06\017\rVisible Bell Installed.\016\r\n,
+ rmso=^N, smso=^O,
+apple-uterm|Ultraterm for Apple micros,
+ am, eo, xt,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=, clear=^L, cuf1=^\,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ home=^Y, is2=^V4^W06\016, rmso=^N, smso=^O,
+# from trwrba!bwong (Bradley W. Wong):
+#
+# This entry assumes that you are using an apple with the UCSD Pascal
+# language card. SYSTEM.MISCINFO is assumed to be the same as that
+# supplied with the standard apple except that screenwidth should be set
+# using SETUP to 80 columns. Note that the right arrow in not mapped in
+# this termcap entry. This is because that key, on the Apple, transmits
+# a ^U and would thus preempt the more useful "up" function of vi.
+#
+# HMH 2/23/81
+apple80p|80-column apple with Pascal card,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=^Y^L, cuf1=^\\:,
+ cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^],
+ home=^Y, kcub1=^H,
+#
+# Apple II+ equipped with Videx 80 column card
+#
+# Terminfo from ihnp4!ihu1g!djc1 (Dave Christensen) via BRL;
+# manually converted by D A Gwyn
+#
+# DO NOT use any terminal emulation with this data base, it works directly
+# with the Videx card. This has been tested with vi 1200 baud and works fine.
+#
+# This works great for vi, except I've noticed in pre-R2, ^U will scroll back
+# 1 screen, while in R2 ^U doesn't.
+# For inverse alternate character set add:
+# <smacs>=^O:<rmacs>=^N:
+# (apple-v: added it#8 -- esr)
+apple-videx2|Apple II+ w/ Videx card (similar to Datamedia h1520),
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=\007$<100/>, clear=\014$<16*/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^_, ed=\013$<16*/>, el=^], home=^Y, ht=\011$<8/>,
+ ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^\, kcuu1=^_,
+ khome=^Y, rmso=^Z2, smso=^Z3,
+apple-videx3|vapple|Apple II with 80 col card,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\Ev, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, el=\Ex, home=\EH, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\EP, kf1=\EQ, kf2=\ER, kf3=\E\s, kf4=\E!,
+ kf5=\E", kf6=\E#, kf7=\E$, kf8=\E%, kf9=\E&, khome=\EH,
+#From: decvax!cbosgd!cbdkc1!mww Mike Warren via BRL
+aepro|Apple II+ running ASCII Express Pro--vt52,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\014$<300/>, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EK, home=\EH,
+# UCSD addition: Yet another termcap from Brian Kantor's Micro Munger Factory
+apple-vm80|ap-vm80|apple with viewmax-80,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\014$<300/>, cuf1=^\\:,
+ cup=\036%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<100/>, cuu1=^_,
+ ed=\013$<300/>, el=^], home=\031$<200/>,
+
+#### Apple Lisa & Macintosh
+#
+
+# (lisa: changed <cvvis> to <cnorm> -- esr)
+lisa|apple lisa console display (black on white),
+ am, eo, msgr,
+ cols#88, it#8, lines#32,
+ acsc=lfmekcjdttuvvuwsqax`nb, civis=\E[5h, clear=^L,
+ cnorm=\E[5l, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L,
+ is2=\E>\E[m\014, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, rmacs=\E[10m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E[11m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+liswb|apple lisa console display (white on black),
+ is2=\E>\E[0;7m\014, rmso=\E[0;7m, rmul=\E[0;7m,
+ smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4m, use=lisa,
+
+# lisaterm from ulysses!gamma!epsilon!mb2c!jed (John E. Duncan III) via BRL;
+# <is2> revised by Ferd Brundick <fsbrn@BRL.ARPA>
+#
+# These entries assume that the 'Auto Wraparound' is enabled.
+# Xon-Xoff flow control should also be enabled.
+#
+# The vt100 uses :rs2: and :rf: rather than :is2:/:tbc:/:hts: because the tab
+# settings are in non-volatile memory and don't need to be reset upon login.
+# Also setting the number of columns glitches the screen annoyingly.
+# You can type "reset" to get them set.
+#
+lisaterm|Apple Lisa or Lisa/2 running LisaTerm vt100 emulation,
+ am, xenl, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ,
+ kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, rc=\E8,
+ rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E>\E[?1l\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g,
+# Lisaterm in 132 column ("wide") mode.
+lisaterm-w|Apple Lisa with Lisaterm in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=lisaterm,
+# Although MacTerminal has insert/delete line, it is commented out here
+# since it is much faster and cleaner to use the "lock scrolling region"
+# method of inserting and deleting lines due to the MacTerminal implementation.
+# Also, the "Insert/delete ch" strings have an extra character appended to them
+# due to a bug in MacTerminal V1.1. Blink is disabled since it is not
+# supported by MacTerminal.
+mac|macintosh|Macintosh with MacTerminal,
+ xenl,
+ blink@, dch1=\E[P$<7/>, ich1=\E[@$<9/>, ip=$<7/>, use=lisa,
+# Lisaterm in 132 column ("wide") mode.
+mac-w|macterminal-w|Apple Macintosh with Macterminal in 132 column mode,
+ cols#132, use=mac,
+
+#### Radio Shack/Tandy
+#
+
+# (coco3: This had "ta" used incorrectly as a boolean and bl given as "bl#7".
+# I read these as mistakes for ":it#8:" and ":bl=\007:" respectively -- esr)
+# From: <{pbrown,ctl}@ocf.berkeley.edu> 12 Mar 90
+coco3|os9LII|Tandy CoCo3 24*80 OS9 Level II,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=^_", bold=\E\:^A, civis=^E\s,
+ clear=\014$<5*/>, cnorm=^E!, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c$<2/>, cuu1=^I,
+ dl1=^_1, ed=^K, el=^D, home=^A, il1=^_0, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^I, kcuu1=^L, rev=^_\s, rmso=^_!, rmul=^_#,
+ sgr0=\037!\E\:\200, smso=^_\s, smul=^_",
+# (trs2: removed obsolete ":nl=^_:" -- esr)
+trs2|trsII|trs80II|Radio Shack Model II using P&T CP/M,
+ am, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^_, cuf1=^],
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^^, dl1=^K, ed=^B,
+ el=^A, home=^F, ht=^I, il1=^D, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^\,
+ kcud1=^_, kcuf1=^], kcuu1=^^, rmso=^O, sgr0=^O, smso=^N,
+# From: Kevin Braunsdorf <ksb@mentor.cc.purdue.edu>
+# (This had extension capabilities
+# :BN=\E[?33h:BF=\E[?33l:UC=\E[_ q:BC=\E[\177 q:\
+# :CN=\ERC:CF=\ERc:NR=\ERD:NM=\ER@:
+# I also deleted the unnecessary ":kn#2:", ":sg#0:" -- esr)
+trs16|trs-80 model 16 console,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=l_mbk`javewcquxs, bel=^G, civis=\ERc, clear=^L,
+ cnorm=\ERC, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EP, il1=\EL,
+ ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ kf0=^A, kf1=^B, kf2=^D, kf3=^L, kf4=^U, kf5=^P, kf6=^N, kf7=^S,
+ khome=^W, lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7,
+ lf7=f8, mc4=\E]+, mc5=\E]=, rmacs=\ERg, rmso=\ER@, sgr0=\ER@,
+ smacs=\ERG, smso=\ERD,
+
+#### Atari ST
+#
+
+# From: Simson L. Garfinkel <simsong@media-lab.mit.edu>
+atari|atari st,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ clear=\EH\EJ, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, il1=\EL, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, ri=\EI, rmso=\Eq, sgr0=\Eq, smso=\Ep,
+# UniTerm terminal program for the Atari ST: 49-line VT220 emulation mode
+# From: Paul M. Aoki <aoki@ucbvax.berkeley.edu>
+uniterm|uniterm49|UniTerm VT220 emulator with 49 lines,
+ lines#49,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;49r\E[49;1H, use=vt220,
+# MiNT VT52 emulation. 80 columns, 25 rows.
+# MiNT is Now TOS, the operating system which comes with all Ataris now
+# (mainly Atari Falcon). This termcap is for the VT52 emulation you get
+# under tcsh/zsh/bash/sh/ksh/ash/csh when you run MiNT in `console' mode
+# From: Per Persson <pp@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 27 Feb 1996
+st52|Atari ST with VT52 emulation,
+ am, km,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, civis=\Ef, clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\Ee, cr=^M, cub1=\ED,
+ cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL,
+ ind=^J, ka1=\E#7, ka3=\E#5, kb2=\E#9, kbs=^H, kc1=\E#1,
+ kc3=\E#3, kclr=\E#7, kcub1=\E#K, kcud1=\E#P, kcuf1=\E#M,
+ kcuu1=\E#H, kf0=\E#D, kf1=\E#;, kf2=\E#<, kf3=\E#=, kf4=\E#>,
+ kf5=\E#?, kf6=\E#@, kf7=\E#A, kf8=\E#B, kf9=\E#C, khome=\E#G,
+ kil1=\E#R, kind=\E#2, kri=\E#8, lf0=f10, nel=^M^J, rc=\Ek,
+ ri=\EI, rmcup=, rmso=\Eq, rs1=\Ez_\Eb@\EcA, sc=\Ej, sgr0=\Eq,
+ smcup=\Ee, smso=\Ep,
+
+#### Commodore Business Machines
+#
+# Formerly located in West Chester, PA; went spectacularly bust in 1994
+# after years of shaky engineering and egregious mismanagement. Made one
+# really nice machine (the Amiga) and boatloads of nasty ones (PET, C-64,
+# C-128, VIC-20). The C-64 is said to have been the most popular machine
+# ever (most units sold); they can still be found gathering dust in closets
+# everywhere.
+#
+
+# From: Kent Polk <kent@swrinde.nde.swri.edu>, 30 May 90
+# Added a few more entries, converted caret-type control sequence (^x) entries
+# to '\0xx' entries since a couple of people mentioned losing '^x' sequences.
+#
+# :as:, :ae: Support for alternate character sets.
+# :ve=\E[\040p:vi=\E[\060\040p: cursor visible/invisible.
+# :xn: vt100 kludginess at column 80/NEWLINE ignore after 80 cols(Concept)
+# This one appears to fix a problem I always had with a line ending
+# at 'width+1' (I think) followed by a blank line in vi. The blank
+# line tended to disappear and reappear depending on how the screen
+# was refreshed. Note that this is probably needed only if you use
+# something like a Dnet Fterm with the window sized to some peculiar
+# dimension larger than 80 columns.
+# :k0=\E9~: map F10 to k0 - could have F0-9 -> k0-9, but ... F10 was 'k;'
+# (amiga: removed obsolete :kn#10:,
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress a warning --esr)
+amiga-old|Amiga ANSI,
+ am, bw, xenl,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[7;2m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z,
+ civis=\E[0 p, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[ p, cub=\E[%p1%dD,
+ cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S,
+ indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[8m, is2=\E[20l, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E9~, kf1=\E0~,
+ kf2=\E1~, kf3=\E2~, kf4=\E3~, kf5=\E4~, kf6=\E5~, kf7=\E6~,
+ kf8=\E7~, kf9=\E8~, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT,
+ rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs1=\Ec, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+# From: Hans Verkuil <hans@wyst.hobby.nl>, 4 Dec 1995
+# (amiga: added empty <acsc> to suppress a warning --esr)
+amiga|Amiga ANSI,
+ bw, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\2337;2m, bold=\2331m, cbt=\233Z,
+ civis=\2330 p, clear=\233H\233J, cnorm=\233 p, cr=^M,
+ cub=\233%p1%dD, cub1=\233D, cud=\233%p1%dB, cud1=\233B,
+ cuf=\233%p1%dC, cuf1=\233C, cup=\233%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\233%p1%dA, cuu1=\233A, dch=\233%p1%dP, dch1=\233P,
+ dim=\2332m, ech=\233%p1%dP, ed=\233J, el=\233K, flash=^G,
+ home=\233H, ht=^I, ich=\233%p1%d@, ich1=\233@, ind=\233S,
+ indn=\233%p1%dS, invis=\2338m, is2=\23320l, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\233D, kcud1=\233B, kcuf1=\233C, kcuu1=\233A,
+ kdch1=\177, kf0=\2339~, kf1=\2330~, kf2=\2331~, kf3=\2332~,
+ kf4=\2333~, kf5=\2334~, kf6=\2335~, kf7=\2336~, kf8=\2337~,
+ kf9=\2338~, nel=\233B\r, rev=\2337m, ri=\233T,
+ rin=\233%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmcup=\233?7h, rmso=\2330m,
+ rmul=\2330m, rs1=\Ec, sgr0=\2330m, smacs=^N, smcup=\233?7l,
+ smso=\2337m, smul=\2334m,
+
+# Commodore B-128 microcomputer from Doug Tyrol <det@HEL-ACE.ARPA>
+# I'm trying to write a termcap for a commodore b-128, and I'm
+# having a little trouble. I've had to map most of my control characters
+# to something that unix will accept (my delete-char is a ctrl-t, etc),
+# and create some functions (like cm), but thats life.
+# The problem is with the arrow keys - right, and up work fine, but
+# left deletes the previous character and down I just can't figure out.
+# Jove knows what I want, but I don't know what it's sending to me (it
+# isn't thats bound to next-line in jove).
+# Anybody got any ideas? Here's my termcap.
+# DAG -- I changed his "^n" entries to "\n"; see if that works.
+#
+commodore|b-128|Commodore B-128 micro,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24, pb#150,
+ clear=\E\006$<10/>, cr=^M, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\E\013%p1%2d\,%p2%2d\,$<20/>, cuu1=^P,
+ dch1=\177$<10*/>, dl1=\Ed$<10*/>, el=\Eq$<10/>,
+ home=\E^E, ht=\011$<5/>, ich1=\E\n$<5/>, il1=\Ei$<10/>,
+ kcub1=^B, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^P, khome=\E^E, rmir=,
+ smir=,
+
+#### North Star
+#
+# North Star Advantage from Lt. Fickie <brl-ibd!fickie> via BRL
+northstar|North Star Advantage,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\004$<200/>,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<1/>, ed=\017$<200/>,
+ el=\016$<200/>, home=\034\032$<200/>,
+
+#### Osborne
+#
+# Thu Jul 7 03:55:16 1983
+#
+# As an aside, be careful; it may sound like an anomaly on the
+# Osborne, but with the 80-column upgrade, it's too easy to
+# enter lines >80 columns!
+#
+# I've already had several comments...
+# The Osborne-1 with the 80-col option is capable of being
+# 52, 80, or 104 characters wide; default to 80 for compatibility
+# with most systems.
+#
+# The tab is destructive on the Ozzie; make sure to 'stty -tabs'.
+osborne-w|osborne1-w|osborne I in 104-column mode,
+ msgr, ul, xt,
+ cols#104, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, el=\ET, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rmso=\E(, rmul=\Em, smso=\E), smul=\El,
+# Osborne I from ptsfa!rhc (Robert Cohen) via BRL
+osborne|osborne1|osborne I in 80-column mode,
+ am, mir, msgr, ul, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=^Z, cub1=\010$<4>, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\\EW$<4/>, dl1=\ER, el=\ET, il1=\EE, is2=^Z, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rmir=, rmso=\E),
+ rmul=\Em, smir=\EQ, smso=\E(, smul=\El,
+#
+# Osborne Executive definition from BRL
+# Similar to tvi920
+# Added by David Milligan and Tom Smith (SMU)
+osexec|Osborne executive,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ is2=\Eq\Ek\Em\EA\Ex0, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L,
+ kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r,
+ kf4=^AD\r, kf5=^AE\r, kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r,
+ kf9=^AI\r, rmir=, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, smir=, smso=\Ej,
+ smul=\El, tbc=\E3,
+
+#### Console types for obsolete UNIX clones
+#
+# Coherent, Minix, Venix, and several lesser-known kin were OSs for 8088
+# machines that tried to emulate the UNIX look'n'feel. Coherent and Venix
+# were commercial, Minix an educational tool sold in conjunction with a book.
+# Memory-segmentation limits and a strong tendency to look like V7 long after
+# it was obsolete made all three pretty lame. Venix croaked early. Coherent
+# and Minix were ported to 32-bit Intel boxes, only to be run over by a
+# steamroller named `Linux' (which, to be fair, traces some lineage to Minix).
+# Coherent's vendor, the Mark Williams Company, went belly-up in 1994. There
+# are also, I'm told, Minix ports that ran on Amiga and Atari machines and
+# even as single processes under SunOS and the Macintosh OS.
+#
+
+# This is the entry provided with minix 1.7.4, with bogus :ri: removed.
+minix|minix console (v1.7),
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[0J, cr=^M,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E[0m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[Y, kf1=\E[V, kf2=\E[U, kf3=\E[T, kf4=\E[S,
+ kf5=\E[G, khome=\E[H, lf0=End, lf1=PgUp, lf2=PgDn, lf3=Num +,
+ lf4=Num -, lf5=Num 5, nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmso=\E[0m, rmul=\E[0m, sgr0=\E[0m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+minix-old|minix console (v1.5),
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[0J, cr=^M,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A,
+ kf0=\E[Y, kf1=\E[V, kf2=\E[U, kf3=\E[T, kf4=\E[S, kf5=\E[G,
+ khome=\E[H, nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmso=\E[0m,
+ rmul=\E[0m, sgr0=\E[0m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+pc-minix|minix console on an Intel box,
+ use=klone+acs, use=minix,
+
+# According to the Coherent 2.3 manual, the PC console is similar
+# to a z19. The differences seem to be (1) 25 lines, (2) no status
+# line, (3) standout is broken, (4) ins/del line is broken, (5)
+# has blinking and bold.
+pc-coherent|pcz19|coherent|IBM PC console running Coherent,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EE, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EN,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EH, ri=\EI, rmir=\EO,
+ rmso=\Eq, sgr0=\Eq, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep,
+
+# According to the Venix 1.1 manual, the PC console is similar
+# to a DEC vt52. Differences seem to be (1) arrow keys send
+# different strings, (2) enhanced standout, (3) added insert/delete line.
+# Note in particular that it doesn't have automatic margins.
+# There are other keys (f1-f10, kpp, knp, kcbt, kich1, kdch1) but they
+# not described here because this derives from an old termcap entry.
+pc-venix|venix|IBM PC console running Venix,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EK,
+ kcud1=\EP, kcuf1=\EM, kcuu1=\EH, khome=\EG, ri=\EI,
+
+#### Miscellaneous microcomputer consoles
+#
+# If you know anything more about any of these, please tell me.
+#
+
+# basis from Peter Harrison, Computer Graphics Lab, San Francisco
+# ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison ...uucp / ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison@BERKELEY ...ARPA
+# (basis: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^R^L^L :nl=5000*^J:" -- esr)
+basis|BASIS108 computer with terminal translation table active,
+ clear=\E*$<300/>, cud1=\n$<5000/>, ed=\EY, el=\ET, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rmso=\E), sgr0=\E),
+ smso=\E(,
+ use=adm3a,
+# luna's BMC terminal emulator
+luna|luna68k|LUNA68K Bitmap console,
+ cols#88, lines#46, use=ansi-mini,
+megatek|pegasus workstation terminal emulator,
+ am, os,
+ cols#83, lines#60,
+# The Xerox 820 was a Z80 micro with a snazzy XEROX PARC-derived
+# interface (pre-Macintosh by several years) that went nowhere.
+xerox820|x820|Xerox 820,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=1^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=^Q, el=^X,
+ home=^^, ind=^J,
+
+#### Videotex and teletext
+#
+
+# standard-issue France Telecom minitel terminal (made by Philips)
+# (m2-nam: had unknown :zd=\E[1m:zb=\E[5m:zc=lkmjqxtuwvn:; also deleted
+# unnecessary :ug#0:sg#0: and added <acsc> to quiet tic. -- esr)
+m2-nam|minitel|minitel-2|minitel-2-nam|France Telecom Minitel,
+ xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, clear=\E[H\E[J, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, ip=$<7/>,
+ is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS,
+ khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+######## OBSOLETE VDT TYPES
+#
+# These terminals are *long* dead -- these entries are retained for
+# historical interest only.
+
+#### Amtek Business Machines
+#
+
+# (abm80: early versions of this entry apparently had ":se=\E^_:so=\E^Y",
+# but these caps were commented out in 8.3; also, removed overridden
+# ":do=^J:" -- esr)
+abm80|amtek business machines 80,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ cbt=^T, clear=\E^\, cub1=^H, cud1=\E^K, cuf1=^P,
+ cup=\E\021%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E^L,
+ dl1=\E^S, ed=\E^X, el=\E^O, home=\E^R, il1=\E^Z,
+
+#### Bell Labs blit terminals
+#
+# These were AT&T's official entries. The 5620 FAQ maintained by
+# David Breneman <daveb@dgtl.com> has this to say:
+#
+# Actually, in the beginning was the Jerq, and the Jerq was white with a
+# green face, and Locanthi and Pike looked upon the Jerq and said the Jerq
+# was good. But lo, upon the horizon loomed a mighty management-type person
+# (known now only by the initials VP) who said, the mighty Jerq must stay
+# alone, and could not go forth into the world. So Locanthi and Pike put the
+# Jerq to sleep, cloned its parts, and the Blit was brought forth unto the
+# world. And the Jerq lived the rest of its days in research, but never
+# strayed from those paths.
+#
+# In all seriousness, the Blit was originally known as the Jerq, but when
+# it started to be shown outside of the halls of the Bell Labs Research
+# organization, the management powers that be decided that the name could
+# not remain. So it was renamed to be Blit. This was in late 1981.
+#
+# (The AT&T 5620 was the commercialized Blit. Its successors were the 630,
+# 730, and 730+.)
+#
+
+blit|jerq|blit running teletype rom,
+ am, eo, ul, xon,
+ cols#87, it#8, lines#72,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ dch=\Ee%p1%{32}%+%c, dch1=\Ee!, dl=\EE%p1%{32}%+%c,
+ dl1=\EE!, el=\EK, ht=^I, ich=\Ef%p1%{32}%+%c, ich1=\Ef!,
+ il=\EF%p1%{32}%+%c, il1=\EF!, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\Ex, kf2=\Ey, kf3=\Ez,
+
+# (cbblit: here's a BSD termcap that says <cud1=\EG> -- esr)
+cbblit|fixterm|blit running columbus code,
+ cols#88,
+ ed=\EJ, flash=\E^G, ich1@, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, mc5p=\EP%p1%03d,
+ rmir=\ER, rmso=\EV!, rmul=\EV", smir=\EQ, smso=\EU!,
+ smul=\EU",
+ use=blit,
+
+oblit|ojerq|first version of blit rom,
+ am, da, db, eo, mir, ul, xon,
+ cols#88, it#8, lines#72,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EO,
+ dl=\Ee%p1%{32}%+%c, dl1=\EE, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, flash=\E^G,
+ ht=^I, il=\Ef%p1%{32}%+%c, il1=\EF, ind=^J, kbs=^H, rmir=\ER,
+ smir=\EQ,
+
+#### Bolt, Beranek & Newman (bbn)
+#
+# The BitGraph was a product of the now-defunct BBN Computer Corporation.
+# The parent company, best known as the architects of the Internet, is
+# still around.
+#
+
+# Entries for the BitGraph terminals. The problem
+# with scrolling in vi can only be fixed by getting BBN to put
+# smarter scroll logic in the terminal or changing vi or padding
+# scrolls with about 500 ms delay.
+#
+# I always thought the problem was related to the terminal
+# counting newlines in its input buffer before scrolling and
+# then moving the screen that much. Then vi comes along and
+# paints lines in on the bottom line of the screen, so you get
+# this big white gap.
+
+bitgraph|bg2.0nv|bg3.10nv|bbn bitgraph 2.0 or later (normal video),
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, is2=\E>\E[?5l\E[?7h,
+ use=bg2.0,
+bg2.0rv|bg3.10rv|bbn bitgraph 2.0 (reverse video),
+ flash=\E[?5l$<200/>\E[?5h, is2=\E>\E[?5h\E[?7h,
+ use=bg2.0,
+bg2.0|bg3.10|bbn bitgraph 2.0 or later (no init),
+ xenl,
+ cols#85, lines#64,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J$<150>, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dl1=\E[M$<2*>,
+ ed=\E[J$<150>, el=\E[K$<2>, ht=^I, il1=\E[L$<2*>,
+ ind=\n$<280>, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, lf1=PF1,
+ lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, rc=\E8, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+
+bg1.25rv|bbn bitgraph 1.25 (reverse video),
+ flash=\E[?5l$<200/>\E[?5h, is2=\E>\E[?5h\E[?7h, use=bg1.25,
+bg1.25nv|bbn bitgraph 1.25 (normal video),
+ flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, is2=\E>\E[?5l\E[?7h, use=bg1.25,
+# (bg1.25: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+bg1.25|bbn bitgraph 1.25,
+ cols#85, lines#64,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J$<150>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dl1=\E[M$<2*>, ed=\E[J$<150>, el=\E[K$<2>, ht=^I,
+ il1=\E[L$<2*>, ind=\n$<280>, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB,
+ kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\EP, kf2=\EQ, kf3=\ER, kf4=\ES,
+ lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, ll=\E[64;1H, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m,
+
+#### Chromatics
+#
+
+# I have put the long strings in <smcup>/<rmcup>. Ti sets up a window
+# that is smaller than the screen, and puts up a warning message
+# outside the window. Te erases the warning message, puts the
+# window back to be the whole screen, and puts the cursor at just
+# below the small window. I defined <cnorm> and <civis> to really turn
+# the cursor on and off, but I have taken this out since I don't
+# like the cursor being turned off when vi exits.
+cg7900|chromatics|chromatics 7900,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#40,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^],
+ cup=\001M%p2%d\,%p1%d\,, cuu1=^K, dch1=^A<1, dl1=^A<2,
+ ed=^Al, el=^A`, home=^\, ich1=^A>1, il1=^A>2, ind=^J, ll=^A|,
+ rmcup=\001W0\,40\,85\,48\,\014\001W0\,0\,85\,48\,\001M0\,40\,,
+ rmso=\001C1\,\001c2\,,
+ smcup=\001P0\001O1\001R1\001C4\,\001c0\,\014\001M0\,42\,WARNING DOUBLE ENTER ESCAPE and \025\001C1\,\001c2\,\001W0\,0\,79\,39\,,
+ smso=\001C4\,\001c7\,, uc=\001\001_\001\200,
+
+#### Computer Automation
+#
+
+ca22851|computer automation 22851,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<8>, cr=^M, cub1=^U, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I,
+ cup=\002%i%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^V, ed=^\, el=^], home=^^, ind=^J,
+ kcub1=^U, kcud1=^W, kcuu1=^V, khome=^^,
+
+#### Cybernex
+#
+
+# This entry has correct padding and the undocumented "ri" capability
+cyb83|xl83|cybernex xl-83,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<62>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I,
+ cup=\027%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^N,
+ ed=\020$<62>, el=\017$<3>, home=^K, ind=^J, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, kcuu1=^N, ri=^N,
+# (mdl110: removed obsolete ":ma=^Z^P:" and overridden ":cd=145^NA^W:" -- esr)
+cyb110|mdl110|cybernex mdl-110,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\030$<70>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U,
+ cup=\020%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z,
+ dch1=\016A\036$<3.5>, dl1=\016A\016\036$<40>,
+ ed=\016@\026$<6>, el=\016@\026$<145>, home=^Y,
+ ht=\011$<43>, ich1=\016A\035$<3.5>,
+ il1=\016A\016\035$<65>, ind=^J, rmso=^NG, smso=^NF,
+
+#### Datapoint
+#
+# Datapoint is gone. They used to be headquartered in Texas.
+# They created ARCnet, an Ethernet competitor that flourished for a while
+# in the early 1980s before 3COM got wise and cut its prices. The service
+# side of Datapoint still lives (1995) in the form of Intelogic Trace.
+#
+
+dp3360|datapoint|datapoint 3360,
+ am,
+ cols#82, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, clear=^]^_, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^X, cuu1=^Z,
+ ed=^_, el=^^, home=^], ind=^J,
+
+#### DEC terminals (Obsolete types: DECwriter and vt40/42/50)
+#
+# These entries are DEC's official terminfos for its older terminals.
+# Contact Bill Hedberg <hedberg@hannah.enet.dec.com> of Terminal Support
+# Engineering for more information. Updated terminfos and termcaps
+# are kept available at ftp://gatekeeper.dec.com/pub/DEC/termcaps.
+#
+
+gt40|dec gt40,
+ os,
+ cols#72, lines#30,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+gt42|dec gt42,
+ os,
+ cols#72, lines#40,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+vt50|dec vt50,
+ cols#80, lines#12,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+vt50h|dec vt50h,
+ cols#80, lines#12,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J, ri=\EI,
+# (vt61: there's a BSD termcap that claims <dl1=\EPd>, <il1=\EPf.> <kbs=^H>)
+vt61|vt-61|vt61.5|dec vt61,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ$<120>, cr=\r$<20>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\EC$<20>, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<20>,
+ cuu1=\EA$<20>, ed=\EJ$<120>, el=\EK$<70>, ht=^I,
+ ind=\n$<20>, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA,
+ ri=\E$<20>I,
+
+# The gigi does standout with red!
+# (gigi: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string, corrected cub1 -- esr)
+gigi|vk100|dec gigi graphics terminal,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#84, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J,
+ el=\E[K, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?20l\E[?7h\E[?8h,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM,
+ rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7;31m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+# DEC PRO-350 console (VT220-style). The 350 was DEC's attempt to produce
+# a PC differentiated from the IBM clones. It was a total, ludicrous,
+# grossly-overpriced failure (among other things, DEC's OS didn't include
+# a format program, so you had to buy pre-formatted floppies from DEC at
+# a hefty premium!).
+pro350|decpro|dec pro console,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ clear=\EH\EJ, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ,
+ el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\EE, kf1=\EF, kf2=\EG, kf3=\EH, kf4=\EI,
+ kf5=\EJ, kf6=\Ei, kf7=\Ej, khome=\EH, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG,
+ rmso=\E^N, rmul=\E^C, smacs=\EF, smso=\E^H, smul=\E^D,
+
+dw1|decwriter I,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#72,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+dw2|decwriter|dw|decwriter II,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+
+# \E(B Use U.S. character set (otherwise # => british pound !)
+# \E[20l Disable "linefeed newline" mode (else puts \r after \n,\f,\v)
+# \E[w 10 char/in pitch
+# \E[1;132 full width horizontal margins
+# \E[2g clear all tab stops
+# \E[z 6 lines/in
+# \E[66t 66 lines/page (for \f)
+# \E[1;66r full vertical page can be printed
+# \E[4g clear vertical tab stops
+# \E> disable alternate keypad mode (so it transmits numbers!)
+# \E[%i%p1%du set tab stop at column %d (origin == 1)
+# (Full syntax is \E[n;n;n;n;n;...;nu where each 'n' is
+# a tab stop)
+#
+# The dw3 does standout with wide characters.
+#
+dw3|la120|decwriter III,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J,
+ is1=\E(B\E[20l\E[w\E[0;132s\E[2g\E[z\E[66t\E[1;66r\E[4g\E>,
+ is2=\E[9;17;25;33;41;49;57;65;73;81;89;97;105;113;121;129u\r,
+ kbs=^H, rmso=\E[w, sgr0=\E[w, smso=\E[6w,
+dw4|decwriter IV,
+ am, hc, os,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, is2=\Ec, kbs=^H,
+ kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS,
+
+# These aren't official
+ln03|dec ln03 laser printer,
+ hc,
+ cols#80, lines#66,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hd=\EK, ht=^I, hu=\EL, ind=^J, nel=^M^J,
+ rmso=\E[22m, rmul=\E[24m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[1m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+ln03-w|dec ln03 laser printer 132 cols,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J,
+ use=ln03,
+
+#### Delta Data (dd)
+#
+
+# Untested. The cup sequence is hairy enough that it probably needs work.
+# The idea is ctrl(O), dd(row), dd(col), where dd(x) is x - 2*(x%16) + '9'.
+# There are BSD-derived termcap entries floating around for this puppy
+# that are *certainly* wrong.
+delta|dd5000|delta data 5000,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#27,
+ bel=^G, clear=^NR, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^Y,
+ cup=\017%p1%p1%{16}%m%{2}%*%-%'9'%+%c%p2%p2%{16}%m%{2}%*%-%'9'%+%c,
+ cuu1=^Z, dch1=^NV, el=^NU, home=^NQ, ind=^J,
+
+#### Digital Data Research (ddr)
+#
+
+# (ddr: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+ddr|rebus3180|ddr3180|Rebus/DDR 3180 vt100 emulator,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50/>, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2/>, ed=\E[J$<50/>, el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ind=\ED$<5/>, is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM$<5/>, rmam=\E[7l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m$<2/>,
+ rs1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7,
+ sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smam=\E[7l, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m$<2/>,
+
+#### Evans & Sutherland
+#
+
+# Jon Leech <leech@cs.unc.edu> tells us:
+# The ps300 was the Evans & Sutherland Picture System 300, a high
+# performance 3D vector graphics system with a bunch of specialized hardware.
+# Approximate date of release was 1982 (early 80s, anyway), and it had several
+# evolutions including (limited) color versions such as the PS330C. PS300s
+# were effectively obsolete by the late 80s, replaced by raster graphics
+# systems, although specialized applications like molecular modelling
+# hung onto them for a while longer. AFAIK all E&S vector graphics systems
+# are out of production, though of course E&S is very much alive (in 1996).
+# (ps300: changed ":pt@:" to "it@" -- esr)
+#
+ps300|Picture System 300,
+ xt,
+ it@,
+ rmso@, rmul@, smso@, smul@, use=vt100,
+
+#### General Electric (ge)
+#
+
+terminet1200|terminet300|tn1200|tn300|terminet|GE terminet 1200,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#120,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+
+#### Heathkit/Zenith
+#
+
+# Here is a description of the H19 DIP switches:
+#
+# S401
+# 0-3 = baud rate as follows:
+#
+# 3 2 1 0
+# --- --- --- ---
+# 0 0 1 1 300 baud
+# 0 1 0 1 1200 baud
+# 1 0 0 0 2400 baud
+# 1 0 1 0 4800 baud
+# 1 1 0 0 9600 baud
+# 1 1 0 1 19.2K baud
+#
+# 4 = parity (0 = no parity)
+# 5 = even parity (0 = odd parity)
+# 6 = stick parity (0 = normal parity)
+# 7 = full duplex (0 = half duplex)
+#
+# S402
+# 0 = block cursor (0 = underscore cursor)
+# 1 = no key click (0 = keyclick)
+# 2 = wrap at end of line (0 = no wrap)
+# 3 = auto LF on CR (0 = no LF on CR)
+# 4 = auto CR on LF (0 = no CR on LF)
+# 5 = ANSI mode (0 = VT52 mode)
+# 6 = keypad shifted (0 = keypad unshifted)
+# 7 = 50Hz refresh (1 = 60Hz refresh)
+#
+# Factory Default settings are as follows:
+# 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+# S401 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
+# S402 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+# (h19: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string;
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress a tic warning -- esr)
+h19-a|h19a|heath-ansi|heathkit-a|heathkit h19 ansi mode,
+ am, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, clear=\E[2J, cnorm=\E[>4l, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=\E[1B, cuf1=\E[1C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu1=\E[1A, cvvis=\E[>4h, dch1=\E[1P, dl1=\E[1M$<1*>,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[1L$<1*>, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E<\E[>1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m\E[?7h,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[1D, kcud1=\E[1B, kcuf1=\E[1C, kcuu1=\E[1A,
+ kf1=\EOS, kf2=\EOT, kf3=\EOU, kf4=\EOV, kf5=\EOW, kf6=\EOP,
+ kf7=\EOQ, kf8=\EOR, khome=\E[H, lf6=blue, lf7=red, lf8=white,
+ ri=\EM, rmacs=\E[11m, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m,
+ smacs=\E[10m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+h19-bs|heathkit w/keypad shifted,
+ rmkx=\Eu, smkx=\Et, use=h19-b,
+h19-smul|heathkit w/keypad shifted/underscore cursor,
+ rmkx=\Eu, smkx=\Et,
+ use=h19-u,
+# (h19: merged in <ip> from BSDI hp19-e entry>;
+# also added empty <acsc> to suppress a tic warning --esr)
+h19|heath|h19-b|heathkit|heath-19|z19|zenith|heathkit h19,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, clear=\EE, cnorm=\Ey4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ cvvis=\Ex4, dch1=\EN, dl1=\EM$<1*>, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+ fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL$<1*>, ind=^J,
+ ip=<1.5/>, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW,
+ kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, khome=\EH, lf6=blue, lf7=red,
+ lf8=white, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq, smacs=\EF,
+ smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, tsl=\Ej\Ex5\EY8%p1%{32}%+%c\Eo\Eo,
+h19-u|heathkit with underscore cursor,
+ cnorm@, cvvis@, use=h19-b,
+h19-us|h19us|heathkit w/keypad shifted/underscore cursor,
+ rmkx=\Eu, smkx=\Et,
+ use=h19-u,
+h19-g|h19g|heathkit w/block cursor,
+ cnorm=\Ex4, use=h19-b,
+alto-h19|altoh19|altoheath|alto-heath|alto emulating heathkit h19,
+ lines#60,
+ dl1=\EM, il1=\EL, use=h19,
+
+# The major problem with the Z29 is that it requires more padding than the Z19.
+#
+# The problem with declaring an H19 to be synonymous with a Z29 is that
+# it needs more padding. It especially loses if a program attempts
+# to put the Z29 into insert mode and insert text at 9600 baud. It
+# even loses worse if the program attempts to insert tabs at 9600
+# baud. Adding padding to text that is inserted loses because in
+# order to make the Z29 not die, one must add so much padding that
+# whenever the program tries to use insert mode, the effective
+# rate is about 110 baud.
+#
+# What program would want to put the terminal into insert mode
+# and shove stuff at it at 9600 baud you ask?
+#
+# Emacs. Emacs seems to want to do the mathematically optimal
+# thing in doing a redisplay rather than the practical thing.
+# When it is about to output a line on top of a line that is
+# already on the screen, instead of just killing to the end of
+# the line and outputting the new line, it compares the old line
+# and the new line and if there are any similarities, it
+# constructs the new line by deleting the text on the old line
+# on the terminal that is already there and then inserting new
+# text into the line to transform it into the new line that is
+# to be displayed. The Z29 does not react kindly to this.
+#
+# But don't cry for too long.... There is a solution. You can make
+# a termcap entry for the Z29 that says the Z29 has no insert mode.
+# Then Emacs cannot use it. "Oh, no, but now inserting into a
+# line will be really slow", you say. Well there is a sort of a
+# solution to that too. There is an insert character option on
+# the Z29 that will insert one character. Unfortunately, it
+# involves putting the terminal into ansi mode, inserting the
+# character, and changing it back to H19 mode. All this takes 12
+# characters. Pretty expensive to insert one character, but it
+# works. Either Emacs doesn't try to use its inserting hack when
+# it's only given an insert character ability or the Z29 doesn't
+# require padding with this (the former is probably more likely,
+# but I haven't checked it out).
+# (z29: added empty <acsc> to suppress a tic warning, merged in
+# status line capabilities from BRL entry --esr)
+z29|zenith29|z29b|zenith z29b,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, cbt=\E-, clear=\EE$<14>, cnorm=\Ey4, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E$<1>A,
+ cvvis=\Ex4, dch1=\EN$<0.1*>, dl1=\EM$<1/>, dsl=\Ey1,
+ ed=\EJ$<14>, el=\EK$<1>, fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\EH, ht=^I,
+ ich1=\E<\E[1@\E[?2h$<1>, il1=\EL$<1/>, ind=\n$<2>,
+ is2=\E<\E[?2h\Ev, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E~, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV,
+ kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, kf9=\E0I, khome=\EH,
+ lf0=home, ri=\EI$<2/>, rmacs=\EF, rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq,
+ rmul=\Es0, smacs=\EG, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, smul=\Es8,
+ tsl=\Ej\Ex5\Ex1\EY8%+ \Eo,
+# z29 in ansi mode. Assumes that the cursor is in the correct state, and that
+# the world is stable. <rs1> causes the terminal to be reset to the state
+# indicated by the name. kc -> key click, nkc -> no key click, uc -> underscore
+# cursor, bc -> block cursor.
+# From: Mike Meyers
+# (z29a: replaced nonexistent <if=/usr/share/tabset/zenith29> befause <hts>
+# looks vt100-compatible -- esr)
+z29a|z29a-kc-bc|h29a-kc-bc|heath/zenith 29 in ansi mode,
+ am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2m, clear=\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dsl=\E[>1l, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=\E[u\E[>5l, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, hts=\EH, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[J, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB,
+ kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, ked=\E[J, kf0=\E[~, kf1=\EOS,
+ kf2=\EOT, kf3=\EOU, kf4=\EOV, kf5=\EOW, kf6=\EOP, kf7=\EOQ,
+ kf8=\EOR, kf9=\EOX, khome=\E[H, lf0=help, mc0=\E#7,
+ nel=^M\ED, rc=\E[r, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmcup=\E[?7h,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>4h\E[>1;2;3;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m,
+ sc=\E[s, sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E[?7l, smso=\E[7;2m, smul=\E[4m,
+ tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[s\E[>5;1h\E[25;%i%dH\E[1K,
+z29a-kc-uc|h29a-kc-uc|z29 ansi mode with keyckick and underscore cursor,
+ rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m,
+ use=z29a,
+z29a-nkc-bc|h29a-nkc-bc|z29 ansi mode with block cursor and no keyclick,
+ rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>2;4h\E[>1;3;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m,
+ use=z29a,
+z29a-nkc-uc|h29a-nkc-uc|z29 ansi mode with underscore cursor and no keyclick,
+ rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>2h\E[>1;3;4;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m,
+ use=z29a,
+# From: Jeff Bartig <jeffb@dont.doit.wisc.edu> 31 Mar 1995
+z39-a|z39a|zenith39-a|zenith39-ansi|Zenith 39 in ANSI mode,
+ am, eslok, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooqqssttuuvvwwxx~~0a, bel=^G,
+ blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[1Z, civis=\E[>5h,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[>5l, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[1M, dsl=\E[>1l, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, el1=\E[1K,
+ fsl=\E[u, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L,
+ ind=^J, is2=\E<\E[>1;3;5;6;7l\E[0m\E[2J, ka1=\EOw,
+ ka3=\EOu, kb2=\EOy, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, ked=\E[J, kf1=\EOS,
+ kf2=\EOT, kf3=\EOU, kf4=\EOV, kf5=\EOW, kf6=\EOP, kf7=\EOQ,
+ kf8=\EOR, kf9=\EOX, khlp=\E[~, khome=\E[H, ll=\E[24;1H,
+ mc0=\E[?19h\E[i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E[u, rev=\E[7m,
+ rmacs=\E(B, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[>7l, rmso=\E[0m,
+ rmul=\E[0m, rs2=\E<\Ec\200, sc=\E[s, sgr0=\E[0m,
+ smacs=\E(0, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[>7h, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[s\E[>1h\E[25;%i%p1%dH,
+
+# From: Brad Brahms <Brahms@USC-ECLC>
+z100|h100|z110|z-100|h-100|heath/zenith z-100 pc with color monitor,
+ cnorm=\Ey4\Em70, cvvis=\Ex4\Em71,
+ use=z100bw,
+# (z100bw: removed obsolete ":kn#10:", added empty <acsc> -- esr)
+z100bw|h100bw|z110bw|z-100bw|h-100bw|heath/zenith z-100 pc,
+ mir, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=, clear=\EE$<5*/>, cnorm=\Ey4, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<1*/>,
+ cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ex4, dch1=\EN$<1*/>, dl1=\EM$<5*/>,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL$<5*/>, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\EJ, kf1=\ES,
+ kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER,
+ kf9=\EOI, khome=\EH, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq,
+ smacs=\EF, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep,
+p19|h19-b with il1/dl1,
+ dl1=\EM$<2*/>, il1=\EL$<2*/>, use=h19-b,
+# From: <ucscc!B.fiatlux@ucbvax.berkeley.edu>
+# (ztx: removed duplicate :sr: -- esr)
+ztx|ztx11|zt-1|htx11|ztx-1-a|ztx-10 or 11,
+ am, eslok, hs,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM,
+ dsl=\Ey1, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\EH, ht=^I,
+ il1=\EL, is2=\Ej\EH\Eq\Ek\Ev\Ey1\Ey5\EG\Ey8\Ey9\Ey>,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\ES,
+ kf1=\EB, kf2=\EU, kf3=\EV, kf4=\EW, kf5=\EP, kf6=\EQ, kf7=\ER,
+ ri=\EI, rmso=\Eq, rmul=\Eq, smso=\Es5, smul=\Es2,
+ tsl=\Ej\Ex5\Ex1\EY8%+ \Eo,
+
+#### IMS International (ims)
+#
+# There was a company called IMS International located in Carson City,
+# Nevada, that flourished from the mid-70s to mid-80s. They made S-100
+# bus/Z80 hardware and a line of terminals called Ultimas.
+#
+
+# From: Erik Fair <fair@ucbarpa.berkeley.edu> Sun Oct 27 07:21:05 1985
+ims950-b|bare ims950 no init string,
+ is2@, use=ims950,
+# (ims950: removed obsolete ":ko@:" -- esr)
+ims950|ims televideo 950 emulation,
+ xenl@,
+ flash@, kbs@, kcub1@, kcud1@, kcuf1@, kcuu1@, kf0@, kf1@, kf2@, kf3@,
+ kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, kf9@, khome@,
+ use=tvi950,
+# (ims950-rv: removed obsolete ":ko@:" -- esr)
+ims950-rv|ims tvi950 rev video,
+ xenl@,
+ flash@, kbs@, kcub1@, kcud1@, kcuf1@, kcuu1@, kf0@, kf1@, kf2@, kf3@,
+ kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, kf9@, khome@,
+ use=tvi950-rv,
+ims-ansi|ultima2|ultimaII|IMS Ultima II,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\ED,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\EM, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K,
+ ht=^I, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100,
+ is2=\E[m\E[>14l\E[?1;?5;20l\E>\E[1m\r, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM,
+ rmso=\E[m\E[1m, rmul=\E[m\E[1m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m,
+
+#### Intertec Data Systems
+#
+# I think this company is long dead as of 1995. They made an early CP/M
+# micro called the "Intertec Superbrain" that was moderately popular,
+# then sank out of sight.
+#
+
+superbrain|intertec superbrain,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<5*>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<20>, cuu1=^K,
+ ed=\E~k<10*>, el=\E~K$<15>, ht=^I, ind=^J, kcub1=^U,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^K, rmcup=^L, smcup=^L,
+# (intertube: a Gould entry via BRL asserted smul=\E0@$<200/>,
+# rmul=\E0A$<200/>; my guess is the highlight letter is bit-coded like an ADM,
+# and the reverse is actually true. Try it. -- esr)
+intertube|intertec|Intertec InterTube,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<50>, cuu1=^Z, home=^A,
+ ind=^J, rmso=\E0@, smso=\E0P,
+# The intertube 2 has the "full duplex" problem like the tek 4025: if you
+# are typing and a command comes in, the keystrokes you type get interspersed
+# with the command and it messes up
+intertube2|intertec data systems intertube 2,
+ cup=\016%p1%c\020%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%c,
+ el=\EK, hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%c,
+ ll=^K^X\r, vpa=\013%p1%c,
+ use=intertube,
+
+#### Ithaca Intersystems
+#
+# This company made S100-bus personal computers long ago in the pre-IBM-PC
+# past. They used to be reachable at:
+#
+# Ithaca Intersystems
+# 1650 Hanshaw Road
+# Ithaca, New York 14850
+#
+# However, the outfit went bankrupt years ago.
+#
+
+# The Graphos III was a color graphics terminal from Ithaca Intersystems.
+# These entries were written (originally in termcap syntax) by Brian Yandell
+# <yandell@stat.wisc.edu> and Mike Meyer <mikem@stat.wisc.edu> at the
+# University of Wisconsin.
+
+# (graphos: removed obsolete and syntactically incorrect :kn=4:,
+# removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/init.graphos> and
+# <rf=/usr/share/tabset/init.graphos> no such file & no <hts> -- esr)
+graphos|graphos III,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\Ez56;2;0;0z\Ez73z\Ez4;1;1z,
+ cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\Ez4;2;1z\Ez56;2;80;24z, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR,
+ kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, ri=\EM, rmdc=\E[4l,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smdc=\E[4h,
+ smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m,
+graphos-30|graphos III with 30 lines,
+ lines#30,
+ cvvis=\Ez4;2;1z\Ez56;2;80;30z, use=graphos,
+
+#### Modgraph
+#
+# These people used to be reachable at:
+#
+# Modgraph, Inc
+# 1393 Main Street,
+# Waltham, MA 02154
+# Vox: (617)-890-5796.
+#
+# However, if you call that number today you'll get an insurance company.
+# I think Modgraph is long gone.
+#
+
+modgraph|mod24|modgraph terminal emulating vt100,
+ xenl@,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ cvvis=\E\^9;0s\E\^7;1s,
+ is2=\E\^9;0s\E\^7;1s\E[3g\E\^11;9s\E\^11;17s\E\^11;25s\E\^11;33s\E\^11;41s\E\^11;49s\E\^11;57s\E\^11;65s\E\^11;73s\E\^11;81s\E\^11;89s,
+ rf@, ri=\EM\E[K$<5/>,
+ use=vt100,
+# The GX-1000 manual is dated 1984. This looks rather like a VT-52.
+modgraph2|modgraph gx-1000 80x24 with keypad not enabled,
+ am, da, db,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\EH\EJ$<50/>, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EC$<2/>,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<5/>, cuu1=\EA$<2/>,
+ ed=\EJ$<50/>, el=\EK$<3/>, ht=^I,
+ is2=\E<\E\^5;2s\E\^7;1s\E[3g\E\^11;9s\E\^11;17s\E\^11;25s\E\^11;33s\E\^11;41s\E\^11;49s\E\^11;57s\E\^11;65s\E\^11;73s\E\^11;81s\E\^11;89s\E\^12;0s\E\^14;2s\E\^15;9s\E\^25;1s\E\^9;1s\E\^27;1,
+ ri=\EI$<5/>,
+#
+# Modgraph from Nancy L. Cider <nancyc@brl-tbd>
+# BUG NOTE from Barbara E. Ringers <barb@brl-tbd>:
+# If we set TERM=vt100, and set the Modgraph screen to 24 lines, setting a
+# mark and using delete-to-killbuffer work correctly. However, we would
+# like normal mode of operation to be using a Modgraph with 48 line setting.
+# If we set TERM=mod (which is a valid entry in termcap with 48 lines)
+# the setting mark and delete-to-killbuffer results in the deletion of only
+# the line the mark is set on.
+# We've discovered that the delete-to-killbuffer works correctly
+# with TERM=mod and screen set to 80x48 but it's not obvious. Only
+# the first line disappears but a ctrl-l shows that it did work
+# correctly.
+modgraph48|mod|Modgraph w/48 lines,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#48, vt#3,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[;H\E[2J, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K,
+ flash=\E[?5h\E[0q\E[1;2q\E[?5l\E[0q\E[4;3q,
+ home=\E[H, ht=^I, is2=\E<\E[1;48r\E[0q\E[3;4q\E=\E[?1h,
+ kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA,
+ kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E=\E[0q\E>, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E[?1h\E=,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+#### Morrow Designs
+#
+# This was George Morrow's company. They started in the late 1970s making
+# S100-bus machines. They used to be reachable at:
+#
+# Morrow
+# 600 McCormick St.
+# San Leandro, CA 94577
+#
+# but they're long gone now (1995).
+#
+
+# The mt70 terminal was shipped with the Morrow MD-3 microcomputer.
+# Jeff's specimen was dated June 1984.
+# From: Jeff Wieland <wieland@acn.purdue.edu> 24 Feb 1995
+mt70|mt-70|Morrow MD-70; native Morrow mode,
+ am, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=+z\,{.yOi-x`|jGkFlEmDnHtLuKvNwMxIqJ, bel=^G,
+ cbt=\EI, civis=\E"0, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E"2, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<1>,
+ cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, dim=\EG2, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET$<10>,
+ flash=\EK1$<200>\EK0, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ ind=^J, invis@, is1=\E"2\EG0\E], kbs=^H, kcbt=^A^Z\r,
+ kclr=^An\r, kcub1=^AL\r, kcud1=^AK\r, kcuf1=^AM\r,
+ kcuu1=^AJ\r, kdch1=\177, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^A`\r,
+ kf12=^Aa\r, kf13=^Ab\r, kf14=^Ac\r, kf15=^Ad\r, kf16=^Ae\r,
+ kf17=^Af\r, kf18=^Ag\r, kf19=^Ah\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf20=^Ai\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khlp=^AO\r, khome=^AN\r, nel=^_,
+ rmacs=\E%, rmcup=, smacs=\E$, smcup=\E"2\EG0\E], smul=\EG1,
+ tbc=\E0,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+
+#### Motorola
+#
+
+# Motorola EXORterm 155 from {decvax, ihnp4}!philabs!sbcs!megad!seth via BRL
+# (Seth H Zirin)
+ex155|Motorola Exorterm 155,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ cbt=\E[, clear=\EX, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\ED,
+ cup=\EE%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, ed=\ET, el=\EU,
+ home=\E@, ht=\EZ, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[, kclr=\EX, kcub1=^H,
+ kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ked=\ET, kel=\EU, khome=\E@,
+ rmso=\Ec\ED, rmul=\Eg\ED, smso=\Eb\ED, smul=\Ef\ED,
+
+#### Omron
+#
+# This company is still around in 1995, manufacturing point-of-sale systems.
+
+omron|Omron 8025AG,
+ am, da, db,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cuu1=\EA,
+ cvvis=\EN, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\ER, el=\EK, home=\EH,
+ il1=\EL, ind=\ES, ri=\ET, rmso=\E4, smso=\Ef,
+
+#### Ramtek
+#
+# Ramtek was a vendor of high-end graphics terminals around 1979-1983; they
+# were competition for things like the Tektronics 4025.
+#
+
+# Ramtek 6221 from BRL, probably by Doug Gwyn
+# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# UNDERLINE_CURSOR ANSI_MODE AUTO_XON/XOFF_ON
+# NEWLINE_OFF 80_COLUMNS
+# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication
+# requirements; I recommend
+# SMOOTH_SCROLL AUTO_REPEAT_ON 3_#_SHIFTED WRAP_AROUND_ON
+# Hardware tabs are assumed to be every 8 columns; they can be set up by the
+# "reset", "tset", or "tabs" utilities (use rt6221-w, 160 columns, for this).
+# Note that the Control-E key is useless on this brain-damaged terminal. No
+# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+rt6221|Ramtek 6221, 80x24,
+ msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[>5l,
+ clear=\E[1;1H\E[J, cnorm=\E[>5h\E[>9h, cr=^M,
+ csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^K, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM,
+ cvvis=\E[>7h\E[>9l, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[1;1H, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, ind=^J, is2=\E)0, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR,
+ kf3=\EOS, lf0=PF1, lf1=PF2, lf2=PF3, lf3=PF4, ll=\E[24;1H,
+ nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmkx=\E>,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\E[1w\E[>37m\E[>39m\E[1v\E[20l\E[?3l\E[?6l\E[>5h\E[>6h\E[>7h\E[>8l\E[>9h\E[>10l\E[1;24r\E[m\E[q\E(B\017\E)0\E#5\E>,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+# [TO DO: Check out: short forms of ho/cl and ll; reset (\Ec)].
+rt6221-w|Ramtek 6221, 160x48,
+ cols#160, lines#48,
+ ll=\E[48;1H, use=rt6221,
+
+#### RCA
+#
+
+# RCA VP3301 or VP3501
+rca|rca vp3301/vp3501,
+ cols#40, lines#24,
+ clear=^L, cuf1=^U, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^K, home=^Z, rmso=\E\ES0, smso=\E\ES1,
+
+
+#### Selanar
+#
+
+# Selanar HiREZ-100 from BRL, probably by Doug Gwyn
+# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation:
+# SET_DEFAULT_TABS 48_LINES 80_COLUMNS
+# ONLINE ANSI CURSOR_VISIBLE
+# VT102_AUTO_WRAP_ON VT102_NEWLINE_OFF VT102_MONITOR_MODE_OFF
+# LOCAL_ECHO_OFF US_CHAR_SET WPS_TERMINAL_DISABLED
+# CPU_AUTO_XON/XOFF_ENABLED PRINT_FULL_SCREEN
+# For use with graphics software, all graphics modes should be set to factory
+# default. Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or
+# communication requirements. No delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany"
+# to enable DC3/DC1 flow control!
+# I commented out the scrolling capabilities since they are too slow.
+hirez100|Selanar HiREZ-100,
+ mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#48, vt#3,
+ acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J,
+ cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, is2=\E<\E)0, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf0=\EOP,
+ kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS, lf0=PF1, lf1=PF2, lf2=PF3,
+ lf3=PF4, ll=\E[48H, mc0=\E[i, mc4=\E[4i\E[?4i,
+ mc5=\E[?5i\E[5i, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rmacs=^O,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ rs1=\030\E2\E<\E[4i\E[?4i\E[12h\E[2;4;20l\E[?0;7h\E[?1;3;6;19l\E[r\E[m\E(B\017\E)0\E>,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+hirez100-w|Selanar HiREZ-100 in 132-column mode,
+ cols#132, use=hirez100,
+
+#### Signetics
+#
+
+# From University of Wisconsin
+vsc|Signetics Vsc Video driver by RMC,
+ am, msgr,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#26,
+ clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[K, home=\E[H,
+ ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rev=^_\s,
+ rmso=^_!, rmul=^_#, sgr0=^_!, smso=^_\s, smul=^_",
+
+#### Soroc
+#
+# Alan Frisbie <frisbie@flying-disk.com> writes:
+#
+# As you may recall, the Soroc logo consisted of their name,
+# with the letter "S" superimposed over an odd design. This
+# consisted of a circle with a slightly smaller 15 degree (approx.)
+# wedge with rounded corners inside it. The color was sort of
+# a metallic gold/yellow.
+#
+# If I had been more of a beer drinker it might have been obvious
+# to me, but it took a clue from their service department to make
+# me exclaim, "Of course!" The circular object was the top of
+# a beer can (the old removable pop-top style) and "Soroc" was an
+# anagram for "Coors".
+#
+# I can just imagine the founders of the company sitting around
+# one evening, tossing back a few and trying to decide what to
+# call their new company and what to use for a logo.
+#
+
+# (soroc120: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^R^L^L :" -- esr)
+soroc120|iq120|soroc|soroc iq120,
+ clear=\E*$<2>, cud1=^J, ed=\EY, el=\ET, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J,
+ kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ use=adm3a,
+soroc140|iq140|soroc iq140,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\Ew,
+ dl1=\Er$<.7*>, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, home=^^, il1=\Ee$<1*>, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r,
+ kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r,
+ kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, ll=^^^K, rmir=\E8,
+ rmso=\E\177, rmul=\E^A, smir=\E9, smso=\E\177, smul=\E^A,
+
+#### Southwest Technical Products
+#
+# These guys made an early personal micro called the M6800.
+# The ct82 was probably its console terminal.
+#
+
+# (swtp: removed obsolete ":bc=^D:" -- esr)
+swtp|ct82|southwest technical products ct82,
+ am,
+ cols#82, lines#20,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^D, cud1=^J, cuf1=^S,
+ cup=\013%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^A, dch1=^\^H, dl1=^Z, ed=^V, el=^F,
+ home=^P, ich1=^\^X, il1=^\^Y, ind=^N,
+ is2=\034\022\036\023\036\004\035\027\011\023\036\035\036\017\035\027\022\011,
+ ll=^C, ri=^O, rmso=^^^F, smso=^^^V,
+
+#### Synertek
+#
+# Bob Manson <manson@pattyr.acs.ohio-state.edu> writes (28 Apr 1995):
+#
+# Synertek used to make ICs, various 6502-based single-board process
+# control and hobbyist computers, and assorted peripherals including a
+# series of small inexpensive terminals (I think they were one of the
+# first to have a "terminal-on-a-keyboard", where the terminal itself
+# was only slightly larger than the keyboard).
+#
+# They apparently had a KTM-1 model, which I've never seen. The KTM-2/40
+# was a 40x24 terminal that could connect to a standard TV through a
+# video modulator. The KTM-2/80 was the 80-column version (the 2/40
+# could be upgraded to the 2/80 by adding 2 2114 SRAMs and a new ROM).
+# I have a KTM-2/80 still in working order. The KTM-2s had fully
+# socketed parts, used 2 6507s, a 6532 as keyboard scanner, a program
+# ROM and 2 ROMs as character generators. They were incredibly simple,
+# and I've never had any problems with mine (witness the fact that mine
+# was made in 1981 and is still working great... I've blown the video
+# output transistor a couple of times, but it's a 2N2222 :-)
+#
+# The KTM-3 (which is what is listed in the terminfo file) was their
+# attempt at putting a KTM-2 in a box (and some models came with a
+# CRT). It wasn't much different from the KTM-2 hardware-wise, but the
+# control and escape sequences are very different. The KTM-3 was always
+# real broken, at least according to the folks I've talked to about it.
+#
+# The padding in the entry is probably off--these terminals were very
+# slow (it takes like 100ms for the KTM-2 to clear the screen...) And
+# anyone with any sanity replaced the ROMs with something that provided
+# a reasonable subset of VT100 functionality, since the usual ROMs were
+# obviously very primitive... oh, you could get an upgraded ROM from
+# Synertek for some incredible amount of money, but what hacker with an
+# EPROM burner would do that? :)
+#
+# Sorry I don't have any contact info; I believe they were located in
+# Sunnyvale, and I'm fairly sure they are still manufacturing ICs
+# (they've gone to ASICs and FPGAs), but I doubt they're in the computer
+# business these days.
+#
+
+# Tested, seems to work fine with vi.
+synertek|ktm|synertek380|synertek ktm 3/80 tubeless terminal,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+
+#### Tab Office Products
+#
+# TAB Products Co. - Palo Alto, California
+# Electronic Office Products,
+# 1451 California Avenue 94304
+#
+# I think they're out of business.
+#
+
+# The tab 132 uses xon/xoff, so no padding needed.
+# <smkx>/<rmkx> have nothing to do with arrow keys.
+# <is2> sets 80 col mode, normal video, autowrap on (for <am>).
+# Seems to be no way to get rid of status line.
+# The manual for this puppy was dated June 1981. It claims to be VT52-
+# compatible but looks more vt100-like.
+tab132|tab|tab132-15|tab 132/15,
+ da, db,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lm#96,
+ cud1=^J, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ il1=\E[L, is2=\E[?7h\E[?3l\E[?5l, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuu1=\E[A, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx@, smir=\E[4h, smkx@,
+ use=vt100,
+tab132-w|tab132 in wide mode,
+ cols#132,
+ is2=\E[?7h\E[?3h\E[?5l, use=tab132,
+tab132-rv|tab132 in reverse-video mode,
+ is2=\E[?7h\E[?3l\E[?5h, use=tab132,
+tab132-w-rv|tab132 in reverse-video/wide mode,
+ is2=\E[?7h\E[?3h\E[?5h,
+ use=tab132-w,
+
+
+#### Teleray
+#
+# Research Incorporated
+# 6425 Flying Cloud Drive
+# Eden Prairie, MN 55344
+# Vox: (612)-941-3300
+#
+# The Teleray terminals were all discontinued in 1992-93. RI still services
+# and repairs these beasts, but no longer manufactures them. The Teleray
+# people believe that all the types listed below are very rare now (1995).
+# There was a newer line of Telerays (Model 7, Model 20, Model 30, and
+# Model 100) that were ANSI-compatible.
+#
+# Note two things called "teleray". Reorder should move the common one
+# to the front if you have either. A dumb teleray with the cursor stuck
+# on the bottom and no obvious model number is probably a 3700.
+#
+
+t3700|dumb teleray 3700,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+t3800|teleray 3800 series,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EJ, el=\EK,
+ home=\EH, ht=^I, ind=^J, ll=\EY7\s,
+t1061|teleray|teleray 1061,
+ am, km, xhp, xt,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ bel=^G, clear=\014$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ,
+ dl1=\EM$<2*>, ed=\EJ$<1>, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\EF,
+ ich1=\EP, il1=\EL$<2*>, ind=^J, ip=$<0.4*>,
+ is2=\Ee\EU01^Z1\EV\EU02^Z2\EV\EU03^Z3\EV\EU04^Z4\EV\EU05^Z5\EV\EU06^Z6\EV\EU07^Z7\EV\EU08^Z8\EV\Ef,
+ kf1=^Z1, kf2=^Z2, kf3=^Z3, kf4=^Z4, kf5=^Z5, kf6=^Z6, kf7=^Z7,
+ kf8=^Z8, rmso=\ER@, rmul=\ER@, smso=\s\ERD, smul=\ERH,
+ tbc=\EG,
+t1061f|teleray 1061 with fast PROMs,
+ dl1=\EM, il1=\EL, ip@, use=t1061,
+# "Teleray Arpa Special", officially designated as
+# "Teleray Arpa network model 10" with "Special feature 720".
+# This is the new (1981) fast microcode updating the older "arpa" proms
+# (which gave meta-key and programmable-fxn keys). 720 is much much faster,
+# converts the keypad to programmable function keys, and has other goodies.
+# Standout mode is still broken (magic cookie, etc) so is suppressed as no
+# programs handle such lossage properly.
+# Note: this is NOT the old termcap's "t1061f with fast proms."
+# From: J. Lepreau <lepreau@utah-cs> Tue Feb 1 06:39:37 1983, Univ of Utah
+# (t10: removed overridden ":so@:se@:us@:ue@:" -- esr)
+t10|teleray 10 special,
+ km, xhp, xt,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#2,
+ clear=\Ej$<30/>, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EP, il1=\EL,
+ ind=\Eq, pad=\200, ri=\Ep, rmso=\ER@, rmul=\ER@, smso=\ERD,
+ smul=\ERH,
+# teleray 16 - map the arrow keys for vi/rogue, shifted to up/down page, and
+# back/forth words. Put the function keys (f1-f10) where they can be
+# found, and turn off the other magic keys along the top row, except
+# for line/local. Do the magic appropriate to make the page shifts work.
+# Also toggle ^S/^Q for those of us who use Emacs.
+t16|teleray 16,
+ am, da, db, mir, xhp, xt,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%df, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L,
+ ind=^J, kf1=^Z1, kf10=^Z0, kf2=^Z2, kf3=^Z3, kf4=^Z4, kf5=^Z5,
+ kf6=^Z6, kf7=^Z7, kf8=^Z8, kf9=^Z9, ri=\E[T,
+ rmcup=\E[V\E[24;1f\E[?38h, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m,
+ rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E[U\E[?38l, smir=\E[4h,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+#### Texas Instruments (ti)
+#
+
+# The Silent 700 was so called because it was built around a quiet thermal
+# printer. It was portable, equipped with an acoustic coupler, and pretty
+# neat for its day.
+ti700|ti733|ti735|ti745|ti800|ti silent 700/733/735/745 or omni 800,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#80,
+ bel=^G, cr=\r$<162>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J,
+
+#
+# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 7 bit control mode
+#
+ti916|ti916-220-7|Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 vt220 mode 7 bit CTRL,
+ da, db, in, msgr,
+ cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[2J$<6>,
+ cnorm=\E[?25h, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cup=\E[%p1%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<250>, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, ech=\E[%p1%dX$<20>, ed=\E[J$<6>, el=\E[0K,
+ el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, ff=^L, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<6>,
+ hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, hts=\E[0W, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<250>,
+ il=\E[%p1%dL$<36>, ip=$<10>, is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H,
+ kcmd=\E[29~, kdch1=\E[P, kent=^J, kf1=\E[17~, kf10=\E[28~,
+ kf11=\E[29~, kf12=\E[31~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~,
+ kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~,
+ kf9=\E[26~, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[S, kpp=\E[T,
+ kprt=^X, prot=\E&, rmacs=\017$<2>, rs2=\E[!p,
+ smacs=\016$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, use=vt220,
+#
+# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8 bit control mode
+#
+ti916-8|ti916-220-8|Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 8 vt220 mode bit CTRL,
+ kcmd=\23329~, kcub1=\233D, kcud1=\233B, kcuf1=\233C,
+ kcuu1=\233A, kdch1=\233P, kent=^J, kf1=\23317~,
+ kf10=\23328~, kf11=\23329~, kf12=\23331~, kf2=\23318~,
+ kf3=\23319~, kf4=\23320~, kf5=\23321~, kf6=\23323~,
+ kf7=\23324~, kf8=\23325~, kf9=\23326~, khome=\233H,
+ kich1=\233@, knp=\233S, kpp=\233T, kprt=^X,
+ use=ti916,
+#
+# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 7 bit control 132 column mode
+#
+ti916-132|Texas Instruments 916 VDT vt220 132 column,
+ cols#132, use=ti916,
+#
+# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 8 bit control 132 column mode
+#
+ti916-8-132|Texas Instruments 916 VDT vt220 132 column,
+ cols#132, use=ti916-8,
+ti924|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 8859/1 7 bit CTRL,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?31h,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[16~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~,
+ kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kich1=\E[@, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\EM, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ti924-8|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 8859/1 8 bit CTRL,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l,
+ clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M,
+ csr=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?31h,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=P$<\233>, kf1=P$<\217>,
+ kf2=Q$<\217>, kf3=R$<\217>, kf4=S$<\217>, kf5=~$<\23316>,
+ kf6=~$<\23317>, kf7=~$<\23318>, kf8=~$<\23319>,
+ kf9=~$<\23320>, kich1=@$<\233>, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m,
+ smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g,
+ti924w|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 7 bit - 132 column mode,
+ cols#132, use=ti924,
+ti924-8w|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 8 bit - 132 column mode,
+ cols#132, use=ti924-8,
+ti931|Texas Instruments 931 VDT,
+ am, xon,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E4P, clear=\EL, cnorm=\E4@, cr=^M, cub1=\ED,
+ cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, dl1=\EO, ed=\EJ, el=\EI, home=\EH,
+ ich1=\ER\EP\EM, il1=\EN, ind=\Ea, invis=\E4H,
+ is2=\EGB\E(@B@@\E), kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC,
+ kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EQ, kdl1=\EO, kf1=\Ei1, kf2=\Ei2, kf3=\Ei3,
+ kf4=\Ei4, kf5=\Ei5, kf6=\Ei6, kf7=\Ei7, kf8=\Ei8, kf9=\Ei9,
+ kich1=\EP, kil1=\EN, rev=\E4B, ri=\Eb, rmso=\E4@, rmul=\E4@,
+ sgr0=\E4@, smso=\E4A, smul=\E4D,
+ti926|Texas Instruments 926 VDT 8859/1 7 bit CTRL,
+ csr@, ind=\E[1S, ri=\E[1T,
+ use=ti924,
+# (ti926-8: I corrected this from the broken SCO entry -- esr)
+ti926-8|Texas Instruments 926 VDT 8859/1 8 bit CTRL,
+ csr@, ind=\2331S, ri=\2331T,
+ use=ti924-8,
+ti_ansi|basic entry for ti928,
+ am, bce, eo, xenl, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#25, pairs#64,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[2J\E[H,
+ cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B,
+ cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@,
+ il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[F, kf0=\E[V, kf1=\E[M,
+ kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S,
+ kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I,
+ op=\E[37;40m, ri=\E[T, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m,
+ setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+#
+# 928 VDT 7 bit control mode
+#
+ti928|Texas Instruments 928 VDT 8859/1 7 bit CTRL,
+ kdch1=\E[P, kend=\E_1\E\\, kent=\E[8~, kf1=\E[17~,
+ kf10=\E[28~, kf11=\E[29~, kf12=\E[31~, kf13=\E[32~,
+ kf15=\E[34~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, kf4=\E[20~,
+ kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, kf9=\E[26~,
+ kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[S, kpp=\E[T, kprt=\E[35~,
+ use=ti_ansi,
+#
+# 928 VDT 8 bit control mode
+#
+ti928-8|Texas Instruments 928 VDT 8859/1 8 bit CTRL,
+ kdch1=\233P, kend=\2371\234, kent=\2338~, kf1=\23317~,
+ kf10=\23328~, kf11=\23329~, kf12=\23331~, kf13=\23332~,
+ kf15=\23334~, kf2=\23318~, kf3=\23319~, kf4=\23320~,
+ kf5=\23321~, kf6=\23323~, kf7=\23324~, kf8=\23325~,
+ kf9=\23326~, khome=\233H, kich1=\233@, knp=\233S,
+ kpp=\233T, kprt=\23335~,
+ use=ti_ansi,
+
+#### Zentec (zen)
+#
+
+# (zen30: removed obsolete :ma=^L ^R^L^K^P:. This entry originally
+# had just <smso>=\EG6 which I think means standout was supposed to be
+# dim-reverse using ADM12-style attributes. ADM12 <smul>/<rmul> and
+# <invis> might work-- esr)
+zen30|z30|zentec 30,
+ am, mir, ul,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW,
+ dim=\EG2, dl1=\ER$<1.5*>, ed=\EY, el=\ET$<1.0*>, home=^^,
+ il1=\EE$<1.5*>, ind=^J, rmir=\Er, rmul@, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG6,
+ smul@,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+# (zen50: this had extension capabilities
+# :BS=^U:CL=^V:CR=^B:
+# UK/DK/RK/LK/HM were someone's aliases for ku/kd/kl/kr/kh,
+# which were also in the original entry -- esr)
+# (zen50: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Ll^Jj^Kk:" -- esr)
+zen50|z50|zentec zephyr,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1,
+ clear=\E+, cub1=^H, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c,
+ cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE,
+ invis@, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^,
+ rmul@, smul@,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+
+# CCI 4574 (Office Power) from Will Martin <wmartin@BRL.ARPA> via BRL
+cci|cci1|z8001|zen8001|CCI Custom Zentec 8001,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ blink=\EM", clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\EP,
+ csr=\ER%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA,
+ cvvis=\EF\EQ\EM \ER 7, dim=\EM!, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH,
+ invis=\EM(, is2=\EM \EF\ET\EP\ER 7, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED,
+ kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EH, mc4=^T, mc5=^R,
+ rev=\EM$, ri=\EI, rmso=\EM\s, rmul=\EM\s, sgr0=\EM\s,
+ smso=\EM$, smul=\EM0,
+
+######## OBSOLETE UNIX CONSOLES
+#
+
+#### Apollo consoles
+#
+# Apollo got bought by Hewlett-Packard. The Apollo workstations are
+# labeled HP700s now.
+#
+
+# From: Gary Darland <goodmanc@garnet.berkeley.edu>
+apollo|apollo console,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#88, lines#53,
+ clear=^L, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EM%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%d), cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EL,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\EN%p1%d, il1=\EI, ind=\EE, ri=\ED,
+ rmcup=\EX, rmir=\ER, rmso=\ET, rmul=\EV, smcup=\EW, smir=\EQ,
+ smso=\ES, smul=\EU, vpa=\EO+\s,
+
+# We don't know whether or not the apollo guys replicated DEC's firmware bug
+# in the VT132 that reversed <rmir>/<smir>. To be on the safe side, disable
+# both these capabilities.
+apollo_15P|apollo 15 inch display,
+ rmir@, smir@, use=vt132,
+apollo_19L|apollo 19 inch display,
+ rmir@, smir@, use=vt132,
+apollo_color|apollo color display,
+ rmir@, smir@, use=vt132,
+
+#### Convergent Technology
+#
+# Burroughs bought Convergent shortly before it merged with Univac.
+# CTOS is (I believe) dead. Probably the aws is too (this entry dates
+# from 1991 or earlier).
+#
+
+# Convergent AWS workstation from Gould/SEL UTX/32 via BRL
+# (aws: removed unknown :dn=^K: -- esr)
+aws|Convergent Technologies AWS workstation under UTX,Xenix,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#28, xmc#0,
+ acsc=, clear=^L, cud1=^K, cuf1=^R, cup=\EC%p2%c%p1%c,
+ cuu1=^A, dch1=\EDC, dl1=\EDL, ed=\EEF, el=\EEL, hpa=\EH%p1%c,
+ ich1=\EIC, il1=\EIL, ind=\ESU, kbs=^H, kcub1=^N, kcud1=^K,
+ kcuf1=^R, kcuu1=^A, ri=\ESD, rmacs=\EAAF, rmso=\EARF,
+ rmul=\EAUF, smacs=\EAAN, smso=\EARN, smul=\EAUN,
+ vpa=\EV%p1%c,
+awsc|Convergent Technologies AWS workstation under CTOS,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0,
+ acsc=, clear=^L, cud1=^K, cuf1=^R, cup=\EC%p2%c%p1%c,
+ cuu1=^A, ed=\EEF, el=\EEL, kbs=^H, kcub1=^N, kcud1=^K,
+ kcuf1=^R, kcuu1=^A, rmacs=\EAAF, rmso=\EAA, rmul=\EAA,
+ smacs=\EAAN, smso=\EAE, smul=\EAC,
+
+#### DEC consoles
+#
+
+# The MicroVax console. Tim Theisen <tim@cs.wisc.edu> writes:
+# The digital uVax II's had a graphic display called a qdss. It was
+# supposed to be a high performance graphic accelerator, but it was
+# late to market and barely appeared before faster dumb frame buffers
+# appeared. I have only used this display while running X11. However,
+# during bootup, it was in text mode, and probably had a terminal emulator
+# within it. And that is what your termcap entry is for. In graphics
+# mode the screen size is 1024x864 pixels.
+qdss|qdcons|qdss glass tty,
+ am,
+ cols#128, lines#57,
+ clear=\032$<1/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\E=%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^K,
+
+#### Fortune Systems consoles
+#
+# Fortune made a line of 68K-based UNIX boxes that were pretty nifty
+# in their day; I (esr) used one myself for a year or so around 1984.
+# They had no graphics, though, and couldn't compete against Suns and
+# the like. R.I.P.
+#
+
+# From: Robert Nathanson <c160-3bp@Coral> via tut Wed Oct 5, 1983
+# (This had extension capabilities
+# :rv=\EH:re=\EI:rg=0:GG=0:\
+# :CO=\E\\:WL=^Aa\r:WR=^Ab\r:CL=^Ac\r:CR=^Ad\r:DL=^Ae\r:RF=^Af\r:\
+# :RC=^Ag\r:CW=^Ah\r:NU=^Aj\r:EN=^Ak\r:HM=^Al:PL=^Am\r:\
+# :PU=^An\r:PD=^Ao\r:PR=^Ap\r:HP=^A@\r:RT=^Aq\r:TB=\r:CN=\177:MP=\E+F:
+# It had both ":bs:" and ":bs=^H:"; I removed the latter. Also, it had
+# ":sg=0:" and ":ug=0:"; evidently the composer was trying (unnecessarily)
+# to force both magic cookie glitches off. Once upon a time, I
+# used a Fortune myself, so I know the capabilities of the form ^A[a-z]\r are
+# function keys; thus the "Al" value for HM was certainly an error. I renamed
+# EN/PD/PU/CO/CF/RT according to the XENIX/TC mappings, but not HM/DL/RF/RC.
+# I think :rv: and :re: are start/end reverse video and :rg: is a nonexistent
+# "reverse-video-glitch" capability; I have put :rv: and :re: in with standard
+# names below. I've removed obsolete ":nl=5^J:" as there is a :do: -- esr)
+fos|fortune|Fortune system,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#25,
+ acsc=l m"k(j*v%w#q&x-, bel=^G, blink=\EN, civis=\E],
+ clear=\014$<20>, cnorm=\E\\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\n$<3>,
+ cup=\034C%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\013$<3>,
+ cvvis=\E\:, dch1=\034W$<5>, dl1=\034R$<15>,
+ ed=\034Y$<3*>, el=^\Z, home=\036$<10>, ht=^Z,
+ ich1=\034Q$<5>, il1=\034E$<15>, ind=^J, is2=^_.., kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^Aw\r, kcud1=^Ay\r, kcuf1=^Az\r, kcuu1=^Ax\r,
+ kend=^Ak\r, kent=^Aq, kf1=^Aa\r, kf2=^Ab\r, kf3=^Ac\r,
+ kf4=^Ad\r, kf5=^Ae\r, kf6=^Af\r, kf7=^Ag\r, kf8=^Ah\r,
+ khome=^A?\r, knp=^Ao\r, kpp=^An\r, nel=^M^J, rev=\EH,
+ rmacs=^O, rmso=^\I`, rmul=^\IP, sgr0=\EI, smacs=\Eo,
+ smso=^\H`, smul=^\HP,
+
+#### Masscomp consoles
+#
+# Masscomp has gone out of business. Their product line was purchased by
+# comany in Georgia (US) called "XS International", parts and service may
+# still be available through them.
+#
+
+# (masscomp: ":MT:" changed to ":km:"; -- esr)
+masscomp|masscomp workstation console,
+ km, mir,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, is2=\EGc\EGb\EGw, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, rmir=\E[4l,
+ rmso=\E[m, rmul=\EGau, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\EGu,
+masscomp1|masscomp large screen version 1,
+ cols#104, lines#36, use=masscomp,
+masscomp2|masscomp large screen version 2,
+ cols#64, lines#21, use=masscomp,
+
+######## OTHER OBSOLETE TYPES
+#
+# These terminals are *long* dead -- these entries are retained for
+# historical interest only.
+#
+
+#### Obsolete non-ANSI software emulations
+#
+
+# CTRM terminal emulator
+# 1. underlining is not allowed with colors: first, is is simulated by
+# black on white, second, it disables background color manipulations.
+# 2. BLINKING, REVERSE and BOLD are allowed with colors,
+# so we have to save their status in the static registers A, B and H
+# respectively, to be able to restore them when color changes
+# (because any color change turns off ALL attributes)
+# 3. <bold> and <rev> sequences alternate modes,
+# rather then simply entering them. Thus we have to check the
+# static register B and H to determine the status, before sending the
+# escape sequence.
+# 4. <sgr0> now must set the status of all 3 register (A,B,H) to zero
+# and then reset colors
+# 5. implementation of the protect mode would badly penalize the performance.
+# we would have to use \E&bn sequence to turn off colors (as well as all
+# other attributes), and keep the status of protect mode in yet another
+# static variable. If someone really needs this mode, they would have to
+# create another terminfo entry.
+# 6. original color-pair is white on black.
+# store the information about colors into static registers
+# 7. set foreground color. it performs the following steps.
+# 1) turn off all attributes
+# 2) turn on the background and video attributes that have been turned
+# on before (this information is stored in static registers X,Y,Z,A,B,H,D).
+# 3) turn on foreground attributes
+# 4) store information about foreground into U,V,W static registers
+# 8. turn on background: similar to turn on foreground above
+ctrm|C terminal emulator,
+ am, bce, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, lh#0, lines#24, lm#0, lw#0, ncv#2, nlab#0,
+ pairs#63, pb#19200, vt#6,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E&dA%{1}%PA,
+ bold=%?%gH%{0}%=%t\E&dH%{1}%PH%;, cbt=\Ei,
+ clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP$<2>, dl1=\EM,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=\011$<2>, hts=\E1,
+ il1=\EL, ind=^J, ip=$<2>, is2=\E&jA\r, kbs=^H, kcub1=\Eu\r,
+ kcud1=\Ew\r, kcuf1=\Ev\r, kcuu1=\Et\r, kf1=\Ep\r,
+ kf2=\Eq\r, kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, kf5=\Et\r, kf6=\Eu\r,
+ kf7=\Ev\r, kf8=\Ew\r, khome=\Ep\r,
+ op=\E&bn\E&bB\E&bG\E&bR\n%{0}%PX%{0}%PY%{0}%PZ\n%{1}%PW%{1}%PV%{1}%PU,
+ rev=%?%gB%{0}%=%t\E&dB%{1}%PB%;, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&jA,
+ setb=\E&bn\n%?%gA%t\E&dA%;\n%?%gB%t\E&dB%;\n%?%gH%t\E&dH%;\n%?%gU%t\E&bR%;\n%?%gV%t\E&bG%;\n%?%gW%t\E&bB%;\n\n%?%p1%{1}%&%t\E&bb%{1}%e%{0}%;%PZ\n%?%p1%{2}%&%t\E&bg%{1}%e%{0}%;%PY\n%?%p1%{4}%&%t\E&br%{1}%e%{0}%;%PX,
+ setf=\E&bn\n%?%gA%t\E&dA%;\n%?%gB%t\E&dB%;\n%?%gH%t\E&dH%;\n%?%gX%t\E&br%;\n%?%gY%t\E&bg%;\n%?%gZ%t\E&bb%;\n\n%?%p1%{1}%&%t\E&bB%{1}%e%{0}%;%PW\n%?%p1%{2}%&%t\E&bG%{1}%e%{0}%;%PV\n%?%p1%{4}%&%t\E&bR%{1}%e%{0}%;%PU,
+ sgr=\E&d@%{0}%PA%{0}%PB%{0}%PD%{0}%PH\n%?%p1%p3%p5%|%|%t\E&dB%{1}%PB%;\n%?%p4%t\E&dA%{1}%PA%;\n%?%p6%t\E&dH%{1}%PH%;\n%?%p2%t\E&dD%;,
+ sgr0=\E&d@%{0}%PA%{0}%PB%{0}%PH, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&jB,
+ smso=\E&dD, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY,
+
+# gs6300 - can't use blue foreground, it clashes with underline;
+# it's simulated with cyan
+# Bug: The <op> capability probably resets attributes.
+# (gs6300: commented out <rmln> (no <smln>) --esr)
+gs6300|emots|AT&T PC6300 with EMOTS terminal emulator,
+ am, bce, msgr, xon,
+ colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#63,
+ acsc=\,\,..--++``aaffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J,
+ cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P,
+ dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J,
+ is2=\E[m, kbs=^H, kcbt=^R^I, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[0s, kf2=\E[24s, kf3=\E[1s,
+ kf4=\E[23s, kf5=\E[2s, kf6=\E[22s, kf7=\E[3s, kf8=\E[21s,
+ khome=\E[H, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, op=\E[?;m, rev=\E[7m,
+ ri=\E[L, rmacs=\E[10m, rs1=\Ec, setb=\E[?;%p1%dm,
+ setf=\E[?%?%p1%{0}%=%t0\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t2\n%e%p1%{1}%-%d%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[m\E[10m, smacs=\E[11m, smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m,
+
+# From: <earle@smeagol.UUCP> 29 Oct 85 05:40:18 GMT
+# MS-Kermit with Heath-19 emulation mode enabled
+# (h19k: changed ":pt@:" to ":it@"
+h19k|h19kermit|heathkit emulation provided by Kermit (no auto margin),
+ am@, da, db, xt,
+ it@,
+ ht@, use=h19-u,
+
+# Apple Macintosh with Versaterm, a terminal emulator distributed by Synergy
+# Software (formerly Peripherals Computers & Supplies, Inc) of
+# 2457 Perkiomen Ave., Reading, PA 19606, 1-800-876-8376. They can
+# also be reached at support@synergy.com.
+versaterm|versaterm vt100 emulator for the macintosh,
+ am, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>,
+ clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<2/>,
+ dch1=\E[1P$<7/>, dl1=\E[1M$<9/>, ed=\E[J$<50/>,
+ el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[1@$<7/>,
+ il1=\E[1L$<9/>, is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD,
+ kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>,
+ rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM$<5/>,
+ rmkx=\E>\E[?1l, rmso=\E[m$<2/>, rmul=\E[m$<2/>, rs1=\E>,
+ sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smkx=\E=\E[?1h, smso=\E[7m$<2/>,
+ smul=\E[4m$<2/>,
+
+# From: Rick Thomas <ihnp4!btlunix!rbt>
+# (xtalk: I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string.
+# I also removed <xmc#1> and the trailing \s characters from the highlight
+# changers, I don't believe these on a VT100-emulating PC display -- esr)
+xtalk|IBM PC with xtalk communication program (versions up to 3.4),
+ am, mir, msgr, xon,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3,
+ acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H,
+ cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA,
+ cuu1=\E[A$<2>, dl1=\E[M$<99>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>,
+ el1=\E[1K$<3>, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH,
+ il1=\E[L$<99>, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H,
+ kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC,
+ kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx,
+ kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt, kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv,
+ kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m,
+ rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m,
+ tbc=\E[3g,
+
+# The official PC terminal emulator program of the AT&T Product Centers.
+# Note - insert mode commented out - doesn't seem to work on AT&T PC.
+simterm|attpc running simterm,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\ER,
+ dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, il1=\EL, ind=^J, rmcup=\EVE,
+ rmso=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smcup=\EVS, smso=\E&dB,
+
+#### Daisy wheel printers
+#
+# This section collects Diablo, DTC, Xerox, Qume, and other daisy
+# wheel terminals. These are now largely obsolete.
+#
+
+# (diablo1620: removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/xerox1720>, no such file -- esr)
+diablo1620|diablo1720|diablo450|ipsi|diablo 1620,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132, it#8,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E^J, hd=\ED, hpa=\E\011%i%p1%c,
+ ht=^I, hts=\E1, hu=\EU, kbs=^H, tbc=\E2,
+diablo1620-m8|diablo1640-m8|diablo 1620 w/8 column left margin,
+ cols#124,
+ is2=\r \E9, use=diablo1620,
+# (diablo1640: removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/xerox1730>, no such file -- esr)
+diablo1640|diablo1730|diablo1740|diablo630|x1700|diablo|xerox|diablo 1640,
+ bel=^G, rmso=\E&, rmul=\ER, smso=\EW, smul=\EE,
+ use=diablo1620,
+# (diablo1640-lm: removed <if=/usr/share/tabset/xerox1730-lm>, no such
+# file -- esr)
+diablo1640-lm|diablo-lm|xerox-lm|diablo 1640 with indented left margin,
+ cols#124,
+ rmso=\E&, rmul=\ER, smso=\EW, smul=\EE, use=diablo1620,
+diablo1740-lm|630-lm|1730-lm|x1700-lm|diablo 1740 printer,
+ use=diablo1640-lm,
+# DTC 382 with VDU. Has no <ed> so we fake it with <el>. Standout
+# <smso=^P\s\002^PF> works but won't go away without dynamite <rmso=^P\s\200>.
+# The terminal has tabs, but I'm getting tired of fighting the braindamage.
+# If no tab is set or the terminal's in a bad mood, it glitches the screen
+# around all of memory. Note that return puts a blank ("a return character")
+# in the space the cursor was at, so we use ^P return (and thus ^P newline for
+# newline). Note also that if you turn off :pt: and let Unix expand tabs,
+# curses won't work (some old BSD versions) because it doesn't clear this bit,
+# and cursor addressing sends a tab for row/column 9. What a losing terminal!
+# I have been unable to get tabs set in all 96 lines - it always leaves at
+# least one line with no tabs in it, and once you tab through that line,
+# it completely weirds out.
+# (dtc382: change <rmcup> to <smcup> -- it just does a clear --esr)
+dtc382|DTC 382,
+ am, da, db, xhp,
+ cols#80, lines#24, lm#96,
+ bel=^G, clear=\020\035$<20>, cnorm=^Pb, cr=^P^M, cub1=^H,
+ cuf1=^PR, cup=\020\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^P^L, cvvis=^PB,
+ dch1=^X, dl1=^P^S, ed=\020\025\020\023\020\023, el=^P^U,
+ home=^P^R, il1=^P^Z, ind=^J, pad=\177, rmcup=, rmir=^Pi,
+ rmul=^P \200, smcup=\020\035$<20>, smir=^PI, smul=^P ^P,
+dtc300s|DTC 300s,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^Z, ff=^L, hd=\Eh, ht=^I,
+ hts=\E1, hu=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, tbc=\E3,
+gsi|mystery gsi terminal,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^Z, hd=\Eh, ht=^I, hu=\EH,
+ ind=^J,
+aj830|aj832|aj|anderson jacobson,
+ hc, os,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E7, hd=\E9, hu=\E8,
+ ind=^J,
+# From: Chris Torek <chris@gyre.umd.edu> Thu, 7 Nov 85 18:21:58 EST
+aj510|Anderson-Jacobson model 510,
+ am, mir,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=^L, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EX,
+ cup=\E#%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EY,
+ dch1=.1*\E'D, dl1=\E&D$<2*/>, ed=\E'P, el=\E'L, ich1=,
+ il1=\E&I$<2*/>, ip=$<.1*/>, kcub1=\EW, kcud1=\EZ,
+ kcuf1=\EX, kcuu1=\EY, pad=\177, rmcup=\E"N, rmir=\E'J,
+ rmso=\E"I, rmul=\E"U, smcup=\E"N, smir=\E'I, smso=\E"I,
+ smul=\E"U,
+# From: <cbosg!ucbvax!pur-ee!cincy!chris> Thu Aug 20 09:09:18 1981
+# This is incomplete, but it's a start.
+nec5520|nec|spinwriter|nec 5520,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132, it#8,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E9, ff=^L,
+ hd=\E]s\n\E]W, ht=^I, hts=\E1, hu=\E]s\E9\E]W, ind=^J,
+ kbs=^H, tbc=\E3,
+qume5|qume|Qume Sprint 5,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#80, it#8,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^Z, ff=^L, hd=\Eh, ht=^I,
+ hts=\E1, hu=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, tbc=\E3,
+# I suspect the xerox 1720 is the same as the diablo 1620.
+xerox1720|x1720|x1750|xerox 1720,
+ hc, os,
+ cols#132, it#8,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ff=^L, ht=^I, hts=\E1, ind=^J,
+ tbc=\E2,
+
+#### Miscellaneous obsolete terminals, manufacturers unknown
+#
+# If you have any information about these (like, a manufacturer's name,
+# and a date on the serial-number plate) please send it!
+
+cad68-3|cgc3|cad68 basic monitor transparent mode size 3 chars,
+ am,
+ cols#73, lines#36,
+ clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, cuu1=^K, home=^^,
+cad68-2|cgc2|cad68 basic monitor transparent mode size 2 chars,
+ am,
+ cols#85, lines#39,
+ clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, cuu1=^K, home=^^, kcub1=\E3,
+ kcud1=\E2, kcuf1=\E4, kcuu1=\E1, kf1=\E5, kf2=\E6, kf3=\E7,
+ kf4=\E8, rmso=\Em^C, smso=\Em^L,
+cops10|cops|cops-10|cops 10,
+ am, bw,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=\030$<30/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L,
+ cup=\020%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=^W, el=^V,
+ ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K,
+ khome=^Y,
+# (d132: removed duplicate :ic=\E5:,
+# merged in capabilities from a BRL entry -- esr)
+d132|datagraphix|datagraphix 132a,
+ da, db, in,
+ cols#80, lines#30,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cnorm=\Em\En, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=\EL, cup=\E8%i%p1%3d%p2%3d, cuu1=\EK, cvvis=\Ex,
+ dch1=\E6, home=\ET, ht=^I, ich1=\E5, il1=\E3, ind=^J, kbs=^H,
+ kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, ri=\Ew,
+# The d800 was an early portable terminal from c.1984-85 that looked a lot
+# like the original Compaq `lunchbox' portable (but no handle). It had a vt220
+# mode (which is what this entry looks like) and several other lesser-known
+# emulations.
+d800|Direct 800/A,
+ am, da, db, msgr, xhp,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=``a1fxgqh0jYk?lZm@nEooppqDrrsstCu4vAwBx3yyzz{{||}}~~,
+ bel=^G, clear=\E[1;1H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[>12h, cr=^M, cub1=^H,
+ cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A,
+ cvvis=\E[>12l, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, ind=\ED, kcub1=\E[D,
+ kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ,
+ kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, kf6=\EOU, kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW,
+ ri=\EM, rmacs=\E[m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smacs=\E[1m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+digilog|digilog 333,
+ cols#80, lines#16,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, cuu1=^O, el=^X,
+ home=^N, ind=^J,
+# The DWK was a terminal manufactured in the Soviet Union c.1986
+dwk|dwk-vt|dwk terminal,
+ am,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ acsc=lJmFkCjXtEuPv\\wKqUxWnNo~s_`+a\:f'g#~_\\\,Q+\^.M-Sh#I#0\177,
+ bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP,
+ ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, ind=^J, kbs=\177,
+ kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\Ee,
+ kf1=\Ef1, kf10=\Ef0, kf2=\Ef2, kf3=\Ef3, kf4=\Ef4, kf5=\Ef5,
+ kf6=\Ef6, kf7=\Ef7, kf8=\Ef8, kf9=\Ef9, kich1=\Ed, knp=\Eh,
+ kpp=\Eg, nel=^M^J, rev=\ET, ri=\ES, rmacs=\EG, rmso=\EX,
+ sgr0=\EX, smacs=\EF, smso=\ET,
+env230|envision230|envision 230 graphics terminal,
+ xenl@,
+ mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i,
+ sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m, use=vt100,
+# These execuports were impact-printer ttys with a 30- or maybe 15-cps acoustic
+# coupler attached, the whole rig fitting in a suitcase and more or less
+# portable. Hot stuff for c.1977 :-) -- esr
+ep48|ep4080|execuport 4080,
+ am, os,
+ cols#80,
+ bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, hd=^\, hu=^^, ind=^J,
+ep40|ep4000|execuport 4000,
+ cols#136, use=ep4080,
+# Adam Thompson <thompson@xanth.magic.mb.ca> tells us:
+# Informer series - these are all portable units, resembling older
+# automatic bread-baking machines. The terminal looks like a `clamshell'
+# design, but isn't. The structure is similar to the Direct terminals,
+# but only half the width. The entire unit is only about 10" wide.
+# It features an 8" screen (6" or 7" if you have color!), and an 9"x6"
+# keyboard. All the keys are crammed together, much like some laptop
+# PCs today, but perhaps less well organized...all these units have a
+# bewildering array of plugs on the back, including a built-in modem.
+# The 305 was a color version of the 304; the 306 and 307 were mono and
+# color terminals built for IBM bisync protocols.
+# From: Paul Leondis <unllab@amber.berkeley.edu>
+ifmr|Informer D304,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ clear=\EZ, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC,
+ cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\E\\,
+ ed=\E/, el=\EQ, home=\EH, ich1=\E[, ri=\En, rmso=\EK, sgr0=\EK,
+ smso=\EJ,
+# Entry largely based on wy60 and has the features of wy60ak.
+opus3n1+|Esprit Opus3n1+ in wy60 mode with ANSI arrow keys,
+ am, bw, hs, km, mir, msgr, ul, xon,
+ cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80,
+ acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, blink=\EG2,
+ cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E*$<100>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M,
+ cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, cuu1=^K,
+ dch1=\EW$<11>, dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<5>, dsl=\Ez(\r,
+ ed=\EY$<100>, el=\ET, fsl=^M, home=\036$<2>, ht=\011$<5>,
+ hts=\E1, if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EE$<4>, ind=^J,
+ ip=$<3>,
+ is2=\E`\:\Ee(\EO\Ee6\Ec41\E~4\Ec21\Ed/\Ezz&\E[A\177\Ezz'\E[B\177\Ezz(\E[D\177\Ezz)\E[C\177\Ezz<\E[Q\177\Ezz`\E[F\177\EA1*\EZH12,
+ kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY,
+ kel=\ET, kend=\E[F, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r,
+ kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r,
+ kf16=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r,
+ kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^,
+ kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er,
+ mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, nel=\r\n$<3>,
+ pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177,
+ pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<7>,
+ rmacs=\EH^C, rmam=\Ed., rmcup=, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11,
+ rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<150>, rs2=\EeF$<150>,
+ rs3=\EwG\Ee($<150>,
+ sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c,
+ sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EH^B, smam=\Ed/,
+ smcup=\Ezz&\E[A\177\Ezz'\E[B\177\Ezz(\E[D\177\Ezz)\E[C\177\Ezz<\E[Q\177,
+ smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smxon=\Ec21, tbc=\E0, tsl=\Ez(,
+ uc=\EG8%p1%c\EG0,
+ use=adm+sgr,
+teletec|Teletec Datascreen,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^_, cuu1=^K,
+ home=^^, ind=^J,
+# From: Mark Dornfeld <romwa@ucbvax.berkeley.edu>
+# This termcap is for the LANPAR Technologies VISION 3220
+# terminal. The function key definitions k0-k5 represent the
+# edit keypad: FIND, INSERT HERE, REMOVE, SELECT, PREV SCREEN,
+# NEXT SCREEN. The key definitions k6-k9 represent the PF1 to
+# PF4 keys.
+# (v3220: removed obsolete ":kn#10:",
+# I added <rmam>/<smam> based on the init string -- esr)
+v3220|LANPAR Vision II model 3220/3221/3222,
+ am, mir, xenl,
+ cols#80, it#8, lines#24,
+ clear=\E[H\E[J, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C,
+ cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M,
+ ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, il1=\E[L,
+ is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[p, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[1~, kf1=\E[2~, kf2=\E[3~,
+ kf3=\E[4~, kf4=\E[5~, kf5=\E[6~, kf6=\E[OP, kf7=\E[OQ,
+ kf8=\E[OR, kf9=\E[OS, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l,
+ rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m,
+ smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m,
+######## ICH/ICH1 VERSUS RMIR/SMIR
+#
+# Some non-curses applications get confused if both ich/ich1 and rmir/smir
+# are present; the symptom is doubled characters in an update using insert.
+# These applications are technically correct; in both 4.3BSD termcap and
+# terminfo, you're not actually supposed to specify both ich/ich1 and rmir/smir
+# unless the terminal needs both. This requirement is now rare; most ich
+# sequences do not require previous smir, and most smir insert modes do not
+# require ich1 before each character.
+#
+# For ncurses-based applications this is not a problem, as ncurses uses
+# one or the other as appropriate but never mixes the two. Therefore we
+# have not corrected entries like `linux' and `xterm' that specify both.
+# If you see doubled characters from these, use the linux-nic and xterm-nic
+# entries that suppress ich/ich1. And upgrade to ncurses!
+#
+
+######## VT100/ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA-48/PC-TERM TERMINAL STANDARDS
+#
+# ANSI X3.64 has been withdrawn and replaced by ECMA-48. The ISO 6429 and
+# ECMA-48 standards are said to be almost identical, but are not the same
+# as X3.64 (though for practical purposes they are close supersets of it).
+#
+# You can obtain ECMA-48 for free by sending email to helpdesk@ecma.ch
+# requesting the standard(s) you want (i.e. ECMA-48, "Control Functions for
+# Coded Character Sets"), include your snail-mail address, and you should
+# receive the document in due course. Don't expect an email acknowledgement.
+#
+# Related standards include "X3.4-1977: American National Standard Code for
+# Information Interchange" (the ASCII standard) and "X3.41.1974:
+# Code-Extension Techniques for Use with the 7-Bit Coded Character Set of
+# American National Standard for Information Interchange." I believe (but
+# am not certain) that these are effectively identical to ECMA-6 and ECMA-35
+# respectively.
+#
+
+#### VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48
+#
+# ANSI Standard (X3.64) Control Sequences for Video Terminals and Peripherals
+# and ECMA-48 Control Functions for Coded Character Sets.
+#
+# Much of the content of this comment is adapted from a table prepared by
+# Richard Shuford, based on a 1984 Byte article. Terminfo correspondences,
+# discussion of some terminfo-related issues, and updates to capture ECMA-48
+# have been added. Control functions described in ECMA-48 only are tagged
+# with * after their names.
+#
+# The table is a complete list of the defined ANSI X3.64/ECMA-48 control
+# sequences. In the main table, \E stands for an escape (\033) character,
+# SPC for space. Pn stands for a single numeric parameter to be inserted
+# in decimal ASCII. Ps stands for a list of such parameters separated by
+# semicolons. Parameter meanings for most parametrized sequences are
+# decribed in the notes.
+#
+# Sequence Sequence Parameter or
+# Mnemonic Name Sequence Value Mode terminfo
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# APC Applicatn Program Command \E _ - Delim -
+# BEL Bell * ^G - - bel
+# BPH Break Permitted Here * \E B - * -
+# BS Backpace * ^H - EF -
+# CAN Cancel * ^X - - - (A)
+# CBT Cursor Backward Tab \E [ Pn Z 1 eF cbt
+# CCH Cancel Previous Character \E T - - -
+# CHA Cursor Horizntal Absolute \E [ Pn G 1 eF hpa (B)
+# CHT Cursor Horizontal Tab \E [ Pn I 1 eF tab (C)
+# CMD Coding Method Delimiter * \E
+# CNL Cursor Next Line \E [ Pn E 1 eF nel (D)
+# CPL Cursor Preceding Line \E [ Pn F 1 eF -
+# CPR Cursor Position Report \E [ Pn ; Pn R 1, 1 - - (E)
+# CSI Control Sequence Intro \E [ - Intro -
+# CTC Cursor Tabulation Control \E [ Ps W 0 eF - (F)
+# CUB Cursor Backward \E [ Pn D 1 eF cub
+# CUD Cursor Down \E [ Pn B 1 eF cud
+# CUF Cursor Forward \E [ Pn C 1 eF cuf
+# CUP Cursor Position \E [ Pn ; Pn H 1, 1 eF cup (G)
+# CUU Cursor Up \E [ Pn A 1 eF cuu
+# CVT Cursor Vertical Tab \E [ Pn Y - eF - (H)
+# DA Device Attributes \E [ Pn c 0 - -
+# DAQ Define Area Qualification \E [ Ps o 0 - -
+# DCH Delete Character \E [ Pn P 1 eF dch
+# DCS Device Control String \E P - Delim -
+# DL Delete Line \E [ Pn M 1 eF dl
+# DLE Data Link Escape * ^P - - -
+# DMI Disable Manual Input \E \ - Fs -
+# DSR Device Status Report \E [ Ps n 0 - - (I)
+# DTA Dimension Text Area * \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC T - PC -
+# EA Erase in Area \E [ Ps O 0 eF - (J)
+# ECH Erase Character \E [ Pn X 1 eF ech
+# ED Erase in Display \E [ Ps J 0 eF ed (J)
+# EF Erase in Field \E [ Ps N 0 eF -
+# EL Erase in Line \E [ Ps K 0 eF el (J)
+# EM End of Medium * ^Y - - -
+# EMI Enable Manual Input \E b Fs -
+# ENQ Enquire ^E - - -
+# EOT End Of Transmission ^D - * -
+# EPA End of Protected Area \E W - - - (K)
+# ESA End of Selected Area \E G - - -
+# ESC Escape ^[ - - -
+# ETB End Transmission Block ^W - - -
+# ETX End of Text ^C - - -
+# FF Form Feed ^L - - -
+# FNK Function Key * \E [ Pn SPC W - - -
+# GCC Graphic Char Combination* \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC B - - -
+# FNT Font Selection \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC D 0, 0 FE -
+# GSM Graphic Size Modify \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC B 100, 100 FE - (L)
+# GSS Graphic Size Selection \E [ Pn SPC C none FE -
+# HPA Horz Position Absolute \E [ Pn ` 1 FE - (B)
+# HPB Char Position Backward \E [ j 1 FE -
+# HPR Horz Position Relative \E [ Pn a 1 FE - (M)
+# HT Horizontal Tab * ^I - FE - (N)
+# HTJ Horz Tab w/Justification \E I - FE -
+# HTS Horizontal Tab Set \E H - FE hts
+# HVP Horz & Vertical Position \E [ Pn ; Pn f 1, 1 FE - (G)
+# ICH Insert Character \E [ Pn @ 1 eF ich
+# IDCS ID Device Control String \E [ SPC O - * -
+# IGS ID Graphic Subrepertoire \E [ SPC M - * -
+# IL Insert Line \E [ Pn L 1 eF il
+# IND Index \E D - FE -
+# INT Interrupt \E a - Fs -
+# JFY Justify \E [ Ps SPC F 0 FE -
+# IS1 Info Separator #1 * ^_ - * -
+# IS2 Info Separator #1 * ^^ - * -
+# IS3 Info Separator #1 * ^] - * -
+# IS4 Info Separator #1 * ^\ - * -
+# LF Line Feed ^J - - -
+# LS1R Locking Shift Right 1 * \E ~ - - -
+# LS2 Locking Shift 2 * \E n - - -
+# LS2R Locking Shift Right 2 * \E } - - -
+# LS3 Locking Shift 3 * \E o - - -
+# LS3R Locking Shift Right 3 * \E | - - -
+# MC Media Copy \E [ Ps i 0 - - (S)
+# MW Message Waiting \E U - - -
+# NAK Negative Acknowledge * ^U - * -
+# NBH No Break Here * \E C - - -
+# NEL Next Line \E E - FE nel (D)
+# NP Next Page \E [ Pn U 1 eF -
+# NUL Null * ^@ - - -
+# OSC Operating System Command \E ] - Delim -
+# PEC Pres. Expand/Contract * \E Pn SPC Z 0 - -
+# PFS Page Format Selection * \E Pn SPC J 0 - -
+# PLD Partial Line Down \E K - FE - (T)
+# PLU Partial Line Up \E L - FE - (U)
+# PM Privacy Message \E ^ - Delim -
+# PP Preceding Page \E [ Pn V 1 eF -
+# PPA Page Position Absolute * \E [ Pn SPC P 1 FE -
+# PPB Page Position Backward * \E [ Pn SPC R 1 FE -
+# PPR Page Position Forward * \E [ Pn SPC Q 1 FE -
+# PTX Parallel Texts * \E [ \ - - -
+# PU1 Private Use 1 \E Q - - -
+# PU2 Private Use 2 \E R - - -
+# QUAD Typographic Quadding \E [ Ps SPC H 0 FE -
+# REP Repeat Char or Control \E [ Pn b 1 - rep
+# RI Reverse Index \E M - FE - (V)
+# RIS Reset to Initial State \E c - Fs -
+# RM Reset Mode * \E [ Ps l - - - (W)
+# SACS Set Add. Char. Sep. * \E [ Pn SPC / 0 - -
+# SAPV Sel. Alt. Present. Var. * \E [ Ps SPC ] 0 - - (X)
+# SCI Single-Char Introducer \E Z - - -
+# SCO Sel. Char. Orientation * \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC k - - -
+# SCS Set Char. Spacing * \E [ Pn SPC g - - -
+# SD Scroll Down \E [ Pn T 1 eF rin
+# SDS Start Directed String * \E [ Pn ] 1 - -
+# SEE Select Editing Extent \E [ Ps Q 0 - - (Y)
+# SEF Sheet Eject & Feed * \E [ Ps ; Ps SPC Y 0,0 - -
+# SGR Select Graphic Rendition \E [ Ps m 0 FE sgr (O)
+# SHS Select Char. Spacing * \E [ Ps SPC K 0 - -
+# SI Shift In ^O - - - (P)
+# SIMD Sel. Imp. Move Direct. * \E [ Ps ^ - - -
+# SL Scroll Left \E [ Pn SPC @ 1 eF -
+# SLH Set Line Home * \E [ Pn SPC U - - -
+# SLL Set Line Limit * \E [ Pn SPC V - - -
+# SLS Set Line Spacing * \E [ Pn SPC h - - -
+# SM Select Mode \E [ Ps h none - - (W)
+# SO Shift Out ^N - - - (Q)
+# SOH Start Of Heading * ^A - - -
+# SOS Start of String * \E X - - -
+# SPA Start of Protected Area \E V - - - (Z)
+# SPD Select Pres. Direction * \E [ Ps ; Ps SPC S 0,0 - -
+# SPH Set Page Home * \E [ Ps SPC G - - -
+# SPI Spacing Increment \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC G none FE -
+# SPL Set Page Limit * \E [ Ps SPC j - - -
+# SPQR Set Pr. Qual. & Rapid. * \E [ Ps SPC X 0 - -
+# SR Scroll Right \E [ Pn SPC A 1 eF -
+# SRCS Set Reduced Char. Sep. * \E [ Pn SPC f 0 - -
+# SRS Start Reversed String * \E [ Ps [ 0 - -
+# SSA Start of Selected Area \E F - - -
+# SSU Select Size Unit * \E [ Pn SPC I 0 - -
+# SSW Set Space Width * \E [ Pn SPC [ none - -
+# SS2 Single Shift 2 (G2 set) \E N - Intro -
+# SS3 Single Shift 3 (G3 set) \E O - Intro -
+# ST String Terminator \E \ - Delim -
+# STAB Selective Tabulation * \E [ Pn SPC ^ - - -
+# STS Set Transmit State \E S - - -
+# STX Start pf Text * ^B - - -
+# SU Scroll Up \E [ Pn S 1 eF indn
+# SUB Substitute * ^Z - - -
+# SVS Select Line Spacing * \E [ Pn SPC \ 1 - -
+# SYN Synchronous Idle * ^F - - -
+# TAC Tabul. Aligned Centered * \E [ Pn SPC b - - -
+# TALE Tabul. Al. Leading Edge * \E [ Pn SPC a - - -
+# TATE Tabul. Al. Trailing Edge* \E [ Pn SPC ` - - -
+# TBC Tab Clear \E [ Ps g 0 FE tbc
+# TCC Tabul. Centered on Char * \E [ Pn SPC c - - -
+# TSR Tabulation Stop Remove * \E [ Pn SPC d - FE -
+# TSS Thin Space Specification \E [ Pn SC E none FE -
+# VPA Vert. Position Absolute \E [ Pn d 1 FE vpa
+# VPB Line Position Backward * \E [ Pn k 1 FE -
+# VPR Vert. Position Relative \E [ Pn e 1 FE - (R)
+# VT Vertical Tabulation * ^K - FE -
+# VTS Vertical Tabulation Set \E J - FE -
+#
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Notes:
+#
+# Some control characters are listed in the ECMA-48 standard without
+# being assigned functions relevant to terminal control there (they
+# referred to other standards such as ISO 1745 or ECMA-35). They are listed
+# here anyway for completeness.
+#
+# (A) ECMA-48 calls this "CancelCharacter" but retains the CCH abbreviation.
+#
+# (B) There seems to be some confusion abroad between CHA and HPA. Most
+# `ANSI' terminals accept the CHA sequence, not the HPA. but terminfo calls
+# the capability (hpa). ECMA-48 calls this "Cursor Character Absolute" but
+# preserved the CHA abbreviation.
+#
+# (C) CHT corresponds to terminfo (tab). Usually it has the value ^I.
+# Occasionally (as on, for example, certain HP terminals) this has the HTJ
+# value. ECMA-48 calls this "Cursor Forward Tabulation" but preserved the
+# CHT abbreviation.
+#
+# (D) terminfo (nel) is usually \r\n rather than ANSI \EE.
+#
+# (E) ECMA-48 calls this "Active Position Report" but preserves the CPR
+# abbreviation.
+#
+# (F) CTC parameter values: 0 = set char tab, 1 = set line tab, 2 = clear
+# char tab, 3 = clear line tab, 4 = clear all char tabs on current line,
+# 5 = clear all char tabs, 6 = clear all line tabs.
+#
+# (G) CUP and HVP are identical in effect. Some ANSI.SYS versions accept
+# HVP, but always allow CUP as an alternate. ECMA-48 calls HVP "Character
+# Position Absolute" but retains the HVP abbreviation.
+#
+# (H) ECMA calls this "Cursor Line Tabulation" but preserves the CVT
+# abbreviation.
+#
+# (I) DSR parameter values: 0 = ready, 1 = busy, 2 = busy, will send DSR
+# later, 3 = malfunction, 4 = malfunction, will send DSR later, 5 = request
+# DSR, 6 = request CPR response.
+#
+# (J) ECMA calls ED "Erase In Page". EA/ED/EL parameters: 0 = clear to end,
+# 1 = clear from beginning, 2 = clear.
+#
+# (K) ECMA calls this "End of Guarded Area" but preserves the EPA abbreviation.
+#
+# (L) The GSM parameters are vertical and horizontal parameters to scale by.
+#
+# (M) Some ANSI.SYS versions accept HPR, but more commonly `ANSI' terminals
+# use CUF for this function and ignore HPR. ECMA-48 calls this "Character
+# Position Relative" but retains the HPR abbreviation.
+#
+# (N) ECMA-48 calls this "Character Tabulation" but retains the HT
+# abbreviation.
+#
+# (O) SGR parameter values: 0 = default mode (attributes off), 1 = bold,
+# 2 = dim, 3 = italicized, 4 = underlined, 5 = slow blink, 6 = fast blink,
+# 7 = reverse video, 8 = invisible, 9 = crossed-out (marked for deletion),
+# 10 = primary font, 10 + n (n in 1..9) = nth alternative font, 20 = Fraktur,
+# 21 = double underline, 22 = turn off 2, 23 = turn off 3, 24 = turn off 4,
+# 25 = turn off 5, 26 = proportional spacing, 27 = turn off 7, 28 = turn off
+# 8, 29 = turn off 9, 30 = black fg, 31 = red fg, 32 = green fg, 33 = yellow
+# fg, 34 = blue fg, 35 = magenta fg, 36 = cyan fg, 37 = white fg, 38 = set
+# fg color as in CCIT T.416, 39 = set default fg color, 40 = black bg
+# 41 = red bg, 42 = green bg, 43 = yellow bg, 44 = blue bg, 45 = magenta bg,
+# 46 = cyan bg, 47 = white bg, 48 = set bg color as in CCIT T.416, 39 = set
+# default bg color, 50 = turn off 26, 51 = framed, 52 = encircled, 53 =
+# overlined, 54 = turn off 51 & 52, 55 = not overlined, 56-59 = reserved,
+# 61-65 = variable highlights for ideograms.
+#
+# (P) SI is also called LSO, Locking Shift Zero.
+#
+# (Q) SI is also called LS1, Locking Shift One.
+#
+# (R) Some ANSI.SYS versions accept VPR, but more commonly `ANSI' terminals
+# use CUD for this function and ignore VPR. ECMA calls it `Line Position
+# Absolute' but retains the VPA abbreviation.
+#
+# (S) MC parameters: 0 = start xfer to primary aux device, 1 = start xfer from
+# primary aux device, 2 = start xfer to secondary aux device, 3 = start xfer
+# from secondary aux device, 4 = stop relay to primary aux device, 5 =
+# start relay to primary aux device, 6 = stop relay to secondary aux device,
+# 7 = start relay to secondary aux device.
+#
+# (T) ECMA-48 calls this "Partial Line Forward" but retains the PLD
+# abbreviation.
+#
+# (U) ECMA-48 calls this "Partial Line Backward" but retains the PLD
+# abbreviation.
+#
+# (V) ECMA-48 calls this "Reverse Line Feed" but retains the RI abbreviation.
+#
+# (W) RM/SM modes are as follows: 1 = Guarder Area Transfer Mode (GATM),
+# 2 = Keyboard Action Mode (KAM), 3 = Control Representation Mode (CRM),
+# 4 = Insertion Replacement Mode, 5 = Status Report Transfer Mode (SRTM),
+# 6 = Erasure Mode (ERM), 7 = Line Editing Mode (LEM), 8 = Bi-Directional
+# Support Mode (BDSM), 9 = Device Component Select Mode (DCSM),
+# 10 = Character Editing Mode (HEM), 11 = Positioning Unit Mode (PUM),
+# 12 = Send/Receive Mode, 13 = Format Effector Action Mode (FEAM),
+# 14 = Format Effector Transfer Mode (FETM), 15 = Multiple Area Transfer
+# Mode (MATM), 16 = Transfer Termination Mode, 17 = Selected Area Transfer
+# Mode, 18 = Tabulation Stop Mode, 19 = Editing Boundary Mode, 20 = Line Feed
+# New Line Mode (LF/NL), Graphic Rendition Combination Mode (GRCM), 22 =
+# Zero Default Mode (ZDM). The EBM and LF/NL modes have actually been removed
+# from ECMA-48's 5th edition but are listed here for reference.
+#
+# (X) Select Alternate Presentation Variants is used only for non-Latin
+# alphabets.
+#
+# (Y) "Select Editing Extent" (SEE) was ANSI "Select Edit Extent Mode" (SEM).
+#
+# (Z) ECMA-48 calls this "Start of Guarded Area" but retains the SPA
+# abbreviation.
+#
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Abbreviations:
+#
+# Intro an Introducer of some kind of defined sequence; the normal 7-bit
+# X3.64 Control Sequence Introducer is the two characters "Escape ["
+#
+# Delim a Delimiter
+#
+# x/y identifies a character by position in the ASCII table (column/row)
+#
+# eF editor function (see explanation)
+#
+# FE format effector (see explanation)
+#
+# F is a Final character in
+# an Escape sequence (F from 3/0 to 7/14 in the ASCII table)
+# a control sequence (F from 4/0 to 7/14)
+#
+# Gs is a graphic character appearing in strings (Gs ranges from
+# 2/0 to 7/14) in the ASCII table
+#
+# Ce is a control represented as a single bit combination in the C1 set
+# of controls in an 8-bit character set
+#
+# C0 the familiar set of 7-bit ASCII control characters
+#
+# C1 roughly, the set of control chars available only in 8-bit systems.
+# This is too complicated to explain fully here, so read Jim Fleming's
+# article in the February 1983 BYTE, especially pages 214 through 224.
+#
+# Fe is a Final character of a 2-character Escape sequence that has an
+# equivalent representation in an 8-bit environment as a Ce-type
+# (Fe ranges from 4/0 to 5/15)
+#
+# Fs is a Final character of a 2-character Escape sequence that is
+# standardized internationally with identical representation in 7-bit
+# and 8-bit environments and is independent of the currently
+# designated C0 and C1 control sets (Fs ranges from 6/0 to 7/14)
+#
+# I is an Intermediate character from 2/0 to 2/15 (inclusive) in the
+# ASCII table
+#
+# P is a parameter character from 3/0 to 3/15 (inclusive) in the ASCII
+# table
+#
+# Pn is a numeric parameter in a control sequence, a string of zero or
+# more characters ranging from 3/0 to 3/9 in the ASCII table
+#
+# Ps is a variable number of selective parameters in a control sequence
+# with each selective parameter separated from the other by the code
+# 3/11 (which usually represents a semicolon); Ps ranges from
+# 3/0 to 3/9 and includes 3/11
+#
+# * Not relevant to terminal control, listed for completeness only.
+#
+# Format Effectors versus Editor Functions
+#
+# A format effector specifies how following output is to be displayed.
+# An editor function allows you to modify the display. Informally
+# format effectors may be destructive; format effectors should not be.
+#
+# For instance, a format effector that moves the "active position" (the
+# cursor or equivalent) one space to the left would be useful when you want to
+# create an overstrike, a compound character made of two standard characters
+# overlaid. Control-H, the Backspace character, is actually supposed to be a
+# format effector, so you can do this. But many systems use it in a
+# nonstandard fashion, as an editor function, deleting the character to the
+# left of the cursor and moving the cursor left. When Control-H is assumed to
+# be an editor function, you cannot predict whether its use will create an
+# overstrike unless you also know whether the output device is in an "insert
+# mode" or an "overwrite mode". When Control-H is used as a format effector,
+# its effect can always be predicted. The familiar characters carriage
+# return, linefeed, formfeed, etc., are defined as format effectors.
+#
+# NOTES ON THE DEC VT100 IMPLEMENTATION
+#
+# Control sequences implemented in the VT100 are as follows:
+#
+# CPR, CUB, CUD, CUF, CUP, CUU, DA, DSR, ED, EL, HTS, HVP, IND,
+# LNM, NEL, RI, RIS, RM, SGR, SM, TBC
+#
+# plus several private DEC commands.
+#
+# Erasing parts of the display (EL and ED) in the VT100 is performed thus:
+#
+# Erase from cursor to end of line Esc [ 0 K or Esc [ K
+# Erase from beginning of line to cursor Esc [ 1 K
+# Erase line containing cursor Esc [ 2 K
+# Erase from cursor to end of screen Esc [ 0 J or Esc [ J
+# Erase from beginning of screen to cursor Esc [ 1 J
+# Erase entire screen Esc [ 2 J
+#
+# Some brain-damaged terminal/emulators respond to Esc [ J as if it were
+# Esc [ 2 J, but this is wrong; the default is 0.
+#
+# The VT100 responds to receiving the DA (Device Attributes) control
+#
+# Esc [ c (or Esc [ 0 c)
+#
+# by transmitting the sequence
+#
+# Esc [ ? l ; Ps c
+#
+# where Ps is a character that describes installed options.
+#
+# The VT100's cursor location can be read with the DSR (Device Status
+# Report) control
+#
+# Esc [ 6 n
+#
+# The VT100 reports by transmitting the CPR sequence
+#
+# Esc [ Pl ; Pc R
+#
+# where Pl is the line number and Pc is the column number (in decimal).
+#
+# The specification for the DEC VT100 is document EK-VT100-UG-003.
+
+#### ANSI.SYS
+#
+# Here is a description of the color and attribute controls supported in the
+# the ANSI.SYS driver under MS-DOS. Most console drivers and ANSI
+# terminal emulators for Intel boxes obey these. They are a proper subset
+# of the ECMA-48 escapes.
+#
+# 0 all attributes off
+# 1 foreground bright
+# 4 underscore on
+# 5 blink on/background bright (not reliable with brown)
+# 7 reverse-video
+# 8 set blank (non-display)
+# 10 set primary font
+# 11 set first alternate font (on PCs, display ROM characters 1-31)
+# 12 set second alternate font (on PCs, display IBM high-half chars)
+#
+# Color attribute sets
+# 3n set foreground color / 0=black, 1=red, 2=green, 3=brown,
+# 4n set background color \ 4=blue, 5=magenta, 6=cyan, 7=white
+# Bright black becomes gray. Bright brown becomes yellow,
+# These coincide with the prescriptions of the ISO 6429/ECMA-48 standard.
+#
+# * If the 5 attribute is on and you set a background color (40-47) it is
+# supposed to enable bright background.
+#
+# * Many VGA cards (such as the Paradise and compatibles) do the wrong thing
+# when you try to set a "bright brown" (yellow) background with attribute
+# 5 (you get a blinking yellow foreground instead). A few displays
+# (including the System V console) support an attribute 6 that undoes this
+# braindamage (this is required by iBCS2).
+#
+# * Some older versions of ANSI.SYS have a bug that causes thems to require
+# ESC [ Pn k as EL rather than the ANSI ESC [ Pn K. (This is not ECMA-48
+# compatible.)
+
+#### Intel Binary Compatibility Standard
+#
+# For comparison, here are the capabilities implied by the Intel Binary
+# Compatibility Standard for UNIX systems (Intel order number 468366-001).
+# These recommendations are optional. IBCS2 allows the leading escape to
+# be either the 7-bit \E[ or 8-bit \0233 introducer, in accordance with
+# the ANSI X.364/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 standard. Here are the iBCS2 capabilities
+# (as described in figure 9-3 of the standard). Those expressed in the ibcs2
+# terminfo entry are followed with the corresponding capability in parens:
+#
+# CSI <n>k disable (n=0) or enable (n=1) keyclick
+# CSI 2h lock keyboard
+# CSI 2i send screen as input
+# CSI 2l unlock keyboard
+# CSI 6m enable background color intensity
+# CSI <0-2>c reserved
+# CSI <0-59>m select graphic rendition
+# CSI <n>;<m>H (cup) cursor to line n and column m
+# CSI <n>;<m>f cursor to line n and column m
+# CSI <n>@ (ich) insert characters
+# CSI <n>A (cuu) cursor up n lines
+# CSI <n>B (cud) cursor down n lines
+# CSI <n>C (cuu) cursor right n characters
+# CSI <n>D (cud) cursor left n characters
+# CSI <n>E cursor down n lines and in first column
+# CSI <n>F cursor up n lines and in first column
+# CSI <n>G (hpa) position cursor at column n-1
+# CSI <n>J (ed) erase in display
+# CSI <n>K (el) erase in line
+# CSI <n>L (il) insert line(s)
+# CSI <n>P (dch) delete characters
+# CSI <n>S (indn) scroll up n lines
+# CSI <n>T (rin) scroll down n lines
+# CSI <n>X (ech) erase characters
+# CSI <n>Z (cbt) back up n tab stops
+# CSI <n>` cursor to column n on line
+# CSI <n>a (cuu) cursor right n characters
+# CSI <n>d (vpa) cursor to line n
+# CSI <n>e cursor down n lines and in first column
+# CSI <n>g (cbt) clear all tabs
+# CSI <n>z make virtual terminal n active
+# CSI ?7h (smam) turn automargin on
+# CSI ?7l (rmam) turn automargin off
+# CSI s save cursor position
+# CSI u restore cursor position to saved value
+# CSI =<c>A set overscan color
+# CSI =<c>F set normal foreground color
+# CSI =<c>G set normal background color
+# CSI =<c>H set reverse foreground color
+# CSI =<c>I set reverse foreground color
+# CSI =<c>J set graphic foreground color
+# CSI =<c>K set graphic foreground color
+# CSI =<n>g (dispc) display n from alternate graphics character set
+# CSI =<p>;<d>B set bell parameters
+# CSI =<s>;<e>C set cursor parameters
+# CSI =<x>D enable/disable intensity of background color
+# CSI =<x>E set/clear blink vs. bold background
+# CSI 7 (sc) (sc) save cursor position
+# CSI 8 (rc) (rc) restore cursor position to saved value
+# CSI H (hts) (hts) set tab stop
+# CSI Q<n><string> define function key string
+# (string must begin and end with delimiter char)
+# CSI c (clear) clear screen
+#
+# The lack of any specification for attributes in SGR (among other things)
+# makes this a wretchedly weak standard. The table above is literally
+# everything iBSC2 has to say about terminal escape sequences; there is
+# no further discussion of their meaning or how to set the parameters
+# in these sequences at all.
+#
+
+######## NONSTANDARD CAPABILITY TRANSLATIONS USED IN THIS FILE
+#
+# The historical termcap file entries were written primarily in 4.4BSD termcap.
+# The 4.4BSD termcap set was substantially larger than the original 4.1BSD set,
+# with the extension names chosen for compatibility with the termcap names
+# assigned in System V terminfo. There are some variant extension sets out
+# there. We try to describe them here.
+#
+# XENIX extensions:
+#
+# The XENIX extensions include a set of function-key capabilities as follows:
+#
+# code XENIX variable name terminfo name name clashes?
+# ---- ------------------- ------------- -----------------------
+# CL key_char_left
+# CR key_char_right
+# CW key_change_window create_window
+# EN key_end kend
+# HM key_home khome
+# HP ??
+# LD key_delete_line kdl1
+# LF key_linefeed label_off
+# NU key_next_unlocked_cell
+# PD key_page_down knp
+# PL ??
+# PN start_print mc5
+# PR ??
+# PS stop_print mc4
+# PU key_page_up kpp pulse
+# RC key_recalc remove_clock
+# RF key_toggle_ref req_for_input
+# RT key_return kent
+# UP key_up_arrow kcuu1 parm_up_cursor
+# WL key_word_left
+# WR key_word_right
+#
+# The XENIX extensions also include the following character-set and highlight
+# capabilities:
+#
+# XENIX terminfo function
+# ----- -------- ------------------------------
+# GS smacs start alternate character set
+# GE rmacs end alternate character set
+# GG :as:/:ae: glitch (analogous to :sg:/:ug:)
+# bo blink begin blink (not used in /etc/termcap)
+# be end blink (not used in /etc/termcap)
+# bb blink glitch (not used in /etc/termcap)
+# it dim begin dim (not used in /etc/termcap)
+# ie end dim (not used in /etc/termcap)
+# ig dim glitch (not used in /etc/termcap)
+#
+# Finally, XENIX also used the following forms-drawing capabilities:
+#
+# single double type ASCII approximation
+# ------ ------ ------------- -------------------
+# GV Gv vertical line |
+# GH Gv horizontal line - _
+# G1 G5 top right corner _ |
+# G2 G6 top left corner |
+# G3 G7 bottom left corner |_
+# G4 G8 bottom right corner _|
+# GD Gd down-tick character T
+# GL Gl left-tick character -|
+# GR Gr right-tick character |-
+# GC Gc middle intersection -|-
+# GU Gu up-tick character _|_
+#
+# These were invented to take advantage of the IBM PC ROM character set. One
+# can compose an acsc string from the single-width characters as follows
+# "j{G4}k{G1}l{G2}m{G3}q{GH}x{GV}t{GR}u{GL}v{GU}w{GD}n{GC}"
+# When translating a termcap file, ncurses tic will do this automatically.
+# The double forms characters don't fit the SVr4 terminfo model.
+#
+# AT&T Extensions:
+#
+# The old AT&T 5410, 5420, 5425, pc6300plus, 610, and s4 entries used a set of
+# nonstandard capabilities. Its signature is the KM capability, used to name
+# some sort of keymap file. EE, BO, CI, CV, XS, DS, FL and FE are in this
+# set. Comments in the original, and a little cross-checking with other AT&T
+# documentation, seem to establish that BO=:mr: (start reverse video), DS=:mh:
+# (start dim), XS=:mk: (secure/invisible mode), EE=:me: (end highlights),
+# FL=:LO: (enable soft labels), FE=:LF: (disable soft labels), CI=:vi: (make
+# cursor invisible), and CV=:ve: (make cursor normal).
+#
+# HP Extensions
+#
+# The HP library (as of mid-1995, their term.h file version 70.1) appears to
+# have the System V capabilities up to SVr1 level. After that, it supports
+# two nonstandard caps meml and memu corresponding to the old termcap :ml:,
+# :mu: capabilities. After that, it supports caps plab_norm, label_on,
+# label_off, and key_f11..key_f63 capabilities like SVr4's. This makes the
+# HP binary format incompatible with SVr4's.
+#
+# IBM Extensions
+#
+# There is a set of nonstandard terminfos used by IBM's AIX operating system.
+# The AIX terminfo library diverged from SVr1 terminfo, and replaces all
+# capabilities following prtr_non with the following special capabilties:
+# box[12], batt[12], colb[0123456789], colf[0123456789], f[01234567], kbtab,
+# kdo, kcmd, kcpn, kend, khlp, knl, knpn, kppn, kppn, kquit, ksel, kscl, kscr,
+# ktab, kmpf[123456789], apstr, ksf1..ksf10, kf11...kf63, kact, topl, btml,
+# rvert, lvert. Some of these are identical to XPG4/SVr4 equivalents:
+# kcmd, kend, khlp, and kf11...kf63. Two others (kbtab and ksel) can be
+# renamed (to kcbt and kslt). The places in the box[12] capabilities
+# correspond to acsc chars, here is the mapping:
+#
+# box1[0] = ACS_ULCORNER
+# box1[1] = ACS_HLINE
+# box1[2] = ACS_URCORNER
+# box1[3] = ACS_VLINE
+# box1[4] = ACS_LRCORNER
+# box1[5] = ACS_LLCORNER
+# box1[6] = ACS_TTEE
+# box1[7] = ACS_RTEE
+# box1[8] = ACS_BTEE
+# box1[9] = ACS_LTEE
+# box1[10] = ACS_PLUS
+#
+# The box2 characters are the double-line versions of these forms graphics.
+# The AIX binary terminfo format is incompatible with SVr4's.
+#
+# Iris console extensions:
+#
+# HS is half-intensity start; HE is half-intensity end
+# CT is color terminal type (for Curses & rogue)
+# CP is color change escape sequence
+# CZ are color names (for Curses & rogue)
+#
+# The ncurses tic utility recognizes HS as an alias for mh <dim>.
+#
+# TC Extensions:
+#
+# There is a set of extended termcaps associated with something
+# called the "Terminal Control" or TC package created by MainStream Systems,
+# Winfield Kansas. This one also uses GS/GE for as/ae, and also uses
+# CF for civis and CO for cvvis. Finally, they define a boolean :ct:
+# that flags color terminals.
+#
+######## CHANGE HISTORY
+#
+# The last /etc/termcap version maintained by John Kunze was 8.3, dated 8/5/94.
+# Releases 9 and up are maintained by Eric S. Raymond as part of the ncurses
+# project.
+#
+# This file contains all the capability information present in John Kunze's
+# last version of the termcap master file, except as noted in the change
+# comments at end of file. Some information about very ancient obsolete
+# capabilities has been moved to comments. Some all-numeric names of older
+# terminals have been retired.
+#
+# I changed :MT: to :km: (the 4.4BSD name) everywhere. I commented out some
+# capabilities (EP, dF, dT, dV, kn, ma, ml, mu, xr, xx) that are no longer
+# used by BSD curses.
+#
+# The 9.1.0 version of this file was translated from my lightly-edited copy of
+# 8.3, then mechanically checked against 8.3 using Emacs Lisp code written for
+# the purpose. Unless the ncurses tic implementation and the Lisp code were
+# making perfectly synchronized mistakes which I then failed to catch by
+# eyeball, the translation was correct and perfectly information-preserving.
+#
+# Major version number bumps correspond to major version changes in ncurses.
+#
+# Here is a log of the changes since then:
+#
+# 9.1.0 (Wed Feb 1 04:50:32 EST 1995):
+# * First terminfo master translated from 8.3.
+# 9.2.0 (Wed Feb 1 12:21:45 EST 1995):
+# * Replaced Wyse entries with updated entries supplied by vendor.
+#
+# 9.3.0 (Mon Feb 6 19:14:40 EST 1995):
+# * Added contact & status info from G. Clark Brown <clark@sssi.com>.
+# 9.3.1 (Tue Feb 7 12:00:24 EST 1995):
+# * Better XENIX keycap translation. Describe TC termcaps.
+# * Contact and history info supplied by Qume.
+# 9.3.2 (Sat Feb 11 23:40:02 EST 1995):
+# * Raided the Shuford FTP site for recent termcaps/terminfos.
+# * Added information on X3.64 and VT100 standard escape sequences.
+# 9.3.3 (Mon Feb 13 12:26:15 EST 1995):
+# * Added a correct X11R6 xterm entry.
+# * Fixed terminfo translations of padding.
+# 9.3.4 (Wed Feb 22 19:27:34 EST 1995):
+# * Added correct acsc/smacs/rmacs strings for vt100 and xterm.
+# * Added u6/u7/u8/u9 capabilities.
+# * Added PCVT entry.
+# 9.3.5 (Thu Feb 23 09:37:12 EST 1995):
+# * Emacs uses :so:, not :mr:, for its mode line. Fix linux entry
+# to use reverse-video standout so Emacs will look right.
+# * Added el1 capability to ansi.
+# * Added smacs/rmacs to ansi.sys.
+#
+# 9.4.0 (Sat Feb 25 16:43:25 EST 1995):
+# * New mt70 entry.
+# * Added COPYRIGHTS AND OTHER DELUSIONS.
+# * Added AT&T 23xx & 500/513, vt220 and vt420, opus3n1+, netronics
+# smartvid & smarterm, ampex 175 & 219 & 232,
+# env230, falco ts100, fluke, intertube, superbrain, ncr7901, vic20,
+# ozzie, trs200, tr600, Tandy & Texas Instruments VDTs, intext2,
+# screwpoint, fviewpoint, Contel Business Systems, Datamedia Colorscan,
+# adm36, mime314, ergo4000, ca22851. Replaced att7300, esprit, dd5500.
+# * Replaced the Perkin-Elmer entries with vendor's official ones.
+# * Restored the old minimal-ansi entry, luna needs it.
+# * Fixed some incorrect ip and proportional-padding translations.
+# 9.4.1 (Mon Feb 27 14:18:33 EST 1995):
+# * Fix linux & AT386 sgr strings to do A_ALTCHARSET turnoff correctly.
+# * Make the xterm entry 65 lines again; create xterm25 and xterm24
+# to force a particular height.
+# * Added beehive4 and reorganized other Harris entries.
+# 9.4.2 (Thu Mar 9 01:45:44 EST 1995):
+# * Merged in DEC's official entries for its terminals. The only old
+# entry I kept was Doug Gwyn's alternate vt100 (as vt100-avo).
+# * Replaced the translated BBN Bitgraph entries with purpose-built
+# ones from AT&T's SVr3.
+# * Replaced the AT&T entries with AT&T's official terminfos.
+# * Added teleray 16, vc415, cops10.
+# * Merged in many individual capabilities from SCO terminfo files.
+# 9.4.3 (Mon Mar 13 02:37:53 EST 1995):
+# * Typo fixes.
+# * Change linux entry so A_PROTECT enables IBM-PC ROM characters.
+# 9.4.4 (Mon Mar 27 12:32:35 EST 1995):
+# * Added tty35, Ann Arbor Guru series. vi300 and 550, cg7900, tvi803,
+# pt210, ibm3164, IBM System 1, ctrm, Tymshare scanset, dt200, adm21,
+# simterm, citoh and variants.
+# * Replaced sol entry with sol1 and sol2.
+# * Replaced Qume QVT and Freedom-series entries with purpose-built
+# terminfo entries.
+# * Enhanced vt220, tvi910, tvi924, hpterm, hp2645, adm42, tek
+# and dg200 entries using caps from from SCO.
+# * Added the usual set of function-key mappings to ANSI entry.
+# * Corrected xterm's function-key capabilities.
+# 9.4.5 (Tue Mar 28 14:27:49 EST 1995):
+# * Fix in xterm entry, cub and cud are not reliable under X11R6.
+# 9.4.6 (Thu Mar 30 14:52:15 EST 1995):
+# * Fix in xterm entry, get the arrow keys right.
+# * Change some \0 escapes to \200.
+# 9.4.7 (Tue Apr 4 11:27:11 EDT 1995)
+# * Added apple (Videx card), adm1a, oadm31.
+# * Fixed malformed ampex csr.
+# * Fixed act4, cyb110; they had old-style prefix padding left in.
+# * Changed mandatory to advisory padding in many entries.
+# * Replaced HP entries up to hpsub with purpose-built ones.
+# * Blank rmir/smir/rmdc/smdc capabilities removed.
+# * Small fixes merged in from SCO entries for lpr, fos, tvi910+, tvi924.
+# 9.4.8 (Fri Apr 7 09:36:34 EDT 199):
+# * Replaced the Ann Arbor entries with SCO's, the init strings are
+# more efficient (but the entries otherwise identical).
+# * Added dg211 from Shuford archive.
+# * Added synertek, apple-soroc, ibmpc, pc-venix, pc-coherent, xtalk,
+# adm42-nl, pc52, gs6300, xerox820, uts30.
+# * Pull SCO's padding into vi200 entry.
+# * Improved capabilities for tvi4107 and other Televideo and Viewpoint
+# entries merged in from SCO's descriptions.
+# * Fixed old-style prefix padding on zen50, h1500.
+# * Moved old superbee entry to superbee-xsb, pulled in new superbee
+# entry from SCO's description.
+# * Reorganized the special entries.
+# * Added lm#0 to cbunix and virtual entries.
+#
+# 9.5.0 (Mon Apr 10 11:30:00 EDT 1995):
+# * Restored cdc456tst.
+# * Fixed sb1 entry, SCO erroneously left out the xsb glitch.
+# * Added megatek, beacon, microkit.
+# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9 release.
+# 9.5.1 (Fri Apr 21 12:46:42 EDT 1995):
+# * Added historical data for TAB.
+# * Comment fixes from David MacKenzie.
+# * Added the new BSDI pc3 entry.
+# 9.5.2 (Tue Apr 25 17:27:52 EDT 1995)
+# * A change in the tic -C logic now ensures that all entries in
+# the termcap translation will fit in < 1024 bytes.
+# * Added `bobcat' and `gator' HP consoles and the Nu machine entries
+# from GNU termcap file. This merges in all their local information.
+# 9.5.3 (Tue Apr 25 22:28:13 EDT 1995)
+# * Changed tic -C logic to dump all capabilities used by GNU termcap.
+# * Added warnings about entries with long translations (restoring
+# all the GNU termcaps pushes a few over the edge).
+# 9.5.4 (Wed Apr 26 15:35:09 EDT 1995)
+# * Yet another tic change, and a couple of entry tweaks, to reduce the
+# number of long (> 1024) termcap translations back to 0.
+#
+# 9.6.0 (Mon May 1 10:35:54 EDT 1995)
+# * Added kf13-kf20 to Linux entry.
+# * Regularize Prime terminal names.
+# * Historical data on Synertek.
+# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.1.
+# 9.6.1 (Sat May 6 02:00:52 EDT 1995):
+# * Added true xterm-color entry, renamed djm's pseudo-color entry.
+# * Eliminate whitespace in short name fields, this tanks some scripts.
+# * Name field changes to shorten some long entries.
+# * Termcap translation now automatically generates empty rmir/smir
+# when ich1/ich is present (copes with an ancient vi bug).
+# * Added `screen' entries from FSF's screen-3.6.2.
+# * Added linux-nic and xterm-nic entries.
+# 9.6.2 (Sat May 6 17:00:55 EDT 1995):
+# * Change linux entry to use smacs=\E[11m and have an explicit acsc,
+# eliminating some special-case code in ncurses.
+#
+# 9.7.0 (Tue May 9 18:03:12 EDT 1995):
+# * Added vt320-k3, rsvidtx from the Emacs termcap.dat file. I think
+# that captures everything unique from it.
+# * Added reorder script generator.
+# * Freeze for ncurses 1.9.2 release.
+# 9.7.1 (Thu Jun 29 09:35:22 EDT 1995):
+# * Added Sean Farley's kspd, flash, rs1 capabilities for linux.
+# * Added Olaf Siebert's corrections for adm12.
+# * ansi-pc-color now includes the colors and pairs caps, so that
+# entries which use it will inherit them automatically.
+# * The linux entry can now recognize the center (keypad 5) key.
+# * Removed some junk that found its way into Linux acsc.
+#
+# 9.8.0 (Fri Jul 7 04:46:57 EDT 1995):
+# * Add 50% cut mark as a desperate hack to reduce tic's core usage.
+# * xterm doesn't try to use application keypad mode any more.
+# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.3 release.
+# 9.8.1 (Thu Jul 19 17:02:12 EDT 1995):
+# * Added corrected sun entry from vendor.
+# * Added csr capability to linux entry.
+# * Peter Wemm says the at386 hpa should be \E[%i%p1%dG, not \E[%p1%dG.
+# * Added vt102-nsgr to cope with stupid IBM PC `VT100' emulators.
+# * Some commented-out caps in long entries come back in, my code
+# for computing string-table lengths had a bug in it.
+# * pcansi series modified to fit comm-program reality better.
+# 9.8.2 (Sat Sep 9 23:35:00 EDT 1995):
+# * BSD/OS actually ships the ibmpc3 bold entry as its console.
+# * Correct some bad aliases in the pcansi series
+# * Added entry for QNX console.
+# * Clean up duplicate long names for use with 4.4 library.
+# * Change vt100 standout to be normal reverse vide, not bright reverse;
+# this makes the Emacs status line look better.
+# 9.8.3 (Sun Sep 10 13:07:34 EDT 1995):
+# * Added Adam Thompson's VT320 entries, also his dtx-sas and z340.
+# * Minor surgery, mostly on name strings, to shorten termcap version.
+#
+# 9.9.0 (Sat Sep 16 23:03:48 EDT 1995):
+# * Added dec-vt100 for use with the EWAN emulator.
+# * Added kmous to xterm for use with xterm's mouse-tracking facility.
+# * Freeze for 1.9.5 alpha release.
+# 9.9.1 (Wed Sep 20 13:46:09 EDT 1995):
+# * Changed xterm lines to 24, the X11R6 default.
+# 9.9.2 (Sat Sep 23 21:29:21 EDT 1995):
+# * Added 7 newly discovered, undocumented acsc characters to linux
+# entry (the pryz{|} characters).
+# * ncurses no longer steals A_PROTECT. Simplify linux sgr accordingly.
+# * Correct two typos in the xterm entries introduced in 9.9.1.
+# * I finally figured out how to translate ko capabilities. Done.
+# * Added tvi921 entries from Tim Theisen.
+# * Cleanup: dgd211 -> dg211, adm42-nl -> adm42-nsl.
+# * Removed mystery tec entry, it was neither interesting nor useful.
+# * shortened altos3, qvt203, tvi910+, tvi92D, tvi921-g, tvi955, vi200-f,
+# vi300-ss, att505-24, contel301, dm3045, f200vi, pe7000c, vc303a,
+# trs200, wind26, wind40, wind50, cdc456tst, dku7003, f110, dg211,
+# by making them relative to use capabilities
+# * Added cuf1=^L to tvi925 from deleted variant tvi925a.
+# * fixed cup in adm22 entry and parametrized strings in vt320-k3.
+# * added it#8 to entries that used to have :pt: -- tvi912, vi200,
+# ampex80,
+# * Translate all home=\E[;H capabilities to home=\E[H, they're
+# equivalent.
+# * Translate \E[0m -> \E[m in [rs]mso, [rs]mul, and init strings of
+# vt100 and ANSI-like terminals.
+# 9.9.3 (Tue Sep 26 20:11:15 EDT 1995):
+# * Added it#8 and ht=\t to *all* entries with :pt:; the ncurses tic
+# does this now, too.
+# * fviewpoint is gone, it duplicated screwpoint.
+# * Added hp2627, graphos, graphos-30, hpex, ibmega, ibm8514, ibm8514-c,
+# ibmvga, ibmvga-c, minix, mm340, mt4520-rv, screen2, screen3,
+# versaterm, vi500, vsc, vt131, vt340, vt400 entries from UW.
+# The UW vi50 replaces the old one, which becomes vi50adm,
+# * No more embedded commas in name fields.
+#
+# 9.10.0 (Wed Oct 4 15:39:37 EDT 1995):
+# * XENIX forms characters in fos, trs16, scoansi become acsc strings,
+# * Introduced klone+* entries for describing Intel-console behavior.
+# * Linux kbs is default-mapped to delete for some brain-dead reason.
+# * -nsl -> -ns. The -pp syntax is obsolete.
+# * Eliminate [A-Z]* primaries in accordance with SVr4 terminfo docs.
+# * Make xterm entry do application-keypad mode again. I got complaints
+# that it was messing up someone's 3270 emulator.
+# * Added some longname fields in order to avoid warning messages from
+# older tic implementations.
+# * According to ctrlseqs.ms, xterm has a full vt100 graphics set. Use
+# it! (This gives us pi, greater than, less than, and a few more.)
+# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.6 release.
+# 9.10.1 (Sat Oct 21 22:18:09 EDT 1995):
+# * Add xon to a number of console entries, they're memory-mapped and
+# don't need padding.
+# * Correct the use dependencies in the ansi series.
+# * Hand-translate more XENIX capabilities.
+# * Added hpterm entry for HP's X terminal emulator.
+# * Added aixterm entries.
+# * Shortened four names so everything fits in 14 chars.
+#
+# 9.11.0 (Thu Nov 2 17:29:35 EST 1995):
+# * Added ibcs2 entry and info on iBCS2 standard.
+# * Corrected hpa/vpa in linux entry. They still fail the worm test.
+# * We can handle the HP meml/memu capability now.
+# * Added smacs to klone entries, just as documentation.
+# * Carrected ansi.sys and cit-500 entries.
+# * Added z39, vt320-k311, v220c, and avatar entries.
+# * Make pcansi use the ansi.sys invis capability.
+# * Added DIP switch descriptions for vt100, adm31, tvi910, tvi920c,
+# tvi925, tvi950, dt80, ncr7900i, h19.
+# * X3.64 has been withdrawn, change some references.
+# * Removed function keys from ansi-m entry.
+# * Corrected ansi.sys entry.
+# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.7 release.
+# 9.11.1 (Tue Nov 6 18:18:38 EST 1995):
+# * Added rmam/smam capabilities to many entries based on init strings.
+# * Added correct hpa/vpa to linux.
+# * Reduced several entries relative to vt52.
+# 9.11.2 (Tue Nov 7 00:21:06 EST 1995):
+# * Exiled some utterly unidentifiable custom and homebrew types to the
+# UFO file; also, obsolete small-screen hardware; also, entries which
+# look flat-out incorrect, garbled, or redundant. These include the
+# following entries: carlock, cdc456tst, microkit, qdss, ramtek, tec,
+# tec400, tec500, ubell, wind, wind16, wind40, wind50, plasma, agile,
+# apple, bch, daleblit, nucterm, ttywilliams, nuterminal, nu24, bnu,
+# fnu, nunix-30, nunix-61, exidy, ex3000, sexidy, pc52, sanyo55,
+# yterm10, yterm11, yterm10nat, aed, aed-ucb, compucolor, compucolor2,
+# vic20, dg1, act5s, netx, smartvid, smarterm, sol, sol2, dt200,
+# trs80, trs100, trs200, trs600, xitex, rsvidtx, vid, att2300-x40,
+# att2350-x40, att4410-nfk, att5410-ns, otty5410, att5425-nl-w,
+# tty5425-fk, tty5425-w-fk, cita, c108-na, c108-rv-na, c100-rv-na,
+# c108-na-acs, c108-rv-na-acs, ims950-ns, infotonKAS, ncr7900i-na,
+# regent60na, scanset-n, tvi921-g, tvi925n, tvi925vbn, tvi925vb,
+# vc404-na, vc404-s-na, vt420nam, vt420f-nam, vt420pc-nam, vt510nam,
+# vt510pc-nam, vt520nam, vt525nam, xterm25, xterm50, xterm65, xterms.
+# * Corrected pcvt25h as suggested by Brian C. Grayson
+# <bgrayson@pine.ece.utexas.edu>.
+# 9.11.3 (Thu Nov 9 12:14:40 EST 1995):
+# * Added kspd=\E[P, kcbt=\E[Z, to linux entry, changed kbs back to ^H.
+# * Added kent=\EOM to xterm entry.
+#
+# 9.11.4 (Fri Nov 10 08:31:35 EST 1995):
+# * Corrected gigi entry.
+# * Restored cuf/cud1 to xterm, their apparent bugginess was due to
+# bad hpa/vpa capabilities.
+# * Corrected flash strings to have a uniform delay of .2 sec. No
+# more speed-dependent NUL-padding!
+# * terminfo capabilities in comments bracketed with <>.
+# 9.11.5 (Fri Nov 10 15:35:02 EST 1995):
+# * Replaced pcvt with the 3.31 pcvt entries.
+# * Freeze for 1.9.7a.
+# 9.11.6 (Mon Nov 13 10:20:24 EST 1995):
+# * Added emu entry from the X11R6 contrib tape sources.
+#
+# 9.12.0 (Wed Nov 29 04:22:25 EST 1995):
+# * Improved iris-ansi and sun entries.
+# * More flash string improvements.
+# * Corrected wy160 & wy160 as suggested by Robert Dunn
+# * Added dim to at386.
+# * Reconciled pc3 and ibmpc3 with the BSDI termcap file. Keith says
+# he's ready to start using the termcap generated from this one.
+# * Added vt102-w, vt220-w, xterm-bold, wyse-vp, wy75ap, att4424m,
+# ln03, lno3-w, h19-g, z29a*, qdss. Made vt200 an alias of vt220.
+# * Improved hpterm, apollo consoles, fos, qvt101, tvi924. tvi925,
+# att610, att620, att630,
+# * Changed hazeltine name prefix from h to hz.
+# * Sent t500 to the UFI file.
+# * I think we've sucked all the juice out of BSDI's termcap file now.
+# * Freeze for ncurses 1.9.8 release
+# 9.12.1 (Thu Nov 30 03:14:06 EST 1995)
+# * Unfreeze, linux kbs needed to be fixed.
+# * Tim Theisen pinned down a bug in the DMD firmware.
+# 9.12.2 (Thu Nov 30 19:08:55 EST 1995):
+# * Fixes to ansi and klone capabilities (thank you, Aaron Ucko).
+# (The broken ones had been shadowed by sgr.)
+# 9.12.3 (Thu Dec 7 17:47:22 EST 1995):
+# * Added documentation on ECMA-48 standard.
+# * New Amiga entry.
+# 9.12.4 (Thu Dec 14 04:16:39 EST 1995):
+# * More ECMA-48 stuff
+# * Corrected typo in minix entry, added pc-minix.
+# * Corrected khome/kend in xterm (thank you again, Aaron Ucko).
+# * Added rxvt entry.
+# * Added 1.3.x color-change capabilities to linux entry.
+# 9.12.5 (Tue Dec 19 00:22:10 EST 1995):
+# * Corrected rxvt entry khome/kend.
+# * Corrected linux color change capabilities.
+# * NeXT entries from Dave Wetzel.
+# * Cleaned up if and rf file names (all in /usr/share now).
+# * Changed linux op capability to avoid screwing up a background color
+# pair set by setterm.
+# 9.12.6 (Wed Feb 7 16:14:35 EST 1996):
+# * Added xterm-sun.
+# 9.12.7 (Fri Feb 9 13:27:35 EST 1996):
+# * Added visa50.
+#
+# 9.13.0 (Sun Mar 10 00:13:08 EST 1996):
+# * Another sweep through the Shuford archive looking for new info.
+# * Added dg100 alias to dg6053 based on a comp.terminals posting.
+# * Added st52 from Per Persson.
+# * Added eterm from the GNU Emacs 19.30 distribution.
+# * Freeze for 1.9.9.
+# 9.13.1 (Fri Mar 29 14:06:46 EST 1996):
+# * FreeBSD console entries from Andrew Chernov.
+# * Removed duplicate Atari st52 name.
+# 9.13.2 (Tue May 7 16:10:06 EDT 1996)
+# * xterm doesn't actually have ACS_BLOCK.
+# * Change klone+color setf/setb to simpler forms that can be
+# translated into termcap.
+# * Added xterm1.
+# * Removed mechanically-generated junk capabilities from cons* entries.
+# * Added color support to bsdos.
+# 9.13.3 (Thu May 9 10:35:51 EDT 1996):
+# * Added Wyse 520 entries from Wm. Randolph Franklin <wrf@ecse.rpi.edu>.
+# * Created ecma+color, linux can use it. Also added ech to linux.
+# * Teach xterm about more keys. Add Thomas Dickey's 3.1.2E updates.
+# * Add descriptions to FreeBSD console entries. Also shorten
+# some aliases to <= 14 chars for portability.
+# * Added x68k console
+# * Added OTbs to several VT-series entries.
+# 9.13.4 (Wed May 22 10:54:09 EDT 1996):
+# * screen entry update for 3.7.1 from Michael Alan Dorfman.
+# 9.13.5 (Wed Jun 5 11:22:41 EDT 1996):
+# * kterm correction due to Kenji Rikitake.
+# * ACS correction in vt320-kll due to Phillippe De Muyter.
+# 9.13.6 (Sun Jun 16 15:01:07 EDT 1996):
+# * Sun console entry correction from J.T. Conklin.
+# * Changed all DEC VT300 and up terminals to use VT300 tab set
+# 9.13.7 (Mon Jul 8 20:14:32 EDT 1996):
+# * Added smul to linux entry (we never noticed it was missing
+# because of sgr!).
+# * Added rmln to hp+labels (deduced from other HP entries).
+# * Added vt100 acsc capability to vt220, vt340, vt400, d800, dt80-sas,
+# pro350, att7300, 5420_2, att4418, att4424, att4426, att505, vt320-k3.
+# * Corrected vt220 acsc.
+# * The klone+sgr and klone+sgr-dumb entries now use klone+acs;
+# this corresponds to reality and helps prevent some tic warnings.
+# * Added sgr0 to c101, pcix, vt100-nav, screen2, oldsun, next, altos2,
+# hpgeneric, hpansi, hpsub, hp236, hp700-wy, bobcat, dku7003, adm11,
+# adm12, adm20, adm21, adm22, adm31, adm36, adm42, pt100, pt200,
+# qvt101, tvi910, tvi921, tvi92B, tvi925, tvi950, tvi970, wy30-mc,
+# wy50-mc, wy100, wyse-vp, ampex232, regent100, viewpoint, vp90,
+# adds980, cit101, cit500, contel300, cs10, dm80, falco, falco-p,
+# f1720a, go140, sb1, superbeeic, microb, ibm8512, kt7, ergo4000,
+# owl, uts30, dmterm, dt100, dt100, dt110, appleII, apple-videx,
+# lisa, trsII, atari, st52, pc-coherent, basis, m2-man, bg2.0, bg1.25,
+# dw3, ln03, ims-ansi, graphos, t16, zen30, xtalk, simterm, d800,
+# ifmr, v3220, wy100q, tandem653, ibmaed.
+# * Added DWK terminal description.
+# 9.13.8 (Wed Jul 10 11:45:21 EDT 1996):
+# * Many entries now have highlights inherited from adm+sgr.
+# * xterm entry now corresponds to XFree86 3.1.2E, with color.
+# * xtitle and xtitle-twm enable access to the X status line.
+# * Added linux-1.3.6 color palette caps in conventional format.
+# * Added adm1178 terminal.
+# * Move fos and apollo terminals to obsolete category.
+# * Aha! The BRL terminals file told us what the Iris extensions mean.
+# * Added, from the BRL termcap file: rt6221, rt6221-w, northstar,
+# commodore, cdc721-esc, excel62, osexec. Replaced from the BRL file:
+# cit500, adm11.
+# 9.13.9 (Mon Jul 15 00:32:51 EDT 1996):
+# * Added, from the BRL termcap file: cdc721, cdc721l, cdc752, cdc756,
+# aws, awsc, zentec8001, modgraph48, rca vp3301/vp3501, ex155.
+# * Corrected, from BRL termcap file: vi50.
+# * Better rxvt entry & corrected xterm entries from Thomas Dickey.
+# 9.13.10 (Mon Jul 15 12:20:13 EDT 1996):
+# * Added from BRL: cit101e & variants, hmod1, vi200, ansi77, att5620-1,
+# att5620-s, att5620-s, dg210, aas1901, hz1520, hp9845, osborne
+# (old osborne moved to osborne-w), tvi970-vb, tvi970-2p, tvi925-hi,
+# tek4105brl, tek4106brl, tek4107brl,tek4109brl, hazel, aepro,
+# apple40p, apple80p, appleIIgs, apple2e, apple2e-p, apple-ae.
+# * Paired-attribute fixes to various terminals.
+# * Sun entry corrections from A. Lukyanov & Gert-Jan Vons.
+# * xterm entry corrections from Thomas Dickey.
+# 9.13.11 (Tue Jul 30 16:42:58 EDT 1996):
+# * Added t916 entry, translated from a termcap in SCO's support area.
+# * New qnx entry from Michael Hunter.
+# 9.13.12 (Mon Aug 5 14:31:11 EDT 1996):
+# * Added hpex2 from Ville Sulko.
+# * Fixed a bug that ran the qnx and pcvtXX together.
+# 9.13.13 (Fri Aug 9 01:16:17 EDT 1996):
+# * Added dtterm entry from Solaris CDE.
+# 9.13.14 (Tue Sep 10 15:31:56 EDT 1996):
+# * corrected pairs#8 typo in dtterm entry.
+# * added tvi9065.
+# 9.13.15 (Sun Sep 15 02:47:05 EDT 1996):
+# * updated xterm entry to cover 3.1.2E's new features.
+# 9.13.16 (Tue Sep 24 12:47:43 EDT 1996):
+# * Added new minix entry
+# * Removed aliases of the form ^[0-9]* for obsolete terminals.
+# * Commented out linux-old, nobody's using pre-1.2 kernels now.
+# 9.13.17 (Fri Sep 27 13:25:38 EDT 1996):
+# * Added Prism entries and kt7ix.
+# * Caution notes about EWAN and tabset files.
+# * Changed /usr/lib/tabset -> /usr/share/tabset.
+# * Added acsc/rmacs/smacs to vt52.
+# 9.13.18 (Mon Oct 28 13:24:59 EST 1996):
+# * Merged in Thomas Dickey's reorganization of the xterm entries;
+# added technical corrections to avoid warning messages.
+# 9.13.19 (Sat Nov 16 16:05:49 EST 1996):
+# * Added rmso=\E[27m in Linux entry.
+# * Added koi8-r support for Linux console.
+# * Replace xterm entries with canonical ones from XFree86 3.2.
+# 9.13.20 (Sun Nov 17 23:02:51 EST 1996):
+# * Added color_xterm from Jacob Mandelson
+# 9.13.21 (Mon Nov 18 12:43:42 EST 1996):
+# * Back off the xterm entry to use r6 as a base.
+# 9.13.22 (Sat Nov 30 11:51:31 EST 1996):
+# * Added dec-vt220 at Adrian Garside's request.
+#
+# 10.1.0 (Sun Dec 29 02:36:31 EST 1996):
+# * Minor corrections to xterm entries.
+# * Replaced EWAN telnet entry.
+# * Dropped the reorder script generator. It was a fossil.
+# 10.1.1 (Sat May 3 21:41:27 EDT 1997):
+# * Use setaf/setab consistently with SVr4.
+# * Remove ech, el1 from cons25w, they do not work in FreeBSD 2.1.5
+#
+# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
+# Local Variables:
+# fill-prefix:"\t"
+# fill-column:75
+# End:
+######## SHANTIH! SHANTIH! SHANTIH!
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: mk-0th.awk,v 1.3 1996/12/01 00:27:23 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Generate list of sources for a library, together with lint/lintlib rules
+#
+# Variables:
+# name (library name, e.g., "ncurses", "panel", "forms", "menus")
+#
+BEGIN {
+ print ""
+ print "# generated by mk-0th.awk"
+ print ""
+ found = 0;
+ }
+ !/^#/ {
+ if ( $2 == "lib" )
+ {
+ if ( found == 0 )
+ {
+ printf "C_SRC ="
+ found = 1
+ }
+ printf " \\\n\t%s/%s.c", $3, $1
+ }
+ }
+END {
+ print ""
+ if ( found != 0 )
+ {
+ print ""
+ printf "# Producing llib-l%s is time-consuming, so there's no direct-dependency for\n", name
+ print "# it in the lintlib rule. We'll only remove in the cleanest setup."
+ print "clean ::"
+ printf "\trm -f llib-l%s.*\n", name
+ print ""
+ print "realclean ::"
+ printf "\trm -f llib-l%s\n", name
+ print ""
+ printf "llib-l%s : $(C_SRC)\n", name
+ printf "\tcproto -a -l -DLINT $(CPPFLAGS) $(C_SRC) >$@\n"
+ print ""
+ print "lintlib :"
+ printf "\t$(srcdir)/../misc/makellib %s $(CPPFLAGS)", name
+ print ""
+ print "lint :"
+ print "\t$(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(C_SRC) $(LINT_LIBS)"
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print "lintlib :"
+ print "\t@echo no action needed"
+ }
+ }
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: mk-1st.awk,v 1.20 1997/05/05 21:28:17 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Generate list of objects for a given model library
+# Variables:
+# name (library name, e.g., "ncurses", "panel", "forms", "menus")
+# model (directory into which we compile, e.g., "obj")
+# suffix (e.g., "_g.a", for debug libraries)
+# MODEL (e.g., "DEBUG", uppercase; toupper is not portable)
+# DoLinks ("yes" or "no", flag to add symbolic links)
+# rmSoLocs ("yes" or "no", flag to add extra clean target)
+# overwrite ("yes" or "no", flag to add link to libcurses.a
+#
+# Notes:
+# CLIXs nawk does not like underscores in command-line variable names.
+# Mixed-case is ok.
+# HP/UX requires shared libraries to have executable permissions.
+#
+function symlink(src,dst) {
+ if ( src != dst ) {
+ printf "rm -f %s; ", dst
+ printf "$(LN_S) %s %s; ", src, dst
+ }
+ }
+function sharedlinks(directory) {
+ if ( end_name != lib_name ) {
+ printf "\tcd %s && (", directory
+ abi_name = sprintf("%s.$(ABI_VERSION)", lib_name);
+ symlink(end_name, abi_name);
+ symlink(abi_name, lib_name);
+ printf ")\n"
+ }
+ }
+function removelinks() {
+ if ( end_name != lib_name ) {
+ printf "\trm -f ../lib/%s ../lib/%s\n", abi_name, end_name
+ }
+ }
+function installed_name() {
+ if ( DO_LINKS == "yes" ) {
+ return sprintf("%s.$(REL_VERSION)", lib_name);
+ } else {
+ return lib_name;
+ }
+ }
+BEGIN {
+ print ""
+ print "# generated by mk-1st.awk"
+ print ""
+ found = 0;
+ }
+ !/^#/ {
+ if ( $2 == "lib" || $2 == "progs" )
+ {
+ if ( found == 0 )
+ {
+ printf "%s_OBJS =", MODEL
+ if ( $2 == "lib" )
+ found = 1
+ else
+ found = 2
+ }
+ printf " \\\n\t../%s/%s.o", model, $1
+ }
+ }
+END {
+ print ""
+ if ( found != 0 )
+ {
+ printf "\n$(%s_OBJS) : %s\n", MODEL, depend
+ }
+ if ( found == 1 )
+ {
+ print ""
+ lib_name = sprintf("lib%s%s", name, suffix)
+ if ( MODEL == "SHARED" )
+ {
+ if ( DoLinks == "yes" ) {
+ end_name = sprintf("%s.$(REL_VERSION)", lib_name);
+ } else {
+ end_name = lib_name;
+ }
+ printf "../lib/%s : $(%s_OBJS)\n", lib_name, MODEL
+ print "\t@-rm -f $@"
+ printf "\t$(MK_SHARED_LIB) $(%s_OBJS)\n", MODEL
+ sharedlinks("../lib")
+ print ""
+ if ( end_name != lib_name ) {
+ printf "../lib/%s : ../lib/%s\n", end_name, lib_name
+ }
+ print ""
+ print "install \\"
+ print "install.libs \\"
+ printf "install.%s :: $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) ../lib/%s\n", name, end_name
+ printf "\t@echo installing ../lib/%s as $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, end_name
+ printf "\t-rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", end_name
+ printf "\t$(INSTALL) ../lib/%s $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, end_name
+ sharedlinks("$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)")
+ if ( overwrite == "yes" && name == "ncurses" )
+ {
+ ovr_name = sprintf("libcurses%s", suffix)
+ printf "\t@echo linking %s to %s\n", ovr_name, lib_name
+ printf "\t-rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", ovr_name
+ printf "\t(cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) && $(LN_S) %s %s)\n", lib_name, ovr_name
+ }
+ printf "\t- ldconfig\n"
+ if ( rmSoLocs == "yes" ) {
+ print ""
+ print "mostlyclean \\"
+ print "clean ::"
+ printf "\t@-rm -f so_locations\n"
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ end_name = lib_name;
+ printf "../lib/%s : $(%s_OBJS)\n", lib_name, MODEL
+ printf "\t$(AR) $(AR_OPTS) $@ $?\n"
+ printf "\t$(RANLIB) $@\n"
+ print ""
+ print "install \\"
+ print "install.libs \\"
+ printf "install.%s :: $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) ../lib/%s\n", name, lib_name
+ printf "\t@echo installing ../lib/%s as $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, lib_name
+ printf "\t$(INSTALL_DATA) ../lib/%s $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, lib_name
+ if ( overwrite == "yes" && lib_name == "libncurses.a" )
+ {
+ printf "\t@echo linking libcurses.a to libncurses.a \n"
+ printf "\t-rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/libcurses.a \n"
+ printf "\t(cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) && $(LN_S) libncurses.a libcurses.a)\n"
+ }
+ printf "\t$(RANLIB) $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s\n", lib_name
+ }
+ print ""
+ print "mostlyclean \\"
+ print "clean ::"
+ printf "\trm -f ../lib/%s\n", lib_name
+ printf "\trm -f $(%s_OBJS)\n", MODEL
+ removelinks();
+ }
+ else if ( found == 2 )
+ {
+ print ""
+ print "mostlyclean \\"
+ print "clean ::"
+ printf "\trm -f $(%s_OBJS)\n", MODEL
+ }
+ }
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: mk-2nd.awk,v 1.7 1996/12/01 00:26:51 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Generate compile-rules for the modules that we are using in libraries or
+# programs. We are listing them explicitly because we have turned off the
+# suffix rules (to force compilation with the appropriate flags). We could use
+# make-recursion but that would result in makefiles that are useless for
+# development.
+#
+# Variables:
+# model
+# MODEL (uppercase version of "model"; toupper is not portable)
+# echo (yes iff we will show the $(CC) lines)
+#
+# Fields in src/modules:
+# $1 = module name
+# $2 = progs|lib|c++
+# $3 = source-directory
+#
+# Fields in src/modules past $3 are dependencies
+#
+BEGIN {
+ print ""
+ print "# generated by mk-2nd.awk"
+ print ""
+ }
+ !/^#/ {
+ if ( $1 != "" ) {
+ print ""
+ if ( $2 == "c++" ) {
+ compile="CXX"
+ suffix=".cc"
+ } else {
+ compile="CC"
+ suffix=".c"
+ }
+ printf "../%s/%s.o :\t%s/%s%s", model, $1, $3, $1, suffix
+ for (n = 4; n <= NF; n++) printf " \\\n\t\t\t%s", $n
+ print ""
+ if ( echo == "yes" )
+ atsign=""
+ else {
+ atsign="@"
+ printf "\t@echo 'compiling %s (%s)'\n", $1, model
+ }
+ if ( $3 == "." || srcdir == "." )
+ printf "\t%scd ../%s; $(%s) $(CFLAGS_%s) -c ../%s/%s%s", atsign, model, compile, MODEL, name, $1, suffix
+ else
+ printf "\t%scd ../%s; $(%s) $(CFLAGS_%s) -c %s/%s%s", atsign, model, compile, MODEL, $3, $1, suffix
+ } else {
+ printf "%s", $1
+ for (n = 2; n <= NF; n++) printf " %s", $n
+ }
+ print ""
+ }
+END {
+ print ""
+ }
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Last modified: 1994-03-25
+# Public domain
+
+errstatus=0
+
+for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do
+ set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+ shift
+
+ pathcomp=
+ for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do
+ pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+ case "$pathcomp" in
+ -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+ echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
+ mkdir "$pathcomp" || errstatus=$?
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+ done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# mkinstalldirs ends here
--- /dev/null
+Begin3
+Title: ncurses
+Version: 4.1
+Entered-date: 05MAY97
+Description: SVr4 and XSI-Curses compatible curses library and terminfo
+ tools including tic, infocmp, captoinfo. The library can
+ be configured to fall back to reading /etc/termcap for
+ backward compatibility with BSD curses, but the distribution
+ includes a copy of the master terminfo database. Supports
+ color, multiple highlights, forms-drawing characters, and
+ automatic recognition of keypad and function-key sequences.
+ Extensions include resizable windows and mouse support on both
+ xterm and Linux console using the gpm library. C++ binding
+ (not supported) and example. Ada95 binding and examples.
+ Includes man pages, test programs. Approved to replace 4.4BSD
+ curses, June 1995.
+Keywords: curses, interface, screen, library
+Author: zmbenhal@netcom.com (Zeyd Ben-Halim)
+ dickey@clark.net (Thomas Dickey)
+ esr@snark.thyrsus.com (Eric S. Raymond)
+ juergen.pfeifer@T-Online.de (Juergen Pfeifer)
+Maintained-by: dickey@clark.net (Thomas Dickey)
+ juergen.pfeifer@T-Online.de (Juergen Pfeifer)
+Primary-site: ftp.clark.net /pub/dickey/ncurses
+ ncurses-4.1.tar.gz
+Platforms: Portable to any ANSI/POSIX system.
+Alternate-site: ftp.netcom.com /pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses
+Alternate-site: prep.ai.mit.edu /pub/gnu
+Copying-policy: BSD-like.
+End
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# $Id: MKcaptab.awk,v 1.9 1997/04/05 23:38:24 tom Exp $
+AWK=${1-awk}
+DATA=${2-../include/Caps}
+
+cat <<'EOF'
+/*
+ * comp_captab.c -- The names of the capabilities indexed via a hash
+ * table for the compiler.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <hashsize.h>
+
+EOF
+
+./make_hash 1 info <$DATA
+./make_hash 3 cap <$DATA
+
+cat <<'EOF'
+const struct alias _nc_capalias_table[] =
+{
+EOF
+
+$AWK <$DATA '
+$1 == "capalias" {
+ if ($3 == "IGNORE")
+ to = "(char *)NULL";
+ else
+ to = "\"" $3 "\"";
+ printf "\t{\"%s\", %s, \"%s\"},\t /* %s */\n",
+ $2, to, $4, $5
+ }
+'
+
+cat <<'EOF'
+ {(char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL}
+};
+
+const struct alias _nc_infoalias_table[] =
+{
+EOF
+
+$AWK <$DATA '
+$1 == "infoalias" {
+ if ($3 == "IGNORE")
+ to = "(char *)NULL";
+ else
+ to = "\"" $3 "\"";
+ printf "\t{\"%s\", %s, \"%s\"},\t /* %s */\n",
+ $2, to, $4, $5
+ }
+'
+
+cat <<'EOF'
+ {(char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL}
+};
+
+const struct name_table_entry *_nc_get_table(bool termcap)
+{
+ return termcap ? _nc_cap_table: _nc_info_table ;
+}
+EOF
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# $Id: MKexpanded.sh,v 1.4 1997/05/10 20:21:58 tom Exp $
+#
+# Script to generate 'expanded.c', a dummy source that contains functions
+# corresponding to complex macros used in this library. By making functions,
+# we simplify analysis and debugging.
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+preprocessor="$1"
+else
+preprocessor="cc -E"
+fi
+shift
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ preprocessor="$preprocessor $*"
+else
+ preprocessor="$preprocessor -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I../include"
+fi
+
+TMP=gen$$.c
+trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+
+cat >expanded.c <<EOF
+/* generated by MKexpanded.sh */
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#ifdef NCURSES_EXPANDED
+EOF
+
+cat >$TMP <<EOF
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#undef NCURSES_EXPANDED /* this probably is set in ncurses_cfg.h */
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+/* these are names we'd like to see */
+#undef ALL_BUT_COLOR
+#undef PAIR_NUMBER
+#undef TRUE
+#undef FALSE
+/* this is a marker */
+IGNORE
+chtype _nc_ch_or_attr(chtype ch, attr_t at)
+{
+ return ch_or_attr(ch,at);
+}
+void _nc_toggle_attr_on(attr_t *S, attr_t at)
+{
+ toggle_attr_on(*S,at);
+}
+void _nc_toggle_attr_off(attr_t *S, attr_t at)
+{
+ toggle_attr_off(*S,at);
+}
+int _nc_can_clear_with(chtype ch)
+{
+ return can_clear_with(ch);
+}
+int _nc_DelCharCost(int count)
+{
+ return DelCharCost(count);
+}
+int _nc_InsCharCost(int count)
+{
+ return InsCharCost(count);
+}
+void _nc_UpdateAttrs(chtype c)
+{
+ UpdateAttrs(c);
+}
+EOF
+
+$preprocessor $TMP 2>/dev/null | sed -e '1,/^IGNORE$/d' >>expanded.c
+
+cat >>expanded.c <<EOF
+#else /* ! NCURSES_EXPANDED */
+void _nc_expanded(void) { }
+#endif /* NCURSES_EXPANDED */
+EOF
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# $Id: MKfallback.sh,v 1.8 1996/09/15 01:44:13 tom Exp $
+#
+# MKfallback.sh -- create fallback table for entry reads
+#
+# This script generates source code for a custom version of read_entry.c
+# that (instead of reading capabilities for an argument terminal type
+# from an on-disk terminfo tree) tries to match the type with one of a
+# specified list of types generated in.
+#
+cat <<EOF
+/*
+ * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND! It is generated by MKfallback.sh.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+EOF
+
+if [ "$*" ]
+then
+ cat <<EOF
+#include <tic.h>
+
+/* fallback entries for: $* */
+
+static const TERMTYPE fallbacks[$#] =
+{
+EOF
+ comma=""
+ for x in $*
+ do
+ echo "$comma /* $x */"
+ infocmp -e $x
+ comma=","
+ done
+
+ cat <<EOF
+};
+
+EOF
+fi
+
+cat <<EOF
+const TERMTYPE *_nc_fallback(const char *name GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+EOF
+
+if [ "$*" ]
+then
+ cat <<EOF
+ const TERMTYPE *tp;
+
+ for (tp = fallbacks;
+ tp < fallbacks + sizeof(fallbacks)/sizeof(TERMTYPE);
+ tp++)
+ if (_nc_name_match(tp->term_names, name, "|"))
+ return(tp);
+EOF
+else
+ echo " /* the fallback list is empty */";
+fi
+
+cat <<EOF
+ return((TERMTYPE *)0);
+}
+EOF
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: MKkeyname.awk,v 1.6 1997/04/05 23:38:17 tom Exp $
+BEGIN {
+ print ""
+ print "#include <ncurses_cfg.h>"
+ print "#include <stdlib.h>"
+ print "#include <term.h>"
+ print "#include <curses.h>"
+ print ""
+ print "struct kn {"
+ print "\tconst char *name;"
+ print "\tint code;"
+ print "};"
+ print ""
+ print "const struct kn key_names[] = {"
+}
+
+{printf "\t{\"%s\", %s,},\n", $1, $2;}
+
+END {
+ print "};"
+ print ""
+ print "const char *keyname(int c)"
+ print "{"
+ print "int i, size = sizeof(key_names)/sizeof(struct kn);"
+ print ""
+ print "\tfor (i = 0; i < size; i++) {"
+ print "\t\tif (key_names[i].code == c) return key_names[i].name;"
+ print "\t}"
+ print "\treturn NULL;"
+ print "}"
+ print ""
+}
--- /dev/null
+{printf "\tadd_to_try(%s, %s);\n", $1, $2;}
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# MKlib_gen.sh -- generate sources from curses.h macro definitions
+#
+# ($Id: MKlib_gen.sh,v 1.9 1997/05/10 23:48:19 tom Exp $)
+#
+# The XSI Curses standard requires all curses entry points to exist as
+# functions, even though many definitions would normally be shadowed
+# by macros. Rather than hand-hack all that code, we actually
+# generate functions from the macros.
+#
+# This script accepts a file of prototypes on standard input. It discards
+# any that don't have a `generated' comment attached. It then parses each
+# prototype (relying on the fact that none of the macros take function
+# pointer or array arguments) and generates C source from it.
+#
+# Here is what the pipeline stages are doing:
+#
+# 1. sed: extract prototypes of generated functions
+# 2. sed: decorate prototypes with generated arguments a1. a2,...z
+# 3. awk: generate the calls with args matching the formals
+# 4. sed: prefix function names in prototypes so the preprocessor won't expand
+# them.
+# 5. cpp: macro-expand the file so the macro calls turn into C calls
+# 6. awk: strip the expansion junk off the front and add the new header
+# 7. sed: squeeze spaces, strip off gen_ prefix, create needed #undef
+#
+
+preprocessor="$1 -I../include"
+AWK="$2"
+TMP=gen$$.c
+trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+
+(cat <<EOF
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#include <curses.h>
+
+DECLARATIONS
+
+EOF
+sed -n -e "/^extern.*generated/s/^extern \([^;]*\);.*/\1/p" \
+| sed \
+ -e "/(void)/b nc" \
+ -e "s/,/ a1% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a2% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a3% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a4% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a5% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a6% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a7% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a8% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a9% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a10% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a11% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a12% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a13% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a14% /" \
+ -e "s/,/ a15% /" \
+ -e "s/*/ * /g" \
+ -e "s/%/ , /g" \
+ -e "s/)/ z)/" \
+ -e ":nc" \
+ -e "/(/s// ( /" \
+ -e "s/)/ )/" \
+| $AWK '{
+ print "\n"
+
+ print "M_" $2
+ print $0;
+ print "{";
+ argcount = 1;
+ if (NF == 5 && $4 == "void")
+ argcount = 0;
+ if (argcount != 0) {
+ for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++)
+ if ($i == ",")
+ argcount++;
+ }
+
+ # suppress trace-code for functions that we cannot do properly here,
+ # since they return data.
+ dotrace = 1;
+ if ($2 == "innstr")
+ dotrace = 0;
+
+ call = "%%T((T_CALLED(\""
+ args = ""
+ comma = ""
+ num = 0;
+ pointer = 0;
+ argtype = ""
+ for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) {
+ ch = $i;
+ if ( ch == "*" )
+ pointer = 1;
+ else if ( ch == "va_list" )
+ pointer = 1;
+ else if ( ch == "char" )
+ argtype = "char";
+ else if ( ch == "int" )
+ argtype = "int";
+ else if ( ch == "short" )
+ argtype = "short";
+ else if ( ch == "chtype" )
+ argtype = "chtype";
+ else if ( ch == "attr_t" || ch == "NCURSES_ATTR_T" )
+ argtype = "attr";
+
+ if ( ch == "," || ch == ")" ) {
+ if (pointer) {
+ if ( argtype == "char" ) {
+ call = call "%s"
+ comma = comma "_nc_visbuf2(" num ","
+ pointer = 0;
+ } else
+ call = call "%p"
+ } else if (argcount != 0) {
+ if ( argtype == "int" || argtype == "short" ) {
+ call = call "%d"
+ argtype = ""
+ } else if ( argtype != "" ) {
+ call = call "%s"
+ comma = comma "_trace" argtype "2(" num ","
+ } else {
+ call = call "%#lx"
+ comma = comma "(long)"
+ }
+ }
+ if (ch == ",")
+ args = args comma "a" ++num;
+ else if (argcount != 0)
+ args = args comma "z"
+ call = call ch
+ if (pointer == 0 && argcount != 0 && argtype != "" )
+ args = args ")"
+ if (args != "")
+ comma = ", "
+ pointer = 0;
+ argtype = ""
+ }
+ if ( i == 2 || ch == "(" )
+ call = call ch
+ }
+ call = call "\")"
+ if (args != "")
+ call = call ", " args
+ call = call ")); "
+
+ if (dotrace)
+ printf "%s", call
+
+ if (match($0, "^void"))
+ call = ""
+ else if (dotrace)
+ call = "returnCode( ";
+ else
+ call = "%%return ";
+
+ call = call $2 "(";
+ for (i = 1; i < argcount; i++)
+ call = call "a" i ", ";
+ if (argcount != 0)
+ call = call "z";
+ if (!match($0, "^void"))
+ call = call ") ";
+ if (dotrace)
+ call = call ")";
+ print call ";"
+
+ if (match($0, "^void"))
+ print "%%returnVoid;"
+ print "}";
+}
+' ) \
+| sed \
+ -e '/^\([a-z_][a-z_]*\) /s//\1 gen_/' >$TMP
+ $preprocessor $TMP 2>/dev/null \
+| $AWK '
+BEGIN {
+ print "/*"
+ print " * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND!"
+ print " * It is generated by MKlib_gen.sh."
+ print " *"
+ print " * This is a file of trivial functions generated from macro"
+ print " * definitions in curses.h in order to satisfy the XSI Curses"
+ print " * requirement that every macro also exist as a callable"
+ print " * function."
+ print " *"
+ print " * It will never be linked unless you call one of the entry"
+ print " * points with its normal macro definition disabled. In that"
+ print " * case, if you have no shared libraries, it will indirectly"
+ print " * pull most of the rest of the library into your link image."
+ print " * Cope with it."
+ print " */"
+ print "#include <curses.priv.h>"
+ print ""
+ }
+/^DECLARATIONS/ {start = 1; next;}
+ {if (start) print $0;}
+' \
+| sed \
+ -e 's/ */ /g' \
+ -e 's/ */ /g' \
+ -e 's/ ,/,/g' \
+ -e 's/ )/)/g' \
+ -e 's/ gen_/ /' \
+ -e 's/^M_/#undef /' \
+ -e '/^%%/s// /' \
+| sed \
+ -e 's/^.*T_CALLED.*returnCode( \([a-z].*) \));/ return \1;/' \
+ -e 's/^.*T_CALLED.*returnCode( \((wmove.*) \));/ return \1;/'
+
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: MKnames.awk,v 1.8 1997/05/10 16:11:33 tom Exp $
+BEGIN {
+ print "/* This file was generated by MKnames.awk */" > "namehdr"
+ print "" > "namehdr"
+ print "#include <curses.priv.h>" > "namehdr"
+ print "" > "namehdr"
+ print "#define IT NCURSES_CONST char * const" > "namehdr"
+ print "" > "namehdr"
+ print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" > "namehdr"
+ print "#include <term.h>" > "namehdr"
+ print "#define DCL(it) static IT data##it[]" > "namehdr"
+ print "#else" > "namehdr"
+ print "#define DCL(it) IT it[]" > "namehdr"
+ print "#endif" > "namehdr"
+ print "" > "namehdr"
+ print "/*" > "boolnames"
+ print " * names.c - Arrays of capability names and codes" > "boolnames"
+ print " *" > "boolnames"
+ print " */" > "boolnames"
+ print "" > "boolnames"
+ print "DCL(boolnames) = {" > "boolnames"
+ print "DCL(boolfnames) = {" > "boolfnames"
+ print "DCL(boolcodes) = {" > "boolcodes"
+ print "DCL(numnames) = {" > "numnames"
+ print "DCL(numfnames) = {" > "numfnames"
+ print "DCL(numcodes) = {" > "numcodes"
+ print "DCL(strnames) = {" > "strnames"
+ print "DCL(strfnames) = {" > "strfnames"
+ print "DCL(strcodes) = {" > "strcodes"
+ }
+
+$1 ~ /^#/ {next;}
+
+$1 == "SKIPWARN" {next;}
+
+$3 == "bool" {
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $2 > "boolnames"
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $1 > "boolfnames"
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $4 > "boolcodes"
+ }
+
+$3 == "num" {
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $2 > "numnames"
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $1 > "numfnames"
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $4 > "numcodes"
+ }
+
+$3 == "str" {
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $2 > "strnames"
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $1 > "strfnames"
+ printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $4 > "strcodes"
+ }
+
+END {
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "boolnames"
+ print "};" > "boolnames"
+ print "" > "boolnames"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "boolfnames"
+ print "};" > "boolfnames"
+ print "" > "boolfnames"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "boolcodes"
+ print "};" > "boolcodes"
+ print "" > "boolcodes"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "numnames"
+ print "};" > "numnames"
+ print "" > "numnames"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "numfnames"
+ print "};" > "numfnames"
+ print "" > "numfnames"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "numcodes"
+ print "};" > "numcodes"
+ print "" > "numcodes"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "strnames"
+ print "};" > "strnames"
+ print "" > "strnames"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "strfnames"
+ print "};" > "strfnames"
+ print "" > "strfnames"
+ print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "strcodes"
+ print "};" > "strcodes"
+ print "" > "strcodes"
+ print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" > "nameftr"
+ print "#define FIX(it) IT *_nc_##it(void) { return data##it; }" > "nameftr"
+ print "FIX(boolnames)" > "nameftr"
+ print "FIX(boolfnames)" > "nameftr"
+ print "FIX(numnames)" > "nameftr"
+ print "FIX(numfnames)" > "nameftr"
+ print "FIX(strnames)" > "nameftr"
+ print "FIX(strfnames)" > "nameftr"
+ print "#endif /* BROKEN_LINKER */" > "nameftr"
+ print "" > "codeftr"
+ print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" > "codeftr"
+ print "#define FIX(it) IT *_nc_##it(void) { return data##it; }" > "codeftr"
+ print "FIX(boolcodes)" > "codeftr"
+ print "FIX(numcodes)" > "codeftr"
+ print "FIX(strcodes)" > "codeftr"
+ print "#endif /* BROKEN_LINKER */" > "codeftr"
+ }
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: MKunctrl.awk,v 1.3 1997/04/26 23:04:45 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+
+BEGIN {
+ print "/* generated by MKunctrl.awk */"
+ print
+ print "#include <curses.priv.h>"
+ print
+ }
+END {
+ print "NCURSES_CONST char *unctrl(register chtype ch)"
+ print "{"
+ printf "static const char* const table[] = {"
+ for ( ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++ ) {
+ gap = ","
+ if ((ch % 8) == 0)
+ printf "\n "
+ if (ch < 32) {
+ printf "\"^\\%03o\"", ch + 64
+ } else if (ch == 127) {
+ printf "\"^?\""
+ } else {
+ printf "\"\\%03o\"", ch
+ gap = gap " "
+ }
+ if (ch == 255)
+ gap = "\n"
+ else if (((ch + 1) % 8) != 0)
+ gap = gap " "
+ printf "%s", gap
+ }
+ print "};"
+ print ""
+ print "\treturn (NCURSES_CONST char *)table[TextOf(ch)];"
+ print "}"
+ }
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.28 1997/05/10 20:21:06 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for ncurses source code.
+#
+# This makes the following:
+# programs
+# includes
+# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared)
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+#
+# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models,
+# and the programs with the configured default model.
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AR = @AR@
+AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@
+AWK = @AWK@
+LD = @LD@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+INCDIR = $(srcdir)/../include
+CPPFLAGS = -I../ncurses -I$(srcdir) @CPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTERMINFO=\"$(ticdir)\"
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@
+
+MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@
+REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@
+ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@
+
+LINT = @LINT@
+LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@
+LINT_LIBS = -lncurses @LIBS@
+
+AUTO_SRC = \
+ ../include/nomacros.h \
+ ./comp_captab.c \
+ ./expanded.c \
+ ./fallback.c \
+ keys.tries \
+ ./lib_keyname.c \
+ ./lib_gen.c \
+ ./codes.c \
+ ./names.c \
+ ./unctrl.c
+
+################################################################################
+all :: ../lib $(AUTO_SRC) $(LIBRARIES)
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+../lib : ; mkdir $@
+
+./fallback.c : $(srcdir)/MKfallback.sh
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKfallback.sh >$@
+
+./lib_gen.c : $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh ../include/curses.h
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh "$(CPP)" "$(AWK)" <../include/curses.h >$@
+
+../include/nomacros.h : $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh ../include/curses.h
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh "$(CPP)" "$(AWK)" <../include/curses.h | \
+ fgrep undef >$@
+
+keys.tries: $(srcdir)/keys.list
+ $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKkeys.awk $(srcdir)/keys.list > keys.tries
+
+make_hash : \
+ $(srcdir)/comp_hash.c \
+ ../include/hashsize.h
+ $(CC) -o $@ $(CCFLAGS) -DMAIN_PROGRAM $(srcdir)/comp_hash.c $(LDFLAGS)
+
+./expanded.c : $(srcdir)/MKexpanded.sh
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKexpanded.sh "$(CPP)" $(CPPFLAGS)
+
+./comp_captab.c: \
+ make_hash \
+ ../include/hashsize.h \
+ $(srcdir)/MKcaptab.awk
+ sh $(srcdir)/MKcaptab.awk $(AWK) $(srcdir)/../include/Caps > $@
+
+./lib_keyname.c: $(srcdir)/keys.list $(srcdir)/MKkeyname.awk
+ $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKkeyname.awk $(srcdir)/keys.list > $@
+
+./names.c ./codes.c: $(srcdir)/MKnames.awk
+ $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKnames.awk $(srcdir)/../include/Caps
+ cat namehdr boolnames boolfnames numnames numfnames strnames strfnames nameftr >./names.c
+ cat namehdr boolcodes numcodes strcodes codeftr >./codes.c
+ -rm -f namehdr nameftr codeftr boolnames boolfnames boolcodes numnames numfnames numcodes strnames strfnames strcodes
+
+./unctrl.c: $(srcdir)/MKunctrl.awk
+ echo | $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKunctrl.awk >$@
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+mostlyclean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS *~
+
+clean :: mostlyclean
+ -rm -f $(AUTO_SRC)
+ -rm -f make_hash
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+# These rules are used to allow "make -n" to work on a clean directory-tree
+../include/hashsize.h \
+../include/parametrized.h \
+../include/term.h :
+ cd ../include; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS)
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+For discussion of the package internals, see hackguide.html in the misc
+directory.
+
+Here are some -D options you might need to compile with.
+The 'configure' script gets most other definitions right automatically.
+
+-DHAVE_SIGACTION if the sigaction function is present
+
+-DHAVE_USLEEP if the usleep function is present
+
+-DSVR4_ACTION if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have sigaction
+
+-DSVR4_TERMIO if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have termio
+
+-DOPT_MVCUR if you want mvcur() to cost its actions or you have a
+ terminal that doesn't have direct cursor addressing.
+
+There are several problems with strict POSIX systems so extra flags
+or #define's may be needed.
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/* This file exists to handle non-POSIX systems which don't have <unistd.h>,
+ * and usually no sigaction() nor <termios.h>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SIGACTION_H
+#define _SIGACTION_H
+
+#if HAVE_LIBC_H
+#include <libc.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef SIG_BLOCK
+#define SIG_BLOCK 00
+
+#undef SIG_UNBLOCK
+#define SIG_UNBLOCK 01
+
+#undef SIG_SETMASK
+#define SIG_SETMASK 02
+
+ /*
+ * <bsd/signal.h> is in the Linux 1.2.8 + gcc 2.7.0 configuration,
+ * and is useful for testing this header file.
+ */
+#if HAVE_BSD_SIGNAL_H
+#include <bsd/signal.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sigvec sigaction_t;
+
+#define sigset_t _nc_sigset_t
+typedef unsigned long sigset_t;
+
+#undef sa_mask
+#define sa_mask sv_mask
+#undef sa_handler
+#define sa_handler sv_handler
+#undef sa_flags
+#define sa_flags sv_flags
+
+#undef sigaction
+#define sigaction _nc_sigaction
+#undef sigprocmask
+#define sigprocmask _nc_sigprocmask
+#undef sigemptyset
+#define sigemptyset _nc_sigemptyset
+#undef sigsuspend
+#define sigsuspend _nc_sigsuspend
+#undef sigdelset
+#define sigdelset _nc_sigdelset
+#undef sigaddset
+#define sigaddset _nc_sigaddset
+
+extern int sigaction (int sig, sigaction_t * sigact, sigaction_t * osigact);
+extern int sigprocmask (int how, sigset_t *mask, sigset_t *omask);
+extern int sigemptyset (sigset_t *mask);
+extern int sigsuspend (sigset_t *mask);
+extern int sigdelset (sigset_t *mask, int sig);
+extern int sigaddset (sigset_t *mask, int sig);
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * alloc_entry.c -- allocation functions for terminfo entries
+ *
+ * _nc_init_entry()
+ * _nc_save_str()
+ * _nc_merge_entry();
+ * _nc_wrap_entry();
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: alloc_entry.c,v 1.12 1997/02/01 22:59:47 tom Exp $")
+
+#define MAX_STRTAB 4096 /* documented maximum entry size */
+
+static char stringbuf[MAX_STRTAB]; /* buffer for string capabilities */
+static size_t next_free; /* next free character in stringbuf */
+
+void _nc_init_entry(TERMTYPE *const tp)
+/* initialize a terminal type data block */
+{
+int i;
+
+ for (i=0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++)
+ tp->Booleans[i] = FALSE;
+
+ for (i=0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++)
+ tp->Numbers[i] = -1;
+
+ for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ tp->Strings[i] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ next_free = 0;
+}
+
+char *_nc_save_str(const char *const string)
+/* save a copy of string in the string buffer */
+{
+size_t old_next_free = next_free;
+size_t len = strlen(string) + 1;
+
+ if (next_free + len < MAX_STRTAB)
+ {
+ strcpy(&stringbuf[next_free], string);
+ DEBUG(7, ("Saved string %s", _nc_visbuf(string)));
+ DEBUG(7, ("at location %d", (int) next_free));
+ next_free += len;
+ }
+ return(stringbuf + old_next_free);
+}
+
+void _nc_wrap_entry(ENTRY *const ep)
+/* copy the string parts to allocated storage, preserving pointers to it */
+{
+int offsets[STRCOUNT], useoffsets[MAX_USES];
+int i, n;
+
+ n = ep->tterm.term_names - stringbuf;
+ for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ if (ep->tterm.Strings[i] == (char *)NULL)
+ offsets[i] = -1;
+ else if (ep->tterm.Strings[i] == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ offsets[i] = -2;
+ else
+ offsets[i] = ep->tterm.Strings[i] - stringbuf;
+
+ for (i=0; i < ep->nuses; i++)
+ if (ep->uses[i].parent == (void *)NULL)
+ useoffsets[i] = -1;
+ else
+ useoffsets[i] = (char *)(ep->uses[i].parent) - stringbuf;
+
+ if ((ep->tterm.str_table = (char *)malloc(next_free)) == (char *)NULL)
+ _nc_err_abort("Out of memory");
+ (void) memcpy(ep->tterm.str_table, stringbuf, next_free);
+
+ ep->tterm.term_names = ep->tterm.str_table + n;
+ for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ if (offsets[i] == -1)
+ ep->tterm.Strings[i] = (char *)NULL;
+ else if (offsets[i] == -2)
+ ep->tterm.Strings[i] = CANCELLED_STRING;
+ else
+ ep->tterm.Strings[i] = ep->tterm.str_table + offsets[i];
+
+ for (i=0; i < ep->nuses; i++)
+ if (useoffsets[i] == -1)
+ ep->uses[i].parent = (void *)NULL;
+ else
+ ep->uses[i].parent = (char *)(ep->tterm.str_table + useoffsets[i]);
+}
+
+void _nc_merge_entry(TERMTYPE *const to, TERMTYPE *const from)
+/* merge capabilities from `from' entry into `to' entry */
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i=0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++)
+ {
+ int mergebool = from->Booleans[i];
+
+ if (mergebool == CANCELLED_BOOLEAN)
+ to->Booleans[i] = FALSE;
+ else if (mergebool == TRUE)
+ to->Booleans[i] = mergebool;
+ }
+
+ for (i=0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++)
+ {
+ int mergenum = from->Numbers[i];
+
+ if (mergenum == CANCELLED_NUMERIC)
+ to->Numbers[i] = ABSENT_NUMERIC;
+ else if (mergenum != ABSENT_NUMERIC)
+ to->Numbers[i] = mergenum;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Note: the copies of strings this makes don't have their own
+ * storage. This is OK right now, but will be a problem if we
+ * we ever want to deallocate entries.
+ */
+ for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ {
+ char *mergestring = from->Strings[i];
+
+ if (mergestring == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ to->Strings[i] = ABSENT_STRING;
+ else if (mergestring != ABSENT_STRING)
+ to->Strings[i] = mergestring;
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * captoinfo.c --- conversion between termcap and terminfo formats
+ *
+ * The captoinfo() code was swiped from Ross Ridge's mytinfo package,
+ * adapted to fit ncurses by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>.
+ *
+ * There is just one entry point:
+ *
+ * char *captoinfo(n, s, parametrized)
+ *
+ * Convert value s for termcap string capability named n into terminfo
+ * format.
+ *
+ * This code recognizes all the standard 4.4BSD %-escapes:
+ *
+ * %% output `%'
+ * %d output value as in printf %d
+ * %2 output value as in printf %2d
+ * %3 output value as in printf %3d
+ * %. output value as in printf %c
+ * %+x add x to value, then do %.
+ * %>xy if value > x then add y, no output
+ * %r reverse order of two parameters, no output
+ * %i increment by one, no output
+ * %n exclusive-or all parameters with 0140 (Datamedia 2500)
+ * %B BCD (16*(value/10)) + (value%10), no output
+ * %D Reverse coding (value - 2*(value%16)), no output (Delta Data).
+ *
+ * Also, %02 and %03 are accepted as synonyms for %2 and %3.
+ *
+ * Besides all the standard termcap escapes, this translator understands
+ * the following extended escapes:
+ *
+ * used by GNU Emacs termcap libraries
+ * %a[+*-/=][cp]x GNU arithmetic.
+ * %m xor the first two parameters by 0177
+ * %b backup to previous parameter
+ * %f skip this parameter
+ *
+ * used by the University of Waterloo (MFCF) termcap libraries
+ * %-x subtract parameter FROM char x and output it as a char
+ * %ax add the character x to parameter
+ *
+ * If #define WATERLOO is on, also enable these translations:
+ *
+ * %sx subtract parameter FROM the character x
+ *
+ * By default, this Waterloo translations are not compiled in, because
+ * the Waterloo %s conflicts with the way terminfo uses %s in strings for
+ * function programming.
+ *
+ * Note the two definitions of %a: the GNU definition is translated if the
+ * characters after the 'a' are valid for it, otherwise the UW definition
+ * is translated.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: captoinfo.c,v 1.15 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+#define MAX_PUSHED 16 /* max # args we can push onto the stack */
+#define MAX_ENTRY 2048 /* maximum chars in a translated capability */
+
+static int stack[MAX_PUSHED]; /* the stack */
+static int stackptr; /* the next empty place on the stack */
+static int onstack; /* the top of stack */
+static int seenm; /* seen a %m */
+static int seenn; /* seen a %n */
+static int seenr; /* seen a %r */
+static int param; /* current parameter */
+static char *dp; /* pointer to end of the converted string */
+
+static char *my_string;
+static size_t my_length;
+
+static char *init_string(void)
+/* initialize 'my_string', 'my_length' */
+{
+ if (my_string == 0)
+ my_string = malloc(my_length = 256);
+ if (my_string == 0)
+ _nc_err_abort("Out of memory");
+
+ *my_string = '\0';
+ return my_string;
+}
+
+static char *save_string(char *d, const char *const s)
+{
+ size_t have = (d - my_string);
+ size_t need = have + strlen(s) + 2;
+ if (need > my_length) {
+ my_string = realloc(my_string, my_length = (need + need));
+ d = my_string + have;
+ }
+ (void) strcpy(d, s);
+ return d + strlen(d);
+}
+
+static inline char *save_char(char *s, char c)
+{
+ static char temp[2];
+ temp[0] = c;
+ return save_string(s, temp);
+}
+
+static void push(void)
+/* push onstack on to the stack */
+{
+ if (stackptr > MAX_PUSHED)
+ _nc_warning("string too complex to convert");
+ else
+ stack[stackptr++] = onstack;
+}
+
+static void pop(void)
+/* pop the top of the stack into onstack */
+{
+ if (stackptr == 0)
+ if (onstack == 0)
+ _nc_warning("I'm confused");
+ else
+ onstack = 0;
+ else
+ onstack = stack[--stackptr];
+ param++;
+}
+
+static int cvtchar(register char *sp)
+/* convert a character to a terminfo push */
+{
+ unsigned char c = 0;
+ int len;
+
+ switch(*sp) {
+ case '\\':
+ switch(*++sp) {
+ case '\'':
+ case '$':
+ case '\\':
+ case '%':
+ c = *sp;
+ len = 2;
+ break;
+ case '\0':
+ c = '\\';
+ len = 1;
+ break;
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ len = 1;
+ while (isdigit(*sp))
+ {
+ c = 8 * c + (*sp++ - '0');
+ len++;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ c = *sp;
+ len = 2;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case '^':
+ c = (*++sp & 0x1f);
+ len = 2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ c = *sp;
+ len = 1;
+ }
+ if (isgraph(c) && c != ',' && c != '\'' && c != '\\' && c != ':') {
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '\''; *dp++ = c; *dp++ = '\'';
+ } else {
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{';
+ if (c > 99)
+ *dp++ = c / 100 + '0';
+ if (c > 9)
+ *dp++ = ((int)(c / 10)) % 10 + '0';
+ *dp++ = c % 10 + '0';
+ *dp++ = '}';
+ }
+ return len;
+}
+
+static void getparm(int parm, int n)
+/* push n copies of param on the terminfo stack if not already there */
+{
+ if (seenr) {
+ if (parm == 1)
+ parm = 2;
+ else if (parm == 2)
+ parm = 1;
+ }
+ if (onstack == parm) {
+ if (n > 1) {
+ _nc_warning("string may not be optimal");
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'P'; *dp++ = 'a';
+ while(n--) {
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'g'; *dp++ = 'a';
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ if (onstack != 0)
+ push();
+
+ onstack = parm;
+
+ while(n--) { /* %p0 */
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'p'; *dp++ = '0' + parm;
+ }
+
+ if (seenn && parm < 3) { /* %{96}%^ */
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '9'; *dp++ = '6'; *dp++ = '}';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '^';
+ }
+
+ if (seenm && parm < 3) { /* %{127}%^ */
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '1'; *dp++ = '2'; *dp++ = '7';
+ *dp++ = '}'; *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '^';
+ }
+}
+
+char *_nc_captoinfo(
+/* convert a termcap string to terminfo format */
+register char *const cap, /* relevant terminfo capability index */
+register char *s, /* string value of the capability */
+int const parametrized) /* do % translations if 1, pad translations if >=0 */
+{
+ static char line[MAX_ENTRY];
+ char *capstart;
+
+ stackptr = 0;
+ onstack = 0;
+ seenm = 0;
+ seenn = 0;
+ seenr = 0;
+ param = 1;
+
+ dp = line;
+
+ /* skip the initial padding (if we haven't been told not to) */
+ capstart = (char *)NULL;
+ if (s == 0)
+ s = "";
+ if (parametrized >= 0 && isdigit(*s))
+ for (capstart = s; ; s++)
+ if (!(isdigit(*s) || *s == '*' || *s == '.'))
+ break;
+
+ while(*s != '\0') {
+ switch(*s) {
+ case '%':
+ s++;
+ if (parametrized < 1) {
+ *dp++ = '%';
+ break;
+ }
+ switch(*s++) {
+ case '%': *dp++ = '%'; break;
+ case 'r':
+ if (seenr++ == 1) {
+ _nc_warning("saw %%r twice in %s", cap);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ if (seenm++ == 1) {
+ _nc_warning("saw %%m twice in %s", cap);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ if (seenn++ == 1) {
+ _nc_warning("saw %%n twice in %s", cap);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'i': *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'i'; break;
+ case '6':
+ case 'B':
+ getparm(param, 2);
+ /* %{6}%*%+ */
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '6';
+ *dp++ = '}'; *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '*';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+';
+ break;
+ case '8':
+ case 'D':
+ getparm(param, 2);
+ /* %{2}%*%- */
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '2';
+ *dp++ = '}'; *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '*';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-';
+ break;
+ case '>':
+ getparm(param, 2);
+ /* %?%{x}%>%t%{y}%+%; */
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '?';
+ s += cvtchar(s);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '>';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 't';
+ s += cvtchar(s);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = ';';
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ if ((*s == '=' || *s == '+' || *s == '-'
+ || *s == '*' || *s == '/')
+ && (s[1] == 'p' || s[1] == 'c')
+ && s[2] != '\0') {
+ int l;
+ l = 2;
+ if (*s != '=')
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ if (s[1] == 'p') {
+ getparm(param + s[2] - '@', 1);
+ if (param != onstack) {
+ pop();
+ param--;
+ }
+ l++;
+ } else
+ l += cvtchar(s + 2);
+ switch(*s) {
+ case '+':
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+';
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-';
+ break;
+ case '*':
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '*';
+ break;
+ case '/':
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '/';
+ break;
+ case '=':
+ if (seenr)
+ if (param == 1)
+ onstack = 2;
+ else if (param == 2)
+ onstack = 1;
+ else
+ onstack = param;
+ else
+ onstack = param;
+ break;
+ }
+ s += l;
+ break;
+ }
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ s += cvtchar(s);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+';
+ break;
+ case '+':
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ s += cvtchar(s);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'c';
+ pop();
+ break;
+ case 's':
+#ifdef WATERLOO
+ s += cvtchar(s);
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-';
+#else
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 's';
+ pop();
+#endif /* WATERLOO */
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ s += cvtchar(s);
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-';
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'c';
+ pop();
+ break;
+ case '.':
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'c';
+ pop();
+ break;
+ case '0': /* not clear any of the historical termcaps did this */
+ if (*s == '3')
+ goto see03;
+ else if (*s != '2')
+ goto invalid;
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ case '2':
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; /* *dp++ = '0'; */
+ *dp++ = '2'; *dp++ = 'd';
+ pop();
+ break;
+ case '3': see03:
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; /* *dp++ = '0'; */
+ *dp++ = '3'; *dp++ = 'd';
+ pop();
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ getparm(param, 1);
+ *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'd';
+ pop();
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ param++;
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ param--;
+ break;
+ case '\\':
+ *dp++ = '%';
+ *dp++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ default: invalid:
+ *dp++ = '%';
+ s--;
+ _nc_warning("unknown %% code %s in %s",
+ _tracechar(*s), cap);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+#ifdef REVISIBILIZE
+ case '\\':
+ *dp++ = *s++; *dp++ = *s++; break;
+ case '\n':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'n'; s++; break;
+ case '\t':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 't'; s++; break;
+ case '\r':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'r'; s++; break;
+ case '\200':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = '0'; s++; break;
+ case '\f':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'f'; s++; break;
+ case '\b':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'b'; s++; break;
+ case ' ':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 's'; s++; break;
+ case '^':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = '^'; s++; break;
+ case ':':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = ':'; s++; break;
+ case ',':
+ *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = ','; s++; break;
+ default:
+ if (*s == '\033') {
+ *dp++ = '\\';
+ *dp++ = 'E';
+ s++;
+ } else if (*s > 0 && *s < 32) {
+ *dp++ = '^';
+ *dp++ = *s + '@';
+ s++;
+ } else if (*s <= 0 || *s >= 127) {
+ *dp++ = '\\';
+ *dp++ = ((*s & 0300) >> 6) + '0';
+ *dp++ = ((*s & 0070) >> 3) + '0';
+ *dp++ = (*s & 0007) + '0';
+ s++;
+ } else
+ *dp++ = *s++;
+ break;
+#else
+ default:
+ *dp++ = *s++;
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now, if we stripped off some leading padding, add it at the end
+ * of the string as mandatory padding.
+ */
+ if (capstart)
+ {
+ *dp++ = '$';
+ *dp++ = '<';
+ for (s = capstart; ; s++)
+ if (isdigit(*s) || *s == '*' || *s == '.')
+ *dp++ = *s;
+ else
+ break;
+ *dp++ = '/';
+ *dp++ = '>';
+ }
+
+ *dp = '\0';
+ return(line);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Here are the capabilities infotocap assumes it can translate to:
+ *
+ * %% output `%'
+ * %d output value as in printf %d
+ * %2 output value as in printf %2d
+ * %3 output value as in printf %3d
+ * %. output value as in printf %c
+ * %+c add character c to value, then do %.
+ * %>xy if value > x then add y, no output
+ * %r reverse order of two parameters, no output
+ * %i increment by one, no output
+ * %n exclusive-or all parameters with 0140 (Datamedia 2500)
+ * %B BCD (16*(value/10)) + (value%10), no output
+ * %D Reverse coding (value - 2*(value%16)), no output (Delta Data).
+ * %m exclusive-or all parameters with 0177 (not in 4.4BSD)
+ */
+
+char *_nc_infotocap(
+/* convert a terminfo string to termcap format */
+register char *const cap GCC_UNUSED, /* relevant termcap capability index */
+register char *str, /* string value of the capability */
+int const parametrized) /* do % translations if 1, pad translations if >=0 */
+{
+ int seenone = 0, seentwo = 0, saw_m = 0, saw_n = 0;
+ char *padding, ch1 = 0, ch2 = 0;
+ char *bufptr = init_string();
+ char temp[256];
+
+ /* we may have to move some trailing mandatory padding up front */
+ padding = str + strlen(str) - 1;
+ if (*padding == '>' && *--padding == '/')
+ {
+ --padding;
+ while (isdigit(*padding) || *padding == '.' || *padding == '*')
+ padding--;
+ if (*padding == '<' && *--padding == '$')
+ *padding = '\0';
+ padding += 2;
+
+ while (isdigit(*padding) || *padding == '.' || *padding == '*')
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *padding++);
+ }
+
+ for (; *str; str++)
+ {
+ int c1, c2;
+ char *cp;
+
+ if (str[0] == '\\' && (str[1] == '^' || str[1] == ','))
+ {
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *++str);
+ }
+ else if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] == '<') /* discard padding */
+ {
+ str += 2;
+ while (isdigit(*str) || *str == '.' || *str == '*' || *str == '/' || *str == '>')
+ str++;
+ --str;
+ }
+ else if (*str != '%' || (parametrized < 1))
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *str);
+ else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%{%d}%%>%%t%%{%d}%%+%%;", &c1,&c2) == 2)
+ {
+ str = strchr(str, ';');
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>");
+ (void) strcat(temp, unctrl(c1));
+ (void) strcat(temp, unctrl(c2));
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%{%d}%%>%%t%%'%c'%%+%%;", &c1,&ch2) == 2)
+ {
+ str = strchr(str, ';');
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>%s%c", unctrl(c1), ch2);
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%'%c'%%>%%t%%{%d}%%+%%;", &ch1,&c2) == 2)
+ {
+ str = strchr(str, ';');
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>%c%c", ch1, c2);
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%'%c'%%>%%t%%'%c'%%+%%;", &ch1, &ch2) == 2)
+ {
+ str = strchr(str, ';');
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>%c%c", ch1, ch2);
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ else if (strncmp(str, "%{6}%*%+", 8) == 0)
+ {
+ str += 7;
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%B");
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ else if ((sscanf(str, "%%{%d}%%+%%c", &c1) == 1
+ || sscanf(str, "%%'%c'%%+%%c", &ch1) == 1)
+ && (cp = strchr(str, '+')))
+ {
+ str = cp + 2;
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '+');
+
+ if (ch1)
+ c1 = ch1;
+ if (is7bits(c1) && isprint(c1))
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, (char)c1);
+ else
+ {
+ if (c1 == (c1 & 0x1f)) /* iscntrl() returns T on 255 */
+ (void) strcpy(temp, unctrl(c1));
+ else
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "\\%03o", c1);
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strncmp(str, "%{2}%*%-", 8) == 0)
+ {
+ str += 7;
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%D");
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ else if (strncmp(str, "%{96}%^", 7) == 0)
+ {
+ str += 6;
+ if (saw_m++ == 0)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%n");
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strncmp(str, "%{127}%^", 8) == 0)
+ {
+ str += 7;
+ if (saw_n++ == 0)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%%m");
+ bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ str++;
+ switch (*str) {
+ case '%':
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ break;
+
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ while (isdigit(*str))
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *str++);
+ if (*str == 'd')
+ str++;
+ else
+ _nc_warning("numeric prefix is missing trailing d in %s",
+ cap);
+ --str;
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 'd');
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '.');
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * %s isn't in termcap, but it's convenient to pass it through
+ * so we can represent things like terminfo pfkey strings in
+ * termcap notation.
+ */
+ case 's':
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 's');
+ break;
+
+ case 'p':
+ str++;
+ if (*str == '1')
+ seenone = 1;
+ else if (*str == '2')
+ {
+ if (!seenone && !seentwo)
+ {
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 'r');
+ seentwo++;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (*str >= '3')
+ return((char *)NULL);
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%');
+ bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 'i');
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return((char *)NULL);
+
+ } /* endswitch (*str) */
+ } /* endelse (*str == '%') */
+
+ if (*str == '\0')
+ break;
+
+ } /* endwhile (*str) */
+
+ return(my_string);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+int curr_line;
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int c, tc = FALSE;
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "c")) != EOF)
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'c':
+ tc = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ curr_line = 0;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ ++curr_line;
+ if (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) == (char *)NULL)
+ break;
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 1] = '\0';
+ _nc_set_source(buf);
+
+ if (tc)
+ {
+ char *cp = _nc_infotocap("to termcap", buf, 1);
+
+ if (cp)
+ (void) fputs(cp, stdout);
+ }
+ else
+ (void) fputs(_nc_captoinfo("to terminfo", buf, 1), stdout);
+ (void) putchar('\n');
+ }
+ return(0);
+}
+#endif /* MAIN */
+
+/* captoinfo.c ends here */
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * comp_error.c -- Error message routines
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <tic.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_error.c,v 1.12 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+bool _nc_suppress_warnings;
+
+static const char *sourcename;
+static char termtype[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1];
+
+void _nc_set_source(const char *const name)
+{
+ sourcename = name;
+}
+
+void _nc_set_type(const char *const name)
+{
+ if (name)
+ strncpy( termtype, name, MAX_NAME_SIZE );
+ else
+ termtype[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+void _nc_get_type(char *name)
+{
+ strcpy( name, termtype );
+}
+
+static inline void where_is_problem(void)
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "\"%s\"", sourcename);
+ if (_nc_curr_line >= 0)
+ fprintf (stderr, ", line %d", _nc_curr_line);
+ if (_nc_curr_col >= 0)
+ fprintf (stderr, ", col %d", _nc_curr_col);
+ if (termtype[0])
+ fprintf (stderr, ", terminal '%s'", termtype);
+ fputc(':', stderr);
+ fputc(' ', stderr);
+}
+
+void _nc_warning(const char *const fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+
+ if (_nc_suppress_warnings)
+ return;
+
+ where_is_problem();
+ va_start(argp,fmt);
+ vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(argp);
+}
+
+
+void _nc_err_abort(const char *const fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+
+ where_is_problem();
+ va_start(argp,fmt);
+ vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(argp);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+
+void _nc_syserr_abort(const char *const fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+
+ where_is_problem();
+ va_start(argp,fmt);
+ vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(argp);
+ abort();
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * comp_hash.c --- Routines to deal with the hashtable of capability
+ * names.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <hashsize.h>
+
+#ifdef MAIN_PROGRAM
+#include <ctype.h>
+#undef DEBUG
+#define DEBUG(level, params) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_hash.c,v 1.15 1997/04/26 18:16:19 tom Exp $")
+
+static int hash_function(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * _nc_make_hash_table()
+ *
+ * Takes the entries in table[] and hashes them into hash_table[]
+ * by name. There are CAPTABSIZE entries in table[] and HASHTABSIZE
+ * slots in hash_table[].
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAIN_PROGRAM
+static void _nc_make_hash_table(struct name_table_entry *table,
+ struct name_table_entry **hash_table)
+{
+int i;
+int hashvalue;
+int collisions = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < CAPTABSIZE; i++) {
+ hashvalue = hash_function(table[i].nte_name);
+
+ if (hash_table[hashvalue] != (struct name_table_entry *) 0)
+ collisions++;
+
+ if (hash_table[hashvalue] != 0)
+ table[i].nte_link = (short)(hash_table[hashvalue] - table);
+ hash_table[hashvalue] = &table[i];
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(4, ("Hash table complete: %d collisions out of %d entries", collisions, CAPTABSIZE));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * int hash_function(string)
+ *
+ * Computes the hashing function on the given string.
+ *
+ * The current hash function is the sum of each consectutive pair
+ * of characters, taken as two-byte integers, mod Hashtabsize.
+ *
+ */
+
+static
+int
+hash_function(const char *string)
+{
+long sum = 0;
+
+ DEBUG(9, ("hashing %s", string));
+ while (*string) {
+ sum += (long)(*string + (*(string + 1) << 8));
+ string++;
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(9, ("sum is %ld", sum));
+ return (int)(sum % HASHTABSIZE);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * struct name_table_entry *
+ * find_entry(string)
+ *
+ * Finds the entry for the given string in the hash table if present.
+ * Returns a pointer to the entry in the table or 0 if not found.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAIN_PROGRAM
+struct name_table_entry const *
+_nc_find_entry(const char *string, const struct name_table_entry *const *hash_table)
+{
+int hashvalue;
+struct name_table_entry const *ptr;
+
+ hashvalue = hash_function(string);
+
+ if ((ptr = hash_table[hashvalue]) != 0) {
+ while (strcmp(ptr->nte_name, string) != 0) {
+ if (ptr->nte_link < 0)
+ return 0;
+ ptr = ptr->nte_link + hash_table[HASHTABSIZE];
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * struct name_table_entry *
+ * find_type_entry(string, type, table)
+ *
+ * Finds the first entry for the given name with the given type in the
+ * given table if present (as distinct from find_entry, which finds the
+ * the last entry regardless of type). You can use this if you detect
+ * a name clash. It's slower, though. Returns a pointer to the entry
+ * in the table or 0 if not found.
+ */
+
+struct name_table_entry const *
+_nc_find_type_entry(const char *string,
+ int type,
+ const struct name_table_entry *table)
+{
+struct name_table_entry const *ptr;
+
+ for (ptr = table; ptr < table + CAPTABSIZE; ptr++) {
+ if (ptr->nte_type == type && strcmp(string, ptr->nte_name) == 0)
+ return(ptr);
+ }
+
+ return ((struct name_table_entry *)NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MAIN_PROGRAM
+/*
+ * This filter reads from standard input a list of tab-delimited columns,
+ * (e.g., from Caps.filtered) computes the hash-value of a specified column and
+ * writes the hashed tables to standard output.
+ *
+ * By compiling the hash table at build time, we're able to make the entire
+ * set of terminfo and termcap tables readonly (and also provide some runtime
+ * performance enhancement).
+ */
+
+#if !HAVE_STRDUP
+static char *strdup (char *s)
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ p = malloc(strlen(s)+1);
+ if (p)
+ strcpy(p,s);
+ return(p);
+}
+#endif /* not HAVE_STRDUP */
+
+#define MAX_COLUMNS BUFSIZ /* this _has_ to be worst-case */
+
+static char **parse_columns(char *buffer)
+{
+ static char **list;
+
+ int col = 0;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ list = typeCalloc(char *, MAX_COLUMNS);
+
+ if (*buffer != '#') {
+ while (*buffer != '\0') {
+ char *s;
+ for (s = buffer; (*s != '\0') && !isspace(*s); s++)
+ /*EMPTY*/;
+ if (s != buffer) {
+ char mark = *s;
+ *s = '\0';
+ if ((s - buffer) > 1
+ && (*buffer == '"')
+ && (s[-1] == '"')) { /* strip the quotes */
+ buffer++;
+ s[-1] = '\0';
+ }
+ list[col] = buffer;
+ col++;
+ if (mark == '\0')
+ break;
+ while (*++s && isspace(*s))
+ /*EMPTY*/;
+ buffer = s;
+ } else
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return col ? list : 0;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ struct name_table_entry *name_table = typeCalloc(struct name_table_entry, CAPTABSIZE);
+ struct name_table_entry **hash_table = typeCalloc(struct name_table_entry *, HASHTABSIZE);
+ const char *root_name = "";
+ int column = 0;
+ int n;
+ char buffer[BUFSIZ];
+
+ static const char * typenames[] = { "BOOLEAN", "NUMBER", "STRING" };
+
+ short BoolCount = 0;
+ short NumCount = 0;
+ short StrCount = 0;
+
+ /* The first argument is the column-number (starting with 0).
+ * The second is the root name of the tables to generate.
+ */
+ if (argc <= 2
+ || (column = atoi(argv[1])) <= 0
+ || (column >= MAX_COLUMNS)
+ || *(root_name = argv[2]) == 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "usage: make_hash column root_name\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Read the table into our arrays.
+ */
+ for (n = 0; (n < CAPTABSIZE) && fgets(buffer, BUFSIZ, stdin); ) {
+ char **list, *nlp = strchr(buffer, '\n');
+ if (nlp)
+ *nlp = '\0';
+ list = parse_columns(buffer);
+ if (list == 0) /* blank or comment */
+ continue;
+ name_table[n].nte_link = -1; /* end-of-hash */
+ name_table[n].nte_name = strdup(list[column]);
+ if (!strcmp(list[2], "bool")) {
+ name_table[n].nte_type = BOOLEAN;
+ name_table[n].nte_index = BoolCount++;
+ } else if (!strcmp(list[2], "num")) {
+ name_table[n].nte_type = NUMBER;
+ name_table[n].nte_index = NumCount++;
+ } else if (!strcmp(list[2], "str")) {
+ name_table[n].nte_type = STRING;
+ name_table[n].nte_index = StrCount++;
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Unknown type: %s\n", list[2]);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ n++;
+ }
+ _nc_make_hash_table(name_table, hash_table);
+
+ /*
+ * Write the compiled tables to standard output
+ */
+ printf("static struct name_table_entry const _nc_%s_table[] =\n",
+ root_name);
+ printf("{\n");
+ for (n = 0; n < CAPTABSIZE; n++) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "\"%s\"",
+ name_table[n].nte_name);
+ printf("\t{ %15s,\t%10s,\t%3d, %3d }%c\n",
+ buffer,
+ typenames[name_table[n].nte_type],
+ name_table[n].nte_index,
+ name_table[n].nte_link,
+ n < CAPTABSIZE - 1 ? ',' : ' ');
+ }
+ printf("};\n\n");
+
+ printf("const struct name_table_entry * const _nc_%s_hash_table[%d] =\n",
+ root_name,
+ HASHTABSIZE+1);
+ printf("{\n");
+ for (n = 0; n < HASHTABSIZE; n++) {
+ if (hash_table[n] != 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "_nc_%s_table + %3d",
+ root_name,
+ hash_table[n] - name_table);
+ } else {
+ strcpy(buffer, "0");
+ }
+ printf("\t%s,\n", buffer);
+ }
+ printf("\t_nc_%s_table\t/* base-of-table */\n", root_name);
+ printf("};\n\n");
+
+ printf("#if (BOOLCOUNT!=%d)||(NUMCOUNT!=%d)||(STRCOUNT!=%d)\n",
+ BoolCount, NumCount, StrCount);
+ printf("#error\t--> term.h and comp_captab.c disagree about the <--\n");
+ printf("#error\t--> numbers of booleans, numbers and/or strings <--\n");
+ printf("#endif\n\n");
+
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * comp_parse.c -- parser driver loop and use handling.
+ *
+ * _nc_read_entry_source(FILE *, literal, bool, bool (*hook)())
+ * _nc_resolve_uses(void)
+ * _nc_free_entries(void)
+ *
+ * Use this code by calling _nc_read_entry_source() on as many source
+ * files as you like (either terminfo or termcap syntax). If you
+ * want use-resolution, call _nc_resolve_uses(). To free the list
+ * storage, do _nc_free_entries().
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_parse.c,v 1.18 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+static void sanity_check(TERMTYPE *);
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Entry queue handling
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * The entry list is a doubly linked list with NULLs terminating the lists:
+ *
+ * --------- --------- ---------
+ * | | | | | | offset
+ * |-------| |-------| |-------|
+ * | ----+-->| ----+-->| NULL | next
+ * |-------| |-------| |-------|
+ * | NULL |<--+---- |<--+---- | last
+ * --------- --------- ---------
+ * ^ ^
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * _nc_head _nc_tail
+ */
+
+ENTRY *_nc_head, *_nc_tail;
+
+static void enqueue(ENTRY *ep)
+/* add an entry to the in-core list */
+{
+ ENTRY *newp = (ENTRY *)malloc(sizeof(ENTRY));
+
+ if (newp == NULL)
+ _nc_err_abort("Out of memory");
+
+ (void) memcpy(newp, ep, sizeof(ENTRY));
+
+ newp->last = _nc_tail;
+ _nc_tail = newp;
+
+ newp->next = (ENTRY *)NULL;
+ if (newp->last)
+ newp->last->next = newp;
+}
+
+void _nc_free_entries(ENTRY *head)
+/* free the allocated storage consumed by list entries */
+{
+ ENTRY *ep, *next;
+
+ for (ep = head; ep; ep = next)
+ {
+ /*
+ * This conditional lets us disconnect storage from the list.
+ * To do this, copy an entry out of the list, then null out
+ * the string-table member in the original and any use entries
+ * it references.
+ */
+ FreeIfNeeded(ep->tterm.str_table);
+
+ next = ep->next;
+
+ free(ep);
+ if (ep == _nc_head) _nc_head = 0;
+ if (ep == _nc_tail) _nc_tail = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+bool _nc_entry_match(char *n1, char *n2)
+/* do any of the aliases in a pair of terminal names match? */
+{
+ char *pstart, *qstart, *pend, *qend;
+ char nc1[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1], nc2[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1];
+
+ if (strchr(n1, '|') == NULL)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(nc1, n1);
+ (void) strcat(nc1, "|");
+ n1 = nc1;
+ }
+
+ if (strchr(n2, '|') == NULL)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(nc2, n2);
+ (void) strcat(nc2, "|");
+ n2 = nc2;
+ }
+
+ for (pstart = n1; (pend = strchr(pstart, '|')); pstart = pend + 1)
+ for (qstart = n2; (qend = strchr(qstart, '|')); qstart = qend + 1)
+ if ((pend-pstart == qend-qstart)
+ && memcmp(pstart, qstart, (size_t)(pend-pstart)) == 0)
+ return(TRUE);
+
+ return(FALSE);
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Entry compiler and resolution logic
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+void _nc_read_entry_source(FILE *fp, char *buf,
+ int literal, bool silent,
+ bool (*hook)(ENTRY *))
+/* slurp all entries in the given file into core */
+{
+ ENTRY thisentry;
+ bool oldsuppress = _nc_suppress_warnings;
+ int immediate = 0;
+
+ if (silent)
+ _nc_suppress_warnings = TRUE; /* shut the lexer up, too */
+
+ for (_nc_reset_input(fp, buf); _nc_parse_entry(&thisentry, literal, silent) != ERR; )
+ {
+ if (!isalnum(thisentry.tterm.term_names[0]))
+ _nc_err_abort("terminal names must start with letter or digit");
+
+ /*
+ * This can be used for immediate compilation of entries with no
+ * use references to disk, so as to avoid chewing up a lot of
+ * core when the resolution code could fetch entries off disk.
+ */
+ if (hook != NULLHOOK && (*hook)(&thisentry))
+ immediate++;
+ else
+ enqueue(&thisentry);
+ }
+
+ if (_nc_tail)
+ {
+ /* set up the head pointer */
+ for (_nc_head = _nc_tail; _nc_head->last; _nc_head = _nc_head->last)
+ continue;
+
+ DEBUG(1, ("head = %s", _nc_head->tterm.term_names));
+ DEBUG(1, ("tail = %s", _nc_tail->tterm.term_names));
+ }
+ else if (!immediate)
+ DEBUG(1, ("no entries parsed"));
+
+ _nc_suppress_warnings = oldsuppress;
+}
+
+int _nc_resolve_uses(void)
+/* try to resolve all use capabilities */
+{
+ ENTRY *qp, *rp, *lastread = NULL;
+ bool keepgoing;
+ int i, j, unresolved, total_unresolved, multiples;
+
+ DEBUG(2, ("RESOLUTION BEGINNING"));
+
+ /*
+ * Check for multiple occurrences of the same name.
+ */
+ multiples = 0;
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ {
+ int matchcount = 0;
+
+ for_entry_list(rp)
+ if (qp > rp
+ && _nc_entry_match(qp->tterm.term_names, rp->tterm.term_names))
+ {
+ matchcount++;
+ if (matchcount == 1)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Name collision between %s",
+ _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+ multiples++;
+ }
+ if (matchcount >= 1)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, " %s", _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names));
+ }
+ if (matchcount >= 1)
+ (void) putc('\n', stderr);
+ }
+ if (multiples > 0)
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ DEBUG(2, ("NO MULTIPLE NAME OCCURRENCES"));
+
+ /*
+ * First resolution stage: replace names in use arrays with entry
+ * pointers. By doing this, we avoid having to do the same name
+ * match once for each time a use entry is itself unresolved.
+ */
+ total_unresolved = 0;
+ _nc_curr_col = -1;
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ {
+ unresolved = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < qp->nuses; i++)
+ {
+ bool foundit;
+ char *child = _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names);
+ char *lookfor = (char *)(qp->uses[i].parent);
+ long lookline = qp->uses[i].line;
+
+ foundit = FALSE;
+
+ _nc_set_type(child);
+
+ /* first, try to resolve from in-core records */
+ for_entry_list(rp)
+ if (rp != qp
+ && _nc_name_match(rp->tterm.term_names, lookfor, "|"))
+ {
+ DEBUG(2, ("%s: resolving use=%s (in core)",
+ child, lookfor));
+
+ qp->uses[i].parent = rp;
+ foundit = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* if that didn't work, try to merge in a compiled entry */
+ if (!foundit)
+ {
+ TERMTYPE thisterm;
+ char filename[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (_nc_read_entry(lookfor, filename, &thisterm) == 1)
+ {
+ DEBUG(2, ("%s: resolving use=%s (compiled)",
+ child, lookfor));
+
+ rp = (ENTRY *)malloc(sizeof(ENTRY));
+ memcpy(&rp->tterm, &thisterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+ rp->nuses = 0;
+ rp->next = lastread;
+ lastread = rp;
+
+ qp->uses[i].parent = rp;
+ foundit = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* no good, mark this one unresolvable and complain */
+ if (!foundit)
+ {
+ unresolved++;
+ total_unresolved++;
+
+ _nc_curr_line = lookline;
+ _nc_warning("resolution of use=%s failed", lookfor);
+ qp->uses[i].parent = (ENTRY *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (total_unresolved)
+ {
+ /* free entries read in off disk */
+ _nc_free_entries(lastread);
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(2, ("NAME RESOLUTION COMPLETED OK"));
+
+ /*
+ * OK, at this point all (char *) references have been successfully
+ * replaced by (ENTRY *) pointers. Time to do the actual merges.
+ */
+ do {
+ TERMTYPE merged;
+
+ keepgoing = FALSE;
+
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ if (qp->nuses > 0)
+ {
+ DEBUG(2, ("%s: attempting merge", _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)));
+ /*
+ * If any of the use entries we're looking for is
+ * incomplete, punt. We'll catch this entry on a
+ * subsequent pass.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < qp->nuses; i++)
+ if (((ENTRY *)qp->uses[i].parent)->nuses)
+ {
+ DEBUG(2, ("%s: use entry %d unresolved",
+ _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names), i));
+ goto incomplete;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * First, make sure there's no garbage in the merge block.
+ * as a side effect, copy into the merged entry the name
+ * field and string table pointer.
+ */
+ memcpy(&merged, &qp->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+
+ /*
+ * Now merge in each use entry in the proper
+ * (reverse) order.
+ */
+ for (; qp->nuses; qp->nuses--)
+ _nc_merge_entry(&merged,
+ &((ENTRY *)qp->uses[qp->nuses-1].parent)->tterm);
+
+ /*
+ * Now merge in the original entry.
+ */
+ _nc_merge_entry(&merged, &qp->tterm);
+
+ /*
+ * Replace the original entry with the merged one.
+ */
+ memcpy(&qp->tterm, &merged, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+
+ /*
+ * We know every entry is resolvable because name resolution
+ * didn't bomb. So go back for another pass.
+ */
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ incomplete:
+ keepgoing = TRUE;
+ }
+ } while
+ (keepgoing);
+
+ DEBUG(2, ("MERGES COMPLETED OK"));
+
+ /*
+ * The exit condition of the loop above is such that all entries
+ * must now be resolved. Now handle cancellations. In a resolved
+ * entry there should be no cancellation markers.
+ */
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < BOOLCOUNT; j++)
+ if (qp->tterm.Booleans[j] == CANCELLED_BOOLEAN)
+ qp->tterm.Booleans[j] = FALSE;
+ for (j = 0; j < NUMCOUNT; j++)
+ if (qp->tterm.Numbers[j] == CANCELLED_NUMERIC)
+ qp->tterm.Numbers[j] = ABSENT_NUMERIC;
+ for (j = 0; j < STRCOUNT; j++)
+ if (qp->tterm.Strings[j] == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ qp->tterm.Strings[j] = ABSENT_STRING;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We'd like to free entries read in off disk at this point, but can't.
+ * The merge_entry() code doesn't copy the strings in the use entries,
+ * it just aliases them. If this ever changes, do a
+ * free_entries(lastread) here.
+ */
+
+ DEBUG(2, ("RESOLUTION FINISHED"));
+
+ _nc_curr_col = -1;
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ {
+ _nc_curr_line = qp->startline;
+ _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+ sanity_check(&qp->tterm);
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(2, ("SANITY CHECK FINISHED"));
+
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This bit of legerdemain turns all the terminfo variable names into
+ * references to locations in the arrays Booleans, Numbers, and Strings ---
+ * precisely what's needed.
+ */
+
+#undef CUR
+#define CUR tp->
+
+/*
+ * Note that WANTED and PRESENT are not simple inverses! If a capability
+ * has been explicitly cancelled, it's not considered WANTED.
+ */
+#define WANTED(s) ((s) == ABSENT_STRING)
+#define PRESENT(s) (((s) != ABSENT_STRING) && ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING))
+
+#define ANDMISSING(p,q) \
+ {if (PRESENT(p) && !PRESENT(q)) _nc_warning(#p " but no " #q);}
+
+#define PAIRED(p,q) \
+ { \
+ if (PRESENT(q) && !PRESENT(p)) \
+ _nc_warning(#q " but no " #p); \
+ if (PRESENT(p) && !PRESENT(q)) \
+ _nc_warning(#p " but no " #q); \
+ }
+
+static void sanity_check(TERMTYPE *tp)
+{
+#ifdef __UNUSED__ /* this casts too wide a net */
+ bool terminal_entry = !strchr(tp->term_names, '+');
+#endif
+
+ if (!PRESENT(exit_attribute_mode))
+ {
+#ifdef __UNUSED__ /* this casts too wide a net */
+ if (terminal_entry &&
+ (PRESENT(set_attributes)
+ || PRESENT(enter_standout_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_underline_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_blink_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_bold_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_dim_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_secure_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_protected_mode)
+ || PRESENT(enter_reverse_mode)))
+ _nc_warning("no exit_attribute_mode");
+#endif /* __UNUSED__ */
+ PAIRED(enter_standout_mode, exit_standout_mode)
+ PAIRED(enter_underline_mode, exit_underline_mode)
+ }
+
+ /* listed in structure-member order of first argument */
+#ifdef __UNUSED__
+ ANDMISSING(cursor_invisible, cursor_normal)
+ ANDMISSING(cursor_visible, cursor_normal)
+#endif /* __UNUSED__ */
+ PAIRED(enter_alt_charset_mode, exit_alt_charset_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_alt_charset_mode, acs_chars)
+ ANDMISSING(exit_alt_charset_mode, acs_chars)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_blink_mode, exit_attribute_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_bold_mode, exit_attribute_mode)
+ PAIRED(exit_ca_mode, enter_ca_mode)
+ PAIRED(enter_delete_mode, exit_delete_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_dim_mode, exit_attribute_mode)
+ PAIRED(enter_insert_mode, exit_insert_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_secure_mode, exit_attribute_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_protected_mode, exit_attribute_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(enter_reverse_mode, exit_attribute_mode)
+ PAIRED(from_status_line, to_status_line)
+ PAIRED(meta_off, meta_on)
+
+ PAIRED(prtr_on, prtr_off)
+ PAIRED(save_cursor, restore_cursor)
+ PAIRED(enter_xon_mode, exit_xon_mode)
+ PAIRED(enter_am_mode, exit_am_mode)
+ ANDMISSING(label_off, label_on)
+ PAIRED(display_clock, remove_clock)
+ ANDMISSING(set_color_pair, initialize_pair)
+#undef PAIRED
+#undef ANDMISSING
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * comp_scan.c --- Lexical scanner for terminfo compiler.
+ *
+ * _nc_reset_input()
+ * _nc_get_token()
+ * _nc_panic_mode()
+ * int _nc_syntax;
+ * int _nc_curr_line;
+ * long _nc_curr_file_pos;
+ * long _nc_comment_start;
+ * long _nc_comment_end;
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_scan.c,v 1.21 1997/04/24 10:37:34 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * Maximum length of string capability we'll accept before raising an error.
+ * Yes, there is a real capability in /etc/termcap this long, an "is".
+ */
+#define MAXCAPLEN 600
+
+#define iswhite(ch) (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t')
+
+int _nc_syntax; /* termcap or terminfo? */
+int _nc_curr_line; /* current line # in input */
+int _nc_curr_col; /* current column # in input */
+long _nc_curr_file_pos; /* file offset of current line */
+long _nc_comment_start; /* start of comment range before name */
+long _nc_comment_end; /* end of comment range before name */
+long _nc_start_line; /* start line of current entry */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Token-grabbing machinery
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static bool first_column; /* See 'next_char()' below */
+static char separator; /* capability separator */
+static int pushtype; /* type of pushback token */
+static char pushname[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1];
+
+static int next_char(void);
+static long stream_pos(void);
+static bool end_of_stream(void);
+static char trans_string(char *);
+static void push_back(char c);
+
+/* Assume we may be looking at a termcap-style continuation */
+static inline int eat_escaped_newline(int ch)
+{
+ if (ch == '\\')
+ while ((ch = next_char()) == '\n' || iswhite(ch))
+ continue;
+ return ch;
+}
+
+/*
+ * int
+ * get_token()
+ *
+ * Scans the input for the next token, storing the specifics in the
+ * global structure 'curr_token' and returning one of the following:
+ *
+ * NAMES A line beginning in column 1. 'name'
+ * will be set to point to everything up to but
+ * not including the first separator on the line.
+ * BOOLEAN An entry consisting of a name followed by
+ * a separator. 'name' will be set to point to
+ * the name of the capability.
+ * NUMBER An entry of the form
+ * name#digits,
+ * 'name' will be set to point to the capability
+ * name and 'valnumber' to the number given.
+ * STRING An entry of the form
+ * name=characters,
+ * 'name' is set to the capability name and
+ * 'valstring' to the string of characters, with
+ * input translations done.
+ * CANCEL An entry of the form
+ * name@,
+ * 'name' is set to the capability name and
+ * 'valnumber' to -1.
+ * EOF The end of the file has been reached.
+ *
+ * A `separator' is either a comma or a semicolon, depending on whether
+ * we are in termcap or terminfo mode.
+ *
+ */
+
+int _nc_get_token(void)
+{
+static const char terminfo_punct[] = "@%&*!#";
+long number;
+int type;
+int ch;
+bool found;
+static char buffer[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE];
+char *ptr;
+int dot_flag = FALSE;
+long token_start;
+
+ if (pushtype != NO_PUSHBACK)
+ {
+ int retval = pushtype;
+
+ _nc_set_type(pushname);
+ DEBUG(3, ("pushed-back token: `%s', class %d",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name, pushtype));
+
+ pushtype = NO_PUSHBACK;
+ pushname[0] = '\0';
+
+ /* currtok wasn't altered by _nc_push_token() */
+ return(retval);
+ }
+
+ if (end_of_stream())
+ return(EOF);
+
+start_token:
+ token_start = stream_pos();
+ while ((ch = next_char()) == '\n' || iswhite(ch))
+ continue;
+
+ ch = eat_escaped_newline(ch);
+
+ if (ch == EOF)
+ type = EOF;
+ else {
+ /* if this is a termcap entry, skip a leading separator */
+ if (separator == ':' && ch == ':')
+ ch = next_char();
+
+ if (ch == '.') {
+ dot_flag = TRUE;
+ DEBUG(8, ("dot-flag set"));
+
+ while ((ch = next_char())=='.' || iswhite(ch))
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == EOF) {
+ type = EOF;
+ goto end_of_token;
+ }
+
+ /* have to make some punctuation chars legal for terminfo */
+ if (!isalnum(ch) && !strchr(terminfo_punct, (char)ch)) {
+ _nc_warning("Illegal character (expected alphanumeric or %s) - %s",
+ terminfo_punct, _tracechar((chtype)ch));
+ _nc_panic_mode(separator);
+ goto start_token;
+ }
+
+ ptr = buffer;
+ *(ptr++) = ch;
+
+ if (first_column) {
+ char *desc;
+
+ _nc_comment_start = token_start;
+ _nc_comment_end = _nc_curr_file_pos;
+ _nc_start_line = _nc_curr_line;
+
+ _nc_syntax = ERR;
+ while ((ch = next_char()) != '\n')
+ {
+ if (ch == EOF)
+ _nc_err_abort("premature EOF");
+ else if (ch == ':')
+ {
+ _nc_syntax = SYN_TERMCAP;
+ separator = ':';
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (ch == ',')
+ {
+ _nc_syntax = SYN_TERMINFO;
+ separator = ',';
+ /*
+ * Fall-through here is not an accident.
+ * The idea is that if we see a comma, we
+ * figure this is terminfo unless we
+ * subsequently run into a colon -- but
+ * we don't stop looking for that colon until
+ * hitting a newline. This allows commas to
+ * be embedded in description fields of
+ * either syntax.
+ */
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ }
+ else
+ ch = eat_escaped_newline(ch);
+
+ *ptr++ = ch;
+ }
+ ptr[0] = '\0';
+ if (_nc_syntax == ERR)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Grrr...what we ought to do here is barf,
+ * complaining that the entry is malformed.
+ * But because a couple of name fields in the
+ * 8.2 termcap file end with |\, we just have
+ * to assume it's termcap syntax.
+ */
+ _nc_syntax = SYN_TERMCAP;
+ separator = ':';
+ }
+ else if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMINFO)
+ {
+ /* throw away trailing /, *$/ */
+ for (--ptr; iswhite(*ptr) || *ptr == ','; ptr--)
+ continue;
+ ptr[1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This is the soonest we have the terminal name
+ * fetched. Set up for following warning messages.
+ */
+ ptr = strchr(buffer, '|');
+ if (ptr == (char *)NULL)
+ ptr = buffer + strlen(buffer);
+ ch = *ptr;
+ *ptr = '\0';
+ _nc_set_type(buffer);
+ *ptr = ch;
+
+ /*
+ * Compute the boundary between the aliases and the
+ * description field for syntax-checking purposes.
+ */
+ desc = strrchr(buffer, '|');
+ if (desc)
+ if (*desc == '\0')
+ _nc_warning("empty longname field");
+ else if (strchr(desc, ' ') == (char *)NULL)
+ _nc_warning("older tic versions may treat the description field as an alias");
+ if (!desc)
+ desc = buffer + strlen(buffer);
+
+ /*
+ * Whitespace in a name field other than the long name
+ * can confuse rdist and some termcap tools. Slashes
+ * are a no-no. Other special characters can be
+ * dangerous due to shell expansion.
+ */
+ for (ptr = buffer; ptr < desc; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (isspace(*ptr))
+ {
+ _nc_warning("whitespace in name or alias field");
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == '/')
+ {
+ _nc_warning("slashes aren't allowed in names or aliases");
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (strchr("$[]!*?", *ptr))
+ {
+ _nc_warning("dubious character `%c' in name or alias field", *ptr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ptr = buffer;
+
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer;
+ type = NAMES;
+ } else {
+ while ((ch = next_char()) != EOF) {
+ if (!isalnum(ch)) {
+ if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMINFO) {
+ if (ch != '_')
+ break;
+ } else { /* allow ';' for "k;" */
+ if (ch != ';')
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *(ptr++) = ch;
+ }
+
+ *ptr++ = '\0';
+ switch (ch) {
+ case ',':
+ case ':':
+ if (ch != separator)
+ _nc_err_abort("Separator inconsistent with syntax");
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer;
+ type = BOOLEAN;
+ break;
+ case '@':
+ if ((ch = next_char()) != separator)
+ _nc_warning("Missing separator after `%s', have %s",
+ buffer, _tracechar((chtype)ch));
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer;
+ type = CANCEL;
+ break;
+
+ case '#':
+ number = 0;
+ found = FALSE;
+ while (isdigit(ch = next_char())) {
+ number = number * 10 + ch - '0';
+ found = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (found == FALSE)
+ _nc_warning("no value given for `%s'", buffer);
+ if (ch != separator)
+ _nc_warning("Missing separator");
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer;
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_valnumber = number;
+ type = NUMBER;
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ ch = trans_string(ptr);
+ if (ch != separator)
+ _nc_warning("Missing separator");
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer;
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_valstring = ptr;
+ type = STRING;
+ break;
+
+ case EOF:
+ type = EOF;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* just to get rid of the compiler warning */
+ type = UNDEF;
+ _nc_warning("Illegal character - %s",
+ _tracechar((chtype)ch));
+ }
+ } /* end else (first_column == FALSE) */
+ } /* end else (ch != EOF) */
+
+end_of_token:
+ if (dot_flag == TRUE)
+ DEBUG(8, ("Commented out "));
+
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Token: ");
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ fprintf(stderr, "Boolean; name='%s'\n",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name);
+ break;
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ fprintf(stderr, "Number; name='%s', value=%d\n",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name,
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_valnumber);
+ break;
+
+ case STRING:
+ fprintf(stderr, "String; name='%s', value=%s\n",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name,
+ _nc_visbuf(_nc_curr_token.tk_valstring));
+ break;
+
+ case CANCEL:
+ fprintf(stderr, "Cancel; name='%s'\n",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name);
+ break;
+
+ case NAMES:
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "Names; value='%s'\n",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name);
+ break;
+
+ case EOF:
+ fprintf(stderr, "End of file\n");
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ _nc_warning("Bad token type");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (dot_flag == TRUE) /* if commented out, use the next one */
+ type = _nc_get_token();
+
+ DEBUG(3, ("token: `%s', class %d", _nc_curr_token.tk_name, type));
+
+ return(type);
+}
+
+/*
+ * char
+ * trans_string(ptr)
+ *
+ * Reads characters using next_char() until encountering a separator, nl,
+ * or end-of-file. The returned value is the character which caused
+ * reading to stop. The following translations are done on the input:
+ *
+ * ^X goes to ctrl-X (i.e. X & 037)
+ * {\E,\n,\r,\b,\t,\f} go to
+ * {ESCAPE,newline,carriage-return,backspace,tab,formfeed}
+ * {\^,\\} go to {carat,backslash}
+ * \ddd (for ddd = up to three octal digits) goes to the character ddd
+ *
+ * \e == \E
+ * \0 == \200
+ *
+ */
+
+static char
+trans_string(char *ptr)
+{
+int count = 0;
+int number;
+int i, c;
+chtype ch, last_ch = '\0';
+
+ while ((ch = c = next_char()) != (chtype)separator && c != EOF) {
+ if ((_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMCAP) && c == '\n')
+ break;
+ if (ch == '^' && last_ch != '%') {
+ ch = c = next_char();
+ if (c == EOF)
+ _nc_err_abort("Premature EOF");
+
+ if (! (is7bits(ch) && isprint(ch))) {
+ _nc_warning("Illegal ^ character - %s",
+ _tracechar((unsigned char)ch));
+ }
+ if (ch == '?')
+ *(ptr++) = '\177';
+ else
+ *(ptr++) = (char)(ch & 037);
+ }
+ else if (ch == '\\') {
+ ch = c = next_char();
+ if (c == EOF)
+ _nc_err_abort("Premature EOF");
+
+ if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '7') {
+ number = ch - '0';
+ for (i=0; i < 2; i++) {
+ ch = c = next_char();
+ if (c == EOF)
+ _nc_err_abort("Premature EOF");
+
+ if (c < '0' || c > '7') {
+ if (isdigit(c)) {
+ _nc_warning("Non-octal digit `%c' in \\ sequence", c);
+ /* allow the digit; it'll do less harm */
+ } else {
+ push_back((char)c);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ number = number * 8 + c - '0';
+ }
+
+ if (number == 0)
+ number = 0200;
+ *(ptr++) = (char) number;
+ } else {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'E':
+ case 'e': *(ptr++) = '\033'; break;
+
+ case 'l':
+ case 'n': *(ptr++) = '\n'; break;
+
+ case 'r': *(ptr++) = '\r'; break;
+
+ case 'b': *(ptr++) = '\010'; break;
+
+ case 's': *(ptr++) = ' '; break;
+
+ case 'f': *(ptr++) = '\014'; break;
+
+ case 't': *(ptr++) = '\t'; break;
+
+ case '\\': *(ptr++) = '\\'; break;
+
+ case '^': *(ptr++) = '^'; break;
+
+ case ',': *(ptr++) = ','; break;
+
+ case ':': *(ptr++) = ':'; break;
+
+ case '\n':
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ _nc_warning("Illegal character %s in \\ sequence",
+ _tracechar((unsigned char)ch));
+ *(ptr++) = (char)ch;
+ } /* endswitch (ch) */
+ } /* endelse (ch < '0' || ch > '7') */
+ } /* end else if (ch == '\\') */
+ else {
+ *(ptr++) = (char)ch;
+ }
+
+ count ++;
+
+ last_ch = ch;
+
+ if (count > MAXCAPLEN)
+ _nc_warning("Very long string found. Missing separator?");
+ } /* end while */
+
+ *ptr = '\0';
+
+ return(ch);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _nc_push_token()
+ *
+ * Push a token of given type so that it will be reread by the next
+ * get_token() call.
+ */
+
+void _nc_push_token(int class)
+{
+ /*
+ * This implementation is kind of bogus, it will fail if we ever do
+ * more than one pushback at a time between get_token() calls. It
+ * relies on the fact that curr_tok is static storage that nothing
+ * but get_token() touches.
+ */
+ pushtype = class;
+ _nc_get_type(pushname);
+
+ DEBUG(3, ("pushing token: `%s', class %d",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name, pushtype));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Panic mode error recovery - skip everything until a "ch" is found.
+ */
+void _nc_panic_mode(char ch)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ c = next_char();
+ if (c == ch)
+ return;
+ if (c == EOF)
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Character-stream handling
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#define LEXBUFSIZ 1024
+
+static char *bufptr; /* otherwise, the input buffer pointer */
+static char *bufstart; /* start of buffer so we can compute offsets */
+static FILE *yyin; /* scanner's input file descriptor */
+
+/*
+ * _nc_reset_input()
+ *
+ * Resets the input-reading routines. Used on initialization,
+ * or after a seek has been done. Exactly one argument must be
+ * non-null.
+ */
+
+void _nc_reset_input(FILE *fp, char *buf)
+{
+ pushtype = NO_PUSHBACK;
+ pushname[0] = '\0';
+ yyin = fp;
+ bufstart = bufptr = buf;
+ _nc_curr_file_pos = 0L;
+ if (fp != 0)
+ _nc_curr_line = 0;
+ _nc_curr_col = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * int next_char()
+ *
+ * Returns the next character in the input stream. Comments and leading
+ * white space are stripped.
+ *
+ * The global state variable 'firstcolumn' is set TRUE if the character
+ * returned is from the first column of the input line.
+ *
+ * The global variable _nc_curr_line is incremented for each new line.
+ * The global variable _nc_curr_file_pos is set to the file offset of the
+ * beginning of each line.
+ */
+
+static int
+next_char(void)
+{
+ if (!yyin)
+ {
+ if (*bufptr == '\0')
+ return(EOF);
+ if (*bufptr == '\n') {
+ _nc_curr_line++;
+ _nc_curr_col = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!bufptr || !*bufptr)
+ {
+ /*
+ * In theory this could be recoded to do its I/O one
+ * character at a time, saving the buffer space. In
+ * practice, this turns out to be quite hard to get
+ * completely right. Try it and see. If you succeed,
+ * don't forget to hack push_back() correspondingly.
+ */
+ static char line[LEXBUFSIZ];
+
+ do {
+ _nc_curr_file_pos = ftell(yyin);
+
+ if ((bufstart = fgets(line, LEXBUFSIZ, yyin)) != NULL) {
+ _nc_curr_line++;
+ _nc_curr_col = 0;
+ }
+ bufptr = bufstart;
+ } while
+ (bufstart != NULL && line[0] == '#');
+
+ if (bufstart == NULL)
+ return (EOF);
+
+ while (iswhite(*bufptr))
+ bufptr++;
+ }
+
+ first_column = (bufptr == bufstart);
+
+ _nc_curr_col++;
+ return(*bufptr++);
+}
+
+static void push_back(char c)
+/* push a character back onto the input stream */
+{
+ if (bufptr == bufstart)
+ _nc_syserr_abort("Can't backspace off beginning of line");
+ *--bufptr = c;
+}
+
+static long stream_pos(void)
+/* return our current character position in the input stream */
+{
+ return (yyin ? ftell(yyin) : (bufptr ? bufptr - bufstart : 0));
+}
+
+static bool end_of_stream(void)
+/* are we at end of input? */
+{
+ return (yyin ? feof(yyin) : (bufptr && *bufptr == '\0'));
+}
+
+/* comp_scan.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * $Id: curses.priv.h,v 1.61 1997/04/26 20:54:54 tom Exp $
+ *
+ * curses.priv.h
+ *
+ * Header file for curses library objects which are private to
+ * the library.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef CURSES_PRIV_H
+#define CURSES_PRIV_H 1
+
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS
+#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id;
+#else
+#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_BSDTYPES_H
+#include <sys/bsdtypes.h> /* needed for ISC */
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#elif HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# if defined(_POSIX_PATH_MAX)
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+# else
+# define PATH_MAX 255 /* the Posix minimum path-size */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems have a broken 'select()', but workable 'poll()'. Use that */
+#if HAVE_POLL && HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H && HAVE_POLL_H
+#define USE_FUNC_POLL 1
+#else
+#define USE_FUNC_POLL 0
+#endif
+
+/* Alessandro Rubini's GPM (general-purpose mouse) */
+#if HAVE_LIBGPM && HAVE_GPM_H
+#define USE_GPM_SUPPORT 1
+#else
+#define USE_GPM_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ht/cbt expansion flakes out randomly under Linux 1.1.47, but only when
+ * we're throwing control codes at the screen at high volume. To see this,
+ * re-enable TABS_OK and run worm for a while. Other systems probably don't
+ * want to define this either due to uncertainties about tab delays and
+ * expansion in raw mode.
+ */
+#undef TABS_OK /* OK to use tab/backtab for local motions? */
+
+/*
+ * The internal types (e.g., struct screen) must precede <curses.h>, otherwise
+ * we cannot construct lint-libraries (structures must be fully-defined).
+ */
+
+struct tries {
+ struct tries *child; /* ptr to child. NULL if none */
+ struct tries *sibling; /* ptr to sibling. NULL if none */
+ unsigned char ch; /* character at this node */
+ unsigned short value; /* code of string so far. 0 if none. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Structure for soft labels.
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *text; /* text for the label */
+ char *form_text; /* formatted text (left/center/...) */
+ int x; /* x coordinate of this field */
+ char dirty; /* this label has changed */
+ char visible; /* field is visible */
+} slk_ent;
+
+typedef struct {
+ char dirty; /* all labels have changed */
+ char hidden; /* soft labels are hidden */
+ struct _win_st *win;
+ slk_ent *ent;
+ char *buffer; /* buffer for labels */
+ short maxlab; /* number of available labels */
+ short labcnt; /* number of allocated labels */
+ short maxlen; /* length of labels */
+} SLK;
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for color pairs
+ */
+#define C_SHIFT 8 /* we need more bits than there are colors */
+#define C_MASK ((1 << C_SHIFT) - 1)
+
+#define PAIR_OF(fg, bg) ((((fg) & C_MASK) << C_SHIFT) | ((bg) & C_MASK))
+
+/*
+ * Structure for palette tables
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ short red, green, blue;
+}
+color_t;
+
+#define MAXCOLUMNS 135
+#define MAXLINES 66
+#define FIFO_SIZE MAXLINES
+
+struct screen {
+ int _ifd; /* input file ptr for screen */
+ FILE *_ofp; /* output file ptr for screen */
+ char *_setbuf; /* buffered I/O for output */
+ int _checkfd; /* filedesc for typeahead check */
+ struct term *_term; /* terminal type information */
+ short _lines; /* screen lines */
+ short _columns; /* screen columns */
+ short _lines_avail; /* lines available for stdscr */
+ short _topstolen; /* lines stolen from top */
+ struct _win_st *_curscr; /* current screen */
+ struct _win_st *_newscr; /* virtual screen to be updated to */
+ struct _win_st *_stdscr; /* screen's full-window context */
+ struct tries *_keytry; /* "Try" for use with keypad mode */
+ unsigned int _fifo[FIFO_SIZE]; /* input push-back buffer */
+ signed char _fifohead, /* head of fifo queue */
+ _fifotail, /* tail of fifo queue */
+ _fifopeek; /* where to peek for next char */
+ int _endwin; /* are we out of window mode? */
+ unsigned long _current_attr; /* terminal attribute current set */
+ int _coloron; /* is color enabled? */
+ int _cursor; /* visibility of the cursor */
+ int _cursrow; /* physical cursor row */
+ int _curscol; /* physical cursor column */
+ int _nl; /* True if NL -> CR/NL is on */
+ int _raw; /* True if in raw mode */
+ int _cbreak; /* 1 if in cbreak mode */
+ /* > 1 if in halfdelay mode */
+ int _echo; /* True if echo on */
+ int _use_meta; /* use the meta key? */
+ SLK *_slk; /* ptr to soft key struct / NULL */
+ int _baudrate; /* used to compute padding */
+
+ /* cursor movement costs; units are 10ths of milliseconds */
+ int _char_padding; /* cost of character put */
+ int _cr_cost; /* cost of (carriage_return) */
+ int _cup_cost; /* cost of (cursor_address) */
+ int _home_cost; /* cost of (cursor_home) */
+ int _ll_cost; /* cost of (cursor_to_ll) */
+#ifdef TABS_OK
+ int _ht_cost; /* cost of (tab) */
+ int _cbt_cost; /* cost of (backtab) */
+#endif /* TABS_OK */
+ int _cub1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_left) */
+ int _cuf1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_right) */
+ int _cud1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_down) */
+ int _cuu1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_up) */
+ int _cub_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_left) */
+ int _cuf_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_right) */
+ int _cud_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_down) */
+ int _cuu_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_up) */
+ int _hpa_cost; /* cost of (column_address) */
+ int _vpa_cost; /* cost of (row_address) */
+ /* used in lib_doupdate.c, must be chars */
+ int _ed_cost; /* cost of (clr_eos) */
+ int _el_cost; /* cost of (clr_eol) */
+ int _el1_cost; /* cost of (clr_bol) */
+ int _dch1_cost; /* cost of (delete_character) */
+ int _ich1_cost; /* cost of (insert_character) */
+ int _dch_cost; /* cost of (parm_dch) */
+ int _ich_cost; /* cost of (parm_ich) */
+ int _ech_cost; /* cost of (erase_chars) */
+ int _rep_cost; /* cost of (repeat_char) */
+ int _hpa_ch_cost; /* cost of (column_address) */
+ int _cup_ch_cost; /* cost of (cursor_address) */
+ /* used in lib_mvcur.c */
+ char * _address_cursor;
+ int _carriage_return_length;
+ int _cursor_home_length;
+ int _cursor_to_ll_length;
+ /* used in lib_color.c */
+ color_t *_color_table; /* screen's color palette */
+ int _color_count; /* count of colors in palette */
+ unsigned short *_color_pairs; /* screen's color pair list */
+ int _pair_count; /* count of color pairs */
+ int _default_color; /* use default colors */
+};
+
+/* Ncurses' public interface follows the internal types */
+#include <curses.h> /* we'll use -Ipath directive to get the right one! */
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_NOMACROS
+#include <nomacros.h>
+#endif
+
+#define WINDOWLIST struct _win_list
+ WINDOWLIST {
+ WINDOWLIST *next;
+ WINDOW *win;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ int line; /* lines to take, < 0 => from bottom*/
+ int (*hook)(struct _win_st *, int); /* callback for user */
+ struct _win_st *w; /* maybe we need this for cleanup */
+} ripoff_t;
+
+/* The terminfo source is assumed to be 7-bit ASCII */
+#define is7bits(c) ((unsigned)(c) < 128)
+
+#ifndef min
+#define min(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef max
+#define max(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+/* usually in <unistd.h> */
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+#define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef R_OK
+#define R_OK 4 /* Test for read permission. */
+#endif
+#ifndef W_OK
+#define W_OK 2 /* Test for write permission. */
+#endif
+#ifndef X_OK
+#define X_OK 1 /* Test for execute permission. */
+#endif
+#ifndef F_OK
+#define F_OK 0 /* Test for existence. */
+#endif
+
+#define TextOf(c) ((c) & (chtype)A_CHARTEXT)
+#define AttrOf(c) ((c) & (chtype)A_ATTRIBUTES)
+
+#define BLANK (' '|A_NORMAL)
+
+#define CHANGED -1
+
+#define typeCalloc(type,elts) (type *)calloc(elts,sizeof(type))
+#define FreeIfNeeded(p) if(p != 0) free(p)
+#define FreeAndNull(p) free(p); p = 0
+
+#include <nc_alloc.h>
+
+/*
+ * Prefixes for call/return points of library function traces. We use these to
+ * instrument the public functions so that the traces can be easily transformed
+ * into regression scripts.
+ */
+#define T_CALLED(fmt) "called " fmt
+#define T_CREATE(fmt) "create " fmt
+#define T_RETURN(fmt) "return " fmt
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+#define TR(n, a) if (_nc_tracing & (n)) _tracef a
+#define T(a) TR(TRACE_CALLS, a)
+#define TPUTS_TRACE(s) _nc_tputs_trace = s;
+#define TRACE_RETURN(value,type) return _nc_retrace_##type(value)
+#define returnWin(code) TRACE_RETURN(code,win)
+#define returnPtr(code) TRACE_RETURN(code,ptr)
+#define returnCode(code) TRACE_RETURN(code,int)
+#define returnVoid T((T_RETURN(""))); return
+extern unsigned _nc_tracing;
+extern WINDOW * _nc_retrace_win(WINDOW *);
+extern char *_nc_retrace_ptr(char *);
+extern const char *_nc_tputs_trace;
+extern const char *_nc_visbuf(const char *);
+extern const char *_nc_visbuf2(int, const char *);
+extern int _nc_retrace_int(int);
+extern long _nc_outchars;
+#else
+#define T(a)
+#define TR(n, a)
+#define TPUTS_TRACE(s)
+#define returnWin(code) return code
+#define returnCode(code) return code
+#define returnVoid return
+#endif
+
+#define _trace_key(ch) ((ch > KEY_MIN) ? keyname(ch) : _tracechar((unsigned char)ch))
+
+#define ALL_BUT_COLOR ((chtype)~(A_COLOR))
+#define IGNORE_COLOR_OFF FALSE
+
+
+/* Macro to put together character and attribute info and return it.
+ If colors are in the attribute, they have precedence. */
+#define ch_or_attr(ch,at) \
+ ((PAIR_NUMBER(at) > 0) ? \
+ ((((chtype)ch) & ALL_BUT_COLOR) | (at)) : ((((chtype)ch) | (at))))
+
+
+#define toggle_attr_on(S,at) \
+ if (PAIR_NUMBER(at) > 0)\
+ (S) = ((S) & ALL_BUT_COLOR) | (at);\
+ else\
+ (S) |= (at);\
+ T(("new attribute is %s", _traceattr((S))))
+
+
+#define toggle_attr_off(S,at) \
+ if (IGNORE_COLOR_OFF == TRUE) {\
+ if (PAIR_NUMBER(at) == 0xff) /* turn off color */\
+ (S) &= ~(at);\
+ else /* leave color alone */\
+ (S) &= ~((at)&ALL_BUT_COLOR);\
+ } else {\
+ if (PAIR_NUMBER(at) > 0x00) /* turn off color */\
+ (S) &= ~(at|A_COLOR);\
+ else /* leave color alone */\
+ (S) &= ~(at);\
+ }\
+ T(("new attribute is %s", _traceattr((S))));
+
+#define DelCharCost(count) \
+ ((parm_dch != 0) \
+ ? SP->_dch_cost \
+ : ((delete_character != 0) \
+ ? (SP->_dch1_cost * count) \
+ : INFINITY))
+
+#define InsCharCost(count) \
+ ((parm_ich != 0) \
+ ? SP->_ich_cost \
+ : ((insert_character != 0) \
+ ? (SP->_ich1_cost * count) \
+ : INFINITY))
+
+#define UpdateAttrs(c) if (SP->_current_attr != AttrOf(c)) \
+ vidattr(AttrOf(c));
+
+/*
+ * Check whether the given character can be output by clearing commands. This
+ * includes test for being a space and not including any 'bad' attributes, such
+ * as A_REVERSE. All attribute flags which don't affect appearance of a space
+ * or can be output by clearing (A_COLOR in case of bce-terminal) are excluded.
+ */
+#define NONBLANK_ATTR (A_BOLD|A_DIM|A_BLINK)
+#define can_clear_with(ch) \
+ ((ch & ~(NONBLANK_ATTR|(back_color_erase ? A_COLOR:0))) == BLANK)
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_EXPANDED
+
+#undef ch_or_attr
+#define ch_or_attr(ch,at) _nc_ch_or_attr(ch,at)
+extern chtype _nc_ch_or_attr(chtype, attr_t);
+
+#undef toggle_attr_on
+#define toggle_attr_on(S,at) _nc_toggle_attr_on(&(S), at)
+extern void _nc_toggle_attr_on(attr_t *, attr_t);
+
+#undef toggle_attr_off
+#define toggle_attr_off(S,at) _nc_toggle_attr_off(&(S), at)
+extern void _nc_toggle_attr_off(attr_t *, attr_t);
+
+#undef can_clear_with
+#define can_clear_with(ch) _nc_can_clear_with(ch)
+extern int _nc_can_clear_with(chtype);
+
+#undef DelCharCost
+#define DelCharCost(count) _nc_DelCharCost(count)
+extern int _nc_DelCharCost(int);
+
+#undef InsCharCost
+#define InsCharCost(count) _nc_InsCharCost(count)
+extern int _nc_InsCharCost(int);
+
+#undef UpdateAttrs
+#define UpdateAttrs(c) _nc_UpdateAttrs(c)
+extern void _nc_UpdateAttrs(chtype);
+
+#else
+
+extern void _nc_expanded(void);
+
+#endif
+
+/* lib_acs.c */
+extern void init_acs(void); /* no prefix, this name is traditional */
+
+/* lib_mvcur.c */
+#define INFINITY 1000000 /* cost: too high to use */
+
+extern void _nc_mvcur_init(void);
+extern void _nc_mvcur_resume(void);
+extern void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void);
+extern int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(int, int, int, int);
+
+/* lib_mouse.c */
+extern void _nc_mouse_init(SCREEN *);
+extern bool _nc_mouse_event(SCREEN *);
+extern bool _nc_mouse_inline(SCREEN *);
+extern bool _nc_mouse_parse(int);
+extern void _nc_mouse_wrap(SCREEN *);
+extern void _nc_mouse_resume(SCREEN *);
+extern int _nc_max_click_interval;
+extern int _nc_mouse_fd(void);
+
+/* elsewhere ... */
+extern WINDOW *_nc_makenew(int, int, int, int, int);
+extern chtype _nc_background(WINDOW *);
+extern chtype _nc_render(WINDOW *, chtype);
+extern char *_nc_trace_buf(int, size_t);
+extern int _nc_initscr(void);
+extern int _nc_keypad(bool);
+extern int _nc_outch(int);
+extern int _nc_setupscreen(short, short const, FILE *);
+extern int _nc_timed_wait(int, int, int *);
+extern int _nc_waddch_nosync(WINDOW *, const chtype);
+extern void _nc_backspace(WINDOW *win);
+extern void _nc_do_color(int, int (*)(int));
+extern void _nc_freeall(void);
+extern void _nc_free_and_exit(int);
+extern void _nc_freewin(WINDOW *win);
+extern void _nc_get_screensize(void);
+extern void _nc_hash_map(void);
+extern void _nc_outstr(const char *str);
+extern void _nc_scroll_optimize(void);
+extern void _nc_scroll_window(WINDOW *, int const, short const, short const);
+extern void _nc_set_buffer(FILE *ofp, bool buffered);
+extern void _nc_signal_handler(bool);
+extern void _nc_synchook(WINDOW *win);
+
+/*
+ * On systems with a broken linker, define 'SP' as a function to force the
+ * linker to pull in the data-only module with 'SP'.
+ */
+#ifndef BROKEN_LINKER
+#define BROKEN_LINKER 0
+#endif
+
+#if BROKEN_LINKER
+#define SP _nc_screen()
+extern SCREEN *_nc_screen(void);
+extern int _nc_alloc_screen(void);
+extern void _nc_set_screen(SCREEN *);
+#else
+extern SCREEN *SP;
+#define _nc_alloc_screen() ((SP = typeCalloc(SCREEN, 1)) != 0)
+#define _nc_set_screen(sp) SP = sp
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_USLEEP
+extern int _nc_usleep(unsigned int);
+#define usleep(msecs) _nc_usleep(msecs)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * We don't want to use the lines or columns capabilities internally,
+ * because if the application is running multiple screens under
+ * X windows, it's quite possible they could all have type xterm
+ * but have different sizes! So...
+ */
+#define screen_lines SP->_lines
+#define screen_columns SP->_columns
+
+extern int _nc_slk_format; /* != 0 if slk_init() called */
+extern int _nc_slk_initialize(WINDOW *, int);
+
+/* Macro to check whether or not we use a standard format */
+#define SLK_STDFMT (_nc_slk_format < 3)
+/* Macro to determine height of label window */
+#define SLK_LINES (SLK_STDFMT ? 1 : (_nc_slk_format - 2))
+
+extern int _nc_ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *,int));
+
+#define UNINITIALISED ((struct tries * ) -1)
+
+extern bool _nc_idlok, _nc_idcok;
+
+extern WINDOWLIST *_nc_windows;
+
+#endif /* CURSES_PRIV_H */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+
+NAME
+ hardscroll.c -- hardware-scrolling optimization for ncurses
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ void _nc_scroll_optimize(void)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ OVERVIEW
+
+This algorithm for computes optimum hardware scrolling to transform an
+old screen (curscr) into a new screen (newscr) via vertical line moves.
+
+Because the screen has a `grain' (there are insert/delete/scroll line
+operations but no insert/delete/scroll column operations), it is efficient
+break the update algorithm into two pieces: a first stage that does only line
+moves, optimizing the end product of user-invoked insertions, deletions, and
+scrolls; and a second phase (corresponding to the present doupdate code in
+ncurses) that does only line transformations.
+
+The common case we want hardware scrolling for is to handle line insertions
+and deletions in screen-oriented text-editors. This two-stage approach will
+accomplish that at a low computation and code-size cost.
+
+ LINE-MOVE COMPUTATION
+
+Now, to a discussion of the line-move computation.
+
+For expository purposes, consider the screen lines to be represented by
+integers 0..23 (with the understanding that the value of 23 may vary).
+Let a new line introduced by insertion, scrolling, or at the bottom of
+the screen following a line delete be given the index -1.
+
+Assume that the real screen starts with lines 0..23. Now, we have
+the following possible line-oriented operations on the screen:
+
+Insertion: inserts a line at a given screen row, forcing all lines below
+to scroll forward. The last screen line is lost. For example, an insertion
+at line 5 would produce: 0..4 -1 5..23.
+
+Deletion: deletes a line at a given screen row, forcing all lines below
+to scroll forward. The last screen line is made new. For example, a deletion
+at line 7 would produce: 0..6 8..23 -1.
+
+Scroll up: move a range of lines up 1. The bottom line of the range
+becomes new. For example, scrolling up the region from 9 to 14 will
+produce 0..8 10..14 -1 15..23.
+
+Scroll down: move a range of lines down 1. The top line of the range
+becomes new. For example, scrolling down the region from 12 to 16 will produce
+0..11 -1 12..15 17..23.
+
+Now, an obvious property of all these operations is that they preserve the
+order of old lines, though not their position in the sequence.
+
+The key trick of this algorithm is that the original line indices described
+above are actually maintained as _line[].oldindex fields in the window
+structure, and stick to each line through scroll and insert/delete operations.
+
+Thus, it is possible at update time to look at the oldnum fields and compute
+an optimal set of il/dl/scroll operations that will take the real screen
+lines to the virtual screen lines. Once these vertical moves have been done,
+we can hand off to the second stage of the update algorithm, which does line
+transformations.
+
+Note that the move computation does not need to have the full generality
+of a diff algorithm (which it superficially resembles) because lines cannot
+be moved out of order.
+
+ THE ALGORITHM
+
+First, mark each line on the real screen that is *not* carried over to the
+virtual screen discarded (that is, with a -1 oldnum index).
+
+Second, optionally run through each virtual line with a non -1 oldnum. If the
+line is sufficiently changed, mark it -1 (we don't want to move it). The exact
+test for "sufficiently changed" is not relevant to the control flow of this
+algorithm. Cases the test should detect are those in which rewriting
+the line from whatever might be on the real screen would be cheaper than the
+move. Blank lines on a terminal with clear-to-eol probably meet this test.
+
+Here is pseudo-code for the remainder of the algorithm:
+
+ repeat
+1: first = 0;
+2: no_hunk_moved = TRUE;
+
+ # on each pass, try to find a movable hunk
+3: while (first < screen_depth)
+
+ # scan for start of hunk
+4: while (oldnum field of first == -1)
+ first++
+
+ # if we have no hunk, quit this pass
+5: if (first >= screen_depth)
+ break;
+
+ # we found a hunk
+6: last = (end of longest continues oldnum range starting here)
+
+7: ofirst = (first line's oldnum, where it was on real screen)
+8: olast = (last line's oldnum, where it was on real screen)
+
+ # figure the hunk's displacement
+9: disp = first - (first virtual line's oldnum field)
+
+ # does the hunk want to move?
+10: if (disp != 0)
+ # is the hunk movable without destroying info?
+11: if (real [ofirst+disp, olast+disp] are all in range or DISCARDED)
+12: if (disp > 0)
+13: scroll real [ofirst, olast+disp] down by disp
+ (mark [ofirst, olast+disp] DISCARDED)
+14: else if (disp < 0)
+15: scroll real [ofirst+disp, olast] up by disp
+ (mark [ofirst+disp, olast] DISCARDED)
+16: no_hunk_moved = FALSE
+
+ # done trying to move this hunk
+17: first = last + 1;
+ end while
+ until
+18: no_hunk_moved; # quit when a complete pass finds no movable hunks
+
+HOW TO TEST THIS:
+
+Use the following production:
+
+hardscroll: hardscroll.c
+ $(CC) -g -DSCROLLDEBUG hardscroll.c -o hardscroll
+
+Then just type scramble vectors and watch. The following test loads are
+a representative sample of cases:
+
+----------------------------- CUT HERE ------------------------------------
+# No lines moved
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
+#
+# A scroll up
+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 -1
+#
+# A scroll down
+-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
+#
+# An insertion (after line 12)
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
+#
+# A simple deletion (line 10)
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 -1
+#
+# A more complex case
+-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 3 4 5 6 7 -1 -1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -1 -1
+----------------------------- CUT HERE ------------------------------------
+
+AUTHOR
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>, November 1994
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: hardscroll.c,v 1.17 1997/02/15 22:33:12 tom Exp $")
+
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG)
+void _nc_linedump(void);
+#endif /* defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) */
+
+/* if only this number of lines is carried over, nuke the screen and redraw */
+#define CLEAR_THRESHOLD 3
+
+#if defined(SCROLLDEBUG) || defined(HASHDEBUG)
+#define LINES 24
+int oldnums[LINES], reallines[LINES];
+#define OLDNUM(n) oldnums[n]
+#define REAL(m) reallines[m]
+#undef T
+#define T(x) (void) printf x ; (void) putchar('\n');
+#else
+#include <curses.h>
+#define OLDNUM(n) newscr->_line[n].oldindex
+#define REAL(m) curscr->_line[m].oldindex
+#ifndef _NEWINDEX
+#define _NEWINDEX -1
+#endif /* _NEWINDEX */
+#endif /* defined(SCROLLDEBUG) || defined(HASHDEBUG) */
+
+static bool all_discarded(int const top, int const bottom, int const disp)
+/* has the given range of real lines been marked discarded? */
+{
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = top + disp; n <= bottom + disp; n++)
+ if (REAL(n) != _NEWINDEX && !(REAL(n) <= bottom && REAL(n) >= top))
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+void _nc_scroll_optimize(void)
+/* scroll optimization to transform curscr to newscr */
+{
+ bool no_hunk_moved; /* no hunk moved on this pass? */
+ int n, new_lines;
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG)
+ int pass = 0;
+#endif /* defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) */
+
+ TR(TRACE_ICALLS, ("_nc_scroll_optimize() begins"));
+
+ /* mark any line not carried over with _NEWINDEX */
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ REAL(n) += (MAXLINES + 1);
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ if (OLDNUM(n) != _NEWINDEX
+ && REAL(OLDNUM(n)) >= MAXLINES)
+ REAL(OLDNUM(n)) -= (MAXLINES + 1);
+ for (n = new_lines = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ if (REAL(n) > MAXLINES)
+ {
+ REAL(n) = _NEWINDEX;
+ new_lines++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * ^F in vi (which scrolls forward by LINES-2 in the file) exposes
+ * a weakness in this design. Ideally, vertical motion
+ * optimization should cost its actions and then force a
+ * ClrUpdate() and complete redraw if that would be faster than
+ * the scroll. Unfortunately, this would be a serious pain to
+ * arrange; hence, this hack. If there are few enough lines
+ * carried over, don't bother with the scrolling, we just nuke the
+ * screen and redraw the whole thing. Keith Bostic argues that
+ * this will be a win on strictly visual grounds even if the
+ * resulting update is theoretically sub-optimal. Experience
+ * with vi says he's probably right.
+ */
+ if (LINES - new_lines <= CLEAR_THRESHOLD)
+ {
+ T(("too few lines carried over, nuking screen"));
+#if !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG)
+ clearok(stdscr, TRUE);
+#endif /* !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) */
+ return;
+ }
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("After real line marking:"));
+ if (_nc_tracing & (TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE))
+ _nc_linedump();
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /* time to shuffle lines to do scroll optimization */
+ do {
+ int first; /* first line of current hunk */
+ int last; /* last line of current hunk */
+ int ofirst; /* oldnum index of first line */
+ int olast; /* oldnum index of last line */
+ int disp; /* hunk displacement */
+
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("Pass %d:", pass++));
+
+ first = 0; /* start scan at top line */
+ no_hunk_moved = TRUE;
+
+ while (first < LINES)
+ {
+ /* find the beginning of a hunk */
+ while (first < LINES && OLDNUM(first) == _NEWINDEX)
+ first++;
+ if (first >= LINES)
+ break;
+
+ /* find the end of the hunk */
+ for (last = first; last < LINES; last++)
+ if (last == LINES - 1 || OLDNUM(last + 1) != OLDNUM(last) + 1)
+ break;
+
+ /* find the corresponding range on the old screen */
+ ofirst = OLDNUM(first);
+ olast = OLDNUM(last);
+
+ /* compute the hunk's displacement */
+ disp = first - OLDNUM(first);
+
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("found hunk: first = %2d, last = %2d, ofirst = %2d, olast = %2d, disp = %2d",
+ first, last, ofirst, olast, disp));
+
+ /* OK, time to try to move the hunk? */
+ if (disp != 0)
+ if (all_discarded(ofirst, olast, disp))
+ {
+ int m;
+
+ if (disp > 0)
+ olast += disp;
+ else /* (disp < 0) */
+ ofirst += disp;
+
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("scroll [%d, %d] by %d", ofirst, olast, -disp));
+#if !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG)
+ if (_nc_mvcur_scrolln(-disp, ofirst, olast, LINES - 1) == ERR)
+ break;
+ _nc_scroll_window(curscr, -disp, ofirst, olast);
+#endif /* !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) */
+
+ for (m = ofirst; m <= olast; m++)
+ {
+ REAL(m) = _NEWINDEX;
+#if !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG)
+ /*
+ * This will tell the second stage of the optimizer
+ * that every line in the hunk on the real screen has
+ * been changed.
+ */
+ curscr->_line[m].firstchar = 0;
+ curscr->_line[m].lastchar = curscr->_maxx;
+#endif /* !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) */
+ }
+ for (m = first; m <= last; m++)
+ OLDNUM(m) = _NEWINDEX;
+
+ no_hunk_moved = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, done with this hunk */
+ first = last + 1;
+ }
+ } while
+ (!no_hunk_moved);
+}
+
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG)
+void _nc_linedump(void)
+/* dump the state of the real and virtual oldnum fields */
+{
+ int n;
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf, "real");
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " %02d", REAL(n));
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, (buf));
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf, "virt");
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " %02d", OLDNUM(n));
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, (buf));
+}
+#endif /* defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) */
+
+#ifdef SCROLLDEBUG
+
+int
+main(int argc GCC_UNUSED, char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ char line[BUFSIZ], *st;
+
+ _nc_tracing = TRACE_MOVE;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ {
+ reallines[n] = n;
+ oldnums[n] = _NEWINDEX;
+ }
+
+ /* grab the test vector */
+ if (fgets(line, sizeof(line), stdin) == (char *)NULL)
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+ /* parse it */
+ n = 0;
+ if (line[0] == '#')
+ {
+ (void) fputs(line, stderr);
+ continue;
+ }
+ st = strtok(line, " ");
+ do {
+ oldnums[n++] = atoi(st);
+ } while
+ ((st = strtok((char *)NULL, " ")) != 0);
+
+ /* display it */
+ (void) fputs("Initial input:\n", stderr);
+ _nc_linedump();
+
+ _nc_scroll_optimize();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* SCROLLDEBUG */
+
+/* hardscroll.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+
+NAME
+ hashmap.c -- fill in scramble vector based on text hashes
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ void _nc_hash_map(void)
+
+DESCRIPTION:
+ This code attempts to recognize pairs of old and new lines in the physical
+and virtual screens. When a line pair is recognized, the old line index is
+placed in the oldindex member of the virtual screen line, to be used by the
+vertical-motion optimizer portion of the update logic (see hardscroll.c).
+
+ Line pairs are recognized by applying a modified Heckel's algorithm,
+sped up by hashing. If a line hash is unique in both screens, those
+lines must be a pair. If the hashes of the two lines immediately following
+lines known to be a pair are the same, the following lines are also a pair.
+We apply these rules repeatedly until no more pairs are found. The
+modifications stem from the fact that there may already be oldindex info
+associated with the virtual screen, which has to be respected.
+
+ We don't worry about false pairs produced by hash collisions, on the
+assumption that such cases are rare and will only make the latter stages
+of update less efficient, not introduce errors.
+
+HOW TO TEST THIS:
+
+Use the following production:
+
+hashmap: hashmap.c
+ $(CC) -g -DHASHDEBUG hashmap.c hardscroll.c ../objects/lib_trace.o -o hashmap
+
+AUTHOR
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>, May 1996
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: hashmap.c,v 1.12 1997/05/03 20:30:06 tom Exp $")
+
+#ifdef HASHDEBUG
+#define LINES 24
+#define TEXTWIDTH 1
+int oldnums[LINES], reallines[LINES];
+static chtype oldtext[LINES][TEXTWIDTH], newtext[LINES][TEXTWIDTH];
+#define OLDNUM(n) oldnums[n]
+#define REAL(m) reallines[m]
+#define OLDTEXT(n) oldtext[n]
+#define NEWTEXT(m) newtext[m]
+#undef T
+#define T(x) (void) printf x ; (void) putchar('\n');
+#else
+#include <curses.h>
+#define OLDNUM(n) newscr->_line[n].oldindex
+#define REAL(m) curscr->_line[m].oldindex
+#define OLDTEXT(n) curscr->_line[n].text
+#define NEWTEXT(m) newscr->_line[m].text
+#define TEXTWIDTH (curscr->_maxx+1)
+#ifndef _NEWINDEX
+#define _NEWINDEX -1
+#endif /* _NEWINDEX */
+#endif /* HASHDEBUG */
+
+/* Chris Torek's hash function (from his DB package). */
+static inline unsigned long hash4(const void *key, size_t len)
+{
+ register long h, loop;
+ register unsigned const char *k;
+
+#define HASH4a h = (h << 5) - h + *k++;
+#define HASH4b h = (h << 5) + h + *k++;
+#define HASH4 HASH4b
+ h = 0;
+ k = (unsigned const char *)key;
+ if (len > 0) {
+ loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+ switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
+ case 0:
+ do { /* All fall throughs */
+ HASH4;
+ case 7:
+ HASH4;
+ case 6:
+ HASH4;
+ case 5:
+ HASH4;
+ case 4:
+ HASH4;
+ case 3:
+ HASH4;
+ case 2:
+ HASH4;
+ case 1:
+ HASH4;
+ } while (--loop);
+ }
+ }
+ return ((unsigned long)h);
+}
+
+static inline unsigned long hash(chtype *text)
+{
+ return(hash4(text, TEXTWIDTH*sizeof(*text)));
+}
+
+void _nc_hash_map(void)
+{
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned long hashval;
+ int oldcount, newcount;
+ int oldindex, newindex;
+ }
+ sym;
+ sym hashtab[MAXLINES*2], *sp;
+ register int i;
+ long oldhash[MAXLINES], newhash[MAXLINES];
+ bool keepgoing;
+
+ /*
+ * Set up and count line-hash values.
+ */
+ memset(hashtab, '\0', sizeof(sym) * MAXLINES);
+ for (i = 0; i < LINES; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned long hashval = hash(OLDTEXT(i));
+
+ for (sp = hashtab; sp->hashval; sp++)
+ if (sp->hashval == hashval)
+ break;
+ sp->hashval = hashval; /* in case this is a new entry */
+ oldhash[i] = hashval;
+ sp->oldcount++;
+ sp->oldindex = i;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < LINES; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned long hashval = hash(NEWTEXT(i));
+
+ for (sp = hashtab; sp->hashval; sp++)
+ if (sp->hashval == hashval)
+ break;
+ sp->hashval = hashval; /* in case this is a new entry */
+ newhash[i] = hashval;
+ sp->newcount++;
+ sp->newindex = i;
+
+ OLDNUM(i) = _NEWINDEX;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Mark line pairs corresponding to unique hash pairs.
+ * Note: we only do this where the new line doesn't
+ * already have a valid oldindex -- this way we preserve the
+ * information left in place by the software scrolling functions.
+ */
+ for (sp = hashtab; sp->hashval; sp++)
+ if (sp->oldcount == 1 && sp->newcount == 1
+ && OLDNUM(sp->newindex) == _NEWINDEX)
+ {
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE,
+ ("new line %d is hash-identical to old line %d (unique)",
+ sp->newindex, sp->oldindex));
+ OLDNUM(sp->newindex) = sp->oldindex;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now for the tricky part. We have unique pairs to use as anchors.
+ * Use these to deduce the presence of spans of identical lines.
+ */
+ do {
+ keepgoing = FALSE;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < LINES-1; i++)
+ if (OLDNUM(i) != _NEWINDEX && OLDNUM(i+1) == _NEWINDEX)
+ {
+ if (OLDNUM(i) + 1 < LINES
+ && newhash[i+1] == oldhash[OLDNUM(i) + 1])
+ {
+ OLDNUM(i+1) = OLDNUM(i) + 1;
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE,
+ ("new line %d is hash-identical to old line %d (forward continuation)",
+ i+1, OLDNUM(i) + 1));
+ keepgoing = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < LINES-1; i++)
+ if (OLDNUM(i) != _NEWINDEX && OLDNUM(i-1) == _NEWINDEX)
+ {
+ if (OLDNUM(i) - 1 >= 0
+ && newhash[i-1] == oldhash[OLDNUM(i) - 1])
+ {
+ OLDNUM(i-1) = OLDNUM(i) - 1;
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE,
+ ("new line %d is hash-identical to old line %d (backward continuation)",
+ i-1, OLDNUM(i) - 1));
+ keepgoing = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ } while
+ (keepgoing);
+}
+
+#ifdef HASHDEBUG
+
+int
+main(int argc GCC_UNUSED, char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ extern void _nc_linedump(void);
+ char line[BUFSIZ], *st;
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ {
+ reallines[n] = n;
+ oldnums[n] = _NEWINDEX;
+ oldtext[n][0] = newtext[n][0] = '.';
+ }
+
+ _nc_tracing = TRACE_MOVE;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* grab a test command */
+ if (fgets(line, sizeof(line), stdin) == (char *)NULL)
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+ switch(line[0])
+ {
+ case '#': /* comment */
+ (void) fputs(line, stderr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'l': /* get initial line number vector */
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ {
+ reallines[n] = n;
+ oldnums[n] = _NEWINDEX;
+ }
+ n = 0;
+ st = strtok(line, " ");
+ do {
+ oldnums[n++] = atoi(st);
+ } while
+ ((st = strtok((char *)NULL, " ")) != 0);
+ break;
+
+ case 'n': /* use following letters as text of new lines */
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ newtext[n][0] = '.';
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ if (line[n+1] == '\n')
+ break;
+ else
+ newtext[n][0] = line[n+1];
+ break;
+
+ case 'o': /* use following letters as text of old lines */
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ oldtext[n][0] = '.';
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ if (line[n+1] == '\n')
+ break;
+ else
+ oldtext[n][0] = line[n+1];
+ break;
+
+ case 'd': /* dump state of test arrays */
+ _nc_linedump();
+ (void) fputs("Old lines: [", stdout);
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ putchar(oldtext[n][0]);
+ putchar(']');
+ putchar('\n');
+ (void) fputs("New lines: [", stdout);
+ for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++)
+ putchar(newtext[n][0]);
+ putchar(']');
+ putchar('\n');
+ break;
+
+ case 'h': /* apply hash mapper and see scroll optimization */
+ _nc_hash_map();
+ (void) fputs("Result:\n", stderr);
+ _nc_linedump();
+ _nc_scroll_optimize();
+ (void) fputs("Done.\n", stderr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif /* HASHDEBUG */
+
+/* hashmap.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+key_a1 KEY_A1
+key_a3 KEY_A3
+key_b2 KEY_B2
+key_backspace KEY_BACKSPACE
+key_beg KEY_BEG
+key_btab KEY_BTAB
+key_c1 KEY_C1
+key_c3 KEY_C3
+key_cancel KEY_CANCEL
+key_catab KEY_CATAB
+key_clear KEY_CLEAR
+key_close KEY_CLOSE
+key_command KEY_COMMAND
+key_copy KEY_COPY
+key_create KEY_CREATE
+key_ctab KEY_CTAB
+key_dc KEY_DC
+key_dl KEY_DL
+key_down KEY_DOWN
+key_eic KEY_EIC
+key_end KEY_END
+key_enter KEY_ENTER
+key_eol KEY_EOL
+key_eos KEY_EOS
+key_exit KEY_EXIT
+key_f0 KEY_F(0)
+key_f1 KEY_F(1)
+key_f2 KEY_F(2)
+key_f3 KEY_F(3)
+key_f4 KEY_F(4)
+key_f5 KEY_F(5)
+key_f6 KEY_F(6)
+key_f7 KEY_F(7)
+key_f8 KEY_F(8)
+key_f9 KEY_F(9)
+key_f10 KEY_F(10)
+key_f11 KEY_F(11)
+key_f12 KEY_F(12)
+key_f13 KEY_F(13)
+key_f14 KEY_F(14)
+key_f15 KEY_F(15)
+key_f16 KEY_F(16)
+key_f17 KEY_F(17)
+key_f18 KEY_F(18)
+key_f19 KEY_F(19)
+key_f20 KEY_F(20)
+key_f21 KEY_F(21)
+key_f22 KEY_F(22)
+key_f23 KEY_F(23)
+key_f24 KEY_F(24)
+key_f25 KEY_F(25)
+key_f26 KEY_F(26)
+key_f27 KEY_F(27)
+key_f28 KEY_F(28)
+key_f29 KEY_F(29)
+key_f30 KEY_F(30)
+key_f31 KEY_F(31)
+key_f32 KEY_F(32)
+key_f33 KEY_F(33)
+key_f34 KEY_F(34)
+key_f35 KEY_F(35)
+key_f36 KEY_F(36)
+key_f37 KEY_F(37)
+key_f38 KEY_F(38)
+key_f39 KEY_F(39)
+key_f40 KEY_F(40)
+key_f41 KEY_F(41)
+key_f42 KEY_F(42)
+key_f43 KEY_F(43)
+key_f44 KEY_F(44)
+key_f45 KEY_F(45)
+key_f46 KEY_F(46)
+key_f47 KEY_F(47)
+key_f48 KEY_F(48)
+key_f49 KEY_F(49)
+key_f50 KEY_F(50)
+key_f51 KEY_F(51)
+key_f52 KEY_F(52)
+key_f53 KEY_F(53)
+key_f54 KEY_F(54)
+key_f55 KEY_F(55)
+key_f56 KEY_F(56)
+key_f57 KEY_F(57)
+key_f58 KEY_F(58)
+key_f59 KEY_F(59)
+key_f60 KEY_F(60)
+key_f61 KEY_F(61)
+key_f62 KEY_F(62)
+key_f63 KEY_F(63)
+key_find KEY_FIND
+key_help KEY_HELP
+key_home KEY_HOME
+key_ic KEY_IC
+key_il KEY_IL
+key_left KEY_LEFT
+key_ll KEY_LL
+key_mark KEY_MARK
+key_message KEY_MESSAGE
+key_move KEY_MOVE
+key_next KEY_NEXT
+key_npage KEY_NPAGE
+key_open KEY_OPEN
+key_options KEY_OPTIONS
+key_ppage KEY_PPAGE
+key_previous KEY_PREVIOUS
+key_print KEY_PRINT
+key_redo KEY_REDO
+key_reference KEY_REFERENCE
+key_refresh KEY_REFRESH
+key_replace KEY_REPLACE
+key_restart KEY_RESTART
+key_resume KEY_RESUME
+key_right KEY_RIGHT
+key_save KEY_SAVE
+key_sbeg KEY_SBEG
+key_scancel KEY_SCANCEL
+key_scommand KEY_SCOMMAND
+key_scopy KEY_SCOPY
+key_screate KEY_SCREATE
+key_sdc KEY_SDC
+key_sdl KEY_SDL
+key_select KEY_SELECT
+key_send KEY_SEND
+key_seol KEY_SEOL
+key_sexit KEY_SEXIT
+key_sf KEY_SF
+key_sfind KEY_SFIND
+key_shelp KEY_SHELP
+key_shome KEY_SHOME
+key_sic KEY_SIC
+key_sleft KEY_SLEFT
+key_smessage KEY_SMESSAGE
+key_smove KEY_SMOVE
+key_snext KEY_SNEXT
+key_soptions KEY_SOPTIONS
+key_sprevious KEY_SPREVIOUS
+key_sprint KEY_SPRINT
+key_sr KEY_SR
+key_sredo KEY_SREDO
+key_sreplace KEY_SREPLACE
+key_sright KEY_SRIGHT
+key_srsume KEY_SRSUME
+key_ssave KEY_SSAVE
+key_ssuspend KEY_SSUSPEND
+key_stab KEY_STAB
+key_sundo KEY_SUNDO
+key_suspend KEY_SUSPEND
+key_undo KEY_UNDO
+key_up KEY_UP
+key_mouse KEY_MOUSE
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* ena_acs, acs_chars */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_acs.c,v 1.8 1997/04/24 11:04:07 tom Exp $")
+
+chtype acs_map[128];
+
+void init_acs(void)
+{
+ T(("initializing ACS map"));
+
+ /*
+ * Initializations for a UNIX-like multi-terminal environment. Use
+ * ASCII chars and count on the terminfo description to do better.
+ */
+ ACS_ULCORNER = '+'; /* should be upper left corner */
+ ACS_LLCORNER = '+'; /* should be lower left corner */
+ ACS_URCORNER = '+'; /* should be upper right corner */
+ ACS_LRCORNER = '+'; /* should be lower right corner */
+ ACS_RTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing left */
+ ACS_LTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing right */
+ ACS_BTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing up */
+ ACS_TTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing down */
+ ACS_HLINE = '-'; /* should be horizontal line */
+ ACS_VLINE = '|'; /* should be vertical line */
+ ACS_PLUS = '+'; /* should be large plus or crossover */
+ ACS_S1 = '~'; /* should be scan line 1 */
+ ACS_S9 = '_'; /* should be scan line 9 */
+ ACS_DIAMOND = '+'; /* should be diamond */
+ ACS_CKBOARD = ':'; /* should be checker board (stipple) */
+ ACS_DEGREE = '\''; /* should be degree symbol */
+ ACS_PLMINUS = '#'; /* should be plus/minus */
+ ACS_BULLET = 'o'; /* should be bullet */
+ ACS_LARROW = '<'; /* should be arrow pointing left */
+ ACS_RARROW = '>'; /* should be arrow pointing right */
+ ACS_DARROW = 'v'; /* should be arrow pointing down */
+ ACS_UARROW = '^'; /* should be arrow pointing up */
+ ACS_BOARD = '#'; /* should be board of squares */
+ ACS_LANTERN = '#'; /* should be lantern symbol */
+ ACS_BLOCK = '#'; /* should be solid square block */
+ /* these defaults were invented for ncurses */
+ ACS_S3 = '-'; /* should be scan line 3 */
+ ACS_S7 = '-'; /* should be scan line 7 */
+ ACS_LEQUAL = '<'; /* should be less-than-or-equal-to */
+ ACS_GEQUAL = '>'; /* should be greater-than-or-equal-to */
+ ACS_PI = '*'; /* should be greek pi */
+ ACS_NEQUAL = '!'; /* should be not-equal */
+ ACS_STERLING = 'f'; /* should be pound-sterling symbol */
+
+#ifdef ena_acs
+ if (ena_acs != NULL)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("ena_acs");
+ putp(ena_acs);
+ }
+#endif /* ena_acs */
+
+#ifdef acs_chars
+#define ALTCHAR(c) (TextOf(c) | A_ALTCHARSET)
+
+ if (acs_chars != NULL) {
+ size_t i = 0;
+ size_t length = strlen(acs_chars);
+
+ while (i < length)
+ switch (acs_chars[i]) {
+ case 'l':case 'm':case 'k':case 'j':
+ case 'u':case 't':case 'v':case 'w':
+ case 'q':case 'x':case 'n':case 'o':
+ case 's':case '`':case 'a':case 'f':
+ case 'g':case '~':case ',':case '+':
+ case '.':case '-':case 'h':case 'I':
+ case '0':case 'p':case 'r':case 'y':
+ case 'z':case '{':case '|':case '}':
+ acs_map[(unsigned int)acs_chars[i]] =
+ ALTCHAR(acs_chars[i+1]);
+ i++;
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ default:
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef TRACE
+#define SIZEOF(v) (sizeof(v)/sizeof(v[0]))
+ /* Show the equivalent mapping, noting if it does not match the
+ * given attribute, whether by re-ordering or duplication.
+ */
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_CALLS) {
+ size_t n, m;
+ char show[SIZEOF(acs_map) + 1];
+ for (n = 1, m = 0; n < SIZEOF(acs_map); n++) {
+ if (acs_map[n] != 0) {
+ show[m++] = (char)n;
+ show[m++] = TextOf(acs_map[n]);
+ }
+ }
+ show[m] = 0;
+ _tracef("%s acs_chars %s",
+ (acs_chars == NULL)
+ ? "NULL"
+ : (strcmp(acs_chars, show)
+ ? "DIFF"
+ : "SAME"),
+ _nc_visbuf(show));
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+#endif /* acs_char */
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_adabind.c
+**
+** Some small wrappers to ease the implementation of an Ada95
+** binding. Especially functionalities only available as macros
+** in (n)curses are wrapped here by functions.
+** See the documentation and copyright notices in the ../Ada95
+** subdirectory.
+*/
+#include "curses.priv.h"
+
+/* In (n)curses are a few functionalities that can't be expressed as
+// functions, because for historic reasons they use as macro argument
+// variable names that are "out" parameters. For those macros we provide
+// small wrappers.
+*/
+
+/* Prototypes for the functions in this module */
+int _nc_ada_getmaxyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
+int _nc_ada_getbegyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
+int _nc_ada_getyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
+int _nc_ada_getparyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
+int _nc_ada_isscroll (WINDOW *win);
+int _nc_ada_coord_transform (WINDOW *win, int *Y, int *X, int dir);
+void _nc_ada_mouse_event (mmask_t m, int *b, int *s);
+int _nc_ada_mouse_mask (int button, int state, mmask_t *mask);
+void _nc_ada_unregister_mouse (void);
+
+
+int _nc_ada_getmaxyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
+{
+ if (win && y && x)
+ {
+ getmaxyx(win,*y,*x);
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int _nc_ada_getbegyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
+{
+ if (win && y && x)
+ {
+ getbegyx(win,*y,*x);
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int _nc_ada_getyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
+{
+ if (win && y && x)
+ {
+ getyx(win,*y,*x);
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int _nc_ada_getparyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
+{
+ if (win && y && x)
+ {
+ getparyx(win,*y,*x);
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int _nc_ada_isscroll (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ return win ? (win->_scroll ? TRUE : FALSE) : ERR;
+}
+
+int _nc_ada_coord_transform( WINDOW *win, int *Y, int *X, int dir)
+{
+ if (win && Y && X)
+ {
+ int y = *Y; int x = *X;
+ if (dir)
+ { /* to screen coordinates */
+ y += win->_yoffset;
+ y += win->_begy;
+ x += win->_begx;
+ if (!wenclose(win,y,x))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* from screen coordinates */
+ if (!wenclose(win,y,x))
+ return FALSE;
+ y -= win->_yoffset;
+ y -= win->_begy;
+ x -= win->_begx;
+ }
+ *X = x;
+ *Y = y;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+#define BUTTON1_EVENTS (BUTTON1_RELEASED |\
+ BUTTON1_PRESSED |\
+ BUTTON1_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT )
+
+#define BUTTON2_EVENTS (BUTTON2_RELEASED |\
+ BUTTON2_PRESSED |\
+ BUTTON2_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT )
+
+#define BUTTON3_EVENTS (BUTTON3_RELEASED |\
+ BUTTON3_PRESSED |\
+ BUTTON3_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT )
+
+#define BUTTON4_EVENTS (BUTTON4_RELEASED |\
+ BUTTON4_PRESSED |\
+ BUTTON4_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\
+ BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT )
+
+void _nc_ada_mouse_event( mmask_t m, int *b, int *s )
+{
+ int k = 0;
+
+ if ( m & BUTTON1_EVENTS)
+ {
+ k = 1;
+ }
+ else if ( m & BUTTON2_EVENTS)
+ {
+ k = 2;
+ }
+ else if ( m & BUTTON3_EVENTS)
+ {
+ k = 3;
+ }
+ else if ( m & BUTTON4_EVENTS)
+ {
+ k = 4;
+ }
+
+ if (k)
+ {
+ *b = k-1;
+ if (BUTTON_RELEASE(m,k)) *s = 0;
+ else if (BUTTON_PRESS(m,k)) *s = 1;
+ else if (BUTTON_CLICK(m,k)) *s = 2;
+ else if (BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(m,k)) *s = 3;
+ else if (BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(m,k)) *s = 4;
+ else if (BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(m,k)) *s = 5;
+ else
+ {
+ *s = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *s = 1;
+ if (m & BUTTON_CTRL) *b = 4;
+ else if (m & BUTTON_SHIFT) *b = 5;
+ else if (m & BUTTON_ALT) *b = 6;
+ else
+ {
+ *b = -1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+int _nc_ada_mouse_mask ( int button, int state, mmask_t *mask )
+{
+ mmask_t b = (button<4) ? ((1<<button) << (6 * state)) :
+ (BUTTON_CTRL << (button-4));
+
+ if (button>=4 && state!=1)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *mask |= b;
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void _nc_ada_unregister_mouse (void)
+{
+ _nc_mouse_wrap(SP);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_addch.c
+**
+** The routines waddch(), wattr_on(), wattr_off(), wchgat().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_addch.c,v 1.30 1997/04/12 17:45:55 tom Exp $")
+
+int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, const attr_t at)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wattr_on(%p,%s)"), win, _traceattr(at)));
+ T(("... current %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs)));
+ toggle_attr_on(win->_attrs,at);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, const attr_t at)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wattr_off(%p,%s)"), win, _traceattr(at)));
+ T(("... current %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs)));
+ toggle_attr_off(win->_attrs,at);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wchgat(%p,%d,%s,%d)"), win, n, _traceattr(attr), color));
+
+ toggle_attr_on(attr,COLOR_PAIR(color));
+
+ for (i = win->_curx; i <= win->_maxx && (n == -1 || (n-- > 0)); i++)
+ win->_line[win->_cury].text[i]
+ = ch_or_attr(TextOf(win->_line[win->_cury].text[i]),attr);
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ugly microtweaking alert. Everything from here to end of module is
+ * likely to be speed-critical -- profiling data sure says it is!
+ * Most of the important screen-painting functions are shells around
+ * waddch(). So we make every effort to reduce function-call overhead
+ * by inlining stuff, even at the cost of making wrapped copies for
+ * export. Also we supply some internal versions that don't call the
+ * window sync hook, for use by string-put functions.
+ */
+
+static inline chtype render_char(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+/* compute a rendition of the given char correct for the current context */
+{
+ if (TextOf(ch) == ' ')
+ ch = ch_or_attr(ch, win->_bkgd);
+ else if (!(ch & A_ATTRIBUTES))
+ ch = ch_or_attr(ch, (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("bkg = %#lx -> ch = %#lx", win->_bkgd, ch));
+
+ return(ch);
+}
+
+chtype _nc_background(WINDOW *win)
+/* make render_char() visible while still allowing us to inline it below */
+{
+ return(render_char(win, BLANK));
+}
+
+chtype _nc_render(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+/* make render_char() visible while still allowing us to inline it below */
+{
+ chtype c = render_char(win,ch);
+ return (ch_or_attr(c,win->_attrs));
+}
+
+/* check if position is legal; if not, return error */
+#ifdef NDEBUG /* treat this like an assertion */
+#define CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y) \
+ if (y > win->_maxy \
+ || x > win->_maxx \
+ || y < 0 \
+ || x < 0) { \
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("Alert! Win=%p _curx = %d, _cury = %d " \
+ "(_maxx = %d, _maxy = %d)", win, x, y, \
+ win->_maxx, win->_maxy)); \
+ return(ERR); \
+ }
+#else
+#define CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y) /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+static inline
+int waddch_literal(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+register int x, y;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+ y = win->_cury;
+
+ CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y);
+
+ /*
+ * If we're trying to add a character at the lower-right corner more
+ * than once, fail. (Moving the cursor will clear the flag).
+ */
+ if (win->_flags & _WRAPPED) {
+ if (x >= win->_maxx)
+ return (ERR);
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ }
+
+ ch = render_char(win, ch);
+ ch = ch_or_attr(ch,win->_attrs);
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("win attr = %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs)));
+
+ if (win->_line[y].text[x] != ch) {
+ if (win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = win->_line[y].lastchar = x;
+ else if (x < win->_line[y].firstchar)
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = x;
+ else if (x > win->_line[y].lastchar)
+ win->_line[y].lastchar = x;
+
+ }
+
+ win->_line[y].text[x++] = ch;
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("(%d, %d) = %s", y, x, _tracechtype(ch)));
+ if (x > win->_maxx) {
+ /*
+ * The _WRAPPED flag is useful only for telling an application
+ * that we've just wrapped the cursor. We don't do anything
+ * with this flag except set it when wrapping, and clear it
+ * whenever we move the cursor. If we try to wrap at the
+ * lower-right corner of a window, we cannot move the cursor
+ * (since that wouldn't be legal). So we return an error
+ * (which is what SVr4 does). Unlike SVr4, we can successfully
+ * add a character to the lower-right corner.
+ */
+ win->_flags |= _WRAPPED;
+ if (++y > win->_regbottom) {
+ y = win->_regbottom;
+ x = win->_maxx;
+ if (win->_scroll)
+ scroll(win);
+ else {
+ win->_curx = x;
+ win->_cury = y;
+ return (ERR);
+ }
+ }
+ x = 0;
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = x;
+ win->_cury = y;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+static inline
+int waddch_nosync(WINDOW *win, const chtype c)
+/* the workhorse function -- add a character to the given window */
+{
+register chtype ch = c;
+register int x, y;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+ y = win->_cury;
+
+ CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y);
+
+ if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET)
+ goto noctrl;
+
+ switch ((int)TextOf(ch)) {
+ case '\t':
+ x += (TABSIZE-(x%TABSIZE));
+
+ /*
+ * Space-fill the tab on the bottom line so that we'll get the
+ * "correct" cursor position.
+ */
+ if ((! win->_scroll && (y == win->_regbottom))
+ || (x <= win->_maxx)) {
+ while (win->_curx < x) {
+ if (waddch_literal(win, (' ' | AttrOf(ch))) == ERR)
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+ break;
+ } else {
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+ win->_flags |= _WRAPPED;
+ if (++y > win->_regbottom) {
+ x = win->_maxx;
+ y--;
+ if (win->_scroll) {
+ scroll(win);
+ x = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ x = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case '\n':
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+ if (++y > win->_regbottom) {
+ y--;
+ if (win->_scroll)
+ scroll(win);
+ else
+ return (ERR);
+ }
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ case '\r':
+ x = 0;
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ break;
+ case '\b':
+ if (x > 0) {
+ x--;
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (is7bits(TextOf(ch)) && iscntrl(TextOf(ch)))
+ return(waddstr(win, unctrl((unsigned char)ch)));
+
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ noctrl:
+ return waddch_literal(win, ch);
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = x;
+ win->_cury = y;
+
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int _nc_waddch_nosync(WINDOW *win, const chtype c)
+/* export copy of waddch_nosync() so the string-put functions can use it */
+{
+ return(waddch_nosync(win, c));
+}
+
+/*
+ * The versions below call _nc_synhook(). We wanted to avoid this in the
+ * version exported for string puts; they'll call _nc_synchook once at end
+ * of run.
+ */
+
+/* These are actual entry points */
+
+int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+ int code = ERR;
+
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_CALLED("waddch(%p, %s)"), win, _tracechtype(ch)));
+
+ if (waddch_nosync(win, ch) != ERR)
+ {
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ code = OK;
+ }
+
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_RETURN("%d"), code));
+ return(code);
+}
+
+int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+ int code = ERR;
+
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_CALLED("wechochar(%p, %s)"), win, _tracechtype(ch)));
+
+ if (waddch_literal(win, ch) != ERR)
+ {
+ bool save_immed = win->_immed;
+ win->_immed = TRUE;
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ win->_immed = save_immed;
+ code = OK;
+ }
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_RETURN("%d"), code));
+ return(code);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_addstr.c
+*
+** The routines waddnstr(), waddchnstr().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_addstr.c,v 1.11 1997/03/08 21:38:52 tom Exp $")
+
+int
+waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *const astr, int n)
+{
+unsigned const char *str = (unsigned const char *)astr;
+int code = ERR;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("waddnstr(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _nc_visbuf(astr), n));
+ T(("... current %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs)));
+
+ if (str != 0) {
+
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("str is not null"));
+ code = OK;
+ if (n < 0)
+ n = (int)strlen(astr);
+
+ while((n-- > 0) && (*str != '\0')) {
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("*str = %#x", *str));
+ if (_nc_waddch_nosync(win, (chtype)*str++) == ERR) {
+ code = ERR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("waddnstr returns %d", code));
+ returnCode(code);
+}
+
+int
+waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *const astr, int n)
+{
+short oy = win->_cury;
+short ox = win->_curx;
+const chtype *str = (const chtype *)astr;
+int code = OK;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("waddchnstr(%p,%p,%d)"), win, str, n));
+
+ if (n < 0) {
+ n = 0;
+ while (*str++ != 0)
+ n++;
+ str = (const chtype *)astr;
+ }
+
+ while(n-- > 0) {
+ if (_nc_waddch_nosync(win, *str++) == ERR) {
+ code = ERR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = ox;
+ win->_cury = oy;
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(code);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_baudrate.c
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* cur_term, pad_char */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_baudrate.c,v 1.7 1997/04/26 17:41:48 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * int
+ * baudrate()
+ *
+ * Returns the current terminal's baud rate.
+ *
+ */
+
+struct speed {
+ speed_t s;
+ int sp;
+};
+
+static struct speed const speeds[] = {
+ {B0, 0},
+ {B50, 50},
+ {B75, 75},
+ {B110, 110},
+ {B134, 134},
+ {B150, 150},
+ {B200, 200},
+ {B300, 300},
+ {B600, 600},
+ {B1200, 1200},
+ {B1800, 1800},
+ {B2400, 2400},
+ {B4800, 4800},
+ {B9600, 9600},
+#define MAX_BAUD B9600
+#ifdef B19200
+#undef MAX_BAUD
+#define MAX_BAUD B19200
+ {B19200, 19200},
+#else
+#ifdef EXTA
+#define MAX_BAUD EXTA
+ {EXTA, 19200},
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef B38400
+#undef MAX_BAUD
+#define MAX_BAUD B38400
+ {B38400, 38400},
+#else
+#ifdef EXTB
+#define MAX_BAUD EXTB
+ {EXTB, 38400},
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef B57600
+#undef MAX_BAUD
+#define MAX_BAUD B57600
+ {B57600, 57600},
+#endif
+#ifdef B115200
+#undef MAX_BAUD
+#define MAX_BAUD B115200
+ {B115200, 115200},
+#endif
+};
+
+int
+baudrate(void)
+{
+size_t i;
+int ret;
+#ifdef TRACE
+char *debug_rate;
+#endif
+
+ T((T_CALLED("baudrate()")));
+
+ /*
+ * In debugging, allow the environment symbol to override when we're
+ * redirecting to a file, so we can construct repeatable test-cases
+ * that take into account costs that depend on baudrate.
+ */
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (!isatty(fileno(SP->_ofp))
+ && (debug_rate = getenv("BAUDRATE")) != 0) {
+ if (sscanf(debug_rate, "%d", &ret) != 1)
+ ret = 9600;
+ returnCode(ret);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ ret = cfgetospeed(&cur_term->Nttyb);
+#else
+ ret = cur_term->Nttyb.sg_ospeed;
+#endif
+ if(ret < 0 || ret > MAX_BAUD)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ SP->_baudrate = ERR;
+ for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(speeds) / sizeof(struct speed)); i++)
+ if (speeds[i].s == (speed_t)ret)
+ {
+ SP->_baudrate = speeds[i].sp;
+ break;
+ }
+ returnCode(SP->_baudrate);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * beep.c
+ *
+ * Routines beep() and flash()
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* beep, flash */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_beep.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 00:27:01 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * beep()
+ *
+ * Sound the current terminal's audible bell if it has one. If not,
+ * flash the screen if possible.
+ *
+ */
+
+int beep(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("beep()")));
+
+ /* FIXME: should make sure that we are not in altchar mode */
+ if (bell) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("bell");
+ return(putp(bell));
+ } else if (flash_screen) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("flash_screen");
+ return(putp(flash_screen));
+ }
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
+
+/*
+ * flash()
+ *
+ * Flash the current terminal's screen if possible. If not,
+ * sound the audible bell if one exists.
+ *
+ */
+
+int flash(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("flash()")));
+
+ /* FIXME: should make sure that we are not in altchar mode */
+ if (flash_screen) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("flash_screen");
+ returnCode(putp(flash_screen));
+ } else if (bell) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("bell");
+ returnCode(putp(bell));
+ }
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_bkgd.c,v 1.7 1997/04/12 17:44:37 tom Exp $")
+
+int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+int x, y;
+chtype old_bkgd = getbkgd(win);
+chtype new_bkgd = ch;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wbkgd(%p,%s)"), win, _tracechtype(new_bkgd)));
+
+ if (TextOf(new_bkgd) == 0)
+ new_bkgd |= BLANK;
+ wbkgdset(win, new_bkgd);
+ wattrset(win, AttrOf(new_bkgd));
+
+ for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) {
+ for (x = 0; x <= win->_maxx; x++) {
+ if (win->_line[y].text[x] == old_bkgd)
+ win->_line[y].text[x] = new_bkgd;
+ else
+ win->_line[y].text[x] =
+ TextOf(win->_line[y].text[x])
+ | AttrOf(new_bkgd);
+ }
+ }
+ touchwin(win);
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_box.c
+**
+** line drawing routines:
+** wborder()
+** whline()
+** wvline()
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_box.c,v 1.7 1997/04/12 17:51:49 tom Exp $")
+
+int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts,
+ chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
+{
+short i;
+short endx, endy;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wborder(%p,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s)"),
+ win,
+ _tracechtype2(1,ls),
+ _tracechtype2(2,rs),
+ _tracechtype2(3,ts),
+ _tracechtype2(4,bs),
+ _tracechtype2(5,tl),
+ _tracechtype2(6,tr),
+ _tracechtype2(7,bl),
+ _tracechtype2(8,br)));
+
+ if (ls == 0) ls = ACS_VLINE;
+ if (rs == 0) rs = ACS_VLINE;
+ if (ts == 0) ts = ACS_HLINE;
+ if (bs == 0) bs = ACS_HLINE;
+ if (tl == 0) tl = ACS_ULCORNER;
+ if (tr == 0) tr = ACS_URCORNER;
+ if (bl == 0) bl = ACS_LLCORNER;
+ if (br == 0) br = ACS_LRCORNER;
+
+ ls = _nc_render(win, ls);
+ rs = _nc_render(win, rs);
+ ts = _nc_render(win, ts);
+ bs = _nc_render(win, bs);
+ tl = _nc_render(win, tl);
+ tr = _nc_render(win, tr);
+ bl = _nc_render(win, bl);
+ br = _nc_render(win, br);
+
+ T(("using %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx", ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br));
+
+ endx = win->_maxx;
+ endy = win->_maxy;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= endx; i++) {
+ win->_line[0].text[i] = ts;
+ win->_line[endy].text[i] = bs;
+ }
+ win->_line[endy].firstchar = win->_line[0].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[endy].lastchar = win->_line[0].lastchar = endx;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= endy; i++) {
+ win->_line[i].text[0] = ls;
+ win->_line[i].text[endx] = rs;
+ win->_line[i].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[i].lastchar = endx;
+ }
+ win->_line[0].text[0] = tl;
+ win->_line[0].text[endx] = tr;
+ win->_line[endy].text[0] = bl;
+ win->_line[endy].text[endx] = br;
+
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+short line;
+short start;
+short end;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("whline(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _tracechtype(ch), n));
+
+ line = win->_cury;
+ start = win->_curx;
+ end = start + n - 1;
+ if (end > win->_maxx)
+ end = win->_maxx;
+
+ if (win->_line[line].firstchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[line].firstchar > start)
+ win->_line[line].firstchar = start;
+ if (win->_line[line].lastchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[line].lastchar < start)
+ win->_line[line].lastchar = end;
+
+ if (ch == 0)
+ ch = ACS_HLINE;
+ ch = _nc_render(win, ch);
+
+ while ( end >= start) {
+ win->_line[line].text[end] = ch;
+ end--;
+ }
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+short row, col;
+short end;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wvline(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _tracechtype(ch), n));
+
+ row = win->_cury;
+ col = win->_curx;
+ end = row + n - 1;
+ if (end > win->_maxy)
+ end = win->_maxy;
+
+ if (ch == 0)
+ ch = ACS_VLINE;
+ ch = _nc_render(win, ch);
+
+ while(end >= row) {
+ win->_line[end].text[col] = ch;
+ if (win->_line[end].firstchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[end].firstchar > col)
+ win->_line[end].firstchar = col;
+ if (win->_line[end].lastchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[end].lastchar < col)
+ win->_line[end].lastchar = col;
+ end--;
+ }
+
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_clear.c
+**
+** The routine wclear().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_clear.c,v 1.3 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $")
+
+int wclear(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wclear(%p)"), win));
+
+ werase(win);
+
+ win->_clear = TRUE;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_clrbot.c
+**
+** The routine wclrtobot().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_clrbot.c,v 1.9 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $")
+
+int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win)
+{
+chtype *ptr, *end, *maxx = NULL;
+short y, startx, minx;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wclrtobot(%p)"), win));
+
+ startx = win->_curx;
+
+ T(("clearing from y = %d to y = %d with maxx = %d", win->_cury, win->_maxy, win->_maxx));
+
+ for (y = win->_cury; y <= win->_maxy; y++) {
+ minx = _NOCHANGE;
+ end = &win->_line[y].text[win->_maxx];
+
+ for (ptr = &win->_line[y].text[startx]; ptr <= end; ptr++) {
+ chtype blank = _nc_background(win);
+
+ if (*ptr != blank) {
+ maxx = ptr;
+ if (minx == _NOCHANGE)
+ minx = ptr - win->_line[y].text;
+ *ptr = blank;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (minx != _NOCHANGE) {
+ if (win->_line[y].firstchar > minx
+ || win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = minx;
+
+ if (win->_line[y].lastchar < maxx - win->_line[y].text)
+ win->_line[y].lastchar = maxx - win->_line[y].text;
+ }
+
+ startx = 0;
+ }
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_clreol.c
+**
+** The routine wclrtoeol().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_clreol.c,v 1.9 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $")
+
+int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win)
+{
+chtype *maxx, *ptr, *end;
+short y, x, minx;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wclrtoeol(%p)"), win));
+
+ y = win->_cury;
+ x = win->_curx;
+
+ /*
+ * We don't want to clear if we just wrapped the cursor. There's no
+ * point in clearing if we're not on a legal position, either.
+ */
+ if (win->_flags & _WRAPPED
+ || y > win->_maxy
+ || x > win->_maxx)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ end = &win->_line[y].text[win->_maxx];
+ minx = _NOCHANGE;
+ maxx = &win->_line[y].text[x];
+
+ for (ptr = maxx; ptr <= end; ptr++) {
+ chtype blank = _nc_background(win);
+
+ if (*ptr != blank) {
+ maxx = ptr;
+ if (minx == _NOCHANGE)
+ minx = ptr - win->_line[y].text;
+ *ptr = blank;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (minx != _NOCHANGE) {
+ if (win->_line[y].firstchar > minx || win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = minx;
+
+ if (win->_line[y].lastchar < maxx - win->_line[y].text)
+ win->_line[y].lastchar = maxx - win->_line[y].text;
+ }
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* lib_color.c
+ *
+ * Handles color emulation of SYS V curses
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_color.c,v 1.17 1997/05/03 19:16:05 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * These should be screen structure members. They need to be globals for
+ * hystorical reasons. So we assign them in start_color() and also in
+ * set_term()'s screen-switching logic.
+ */
+int COLOR_PAIRS;
+int COLORS;
+
+static const color_t cga_palette[] =
+{
+ /* R G B */
+ {0, 0, 0}, /* COLOR_BLACK */
+ {1000, 0, 0}, /* COLOR_RED */
+ {0, 1000, 0}, /* COLOR_GREEN */
+ {1000, 1000, 0}, /* COLOR_YELLOW */
+ {0, 0, 1000}, /* COLOR_BLUE */
+ {1000, 0, 1000}, /* COLOR_MAGENTA */
+ {0, 1000, 1000}, /* COLOR_CYAN */
+ {1000, 1000, 1000}, /* COLOR_WHITE */
+};
+static const color_t hls_palette[] =
+{
+ /* H L S */
+ {0, 0, 0}, /* COLOR_BLACK */
+ {120, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_RED */
+ {240, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_GREEN */
+ {180, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_YELLOW */
+ {330, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_BLUE */
+ {60, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_MAGENTA */
+ {300, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_CYAN */
+ {0, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_WHITE */
+};
+
+int start_color(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("start_color()")));
+
+#ifdef orig_pair
+ if (orig_pair != NULL)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("orig_pair");
+ putp(orig_pair);
+ }
+#endif /* orig_pair */
+#ifdef orig_colors
+ if (orig_colors != NULL)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("orig_colors");
+ putp(orig_colors);
+ }
+#endif /* orig_colors */
+#if defined(orig_pair) && defined(orig_colors)
+ if (!orig_pair && !orig_colors)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#endif /* defined(orig_pair) && defined(orig_colors) */
+ if (max_pairs != -1)
+ COLOR_PAIRS = SP->_pair_count = max_pairs;
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ SP->_color_pairs = typeCalloc(unsigned short, max_pairs);
+ SP->_color_pairs[0] = PAIR_OF(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ if (max_colors != -1)
+ COLORS = SP->_color_count = max_colors;
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ SP->_coloron = 1;
+
+ SP->_color_table = malloc(sizeof(color_t) * COLORS);
+#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation
+ if (hue_lightness_saturation)
+ memcpy(SP->_color_table, hls_palette, sizeof(color_t) * COLORS);
+ else
+#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */
+ memcpy(SP->_color_table, cga_palette, sizeof(color_t) * COLORS);
+
+ if (orig_colors)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("orig_colors");
+ putp(orig_colors);
+ }
+
+ T(("started color: COLORS = %d, COLOR_PAIRS = %d", COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS));
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation
+static void rgb2hls(short r, short g, short b, short *h, short *l, short *s)
+/* convert RGB to HLS system */
+{
+ short min, max, t;
+
+ if ((min = g < r ? g : r) > b) min = b;
+ if ((max = g > r ? g : r) < b) max = b;
+
+ /* calculate lightness */
+ *l = (min + max) / 20;
+
+ if (min == max) /* black, white and all shades of gray */
+ {
+ *h = 0;
+ *s = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* calculate saturation */
+ if (*l < 50)
+ *s = ((max - min) * 100) / (max + min);
+ else *s = ((max - min) * 100) / (2000 - max - min);
+
+ /* calculate hue */
+ if (r == max)
+ t = 120 + ((g - b) * 60) / (max - min);
+ else
+ if (g == max)
+ t = 240 + ((b - r) * 60) / (max - min);
+ else
+ t = 360 + ((r - g) * 60) / (max - min);
+
+ *h = t % 360;
+}
+#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */
+
+/*
+ * Extension (1997/1/18) - Allow negative f/b values to set default color
+ * values.
+ */
+int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("init_pair(%d,%d,%d)"), pair, f, b));
+
+ if ((pair < 1) || (pair >= COLOR_PAIRS))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ if (SP->_default_color)
+ {
+ if (f < 0)
+ f = C_MASK;
+ if (b < 0)
+ b = C_MASK;
+ if (f >= COLORS && f != C_MASK)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ if (b >= COLORS && b != C_MASK)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+ else
+ if ((f < 0) || (f >= COLORS)
+ || (b < 0) || (b >= COLORS))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ /*
+ * FIXME: when a pair's content is changed, replace its colors
+ * (if pair was initialized before a screen update is performed
+ * replacing original pair colors with the new ones)
+ */
+
+ SP->_color_pairs[pair] = PAIR_OF(f,b);
+
+ if (initialize_pair)
+ {
+ const color_t *tp = hue_lightness_saturation ? hls_palette : cga_palette;
+
+ T(("initializing pair: pair = %d, fg=(%d,%d,%d), bg=(%d,%d,%d)",
+ pair,
+ tp[f].red, tp[f].green, tp[f].blue,
+ tp[b].red, tp[b].green, tp[b].blue));
+
+ if (initialize_pair)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("initialize_pair");
+ putp(tparm(initialize_pair,
+ pair,
+ tp[f].red, tp[f].green, tp[f].blue,
+ tp[b].red, tp[b].green, tp[b].blue));
+ }
+ }
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("init_color(%d,%d,%d,%d)"), color, r, g, b));
+#ifdef initialize_color
+ if (initialize_color == NULL)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#endif /* initialize_color */
+
+ if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation
+ if (hue_lightness_saturation == TRUE)
+ if (r < 0 || r > 360 || g < 0 || g > 100 || b < 0 || b > 100)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ if (hue_lightness_saturation == FALSE)
+#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */
+ if (r < 0 || r > 1000 || g < 0 || g > 1000 || b < 0 || b > 1000)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation
+ if (hue_lightness_saturation)
+ rgb2hls(r, g, b,
+ &SP->_color_table[color].red,
+ &SP->_color_table[color].green,
+ &SP->_color_table[color].blue);
+ else
+#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */
+ {
+ SP->_color_table[color].red = r;
+ SP->_color_table[color].green = g;
+ SP->_color_table[color].blue = b;
+ }
+
+#ifdef initialize_color
+ if (initialize_color)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("initialize_color");
+ putp(tparm(initialize_color, color, r, g, b));
+ }
+#endif /* initialize_color */
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+bool can_change_color(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("can_change_color()")));
+ returnCode(can_change != 0);
+}
+
+bool has_colors(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("has_colors()")));
+ returnCode((orig_pair != NULL || orig_colors != NULL)
+ && (max_colors != -1) && (max_pairs != -1)
+ &&
+ (((set_foreground != NULL) && (set_background != NULL))
+ || ((set_a_foreground != NULL) && (set_a_background != NULL))
+ || set_color_pair)
+ );
+}
+
+int color_content(short color, short *r, short *g, short *b)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("color_content(%d,%p,%p,%p)"), color, r, g, b));
+ if (color < 0 || color > COLORS)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ *r = SP->_color_table[color].red;
+ *g = SP->_color_table[color].green;
+ *b = SP->_color_table[color].blue;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("pair_content(%d,%p,%p)"), pair, f, b));
+
+ if ((pair < 0) || (pair > COLOR_PAIRS))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ *f = ((SP->_color_pairs[pair] >> C_SHIFT) & C_MASK);
+ *b = (SP->_color_pairs[pair] & C_MASK);
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * SVr4 curses is known to interchange color codes (1,4) and (3,6), possibly
+ * to maintain compatibility with a pre-ANSI scheme. The same scheme is
+ * also used in the FreeBSD syscons.
+ */
+static int toggled_colors(int c)
+{
+ if (c < 16) {
+ static const int table[] =
+ { 0, 4, 2, 6, 1, 5, 3, 7,
+ 8, 12, 10, 14, 9, 13, 11, 15};
+ c = table[c];
+ }
+ return c;
+}
+
+void _nc_do_color(int pair, int (*outc)(int))
+{
+ short fg, bg;
+
+ if (pair == 0)
+ {
+ if (orig_pair)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("orig_pair");
+ tputs(orig_pair, 1, outc);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (set_color_pair)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("set_color_pair");
+ tputs(tparm(set_color_pair, pair), 1, outc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pair_content(pair, &fg, &bg);
+
+ T(("setting colors: pair = %d, fg = %d, bg = %d", pair, fg, bg));
+
+ if (fg == C_MASK || bg == C_MASK)
+ {
+ if (orig_pair)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("orig_pair");
+ tputs(orig_pair, 1, outc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("orig_colors");
+ tputs(orig_colors, 1, outc);
+ }
+ }
+ if (fg != C_MASK)
+ {
+ if (set_a_foreground)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("set_a_foreground");
+ tputs(tparm(set_a_foreground, fg), 1, outc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("set_foreground");
+ tputs(tparm(set_foreground, toggled_colors(fg)), 1, outc);
+ }
+ }
+ if (bg != C_MASK)
+ {
+ if (set_a_background)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("set_a_background");
+ tputs(tparm(set_a_background, bg), 1, outc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("set_background");
+ tputs(tparm(set_background, toggled_colors(bg)), 1, outc);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_data.c
+**
+** Common data that may/may not be allocated, but is referenced globally
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_data.c,v 1.8 1997/01/18 23:02:54 tom Exp $")
+
+WINDOW *stdscr, *curscr, *newscr;
+
+/*
+ * Linked-list of all windows, to support '_nc_resizeall()' and '_nc_freeall()'
+ */
+WINDOWLIST *_nc_windows;
+
+/*
+ * These data correspond to the state of the idcok() and idlok() functions. A
+ * caveat is in order here: the XSI and SVr4 documentation specify that these
+ * functions apply to the window which is given as an argument. However,
+ * ncurses implements this logic only for the newscr/curscr update process,
+ * _not_ per-window.
+ */
+bool _nc_idcok = TRUE;
+bool _nc_idlok = FALSE;
+
+/*
+ * The variable 'SP' will be defined as a function on systems that cannot link
+ * data-only modules, since it is used in a lot of places within ncurses and we
+ * cannot guarantee that any application will use any particular function. We
+ * put the WINDOW variables in this module, because it appears that any
+ * application that uses them will also use 'SP'.
+ *
+ * This module intentionally does not reference other ncurses modules, to avoid
+ * module coupling that increases the size of the executable.
+ */
+#if BROKEN_LINKER
+static SCREEN *my_screen;
+
+SCREEN *_nc_screen(void)
+{
+ return my_screen;
+}
+
+int _nc_alloc_screen(void)
+{
+ return ((my_screen = typeCalloc(SCREEN, 1)) != 0);
+}
+
+void _nc_set_screen(SCREEN *sp)
+{
+ my_screen = sp;
+}
+#else
+SCREEN *SP;
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_delch.c
+**
+** The routine wdelch().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_delch.c,v 1.5 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $")
+
+int wdelch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+chtype *temp1, *temp2;
+chtype *end;
+chtype blank = _nc_background(win);
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wdelch(%p)"), win));
+
+ end = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_maxx];
+ temp2 = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_curx + 1];
+ temp1 = temp2 - 1;
+
+ while (temp1 < end)
+ *temp1++ = *temp2++;
+
+ *temp1 = blank;
+
+ win->_line[win->_cury].lastchar = win->_maxx;
+
+ if (win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar == _NOCHANGE
+ || win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar > win->_curx)
+ win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar = win->_curx;
+
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_delwin.c
+**
+** The routine delwin().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_delwin.c,v 1.8 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $")
+
+static bool have_children(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ WINDOWLIST *p;
+ for (p = _nc_windows; p != 0; p = p->next) {
+ if (p->win->_flags & _SUBWIN
+ && p->win->_parent == win)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int delwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("delwin(%p)"), win));
+
+ if (win == 0
+ || have_children(win))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
+ touchwin(win->_parent);
+ else if (curscr != 0)
+ touchwin(curscr);
+
+ _nc_freewin(win);
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_dft_fgbg.c,v 1.2 1997/02/02 01:45:36 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * Modify the behavior of color-pair 0 so that the library doesn't assume that
+ * it is black on white. This is an extension to XSI curses.
+ *
+ * Invoke this function after 'start_color()'.
+ */
+int
+use_default_colors(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("use_default_colors()")));
+
+ if (!SP->_coloron)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (!orig_pair && !orig_colors)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (initialize_pair) /* don't know how to handle this */
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ SP->_default_color = TRUE;
+ SP->_color_pairs[0] = PAIR_OF(C_MASK, C_MASK);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * lib_doupdate.c
+ *
+ * The routine doupdate() and its dependents. Also _nc_outstr(),
+ * so all physical output is concentrated here (except _nc_outch()
+ * in lib_tputs.c).
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#if defined(TRACE) && HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H && HAVE_TIMES
+#define USE_TRACE_TIMES 1
+#else
+#define USE_TRACE_TIMES 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H && ! SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#if USE_TRACE_TIMES
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+#include <stropts.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_doupdate.c,v 1.60 1997/05/03 19:32:55 Alexander.V.Lukyanov Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * This define controls the line-breakout optimization. Every once in a
+ * while during screen refresh, we want to check for input and abort the
+ * update if there's some waiting. CHECK_INTERVAL controls the number of
+ * changed lines to be emitted between input checks.
+ *
+ * Note: Input-check-and-abort is no longer done if the screen is being
+ * updated from scratch. This is a feature, not a bug.
+ */
+#define CHECK_INTERVAL 6
+
+/*
+ * Enable checking to see if doupdate and friends are tracking the true
+ * cursor position correctly. NOTE: this is a debugging hack which will
+ * work ONLY on ANSI-compatible terminals!
+ */
+/* #define POSITION_DEBUG */
+
+static inline chtype ClrBlank ( WINDOW *win );
+static inline chtype ClrSetup ( WINDOW *scr );
+static int ClrBottom(int total);
+static int InsStr( chtype *line, int count );
+static void ClearScreen( void );
+static void ClrUpdate( WINDOW *scr );
+static void DelChar( int count );
+static void TransformLine( int const lineno );
+
+#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Debugging code. Only works on ANSI-standard terminals.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+void position_check(int expected_y, int expected_x, char *legend)
+/* check to see if the real cursor position matches the virtual */
+{
+ static char buf[9];
+ int y, x;
+
+ if (_nc_tracing)
+ return;
+
+ memset(buf, '\0', sizeof(buf));
+ (void) write(1, "\033[6n", 4); /* only works on ANSI-compatibles */
+ (void) read(0, (void *)buf, 8);
+ _tracef("probe returned %s", _nc_visbuf(buf));
+
+ /* try to interpret as a position report */
+ if (sscanf(buf, "\033[%d;%dR", &y, &x) != 2)
+ _tracef("position probe failed in %s", legend);
+ else if (y - 1 != expected_y || x - 1 != expected_x)
+ _tracef("position seen (%d, %d) doesn't match expected one (%d, %d) in %s",
+ y-1, x-1, expected_y, expected_x, legend);
+ else
+ _tracef("position matches OK in %s", legend);
+}
+#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Optimized update code
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static inline void GoTo(int const row, int const col)
+{
+ chtype oldattr = SP->_current_attr;
+
+ TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("GoTo(%d, %d) from (%d, %d)",
+ row, col, SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol));
+
+#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG
+ position_check(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, "GoTo");
+#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */
+
+ /*
+ * Force restore even if msgr is on when we're in an alternate
+ * character set -- these have a strong tendency to screw up the
+ * CR & LF used for local character motions!
+ */
+ if ((oldattr & A_ALTCHARSET)
+ || (oldattr && !move_standout_mode))
+ {
+ TR(TRACE_CHARPUT, ("turning off (%#lx) %s before move",
+ oldattr, _traceattr(oldattr)));
+ vidattr(A_NORMAL);
+ }
+
+ mvcur(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, row, col);
+ SP->_cursrow = row;
+ SP->_curscol = col;
+}
+
+static inline void PutAttrChar(chtype ch)
+{
+ if (tilde_glitch && (TextOf(ch) == '~'))
+ ch = ('`' | AttrOf(ch));
+
+ TR(TRACE_CHARPUT, ("PutAttrChar(%s) at (%d, %d)",
+ _tracechtype(ch),
+ SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol));
+ UpdateAttrs(ch);
+ putc((int)TextOf(ch), SP->_ofp);
+#ifdef TRACE
+ _nc_outchars++;
+#endif /* TRACE */
+ SP->_curscol++;
+ if (char_padding) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("char_padding");
+ putp(char_padding);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool check_pending(void)
+/* check for pending input */
+{
+ if (SP->_checkfd >= 0) {
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+ struct pollfd fds[1];
+ fds[0].fd = SP->_checkfd;
+ fds[0].events = POLLIN;
+ if (poll(fds, 1, 0) > 0)
+ {
+ fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+ fd_set fdset;
+ struct timeval ktimeout;
+
+ ktimeout.tv_sec =
+ ktimeout.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ FD_ZERO(&fdset);
+ FD_SET(SP->_checkfd, &fdset);
+ if (select(SP->_checkfd+1, &fdset, NULL, NULL, &ktimeout) > 0)
+ {
+ fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * No one supports recursive inline functions. However, gcc is quieter if we
+ * instantiate the recursive part separately.
+ */
+#if CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS
+static void callPutChar(chtype const);
+#else
+#define callPutChar(ch) PutChar(ch)
+#endif
+
+static inline void PutChar(chtype const ch)
+/* insert character, handling automargin stuff */
+{
+ if (!(SP->_cursrow == screen_lines-1 && SP->_curscol == screen_columns-1
+ && auto_right_margin && !eat_newline_glitch))
+ {
+ PutAttrChar(ch); /* normal case */
+ }
+ else if (!auto_right_margin /* maybe we can suppress automargin */
+ || (enter_am_mode && exit_am_mode))
+ {
+ bool old_am = auto_right_margin;
+
+ if (old_am)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("exit_am_mode");
+ putp(exit_am_mode);
+ }
+ PutAttrChar(ch);
+ if (old_am)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("enter_am_mode");
+ putp(enter_am_mode);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GoTo(screen_lines-1,screen_columns-2);
+ callPutChar(ch);
+ GoTo(screen_lines-1,screen_columns-2);
+ if (InsStr(newscr->_line[screen_lines-1].text+screen_columns-2,1)==ERR)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (SP->_curscol >= screen_columns)
+ {
+ if (eat_newline_glitch)
+ {
+ /*
+ * xenl can manifest two different ways. The vt100
+ * way is that, when you'd expect the cursor to wrap,
+ * it stays hung at the right margin (on top of the
+ * character just emitted) and doesn't wrap until the
+ * *next* graphic char is emitted. The c100 way is
+ * to ignore LF received just after an am wrap.
+ *
+ * An aggressive way to handle this would be to
+ * emit CR/LF after the char and then assume the wrap
+ * is done, you're on the first position of the next
+ * line, and the terminal out of its weird state.
+ * Here it's safe to just tell the code that the
+ * cursor is in hyperspace and let the next mvcur()
+ * call straighten things out.
+ */
+ SP->_curscol = -1;
+ SP->_cursrow = -1;
+ }
+ else if (auto_right_margin)
+ {
+ SP->_curscol = 0;
+ SP->_cursrow++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SP->_curscol--;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG
+ position_check(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, "PutChar");
+#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Issue a given span of characters from an array.
+ * Must be functionally equivalent to:
+ * for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ * PutChar(ntext[i]);
+ * but can leave the cursor positioned at the middle of the interval.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 - cursor is at the end of interval
+ * 1 - cursor is somewhere in the middle
+ *
+ * This code is optimized using ech and rep.
+ */
+static inline int EmitRange(const chtype *ntext, int num)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (erase_chars || repeat_char)
+ {
+ while (num > 0)
+ {
+ int runcount;
+ chtype ntext0;
+
+ while (num>1 && ntext[0]!=ntext[1])
+ {
+ PutChar(ntext[0]);
+ ntext++;
+ num--;
+ }
+ ntext0 = ntext[0];
+ if (num==1)
+ {
+ PutChar(ntext0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ runcount = 2;
+
+ while (runcount < num && ntext[runcount] == ntext0)
+ runcount++;
+
+ /*
+ * The cost expression in the middle isn't exactly right.
+ * _cup_cost is an upper bound on the cost for moving to the
+ * end of the erased area, but not the cost itself (which we
+ * can't compute without emitting the move). This may result
+ * in erase_chars not getting used in some situations for
+ * which it would be marginally advantageous.
+ */
+ if (erase_chars
+ && runcount > SP->_ech_cost + SP->_cup_cost
+ && can_clear_with(ntext0))
+ {
+ UpdateAttrs(ntext0);
+ putp(tparm(erase_chars, runcount));
+
+ /*
+ * If this is the last part of the given interval,
+ * don't bother moving cursor, since it can be the
+ * last update on the line.
+ */
+ if (runcount < num)
+ GoTo(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol + runcount);
+ else
+ return 1; /* cursor stays in the middle */
+ }
+ else if (repeat_char && runcount > SP->_rep_cost)
+ {
+ bool wrap_possible = (SP->_curscol + runcount >= screen_columns);
+ int rep_count = runcount;
+
+ if (wrap_possible)
+ rep_count--;
+
+ UpdateAttrs(ntext0);
+ putp(tparm(repeat_char, TextOf(ntext0), rep_count));
+ SP->_curscol += rep_count;
+
+ if (wrap_possible)
+ PutChar(ntext0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < runcount; i++)
+ PutChar(ntext[i]);
+ }
+ ntext += runcount;
+ num -= runcount;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ PutChar(ntext[i]);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output the line in the given range [first .. last]
+ *
+ * If there's a run of identical characters that's long enough to justify
+ * cursor movement, use that also.
+ *
+ * Returns: same as EmitRange
+ */
+static int PutRange(
+ const chtype *otext,
+ const chtype *ntext,
+ int row,
+ int first, int last)
+{
+ int j, run;
+ int cost = min(SP->_cup_ch_cost, SP->_hpa_ch_cost);
+
+ TR(TRACE_CHARPUT, ("PutRange(%p, %p, %d, %d, %d)",
+ otext, ntext, row, first, last));
+
+ if (otext != ntext
+ && (last-first+1) > cost) {
+ for (j = first, run = 0; j <= last; j++) {
+ if (otext[j] == ntext[j]) {
+ run++;
+ } else {
+ if (run > cost) {
+ int before_run = (j - run);
+ EmitRange(ntext+first, before_run-first);
+ GoTo(row, first = j);
+ }
+ run = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return EmitRange(ntext + first, last-first+1);
+}
+
+#if CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS
+static void callPutChar(chtype const ch)
+{
+ PutChar(ch);
+}
+#endif
+
+#define MARK_NOCHANGE(win,row) \
+ { \
+ win->_line[row].firstchar = _NOCHANGE; \
+ win->_line[row].lastchar = _NOCHANGE; \
+ win->_line[row].oldindex = row; \
+ }
+
+int doupdate(void)
+{
+int i;
+int nonempty;
+#if USE_TRACE_TIMES
+struct tms before, after;
+#endif /* USE_TRACE_TIMES */
+
+ T((T_CALLED("doupdate()")));
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE)
+ {
+ if (curscr->_clear)
+ _tracef("curscr is clear");
+ else
+ _tracedump("curscr", curscr);
+ _tracedump("newscr", newscr);
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ _nc_signal_handler(FALSE);
+
+ if (SP->_endwin == TRUE) {
+
+ T(("coming back from shell mode"));
+ reset_prog_mode();
+
+ /*
+ * This is a transparent extension: XSI does not address it,
+ * and applications need not know that ncurses can do it.
+ *
+ * Check if the terminal size has changed while curses was off
+ * (this can happen in an xterm, for example), and resize the
+ * ncurses data structures accordingly.
+ */
+ _nc_get_screensize();
+ resizeterm(LINES, COLS);
+
+ _nc_mvcur_resume();
+ _nc_mouse_resume(SP);
+ newscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ SP->_endwin = FALSE;
+ }
+
+#if USE_TRACE_TIMES
+ /* zero the metering machinery */
+ _nc_outchars = 0;
+ (void) times(&before);
+#endif /* USE_TRACE_TIMES */
+
+ /*
+ * This is the support for magic-cookie terminals. The
+ * theory: we scan the virtual screen looking for attribute
+ * turnons. Where we find one, check to make sure it's
+ * realizable by seeing if the required number of
+ * un-attributed blanks are present before and after the
+ * attributed range; try to shift the range boundaries over
+ * blanks (not changing the screen display) so this becomes
+ * true. If it is, shift the beginning attribute change
+ * appropriately (the end one, if we've gotten this far, is
+ * guaranteed room for its cookie). If not, nuke the added
+ * attributes out of the span.
+ */
+ if (magic_cookie_glitch > 0) {
+ int j, k;
+ attr_t rattr = A_NORMAL;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screen_lines; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < screen_columns; j++)
+ {
+ bool failed = FALSE;
+ chtype turnon = AttrOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j]) & ~rattr;
+
+ /* is an attribute turned on here? */
+ if (turnon == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ T(("At (%d, %d): from %s...", i, j, _traceattr(rattr)));
+ T(("...to %s",_traceattr(turnon)));
+
+ /*
+ * If the attribute change location is a blank with a
+ * "safe" attribute, undo the attribute turnon. This may
+ * ensure there's enough room to set the attribute before
+ * the first non-blank in the run.
+ */
+#define SAFE(a) !((a) & ~NONBLANK_ATTR)
+ if (TextOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j])==' ' && SAFE(turnon))
+ {
+ newscr->_line[i].text[j] &= ~turnon;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* check that there's enough room at start of span */
+ for (k = 1; k <= magic_cookie_glitch; k++)
+ if (j-k < 0
+ || TextOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j-k]) != ' '
+ || !SAFE(AttrOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j-k])))
+ failed = TRUE;
+ if (!failed)
+ {
+ bool end_onscreen = FALSE;
+ int m, n = -1;
+
+ /* find end of span, if it's onscreen */
+ for (m = i; m < screen_lines; m++)
+ for (n = j; n < screen_columns; n++)
+ if (AttrOf(newscr->_line[m].text[n]) == rattr)
+ {
+ end_onscreen = TRUE;
+ T(("Range attributed with %s ends at (%d, %d)",
+ _traceattr(turnon),m,n));
+ goto foundit;
+ }
+ T(("Range attributed with %s ends offscreen",
+ _traceattr(turnon)));
+ foundit:;
+
+ if (end_onscreen)
+ {
+ chtype *lastline = newscr->_line[m].text;
+
+ /*
+ * If there are safely-attributed blanks at the
+ * end of the range, shorten the range. This will
+ * help ensure that there is enough room at end
+ * of span.
+ */
+ while (n >= 0
+ && TextOf(lastline[n]) == ' '
+ && SAFE(AttrOf(lastline[n])))
+ lastline[n--] &=~ turnon;
+
+ /* check that there's enough room at end of span */
+ for (k = 1; k <= magic_cookie_glitch; k++)
+ if (n + k >= screen_columns
+ || TextOf(lastline[n + k]) != ' '
+ || !SAFE(AttrOf(lastline[n+k])))
+ failed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (failed)
+ {
+ int p, q;
+
+ T(("Clearing %s beginning at (%d, %d)",
+ _traceattr(turnon), i, j));
+
+ /* turn off new attributes over span */
+ for (p = i; p < screen_lines; p++)
+ for (q = j; q < screen_columns; q++)
+ if (AttrOf(newscr->_line[p].text[q]) == rattr)
+ goto foundend;
+ else
+ newscr->_line[p].text[q] &=~ turnon;
+ foundend:;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ T(("Cookie space for %s found before (%d, %d)",
+ _traceattr(turnon), i, j));
+
+ /*
+ * back up the start of range so there's room
+ * for cookies before the first nonblank character
+ */
+ for (k = 1; k <= magic_cookie_glitch; k++)
+ newscr->_line[i].text[j-k] |= turnon;
+ }
+
+ rattr = AttrOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j]);
+ }
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ /* show altered highlights after magic-cookie check */
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE)
+ {
+ _tracef("After magic-cookie check...");
+ _tracedump("newscr", newscr);
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+ }
+
+ nonempty = 0;
+ if (curscr->_clear) { /* force refresh ? */
+ T(("clearing and updating curscr"));
+ ClrUpdate(newscr); /* yes, clear all & update */
+ curscr->_clear = FALSE; /* reset flag */
+ } else if (newscr->_clear) {
+ T(("clearing and updating newscr"));
+ ClrUpdate(newscr);
+ newscr->_clear = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ int changedlines;
+
+ nonempty = min(screen_lines, newscr->_maxy+1);
+#if 0 /* still 5% slower 960928 */
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
+ if (_nc_optimize_enable & OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP)
+#endif /*TRACE */
+ _nc_hash_map();
+#endif
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
+ if (_nc_optimize_enable & OPTIMIZE_SCROLL)
+#endif /*TRACE */
+ _nc_scroll_optimize();
+
+ if (clr_eos)
+ nonempty = ClrBottom(nonempty);
+
+ T(("Transforming lines, nonempty %d", nonempty));
+ for (i = changedlines = 0; i < nonempty; i++) {
+ /*
+ * newscr->line[i].firstchar is normally set
+ * by wnoutrefresh. curscr->line[i].firstchar
+ * is normally set by _nc_scroll_window in the
+ * vertical-movement optimization code,
+ */
+ if (newscr->_line[i].firstchar != _NOCHANGE
+ || curscr->_line[i].firstchar != _NOCHANGE)
+ {
+ TransformLine(i);
+ changedlines++;
+ }
+
+ /* mark line changed successfully */
+ if (i <= newscr->_maxy)
+ MARK_NOCHANGE(newscr,i)
+ if (i <= curscr->_maxy)
+ MARK_NOCHANGE(curscr,i)
+
+ /*
+ * Here is our line-breakout optimization.
+ */
+ if ((changedlines % CHECK_INTERVAL) == CHECK_INTERVAL-1
+ && check_pending())
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* put everything back in sync */
+ for (i = nonempty; i <= newscr->_maxy; i++)
+ MARK_NOCHANGE(newscr,i)
+ for (i = nonempty; i <= curscr->_maxy; i++)
+ MARK_NOCHANGE(curscr,i)
+
+ curscr->_curx = newscr->_curx;
+ curscr->_cury = newscr->_cury;
+
+ GoTo(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx);
+
+ cleanup:
+ /*
+ * Keep the physical screen in normal mode in case we get other
+ * processes writing to the screen.
+ */
+ UpdateAttrs(A_NORMAL);
+
+ fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ curscr->_attrs = newscr->_attrs;
+/* curscr->_bkgd = newscr->_bkgd; */
+
+#if USE_TRACE_TIMES
+ (void) times(&after);
+ TR(TRACE_TIMES, ("Update cost: %ld chars, %ld clocks system time, %ld clocks user time",
+ _nc_outchars,
+ after.tms_stime-before.tms_stime,
+ after.tms_utime-before.tms_utime));
+#endif /* USE_TRACE_TIMES */
+
+ _nc_signal_handler(TRUE);
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ClrBlank(win)
+ *
+ * Returns the attributed character that corresponds to the "cleared"
+ * screen. If the terminal has the back-color-erase feature, this will be
+ * colored according to the wbkgd() call. (Other attributes are
+ * unspecified, hence assumed to be reset in accordance with
+ * 'ClrSetup()').
+ *
+ * We treat 'curscr' specially because it isn't supposed to be set directly
+ * in the wbkgd() call. Assume 'stdscr' for this case.
+ */
+#define BCE_ATTRS (A_NORMAL|A_COLOR)
+#define BCE_BKGD(win) (((win) == curscr ? stdscr : (win))->_bkgd)
+
+static inline chtype ClrBlank (WINDOW *win)
+{
+chtype blank = BLANK;
+ if (back_color_erase)
+ blank |= (BCE_BKGD(win) & BCE_ATTRS);
+ return blank;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ClrSetup(win)
+ *
+ * Ensures that if the terminal recognizes back-color-erase, that we
+ * set the video attributes to match the window's background color
+ * before an erase operation.
+ */
+static inline chtype ClrSetup (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ if (back_color_erase)
+ vidattr(BCE_BKGD(win) & BCE_ATTRS);
+ return ClrBlank(win);
+}
+
+/*
+** ClrUpdate(scr)
+**
+** Update by clearing and redrawing the entire screen.
+**
+*/
+
+static void ClrUpdate(WINDOW *scr)
+{
+int i = 0, j = 0;
+int lastNonBlank;
+chtype blank = ClrSetup(scr);
+
+ T(("ClrUpdate(%p) called", scr));
+ ClearScreen();
+
+ if (scr != curscr) {
+ for (i = 0; i < screen_lines ; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < screen_columns; j++)
+ curscr->_line[i].text[j] = blank;
+ }
+
+ T(("updating screen from scratch"));
+ for (i = 0; i < min(screen_lines, scr->_maxy + 1); i++) {
+ lastNonBlank = scr->_maxx;
+
+ while (lastNonBlank >= 0
+ && scr->_line[i].text[lastNonBlank] == blank)
+ lastNonBlank--;
+
+ if (lastNonBlank >= 0) {
+ if (lastNonBlank > screen_columns)
+ lastNonBlank = screen_columns;
+ GoTo(i, 0);
+ PutRange(curscr->_line[i].text,
+ scr->_line[i].text, i, 0, lastNonBlank);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (scr != curscr) {
+ for (i = 0; i < screen_lines ; i++)
+ memcpy(curscr->_line[i].text,
+ scr->_line[i].text,
+ screen_columns * sizeof(chtype));
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** ClrToEOL(blank)
+**
+** Clear to end of current line, starting at the cursor position
+*/
+
+static void ClrToEOL(chtype blank)
+{
+int j;
+bool needclear = FALSE;
+
+ for (j = SP->_curscol; j < screen_columns; j++)
+ {
+ chtype *cp = &(curscr->_line[SP->_cursrow].text[j]);
+
+ if (*cp != blank)
+ {
+ *cp = blank;
+ needclear = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (needclear)
+ {
+ UpdateAttrs(blank);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol");
+ if (SP->_el_cost > (screen_columns - SP->_curscol))
+ {
+ int count = (screen_columns - SP->_curscol);
+ while (count-- > 0)
+ PutChar(blank);
+ }
+ else
+ putp(clr_eol);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * ClrBottom(total)
+ *
+ * Test if clearing the end of the screen would satisfy part of the
+ * screen-update. Do this by scanning backwards through the lines in the
+ * screen, checking if each is blank, and one or more are changed.
+ */
+static int ClrBottom(int total)
+{
+static chtype *tstLine;
+static size_t lenLine;
+
+int row, col;
+int top = total;
+int last = min(screen_columns, newscr->_maxx+1);
+size_t length = sizeof(chtype) * last;
+chtype blank = newscr->_line[total-1].text[last-1]; /* lower right char */
+
+ if(!can_clear_with(blank))
+ return total;
+
+ if (tstLine == 0)
+ tstLine = (chtype *)malloc(length);
+ else if (length > lenLine)
+ tstLine = (chtype *)realloc(tstLine, length);
+
+ if (tstLine != 0) {
+ lenLine = length;
+ for (col = 0; col < last; col++)
+ tstLine[col] = blank;
+
+ for (row = total-1; row >= 0; row--) {
+ if (memcmp(tstLine, newscr->_line[row].text, length))
+ break;
+ if (newscr->_line[row].firstchar != _NOCHANGE)
+ top = row;
+ }
+
+ if (top < total) {
+ GoTo(top,0);
+ UpdateAttrs(blank);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eos");
+ putp(clr_eos);
+ while (total-- > top) {
+ for (col = 0; col <= curscr->_maxx; col++)
+ curscr->_line[total].text[col] = blank;
+ }
+ total++;
+ }
+ }
+#if NO_LEAKS
+ FreeAndNull(tstLine);
+#endif
+ return total;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** TransformLine(lineno)
+**
+** Transform the given line in curscr to the one in newscr, using
+** Insert/Delete Character if _nc_idcok && has_ic().
+**
+** firstChar = position of first different character in line
+** oLastChar = position of last different character in old line
+** nLastChar = position of last different character in new line
+**
+** move to firstChar
+** overwrite chars up to min(oLastChar, nLastChar)
+** if oLastChar < nLastChar
+** insert newLine[oLastChar+1..nLastChar]
+** else
+** delete oLastChar - nLastChar spaces
+*/
+
+static void TransformLine(int const lineno)
+{
+int firstChar, oLastChar, nLastChar;
+chtype *newLine = newscr->_line[lineno].text;
+chtype *oldLine = curscr->_line[lineno].text;
+int n;
+bool attrchanged = FALSE;
+
+ T(("TransformLine(%d) called", lineno));
+
+ if(ceol_standout_glitch && clr_eol) {
+ firstChar = 0;
+ while(firstChar < screen_columns) {
+ if(AttrOf(newLine[firstChar]) != AttrOf(oldLine[firstChar]))
+ attrchanged = TRUE;
+ firstChar++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ firstChar = 0;
+
+ if (attrchanged) { /* we may have to disregard the whole line */
+ GoTo(lineno, firstChar);
+ ClrToEOL(ClrBlank(curscr));
+ PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, 0, (screen_columns-1));
+ } else {
+ chtype blank;
+
+ /* find the first differing character */
+ while (firstChar < screen_columns &&
+ newLine[firstChar] == oldLine[firstChar])
+ firstChar++;
+
+ /* if there wasn't one, we're done */
+ if (firstChar >= screen_columns)
+ return;
+
+ /* it may be cheap to clear leading whitespace with clr_bol */
+ if (clr_bol && can_clear_with(blank=newLine[0]))
+ {
+ int oFirstChar, nFirstChar;
+
+ for (oFirstChar = 0; oFirstChar < screen_columns; oFirstChar++)
+ if (oldLine[oFirstChar] != blank)
+ break;
+ for (nFirstChar = 0; nFirstChar < screen_columns; nFirstChar++)
+ if (newLine[nFirstChar] != blank)
+ break;
+
+ if (nFirstChar > oFirstChar + SP->_el1_cost)
+ {
+ GoTo(lineno, nFirstChar - 1);
+ UpdateAttrs(blank);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_bol");
+ putp(clr_bol);
+
+ while (firstChar < nFirstChar)
+ oldLine[firstChar++] = blank;
+
+ if (firstChar >= screen_columns)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ blank = newLine[screen_columns-1];
+
+ if(!can_clear_with(blank))
+ {
+ /* find the last differing character */
+ nLastChar = screen_columns - 1;
+
+ while (nLastChar > firstChar
+ && newLine[nLastChar] == oldLine[nLastChar])
+ nLastChar--;
+
+ if (nLastChar >= firstChar) {
+ GoTo(lineno, firstChar);
+ PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, nLastChar);
+ memcpy( oldLine + firstChar,
+ newLine + firstChar,
+ (nLastChar - firstChar + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* find last non-blank character on old line */
+ oLastChar = screen_columns - 1;
+ while (oLastChar > firstChar && oldLine[oLastChar] == blank)
+ oLastChar--;
+
+ /* find last non-blank character on new line */
+ nLastChar = screen_columns - 1;
+ while (nLastChar > firstChar && newLine[nLastChar] == blank)
+ nLastChar--;
+
+ if((nLastChar == firstChar)
+ && (SP->_el_cost < (screen_columns - nLastChar))) {
+ GoTo(lineno, firstChar);
+ ClrToEOL(blank);
+ if(newLine[firstChar] != blank )
+ PutChar(newLine[firstChar]);
+ } else if( newLine[nLastChar] != oldLine[oLastChar]
+ || !(_nc_idcok && has_ic()) ) {
+ GoTo(lineno, firstChar);
+ if ((oLastChar - nLastChar) > SP->_el_cost) {
+ if(PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, nLastChar))
+ GoTo(lineno, nLastChar+1);
+ ClrToEOL(blank);
+ } else {
+ n = max( nLastChar , oLastChar );
+ PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, n);
+ }
+ } else {
+ int nLastNonblank = nLastChar;
+ int oLastNonblank = oLastChar;
+
+ /* find the last characters that really differ */
+ while (newLine[nLastChar] == oldLine[oLastChar]) {
+ if (nLastChar != 0
+ && oLastChar != 0) {
+ nLastChar--;
+ oLastChar--;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ n = min(oLastChar, nLastChar);
+ if (n >= firstChar) {
+ GoTo(lineno, firstChar);
+ PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, n);
+ }
+ GoTo(lineno, n+1);
+
+ if (oLastChar < nLastChar) {
+ int m = max(nLastNonblank, oLastNonblank);
+ if (InsCharCost(nLastChar - oLastChar)
+ > (m - n)) {
+ PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, n+1, m);
+ } else {
+ InsStr(&newLine[n+1], nLastChar - oLastChar);
+ }
+ } else if (oLastChar > nLastChar ) {
+ if (DelCharCost(oLastChar - nLastChar)
+ > SP->_el_cost + nLastNonblank - (n+1)) {
+ if(PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno,
+ n+1, nLastNonblank))
+ GoTo(lineno, nLastNonblank+1);
+ ClrToEOL(blank);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * The delete-char sequence will
+ * effectively shift in blanks from the
+ * right margin of the screen. Ensure
+ * that they are the right color by
+ * setting the video attributes from
+ * the last character on the row.
+ */
+ UpdateAttrs(blank);
+ DelChar(oLastChar - nLastChar);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* update the code's internal representation */
+ if (screen_columns > firstChar)
+ memcpy( oldLine + firstChar,
+ newLine + firstChar,
+ (screen_columns - firstChar) * sizeof(chtype));
+}
+
+/*
+** ClearScreen()
+**
+** Clear the physical screen and put cursor at home
+**
+*/
+
+static void ClearScreen(void)
+{
+
+ T(("ClearScreen() called"));
+
+ if (clear_screen) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clear_screen");
+ putp(clear_screen);
+ SP->_cursrow = SP->_curscol = 0;
+#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG
+ position_check(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, "ClearScreen");
+#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */
+ } else if (clr_eos) {
+ SP->_cursrow = SP->_curscol = -1;
+ GoTo(0,0);
+
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eos");
+ putp(clr_eos);
+ } else if (clr_eol) {
+ SP->_cursrow = SP->_curscol = -1;
+
+ while (SP->_cursrow < screen_lines) {
+ GoTo(SP->_cursrow, 0);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol");
+ putp(clr_eol);
+ }
+ GoTo(0,0);
+ }
+ T(("screen cleared"));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** InsStr(line, count)
+**
+** Insert the count characters pointed to by line.
+**
+*/
+
+static int InsStr(chtype *line, int count)
+{
+ T(("InsStr(%p,%d) called", line, count));
+
+ if (enter_insert_mode && exit_insert_mode) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("enter_insert_mode");
+ putp(enter_insert_mode);
+ while (count) {
+ PutAttrChar(*line);
+ line++;
+ count--;
+ }
+ TPUTS_TRACE("exit_insert_mode");
+ putp(exit_insert_mode);
+ return(OK);
+ } else if (parm_ich) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_ich");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_ich, count), count, _nc_outch);
+ while (count) {
+ PutAttrChar(*line);
+ line++;
+ count--;
+ }
+ return(OK);
+ } else {
+ while (count) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("insert_character");
+ putp(insert_character);
+ PutAttrChar(*line);
+ if (insert_padding)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("insert_padding");
+ putp(insert_padding);
+ }
+ line++;
+ count--;
+ }
+ return(OK);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** DelChar(count)
+**
+** Delete count characters at current position
+**
+*/
+
+static void DelChar(int count)
+{
+ T(("DelChar(%d) called, position = (%d,%d)", count, newscr->_cury, newscr->_curx));
+
+ if (parm_dch) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_dch");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_dch, count), count, _nc_outch);
+ } else {
+ while (count--)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("delete_character");
+ putp(delete_character);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** _nc_outstr(char *str)
+**
+** Emit a string without waiting for update.
+*/
+
+void _nc_outstr(const char *str)
+{
+ FILE *ofp = SP ? SP->_ofp : stdout;
+
+ (void) fputs(str, ofp);
+ (void) fflush(ofp);
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ _nc_outchars += strlen(str);
+#endif /* TRACE */
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_endwin.c
+**
+** The routine endwin().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_endwin.c,v 1.10 1997/02/02 00:36:41 tom Exp $")
+
+int
+endwin(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("endwin()")));
+
+ SP->_endwin = TRUE;
+
+ _nc_mouse_wrap(SP);
+
+ /* SP->_curs{row,col} may be used later in _nc_mvcur_wrap,save_curs */
+ mvcur(-1, -1, SP->_cursrow = screen_lines - 1, SP->_curscol = 0);
+
+ curs_set(1); /* set cursor to normal mode */
+
+ if (SP->_coloron == TRUE && orig_pair)
+ putp(orig_pair);
+
+ _nc_mvcur_wrap(); /* wrap up cursor addressing */
+
+ if (SP && (SP->_current_attr != A_NORMAL))
+ vidattr(A_NORMAL);
+
+ /*
+ * Reset terminal's tab counter. There's a long-time bug that
+ * if you exit a "curses" program such as vi or more, tab
+ * forward, and then backspace, the cursor doesn't go to the
+ * right place. The problem is that the kernel counts the
+ * escape sequences that reset things as column positions.
+ * Utter a \r to reset this invisibly.
+ */
+ _nc_outch('\r');
+
+ returnCode(reset_shell_mode());
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_erase.c
+**
+** The routine werase().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_erase.c,v 1.7 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $")
+
+int werase(WINDOW *win)
+{
+int y;
+chtype *sp, *end, *start, *maxx = NULL;
+short minx;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("werase(%p)"), win));
+
+ for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) {
+ minx = _NOCHANGE;
+ start = win->_line[y].text;
+ end = &start[win->_maxx];
+
+ maxx = start;
+ for (sp = start; sp <= end; sp++) {
+ maxx = sp;
+ if (minx == _NOCHANGE)
+ minx = sp - start;
+ *sp = _nc_background(win);
+ }
+
+ if (minx != _NOCHANGE) {
+ if (win->_line[y].firstchar > minx ||
+ win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = minx;
+
+ if (win->_line[y].lastchar < maxx - win->_line[y].text)
+ win->_line[y].lastchar = maxx - win->_line[y].text;
+ }
+ }
+ win->_curx = win->_cury = 0;
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+#define HAVE_NC_FREEALL 1
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC
+extern int malloc_errfd; /* FIXME */
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_freeall.c,v 1.8 1997/02/15 18:53:43 tom Exp $")
+
+static void free_slk(SLK *p)
+{
+ if (p != 0) {
+ FreeIfNeeded(p->ent);
+ FreeIfNeeded(p->buffer);
+ free(p);
+ }
+}
+
+void _nc_free_termtype(struct termtype *p, int base)
+{
+ if (p != 0) {
+ FreeIfNeeded(p->term_names);
+ FreeIfNeeded(p->str_table);
+ if (base)
+ free(p);
+ }
+}
+
+static void free_tries(struct tries *p)
+{
+ struct tries *q;
+
+ while (p != 0) {
+ q = p->sibling;
+ if (p->child != 0)
+ free_tries(p->child);
+ free(p);
+ p = q;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free all ncurses data. This is used for testing only (there's no practical
+ * use for it as an extension).
+ */
+void _nc_freeall(void)
+{
+ WINDOWLIST *p, *q;
+
+#if NO_LEAKS
+ _nc_free_tparm();
+#endif
+ while (_nc_windows != 0) {
+ /* Delete only windows that're not a parent */
+ for (p = _nc_windows; p != 0; p = p->next) {
+ bool found = FALSE;
+
+ for (q = _nc_windows; q != 0; q = q->next) {
+ if ((p != q)
+ && (q->win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
+ && (p->win == q->win->_parent)) {
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!found) {
+ delwin(p->win);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SP != 0) {
+ free_tries (SP->_keytry);
+ free_slk(SP->_slk);
+ FreeIfNeeded(SP->_color_pairs);
+ FreeIfNeeded(SP->_color_table);
+ _nc_set_buffer(SP->_ofp, FALSE);
+#if !BROKEN_LINKER
+ FreeAndNull(SP);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (cur_term != 0) {
+ _nc_free_termtype(&(cur_term->type), TRUE);
+ }
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC
+ malloc_dump(malloc_errfd);
+#elif HAVE_LIBDMALLOC
+#elif HAVE_PURIFY
+ purify_all_inuse();
+#endif
+}
+
+void _nc_free_and_exit(int code)
+{
+ _nc_freeall();
+ exit(code);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_getch.c
+**
+** The routine getch().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_getch.c,v 1.24 1997/02/15 21:12:16 tom Exp $")
+
+#define head SP->_fifohead
+#define tail SP->_fifotail
+#define peek SP->_fifopeek
+
+#define h_inc() { head == FIFO_SIZE-1 ? head = 0 : head++; if (head == tail) head = -1, tail = 0;}
+#define h_dec() { head == 0 ? head = FIFO_SIZE-1 : head--; if (head == tail) tail = -1;}
+#define t_inc() { tail == FIFO_SIZE-1 ? tail = 0 : tail++; if (tail == head) tail = -1;}
+#define p_inc() { peek == FIFO_SIZE-1 ? peek = 0 : peek++;}
+
+int ESCDELAY = 1000; /* max interval betw. chars in funkeys, in millisecs */
+
+static int fifo_peek(void)
+{
+ T(("peeking at %d", peek+1));
+ return SP->_fifo[++peek];
+}
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+static inline void fifo_dump(void)
+{
+int i;
+ T(("head = %d, tail = %d, peek = %d", head, tail, peek));
+ for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+ T(("char %d = %s", i, _trace_key(SP->_fifo[i])));
+}
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+static inline int fifo_pull(void)
+{
+int ch;
+ ch = SP->_fifo[head];
+ T(("pulling %d from %d", ch, head));
+
+ h_inc();
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) fifo_dump();
+#endif
+ return ch;
+}
+
+int ungetch(int ch)
+{
+ if (tail == -1)
+ return ERR;
+ if (head == -1) {
+ head = 0;
+ t_inc()
+ } else
+ h_dec();
+
+ SP->_fifo[head] = ch;
+ T(("ungetch ok"));
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) fifo_dump();
+#endif
+ return OK;
+}
+
+static inline int fifo_push(void)
+{
+int n;
+unsigned int ch;
+
+ if (tail == -1) return ERR;
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+again:
+ errno = 0;
+#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT
+ if ((_nc_mouse_fd() >= 0)
+ && (_nc_timed_wait(3, -1, (int *)0) & 2))
+ {
+ _nc_mouse_event(SP);
+ ch = KEY_MOUSE;
+ n = 1;
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ unsigned char c2;
+ n = read(SP->_ifd, &c2, 1);
+ ch = c2;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Under System V curses with non-restarting signals, getch() returns
+ * with value ERR when a handled signal keeps it from completing.
+ * If signals restart system calls, OTOH, the signal is invisible
+ * except to its handler.
+ *
+ * We don't want this difference to show. This piece of code
+ * tries to make it look like we always have restarting signals.
+ */
+ if (n <= 0 && errno == EINTR)
+ goto again;
+
+ if ((n == -1) || (n == 0))
+ {
+ T(("read(%d,&ch,1)=%d", SP->_ifd, n));
+ return ERR;
+ }
+ T(("read %d characters", n));
+
+ SP->_fifo[tail] = ch;
+ if (head == -1) head = tail;
+ t_inc();
+ T(("pushed %#x at %d", ch, tail));
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) fifo_dump();
+#endif
+ return ch;
+}
+
+static inline void fifo_clear(void)
+{
+int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < FIFO_SIZE; i++)
+ SP->_fifo[i] = 0;
+ head = -1; tail = peek = 0;
+}
+
+static int kgetch(WINDOW *);
+
+void _nc_backspace(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ if (win->_curx == 0)
+ {
+ beep();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ mvwaddstr(curscr, win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset,
+ win->_begx + win->_curx, "\b \b");
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+ /*
+ * This used to do the equivalent of _nc_outstr("\b \b"), which
+ * would fail on terminals with a non-backspace cursor_left
+ * character.
+ */
+ mvcur(win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset,
+ win->_begx + win->_curx,
+ win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset,
+ win->_begx + win->_curx - 1);
+ _nc_outstr(" ");
+ mvcur(win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset,
+ win->_begx + win->_curx,
+ win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset,
+ win->_begx + win->_curx - 1);
+ SP->_curscol--;
+}
+
+int
+wgetch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+int ch;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wgetch(%p)"), win));
+
+ /*
+ * Handle cooked mode. Grab a string from the screen,
+ * stuff its contents in the FIFO queue, and pop off
+ * the first character to return it.
+ */
+ if (head == -1 && !SP->_raw && !SP->_cbreak)
+ {
+ char buf[MAXCOLUMNS], *sp;
+
+ T(("filling queue in cooked mode"));
+
+ wgetnstr(win, buf, MAXCOLUMNS);
+
+ for (sp = buf; *sp; sp++)
+ ungetch(*sp);
+ ungetch('\n');
+
+ return(fifo_pull());
+ }
+
+ /* this should be eliminated */
+ if (!has_ic()
+ && !win->_scroll
+ && (SP->_echo)
+ && (win->_flags & _FULLWIN)
+ && win->_curx == win->_maxx
+ && win->_cury == win->_maxy)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if ((is_wintouched(win) || (win->_flags & _HASMOVED)) && !(win->_flags & _ISPAD))
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ if (!win->_notimeout && (win->_delay >= 0 || SP->_cbreak > 1)) {
+ int delay;
+
+ T(("timed delay in wgetch()"));
+ if (SP->_cbreak > 1)
+ delay = (SP->_cbreak-1) * 100;
+ else
+ delay = win->_delay;
+
+ T(("delay is %d microseconds", delay));
+
+ if (head == -1) /* fifo is empty */
+ if (!_nc_timed_wait(3, delay, (int *)0))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ /* else go on to read data available */
+ }
+
+ if (win->_use_keypad) {
+ /*
+ * This is tricky. We only want to get special-key
+ * events one at a time. But we want to accumulate
+ * mouse events until either (a) the mouse logic tells
+ * us it's picked up a complete gesture, or (b)
+ * there's a detectable time lapse after one.
+ *
+ * Note: if the mouse code starts failing to compose
+ * press/release events into clicks, you should probably
+ * increase _nc_max_click_interval.
+ */
+ int runcount = 0;
+
+ do {
+ ch = kgetch(win);
+ if (ch == KEY_MOUSE)
+ {
+ ++runcount;
+ if (_nc_mouse_inline(SP))
+ break;
+ }
+ } while
+ (ch == KEY_MOUSE
+ && (_nc_timed_wait(3, _nc_max_click_interval, (int *)0)
+ || !_nc_mouse_parse(runcount)));
+ if (runcount > 0 && ch != KEY_MOUSE)
+ {
+ /* mouse event sequence ended by keystroke, push it */
+ ungetch(ch);
+ ch = KEY_MOUSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (head == -1)
+ fifo_push();
+ ch = fifo_pull();
+ }
+
+ if (ch == ERR)
+ {
+ T(("wgetch returning ERR"));
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Simulate ICRNL mode
+ */
+ if ((ch == '\r') && SP->_nl)
+ ch = '\n';
+
+ /* Strip 8th-bit if so desired. We do this only for characters that
+ * are in the range 128-255, to provide compatibility with terminals
+ * that display only 7-bit characters. Note that 'ch' may be a
+ * function key at this point, so we mustn't strip _those_.
+ */
+ if ((ch < KEY_MIN) && (ch & 0x80))
+ if (!SP->_use_meta)
+ ch &= 0x7f;
+
+ if (!(win->_flags & _ISPAD) && SP->_echo) {
+ /* there must be a simpler way of doing this */
+ if (ch == erasechar() || ch == KEY_BACKSPACE || ch == KEY_LEFT)
+ _nc_backspace(win);
+ else if (ch < KEY_MIN) {
+ mvwaddch(curscr,
+ win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset,
+ win->_begx + win->_curx,
+ ch);
+ waddch(win, (chtype)ch);
+ }
+ else
+ beep();
+ }
+
+ T(("wgetch returning : %#x = %s", ch, _trace_key(ch));)
+
+ returnCode(ch);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** int
+** kgetch()
+**
+** Get an input character, but take care of keypad sequences, returning
+** an appropriate code when one matches the input. After each character
+** is received, set an alarm call based on ESCDELAY. If no more of the
+** sequence is received by the time the alarm goes off, pass through
+** the sequence gotten so far.
+**
+*/
+
+static int
+kgetch(WINDOW *win GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+struct tries *ptr;
+int ch = 0;
+int timeleft = ESCDELAY;
+
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("kgetch(%p) called", win));
+
+ ptr = SP->_keytry;
+
+ if (head == -1) {
+ if ((ch = fifo_push()) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ peek = 0;
+ while (ptr != NULL) {
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ch: %s", _trace_key((unsigned char)ch)));
+ while ((ptr != NULL) && (ptr->ch != (unsigned char)ch))
+ ptr = ptr->sibling;
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (ptr == NULL)
+ {TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ptr is null"));}
+ else
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ptr=%p, ch=%d, value=%d",
+ ptr, ptr->ch, ptr->value));
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ if (ptr != NULL)
+ if (ptr->value != 0) { /* sequence terminated */
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("end of sequence"));
+ fifo_clear();
+ return(ptr->value);
+ } else { /* go back for another character */
+ ptr = ptr->child;
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("going back for more"));
+ } else
+ break;
+
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("waiting for rest of sequence"));
+ if (!_nc_timed_wait(3, timeleft, &timeleft)) {
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ran out of time"));
+ return(fifo_pull());
+ } else {
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("got more!"));
+ fifo_push();
+ ch = fifo_peek();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return(fifo_pull());
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_getstr.c
+**
+** The routine wgetstr().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_getstr.c,v 1.11 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * This wipes out the last character, no matter whether it was a tab, control
+ * or other character, and handles reverse wraparound.
+ */
+static char *WipeOut(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *first, char *last, bool echoed)
+{
+ if (last > first) {
+ *--last = '\0';
+ if (echoed) {
+ int y1 = win->_cury;
+ int x1 = win->_curx;
+
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+ waddstr(win, first);
+ getyx(win, y, x);
+ while (win->_cury < y1
+ || (win->_cury == y1 && win->_curx < x1))
+ waddch(win, ' ');
+
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+ }
+ }
+ return last;
+}
+
+int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int maxlen)
+{
+TTY buf;
+bool oldnl, oldecho, oldraw, oldcbreak, oldkeypad;
+char erasec;
+char killc;
+char *oldstr;
+int ch;
+int y, x;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wgetnstr(%p,%p, %d)"), win, str, maxlen));
+
+ GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf);
+
+ oldnl = SP->_nl;
+ oldecho = SP->_echo;
+ oldraw = SP->_raw;
+ oldcbreak = SP->_cbreak;
+ oldkeypad = win->_use_keypad;
+ nl();
+ noecho();
+ noraw();
+ cbreak();
+ keypad(win, TRUE);
+
+ erasec = erasechar();
+ killc = killchar();
+
+ oldstr = str;
+ getyx(win, y, x);
+
+ if (is_wintouched(win) || (win->_flags & _HASMOVED))
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ while ((ch = wgetch(win)) != ERR) {
+ /*
+ * Some terminals (the Wyse-50 is the most common) generate
+ * a \n from the down-arrow key. With this logic, it's the
+ * user's choice whether to set kcud=\n for wgetch();
+ * terminating *getstr() with \n should work either way.
+ */
+ if (ch == '\n'
+ || ch == '\r'
+ || ch == KEY_DOWN
+ || ch == KEY_ENTER)
+ break;
+ if (ch == erasec || ch == KEY_LEFT || ch == KEY_BACKSPACE) {
+ if (str > oldstr) {
+ str = WipeOut(win, y, x, oldstr, str, oldecho);
+ }
+ } else if (ch == killc) {
+ while (str > oldstr) {
+ str = WipeOut(win, y, x, oldstr, str, oldecho);
+ }
+ } else if (ch >= KEY_MIN
+ || (maxlen >= 0 && str - oldstr >= maxlen)) {
+ beep();
+ } else {
+ *str++ = ch;
+ if (oldecho == TRUE) {
+ if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR) {
+ /*
+ * We can't really use the lower-right
+ * corner for input, since it'll mess
+ * up bookkeeping for erases.
+ */
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ waddch(win, ' ');
+ str = WipeOut(win, y, x, oldstr, str, oldecho);
+ continue;
+ }
+ wrefresh(win);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = 0;
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ if (win->_cury < win->_maxy)
+ win->_cury++;
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ /* Restore with a single I/O call, to fix minor asymmetry between
+ * raw/noraw, etc.
+ */
+ SP->_nl = oldnl;
+ SP->_echo = oldecho;
+ SP->_raw = oldraw;
+ SP->_cbreak = oldcbreak;
+
+ SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf);
+
+ if (oldkeypad == FALSE)
+ keypad(win, FALSE);
+
+ *str = '\0';
+ if (ch == ERR)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ T(("wgetnstr returns %s", _nc_visbuf(oldstr)));
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_inchstr.c
+**
+** The routine winchnstr().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_inchstr.c,v 1.5 1997/02/02 01:06:03 tom Exp $")
+
+int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *str, int n)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("winchnstr(%p,%p,%d)"), win, str, n));
+
+ for (i = 0; (n < 0 || (i < n)) && (win->_curx + i <= win->_maxx); i++)
+ str[i] = win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_curx + i];
+ str[i] = (chtype)0;
+
+ returnCode(i);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_initscr.c
+**
+** The routines initscr(), and termname().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* cur_term */
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H
+#include <sys/termio.h> /* needed for ISC */
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_initscr.c,v 1.18 1997/03/08 14:03:59 tom Exp $")
+
+#ifndef ONLCR /* Allows compilation under the QNX 4.2 OS */
+#define ONLCR 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * SVr4/XSI Curses specify that hardware echo is turned off in initscr, and not
+ * restored during the curses session. The library simulates echo in software.
+ * (The behavior is unspecified if the application enables hardware echo).
+ *
+ * The newterm function also initializes terminal settings.
+ */
+int _nc_initscr(void)
+{
+ /* for extended XPG4 conformance requires cbreak() at this point */
+ /* (SVr4 curses does this anyway) */
+ cbreak();
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL);
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag &= ~(ICRNL|INLCR|IGNCR);
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag &= ~(ONLCR);
+#else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO|CRMOD);
+#endif
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ return ERR;
+ return OK;
+}
+
+WINDOW *initscr(void)
+{
+static bool initialized = FALSE;
+const char *name;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("initscr()")));
+ /* Portable applications must not call initscr() more than once */
+ if (!initialized) {
+ initialized = TRUE;
+
+ if ((name = getenv("TERM")) == 0)
+ name = "unknown";
+ if (newterm(name, stdout, stdin) == 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error opening terminal: %s.\n", name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* allow user to set maximum escape delay from the environment */
+ if ((name = getenv("ESCDELAY")) != 0)
+ ESCDELAY = atoi(getenv("ESCDELAY"));
+
+ /* def_shell_mode - done in newterm/_nc_setupscreen */
+ def_prog_mode();
+ }
+ returnWin(stdscr);
+}
+
+char *termname(void)
+{
+char *term = getenv("TERM");
+static char ret[15];
+
+ T(("termname() called"));
+
+ if (term != 0) {
+ (void) strncpy(ret, term, sizeof(ret) - 1);
+ term = ret;
+ }
+ return term;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_insch.c
+**
+** The routine winsch().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_insch.c,v 1.7 1997/04/12 17:43:02 tom Exp $")
+
+int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype c)
+{
+chtype *temp1, *temp2;
+chtype *end;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("winsch(%p, %s)"), win, _tracechtype(c)));
+
+ end = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_curx];
+ temp1 = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_maxx];
+ temp2 = temp1 - 1;
+
+ while (temp1 > end)
+ *temp1-- = *temp2--;
+
+ *temp1 = _nc_render(win, c);
+
+ win->_line[win->_cury].lastchar = win->_maxx;
+ if (win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar == _NOCHANGE
+ || win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar > win->_curx)
+ win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar = win->_curx;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_insdel.c
+**
+** The routine winsdelln(win, n).
+** positive n insert n lines above current line
+** negative n delete n lines starting from current line
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id")
+
+int
+winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("winsdel(%p,%d)"), win, n));
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ returnCode(OK);
+
+ _nc_scroll_window(win, -n, win->_cury, win->_maxy);
+ touchline(win, win->_cury, win->_maxy - win->_cury + 1);
+
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_insstr.c
+**
+** The routine winsnstr().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_insstr.c,v 1.9 1997/02/15 16:09:53 tom Exp $")
+
+int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
+{
+short oy = win->_cury;
+short ox = win->_curx;
+const char *cp;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("winsstr(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _nc_visbuf(str), n));
+
+ for (cp = str; *cp && (n <= 0 || (cp - str) < n); cp++) {
+ if (*cp == '\n' || *cp == '\r' || *cp == '\t' || *cp == '\b')
+ _nc_waddch_nosync(win, (chtype)(*cp));
+ else if (is7bits(*cp) && iscntrl(*cp)) {
+ winsch(win, ' ' + (chtype)(*cp));
+ winsch(win, '^');
+ win->_curx += 2;
+ } else {
+ winsch(win, (chtype)(*cp));
+ win->_curx++;
+ }
+ if (win->_curx > win->_maxx)
+ win->_curx = win->_maxx;
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = ox;
+ win->_cury = oy;
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_instr.c
+**
+** The routine winnstr().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_instr.c,v 1.6 1997/05/03 10:51:07 juergen Exp $")
+
+int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
+{
+ int i, row, col;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("winnstr(%p,%p,%d)"), win, str, n));
+
+ getyx(win, row, col);
+
+ if (n < 0)
+ n = win->_maxx - win->_curx + 1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n;) {
+ str[i++] = TextOf(win->_line[row].text[col]);
+ if (++col > win->_maxx) {
+ col = 0;
+ if (++row > win->_maxy)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ str[i] = '\0'; /* SVr4 does not seem to count the null */
+
+ returnCode(i);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_endwin.c
+**
+** The routine endwin().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_isendwin.c,v 1.2 1996/07/30 22:29:50 tom Exp $")
+
+int isendwin(void)
+{
+ if (SP == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ return SP->_endwin;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_kernel.c
+ *
+ * Misc. low-level routines:
+ * napms()
+ * reset_prog_mode()
+ * reset_shell_mode()
+ * erasechar()
+ * killchar()
+ * flushinp()
+ * savetty()
+ * resetty()
+ *
+ * The baudrate() and delay_output() functions could logically live here,
+ * but are in other modules to reduce the static-link size of programs
+ * that use only these facilities.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* cur_term */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_kernel.c,v 1.13 1997/02/02 00:33:14 tom Exp $")
+
+int napms(int ms)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("napms(%d)"), ms));
+
+ usleep(1000*(unsigned)ms);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int reset_prog_mode(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("reset_prog_mode()")));
+
+ SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb);
+ if (SP && stdscr && stdscr->_use_keypad)
+ _nc_keypad(TRUE);
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+int reset_shell_mode(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("reset_shell_mode()")));
+
+ if (SP)
+ {
+ fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ _nc_keypad(FALSE);
+ }
+
+ SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Ottyb);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * erasechar()
+ *
+ * Return erase character as given in cur_term->Ottyb.
+ *
+ */
+
+char
+erasechar(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("erasechar()")));
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.c_cc[VERASE]);
+#else
+ returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.sg_erase);
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * killchar()
+ *
+ * Return kill character as given in cur_term->Ottyb.
+ *
+ */
+
+char
+killchar(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("killchar()")));
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.c_cc[VKILL]);
+#else
+ returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.sg_kill);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * flushinp()
+ *
+ * Flush any input on cur_term->Filedes
+ *
+ */
+
+int flushinp(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("flushinp()")));
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ tcflush(cur_term->Filedes, TCIFLUSH);
+#else
+ errno = 0;
+ do {
+ ioctl(cur_term->Filedes, TIOCFLUSH, 0);
+ } while
+ (errno == EINTR);
+#endif
+ if (SP) {
+ SP->_fifohead = -1;
+ SP->_fifotail = 0;
+ SP->_fifopeek = 0;
+ }
+ returnCode(OK);
+
+}
+
+/*
+** savetty() and resetty()
+**
+*/
+
+static TTY buf;
+
+int savetty(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("savetty()")));
+
+ GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int resetty(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("resetty()")));
+
+ SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_longname.c
+**
+** The routine longname().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_longname.c,v 1.5 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+char *
+longname(void)
+{
+char *ptr;
+
+ T(("longname() called"));
+
+ for (ptr = ttytype + strlen(ttytype); ptr > ttytype; ptr--)
+ if (*ptr == '|')
+ return(ptr + 1);
+
+ return(ttytype);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * This module is intended to encapsulate ncurses's interface to pointing
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * The first method used is xterm's internal mouse-tracking facility.
+ * The second (not yet implemented) will be Alessandro Rubini's GPM server.
+ *
+ * Notes for implementors of new mouse-interface methods:
+ *
+ * The code is logically split into a lower level that accepts event reports
+ * in a device-dependent format and an upper level that parses mouse gestures
+ * and filters events. The mediating data structure is a circular queue of
+ * MEVENT structures.
+ *
+ * Functionally, the lower level's job is to pick up primitive events and
+ * put them on the circular queue. This can happen in one of two ways:
+ * either (a) _nc_mouse_event() detects a series of incoming mouse reports
+ * and queues them, or (b) code in lib_getch.c detects the kmous prefix in
+ * the keyboard input stream and calls _nc_mouse_inline to queue up a series
+ * of adjacent mouse reports.
+ *
+ * In either case, _nc_mouse_parse() should be called after the series is
+ * accepted to parse the digested mouse reports (low-level MEVENTs) into
+ * a gesture (a high-level or composite MEVENT).
+ *
+ * Don't be too shy about adding new event types or modifiers, if you can find
+ * room for them in the 32-bit mask. The API is written so that users get
+ * feedback on which theoretical event types they won't see when they call
+ * mousemask. There's one bit per button (the RESERVED_EVENT bit) not being
+ * used yet, and a couple of bits open at the high end.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT
+#ifndef LINT /* don't need this for llib-lncurses */
+#undef buttons /* term.h defines this, and gpm uses it! */
+#include <gpm.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_mouse.c,v 0.22 1997/02/15 22:33:37 tom Exp $")
+
+#define MY_TRACE TRACE_ICALLS|TRACE_IEVENT
+
+#define INVALID_EVENT -1
+
+int _nc_max_click_interval = 166; /* max press/release separation */
+
+static int mousetype;
+#define M_XTERM -1 /* use xterm's mouse tracking? */
+#define M_NONE 0 /* no mouse device */
+#define M_GPM 1 /* use GPM */
+
+#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT
+#ifndef LINT
+static Gpm_Connect gpm_connect;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static mmask_t eventmask; /* current event mask */
+
+/* maintain a circular list of mouse events */
+#define EV_MAX 8 /* size of circular event queue */
+static MEVENT events[EV_MAX]; /* hold the last mouse event seen */
+static MEVENT *eventp = events; /* next free slot in event queue */
+#define NEXT(ep) ((ep == events + EV_MAX - 1) ? events : ep + 1)
+#define PREV(ep) ((ep == events) ? events + EV_MAX - 1 : ep - 1)
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void _trace_slot(const char *tag)
+{
+ MEVENT *ep;
+
+ _tracef(tag);
+
+ for (ep = events; ep < events + EV_MAX; ep++)
+ _tracef("mouse event queue slot %d = %s", ep-events, _tracemouse(ep));
+}
+#endif
+
+void _nc_mouse_init(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED)
+/* initialize the mouse -- called at screen-setup time */
+{
+ int i;
+
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_init() called"));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < EV_MAX; i++)
+ events[i].id = INVALID_EVENT;
+
+ /* we know how to recognize mouse events under xterm */
+ if (!strncmp(cur_term->type.term_names, "xterm", 5) && key_mouse)
+ mousetype = M_XTERM;
+
+#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT
+ else if (!strncmp(cur_term->type.term_names, "linux", 5))
+ {
+ /* GPM: initialize connection to gpm server */
+ gpm_connect.eventMask = GPM_DOWN|GPM_UP;
+ gpm_connect.defaultMask = ~gpm_connect.eventMask;
+ gpm_connect.minMod = 0;
+ gpm_connect.maxMod = ~0;
+ if (Gpm_Open (&gpm_connect, 0) >= 0) /* returns the file-descriptor */
+ mousetype = M_GPM;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+int _nc_mouse_fd(void)
+{
+ if (mousetype == M_XTERM)
+ return -1;
+#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT
+ else if (mousetype == M_GPM)
+ return gpm_fd;
+#endif
+ return -1;
+}
+
+bool _nc_mouse_event(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED)
+/* query to see if there is a pending mouse event */
+{
+#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT
+ /* GPM: query server for event, return TRUE if we find one */
+ Gpm_Event ev;
+
+ if (gpm_fd >= 0
+ && _nc_timed_wait(2, 0, (int *)0)
+ && Gpm_GetEvent(&ev) == 1)
+ {
+ eventp->id = 0; /* there's only one mouse... */
+
+ eventp->bstate = 0;
+ switch (ev.type & 0x0f)
+ {
+ case(GPM_DOWN):
+ if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_LEFT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON1_PRESSED;
+ if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_MIDDLE) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON2_PRESSED;
+ if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_RIGHT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON3_PRESSED;
+ break;
+ case(GPM_UP):
+ if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_LEFT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON1_RELEASED;
+ if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_MIDDLE) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON2_RELEASED;
+ if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_RIGHT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON3_RELEASED;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ eventp->x = ev.x - 1;
+ eventp->y = ev.y - 1;
+ eventp->z = 0;
+
+ /* bump the next-free pointer into the circular list */
+ eventp = NEXT(eventp);
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+#endif
+ /* xterm: never have to query, mouse events are in the keyboard stream */
+ return(FALSE); /* no event waiting */
+}
+
+bool _nc_mouse_inline(SCREEN *sp)
+/* mouse report received in the keyboard stream -- parse its info */
+{
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_inline() called"));
+
+ if (mousetype == M_XTERM)
+ {
+ unsigned char kbuf[4];
+ MEVENT *prev;
+ size_t grabbed;
+ int res;
+
+ /* This code requires that your xterm entry contain the kmous
+ * capability and that it be set to the \E[M documented in the
+ * Xterm Control Sequences reference. This is how we
+ * arrange for mouse events to be reported via a KEY_MOUSE
+ * return value from wgetch(). After this value is received,
+ * _nc_mouse_inline() gets called and is immediately
+ * responsible for parsing the mouse status information
+ * following the prefix.
+ *
+ * The following quotes from the ctrlseqs.ms document in the
+ * X distribution, describing the X mouse tracking feature:
+ *
+ * Parameters for all mouse tracking escape sequences
+ * generated by xterm encode numeric parameters in a single
+ * character as value+040. For example, ! is 1.
+ *
+ * On button press or release, xterm sends ESC [ M CbCxCy.
+ * The low two bits of Cb encode button information: 0=MB1
+ * pressed, 1=MB2 pressed, 2=MB3 pressed, 3=release. The
+ * upper bits encode what modifiers were down when the
+ * button was pressed and are added together. 4=Shift,
+ * 8=Meta, 16=Control. Cx and Cy are the x and y coordinates
+ * of the mouse event. The upper left corner is (1,1).
+ *
+ * (End quote) By the time we get here, we've eaten the
+ * key prefix. FYI, the loop below is necessary because
+ * mouse click info isn't guaranteed to present as a
+ * single clist item. It always does under Linux but often
+ * fails to under Solaris.
+ */
+ for (grabbed = 0; grabbed < 3; grabbed += res)
+ {
+ res = read(sp->_ifd, kbuf + grabbed, 3-grabbed);
+ if (res == -1)
+ break;
+ }
+ kbuf[3] = '\0';
+
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("_nc_mouse_inline sees the following xterm data: '%s'", kbuf));
+
+ eventp->id = 0; /* there's only one mouse... */
+
+ /* processing code goes here */
+ eventp->bstate = 0;
+ switch (kbuf[0] & 0x3)
+ {
+ case 0x0:
+ eventp->bstate = BUTTON1_PRESSED;
+ break;
+
+ case 0x1:
+ eventp->bstate = BUTTON2_PRESSED;
+ break;
+
+ case 0x2:
+ eventp->bstate = BUTTON3_PRESSED;
+ break;
+
+ case 0x3:
+ /*
+ * Release events aren't reported for individual buttons,
+ * just for the button set as a whole...
+ */
+ eventp->bstate =
+ (BUTTON1_RELEASED |
+ BUTTON2_RELEASED |
+ BUTTON3_RELEASED);
+ /*
+ * ...however, because there are no kinds of mouse events under
+ * xterm that can intervene between press and release, we can
+ * deduce which buttons were actually released by looking at the
+ * previous event.
+ */
+ prev = PREV(eventp);
+ if (!(prev->bstate & BUTTON1_PRESSED))
+ eventp->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_RELEASED;
+ if (!(prev->bstate & BUTTON2_PRESSED))
+ eventp->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_RELEASED;
+ if (!(prev->bstate & BUTTON3_PRESSED))
+ eventp->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_RELEASED;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (kbuf[0] & 4) {
+ eventp->bstate |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
+ }
+ if (kbuf[0] & 8) {
+ eventp->bstate |= BUTTON_ALT;
+ }
+ if (kbuf[0] & 16) {
+ eventp->bstate |= BUTTON_CTRL;
+ }
+
+ eventp->x = (kbuf[1] - ' ') - 1;
+ eventp->y = (kbuf[2] - ' ') - 1;
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_inline: primitive mouse-event %s has slot %d", _tracemouse(eventp), eventp - events));
+
+ /* bump the next-free pointer into the circular list */
+ eventp = NEXT(eventp);
+ }
+
+ return(FALSE);
+}
+
+static void mouse_activate(bool on)
+{
+ if (mousetype == M_XTERM)
+ {
+ if (on)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("xterm mouse initialization");
+ putp("\033[?1000h");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("xterm mouse deinitialization");
+ putp("\033[?1000l");
+ }
+ (void) fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Device-independent code
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+bool _nc_mouse_parse(int runcount)
+/* parse a run of atomic mouse events into a gesture */
+{
+ MEVENT *ep, *runp, *next, *prev = PREV(eventp);
+ int n;
+ bool merge;
+
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_parse(%d) called", runcount));
+
+ /*
+ * When we enter this routine, the event list next-free pointer
+ * points just past a run of mouse events that we know were separated
+ * in time by less than the critical click interval. The job of this
+ * routine is to collaps this run into a single higher-level event
+ * or gesture.
+ *
+ * We accomplish this in two passes. The first pass merges press/release
+ * pairs into click events. The second merges runs of click events into
+ * double or triple-click events.
+ *
+ * It's possible that the run may not resolve to a single event (for
+ * example, if the user quadruple-clicks). If so, leading events
+ * in the run are ignored.
+ *
+ * Note that this routine is independent of the format of the specific
+ * format of the pointing-device's reports. We can use it to parse
+ * gestures on anything that reports press/release events on a per-
+ * button basis, as long as the device-dependent mouse code puts stuff
+ * on the queue in MEVENT format.
+ */
+ if (runcount == 1)
+ {
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_parse: returning simple mouse event %s at slot %d",
+ _tracemouse(prev), prev-events));
+ return (PREV(prev)->id >= 0) ? (PREV(prev)->bstate & eventmask) : 0;
+ }
+
+ /* find the start of the run */
+ runp = eventp;
+ for (n = runcount; n > 0; n--)
+ runp = PREV(runp);
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT)
+ {
+ _trace_slot("before mouse press/release merge:");
+ _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d",
+ runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount);
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /* first pass; merge press/release pairs */
+ do {
+ merge = FALSE;
+ for (ep = runp; next = NEXT(ep), next != eventp; ep = next)
+ {
+ if (ep->x == next->x && ep->y == next->y
+ && (ep->bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED|BUTTON2_PRESSED|BUTTON3_PRESSED))
+ && (!(ep->bstate & BUTTON1_PRESSED)
+ == !(next->bstate & BUTTON1_RELEASED))
+ && (!(ep->bstate & BUTTON2_PRESSED)
+ == !(next->bstate & BUTTON2_RELEASED))
+ && (!(ep->bstate & BUTTON3_PRESSED)
+ == !(next->bstate & BUTTON3_RELEASED))
+ )
+ {
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON1_CLICKED)
+ && (ep->bstate & BUTTON1_PRESSED))
+ {
+ ep->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_PRESSED;
+ ep->bstate |= BUTTON1_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON2_CLICKED)
+ && (ep->bstate & BUTTON2_PRESSED))
+ {
+ ep->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_PRESSED;
+ ep->bstate |= BUTTON2_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON3_CLICKED)
+ && (ep->bstate & BUTTON3_PRESSED))
+ {
+ ep->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_PRESSED;
+ ep->bstate |= BUTTON3_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (merge)
+ next->id = INVALID_EVENT;
+ }
+ }
+ } while
+ (merge);
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT)
+ {
+ _trace_slot("before mouse click merge:");
+ _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d",
+ runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount);
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /*
+ * Second pass; merge click runs. At this point, click events are
+ * each followed by one invalid event. We merge click events
+ * forward in the queue.
+ *
+ * NOTE: There is a problem with this design! If the application
+ * allows enough click events to pile up in the circular queue so
+ * they wrap around, it will cheerfully merge the newest forward
+ * into the oldest, creating a bogus doubleclick and confusing
+ * the queue-traversal logic rather badly. Generally this won't
+ * happen, because calling getmouse() marks old events invalid and
+ * ineligible for merges. The true solution to this problem would
+ * be to timestamp each MEVENT and perform the obvious sanity check,
+ * but the timer element would have to have sub-second resolution,
+ * which would get us into portability trouble.
+ */
+ do {
+ MEVENT *follower;
+
+ merge = FALSE;
+ for (ep = runp; next = NEXT(ep), next != eventp; ep = next)
+ if (ep->id != INVALID_EVENT)
+ {
+ if (next->id != INVALID_EVENT)
+ continue;
+ follower = NEXT(next);
+ if (follower->id == INVALID_EVENT)
+ continue;
+
+ /* merge click events forward */
+ if ((ep->bstate &
+ (BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON2_CLICKED | BUTTON3_CLICKED))
+ && (follower->bstate &
+ (BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON2_CLICKED | BUTTON3_CLICKED)))
+ {
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
+ && (follower->bstate & BUTTON1_CLICKED))
+ {
+ follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_CLICKED;
+ follower->bstate |= BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
+ && (follower->bstate & BUTTON2_CLICKED))
+ {
+ follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_CLICKED;
+ follower->bstate |= BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
+ && (follower->bstate & BUTTON3_CLICKED))
+ {
+ follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_CLICKED;
+ follower->bstate |= BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (merge)
+ ep->id = INVALID_EVENT;
+ }
+
+ /* merge double-click events forward */
+ if ((ep->bstate &
+ (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED))
+ && (follower->bstate &
+ (BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON2_CLICKED | BUTTON3_CLICKED)))
+ {
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED)
+ && (follower->bstate & BUTTON1_CLICKED))
+ {
+ follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_CLICKED;
+ follower->bstate |= BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED)
+ && (follower->bstate & BUTTON2_CLICKED))
+ {
+ follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_CLICKED;
+ follower->bstate |= BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((eventmask & BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED)
+ && (follower->bstate & BUTTON3_CLICKED))
+ {
+ follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_CLICKED;
+ follower->bstate |= BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED;
+ merge = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (merge)
+ ep->id = INVALID_EVENT;
+ }
+ }
+ } while
+ (merge);
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT)
+ {
+ _trace_slot("before mouse event queue compaction:");
+ _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d",
+ runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount);
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /*
+ * Now try to throw away trailing events flagged invalid, or that
+ * don't match the current event mask.
+ */
+ for (; runcount; prev = PREV(eventp), runcount--)
+ if (prev->id == INVALID_EVENT || !(prev->bstate & eventmask))
+ eventp = prev;
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT)
+ {
+ _trace_slot("after mouse event queue compaction:");
+ _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d",
+ runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount);
+ }
+ for (ep = runp; ep != eventp; ep = NEXT(ep))
+ if (ep->id != INVALID_EVENT)
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_parse: returning composite mouse event %s at slot %d",
+ _tracemouse(ep), ep-events));
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /* after all this, do we have a valid event? */
+ return(PREV(eventp)->id != INVALID_EVENT);
+}
+
+void _nc_mouse_wrap(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED)
+/* release mouse -- called by endwin() before shellout/exit */
+{
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_wrap() called"));
+
+ /* xterm: turn off reporting */
+ if (mousetype == M_XTERM && eventmask)
+ mouse_activate(FALSE);
+
+ /* GPM: pass all mouse events to next client */
+}
+
+void _nc_mouse_resume(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED)
+/* re-connect to mouse -- called by doupdate() after shellout */
+{
+ TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_resume() called"));
+
+ /* xterm: re-enable reporting */
+ if (mousetype == M_XTERM && eventmask)
+ mouse_activate(TRUE);
+
+ /* GPM: reclaim our event set */
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Mouse interface entry points for the API
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+int getmouse(MEVENT *aevent)
+/* grab a copy of the current mouse event */
+{
+ if (aevent && (mousetype == M_XTERM || mousetype == M_GPM))
+ {
+ /* compute the current-event pointer */
+ MEVENT *prev = PREV(eventp);
+
+ /* copy the event we find there */
+ *aevent = *prev;
+
+ TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("getmouse: returning event %s from slot %d",
+ _tracemouse(prev), prev-events));
+
+ prev->id = INVALID_EVENT; /* so the queue slot becomes free */
+ return(OK);
+ }
+ return(ERR);
+}
+
+int ungetmouse(MEVENT *aevent)
+/* enqueue a synthesized mouse event to be seen by the next wgetch() */
+{
+ /* stick the given event in the next-free slot */
+ *eventp = *aevent;
+
+ /* bump the next-free pointer into the circular list */
+ eventp = NEXT(eventp);
+
+ /* push back the notification event on the keyboard queue */
+ return ungetch(KEY_MOUSE);
+}
+
+mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask)
+/* set the mouse event mask */
+{
+ if (oldmask)
+ *oldmask = eventmask;
+
+ if (mousetype == M_XTERM || mousetype == M_GPM)
+ {
+ eventmask = newmask &
+ (BUTTON_ALT | BUTTON_CTRL | BUTTON_SHIFT
+ | BUTTON1_PRESSED | BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED | BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON2_PRESSED | BUTTON2_RELEASED | BUTTON2_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED | BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON3_PRESSED | BUTTON3_RELEASED | BUTTON3_CLICKED
+ | BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED | BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED);
+
+ mouse_activate(eventmask != 0);
+
+ return(eventmask);
+ }
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+bool wenclose(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+/* check to see if given window encloses given screen location */
+{
+ if (win)
+ {
+ y -= win->_yoffset;
+ return (win->_begy <= y &&
+ win->_begx <= x &&
+ (win->_begx + win->_maxx) >= x &&
+ (win->_begy + win->_maxy) >= y);
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int mouseinterval(int maxclick)
+/* set the maximum mouse interval within which to recognize a click */
+{
+ int oldval = _nc_max_click_interval;
+
+ _nc_max_click_interval = maxclick;
+ return(oldval);
+}
+
+/* lib_mouse.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_move.c
+**
+** The routine wmove().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_move.c,v 1.6 1997/02/02 00:00:47 tom Exp $")
+
+int
+wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wmove(%p,%d,%d)"), win, y, x));
+
+ if (x >= 0 && x <= win->_maxx &&
+ y >= 0 && y <= win->_maxy)
+ {
+ win->_curx = (short)x;
+ win->_cury = (short)y;
+
+ win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED;
+ win->_flags |= _HASMOVED;
+ returnCode(OK);
+ } else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_mvcur.c
+**
+** The routines for moving the physical cursor and scrolling:
+**
+** void _nc_mvcur_init(void), mvcur_wrap(void)
+**
+** void _nc_mvcur_resume(void)
+**
+** int mvcur(int old_y, int old_x, int new_y, int new_x)
+**
+** void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void)
+**
+** int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(int n, int top, int bot, int maxy)
+**
+** Comparisons with older movement optimizers:
+** SVr3 curses mvcur() can't use cursor_to_ll or auto_left_margin.
+** 4.4BSD curses can't use cuu/cud/cuf/cub/hpa/vpa/tab/cbt for local
+** motions. It doesn't use tactics based on auto_left_margin. Weirdly
+** enough, it doesn't use its own hardware-scrolling routine to scroll up
+** destination lines for out-of-bounds addresses!
+** old ncurses optimizer: less accurate cost computations (in fact,
+** it was broken and had to be commented out!).
+**
+** Compile with -DMAIN to build an interactive tester/timer for the movement
+** optimizer. You can use it to investigate the optimizer's behavior.
+** You can also use it for tuning the formulas used to determine whether
+** or not full optimization is attempted.
+**
+** This code has a nasty tendency to find bugs in terminfo entries, because it
+** exercises the non-cup movement capabilities heavily. If you think you've
+** found a bug, try deleting subsets of the following capabilities (arranged
+** in decreasing order of suspiciousness): it, tab, cbt, hpa, vpa, cuu, cud,
+** cuf, cub, cuu1, cud1, cuf1, cub1. It may be that one or more are wrong.
+**
+** Note: you should expect this code to look like a resource hog in a profile.
+** That's because it does a lot of I/O, through the tputs() calls. The I/O
+** cost swamps the computation overhead (and as machines get faster, this
+** will become even more true). Comments in the test exerciser at the end
+** go into detail about tuning and how you can gauge the optimizer's
+** effectiveness.
+**/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Constants and macros for optimizer tuning.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * The average overhead of a full optimization computation in character
+ * transmission times. If it's too high, the algorithm will be a bit
+ * over-biased toward using cup rather than local motions; if it's too
+ * low, the algorithm may spend more time than is strictly optimal
+ * looking for non-cup motions. Profile the optimizer using the `t'
+ * command of the exerciser (see below), and round to the nearest integer.
+ *
+ * Yes, I (esr) thought about computing expected overhead dynamically, say
+ * by derivation from a running average of optimizer times. But the
+ * whole point of this optimization is to *decrease* the frequency of
+ * system calls. :-)
+ */
+#define COMPUTE_OVERHEAD 1 /* I use a 90MHz Pentium @ 9.6Kbps */
+
+/*
+ * LONG_DIST is the distance we consider to be just as costly to move over as a
+ * cup sequence is to emit. In other words, it's the length of a cup sequence
+ * adjusted for average computation overhead. The magic number is the length
+ * of "\033[yy;xxH", the typical cup sequence these days.
+ */
+#define LONG_DIST (8 - COMPUTE_OVERHEAD)
+
+/*
+ * Tell whether a motion is optimizable by local motions. Needs to be cheap to
+ * compute. In general, all the fast moves go to either the right or left edge
+ * of the screen. So any motion to a location that is (a) further away than
+ * LONG_DIST and (b) further inward from the right or left edge than LONG_DIST,
+ * we'll consider nonlocal.
+ */
+#define NOT_LOCAL(fy, fx, ty, tx) ((tx > LONG_DIST) && (tx < screen_lines - 1 - LONG_DIST) && (abs(ty-fy) + abs(tx-fx) > LONG_DIST))
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * External interfaces
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * For this code to work OK, the following components must live in the
+ * screen structure:
+ *
+ * int _char_padding; // cost of character put
+ * int _cr_cost; // cost of (carriage_return)
+ * int _cup_cost; // cost of (cursor_address)
+ * int _home_cost; // cost of (cursor_home)
+ * int _ll_cost; // cost of (cursor_to_ll)
+ *#ifdef TABS_OK
+ * int _ht_cost; // cost of (tab)
+ * int _cbt_cost; // cost of (backtab)
+ *#endif TABS_OK
+ * int _cub1_cost; // cost of (cursor_left)
+ * int _cuf1_cost; // cost of (cursor_right)
+ * int _cud1_cost; // cost of (cursor_down)
+ * int _cuu1_cost; // cost of (cursor_up)
+ * int _cub_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_left)
+ * int _cuf_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_right)
+ * int _cud_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_down)
+ * int _cuu_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_up)
+ * int _hpa_cost; // cost of (column_address)
+ * int _vpa_cost; // cost of (row_address)
+ * int _ech_cost; // cost of (erase_chars)
+ * int _rep_cost; // cost of (repeat_char)
+ *
+ * The TABS_OK switch controls whether it is reliable to use tab/backtabs
+ * for local motions. On many systems, it's not, due to uncertainties about
+ * tab delays and whether or not tabs will be expanded in raw mode. If you
+ * have parm_right_cursor, tab motions don't win you a lot anyhow.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_mvcur.c,v 1.37 1997/05/03 22:15:26 Peter.Wemm Exp $")
+
+#define STRLEN(s) (s != 0) ? strlen(s) : 0
+
+#define CURRENT_ATTR SP->_current_attr /* current phys attribute */
+#define CURRENT_ROW SP->_cursrow /* phys cursor row */
+#define CURRENT_COLUMN SP->_curscol /* phys cursor column */
+#define REAL_ATTR SP->_current_attr /* phys current attribute */
+#define WANT_CHAR(y, x) SP->_newscr->_line[y].text[x] /* desired state */
+#define BAUDRATE SP->_baudrate /* bits per second */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+static bool profiling = FALSE;
+static float diff;
+#endif /* MAIN */
+
+#define OPT_SIZE 512
+
+static void save_curs(void);
+static void restore_curs(void);
+static int cost_of(const char *const cap, int affcnt);
+static int normalized_cost(const char *const cap, int affcnt);
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Initialization/wrapup (including cost pre-computation)
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+static int
+trace_cost_of(const char *capname, const char *cap, int affcnt)
+{
+ int result = cost_of(cap,affcnt);
+ TR(TRACE_CHARPUT|TRACE_MOVE, ("CostOf %s %d", capname, result));
+ return result;
+}
+#define CostOf(cap,affcnt) trace_cost_of(#cap,cap,affcnt);
+
+static int
+trace_normalized_cost(const char *capname, const char *cap, int affcnt)
+{
+ int result = normalized_cost(cap,affcnt);
+ TR(TRACE_CHARPUT|TRACE_MOVE, ("NormalizedCost %s %d", capname, result));
+ return result;
+}
+#define NormalizedCost(cap,affcnt) trace_normalized_cost(#cap,cap,affcnt);
+
+#else
+
+#define CostOf(cap,affcnt) cost_of(cap,affcnt);
+#define NormalizedCost(cap,affcnt) normalized_cost(cap,affcnt);
+
+#endif
+
+static int cost_of(const char *const cap, int affcnt)
+/* compute the cost of a given operation */
+{
+ if (cap == 0)
+ return(INFINITY);
+ else
+ {
+ const char *cp;
+ float cum_cost = 0;
+
+ for (cp = cap; *cp; cp++)
+ {
+ /* extract padding, either mandatory or required */
+ if (cp[0] == '$' && cp[1] == '<' && strchr(cp, '>'))
+ {
+ float number = 0;
+
+ for (cp += 2; *cp != '>'; cp++)
+ {
+ if (isdigit(*cp))
+ number = number * 10 + (*cp - '0');
+ else if (*cp == '.')
+ number += (*++cp - 10) / 10.0;
+ else if (*cp == '*')
+ number *= affcnt;
+ }
+
+ cum_cost += number * 10;
+ }
+ else
+ cum_cost += SP->_char_padding;
+ }
+
+ return((int)cum_cost);
+ }
+}
+
+static int normalized_cost(const char *const cap, int affcnt)
+/* compute the effective character-count for an operation (round up) */
+{
+ int cost = cost_of(cap, affcnt);
+ if (cost != INFINITY)
+ cost = (cost + SP->_char_padding - 1) / SP->_char_padding;
+ return cost;
+}
+
+static void reset_scroll_region(void)
+/* Set the scroll-region to a known state (the default) */
+{
+ if (change_scroll_region)
+ {
+ /* change_scroll_region may trash the cursor location */
+ save_curs();
+ TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region");
+ putp(tparm(change_scroll_region, 0, screen_lines - 1));
+ restore_curs();
+ }
+}
+
+void _nc_mvcur_resume(void)
+/* what to do at initialization time and after each shellout */
+{
+ /* initialize screen for cursor access */
+ if (enter_ca_mode)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("enter_ca_mode");
+ putp(enter_ca_mode);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Doing this here rather than in _nc_mvcur_wrap() ensures that
+ * ncurses programs will see a reset scroll region even if a
+ * program that messed with it died ungracefully.
+ *
+ * This also undoes the effects of terminal init strings that assume
+ * they know the screen size. This is useful when you're running
+ * a vt100 emulation through xterm.
+ */
+ reset_scroll_region();
+}
+
+void _nc_mvcur_init(void)
+/* initialize the cost structure */
+{
+ /*
+ * 9 = 7 bits + 1 parity + 1 stop.
+ */
+ SP->_char_padding = (9 * 1000 * 10) / (BAUDRATE > 0 ? BAUDRATE : 9600);
+ if (SP->_char_padding <= 0)
+ SP->_char_padding = 1; /* must be nonzero */
+ TR(TRACE_CHARPUT|TRACE_MOVE, ("char_padding %d msecs", SP->_char_padding));
+
+ /* non-parameterized local-motion strings */
+ SP->_cr_cost = CostOf(carriage_return, 0);
+ SP->_home_cost = CostOf(cursor_home, 0);
+ SP->_ll_cost = CostOf(cursor_to_ll, 0);
+#ifdef TABS_OK
+ SP->_ht_cost = CostOf(tab, 0);
+ SP->_cbt_cost = CostOf(back_tab, 0);
+#endif /* TABS_OK */
+ SP->_cub1_cost = CostOf(cursor_left, 0);
+ SP->_cuf1_cost = CostOf(cursor_right, 0);
+ SP->_cud1_cost = CostOf(cursor_down, 0);
+ SP->_cuu1_cost = CostOf(cursor_up, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Assumption: if the terminal has memory_relative addressing, the
+ * initialization strings or smcup will set single-page mode so we
+ * can treat it like absolute screen addressing. This seems to be true
+ * for all cursor_mem_address terminal types in the terminfo database.
+ */
+ SP->_address_cursor = cursor_address ? cursor_address : cursor_mem_address;
+
+ /*
+ * Parametrized local-motion strings. This static cost computation
+ * depends on the following assumptions:
+ *
+ * (1) They never have * padding. In the entire master terminfo database
+ * as of March 1995, only the obsolete Zenith Z-100 pc violates this.
+ * (Proportional padding is found mainly in insert, delete and scroll
+ * capabilities).
+ *
+ * (2) The average case of cup has two two-digit parameters. Strictly,
+ * the average case for a 24 * 80 screen has ((10*10*(1 + 1)) +
+ * (14*10*(1 + 2)) + (10*70*(2 + 1)) + (14*70*4)) / (24*80) = 3.458
+ * digits of parameters. On a 25x80 screen the average is 3.6197.
+ * On larger screens the value gets much closer to 4.
+ *
+ * (3) The average case of cub/cuf/hpa/ech/rep has 2 digits of parameters
+ * (strictly, (((10 * 1) + (70 * 2)) / 80) = 1.8750).
+ *
+ * (4) The average case of cud/cuu/vpa has 2 digits of parameters
+ * (strictly, (((10 * 1) + (14 * 2)) / 24) = 1.5833).
+ *
+ * All these averages depend on the assumption that all parameter values
+ * are equally probable.
+ */
+ SP->_cup_cost = CostOf(tparm(SP->_address_cursor, 23, 23), 1);
+ SP->_cub_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_left_cursor, 23), 1);
+ SP->_cuf_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_right_cursor, 23), 1);
+ SP->_cud_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_down_cursor, 23), 1);
+ SP->_cuu_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_up_cursor, 23), 1);
+ SP->_hpa_cost = CostOf(tparm(column_address, 23), 1);
+ SP->_vpa_cost = CostOf(tparm(row_address, 23), 1);
+
+ /* non-parameterized screen-update strings */
+ SP->_ed_cost = NormalizedCost(clr_eos, 1);
+ SP->_el_cost = NormalizedCost(clr_eol, 1);
+ SP->_el1_cost = NormalizedCost(clr_bol, 1);
+ SP->_dch1_cost = NormalizedCost(delete_character, 1);
+ SP->_ich1_cost = NormalizedCost(insert_character, 1);
+
+ /* parameterized screen-update strings */
+ SP->_dch_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(parm_dch, 23), 1);
+ SP->_ich_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(parm_ich, 23), 1);
+ SP->_ech_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(erase_chars, 23), 1);
+ SP->_rep_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(repeat_char, ' ', 23), 1);
+
+ SP->_cup_ch_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(SP->_address_cursor, 23, 23), 1);
+ SP->_hpa_ch_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(column_address, 23), 1);
+
+ /* pre-compute some capability lengths */
+ SP->_carriage_return_length = STRLEN(carriage_return);
+ SP->_cursor_home_length = STRLEN(cursor_home);
+ SP->_cursor_to_ll_length = STRLEN(cursor_to_ll);
+
+ /*
+ * A different, possibly better way to arrange this would be to set
+ * SP->_endwin = TRUE at window initialization time and let this be
+ * called by doupdate's return-from-shellout code.
+ */
+ _nc_mvcur_resume();
+}
+
+void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void)
+/* wrap up cursor-addressing mode */
+{
+ reset_scroll_region();
+ if (exit_ca_mode)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("exit_ca_mode");
+ putp(exit_ca_mode);
+ }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Optimized cursor movement
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Perform repeated-append, returning cost
+ */
+static inline int
+repeated_append (int total, int num, int repeat, char *dst, const char *src)
+{
+ register size_t src_len = strlen(src);
+ register size_t dst_len = STRLEN(dst);
+
+ if ((dst_len + repeat * src_len) < OPT_SIZE-1) {
+ total += (num * repeat);
+ if (dst) {
+ dst += dst_len;
+ while (repeat-- > 0) {
+ (void) strcpy(dst, src);
+ dst += src_len;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ total = INFINITY;
+ }
+ return total;
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_OPTIMIZE
+#define NEXTTAB(fr) (fr + init_tabs - (fr % init_tabs))
+#define LASTTAB(fr) (fr - init_tabs + (fr % init_tabs))
+
+/* Note: we'd like to inline this for speed, but GNU C barfs on the attempt. */
+
+static int
+relative_move(char *result, int from_y,int from_x,int to_y,int to_x, bool ovw)
+/* move via local motions (cuu/cuu1/cud/cud1/cub1/cub/cuf1/cuf/vpa/hpa) */
+{
+ int n, vcost = 0, hcost = 0;
+
+ if (result)
+ result[0] = '\0';
+
+ if (to_y != from_y)
+ {
+ vcost = INFINITY;
+
+ if (row_address)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, tparm(row_address, to_y));
+ vcost = SP->_vpa_cost;
+ }
+
+ if (to_y > from_y)
+ {
+ n = (to_y - from_y);
+
+ if (parm_down_cursor && SP->_cud_cost < vcost)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_down_cursor, n));
+ vcost = SP->_cud_cost;
+ }
+
+ if (cursor_down && (n * SP->_cud1_cost < vcost))
+ {
+ if (result)
+ result[0] = '\0';
+ vcost = repeated_append(vcost, SP->_cud1_cost, n, result, cursor_down);
+ }
+ }
+ else /* (to_y < from_y) */
+ {
+ n = (from_y - to_y);
+
+ if (parm_up_cursor && SP->_cup_cost < vcost)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_up_cursor, n));
+ vcost = SP->_cup_cost;
+ }
+
+ if (cursor_up && (n * SP->_cuu1_cost < vcost))
+ {
+ if (result)
+ result[0] = '\0';
+ vcost = repeated_append(vcost, SP->_cuu1_cost, n, result, cursor_up);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (vcost == INFINITY)
+ return(INFINITY);
+ }
+
+ if (result)
+ result += strlen(result);
+
+ if (to_x != from_x)
+ {
+ char try[OPT_SIZE];
+
+ hcost = INFINITY;
+
+ if (column_address)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, tparm(column_address, to_x));
+ hcost = SP->_hpa_cost;
+ }
+
+ if (to_x > from_x)
+ {
+ n = to_x - from_x;
+
+ if (parm_right_cursor && SP->_cuf_cost < hcost)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_right_cursor, n));
+ hcost = SP->_cuf_cost;
+ }
+
+ if (cursor_right)
+ {
+ int lhcost = 0;
+
+ try[0] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef TABS_OK
+ /* use hard tabs, if we have them, to do as much as possible */
+ if (init_tabs > 0 && tab)
+ {
+ int nxt, fr;
+
+ for (fr = from_x; (nxt = NEXTTAB(fr)) <= to_x; fr = nxt)
+ {
+ lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_ht_cost, 1, try, tab);
+ if (lhcost == INFINITY)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ n = to_x - fr;
+ from_x = fr;
+ }
+#endif /* TABS_OK */
+
+#if defined(REAL_ATTR) && defined(WANT_CHAR)
+ /*
+ * If we have no attribute changes, overwrite is cheaper.
+ * Note: must suppress this by passing in ovw = FALSE whenever
+ * WANT_CHAR would return invalid data. In particular, this
+ * is true between the time a hardware scroll has been done
+ * and the time the structure WANT_CHAR would access has been
+ * updated.
+ */
+ if (ovw)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ if ((WANT_CHAR(to_y, from_x + i) & A_ATTRIBUTES) != CURRENT_ATTR)
+ {
+ ovw = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (ovw)
+ {
+ char *sp;
+ int i;
+
+ sp = try + strlen(try);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ *sp++ = WANT_CHAR(to_y, from_x + i);
+ *sp = '\0';
+ lhcost += n * SP->_char_padding;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* defined(REAL_ATTR) && defined(WANT_CHAR) */
+ {
+ lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_cuf1_cost, n, try, cursor_right);
+ }
+
+ if (lhcost < hcost)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, try);
+ hcost = lhcost;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else /* (to_x < from_x) */
+ {
+ n = from_x - to_x;
+
+ if (parm_left_cursor && SP->_cub_cost < hcost)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_left_cursor, n));
+ hcost = SP->_cub_cost;
+ }
+
+ if (cursor_left)
+ {
+ int lhcost = 0;
+
+ try[0] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef TABS_OK
+ if (init_tabs > 0 && back_tab)
+ {
+ int nxt, fr;
+
+ for (fr = from_x; (nxt = LASTTAB(fr)) >= to_x; fr = nxt)
+ {
+ lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_cbt_cost, 1, try, back_tab);
+ if (lhcost == INFINITY)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ n = to_x - fr;
+ }
+#endif /* TABS_OK */
+
+ lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_cub1_cost, n, try, cursor_left);
+
+ if (lhcost < hcost)
+ {
+ if (result)
+ (void) strcpy(result, try);
+ hcost = lhcost;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hcost == INFINITY)
+ return(INFINITY);
+ }
+
+ return(vcost + hcost);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_OPTIMIZE */
+
+/*
+ * With the machinery set up above, it's conceivable that
+ * onscreen_mvcur could be modified into a recursive function that does
+ * an alpha-beta search of motion space, as though it were a chess
+ * move tree, with the weight function being boolean and the search
+ * depth equated to length of string. However, this would jack up the
+ * computation cost a lot, especially on terminals without a cup
+ * capability constraining the search tree depth. So we settle for
+ * the simpler method below.
+ */
+
+static inline int
+onscreen_mvcur(int yold,int xold,int ynew,int xnew, bool ovw)
+/* onscreen move from (yold, xold) to (ynew, xnew) */
+{
+ char use[OPT_SIZE], *sp;
+ int tactic = 0, newcost, usecost = INFINITY;
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+ struct timeval before, after;
+
+ gettimeofday(&before, NULL);
+#endif /* MAIN */
+
+ /* tactic #0: use direct cursor addressing */
+ sp = tparm(SP->_address_cursor, ynew, xnew);
+ if (sp)
+ {
+ tactic = 0;
+ (void) strcpy(use, sp);
+ usecost = SP->_cup_cost;
+
+#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
+ if (!(_nc_optimize_enable & OPTIMIZE_MVCUR))
+ goto nonlocal;
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /*
+ * We may be able to tell in advance that the full optimization
+ * will probably not be worth its overhead. Also, don't try to
+ * use local movement if the current attribute is anything but
+ * A_NORMAL...there are just too many ways this can screw up
+ * (like, say, local-movement \n getting mapped to some obscure
+ * character because A_ALTCHARSET is on).
+ */
+ if (yold == -1 || xold == -1 ||
+ REAL_ATTR != A_NORMAL || NOT_LOCAL(yold, xold, ynew, xnew))
+ {
+#ifdef MAIN
+ if (!profiling)
+ {
+ (void) fputs("nonlocal\n", stderr);
+ goto nonlocal; /* always run the optimizer if profiling */
+ }
+#else
+ goto nonlocal;
+#endif /* MAIN */
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef NO_OPTIMIZE
+ /* tactic #1: use local movement */
+ if (yold != -1 && xold != -1
+ && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, yold, xold, ynew, xnew, ovw))!=INFINITY)
+ && newcost < usecost)
+ {
+ tactic = 1;
+ usecost = newcost;
+ }
+
+ /* tactic #2: use carriage-return + local movement */
+ if (yold < screen_lines - 1 && xold < screen_columns - 1)
+ {
+ if (carriage_return
+ && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, yold,0,ynew,xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY)
+ && SP->_cr_cost + newcost < usecost)
+ {
+ tactic = 2;
+ usecost = SP->_cr_cost + newcost;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* tactic #3: use home-cursor + local movement */
+ if (cursor_home
+ && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, 0, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY)
+ && SP->_home_cost + newcost < usecost)
+ {
+ tactic = 3;
+ usecost = SP->_home_cost + newcost;
+ }
+
+ /* tactic #4: use home-down + local movement */
+ if (cursor_to_ll
+ && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, screen_lines-1, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY)
+ && SP->_ll_cost + newcost < usecost)
+ {
+ tactic = 4;
+ usecost = SP->_ll_cost + newcost;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * tactic #5: use left margin for wrap to right-hand side,
+ * unless strange wrap behavior indicated by xenl might hose us.
+ */
+ if (auto_left_margin && !eat_newline_glitch
+ && yold > 0 && yold < screen_lines - 1 && cursor_left
+ && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, yold-1, screen_columns-1, ynew, xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY)
+ && SP->_cr_cost + SP->_cub1_cost + newcost + newcost < usecost)
+ {
+ tactic = 5;
+ usecost = SP->_cr_cost + SP->_cub1_cost + newcost;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * These cases are ordered by estimated relative frequency.
+ */
+ if (tactic)
+ {
+ if (tactic == 1)
+ (void) relative_move(use, yold, xold, ynew, xnew, ovw);
+ else if (tactic == 2)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(use, carriage_return);
+ (void) relative_move(use + SP->_carriage_return_length,
+ yold,0,ynew,xnew, ovw);
+ }
+ else if (tactic == 3)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(use, cursor_home);
+ (void) relative_move(use + SP->_cursor_home_length,
+ 0, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw);
+ }
+ else if (tactic == 4)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(use, cursor_to_ll);
+ (void) relative_move(use + SP->_cursor_to_ll_length,
+ screen_lines-1, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw);
+ }
+ else /* if (tactic == 5) */
+ {
+ use[0] = '\0';
+ if (xold > 0)
+ (void) strcat(use, carriage_return);
+ (void) strcat(use, cursor_left);
+ (void) relative_move(use + strlen(use),
+ yold-1, screen_columns-1, ynew, xnew, ovw);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* !NO_OPTIMIZE */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+ gettimeofday(&after, NULL);
+ diff = after.tv_usec - before.tv_usec
+ + (after.tv_sec - before.tv_sec) * 1000000;
+ if (!profiling)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "onscreen: %d msec, %f 28.8Kbps char-equivalents\n",
+ (int)diff, diff/288);
+#endif /* MAIN */
+
+ nonlocal:
+ if (usecost != INFINITY)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("mvcur");
+ tputs(use, 1, _nc_outch);
+ return(OK);
+ }
+ else
+ return(ERR);
+}
+
+int mvcur(int yold, int xold, int ynew, int xnew)
+/* optimized cursor move from (yold, xold) to (ynew, xnew) */
+{
+ TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("mvcur(%d,%d,%d,%d) called", yold, xold, ynew, xnew));
+
+ if (yold == ynew && xold == xnew)
+ return(OK);
+
+ /*
+ * Most work here is rounding for terminal boundaries getting the
+ * column position implied by wraparound or the lack thereof and
+ * rolling up the screen to get ynew on the screen.
+ */
+
+ if (xnew >= screen_columns)
+ {
+ ynew += xnew / screen_columns;
+ xnew %= screen_columns;
+ }
+ if (xold >= screen_columns)
+ {
+ int l;
+
+ l = (xold + 1) / screen_columns;
+ yold += l;
+ if (yold >= screen_lines)
+ l -= (yold - screen_lines - 1);
+
+ while (l > 0) {
+ if (newline)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("newline");
+ tputs(newline, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ putchar('\n');
+ l--;
+ if (xold > 0)
+ {
+ if (carriage_return)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("carriage_return");
+ tputs(carriage_return, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ putchar('\r');
+ xold = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (yold > screen_lines - 1)
+ yold = screen_lines - 1;
+ if (ynew > screen_lines - 1)
+ ynew = screen_lines - 1;
+
+ /* destination location is on screen now */
+ return(onscreen_mvcur(yold, xold, ynew, xnew, TRUE));
+}
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Cursor save_restore
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/* assumption: sc/rc is faster than cursor addressing */
+
+static int oy, ox; /* ugh, mvcur_scrolln() needs to see this */
+
+static void save_curs(void)
+{
+ if (save_cursor && restore_cursor)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("save_cursor");
+ putp(save_cursor);
+ }
+
+ oy = CURRENT_ROW;
+ ox = CURRENT_COLUMN;
+}
+
+static void restore_curs(void)
+{
+ if (save_cursor && restore_cursor)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("restore_cursor");
+ putp(restore_cursor);
+ }
+ else
+ onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, oy, ox, FALSE);
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Physical-scrolling support
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static int DoTheScrolling(int n, int top, int bot, int maxy)
+/* scroll region from top to bot by n lines */
+{
+ int i;
+
+ /*
+ * This code was adapted from Keith Bostic's hardware scrolling
+ * support for 4.4BSD curses. I (esr) translated it to use terminfo
+ * capabilities, narrowed the call interface slightly, and cleaned
+ * up some convoluted tests. I also added support for the memory_above
+ * memory_below, and non_dest_scroll_region capabilities.
+ *
+ * For this code to work, we must have either
+ * change_scroll_region and scroll forward/reverse commands, or
+ * insert and delete line capabilities.
+ * When the scrolling region has been set, the cursor has to
+ * be at the last line of the region to make the scroll
+ * happen.
+ *
+ * This code makes one aesthetic decision in the opposite way from
+ * BSD curses. BSD curses preferred pairs of il/dl operations
+ * over scrolls, allegedly because il/dl looked faster. We, on
+ * the other hand, prefer scrolls because (a) they're just as fast
+ * on many terminals and (b) using them avoids bouncing an
+ * unchanged bottom section of the screen up and down, which is
+ * visually nasty.
+ */
+ if (n > 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Explicitly clear if stuff pushed off top of region might
+ * be saved by the terminal.
+ */
+ if (non_dest_scroll_region || (memory_above && top == 0)) {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ mvcur(-1, -1, i, 0);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol");
+ tputs(clr_eol, n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (change_scroll_region && (scroll_forward || parm_index))
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region");
+ tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, top, bot), 0, _nc_outch);
+
+ onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, bot, 0, TRUE);
+
+ if (parm_index != NULL)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_index");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_index, n, 0), n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_forward");
+ tputs(scroll_forward, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region");
+ tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, 0, maxy), 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else if (parm_index && top == 0 && bot == maxy)
+ {
+ onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot, 0, TRUE);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_index");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_index, n, 0), n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else if (scroll_forward && top == 0 && bot == maxy)
+ {
+ onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot, 0, TRUE);
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_forward");
+ tputs(scroll_forward, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (_nc_idlok
+ && (parm_delete_line || delete_line)
+ && (parm_insert_line || insert_line))
+ {
+ onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, top, 0, TRUE);
+
+ if (parm_delete_line)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_delete_line");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_delete_line, n, 0), n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_index");
+ tputs(delete_line, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+
+ onscreen_mvcur(top, 0, bot - n + 1, 0, FALSE);
+
+ /* Push down the bottom region. */
+ if (parm_insert_line)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_insert_line");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_insert_line, n, 0), n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("insert_line");
+ tputs(insert_line, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+ else /* (n < 0) */
+ {
+ /*
+ * Do explicit clear to end of region if it's possible that the
+ * terminal might hold on to stuff we push off the end.
+ */
+ if (non_dest_scroll_region || (memory_below && bot == maxy))
+ {
+ if (bot == maxy && clr_eos)
+ {
+ mvcur(-1, -1, lines + n, 0);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eos");
+ tputs(clr_eos, n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else if (clr_eol)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < -n; i++)
+ {
+ mvcur(-1, -1, lines + n + i, 0);
+ TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol");
+ tputs(clr_eol, n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (change_scroll_region && (scroll_reverse || parm_rindex))
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region");
+ tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, top, bot), 0, _nc_outch);
+
+ onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, top, 0, TRUE);
+
+ if (parm_rindex)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_rindex");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_rindex, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = n; i < 0; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_reverse");
+ tputs(scroll_reverse, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region");
+ tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, 0, maxy), 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else if (parm_rindex && top == 0 && bot == maxy)
+ {
+ onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot + n + 1, 0, TRUE);
+
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_rindex");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_rindex, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else if (scroll_reverse && top == 0 && bot == maxy)
+ {
+ onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, 0, 0, TRUE);
+ for (i = n; i < 0; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_reverse");
+ tputs(scroll_reverse, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (_nc_idlok
+ && (parm_delete_line || delete_line)
+ && (parm_insert_line || insert_line))
+ {
+ onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot + n + 1, 0, TRUE);
+
+ if (parm_delete_line)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_delete_line");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_delete_line, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = n; i < 0; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("delete_line");
+ tputs(delete_line, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+
+ onscreen_mvcur(bot + n + 1, 0, top, 0, FALSE);
+
+ /* Scroll the block down. */
+ if (parm_insert_line)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("parm_insert_line");
+ tputs(tparm(parm_insert_line, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = n; i < 0; i++)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("insert_line");
+ tputs(insert_line, 0, _nc_outch);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(int n, int top, int bot, int maxy)
+/* scroll region from top to bot by n lines */
+{
+ int code;
+
+ TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("mvcur_scrolln(%d, %d, %d, %d)", n, top, bot, maxy));
+
+ save_curs();
+ code = DoTheScrolling(n, top, bot, maxy);
+ restore_curs();
+ return(code);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Movement optimizer test code
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <dump_entry.h>
+
+char *_nc_progname = "mvcur";
+
+static unsigned long xmits;
+
+int tputs(const char *string, int affcnt, int (*outc)(int))
+/* stub tputs() that dumps sequences in a visible form */
+{
+ if (profiling)
+ xmits += strlen(string);
+ else
+ (void) fputs(_nc_visbuf(string), stdout);
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int putp(const char *string)
+{
+ return(tputs(string, 1, _nc_outch));
+}
+
+int _nc_outch(int ch)
+{
+ putc(ch, stdout);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+static char tname[BUFSIZ];
+
+static void load_term(void)
+{
+ (void) setupterm(tname, STDOUT_FILENO, NULL);
+}
+
+static int roll(int n)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ i = (RAND_MAX / n) * n;
+ while ((j = rand()) >= i)
+ continue;
+ return (j % n);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ (void) strcpy(tname, getenv("TERM"));
+ load_term();
+ _nc_setupscreen(lines, columns, stdout);
+ baudrate();
+
+ _nc_mvcur_init();
+#if HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER
+ /*
+ * Undo the effects of our optimization hack, otherwise our interactive
+ * prompts don't flush properly.
+ */
+#if HAVE_SETVBUF
+ (void) setvbuf(SP->_ofp, malloc(BUFSIZ), _IOLBF, BUFSIZ);
+#elif HAVE_SETBUFFER
+ (void) setbuffer(SP->_ofp, malloc(BUFSIZ), BUFSIZ);
+#endif
+#endif /* HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER */
+
+ (void) puts("The mvcur tester. Type ? for help");
+
+ fputs("smcup:", stdout);
+ putchar('\n');
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ int fy, fx, ty, tx, n, i;
+ char buf[BUFSIZ], capname[BUFSIZ];
+
+ (void) fputs("> ", stdout);
+ (void) fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin);
+
+ if (buf[0] == '?')
+ {
+(void) puts("? -- display this help message");
+(void) puts("fy fx ty tx -- (4 numbers) display (fy,fx)->(ty,tx) move");
+(void) puts("s[croll] n t b m -- display scrolling sequence");
+(void) printf("r[eload] -- reload terminal info for %s\n",
+ getenv("TERM"));
+(void) puts("l[oad] <term> -- load terminal info for type <term>");
+(void) puts("d[elete] <cap> -- delete named capability");
+(void) puts("i[nspect] -- display terminal capabilities");
+(void) puts("c[ost] -- dump cursor-optimization cost table");
+(void) puts("o[optimize] -- toggle movement optimization");
+(void) puts("t[orture] <num> -- torture-test with <num> random moves");
+(void) puts("q[uit] -- quit the program");
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", &fy, &fx, &ty, &tx) == 4)
+ {
+ struct timeval before, after;
+
+ putchar('"');
+
+ gettimeofday(&before, NULL);
+ mvcur(fy, fx, ty, tx);
+ gettimeofday(&after, NULL);
+
+ printf("\" (%ld msec)\n",
+ after.tv_usec - before.tv_usec + (after.tv_sec - before.tv_sec) * 1000000);
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(buf, "s %d %d %d %d", &fy, &fx, &ty, &tx) == 4)
+ {
+ struct timeval before, after;
+
+ putchar('"');
+
+ gettimeofday(&before, NULL);
+ _nc_mvcur_scrolln(fy, fx, ty, tx);
+ gettimeofday(&after, NULL);
+
+ printf("\" (%ld msec)\n",
+ after.tv_usec - before.tv_usec + (after.tv_sec - before.tv_sec) * 1000000);
+ }
+ else if (buf[0] == 'r')
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(tname, getenv("TERM"));
+ load_term();
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(buf, "l %s", tname) == 1)
+ {
+ load_term();
+ }
+ else if (sscanf(buf, "d %s", capname) == 1)
+ {
+ struct name_table_entry const *np = _nc_find_entry(capname,
+ _nc_info_hash_table);
+
+ if (np == NULL)
+ (void) printf("No such capability as \"%s\"\n", capname);
+ else
+ {
+ switch(np->nte_type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ cur_term->type.Booleans[np->nte_index] = FALSE;
+ (void) printf("Boolean capability `%s' (%d) turned off.\n",
+ np->nte_name, np->nte_index);
+ break;
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ cur_term->type.Numbers[np->nte_index] = -1;
+ (void) printf("Number capability `%s' (%d) set to -1.\n",
+ np->nte_name, np->nte_index);
+ break;
+
+ case STRING:
+ cur_term->type.Strings[np->nte_index] = (char *)NULL;
+ (void) printf("String capability `%s' (%d) deleted.\n",
+ np->nte_name, np->nte_index);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (buf[0] == 'i')
+ {
+ dump_init((char *)NULL, F_TERMINFO, S_TERMINFO, 70, 0);
+ dump_entry(&cur_term->type, NULL);
+ putchar('\n');
+ }
+ else if (buf[0] == 'o')
+ {
+ if (_nc_optime_enable & OPTIMIZE_MVCUR)
+ {
+ _nc_optimize_enable &=~ OPTIMIZE_MVCUR;
+ (void) puts("Optimization is now off.");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _nc_optimize_enable |= OPTIMIZE_MVCUR;
+ (void) puts("Optimization is now on.");
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * You can use the `t' test to profile and tune the movement
+ * optimizer. Use iteration values in three digits or more.
+ * At above 5000 iterations the profile timing averages are stable
+ * to within a millisecond or three.
+ *
+ * The `overhead' field of the report will help you pick a
+ * COMPUTE_OVERHEAD figure appropriate for your processor and
+ * expected line speed. The `total estimated time' is
+ * computation time plus a character-transmission time
+ * estimate computed from the number of transmits and the baud
+ * rate.
+ *
+ * Use this together with the `o' command to get a read on the
+ * optimizer's effectiveness. Compare the total estimated times
+ * for `t' runs of the same length in both optimized and un-optimized
+ * modes. As long as the optimized times are less, the optimizer
+ * is winning.
+ */
+ else if (sscanf(buf, "t %d", &n) == 1)
+ {
+ float cumtime = 0, perchar;
+ int speeds[] = {2400, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400, 0};
+
+ srand((unsigned)(getpid() + time((time_t *)0)));
+ profiling = TRUE;
+ xmits = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ /*
+ * This does a move test between two random locations,
+ * Random moves probably short-change the optimizer,
+ * which will work better on the short moves probably
+ * typical of doupdate()'s usage pattern. Still,
+ * until we have better data...
+ */
+#ifdef FIND_COREDUMP
+ int from_y = roll(lines);
+ int to_y = roll(lines);
+ int from_x = roll(columns);
+ int to_x = roll(columns);
+
+ printf("(%d,%d) -> (%d,%d)\n", from_y, from_x, to_y, to_x);
+ mvcur(from_y, from_x, to_y, to_x);
+#else
+ mvcur(roll(lines), roll(columns), roll(lines), roll(columns));
+#endif /* FIND_COREDUMP */
+ if (diff)
+ cumtime += diff;
+ }
+ profiling = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Average milliseconds per character optimization time.
+ * This is the key figure to watch when tuning the optimizer.
+ */
+ perchar = cumtime / n;
+
+ (void) printf("%d moves (%ld chars) in %d msec, %f msec each:\n",
+ n, xmits, (int)cumtime, perchar);
+
+ for (i = 0; speeds[i]; i++)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Total estimated time for the moves, computation and
+ * transmission both. Transmission time is an estimate
+ * assuming 9 bits/char, 8 bits + 1 stop bit.
+ */
+ float totalest = cumtime + xmits * 9 * 1e6 / speeds[i];
+
+ /*
+ * Per-character optimization overhead in character transmits
+ * at the current speed. Round this to the nearest integer
+ * to figure COMPUTE_OVERHEAD for the speed.
+ */
+ float overhead = speeds[i] * perchar / 1e6;
+
+ (void) printf("%6d bps: %3.2f char-xmits overhead; total estimated time %15.2f\n",
+ speeds[i], overhead, totalest);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (buf[0] == 'c')
+ {
+ (void) printf("char padding: %d\n", SP->_char_padding);
+ (void) printf("cr cost: %d\n", SP->_cr_cost);
+ (void) printf("cup cost: %d\n", SP->_cup_cost);
+ (void) printf("home cost: %d\n", SP->_home_cost);
+ (void) printf("ll cost: %d\n", SP->_ll_cost);
+#ifdef TABS_OK
+ (void) printf("ht cost: %d\n", SP->_ht_cost);
+ (void) printf("cbt cost: %d\n", SP->_cbt_cost);
+#endif /* TABS_OK */
+ (void) printf("cub1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cub1_cost);
+ (void) printf("cuf1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cuf1_cost);
+ (void) printf("cud1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cud1_cost);
+ (void) printf("cuu1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cuu1_cost);
+ (void) printf("cub cost: %d\n", SP->_cub_cost);
+ (void) printf("cuf cost: %d\n", SP->_cuf_cost);
+ (void) printf("cud cost: %d\n", SP->_cud_cost);
+ (void) printf("cuu cost: %d\n", SP->_cuu_cost);
+ (void) printf("hpa cost: %d\n", SP->_hpa_cost);
+ (void) printf("vpa cost: %d\n", SP->_vpa_cost);
+ }
+ else if (buf[0] == 'x' || buf[0] == 'q')
+ break;
+ else
+ (void) puts("Invalid command.");
+ }
+
+ (void) fputs("rmcup:", stdout);
+ _nc_mvcur_wrap();
+ putchar('\n');
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+#endif /* MAIN */
+
+/* lib_mvcur.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_mvwin.c
+**
+** The routine mvwin().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_mvwin.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 00:20:41 tom Exp $")
+
+int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int by, int bx)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("mvwin(%p,%d,%d)"), win, by, bx));
+
+ if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (by + win->_maxy > screen_lines - 1
+ || bx + win->_maxx > screen_columns - 1
+ || by < 0
+ || bx < 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ /*
+ * Whether or not the window is moved, touch the window's contents so
+ * that a following call to 'wrefresh()' will paint the window at the
+ * new location. This ensures that if the caller has refreshed another
+ * window at the same location, that this one will be displayed.
+ */
+ win->_begy = by;
+ win->_begx = bx;
+ returnCode(touchwin(win));
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_newterm.c
+**
+** The newterm() function.
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#include <term.h> /* clear_screen, cup & friends, cur_term */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_newterm.c,v 1.23 1997/03/30 01:42:01 tom Exp $")
+
+/* This should be moved to TERMINAL */
+static int filter_mode = FALSE;
+
+void filter(void)
+{
+ filter_mode = TRUE;
+}
+
+SCREEN * newterm(const char *term, FILE *ofp, FILE *ifp)
+{
+int errret;
+#ifdef TRACE
+char *t = getenv("NCURSES_TRACE");
+
+ if (t)
+ trace((unsigned) strtol(t, 0, 0));
+#endif
+
+ T((T_CALLED("newterm(\"%s\",%p,%p)"), term, ofp, ifp));
+
+ /* this loads the capability entry, then sets LINES and COLS */
+ if (setupterm(term, fileno(ofp), &errret) == ERR)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Check for mismatched graphic-rendition capabilities. Most SVr4
+ * terminfo tree contain entries that have rmul or rmso equated to sgr0
+ * (Solaris curses copes with those entries). We do this only for
+ * curses, since many termcap applications assume that smso/rmso and
+ * smul/rmul are paired, and will not function properly if we remove
+ * rmso or rmul. Curses applications shouldn't be looking at this
+ * detail.
+ */
+ if (exit_attribute_mode) {
+#define SGR0_FIX(mode) if (mode != 0 && !strcmp(mode, exit_attribute_mode)) \
+ mode = 0
+ SGR0_FIX(exit_underline_mode);
+ SGR0_FIX(exit_standout_mode);
+ }
+
+ /* implement filter mode */
+ if (filter_mode) {
+ LINES = 1;
+
+#ifdef init_tabs
+ if (init_tabs != -1)
+ TABSIZE = init_tabs;
+ else
+#endif /* init_tabs */
+ TABSIZE = 8;
+
+ T(("TABSIZE = %d", TABSIZE));
+
+#ifdef clear_screen
+ clear_screen = (char *)NULL;
+ cursor_down = parm_down_cursor = (char *)NULL;
+ cursor_address = (char *)NULL;
+ cursor_up = parm_up_cursor = (char *)NULL;
+ row_address = (char *)NULL;
+
+ cursor_home = carriage_return;
+#endif /* clear_screen */
+ }
+
+ /* If we must simulate soft labels, grab off the line to be used.
+ We assume that we must simulate, if it is none of the standard
+ formats (4-4 or 3-2-3) for which there may be some hardware
+ support. */
+#ifdef num_labels
+ if (num_labels <= 0 || !SLK_STDFMT)
+#endif /* num_labels */
+ if (_nc_slk_format)
+ {
+ if (ERR==_nc_ripoffline(-SLK_LINES, _nc_slk_initialize))
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* this actually allocates the screen structure, and saves the
+ * original terminal settings.
+ */
+ if (_nc_setupscreen(LINES, COLS, ofp) == ERR)
+ return NULL;
+
+#ifdef num_labels
+ /* if the terminal type has real soft labels, set those up */
+ if (_nc_slk_format && num_labels > 0 && SLK_STDFMT)
+ _nc_slk_initialize(stdscr, COLS);
+#endif /* num_labels */
+
+ SP->_ifd = fileno(ifp);
+ SP->_checkfd = fileno(ifp);
+ typeahead(fileno(ifp));
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ SP->_use_meta = ((cur_term->Ottyb.c_cflag & CSIZE) == CS8 &&
+ !(cur_term->Ottyb.c_iflag & ISTRIP));
+#else
+ SP->_use_meta = FALSE;
+#endif
+ SP->_endwin = FALSE;
+
+ baudrate(); /* sets a field in the SP structure */
+
+ /* compute movement costs so we can do better move optimization */
+ _nc_mvcur_init();
+
+ _nc_signal_handler(TRUE);
+
+ /* open a connection to the screen's associated mouse, if any */
+ _nc_mouse_init(SP);
+
+ /* Initialize the terminal line settings. */
+ _nc_initscr();
+
+ T((T_RETURN("%p"), SP));
+ return(SP);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_newwin.c
+**
+** The routines newwin(), subwin() and their dependent
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_newwin.c,v 1.17 1997/02/15 21:46:05 tom Exp $")
+
+void _nc_freewin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+WINDOWLIST *p, *q;
+int i;
+
+ if (win != 0) {
+ for (p = _nc_windows, q = 0; p != 0; q = p, p = p->next) {
+ if (p->win == win) {
+ if (q == 0)
+ _nc_windows = p->next;
+ else
+ q->next = p->next;
+ free(p);
+
+ if (! (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) {
+ for (i = 0; i <= win->_maxy && win->_line[i].text; i++)
+ free(win->_line[i].text);
+ }
+ free(win->_line);
+ free(win);
+
+ if (win == curscr) curscr = 0;
+ if (win == stdscr) stdscr = 0;
+ if (win == newscr) newscr = 0;
+
+ T(("...deleted win=%p", win));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+WINDOW * newwin(int num_lines, int num_columns, int begy, int begx)
+{
+WINDOW *win;
+chtype *ptr;
+int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("newwin(%d,%d,%d,%d)"), num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx));
+
+ if (begy < 0 || begx < 0 || num_lines < 0 || num_columns < 0)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ if (num_lines == 0)
+ num_lines = SP->_lines_avail - begy;
+ if (num_columns == 0)
+ num_columns = screen_columns - begx;
+
+ if (num_columns + begx > SP->_columns || num_lines + begy > SP->_lines_avail)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ if ((win = _nc_makenew(num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx, 0)) == 0)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_lines; i++) {
+ if ((win->_line[i].text = typeCalloc(chtype, (unsigned)num_columns)) == 0) {
+ _nc_freewin(win);
+ returnWin(0);
+ }
+ for (ptr = win->_line[i].text; ptr < win->_line[i].text + num_columns; )
+ *ptr++ = ' ';
+ }
+
+ T(("newwin: returned window is %p", win));
+
+ returnWin(win);
+}
+
+WINDOW * derwin(WINDOW *orig, int num_lines, int num_columns, int begy, int begx)
+{
+WINDOW *win;
+int i;
+int flags = _SUBWIN;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("derwin(%p,%d,%d,%d,%d)"), orig, num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx));
+
+ /*
+ ** make sure window fits inside the original one
+ */
+ if ( begy < 0 || begx < 0 || orig == 0 || num_lines < 0 || num_columns < 0)
+ returnWin(0);
+ if ( begy + num_lines > orig->_maxy + 1
+ || begx + num_columns > orig->_maxx + 1)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ if (num_lines == 0)
+ num_lines = orig->_maxy - begy;
+
+ if (num_columns == 0)
+ num_columns = orig->_maxx - begx;
+
+ if (orig->_flags & _ISPAD)
+ flags |= _ISPAD;
+
+ if ((win = _nc_makenew(num_lines, num_columns, orig->_begy + begy, orig->_begx + begx, flags)) == 0)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ win->_pary = begy;
+ win->_parx = begx;
+ win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
+ win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_lines; i++)
+ win->_line[i].text = &orig->_line[begy++].text[begx];
+
+ win->_parent = orig;
+
+ T(("derwin: returned window is %p", win));
+
+ returnWin(win);
+}
+
+
+WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *w, int l, int c, int y, int x)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("subwin(%p, %d, %d, %d, %d)"), w, l, c, y, x));
+ T(("parent has begy = %d, begx = %d", w->_begy, w->_begx));
+
+ returnWin(derwin(w, l, c, y - w->_begy, x - w->_begx));
+}
+
+WINDOW *
+_nc_makenew(int num_lines, int num_columns, int begy, int begx, int flags)
+{
+int i;
+WINDOWLIST *wp;
+WINDOW *win;
+bool is_pad = (flags & _ISPAD);
+
+ T(("_nc_makenew(%d,%d,%d,%d)", num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx));
+
+ if (num_lines <= 0 || num_columns <= 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if ((wp = typeCalloc(WINDOWLIST, 1)) == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if ((win = typeCalloc(WINDOW, 1)) == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if ((win->_line = typeCalloc(struct ldat, ((unsigned)num_lines))) == 0) {
+ free(win);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = 0;
+ win->_cury = 0;
+ win->_maxy = num_lines - 1;
+ win->_maxx = num_columns - 1;
+ win->_begy = begy;
+ win->_begx = begx;
+ win->_yoffset = SP->_topstolen;
+
+ win->_flags = flags;
+ win->_attrs = A_NORMAL;
+ win->_bkgd = BLANK;
+
+ win->_clear = is_pad ? FALSE : (num_lines == screen_lines && num_columns == screen_columns);
+ win->_idlok = FALSE;
+ win->_idcok = TRUE;
+ win->_scroll = FALSE;
+ win->_leaveok = FALSE;
+ win->_use_keypad = FALSE;
+ win->_delay = -1;
+ win->_immed = FALSE;
+ win->_sync = 0;
+ win->_parx = -1;
+ win->_pary = -1;
+ win->_parent = 0;
+
+ win->_regtop = 0;
+ win->_regbottom = num_lines - 1;
+
+ win->_pad._pad_y = -1;
+ win->_pad._pad_x = -1;
+ win->_pad._pad_top = -1;
+ win->_pad._pad_bottom = -1;
+ win->_pad._pad_left = -1;
+ win->_pad._pad_right = -1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_lines; i++)
+ {
+ /*
+ * This used to do
+ *
+ * win->_line[i].firstchar = win->_line[i].lastchar = _NOCHANGE;
+ *
+ * which marks the whole window unchanged. That's how
+ * SVr1 curses did it, but SVr4 curses marks the whole new
+ * window changed.
+ *
+ * With the old SVr1-like code, say you have stdscr full of
+ * characters, then create a new window with newwin(),
+ * then do a printw(win, "foo ");, the trailing spaces are
+ * completely ignored by the following refreshes. So, you
+ * get "foojunkjunk" on the screen instead of "foo " as
+ * you actually intended.
+ *
+ * SVr4 doesn't do this. Instead the spaces are actually written.
+ * So that's how we want ncurses to behave.
+ */
+ win->_line[i].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[i].lastchar = num_columns-1;
+
+ win->_line[i].oldindex = i;
+ }
+
+ if (!is_pad && (begx + num_columns == screen_columns)) {
+ win->_flags |= _ENDLINE;
+
+ if (begx == 0 && num_lines == screen_lines && begy == 0)
+ win->_flags |= _FULLWIN;
+
+ if (begy + num_lines == screen_lines)
+ win->_flags |= _SCROLLWIN;
+ }
+
+ wp->next = _nc_windows;
+ wp->win = win;
+ _nc_windows = wp;
+
+ T((T_CREATE("window %p"), win));
+
+ return(win);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_options.c
+**
+** The routines to handle option setting.
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h> /* keypad_xmit, keypad_local, meta_on, meta_off */
+ /* cursor_visible,cursor_normal,cursor_invisible */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_options.c,v 1.22 1997/05/01 23:46:18 Alexander.V.Lukyanov Exp $")
+
+int has_ic(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("has_ic()")));
+ returnCode((insert_character || parm_ich
+ || (enter_insert_mode && exit_insert_mode))
+ && (delete_character || parm_dch));
+}
+
+int has_il(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("has_il()")));
+ returnCode((insert_line || parm_insert_line)
+ && (delete_line || parm_delete_line));
+}
+
+int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("idlok(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ _nc_idlok = win->_idlok = flag && (has_il() || change_scroll_region);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("idcok(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ _nc_idcok = win->_idcok = flag && has_ic();
+
+ returnVoid;
+}
+
+
+int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("clearok(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ win->_clear = flag;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("immedok(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ win->_immed = flag;
+
+ returnVoid;
+}
+
+int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("leaveok(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ win->_leaveok = flag;
+ if (flag == TRUE)
+ curs_set(0);
+ else
+ curs_set(1);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("scrollok(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ win->_scroll = flag;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int halfdelay(int t)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("halfdelay(%d)"), t));
+
+ if (t < 1 || t > 255)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ cbreak();
+ SP->_cbreak = t+1;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("nodelay(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ if (flag == TRUE)
+ win->_delay = 0;
+ else win->_delay = -1;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool f)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("notimout(%p,%d)"), win, f));
+
+ win->_notimeout = f;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wtimeout(%p,%d)"), win, delay));
+
+ win->_delay = delay;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+static void init_keytry(void);
+static void add_to_try(char *, short);
+
+/* Turn the keypad on/off
+ *
+ * Note: we flush the output because changing this mode causes some terminals
+ * to emit different escape sequences for cursor and keypad keys. If we don't
+ * flush, then the next wgetch may get the escape sequence that corresponds to
+ * the terminal state _before_ switching modes.
+ */
+int _nc_keypad(bool flag)
+{
+ if (flag && keypad_xmit)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("keypad_xmit");
+ putp(keypad_xmit);
+ (void) fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ }
+ else if (! flag && keypad_local)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("keypad_local");
+ putp(keypad_local);
+ (void) fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ }
+
+ if (SP->_keytry == UNINITIALISED)
+ init_keytry();
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("keypad(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ win->_use_keypad = flag;
+ returnCode(_nc_keypad(flag));
+}
+
+
+int meta(WINDOW *win GCC_UNUSED, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("meta(%p,%d)"), win, flag));
+
+ SP->_use_meta = flag;
+
+ if (flag && meta_on)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("meta_on");
+ putp(meta_on);
+ }
+ else if (! flag && meta_off)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("meta_off");
+ putp(meta_off);
+ }
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/* curs_set() moved here to narrow the kernel interface */
+
+int curs_set(int vis)
+{
+int cursor = SP->_cursor;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("curs_set(%d)"), vis));
+
+ if (vis < 0 || vis > 2)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (vis == cursor)
+ returnCode(cursor);
+
+ switch(vis) {
+ case 2:
+ if (cursor_visible)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("cursor_visible");
+ putp(cursor_visible);
+ }
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ if (cursor_normal)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("cursor_normal");
+ putp(cursor_normal);
+ }
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ if (cursor_invisible)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("cursor_invisible");
+ putp(cursor_invisible);
+ }
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ break;
+ }
+ SP->_cursor = vis;
+ (void) fflush(SP->_ofp);
+
+ returnCode(cursor==-1 ? 1 : cursor);
+}
+
+/*
+** init_keytry()
+**
+** Construct the try for the current terminal's keypad keys.
+**
+*/
+
+
+static struct tries *newtry;
+
+static void init_keytry(void)
+{
+ newtry = 0;
+
+/* LINT_PREPRO
+#if 0*/
+#include <keys.tries>
+/* LINT_PREPRO
+#endif*/
+
+ SP->_keytry = newtry;
+}
+
+
+static void add_to_try(char *str, short code)
+{
+static bool out_of_memory = FALSE;
+struct tries *ptr, *savedptr;
+
+ if (! str || out_of_memory)
+ return;
+
+ if (newtry != 0) {
+ ptr = savedptr = newtry;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ while (ptr->ch != (unsigned char) *str
+ && ptr->sibling != 0)
+ ptr = ptr->sibling;
+
+ if (ptr->ch == (unsigned char) *str) {
+ if (*(++str)) {
+ if (ptr->child != 0)
+ ptr = ptr->child;
+ else
+ break;
+ } else {
+ ptr->value = code;
+ return;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if ((ptr->sibling = typeCalloc(struct tries,1)) == 0) {
+ out_of_memory = TRUE;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ savedptr = ptr = ptr->sibling;
+ if (*str == '\200')
+ ptr->ch = '\0';
+ else
+ ptr->ch = (unsigned char) *str;
+ str++;
+ ptr->value = 0;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* end for (;;) */
+ } else { /* newtry == 0 :: First sequence to be added */
+ savedptr = ptr = newtry = typeCalloc(struct tries,1);
+
+ if (ptr == 0) {
+ out_of_memory = TRUE;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (*str == '\200')
+ ptr->ch = '\0';
+ else
+ ptr->ch = (unsigned char) *str;
+ str++;
+ ptr->value = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* at this point, we are adding to the try. ptr->child == 0 */
+
+ while (*str) {
+ ptr->child = typeCalloc(struct tries,1);
+
+ ptr = ptr->child;
+
+ if (ptr == 0) {
+ out_of_memory = TRUE;
+
+ ptr = savedptr;
+ while (ptr != 0) {
+ savedptr = ptr->child;
+ free(ptr);
+ ptr = savedptr;
+ }
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (*str == '\200')
+ ptr->ch = '\0';
+ else
+ ptr->ch = (unsigned char) *str;
+ str++;
+ ptr->value = 0;
+ }
+
+ ptr->value = code;
+ return;
+}
+
+int typeahead(int fd)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("typeahead(%d)"), fd));
+ SP->_checkfd = fd;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+** has_key()
+**
+** Return TRUE if the current terminal has the given key
+**
+*/
+
+
+static int has_key_internal(int keycode, struct tries *tp)
+{
+ if (!tp)
+ return(FALSE);
+ else if (tp->value == keycode)
+ return(TRUE);
+ else
+ return(has_key_internal(keycode, tp->child)
+ || has_key_internal(keycode, tp->sibling));
+}
+
+int has_key(int keycode)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("has_key(%d)"), keycode));
+ returnCode(has_key_internal(keycode, SP->_keytry));
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_overlay.c
+**
+** The routines overlay(), copywin(), and overwrite().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_overlay.c,v 1.8 1997/04/24 10:34:38 tom Exp $")
+
+static int overlap(const WINDOW *const s, WINDOW *const d, int const flag)
+{
+int sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol, dmaxrow, dmaxcol;
+
+ T(("overlap : sby %d, sbx %d, smy %d, smx %d, dby %d, dbx %d, dmy %d, dmx %d",
+ s->_begy, s->_begx, s->_maxy, s->_maxx,
+ d->_begy, d->_begx, d->_maxy, d->_maxx));
+ sminrow = max(s->_begy, d->_begy) - s->_begy;
+ smincol = max(s->_begx, d->_begx) - s->_begx;
+ dminrow = max(s->_begy, d->_begy) - d->_begy;
+ dmincol = max(s->_begx, d->_begx) - d->_begx;
+ dmaxrow = min(s->_maxy+s->_begy, d->_maxy+d->_begy) - d->_begy;
+ dmaxcol = min(s->_maxx+s->_begx, d->_maxx+d->_begx) - d->_begx;
+
+ return(copywin(s, d,
+ sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol, dmaxrow, dmaxcol,
+ flag));
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** overlay(win1, win2)
+**
+**
+** overlay() writes the overlapping area of win1 behind win2
+** on win2 non-destructively.
+**
+**/
+
+int overlay(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("overlay(%p,%p)"), win1, win2));
+ returnCode(overlap(win1, win2, TRUE));
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** overwrite(win1, win2)
+**
+**
+** overwrite() writes the overlapping area of win1 behind win2
+** on win2 destructively.
+**
+**/
+
+int overwrite(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("overwrite(%p,%p)"), win1, win2));
+ returnCode(overlap(win1, win2, FALSE));
+}
+
+int copywin(const WINDOW *src, WINDOW *dst,
+ int sminrow, int smincol,
+ int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow, int dmaxcol,
+ int over)
+{
+int sx, sy, dx, dy;
+bool touched;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("copywin(%p, %p, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d)"),
+ src, dst, sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol, dmaxrow, dmaxcol, over));
+
+ /* make sure rectangle exists in source */
+ if ((sminrow + dmaxrow - dminrow) > (src->_maxy + 1) ||
+ (smincol + dmaxcol - dmincol) > (src->_maxx + 1)) {
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+
+ T(("rectangle exists in source"));
+
+ /* make sure rectangle fits in destination */
+ if (dmaxrow > dst->_maxy || dmaxcol > dst->_maxx) {
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+
+ T(("rectangle fits in destination"));
+
+ for (dy = dminrow, sy = sminrow; dy <= dmaxrow; sy++, dy++) {
+ touched = FALSE;
+ for(dx=dmincol, sx=smincol; dx <= dmaxcol; sx++, dx++)
+ {
+ if (over)
+ {
+ if ((TextOf(src->_line[sy].text[sx]) != ' ') &&
+ (dst->_line[dy].text[dx]!=src->_line[sy].text[sx]))
+ {
+ dst->_line[dy].text[dx] = src->_line[sy].text[sx];
+ touched = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (dst->_line[dy].text[dx] != src->_line[sy].text[sx])
+ {
+ dst->_line[dy].text[dx] = src->_line[sy].text[sx];
+ touched = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (touched)
+ {
+ touchline(dst,0,getmaxy(dst));
+ }
+ }
+ T(("finished copywin"));
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_pad.c
+ * newpad -- create a new pad
+ * pnoutrefresh -- refresh a pad, no update
+ * pechochar -- add a char to a pad and refresh
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_pad.c,v 1.18 1997/04/12 17:42:52 tom Exp $")
+
+WINDOW *newpad(int l, int c)
+{
+WINDOW *win;
+chtype *ptr;
+int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("newpad(%d, %d)"), l, c));
+
+ if (l <= 0 || c <= 0)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ if ((win = _nc_makenew(l,c,0,0,_ISPAD)) == NULL)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < l; i++) {
+ win->_line[i].oldindex = _NEWINDEX;
+ if ((win->_line[i].text = typeCalloc(chtype, ((size_t)c))) == 0) {
+ _nc_freewin(win);
+ returnWin(0);
+ }
+ for (ptr = win->_line[i].text; ptr < win->_line[i].text + c; )
+ *ptr++ = ' ';
+ }
+
+ returnWin(win);
+}
+
+WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int l, int c, int begy, int begx)
+{
+WINDOW *win;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("subpad(%d, %d)"), l, c));
+
+ if (!(orig->_flags & _ISPAD) || ((win = derwin(orig, l, c, begy, begx)) == NULL))
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ returnWin(win);
+}
+
+int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+ int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("prefresh()")));
+ if (pnoutrefresh(win, pminrow, pmincol, sminrow, smincol, smaxrow, smaxcol) != ERR
+ && doupdate() != ERR) {
+ returnCode(OK);
+ }
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
+
+int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+ int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol)
+{
+short i, j;
+short m, n;
+short pmaxrow;
+short pmaxcol;
+short displaced;
+bool wide;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("pnoutrefresh(%p, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d)"),
+ win, pminrow, pmincol, sminrow, smincol, smaxrow, smaxcol));
+
+ if (win == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (!(win->_flags & _ISPAD))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ /* negative values are interpreted as zero */
+ if (pminrow < 0) pminrow = 0;
+ if (pmincol < 0) pmincol = 0;
+ if (sminrow < 0) sminrow = 0;
+ if (smincol < 0) smincol = 0;
+
+ pmaxrow = pminrow + smaxrow - sminrow;
+ pmaxcol = pmincol + smaxcol - smincol;
+
+ T((" pminrow + smaxrow - sminrow %d, win->_maxy %d", pmaxrow, win->_maxy));
+ T((" pmincol + smaxcol - smincol %d, win->_maxx %d", pmaxcol, win->_maxx));
+
+ /*
+ * Trim the caller's screen size back to the actual limits.
+ */
+ if (pmaxrow > win->_maxy) {
+ smaxrow -= (pmaxrow - win->_maxy);
+ pmaxrow = pminrow + smaxrow - sminrow;
+ }
+ if (pmaxcol > win->_maxx) {
+ smaxcol -= (pmaxcol - win->_maxx);
+ pmaxcol = pmincol + smaxcol - smincol;
+ }
+
+ if (smaxrow > screen_lines
+ || smaxcol > screen_columns
+ || sminrow > smaxrow
+ || smincol > smaxcol)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ T(("pad being refreshed"));
+
+ if (win->_pad._pad_y >= 0) {
+ displaced = pminrow - win->_pad._pad_y
+ -(sminrow - win->_pad._pad_top);
+ T(("pad being shifted by %d line(s)", displaced));
+ } else
+ displaced = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * For pure efficiency, we'd want to transfer scrolling information
+ * from the pad to newscr whenever the window is wide enough that
+ * its update will dominate the cost of the update for the horizontal
+ * band of newscr that it occupies. Unfortunately, this threshold
+ * tends to be complex to estimate, and in any case scrolling the
+ * whole band and rewriting the parts outside win's image would look
+ * really ugly. So. What we do is consider the pad "wide" if it
+ * either (a) occupies the whole width of newscr, or (b) occupies
+ * all but at most one column on either vertical edge of the screen
+ * (this caters to fussy people who put boxes around full-screen
+ * windows). Note that changing this formula will not break any code,
+ * merely change the costs of various update cases.
+ */
+ wide = (sminrow <= 1 && win->_maxx >= (newscr->_maxx - 1));
+
+ for (i = pminrow, m = sminrow + win->_yoffset;
+ i <= pmaxrow && m <= newscr->_maxy;
+ i++, m++) {
+ register struct ldat *nline = &newscr->_line[m];
+ register struct ldat *oline = &win->_line[i];
+
+ for (j = pmincol, n = smincol; j <= pmaxcol; j++, n++) {
+ if (oline->text[j] != nline->text[n]) {
+ nline->text[n] = oline->text[j];
+
+ if (nline->firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ nline->firstchar = nline->lastchar = n;
+ else if (n < nline->firstchar)
+ nline->firstchar = n;
+ else if (n > nline->lastchar)
+ nline->lastchar = n;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (wide) {
+ int nind = m + displaced;
+ if (oline->oldindex < 0
+ || nind < sminrow
+ || nind > smaxrow)
+ nind = _NEWINDEX;
+
+ nline->oldindex = nind;
+ }
+ oline->firstchar = oline->lastchar = _NOCHANGE;
+ oline->oldindex = i;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Clean up debris from scrolling or resizing the pad, so we do not
+ * accidentally pick up the index value during the next call to this
+ * procedure. The only rows that should have an index value are those
+ * that are displayed during this cycle.
+ */
+ for (i = pminrow-1; (i >= 0) && (win->_line[i].oldindex >= 0); i--)
+ win->_line[i].oldindex = _NEWINDEX;
+ for (i = pmaxrow+1; (i <= win->_maxy) && (win->_line[i].oldindex >= 0); i++)
+ win->_line[i].oldindex = _NEWINDEX;
+
+ win->_begx = smincol;
+ win->_begy = sminrow;
+
+ if (win->_clear) {
+ win->_clear = FALSE;
+ newscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Use the pad's current position, if it will be visible.
+ * If not, don't do anything; it's not an error.
+ */
+ if (win->_leaveok == FALSE
+ && win->_cury >= pminrow
+ && win->_curx >= pmincol
+ && win->_cury <= pmaxrow
+ && win->_curx <= pmaxcol) {
+ newscr->_cury = win->_cury - pminrow + win->_begy + win->_yoffset;
+ newscr->_curx = win->_curx - pmincol + win->_begx;
+ }
+ win->_flags &= ~_HASMOVED;
+
+ /*
+ * Update our cache of the line-numbers that we displayed from the pad.
+ * We will use this on subsequent calls to this function to derive
+ * values to stuff into 'oldindex[]' -- for scrolling optimization.
+ */
+ win->_pad._pad_y = pminrow;
+ win->_pad._pad_x = pmincol;
+ win->_pad._pad_top = sminrow;
+ win->_pad._pad_left = smincol;
+ win->_pad._pad_bottom = smaxrow;
+ win->_pad._pad_right = smaxcol;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("pechochar(%p, %s)"), pad, _tracechtype(ch)));
+
+ if (pad->_flags & _ISPAD)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ waddch(curscr, ch);
+ doupdate();
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_print.c,v 1.8 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+int mcprint(char *data, int len)
+/* ship binary character data to the printer via mc4/mc5/mc5p */
+{
+ char *mybuf, *switchon;
+ size_t onsize, offsize, res;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (!prtr_non && (!prtr_on || !prtr_off))
+ {
+ errno = ENODEV;
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+
+ if (prtr_non)
+ {
+ switchon = tparm(prtr_non, len);
+ onsize = strlen(switchon);
+ offsize = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switchon = prtr_on;
+ onsize = strlen(prtr_on);
+ offsize = strlen(prtr_off);
+ }
+
+ if ((mybuf = malloc(onsize + len + offsize + 1)) == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+
+ (void) strcpy(mybuf, switchon);
+ memcpy(mybuf + onsize, data, len);
+ if (offsize)
+ (void) strcpy(mybuf + onsize + len, prtr_off);
+
+ /*
+ * We're relying on the atomicity of UNIX writes here. The
+ * danger is that output from a refresh() might get interspersed
+ * with the printer data after the write call returns but before the
+ * data has actually been shipped to the terminal. If the write(2)
+ * operation is truly atomic we're protected from this.
+ */
+ res = write(cur_term->Filedes, mybuf, onsize + len + offsize);
+
+ /*
+ * By giving up our scheduler slot here we increase the odds that the
+ * kernel will ship the contiguous clist items from the last write
+ * immediately.
+ */
+ (void) sleep(0);
+
+ free(mybuf);
+ return(res);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_printw.c
+**
+** The routines printw(), wprintw() and friends.
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_printw.c,v 1.3 1997/02/16 00:07:23 tom Exp $")
+
+int printw(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ T(("printw(%s,...) called", _nc_visbuf(fmt)));
+
+ va_start(argp, fmt);
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp);
+ va_end(argp);
+ return(waddstr(stdscr, buf));
+}
+
+
+
+int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ T(("wprintw(%p,%s,...) called", win, _nc_visbuf(fmt)));
+
+ va_start(argp, fmt);
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp);
+ va_end(argp);
+ return(waddstr(win, buf));
+}
+
+
+
+int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ va_start(argp, fmt);
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp);
+ va_end(argp);
+ return(move(y, x) == OK ? waddstr(stdscr, buf) : ERR);
+}
+
+
+
+int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ va_start(argp, fmt);
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp);
+ va_end(argp);
+ return(wmove(win, y, x) == OK ? waddstr(win, buf) : ERR);
+}
+
+int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list argp)
+{
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp);
+ return(waddstr(win, buf));
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * raw.c
+ *
+ * Routines:
+ * raw()
+ * echo()
+ * nl()
+ * cbreak()
+ * noraw()
+ * noecho()
+ * nonl()
+ * nocbreak()
+ * qiflush()
+ * noqiflush()
+ * intrflush()
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* cur_term */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_raw.c,v 1.16 1997/02/02 00:02:32 tom Exp $")
+
+#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H
+#include <sys/termio.h> /* needed for ISC */
+#endif
+
+/* may be undefined if we're using termio.h */
+#ifndef TOSTOP
+#define TOSTOP 0
+#endif
+#ifndef IEXTEN
+#define IEXTEN 0
+#endif
+
+#define COOKED_INPUT (IXON|BRKINT|PARMRK)
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+char *_tracebits(void)
+/* describe the state of the terminal control bits exactly */
+{
+static char buf[BUFSIZ];
+static const struct {unsigned int val; const char *name;}
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+iflags[] =
+ {
+ {BRKINT, "BRKINT"},
+ {IGNBRK, "IGNBRK"},
+ {IGNPAR, "IGNPAR"},
+ {PARMRK, "PARMRK"},
+ {INPCK, "INPCK"},
+ {ISTRIP, "ISTRIP"},
+ {INLCR, "INLCR"},
+ {IGNCR, "IGNC"},
+ {ICRNL, "ICRNL"},
+ {IXON, "IXON"},
+ {IXOFF, "IXOFF"},
+ {0, NULL}
+#define ALLIN (BRKINT|IGNBRK|IGNPAR|PARMRK|INPCK|ISTRIP|INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON|IXOFF)
+ },
+oflags[] =
+ {
+ {OPOST, "OPOST"},
+ {0, NULL}
+#define ALLOUT (OPOST)
+ },
+cflags[] =
+ {
+ {CLOCAL, "CLOCAL"},
+ {CREAD, "CREAD"},
+ {CSIZE, "CSIZE"},
+ {CSTOPB, "CSTOPB"},
+ {HUPCL, "HUPCL"},
+ {PARENB, "PARENB"},
+ {PARODD|PARENB, "PARODD"}, /* concession to readability */
+ {0, NULL}
+#define ALLCTRL (CLOCAL|CREAD|CSIZE|CSTOPB|HUPCL|PARENB|PARODD)
+ },
+lflags[] =
+ {
+ {ECHO, "ECHO"},
+ {ECHOE|ECHO, "ECHOE"}, /* concession to readability */
+ {ECHOK|ECHO, "ECHOK"}, /* concession to readability */
+ {ECHONL, "ECHONL"},
+ {ICANON, "ICANON"},
+ {ISIG, "ISIG"},
+ {NOFLSH, "NOFLSH"},
+#if TOSTOP != 0
+ {TOSTOP, "TOSTOP"},
+#endif
+#if IEXTEN != 0
+ {IEXTEN, "IEXTEN"},
+#endif
+ {0, NULL}
+#define ALLLOCAL (ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|NOFLSH|TOSTOP|IEXTEN)
+ },
+ *sp;
+
+ if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag & ALLIN)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(buf, "iflags: {");
+ for (sp = iflags; sp->val; sp++)
+ if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag & sp->val) == sp->val)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, sp->name);
+ (void) strcat(buf, ", ");
+ }
+ if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',')
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf,"} ");
+ }
+
+ if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag & ALLOUT)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, "oflags: {");
+ for (sp = oflags; sp->val; sp++)
+ if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag & sp->val) == sp->val)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, sp->name);
+ (void) strcat(buf, ", ");
+ }
+ if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',')
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf,"} ");
+ }
+
+ if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_cflag & ALLCTRL)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, "cflags: {");
+ for (sp = cflags; sp->val; sp++)
+ if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_cflag & sp->val) == sp->val)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, sp->name);
+ (void) strcat(buf, ", ");
+ }
+ if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',')
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf,"} ");
+ }
+
+ if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag & ALLLOCAL)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, "lflags: {");
+ for (sp = lflags; sp->val; sp++)
+ if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag & sp->val) == sp->val)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, sp->name);
+ (void) strcat(buf, ", ");
+ }
+ if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',')
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf,"} ");
+ }
+
+#else
+ /* reference: ttcompat(4M) on SunOS 4.1 */
+#ifndef EVENP
+#define EVENP 0
+#endif
+#ifndef LCASE
+#define LCASE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef LLITOUT
+#define LLITOUT 0
+#endif
+#ifndef ODDP
+#define ODDP 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TANDEM
+#define TANDEM 0
+#endif
+
+cflags[] =
+ {
+ {CBREAK, "CBREAK"},
+ {CRMOD, "CRMOD"},
+ {ECHO, "ECHO"},
+ {EVENP, "EVENP"},
+ {LCASE, "LCASE"},
+ {LLITOUT, "LLITOUT"},
+ {ODDP, "ODDP"},
+ {RAW, "RAW"},
+ {TANDEM, "TANDEM"},
+ {XTABS, "XTABS"},
+ {0, NULL}
+#define ALLCTRL (CBREAK|CRMOD|ECHO|EVENP|LCASE|LLITOUT|ODDP|RAW|TANDEM|XTABS)
+ },
+ *sp;
+
+ if (cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags & ALLCTRL)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, "cflags: {");
+ for (sp = cflags; sp->val; sp++)
+ if ((cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags & sp->val) == sp->val)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, sp->name);
+ (void) strcat(buf, ", ");
+ }
+ if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',')
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf,"} ");
+ }
+
+#endif
+ return(buf);
+}
+
+#define BEFORE(N) if (_nc_tracing&TRACE_BITS) _tracef("%s before bits: %s", N, _tracebits())
+#define AFTER(N) if (_nc_tracing&TRACE_BITS) _tracef("%s after bits: %s", N, _tracebits())
+#else
+#define BEFORE(s)
+#define AFTER(s)
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+int raw(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("raw()")));
+
+ SP->_raw = TRUE;
+ SP->_cbreak = TRUE;
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("raw");
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON|ISIG);
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag &= ~(COOKED_INPUT);
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+ AFTER("raw");
+#else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags |= RAW;
+#endif
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int cbreak(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("cbreak()")));
+
+ SP->_cbreak = TRUE;
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("cbreak");
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag &= ~ICRNL;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= ISIG;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+ AFTER("cbreak");
+#else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags |= CBREAK;
+#endif
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int echo(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("echo()")));
+
+ SP->_echo = TRUE;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+int nl(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("nl()")));
+
+ SP->_nl = TRUE;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+int qiflush(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("qiflush()")));
+
+ /*
+ * Note: this implementation may be wrong. See the comment under
+ * intrflush().
+ */
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("qiflush");
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(NOFLSH);
+ AFTER("qiflush");
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ returnCode(OK);
+#else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+int noraw(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("noraw()")));
+
+ SP->_raw = FALSE;
+ SP->_cbreak = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("noraw");
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= ISIG|ICANON;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag |= COOKED_INPUT;
+ AFTER("noraw");
+#else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~(RAW|CBREAK);
+#endif
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+int nocbreak(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("nocbreak()")));
+
+ SP->_cbreak = 0;
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("nocbreak");
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= ICANON;
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag |= ICRNL;
+ AFTER("nocbreak");
+#else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~CBREAK;
+#endif
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int noecho(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("noecho()")));
+ SP->_echo = FALSE;
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+
+int nonl(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("nonl()")));
+
+ SP->_nl = FALSE;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int noqiflush(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("noqiflush()")));
+
+ /*
+ * Note: this implementation may be wrong. See the comment under
+ * intrflush().
+ */
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("noqiflush");
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= NOFLSH;
+ AFTER("noqiflush");
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ returnCode(OK);
+#else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#endif
+}
+
+int intrflush(WINDOW *win GCC_UNUSED, bool flag)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("intrflush(%d)"), flag));
+
+ /*
+ * This call does the same thing as the qiflush()/noqiflush()
+ * pair. We know for certain that SVr3 intrflush() tweaks the
+ * NOFLSH bit; on the other hand, the match (in the SVr4 man
+ * pages) between the language describing NOFLSH in termio(7)
+ * and the language describing qiflush()/noqiflush() in
+ * curs_inopts(3x) is too exact to be coincidence.
+ */
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ BEFORE("intrflush");
+ if (flag)
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(NOFLSH);
+ else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= (NOFLSH);
+ AFTER("intrflush");
+ if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ returnCode(OK);
+#else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#endif
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_refresh.c
+ *
+ * The routines wredrawln(), wrefresh() and wnoutrefresh().
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_refresh.c,v 1.14 1997/02/02 01:05:26 tom Exp $")
+
+int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg, int num)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wredrawln(%p,%d,%d)"), win, beg, num));
+ touchline(win, beg, num);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int wrefresh(WINDOW *win)
+{
+int code;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wrefresh(%p)"), win));
+
+ if (win == curscr) {
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ code = doupdate();
+ } else if ((code = wnoutrefresh(win)) == OK) {
+ if (win->_clear)
+ newscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ code = doupdate();
+ /*
+ * Reset the clearok() flag in case it was set for the special
+ * case in hardscroll.c (if we don't reset it here, we'll get 2
+ * refreshes because the flag is copied from stdscr to newscr).
+ * Resetting the flag shouldn't do any harm, anyway.
+ */
+ win->_clear = FALSE;
+ }
+ returnCode(code);
+}
+
+int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win)
+{
+short i, j;
+short begx = win->_begx;
+short begy = win->_begy;
+short m, n;
+bool wide;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wnoutrefresh(%p)"), win));
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE)
+ _tracedump("...win", win);
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /*
+ * This function will break badly if we try to refresh a pad.
+ */
+ if ((win == 0)
+ || (win->_flags & _ISPAD))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ /*
+ * If 'newscr' has a different background than the window that we're
+ * trying to refresh, we'll have to copy the whole thing.
+ */
+ if (win->_bkgd != newscr->_bkgd) {
+ touchwin(win);
+ newscr->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+ }
+ newscr->_attrs = win->_attrs;
+
+ /* merge in change information from all subwindows of this window */
+ wsyncdown(win);
+
+ /*
+ * For pure efficiency, we'd want to transfer scrolling information
+ * from the window to newscr whenever the window is wide enough that
+ * its update will dominate the cost of the update for the horizontal
+ * band of newscr that it occupies. Unfortunately, this threshold
+ * tends to be complex to estimate, and in any case scrolling the
+ * whole band and rewriting the parts outside win's image would look
+ * really ugly. So. What we do is consider the window "wide" if it
+ * either (a) occupies the whole width of newscr, or (b) occupies
+ * all but at most one column on either vertical edge of the screen
+ * (this caters to fussy people who put boxes around full-screen
+ * windows). Note that changing this formula will not break any code,
+ * merely change the costs of various update cases.
+ */
+ wide = (begx <= 1 && win->_maxx >= (newscr->_maxx - 1));
+
+ win->_flags &= ~_HASMOVED;
+
+ /*
+ * Microtweaking alert! This double loop is one of the genuine
+ * hot spots in the code. Even gcc doesn't seem to do enough
+ * common-subexpression chunking to make it really tense,
+ * so we'll force the issue.
+ */
+ for (i = 0, m = begy + win->_yoffset;
+ i <= win->_maxy && m <= newscr->_maxy;
+ i++, m++) {
+ register struct ldat *nline = &newscr->_line[m];
+ register struct ldat *oline = &win->_line[i];
+
+ if (oline->firstchar != _NOCHANGE) {
+ int last = oline->lastchar;
+
+ /* limit(j) */
+ if (last > win->_maxx)
+ last = win->_maxx;
+ /* limit(n) */
+ if (last > newscr->_maxx - begx)
+ last = newscr->_maxx - begx;
+
+ for (j = oline->firstchar, n = j + begx; j <= last; j++, n++) {
+ if (oline->text[j] != nline->text[n]) {
+ nline->text[n] = oline->text[j];
+
+ if (nline->firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ nline->firstchar = nline->lastchar = n;
+ else if (n < nline->firstchar)
+ nline->firstchar = n;
+ else if (n > nline->lastchar)
+ nline->lastchar = n;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if (wide) {
+ int oind = oline->oldindex;
+
+ nline->oldindex = (oind == _NEWINDEX) ? _NEWINDEX : begy + oind + win->_yoffset;
+ }
+
+ oline->firstchar = oline->lastchar = _NOCHANGE;
+ oline->oldindex = i;
+ }
+
+ if (win->_clear) {
+ win->_clear = FALSE;
+ newscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (! win->_leaveok) {
+ newscr->_cury = win->_cury + win->_begy + win->_yoffset;
+ newscr->_curx = win->_curx + win->_begx;
+ }
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE)
+ _tracedump("newscr", newscr);
+#endif /* TRACE */
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Terminfo-only terminal setup routines:
+ *
+ * int restartterm(const char *, int, int *)
+ * TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *)
+ * int del_curterm(TERMINAL *)
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#include <term.h> /* lines, columns, cur_term */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_restart.c,v 1.11 1997/02/02 01:10:25 tom Exp $")
+
+#undef tabs
+
+#ifdef TAB3
+# define tabs TAB3
+#else
+# ifdef XTABS
+# define tabs XTABS
+# else
+# ifdef OXTABS
+# define tabs OXTABS
+# else
+# define tabs 0
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int def_shell_mode(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("def_shell_mode()")));
+
+ if (cur_term == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ /*
+ * Turn off the XTABS bit in the tty structure if it was on. If XTABS
+ * was on, remove the tab and backtab capabilities.
+ */
+
+ if (GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Ottyb) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ if (cur_term->Ottyb.c_oflag & tabs)
+ tab = back_tab = NULL;
+#else
+ if (cur_term->Ottyb.sg_flags & XTABS)
+ tab = back_tab = NULL;
+#endif
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int def_prog_mode(void)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("def_prog_mode()")));
+
+ if (cur_term == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb) == -1)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag &= ~tabs;
+#else
+ cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~XTABS;
+#endif
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int restartterm(const char *term, int filenum, int *errret)
+{
+int saveecho = SP->_echo;
+int savecbreak = SP->_cbreak;
+int saveraw = SP->_raw;
+int savenl = SP->_nl;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("restartterm(%s,%d,%p)"), term, filenum, errret));
+
+ setupterm(term, filenum, errret);
+
+ if (saveecho)
+ echo();
+ else
+ noecho();
+
+ if (savecbreak) {
+ cbreak();
+ noraw();
+ } else if (saveraw) {
+ nocbreak();
+ raw();
+ } else {
+ nocbreak();
+ noraw();
+ }
+ if (savenl)
+ nl();
+ else
+ nonl();
+
+ reset_prog_mode();
+
+ _nc_get_screensize();
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *term)
+{
+ TERMINAL *oldterm = cur_term;
+
+ cur_term = term;
+ return oldterm;
+}
+
+int del_curterm(TERMINAL *term)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("del_curterm(%p)"), term));
+
+ if (term != NULL) {
+ FreeIfNeeded(term->type.str_table);
+ FreeIfNeeded(term->type.term_names);
+ free(term);
+ returnCode(OK);
+ }
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_scanw.c
+**
+** The routines scanw(), wscanw() and friends.
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_scanw.c,v 1.4 1997/02/08 14:45:51 tom Exp $")
+
+#if !HAVE_VSSCANF
+extern int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+
+int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list argp)
+{
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ if (wgetstr(win, buf) == ERR)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ return(vsscanf(buf, fmt, argp));
+}
+
+int scanw(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+int code;
+va_list ap;
+
+ T(("scanw(\"%s\",...) called", fmt));
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ code = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ return (code);
+}
+
+int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+int code;
+va_list ap;
+
+ T(("wscanw(%p,\"%s\",...) called", win, fmt));
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ code = vwscanw(win, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ return (code);
+}
+
+int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+int code;
+va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ code = (move(y, x) == OK) ? vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, ap) : ERR;
+ va_end(ap);
+ return (code);
+}
+
+int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+int code;
+va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ code = (wmove(win, y, x) == OK) ? vwscanw(win, fmt, ap) : ERR;
+ va_end(ap);
+ return (code);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <term.h> /* exit_ca_mode, non_rev_rmcup */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_screen.c,v 1.7 1997/02/02 00:41:10 tom Exp $")
+
+static time_t dumptime;
+
+WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep)
+{
+ WINDOW try, *nwin;
+ int n;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("getwin(%p)"), filep));
+
+ (void) fread(&try, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep);
+ if (ferror(filep))
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ if ((nwin = newwin(try._maxy+1, try._maxx+1, 0, 0)) == 0)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ /*
+ * We deliberately do not restore the _parx, _pary, or _parent
+ * fields, because the window hierarchy within which they
+ * made sense is probably gone.
+ */
+ nwin->_curx = try._curx;
+ nwin->_cury = try._cury;
+ nwin->_maxy = try._maxy;
+ nwin->_maxx = try._maxx;
+ nwin->_begy = try._begy;
+ nwin->_begx = try._begx;
+ nwin->_yoffset = try._yoffset;
+ nwin->_flags = try._flags & ~(_SUBWIN|_ISPAD);
+
+ nwin->_attrs = try._attrs;
+ nwin->_bkgd = try._bkgd;
+
+ nwin->_clear = try._clear;
+ nwin->_scroll = try._scroll;
+ nwin->_leaveok = try._leaveok;
+ nwin->_use_keypad = try._use_keypad;
+ nwin->_delay = try._delay;
+ nwin->_immed = try._immed;
+ nwin->_sync = try._sync;
+
+ nwin->_regtop = try._regtop;
+ nwin->_regbottom = try._regbottom;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < nwin->_maxy + 1; n++)
+ {
+ (void) fread(nwin->_line[n].text,
+ sizeof(chtype), (size_t)(nwin->_maxx + 1), filep);
+ if (ferror(filep))
+ {
+ delwin(nwin);
+ returnWin(0);
+ }
+ }
+ touchwin(nwin);
+
+ returnWin(nwin);
+}
+
+int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep)
+{
+ int n;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("putwin(%p,%p)"), win, filep));
+
+ (void) fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep);
+ if (ferror(filep))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ for (n = 0; n < win->_maxy + 1; n++)
+ {
+ (void) fwrite(win->_line[n].text,
+ sizeof(chtype), (size_t)(win->_maxx + 1), filep);
+ if (ferror(filep))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int scr_restore(const char *file)
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("scr_restore(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file)));
+
+ if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ {
+ delwin(newscr);
+ newscr = getwin(fp);
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ returnCode(OK);
+ }
+}
+
+int scr_dump(const char *file)
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("scr_dump(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file)));
+
+ if ((fp = fopen(file, "w")) == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ {
+ (void) putwin(newscr, fp);
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ dumptime = time((time_t *)0);
+ returnCode(OK);
+ }
+}
+
+int scr_init(const char *file)
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ struct stat stb;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("scr_init(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file)));
+
+#ifdef exit_ca_mode
+ if (exit_ca_mode && non_rev_rmcup)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#endif /* exit_ca_mode */
+
+ if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else if (fstat(STDOUT_FILENO, &stb) || stb.st_mtime > dumptime)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ {
+ delwin(curscr);
+ curscr = getwin(fp);
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ returnCode(OK);
+ }
+}
+
+int scr_set(const char *file)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("scr_set(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file)));
+
+ if (scr_init(file) == ERR)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ else
+ {
+ delwin(newscr);
+ newscr = dupwin(curscr);
+ returnCode(OK);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_scroll.c
+**
+** The routine wscrl(win, n).
+** positive n scroll the window up (ie. move lines down)
+** negative n scroll the window down (ie. move lines up)
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_scroll.c,v 1.11 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $")
+
+void _nc_scroll_window(WINDOW *win, int const n, short const top, short const bottom)
+{
+int line, j;
+chtype blank = _nc_background(win);
+size_t to_copy = (size_t)(sizeof(chtype) * (win->_maxx + 1));
+
+ TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("_nc_scroll_window(%p, %d, %d, %d)", win, n, top,bottom));
+
+ /*
+ * This used to do a line-text pointer-shuffle instead of text copies.
+ * That (a) doesn't work when the window is derived and doesn't have
+ * its own storage, (b) doesn't save you a lot on modern machines
+ * anyway. Your typical memcpy implementations are coded in
+ * assembler using a tight BLT loop; for the size of copies we're
+ * talking here, the total execution time is dominated by the one-time
+ * setup cost. So there is no point in trying to be excessively
+ * clever -- esr.
+ */
+
+ /* shift n lines downwards */
+ if (n < 0) {
+ for (line = bottom; line >= top-n; line--) {
+ memcpy(win->_line[line].text,
+ win->_line[line+n].text,
+ to_copy);
+ win->_line[line].oldindex = win->_line[line+n].oldindex;
+ }
+ for (line = top; line < top-n; line++) {
+ for (j = 0; j <= win->_maxx; j ++)
+ win->_line[line].text[j] = blank;
+ win->_line[line].oldindex = _NEWINDEX;
+ win->_line[line].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[line].lastchar = win->_maxx;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* shift n lines upwards */
+ if (n > 0) {
+ for (line = top; line <= bottom-n; line++) {
+ memcpy(win->_line[line].text,
+ win->_line[line+n].text,
+ to_copy);
+ win->_line[line].oldindex = win->_line[line+n].oldindex;
+ }
+ for (line = bottom; line > bottom-n; line--) {
+ for (j = 0; j <= win->_maxx; j ++)
+ win->_line[line].text[j] = blank;
+ win->_line[line].oldindex = _NEWINDEX;
+ win->_line[line].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[line].lastchar = win->_maxx;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+int
+wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wscrl(%p,%d)"), win, n));
+
+ if (! win->_scroll)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ returnCode(OK);
+
+ if ((n > (win->_regbottom - win->_regtop)) ||
+ (-n > (win->_regbottom - win->_regtop)))
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ _nc_scroll_window(win, n, win->_regtop, win->_regbottom);
+ touchline(win, win->_regtop, (int)(win->_regbottom - win->_regtop + 1));
+
+ _nc_synchook(win);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_scrreg.c
+**
+** The routine wsetscrreg().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_scrreg.c,v 1.5 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $")
+
+int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("wsetscrreg(%p,%d,%d)"), win, top, bottom));
+
+ if (top >= 0 && top <= win->_maxy &&
+ bottom >= 0 && bottom <= win->_maxy &&
+ bottom > top)
+ {
+ win->_regtop = (short)top;
+ win->_regbottom = (short)bottom;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+ } else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+** lib_set_term.c
+**
+** The routine set_term().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h> /* cur_term */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_set_term.c,v 1.17 1997/05/01 23:46:18 Alexander.V.Lukyanov Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * If the output file descriptor is connected to a tty (the typical case) it
+ * will probably be line-buffered. Keith Bostic pointed out that we don't want
+ * this; it hoses people running over networks by forcing out a bunch of small
+ * packets instead of one big one, so screen updates on ptys look jerky.
+ * Restore block buffering to prevent this minor lossage.
+ *
+ * The buffer size is a compromise. Ideally we'd like a buffer that can hold
+ * the maximum possible update size (the whole screen plus cup commands to
+ * change lines as it's painted). On a 66-line xterm this can become
+ * excessive. So we min it with the amount of data we think we can get through
+ * two Ethernet packets (maximum packet size - 100 for TCP/IP overhead).
+ *
+ * Why two ethernet packets? It used to be one, on the theory that said
+ * packets define the maximum size of atomic update. But that's less than the
+ * 2000 chars on a 25 x 80 screen, and we don't want local updates to flicker
+ * either. Two packet lengths will handle up to a 35 x 80 screen.
+ *
+ * The magic '6' is the estimated length of the end-of-line cup sequence to go
+ * to the next line. It's generous. We used to mess with the buffering in
+ * init_mvcur() after cost computation, but that lost the sequences emitted by
+ * init_acs() in setupscreen().
+ *
+ * "The setvbuf function may be used only after the stream pointed to by stream
+ * has been associated with an open file and before any other operation is
+ * performed on the stream." (ISO 7.9.5.6.)
+ *
+ * Grrrr...
+ */
+void _nc_set_buffer(FILE *ofp, bool buffered)
+{
+ /* optional optimization hack -- do before any output to ofp */
+#if HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER
+ unsigned buf_len;
+ char *buf_ptr;
+
+ if (buffered) {
+ buf_len = min(LINES * (COLS + 6), 2800);
+ buf_ptr = malloc(buf_len);
+ } else {
+ buf_len = 0;
+ buf_ptr = 0;
+ }
+
+#if HAVE_SETVBUF
+#ifdef SETVBUF_REVERSED /* pre-svr3? */
+ (void) setvbuf(ofp, buf_ptr, buf_len, buf_len ? _IOFBF : _IONBF);
+#else
+ (void) setvbuf(ofp, buf_ptr, buf_len ? _IOFBF : _IONBF, buf_len);
+#endif
+#elif HAVE_SETBUFFER
+ (void) setbuffer(ofp, buf_ptr, (int)buf_len);
+#endif
+
+ if (!buffered) {
+ FreeIfNeeded(SP->_setbuf);
+ }
+ SP->_setbuf = buf_ptr;
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER */
+}
+
+SCREEN * set_term(SCREEN *screen)
+{
+SCREEN *oldSP;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("set_term(%p)"), screen));
+
+ oldSP = SP;
+ _nc_set_screen(screen);
+
+ cur_term = SP->_term;
+ curscr = SP->_curscr;
+ newscr = SP->_newscr;
+ stdscr = SP->_stdscr;
+ COLORS = SP->_color_count;
+ COLOR_PAIRS = SP->_pair_count;
+
+ T((T_RETURN("%p"), oldSP));
+ return(oldSP);
+}
+
+static void _nc_free_keytry(struct tries *kt)
+{
+ if (kt != 0) {
+ _nc_free_keytry(kt->child);
+ _nc_free_keytry(kt->sibling);
+ free(kt);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free the storage associated with the given SCREEN sp.
+ */
+void delscreen(SCREEN *sp)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("delscreen(%p)"), sp));
+
+ _nc_freewin(sp->_curscr);
+ _nc_freewin(sp->_newscr);
+ _nc_freewin(sp->_stdscr);
+ _nc_free_keytry(sp->_keytry);
+
+ FreeIfNeeded(sp->_color_table);
+ FreeIfNeeded(sp->_color_pairs);
+
+ free(sp);
+
+ /*
+ * If this was the current screen, reset everything that the
+ * application might try to use (except cur_term, which may have
+ * multiple references in different screens).
+ */
+ if (sp == SP) {
+ curscr = 0;
+ newscr = 0;
+ stdscr = 0;
+ COLORS = 0;
+ COLOR_PAIRS = 0;
+ _nc_set_screen(0);
+ }
+ returnVoid;
+}
+
+ripoff_t rippedoff[5], *rsp = rippedoff;
+#define N_RIPS (int)(sizeof(rippedoff)/sizeof(rippedoff[0]))
+
+int _nc_setupscreen(short slines, short const scolumns, FILE *output)
+/* OS-independent screen initializations */
+{
+int bottom_stolen = 0, i;
+
+ if (!_nc_alloc_screen())
+ return ERR;
+
+ _nc_set_buffer(output, TRUE);
+ SP->_term = cur_term;
+ SP->_lines = slines;
+ SP->_lines_avail = slines;
+ SP->_columns = scolumns;
+ SP->_cursrow = -1;
+ SP->_curscol = -1;
+ SP->_keytry = UNINITIALISED;
+ SP->_nl = TRUE;
+ SP->_raw = FALSE;
+ SP->_cbreak = FALSE;
+ SP->_echo = FALSE;
+ SP->_fifohead = -1;
+ SP->_fifotail = 0;
+ SP->_fifopeek = 0;
+ SP->_endwin = TRUE;
+ SP->_ofp = output;
+ SP->_coloron = 0;
+ SP->_curscr = 0;
+ SP->_newscr = 0;
+ SP->_stdscr = 0;
+ SP->_topstolen = 0;
+ SP->_cursor = -1; /* cannot know real cursor shape */
+
+ init_acs();
+
+ T(("creating newscr"));
+ if ((newscr = newwin(slines, scolumns, 0, 0)) == 0)
+ return ERR;
+
+ T(("creating curscr"));
+ if ((curscr = newwin(slines, scolumns, 0, 0)) == 0)
+ return ERR;
+
+ SP->_newscr = newscr;
+ SP->_curscr = curscr;
+
+ newscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ curscr->_clear = FALSE;
+
+ for (i=0, rsp = rippedoff; rsp->line && (i < N_RIPS); rsp++, i++) {
+ if (rsp->hook) {
+ WINDOW *w;
+ int count = (rsp->line < 0) ? -rsp->line : rsp->line;
+
+ if (rsp->line < 0) {
+ w = newwin(count,scolumns,SP->_lines_avail - count,0);
+ if (w) {
+ rsp->w = w;
+ rsp->hook(w, scolumns);
+ bottom_stolen += count;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+ } else {
+ w = newwin(count,scolumns, 0, 0);
+ if (w) {
+ rsp->w = w;
+ rsp->hook(w, scolumns);
+ SP->_topstolen += count;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+ }
+ SP->_lines_avail -= count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ T(("creating stdscr"));
+ assert ((SP->_lines_avail + SP->_topstolen + bottom_stolen) == slines);
+ if ((stdscr = newwin(LINES = SP->_lines_avail, scolumns, 0, 0)) == 0)
+ return ERR;
+ SP->_stdscr = stdscr;
+
+ def_shell_mode();
+ def_prog_mode();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+/* The internal implementation interprets line as the number of
+ lines to rip off from the top or bottom.
+ */
+int
+_nc_ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *,int))
+{
+ if (line == 0)
+ return(OK);
+
+ if (rsp >= rippedoff + N_RIPS)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ rsp->line = line;
+ rsp->hook = init;
+ rsp->w = 0;
+ rsp++;
+
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int
+ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int))
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("ripoffline(%d,%p)"), line, init));
+
+ if (line == 0)
+ returnCode(OK);
+
+ returnCode(_nc_ripoffline ((line<0) ? -1 : 1, init));
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * Terminal setup routines common to termcap and terminfo:
+ *
+ * use_env(bool)
+ * setupterm(char *, int, int *)
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#include <term.h> /* lines, columns, cur_term */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_setup.c,v 1.24 1997/03/08 21:25:44 tom Exp $")
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Terminal size computation
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#if !defined(sun) || !HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+static int _use_env = TRUE;
+
+static void do_prototype(void);
+
+void use_env(bool f)
+{
+ _use_env = f;
+}
+
+int LINES, COLS, TABSIZE;
+
+void _nc_get_screensize(void)
+/* set LINES and COLS from the environment and/or terminfo entry */
+{
+char *rows, *cols;
+
+ /* figure out the size of the screen */
+ T(("screen size: terminfo lines = %d columns = %d", lines, columns));
+
+ if (!_use_env)
+ {
+ LINES = (int)lines;
+ COLS = (int)columns;
+ }
+ else /* usually want to query LINES and COLUMNS from environment */
+ {
+ LINES = COLS = 0;
+
+ /* first, look for environment variables */
+ rows = getenv("LINES");
+ if (rows != (char *)NULL)
+ LINES = atoi(rows);
+ cols = getenv("COLUMNS");
+ if (cols != (char *)NULL)
+ COLS = atoi(cols);
+ T(("screen size: environment LINES = %d COLUMNS = %d",LINES,COLS));
+
+#if defined(TIOCGWINSZ) && !BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ
+ /* if that didn't work, maybe we can try asking the OS */
+ if (LINES <= 0 || COLS <= 0)
+ {
+ if (isatty(cur_term->Filedes))
+ {
+ struct winsize size;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ do {
+ if (ioctl(cur_term->Filedes, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) < 0
+ && errno != EINTR)
+ goto failure;
+ } while
+ (errno == EINTR);
+
+ LINES = (int)size.ws_row;
+ COLS = (int)size.ws_col;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ failure:;
+ }
+#endif /* defined(TIOCGWINSZ) && !defined(BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ) */
+
+ /* if we can't get dynamic info about the size, use static */
+ if (LINES <= 0 || COLS <= 0)
+ if (lines > 0 && columns > 0)
+ {
+ LINES = (int)lines;
+ COLS = (int)columns;
+ }
+
+ /* the ultimate fallback, assume fixed 24x80 size */
+ if (LINES <= 0 || COLS <= 0)
+ {
+ LINES = 24;
+ COLS = 80;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Put the derived values back in the screen-size caps, so
+ * tigetnum() and tgetnum() will do the right thing.
+ */
+ lines = (short)LINES;
+ columns = (short)COLS;
+ }
+
+ T(("screen size is %dx%d", LINES, COLS));
+
+#ifdef init_tabs
+ if (init_tabs != -1)
+ TABSIZE = (int)init_tabs;
+ else
+#endif /* init_tabs */
+ TABSIZE = 8;
+ T(("TABSIZE = %d", TABSIZE));
+
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Terminal setup
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#define ret_error(code, fmt, arg) if (errret) {\
+ *errret = code;\
+ returnCode(ERR);\
+ } else {\
+ fprintf(stderr, fmt, arg);\
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);\
+ }
+
+#define ret_error0(code, msg) if (errret) {\
+ *errret = code;\
+ returnCode(ERR);\
+ } else {\
+ fprintf(stderr, msg);\
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);\
+ }
+
+static int grab_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp)
+/* return 1 if entry found, 0 if not found, -1 if database not accessible */
+{
+ char filename[PATH_MAX];
+ int status;
+
+ if ((status = _nc_read_entry(tn, filename, tp)) == 1)
+ return(1);
+
+#ifndef PURE_TERMINFO
+ /*
+ * Try falling back on the termcap file. Note: allowing this call
+ * links the entire terminfo/termcap compiler into the startup code.
+ * It's preferable to build a real terminfo database and use that.
+ */
+ status = _nc_read_termcap_entry(tn, tp);
+#endif /* PURE_TERMINFO */
+
+ return(status);
+}
+
+char ttytype[NAMESIZE];
+
+/*
+ * setupterm(termname, Filedes, errret)
+ *
+ * Find and read the appropriate object file for the terminal
+ * Make cur_term point to the structure.
+ *
+ */
+
+int setupterm(const char *tname, int Filedes, int *errret)
+{
+struct term *term_ptr;
+int status;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("setupterm(\"%s\",%d,%p)"), tname, Filedes, errret));
+
+ if (tname == NULL) {
+ tname = getenv("TERM");
+ if (tname == NULL)
+ ret_error0(-1, "TERM environment variable not set.\n");
+ }
+
+ T(("your terminal name is %s", tname));
+
+ term_ptr = typeCalloc(TERMINAL, 1);
+
+ if (term_ptr == NULL)
+ ret_error0(-1, "Not enough memory to create terminal structure.\n") ;
+ status = grab_entry(tname, &term_ptr->type);
+
+ /* try fallback list if entry on disk */
+ if (status != 1)
+ {
+ const TERMTYPE *fallback = _nc_fallback(tname);
+
+ if (fallback)
+ {
+ memcpy(&term_ptr->type, fallback, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+ status = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (status == -1)
+ {
+ ret_error0(-1, "terminals database is inaccessible\n");
+ }
+ else if (status == 0)
+ {
+ ret_error(0, "'%s': unknown terminal type.\n", tname);
+ }
+
+ cur_term = term_ptr;
+ if (generic_type)
+ ret_error(0, "'%s': I need something more specific.\n", tname);
+ if (hard_copy)
+ ret_error(1, "'%s': I can't handle hardcopy terminals.\n", tname);
+
+ if (command_character && getenv("CC"))
+ do_prototype();
+
+ strncpy(ttytype, cur_term->type.term_names, NAMESIZE - 1);
+ ttytype[NAMESIZE - 1] = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * Allow output redirection. This is what SVr3 does.
+ * If stdout is directed to a file, screen updates go
+ * to standard error.
+ */
+ if (Filedes == STDOUT_FILENO && !isatty(Filedes))
+ Filedes = STDERR_FILENO;
+ cur_term->Filedes = Filedes;
+
+ _nc_get_screensize();
+
+ if (errret)
+ *errret = 1;
+
+ T((T_CREATE("screen %s %dx%d"), tname, LINES, COLS));
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+** do_prototype()
+**
+** Take the real command character out of the CC environment variable
+** and substitute it in for the prototype given in 'command_character'.
+**
+*/
+
+static void
+do_prototype(void)
+{
+int i, j;
+char CC;
+char proto;
+char *tmp;
+
+ tmp = getenv("CC");
+ CC = *tmp;
+ proto = *command_character;
+
+ for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) {
+ j = 0;
+ while (cur_term->type.Strings[i][j]) {
+ if (cur_term->type.Strings[i][j] == proto)
+ cur_term->type.Strings[i][j] = CC;
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * lib_slk.c
+ * Soft key routines.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <term.h> /* num_labels, label_*, plab_norm */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_slk.c,v 1.11 1997/01/18 23:06:32 tom Exp $")
+
+#define MAX_SKEY_OLD 8 /* count of soft keys */
+#define MAX_SKEY_LEN_OLD 8 /* max length of soft key text */
+#define MAX_SKEY_PC 12 /* This is what most PC's have */
+#define MAX_SKEY_LEN_PC 5
+
+#define MAX_SKEY (SLK_STDFMT ? MAX_SKEY_OLD : MAX_SKEY_PC)
+#define MAX_SKEY_LEN (SLK_STDFMT ? MAX_SKEY_LEN_OLD : MAX_SKEY_LEN_PC)
+/*
+ * We'd like to move these into the screen context structure, but cannot,
+ * because slk_init() is called before initscr()/newterm().
+ */
+int _nc_slk_format; /* one more than format specified in slk_init() */
+
+static chtype _slk_attr = A_STANDOUT; /* soft label attribute */
+static SLK *_slk;
+static void slk_paint_info(WINDOW *win);
+
+/*
+ * Fetch the label text.
+ */
+
+char *
+slk_label(int n)
+{
+ T(("slk_label(%d)", n));
+
+ if (SP->_slk == NULL || n < 1 || n > SP->_slk->labcnt)
+ return NULL;
+ return(SP->_slk->ent[n-1].text);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write the soft labels to the soft-key window.
+ */
+
+static void
+slk_intern_refresh(SLK *slk)
+{
+int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < slk->labcnt; i++) {
+ if (slk->dirty || slk->ent[i].dirty) {
+ if (slk->ent[i].visible) {
+#ifdef num_labels
+ if (num_labels > 0 && SLK_STDFMT)
+ {
+ if (i < num_labels) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("plab_norm");
+ putp(tparm(plab_norm, i, slk->win,slk->ent[i].form_text));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* num_labels */
+ {
+ wmove(slk->win,SLK_LINES-1,slk->ent[i].x);
+ wattrset(slk->win,_slk_attr);
+ waddnstr(slk->win,slk->ent[i].form_text, MAX_SKEY_LEN);
+ /* if we simulate SLK's, it's looking much more
+ natural to use the current ATTRIBUTE also
+ for the label window */
+ wattrset(slk->win,stdscr->_attrs);
+ }
+ }
+ slk->ent[i].dirty = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ slk->dirty = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef num_labels
+ if (num_labels > 0)
+ if (slk->hidden)
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("label_off");
+ putp(label_off);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("label_on");
+ putp(label_on);
+ }
+#endif /* num_labels */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Refresh the soft labels.
+ */
+
+int
+slk_noutrefresh(void)
+{
+ T(("slk_noutrefresh()"));
+
+ if (SP->_slk == NULL)
+ return(ERR);
+ if (SP->_slk->hidden)
+ return(OK);
+ slk_intern_refresh(SP->_slk);
+ return(wnoutrefresh(SP->_slk->win));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Refresh the soft labels.
+ */
+
+int
+slk_refresh(void)
+{
+ T(("slk_refresh()"));
+
+ if (SP->_slk == NULL)
+ return(ERR);
+ if (SP->_slk->hidden)
+ return(OK);
+ slk_intern_refresh(SP->_slk);
+ return(wrefresh(SP->_slk->win));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Restore the soft labels on the screen.
+ */
+
+int
+slk_restore(void)
+{
+ T(("slk_restore()"));
+
+ if (SP->_slk == NULL)
+ return(ERR);
+ SP->_slk->hidden = FALSE;
+ SP->_slk->dirty = TRUE;
+ /* we have to repaint info line eventually */
+ slk_paint_info(SP->_slk->win);
+ return slk_refresh();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set soft label text.
+ */
+
+int
+slk_set(int i, const char *astr, int format)
+{
+SLK *slk = SP->_slk;
+size_t len;
+const char *str = astr;
+const char *p;
+
+ T(("slk_set(%d, \"%s\", %d)", i, str, format));
+
+ if (slk == NULL || i < 1 || i > slk->labcnt || format < 0 || format > 2)
+ return(ERR);
+ if (str == NULL)
+ str = "";
+
+ while (isspace(*str)) str++; /* skip over leading spaces */
+ p = str;
+ while (isprint(*p)) p++; /* The first non-print stops */
+
+ --i; /* Adjust numbering of labels */
+
+ len = (size_t)(p - str);
+ if (len > (unsigned)slk->maxlen)
+ len = slk->maxlen;
+ if (len==0)
+ slk->ent[i].text[0] = 0;
+ else
+ (void) strncpy(slk->ent[i].text, str, len);
+ memset(slk->ent[i].form_text,' ', (unsigned)slk->maxlen);
+ slk->ent[i].text[slk->maxlen] = 0;
+ /* len = strlen(slk->ent[i].text); */
+
+ switch(format) {
+ case 0: /* left-justified */
+ memcpy(slk->ent[i].form_text,
+ slk->ent[i].text,
+ len);
+ break;
+ case 1: /* centered */
+ memcpy(slk->ent[i].form_text+(slk->maxlen - len)/2,
+ slk->ent[i].text,
+ len);
+ break;
+ case 2: /* right-justified */
+ memcpy(slk->ent[i].form_text+ slk->maxlen - len,
+ slk->ent[i].text,
+ len);
+ break;
+ }
+ slk->ent[i].form_text[slk->maxlen] = 0;
+ slk->ent[i].dirty = TRUE;
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Force the code to believe that the soft keys have been changed.
+ */
+
+int
+slk_touch(void)
+{
+ T(("slk_touch()"));
+
+ if (SP->_slk == NULL)
+ return(ERR);
+ SP->_slk->dirty = TRUE;
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove soft labels from the screen.
+ */
+
+int
+slk_clear(void)
+{
+ T(("slk_clear()"));
+
+ if (SP->_slk == NULL)
+ return(ERR);
+ SP->_slk->hidden = TRUE;
+ /* For simulated SLK's it's looks much more natural to
+ inherit those attributes from the standard screen */
+ SP->_slk->win->_bkgd = stdscr->_bkgd;
+ SP->_slk->win->_attrs = stdscr->_attrs;
+ werase(SP->_slk->win);
+ return wrefresh(SP->_slk->win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Paint the info line for the PC style SLK emulation.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void
+slk_paint_info(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ if (win && _nc_slk_format==4)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ mvwhline (win,0,0,0,getmaxx(win));
+ wmove (win,0,0);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) {
+ if (win && _nc_slk_format==4)
+ {
+ mvwaddch(win,0,_slk->ent[i].x,'F');
+ if (i<9)
+ waddch(win,'1'+i);
+ else
+ {
+ waddch(win,'1');
+ waddch(win,'0' + (i-9));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize soft labels.
+ * Called from newterm()
+ */
+
+int
+_nc_slk_initialize(WINDOW *stwin, int cols)
+{
+int i, x;
+char *p;
+
+ T(("slk_initialize()"));
+
+ if (_slk)
+ { /* we did this already, so simply return */
+ SP->_slk = _slk;
+ return(OK);
+ }
+ else
+ if ((SP->_slk = _slk = typeCalloc(SLK, 1)) == 0)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ _slk->ent = NULL;
+ _slk->buffer = NULL;
+
+#ifdef num_labels
+ _slk->maxlab = (num_labels > 0) ? num_labels : MAX_SKEY;
+ _slk->maxlen = (num_labels > 0) ? label_width * label_height : MAX_SKEY_LEN;
+ _slk->labcnt = (_slk->maxlab < MAX_SKEY) ? MAX_SKEY : _slk->maxlab;
+#else
+ _slk->labcnt = _slk->maxlab = MAX_SKEY;
+ _slk->maxlen = MAX_SKEY_LEN;
+#endif /* num_labels */
+
+ _slk->ent = typeCalloc(slk_ent, _slk->labcnt);
+ if (_slk->ent == NULL)
+ goto exception;
+
+ p = _slk->buffer = (char*) calloc(2*_slk->labcnt,(1+_slk->maxlen));
+ if (_slk->buffer == NULL)
+ goto exception;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _slk->labcnt; i++) {
+ _slk->ent[i].text = p;
+ p += (1 + _slk->maxlen);
+ _slk->ent[i].form_text = p;
+ p += (1 + _slk->maxlen);
+ memset(_slk->ent[i].form_text, ' ', (unsigned)_slk->maxlen);
+ _slk->ent[i].visible = (i < _slk->maxlab);
+ }
+ if (_nc_slk_format >= 3) /* PC style */
+ {
+ int gap = (cols - 3 * (3 + 4*_slk->maxlen))/2;
+
+ if (gap < 1)
+ gap = 1;
+
+ for (i = x = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) {
+ _slk->ent[i].x = x;
+ x += _slk->maxlen;
+ x += (i==3 || i==7) ? gap : 1;
+ }
+ if (_nc_slk_format == 4)
+ slk_paint_info (stwin);
+ }
+ else {
+ if (_nc_slk_format == 2) { /* 4-4 */
+ int gap = cols - (_slk->maxlab * _slk->maxlen) - 6;
+
+ if (gap < 1)
+ gap = 1;
+ for (i = x = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) {
+ _slk->ent[i].x = x;
+ x += _slk->maxlen;
+ x += (i == 3) ? gap : 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (_nc_slk_format == 1) { /* 1 -> 3-2-3 */
+ int gap = (cols - (_slk->maxlab * _slk->maxlen) - 5) / 2;
+
+ if (gap < 1)
+ gap = 1;
+ for (i = x = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) {
+ _slk->ent[i].x = x;
+ x += _slk->maxlen;
+ x += (i == 2 || i == 4) ? gap : 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ goto exception;
+ }
+ }
+ _slk->dirty = TRUE;
+ if ((_slk->win = stwin) == NULL)
+ {
+ exception:
+ if (_slk)
+ {
+ FreeIfNeeded(_slk->buffer);
+ FreeIfNeeded(_slk->ent);
+ free(_slk);
+ SP->_slk = _slk = (SLK*)0;
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize soft labels. Called by the user before initscr().
+ */
+
+int
+slk_init(int format)
+{
+ if (format < 0 || format > 3)
+ return(ERR);
+ _nc_slk_format = 1 + format;
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+/* Functions to manipulate the soft-label attribute */
+
+int
+slk_attrset(const attr_t attr)
+{
+ _slk_attr = attr;
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int
+slk_attron(const attr_t attr)
+{
+ toggle_attr_on(_slk_attr,attr);
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int
+slk_attroff(const attr_t attr)
+{
+ toggle_attr_off(_slk_attr,attr);
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+attr_t
+slk_attr(void)
+{
+ return _slk_attr;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <termcap.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+
+#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_termcap.c,v 1.13 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ some of the code in here was contributed by:
+ Magnus Bengtsson, d6mbeng@dtek.chalmers.se
+*/
+
+char PC;
+char *UP;
+char *BC;
+short ospeed;
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * tgetent(bufp, term)
+ *
+ * In termcap, this function reads in the entry for terminal `term' into the
+ * buffer pointed to by bufp. It must be called before any of the functions
+ * below are called.
+ * In this terminfo emulation, tgetent() simply calls setupterm() (which
+ * does a bit more than tgetent() in termcap does), and returns its return
+ * value (1 if successful, 0 if no terminal with the given name could be
+ * found, or -1 if no terminal descriptions have been installed on the
+ * system). The bufp argument is ignored.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+int tgetent(char *bufp GCC_UNUSED, const char *name)
+{
+int errcode;
+#if defined(TERMIOS)
+speed_t speed;
+#endif
+
+ T(("calling tgetent"));
+ setupterm((char *)name, STDOUT_FILENO, &errcode);
+
+ if (errcode != 1)
+ return(errcode);
+
+ if (cursor_left)
+ if ((backspaces_with_bs = !strcmp(cursor_left, "\b")) == 0)
+ backspace_if_not_bs = cursor_left;
+
+ /* we're required to export these */
+ if (pad_char != NULL)
+ PC = pad_char[0];
+ if (cursor_up != NULL)
+ UP = cursor_up;
+ if (backspace_if_not_bs != NULL)
+ BC = backspace_if_not_bs;
+#if defined(TERMIOS)
+ /*
+ * Back-convert to the funny speed encoding used by the old BSD
+ * curses library. Method suggested by Andrey Chernov
+ * <ache@astral.msk.su>
+ */
+ if ((speed = cfgetospeed(&cur_term->Nttyb)) < 1)
+ ospeed = 1; /* assume lowest non-hangup speed */
+ else
+ {
+ const speed_t *sp;
+ static const speed_t speeds[] = {
+#ifdef B115200
+ B115200,
+#endif
+#ifdef B57600
+ B57600,
+#endif
+#ifdef B38400
+ B38400,
+#else
+#ifdef EXTB
+ EXTB,
+#endif
+#endif /* B38400 */
+#ifdef B19200
+ B19200,
+#else
+#ifdef EXTA
+ EXTA,
+#endif
+#endif /* B19200 */
+ B9600,
+ B4800,
+ B2400,
+ B1800,
+ B1200,
+ B600,
+ B300,
+ B200,
+ B150,
+ B134,
+ B110,
+ B75,
+ B50,
+ B0,
+ };
+#define MAXSPEED sizeof(speeds)/sizeof(speeds[0])
+
+ for (sp = speeds; sp < speeds + MAXSPEED; sp++) {
+ if (sp[0] <= speed) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ ospeed = MAXSPEED - (sp - speeds);
+ }
+#else
+ ospeed = cur_term->Nttyb.sg_ospeed;
+#endif
+
+/* LINT_PREPRO
+#if 0*/
+#include <capdefaults.c>
+/* LINT_PREPRO
+#endif*/
+
+ return errcode;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * tgetflag(str)
+ *
+ * Look up boolean termcap capability str and return its value (TRUE=1 if
+ * present, FALSE=0 if not).
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+int tgetflag(const char *id)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T(("tgetflag: %s", id));
+ for (i = 0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(id, boolcodes[i]))
+ return cur_term->type.Booleans[i];
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * tgetnum(str)
+ *
+ * Look up numeric termcap capability str and return its value, or -1 if
+ * not given.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+int tgetnum(const char *id)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T(("tgetnum: %s", id));
+ for (i = 0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(id, numcodes[i]))
+ return cur_term->type.Numbers[i];
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * tgetstr(str, area)
+ *
+ * Look up string termcap capability str and return a pointer to its value,
+ * or NULL if not given.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T(("tgetstr: %s", id));
+ for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) {
+ T(("trying %s", strcodes[i]));
+ if (!strcmp(id, strcodes[i])) {
+ T(("found match : %s", cur_term->type.Strings[i]));
+ return cur_term->type.Strings[i];
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * char *
+ * tgoto(string, x, y)
+ *
+ * Retained solely for upward compatibility. Note the intentional
+ * reversing of the last two arguments.
+ *
+ */
+
+char *tgoto(const char *string, int x, int y)
+{
+ return(tparm((char *)string, y, x));
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_ti.c,v 1.7 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+int tigetflag(const char *str)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T(("tigetflag(%s)", str));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(str, boolnames[i]))
+ return cur_term->type.Booleans[i];
+
+ return ABSENT_BOOLEAN;
+}
+
+int tigetnum(const char *str)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T(("tigetnum(%s)", str));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(str, numnames[i]))
+ return cur_term->type.Numbers[i];
+
+ return CANCELLED_NUMERIC;
+}
+
+char *tigetstr(const char *str)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T(("tigetstr(%s)", str));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(str, strnames[i]))
+ return cur_term->type.Strings[i];
+
+ return CANCELLED_STRING;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_touch.c
+**
+** The routines untouchwin(),
+** wtouchln(),
+** is_linetouched()
+** is_wintouched().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_touch.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 00:26:15 tom Exp $")
+
+int is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("is_linetouched(%p,%d)"), win, line));
+
+ /* XSI doesn't define any error */
+ if (line > win->_maxy || line < 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ returnCode(win->_line[line].firstchar != _NOCHANGE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+}
+
+int is_wintouched(WINDOW *win)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("is_wintouched(%p)"), win));
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= win->_maxy; i++)
+ if (win->_line[i].firstchar != _NOCHANGE)
+ returnCode(TRUE);
+ returnCode(FALSE);
+}
+
+int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed)
+{
+int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("wtouchln(%p,%d,%d,%d)"), win, y, n, changed));
+
+ for (i = y; i < y+n; i++) {
+ win->_line[i].firstchar = changed ? 0 : _NOCHANGE;
+ win->_line[i].lastchar = changed ? win->_maxx : _NOCHANGE;
+ }
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * tparm.c
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tparm.c,v 1.18 1997/04/26 18:37:50 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * char *
+ * tparm(string, ...)
+ *
+ * Substitute the given parameters into the given string by the following
+ * rules (taken from terminfo(5)):
+ *
+ * Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parame-
+ * ters in the terminal are described by a parameterized string
+ * capability, with like escapes %x in it. For example, to
+ * address the cursor, the cup capability is given, using two
+ * parameters: the row and column to address to. (Rows and
+ * columns are numbered from zero and refer to the physical
+ * screen visible to the user, not to any unseen memory.) If
+ * the terminal has memory relative cursor addressing, that can
+ * be indicated by
+ *
+ * The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special %
+ * codes to manipulate it. Typically a sequence will push one
+ * of the parameters onto the stack and then print it in some
+ * format. Often more complex operations are necessary.
+ *
+ * The % encodings have the following meanings:
+ *
+ * %% outputs `%'
+ * %d print pop() like %d in printf()
+ * %2d print pop() like %2d in printf()
+ * %02d print pop() like %02d in printf()
+ * %3d print pop() like %3d in printf()
+ * %03d print pop() like %03d in printf()
+ * %2x print pop() like %2x in printf()
+ * %02x print pop() like %02x in printf()
+ * %3x print pop() like %3x in printf()
+ * %03x print pop() like %03x in printf()
+ * %c print pop() like %c in printf()
+ * %s print pop() like %s in printf()
+ *
+ * %p[1-9] push ith parm
+ * %P[a-z] set variable [a-z] to pop()
+ * %g[a-z] get variable [a-z] and push it
+ * %'c' push char constant c
+ * %{nn} push integer constant nn
+ *
+ * %+ %- %* %/ %m
+ * arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
+ * %& %| %^ bit operations: push(pop() op pop())
+ * %= %> %< logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
+ * %A %O logical and & or operations for conditionals
+ * %! %~ unary operations push(op pop())
+ * %i add 1 to first two parms (for ANSI terminals)
+ *
+ * %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %;
+ * if-then-else, %e elsepart is optional.
+ * else-if's are possible ala Algol 68:
+ * %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e b5 %;
+ *
+ * For those of the above operators which are binary and not commutative,
+ * the stack works in the usual way, with
+ * %gx %gy %m
+ * resulting in x mod y, not the reverse.
+ */
+
+#define L_BRACE '{'
+#define R_BRACE '}'
+
+#define STACKSIZE 20
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned int num;
+ char *str;
+} stack_frame;
+
+static stack_frame stack[STACKSIZE];
+static int stack_ptr;
+#ifdef TRACE
+static const char *tname;
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+static char *out_buff;
+static size_t out_size;
+static size_t out_used;
+
+#if NO_LEAKS
+void _nc_free_tparm(void)
+{
+ if (out_buff != 0) {
+ FreeAndNull(out_buff);
+ out_size = 0;
+ out_used = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+static void save_text(char *s)
+{
+ size_t want = strlen(s);
+ size_t need = want + out_used + 1;
+
+ if (need > out_size) {
+ out_size = need * 2;
+ if (out_buff == 0)
+ out_buff = malloc(out_size);
+ else
+ out_buff = realloc(out_buff, out_size);
+ }
+ (void)strcpy(out_buff + out_used, s);
+ out_used += want;
+}
+
+static void save_number(const char *fmt, int number)
+{
+ char temp[80];
+ (void)sprintf(temp, fmt, number);
+ save_text(temp);
+}
+
+static inline void save_char(int c)
+{
+ static char text[2];
+ text[0] = c;
+ save_text(text);
+}
+
+static inline void npush(int x)
+{
+ if (stack_ptr < STACKSIZE) {
+ stack[stack_ptr].num = x;
+ stack_ptr++;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline int npop(void)
+{
+ return (stack_ptr > 0 ? stack[--stack_ptr].num : 0);
+}
+
+static inline char *spop(void)
+{
+ return (stack_ptr > 0 ? stack[--stack_ptr].str : 0);
+}
+
+static inline char *tparam_internal(const char *string, va_list ap)
+{
+int param[9];
+int popcount;
+int variable[26];
+char len;
+int number;
+int level;
+int x, y;
+int i;
+register const char *cp;
+
+ out_used = 0;
+ if (string == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Find the highest parameter-number referred to in the format string.
+ * Use this value to limit the number of arguments copied from the
+ * variable-length argument list.
+ */
+ for (cp = string, popcount = number = 0; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+ if (cp[0] == '%' && cp[1] != '\0') {
+ switch (cp[1]) {
+ case '%':
+ cp++;
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ if (popcount < 2)
+ popcount = 2;
+ break;
+ case 'p':
+ cp++;
+ if (cp[1] >= '1' && cp[1] <= '9') {
+ int c = cp[1] - '0';
+ if (c > popcount)
+ popcount = c;
+ }
+ break;
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case 'd': case 'c': case 's':
+ ++number;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (number > 9) number = 9;
+ for (i = 0; i < max(popcount, number); i++) {
+ /*
+ * FIXME: potential loss here if sizeof(int) != sizeof(char *).
+ * A few caps (such as plab_norm) have string-valued parms.
+ */
+ param[i] = va_arg(ap, int);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This is a termcap compatibility hack. If there are no explicit pop
+ * operations in the string, load the stack in such a way that
+ * successive pops will grab successive parameters. That will make
+ * the expansion of (for example) \E[%d;%dH work correctly in termcap
+ * style, which means tparam() will expand termcap strings OK.
+ */
+ stack_ptr = 0;
+ if (popcount == 0) {
+ popcount = number;
+ for (i = number - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ npush(param[i]);
+ }
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_CALLS) {
+ for (i = 0; i < popcount; i++)
+ save_number(", %d", param[i]);
+ _tracef(T_CALLED("%s(%s%s)"), tname, _nc_visbuf(string), out_buff);
+ out_used = 0;
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ while (*string) {
+ if (*string != '%')
+ save_char(*string);
+ else {
+ string++;
+ switch (*string) {
+ default:
+ break;
+ case '%':
+ save_char('%');
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ save_number("%d", npop());
+ break;
+
+ case 'x':
+ save_number("%x", npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '0':
+ string++;
+ len = *string;
+ if (len == '2' || len == '3')
+ {
+ ++string;
+ if (*string == 'd') {
+ if (len == '2')
+ save_number("%02d", npop());
+ else
+ save_number("%03d", npop());
+ }
+ else if (*string == 'x') {
+ if (len == '2')
+ save_number("%02x", npop());
+ else
+ save_number("%03x", npop());
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '2':
+ string++;
+ if (*string == 'd') {
+ save_number("%2d", npop());
+ }
+ else if (*string == 'x') {
+ save_number("%2x", npop());
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '3':
+ string++;
+ if (*string == 'd') {
+ save_number("%3d", npop());
+ }
+ else if (*string == 'x') {
+ save_number("%3x", npop());
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ save_char(npop());
+ break;
+
+ case 's':
+ save_text(spop());
+ break;
+
+ case 'p':
+ string++;
+ if (*string >= '1' && *string <= '9')
+ npush(param[*string - '1']);
+ break;
+
+ case 'P':
+ string++;
+ if (*string >= 'a' && *string <= 'z')
+ variable[*string - 'a'] = npop();
+ break;
+
+ case 'g':
+ string++;
+ if (*string >= 'a' && *string <= 'z')
+ npush(variable[*string - 'a']);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ string++;
+ npush(*string);
+ string++;
+ break;
+
+ case L_BRACE:
+ number = 0;
+ string++;
+ while (*string >= '0' && *string <= '9') {
+ number = number * 10 + *string - '0';
+ string++;
+ }
+ npush(number);
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ npush(npop() + npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ y = npop();
+ x = npop();
+ npush(x - y);
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ npush(npop() * npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ y = npop();
+ x = npop();
+ npush(x / y);
+ break;
+
+ case 'm':
+ y = npop();
+ x = npop();
+ npush(x % y);
+ break;
+
+ case 'A':
+ npush(npop() && npop());
+ break;
+
+ case 'O':
+ npush(npop() || npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ npush(npop() & npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '|':
+ npush(npop() | npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '^':
+ npush(npop() ^ npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ y = npop();
+ x = npop();
+ npush(x == y);
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ y = npop();
+ x = npop();
+ npush(x < y);
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ y = npop();
+ x = npop();
+ npush(x > y);
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ npush(! npop());
+ break;
+
+ case '~':
+ npush(~ npop());
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ param[0]++;
+ param[1]++;
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ case 't':
+ x = npop();
+ if (!x) {
+ /* scan forward for %e or %; at level zero */
+ string++;
+ level = 0;
+ while (*string) {
+ if (*string == '%') {
+ string++;
+ if (*string == '?')
+ level++;
+ else if (*string == ';') {
+ if (level > 0)
+ level--;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*string == 'e' && level == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (*string)
+ string++;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'e':
+ /* scan forward for a %; at level zero */
+ string++;
+ level = 0;
+ while (*string) {
+ if (*string == '%') {
+ string++;
+ if (*string == '?')
+ level++;
+ else if (*string == ';') {
+ if (level > 0)
+ level--;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*string)
+ string++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ break;
+
+ } /* endswitch (*string) */
+ } /* endelse (*string == '%') */
+
+ if (*string == '\0')
+ break;
+
+ string++;
+ } /* endwhile (*string) */
+
+ T((T_RETURN("%s"), _nc_visbuf(out_buff)));
+ return(out_buff);
+}
+
+char *tparm(const char *string, ...)
+{
+va_list ap;
+char *result;
+
+ va_start(ap, string);
+#ifdef TRACE
+ tname = "tparm";
+#endif /* TRACE */
+ result = tparam_internal(string, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ return result;
+}
+
+#ifdef __UNUSED__ /* we never documented this, and it confuses Emacs */
+char *tparam(const char *string, char *buffer, int bufsiz, ...)
+{
+va_list ap;
+char *result = 0;
+
+ va_start(ap, bufsiz);
+#ifdef TRACE
+ tname = "tparam";
+#endif /* TRACE */
+ if (tparam_internal(string, ap) != 0
+ && (int)out_used < bufsiz)
+ result = strcpy(buffer, out_buff);
+ va_end(ap);
+ return result;
+}
+#endif /* __UNUSED */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * tputs.c
+ * delay_output()
+ * _nc_outch()
+ * tputs()
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <term.h> /* padding_baud_rate, xon_xoff */
+#include <tic.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tputs.c,v 1.18 1997/02/02 01:52:39 tom Exp $")
+
+int delay_output(int ms)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("delay_output(%d)"), ms));
+
+ if (SP == 0 || SP->_baudrate <= 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+#ifdef no_pad_char
+ else if (no_pad_char)
+ napms(ms);
+#endif /* no_pad_char */
+ else {
+ register int nullcount;
+ char null = '\0';
+
+#ifdef pad_char
+ if (pad_char)
+ null = pad_char[0];
+#endif /* pad_char */
+
+ for (nullcount = ms * 1000 / SP->_baudrate; nullcount > 0; nullcount--)
+ putc(null, SP->_ofp);
+ (void) fflush(SP->_ofp);
+ }
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int _nc_outch(int ch)
+{
+#ifdef TRACE
+ _nc_outchars++;
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ if (SP != NULL)
+ putc(ch, SP->_ofp);
+ else
+ putc(ch, stdout);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int putp(const char *string)
+{
+ return tputs(string, 1, _nc_outch);
+}
+
+int tputs(const char *string, int affcnt, int (*outc)(int))
+{
+float number;
+#ifdef BSD_TPUTS
+float trailpad;
+#endif /* BSD_TPUTS */
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+char addrbuf[17];
+
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_TPUTS)
+ {
+ if (outc == _nc_outch)
+ (void) strcpy(addrbuf, "_nc_outch");
+ else
+ (void) sprintf(addrbuf, "%p", outc);
+ if (_nc_tputs_trace)
+ TR(TRACE_MAXIMUM, ("tputs(%s = %s, %d, %s) called", _nc_tputs_trace, _nc_visbuf(string), affcnt, addrbuf));
+ else
+ TR(TRACE_MAXIMUM, ("tputs(%s, %d, %s) called", _nc_visbuf(string), affcnt, addrbuf));
+ _nc_tputs_trace = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ if (string == ABSENT_STRING || string == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ return ERR;
+
+#ifdef BSD_TPUTS
+ /*
+ * This ugly kluge deals with the fact that some ancient BSD programs
+ * (like nethack) actually do the likes of tputs("50") to get delays.
+ */
+ trailpad = 0;
+ number = 0;
+
+ while (isdigit(*string)) {
+ trailpad = trailpad * 10 + *string - '0';
+ string++;
+ }
+
+ if (*string == '.') {
+ string++;
+ if (isdigit(*string)) {
+ trailpad += (float) (*string - '0') / 10.;
+ string++;
+ }
+ while (isdigit(*string))
+ string++;
+ }
+
+ if (*string == '*') {
+ trailpad *= affcnt;
+ string++;
+ }
+#endif /* BSD_TPUTS */
+
+ while (*string) {
+ if (*string != '$')
+ (*outc)(*string);
+ else {
+ string++;
+ if (*string != '<') {
+ (*outc)('$');
+ if (*string)
+ (*outc)(*string);
+ } else {
+ bool mandatory;
+
+ number = 0;
+ string++;
+
+ if ((!isdigit(*string) && *string != '.') || !strchr(string, '>')) {
+ (*outc)('$');
+ (*outc)('<');
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (isdigit(*string)) {
+ number = number * 10 + *string - '0';
+ string++;
+ }
+
+ if (*string == '.') {
+ string++;
+ if (isdigit(*string)) {
+ number += (float) (*string - '0') / 10.;
+ string++;
+ }
+ while (isdigit(*string))
+ string++;
+ }
+
+ mandatory = !xon_xoff;
+ while (*string == '*' || *string == '/')
+ {
+ if (*string == '*') {
+ number *= affcnt;
+ string++;
+ }
+ else /* if (*string == '/') */ {
+ mandatory = TRUE;
+ string++;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef padding_baud_rate
+ if (mandatory && number > 0 && padding_baud_rate && (!SP || SP->_baudrate >= padding_baud_rate))
+ delay_output(number);
+#endif /* padding_baud_rate */
+ number = 0;
+
+ } /* endelse (*string == '<') */
+ } /* endelse (*string == '$') */
+
+ if (*string == '\0')
+ break;
+
+ string++;
+ }
+
+#ifdef BSD_TPUTS
+ /*
+ * Emit any BSD-style prefix padding that we've accumulated now.
+ */
+#ifdef padding_baud_rate
+ if (trailpad > 0 && !xon_xoff && padding_baud_rate && (!SP || SP->_baudrate >= padding_baud_rate))
+ delay_output(number);
+#endif /* padding_baud_rate */
+#endif /* BSD_TPUTS */
+
+ return OK;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * lib_trace.c - Tracing/Debugging routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef TRACE
+#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_trace.c,v 1.23 1997/05/02 00:13:07 tom Exp $")
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+unsigned _nc_tracing = 0;
+const char *_nc_tputs_trace = "";
+long _nc_outchars;
+int _nc_optimize_enable = OPTIMIZE_ALL;
+
+static FILE * tracefp; /* default to writing to stderr */
+
+void trace(const unsigned int tracelevel)
+{
+static bool been_here = FALSE;
+
+ _nc_tracing = tracelevel;
+ if (! been_here && tracelevel) {
+ been_here = TRUE;
+
+ if ((tracefp = fopen("trace", "w")) == 0) {
+ perror("curses: Can't open 'trace' file: ");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ /* Try to set line-buffered mode, or (failing that) unbuffered,
+ * so that the trace-output gets flushed automatically at the
+ * end of each line. This is useful in case the program dies.
+ */
+#if HAVE_SETVBUF /* ANSI */
+ (void) setvbuf(tracefp, (char *)0, _IOLBF, 0);
+#elif HAVE_SETBUF /* POSIX */
+ (void) setbuffer(tracefp, (char *)0);
+#endif
+ _tracef("TRACING NCURSES version %s (%d)",
+ NCURSES_VERSION, NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH);
+ }
+}
+
+const char *_nc_visbuf2(int bufnum, const char *buf)
+/* visibilize a given string */
+{
+char *vbuf;
+char *tp;
+int c;
+
+ if (buf == 0)
+ return("(null)");
+
+ tp = vbuf = _nc_trace_buf(bufnum, (strlen(buf) * 4) + 5);
+ *tp++ = '"';
+ while ((c = *buf++) != '\0') {
+ if (c == '"') {
+ *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = '"';
+ } else if (is7bits(c) && (isgraph(c) || c == ' ')) {
+ *tp++ = c;
+ } else if (c == '\n') {
+ *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'n';
+ } else if (c == '\r') {
+ *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'r';
+ } else if (c == '\b') {
+ *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'b';
+ } else if (c == '\033') {
+ *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'e';
+ } else if (is7bits(c) && iscntrl(c)) {
+ *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = '^'; *tp++ = '@' + c;
+ } else {
+ sprintf(tp, "\\%03o", c & 0xff);
+ tp += strlen(tp);
+ }
+ }
+ *tp++ = '"';
+ *tp++ = '\0';
+ return(vbuf);
+}
+
+const char *_nc_visbuf(const char *buf)
+{
+ return _nc_visbuf2(0, buf);
+}
+
+void
+_tracef(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+static const char Called[] = T_CALLED("");
+static const char Return[] = T_RETURN("");
+static int level;
+va_list ap;
+bool before = FALSE;
+bool after = FALSE;
+int doit = _nc_tracing;
+
+ if (strlen(fmt) >= sizeof(Called) - 1) {
+ if (!strncmp(fmt, Called, sizeof(Called)-1)) {
+ before = TRUE;
+ level++;
+ } else if (!strncmp(fmt, Return, sizeof(Return)-1)) {
+ after = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (before || after) {
+ if ((level <= 1)
+ || (doit & TRACE_ICALLS) != 0)
+ doit &= (TRACE_CALLS|TRACE_CCALLS);
+ else
+ doit = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (doit != 0) {
+ if (tracefp == 0)
+ tracefp = stderr;
+ if (before || after) {
+ int n;
+ for (n = 1; n < level; n++)
+ fputs("+ ", tracefp);
+ }
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ vfprintf(tracefp, fmt, ap);
+ fputc('\n', tracefp);
+ va_end(ap);
+ fflush(tracefp);
+ }
+
+ if (after && level)
+ level--;
+}
+
+/* Trace 'int' return-values */
+int _nc_retrace_int(int code)
+{
+ T((T_RETURN("%d"), code));
+ return code;
+}
+
+/* Trace 'char*' return-values */
+char * _nc_retrace_ptr(char * code)
+{
+ T((T_RETURN("%s"), _nc_visbuf(code)));
+ return code;
+}
+
+/* Trace 'WINDOW *' return-values */
+WINDOW *_nc_retrace_win(WINDOW *code)
+{
+ T((T_RETURN("%p"), code));
+ return code;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_traceatr.c - Tracing/Debugging routines (attributes)
+ */
+
+#ifndef TRACE
+#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h> /* acs_chars */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_traceatr.c,v 1.20 1997/05/06 11:07:27 tom Exp $")
+
+#define COLOR_OF(c) (c < 0 || c > 7 ? "default" : colors[c].name)
+
+char * _nc_trace_buf(int bufnum, size_t want)
+{
+ static struct {
+ char *text;
+ size_t size;
+ } *list;
+ static size_t have;
+
+ if (bufnum < 0)
+ bufnum = 0;
+
+ if ((size_t)(bufnum+1) > have) {
+ size_t need = (bufnum + 1) * 2;
+ size_t used = sizeof(*list) * need;
+ list = (list == 0) ? malloc(used) : realloc(list, used);
+ while (need > have)
+ list[have++].text = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (list[bufnum].text == 0)
+ {
+ list[bufnum].text = malloc(want);
+ list[bufnum].size = want;
+ }
+ else if (want > list[bufnum].size) {
+ list[bufnum].text = realloc(list[bufnum].text, want);
+ list[bufnum].size = want;
+ }
+ *(list[bufnum].text) = '\0';
+ return list[bufnum].text;
+}
+
+char *_traceattr2(int bufnum, attr_t newmode)
+{
+char *buf = _nc_trace_buf(bufnum, BUFSIZ);
+char *tmp = buf;
+static const struct {unsigned int val; const char *name;}
+names[] =
+ {
+ { A_STANDOUT, "A_STANDOUT" },
+ { A_UNDERLINE, "A_UNDERLINE" },
+ { A_REVERSE, "A_REVERSE" },
+ { A_BLINK, "A_BLINK" },
+ { A_DIM, "A_DIM" },
+ { A_BOLD, "A_BOLD" },
+ { A_ALTCHARSET, "A_ALTCHARSET" },
+ { A_INVIS, "A_INVIS" },
+ { A_PROTECT, "A_PROTECT" },
+ { A_CHARTEXT, "A_CHARTEXT" },
+ { A_NORMAL, "A_NORMAL" },
+ { A_COLOR, "A_COLOR" },
+ },
+colors[] =
+ {
+ { COLOR_BLACK, "COLOR_BLACK" },
+ { COLOR_RED, "COLOR_RED" },
+ { COLOR_GREEN, "COLOR_GREEN" },
+ { COLOR_YELLOW, "COLOR_YELLOW" },
+ { COLOR_BLUE, "COLOR_BLUE" },
+ { COLOR_MAGENTA, "COLOR_MAGENTA" },
+ { COLOR_CYAN, "COLOR_CYAN" },
+ { COLOR_WHITE, "COLOR_WHITE" },
+ };
+size_t n;
+unsigned save_nc_tracing = _nc_tracing;
+ _nc_tracing = 0;
+
+ strcpy(tmp++, "{");
+
+ for (n = 0; n < sizeof(names)/sizeof(names[0]); n++) {
+ if ((newmode & names[n].val) != 0) {
+ if (buf[1] != '\0')
+ strcat(tmp, "|");
+ strcat(tmp, names[n].name);
+ tmp += strlen(tmp);
+
+ if (names[n].val == A_COLOR)
+ {
+ short pairnum = PAIR_NUMBER(newmode);
+ short fg, bg;
+
+ if (pair_content(pairnum, &fg, &bg) == OK)
+ (void) sprintf(tmp,
+ "{%d = {%s, %s}}",
+ pairnum,
+ COLOR_OF(fg),
+ COLOR_OF(bg)
+ );
+ else
+ (void) sprintf(tmp, "{%d}", pairnum);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (AttrOf(newmode) == A_NORMAL) {
+ if (buf[1] != '\0')
+ strcat(tmp, "|");
+ strcat(tmp, "A_NORMAL");
+ }
+
+ _nc_tracing = save_nc_tracing;
+ return (strcat(buf,"}"));
+}
+
+char *_traceattr(attr_t newmode)
+{
+ return _traceattr2(0, newmode);
+}
+
+char *_tracechtype2(int bufnum, chtype ch)
+{
+char *buf = _nc_trace_buf(bufnum, BUFSIZ);
+char *found = 0;
+
+ strcpy(buf, "{");
+ if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET)
+ {
+ char *cp;
+ static const struct {unsigned int val; const char *name;}
+ names[] =
+ {
+ {'l', "ACS_ULCORNER"}, /* upper left corner */
+ {'m', "ACS_LLCORNER"}, /* lower left corner */
+ {'k', "ACS_URCORNER"}, /* upper right corner */
+ {'j', "ACS_LRCORNER"}, /* lower right corner */
+ {'t', "ACS_LTEE"}, /* tee pointing right */
+ {'u', "ACS_RTEE"}, /* tee pointing left */
+ {'v', "ACS_BTEE"}, /* tee pointing up */
+ {'w', "ACS_TTEE"}, /* tee pointing down */
+ {'q', "ACS_HLINE"}, /* horizontal line */
+ {'x', "ACS_VLINE"}, /* vertical line */
+ {'n', "ACS_PLUS"}, /* large plus or crossover */
+ {'o', "ACS_S1"}, /* scan line 1 */
+ {'s', "ACS_S9"}, /* scan line 9 */
+ {'`', "ACS_DIAMOND"}, /* diamond */
+ {'a', "ACS_CKBOARD"}, /* checker board (stipple) */
+ {'f', "ACS_DEGREE"}, /* degree symbol */
+ {'g', "ACS_PLMINUS"}, /* plus/minus */
+ {'~', "ACS_BULLET"}, /* bullet */
+ {',', "ACS_LARROW"}, /* arrow pointing left */
+ {'+', "ACS_RARROW"}, /* arrow pointing right */
+ {'.', "ACS_DARROW"}, /* arrow pointing down */
+ {'-', "ACS_UARROW"}, /* arrow pointing up */
+ {'h', "ACS_BOARD"}, /* board of squares */
+ {'I', "ACS_LANTERN"}, /* lantern symbol */
+ {'0', "ACS_BLOCK"}, /* solid square block */
+ {'p', "ACS_S3"}, /* scan line 3 */
+ {'r', "ACS_S7"}, /* scan line 7 */
+ {'y', "ACS_LEQUAL"}, /* less/equal */
+ {'z', "ACS_GEQUAL"}, /* greater/equal */
+ {'{', "ACS_PI"}, /* Pi */
+ {'|', "ACS_NEQUAL"}, /* not equal */
+ {'}', "ACS_STERLING"}, /* UK pound sign */
+ {'\0',(char *)0}
+ },
+ *sp;
+
+ for (cp = acs_chars; cp[0] && cp[1]; cp += 2)
+ {
+ if (TextOf(cp[1]) == TextOf(ch))
+ {
+ found = cp;
+ /* don't exit from loop - there may be redefinitions */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (found != 0)
+ {
+ ch = TextOf(*found);
+ for (sp = names; sp->val; sp++)
+ if (sp->val == ch)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf, sp->name);
+ ch &= ~A_ALTCHARSET;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (found == 0)
+ (void) strcat(buf, _tracechar(TextOf(ch)));
+
+ if (AttrOf(ch) != A_NORMAL)
+ (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " | %s", _traceattr2(bufnum+20,AttrOf(ch)));
+
+ strcat(buf, "}");
+ return(buf);
+}
+
+char *_tracechtype(chtype ch)
+{
+ return _tracechtype2(0, ch);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_tracechr.c - Tracing/Debugging routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef TRACE
+#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+char *_tracechar(const unsigned char ch)
+{
+ static char crep[20];
+ /*
+ * We can show the actual character if it's either an ordinary printable
+ * or one of the high-half characters.
+ */
+ if (isprint(ch) || (ch & 0x80))
+ {
+ crep[0] = '\'';
+ crep[1] = ch; /* necessary; printf tries too hard on metachars */
+ (void) sprintf(crep + 2, "' = 0x%02x", (unsigned)ch);
+ }
+ else
+ (void) sprintf(crep, "0x%02x", (unsigned)ch);
+ return(crep);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * lib_tracedmp.c - Tracing/Debugging routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef TRACE
+#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tracedmp.c,v 1.9 1997/01/15 00:39:27 tom Exp $")
+
+void _tracedump(const char *name, WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i, j, n, width;
+
+ /* compute narrowest possible display width */
+ for (width = i = 0; i <= win->_maxy; i++)
+ {
+ n = 0;
+ for (j = 0; j <= win->_maxx; j++)
+ if (win->_line[i].text[j] != ' ')
+ n = j;
+
+ if (n > width)
+ width = n;
+ }
+ if (width < win->_maxx)
+ ++width;
+
+ for (n = 0; n <= win->_maxy; n++)
+ {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ], *ep;
+ bool haveattrs, havecolors;
+
+ /* dump A_CHARTEXT part */
+ (void) sprintf(buf, "%s[%2d] %3d%3d ='",
+ name, n,
+ win->_line[n].firstchar,
+ win->_line[n].lastchar);
+ ep = buf + strlen(buf);
+ for (j = 0; j <= width; j++) {
+ ep[j] = TextOf(win->_line[n].text[j]);
+ if (ep[j] == 0)
+ ep[j] = '.';
+ }
+ ep[j] = '\'';
+ ep[j+1] = '\0';
+ _tracef(buf);
+
+ /* dump A_COLOR part, will screw up if there are more than 96 */
+ havecolors = FALSE;
+ for (j = 0; j <= width; j++)
+ if (win->_line[n].text[j] & A_COLOR)
+ {
+ havecolors = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (havecolors)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buf, "%*s[%2d]%*s='", (int)strlen(name), "colors", n, 8, " ");
+ ep = buf + strlen(buf);
+ for (j = 0; j <= width; j++)
+ ep[j] = ((win->_line[n].text[j] >> 8) & 0xff) + ' ';
+ ep[j] = '\'';
+ ep[j+1] = '\0';
+ _tracef(buf);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ const char *hex = " 123456789ABCDEF";
+ chtype mask = (0xf << ((i + 4) * 4));
+
+ haveattrs = FALSE;
+ for (j = 0; j <= width; j++)
+ if (win->_line[n].text[j] & mask)
+ {
+ haveattrs = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (haveattrs)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buf, "%*s%d[%2d]%*s='", (int)strlen(name)-1, "attrs", i, n, 8, " ");
+ ep = buf + strlen(buf);
+ for (j = 0; j <= width; j++)
+ ep[j] = hex[(win->_line[n].text[j] & mask) >> ((i + 4) * 4)];
+ ep[j] = '\'';
+ ep[j+1] = '\0';
+ _tracef(buf);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * lib_tracemse.c - Tracing/Debugging routines (mouse events)
+ */
+
+#ifndef TRACE
+#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tracemse.c,v 1.4 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+char *_tracemouse(MEVENT const *ep)
+{
+ static char buf[80];
+
+ (void) sprintf(buf, "id %2d at (%2d, %2d, %2d) state %4lx = {",
+ ep->id, ep->x, ep->y, ep->z, ep->bstate);
+
+#define SHOW(m, s) if ((ep->bstate & m)==m) {strcat(buf,s); strcat(buf, ", ");}
+ SHOW(BUTTON1_RELEASED, "release-1")
+ SHOW(BUTTON1_PRESSED, "press-1")
+ SHOW(BUTTON1_CLICKED, "click-1")
+ SHOW(BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-1")
+ SHOW(BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-1")
+ SHOW(BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-1")
+ SHOW(BUTTON2_RELEASED, "release-2")
+ SHOW(BUTTON2_PRESSED, "press-2")
+ SHOW(BUTTON2_CLICKED, "click-2")
+ SHOW(BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-2")
+ SHOW(BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-2")
+ SHOW(BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-2")
+ SHOW(BUTTON3_RELEASED, "release-3")
+ SHOW(BUTTON3_PRESSED, "press-3")
+ SHOW(BUTTON3_CLICKED, "click-3")
+ SHOW(BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-3")
+ SHOW(BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-3")
+ SHOW(BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-3")
+ SHOW(BUTTON4_RELEASED, "release-4")
+ SHOW(BUTTON4_PRESSED, "press-4")
+ SHOW(BUTTON4_CLICKED, "click-4")
+ SHOW(BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-4")
+ SHOW(BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-4")
+ SHOW(BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-4")
+ SHOW(BUTTON_CTRL, "ctrl")
+ SHOW(BUTTON_SHIFT, "shift")
+ SHOW(BUTTON_ALT, "alt")
+ SHOW(ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS, "all-events")
+ SHOW(REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION, "position")
+#undef SHOW
+
+ if (buf[strlen(buf)-1] == ' ')
+ buf[strlen(buf)-2] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf, "}");
+ return(buf);
+}
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+** lib_tstp.c
+**
+** The routine _nc_signal_handler().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SIGACTION
+#if !HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION
+typedef struct sigaction sigaction_t;
+#endif
+#else /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */
+#if HAVE_SIGVEC
+#include <SigAction.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SVR4_ACTION
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tstp.c,v 1.8 1996/11/17 00:11:41 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * Note: This code is fragile! Its problem is that different OSs
+ * handle restart of system calls interrupted by signals differently.
+ * The ncurses code needs signal-call restart to happen -- otherwise,
+ * interrupted wgetch() calls will return FAIL, probably making the
+ * application think the input stream has ended and it should
+ * terminate. In particular, you know you have this problem if, when
+ * you suspend an ncurses-using lynx with ^Z and resume, it dies
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * Default behavior of POSIX sigaction(2) is not to restart
+ * interrupted system calls, but Linux's sigaction does it anyway (at
+ * least, on and after the 1.1.47 I (esr) use). Thus this code works
+ * OK under Linux. The 4.4BSD sigaction(2) supports a (non-portable)
+ * SA_RESTART flag that forces the right behavior. Thus, this code
+ * should work OK under BSD/OS, NetBSD, and FreeBSD (let us know if it
+ * does not).
+ *
+ * Stock System Vs (and anything else using a strict-POSIX
+ * sigaction(2) without SA_RESTART) may have a problem. Possible
+ * solutions:
+ *
+ * sigvec restarts by default (SV_INTERRUPT flag to not restart)
+ * signal restarts by default in SVr4 (assuming you link with -lucb)
+ * and BSD, but not SVr3.
+ * sigset restarts, but is only available under SVr4/Solaris.
+ *
+ * The signal(3) call is mandated by the ANSI standard, and its
+ * interaction with sigaction(2) is described in the POSIX standard
+ * (3.3.4.2, page 72,line 934). According to section 8.1, page 191,
+ * however, signal(3) itself is not required by POSIX.1. And POSIX is
+ * silent on whether it is required to restart signals.
+ *
+ * So. The present situation is, we use sigaction(2) with no
+ * guarantee of restart anywhere but on Linux and BSD. We could
+ * switch to signal(3) and collar Linux, BSD, and SVr4. Any way
+ * we slice it, System V UNIXes older than SVr4 will probably lose
+ * (this may include XENIX).
+ *
+ * This implementation will probably be changed to use signal(3) in
+ * the future. If nothing else, it's simpler...
+ */
+
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+static void tstp(int dummy GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ sigset_t mask, omask;
+ sigaction_t act, oact;
+
+ T(("tstp() called"));
+
+ /*
+ * The user may have changed the prog_mode tty bits, so save them.
+ */
+ def_prog_mode();
+
+ /*
+ * Block window change and timer signals. The latter
+ * is because applications use timers to decide when
+ * to repaint the screen.
+ */
+ (void)sigemptyset(&mask);
+ (void)sigaddset(&mask, SIGALRM);
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+ (void)sigaddset(&mask, SIGWINCH);
+#endif
+ (void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask);
+
+ /*
+ * End window mode, which also resets the terminal state to the
+ * original (pre-curses) modes.
+ */
+ endwin();
+
+ /* Unblock SIGTSTP. */
+ (void)sigemptyset(&mask);
+ (void)sigaddset(&mask, SIGTSTP);
+ (void)sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &mask, NULL);
+
+ /* Now we want to resend SIGSTP to this process and suspend it */
+ act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+ sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+ act.sa_flags = 0;
+#ifdef SA_RESTART
+ act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+#endif /* SA_RESTART */
+ sigaction(SIGTSTP, &act, &oact);
+ kill(getpid(), SIGTSTP);
+
+ /* Process gets suspended...time passes...process resumes */
+
+ T(("SIGCONT received"));
+ sigaction(SIGTSTP, &oact, NULL);
+ flushinp();
+
+ /*
+ * If the user modified the tty state while suspended, he wants
+ * those changes to stick. So save the new "default" terminal state.
+ */
+ def_shell_mode();
+
+ /*
+ * This relies on the fact that doupdate() will restore the
+ * program-mode tty state, and issue enter_ca_mode if need be.
+ */
+ doupdate();
+
+ /* Reset the signals. */
+ (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+}
+#endif /* defined(SIGTSTP) */
+
+static void cleanup(int sig)
+{
+ /*
+ * Actually, doing any sort of I/O from within an signal handler is
+ * "unsafe". But we'll _try_ to clean up the screen and terminal
+ * settings on the way out.
+ */
+ if (sig == SIGINT
+ || sig == SIGQUIT) {
+#if HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGVEC
+ sigaction_t act;
+ sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+ act.sa_flags = 0;
+ act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+ if (sigaction(sig, &act, (sigaction_t *)0) == 0) {
+ endwin();
+ }
+#else
+ if (signal(sig, SIG_IGN) != SIG_ERR) {
+ endwin();
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * If the given signal is still in its default state, set it to the given
+ * handler.
+ */
+#if HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGVEC
+static int CatchIfDefault(int sig, sigaction_t *act)
+{
+ sigaction_t old_act;
+
+#ifdef SA_RESTART
+ act->sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+#endif /* SA_RESTART */
+ if (sigaction(sig, (sigaction_t *)0, &old_act) == 0
+ && old_act.sa_handler == SIG_DFL) {
+ (void)sigaction(sig, act, (sigaction_t *)0);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+#else
+static int CatchIfDefault(int sig, RETSIGTYPE (*handler)())
+{
+ void (*ohandler)();
+
+ ohandler = signal(sig, SIG_IGN);
+ if (ohandler == SIG_DFL) {
+ signal(sig, handler);
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ signal(sig, ohandler);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is invoked once at the beginning (e.g., from 'initscr()'), to
+ * initialize the signal catchers, and thereafter when spawning a shell (and
+ * returning) to disable/enable the SIGTSTP (i.e., ^Z) catcher.
+ *
+ * If the application has already set one of the signals, we'll not modify it
+ * (during initialization).
+ *
+ * The XSI document implies that we shouldn't keep the SIGTSTP handler if
+ * the caller later changes its mind, but that doesn't seem correct.
+ */
+void _nc_signal_handler(bool enable)
+{
+#ifdef SIGTSTP /* Xenix 2.x doesn't have this */
+static sigaction_t act, oact;
+static int ignore;
+
+ if (!ignore)
+ {
+ if (!enable)
+ {
+ act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+ sigaction(SIGTSTP, &act, &oact);
+ }
+ else if (act.sa_handler)
+ {
+ sigaction(SIGTSTP, &oact, NULL);
+ }
+ else /*initialize */
+ {
+ sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+ act.sa_flags = 0;
+#ifdef SA_RESTART
+ act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+#endif /* SA_RESTART */
+
+ act.sa_handler = cleanup;
+ CatchIfDefault(SIGINT, &act);
+ CatchIfDefault(SIGTERM, &act);
+
+ act.sa_handler = tstp;
+ if (!CatchIfDefault(SIGTSTP, &act))
+ ignore = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ if (enable)
+ {
+#if HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGVEC
+ static sigaction_t act;
+ act.sa_handler = cleanup;
+ CatchIfDefault(SIGINT, &act);
+ CatchIfDefault(SIGTERM, &act);
+#else
+ CatchIfDefault(SIGINT, cleanup);
+ CatchIfDefault(SIGTERM, cleanup);
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_twait.c
+**
+** The routine _nc_timed_wait().
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+#include <stropts.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+/* on SCO, <sys/time.h> conflicts with <sys/select.h> */
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H && ! SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_twait.c,v 1.18 1997/02/15 18:27:51 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * We want to define GOOD_SELECT if the last argument of select(2) is
+ * modified to indicate time left. The code will deal gracefully with
+ * the other case, this is just an optimization to reduce the number
+ * of system calls per input event.
+ *
+ * In general, expect System-V-like UNIXes to have this behavior and BSD-like
+ * ones to not have it. Check your manual page. If it doesn't explicitly
+ * say the last argument is modified, assume it's not.
+ *
+ * (We'd really like configure to autodetect this, but writing a proper test
+ * turns out to be hard.)
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+#if (defined(TRACE) && !HAVE_USLEEP) || ! GOOD_SELECT
+static void _nc_gettime(struct timeval *tp)
+{
+ gettimeofday(tp, (struct timezone *)0);
+ T(("time: %ld.%06ld", tp->tv_sec, tp->tv_usec));
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_USLEEP
+int _nc_usleep(unsigned int usec)
+{
+int code;
+struct timeval tval;
+
+#if defined(TRACE) && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ _nc_gettime(&tval);
+#endif
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+ {
+ struct pollfd fds[1];
+ code = poll(fds, 0, usec / 1000);
+ }
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+ tval.tv_sec = usec / 1000000;
+ tval.tv_usec = usec % 1000000;
+ code = select(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &tval);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(TRACE) && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ _nc_gettime(&tval);
+#endif
+ return code;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_USLEEP */
+
+/*
+ * Wait a specified number of milliseconds, returning true if the timer
+ * didn't expire before there is activity on the specified file descriptors.
+ * The file-descriptors are specified by the mode:
+ * 0 - none (absolute time)
+ * 1 - ncurses' normal input-descriptor
+ * 2 - mouse descriptor, if any
+ * 3 - either input or mouse.
+ *
+ * If the milliseconds given are -1, the wait blocks until activity on the
+ * descriptors.
+ */
+int _nc_timed_wait(int mode, int milliseconds, int *timeleft)
+{
+int fd;
+int count = 0;
+long whole_secs = milliseconds / 1000;
+long micro_secs = (milliseconds % 1000) * 1000;
+
+int result = 0;
+struct timeval ntimeout;
+
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+struct pollfd fds[2];
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+static fd_set set;
+#endif
+
+#if !GOOD_SELECT && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+struct timeval starttime, returntime;
+long delta;
+
+ _nc_gettime(&starttime);
+#endif
+
+ if (milliseconds >= 0) {
+ ntimeout.tv_sec = whole_secs;
+ ntimeout.tv_usec = micro_secs;
+ } else {
+ ntimeout.tv_sec = 0;
+ ntimeout.tv_usec = 0;
+ }
+
+ T(("start twait: %lu.%06lu secs", (long) ntimeout.tv_sec, (long) ntimeout.tv_usec));
+
+ /*
+ * The do loop tries to make it look like we have restarting signals,
+ * even if we don't.
+ */
+ do {
+ count = 0;
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+
+ if (mode & 1) {
+ fds[count].fd = SP->_ifd;
+ fds[count].events = POLLIN;
+ count++;
+ }
+ if ((mode & 2)
+ && (fd = _nc_mouse_fd()) >= 0) {
+ fds[count].fd = fd;
+ fds[count].events = POLLIN;
+ count++;
+ }
+
+ result = poll(fds, count, milliseconds);
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+ /*
+ * Some systems modify the fd_set arguments; do this in the
+ * loop.
+ */
+ FD_ZERO(&set);
+
+ if (mode & 1) {
+ FD_SET(SP->_ifd, &set);
+ count = SP->_ifd + 1;
+ }
+ if ((mode & 2)
+ && (fd = _nc_mouse_fd()) >= 0) {
+ FD_SET(fd, &set);
+ count = max(fd, count) + 1;
+ }
+
+ errno = 0;
+ result = select(count, &set, NULL, NULL, milliseconds >= 0 ? &ntimeout : 0);
+#endif
+
+#if !GOOD_SELECT && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ _nc_gettime(&returntime);
+
+ /* The contents of ntimeout aren't guaranteed after return from
+ * 'select()', so we disregard its contents. Also, note that
+ * on some systems, tv_sec and tv_usec are unsigned.
+ */
+ ntimeout.tv_sec = whole_secs;
+ ntimeout.tv_usec = micro_secs;
+
+#define DELTA(f) (long)ntimeout.f - (long)returntime.f + (long)starttime.f
+
+ delta = DELTA(tv_sec);
+ if (delta < 0)
+ delta = 0;
+ ntimeout.tv_sec = delta;
+
+ delta = DELTA(tv_usec);
+ while (delta < 0 && ntimeout.tv_sec != 0) {
+ ntimeout.tv_sec--;
+ delta += 1000000;
+ }
+ ntimeout.tv_usec = delta;
+ if (delta < 0)
+ ntimeout.tv_sec = ntimeout.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * If the timeout hasn't expired, and we've gotten no data,
+ * this is probably a system where 'select()' needs to be left
+ * alone so that it can complete. Make this process sleep,
+ * then come back for more.
+ */
+ if (result == 0
+ && (ntimeout.tv_sec != 0 || ntimeout.tv_usec > 100000)) {
+ napms(100);
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ } while (result == -1 && errno == EINTR);
+
+ /* return approximate time left on the ntimeout, in milliseconds */
+ if (timeleft)
+ *timeleft = (ntimeout.tv_sec * 1000) + (ntimeout.tv_usec / 1000);
+
+ T(("end twait: returned %d, remaining time %lu.%06lu secs (%d msec)",
+ result, (long) ntimeout.tv_sec, (long) ntimeout.tv_usec,
+ timeleft ? *timeleft : -1));
+
+ /*
+ * Both 'poll()' and 'select()' return the number of file descriptors
+ * that are active. Translate this back to the mask that denotes which
+ * file-descriptors, so that we don't need all of this system-specific
+ * code everywhere.
+ */
+ if (result != 0) {
+ if (result > 0) {
+ result = 0;
+#if USE_FUNC_POLL
+ for (count = 0; count < 2; count++) {
+ if ((mode & (1 << count))
+ && (fds[count].revents & POLLIN)) {
+ result |= (1 << count);
+ count++;
+ }
+ }
+#elif HAVE_SELECT
+ if ((mode & 2)
+ && (fd = _nc_mouse_fd()) >= 0
+ && FD_ISSET(fd, &set))
+ result |= 2;
+ if ((mode & 1)
+ && FD_ISSET(SP->_ifd, &set))
+ result |= 1;
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ result = 0;
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * vidputs(newmode, outc)
+ *
+ * newmode is taken to be the logical 'or' of the symbols in curses.h
+ * representing graphic renditions. The terminal is set to be in all of
+ * the given modes, if possible.
+ *
+ * if the new attribute is normal
+ * if exit-alt-char-set exists
+ * emit it
+ * emit exit-attribute-mode
+ * else if set-attributes exists
+ * use it to set exactly what you want
+ * else
+ * if exit-attribute-mode exists
+ * turn off everything
+ * else
+ * turn off those which can be turned off and aren't in
+ * newmode.
+ * turn on each mode which should be on and isn't, one by one
+ *
+ * NOTE that this algorithm won't achieve the desired mix of attributes
+ * in some cases, but those are probably just those cases in which it is
+ * actually impossible, anyway, so...
+ *
+ * NOTE that we cannot assume that there's no interaction between color
+ * and other attribute resets. So each time we reset color (or other
+ * attributes) we'll have to be prepared to restore the other.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_vidattr.c,v 1.14 1997/05/06 16:02:43 tom Exp $")
+
+#define doPut(mode) TPUTS_TRACE(#mode); tputs(mode, 1, outc)
+
+#define TurnOn(mask,mode) \
+ if ((turn_on & mask) && mode) { doPut(mode); }
+
+#define TurnOff(mask,mode) \
+ if ((turn_off & mask) && mode) { doPut(mode); turn_off &= ~mask; }
+
+int vidputs(attr_t newmode, int (*outc)(int))
+{
+static attr_t previous_attr = A_NORMAL;
+attr_t turn_on, turn_off;
+int pair, current_pair;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("vidputs(%s)"), _traceattr(newmode)));
+
+ /* this allows us to go on whether or not newterm() has been called */
+ if (SP)
+ previous_attr = SP->_current_attr;
+
+ T(("previous attribute was %s", _traceattr(previous_attr)));
+
+ if (newmode == previous_attr)
+ returnCode(OK);
+
+ turn_off = (~newmode & previous_attr) & ALL_BUT_COLOR;
+ turn_on = (newmode & ~previous_attr) & ALL_BUT_COLOR;
+
+ pair = PAIR_NUMBER(newmode);
+ current_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(previous_attr);
+
+ /* if there is no current screen, assume we *can* do color */
+ if ((!SP || SP->_coloron) && pair == 0) {
+ T(("old pair = %d -- new pair = %d", current_pair, pair));
+ if (pair != current_pair) {
+ _nc_do_color(pair, outc);
+ previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (newmode == A_NORMAL) {
+ if((previous_attr & A_ALTCHARSET) && exit_alt_charset_mode) {
+ doPut(exit_alt_charset_mode);
+ previous_attr &= ~A_ALTCHARSET;
+ }
+ if (previous_attr) {
+ doPut(exit_attribute_mode);
+ previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR;
+ }
+
+ } else if (set_attributes) {
+ if (turn_on || turn_off) {
+ TPUTS_TRACE("set_attributes");
+ tputs(tparm(set_attributes,
+ (newmode & A_STANDOUT) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_UNDERLINE) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_REVERSE) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_BLINK) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_DIM) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_BOLD) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_INVIS) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_PROTECT) != 0,
+ (newmode & A_ALTCHARSET) != 0), 1, outc);
+ previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR;
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ T(("turning %s off", _traceattr(turn_off)));
+
+ TurnOff(A_ALTCHARSET, exit_alt_charset_mode);
+ TurnOff(A_UNDERLINE, exit_underline_mode);
+ TurnOff(A_STANDOUT, exit_standout_mode);
+
+ if (turn_off && exit_attribute_mode) {
+ doPut(exit_attribute_mode);
+ turn_on |= (newmode & (chtype)(~A_COLOR));
+ previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR;
+ }
+
+ T(("turning %s on", _traceattr(turn_on)));
+
+ TurnOn (A_ALTCHARSET, enter_alt_charset_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_BLINK, enter_blink_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_BOLD, enter_bold_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_DIM, enter_dim_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_REVERSE, enter_reverse_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_STANDOUT, enter_standout_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_PROTECT, enter_protected_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_INVIS, enter_secure_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_UNDERLINE, enter_underline_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_HORIZONTAL, enter_horizontal_hl_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_LEFT, enter_left_hl_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_LOW, enter_low_hl_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_RIGHT, enter_right_hl_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_TOP, enter_top_hl_mode);
+ TurnOn (A_VERTICAL, enter_vertical_hl_mode);
+ }
+
+ /* if there is no current screen, assume we *can* do color */
+ if ((!SP || SP->_coloron) && pair != 0) {
+ current_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(previous_attr);
+ T(("old pair = %d -- new pair = %d", current_pair, pair));
+ if (pair != current_pair) {
+ _nc_do_color(pair, outc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SP)
+ SP->_current_attr = newmode;
+ else
+ previous_attr = newmode;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int vidattr(attr_t newmode)
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("vidattr(%s)"), _traceattr(newmode)));
+
+ returnCode(vidputs(newmode, _nc_outch));
+}
+
+attr_t termattrs(void)
+{
+ int attrs = A_NORMAL;
+
+ if (enter_alt_charset_mode)
+ attrs |= A_ALTCHARSET;
+
+ if (enter_blink_mode)
+ attrs |= A_BLINK;
+
+ if (enter_bold_mode)
+ attrs |= A_BOLD;
+
+ if (enter_dim_mode)
+ attrs |= A_DIM;
+
+ if (enter_reverse_mode)
+ attrs |= A_REVERSE;
+
+ if (enter_standout_mode)
+ attrs |= A_STANDOUT;
+
+ if (enter_protected_mode)
+ attrs |= A_PROTECT;
+
+ if (enter_secure_mode)
+ attrs |= A_INVIS;
+
+ if (enter_underline_mode)
+ attrs |= A_UNDERLINE;
+
+ if (SP->_coloron)
+ attrs |= A_COLOR;
+
+ return(attrs);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** lib_window.c
+**
+**
+*/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_window.c,v 1.8 1997/02/02 01:14:43 tom Exp $")
+
+void _nc_synchook(WINDOW *win)
+/* hook to be called after each window change */
+{
+ if (win->_immed) wrefresh(win);
+ if (win->_sync) wsyncup(win);
+}
+
+int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+/* move a derived window */
+{
+ WINDOW *orig = win->_parent;
+ int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("mvderwin(%p,%d,%d)"), win, y, x));
+
+ if (orig)
+ {
+ if (win->_parx==x && win->_pary==y)
+ returnCode(OK);
+ if (x<0 || y<0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ if ( (x+getmaxx(win) > getmaxx(orig)) ||
+ (y+getmaxy(win) > getmaxy(orig)) )
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+ else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ wsyncup(win);
+ win->_parx = x;
+ win->_pary = y;
+ for(i=0;i<getmaxy(win);i++)
+ win->_line[i].text = &(orig->_line[y++].text[x]);
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
+
+int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+/* enable/disable automatic wsyncup() on each change to window */
+{
+ T((T_CALLED("syncok(%p,%d)"), win, bf));
+
+ if (win) {
+ win->_sync = bf;
+ returnCode(OK);
+ } else
+ returnCode(ERR);
+}
+
+void wsyncup(WINDOW *win)
+/* mark changed every cell in win's ancestors that is changed in win */
+/* Rewritten by J. Pfeifer, 1-Apr-96 (don't even think that...) */
+{
+ WINDOW *wp;
+
+ if (win && win->_parent)
+ for (wp = win; wp->_parent; wp = wp->_parent)
+ {
+ int y;
+ WINDOW *pp = wp->_parent;
+
+ assert((wp->_pary <= pp->_maxy) &&
+ ((wp->_pary+wp->_maxy) <= pp->_maxy));
+
+ for (y = 0; y <= wp->_maxy; y++)
+ {
+ int left = wp->_line[y].firstchar;
+ if (left >= 0) /* line is touched */
+ {
+ /* left & right character in parent window coordinates */
+ int right = wp->_line[y].lastchar + wp->_parx;
+ left += wp->_parx;
+
+ if (pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ {
+ pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar = left;
+ pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].lastchar = right;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (left < pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar)
+ pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar = left;
+ if (pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].lastchar < right)
+ pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].lastchar = right;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win)
+/* mark changed every cell in win that is changed in any of its ancestors */
+/* Rewritten by J. Pfeifer, 1-Apr-96 (don't even think that...) */
+{
+ if (win && win->_parent)
+ {
+ WINDOW *pp = win->_parent;
+ int y;
+
+ /* This recursion guarantees, that the changes are propagated down-
+ wards from the root to our direct parent. */
+ wsyncdown(pp);
+
+ /* and now we only have to propagate the changes from our direct
+ parent, if there are any. */
+ assert((win->_pary <= pp->_maxy) &&
+ ((win->_pary + win->_maxy) <= pp->_maxy));
+
+ for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++)
+ {
+ if (pp->_line[win->_pary + y].firstchar >= 0) /* parent changed */
+ {
+ /* left and right character in child coordinates */
+ int left = pp->_line[win->_pary + y].firstchar - win->_parx;
+ int right = pp->_line[win->_pary + y].lastchar - win->_parx;
+ /* The change maybe outside the childs range */
+ if (left<0)
+ left = 0;
+ if (right > win->_maxx)
+ right = win->_maxx;
+ if (win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE)
+ {
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = left;
+ win->_line[y].lastchar = right;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (left < win->_line[y].firstchar)
+ win->_line[y].firstchar = left;
+ if (win->_line[y].lastchar < right)
+ win->_line[y].lastchar = right;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win)
+/* sync the cursor in all derived windows to its value in the base window */
+{
+ WINDOW *wp;
+ for( wp = win; wp && wp->_parent; wp = wp->_parent ) {
+ wmove( wp->_parent, wp->_pary + wp->_cury, wp->_parx + wp->_curx );
+ }
+}
+
+WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win)
+/* make an exact duplicate of the given window */
+{
+WINDOW *nwin;
+size_t linesize;
+int i;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("dupwin(%p)"), win));
+
+ if ((nwin = newwin(win->_maxy + 1, win->_maxx + 1, win->_begy, win->_begx)) == NULL)
+ returnWin(0);
+
+ nwin->_curx = win->_curx;
+ nwin->_cury = win->_cury;
+ nwin->_maxy = win->_maxy;
+ nwin->_maxx = win->_maxx;
+ nwin->_begy = win->_begy;
+ nwin->_begx = win->_begx;
+ nwin->_yoffset = win->_yoffset;
+
+ nwin->_flags = win->_flags;
+ nwin->_attrs = win->_attrs;
+ nwin->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+
+ nwin->_clear = win->_clear;
+ nwin->_scroll = win->_scroll;
+ nwin->_leaveok = win->_leaveok;
+ nwin->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
+ nwin->_delay = win->_delay;
+ nwin->_immed = win->_immed;
+ nwin->_sync = win->_sync;
+ nwin->_parx = win->_parx;
+ nwin->_pary = win->_pary;
+ nwin->_parent = win->_parent;
+
+ nwin->_regtop = win->_regtop;
+ nwin->_regbottom = win->_regbottom;
+
+ linesize = (win->_maxx + 1) * sizeof(chtype);
+ for (i = 0; i <= nwin->_maxy; i++) {
+ memcpy(nwin->_line[i].text, win->_line[i].text, linesize);
+ nwin->_line[i].firstchar = win->_line[i].firstchar;
+ nwin->_line[i].lastchar = win->_line[i].lastchar;
+ }
+
+ returnWin(nwin);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+/* ./fallback.c */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+#undef _nc_fallback
+const TERMTYPE *_nc_fallback(
+ const char *name)
+ { return(*(const TERMTYPE **)0); }
+
+/* ./hashmap.c */
+
+#undef _nc_hash_map
+void _nc_hash_map(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./hardscroll.c */
+
+#undef _nc_scroll_optimize
+void _nc_scroll_optimize(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_acs.c */
+
+#undef acs_map
+chtype acs_map[128];
+
+#undef init_acs
+void init_acs(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_addch.c */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#undef wattr_on
+int wattr_on(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const attr_t at)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wattr_off
+int wattr_off(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const attr_t at)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wchgat
+int wchgat(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int n,
+ attr_t attr,
+ short color,
+ const void *opts)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_background
+chtype _nc_background(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_render
+chtype _nc_render(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ chtype ch)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_waddch_nosync
+int _nc_waddch_nosync(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const chtype c)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef waddch
+int waddch(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const chtype ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wechochar
+int wechochar(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const chtype ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_addstr.c */
+
+#undef waddnstr
+int waddnstr(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const char *const astr,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef waddchnstr
+int waddchnstr(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const chtype *const astr,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_beep.c */
+
+#undef beep
+int beep(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef flash
+int flash(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_bkgd.c */
+
+#undef wbkgd
+int wbkgd(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const chtype ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_baudrate.c */
+
+struct speed {
+ speed_t s;
+ int sp;
+};
+
+#undef baudrate
+int baudrate(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_box.c */
+
+#undef wborder
+int wborder(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ chtype ls,
+ chtype rs,
+ chtype ts,
+ chtype bs,
+ chtype tl,
+ chtype tr,
+ chtype bl,
+ chtype br)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef whline
+int whline(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ chtype ch,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wvline
+int wvline(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ chtype ch,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_clear.c */
+
+#undef wclear
+int wclear(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_clrbot.c */
+
+#undef wclrtobot
+int wclrtobot(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_clreol.c */
+
+#undef wclrtoeol
+int wclrtoeol(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_color.c */
+
+#undef COLOR_PAIRS
+int COLOR_PAIRS;
+#undef COLORS
+int COLORS;
+
+#undef start_color
+int start_color(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef init_pair
+int init_pair(
+ short pair,
+ short f,
+ short b)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef init_color
+int init_color(
+ short color,
+ short r,
+ short g,
+ short b)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef can_change_color
+bool can_change_color(void)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef has_colors
+bool has_colors(void)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef color_content
+int color_content(
+ short color,
+ short *r,
+ short *g,
+ short *b)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef pair_content
+int pair_content(
+ short pair,
+ short *f,
+ short *b)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_do_color
+void _nc_do_color(
+ int pair,
+ int (*outc)(
+ int p1))
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_data.c */
+
+#undef stdscr
+WINDOW *stdscr;
+#undef curscr
+WINDOW *curscr;
+#undef newscr
+WINDOW *newscr;
+#undef _nc_windows
+struct _win_list *_nc_windows;
+#undef _nc_idcok
+bool _nc_idcok;
+#undef _nc_idlok
+bool _nc_idlok;
+#undef SP
+SCREEN *SP;
+
+/* ./lib_delch.c */
+
+#undef wdelch
+int wdelch(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_delwin.c */
+
+#undef delwin
+int delwin(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_doupdate.c */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#undef doupdate
+int doupdate(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_outstr
+void _nc_outstr(
+ const char *str)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_endwin.c */
+
+#undef endwin
+int endwin(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_erase.c */
+
+#undef werase
+int werase(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_gen.c */
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#undef addch
+int addch(
+ const chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef addchnstr
+int addchnstr(
+ const chtype *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef addchstr
+int addchstr(
+ const chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef addnstr
+int addnstr(
+ const char *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef addstr
+int addstr(
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attroff
+int attroff(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attron
+int attron(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attrset
+int attrset(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attr_get
+int attr_get(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attr_off
+int attr_off(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attr_on
+int attr_on(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef attr_set
+int attr_set(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef bkgd
+int bkgd(
+ chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef bkgdset
+void bkgdset(
+ chtype z)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef border
+int border(
+ chtype a1,
+ chtype a2,
+ chtype a3,
+ chtype a4,
+ chtype a5,
+ chtype a6,
+ chtype a7,
+ chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef box
+int box(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ chtype a2,
+ chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef chgat
+int chgat(
+ int a1,
+ attr_t a2,
+ short a3,
+ const void *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef clear
+int clear(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef clrtobot
+int clrtobot(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef clrtoeol
+int clrtoeol(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef COLOR_PAIR
+int COLOR_PAIR(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef delch
+int delch(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef deleteln
+int deleteln(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef echochar
+int echochar(
+ const chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef getbkgd
+chtype getbkgd(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef getch
+int getch(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef getnstr
+int getnstr(
+ char *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef getstr
+int getstr(
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef hline
+int hline(
+ chtype a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef inch
+chtype inch(void)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef inchnstr
+int inchnstr(
+ chtype *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef inchstr
+int inchstr(
+ chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef innstr
+int innstr(
+ char *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef insch
+int insch(
+ chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef insdelln
+int insdelln(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef insertln
+int insertln(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef insnstr
+int insnstr(
+ const char *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef insstr
+int insstr(
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef instr
+int instr(
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef move
+int move(
+ int a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvaddch
+int mvaddch(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvaddchnstr
+int mvaddchnstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const chtype *a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvaddchstr
+int mvaddchstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvaddnstr
+int mvaddnstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const char *a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvaddstr
+int mvaddstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvchgat
+int mvchgat(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ attr_t a4,
+ short a5,
+ const void *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvdelch
+int mvdelch(
+ int a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvgetch
+int mvgetch(
+ int a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvgetnstr
+int mvgetnstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ char *a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvgetstr
+int mvgetstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvhline
+int mvhline(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ chtype a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinch
+chtype mvinch(
+ int a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinchnstr
+int mvinchnstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ chtype *a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinchstr
+int mvinchstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinnstr
+int mvinnstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ char *a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinsch
+int mvinsch(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinsnstr
+int mvinsnstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const char *a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinsstr
+int mvinsstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvinstr
+int mvinstr(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvvline
+int mvvline(
+ int a1,
+ int a2,
+ chtype a3,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwaddch
+int mvwaddch(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwaddchnstr
+int mvwaddchnstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const chtype *a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwaddchstr
+int mvwaddchstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwaddnstr
+int mvwaddnstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const char *a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwaddstr
+int mvwaddstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwchgat
+int mvwchgat(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ int a4,
+ attr_t a5,
+ short a6,
+ const void *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwdelch
+int mvwdelch(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwgetch
+int mvwgetch(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwgetnstr
+int mvwgetnstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ char *a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwgetstr
+int mvwgetstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwhline
+int mvwhline(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ chtype a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinch
+chtype mvwinch(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinchnstr
+int mvwinchnstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ chtype *a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinchstr
+int mvwinchstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinnstr
+int mvwinnstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ char *a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinsch
+int mvwinsch(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ chtype z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinsnstr
+int mvwinsnstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const char *a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinsstr
+int mvwinsstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwinstr
+int mvwinstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwvline
+int mvwvline(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int a2,
+ int a3,
+ chtype a4,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef PAIR_NUMBER
+int PAIR_NUMBER(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef redrawwin
+int redrawwin(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef refresh
+int refresh(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scrl
+int scrl(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scroll
+int scroll(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef setscrreg
+int setscrreg(
+ int a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef standout
+int standout(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef standend
+int standend(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef timeout
+int timeout(
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef untouchwin
+int untouchwin(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef vline
+int vline(
+ chtype a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef vw_printw
+int vw_printw(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ const char *a2,
+ va_list z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef vw_scanw
+int vw_scanw(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ const char *a2,
+ va_list z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef waddchstr
+int waddchstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ const chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef waddstr
+int waddstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wattron
+int wattron(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wattroff
+int wattroff(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wattrset
+int wattrset(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ int z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wattr_get
+attr_t wattr_get(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(attr_t *)0); }
+
+#undef wattr_set
+int wattr_set(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ attr_t z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wbkgdset
+void wbkgdset(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ chtype z)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef wdeleteln
+int wdeleteln(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wgetstr
+int wgetstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef winch
+chtype winch(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(chtype *)0); }
+
+#undef winchstr
+int winchstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ chtype *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef winsertln
+int winsertln(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef winsstr
+int winsstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ const char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef winstr
+int winstr(
+ WINDOW *a1,
+ char *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wstandout
+int wstandout(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wstandend
+int wstandend(
+ WINDOW *z)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_getch.c */
+
+#undef ESCDELAY
+int ESCDELAY;
+
+#undef ungetch
+int ungetch(
+ int ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_backspace
+void _nc_backspace(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef wgetch
+int wgetch(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_getstr.c */
+
+#undef wgetnstr
+int wgetnstr(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ char *str,
+ int maxlen)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_inchstr.c */
+
+#undef winchnstr
+int winchnstr(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ chtype *str,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_initscr.c */
+
+#undef _nc_initscr
+int _nc_initscr(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef initscr
+WINDOW *initscr(void)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef termname
+char *termname(void)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_insch.c */
+
+#undef winsch
+int winsch(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ chtype c)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_insdel.c */
+
+#undef winsdelln
+int winsdelln(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_insstr.c */
+
+#undef winsnstr
+int winsnstr(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const char *str,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_instr.c */
+
+#undef winnstr
+int winnstr(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ char *str,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_isendwin.c */
+
+#undef isendwin
+int isendwin(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_kernel.c */
+
+#undef napms
+int napms(
+ int ms)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef reset_prog_mode
+int reset_prog_mode(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef reset_shell_mode
+int reset_shell_mode(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef erasechar
+char erasechar(void)
+ { return(*(char *)0); }
+
+#undef killchar
+char killchar(void)
+ { return(*(char *)0); }
+
+#undef flushinp
+int flushinp(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef savetty
+int savetty(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef resetty
+int resetty(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_keyname.c */
+
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+struct kn {
+ const char *name;
+ int code;
+};
+
+#undef key_names
+const struct kn key_names[] = {0};
+
+#undef keyname
+const char *keyname(
+ int c)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_longname.c */
+
+#undef longname
+char *longname(void)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_mouse.c */
+
+#undef _nc_max_click_interval
+int _nc_max_click_interval;
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_init
+void _nc_mouse_init(
+ SCREEN *sp)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_fd
+int _nc_mouse_fd(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_event
+bool _nc_mouse_event(
+ SCREEN *sp)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_inline
+bool _nc_mouse_inline(
+ SCREEN *sp)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_parse
+bool _nc_mouse_parse(
+ int runcount)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_wrap
+void _nc_mouse_wrap(
+ SCREEN *sp)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_mouse_resume
+void _nc_mouse_resume(
+ SCREEN *sp)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef getmouse
+int getmouse(
+ MEVENT *aevent)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef ungetmouse
+int ungetmouse(
+ MEVENT *aevent)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mousemask
+mmask_t mousemask(
+ mmask_t newmask,
+ mmask_t *oldmask)
+ { return(*(mmask_t *)0); }
+
+#undef wenclose
+bool wenclose(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int y,
+ int x)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef mouseinterval
+int mouseinterval(
+ int maxclick)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_move.c */
+
+#undef wmove
+int wmove(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int y,
+ int x)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_mvcur.c */
+
+#undef _nc_mvcur_resume
+void _nc_mvcur_resume(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_mvcur_init
+void _nc_mvcur_init(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_mvcur_wrap
+void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef mvcur
+int mvcur(
+ int yold,
+ int xold,
+ int ynew,
+ int xnew)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_mvcur_scrolln
+int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(
+ int n,
+ int top,
+ int bot,
+ int maxy)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_mvwin.c */
+
+#undef mvwin
+int mvwin(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int by,
+ int bx)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_newterm.c */
+
+#undef filter
+void filter(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef newterm
+SCREEN *newterm(
+ const char *term,
+ FILE *ofp,
+ FILE *ifp)
+ { return(*(SCREEN **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_newwin.c */
+
+#undef _nc_freewin
+void _nc_freewin(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef newwin
+WINDOW *newwin(
+ int num_lines,
+ int num_columns,
+ int begy,
+ int begx)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef derwin
+WINDOW *derwin(
+ WINDOW *orig,
+ int num_lines,
+ int num_columns,
+ int begy,
+ int begx)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef subwin
+WINDOW *subwin(
+ WINDOW *w,
+ int l,
+ int c,
+ int y,
+ int x)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_makenew
+WINDOW *_nc_makenew(
+ int num_lines,
+ int num_columns,
+ int begy,
+ int begx,
+ int flags)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_options.c */
+
+#undef has_ic
+int has_ic(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef has_il
+int has_il(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef idlok
+int idlok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef idcok
+void idcok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef clearok
+int clearok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef immedok
+void immedok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef leaveok
+int leaveok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scrollok
+int scrollok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef halfdelay
+int halfdelay(
+ int t)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef nodelay
+int nodelay(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef notimeout
+int notimeout(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool f)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wtimeout
+int wtimeout(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int delay)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_keypad
+int _nc_keypad(
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef keypad
+int keypad(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef meta
+int meta(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef curs_set
+int curs_set(
+ int vis)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#if 0
+
+#include <keys.tries>
+
+#endif
+
+#undef typeahead
+int typeahead(
+ int fd)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef has_key
+int has_key(
+ int keycode)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_overlay.c */
+
+#undef overlay
+int overlay(
+ const WINDOW *win1,
+ WINDOW *win2)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef overwrite
+int overwrite(
+ const WINDOW *win1,
+ WINDOW *win2)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef copywin
+int copywin(
+ const WINDOW *src,
+ WINDOW *dst,
+ int sminrow,
+ int smincol,
+ int dminrow,
+ int dmincol,
+ int dmaxrow,
+ int dmaxcol,
+ int over)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_pad.c */
+
+#undef newpad
+WINDOW *newpad(
+ int l,
+ int c)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef subpad
+WINDOW *subpad(
+ WINDOW *orig,
+ int l,
+ int c,
+ int begy,
+ int begx)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef prefresh
+int prefresh(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int pminrow,
+ int pmincol,
+ int sminrow,
+ int smincol,
+ int smaxrow,
+ int smaxcol)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef pnoutrefresh
+int pnoutrefresh(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int pminrow,
+ int pmincol,
+ int sminrow,
+ int smincol,
+ int smaxrow,
+ int smaxcol)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef pechochar
+int pechochar(
+ WINDOW *pad,
+ chtype ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_print.c */
+
+#undef mcprint
+int mcprint(
+ char *data,
+ int len)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_printw.c */
+
+#undef printw
+int printw(
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wprintw
+int wprintw(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvprintw
+int mvprintw(
+ int y,
+ int x,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwprintw
+int mvwprintw(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int y,
+ int x,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef vwprintw
+int vwprintw(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const char *fmt,
+ va_list argp)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_raw.c */
+
+#undef raw
+int raw(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef cbreak
+int cbreak(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef echo
+int echo(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef nl
+int nl(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef qiflush
+int qiflush(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef noraw
+int noraw(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef nocbreak
+int nocbreak(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef noecho
+int noecho(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef nonl
+int nonl(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef noqiflush
+int noqiflush(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef intrflush
+int intrflush(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool flag)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_refresh.c */
+
+#undef wredrawln
+int wredrawln(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int beg,
+ int num)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wrefresh
+int wrefresh(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wnoutrefresh
+int wnoutrefresh(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_restart.c */
+
+#undef def_shell_mode
+int def_shell_mode(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef def_prog_mode
+int def_prog_mode(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef restartterm
+int restartterm(
+ const char *term,
+ int filenum,
+ int *errret)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef set_curterm
+TERMINAL *set_curterm(
+ TERMINAL *term)
+ { return(*(TERMINAL **)0); }
+
+#undef del_curterm
+int del_curterm(
+ TERMINAL *term)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_scanw.c */
+
+#undef vwscanw
+int vwscanw(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const char *fmt,
+ va_list argp)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scanw
+int scanw(
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wscanw
+int wscanw(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvscanw
+int mvscanw(
+ int y,
+ int x,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef mvwscanw
+int mvwscanw(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int y,
+ int x,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_screen.c */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#undef getwin
+WINDOW *getwin(
+ FILE *filep)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef putwin
+int putwin(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ FILE *filep)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scr_restore
+int scr_restore(
+ const char *file)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scr_dump
+int scr_dump(
+ const char *file)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scr_init
+int scr_init(
+ const char *file)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef scr_set
+int scr_set(
+ const char *file)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_scroll.c */
+
+#undef _nc_scroll_window
+void _nc_scroll_window(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int const n,
+ short const top,
+ short const bottom)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef wscrl
+int wscrl(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int n)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_scrreg.c */
+
+#undef wsetscrreg
+int wsetscrreg(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int top,
+ int bottom)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_set_term.c */
+
+#undef _nc_set_buffer
+void _nc_set_buffer(
+ FILE *ofp,
+ bool buffered)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef set_term
+SCREEN *set_term(
+ SCREEN *screen)
+ { return(*(SCREEN **)0); }
+
+#undef delscreen
+void delscreen(
+ SCREEN *sp)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef rippedoff
+ripoff_t rippedoff[5];
+#undef rsp
+ripoff_t *rsp;
+
+#undef _nc_setupscreen
+int _nc_setupscreen(
+ short slines,
+ short const scolumns,
+ FILE *output)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ripoffline
+int _nc_ripoffline(
+ int line,
+ int (*init)(
+ WINDOW *p1,
+ int p2))
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef ripoffline
+int ripoffline(
+ int line,
+ int (*init)(
+ WINDOW *p1,
+ int p2))
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_setup.c */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#undef use_env
+void use_env(
+ bool f)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef LINES
+int LINES;
+#undef COLS
+int COLS;
+#undef TABSIZE
+int TABSIZE;
+
+#undef _nc_get_screensize
+void _nc_get_screensize(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef ttytype
+char ttytype[256 ];
+
+#undef setupterm
+int setupterm(
+ const char *tname,
+ int Filedes,
+ int *errret)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_slk.c */
+
+#undef _nc_slk_format
+int _nc_slk_format;
+
+#undef slk_label
+char *slk_label(
+ int n)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef slk_noutrefresh
+int slk_noutrefresh(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_refresh
+int slk_refresh(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_restore
+int slk_restore(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_set
+int slk_set(
+ int i,
+ const char *astr,
+ int format)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_touch
+int slk_touch(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_clear
+int slk_clear(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_slk_initialize
+int _nc_slk_initialize(
+ WINDOW *stwin,
+ int cols)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_init
+int slk_init(
+ int format)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_attrset
+int slk_attrset(
+ const attr_t attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_attron
+int slk_attron(
+ const attr_t attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_attroff
+int slk_attroff(
+ const attr_t attr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef slk_attr
+attr_t slk_attr(void)
+ { return(*(attr_t *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_termcap.c */
+
+#include <termcap.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+
+#undef PC
+char PC;
+#undef UP
+char *UP;
+#undef BC
+char *BC;
+#undef ospeed
+short ospeed;
+
+#undef tgetent
+int tgetent(
+ char *bufp,
+ const char *name)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#if 0
+
+#include <capdefaults.c>
+
+#endif
+
+#undef tgetflag
+int tgetflag(
+ const char *id)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef tgetnum
+int tgetnum(
+ const char *id)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef tgetstr
+char *tgetstr(
+ const char *id,
+ char **area)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef tgoto
+char *tgoto(
+ const char *string,
+ int x,
+ int y)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_ti.c */
+
+#undef tigetflag
+int tigetflag(
+ const char *str)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef tigetnum
+int tigetnum(
+ const char *str)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef tigetstr
+char *tigetstr(
+ const char *str)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_touch.c */
+
+#undef is_linetouched
+int is_linetouched(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int line)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef is_wintouched
+int is_wintouched(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wtouchln
+int wtouchln(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int y,
+ int n,
+ int changed)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_tparm.c */
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned int num;
+ char *str;
+} stack_frame;
+
+#undef tparm
+char *tparm(
+ const char *string,
+ ...)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_tputs.c */
+
+#undef delay_output
+int delay_output(
+ int ms)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_outch
+int _nc_outch(
+ int ch)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef putp
+int putp(
+ const char *string)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef tputs
+int tputs(
+ const char *string,
+ int affcnt,
+ int (*outc)(
+ int p1))
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_trace.c */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#undef _nc_tracing
+unsigned _nc_tracing;
+#undef _nc_tputs_trace
+const char *_nc_tputs_trace = {0};
+#undef _nc_outchars
+long _nc_outchars;
+#undef _nc_optimize_enable
+int _nc_optimize_enable;
+
+#undef trace
+void trace(
+ const unsigned int tracelevel)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_visbuf
+const char *_nc_visbuf(
+ const char *buf)
+ { return(*(const char **)0); }
+
+#undef _tracef
+void _tracef(
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_traceatr.c */
+
+#undef _traceattr
+char *_traceattr(
+ attr_t newmode)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef _tracechtype
+char *_tracechtype(
+ chtype ch)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_tracechr.c */
+
+#undef _tracechar
+char *_tracechar(
+ const unsigned char ch)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_tracedmp.c */
+
+#undef _tracedump
+void _tracedump(
+ const char *name,
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_tracemse.c */
+
+#undef _tracemouse
+char *_tracemouse(
+ MEVENT const *ep)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_tstp.c */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+typedef struct sigaction sigaction_t;
+
+#undef _nc_signal_handler
+void _nc_signal_handler(
+ bool enable)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./lib_twait.c */
+
+#undef _nc_timed_wait
+int _nc_timed_wait(
+ int mode,
+ int milliseconds,
+ int *timeleft)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_unctrl.c */
+
+#undef unctrl
+char *unctrl(
+ chtype uch)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_vidattr.c */
+
+#undef vidputs
+int vidputs(
+ attr_t newmode,
+ int (*outc)(
+ int p1))
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef vidattr
+int vidattr(
+ attr_t newmode)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef termattrs
+attr_t termattrs(void)
+ { return(*(attr_t *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_window.c */
+
+#undef _nc_synchook
+void _nc_synchook(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef mvderwin
+int mvderwin(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int y,
+ int x)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef syncok
+int syncok(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ bool bf)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef wsyncup
+void wsyncup(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef wsyncdown
+void wsyncdown(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef wcursyncup
+void wcursyncup(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef dupwin
+WINDOW *dupwin(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+/* ./names.c */
+
+#undef boolnames
+char *const boolnames[] = {0};
+#undef boolfnames
+char *const boolfnames[] = {0};
+#undef numnames
+char *const numnames[] = {0};
+#undef numfnames
+char *const numfnames[] = {0};
+#undef strnames
+char *const strnames[] = {0};
+#undef strfnames
+char *const strfnames[] = {0};
+
+/* ./codes.c */
+#undef boolcodes
+char *const boolcodes[] = {0};
+#undef numcodes
+char *const numcodes[] = {0};
+#undef strcodes
+char *const strcodes[] = {0};
+
+/* ./read_entry.c */
+#undef cur_term
+TERMINAL *cur_term;
+
+#undef _nc_tic_dir
+char *_nc_tic_dir(
+ char *path)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_read_file_entry
+int _nc_read_file_entry(
+ const char *const filename,
+ TERMTYPE *ptr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_read_entry
+int _nc_read_entry(
+ const char *const tn,
+ char *const filename,
+ TERMTYPE *const tp)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_first_name
+char *_nc_first_name(
+ const char *const sp)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_name_match
+int _nc_name_match(
+ const char *const namelst,
+ const char *const name,
+ const char *const delim)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./read_termcap.c */
+
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+#undef _nc_read_termcap_entry
+int _nc_read_termcap_entry(
+ const char *const tn,
+ TERMTYPE *const tp)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./write_entry.c */
+
+#undef _nc_set_writedir
+void _nc_set_writedir(
+ char *dir)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_write_entry
+void _nc_write_entry(
+ TERMTYPE *const tp)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_tic_written
+int _nc_tic_written(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./sigaction.c */
+
+#undef _nc_sigaction
+void _nc_sigaction(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./vsscanf.c */
+
+#undef _nc_vsscanf
+void _nc_vsscanf(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./alloc_entry.c */
+
+#undef _nc_init_entry
+void _nc_init_entry(
+ TERMTYPE *const tp)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_save_str
+char *_nc_save_str(
+ const char *const string)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_wrap_entry
+void _nc_wrap_entry(
+ ENTRY *const ep)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_merge_entry
+void _nc_merge_entry(
+ TERMTYPE *const to,
+ TERMTYPE *const from)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./captoinfo.c */
+
+#undef _nc_captoinfo
+char *_nc_captoinfo(
+ char *const cap,
+ char *s,
+ int const parametrized)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_infotocap
+char *_nc_infotocap(
+ char *const cap,
+ char *str,
+ int const parametrized)
+ { return(*(char **)0); }
+
+/* ./comp_captab.c */
+
+#include <hashsize.h>
+
+#undef _nc_info_hash_table
+const struct name_table_entry *const _nc_info_hash_table[991] = {0};
+#undef _nc_cap_hash_table
+const struct name_table_entry *const _nc_cap_hash_table[991] = {0};
+#undef _nc_capalias_table
+const struct alias _nc_capalias_table[] = {0};
+#undef _nc_infoalias_table
+const struct alias _nc_infoalias_table[] = {0};
+
+#undef _nc_get_table
+const struct name_table_entry *_nc_get_table(
+ bool termcap)
+ { return(*(const struct name_table_entry **)0); }
+
+/* ./comp_error.c */
+
+#undef _nc_suppress_warnings
+bool _nc_suppress_warnings;
+
+#undef _nc_set_source
+void _nc_set_source(
+ const char *const name)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_set_type
+void _nc_set_type(
+ const char *const name)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_get_type
+void _nc_get_type(
+ char *name)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_warning
+void _nc_warning(
+ const char *const fmt,
+ ...)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_err_abort
+void _nc_err_abort(
+ const char *const fmt,
+ ...)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_syserr_abort
+void _nc_syserr_abort(
+ const char *const fmt,
+ ...)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./comp_hash.c */
+
+#undef _nc_find_entry
+struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_entry(
+ const char *string,
+ const struct name_table_entry *const *hash_table)
+ { return(*(struct name_table_entry const **)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_find_type_entry
+struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_type_entry(
+ const char *string,
+ int type,
+ const struct name_table_entry *table)
+ { return(*(struct name_table_entry const **)0); }
+
+/* ./comp_parse.c */
+
+#undef _nc_head
+ENTRY *_nc_head;
+#undef _nc_tail
+ENTRY *_nc_tail;
+
+#undef _nc_free_entries
+void _nc_free_entries(
+ ENTRY *head)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_entry_match
+bool _nc_entry_match(
+ char *n1,
+ char *n2)
+ { return(*(bool *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_read_entry_source
+void _nc_read_entry_source(
+ FILE *fp,
+ char *buf,
+ int literal,
+ bool silent,
+ bool (*hook)(
+ ENTRY *p1))
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_resolve_uses
+int _nc_resolve_uses(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./comp_scan.c */
+
+#undef _nc_syntax
+int _nc_syntax;
+#undef _nc_curr_line
+int _nc_curr_line;
+#undef _nc_curr_col
+int _nc_curr_col;
+#undef _nc_curr_file_pos
+long _nc_curr_file_pos;
+#undef _nc_comment_start
+long _nc_comment_start;
+#undef _nc_comment_end
+long _nc_comment_end;
+#undef _nc_start_line
+long _nc_start_line;
+
+#undef _nc_get_token
+int _nc_get_token(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_push_token
+void _nc_push_token(
+ int class)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_panic_mode
+void _nc_panic_mode(
+ char ch)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_reset_input
+void _nc_reset_input(
+ FILE *fp,
+ char *buf)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./parse_entry.c */
+
+#undef _nc_curr_token
+struct token _nc_curr_token;
+
+#undef _nc_parse_entry
+int _nc_parse_entry(
+ struct entry *entryp,
+ int literal,
+ bool silent)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_capcmp
+int _nc_capcmp(
+ const char *s,
+ const char *t)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+typedef struct {const char *from; const char *to;} assoc;
+
+/* ./lib_dft_fgbg.c */
+
+#undef use_default_colors
+int use_default_colors(void)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_freeall.c */
+
+#undef _nc_free_termtype
+void _nc_free_termtype(
+ struct termtype *p,
+ int base)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_freeall
+void _nc_freeall(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_free_and_exit
+void _nc_free_and_exit(
+ int code)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+/* ./resizeterm.c */
+
+#undef resizeterm
+int resizeterm(
+ int ToLines,
+ int ToCols)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./wresize.c */
+
+#undef wresize
+int wresize(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int ToLines,
+ int ToCols)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+/* ./lib_adabind.c */
+
+#undef _nc_ada_getmaxyx
+int _nc_ada_getmaxyx(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int *y,
+ int *x)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_getbegyx
+int _nc_ada_getbegyx(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int *y,
+ int *x)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_getyx
+int _nc_ada_getyx(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int *y,
+ int *x)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_getparyx
+int _nc_ada_getparyx(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int *y,
+ int *x)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_isscroll
+int _nc_ada_isscroll(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_coord_transform
+int _nc_ada_coord_transform(
+ WINDOW *win,
+ int *Y,
+ int *X,
+ int dir)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_mouse_event
+void _nc_ada_mouse_event(
+ mmask_t m,
+ int *b,
+ int *s)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_mouse_mask
+int _nc_ada_mouse_mask(
+ int button,
+ int state,
+ mmask_t *mask)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef _nc_ada_unregister_mouse
+void _nc_ada_unregister_mouse(void)
+ { /* void */ }
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: modules,v 1.25 1997/04/26 21:59:59 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Library objects
+fallback lib . ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h
+hashmap lib $(srcdir)
+hardscroll lib $(srcdir)
+lib_acs lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_addch lib $(srcdir)
+lib_addstr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_beep lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_bkgd lib $(srcdir)
+lib_baudrate lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_box lib $(srcdir)
+lib_clear lib $(srcdir)
+lib_clrbot lib $(srcdir)
+lib_clreol lib $(srcdir)
+lib_color lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_data lib $(srcdir)
+lib_delch lib $(srcdir)
+lib_delwin lib $(srcdir)
+lib_doupdate lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_endwin lib $(srcdir)
+lib_erase lib $(srcdir)
+lib_gen lib . ../include/curses.h
+lib_getch lib $(srcdir)
+lib_getstr lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_inchstr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_initscr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_insch lib $(srcdir)
+lib_insdel lib $(srcdir)
+lib_insstr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_instr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_isendwin lib $(srcdir)
+lib_kernel lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_keyname lib . ../include/term.h
+lib_longname lib $(srcdir)
+lib_mouse lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_move lib $(srcdir)
+lib_mvcur lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_mvwin lib $(srcdir)
+lib_newterm lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_newwin lib $(srcdir)
+lib_options lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h keys.tries
+lib_overlay lib $(srcdir)
+lib_pad lib $(srcdir)
+lib_print lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_printw lib $(srcdir)
+lib_raw lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_refresh lib $(srcdir)
+lib_restart lib $(srcdir)
+lib_scanw lib $(srcdir)
+lib_screen lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_scroll lib $(srcdir)
+lib_scrreg lib $(srcdir)
+lib_set_term lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_setup lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_slk lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_termcap lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_ti lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_touch lib $(srcdir)
+lib_tparm lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_tputs lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_trace lib $(srcdir)
+lib_traceatr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_tracechr lib $(srcdir)
+lib_tracedmp lib $(srcdir)
+lib_tracemse lib $(srcdir)
+lib_tstp lib $(srcdir)
+lib_twait lib $(srcdir)
+lib_vidattr lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_window lib $(srcdir)
+names lib .
+codes lib .
+unctrl lib .
+read_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h
+read_termcap lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+write_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h
+
+# Modules for porting
+sigaction lib $(srcdir)
+vsscanf lib $(srcdir)
+
+# Support for termcap (and tic, etc.)
+alloc_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+captoinfo lib $(srcdir)
+comp_captab lib . ../include/term.h ../include/hashsize.h
+comp_error lib $(srcdir)
+comp_hash lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h ../include/hashsize.h
+comp_parse lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h
+comp_scan lib $(srcdir)
+parse_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h ../include/parametrized.h
+
+# Extensions
+lib_dft_fgbg lib $(srcdir)
+lib_freeall lib $(srcdir)
+resizeterm lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+wresize lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+lib_adabind lib $(srcdir)
+expanded lib .
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * parse_entry.c -- compile one terminfo or termcap entry
+ *
+ * Get an exact in-core representation of an entry. Don't
+ * try to resolve use or tc capabilities, that is someone
+ * else's job. Depends on the lexical analyzer to get tokens
+ * from the input stream.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE
+#include <term.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: parse_entry.c,v 1.18 1997/02/02 01:50:15 tom Exp $")
+
+#ifdef LINT
+static short const parametrized[] = { 0 };
+#else
+#include <parametrized.h>
+#endif
+
+struct token _nc_curr_token;
+
+static void postprocess_termcap(TERMTYPE *, bool);
+static void postprocess_terminfo(TERMTYPE *);
+static struct name_table_entry const * lookup_fullname(const char *name);
+
+/*
+ * int
+ * _nc_parse_entry(entry, literal, silent)
+ *
+ * Compile one entry. Doesn't try to resolve use or tc capabilities.
+ *
+ * found-forward-use = FALSE
+ * re-initialise internal arrays
+ * get_token();
+ * if the token was not a name in column 1, complain and die
+ * save names in entry's string table
+ * while (get_token() is not EOF and not NAMES)
+ * check for existance and type-correctness
+ * enter cap into structure
+ * if STRING
+ * save string in entry's string table
+ * push back token
+ */
+
+int _nc_parse_entry(struct entry *entryp, int literal, bool silent)
+{
+ int token_type;
+ struct name_table_entry const *entry_ptr;
+ char *ptr, namecpy[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1];
+
+ token_type = _nc_get_token();
+
+ if (token_type == EOF)
+ return(EOF);
+ if (token_type != NAMES)
+ _nc_err_abort("Entry does not start with terminal names in column one");
+
+ _nc_init_entry(&entryp->tterm);
+
+ entryp->cstart = _nc_comment_start;
+ entryp->cend = _nc_comment_end;
+ entryp->startline = _nc_start_line;
+ DEBUG(2, ("Comment range is %ld to %ld", entryp->cstart, entryp->cend));
+
+ /* junk the 2-character termcap name, if present */
+ ptr = _nc_curr_token.tk_name;
+ if (ptr[2] == '|')
+ {
+ ptr = _nc_curr_token.tk_name + 3;
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name[2] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ entryp->tterm.str_table = entryp->tterm.term_names = _nc_save_str(ptr);
+
+ DEBUG(1, ("Starting '%s'", ptr));
+
+ /*
+ * We do this because the one-token lookahead in the parse loop
+ * results in the terminal type getting prematurely set to correspond
+ * to that of the next entry.
+ */
+ _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(entryp->tterm.term_names));
+
+ /* check for overly-long names and aliases */
+ (void) strncpy(namecpy, entryp->tterm.term_names, MAX_NAME_SIZE);
+ namecpy[MAX_NAME_SIZE] = '\0';
+ if ((ptr = strrchr(namecpy, '|')) != (char *)NULL)
+ *ptr = '\0';
+ ptr = strtok(namecpy, "|");
+ if (strlen(ptr) > MAX_ALIAS)
+ _nc_warning("primary name may be too long");
+ while ((ptr = strtok((char *)NULL, "|")) != (char *)NULL)
+ if (strlen(ptr) > MAX_ALIAS)
+ _nc_warning("alias `%s' may be too long", ptr);
+
+ entryp->nuses = 0;
+
+ for (token_type = _nc_get_token();
+ token_type != EOF && token_type != NAMES;
+ token_type = _nc_get_token())
+ {
+ if (strcmp(_nc_curr_token.tk_name, "use") == 0
+ || strcmp(_nc_curr_token.tk_name, "tc") == 0) {
+ entryp->uses[entryp->nuses].parent = (void *)_nc_save_str(_nc_curr_token.tk_valstring);
+ entryp->uses[entryp->nuses].line = _nc_curr_line;
+ entryp->nuses++;
+ } else {
+ /* normal token lookup */
+ entry_ptr = _nc_find_entry(_nc_curr_token.tk_name,
+ _nc_syntax ? _nc_cap_hash_table : _nc_info_hash_table);
+
+ /*
+ * Our kluge to handle aliasing. The reason it's done
+ * this ugly way, with a linear search, is so the hashing
+ * machinery doesn't have to be made really complicated
+ * (also we get better warnings this way). No point in
+ * making this case fast, aliased caps aren't common now
+ * and will get rarer.
+ */
+ if (entry_ptr == NOTFOUND)
+ {
+ const struct alias *ap;
+
+ if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMCAP)
+ {
+ for (ap = _nc_capalias_table; ap->from; ap++)
+ if (strcmp(ap->from, _nc_curr_token.tk_name) == 0)
+ {
+ if (ap->to == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ _nc_warning("%s (%s termcap extension) ignored",
+ ap->from, ap->source);
+ goto nexttok;
+ }
+
+ entry_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->to, _nc_cap_hash_table);
+ if (entry_ptr && !silent)
+ _nc_warning("%s (%s termcap extension) aliased to %s", ap->from, ap->source, ap->to);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMINFO) */
+ {
+ for (ap = _nc_infoalias_table; ap->from; ap++)
+ if (strcmp(ap->from, _nc_curr_token.tk_name) == 0)
+ {
+ if (ap->to == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ _nc_warning("%s (%s terminfo extension) ignored",
+ ap->from, ap->source);
+ goto nexttok;
+ }
+
+ entry_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->to, _nc_info_hash_table);
+ if (entry_ptr && !silent)
+ _nc_warning("%s (%s terminfo extension) aliased to %s", ap->from, ap->source, ap->to);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* last chance: a full-name */
+ if (entry_ptr == NOTFOUND) {
+ entry_ptr = lookup_fullname(_nc_curr_token.tk_name);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* can't find this cap name, not even as an alias */
+ if (entry_ptr == NOTFOUND) {
+ if (!silent)
+ _nc_warning("unknown capability '%s'",
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_name);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* deal with bad type/value combinations. */
+ if (token_type != CANCEL && entry_ptr->nte_type != token_type)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Nasty special cases here handle situations in which type
+ * information can resolve name clashes. Normal lookup
+ * finds the last instance in the capability table of a
+ * given name, regardless of type. find_type_entry looks
+ * for a first matching instance with given type. So as
+ * long as all ambiguous names occur in pairs of distinct
+ * type, this will do the job.
+ */
+
+ /* tell max_attributes from arrow_key_map */
+ if (token_type == NUMBER && !strcmp("ma", _nc_curr_token.tk_name))
+ entry_ptr = _nc_find_type_entry("ma", NUMBER,
+ _nc_get_table(_nc_syntax != 0));
+
+ /* map terminfo's string MT to MT */
+ else if (token_type==STRING &&!strcmp("MT",_nc_curr_token.tk_name))
+ entry_ptr = _nc_find_type_entry("MT", STRING,
+ _nc_get_table(_nc_syntax != 0));
+
+ /* treat strings without following "=" as empty strings */
+ else if (token_type==BOOLEAN && entry_ptr->nte_type==STRING)
+ token_type = STRING;
+ /* we couldn't recover; skip this token */
+ else
+ {
+ if (!silent)
+ {
+ const char *type_name;
+ switch (entry_ptr->nte_type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ type_name = "boolean";
+ break;
+ case STRING:
+ type_name = "string";
+ break;
+ case NUMBER:
+ type_name = "numeric";
+ break;
+ default:
+ type_name = "unknown";
+ break;
+ }
+ _nc_warning("wrong type used for %s capability '%s'",
+ type_name, _nc_curr_token.tk_name);
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* now we know that the type/value combination is OK */
+ switch (token_type) {
+ case CANCEL:
+ switch (entry_ptr->nte_type) {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ entryp->tterm.Booleans[entry_ptr->nte_index] = CANCELLED_BOOLEAN;
+ break;
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ entryp->tterm.Numbers[entry_ptr->nte_index] = CANCELLED_NUMERIC;
+ break;
+
+ case STRING:
+ entryp->tterm.Strings[entry_ptr->nte_index] = CANCELLED_STRING;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ entryp->tterm.Booleans[entry_ptr->nte_index] = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ entryp->tterm.Numbers[entry_ptr->nte_index] =
+ _nc_curr_token.tk_valnumber;
+ break;
+
+ case STRING:
+ ptr = _nc_curr_token.tk_valstring;
+ if (_nc_syntax==SYN_TERMCAP)
+ ptr = _nc_captoinfo(_nc_curr_token.tk_name,
+ ptr,
+ parametrized[entry_ptr->nte_index]);
+ entryp->tterm.Strings[entry_ptr->nte_index] = _nc_save_str(ptr);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if (!silent)
+ _nc_warning("unknown token type");
+ _nc_panic_mode((_nc_syntax==SYN_TERMCAP) ? ':' : ',');
+ continue;
+ }
+ } /* end else cur_token.name != "use" */
+ nexttok:
+ continue; /* cannot have a label w/o statement */
+ } /* endwhile (not EOF and not NAMES) */
+
+ _nc_push_token(token_type);
+ _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(entryp->tterm.term_names));
+
+ /*
+ * Try to deduce as much as possible from extension capabilities
+ * (this includes obsolete BSD capabilities). Sigh...it would be more
+ * space-efficient to call this after use resolution, but it has
+ * to be done before entry allocation is wrapped up.
+ */
+ if (!literal)
+ if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMCAP)
+ {
+ bool has_base_entry = FALSE;
+ int i;
+
+ /*
+ * Don't insert defaults if this is a `+' entry meant only
+ * for inclusion in other entries (not sure termcap ever
+ * had these, actually).
+ */
+ if (strchr(entryp->tterm.term_names, '+'))
+ has_base_entry = TRUE;
+ else
+ /*
+ * Otherwise, look for a base entry that will already
+ * have picked up defaults via translation.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < entryp->nuses; i++)
+ if (!strchr(entryp->uses[i].parent, '+'))
+ has_base_entry = TRUE;
+
+ postprocess_termcap(&entryp->tterm, has_base_entry);
+ }
+ else
+ postprocess_terminfo(&entryp->tterm);
+
+ _nc_wrap_entry(entryp);
+
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+int _nc_capcmp(const char *s, const char *t)
+/* compare two string capabilities, stripping out padding */
+{
+ if (!s && !t)
+ return(0);
+ else if (!s || !t)
+ return(1);
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (s[0] == '$' && s[1] == '<')
+ {
+ for (s += 2; ; s++)
+ if (!(isdigit(*s) || *s=='.' || *s=='*' || *s=='/' || *s=='>'))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (t[0] == '$' && t[1] == '<')
+ {
+ for (t += 2; ; t++)
+ if (!(isdigit(*t) || *t=='.' || *t=='*' || *t=='/' || *t=='>'))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* we've now pushed s and t past any padding they were pointing at */
+
+ if (*s == '\0' && *t == '\0')
+ return(0);
+
+ if (*s != *t)
+ return(*t - *s);
+
+ /* else *s == *t but one is not NUL, so continue */
+ s++, t++;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * The ko capability, if present, consists of a comma-separated capability
+ * list. For each capability, we may assume there is a keycap that sends the
+ * string which is the value of that capability.
+ */
+typedef struct {const char *from; const char *to;} assoc;
+static assoc const ko_xlate[] =
+{
+ {"al", "kil1"}, /* insert line key -> KEY_IL */
+ {"bt", "kcbt"}, /* back tab -> KEY_BTAB */
+ {"cd", "ked"}, /* clear-to-eos key -> KEY_EOL */
+ {"ce", "kel"}, /* clear-to-eol key -> KEY_EOS */
+ {"cl", "kclr"}, /* clear key -> KEY_CLEAR */
+ {"ct", "tbc"}, /* clear all tabs -> KEY_CATAB */
+ {"dc", "kdch1"}, /* delete char -> KEY_DC */
+ {"dl", "kdl1"}, /* delete line -> KEY_DL */
+ {"do", "kcud1"}, /* down key -> KEY_DOWN */
+ {"ei", "krmir"}, /* exit insert key -> KEY_EIC */
+ {"ho", "khome"}, /* home key -> KEY_HOME */
+ {"ic", "kich1"}, /* insert char key -> KEY_IC */
+ {"im", "kIC"}, /* insert-mode key -> KEY_SIC */
+ {"le", "kcub1"}, /* le key -> KEY_LEFT */
+ {"nd", "kcuf1"}, /* nd key -> KEY_RIGHT */
+ {"nl", "kent"}, /* new line key -> KEY_ENTER */
+ {"st", "khts"}, /* set-tab key -> KEY_STAB */
+ {"ta", CANCELLED_STRING},
+ {"up", "kcuu1"}, /* up-arrow key -> KEY_UP */
+ {(char *)NULL, (char *)NULL},
+};
+
+/*
+ * This routine fills in string caps that either had defaults under
+ * termcap or can be manufactured from obsolete termcap capabilities.
+ * It was lifted from Ross Ridge's mytinfo package.
+ */
+
+static const char C_CR[] = "\r";
+static const char C_LF[] = "\n";
+static const char C_BS[] = "\b";
+static const char C_HT[] = "\t";
+
+/*
+ * Note that WANTED and PRESENT are not simple inverses! If a capability
+ * has been explicitly cancelled, it's not considered WANTED.
+ */
+#define WANTED(s) ((s) == (char *)NULL)
+#define PRESENT(s) (((s) != (char *)NULL) && ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING))
+
+/*
+ * This bit of legerdemain turns all the terminfo variable names into
+ * references to locations in the arrays Booleans, Numbers, and Strings ---
+ * precisely what's needed.
+ */
+
+#undef CUR
+#define CUR tp->
+
+static
+void postprocess_termcap(TERMTYPE *tp, bool has_base)
+{
+ char buf[MAX_LINE * 2 + 2];
+
+ /*
+ * TERMCAP DEFAULTS AND OBSOLETE-CAPABILITY TRANSLATIONS
+ *
+ * This first part of the code is the functional inverse of the
+ * fragment in capdefaults.c.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+ /* if there was a tc entry, assume we picked up defaults via that */
+ if (!has_base)
+ {
+ if (WANTED(init_3string) && termcap_init2)
+ init_3string = _nc_save_str(termcap_init2);
+
+ if (WANTED(reset_1string) && termcap_reset)
+ reset_1string = _nc_save_str(termcap_reset);
+
+ if (WANTED(carriage_return)) {
+ if (carriage_return_delay > 0) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_CR, carriage_return_delay);
+ carriage_return = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else
+ carriage_return = _nc_save_str(C_CR);
+ }
+ if (WANTED(cursor_left)) {
+ if (backspace_delay > 0) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_BS, backspace_delay);
+ cursor_left = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else if (backspaces_with_bs == 1)
+ cursor_left = _nc_save_str(C_BS);
+ else if (PRESENT(backspace_if_not_bs))
+ cursor_left = backspace_if_not_bs;
+ }
+ /* vi doesn't use "do", but it does seems to use nl (or '\n') instead */
+ if (WANTED(cursor_down)) {
+ if (PRESENT(linefeed_if_not_lf))
+ cursor_down = linefeed_if_not_lf;
+ else if (linefeed_is_newline != 1) {
+ if (new_line_delay > 0) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_LF, new_line_delay);
+ cursor_down = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else
+ cursor_down = _nc_save_str(C_LF);
+ }
+ }
+ if (WANTED(scroll_forward) && crt_no_scrolling != 1) {
+ if (PRESENT(linefeed_if_not_lf))
+ cursor_down = linefeed_if_not_lf;
+ else if (linefeed_is_newline != 1) {
+ if (new_line_delay > 0) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_LF, new_line_delay);
+ scroll_forward = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else
+ scroll_forward = _nc_save_str(C_LF);
+ }
+ }
+ if (WANTED(newline)) {
+ if (linefeed_is_newline == 1) {
+ if (new_line_delay > 0) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_LF, new_line_delay);
+ newline = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else
+ newline = _nc_save_str(C_LF);
+ } else if (PRESENT(carriage_return) && PRESENT(scroll_forward)) {
+ strncpy(buf, carriage_return, MAX_LINE-2);
+ buf[MAX_LINE-1] = '\0';
+ strncat(buf, scroll_forward, MAX_LINE-strlen(buf)-1);
+ buf[MAX_LINE] = '\0';
+ newline = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else if (PRESENT(carriage_return) && PRESENT(cursor_down)) {
+ strncpy(buf, carriage_return, MAX_LINE-2);
+ buf[MAX_LINE-1] = '\0';
+ strncat(buf, cursor_down, MAX_LINE-strlen(buf)-1);
+ buf[MAX_LINE] = '\0';
+ newline = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Inverse of capdefaults.c code ends here.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TERMCAP-TO TERMINFO MAPPINGS FOR SOURCE TRANSLATION
+ *
+ * These translations will *not* be inverted by tgetent().
+ */
+
+ if (!has_base)
+ {
+ /*
+ * We wait until now to decide if we've got a working cr because even
+ * one that doesn't work can be used for newline. Unfortunately the
+ * space allocated for it is wasted.
+ */
+ if (return_does_clr_eol == 1 || no_correctly_working_cr == 1)
+ carriage_return = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Supposedly most termcap entries have ta now and '\t' is no longer a
+ * default, but it doesn't seem to be true...
+ */
+ if (WANTED(tab)) {
+ if (horizontal_tab_delay > 0) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_HT, horizontal_tab_delay);
+ tab = _nc_save_str(buf);
+ } else
+ tab = _nc_save_str(C_HT);
+ }
+ if (init_tabs == -1 && has_hardware_tabs == TRUE)
+ init_tabs = 8;
+
+ /*
+ * Assume we can beep with ^G unless we're given bl@.
+ */
+ if (WANTED(bell))
+ bell = _nc_save_str("\007");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Translate the old termcap :pt: capability to it#8 + ht=\t
+ */
+ if (has_hardware_tabs == TRUE)
+ if (init_tabs != 8)
+ _nc_warning("hardware tabs with a width other than 8: %d", init_tabs);
+ else
+ {
+ if (tab && _nc_capcmp(tab, C_HT))
+ _nc_warning("hardware tabs with a non-^I tab string %s",
+ _nc_visbuf(tab));
+ else
+ {
+ if (WANTED(tab))
+ tab = _nc_save_str(C_HT);
+ init_tabs = 8;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now translate the ko capability, if there is one. This
+ * isn't from mytinfo...
+ */
+ if (PRESENT(other_non_function_keys))
+ {
+ char *dp, *cp = strtok(other_non_function_keys, ",");
+ struct name_table_entry const *from_ptr;
+ struct name_table_entry const *to_ptr;
+ assoc const *ap;
+ char buf2[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+ bool foundim;
+
+ /* we're going to use this for a special case later */
+ dp = strchr(other_non_function_keys, 'i');
+ foundim = dp && dp[1] == 'm';
+
+ /* look at each comma-separated capability in the ko string... */
+ do {
+ for (ap = ko_xlate; ap->from; ap++)
+ if (strcmp(ap->from, cp) == 0)
+ break;
+ if (!ap->to)
+ {
+ _nc_warning("unknown capability `%s' in ko string", cp);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (ap->to == CANCELLED_STRING) /* ignore it */
+ continue;
+
+ /* now we know we found a match in ko_table, so... */
+
+ from_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->from, _nc_cap_hash_table);
+ to_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->to, _nc_info_hash_table);
+
+ if (!from_ptr || !to_ptr) /* should never happen! */
+ _nc_err_abort("ko translation table is invalid, I give up");
+
+ if (WANTED(tp->Strings[from_ptr->nte_index]))
+ {
+ _nc_warning("no value for ko capability %s", ap->from);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index])
+ {
+ /* There's no point in warning about it if it's the same
+ * string; that's just an inefficiency.
+ */
+ if (strcmp(
+ tp->Strings[from_ptr->nte_index],
+ tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index]) != 0)
+ _nc_warning("%s (%s) already has an explicit value %s, ignoring ko",
+ ap->to, ap->from,
+ _nc_visbuf(tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index]) );
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * The magic moment -- copy the mapped key string over,
+ * stripping out padding.
+ */
+ dp = buf2;
+ for (cp = tp->Strings[from_ptr->nte_index]; *cp; cp++)
+ {
+ if (cp[0] == '$' && cp[1] == '<')
+ {
+ while (*cp && *cp != '>')
+ if (!*cp)
+ break;
+ else
+ ++cp;
+ }
+ else
+ *dp++ = *cp;
+ }
+ *dp++ = '\0';
+
+ tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index] = _nc_save_str(buf2);
+ } while
+ ((cp = strtok((char *)NULL, ",")) != 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Note: ko=im and ko=ic both want to grab the `Insert'
+ * keycap. There's a kich1 but no ksmir, so the ic capability
+ * got mapped to kich1 and im to kIC to avoid a collision.
+ * If the description has im but not ic, hack kIC back to kich1.
+ */
+ if (foundim && WANTED(key_ic) && key_sic)
+ {
+ key_ic = key_sic;
+ key_sic = ABSENT_STRING;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!hard_copy)
+ {
+ if (WANTED(key_backspace))
+ key_backspace = _nc_save_str(C_BS);
+ if (WANTED(key_left))
+ key_left = _nc_save_str(C_BS);
+ if (WANTED(key_down))
+ key_down = _nc_save_str(C_LF);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Translate XENIX forms characters.
+ */
+ if (PRESENT(acs_ulcorner) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_llcorner) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_urcorner) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_lrcorner) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_ltee) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_rtee) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_btee) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_ttee) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_hline) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_vline) ||
+ PRESENT(acs_plus))
+ {
+ char buf2[MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH], *bp = buf2;
+
+ if (acs_ulcorner && acs_ulcorner[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'l';
+ *bp++ = *acs_ulcorner;
+ }
+ if (acs_llcorner && acs_llcorner[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'm';
+ *bp++ = *acs_llcorner;
+ }
+ if (acs_urcorner && acs_urcorner[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'k';
+ *bp++ = *acs_urcorner;
+ }
+ if (acs_lrcorner && acs_lrcorner[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'j';
+ *bp++ = *acs_lrcorner;
+ }
+ if (acs_ltee && acs_ltee[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 't';
+ *bp++ = *acs_ltee;
+ }
+ if (acs_rtee && acs_rtee[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'u';
+ *bp++ = *acs_rtee;
+ }
+ if (acs_btee && acs_btee[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'v';
+ *bp++ = *acs_btee;
+ }
+ if (acs_ttee && acs_ttee[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'w';
+ *bp++ = *acs_ttee;
+ }
+ if (acs_hline && acs_hline[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'q';
+ *bp++ = *acs_hline;
+ }
+ if (acs_vline && acs_vline[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'x';
+ *bp++ = *acs_vline;
+ }
+ if (acs_plus)
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'n';
+ strcpy(bp, acs_plus);
+ bp = buf2 + strlen(buf2);
+ }
+
+ if (bp != buf2)
+ {
+ *bp++ = '\0';
+ acs_chars = _nc_save_str(buf2);
+ _nc_warning("acsc string synthesized from XENIX capabilities");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static
+void postprocess_terminfo(TERMTYPE *tp)
+{
+ /*
+ * TERMINFO-TO-TERMINFO MAPPINGS FOR SOURCE TRANSLATION
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * Translate AIX forms characters.
+ */
+ if (PRESENT(box_chars_1))
+ {
+ char buf2[MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH], *bp = buf2;
+
+ if (box_chars_1[0]) /* ACS_ULCORNER */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'l';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[0];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[1]) /* ACS_HLINE */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'q';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[1];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[2]) /* ACS_URCORNER */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'k';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[2];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[3]) /* ACS_VLINE */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'x';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[3];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[4]) /* ACS_LRCORNER */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'j';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[4];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[5]) /* ACS_LLCORNER */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'm';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[5];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[6]) /* ACS_TTEE */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'w';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[6];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[7]) /* ACS_RTEE */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'u';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[7];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[8]) /* ACS_BTEE */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'v';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[8];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[9]) /* ACS_LTEE */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 't';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[9];
+ }
+ if (box_chars_1[10]) /* ACS_PLUS */
+ {
+ *bp++ = 'n';
+ *bp++ = box_chars_1[10];
+ }
+
+ if (bp != buf2)
+ {
+ *bp++ = '\0';
+ acs_chars = _nc_save_str(buf2);
+ _nc_warning("acsc string synthesized from AIX capabilities");
+ box_chars_1 = ABSENT_STRING;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do a linear search through the terminfo tables to find a given full-name.
+ * We don't expect to do this often, so there's no hashing function.
+ *
+ * In effect, this scans through the 3 lists of full-names, and looks them
+ * up in _nc_info_table, which is organized so that the nte_index fields are
+ * sorted, but the nte_type fields are not necessarily grouped together.
+ */
+static
+struct name_table_entry const * lookup_fullname(const char *find)
+{
+ int state = -1;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ int count = 0;
+ char *const *names;
+
+ switch (++state) {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ names = boolfnames;
+ break;
+ case STRING:
+ names = strfnames;
+ break;
+ case NUMBER:
+ names = numfnames;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return NOTFOUND;
+ }
+
+ for (count = 0; names[count] != 0; count++) {
+ if (!strcmp(names[count], find)) {
+ struct name_table_entry const *entry_ptr = _nc_get_table(FALSE);
+ while (entry_ptr->nte_type != state
+ || entry_ptr->nte_index != count)
+ entry_ptr++;
+ return entry_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* parse_entry.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * read_entry.c -- Routine for reading in a compiled terminfo file
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: read_entry.c,v 1.31 1997/05/10 17:31:08 tom Exp $")
+
+TERMINAL *cur_term;
+
+/*
+ * int
+ * _nc_read_file_entry(filename, ptr)
+ *
+ * Read the compiled terminfo entry in the given file into the
+ * structure pointed to by ptr, allocating space for the string
+ * table.
+ */
+
+#undef BYTE
+#define BYTE(p,n) (unsigned char)((p)[n])
+
+#define IS_NEG1(p) ((BYTE(p,0) == 0377) && (BYTE(p,1) == 0377))
+#define IS_NEG2(p) ((BYTE(p,0) == 0376) && (BYTE(p,1) == 0377))
+#define LOW_MSB(p) (BYTE(p,0) + 256*BYTE(p,1))
+
+static bool have_tic_directory = FALSE;
+
+/*
+ * Record the "official" location of the terminfo directory, according to
+ * the place where we're writing to, or the normal default, if not.
+ */
+const char *_nc_tic_dir(const char *path)
+{
+ static const char *result = TERMINFO;
+
+ if (path != 0) {
+ result = path;
+ have_tic_directory = TRUE;
+ } else if (!have_tic_directory) {
+ char *envp;
+ if ((envp = getenv("TERMINFO")) != 0)
+ return _nc_tic_dir(envp);
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+int _nc_read_file_entry(const char *const filename, TERMTYPE *ptr)
+/* return 1 if read, 0 if not found or garbled */
+{
+ int name_size, bool_count, num_count, str_count, str_size;
+ int i, fd, numread;
+ char buf[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE];
+
+ if ((fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+ return(0);
+
+ T(("read terminfo %s", filename));
+
+ /* grab the header */
+ (void) read(fd, buf, 12);
+ if (LOW_MSB(buf) != MAGIC)
+ {
+ close(fd);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ name_size = LOW_MSB(buf + 2);
+ bool_count = LOW_MSB(buf + 4);
+ num_count = LOW_MSB(buf + 6);
+ str_count = LOW_MSB(buf + 8);
+ str_size = LOW_MSB(buf + 10);
+
+ if (str_size)
+ {
+ /* try to allocate space for the string table */
+ ptr->str_table = malloc((unsigned)str_size);
+ if (ptr->str_table == 0)
+ {
+ close(fd);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* grab the name */
+ read(fd, buf, min(MAX_NAME_SIZE, (unsigned)name_size));
+ buf[MAX_NAME_SIZE] = '\0';
+ ptr->term_names = calloc(strlen(buf) + 1, sizeof(char));
+ (void) strcpy(ptr->term_names, buf);
+ if (name_size > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
+ lseek(fd, (off_t) (name_size - MAX_NAME_SIZE), 1);
+
+ /* grab the booleans */
+ read(fd, ptr->Booleans, min(BOOLCOUNT, (unsigned)bool_count));
+ if (bool_count > BOOLCOUNT)
+ lseek(fd, (off_t) (bool_count - BOOLCOUNT), 1);
+ else
+ for (i=bool_count; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++)
+ ptr->Booleans[i] = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * If booleans end on an odd byte, skip it. The machine they
+ * originally wrote terminfo on must have been a 16-bit
+ * word-oriented machine that would trap out if you tried a
+ * word access off a 2-byte boundary.
+ */
+ if ((name_size + bool_count) % 2 != 0)
+ read(fd, buf, 1);
+
+ /* grab the numbers */
+ (void) read(fd, buf, min(NUMCOUNT*2, (unsigned)num_count*2));
+ for (i = 0; i < min(num_count, NUMCOUNT); i++)
+ {
+ if (IS_NEG1(buf + 2*i))
+ ptr->Numbers[i] = ABSENT_NUMERIC;
+ else if (IS_NEG2(buf + 2*i))
+ ptr->Numbers[i] = CANCELLED_NUMERIC;
+ else
+ ptr->Numbers[i] = LOW_MSB(buf + 2*i);
+ }
+ if (num_count > NUMCOUNT)
+ lseek(fd, (off_t) (2 * (num_count - NUMCOUNT)), 1);
+ else
+ for (i=num_count; i < NUMCOUNT; i++)
+ ptr->Numbers[i] = ABSENT_NUMERIC;
+
+ if (str_count)
+ {
+ /* grab the string offsets */
+ numread = read(fd, buf, (unsigned)(str_count*2));
+ if (numread < str_count*2)
+ {
+ close(fd);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < numread/2; i++)
+ {
+ if (IS_NEG1(buf + 2*i))
+ ptr->Strings[i] = ABSENT_STRING;
+ else if (IS_NEG2(buf + 2*i))
+ ptr->Strings[i] = CANCELLED_STRING;
+ else
+ ptr->Strings[i] = (LOW_MSB(buf+2*i) + ptr->str_table);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (str_count > STRCOUNT)
+ lseek(fd, (off_t) (2 * (str_count - STRCOUNT)), 1);
+ else
+ for (i = str_count; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ ptr->Strings[i] = ABSENT_STRING;
+
+ if (str_size)
+ {
+ /* finally, grab the string table itself */
+ numread = read(fd, ptr->str_table, (unsigned)str_size);
+ if (numread != str_size)
+ {
+ close(fd);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+ return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Build a terminfo pathname and try to read the data. Returns 1 on success,
+ * 0 on failure.
+ */
+static int _nc_read_tic_entry(char *const filename,
+ const char *const dir, const char *ttn, TERMTYPE *const tp)
+{
+/* maximum safe length of terminfo root directory name */
+#define MAX_TPATH (PATH_MAX - MAX_ALIAS - 6)
+
+ if (strlen(dir) > MAX_TPATH)
+ return 0;
+ (void) sprintf(filename, "%s/%s", dir, ttn);
+ return _nc_read_file_entry(filename, tp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _nc_read_entry(char *tn, char *filename, TERMTYPE *tp)
+ *
+ * Find and read the compiled entry for a given terminal type,
+ * if it exists. We take pains here to make sure no combination
+ * of environment variables and terminal type name can be used to
+ * overrun the file buffer.
+ */
+
+int _nc_read_entry(const char *const tn, char *const filename, TERMTYPE *const tp)
+{
+char *envp;
+char ttn[MAX_ALIAS + 3];
+
+ /* truncate the terminal name to prevent dangerous buffer airline */
+ (void) sprintf(ttn, "%c/%.*s", *tn, MAX_ALIAS, tn);
+
+ /* This is System V behavior, in conjunction with our requirements for
+ * writing terminfo entries.
+ */
+ if (have_tic_directory
+ && _nc_read_tic_entry(filename, _nc_tic_dir(0), ttn, tp) == 1)
+ return 1;
+
+ if ((envp = getenv("TERMINFO")) != 0
+ && _nc_read_tic_entry(filename, _nc_tic_dir(envp), ttn, tp) == 1)
+ return 1;
+
+ /* this is an ncurses extension */
+ if ((envp = getenv("HOME")) != 0)
+ {
+ char *home = malloc(strlen(envp) + strlen(PRIVATE_INFO) + 2);
+
+ (void) sprintf(home, PRIVATE_INFO, envp);
+ if (_nc_read_tic_entry(filename, home, ttn, tp) == 1) {
+ free(home);
+ return(1);
+ }
+ free(home);
+ }
+
+ /* this is an ncurses extension */
+ if ((envp = getenv("TERMINFO_DIRS")) != 0)
+ {
+ /* strtok modifies its argument, so we must copy */
+ char *list = strcpy(malloc(strlen(envp)+1), envp);
+ const char *cp = strtok(list, ":");
+ int code = 0;
+
+ do {
+ if (cp[0] == '\0')
+ cp = TERMINFO;
+ if (_nc_read_tic_entry(filename, cp, ttn, tp) == 1) {
+ code = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ } while
+ ((cp = strtok((char *)0, ":")) != 0);
+
+ free(list);
+ return(code);
+ }
+
+ /* try the system directory */
+ return(_nc_read_tic_entry(filename, TERMINFO, ttn, tp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * _nc_first_name(char *names)
+ *
+ * Extract the primary name from a compiled entry.
+ */
+
+char *_nc_first_name(const char *const sp)
+/* get the first name from the given name list */
+{
+ static char buf[MAX_NAME_SIZE];
+ register char *cp;
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf, sp);
+
+ cp = strchr(buf, '|');
+ if (cp)
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ return(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bool _nc_name_match(namelist, name, delim)
+ *
+ * Is the given name matched in namelist?
+ */
+
+int _nc_name_match(const char *const namelst, const char *const name, const char *const delim)
+/* microtune this, it occurs in several critical loops */
+{
+char namecopy[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE]; /* this may get called on a TERMCAP value */
+register char *cp;
+
+ if (namelst == 0)
+ return(FALSE);
+ (void) strcpy(namecopy, namelst);
+ if ((cp = strtok(namecopy, delim)) != 0) {
+ do {
+ /* avoid strcmp() function-call cost if possible */
+ if (cp[0] == name[0] && strcmp(cp, name) == 0)
+ return(TRUE);
+ } while
+ ((cp = strtok((char *)0, delim)) != 0);
+ }
+ return(FALSE);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * Termcap compatibility support
+ *
+ * If your OS integrator didn't install a terminfo database, you can call
+ * _nc_read_termcap_entry() to support reading and translating capabilities
+ * from the system termcap file. This is a kludge; it will bulk up and slow
+ * down every program that uses ncurses, and translated termcap entries cannot
+ * use full terminfo capabilities. Don't use it unless you absolutely have to;
+ * instead, get your system people to run tic(1) from root on the terminfo
+ * master included with ncurses to translate it into a terminfo database.
+ *
+ * If USE_GETCAP is enabled, we use what is effectively a copy of the 4.4BSD
+ * getcap code to fetch entries. There are disadvantages to this; mainly that
+ * getcap(3) does its own resolution, meaning that entries read in in this way
+ * can't reference the terminfo tree. The only thing it buys is faster startup
+ * time, getcap(3) is much faster than our tic parser.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: read_termcap.c,v 1.21 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+#define TC_SUCCESS 0
+#define TC_UNRESOLVED -1
+#define TC_NOT_FOUND -2
+#define TC_SYS_ERR -3
+#define TC_REF_LOOP -4
+
+#ifdef USE_GETCAP
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgment:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* static char sccsid[] = "@(#)termcap.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93" */
+
+#define PBUFSIZ 512 /* max length of filename path */
+#define PVECSIZ 32 /* max number of names in path */
+
+static char *_nc_cgetcap(char *, const char *, int);
+static int _nc_cgetent(char **, int *, char **, const char *);
+static int _nc_cgetmatch(char *, const char *);
+static int _nc_cgetset(const char *);
+static int _nc_getent(char **, unsigned int *, int *, int, char **, int, const char *, int, char *);
+static int _nc_nfcmp(const char *, char *);
+static int _nc_tgetent(char *, char **, int *, const char *);
+
+/*
+ * termcap - routines for dealing with the terminal capability data base
+ *
+ * BUG: Should use a "last" pointer in tbuf, so that searching
+ * for capabilities alphabetically would not be a n**2/2
+ * process when large numbers of capabilities are given.
+ * Note: If we add a last pointer now we will screw up the
+ * tc capability. We really should compile termcap.
+ *
+ * Essentially all the work here is scanning and decoding escapes in string
+ * capabilities. We don't use stdio because the editor doesn't, and because
+ * living w/o it is not hard.
+ */
+
+static char *tbuf; /* termcap buffer */
+
+/*
+ * Get an entry for terminal name in buffer bp from the termcap file.
+ */
+static int
+_nc_tgetent(char *bp, char **sourcename, int *lineno, const char *name)
+{
+ static char *the_source;
+
+ register char *p;
+ register char *cp;
+ char *dummy;
+ char **fname;
+ char *home;
+ int i;
+ char pathbuf[PBUFSIZ]; /* holds raw path of filenames */
+ char *pathvec[PVECSIZ]; /* to point to names in pathbuf */
+ char **pvec; /* holds usable tail of path vector */
+ char *termpath;
+
+ fname = pathvec;
+ pvec = pathvec;
+ tbuf = bp;
+ p = pathbuf;
+ cp = getenv("TERMCAP");
+
+ /*
+ * TERMCAP can have one of two things in it. It can be the name of a
+ * file to use instead of /etc/termcap. In this case it better start
+ * with a "/". Or it can be an entry to use so we don't have to read
+ * the file. In this case it has to already have the newlines crunched
+ * out. If TERMCAP does not hold a file name then a path of names is
+ * searched instead. The path is found in the TERMPATH variable, or
+ * becomes "$HOME/.termcap /etc/termcap" if no TERMPATH exists.
+ */
+ if (!cp || *cp != '/') { /* no TERMCAP or it holds an entry */
+ if ((termpath = getenv("TERMPATH")) != 0) {
+ strncpy(pathbuf, termpath, sizeof(pathbuf)-1);
+ } else {
+ if ((home = getenv("HOME")) != 0) { /* setup path */
+ p += strlen(home); /* path, looking in */
+ strcpy(pathbuf, home); /* $HOME first */
+ *p++ = '/';
+ } /* if no $HOME look in current directory */
+#define MY_PATH_DEF ".termcap /etc/termcap /usr/share/misc/termcap"
+ strncpy(p, MY_PATH_DEF, PBUFSIZ - (p - pathbuf));
+ }
+ }
+ else /* user-defined name in TERMCAP */
+ strncpy(pathbuf, cp, PBUFSIZ); /* still can be tokenized */
+
+ *fname++ = pathbuf; /* tokenize path into vector of names */
+ while (*++p) {
+ if (*p == ' ' || *p == ':') {
+ *p = '\0';
+ while (*++p)
+ if (*p != ' ' && *p != ':')
+ break;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ break;
+ *fname++ = p;
+ if (fname >= pathvec + PVECSIZ) {
+ fname--;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ *fname = 0; /* mark end of vector */
+ if (cp && *cp && *cp != '/') {
+ if (_nc_cgetset(cp) < 0)
+ return(TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+
+ i = _nc_cgetent(&dummy, lineno, pathvec, name);
+
+ if (i >= 0)
+ strcpy(bp, dummy);
+
+ FreeIfNeeded(dummy);
+ FreeIfNeeded(the_source);
+ the_source = 0;
+
+ if (i >= 0) {
+ the_source = malloc(strlen(pathvec[i]) + 1);
+ if (the_source != 0)
+ *sourcename = strcpy(the_source, pathvec[i]);
+ }
+
+ return(i);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgment:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcap.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/25/94"; */
+
+#define BFRAG 1024
+#define BSIZE 1024
+#define ESC ('[' & 037) /* ASCII ESC */
+#define MAX_RECURSION 32 /* maximum getent recursion */
+#define SFRAG 100 /* cgetstr mallocs in SFRAG chunks */
+
+#define RECOK (char)0
+#define TCERR (char)1
+#define SHADOW (char)2
+
+static size_t topreclen; /* toprec length */
+static char *toprec; /* Additional record specified by cgetset() */
+static int gottoprec; /* Flag indicating retrieval of toprecord */
+
+/*
+ * Cgetset() allows the addition of a user specified buffer to be added to the
+ * database array, in effect "pushing" the buffer on top of the virtual
+ * database. 0 is returned on success, -1 on failure.
+ */
+static int
+_nc_cgetset(const char *ent)
+{
+ if (ent == 0) {
+ FreeIfNeeded(toprec);
+ toprec = 0;
+ topreclen = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ topreclen = strlen(ent);
+ if ((toprec = malloc (topreclen + 1)) == 0) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ gottoprec = 0;
+ (void)strcpy(toprec, ent);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetcap searches the capability record buf for the capability cap with type
+ * `type'. A pointer to the value of cap is returned on success, 0 if the
+ * requested capability couldn't be found.
+ *
+ * Specifying a type of ':' means that nothing should follow cap (:cap:). In
+ * this case a pointer to the terminating ':' or NUL will be returned if cap is
+ * found.
+ *
+ * If (cap, '@') or (cap, terminator, '@') is found before (cap, terminator)
+ * return 0.
+ */
+static char *
+_nc_cgetcap(char *buf, const char *cap, int type)
+{
+ register const char *cp;
+ register char *bp;
+
+ bp = buf;
+ for (;;) {
+ /*
+ * Skip past the current capability field - it's either the
+ * name field if this is the first time through the loop, or
+ * the remainder of a field whose name failed to match cap.
+ */
+ for (;;) {
+ if (*bp == '\0')
+ return (0);
+ else if (*bp++ == ':')
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Try to match (cap, type) in buf.
+ */
+ for (cp = cap; *cp == *bp && *bp != '\0'; cp++, bp++)
+ continue;
+ if (*cp != '\0')
+ continue;
+ if (*bp == '@')
+ return (0);
+ if (type == ':') {
+ if (*bp != '\0' && *bp != ':')
+ continue;
+ return(bp);
+ }
+ if (*bp != type)
+ continue;
+ bp++;
+ return (*bp == '@' ? 0 : bp);
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetent extracts the capability record name from the NULL terminated file
+ * array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc'd copy of it in buf. Buf
+ * must be retained through all subsequent calls to cgetcap, cgetnum, cgetflag,
+ * and cgetstr, but may then be freed.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ *
+ * positive # on success (i.e., the index in db_array)
+ * TC_UNRESOLVED if we had too many recurrences to resolve
+ * TC_NOT_FOUND if the requested record couldn't be found
+ * TC_SYS_ERR if a system error was encountered (e.g.,couldn't open a file)
+ * TC_REF_LOOP if a potential reference loop is detected
+ */
+static int
+_nc_cgetent(char **buf, int *oline, char **db_array, const char *name)
+{
+ unsigned int dummy;
+
+ return (_nc_getent(buf, &dummy, oline, 0, db_array, -1, name, 0, 0));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Getent implements the functions of cgetent. If fd is non-negative,
+ * *db_array has already been opened and fd is the open file descriptor. We
+ * do this to save time and avoid using up file descriptors for tc=
+ * recursions.
+ *
+ * Getent returns the same success/failure codes as cgetent. On success, a
+ * pointer to a malloc'd capability record with all tc= capabilities fully
+ * expanded and its length (not including trailing ASCII NUL) are left in
+ * *cap and *len.
+ *
+ * Basic algorithm:
+ * + Allocate memory incrementally as needed in chunks of size BFRAG
+ * for capability buffer.
+ * + Recurse for each tc=name and interpolate result. Stop when all
+ * names interpolated, a name can't be found, or depth exceeds
+ * MAX_RECURSION.
+ */
+static int
+_nc_getent(
+ char **cap, /* termcap-content */
+ unsigned int *len, /* length, needed for recursion */
+ int *beginning, /* line-number at match */
+ int in_array, /* index in 'db_array[] */
+ char **db_array, /* list of files to search */
+ int fd,
+ const char *name,
+ int depth,
+ char *nfield)
+{
+ register char *r_end, *rp;
+ int myfd = FALSE;
+ char *record;
+ int tc_not_resolved;
+ int current;
+ int lineno;
+
+ /*
+ * Return with ``loop detected'' error if we've recurred more than
+ * MAX_RECURSION times.
+ */
+ if (depth > MAX_RECURSION)
+ return (TC_REF_LOOP);
+
+ /*
+ * Check if we have a top record from cgetset().
+ */
+ if (depth == 0 && toprec != 0 && _nc_cgetmatch(toprec, name) == 0) {
+ if ((record = malloc (topreclen + BFRAG)) == 0) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ (void)strcpy(record, toprec);
+ rp = record + topreclen + 1;
+ r_end = rp + BFRAG;
+ current = in_array;
+ } else {
+ int foundit;
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate first chunk of memory.
+ */
+ if ((record = malloc(BFRAG)) == 0) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ rp = r_end = record + BFRAG;
+ foundit = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop through database array until finding the record.
+ */
+ for (current = in_array; db_array[current] != 0; current++) {
+ int eof = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Open database if not already open.
+ */
+ if (fd >= 0) {
+ (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+ } else {
+ fd = open(db_array[current], O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ /* No error on unfound file. */
+ if (errno == ENOENT)
+ continue;
+ free(record);
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ myfd = TRUE;
+ }
+ lineno = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Find the requested capability record ...
+ */
+ {
+ char buf[2048];
+ register char *b_end = buf;
+ register char *bp = buf;
+ register int c;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop invariants:
+ * There is always room for one more character in record.
+ * R_end always points just past end of record.
+ * Rp always points just past last character in record.
+ * B_end always points just past last character in buf.
+ * Bp always points at next character in buf.
+ */
+
+ for (;;) {
+ int first = lineno + 1;
+
+ /*
+ * Read in a line implementing (\, newline)
+ * line continuation.
+ */
+ rp = record;
+ for (;;) {
+ if (bp >= b_end) {
+ int n;
+
+ n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ if (n <= 0) {
+ if (myfd)
+ (void)close(fd);
+ if (n < 0) {
+ free(record);
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ fd = -1;
+ eof = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ b_end = buf+n;
+ bp = buf;
+ }
+
+ c = *bp++;
+ if (c == '\n') {
+ lineno++;
+ if (rp == record || *(rp-1) != '\\')
+ break;
+ }
+ *rp++ = c;
+
+ /*
+ * Enforce loop invariant: if no room
+ * left in record buffer, try to get
+ * some more.
+ */
+ if (rp >= r_end) {
+ unsigned int pos;
+ size_t newsize;
+
+ pos = rp - record;
+ newsize = r_end - record + BFRAG;
+ record = realloc(record, newsize);
+ if (record == 0) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ if (myfd)
+ (void)close(fd);
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ r_end = record + newsize;
+ rp = record + pos;
+ }
+ }
+ /* loop invariant lets us do this */
+ *rp++ = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * If encountered eof check next file.
+ */
+ if (eof)
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * Toss blank lines and comments.
+ */
+ if (*record == '\0' || *record == '#')
+ continue;
+
+ /*
+ * See if this is the record we want ...
+ */
+ if (_nc_cgetmatch(record, name) == 0
+ && (nfield == 0
+ || !_nc_nfcmp(nfield, record))) {
+ foundit = TRUE;
+ *beginning = first;
+ break; /* found it! */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (foundit)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!foundit)
+ return (TC_NOT_FOUND);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Got the capability record, but now we have to expand all tc=name
+ * references in it ...
+ */
+ {
+ register char *newicap, *s;
+ register int newilen;
+ unsigned int ilen;
+ int diff, iret, tclen, oline;
+ char *icap, *scan, *tc, *tcstart, *tcend;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop invariants:
+ * There is room for one more character in record.
+ * R_end points just past end of record.
+ * Rp points just past last character in record.
+ * Scan points at remainder of record that needs to be
+ * scanned for tc=name constructs.
+ */
+ scan = record;
+ tc_not_resolved = FALSE;
+ for (;;) {
+ if ((tc = _nc_cgetcap(scan, "tc", '=')) == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * Find end of tc=name and stomp on the trailing `:'
+ * (if present) so we can use it to call ourselves.
+ */
+ s = tc;
+ while (*s != '\0') {
+ if (*s++ == ':') {
+ *(s - 1) = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ tcstart = tc - 3;
+ tclen = s - tcstart;
+ tcend = s;
+
+ iret = _nc_getent(&icap, &ilen, &oline, current, db_array, fd, tc, depth+1, 0);
+ newicap = icap; /* Put into a register. */
+ newilen = ilen;
+ if (iret != TC_SUCCESS) {
+ /* an error */
+ if (iret < TC_NOT_FOUND) {
+ if (myfd)
+ (void)close(fd);
+ free(record);
+ return (iret);
+ }
+ if (iret == TC_UNRESOLVED)
+ tc_not_resolved = TRUE;
+ /* couldn't resolve tc */
+ if (iret == TC_NOT_FOUND) {
+ *(s - 1) = ':';
+ scan = s - 1;
+ tc_not_resolved = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* not interested in name field of tc'ed record */
+ s = newicap;
+ while (*s != '\0' && *s++ != ':')
+ ;
+ newilen -= s - newicap;
+ newicap = s;
+
+ /* make sure interpolated record is `:'-terminated */
+ s += newilen;
+ if (*(s-1) != ':') {
+ *s = ':'; /* overwrite NUL with : */
+ newilen++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure there's enough room to insert the
+ * new record.
+ */
+ diff = newilen - tclen;
+ if (diff >= r_end - rp) {
+ unsigned int pos, tcpos, tcposend;
+ size_t newsize;
+
+ pos = rp - record;
+ newsize = r_end - record + diff + BFRAG;
+ tcpos = tcstart - record;
+ tcposend = tcend - record;
+ record = realloc(record, newsize);
+ if (record == 0) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ if (myfd)
+ (void)close(fd);
+ free(icap);
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ r_end = record + newsize;
+ rp = record + pos;
+ tcstart = record + tcpos;
+ tcend = record + tcposend;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Insert tc'ed record into our record.
+ */
+ s = tcstart + newilen;
+ memmove(s, tcend, rp - tcend);
+ memmove(tcstart, newicap, newilen);
+ rp += diff;
+ free(icap);
+
+ /*
+ * Start scan on `:' so next cgetcap works properly
+ * (cgetcap always skips first field).
+ */
+ scan = s-1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Close file (if we opened it), give back any extra memory, and
+ * return capability, length and success.
+ */
+ if (myfd)
+ (void)close(fd);
+ *len = rp - record - 1; /* don't count NUL */
+ if (r_end > rp) {
+ if ((record = realloc(record, (size_t)(rp - record))) == 0) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return (TC_SYS_ERR);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *cap = record;
+ if (tc_not_resolved)
+ return (TC_UNRESOLVED);
+ return (current);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetmatch will return 0 if name is one of the names of the capability
+ * record buf, -1 if not.
+ */
+static int
+_nc_cgetmatch(char *buf, const char *name)
+{
+ register const char *np;
+ register char *bp;
+
+ /*
+ * Start search at beginning of record.
+ */
+ bp = buf;
+ for (;;) {
+ /*
+ * Try to match a record name.
+ */
+ np = name;
+ for (;;) {
+ if (*np == '\0') {
+ if (*bp == '|' || *bp == ':' || *bp == '\0')
+ return (0);
+ else
+ break;
+ } else if (*bp++ != *np++) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Match failed, skip to next name in record.
+ */
+ bp--; /* a '|' or ':' may have stopped the match */
+ for (;;) {
+ if (*bp == '\0' || *bp == ':')
+ return (-1); /* match failed totally */
+ else if (*bp++ == '|')
+ break; /* found next name */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compare name field of record.
+ */
+static int
+_nc_nfcmp(const char *nf, char *rec)
+{
+ char *cp, tmp;
+ int ret;
+
+ for (cp = rec; *cp != ':'; cp++)
+ ;
+
+ tmp = *(cp + 1);
+ *(cp + 1) = '\0';
+ ret = strcmp(nf, rec);
+ *(cp + 1) = tmp;
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+#endif /* USE_GETCAP */
+
+int _nc_read_termcap_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp)
+{
+ int found = FALSE;
+ ENTRY *ep;
+ char cwd_buf[PATH_MAX];
+#ifndef USE_GETCAP
+ /*
+ * Here is what the 4.4BSD termcap(3) page prescribes:
+ *
+ * It will look in the environment for a TERMCAP variable. If found,
+ * and the value does not begin with a slash, and the terminal type
+ * name is the same as the environment string TERM, the TERMCAP string
+ * is used instead of reading a termcap file. If it does begin with a
+ * slash, the string is used as a path name of the termcap file to
+ * search. If TERMCAP does not begin with a slash and name is
+ * different from TERM, tgetent() searches the files $HOME/.termcap and
+ * /usr/share/misc/termcap, in that order, unless the environment
+ * variable TERMPATH exists, in which case it specifies a list of file
+ * pathnames (separated by spaces or colons) to be searched instead.
+ *
+ * It goes on to state:
+ *
+ * Whenever multiple files are searched and a tc field occurs in the
+ * requested entry, the entry it names must be found in the same file
+ * or one of the succeeding files.
+ *
+ * However, this restriction is relaxed in ncurses; tc references to
+ * previous files are permitted.
+ *
+ * This routine returns 1 if an entry is found, 0 if not found, and -1
+ * if the database is not accessible.
+ */
+ FILE *fp;
+#define MAXPATHS 32
+ char *tc, *termpaths[MAXPATHS];
+ int filecount = 0;
+ bool use_buffer = FALSE;
+ char tc_buf[1024];
+ char pathbuf[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if ((tc = getenv("TERMCAP")) != 0)
+ {
+ if (tc[0] == '/') /* interpret as a filename */
+ {
+ termpaths[0] = tc;
+ termpaths[filecount = 1] = 0;
+ }
+ else if (_nc_name_match(tc, tn, "|:")) /* treat as a capability file */
+ {
+ use_buffer = TRUE;
+ (void) sprintf(tc_buf, "%.*s\n", (int)sizeof(tc_buf)-2, tc);
+ }
+ else if ((tc = getenv("TERMPATH")) != 0)
+ {
+ char *cp;
+
+ for (cp = tc; *cp; cp++)
+ {
+ if (*cp == ':')
+ *cp = '\0';
+ else if (cp == tc || cp[-1] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (filecount >= MAXPATHS - 1)
+ return(-1);
+
+ termpaths[filecount++] = cp;
+ }
+ }
+ termpaths[filecount] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* normal case */
+ {
+ char envhome[PATH_MAX], *h;
+
+ filecount = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Probably /etc/termcap is a symlink to /usr/share/misc/termcap.
+ * Avoid reading the same file twice.
+ */
+ if (access("/etc/termcap", R_OK) == 0)
+ termpaths[filecount++] = "/etc/termcap";
+ else if (access("/usr/share/misc/termcap", R_OK) == 0)
+ termpaths[filecount++] = "/usr/share/misc/termcap";
+
+ if ((h = getenv("HOME")) != (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ /* user's .termcap, if any, should override it */
+ (void) strncpy(envhome, h, PATH_MAX - 10);
+ envhome[PATH_MAX - 10] = '\0';
+ (void) sprintf(pathbuf, "%s/.termcap", envhome);
+ termpaths[filecount++] = pathbuf;
+ }
+
+ termpaths[filecount] = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* parse the sources */
+ if (use_buffer)
+ {
+ _nc_set_source("TERMCAP");
+
+ /*
+ * We don't suppress warning messages here. The presumption is
+ * that since it's just a single entry, they won't be a pain.
+ */
+ _nc_read_entry_source((FILE *)0, tc_buf, FALSE, FALSE, NULLHOOK);
+ } else {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < filecount; i++) {
+
+ T(("Looking for %s in %s", tn, termpaths[i]));
+ if ((fp = fopen(termpaths[i], "r")) != (FILE *)0)
+ {
+ _nc_set_source(termpaths[i]);
+
+ /*
+ * Suppress warning messages. Otherwise you
+ * get 400 lines of crap from archaic termcap
+ * files as ncurses complains about all the
+ * obsolete capabilities.
+ */
+ _nc_read_entry_source(fp, (char*)0, FALSE, TRUE, NULLHOOK);
+
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ char tc[2048 * 2];
+ static char *source;
+ static int lineno;
+
+ /* we're using getcap(3) */
+ if (_nc_tgetent(tc, &source, &lineno, tn) <= 0)
+ return (ERR);
+
+ _nc_curr_line = lineno;
+ _nc_set_source(source);
+ _nc_read_entry_source((FILE *)0, tc, FALSE, FALSE, NULLHOOK);
+#endif
+
+ if (_nc_head == 0)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ /* resolve all use references */
+ _nc_resolve_uses();
+
+ /* find a terminal matching tn, if we can */
+ if (getcwd(cwd_buf, sizeof(cwd_buf)) != 0)
+ {
+ _nc_set_writedir((char *)0); /* note: this does a chdir */
+ for_entry_list(ep) {
+ if (_nc_name_match(ep->tterm.term_names, tn, "|:"))
+ {
+ /*
+ * Make a local copy of the terminal
+ * capabilities. Free all entry storage except
+ * the string table for the loaded type (which
+ * we disconnected from the list by NULLing out
+ * ep->tterm.str_table above).
+ */
+ memcpy(tp, &ep->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+ ep->tterm.str_table = (char *)0;
+
+ /*
+ * OK, now try to write the type to user's
+ * terminfo directory. Next time he loads
+ * this, it will come through terminfo.
+ *
+ * Advantage: Second and subsequent fetches of
+ * this entry will be very fast.
+ *
+ * Disadvantage: After the first time a
+ * termcap type is loaded by its user, editing
+ * it in the /etc/termcap file, or in TERMCAP,
+ * or in a local ~/.termcap, will be
+ * ineffective unless the terminfo entry is
+ * explicitly removed.
+ */
+#if USE_GETCAP_CACHE
+ (void) _nc_write_entry(tp);
+#endif
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ chdir(cwd_buf);
+ }
+
+ _nc_free_entries(_nc_head);
+ return(found);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * This is an extension to the curses library. It provides callers with a hook
+ * into the NCURSES data to resize windows, primarily for use by programs
+ * running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm). I abstracted this module
+ * from my application library for NCURSES because it must be compiled with
+ * the private data structures -- T.Dickey 1995/7/4.
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: resizeterm.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 01:03:06 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * This function reallocates NCURSES window structures. It is invoked in
+ * response to a SIGWINCH interrupt. Other user-defined windows may also need
+ * to be reallocated.
+ *
+ * Because this performs memory allocation, it should not (in general) be
+ * invoked directly from the signal handler.
+ */
+int
+resizeterm(int ToLines, int ToCols)
+{
+ int stolen = screen_lines - SP->_lines_avail;
+ int bottom = screen_lines + SP->_topstolen - stolen;
+
+ T((T_CALLED("resizeterm(%d,%d) old(%d,%d)"),
+ ToLines, ToCols,
+ screen_lines, screen_columns));
+
+ if (ToLines != screen_lines
+ || ToCols != screen_columns) {
+ WINDOWLIST *wp;
+
+ for (wp = _nc_windows; wp != 0; wp = wp->next) {
+ WINDOW *win = wp->win;
+ int myLines = win->_maxy + 1;
+ int myCols = win->_maxx + 1;
+
+ /* pads aren't treated this way */
+ if (win->_flags & _ISPAD)
+ continue;
+
+ if (win->_begy >= bottom) {
+ win->_begy += (ToLines - screen_lines);
+ } else {
+ if (myLines == screen_lines - stolen
+ && ToLines != screen_lines)
+ myLines = ToLines - stolen;
+ else
+ if (myLines == screen_lines
+ && ToLines != screen_lines)
+ myLines = ToLines;
+ }
+
+ if (myCols == screen_columns
+ && ToCols != screen_columns)
+ myCols = ToCols;
+
+ if (wresize(win, myLines, myCols) != OK)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ }
+
+ screen_lines = lines = ToLines;
+ screen_columns = columns = ToCols;
+
+ SP->_lines_avail = lines - stolen;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Always update LINES, to allow for call from lib_doupdate.c which
+ * needs to have the count adjusted by the stolen (ripped off) lines.
+ */
+ LINES = ToLines - stolen;
+ COLS = ToCols;
+
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+/* This file provides sigaction() emulation using sigvec() */
+/* Use only if this is non POSIX system */
+
+#if !HAVE_SIGACTION
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <SigAction.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: sigaction.c,v 1.6 1996/07/31 00:15:36 tom Exp $")
+
+int
+sigaction (int sig, sigaction_t * sigact, sigaction_t * osigact)
+{
+ return sigvec(sig, sigact, osigact);
+}
+
+int
+sigemptyset (sigset_t * mask)
+{
+ *mask = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sigprocmask (int mode, sigset_t * mask, sigset_t * omask)
+ {
+ sigset_t current = sigsetmask(0);
+
+ if (omask) *omask = current;
+
+ if (mode==SIG_BLOCK)
+ current |= *mask;
+ else if (mode==SIG_UNBLOCK)
+ current &= ~*mask;
+ else if (mode==SIG_SETMASK)
+ current = *mask;
+
+ sigsetmask(current);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+int
+sigsuspend (sigset_t * mask)
+{
+ return sigpause (*mask);
+}
+
+int
+sigdelset (sigset_t * mask, int sig)
+{
+ *mask &= ~sigmask (sig);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sigaddset (sigset_t * mask, int sig)
+{
+ *mask |= sigmask (sig);
+ return 0;
+}
+#else
+extern void _nc_sigaction(void); /* quiet's gcc warning */
+void _nc_sigaction(void) { } /* nonempty for strict ANSI compilers */
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This function is needed to support vwscanw
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_VSSCANF
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: vsscanf.c,v 1.10 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $")
+
+#if defined(_IOREAD) && defined(_NFILE)
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap)
+{
+ /*
+ * This code should work on anything descended from AT&T SVr1.
+ */
+ FILE strbuf;
+
+ strbuf._flag = _IOREAD;
+ strbuf._ptr = strbuf._base = (unsigned char*)str;
+ strbuf._cnt = strlen(str);
+ strbuf._file = _NFILE;
+
+#if HAVE_VFSCANF
+ return(vfscanf(&strbuf, format, ap));
+#else
+ return(_doscan(&strbuf, format, ap));
+#endif
+}
+#else
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap)
+{
+ /*
+ * You don't have a native vsscanf(3), and you don't have System-V
+ * compatible stdio internals. You're probably using a BSD
+ * older than 4.4 or a really old Linux. You lose. Upgrade
+ * to a current C library to win.
+ */
+ return -1; /* not implemented */
+}
+#endif
+#else
+extern void _nc_vsscanf(void); /* quiet's gcc warning */
+void _nc_vsscanf(void) { } /* nonempty for strict ANSI compilers */
+#endif /* !HAVE_VSSCANF */
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+#include <term.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: wresize.c,v 1.5 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $")
+
+/*
+ * Reallocate a curses WINDOW struct to either shrink or grow to the specified
+ * new lines/columns. If it grows, the new character cells are filled with
+ * blanks. The application is responsible for repainting the blank area.
+ */
+
+static void *doalloc(void *p, size_t n)
+{
+ if (p == 0)
+ p = malloc(n);
+ else
+ p = realloc(p, n);
+ return p;
+}
+
+#define DOALLOC(p,t,n) (t *)doalloc(p, sizeof(t)*(n))
+#define ld_ALLOC(p,n) DOALLOC(p,struct ldat,n)
+#define c_ALLOC(p,n) DOALLOC(p,chtype,n)
+
+int
+wresize(WINDOW *win, int ToLines, int ToCols)
+{
+ register int row;
+ int size_x, size_y;
+ struct ldat *pline = (win->_flags & _SUBWIN) ? win->_parent->_line : 0;
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ T((T_CALLED("wresize(%p,%d,%d)"), win, ToLines, ToCols));
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE, ("...beg (%d, %d), max(%d,%d), reg(%d,%d)",
+ win->_begy, win->_begx,
+ win->_maxy, win->_maxx,
+ win->_regtop, win->_regbottom));
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE)
+ _tracedump("...before", win);
+#endif
+
+ if (--ToLines < 0 || --ToCols < 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ size_x = win->_maxx;
+ size_y = win->_maxy;
+
+ if (ToLines == size_y
+ && ToCols == size_x)
+ returnCode(OK);
+
+ /*
+ * If the number of lines has changed, adjust the size of the overall
+ * vector:
+ */
+ if (ToLines != size_y) {
+ if (! (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) {
+ for (row = ToLines+1; row <= size_y; row++)
+ free((char *)(win->_line[row].text));
+ }
+
+ win->_line = ld_ALLOC(win->_line, ToLines+1);
+ if (win->_line == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+
+ for (row = size_y+1; row <= ToLines; row++) {
+ win->_line[row].text = 0;
+ win->_line[row].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[row].lastchar = ToCols;
+ if ((win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) {
+ win->_line[row].text =
+ &pline[win->_begy + row].text[win->_begx];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Adjust the width of the columns:
+ */
+ for (row = 0; row <= ToLines; row++) {
+ chtype *s = win->_line[row].text;
+ int begin = (s == 0) ? 0 : size_x + 1;
+ int end = ToCols;
+ chtype blank = _nc_background(win);
+
+ win->_line[row].oldindex = row;
+
+ if (ToCols != size_x || s == 0) {
+ if (! (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) {
+ win->_line[row].text = s = c_ALLOC(s, ToCols+1);
+ if (win->_line[row].text == 0)
+ returnCode(ERR);
+ } else if (s == 0) {
+ win->_line[row].text = s =
+ &pline[win->_begy + row].text[win->_begx];
+ }
+
+ if (end >= begin) { /* growing */
+ if (win->_line[row].firstchar < begin)
+ win->_line[row].firstchar = begin;
+ win->_line[row].lastchar = ToCols;
+ do {
+ s[end] = blank;
+ } while (--end >= begin);
+ } else { /* shrinking */
+ win->_line[row].firstchar = 0;
+ win->_line[row].lastchar = ToCols;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Finally, adjust the parameters showing screen size and cursor
+ * position:
+ */
+ win->_maxx = ToCols;
+ win->_maxy = ToLines;
+
+ if (win->_regtop > win->_maxy)
+ win->_regtop = win->_maxy;
+ if (win->_regbottom > win->_maxy
+ || win->_regbottom == size_y)
+ win->_regbottom = win->_maxy;
+
+ if (win->_curx > win->_maxx)
+ win->_curx = win->_maxx;
+ if (win->_cury > win->_maxy)
+ win->_cury = win->_maxy;
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ TR(TRACE_UPDATE, ("...beg (%d, %d), max(%d,%d), reg(%d,%d)",
+ win->_begy, win->_begx,
+ win->_maxy, win->_maxx,
+ win->_regtop, win->_regbottom));
+ if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE)
+ _tracedump("...after:", win);
+#endif
+ returnCode(OK);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*
+ * write_entry.c -- write a terminfo structure onto the file system
+ */
+
+#include <curses.priv.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+#define S_ISDIR(mode) ((mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: write_entry.c,v 1.16 1997/05/10 17:33:12 tom Exp $")
+
+static int total_written;
+
+static int write_object(FILE *, TERMTYPE *);
+
+/*
+ * make_directory(char *path)
+ *
+ * Make a directory if it doesn't exist.
+ */
+static int make_directory(const char *path)
+{
+int rc;
+struct stat statbuf;
+char fullpath[PATH_MAX];
+const char *destination = _nc_tic_dir(0);
+
+ if (path == destination || *path == '/')
+ (void)strcpy(fullpath, path);
+ else
+ (void)sprintf(fullpath, "%s/%s", destination, path);
+
+ if ((rc = stat(path, &statbuf)) < 0) {
+ rc = mkdir(path, 0777);
+ } else {
+ if (access(path, R_OK|W_OK|X_OK) < 0) {
+ _nc_err_abort("%s: permission denied", fullpath);
+ } else if (!(S_ISDIR(statbuf.st_mode))) {
+ _nc_err_abort("%s: not a directory", fullpath);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+void _nc_set_writedir(char *dir)
+/* set the write directory for compiled entries */
+{
+ const char *destination;
+
+ if (dir != 0)
+ (void) _nc_tic_dir(dir);
+ else if (getenv("TERMINFO") != NULL)
+ (void) _nc_tic_dir(getenv("TERMINFO"));
+
+ destination = _nc_tic_dir(0);
+ if (make_directory(destination) < 0)
+ {
+ char *home;
+
+ /* ncurses extension...fall back on user's private directory */
+ if ((home = getenv("HOME")) != (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ char *temp = malloc(sizeof(PRIVATE_INFO) + strlen(home));
+ (void) sprintf(temp, PRIVATE_INFO, home);
+ destination = temp;
+
+ if (make_directory(destination) < 0)
+ _nc_err_abort("%s: permission denied (errno %d)",
+ destination, errno);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Note: because of this code, this logic should be exercised
+ * *once only* per run.
+ */
+ if (chdir(_nc_tic_dir(destination)) < 0)
+ _nc_err_abort("%s: not a directory", destination);
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_writeable(char code)
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous initialisations
+ *
+ * Check for access rights to destination directories
+ * Create any directories which don't exist.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void check_writeable(int code)
+{
+static const char dirnames[] = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789";
+static bool verified[sizeof(dirnames)];
+
+char dir[2];
+char *s;
+
+ if (code == 0 || (s = strchr(dirnames, code)) == 0)
+ _nc_err_abort("Illegal terminfo subdirectory \"%c\"", code);
+
+ if (verified[s-dirnames])
+ return;
+
+ dir[0] = code;
+ dir[1] = '\0';
+ (void) make_directory(dir);
+
+ verified[s-dirnames] = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * _nc_write_entry()
+ *
+ * Save the compiled version of a description in the filesystem.
+ *
+ * make a copy of the name-list
+ * break it up into first-name and all-but-last-name
+ * creat(first-name)
+ * write object information to first-name
+ * close(first-name)
+ * for each name in all-but-last-name
+ * link to first-name
+ *
+ * Using 'time()' to obtain a reference for file timestamps is unreliable,
+ * e.g., with NFS, because the filesystem may have a different time
+ * reference. We check for pre-existence of links by latching the first
+ * timestamp from a file that we create.
+ *
+ * The _nc_warning() calls will report a correct line number only if
+ * _nc_curr_line is properly set before the write_entry() call.
+ */
+
+void _nc_write_entry(TERMTYPE *const tp)
+{
+struct stat statbuf;
+FILE *fp;
+char name_list[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+char *first_name, *other_names;
+char *ptr;
+char filename[PATH_MAX];
+char linkname[PATH_MAX];
+#if USE_SYMLINKS
+char symlinkname[PATH_MAX];
+#endif /* USE_SYMLINKS */
+static int call_count;
+static time_t start_time; /* time at start of writes */
+
+ if (call_count++ == 0) {
+ start_time = 0;
+ }
+
+ (void) strcpy(name_list, tp->term_names);
+ DEBUG(7, ("Name list = '%s'", name_list));
+
+ first_name = name_list;
+
+ ptr = &name_list[strlen(name_list) - 1];
+ other_names = ptr + 1;
+
+ while (ptr > name_list && *ptr != '|')
+ ptr--;
+
+ if (ptr != name_list) {
+ *ptr = '\0';
+
+ for (ptr = name_list; *ptr != '\0' && *ptr != '|'; ptr++)
+ continue;
+
+ if (*ptr == '\0')
+ other_names = ptr;
+ else {
+ *ptr = '\0';
+ other_names = ptr + 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(7, ("First name = '%s'", first_name));
+ DEBUG(7, ("Other names = '%s'", other_names));
+
+ _nc_set_type(first_name);
+
+ if (strlen(first_name) > sizeof(filename)-3)
+ _nc_warning("terminal name too long.");
+
+ sprintf(filename, "%c/%s", first_name[0], first_name);
+
+ /*
+ * Has this primary name been written since the first call to
+ * write_entry()? If so, the newer write will step on the older,
+ * so warn the user.
+ */
+ if (start_time > 0 &&
+ stat(filename, &statbuf) >= 0
+ && statbuf.st_mtime >= start_time)
+ {
+ _nc_warning("name multiply defined.");
+ }
+
+ check_writeable(first_name[0]);
+ fp = fopen(filename, "w");
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ perror(filename);
+ _nc_syserr_abort("can't open %s/%s", _nc_tic_dir(0), filename);
+ }
+ DEBUG(1, ("Created %s", filename));
+
+ if (write_object(fp, tp) == ERR) {
+ _nc_syserr_abort("error writing %s/%s", _nc_tic_dir(0), filename);
+ }
+ fclose(fp);
+
+ if (start_time == 0) {
+ if (stat(filename, &statbuf) < 0
+ || (start_time = statbuf.st_mtime) == 0) {
+ _nc_syserr_abort("error obtaining time from %s/%s",
+ _nc_tic_dir(0), filename);
+ }
+ }
+ while (*other_names != '\0') {
+ ptr = other_names++;
+ while (*other_names != '|' && *other_names != '\0')
+ other_names++;
+
+ if (*other_names != '\0')
+ *(other_names++) = '\0';
+
+ if (strlen(ptr) > sizeof(linkname)-3) {
+ _nc_warning("terminal alias %s too long.", ptr);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ check_writeable(ptr[0]);
+ sprintf(linkname, "%c/%s", ptr[0], ptr);
+
+ if (strcmp(filename, linkname) == 0) {
+ _nc_warning("self-synonym ignored");
+ }
+ else if (stat(linkname, &statbuf) >= 0 &&
+ statbuf.st_mtime < start_time)
+ {
+ _nc_warning("alias %s multiply defined.", ptr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if USE_SYMLINKS
+ strcpy(symlinkname, "../");
+ strcat(symlinkname, filename);
+#endif /* USE_SYMLINKS */
+ unlink(linkname);
+#if USE_SYMLINKS
+ if (symlink(symlinkname, linkname) < 0)
+#else
+ if (link(filename, linkname) < 0)
+#endif /* USE_SYMLINKS */
+ _nc_syserr_abort("can't link %s to %s", filename, linkname);
+ DEBUG(1, ("Linked %s", linkname));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#undef LITTLE_ENDIAN /* BSD/OS defines this as a feature macro */
+#define HI(x) ((x) / 256)
+#define LO(x) ((x) % 256)
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN(p, x) (p)[0] = LO(x), (p)[1] = HI(x)
+
+static int write_object(FILE *fp, TERMTYPE *tp)
+{
+char *namelist;
+size_t namelen, boolmax, nummax, strmax;
+char zero = '\0';
+size_t i;
+short nextfree;
+short offsets[STRCOUNT];
+unsigned char buf[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE];
+
+ namelist = tp->term_names;
+ namelen = strlen(namelist) + 1;
+
+ boolmax = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < BOOLWRITE; i++)
+ if (tp->Booleans[i])
+ boolmax = i+1;
+
+ nummax = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < NUMWRITE; i++)
+ if (tp->Numbers[i] != ABSENT_NUMERIC)
+ nummax = i+1;
+
+ strmax = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < STRWRITE; i++)
+ if (tp->Strings[i] != ABSENT_STRING)
+ strmax = i+1;
+
+ nextfree = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < strmax; i++)
+ if (tp->Strings[i] == ABSENT_STRING)
+ offsets[i] = -1;
+ else if (tp->Strings[i] == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ offsets[i] = -2;
+ else
+ {
+ offsets[i] = nextfree;
+ nextfree += strlen(tp->Strings[i]) + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* fill in the header */
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf, MAGIC);
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+2, min(namelen, MAX_NAME_SIZE + 1));
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+4, boolmax);
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+6, nummax);
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+8, strmax);
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+10, nextfree);
+
+ /* write out the header */
+ if (fwrite(buf, 12, 1, fp) != 1
+ || fwrite(namelist, sizeof(char), (size_t)namelen, fp) != namelen
+ || fwrite(tp->Booleans, sizeof(char), (size_t)boolmax, fp) != boolmax)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ /* the even-boundary padding byte */
+ if ((namelen+boolmax) % 2 != 0 && fwrite(&zero, sizeof(char), 1, fp) != 1)
+ return(ERR);
+
+#ifdef SHOWOFFSET
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Numerics begin at %04lx\n", ftell(fp));
+#endif /* SHOWOFFSET */
+
+ /* the numerics */
+ for (i = 0; i < nummax; i++)
+ {
+ if (tp->Numbers[i] == -1) /* HI/LO won't work */
+ buf[2*i] = buf[2*i + 1] = 0377;
+ else
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf + 2*i, tp->Numbers[i]);
+ }
+ if (fwrite(buf, 2, (size_t)nummax, fp) != nummax)
+ return(ERR);
+
+#ifdef SHOWOFFSET
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "String offets begin at %04lx\n", ftell(fp));
+#endif /* SHOWOFFSET */
+
+ /* the string offsets */
+ for (i = 0; i < strmax; i++)
+ if (offsets[i] == -1) /* HI/LO won't work */
+ buf[2*i] = buf[2*i + 1] = 0377;
+ else if (offsets[i] == -2) /* HI/LO won't work */
+ {
+ buf[2*i] = 0376;
+ buf[2*i + 1] = 0377;
+ }
+ else
+ LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf + 2*i, offsets[i]);
+ if (fwrite(buf, 2, (size_t)strmax, fp) != strmax)
+ return(ERR);
+
+#ifdef SHOWOFFSET
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "String table begins at %04lx\n", ftell(fp));
+#endif /* SHOWOFFSET */
+
+ /* the strings */
+ for (i = 0; i < strmax; i++)
+ if (tp->Strings[i] != ABSENT_STRING && tp->Strings[i] != CANCELLED_STRING)
+ if (fwrite(tp->Strings[i], sizeof(char), strlen(tp->Strings[i]) + 1, fp) != strlen(tp->Strings[i]) + 1)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ total_written++;
+ return(OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the total number of entries written by this process
+ */
+int _nc_tic_written(void)
+{
+ return total_written;
+}
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.15 1997/02/15 17:10:04 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for panels source code.
+#
+# This makes the following:
+# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared)
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+#
+# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models,
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AR = @AR@
+AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@
+AWK = @AWK@
+LD = @LD@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTERMINFO=\"$(ticdir)\"
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@
+
+MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@
+REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@
+ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@
+
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@
+
+LINT = @LINT@
+LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@
+LINT_LIBS = -lpanel -lncurses @LIBS@
+
+################################################################################
+all :: ../include/panel.h $(LIBRARIES)
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+# make a copy to simplify include-paths while still keeping panel's include
+# file in this directory.
+../include/panel.h : $(srcdir)/panel.h
+ -rm -f $@
+ cp $(srcdir)/panel.h $@
+
+PANEL_PRIV_H = \
+ $(srcdir)/panel.priv.h \
+ $(srcdir)/panel.h
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS *~ ../include/panel.h
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+$(srcdir)/panel.h
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+/* ./panel.c */
+
+#include "panel.priv.h"
+
+#undef panel_window
+WINDOW *panel_window(
+ const PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(WINDOW **)0); }
+
+#undef update_panels
+void update_panels(void)
+ { /* void */ }
+
+#undef hide_panel
+int hide_panel(
+ PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef show_panel
+int show_panel(
+ PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef top_panel
+int top_panel(
+ PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef del_panel
+int del_panel(
+ PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef bottom_panel
+int bottom_panel(
+ PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef new_panel
+PANEL *new_panel(
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(PANEL **)0); }
+
+#undef panel_above
+PANEL *panel_above(
+ const PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(PANEL **)0); }
+
+#undef panel_below
+PANEL *panel_below(
+ const PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(PANEL **)0); }
+
+#undef set_panel_userptr
+int set_panel_userptr(
+ PANEL *pan,
+ const void *uptr)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef panel_userptr
+const void *panel_userptr(
+ const PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(const void **)0); }
+
+#undef move_panel
+int move_panel(
+ PANEL *pan,
+ int starty,
+ int startx)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef replace_panel
+int replace_panel(
+ PANEL *pan,
+ WINDOW *win)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
+
+#undef panel_hidden
+int panel_hidden(
+ const PANEL *pan)
+ { return(*(int *)0); }
--- /dev/null
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Library objects
+panel lib $(srcdir) $(PANEL_PRIV_H)
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* panels is copyright (C) 1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* All praise to the original author, Warren Tucker. *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute panels *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of panels in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* panels comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* panel.c -- implementation of panels library */
+#include "panel.priv.h"
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: panel.c,v 1.10 1997/05/05 09:42:11 tom Exp $")
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+extern char *_nc_visbuf(const char *);
+#ifdef TRACE_TXT
+#define USER_PTR(ptr) _nc_visbuf((const char *)ptr)
+#else
+static char *my_nc_visbuf(const void *ptr)
+{
+ char temp[20];
+ if (ptr != 0)
+ sprintf(temp, "ptr:%p", ptr);
+ else
+ strcpy(temp, "<null>");
+ return _nc_visbuf(temp);
+}
+#define USER_PTR(ptr) my_nc_visbuf((const char *)ptr)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static PANEL *__bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0;
+static PANEL *__top_panel = (PANEL *)0;
+
+static PANEL __stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0,
+ 0,0,0,0,
+ (PANEL *)0, (PANEL *)0,
+ (void *)0,
+ (PANELCONS *)0 };
+
+/* Prototypes */
+static void __panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan);
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ dPanel(text,pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void
+dPanel(const char *text, const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ _tracef("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d",
+ text, USER_PTR(pan->user),
+ (pan->below) ? USER_PTR(pan->below->user) : "--",
+ (pan->above) ? USER_PTR(pan->above->user) : "--",
+ pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+} /* end of dPanel */
+#else
+# define dPanel(text,pan)
+#endif
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ dStack(fmt,num,pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void
+dStack(const char *fmt, int num, const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ char s80[80];
+
+ sprintf(s80,fmt,num,pan);
+ _tracef("%s b=%s t=%s",s80,
+ (__bottom_panel) ? USER_PTR(__bottom_panel->user) : "--",
+ (__top_panel) ? USER_PTR(__top_panel->user) : "--");
+ if(pan)
+ _tracef("pan id=%s", USER_PTR(pan->user));
+ pan = __bottom_panel;
+ while(pan)
+ {
+ dPanel("stk",pan);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+} /* end of dStack */
+#else
+# define dStack(fmt,num,pan)
+#endif
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Wnoutrefresh(pan) - debugging hook for wnoutrefresh
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void
+Wnoutrefresh(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ dPanel("wnoutrefresh",pan);
+ wnoutrefresh(pan->win);
+} /* end of Wnoutrefresh */
+#else
+# define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win)
+#endif
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Touchpan(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void
+Touchpan(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ dPanel("Touchpan",pan);
+ touchwin(pan->win);
+} /* end of Touchpan */
+#else
+# define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win)
+#endif
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Touchline(pan,start,count)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void
+Touchline(const PANEL *pan, int start, int count)
+{
+ char s80[80];
+ sprintf(s80,"Touchline s=%d c=%d",start,count);
+ dPanel(s80,pan);
+ touchline(pan->win,start,count);
+} /* end of Touchline */
+#else
+# define Touchline(pan,start,count) touchline((pan)->win,start,count)
+#endif
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __panels_overlapped(pan1,pan2) - check panel overlapped
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static INLINE bool
+__panels_overlapped(register const PANEL *pan1, register const PANEL *pan2)
+{
+ if(!pan1 || !pan2)
+ return(FALSE);
+ dBug(("__panels_overlapped %s %s", USER_PTR(pan1->user), USER_PTR(pan2->user)));
+ /* pan1 intersects with pan2 ? */
+ if((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty) && (pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy) &&
+ (pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx) && (pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx))
+ return(TRUE);
+ /* or vice versa test */
+ if((pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty) && (pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy) &&
+ (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx) && (pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx))
+ return(TRUE);
+ dBug((" no"));
+ return(FALSE);
+} /* end of __panels_overlapped */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __free_obscure(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static INLINE void
+__free_obscure(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PANELCONS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
+ PANELCONS *nobs; /* "next" one */
+
+ while(tobs)
+ {
+ nobs = tobs->above;
+ free((char *)tobs);
+ tobs = nobs;
+ }
+ pan->obscure = (PANELCONS *)0;
+} /* end of __free_obscure */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Get root (i.e. stdscr's) panel.
+ Establish the pseudo panel for stdscr if necessary.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static PANEL*
+__root_panel(void)
+{
+ if(!__stdscr_pseudo_panel.win)
+ { /* initialize those fields not already statically initialized */
+ assert(stdscr && !__bottom_panel && !__top_panel);
+ __stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr;
+ __stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES;
+ __stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS;
+#ifdef TRACE
+ __stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr";
+#endif
+ __panel_link_bottom(&__stdscr_pseudo_panel);
+ }
+ return &__stdscr_pseudo_panel;
+}
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __override(pan,show)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+__override(const PANEL *pan, int show)
+{
+ int y;
+ PANEL *pan2;
+ PANELCONS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
+
+ dBug(("__override %s,%d", USER_PTR(pan->user),show));
+
+ switch (show)
+ {
+ case P_TOUCH:
+ Touchpan(pan);
+ /* The following while loop will now mark all panel window lines
+ * obscured by use or obscuring us as touched, so they will be
+ * updated.
+ */
+ break;
+ case P_UPDATE:
+ while(tobs && (tobs->pan != pan))
+ tobs = tobs->above;
+ /* The next loop will now only go through the panels obscuring pan;
+ * it updates all the lines in the obscuring panels in sync. with
+ * the lines touched in pan itself. This is called in update_panels()
+ * in a loop from the bottom_panel to the top_panel, resulting in
+ * the desired update effect.
+ */
+ break;
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ while(tobs)
+ {
+ if((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan) {
+ dBug(("test obs pan=%s pan2=%s", USER_PTR(pan->user), USER_PTR(pan2->user)));
+ for(y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++) {
+ if( (y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) &&
+ ((is_linetouched(pan->win,y - pan->wstarty) == TRUE)) )
+ Touchline(pan2,y - pan2->wstarty,1);
+ }
+ }
+ tobs = tobs->above;
+ }
+} /* end of __override */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __calculate_obscure()
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+__calculate_obscure(void)
+{
+ PANEL *pan;
+ PANEL *pan2;
+ PANELCONS *tobs; /* "this" one */
+ PANELCONS *lobs = (PANELCONS *)0; /* last one */
+
+ pan = __bottom_panel;
+ while(pan)
+ {
+ if(pan->obscure)
+ __free_obscure(pan);
+ dBug(("--> __calculate_obscure %s", USER_PTR(pan->user)));
+ lobs = (PANELCONS *)0; /* last one */
+ pan2 = __bottom_panel;
+ /* This loop builds a list of panels obsured by pan or obscuring
+ pan; pan itself is in the list; all panels before pan are
+ obscured by pan, all panels after pan are obscuring pan. */
+ while(pan2)
+ {
+ if(__panels_overlapped(pan,pan2))
+ {
+ if(!(tobs = (PANELCONS *)malloc(sizeof(PANELCONS))))
+ return;
+ tobs->pan = pan2;
+ dPanel("obscured",pan2);
+ tobs->above = (PANELCONS *)0;
+ if(lobs)
+ lobs->above = tobs;
+ else
+ pan->obscure = tobs;
+ lobs = tobs;
+ }
+ pan2 = pan2->above;
+ }
+ __override(pan,P_TOUCH);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+} /* end of __calculate_obscure */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __panel_is_linked(pan) - check to see if panel is in the stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static INLINE bool
+__panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ /* This works! The only case where it would fail is, when the list has
+ only one element. But this could only be the pseudo panel at the bottom */
+ return ( ((pan->above!=(PANEL *)0) ||
+ (pan->below!=(PANEL *)0) ||
+ (pan==__bottom_panel)) ? TRUE : FALSE );
+} /* end of __panel_is_linked */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __panel_link_top(pan) - link panel into stack at top
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+__panel_link_top(PANEL *pan)
+{
+#ifdef TRACE
+ dStack("<lt%d>",1,pan);
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ if(__top_panel)
+ {
+ __top_panel->above = pan;
+ pan->below = __top_panel;
+ }
+ __top_panel = pan;
+ if(!__bottom_panel)
+ __bottom_panel = pan;
+ __calculate_obscure();
+ dStack("<lt%d>",9,pan);
+
+} /* end of __panel_link_top */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __panel_link_bottom(pan) - link panel into stack at bottom
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+__panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan)
+{
+#ifdef TRACE
+ dStack("<lb%d>",1,pan);
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ if(__bottom_panel)
+ { /* the stdscr pseudo panel always stays real bottom;
+ so we insert after bottom panel*/
+ pan->below = __bottom_panel;
+ pan->above = __bottom_panel->above;
+ if (pan->above)
+ pan->above->below = pan;
+ __bottom_panel->above = pan;
+ }
+ else
+ __bottom_panel = pan;
+ if(!__top_panel)
+ __top_panel = pan;
+ assert(__bottom_panel == &__stdscr_pseudo_panel);
+ __calculate_obscure();
+ dStack("<lb%d>",9,pan);
+} /* end of __panel_link_bottom */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ __panel_unlink(pan) - unlink panel from stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+__panel_unlink(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PANEL *prev;
+ PANEL *next;
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ dStack("<u%d>",1,pan);
+ if(!__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ __override(pan,P_TOUCH);
+ __free_obscure(pan);
+
+ prev = pan->below;
+ next = pan->above;
+
+ if(prev)
+ { /* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */
+ prev->above = next;
+ if(next)
+ next->below = prev;
+ }
+ else if(next)
+ next->below = prev;
+ if(pan == __bottom_panel)
+ __bottom_panel = next;
+ if(pan == __top_panel)
+ __top_panel = prev;
+
+ __calculate_obscure();
+
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ dStack("<u%d>",9,pan);
+} /* end of __panel_unlink */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ panel_window(pan) - get window associated with panel
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+WINDOW *
+panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return(pan ? pan->win : (WINDOW *)0);
+} /* end of panel_window */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ update_panels() - wnoutrefresh windows in an orderly fashion
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+update_panels(void)
+{
+ PANEL *pan;
+
+ dBug(("--> update_panels"));
+ pan = __bottom_panel;
+ while(pan)
+ {
+ __override(pan,P_UPDATE);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+
+ pan = __bottom_panel;
+ while (pan)
+ {
+ if(is_wintouched(pan->win))
+ Wnoutrefresh(pan);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+} /* end of update_panels */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ hide_panel(pan) - remove a panel from stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+hide_panel(register PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+
+ dBug(("--> hide_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user)));
+
+ if(!__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ {
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ return(ERR);
+ }
+
+ __panel_unlink(pan);
+ return(OK);
+} /* end of hide_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ show_panel(pan) - place a panel on top of stack
+may already be in stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+show_panel(register PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+ if(pan == __top_panel)
+ return(OK);
+ dBug(("--> show_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user)));
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ (void)hide_panel(pan);
+ __panel_link_top(pan);
+ return(OK);
+} /* end of show_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ top_panel(pan) - place a panel on top of stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+top_panel(register PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return(show_panel(pan));
+} /* end of top_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ del_panel(pan) - remove a panel from stack, if in it, and free struct
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+del_panel(register PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(pan)
+ {
+ dBug(("--> del_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user)));
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ (void)hide_panel(pan);
+ free((void *)pan);
+ return(OK);
+ }
+ return(ERR);
+} /* end of del_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ bottom_panel(pan) - place a panel on bottom of stack
+may already be in stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+bottom_panel(register PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+ if(pan == __bottom_panel)
+ return(OK);
+ dBug(("--> bottom_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user)));
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ (void)hide_panel(pan);
+ __panel_link_bottom(pan);
+ return(OK);
+} /* end of bottom_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ new_panel(win) - create a panel and place on top of stack
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+PANEL *
+new_panel(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PANEL *pan = (PANEL *)malloc(sizeof(PANEL));
+
+ (void)__root_panel();
+
+ if(pan)
+ {
+ pan->win = win;
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+ pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + getmaxy(win);
+ pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + getmaxx(win);
+#ifdef TRACE
+ pan->user = "new";
+#else
+ pan->user = (char *)0;
+#endif
+ pan->obscure = (PANELCONS *)0;
+ (void)show_panel(pan);
+ }
+ return(pan);
+} /* end of new_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ panel_above(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+PANEL *
+panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ {
+ /* if top and bottom are equal, we have no or only the pseudo panel;
+ if not, we return the panel above the pseudo panel */
+ return(__bottom_panel==__top_panel ? (PANEL*)0 : __bottom_panel->above);
+ }
+ else
+ return(pan->above);
+} /* end of panel_above */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ panel_below(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+PANEL *
+panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ {
+ /* if top and bottom are equal, we have no or only the pseudo panel */
+ return(__top_panel==__bottom_panel ? (PANEL*)0 : __top_panel);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* we must not return the pseudo panel */
+ return(pan->below==__bottom_panel ? (PANEL*) 0 : pan->below);
+ }
+} /* end of panel_below */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ set_panel_userptr(pan,uptr)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+ pan->user = uptr;
+ return(OK);
+} /* end of set_panel_userptr */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ panel_userptr(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+const void*
+panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return(pan ? pan->user : (void *)0);
+} /* end of panel_userptr */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ move_panel(pan,starty,startx)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ __override(pan,P_TOUCH);
+ win = pan->win;
+ if(mvwin(win,starty,startx))
+ return(ERR);
+ getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+ pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + getmaxy(win);
+ pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + getmaxx(win);
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ __calculate_obscure();
+ return(OK);
+} /* end of move_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ replace_panel(pan,win)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ __override(pan,P_TOUCH);
+ pan->win = win;
+ if(__panel_is_linked(pan))
+ __calculate_obscure();
+ return(OK);
+} /* end of replace_panel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ panel_hidden(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int
+panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if(!pan)
+ return(ERR);
+ return(__panel_is_linked(pan) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+} /* end of panel_hidden */
+
+/* end of panel.c */
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* panels is copyright (C) 1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* All praise to the original author, Warren Tucker. *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute panels *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of panels in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* panels comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* panel.h -- interface file for panels library */
+
+#ifndef _PANEL_H
+#define _PANEL_H
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+typedef struct panel
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ int wstarty;
+ int wendy;
+ int wstartx;
+ int wendx;
+ struct panel *below;
+ struct panel *above;
+ const void *user;
+ struct panelcons *obscure;
+}
+PANEL;
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *);
+extern void update_panels(void);
+extern int hide_panel(PANEL *);
+extern int show_panel(PANEL *);
+extern int del_panel(PANEL *);
+extern int top_panel(PANEL *);
+extern int bottom_panel(PANEL *);
+extern PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *);
+extern PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *);
+extern PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *);
+extern int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *,const void *);
+extern const void* panel_userptr(const PANEL *);
+extern int move_panel(PANEL *, int, int);
+extern int replace_panel(PANEL *,WINDOW *);
+extern int panel_hidden(const PANEL *);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PANEL_H */
+
+/* end of panel.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* $Id: panel.priv.h,v 1.4 1997/04/05 23:38:02 tom Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _PANEL_PRIV_H
+#define _PANEL_PRIV_H
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDMALLOC
+#include <dmalloc.h> /* Gray Watson's library */
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC
+#include <dbmalloc.h> /* Conor Cahill's library */
+#endif
+
+#include "panel.h"
+
+
+#if ( CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS && !defined(TRACE) )
+# define INLINE inline
+#else
+# define INLINE
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct panelcons
+{
+ struct panelcons *above;
+ struct panel *pan;
+} PANELCONS;
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+# define dBug(x) _tracef x
+#else
+# define dBug(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS
+#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id;
+#else
+#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+#define P_TOUCH (0)
+#define P_UPDATE (1)
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# MKtermsort.sh -- generate indirection vectors for the various sort methods
+#
+# The output of this script is C source for nine arrays that list three sort
+# orders for each of the three different classes of terminfo capabilities.
+#
+AWK=${1-awk}
+DATA=${2-../include/Caps}
+
+echo "/*";
+echo " * termsort.c --- sort order arrays for use by infocmp.";
+echo " *";
+echo " * Note: this file is generated using termsort.sh, do not edit by hand.";
+echo " */";
+
+echo "static const int bool_terminfo_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "bool" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $2, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int num_terminfo_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "num" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $2, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int str_terminfo_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "str" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $2, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int bool_variable_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "bool" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $1, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int num_variable_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "num" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $1, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int str_variable_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "str" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $1, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int bool_termcap_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "bool" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $4, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int num_termcap_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "num" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $4, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int str_termcap_sort[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+BEGIN {i = 0;}
+/^#/ {next;}
+$3 == "str" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $4, i++);}
+' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}';
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int bool_from_termcap[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+$3 == "bool" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "-" {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */";}
+$3 == "bool" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "Y" {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */";}
+'
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int num_from_termcap[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+$3 == "num" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "-" {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */";}
+$3 == "num" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "Y" {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */";}
+'
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
+echo "static const int str_from_termcap[] = {";
+$AWK <$DATA '
+$3 == "str" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "-" {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */";}
+$3 == "str" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "Y" {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */";}
+'
+echo "};";
+echo "";
+
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.21 1997/02/15 20:03:34 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for ncurses source code.
+#
+# This makes the ncurses utility programs.
+#
+# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with
+# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR".
+#
+# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models,
+# and the programs with the configured default model.
+
+# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+THIS = Makefile
+
+NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+MODEL = ../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@
+INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+
+AWK = @AWK@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+INCDIR = $(srcdir)/../include
+CPPFLAGS = -I../progs -I$(srcdir) @CPPFLAGS@ \
+ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTERMINFO=\"$(ticdir)\"
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LD = @LD@
+LINK = $(CC)
+LDFLAGS = -L../lib -lncurses@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ @EXTRA_LIBS@
+
+LDFLAGS_NORMAL = $(LDFLAGS)
+LDFLAGS_DEBUG = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@
+LDFLAGS_PROFILE = $(LDFLAGS) -pg
+LDFLAGS_SHARED = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(LDFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINT = @LINT@
+LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@
+LINT_LIBS = -lncurses @LIBS@
+
+AUTO_SRC = \
+ termsort.c
+
+PROGS = tic toe infocmp clear tput tset
+
+TESTPROGS = mvcur tctest hardscroll hashmap
+
+# Default library, for linking applications
+DEPS_CURSES = ../lib/libncurses@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@
+
+################################################################################
+all: $(AUTO_SRC) $(PROGS)
+
+install: install.progs
+
+# this line simplifies the configure-script
+install.libs:
+
+install.progs: $(PROGS) $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) tic $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/tic
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) toe $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/toe
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) infocmp $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/infocmp
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) clear $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/clear
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) tput $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/tput
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) tset $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/tset
+ @echo "linking captoinfo to tic"
+ -@rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/captoinfo
+ (cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) && $(LN_S) tic captoinfo)
+ @echo "linking reset to tset"
+ -@rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/reset
+ (cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) && $(LN_S) tset reset)
+
+$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) :
+ $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@
+
+#
+# Utilities normally built by make all start here
+#
+
+DEPS_TIC = \
+ $(MODEL)/tic.o \
+ $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o
+
+tic: $(DEPS_TIC) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TIC) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+DEPS_TOE = \
+ $(MODEL)/toe.o \
+ $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o
+
+toe: $(DEPS_TOE) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TOE) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+DEPS_CLEAR = \
+ $(MODEL)/clear.o
+
+clear: $(DEPS_CLEAR) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_CLEAR) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+DEPS_TPUT = \
+ $(MODEL)/tput.o
+
+tput: $(DEPS_TPUT) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TPUT) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+DEPS_INFOCMP = \
+ $(MODEL)/infocmp.o \
+ $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o
+
+infocmp: $(DEPS_INFOCMP) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_INFOCMP) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+DEPS_TSET = \
+ $(MODEL)/tset.o \
+ $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o
+
+tset: $(DEPS_TSET) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TSET) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+termsort.c: $(srcdir)/MKtermsort.sh
+ sh -c "$(srcdir)/MKtermsort.sh $(AWK) $(srcdir)/../include/Caps" >$@
+
+#
+# Test programs (not normally built by make all) start here.
+#
+
+# Cursor movement optimization tester. Use -g for debugging but -O if you're
+# profiling with intent to determine COMPUTE_OVERHEAD
+MVFLAGS = -O
+DEPS_MVCUR = \
+ $(srcdir)/../ncurses/lib_mvcur.c \
+ $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o
+
+mvcur: $(DEPS_MVCUR) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $(MVFLAGS) $(DEPS_MVCUR) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+# Termcap-conversion tester
+DEPS_TCTEST = \
+ $(srcdir)/../ncurses/captoinfo.c
+
+tctest: $(DEPS_TCTEST) $(DEPS_CURSES)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $(DEPS_TCTEST) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+# Demonstrator/tester for hardware-scrolling algorithm.
+DEPS_HARDSCROLL = \
+ $(srcdir)/../ncurses/hardscroll.c \
+ $(MODEL)/lib_trace.o
+hardscroll:
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -I$(srcdir)/../ncurses -DTRACE -DSCROLLDEBUG $(DEPS_HARDSCROLL) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@
+
+# Demonstrator-tester for enhanced hardware-scrolling code with hash mapping
+DEPS_HASHMAP = \
+ $(srcdir)/../ncurses/hashmap.c \
+ $(srcdir)/../ncurses/hardscroll.c \
+ $(MODEL)/lib_trace.o
+hashmap: $(DEPS_HASHMAP)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -I$(srcdir)/../ncurses -DTRACE -DHASHDEBUG $(DEPS_HASHMAP) -o $@
+
+#
+# Utility productions start here
+#
+
+tags:
+ ctags *.[ch]
+
+TAGS:
+ etags *.[ch]
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -f tags TAGS do.tic *~
+ -rm -f $(AUTO_SRC) $(TESTPROGS)
+ -rm -f $(PROGS)
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+# These rules are used to allow "make -n" to work on a clean directory-tree
+../include/hashsize.h \
+../include/parametrized.h \
+../include/term.h :
+ cd ../include; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS)
+$(DEPS_CURSES) :
+ cd ../ncurses; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS)
+
+lint:
+ $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/clear.c $(LINT_LIBS)
+ $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/infocmp.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS)
+ $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/tic.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS)
+ $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/toe.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS)
+ $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/tput.c $(LINT_LIBS)
+ $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/tset.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS)
+
+###############################################################################
+# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration
+###############################################################################
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# capconvert -- automated conversion from termcap to terminfo
+#
+
+echo "This script tries to automatically set you up so that your applications"
+echo "that now use termcap can use terminfo and the ncurses library."
+echo ""
+
+# Note, except for telling if we're running under xterm we don't use TERM at
+# all. This is because BSD users not infrequently have multiple termtypes
+# selected by conditionals in tset -- unless they're xterm users, in which
+# case they're on a workstation and probably don't.
+
+# Check to make sure TERMINFO is not already defined
+if [ "$TERMINFO" ]
+then
+ echo "TERMINFO is already defined in your environment. This means"
+ echo "you already have a local terminfo tree, so you do not need any"
+ echo "conversion."
+ exit;
+fi
+
+# Check to see if terminfo is present.
+if [ -d /usr/lib/terminfo -o -d /usr/local/lib/terminfo ]
+then
+ echo "Your system already has a system-wide terminfo tree."
+ terminfo=yes
+ echo ""
+ if [ "$TERMCAP" = "" ]
+ then
+ echo "You have no TERMCAP variable set, so we're done."
+ # Assumes the terminfo master covers all canned terminal types
+ exit;
+ fi
+ if [ "$TERM" = "xterm" ]
+ then
+ echo "You're running xterm, which rudely sets TERMCAP itself."
+ echo "We can ignore this, because terminfo knows about xterm."
+ echo "So you'll just use the system-wide terminfo tree."
+ exit;
+ else
+ echo "We'll have to make a local one for you anyway, in order"
+ echo "to capture the effect of your TERMCAP variable."
+ fi
+else
+ echo "No system-wide terminfo tree. We'll make you a local one."
+ terminfo=no
+fi
+echo "";
+
+
+# First step -- go find tic
+set -- `echo $PATH | tr ':' '\n' | sort | uniq`
+for x in $*
+do
+ if [ -x $x/tic ]
+ then
+ tic=$x/tic
+ fi;
+done
+if [ "$tic" ]
+then
+ echo "I see tic at $tic."
+else
+ echo "You don't have tic installed anywhere I can see, please fix that."
+ exit;
+fi
+echo "";
+
+# We have tic. Either there's no system terminfo tree or there is one but
+# the user has a TERMCAP variable that may modify a stock description.
+#
+
+# Make the user a terminfo directory
+if [ -d $HOME/.terminfo ]
+then
+ echo "It appears you already have a private terminfo directory"
+ echo "at $HOME/.terminfo; this seems odd, because TERMINFO"
+ echo "is not defined. I'm not going to second-guess this -- if you"
+ echo "really want me to try auto-configuring for you, remove or"
+ echo "rename $HOME/terminfo and run me again."
+ exit;
+else
+ echo "I'm creating your private terminfo directory at $HOME/.terminfo"
+ mkdir $HOME/.terminfo
+ # Ensure that that's where tic's compilation results.
+ # This isn't strictly necessary with a 1.9.7 or later tic.
+ TERMINFO="$HOME/.terminfo"; export TERMINFO
+fi
+echo "";
+
+# Find a terminfo source to work from
+if [ -f ../misc/terminfo.src ]
+then
+ echo "I see the terminfo master source is handy; I'll use that."
+ master=../misc/terminfo.src
+else
+ # Ooops...looks like we're running from somewhere other than the
+ # progs directory of an ncurses source tree.
+ master=`find $HOME -name "*terminfo.src" -print`
+ mcount=`echo $master | wc -l`
+ case $mcount in
+ 0)
+ echo "I can't find a terminfo source file anywhere under your home directory."
+ echo "There should be a file called terminfo.src somewhere in your"
+ echo "ncurses distribution; please put it in your home directotry"
+ echo "and run me again (it doesn't have to live there permanently)."
+ exit;
+ ;;
+ 1)
+ echo "I see a file called $master."
+ echo "I'm going to assume this is the terminfo source included with"
+ echo "the ncurses distribution. If this assumption is wrong, please"
+ echo "interrupt me now! OK to continue?"
+ read ans;
+ ;;
+ 2)
+ echo "I see more than one possible terminfo source. Here they are:"
+ echo $master | sed "/^/s// /";
+ while :
+ do
+ echo "Please tell me which one to use:"
+ read master;
+ if [ -f $master ]
+ then
+ break
+ else
+ echo "That file doesn't exist. Try again?";
+ fi
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+echo "";
+
+# Now that we have a master, compile it into the local tree
+echo "OK, now I'll make your private terminfo tree. This may take a bit..."
+#
+# Kluge alert: we compile terminfo.src in two pieces because a lot of machines
+# with < 16MB RAM choke on tic's core-hog habits.
+sed -n $master \
+ -e '1,/SPLIT HERE/w tsplit$$.01' \
+ -e '/SPLIT HERE/,$w tsplit$$.02' \
+ 2>/dev/null
+for x in tsplit$$.*; do $tic -v $x; done
+rm tsplit$$.*
+#
+echo "You now have a private tree under $HOME/.terminfo;"
+echo "the ncurses library will automatically read from it,"
+echo "and ncurses tic will automatically compile entries to it."
+
+# We're done unless user has a .termcap file or equivalent named by TERMCAP
+if [ "$TERMCAP" = "" ]
+then
+ echo "You have no TERMCAP set, so we're done."
+fi
+
+# OK, here comes the nasty case...user has a TERMCAP. Instead of
+# trying to follow all the convolutions of the relationship between
+# TERM and TERMCAP (partly because it's too painful, and partly because
+# we don't actually know what TERM will be nor even if it always has
+# the same value for this user) we do the following three steps...
+
+if [ -f $HOME/.termcap ]
+then
+ echo 'I see you have a $HOME/.termcap file. I'll compile that.'
+ $tic $HOME/.termcap
+ echo "Done."
+ echo "Note that editing $HOME/.termcap will no longer change the data curses sees."
+else if `expr $TERMCAP : "/"` = '1'
+then
+ echo "Your TERMCAP names the file $TERMCAP. I'll compile that."
+ $tic $TERMCAP
+ echo "Done."
+ echo "Note that editing $TERMCAP will no longer change the data curses sees."
+else
+ echo "Your TERMCAP value appears to be an entry in termcap format."
+ echo "I'll compile it."
+ echo $TERMCAP >myterm$$
+ $tic myterm$$
+ rm myterm$$
+ echo "Done."
+ echo "Note that editing TERMCAP will no longer change the data curses sees."
+fi fi
+echo "To do that, decompile the terminal decription you want with infocmp(1),"
+echo "edit to taste, and recompile using tic(1)."
+
+# capconvert ends here
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * clear.c -- clears the terminal's screen
+ */
+
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: clear.c,v 1.6 1996/12/21 17:35:11 tom Exp $")
+
+static int putch(int c)
+{
+ return putchar(c);
+}
+
+int main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ setupterm((char *) 0, STDOUT_FILENO, (int *) 0);
+ if (clear_screen == (char *) 0)
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ tputs(clear_screen, lines > 0 ? lines : 1, putch);
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
--- /dev/null
+exec tput clear
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "dump_entry.h"
+#include "termsort.c" /* this C file is generated */
+#include "parametrized.h" /* so is this */
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: dump_entry.c,v 1.17 1997/05/10 17:35:30 tom Exp $")
+
+#define INDENT 8
+
+static int tversion; /* terminfo version */
+static int outform; /* output format to use */
+static int sortmode; /* sort mode to use */
+static int width = 60; /* max line width for listings */
+static int column; /* current column, limited by 'width' */
+static int oldcol; /* last value of column before wrap */
+static int tracelevel; /* level of debug output */
+
+static char *outbuf; /* the output-buffer */
+static size_t out_used; /* ...its current length */
+static size_t out_size; /* ...and its allocated length */
+
+/* indirection pointers for implementing sort and display modes */
+static const int *bool_indirect, *num_indirect, *str_indirect;
+static char * const *bool_names, * const *num_names, * const *str_names;
+
+static const char *separator, *trailer;
+
+/* cover various ports and variants of terminfo */
+#define V_ALLCAPS 0 /* all capabilities (SVr4, XSI, ncurses) */
+#define V_SVR1 1 /* SVR1, Ultrix */
+#define V_HPUX 2 /* HP/UX */
+#define V_AIX 3 /* AIX */
+#define V_BSD 4 /* BSD */
+
+#define OBSOLETE(n) (n[0] == 'O' && n[1] == 'T')
+
+#if NO_LEAKS
+void _nc_leaks_dump_entry(void)
+{
+ if (outbuf != 0) {
+ free(outbuf);
+ outbuf = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+char *nametrans(const char *name)
+/* translate a capability name from termcap to terminfo */
+{
+ const struct name_table_entry *np;
+
+ if ((np = _nc_find_entry(name, _nc_info_hash_table)) != NULL)
+ switch(np->nte_type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ if (bool_from_termcap[np->nte_index])
+ return(boolcodes[np->nte_index]);
+ break;
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ if (num_from_termcap[np->nte_index])
+ return(numcodes[np->nte_index]);
+ break;
+
+ case STRING:
+ if (str_from_termcap[np->nte_index])
+ return(strcodes[np->nte_index]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+void dump_init(const char *version, int mode, int sort, int twidth, int traceval)
+/* set up for entry display */
+{
+ width = twidth;
+ tracelevel = traceval;
+
+ /* versions */
+ if (version == (char *)NULL)
+ tversion = V_ALLCAPS;
+ else if (!strcmp(version, "SVr1") || !strcmp(version, "SVR1")
+ || !strcmp(version, "Ultrix"))
+ tversion = V_SVR1;
+ else if (!strcmp(version, "HP"))
+ tversion = V_HPUX;
+ else if (!strcmp(version, "AIX"))
+ tversion = V_AIX;
+ else if (!strcmp(version, "BSD"))
+ tversion = V_BSD;
+ else
+ tversion = V_ALLCAPS;
+
+ /* implement display modes */
+ switch (outform = mode)
+ {
+ case F_LITERAL:
+ case F_TERMINFO:
+ bool_names = boolnames;
+ num_names = numnames;
+ str_names = strnames;
+ separator = twidth ? ", " : ",";
+ trailer = "\n\t";
+ break;
+
+ case F_VARIABLE:
+ bool_names = boolfnames;
+ num_names = numfnames;
+ str_names = strfnames;
+ separator = twidth ? ", " : ",";
+ trailer = "\n\t";
+ break;
+
+ case F_TERMCAP:
+ case F_TCONVERR:
+ bool_names = boolcodes;
+ num_names = numcodes;
+ str_names = strcodes;
+ separator = ":";
+ trailer = "\\\n\t:";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* implement sort modes */
+ switch(sortmode = sort)
+ {
+ case S_NOSORT:
+ if (traceval)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: sorting by term structure order\n", _nc_progname);
+ break;
+
+ case S_TERMINFO:
+ if (traceval)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: sorting by terminfo name order\n", _nc_progname);
+ bool_indirect = bool_terminfo_sort;
+ num_indirect = num_terminfo_sort;
+ str_indirect = str_terminfo_sort;
+ break;
+
+ case S_VARIABLE:
+ if (traceval)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: sorting by C variable order\n", _nc_progname);
+ bool_indirect = bool_variable_sort;
+ num_indirect = num_variable_sort;
+ str_indirect = str_variable_sort;
+ break;
+
+ case S_TERMCAP:
+ if (traceval)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: sorting by termcap name order\n", _nc_progname);
+ bool_indirect = bool_termcap_sort;
+ num_indirect = num_termcap_sort;
+ str_indirect = str_termcap_sort;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (traceval)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: width = %d, tversion = %d, outform = %d\n",
+ _nc_progname, width, tversion, outform);
+}
+
+static int trailing_spaces(const char *src)
+{
+ while (*src == ' ')
+ src++;
+ return *src == 0;
+}
+
+/* this deals with differences over whether 0x7f and 0x80..0x9f are controls */
+#define CHAR_OF(s) (*(unsigned const char *)(s))
+#define REALCTL(s) (CHAR_OF(s) < 127 && iscntrl(CHAR_OF(s)))
+#define REALPRINT(s) (CHAR_OF(s) < 127 && isprint(CHAR_OF(s)))
+
+char *expand(char *srcp)
+{
+static char buffer[1024];
+int bufp;
+const char *ptr, *str = (srcp == ABSENT_STRING
+ || srcp == CANCELLED_STRING) ? "" : srcp;
+bool islong = (strlen(str) > 3);
+
+ bufp = 0;
+ ptr = str;
+ while (*str) {
+ if (*str == '%' && REALPRINT(str+1)) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = *str++;
+ buffer[bufp++] = *str;
+ }
+ else if (*str == '\033') {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 'E';
+ }
+ else if (*str == '\\' && (outform==F_TERMINFO) && (str == srcp || str[-1] != '^')) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ }
+ else if (*str == ' ' && (outform==F_TERMINFO) && (str == srcp || trailing_spaces(str))) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 's';
+ }
+ else if ((*str == ',' || *str == ':' || *str == '^') && (outform==F_TERMINFO)) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = *str;
+ }
+ else if (REALPRINT(str) && (*str != ',' && *str != ':' && !(*str == '!' && outform!=F_TERMINFO) && *str != '^'))
+ buffer[bufp++] = *str;
+#if 0 /* FIXME: this would be more readable */
+ else if (*str == '\b') {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 'b';
+ }
+ else if (*str == '\f') {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 'f';
+ }
+ else if (*str == '\t' && islong) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 't';
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (*str == '\r' && (islong || (strlen(srcp) > 2 && str[1] == '\0'))) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 'r';
+ }
+ else if (*str == '\n' && islong) {
+ buffer[bufp++] = '\\';
+ buffer[bufp++] = 'n';
+ }
+#define UnCtl(c) ((0xff & (c)) + '@')
+ else if (REALCTL(str) && *str != '\\' && (!islong || isdigit(str[1])))
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(&buffer[bufp], "^%c", UnCtl(*str));
+ bufp += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(&buffer[bufp], "\\%03o", 0xff & *str);
+ bufp += 4;
+ }
+
+ str++;
+ }
+
+ buffer[bufp] = '\0';
+ return(buffer);
+}
+
+static TERMTYPE *cur_type;
+
+static int dump_predicate(int type, int idx)
+/* predicate function to use for ordinary decompilation */
+{
+ switch(type) {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ return (cur_type->Booleans[idx] == FALSE)
+ ? FAIL : cur_type->Booleans[idx];
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ return (cur_type->Numbers[idx] == ABSENT_NUMERIC)
+ ? FAIL : cur_type->Numbers[idx];
+
+ case STRING:
+ return (cur_type->Strings[idx] != ABSENT_STRING)
+ ? (int)TRUE : FAIL;
+ }
+
+ return(FALSE); /* pacify compiler */
+}
+
+static void set_obsolete_termcaps(TERMTYPE *tp);
+
+/* is this the index of a function key string? */
+#define FNKEY(i) (((i)<= 65 && (i)>= 75) || ((i)<= 216 && (i)>= 268))
+
+static bool version_filter(int type, int idx)
+/* filter out capabilities we may want to suppress */
+{
+ switch (tversion)
+ {
+ case V_ALLCAPS: /* SVr4, XSI Curses */
+ return(TRUE);
+
+ case V_SVR1: /* System V Release 1, Ultrix */
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ return (idx <= 20); /* below and including xon_xoff */
+ case NUMBER:
+ return (idx <= 7); /* below and including width_status_line */
+ case STRING:
+ return (idx <= 144); /* below and including prtr_non */
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case V_HPUX: /* Hewlett-Packard */
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ return (idx <= 20); /* below and including xon_xoff */
+ case NUMBER:
+ return (idx <= 10); /* below and including label_width */
+ case STRING:
+ if (idx <= 144) /* below and including prtr_non */
+ return(TRUE);
+ else if (FNKEY(idx)) /* function keys */
+ return(TRUE);
+ else if (idx==147||idx==156||idx==157) /* plab_norm,label_on,label_off */
+ return(TRUE);
+ else
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case V_AIX: /* AIX */
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ return (idx <= 20); /* below and including xon_xoff */
+ case NUMBER:
+ return (idx <= 7); /* below and including width_status_line */
+ case STRING:
+ if (idx <= 144) /* below and including prtr_non */
+ return(TRUE);
+ else if (FNKEY(idx)) /* function keys */
+ return(TRUE);
+ else
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case V_BSD: /* BSD */
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ return bool_from_termcap[idx];
+ case NUMBER:
+ return num_from_termcap[idx];
+ case STRING:
+ return str_from_termcap[idx];
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return(FALSE); /* pacify the compiler */
+}
+
+static
+void append_output (const char *src)
+{
+ if (src == 0) {
+ out_used = 0;
+ append_output("");
+ } else {
+ size_t need = strlen(src);
+ size_t want = need + out_used + 1;
+ if (want > out_size) {
+ out_size += want; /* be generous */
+ if (outbuf == 0)
+ outbuf = malloc(out_size);
+ else
+ outbuf = realloc(outbuf, out_size);
+ }
+ (void)strcpy(outbuf + out_used, src);
+ out_used += need;
+ }
+}
+
+static
+void force_wrap(void)
+{
+ oldcol = column;
+ append_output(trailer);
+ column = INDENT;
+}
+
+static
+void wrap_concat(const char *src)
+{
+ int need = strlen(src);
+ int want = strlen(separator) + need;
+
+ if (column > INDENT
+ && column + want > width) {
+ force_wrap();
+ }
+ append_output(src);
+ append_output(separator);
+ column += need;
+}
+
+#define IGNORE_SEP_TRAIL(first,last,sep_trail) \
+ if ((size_t)(last - first) > sizeof(sep_trail)-1 \
+ && !strncmp(first, sep_trail, sizeof(sep_trail)-1)) \
+ first += sizeof(sep_trail)-2
+
+/* Returns the nominal length of the buffer assuming it is termcap format,
+ * i.e., the continuation sequence is treated as a single character ":".
+ *
+ * There are several implementations of termcap which read the text into a
+ * fixed-size buffer. Generally they strip the newlines from the text, but may
+ * not do it until after the buffer is read. Also, "tc=" resolution may be
+ * expanded in the same buffer. This function is useful for measuring the size
+ * of the best fixed-buffer implementation; the worst case may be much worse.
+ */
+#ifdef TEST_TERMCAP_LENGTH
+static int termcap_length(const char *src)
+{
+ static const char pattern[] = ":\\\n\t:";
+
+ int len = 0;
+ const char *const t = src + strlen(src);
+
+ while (*src != '\0') {
+ IGNORE_SEP_TRAIL(src, t, pattern);
+ src++;
+ len++;
+ }
+ return len;
+}
+#else
+#define termcap_length(src) strlen(src)
+#endif
+
+int fmt_entry(TERMTYPE *tterm,
+ int (*pred)(int type, int idx),
+ bool suppress_untranslatable,
+ bool infodump)
+{
+int i, j;
+char buffer[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+int predval, len;
+int num_bools = 0;
+int num_values = 0;
+int num_strings = 0;
+bool outcount = 0;
+
+#define WRAP_CONCAT \
+ wrap_concat(buffer); \
+ outcount = TRUE
+
+ len = 12; /* terminfo file-header */
+
+ if (pred == NULL) {
+ cur_type = tterm;
+ pred = dump_predicate;
+ }
+
+ append_output(NULL);
+ append_output(tterm->term_names);
+ append_output(separator);
+ column = out_used;
+ force_wrap();
+
+ for (j=0; j < BOOLCOUNT; j++) {
+ if (sortmode == S_NOSORT)
+ i = j;
+ else
+ i = bool_indirect[j];
+
+ if (!version_filter(BOOLEAN, i))
+ continue;
+ else if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE)
+ && (OBSOLETE(bool_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL))
+ continue;
+
+ predval = pred(BOOLEAN, i);
+ if (predval != FAIL) {
+ (void) strcpy(buffer, bool_names[i]);
+ if (predval <= 0)
+ (void) strcat(buffer, "@");
+ else if (i + 1 > num_bools)
+ num_bools = i + 1;
+ WRAP_CONCAT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (column != INDENT)
+ force_wrap();
+
+ for (j=0; j < NUMCOUNT; j++) {
+ if (sortmode == S_NOSORT)
+ i = j;
+ else
+ i = num_indirect[j];
+
+ if (!version_filter(NUMBER, i))
+ continue;
+ else if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE)
+ && (OBSOLETE(num_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL))
+ continue;
+
+ predval = pred(NUMBER, i);
+ if (predval != FAIL) {
+ if (tterm->Numbers[i] < 0) {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%s@", num_names[i]);
+ } else {
+ sprintf(buffer, "%s#%d", num_names[i], tterm->Numbers[i]);
+ if (i + 1 > num_values)
+ num_values = i + 1;
+ }
+ WRAP_CONCAT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (column != INDENT)
+ force_wrap();
+
+ len += num_bools
+ + num_values * 2
+ + strlen(tterm->term_names) + 1;
+ if (len & 1)
+ len++;
+
+ for (j=0; j < STRCOUNT; j++) {
+ if (sortmode == S_NOSORT)
+ i = j;
+ else
+ i = str_indirect[j];
+
+ if (!version_filter(STRING, i))
+ continue;
+ else if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE)
+ && (OBSOLETE(str_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL))
+ continue;
+
+ /*
+ * Some older versions of vi want rmir/smir to be defined
+ * for ich/ich1 to work. If they're not defined, force
+ * them to be output as defined and empty.
+ */
+ if (outform==F_TERMCAP)
+#undef CUR
+#define CUR tterm->
+ if (insert_character || parm_ich)
+ {
+ if (&tterm->Strings[i] == &enter_insert_mode
+ && enter_insert_mode == ABSENT_STRING)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(buffer, "im=");
+ goto catenate;
+ }
+
+ if (&tterm->Strings[i] == &exit_insert_mode
+ && exit_insert_mode == ABSENT_STRING)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(buffer, "ei=");
+ goto catenate;
+ }
+ }
+
+ predval = pred(STRING, i);
+ buffer[0] = '\0';
+ if (predval != FAIL) {
+ if (tterm->Strings[i] != ABSENT_STRING
+ && i + 1 > num_strings)
+ num_strings = i + 1;
+ if (tterm->Strings[i] == ABSENT_STRING
+ || tterm->Strings[i] == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ sprintf(buffer, "%s@", str_names[i]);
+ else if (outform == F_TERMCAP || outform == F_TCONVERR)
+ {
+ char *srccap = expand(tterm->Strings[i]);
+ char *cv = _nc_infotocap(str_names[i], srccap,parametrized[i]);
+
+ if (cv == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ if (outform == F_TCONVERR)
+ sprintf(buffer, "%s=!!! %s WILL NOT CONVERT !!!", str_names[i], srccap);
+ else if (suppress_untranslatable)
+ continue;
+ else
+ sprintf(buffer, "..%s=%s", str_names[i], srccap);
+ }
+ else
+ sprintf(buffer, "%s=%s", str_names[i], cv);
+ len += strlen(tterm->Strings[i]) + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sprintf(buffer,"%s=%s",str_names[i],expand(tterm->Strings[i]));
+ len += strlen(tterm->Strings[i]) + 1;
+ }
+
+ catenate:
+ WRAP_CONCAT;
+ }
+ }
+ len += num_strings * 2;
+
+ /*
+ * This piece of code should be an effective inverse of the functions
+ * postprocess_terminfo and postprocess_terminfo in parse_entry.c.
+ * Much more work should be done on this to support dumping termcaps.
+ */
+ if (tversion == V_HPUX)
+ {
+ if (memory_lock)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buffer, "meml=%s", memory_lock);
+ WRAP_CONCAT;
+ }
+ if (memory_unlock)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buffer, "memu=%s", memory_unlock);
+ WRAP_CONCAT;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (tversion == V_AIX)
+ {
+ if (acs_chars)
+ {
+ bool box_ok = TRUE;
+ const char *acstrans = "lqkxjmwuvtn";
+ const char *cp;
+ char *tp, *sp, boxchars[11];
+
+ tp = boxchars;
+ for (cp = acstrans; *cp; cp++)
+ {
+ sp = strchr(acs_chars, *cp);
+ if (sp)
+ *tp++ = sp[1];
+ else
+ {
+ box_ok = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ tp[0] = '\0';
+
+ if (box_ok)
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(buffer, "box1=");
+ (void) strcat(buffer, expand(boxchars));
+ WRAP_CONCAT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * kludge: trim off trailer to avoid an extra blank line
+ * in infocmp -u output when there are no string differences
+ */
+ if (outcount)
+ {
+ j = out_used;
+ if (j >= 2
+ && outbuf[j-1] == '\t'
+ && outbuf[j-2] == '\n') {
+ out_used -= 2;
+ } else if (j >= 4
+ && outbuf[j-1] == ':'
+ && outbuf[j-2] == '\t'
+ && outbuf[j-3] == '\n'
+ && outbuf[j-4] == '\\') {
+ out_used -= 4;
+ }
+ outbuf[out_used] = '\0';
+ column = oldcol;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ fprintf(stderr, "num_bools = %d\n", num_bools);
+ fprintf(stderr, "num_values = %d\n", num_values);
+ fprintf(stderr, "num_strings = %d\n", num_strings);
+ fprintf(stderr, "term_names=%s, len=%d, strlen(outbuf)=%d, outbuf=%s\n",
+ tterm->term_names, len, out_used, outbuf);
+#endif
+ /*
+ * Here's where we use infodump to trigger a more stringent length check
+ * for termcap-translation purposes.
+ * Return the length of the raw entry, without tc= expansions,
+ * It gives an idea of which entries are deadly to even *scan past*,
+ * as opposed to *use*.
+ */
+ return(infodump ? len : termcap_length(outbuf));
+}
+
+int dump_entry(TERMTYPE *tterm, bool limited, int (*pred)(int type, int idx))
+/* dump a single entry */
+{
+ int len, critlen;
+ const char *legend;
+ bool infodump;
+
+ if (outform==F_TERMCAP || outform==F_TCONVERR)
+ {
+ critlen = MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH;
+ legend = "older termcap";
+ infodump = FALSE;
+ set_obsolete_termcaps(tterm);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ critlen = MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH;
+ legend = "terminfo";
+ infodump = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, FALSE, infodump)) > critlen) && limited)
+ {
+ (void) printf("# (untranslatable capabilities removed to fit entry within %d bytes)\n",
+ critlen);
+ if ((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, TRUE, infodump)) > critlen)
+ {
+ /*
+ * We pick on sgr because it's a nice long string capability that
+ * is really just an optimization hack.
+ */
+ char *oldsgr = set_attributes;
+ set_attributes = ABSENT_STRING;
+ (void) printf("# (sgr removed to fit entry within %d bytes)\n",
+ critlen);
+ if ((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, TRUE, infodump)) > critlen)
+ {
+ int oldversion = tversion;
+
+ tversion = V_BSD;
+ (void) printf("# (terminfo-only capabilities suppressed to fit entry within %d bytes)\n",
+ critlen);
+
+ if ((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, TRUE, infodump)) > critlen)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "warning: %s entry is %d bytes long\n",
+ _nc_first_name(tterm->term_names),
+ len);
+ (void) printf(
+ "# WARNING: this entry, %d bytes long, may core-dump %s libraries!\n",
+ len, legend);
+ }
+ tversion = oldversion;
+ }
+ set_attributes = oldsgr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void) fputs(outbuf, stdout);
+ return len;
+}
+
+int dump_uses(const char *name, bool infodump)
+/* dump "use=" clauses in the appropriate format */
+{
+ char buffer[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+
+ append_output(NULL);
+ (void)sprintf(buffer, "%s%s", infodump ? "use=" : "tc=", name);
+ wrap_concat(buffer);
+ (void) fputs(outbuf, stdout);
+ return out_used;
+}
+
+void compare_entry(void (*hook)(int t, int i, const char *name))
+/* compare two entries */
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ (void) fputs(" comparing booleans.\n", stdout);
+ for (j=0; j < BOOLCOUNT; j++)
+ {
+ if (sortmode == S_NOSORT)
+ i = j;
+ else
+ i = bool_indirect[j];
+
+ if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE)
+ && (OBSOLETE(bool_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL))
+ continue;
+
+ (*hook)(BOOLEAN, i, bool_names[i]);
+ }
+
+ (void) fputs(" comparing numbers.\n", stdout);
+ for (j=0; j < NUMCOUNT; j++)
+ {
+ if (sortmode == S_NOSORT)
+ i = j;
+ else
+ i = num_indirect[j];
+
+ if ((outform==F_LITERAL || outform==F_TERMINFO || outform==F_VARIABLE)
+ && (OBSOLETE(num_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL))
+ continue;
+
+ (*hook)(NUMBER, i, num_names[i]);
+ }
+
+ (void) fputs(" comparing strings.\n", stdout);
+ for (j=0; j < STRCOUNT; j++)
+ {
+ if (sortmode == S_NOSORT)
+ i = j;
+ else
+ i = str_indirect[j];
+
+ if ((outform==F_LITERAL || outform==F_TERMINFO || outform==F_VARIABLE)
+ && (OBSOLETE(str_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL))
+ continue;
+
+ (*hook)(STRING, i, str_names[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+#define NOTSET(s) ((s) == (char *)NULL)
+
+/*
+ * This bit of legerdemain turns all the terminfo variable names into
+ * references to locations in the arrays Booleans, Numbers, and Strings ---
+ * precisely what's needed.
+ */
+#undef CUR
+#define CUR tp->
+
+static void set_obsolete_termcaps(TERMTYPE *tp)
+{
+#include "capdefaults.c"
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * Dump control definitions and variables
+ */
+
+/* capability output formats */
+#define F_TERMINFO 0 /* use terminfo names */
+#define F_VARIABLE 1 /* use C variable names */
+#define F_TERMCAP 2 /* termcap names with capability conversion */
+#define F_TCONVERR 3 /* as T_TERMCAP, no skip of untranslatables */
+#define F_LITERAL 4 /* like F_TERMINFO, but no smart defaults */
+
+/* capability sort modes */
+#define S_DEFAULT 0 /* sort by terminfo name (implicit) */
+#define S_NOSORT 1 /* don't sort */
+#define S_TERMINFO 2 /* sort by terminfo names (explicit) */
+#define S_VARIABLE 3 /* sort by C variable names */
+#define S_TERMCAP 4 /* sort by termcap names */
+
+extern char *nametrans(const char *);
+extern void dump_init(const char *, int, int, int, int);
+extern int fmt_entry(TERMTYPE *, int (*)(int, int), bool, bool);
+extern int dump_entry(TERMTYPE *, bool, int (*)(int, int));
+extern int dump_uses(const char *, bool);
+extern void compare_entry(void (*)(int, int, const char *));
+extern char *expand(char *);
+
+#define FAIL -1
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * infocmp.c -- decompile an entry, or compare two entries
+ * written by Eric S. Raymond
+ */
+
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include <term_entry.h>
+#include <dump_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: infocmp.c,v 1.27 1997/02/15 18:54:44 tom Exp $")
+
+#define L_CURL "{"
+#define R_CURL "}"
+
+#define VALID_STRING(s) ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING && (s) != ABSENT_STRING)
+
+#define MAXTERMS 32 /* max # terminal arguments we can handle */
+
+const char *_nc_progname = "infocmp";
+
+typedef char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * The following control variables, together with the contents of the
+ * terminfo entries, completely determine the actions of the program.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+static char *tname[MAXTERMS]; /* terminal type names */
+static TERMTYPE term[MAXTERMS]; /* terminfo entries */
+static int termcount; /* count of terminal entries */
+
+static const char *tversion; /* terminfo version selected */
+static int outform; /* output format */
+static int sortmode; /* sort_mode */
+static int itrace; /* trace flag for debugging */
+static int mwidth = 60;
+
+/* main comparison mode */
+static int compare;
+#define C_DEFAULT 0 /* don't force comparison mode */
+#define C_DIFFERENCE 1 /* list differences between two terminals */
+#define C_COMMON 2 /* list common capabilities */
+#define C_NAND 3 /* list capabilities in neither terminal */
+#define C_USEALL 4 /* generate relative use-form entry */
+static bool ignorepads; /* ignore pad prefixes when diffing */
+
+#if NO_LEAKS
+#undef ExitProgram
+static void ExitProgram(int code) GCC_NORETURN;
+static void ExitProgram(int code)
+{
+ while (termcount-- > 0)
+ _nc_free_termtype(&term[termcount], FALSE);
+ _nc_leaks_dump_entry();
+ _nc_free_and_exit(code);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *canonical_name(char *ptr, char *buf)
+/* extract the terminal type's primary name */
+{
+ char *bp;
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf, ptr);
+ if ((bp = strchr(buf, '|')) != (char *)NULL)
+ *bp = '\0';
+
+ return(buf);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Predicates for dump function
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+static int capcmp(const char *s, const char *t)
+/* capability comparison function */
+{
+ if (!VALID_STRING(s) && !VALID_STRING(t))
+ return(0);
+ else if (!VALID_STRING(s) || !VALID_STRING(t))
+ return(1);
+
+ if (ignorepads)
+ return(_nc_capcmp(s, t));
+ else
+ return(strcmp(s, t));
+}
+
+static int use_predicate(int type, int idx)
+/* predicate function to use for use decompilation */
+{
+ TERMTYPE *tp;
+
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN: {
+ int is_set = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * This assumes that multiple use entries are supposed
+ * to contribute the logical or of their boolean capabilities.
+ * This is true if we take the semantics of multiple uses to
+ * be 'each capability gets the first non-default value found
+ * in the sequence of use entries'.
+ */
+ for (tp = &term[1]; tp < term + termcount; tp++)
+ if (tp->Booleans[idx]) {
+ is_set = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (is_set != term->Booleans[idx])
+ return(!is_set);
+ else
+ return(FAIL);
+ }
+
+ case NUMBER: {
+ int value = ABSENT_NUMERIC;
+
+ /*
+ * We take the semantics of multiple uses to be 'each
+ * capability gets the first non-default value found
+ * in the sequence of use entries'.
+ */
+ for (tp = &term[1]; tp < term + termcount; tp++)
+ if (tp->Numbers[idx] >= 0) {
+ value = tp->Numbers[idx];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (value != term->Numbers[idx])
+ return(value != ABSENT_NUMERIC);
+ else
+ return(FAIL);
+ }
+
+ case STRING: {
+ char *termstr, *usestr = ABSENT_STRING;
+
+ termstr = term->Strings[idx];
+
+ /*
+ * We take the semantics of multiple uses to be 'each
+ * capability gets the first non-default value found
+ * in the sequence of use entries'.
+ */
+ for (tp = &term[1]; tp < term + termcount; tp++)
+ if (tp->Strings[idx])
+ {
+ usestr = tp->Strings[idx];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (usestr == ABSENT_STRING && termstr == ABSENT_STRING)
+ return(FAIL);
+ else if (!usestr || !termstr || capcmp(usestr,termstr))
+ return(TRUE);
+ else
+ return(FAIL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(FALSE); /* pacify compiler */
+}
+
+static bool entryeq(TERMTYPE *t1, TERMTYPE *t2)
+/* are two terminal types equal */
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++)
+ if (t1->Booleans[i] != t2->Booleans[i])
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++)
+ if (t1->Numbers[i] != t2->Numbers[i])
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ if (capcmp(t1->Strings[i], t2->Strings[i]))
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+static void compare_predicate(int type, int idx, const char *name)
+/* predicate function to use for entry difference reports */
+{
+ register TERMTYPE *t1 = &term[0];
+ register TERMTYPE *t2 = &term[1];
+ char *s1, *s2;
+
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case BOOLEAN:
+ switch(compare)
+ {
+ case C_DIFFERENCE:
+ if (t1->Booleans[idx] != t2->Booleans[idx])
+ (void) printf("\t%s: %c:%c.\n",
+ name,
+ t1->Booleans[idx] ? 'T' : 'F',
+ t2->Booleans[idx] ? 'T' : 'F');
+ break;
+
+ case C_COMMON:
+ if (t1->Booleans[idx] && t2->Booleans[idx])
+ (void) printf("\t%s= T.\n", name);
+ break;
+
+ case C_NAND:
+ if (!t1->Booleans[idx] && !t2->Booleans[idx])
+ (void) printf("\t!%s.\n", name);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case NUMBER:
+ switch(compare)
+ {
+ case C_DIFFERENCE:
+ if (t1->Numbers[idx] != t2->Numbers[idx])
+ (void) printf("\t%s: %d:%d.\n",
+ name, t1->Numbers[idx], t2->Numbers[idx]);
+ break;
+
+ case C_COMMON:
+ if (t1->Numbers[idx]!=-1 && t2->Numbers[idx]!=-1
+ && t1->Numbers[idx] == t2->Numbers[idx])
+ (void) printf("\t%s= %d.\n", name, t1->Numbers[idx]);
+ break;
+
+ case C_NAND:
+ if (t1->Numbers[idx]==-1 && t2->Numbers[idx] == -1)
+ (void) printf("\t!%s.\n", name);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case STRING:
+ s1 = t1->Strings[idx];
+ s2 = t2->Strings[idx];
+ switch(compare)
+ {
+ case C_DIFFERENCE:
+ if (capcmp(s1, s2))
+ {
+ char buf1[BUFSIZ], buf2[BUFSIZ];
+
+ if (s1 == (char *)NULL)
+ (void) strcpy(buf1, "NULL");
+ else
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(buf1, "'");
+ (void) strcat(buf1, expand(s1));
+ (void) strcat(buf1, "'");
+ }
+
+ if (s2 == (char *)NULL)
+ (void) strcpy(buf2, "NULL");
+ else
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(buf2, "'");
+ (void) strcat(buf2, expand(s2));
+ (void) strcat(buf2, "'");
+ }
+
+ (void) printf("\t%s: %s, %s.\n",
+ name, buf1, buf2);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case C_COMMON:
+ if (s1 && s2 && !capcmp(s1, s2))
+ (void) printf("\t%s= '%s'.\n",name,expand(s1));
+ break;
+
+ case C_NAND:
+ if (!s1 && !s2)
+ (void) printf("\t!%s.\n", name);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Init string analysis
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct {const char *from; const char *to;} assoc;
+
+static const assoc std_caps[] =
+{
+ /* these are specified by X.364 and iBCS2 */
+ {"\033c", "RIS"}, /* full reset */
+ {"\0337", "SC"}, /* save cursor */
+ {"\0338", "RC"}, /* restore cursor */
+ {"\033[r", "RSR"}, /* not an X.364 mnemonic */
+ {"\033[m", "SGR0"}, /* not an X.364 mnemonic */
+ {"\033[2J", "ED2"}, /* clear page */
+
+ /* this group is specified by ISO 2022 */
+ {"\033(0", "ISO DEC G0"}, /* enable DEC graphics for G0 */
+ {"\033(A", "ISO UK G0"}, /* enable UK chars for G0 */
+ {"\033(B", "ISO US G0"}, /* enable US chars for G0 */
+ {"\033)0", "ISO DEC G1"}, /* enable DEC graphics for G1 */
+ {"\033)A", "ISO UK G1"}, /* enable UK chars for G1 */
+ {"\033)B", "ISO US G1"}, /* enable US chars for G1 */
+
+ /* these are DEC private modes widely supported by emulators */
+ {"\033=", "DECPAM"}, /* application keypad mode */
+ {"\033>", "DECPNM"}, /* normal keypad mode */
+ {"\033<", "DECANSI"}, /* enter ANSI mode */
+
+ { (char *)0, (char *)0}
+};
+
+static const assoc private_modes[] =
+/* DEC \E[ ... [hl] modes recognized by many emulators */
+{
+ {"1", "CKM"}, /* application cursor keys */
+ {"2", "ANM"}, /* set VT52 mode */
+ {"3", "COLM"}, /* 132-column mode */
+ {"4", "SCLM"}, /* smooth scroll */
+ {"5", "SCNM"}, /* reverse video mode */
+ {"6", "OM"}, /* origin mode */
+ {"7", "AWM"}, /* wraparound mode */
+ {"8", "ARM"}, /* auto-repeat mode */
+ {(char *)0, (char *)0}
+};
+
+static const assoc ecma_highlights[] =
+/* recognize ECMA attribute sequences */
+{
+ {"0", "NORMAL"}, /* normal */
+ {"1", "+BOLD"}, /* bold on */
+ {"2", "+DIM"}, /* dim on */
+ {"3", "+ITALIC"}, /* italic on */
+ {"4", "+UNDERLINE"}, /* underline on */
+ {"5", "+BLINK"}, /* blink on */
+ {"6", "+FASTBLINK"}, /* fastblink on */
+ {"7", "+REVERSE"}, /* reverse on */
+ {"8", "+INVISIBLE"}, /* invisible on */
+ {"9", "+DELETED"}, /* deleted on */
+ {"10", "MAIN-FONT"}, /* select primary font */
+ {"11", "ALT-FONT-1"}, /* select alternate font 1 */
+ {"12", "ALT-FONT-2"}, /* select alternate font 2 */
+ {"13", "ALT-FONT-3"}, /* select alternate font 3 */
+ {"14", "ALT-FONT-4"}, /* select alternate font 4 */
+ {"15", "ALT-FONT-5"}, /* select alternate font 5 */
+ {"16", "ALT-FONT-6"}, /* select alternate font 6 */
+ {"17", "ALT-FONT-7"}, /* select alternate font 7 */
+ {"18", "ALT-FONT-1"}, /* select alternate font 1 */
+ {"19", "ALT-FONT-1"}, /* select alternate font 1 */
+ {"20", "FRAKTUR"}, /* Fraktur font */
+ {"21", "DOUBLEUNDER"}, /* double underline */
+ {"22", "-DIM"}, /* dim off */
+ {"23", "-ITALIC"}, /* italic off */
+ {"24", "-UNDERLINE"}, /* underline off */
+ {"25", "-BLINK"}, /* blink off */
+ {"26", "-FASTBLINK"}, /* fastblink off */
+ {"27", "-REVERSE"}, /* reverse off */
+ {"28", "-INVISIBLE"}, /* invisible off */
+ {"29", "-DELETED"}, /* deleted off */
+ {(char *)0, (char *)0}
+};
+
+static void analyze_string(const char *name, const char *cap, TERMTYPE *tp)
+{
+ char buf[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+ char buf2[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+ const char *sp, *ep;
+ const assoc *ap;
+
+ if (cap == ABSENT_STRING || cap == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ return;
+ (void) printf("%s: ", name);
+
+ buf[0] = '\0';
+ for (sp = cap; *sp; sp++)
+ {
+ int i;
+ size_t len = 0;
+ const char *expansion = 0;
+
+ /* first, check other capabilities in this entry */
+ for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++)
+ {
+ char *cp = tp->Strings[i];
+
+ /* don't use soft-key capabilities */
+ if (strnames[i][0] == 'k' && strnames[i][0] == 'f')
+ continue;
+
+
+ if (cp != ABSENT_STRING && cp != CANCELLED_STRING && cp[0] && cp != cap)
+ {
+ len = strlen(cp);
+ (void) strncpy(buf2, sp, len);
+ buf2[len] = '\0';
+
+ if (_nc_capcmp(cp, buf2))
+ continue;
+
+#define ISRS(s) (!strncmp((s), "is", 2) || !strncmp((s), "rs", 2))
+ /*
+ * Theoretically we just passed the test for translation
+ * (equality once the padding is stripped). However, there
+ * are a few more hoops that need to be jumped so that
+ * identical pairs of initialization and reset strings
+ * don't just refer to each other.
+ */
+ if (ISRS(name) || ISRS(strnames[i]))
+ if (cap < cp)
+ continue;
+#undef ISRS
+
+ expansion = strnames[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* now check the standard capabilities */
+ if (!expansion)
+ for (ap = std_caps; ap->from; ap++)
+ {
+ len = strlen(ap->from);
+
+ if (strncmp(ap->from, sp, len) == 0)
+ {
+ expansion = ap->to;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* now check for private-mode sequences */
+ if (!expansion
+ && sp[0] == '\033' && sp[1] == '[' && sp[2] == '?'
+ && (len = strspn(sp + 3, "0123456789;"))
+ && ((sp[3 + len] == 'h') || (sp[3 + len] == 'l')))
+ {
+ char buf3[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf2, (sp[3 + len] == 'h') ? "DEC+" : "DEC-");
+ (void) strncpy(buf3, sp + 3, len);
+ len += 4;
+ buf3[len] = '\0';
+
+ ep = strtok(buf3, ";");
+ do {
+ bool found = FALSE;
+
+ for (ap = private_modes; ap->from; ap++)
+ {
+ size_t tlen = strlen(ap->from);
+
+ if (strncmp(ap->from, ep, tlen) == 0)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf2, ap->to);
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!found)
+ (void) strcat(buf2, ep);
+ (void) strcat(buf2, ";");
+ } while
+ ((ep = strtok((char *)NULL, ";")));
+ buf2[strlen(buf2) - 1] = '\0';
+ expansion = buf2;
+ }
+
+ /* now check for ECMA highlight sequences */
+ if (!expansion
+ && sp[0] == '\033' && sp[1] == '['
+ && (len = strspn(sp + 2, "0123456789;"))
+ && sp[2 + len] == 'm')
+ {
+ char buf3[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH];
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf2, "SGR:");
+ (void) strncpy(buf3, sp + 2, len);
+ len += 3;
+ buf3[len] = '\0';
+
+ ep = strtok(buf3, ";");
+ do {
+ bool found = FALSE;
+
+ for (ap = ecma_highlights; ap->from; ap++)
+ {
+ size_t tlen = strlen(ap->from);
+
+ if (strncmp(ap->from, ep, tlen) == 0)
+ {
+ (void) strcat(buf2, ap->to);
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!found)
+ (void) strcat(buf2, ep);
+ (void) strcat(buf2, ";");
+ } while
+ ((ep = strtok((char *)NULL, ";")));
+
+ buf2[strlen(buf2) - 1] = '\0';
+ expansion = buf2;
+ }
+ /* now check for scroll region reset */
+ if (!expansion)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buf2, "\033[1;%dr", tp->Numbers[2]);
+ len = strlen(buf2);
+ if (strncmp(buf2, sp, len) == 0)
+ expansion = "RSR";
+ }
+
+ /* now check for home-down */
+ if (!expansion)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buf2, "\033[%d;1H", tp->Numbers[2]);
+ len = strlen(buf2);
+ if (strncmp(buf2, sp, len) == 0)
+ expansion = "LL";
+ }
+
+ /* now look at the expansion we got, if any */
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "{%s}", expansion);
+ sp += len - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* couldn't match anything */
+ buf2[0] = *sp;
+ buf2[1] = '\0';
+ (void) strcat(buf, expand(buf2));
+ }
+ }
+ (void) printf("%s\n", buf);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * File comparison
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+static void file_comparison(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+#define MAXCOMPARE 2
+ /* someday we may allow comparisons on more files */
+ int filecount = 0;
+ ENTRY *heads[MAXCOMPARE];
+ ENTRY *tails[MAXCOMPARE];
+ ENTRY *qp, *rp;
+ int i, n;
+
+ dump_init((char *)NULL, F_LITERAL, S_TERMINFO, 0, itrace);
+
+ for (n = 0; n < argc && n < MAXCOMPARE; n++)
+ {
+ if (freopen(argv[n], "r", stdin) == NULL)
+ _nc_err_abort("Can't open %s", argv[n]);
+
+ _nc_head = _nc_tail = (ENTRY *)NULL;
+
+ /* parse entries out of the source file */
+ _nc_set_source(argv[n]);
+ _nc_read_entry_source(stdin, NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULLHOOK);
+
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Resolving file %d...\n",n-0);
+
+ /* do use resolution */
+ if (!_nc_resolve_uses())
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "There are unresolved use entries in %s:\n",
+ argv[n]);
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ if (qp->nuses)
+ {
+ (void) fputs(qp->tterm.term_names, stderr);
+ (void) fputc('\n', stderr);
+ }
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ heads[filecount] = _nc_head;
+ tails[filecount] = _nc_tail;
+ filecount++;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, all entries are in core. Ready to do the comparison */
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Entries are now in core...\n");
+
+ /*
+ * The entry-matching loop. We're not using the use[]
+ * slots any more (they got zeroed out by resolve_uses) so
+ * we stash each entry's matches in the other file there.
+ * Sigh, this is intrinsically quadratic.
+ */
+ for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next)
+ {
+ for (rp = heads[1]; rp; rp = rp->next)
+ if (_nc_entry_match(qp->tterm.term_names,rp->tterm.term_names))
+ {
+ /*
+ * This is why the uses structure parent element is
+ * (void *) -- so we can have either (char *) for
+ * names or entry structure pointers in them and still
+ * be type-safe.
+ */
+ if (qp->nuses < MAX_USES)
+ qp->uses[qp->nuses].parent = (void *)rp;
+ qp->nuses++;
+
+ if (rp->nuses < MAX_USES)
+ rp->uses[rp->nuses].parent = (void *)qp;
+ rp->nuses++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* now we have two circular lists with crosslinks */
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Name matches are done...\n");
+
+ for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next)
+ if (qp->nuses > 1)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s in file 1 (%s) has %d matches in file 2 (%s):\n",
+ _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names),
+ argv[0],
+ qp->nuses,
+ argv[1]);
+ for (i = 0; i < qp->nuses; i++)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "\t%s\n",
+ _nc_first_name(((ENTRY *)qp->uses[i].parent)->tterm.term_names));
+ }
+ for (rp = heads[1]; rp; rp = rp->next)
+ if (rp->nuses > 1)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s in file 2 (%s) has %d matches in file 1 (%s):\n",
+ _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names),
+ argv[1],
+ rp->nuses,
+ argv[0]);
+ for (i = 0; i < rp->nuses; i++)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "\t%s\n",
+ _nc_first_name(((ENTRY *)rp->uses[i].parent)->tterm.term_names));
+ }
+
+ (void) printf("In file 1 (%s) only:\n", argv[0]);
+ for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next)
+ if (qp->nuses == 0)
+ (void) printf("\t%s\n",
+ _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+
+ (void) printf("In file 2 (%s) only:\n", argv[1]);
+ for (rp = heads[1]; rp; rp = rp->next)
+ if (rp->nuses == 0)
+ (void) printf("\t%s\n",
+ _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names));
+
+ (void) printf("The following entries are equivalent:\n");
+ for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next)
+ {
+ rp = (ENTRY *)qp->uses[0].parent;
+
+ if (qp->nuses == 1 && entryeq(&qp->tterm, &rp->tterm))
+ {
+ char name1[NAMESIZE], name2[NAMESIZE];
+
+ (void) canonical_name(qp->tterm.term_names, name1);
+ (void) canonical_name(rp->tterm.term_names, name2);
+
+ (void) printf("%s = %s\n", name1, name2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void) printf("Differing entries:\n");
+ termcount = 2;
+ for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next)
+ {
+ rp = (ENTRY *)qp->uses[0].parent;
+
+ if (qp->nuses == 1 && !entryeq(&qp->tterm, &rp->tterm))
+ {
+ char name1[NAMESIZE], name2[NAMESIZE];
+
+ memcpy(&term[0], &qp->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+ memcpy(&term[1], &rp->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE));
+
+ (void) canonical_name(qp->tterm.term_names, name1);
+ (void) canonical_name(rp->tterm.term_names, name2);
+
+ switch (compare)
+ {
+ case C_DIFFERENCE:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: dumping differences\n");
+ (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", name1, name2);
+ compare_entry(compare_predicate);
+ break;
+
+ case C_COMMON:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: dumping common capabilities\n");
+ (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", name1, name2);
+ compare_entry(compare_predicate);
+ break;
+
+ case C_NAND:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: dumping differences\n");
+ (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", name1, name2);
+ compare_entry(compare_predicate);
+ break;
+
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void usage(void)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: infocmp [-dcnILCuvV1T] [-s d| i| l| c] [-w width] [-A directory] [-B directory] [termname...]\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Main sequence
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char *terminal, *firstdir, *restdir;
+ path tfile[MAXTERMS];
+ int c, i, len;
+ bool filecompare = FALSE;
+ bool initdump = FALSE;
+ bool init_analyze = FALSE;
+ bool limited = TRUE;
+
+ if ((terminal = getenv("TERM")) == NULL)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: environment variable TERM not set\n");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ /* where is the terminfo database location going to default to? */
+ restdir = firstdir = 0;
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "decCFIinlLprR:s:uv:Vw:A:B:1T")) != EOF)
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'd':
+ compare = C_DIFFERENCE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'e':
+ initdump = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ compare = C_COMMON;
+ break;
+
+ case 'C':
+ outform = F_TERMCAP;
+ tversion = "BSD";
+ if (sortmode == S_DEFAULT)
+ sortmode = S_TERMCAP;
+ break;
+
+ case 'F':
+ filecompare = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ init_analyze = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'l':
+ outform = F_TERMINFO;
+ break;
+
+ case 'L':
+ outform = F_VARIABLE;
+ if (sortmode == S_DEFAULT)
+ sortmode = S_VARIABLE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ compare = C_NAND;
+ break;
+
+ case 'p':
+ ignorepads = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'r':
+ tversion = (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case 'R':
+ tversion = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 's':
+ if (*optarg == 'd')
+ sortmode = S_NOSORT;
+ else if (*optarg == 'i')
+ sortmode = S_TERMINFO;
+ else if (*optarg == 'l')
+ sortmode = S_VARIABLE;
+ else if (*optarg == 'c')
+ sortmode = S_TERMCAP;
+ else
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: unknown sort mode\n");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'u':
+ compare = C_USEALL;
+ break;
+
+ case 'v':
+ itrace = atoi(optarg);
+ _nc_tracing = (1 << itrace) - 1;
+ break;
+
+ case 'V':
+ (void) fputs(NCURSES_VERSION, stdout);
+ putchar('\n');
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+ case 'w':
+ mwidth = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case 'A':
+ firstdir = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 'B':
+ restdir = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case '1':
+ mwidth = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ limited = FALSE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage();
+ }
+
+ /* by default, sort by terminfo name */
+ if (sortmode == S_DEFAULT)
+ sortmode = S_TERMINFO;
+
+ /* set up for display */
+ dump_init(tversion, outform, sortmode, mwidth, itrace);
+
+ /* make sure we have at least one terminal name to work with */
+ if (optind >= argc)
+ argv[argc++] = terminal;
+
+ /* if user is after a comparison, make sure we have two entries */
+ if (compare != C_DEFAULT && optind >= argc - 1)
+ argv[argc++] = terminal;
+
+ /* exactly two terminal names with no options means do -d */
+ if (argc - optind == 2 && compare == C_DEFAULT)
+ compare = C_DIFFERENCE;
+
+ if (!filecompare)
+ {
+ /* grab the entries */
+ termcount = 0;
+ for (; optind < argc; optind++)
+ {
+ if (termcount >= MAXTERMS)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: too many terminal type arguments\n");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const char *directory = termcount ? restdir : firstdir;
+ int status;
+
+ tname[termcount] = argv[optind];
+
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(tfile[termcount], "%s/%c/%s",
+ directory,
+ *argv[optind], argv[optind]);
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: reading entry %s from file %s\n",
+ argv[optind], tfile[termcount]);
+
+ status = _nc_read_file_entry(tfile[termcount],
+ &term[termcount]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: reading entry %s from system directories %s\n",
+ argv[optind], tname[termcount]);
+
+ status = _nc_read_entry(tname[termcount],
+ tfile[termcount],
+ &term[termcount]);
+ directory = TERMINFO; /* for error message */
+ }
+
+ if (status <= 0)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: couldn't open terminfo file %s.\n",
+ tfile[termcount]);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ termcount++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* dump as C initializer for the terminal type */
+ if (initdump)
+ {
+ int n;
+ const char *str = 0;
+ int size;
+
+ (void) printf("\t%s\n\t\t\"%s\",\n",
+ L_CURL, term->term_names);
+ (void) printf("\t\t(char *)0,\n");
+
+ (void) printf("\t\t%s /* BOOLEANS */\n", L_CURL);
+ for (n = 0; n < BOOLCOUNT; n++)
+ {
+ switch((int)(term->Booleans[n]))
+ {
+ case TRUE:
+ str = "TRUE";
+ break;
+
+ case FALSE:
+ str = "FALSE";
+ break;
+
+ case ABSENT_BOOLEAN:
+ str = "ABSENT_BOOLEAN";
+ break;
+
+ case CANCELLED_BOOLEAN:
+ str = "CANCELLED_BOOLEAN";
+ break;
+ }
+ (void) printf("\t\t/* %s */\t%s%s,\n",
+ boolnames[n], str,
+ n == BOOLCOUNT-1 ? R_CURL : "");
+ }
+
+ (void) printf("\t\t%s /* NUMERICS */\n", L_CURL);
+ for (n = 0; n < NUMCOUNT; n++)
+ {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ switch (term->Numbers[n])
+ {
+ case ABSENT_NUMERIC:
+ str = "ABSENT_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+ case CANCELLED_NUMERIC:
+ str = "CANCELLED_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+ default:
+ sprintf(buf, "%d", term->Numbers[n]);
+ str = buf;
+ break;
+ }
+ (void) printf("\t\t/* %s */\t%s%s,\n",
+ numnames[n], str,
+ n == NUMCOUNT-1 ? R_CURL : "");
+ }
+
+ size = sizeof(TERMTYPE)
+ + (BOOLCOUNT * sizeof(term->Booleans[0]))
+ + (NUMCOUNT * sizeof(term->Numbers[0]));
+
+ (void) printf("\t\t%s /* STRINGS */\n", L_CURL);
+ for (n = 0; n < STRCOUNT; n++)
+ {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ], *sp, *tp;
+
+ if (term->Strings[n] == ABSENT_STRING)
+ str = "ABSENT_STRING";
+ else if (term->Strings[n] == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ str = "CANCELLED_STRING";
+ else
+ {
+ tp = buf;
+ *tp++ = '"';
+ for (sp = term->Strings[n]; *sp; sp++)
+ if (isascii(*sp) && isprint(*sp) && *sp !='\\' && *sp != '"')
+ *tp++ = *sp;
+ else
+ {
+ (void) sprintf(tp, "\\%03o", *sp);
+ tp += 4;
+ }
+ *tp++ = '"';
+ *tp = '\0';
+ size += (strlen(term->Strings[n]) + 1);
+ str = buf;
+ }
+ (void) printf("\t\t/* %s */\t%s%s%s\n",
+ strnames[n], str,
+ n == STRCOUNT-1 ? R_CURL : "",
+ n == STRCOUNT-1 ? "" : ",");
+ }
+ (void) printf("\t%s /* size = %d */\n", R_CURL, size);
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ /* analyze the init strings */
+ if (init_analyze)
+ {
+#undef CUR
+#define CUR term[0].
+ analyze_string("is1", init_1string, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("is2", init_2string, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("is3", init_3string, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("rs1", reset_1string, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("rs2", reset_2string, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("rs3", reset_3string, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("smcup", enter_ca_mode, &term[0]);
+ analyze_string("rmcup", exit_ca_mode, &term[0]);
+#undef CUR
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Here's where the real work gets done
+ */
+ switch (compare)
+ {
+ case C_DEFAULT:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: about to dump %s\n",
+ tname[0]);
+ (void) printf("#\tReconstructed via infocmp from file: %s\n",
+ tfile[0]);
+ len = dump_entry(&term[0], limited, NULL);
+ putchar('\n');
+ if (itrace)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: length %d\n", len);
+ break;
+
+ case C_DIFFERENCE:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: dumping differences\n");
+ (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", tname[0], tname[1]);
+ compare_entry(compare_predicate);
+ break;
+
+ case C_COMMON:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: dumping common capabilities\n");
+ (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", tname[0], tname[1]);
+ compare_entry(compare_predicate);
+ break;
+
+ case C_NAND:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "infocmp: dumping differences\n");
+ (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", tname[0], tname[1]);
+ compare_entry(compare_predicate);
+ break;
+
+ case C_USEALL:
+ if (itrace)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "infocmp: dumping use entry\n");
+ len = dump_entry(&term[0], limited, use_predicate);
+ for (i = 1; i < termcount; i++)
+ len += dump_uses(tname[i], !(outform==F_TERMCAP || outform==F_TCONVERR));
+ putchar('\n');
+ if (itrace)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: length %d\n", len);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (compare == C_USEALL)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Sorry, -u doesn't work with -F\n");
+ else if (compare == C_DEFAULT)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Use `tic -[CI] <file>' for this.\n");
+ else if (argc - optind != 2)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "File comparison needs exactly two file arguments.\n");
+ else
+ file_comparison(argc-optind, argv+optind);
+
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/* infocmp.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+# Program modules (some are in ncurses lib!)
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+clear progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+tic progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h
+toe progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h
+dump_entry progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h ../include/parametrized.h termsort.c
+infocmp progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h
+tput progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+tset progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * $Id: progs.priv.h,v 1.9 1997/04/05 23:38:08 tom Exp $
+ *
+ * progs.priv.h
+ *
+ * Header file for curses utility programs
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS
+#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id;
+#else
+#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_LIBC_H
+# include <libc.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_BSDTYPES_H
+#include <sys/bsdtypes.h> /* needed for ISC */
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#elif HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# if defined(_POSIX_PATH_MAX)
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+# else
+# define PATH_MAX 255 /* the Posix minimum pathsize */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
+# include <dirent.h>
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
+#else
+# define dirent direct
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+# include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
+# include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_GETOPT_H
+#include <getopt.h>
+#else
+/* 'getopt()' may be prototyped in <stdlib.h>, but declaring its
+ * variables doesn't hurt.
+ */
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+#endif /* HAVE_GETOPT_H */
+
+#include <term.h>
+#include <tic.h>
+#include <nc_alloc.h>
+
+/* usually in <unistd.h> */
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+#define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_OK
+#define F_OK 0 /* Test for existence. */
+#endif
+
+/* usually in <unistd.h> */
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+#define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * tic.c --- Main program for terminfo compiler
+ * by Eric S. Raymond
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include <dump_entry.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: tic.c,v 1.21 1996/12/30 02:24:15 tom Exp $")
+
+const char *_nc_progname = "tic";
+
+static FILE *log_fp;
+static bool showsummary = FALSE;
+
+static const char usage_string[] = "[-hc] [-v[n]] [-e names] [-CILNRTrsw1] source-file\n";
+
+static void usage(void)
+{
+ static const char *const tbl[] = {
+ "Options:",
+ " -1 format translation output one capability per line",
+ " -C translate entries to termcap source form",
+ " -I translate entries to terminfo source form",
+ " -L translate entries to full terminfo source form",
+ " -N disable smart defaults for source translation",
+ " -R restrict translation to given terminfo/termcap version",
+ " -T remove size-restrictions on compiled description",
+ " -c check only, validate input without compiling or translating",
+ " -e<names> translate/compile only entries named by comma-separated list",
+ " -o<dir> set output directory for compiled entry writes",
+ " -r force resolution of all use entries in source translation",
+ " -s print summary statistics",
+ " -v[n] set verbosity level",
+ " -w[n] set format width for translation output",
+ "",
+ "Parameters:",
+ " <file> file to translate or compile"
+ };
+ size_t j;
+
+ printf("Usage: %s %s\n", _nc_progname, usage_string);
+ for (j = 0; j < sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(tbl[0]); j++)
+ puts(tbl[j]);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static bool immedhook(ENTRY *ep)
+/* write out entries with no use capabilities immediately to save storage */
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_BIG_CORE
+ /*
+ * This is strictly a core-economy kluge. The really clean way to handle
+ * compilation is to slurp the whole file into core and then do all the
+ * name-collision checks and entry writes in one swell foop. But the
+ * terminfo master file is large enough that some core-poor systems swap
+ * like crazy when you compile it this way...there have been reports of
+ * this process taking *three hours*, rather than the twenty seconds or
+ * less typical on my development box.
+ *
+ * So. This hook *immediately* writes out the referenced entry if it
+ * has no use capabilities. The compiler main loop refrains from
+ * adding the entry to the in-core list when this hook fires. If some
+ * other entry later needs to reference an entry that got written
+ * immediately, that's OK; the resolution code will fetch it off disk
+ * when it can't find it in core.
+ *
+ * Name collisions will still be detected, just not as cleanly. The
+ * write_entry() code complains before overwriting an entry that
+ * postdates the time of tic's first call to write_entry(). Thus
+ * it will complain about overwriting entries newly made during the
+ * tic run, but not about overwriting ones that predate it.
+ *
+ * The reason this is a hook, and not in line with the rest of the
+ * compiler code, is that the support for termcap fallback cannot assume
+ * it has anywhere to spool out these entries!
+ *
+ * The _nc_set_type() call here requires a compensating one in
+ * _nc_parse_entry().
+ *
+ * If you define HAVE_BIG_CORE, you'll disable this kluge. This will
+ * make tic a bit faster (because the resolution code won't have to do
+ * disk I/O nearly as often).
+ */
+ if (ep->nuses == 0)
+ {
+ int oldline = _nc_curr_line;
+
+ _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(ep->tterm.term_names));
+ _nc_curr_line = ep->startline;
+ _nc_write_entry(&ep->tterm);
+ _nc_curr_line = oldline;
+ free(ep->tterm.str_table);
+ return(TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* HAVE_BIG_CORE */
+ return(FALSE);
+}
+
+static void put_translate(int c)
+/* emit a comment char, translating terminfo names to termcap names */
+{
+ static bool in_name = FALSE;
+ static char namebuf[132], suffix[132], *sp;
+
+ if (!in_name)
+ {
+ if (c == '<')
+ {
+ in_name = TRUE;
+ sp = namebuf;
+ }
+ else
+ putchar(c);
+ }
+ else if (c == '\n' || c == '@')
+ {
+ *sp++ = '\0';
+ (void) putchar('<');
+ (void) fputs(namebuf, stdout);
+ putchar(c);
+ in_name = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (c != '>')
+ *sp++ = c;
+ else /* ah! candidate name! */
+ {
+ char *up, *tp;
+
+ *sp++ = '\0';
+ in_name = FALSE;
+
+ suffix[0] = '\0';
+ if ((up = strchr(namebuf, '#')) != 0
+ || (up = strchr(namebuf, '=')) != 0
+ || ((up = strchr(namebuf, '@')) != 0 && up[1] == '>'))
+ {
+ (void) strcpy(suffix, up);
+ *up = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if ((tp = nametrans(namebuf)) != (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ (void) putchar(':');
+ (void) fputs(tp, stdout);
+ (void) fputs(suffix, stdout);
+ (void) putchar(':');
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* couldn't find a translation, just dump the name */
+ (void) putchar('<');
+ (void) fputs(namebuf, stdout);
+ (void) fputs(suffix, stdout);
+ (void) putchar('>');
+ }
+
+ }
+}
+
+/* Returns a string, stripped of leading/trailing whitespace */
+static char *stripped(char *src)
+{
+ while (isspace(*src))
+ src++;
+ if (*src != '\0') {
+ char *dst = strcpy(malloc(strlen(src)+1), src);
+ size_t len = strlen(dst);
+ while (--len != 0 && isspace(dst[len]))
+ dst[len] = '\0';
+ return dst;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parse the "-e" option-value into a list of names */
+static const char **make_namelist(char *src)
+{
+ const char **dst = 0;
+
+ char *s, *base;
+ size_t pass, n, nn;
+ char buffer[BUFSIZ];
+
+ if (strchr(src, '/') != 0) { /* a filename */
+ FILE *fp = fopen(src, "r");
+ if (fp == 0) {
+ perror(src);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++) {
+ nn = 0;
+ while (fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp) != 0) {
+ if ((s = stripped(buffer)) != 0) {
+ if (dst != 0)
+ dst[nn] = s;
+ nn++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pass == 1) {
+ dst = (const char **)calloc(nn+1, sizeof(*dst));
+ rewind(fp);
+ }
+ }
+ fclose(fp);
+ } else { /* literal list of names */
+ for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++) {
+ for (n = nn = 0, base = src; ; n++) {
+ int mark = src[n];
+ if (mark == ',' || mark == '\0') {
+ if (pass == 1) {
+ nn++;
+ } else {
+ src[n] = '\0';
+ if ((s = stripped(base)) != 0)
+ dst[nn++] = s;
+ base = &src[n+1];
+ }
+ }
+ if (mark == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ if (pass == 1)
+ dst = (const char **)calloc(nn+1, sizeof(*dst));
+ }
+ }
+ if (showsummary) {
+ fprintf(log_fp, "Entries that will be compiled:\n");
+ for (n = 0; dst[n] != 0; n++)
+ fprintf(log_fp, "%d:%s\n", n+1, dst[n]);
+ }
+ return dst;
+}
+
+static bool matches(const char **needle, const char *haystack)
+/* does entry in needle list match |-separated field in haystack? */
+{
+ int code = FALSE;
+ size_t n;
+
+ if (needle != 0)
+ {
+ for (n = 0; needle[n] != 0; n++)
+ {
+ if (_nc_name_match(haystack, needle[n], "|"))
+ {
+ code = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ code = TRUE;
+ return(code);
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+int v_opt = -1, debug_level;
+int smart_defaults = TRUE;
+char *termcap;
+ENTRY *qp;
+
+int this_opt, last_opt = '?';
+
+int outform = F_TERMINFO; /* output format */
+int sortmode = S_TERMINFO; /* sort_mode */
+
+int width = 60;
+bool infodump = FALSE; /* running as captoinfo? */
+bool capdump = FALSE; /* running as infotocap? */
+bool forceresolve = FALSE; /* force resolution */
+bool limited = TRUE;
+char *tversion = (char *)NULL;
+const char *source_file = "terminfo";
+const char **namelst = 0;
+char *outdir = (char *)NULL;
+bool check_only = FALSE;
+
+ log_fp = stderr;
+
+ if ((_nc_progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL)
+ _nc_progname = argv[0];
+ else
+ _nc_progname++;
+
+ infodump = (strcmp(_nc_progname, "captoinfo") == 0);
+ capdump = (strcmp(_nc_progname, "infotocap") == 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Processing arguments is a little complicated, since someone made a
+ * design decision to allow the numeric values for -w, -v options to
+ * be optional.
+ */
+ while ((this_opt = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789CILNR:TVce:orsvw")) != EOF) {
+ if (isdigit(this_opt)) {
+ switch (last_opt) {
+ case 'v':
+ v_opt = (v_opt * 10) + (this_opt - '0');
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ width = (width * 10) + (this_opt - '0');
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (this_opt != '1')
+ usage();
+ last_opt = this_opt;
+ width = 0;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ switch (this_opt) {
+ case 'C':
+ capdump = TRUE;
+ outform = F_TERMCAP;
+ sortmode = S_TERMCAP;
+ break;
+ case 'I':
+ infodump = TRUE;
+ outform = F_TERMINFO;
+ sortmode = S_TERMINFO;
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ infodump = TRUE;
+ outform = F_VARIABLE;
+ sortmode = S_VARIABLE;
+ break;
+ case 'N':
+ smart_defaults = FALSE;
+ break;
+ case 'R':
+ tversion = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ limited = FALSE;
+ break;
+ case 'V':
+ puts(NCURSES_VERSION);
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+ case 'c':
+ check_only = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ namelst = make_namelist(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ outdir = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'r':
+ forceresolve = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ showsummary = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ v_opt = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ width = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage();
+ }
+ last_opt = this_opt;
+ }
+
+ debug_level = (v_opt > 0) ? v_opt : (v_opt == 0);
+ _nc_tracing = (1 << debug_level) - 1;
+
+ if (optind < argc) {
+ source_file = argv[optind++];
+ if (optind < argc) {
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: Too many file names. Usage:\n\t%s %s",
+ _nc_progname,
+ _nc_progname,
+ usage_string);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (infodump == TRUE) {
+ /* captoinfo's no-argument case */
+ source_file = "/etc/termcap";
+ if ((termcap = getenv("TERMCAP")) != NULL) {
+ if (access(termcap, F_OK) == 0) {
+ /* file exists */
+ source_file = termcap;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* tic */
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: File name needed. Usage:\n\t%s %s",
+ _nc_progname,
+ _nc_progname,
+ usage_string);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (freopen(source_file, "r", stdin) == NULL) {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open %s\n", _nc_progname, source_file);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ if (infodump)
+ dump_init(tversion,
+ smart_defaults
+ ? outform
+ : F_LITERAL,
+ sortmode, width, debug_level);
+ else if (capdump)
+ dump_init(tversion,
+ outform,
+ sortmode, width, debug_level);
+
+ /* parse entries out of the source file */
+ _nc_set_source(source_file);
+#ifndef HAVE_BIG_CORE
+ if (!(check_only || infodump || capdump))
+ _nc_set_writedir(outdir);
+#endif /* HAVE_BIG_CORE */
+ _nc_read_entry_source(stdin, (char *)NULL,
+ !smart_defaults, FALSE,
+ (check_only || infodump || capdump) ? NULLHOOK : immedhook);
+
+ /* do use resolution */
+ if (check_only || (!infodump && !capdump) || forceresolve)
+ if (!_nc_resolve_uses() && !check_only)
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+#ifndef HAVE_BIG_CORE
+ /*
+ * Aaargh! immedhook seriously hoses us!
+ *
+ * One problem with immedhook is it means we can't do -e. Problem
+ * is that we can't guarantee that for each terminal listed, all the
+ * terminals it depends on will have been kept in core for reference
+ * resolution -- in fact it's certain the primitive types at the end
+ * of reference chains *won't* be in core unless they were explicitly
+ * in the select list themselves.
+ */
+ if (namelst && (!infodump && !capdump))
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "Sorry, -e can't be used without -I or -C\n");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+#endif /* HAVE_BIG_CORE */
+
+ /* length check */
+ if (check_only && (capdump || infodump))
+ {
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ {
+ if (matches(namelst, qp->tterm.term_names))
+ {
+ int len = fmt_entry(&qp->tterm, NULL, TRUE, infodump);
+
+ if (len>(infodump?MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH:MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH))
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "warning: resolved %s entry is %d bytes long\n",
+ _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names),
+ len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* write or dump all entries */
+ if (!check_only)
+ {
+ if (!infodump && !capdump)
+ {
+ _nc_set_writedir(outdir);
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ if (matches(namelst, qp->tterm.term_names))
+ {
+ _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+ _nc_curr_line = qp->startline;
+ _nc_write_entry(&qp->tterm);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bool trailing_comment = FALSE;
+ int c, oldc = '\0';
+
+ /* this is in case infotocap() generates warnings */
+ _nc_curr_col = _nc_curr_line = -1;
+
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ if (matches(namelst, qp->tterm.term_names))
+ {
+ int j = qp->cend - qp->cstart;
+ int len = 0;
+
+ /* this is in case infotocap() generates warnings */
+ _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+
+ (void) fseek(stdin, qp->cstart, SEEK_SET);
+ while (j-- )
+ if (infodump)
+ (void) putchar(getchar());
+ else
+ put_translate(getchar());
+
+ len = dump_entry(&qp->tterm, limited, NULL);
+ for (j = 0; j < qp->nuses; j++)
+ len += dump_uses((char *)(qp->uses[j].parent), infodump);
+ (void) putchar('\n');
+ if (debug_level != 0 && !limited)
+ printf("# length=%d\n", len);
+ }
+ if (!namelst)
+ {
+ (void) fseek(stdin, _nc_tail->cend, SEEK_SET);
+ while ((c = getchar()) != EOF)
+ {
+ if (oldc == '\n' && c == '#')
+ trailing_comment = TRUE;
+ if (trailing_comment)
+ putchar(c);
+ oldc = c;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Show the directory into which entries were written, and the total
+ * number of entries
+ */
+ if (showsummary
+ && (!(check_only || infodump || capdump))) {
+ int total = _nc_tic_written();
+ if (total != 0)
+ fprintf(log_fp, "%d entries written to %s\n",
+ total,
+ _nc_tic_dir((char *)0));
+ else
+ fprintf(log_fp, "No entries written\n");
+ }
+ return(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * toe.c --- table of entries report generator
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <dump_entry.h>
+#include <term_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: toe.c,v 0.15 1997/02/15 18:54:47 tom Exp $")
+
+const char *_nc_progname;
+
+static int typelist(int eargc, char *eargv[], bool,
+ void (*)(const char *, TERMTYPE *));
+static void deschook(const char *, TERMTYPE *);
+
+#if NO_LEAKS
+#undef ExitProgram
+static void ExitProgram(int code) GCC_NORETURN;
+static void ExitProgram(int code)
+{
+ _nc_free_entries(_nc_head);
+ _nc_leaks_dump_entry();
+ _nc_free_and_exit(code);
+}
+#endif
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ bool direct_dependencies = FALSE;
+ bool invert_dependencies = FALSE;
+ bool header = FALSE;
+ int i, c, debug_level = 0;
+ int code;
+
+ if ((_nc_progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL)
+ _nc_progname = argv[0];
+ else
+ _nc_progname++;
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "huv:UV")) != EOF)
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'h':
+ header = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ direct_dependencies = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ debug_level = atoi(optarg);
+ _nc_tracing = (1 << debug_level) - 1;
+ break;
+ case 'U':
+ invert_dependencies = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'V':
+ (void) fputs(NCURSES_VERSION, stdout);
+ putchar('\n');
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ default:
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, "usage: toe [-huUV] [-v n] [file...]\n");
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (direct_dependencies || invert_dependencies)
+ {
+ if (freopen(argv[optind], "r", stdin) == NULL)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't open %s\n", _nc_progname, argv[optind]);
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* parse entries out of the source file */
+ _nc_set_source(argv[optind]);
+ _nc_read_entry_source(stdin, (char *)NULL,
+ FALSE, FALSE,
+ NULLHOOK);
+ }
+
+ /* maybe we want a direct-dependency listing? */
+ if (direct_dependencies)
+ {
+ ENTRY *qp;
+
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ if (qp->nuses)
+ {
+ int j;
+
+ (void) printf("%s:", _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+ for (j = 0; j < qp->nuses; j++)
+ (void) printf(" %s", (char *)(qp->uses[j].parent));
+ putchar('\n');
+ }
+
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ /* maybe we want a reverse-dependency listing? */
+ if (invert_dependencies)
+ {
+ ENTRY *qp, *rp;
+ int matchcount;
+
+ for_entry_list(qp)
+ {
+ matchcount = 0;
+ for_entry_list(rp)
+ {
+ if (rp->nuses == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < rp->nuses; i++)
+ if (_nc_name_match(qp->tterm.term_names,(char*)rp->uses[i].parent, "|"))
+ {
+ if (matchcount++ == 0)
+ (void) printf("%s:",
+ _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names));
+ (void) printf(" %s",
+ _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names));
+ }
+ }
+ if (matchcount)
+ putchar('\n');
+ }
+
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we get this far, user wants a simple terminal type listing.
+ */
+ if (optind < argc) {
+ code = typelist(argc-optind, argv+optind, header, deschook);
+ } else {
+ char *explicit, *home, *eargv[3];
+ int j;
+
+ j = 0;
+ if ((explicit = getenv("TERMINFO")) != (char *)NULL)
+ eargv[j++] = explicit;
+ else
+ {
+ if ((home = getenv("HOME")) != (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ char personal[PATH_MAX];
+
+ (void) sprintf(personal, PRIVATE_INFO, home);
+ if (access(personal, F_OK) == 0)
+ eargv[j++] = personal;
+ }
+ eargv[j++] = TERMINFO;
+ }
+ eargv[j] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ code = typelist(j, eargv, header, deschook);
+ }
+
+ ExitProgram(code);
+}
+
+static void deschook(const char *cn, TERMTYPE *tp)
+/* display a description for the type */
+{
+ const char *desc;
+
+ if ((desc = strrchr(tp->term_names, '|')) == (char *)NULL)
+ desc = "(No description)";
+ else
+ ++desc;
+
+ (void) printf("%-10s\t%s\n", cn, desc);
+}
+
+static int typelist(int eargc, char *eargv[],
+ bool verbosity,
+ void (*hook)(const char *, TERMTYPE *tp))
+/* apply a function to each entry in given terminfo directories */
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < eargc; i++)
+ {
+ DIR *termdir;
+ struct dirent *subdir;
+
+ if ((termdir = opendir(eargv[i])) == (DIR *)NULL)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: can't open terminfo directory %s\n",
+ _nc_progname, eargv[i]);
+ return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ else if (verbosity)
+ (void) printf("#\n#%s:\n#\n", eargv[i]);
+
+ while ((subdir = readdir(termdir)) != NULL)
+ {
+ size_t len = NAMLEN(subdir);
+ char buf[PATH_MAX];
+ char name_1[PATH_MAX];
+ DIR *entrydir;
+ struct dirent *entry;
+
+ strncpy(name_1, subdir->d_name, len)[len] = '\0';
+ if (!strcmp(name_1, ".")
+ || !strcmp(name_1, ".."))
+ continue;
+
+ (void) strcpy(buf, eargv[i]);
+ (void) strcat(buf, "/");
+ (void) strcat(buf, name_1);
+ (void) strcat(buf, "/");
+ chdir(buf);
+ entrydir = opendir(".");
+ while ((entry = readdir(entrydir)) != NULL)
+ {
+ char name_2[PATH_MAX];
+ TERMTYPE lterm;
+ char *cn;
+ int status;
+
+ len = NAMLEN(entry);
+ strncpy(name_2, entry->d_name, len)[len] = '\0';
+ if (!strcmp(name_2, ".")
+ || !strcmp(name_2, ".."))
+ continue;
+
+ status = _nc_read_file_entry(name_2, <erm);
+ if (status <= 0)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "toe: couldn't open terminfo file %s.\n",
+ name_2);
+ return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* only visit things once, by primary name */
+ cn = _nc_first_name(lterm.term_names);
+ if (!strcmp(cn, name_2))
+ {
+ /* apply the selected hook function */
+ (*hook)(cn, <erm);
+ }
+ if (lterm.term_names) {
+ free(lterm.term_names);
+ lterm.term_names = NULL;
+ }
+ if (lterm.str_table) {
+ free(lterm.str_table);
+ lterm.str_table = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ closedir(entrydir);
+ }
+ closedir(termdir);
+ }
+
+ return(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * tput.c -- shellscript access to terminal capabilities
+ *
+ * by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>, portions based on code from
+ * Ross Ridge's mytinfo package.
+ */
+
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <curses.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: tput.c,v 1.8 1996/12/21 17:34:36 tom Exp $")
+
+#define PUTS(s) fputs(s, stdout)
+#define PUTCHAR(c) putchar(c)
+#define FLUSH fflush(stdout)
+
+static char *prg_name;
+
+static void quit(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+va_list argp;
+
+ va_start(argp,fmt);
+ vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp);
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(argp);
+ exit(status);
+}
+
+static void usage(void)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-S] [-T term] capname\n", prg_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static int tput(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+char *s;
+int i, j, c;
+int reset, status;
+FILE *f;
+
+ reset = 0;
+ if (strcmp(argv[0], "reset") == 0) {
+ reset = 1;
+ }
+ if (reset || strcmp(argv[0], "init") == 0) {
+ if (init_prog != NULL) {
+ system(init_prog);
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+
+ if (reset && reset_1string != NULL) {
+ PUTS(reset_1string);
+ } else if (init_1string != NULL) {
+ PUTS(init_1string);
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+
+ if (reset && reset_2string != NULL) {
+ PUTS(reset_2string);
+ } else if (init_2string != NULL) {
+ PUTS(init_2string);
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+
+ if (set_lr_margin != NULL) {
+ PUTS(tparm(set_lr_margin, 0, columns - 1));
+ } else if (set_left_margin_parm != NULL
+ && set_right_margin_parm != NULL) {
+ PUTS(tparm(set_left_margin_parm, 0));
+ PUTS(tparm(set_right_margin_parm, columns - 1));
+ } else if (clear_margins != NULL && set_left_margin != NULL
+ && set_right_margin != NULL) {
+ PUTS(clear_margins);
+ if (carriage_return != NULL) {
+ PUTS(carriage_return);
+ } else {
+ PUTCHAR('\r');
+ }
+ PUTS(set_left_margin);
+ if (parm_right_cursor) {
+ PUTS(tparm(parm_right_cursor, columns - 1));
+ } else {
+ for(i = 0; i < columns - 1; i++) {
+ PUTCHAR(' ');
+ }
+ }
+ PUTS(set_right_margin);
+ if (carriage_return != NULL) {
+ PUTS(carriage_return);
+ } else {
+ PUTCHAR('\r');
+ }
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+
+ if (init_tabs != 8) {
+ if (clear_all_tabs != NULL && set_tab != NULL) {
+ for(i = 0; i < columns - 1; i += 8) {
+ if (parm_right_cursor) {
+ PUTS(tparm(parm_right_cursor, 8));
+ } else {
+ for(j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ PUTCHAR(' ');
+ }
+ PUTS(set_tab);
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (reset && reset_file != NULL) {
+ f = fopen(reset_file, "r");
+ if (f == NULL) {
+ quit(errno, "Can't open reset_file: '%s'", reset_file);
+ }
+ while((c = fgetc(f)) != EOF) {
+ PUTCHAR(c);
+ }
+ fclose(f);
+ } else if (init_file != NULL) {
+ f = fopen(init_file, "r");
+ if (f == NULL) {
+ quit(errno, "Can't open init_file: '%s'", init_file);
+ }
+ while((c = fgetc(f)) != EOF) {
+ PUTCHAR(c);
+ }
+ fclose(f);
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+
+ if (reset && reset_3string != NULL) {
+ PUTS(reset_3string);
+ } else if (init_2string != NULL) {
+ PUTS(init_2string);
+ }
+ FLUSH;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp(argv[0], "longname") == 0) {
+ PUTS(longname());
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if ((status = tigetflag(argv[0])) != -1)
+ return(status != 0);
+ else if ((status = tigetnum(argv[0])) != CANCELLED_NUMERIC) {
+ (void) printf("%d\n", status);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ else if ((s = tigetstr(argv[0])) == CANCELLED_STRING)
+ quit(4, "%s: unknown terminfo capability '%s'", prg_name, argv[0]);
+ else if (s != (char *)NULL) {
+ if (argc > 1) {
+ int k;
+
+ /* Nasty hack time. The tparm function needs to see numeric
+ * parameters as numbers, not as pointers to their string
+ * representations
+ */
+
+ for (k = 1; k < argc; k++)
+ if (isdigit(argv[k][0])) {
+ long val = atol(argv[k]);
+ argv[k] = (char *)val;
+ }
+
+ s = tparm(s,argv[1],argv[2],argv[3],argv[4],
+ argv[5],argv[6],argv[7],argv[8],
+ argv[9]);
+ }
+
+ /* use putp() in order to perform padding */
+ putp(s);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ return(0);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+char *s, *term;
+int errret, cmdline = 1;
+int c;
+
+ prg_name = argv[0];
+ s = strrchr(prg_name, '/');
+ if (s != NULL && *++s != '\0')
+ prg_name = s;
+
+ term = getenv("TERM");
+
+ while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "ST:")) != EOF)
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'S':
+ cmdline = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ use_env(FALSE);
+ term = optarg;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage();
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ argc -= optind;
+ argv += optind;
+
+ if (cmdline && argc == 0) {
+ usage();
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ if (term == NULL || *term == '\0') {
+ quit(2, "No value for $TERM and no -T specified");
+ }
+
+ setupterm(term, STDOUT_FILENO, &errret);
+ if (errret == ERR)
+ quit(3, "unknown terminal \"%s\"", term);
+
+ if (cmdline)
+ return(tput(argc, argv));
+ else {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ int errors = 0;
+
+ while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) != (char *)NULL) {
+ char *argvec[16]; /* command, 9 parms, null, & slop */
+ int argnum = 0;
+ char *cp;
+
+ /* crack the argument list into a dope vector */
+ for (cp = buf; *cp; cp++) {
+ if (isspace(*cp))
+ *cp = '\0';
+ else if (cp == buf || cp[-1] == 0)
+ argvec[argnum++] = cp;
+ }
+ argvec[argnum] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (tput(argnum, argvec) != 0)
+ errors++;
+ }
+
+ return(errors > 0);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* COPYRIGHT NOTICE *
+****************************************************************************
+* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 *
+* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim *
+* zmbenhal@netcom.com *
+* Eric S. Raymond *
+* esr@snark.thyrsus.com *
+* *
+* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses *
+* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a *
+* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED *
+* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not *
+* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any *
+* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. *
+* *
+* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. *
+* *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * tset.c - terminal initialization utility
+ *
+ * This code was mostly swiped from 4.4BSD tset, with some obsolescent
+ * cruft removed and substantial portions rewritten. A Regents of the
+ * University of California copyright applies to some portions of the
+ * code, and is reproduced below:
+ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE /* we need to see has_hardware_tabs */
+#include <progs.priv.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <termcap.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#if HAVE_GETTTYNAM && HAVE_TTYENT_H
+#include <ttyent.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef NeXT
+char *ttyname(int fd);
+#endif
+
+/* this is just to stifle a missing-prototype warning */
+#ifdef linux
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+/* they neglected to define struct winsize in termios.h -- it's only
+ in termio.h */
+#include <sys/stream.h>
+#include <sys/ptem.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.h> /* for bool typedef */
+#include <dump_entry.h>
+
+MODULE_ID("$Id: tset.c,v 0.23 1997/05/10 17:44:47 tom Exp $")
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+#undef CTRL
+#define CTRL(x) ((x) & 0x1f)
+
+const char *_nc_progname = "tset";
+
+static TTY mode, oldmode;
+
+static int terasechar; /* new erase character */
+static int intrchar; /* new interrupt character */
+static int isreset; /* invoked as reset */
+static int tkillchar; /* new kill character */
+static int tlines, tcolumns; /* window size */
+
+#define LOWERCASE(c) ((isalpha(c) && isupper(c)) ? tolower(c) : (c))
+
+static int
+CaselessCmp(const char *a, const char *b) /* strcasecmp isn't portable */
+{
+ while (*a && *b) {
+ int cmp = LOWERCASE(*a) - LOWERCASE(*b);
+ if (cmp != 0)
+ break;
+ a++, b++;
+ }
+ return LOWERCASE(*a) - LOWERCASE(*b);
+}
+
+#if !HAVE_STRDUP
+static char *strdup (char *s)
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ p = malloc(strlen(s)+1);
+ if (p)
+ strcpy(p,s);
+ return(p);
+}
+#endif /* not HAVE_STRDUP */
+
+static void
+err(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "tset: ");
+ (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+failed(const char *msg)
+{
+ char temp[BUFSIZ];
+ perror(strcat(strcpy(temp, "tset: "), msg));
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+cat(char *file)
+{
+ register int fd, nr, nw;
+ char buf[1024];
+
+ if ((fd = open(file, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0)
+ failed(file);
+
+ while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+ if ((nw = write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, (size_t)nr)) == -1)
+ failed("write to stderr");
+ if (nr != 0)
+ failed(file);
+ (void)close(fd);
+}
+
+static int
+outc(int c)
+{
+ return putc(c, stderr);
+}
+
+/* Prompt the user for a terminal type. */
+static const char *
+askuser(const char *dflt)
+{
+ static char answer[256];
+ char *p;
+
+ /* We can get recalled; if so, don't continue uselessly. */
+ if (feof(stdin) || ferror(stdin)) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ for (;;) {
+ if (dflt)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "Terminal type? [%s] ", dflt);
+ else
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "Terminal type? ");
+ (void)fflush(stderr);
+
+ if (fgets(answer, sizeof(answer), stdin) == 0) {
+ if (dflt == 0) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ return (dflt);
+ }
+
+ if ((p = strchr(answer, '\n')) != 0)
+ *p = '\0';
+ if (answer[0])
+ return (answer);
+ if (dflt != 0)
+ return (dflt);
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Mapping logic begins here
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Baud rate conditionals for mapping. */
+#define GT 0x01
+#define EQ 0x02
+#define LT 0x04
+#define NOT 0x08
+#define GE (GT | EQ)
+#define LE (LT | EQ)
+
+typedef struct map {
+ struct map *next; /* Linked list of maps. */
+ const char *porttype; /* Port type, or "" for any. */
+ const char *type; /* Terminal type to select. */
+ int conditional; /* Baud rate conditionals bitmask. */
+ int speed; /* Baud rate to compare against. */
+} MAP;
+
+static MAP *cur, *maplist;
+
+typedef struct speeds {
+ const char *string;
+ int speed;
+} SPEEDS;
+
+static const SPEEDS speeds[] = {
+ { "0", B0 },
+ { "50", B50 },
+ { "75", B75 },
+ { "110", B110 },
+ { "134", B134 },
+ { "134.5", B134 },
+ { "150", B150 },
+ { "200", B200 },
+ { "300", B300 },
+ { "600", B600 },
+ { "1200", B1200 },
+ { "1800", B1800 },
+ { "2400", B2400 },
+ { "4800", B4800 },
+ { "9600", B9600 },
+ { "19200", B19200 },
+ { "38400", B38400 },
+ { "19200", B19200 },
+ { "38400", B38400 },
+ { (char *)0, 0 }
+};
+
+static int
+tbaudrate(char *rate)
+{
+ const SPEEDS *sp;
+ int found = FALSE;
+
+ /* The baudrate number can be preceded by a 'B', which is ignored. */
+ if (*rate == 'B')
+ ++rate;
+
+ for (sp = speeds; sp->string; ++sp) {
+ if (!CaselessCmp(rate, sp->string)) {
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!found)
+ err("unknown baud rate %s", rate);
+ return (sp->speed);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Syntax for -m:
+ * [port-type][test baudrate]:terminal-type
+ * The baud rate tests are: >, <, @, =, !
+ */
+static void
+add_mapping(const char *port, char *arg)
+{
+ MAP *mapp;
+ char *copy, *p;
+ const char *termp;
+ char *base = 0;
+
+ copy = strdup(arg);
+ mapp = malloc((u_int)sizeof(MAP));
+ if (copy == 0 || mapp == 0)
+ failed("malloc");
+ mapp->next = 0;
+ if (maplist == 0)
+ cur = maplist = mapp;
+ else {
+ cur->next = mapp;
+ cur = mapp;
+ }
+
+ mapp->porttype = arg;
+ mapp->conditional = 0;
+
+ arg = strpbrk(arg, "><@=!:");
+
+ if (arg == 0) { /* [?]term */
+ mapp->type = mapp->porttype;
+ mapp->porttype = 0;
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ if (arg == mapp->porttype) /* [><@=! baud]:term */
+ termp = mapp->porttype = 0;
+ else
+ termp = base = arg;
+
+ for (;; ++arg) /* Optional conditionals. */
+ switch(*arg) {
+ case '<':
+ if (mapp->conditional & GT)
+ goto badmopt;
+ mapp->conditional |= LT;
+ break;
+ case '>':
+ if (mapp->conditional & LT)
+ goto badmopt;
+ mapp->conditional |= GT;
+ break;
+ case '@':
+ case '=': /* Not documented. */
+ mapp->conditional |= EQ;
+ break;
+ case '!':
+ mapp->conditional |= NOT;
+ break;
+ default:
+ goto next;
+ }
+
+next: if (*arg == ':') {
+ if (mapp->conditional)
+ goto badmopt;
+ ++arg;
+ } else { /* Optional baudrate. */
+ arg = strchr(p = arg, ':');
+ if (arg == 0)
+ goto badmopt;
+ *arg++ = '\0';
+ mapp->speed = tbaudrate(p);
+ }
+
+ if (arg == (char *)0) /* Non-optional type. */
+ goto badmopt;
+
+ mapp->type = arg;
+
+ /* Terminate porttype, if specified. */
+ if (termp != 0)
+ *base = '\0';
+
+ /* If a NOT conditional, reverse the test. */
+ if (mapp->conditional & NOT)
+ mapp->conditional = ~mapp->conditional & (EQ | GT | LT);
+
+ /* If user specified a port with an option flag, set it. */
+done: if (port) {
+ if (mapp->porttype)
+badmopt: err("illegal -m option format: %s", copy);
+ mapp->porttype = port;
+ }
+
+#ifdef MAPDEBUG
+ (void)printf("port: %s\n", mapp->porttype ? mapp->porttype : "ANY");
+ (void)printf("type: %s\n", mapp->type);
+ (void)printf("conditional: ");
+ p = "";
+ if (mapp->conditional & GT) {
+ (void)printf("GT");
+ p = "/";
+ }
+ if (mapp->conditional & EQ) {
+ (void)printf("%sEQ", p);
+ p = "/";
+ }
+ if (mapp->conditional & LT)
+ (void)printf("%sLT", p);
+ (void)printf("\nspeed: %d\n", mapp->speed);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the type of terminal to use for a port of type 'type', as specified
+ * by the first applicable mapping in 'map'. If no mappings apply, return
+ * 'type'.
+ */
+static const char *
+mapped(const char *type)
+{
+ MAP *mapp;
+ int match;
+
+ for (mapp = maplist; mapp; mapp = mapp->next)
+ if (mapp->porttype == 0 || !strcmp(mapp->porttype, type)) {
+ switch (mapp->conditional) {
+ case 0: /* No test specified. */
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case EQ:
+ match = (ospeed == mapp->speed);
+ break;
+ case GE:
+ match = (ospeed >= mapp->speed);
+ break;
+ case GT:
+ match = (ospeed > mapp->speed);
+ break;
+ case LE:
+ match = (ospeed <= mapp->speed);
+ break;
+ case LT:
+ match = (ospeed < mapp->speed);
+ break;
+ default:
+ match = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (match)
+ return (mapp->type);
+ }
+ /* No match found; return given type. */
+ return (type);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Entry fetching
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Figure out what kind of terminal we're dealing with, and then read in
+ * its termcap entry.
+ */
+static const char *
+get_termcap_entry(char *userarg)
+{
+ int rval, errret;
+ char *p;
+ const char *ttype;
+#if HAVE_GETTTYNAM
+ struct ttyent *t;
+ char *ttypath;
+#endif
+
+ if (userarg) {
+ ttype = userarg;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the environment. */
+ if ((ttype = getenv("TERM")) != 0)
+ goto map;
+
+#if HAVE_GETTTYNAM
+ /*
+ * We have the 4.3BSD library call getttynam(3); that means
+ * there's an /etc/ttys to look up device-to-type mappings in.
+ * Try ttyname(3); check for dialup or other mapping.
+ */
+ if ((ttypath = ttyname(STDERR_FILENO)) != 0) {
+ if ((p = strrchr(ttypath, '/')) != 0)
+ ++p;
+ else
+ p = ttypath;
+ if ((t = getttynam(p))) {
+ ttype = t->ty_type;
+ goto map;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* BSD */
+
+ /* If still undefined, use "unknown". */
+ ttype = "unknown";
+
+map: ttype = mapped(ttype);
+
+ /*
+ * If not a path, remove TERMCAP from the environment so we get a
+ * real entry from /etc/termcap. This prevents us from being fooled
+ * by out of date stuff in the environment.
+ */
+found: if ((p = getenv("TERMCAP")) != 0 && *p != '/') {
+ /* 'unsetenv("TERMCAP")' is not portable.
+ * The 'environ' array is better.
+ */
+ int n;
+ for (n = 0; environ[n] != 0; n++) {
+ if (!strncmp("TERMCAP=", environ[n], 8)) {
+ while ((environ[n] = environ[n+1]) != 0) {
+ n++;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * ttype now contains a pointer to the type of the terminal.
+ * If the first character is '?', ask the user.
+ */
+ if (ttype[0] == '?')
+ if (ttype[1] != '\0')
+ ttype = askuser(ttype + 1);
+ else
+ ttype = askuser(0);
+
+ /* Find the terminfo entry. If it doesn't exist, ask the user. */
+ while ((rval = setupterm(ttype, STDOUT_FILENO, &errret)) != OK) {
+ if (errret == 0) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "tset: unknown terminal type %s\n",
+ ttype);
+ ttype = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "tset: can't initialize terminal\
+ type %s (error %d)\n", ttype, errret);
+ ttype = 0;
+ }
+ ttype = askuser(ttype);
+ }
+#if BROKEN_LINKER
+ tgetflag("am"); /* force lib_termcap.o to be linked for 'ospeed' */
+#endif
+ return (ttype);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Mode-setting logic
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* some BSD systems have these built in, some systems are missing
+ * one or more definitions. The safest solution is to override.
+ */
+#undef CEOF
+#undef CERASE
+#undef CINTR
+#undef CKILL
+#undef CQUIT
+#undef CSTART
+#undef CSTOP
+#undef CSUSP
+
+/* control-character defaults */
+#define CEOF CTRL('D')
+#define CERASE CTRL('H')
+#define CINTR 127 /* ^? */
+#define CKILL CTRL('U')
+#if defined(CLNEXT)
+#undef CLNEXT
+#define CLNEXT CTRL('v')
+#endif
+#if defined(CRPRNT)
+#undef CRPRNT
+#define CRPRNT CTRL('r')
+#endif
+#define CQUIT CTRL('\\')
+#define CSTART CTRL('Q')
+#define CSTOP CTRL('S')
+#define CSUSP CTRL('Z')
+
+#define CHK(val, dft) ((int)val <= 0 ? dft : val)
+
+static bool set_tabs (void);
+
+/*
+ * Reset the terminal mode bits to a sensible state. Very useful after
+ * a child program dies in raw mode.
+ */
+static void
+reset_mode(void)
+{
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ tcgetattr(STDERR_FILENO, &mode);
+#else
+ stty(STDERR_FILENO,&mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+#if defined(VDISCARD) && defined(CDISCARD)
+ mode.c_cc[VDISCARD] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VDISCARD], CDISCARD);
+#endif
+ mode.c_cc[VEOF] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VEOF], CEOF);
+ mode.c_cc[VERASE] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VERASE], CERASE);
+#if defined(VFLUSH) && defined(CFLUSH)
+ mode.c_cc[VFLUSH] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VFLUSH], CFLUSH);
+#endif
+ mode.c_cc[VINTR] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VINTR], CINTR);
+ mode.c_cc[VKILL] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VKILL], CKILL);
+#if defined(VLNEXT) && defined(CLNEXT)
+ mode.c_cc[VLNEXT] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VLNEXT], CLNEXT);
+#endif
+ mode.c_cc[VQUIT] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VQUIT], CQUIT);
+#if defined(VREPRINT) && defined(CRPRNT)
+ mode.c_cc[VREPRINT] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VREPRINT], CRPRNT);
+#endif
+#if defined(VSTART) && defined(CSTART)
+ mode.c_cc[VSTART] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VSTART], CSTART);
+#endif
+#if defined(VSTOP) && defined(CSTOP)
+ mode.c_cc[VSTOP] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VSTOP], CSTOP);
+#endif
+#if defined(VSUSP) && defined(CSUSP)
+ mode.c_cc[VSUSP] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VSUSP], CSUSP);
+#endif
+#if defined(VWERASE) && defined(CWERASE)
+ mode.c_cc[VWERASE] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VWERASE], CWERASE);
+#endif
+
+ mode.c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK | PARMRK | INPCK | ISTRIP | INLCR | IGNCR
+#ifdef IUCLC
+ | IUCLC
+#endif
+#ifdef IXANY
+ | IXANY
+#endif
+ | IXOFF);
+
+ mode.c_iflag |= (BRKINT | IGNPAR | ICRNL | IXON
+#ifdef IMAXBEL
+ | IMAXBEL
+#endif
+ );
+
+ mode.c_oflag &= ~(0
+#ifdef OLCUC
+ | OLCUC
+#endif
+#ifdef OCRNL
+ | OCRNL
+#endif
+#ifdef ONOCR
+ | ONOCR
+#endif
+#ifdef ONLRET
+ | ONLRET
+#endif
+#ifdef OFILL
+ | OFILL
+#endif
+#ifdef OFDEL
+ | OFDEL
+#endif
+#ifdef NLDLY
+ | NLDLY | CRDLY | TABDLY | BSDLY | VTDLY | FFDLY
+#endif
+ );
+
+ mode.c_oflag |= (OPOST
+#ifdef ONLCR
+ | ONLCR
+#endif
+ );
+
+ mode.c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE | CSTOPB | PARENB | PARODD | CLOCAL);
+ mode.c_cflag |= (CS8 | CREAD);
+ mode.c_lflag &= ~(ECHONL | NOFLSH
+#ifdef TOSTOP
+ | TOSTOP
+#endif
+#ifdef ECHOPTR
+ | ECHOPRT
+#endif
+#ifdef XCASE
+ | XCASE
+#endif
+ );
+
+ mode.c_lflag |= (ISIG | ICANON | ECHO | ECHOE | ECHOK
+#ifdef ECHOCTL
+ | ECHOCTL
+#endif
+#ifdef ECHOKE
+ | ECHOKE
+#endif
+ );
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ tcsetattr(STDERR_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &mode);
+#else
+ stty(STDERR_FILENO, &mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Determine the erase, interrupt, and kill characters from the termcap
+ * entry and command line and update their values in 'mode'.
+ */
+static void
+set_control_chars(void)
+{
+#ifdef __OBSOLETE__
+ /*
+ * 4.4BSD logic for setting erasechar, left here in case there is some
+ * necessary subtlety missed in the production code below that really
+ * needs to be added someday (in particular, I don't understand what
+ * the second if-statement involving the os flag is doing, and it makes
+ * my head hurt when I try and follow out all the combinations).
+ */
+ char *bp, *p, bs_char, buf[1024];
+
+ bp = buf;
+ p = tgetstr("kb", &bp);
+ if (p == 0 || p[1] != '\0')
+ p = tgetstr("bc", &bp);
+ if (p != 0 && p[1] == '\0')
+ bs_char = p[0];
+ else if (tgetflag("bs"))
+ bs_char = CTRL('h');
+ else
+ bs_char = 0;
+
+ if (terasechar==0 && !tgetflag("os") && mode.c_cc[VERASE] != CERASE) {
+ if (tgetflag("bs") || bs_char != 0)
+ terasechar = -1;
+ }
+ if (terasechar < 0)
+ terasechar = (bs_char != 0) ? bs_char : CTRL('h');
+#else
+ /* the real erasechar logic used now */
+ char bs_char = 0;
+
+ if (key_backspace != (char *)0)
+ bs_char = key_backspace[0];
+
+ if (terasechar <= 0)
+ terasechar = (bs_char != 0) ? bs_char : CTRL('h');
+#endif /* __OBSOLETE__ */
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ if (mode.c_cc[VERASE] == 0 || terasechar != 0)
+ mode.c_cc[VERASE] = terasechar ? terasechar : CERASE;
+
+ if (mode.c_cc[VINTR] == 0 || intrchar != 0)
+ mode.c_cc[VINTR] = intrchar ? intrchar : CINTR;
+
+ if (mode.c_cc[VKILL] == 0 || tkillchar != 0)
+ mode.c_cc[VKILL] = tkillchar ? tkillchar : CKILL;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set up various conversions in 'mode', including parity, tabs, returns,
+ * echo, and case, according to the termcap entry. If the program we're
+ * running was named with a leading upper-case character, map external
+ * uppercase to internal lowercase.
+ */
+static void
+set_conversions(void)
+{
+#ifdef __OBSOLETE__
+ /*
+ * Conversion logic for some *really* ancient terminal glitches,
+ * not supported in terminfo. Left here for succeeding generations
+ * to marvel at.
+ */
+ if (tgetflag("UC")) {
+#ifdef IUCLC
+ mode.c_iflag |= IUCLC;
+ mode.c_oflag |= OLCUC;
+#endif
+ } else if (tgetflag("LC")) {
+#ifdef IUCLC
+ mode.c_iflag &= ~IUCLC;
+ mode.c_oflag &= ~OLCUC;
+#endif
+ }
+ mode.c_iflag &= ~(PARMRK | INPCK);
+ mode.c_lflag |= ICANON;
+ if (tgetflag("EP")) {
+ mode.c_cflag |= PARENB;
+ mode.c_cflag &= ~PARODD;
+ }
+ if (tgetflag("OP")) {
+ mode.c_cflag |= PARENB;
+ mode.c_cflag |= PARODD;
+ }
+#endif /* __OBSOLETE__ */
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+#ifdef ONLCR
+ mode.c_oflag |= ONLCR;
+#endif
+ mode.c_iflag |= ICRNL;
+ mode.c_lflag |= ECHO;
+#ifdef OXTABS
+ mode.c_oflag |= OXTABS;
+#endif /* OXTABS */
+
+ /* test used to be tgetflag("NL") */
+ if (newline != (char *)0 && newline[0] == '\n' && !newline[1]) {
+ /* Newline, not linefeed. */
+#ifdef ONLCR
+ mode.c_oflag &= ~ONLCR;
+#endif
+ mode.c_iflag &= ~ICRNL;
+ }
+#ifdef __OBSOLETE__
+ if (tgetflag("HD")) /* Half duplex. */
+ mode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO;
+#endif /* __OBSOLETE__ */
+#ifdef OXTABS
+ /* test used to be tgetflag("pt") */
+ if (has_hardware_tabs) /* Print tabs. */
+ mode.c_oflag &= ~OXTABS;
+#endif /* OXTABS */
+ mode.c_lflag |= (ECHOE | ECHOK);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Output startup string. */
+static void
+set_init(void)
+{
+ char *p;
+ bool settle;
+
+#ifdef __OBSOLETE__
+ if (pad_char != (char *)0) /* Get/set pad character. */
+ PC = pad_char[0];
+#endif /* OBSOLETE */
+
+#ifdef TAB3
+ if (oldmode.c_oflag & (TAB3 | ONLCR | OCRNL | ONLRET)) {
+ oldmode.c_oflag &= (TAB3 | ONLCR | OCRNL | ONLRET);
+ tcsetattr(STDERR_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &oldmode);
+ }
+#endif
+ settle = set_tabs();
+
+ if (isreset) {
+ if ((p = reset_1string) != 0) {
+ tputs(p, 0, outc);
+ settle = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((p = reset_2string) != 0) {
+ tputs(p, 0, outc);
+ settle = TRUE;
+ }
+ /* What about rf, rs3, as per terminfo man page? */
+ /* also might be nice to send rmacs, rmul, rmm */
+ if ((p = reset_file) != 0
+ || (p = init_file) != 0) {
+ cat(p);
+ settle = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (settle) {
+ (void)putc('\r', stderr);
+ (void)fflush(stderr);
+ (void)sleep(1); /* Settle the terminal. */
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the hardware tabs on the terminal, using the ct (clear all tabs),
+ * st (set one tab) and ch (horizontal cursor addressing) capabilities.
+ * This is done before if and is, so they can patch in case we blow this.
+ * Return TRUE if we set any tab stops, FALSE if not.
+ */
+static bool
+set_tabs()
+{
+ if (set_tab && clear_all_tabs) {
+ int c;
+
+ (void)putc('\r', stderr); /* Force to left margin. */
+ tputs(clear_all_tabs, 0, outc);
+
+ for (c = 8; c < tcolumns; c += 8) {
+ /* Get to the right column. In BSD tset, this
+ * used to try a bunch of half-clever things
+ * with cup and hpa, for an average saving of
+ * somewhat less than two character times per
+ * tab stop, less that .01 sec at 2400cps. We
+ * lost all this cruft because it seemed to be
+ * introducing some odd bugs.
+ * ----------12345678----------- */
+ (void)fputs(" ", stderr);
+ tputs(set_tab, 0, outc);
+ }
+ putc('\r', stderr);
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+ return (FALSE);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Main sequence
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Tell the user if a control key has been changed from the default value.
+ */
+static void
+report(const char *name, int which, u_int def)
+{
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ u_int old, new;
+ char *p;
+
+ new = mode.c_cc[which];
+ old = oldmode.c_cc[which];
+
+ if (old == new && old == def)
+ return;
+
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s %s ", name, old == new ? "is" : "set to");
+
+ if ((p = key_backspace) != 0
+ && new == (u_int)p[0]
+ && p[1] == '\0')
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "backspace.\n");
+ else if (new == 0177)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "delete.\n");
+ else if (new < 040) {
+ new ^= 0100;
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "control-%c (^%c).\n", new, new);
+ } else
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%c.\n", new);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert the obsolete argument forms into something that getopt can handle.
+ * This means that -e, -i and -k get default arguments supplied for them.
+ */
+static void
+obsolete(char **argv)
+{
+ for (; *argv; ++argv) {
+ char *parm = argv[0];
+
+ if (parm[0] == '-' && parm[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ argv[0] = strdup("-q");
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ((parm[0] != '-')
+ || (argv[1] && argv[1][0] != '-')
+ || (parm[1] != 'e' && parm[1] != 'i' && parm[1] != 'k')
+ || (parm[2] != '\0'))
+ continue;
+ switch(argv[0][1]) {
+ case 'e':
+ argv[0] = strdup("-e^H");
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ argv[0] = strdup("-i^C");
+ break;
+ case 'k':
+ argv[0] = strdup("-k^U");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+usage(const char* pname)
+{
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: %s [-IQrs] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping] [terminal]\n", pname);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+ struct winsize win;
+#endif
+ int ch, noinit, noset, quiet, Sflag, sflag, showterm;
+ const char *p;
+ const char *ttype;
+
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ if (tcgetattr(STDERR_FILENO, &mode) < 0)
+ failed("standard error");
+
+ oldmode = mode;
+ ospeed = cfgetospeed(&mode);
+#else
+ if (gtty(STDERR_FILENO, &mode) < 0)
+ failed("standard error");
+
+ oldmode = mode;
+ ospeed = mode.sg_ospeed;
+#endif
+
+ if ((p = strrchr(*argv, '/')) != 0)
+ ++p;
+ else
+ p = *argv;
+ if (!CaselessCmp(p, "reset")) {
+ isreset = 1;
+ reset_mode();
+ }
+
+ obsolete(argv);
+ noinit = noset = quiet = Sflag = sflag = showterm = 0;
+ while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "a:d:e:Ii:k:m:np:qQSrs")) != EOF) {
+ switch (ch) {
+ case 'q': /* display term only */
+ noset = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'a': /* OBSOLETE: map identifier to type */
+ add_mapping("arpanet", optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'd': /* OBSOLETE: map identifier to type */
+ add_mapping("dialup", optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'e': /* erase character */
+ terasechar = optarg[0] == '^' && optarg[1] != '\0' ?
+ optarg[1] == '?' ? '\177' : CTRL(optarg[1]) :
+ optarg[0];
+ break;
+ case 'I': /* no initialization strings */
+ noinit = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'i': /* interrupt character */
+ intrchar = optarg[0] == '^' && optarg[1] != '\0' ?
+ optarg[1] == '?' ? '\177' : CTRL(optarg[1]) :
+ optarg[0];
+ break;
+ case 'k': /* kill character */
+ tkillchar = optarg[0] == '^' && optarg[1] != '\0' ?
+ optarg[1] == '?' ? '\177' : CTRL(optarg[1]) :
+ optarg[0];
+ break;
+ case 'm': /* map identifier to type */
+ add_mapping(0, optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'n': /* OBSOLETE: set new tty driver */
+ break;
+ case 'p': /* OBSOLETE: map identifier to type */
+ add_mapping("plugboard", optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'Q': /* don't output control key settings */
+ quiet = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'S': /* OBSOLETE: output TERM & TERMCAP */
+ Sflag = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'r': /* display term on stderr */
+ showterm = 1;
+ break;
+ case 's': /* output TERM set command */
+ sflag = 1;
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ default:
+ usage(*argv);
+ }
+ }
+ argc -= optind;
+ argv += optind;
+
+ if (argc > 1)
+ usage(*argv);
+
+ ttype = get_termcap_entry(*argv);
+
+ if (!noset) {
+ tcolumns = columns;
+ tlines = lines;
+
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+ /* Set window size */
+ (void)ioctl(STDERR_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, &win);
+ if (win.ws_row == 0 && win.ws_col == 0 &&
+ tlines > 0 && tcolumns > 0) {
+ win.ws_row = tlines;
+ win.ws_col = tcolumns;
+ (void)ioctl(STDERR_FILENO, TIOCSWINSZ, &win);
+ }
+#endif
+ set_control_chars();
+ set_conversions();
+
+ if (!noinit)
+ set_init();
+
+ /* Set the modes if they've changed. */
+ if (memcmp(&mode, &oldmode, sizeof(mode)))
+#ifdef TERMIOS
+ tcsetattr(STDERR_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &mode);
+#else
+ stty(STDERR_FILENO, &mode);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Get the terminal name from the entry. */
+ ttype = _nc_first_name(cur_term->type.term_names);
+
+ if (noset)
+ (void)printf("%s\n", ttype);
+ else {
+ if (showterm)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "Terminal type is %s.\n", ttype);
+ /*
+ * If erase, kill and interrupt characters could have been
+ * modified and not -Q, display the changes.
+ */
+ if (!quiet) {
+ report("Erase", VERASE, CERASE);
+ report("Kill", VKILL, CINTR);
+ report("Interrupt", VINTR, CKILL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Sflag)
+ err("The -S option is not supported under terminfo.");
+
+ if (sflag) {
+ /*
+ * Figure out what shell we're using. A hack, we look for an
+ * environmental variable SHELL ending in "csh".
+ */
+ if ((p = getenv("SHELL")) != 0
+ && !strcmp(p + strlen(p) - 3, "csh"))
+ p = "set noglob;\nsetenv TERM %s;\nunset noglob;\n";
+ else
+ p = "TERM=%s;\n";
+ (void) printf(p, ttype);
+ }
+
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/* tset.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+ifeq ($(subdir),ncurses)
+
+CPPFLAGS += -DNDEBUG -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+edit_man-sed = sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed
+edit_man-sh = sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh
+
+run_tic-sh = sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh
+
+endif
--- /dev/null
+# Local configure fragment for ncurses/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux.
+
+glibc_nc_srcdir=${srcdir}/ncurses
+
+NCURSES_MAJOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MAJOR[ ]*=' $glibc_nc_srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+NCURSES_MINOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MINOR[ ]*=' $glibc_nc_srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+NCURSES_PATCH="`egrep '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' $glibc_nc_srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`"
+nc_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}
+nc_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR}
+
+rm -f ncurses/codes.c \
+ ncurses/comp_captab.c \
+ ncurses/curses.h \
+ ncurses/edit_man.sed \
+ ncurses/edit_man.sh \
+ ncurses/eti.h \
+ ncurses/expanded.c \
+ ncurses/fallback.c \
+ ncurses/form.h \
+ ncurses/hashsize.h \
+ ncurses/keys.tries \
+ ncurses/lib_gen.c \
+ ncurses/lib_keyname.c \
+ ncurses/menu.h \
+ ncurses/mf_common.h \
+ ncurses/names.c \
+ ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h \
+ ncurses/nomacros.h \
+ ncurses/panel.h \
+ ncurses/parametrized.h \
+ ncurses/run_tic.sh \
+ ncurses/term.h \
+ ncurses/termcap.h \
+ ncurses/terminfo.5 \
+ ncurses/termsort.c \
+ ncurses/unctrl.c \
+ ncurses/unctrl.h \
+ ncurses/config_h
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g$/@g/; /@g$/s/[\\&%]/\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<EOF
+
+
+s%@DEFS@% -DSYSTEM_NAME=\"Linux\ (glibc\ 2)\" -DPURE_TERMINFO=1 -DGCC_SCANF=1 -DGCC_PRINTF=1 -DGCC_UNUSED=__attribute__\(\(unused\)\) -DGCC_NORETURN=__attribute__\(\(noreturn\)\) -DHAVE_NC_ALLOC_H=1 -DHAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY=1 -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_DIRENT_H=1 -DHAVE_REGEX_H=1 -DHAVE_FCNTL_H=1 -DHAVE_GETOPT_H=1 -DHAVE_LIMITS_H=1 -DHAVE_LOCALE_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_PARAM_H=1 -DHAVE_POLL_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_SELECT_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TIME_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TIMES_H=1 -DHAVE_TERMIO_H=1 -DHAVE_TERMIOS_H=1 -DHAVE_TTYENT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_VALUES_H=1 -DCC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS=1 -DHAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO=1 -DHAVE_EXTERN_SYS_ERRLIST=1 -DHAVE_GETTTYNAM=1 -DHAVE_MEMCCPY=1 -DHAVE_POLL=1 -DHAVE_SELECT=1 -DHAVE_SETBUF=1 -DHAVE_SETBUFFER=1 -DHAVE_SETVBUF=1 -DHAVE_SIGACTION=1 -DHAVE_SIGVEC=1 -DHAVE_STRDUP=1 -DHAVE_TCGETATTR=1 -DHAVE_TIMES=1 -DHAVE_USLEEP=1 -DHAVE_VFSCANF=1 -DHAVE_VSSCANF=1 -DRETSIGTYPE=void -DGOOD_SELECT=1 -DHAVE_BUILTIN_H=1 -DHAVE_TYPEINFO=1 -DHAVE_PANEL_H=1 -DHAVE_LIBPANEL=1 -DHAVE_MENU_H=1 -DHAVE_LIBMENU=1 -DHAVE_FORM_H=1 -DHAVE_LIBFORM=1 %g
+s%@NCURSES_MAJOR@%$NCURSES_MAJOR%g
+s%@NCURSES_MINOR@%$NCURSES_MINOR%g
+s%@NCURSES_PATCH@%$NCURSES_PATCH%g
+s%@nc_cv_rel_version@%$nc_cv_rel_version%g
+s%@nc_cv_abi_version@%$nc_cv_abi_version%g
+s%@nc_cv_builtin_bool@%1%g
+s%@nc_cv_type_of_bool@%char%g
+
+EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+nc_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+nc_file=1 # Number of current file.
+nc_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+nc_end=$nc_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+nc_more_lines=:
+nc_sed_cmds=""
+while $nc_more_lines; do
+ if test $nc_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${nc_beg}d; ${nc_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$nc_file
+ else
+ sed "${nc_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$nc_file
+ fi
+ if test ! -s conftest.s$nc_file; then
+ nc_more_lines=false
+ rm -f conftest.s$nc_file
+ else
+ if test -z "$nc_sed_cmds"; then
+ nc_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$nc_file"
+ else
+ nc_sed_cmds="$nc_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$nc_file"
+ fi
+ nc_file=`expr $nc_file + 1`
+ nc_beg=$nc_end
+ nc_end=`expr $nc_end + $nc_max_sed_cmds`
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$nc_sed_cmds"; then
+ nc_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+
+NC_CONFIG_FILES=${NC_CONFIG_FILES-"ncurses/config_h ncurses/MKterm.h.awk ncurses/curses.h ncurses/termcap.h ncurses/unctrl.h"}
+for nc_file in .. $NC_CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$nc_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$nc_file" in
+ *:*) nc_file_in=`echo "$nc_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ nc_file=`echo "$nc_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) nc_file_in=`echo "${nc_file}"| sed 's%ncurses%include%'`.in ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ nc_dir=`echo $nc_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$nc_dir" != "$nc_file" && test "$nc_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$nc_dir" && mkdir "$nc_dir"
+ nc_dir_suffix="/`echo $nc_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ # A "../" for each directory in $nc_dir_suffix.
+ nc_dots=`echo $nc_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ else
+ nc_dir_suffix= nc_dots=
+ fi
+
+ echo creating "$nc_file"
+ rm -f "$nc_file"
+ configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $nc_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+ case "$nc_file" in
+ *Makefile*) nc_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+ *) nc_comsub= ;;
+ esac
+
+ nc_file_inputs=`echo $nc_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$glibc_nc_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $glibc_nc_srcdir/%g"`
+ sed -e "$nc_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+" $nc_file_inputs | (eval "$nc_sed_cmds") > $nc_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+
+SYS_NAME=`uname -a`
+if test -z "$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi
+
+AWK=awk
+CC="gcc -I${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses -Incurses -I${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include"
+CPP="${CC} -E"
+NC_LIST_MODELS="normal"
+WITH_ECHO="yes"
+WITH_OVERWRITE="yes"
+nc_cxx_library="yes"
+nc_cv_systype="Linux"
+nc_cv_rel_version="4.1"
+nc_cv_abi_version="4"
+nc_cv_do_symlinks="yes"
+nc_cv_rm_so_locs="no"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+rm -f headers.sed headers.sh
+
+echo creating headers.sh
+cat >headers.sh <<NC_EOF
+#!/bin/sh
+# This shell script is generated by the 'configure' script. It is invoked in a
+# subdirectory of the build tree. It generates a sed-script in the parent
+# directory that is used to adjust includes for header files that reside in a
+# subdirectory of /usr/include, etc.
+PRG=""
+while test \$# != 3
+do
+PRG="\$PRG \$1"; shift
+done
+DST=\$1
+REF=\$2
+SRC=\$3
+echo installing \$SRC in \$DST
+case \$DST in
+/*/include/*)
+ TMP=\${TMPDIR-/tmp}/\`basename \$SRC\`
+ if test ! -f ../headers.sed ; then
+ END=\`basename \$DST\`
+ for i in \`cat \$REF/../*/headers |fgrep -v "#"\`
+ do
+ NAME=\`basename \$i\`
+ echo "s/<\$NAME>/<\$END\/\$NAME>/" >> ../headers.sed
+ done
+ fi
+ rm -f \$TMP
+ sed -f ../headers.sed \$SRC > \$TMP
+ eval \$PRG \$TMP \$DST
+ rm -f \$TMP
+ ;;
+*)
+ eval \$PRG \$SRC \$DST
+ ;;
+esac
+NC_EOF
+
+chmod 0755 headers.sh
+
+### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames
+### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be
+### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when
+### doing type-clean development testing.
+
+echo creating ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h
+rm -f ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "/* generated by configure-script
+ * On host: $SYS_NAME
+ */
+#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H
+#define NC_CONFIG_H" >ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h
+sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \
+ -e 's/ -D/\
+#define /g' \
+ -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \
+ -e 's/\\//g' \
+ ncurses/config_h | sort >>ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "
+ /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#undef const
+#undef inline
+#else
+#if defined(lint) || defined(TRACE)
+#undef inline
+#define inline /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h
+echo removing ncurses/config_h
+rm ncurses/config_h
+
+echo creating ncurses/term.h
+${AWK} -f ncurses/MKterm.h.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/term.h
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/edit_cfg.sh ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h ncurses/term.h
+
+echo creating ncurses/hashsize.h
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/MKhashsize.sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/hashsize.h
+
+echo creating ncurses/parametrized.h
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/MKparametrized.sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/parametrized.h
+
+echo creating ncurses/termsort.c
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/progs/MKtermsort.sh "${AWK}" ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/termsort.c
+
+echo creating ncurses/fallback.c
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKfallback.sh > ncurses/fallback.c
+
+echo creating ncurses/lib_gen.c
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh "${CPP}" "${AWK}" < ncurses/curses.h > ncurses/lib_gen.c
+
+echo creating ncurses/nomacros.h
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh "${CPP}" "${AWK}" < ncurses/curses.h | fgrep undef > ncurses/nomacros.h
+
+echo creating ncurses/keys.tries
+${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKkeys.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/keys.list > ncurses/keys.tries
+
+echo creating ncurses/expanded.c
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKexpanded.sh "${CPP}"
+mv expanded.c ncurses/expanded.c
+
+echo creating ncurses/comp_captab.c
+${CC} -o make_hash -DMAIN_PROGRAM ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/comp_hash.c
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKcaptab.awk "${AWK}" ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/comp_captab.c
+rm -f make_hash
+
+echo creating ncurses/lib_keyname.c
+${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKkeyname.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/keys.list > ncurses/lib_keyname.c
+
+echo creating ncurses/names.c and ncurses/codes.c
+${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKnames.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps
+cat namehdr boolnames boolfnames numnames numfnames strnames strfnames nameftr >ncurses/names.c
+cat namehdr boolcodes numcodes strcodes codeftr > ncurses/codes.c
+rm -f namehdr nameftr codeftr boolnames boolfnames boolcodes numnames numfnames numcodes strnames strfnames strcodes
+
+echo creating ncurses/unctrl.c
+echo | ${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKunctrl.awk > ncurses/unctrl.c
+echo creating ncurses/terminfo.5
+sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/man/MKterminfo.sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/man/terminfo.head ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/man/terminfo.tail > ncurses/terminfo.5
--- /dev/null
+s/captoinfo\.1m/captoinfo.1m/g
+s/clear\.1/clear.1m/g
+s/curs_addch\.3x/addch.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_addchstr\.3x/addchstr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_addstr\.3x/addstr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_attr\.3x/attr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_beep\.3x/beep.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_bkgd\.3x/bkgd.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_border\.3x/border.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_clear\.3x/clear.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_color\.3x/color.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_delch\.3x/delch.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_deleteln\.3x/deleteln.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_getch\.3x/getch.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_getstr\.3x/getstr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_getyx\.3x/getyx.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_inch\.3x/inch.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_inchstr\.3x/inchstr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_initscr\.3x/initscr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_inopts\.3x/inopts.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_insch\.3x/insch.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_insstr\.3x/insstr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_instr\.3x/instr.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_kernel\.3x/kernel.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_mouse\.3x/mouse.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_move\.3x/move.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_outopts\.3x/outopts.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_overlay\.3x/overlay.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_pad\.3x/pad.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_print\.3x/print.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_printw\.3x/printw.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_refresh\.3x/refresh.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_scanw\.3x/scanw.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_scr_dmp\.3x/scr_dmp.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_scroll\.3x/scroll.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_slk\.3x/slk.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_termattrs\.3x/termattrs.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_termcap\.3x/termcap.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_terminfo\.3x/terminfo.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_touch\.3x/touch.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_util\.3x/util.3ncurses/g
+s/curs_window\.3x/window.3ncurses/g
+s/form\.3x/form.3form/g
+s/form_cursor\.3x/cursor.3form/g
+s/form_data\.3x/data.3form/g
+s/form_driver\.3x/driver.3form/g
+s/form_field\.3x/field.3form/g
+s/form_field_attributes\.3x/field_attributes.3form/g
+s/form_field_buffer\.3x/field_buffer.3form/g
+s/form_field_info\.3x/field_info.3form/g
+s/form_field_just\.3x/field_just.3form/g
+s/form_field_new\.3x/field_new.3form/g
+s/form_field_opts\.3x/field_opts.3form/g
+s/form_field_userptr\.3x/field_userptr.3form/g
+s/form_field_validation\.3x/field_validation.3form/g
+s/form_fieldtype\.3x/fieldtype.3form/g
+s/form_hook\.3x/hook.3form/g
+s/form_new\.3x/new.3form/g
+s/form_new_page\.3x/new_page.3form/g
+s/form_opts\.3x/opts.3form/g
+s/form_page\.3x/page.3form/g
+s/form_post\.3x/post.3form/g
+s/form_requestname\.3x/requestname.3form/g
+s/form_userptr\.3x/userptr.3form/g
+s/form_win\.3x/win.3form/g
+s/infocmp\.1m/infocmp.1m/g
+s/menu\.3x/menu.3menu/g
+s/menu_attribs\.3x/attribs.3menu/g
+s/menu_cursor\.3x/cursor.3menu/g
+s/menu_driver\.3x/driver.3menu/g
+s/menu_format\.3x/format.3menu/g
+s/menu_hook\.3x/hook.3menu/g
+s/menu_items\.3x/items.3menu/g
+s/menu_mark\.3x/mark.3menu/g
+s/menu_new\.3x/new.3menu/g
+s/menu_opts\.3x/opts.3menu/g
+s/menu_pattern\.3x/pattern.3menu/g
+s/menu_post\.3x/post.3menu/g
+s/menu_requestname\.3x/requestname.3menu/g
+s/menu_spacing\.3x/spacing.3menu/g
+s/menu_userptr\.3x/userptr.3menu/g
+s/menu_win\.3x/win.3menu/g
+s/mitem_current\.3x/menu_current.3menu/g
+s/mitem_name\.3x/menu_name.3menu/g
+s/mitem_new\.3x/menu_new.3menu/g
+s/mitem_opts\.3x/menu_opts.3menu/g
+s/mitem_userptr\.3x/menu_userptr.3menu/g
+s/mitem_value\.3x/menu_value.3menu/g
+s/mitem_visible\.3x/menu_visible.3menu/g
+s/ncurses\.3x/ncurses.3ncurses/g
+s/panel\.3x/panel.3curses/g
+s/resizeterm\.3x/resizeterm.3ncurses/g
+s/term\.5/term.5/g
+s/term\.7/term.7/g
+s/terminfo\.5/terminfo.5/g
+s/tic\.1m/tic.1m/g
+s/toe\.1m/toe.1m/g
+s/tput\.1/tput.1/g
+s/tset\.1/tset.1/g
+s/wresize\.3x/wresize.3ncurses/g
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# this script is generated by the configure-script
+prefix=$1
+shift
+mandir=$1
+shift
+edit_man_sed=$1
+shift
+
+datadir="${prefix}/share"
+MKDIRS="mkinstalldirs"
+INSTALL="/usr/bin/install -c"
+INSTALL_DATA="${INSTALL} -m 644"
+TMP=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/man$$
+trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+
+for i in $*
+do
+case $i in
+*.[0-9]*)
+ section=`expr "$i" : '.*\.\([0-9]\)[xm]*'`;
+ if [ ! -d $mandir/man${section} ]; then
+ $MKDIRS $mandir/man$section
+ fi
+ source=`basename $i`
+ target=`grep "^$source" man/man_db.renames | mawk '{print $2}'`
+ if test -z "$target" ; then
+ echo '? missing rename for '$source
+ target="$source"
+ fi
+ target="$mandir/man$section/$target"
+ sed -e 's,@DATADIR@,$datadir,' < $i | sed -f ${edit_man_sed} >$TMP
+ echo installing $target
+ $INSTALL_DATA $TMP $target
+ ;;
+esac
+done
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# $Id: run_tic.sh,v 1.8 1997/05/09 10:43:29 hjl Exp $
+# This script is used to install terminfo.src using tic. We use a script
+# because the path checking is too awkward to do in a makefile.
+#
+# Parameters:
+# $1 = the common object directory.
+# $2 = source-directory, i.e., $(srcdir)
+# $3 = destination-directory path, i.e., $(ticdir)
+# $4 = install-prefix, if any
+#
+# Assumes:
+# The leaf directory names (bin, lib, shared, tabset, terminfo)
+#
+echo '** Building terminfo database, please wait...'
+#
+# Parameter parsing is primarily for debugging. The script is designed to
+# be run from the misc/Makefile as
+# make install.data
+
+prefix=/usr
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ common_objpfx=$1
+ shift
+fi
+
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ srcdir=$1
+ shift
+else
+ srcdir=.
+fi
+
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ ticdir=$1
+ shift
+else
+ ticdir=$prefix/share/terminfo
+fi
+
+if test $# != 0 ; then
+ IP=$1
+ shift
+else
+ IP=""
+fi
+
+TERMINFO=$IP$ticdir ; export TERMINFO
+umask 022
+
+# Construct the name of the old (obsolete) pathname, e.g., /usr/lib/terminfo.
+TICDIR=`echo $TERMINFO | sed -e 's/\/share\//\/lib\//'`
+
+# Remove the old terminfo stuff; we don't care if it existed before, and it
+# would generate a lot of confusing error messages if we tried to overwrite it.
+# We explicitly remove its contents rather than the directory itself, in case
+# the directory is actually a symbolic link.
+( rm -fr $TERMINFO/[0-9A-Za-z] 2>/dev/null )
+
+# If we're not installing into /usr/share/, we'll have to adjust the location
+# of the tabset files in terminfo.src (which are in a parallel directory).
+TABSET=`echo $ticdir | sed -e 's/\/terminfo$/\/tabset/'`
+SRC=$srcdir/terminfo.src
+if test "x$TABSET" != "x/usr/share/tabset" ; then
+ echo '** adjusting tabset paths'
+ TMP=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/$$
+ sed -e s:/usr/share/tabset:$TABSET:g $SRC >$TMP
+ trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15
+ SRC=$TMP
+fi
+
+LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$common_objpfx:$common_objpfx/nss:$common_objpfx/ncurses \
+ $common_objpfx/elf/ld.so \
+ $common_objpfx/ncurses/tic -s $SRC
+if [ $? = 0 ]
+then
+ echo '** built new '$TERMINFO
+else
+ echo '? tic could not build '$TERMINFO
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Make a symbolic link to provide compatibility with applications that expect
+# to find terminfo under /usr/lib. That is, we'll _try_ to do that. Not
+# all systems support symbolic links, and those that do provide a variety
+# of options for 'test'.
+if test "$TICDIR" != "$TERMINFO" ; then
+ ( rm -f $TICDIR 2>/dev/null )
+ if ( cd $TICDIR 2>/dev/null )
+ then
+ cd $TICDIR
+ TICDIR=`pwd`
+ if test $TICDIR != $TERMINFO ; then
+ # Well, we tried. Some systems lie to us, so the
+ # installer will have to double-check.
+ echo "Verify if $TICDIR and $TERMINFO are the same."
+ echo "The new terminfo is in $TERMINFO; the other should be a link to it."
+ echo "Otherwise, remove $TICDIR and link it to $TERMINFO."
+ fi
+ else
+ cd $IP$prefix
+ # Construct a symbolic link that only assumes $ticdir has the
+ # same $prefix as the other installed directories.
+ RELATIVE=`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::'`
+ if test "$RELATIVE" != "$ticdir" ; then
+ RELATIVE=../`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::' -e 's:^/::'`
+ fi
+ if ( ln -s $RELATIVE $TICDIR )
+ then
+ echo '** linked '$TICDIR' for compatibility'
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.29 1997/05/10 16:23:07 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+# Makefile for ncurses tests.
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+MODEL = ../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+CC = @CC@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = -I../test -I$(srcdir) @CPPFLAGS@ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE
+CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg
+CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@
+LOCAL_LIBS = @TEST_DEPS@
+
+LD = @LD@
+LINK = $(CC)
+
+LDFLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ @TEST_ARGS@ @LIBS@ @EXTRA_LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@ @LDFLAGS@
+
+LDFLAGS_NORMAL = $(LDFLAGS)
+LDFLAGS_DEBUG = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@
+LDFLAGS_PROFILE = $(LDFLAGS) -pg
+LDFLAGS_SHARED = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@
+
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(LDFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@)
+
+LINT = @LINT@
+LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@
+LINT_LIBS = -lform -lmenu -lpanel -lncurses @LIBS@
+
+TESTS = \
+ blue \
+ bs \
+ firework \
+ gdc \
+ hanoi \
+ hashtest \
+ knight \
+ lrtest \
+ ncurses \
+ newdemo \
+ rain \
+ tclock \
+ testcurs \
+ view \
+ worm \
+ xmas
+
+all: $(TESTS)
+
+blue: $(MODEL)/blue.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+bs: $(MODEL)/bs.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+firework: $(MODEL)/firework.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+gdc: $(MODEL)/gdc.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+hanoi: $(MODEL)/hanoi.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+hashtest: $(MODEL)/hashtest.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+knight: $(MODEL)/knight.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+lrtest: $(MODEL)/lrtest.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+ncurses: $(MODEL)/ncurses.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+newdemo: $(MODEL)/newdemo.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+rain: $(MODEL)/rain.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+tclock: $(MODEL)/tclock.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -lm
+testcurs: $(MODEL)/testcurs.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+view: $(MODEL)/view.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+worm: $(MODEL)/worm.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+xmas: $(MODEL)/xmas.o $(LOCAL_LIBS)
+ @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+
+install:
+install.libs:
+install.test:
+
+clean ::
+ -rm -rf *.o trace screendump *.atac *.lis core $(TESTS)
+
+distclean :: clean
+ -rm -f Makefile ncurses_cfg.h config.*
+
+mostlyclean :: clean
+
+realclean :: distclean
+
+lint:
+ sh -c 'for N in $(TESTS); do echo LINT:$$N; $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/$$N.c $(LINT_LIBS); done'
--- /dev/null
+The programs in this directory are designed to test your newest toy :-)
+Check the sources for any further details.
+
+blue - Blue Moon, a nifty solitaire (uses color)
+bs.c - the game of Battleships (uses color)
+firework.c - multi-colored fireworks (uses color)
+gdc.c - Great Digital Clock (uses color)
+hanoi.c - the game of hanoi (uses color essentially)
+knight.c - the game of Knight's Tour (uses color)
+lrtest.c - test of access to the lower-right corner
+ncurses.c - multi-test program (uses color)
+newdemo.c - another test from PDCurses (uses color)
+rain.c - rain drops keep falling on my head...
+tclock.c - analog/digital clock
+testcurs.c - a test from the PDCurses people (uses color)
+worm.c - worms run all over your screen (uses color)
+xmas.c - Xmas greeting card
+
+The bs and knight games demonstrate processing of mouse events under xterm.
+This directory also contains:
+
+tracemunch - Perl script to crunch trace scripts to make them easier to read
--- /dev/null
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * B l u e M o o n *
+ * ================= *
+ * V2.2 *
+ * A patience game by T.A.Lister *
+ * Integral screen support by Eric S. Raymond *
+ * *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Compile this with the command `cc -O blue.c -lcurses -o blue'. For best
+ * results, use the portable freeware ncurses(3) library. On non-Intel
+ * machines, SVr4 curses is just as good.
+ *
+ * $Id: blue.c,v 1.15 1997/03/09 00:47:41 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <term.h>
+
+#define NOCARD (-1)
+
+#define ACE 0
+#define KING 12
+#define SUIT_LENGTH 13
+
+#define HEARTS 0
+#define SPADES 1
+#define DIAMONDS 2
+#define CLUBS 3
+#define NSUITS 4
+
+#define GRID_WIDTH 14 /* 13+1 */
+#define GRID_LENGTH 56 /* 4*(13+1) */
+#define PACK_SIZE 52
+
+#define BASEROW 1
+#define PROMPTROW 11
+
+#define RED_ON_WHITE 1
+#define BLACK_ON_WHITE 2
+#define BLUE_ON_WHITE 3
+
+static RETSIGTYPE die(int onsig) GCC_NORETURN;
+
+static int deck_size = PACK_SIZE; /* initial deck */
+static int deck[PACK_SIZE];
+
+static int grid[GRID_LENGTH]; /* card layout grid */
+static int freeptr[4]; /* free card space pointers */
+
+static int deal_number=0;
+
+static chtype ranks[SUIT_LENGTH][2] =
+{
+ {' ', 'A'},
+ {' ', '2'},
+ {' ', '3'},
+ {' ', '4'},
+ {' ', '5'},
+ {' ', '6'},
+ {' ', '7'},
+ {' ', '8'},
+ {' ', '9'},
+ {'1', '0'},
+ {' ', 'J'},
+ {' ', 'Q'},
+ {' ', 'K'}
+};
+
+/* Please note, that this is a bad example.
+ Color values should not be or'ed in. This
+ only works, because the characters used here
+ are plain and have no color attribute themselves. */
+static chtype letters[4] =
+{
+#ifdef COLOR_PAIR
+ 'h' | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* hearts */
+ 's' | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* spades */
+ 'd' | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* diamonds */
+ 'c' | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* clubs */
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(__i386__)
+static chtype glyphs[] =
+{
+#ifdef COLOR_PAIR
+ '\003' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* hearts */
+ '\006' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* spades */
+ '\004' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* diamonds */
+ '\005' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* clubs */
+#endif
+};
+#endif /* __i386__ */
+
+static chtype *suits = letters; /* this may change to glyphs below */
+
+static RETSIGTYPE die(int onsig)
+{
+ (void) signal(onsig, SIG_IGN);
+ endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+static void init_vars(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ deck_size = PACK_SIZE;
+ for (i=0; i < PACK_SIZE; i++)
+ deck[i]=i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ freeptr[i]=i * GRID_WIDTH;
+}
+
+static void shuffle(int size)
+{
+ int i,j,numswaps,swapnum,temp;
+
+ numswaps=size*10; /* an arbitrary figure */
+
+ for (swapnum=0;swapnum<numswaps;swapnum++)
+ {
+ i=rand() % size;
+ j=rand() % size;
+ temp=deck[i];
+ deck[i]=deck[j];
+ deck[j]=temp;
+ }
+}
+
+static void deal_cards(void)
+{
+ int ptr, card=0, value, csuit, crank, suit, aces[4];
+
+ for (suit=HEARTS;suit<=CLUBS;suit++)
+ {
+ ptr=freeptr[suit];
+ grid[ptr++]=NOCARD; /* 1st card space is blank */
+ while ((ptr % GRID_WIDTH) != 0)
+ {
+ value=deck[card++];
+ crank=value % SUIT_LENGTH;
+ csuit=value / SUIT_LENGTH;
+ if (crank==ACE)
+ aces[csuit]=ptr;
+ grid[ptr++]=value;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (deal_number==1) /* shift the aces down to the 1st column */
+ for (suit=HEARTS;suit<=CLUBS;suit++)
+ {
+ grid[suit * GRID_WIDTH] = suit * SUIT_LENGTH;
+ grid[aces[suit]]=NOCARD;
+ freeptr[suit]=aces[suit];
+ }
+}
+
+static void printcard(int value)
+{
+ (void) addch(' ');
+ if (value == NOCARD)
+ (void) addstr(" ");
+ else
+ {
+ addch(ranks[value % SUIT_LENGTH][0] | COLOR_PAIR(BLUE_ON_WHITE));
+ addch(ranks[value % SUIT_LENGTH][1] | COLOR_PAIR(BLUE_ON_WHITE));
+ addch(suits[value / SUIT_LENGTH]);
+ }
+ (void) addch(' ');
+}
+
+static void display_cards(int deal)
+{
+ int row, card;
+
+ clear();
+ (void)printw(
+ "Blue Moon 2.1 - by Tim Lister & Eric Raymond - Deal %d.\n",
+ deal);
+ for(row=HEARTS;row<=CLUBS;row++)
+ {
+ move(BASEROW + row + row + 2, 1);
+ for(card=0;card<GRID_WIDTH;card++)
+ printcard(grid[row * GRID_WIDTH + card]);
+ }
+
+ move(PROMPTROW + 2, 0); refresh();
+#define P(x) (void)printw("%s\n", x)
+P(" This 52-card solitaire starts with the entire deck shuffled and dealt");
+P("out in four rows. The aces are then moved to the left end of the layout,");
+P("making 4 initial free spaces. You may move to a space only the card that");
+P("matches the left neighbor in suit, and is one greater in rank. Kings are");
+P("high, so no cards may be placed to their right (they create dead spaces).");
+P(" When no moves can be made, cards still out of sequence are reshuffled");
+P("and dealt face up after the ends of the partial sequences, leaving a card");
+P("space after each sequence, so that each row looks like a partial sequence");
+P("followed by a space, followed by enough cards to make a row of 14. ");
+P(" A moment's reflection will show that this game cannot take more than 13");
+P("deals. A good score is 1-3 deals, 4-7 is average, 8 or more is poor. ");
+#undef P
+ refresh();
+}
+
+static int find(int card)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if ((card<0) || (card>=PACK_SIZE))
+ return(NOCARD);
+ for(i = 0; i < GRID_LENGTH; i++)
+ if (grid[i] == card)
+ return i;
+ return(NOCARD);
+}
+
+static void movecard(int src, int dst)
+{
+ grid[dst]=grid[src];
+ grid[src]=NOCARD;
+
+ move( BASEROW + (dst / GRID_WIDTH)*2+2, (dst % GRID_WIDTH)*5 + 1);
+ printcard(grid[dst]);
+
+ move( BASEROW + (src / GRID_WIDTH)*2+2, (src % GRID_WIDTH)*5 + 1);
+ printcard(grid[src]);
+
+ refresh();
+}
+
+static void play_game(void)
+{
+ int dead=0, i, j;
+ char c;
+ int selection[4], card;
+
+ while (dead<4)
+ {
+ dead=0;
+ for (i=0;i<4;i++)
+ {
+ card=grid[freeptr[i]-1];
+
+ if ( ((card % SUIT_LENGTH)==KING)
+ ||
+ (card==NOCARD) )
+ selection[i]=NOCARD;
+ else
+ selection[i]=find(card+1);
+
+ if (selection[i]==NOCARD)
+ dead++;
+ };
+
+ if (dead < 4)
+ {
+ char live[NSUITS+1], *lp = live;
+
+ for (i=0;i<4;i++)
+ {
+ if (selection[i] != NOCARD)
+ {
+ move(BASEROW + (selection[i] / GRID_WIDTH)*2+3,
+ (selection[i] % GRID_WIDTH)*5);
+ (void)printw(" %c ", *lp++ = 'a' + i);
+ }
+ };
+ *lp = '\0';
+
+ if (strlen(live) == 1)
+ {
+ move(PROMPTROW,0);
+ (void)printw(
+ "Making forced moves... ");
+ refresh();
+ (void) sleep(1);
+ c = live[0];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ (void)sprintf(buf,
+ "Type [%s] to move, r to redraw, q or INTR to quit: ",
+ live);
+
+ do {
+ move(PROMPTROW,0);
+ (void) addstr(buf);
+ move(PROMPTROW, (int)strlen(buf));
+ clrtoeol();
+ (void) addch(' ');
+ } while
+ (((c = getch())<'a' || c>'d') && (c!='r') && (c!='q'));
+ }
+
+ for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
+ if (selection[j]!=NOCARD)
+ {
+ move(BASEROW + (selection[j] / GRID_WIDTH)*2+3,
+ (selection[j] % GRID_WIDTH)*5);
+ (void)printw(" ");
+ }
+
+ if (c == 'r')
+ display_cards(deal_number);
+ else if (c == 'q')
+ die(SIGINT);
+ else
+ {
+ i = c-'a';
+ if (selection[i] == NOCARD)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ movecard(selection[i], freeptr[i]);
+ freeptr[i]=selection[i];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ move(PROMPTROW, 0);
+ standout();
+ (void)printw("Finished deal %d - type any character to continue...", deal_number);
+ standend();
+ (void) getch();
+}
+
+static int collect_discards(void)
+{
+ int row, col, cardno=0, finish, gridno;
+
+ for (row=HEARTS;row<=CLUBS;row++)
+ {
+ finish=0;
+ for (col=1;col<GRID_WIDTH;col++)
+ {
+ gridno=row * GRID_WIDTH + col;
+
+ if ((grid[gridno]!=(grid[gridno-1]+1))&&(finish==0))
+ {
+ finish=1;
+ freeptr[row]=gridno;
+ };
+
+ if ((finish!=0)&&(grid[gridno]!=NOCARD))
+ deck[cardno++]=grid[gridno];
+ }
+ }
+ return cardno;
+}
+
+static void game_finished(int deal)
+{
+ clear();
+ (void)printw("You finished the game in %d deals. This is ",deal);
+ standout();
+ if (deal<2)
+ (void)addstr("excellent");
+ else if (deal<4)
+ (void)addstr("good");
+ else if (deal<8)
+ (void)addstr("average");
+ else
+ (void)addstr("poor");
+ standend();
+ (void) addstr(". ");
+ refresh();
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ (void) signal(SIGINT, die);
+ initscr();
+
+ /*
+ * We use COLOR_GREEN because COLOR_BLACK is wired to the wrong thing.
+ */
+ start_color();
+ init_pair(RED_ON_WHITE, COLOR_RED, COLOR_WHITE);
+ init_pair(BLUE_ON_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_WHITE);
+ init_pair(BLACK_ON_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_WHITE);
+
+#ifndef COLOR_PAIR
+ letters[0] = 'h' | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE); /* hearts */
+ letters[1] = 's' | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE); /* spades */
+ letters[2] = 'd' | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE); /* diamonds */
+ letters[3] = 'c' | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE); /* clubs */
+#if defined(__i386__) && defined(A_ALTCHARSET)
+ glyphs[0] = '\003' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE); /* hearts */
+ glyphs[1] = '\006' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE); /* spades */
+ glyphs[2] = '\004' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE); /* diamonds */
+ glyphs[3] = '\005' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE); /* clubs */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__i386__) && defined(A_ALTCHARSET)
+ if (tigetstr("smpch"))
+ suits = glyphs;
+#endif /* __i386__ && A_ALTCHARSET */
+
+ cbreak();
+
+ if (argc == 2)
+ srand((unsigned)atoi(argv[1]));
+ else
+ srand((unsigned)time((time_t *)0));
+
+ init_vars();
+
+ do{
+ deal_number++;
+ shuffle(deck_size);
+ deal_cards();
+ display_cards(deal_number);
+ play_game();
+ }
+ while
+ ((deck_size=collect_discards()) != 0);
+
+ game_finished(deal_number);
+
+ die(SIGINT);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* blue.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+.TH BATTLESHIPS 6 "Aug 23, 1989"
+.SH NAME
+bs \- battleships game
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+battle [ -b | -s ] [ -c ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This program allows you to play the familiar Battleships game against the
+computer on a 10x10 board. The interface is visual and largely
+self-explanatory; you place your ships and pick your shots by moving the
+cursor around the `sea' with the rogue/hack motion keys hjklyubn.
+.PP
+Note that when selecting a ship to place, you must type the capital letter
+(these are, after all, capital ships). During ship placement, the `r' command
+may be used to ignore the current position and randomly place your currently
+selected ship. The `R' command will place all remaining ships randomly. The ^L
+command (form feed, ASCII 12) will force a screen redraw).
+.PP
+The command-line arguments control game modes.
+
+.nf
+ -b selects a `blitz' variant
+ -s selects a `salvo' variant
+ -c permits ships to be placed adjacently
+.fi
+
+The `blitz' variant allows a side to shoot for as long as it continues to
+score hits.
+.PP
+The `salvo' game allows a player one shot per turn for each of his/her ships
+still afloat. This puts a premium scoring hits early and knocking out some
+ships and also makes much harder the situation where you face a superior force
+with only your PT-boat.
+.PP
+Normally, ships must be separated by at least one square of open water. The
+-c option disables this check and allows them to close-pack.
+.PP
+The algorithm the computer uses once it has found a ship to sink is provably
+optimal. The dispersion criterion for the random-fire algorithm may not be.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Originally written by one Bruce Holloway in 1986. Salvo mode added by Chuck A.
+DeGaul (cbosgd!cad). Visual user interface, `closepack' option, code rewrite
+and manual page by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> August 1989.
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * bs.c - original author: Bruce Holloway
+ * salvo option by: Chuck A DeGaul
+ * with improved user interface, autoconfiguration and code cleanup
+ * by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+ * v1.2 with color support and minor portability fixes, November 1990
+ * v2.0 featuring strict ANSI/POSIX conformance, November 1993.
+ * v2.1 with ncurses mouse support, September 1995
+ *
+ * $Id: bs.c,v 1.17 1997/04/06 01:42:57 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SIGIOT
+#define SIGIOT SIGABRT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef A_UNDERLINE /* BSD curses */
+#define beep() write(1,"\007",1);
+#define cbreak crmode
+#define saveterm savetty
+#define resetterm resetty
+#define nocbreak nocrmode
+#define strchr index
+#endif /* !A_UNDERLINE */
+
+static int getcoord(int);
+
+/*
+ * Constants for tuning the random-fire algorithm. It prefers moves that
+ * diagonal-stripe the board with a stripe separation of srchstep. If
+ * no such preferred moves are found, srchstep is decremented.
+ */
+#define BEGINSTEP 3 /* initial value of srchstep */
+
+/* miscellaneous constants */
+#define SHIPTYPES 5
+#define OTHER (1-turn)
+#define PLAYER 0
+#define COMPUTER 1
+#define MARK_HIT 'H'
+#define MARK_MISS 'o'
+#define CTRLC '\003' /* used as terminate command */
+#define FF '\014' /* used as redraw command */
+
+/* coordinate handling */
+#define BWIDTH 10
+#define BDEPTH 10
+
+/* display symbols */
+#define SHOWHIT '*'
+#define SHOWSPLASH ' '
+#define IS_SHIP(c) isupper(c)
+
+/* how to position us on player board */
+#define PYBASE 3
+#define PXBASE 3
+#define PY(y) (PYBASE + (y))
+#define PX(x) (PXBASE + (x)*3)
+#define pgoto(y, x) (void)move(PY(y), PX(x))
+
+/* how to position us on cpu board */
+#define CYBASE 3
+#define CXBASE 48
+#define CY(y) (CYBASE + (y))
+#define CX(x) (CXBASE + (x)*3)
+#define CYINV(y) ((y) - CYBASE)
+#define CXINV(x) (((x) - CXBASE) / 3)
+#define cgoto(y, x) (void)move(CY(y), CX(x))
+
+#define ONBOARD(x, y) (x >= 0 && x < BWIDTH && y >= 0 && y < BDEPTH)
+
+/* other board locations */
+#define COLWIDTH 80
+#define PROMPTLINE 21 /* prompt line */
+#define SYBASE CYBASE + BDEPTH + 3 /* move key diagram */
+#define SXBASE 63
+#define MYBASE SYBASE - 1 /* diagram caption */
+#define MXBASE 64
+#define HYBASE SYBASE - 1 /* help area */
+#define HXBASE 0
+
+/* this will need to be changed if BWIDTH changes */
+static char numbers[] = " 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9";
+
+static char carrier[] = "Aircraft Carrier";
+static char battle[] = "Battleship";
+static char sub[] = "Submarine";
+static char destroy[] = "Destroyer";
+static char ptboat[] = "PT Boat";
+
+static char name[40];
+static char dftname[] = "stranger";
+
+/* direction constants */
+#define E 0
+#define SE 1
+#define S 2
+#define SW 3
+#define W 4
+#define NW 5
+#define N 6
+#define NE 7
+static int xincr[8] = {1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1, 0, 1};
+static int yincr[8] = {0, 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1};
+
+/* current ship position and direction */
+static int curx = (BWIDTH / 2);
+static int cury = (BDEPTH / 2);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *name; /* name of the ship type */
+ unsigned hits; /* how many times has this ship been hit? */
+ char symbol; /* symbol for game purposes */
+ unsigned char length; /* length of ship */
+ char x, y; /* coordinates of ship start point */
+ unsigned char dir; /* direction of `bow' */
+ bool placed; /* has it been placed on the board? */
+}
+ship_t;
+
+static bool checkplace(int b, ship_t *ss, int vis);
+
+static ship_t plyship[SHIPTYPES] =
+{
+ { carrier, 0, 'A', 5},
+ { battle, 0, 'B', 4},
+ { destroy, 0, 'D', 3},
+ { sub, 0, 'S', 3},
+ { ptboat, 0, 'P', 2},
+};
+
+static ship_t cpuship[SHIPTYPES] =
+{
+ { carrier, 0, 'A', 5},
+ { battle, 0, 'B', 4},
+ { destroy, 0, 'D', 3},
+ { sub, 0, 'S', 3},
+ { ptboat, 0, 'P', 2},
+};
+
+/* "Hits" board, and main board. */
+static char hits[2][BWIDTH][BDEPTH], board[2][BWIDTH][BDEPTH];
+
+static int turn; /* 0=player, 1=computer */
+static int plywon=0, cpuwon=0; /* How many games has each won? */
+
+static int salvo, blitz, closepack;
+
+#define PR (void)addstr
+
+static RETSIGTYPE uninitgame(int sig) GCC_NORETURN;
+
+static void uninitgame(int sig GCC_UNUSED)
+/* end the game, either normally or due to signal */
+{
+ clear();
+ (void)refresh();
+ (void)resetterm();
+ (void)echo();
+ (void)endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static void announceopts(void)
+/* announce which game options are enabled */
+{
+ if (salvo || blitz || closepack)
+ {
+ (void) printw("Playing optional game (");
+ if (salvo)
+ (void) printw("salvo, ");
+ else
+ (void) printw("nosalvo, ");
+ if (blitz)
+ (void) printw("blitz ");
+ else
+ (void) printw("noblitz, ");
+ if (closepack)
+ (void) printw("closepack)");
+ else
+ (void) printw("noclosepack)");
+ }
+ else
+ (void) printw(
+ "Playing standard game (noblitz, nosalvo, noclosepack)");
+}
+
+static void intro(void)
+{
+ char *tmpname;
+
+ srand((unsigned)(time(0L)+getpid())); /* Kick the random number generator */
+
+ (void) signal(SIGINT,uninitgame);
+ (void) signal(SIGINT,uninitgame);
+ (void) signal(SIGIOT,uninitgame); /* for assert(3) */
+ if(signal(SIGQUIT,SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN)
+ (void)signal(SIGQUIT,uninitgame);
+
+ if((tmpname = getlogin()) != 0)
+ {
+ (void)strcpy(name,tmpname);
+ name[0] = toupper(name[0]);
+ }
+ else
+ (void)strcpy(name,dftname);
+
+ (void)initscr();
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ (void)saveterm();
+ (void)nonl();
+ (void)cbreak();
+ (void)noecho();
+
+#ifdef PENGUIN
+ (void)clear();
+ (void)mvaddstr(4,29,"Welcome to Battleship!");
+ (void)move(8,0);
+ PR(" \\\n");
+ PR(" \\ \\ \\\n");
+ PR(" \\ \\ \\ \\ \\_____________\n");
+ PR(" \\ \\ \\_____________ \\ \\/ |\n");
+ PR(" \\ \\/ \\ \\/ |\n");
+ PR(" \\/ \\_____/ |__\n");
+ PR(" ________________/ |\n");
+ PR(" \\ S.S. Penguin |\n");
+ PR(" \\ /\n");
+ PR(" \\___________________________________________________/\n");
+
+ (void) mvaddstr(22,27,"Hit any key to continue..."); (void)refresh();
+ (void) getch();
+#endif /* PENGUIN */
+
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ start_color();
+
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK);
+ init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ (void) mousemask(BUTTON1_CLICKED, (mmask_t *)NULL);
+#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION*/
+}
+
+/* VARARGS1 */
+static void prompt(int n, NCURSES_CONST char *f, const char *s)
+/* print a message at the prompt line */
+{
+ (void) move(PROMPTLINE + n, 0);
+ (void) clrtoeol();
+ (void) printw(f, s);
+ (void) refresh();
+}
+
+static void error(NCURSES_CONST char *s)
+{
+ (void) move(PROMPTLINE + 2, 0);
+ (void) clrtoeol();
+ if (s)
+ {
+ (void) addstr(s);
+ (void) beep();
+ }
+}
+
+static void placeship(int b, ship_t *ss, int vis)
+{
+ int l;
+
+ for(l = 0; l < ss->length; ++l)
+ {
+ int newx = ss->x + l * xincr[ss->dir];
+ int newy = ss->y + l * yincr[ss->dir];
+
+ board[b][newx][newy] = ss->symbol;
+ if (vis)
+ {
+ pgoto(newy, newx);
+ (void) addch((chtype)ss->symbol);
+ }
+ }
+ ss->hits = 0;
+}
+
+static int rnd(int n)
+{
+ return(((rand() & 0x7FFF) % n));
+}
+
+static void randomplace(int b, ship_t *ss)
+/* generate a valid random ship placement into px,py */
+{
+ register int bwidth = BWIDTH - ss->length;
+ register int bdepth = BDEPTH - ss->length;
+
+ do {
+ ss->y = rnd(bdepth);
+ ss->x = rnd(bwidth);
+ ss->dir = rnd(2) ? E : S;
+ } while
+ (!checkplace(b, ss, FALSE));
+}
+
+static void initgame(void)
+{
+ int i, j, unplaced;
+ ship_t *ss;
+
+ (void) clear();
+ (void) mvaddstr(0,35,"BATTLESHIPS");
+ (void) move(PROMPTLINE + 2, 0);
+ announceopts();
+
+ memset(board, 0, sizeof(char) * BWIDTH * BDEPTH * 2);
+ memset(hits, 0, sizeof(char) * BWIDTH * BDEPTH * 2);
+ for (i = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++)
+ {
+ ss = cpuship + i;
+ ss->x = ss->y = ss->dir = ss->hits = ss->placed = 0;
+ ss = plyship + i;
+ ss->x = ss->y = ss->dir = ss->hits = ss->placed = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* draw empty boards */
+ (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE - 2, PXBASE + 5, "Main Board");
+ (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE - 1, PXBASE - 3,numbers);
+ for(i=0; i < BDEPTH; ++i)
+ {
+ (void) mvaddch(PYBASE + i, PXBASE - 3, (chtype)(i + 'A'));
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_BLUE));
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void) addch(' ');
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ (void) addstr(" . ");
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ attrset(0);
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void) addch(' ');
+ (void) addch((chtype)(i + 'A'));
+ }
+ (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE + BDEPTH, PXBASE - 3,numbers);
+ (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE - 2, CXBASE + 7,"Hit/Miss Board");
+ (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE - 1, CXBASE - 3, numbers);
+ for(i=0; i < BDEPTH; ++i)
+ {
+ (void) mvaddch(CYBASE + i, CXBASE - 3, (chtype)(i + 'A'));
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_BLUE));
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void) addch(' ');
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ (void) addstr(" . ");
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ attrset(0);
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void) addch(' ');
+ (void) addch((chtype)(i + 'A'));
+ }
+
+ (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE + BDEPTH,CXBASE - 3,numbers);
+
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE, HXBASE,
+ "To position your ships: move the cursor to a spot, then");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+1,HXBASE,
+ "type the first letter of a ship type to select it, then");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+2,HXBASE,
+ "type a direction ([hjkl] or [4862]), indicating how the");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+3,HXBASE,
+ "ship should be pointed. You may also type a ship letter");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+4,HXBASE,
+ "followed by `r' to position it randomly, or type `R' to");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+5,HXBASE,
+ "place all remaining ships randomly.");
+
+ (void) mvaddstr(MYBASE, MXBASE, "Aiming keys:");
+ (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE, SXBASE, "y k u 7 8 9");
+ (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+1, SXBASE, " \\|/ \\|/ ");
+ (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+2, SXBASE, "h-+-l 4-+-6");
+ (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+3, SXBASE, " /|\\ /|\\ ");
+ (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+4, SXBASE, "b j n 1 2 3");
+
+ /* have the computer place ships */
+ for(ss = cpuship; ss < cpuship + SHIPTYPES; ss++)
+ {
+ randomplace(COMPUTER, ss);
+ placeship(COMPUTER, ss, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ ss = (ship_t *)NULL;
+ do {
+ char c, docked[SHIPTYPES + 2], *cp = docked;
+
+ /* figure which ships still wait to be placed */
+ *cp++ = 'R';
+ for (i = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++)
+ if (!plyship[i].placed)
+ *cp++ = plyship[i].symbol;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* get a command letter */
+ prompt(1, "Type one of [%s] to pick a ship.", docked+1);
+ do {
+ c = getcoord(PLAYER);
+ } while
+ (!strchr(docked, c));
+
+ if (c == 'R')
+ (void) ungetch('R');
+ else
+ {
+ /* map that into the corresponding symbol */
+ for (ss = plyship; ss < plyship + SHIPTYPES; ss++)
+ if (ss->symbol == c)
+ break;
+
+ prompt(1, "Type one of [hjklrR] to place your %s.", ss->name);
+ pgoto(cury, curx);
+ }
+
+ do {
+ c = getch();
+ } while
+ (!strchr("hjklrR", c) || c == FF);
+
+ if (c == FF)
+ {
+ (void)clearok(stdscr, TRUE);
+ (void)refresh();
+ }
+ else if (c == 'r')
+ {
+ prompt(1, "Random-placing your %s", ss->name);
+ randomplace(PLAYER, ss);
+ placeship(PLAYER, ss, TRUE);
+ error((char *)NULL);
+ ss->placed = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (c == 'R')
+ {
+ prompt(1, "Placing the rest of your fleet at random...", "");
+ for (ss = plyship; ss < plyship + SHIPTYPES; ss++)
+ if (!ss->placed)
+ {
+ randomplace(PLAYER, ss);
+ placeship(PLAYER, ss, TRUE);
+ ss->placed = TRUE;
+ }
+ error((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (strchr("hjkl8462", c))
+ {
+ ss->x = curx;
+ ss->y = cury;
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case 'k': case '8': ss->dir = N; break;
+ case 'j': case '2': ss->dir = S; break;
+ case 'h': case '4': ss->dir = W; break;
+ case 'l': case '6': ss->dir = E; break;
+ }
+
+ if (checkplace(PLAYER, ss, TRUE))
+ {
+ placeship(PLAYER, ss, TRUE);
+ error((char *)NULL);
+ ss->placed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (unplaced = i = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++)
+ unplaced += !plyship[i].placed;
+ } while
+ (unplaced);
+
+ turn = rnd(2);
+
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE, HXBASE,
+ "To fire, move the cursor to your chosen aiming point ");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+1, HXBASE,
+ "and strike any key other than a motion key. ");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+2, HXBASE,
+ " ");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+3, HXBASE,
+ " ");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+4, HXBASE,
+ " ");
+ (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+5, HXBASE,
+ " ");
+
+ (void) prompt(0, "Press any key to start...", "");
+ (void) getch();
+}
+
+static int getcoord(int atcpu)
+{
+ int ny, nx, c;
+
+ if (atcpu)
+ cgoto(cury,curx);
+ else
+ pgoto(cury, curx);
+ (void)refresh();
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (atcpu)
+ {
+ (void) mvprintw(CYBASE + BDEPTH+1, CXBASE+11, "(%d, %c)", curx, 'A'+cury);
+ cgoto(cury, curx);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void) mvprintw(PYBASE + BDEPTH+1, PXBASE+11, "(%d, %c)", curx, 'A'+cury);
+ pgoto(cury, curx);
+ }
+
+ switch(c = getch())
+ {
+ case 'k': case '8':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_UP:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury+BDEPTH-1; nx = curx;
+ break;
+ case 'j': case '2':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury+1; nx = curx;
+ break;
+ case 'h': case '4':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury; nx = curx+BWIDTH-1;
+ break;
+ case 'l': case '6':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury; nx = curx+1;
+ break;
+ case 'y': case '7':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_A1:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury+BDEPTH-1; nx = curx+BWIDTH-1;
+ break;
+ case 'b': case '1':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_C1:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury+1; nx = curx+BWIDTH-1;
+ break;
+ case 'u': case '9':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_A3:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury+BDEPTH-1; nx = curx+1;
+ break;
+ case 'n': case '3':
+#ifdef KEY_MIN
+ case KEY_C3:
+#endif /* KEY_MIN */
+ ny = cury+1; nx = curx+1;
+ break;
+ case FF:
+ nx = curx; ny = cury;
+ (void)clearok(stdscr, TRUE);
+ (void)refresh();
+ break;
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ case KEY_MOUSE:
+ {
+ MEVENT myevent;
+
+ getmouse(&myevent);
+ if (atcpu
+ && myevent.y >= CY(0) && myevent.y <= CY(BDEPTH)
+ && myevent.x >= CX(0) && myevent.x <= CX(BDEPTH))
+ {
+ curx = CXINV(myevent.x);
+ cury = CYINV(myevent.y);
+ return(' ');
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ beep();
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ /* no fall through */
+#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION */
+
+ default:
+ if (atcpu)
+ (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE + BDEPTH + 1, CXBASE + 11, " ");
+ else
+ (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE + BDEPTH + 1, PXBASE + 11, " ");
+ return(c);
+ }
+
+ curx = nx % BWIDTH;
+ cury = ny % BDEPTH;
+ }
+}
+
+static int collidecheck(int b, int y, int x)
+/* is this location on the selected zboard adjacent to a ship? */
+{
+ int collide;
+
+ /* anything on the square */
+ if ((collide = IS_SHIP(board[b][x][y])) != 0)
+ return(collide);
+
+ /* anything on the neighbors */
+ if (!closepack)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ int xend, yend;
+
+ yend = y + yincr[i];
+ xend = x + xincr[i];
+ if (ONBOARD(xend, yend))
+ collide += IS_SHIP(board[b][xend][yend]);
+ }
+ }
+ return(collide);
+}
+
+static bool checkplace(int b, ship_t *ss, int vis)
+{
+ int l, xend, yend;
+
+ /* first, check for board edges */
+ xend = ss->x + ss->length * xincr[ss->dir];
+ yend = ss->y + ss->length * yincr[ss->dir];
+ if (!ONBOARD(xend, yend))
+ {
+ if (vis)
+ switch(rnd(3))
+ {
+ case 0:
+ error("Ship is hanging from the edge of the world");
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ error("Try fitting it on the board");
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ error("Figure I won't find it if you put it there?");
+ break;
+ }
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ for(l = 0; l < ss->length; ++l)
+ {
+ if(collidecheck(b, ss->y+l*yincr[ss->dir], ss->x+l*xincr[ss->dir]))
+ {
+ if (vis)
+ switch(rnd(3))
+ {
+ case 0:
+ error("There's already a ship there");
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ error("Collision alert! Aaaaaagh!");
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ error("Er, Admiral, what about the other ship?");
+ break;
+ }
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+static int awinna(void)
+{
+ int i, j;
+ ship_t *ss;
+
+ for(i=0; i<2; ++i)
+ {
+ ss = (i) ? cpuship : plyship;
+ for(j=0; j < SHIPTYPES; ++j, ++ss)
+ if(ss->length > ss->hits)
+ break;
+ if (j == SHIPTYPES)
+ return(OTHER);
+ }
+ return(-1);
+}
+
+static ship_t *hitship(int x, int y)
+/* register a hit on the targeted ship */
+{
+ ship_t *sb, *ss;
+ char sym;
+ int oldx, oldy;
+
+ getyx(stdscr, oldy, oldx);
+ sb = (turn) ? plyship : cpuship;
+ if((sym = board[OTHER][x][y]) == 0)
+ return((ship_t *)NULL);
+ for(ss = sb; ss < sb + SHIPTYPES; ++ss)
+ if(ss->symbol == sym)
+ {
+ if (++ss->hits < ss->length) /* still afloat? */
+ return((ship_t *)NULL);
+ else /* sunk! */
+ {
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (!closepack)
+ for (j = -1; j <= 1; j++)
+ {
+ int bx = ss->x + j * xincr[(ss->dir + 2) % 8];
+ int by = ss->y + j * yincr[(ss->dir + 2) % 8];
+
+ for (i = -1; i <= ss->length; ++i)
+ {
+ int x1, y1;
+
+ x1 = bx + i * xincr[ss->dir];
+ y1 = by + i * yincr[ss->dir];
+ if (ONBOARD(x1, y1))
+ {
+ hits[turn][x1][y1] = MARK_MISS;
+ if (turn % 2 == PLAYER)
+ {
+ cgoto(y1, x1);
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN));
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void)addch(MARK_MISS);
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ attrset(0);
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ss->length; ++i)
+ {
+ int x1 = ss->x + i * xincr[ss->dir];
+ int y1 = ss->y + i * yincr[ss->dir];
+
+ hits[turn][x1][y1] = ss->symbol;
+ if (turn % 2 == PLAYER)
+ {
+ cgoto(y1, x1);
+ (void) addch((chtype)(ss->symbol));
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void) move(oldy, oldx);
+ return(ss);
+ }
+ }
+ (void) move(oldy, oldx);
+ return((ship_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+static int plyturn(void)
+{
+ ship_t *ss;
+ bool hit;
+ NCURSES_CONST char *m = NULL;
+
+ prompt(1, "Where do you want to shoot? ", "");
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ (void) getcoord(COMPUTER);
+ if (hits[PLAYER][curx][cury])
+ {
+ prompt(1, "You shelled this spot already! Try again.", "");
+ beep();
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ hit = IS_SHIP(board[COMPUTER][curx][cury]);
+ hits[PLAYER][curx][cury] = hit ? MARK_HIT : MARK_MISS;
+ cgoto(cury, curx);
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ if (hit)
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_RED));
+ else
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN));
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void) addch((chtype)hits[PLAYER][curx][cury]);
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ attrset(0);
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+
+ prompt(1, "You %s.", hit ? "scored a hit" : "missed");
+ if(hit && (ss = hitship(curx, cury)))
+ {
+ switch(rnd(5))
+ {
+ case 0:
+ m = " You sank my %s!";
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ m = " I have this sinking feeling about my %s....";
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ m = " My %s has gone to Davy Jones's locker!";
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ m = " Glub, glub -- my %s is headed for the bottom!";
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ m = " You'll pick up survivors from my %s, I hope...!";
+ break;
+ }
+ (void)printw(m, ss->name);
+ (void)beep();
+ return(awinna() == -1);
+ }
+ return(hit);
+}
+
+static int sgetc(const char *s)
+{
+ const char *s1;
+ int ch;
+
+ (void)refresh();
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ ch = getch();
+ if (islower(ch))
+ ch = toupper(ch);
+ if (ch == CTRLC)
+ uninitgame(0);
+ for (s1=s; *s1 && ch != *s1; ++s1)
+ continue;
+ if (*s1)
+ {
+ (void) addch((chtype)ch);
+ (void)refresh();
+ return(ch);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void randomfire(int *px, int *py)
+/* random-fire routine -- implements simple diagonal-striping strategy */
+{
+ static int turncount = 0;
+ static int srchstep = BEGINSTEP;
+ static int huntoffs; /* Offset on search strategy */
+ int ypossible[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], xpossible[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], nposs;
+ int ypreferred[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], xpreferred[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], npref;
+ int x, y, i;
+
+ if (turncount++ == 0)
+ huntoffs = rnd(srchstep);
+
+ /* first, list all possible moves */
+ nposs = npref = 0;
+ for (x = 0; x < BWIDTH; x++)
+ for (y = 0; y < BDEPTH; y++)
+ if (!hits[COMPUTER][x][y])
+ {
+ xpossible[nposs] = x;
+ ypossible[nposs] = y;
+ nposs++;
+ if (((x+huntoffs) % srchstep) != (y % srchstep))
+ {
+ xpreferred[npref] = x;
+ ypreferred[npref] = y;
+ npref++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (npref)
+ {
+ i = rnd(npref);
+
+ *px = xpreferred[i];
+ *py = ypreferred[i];
+ }
+ else if (nposs)
+ {
+ i = rnd(nposs);
+
+ *px = xpossible[i];
+ *py = ypossible[i];
+
+ if (srchstep > 1)
+ --srchstep;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ error("No moves possible?? Help!");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ }
+}
+
+#define S_MISS 0
+#define S_HIT 1
+#define S_SUNK -1
+
+static bool cpufire(int x, int y)
+/* fire away at given location */
+{
+ bool hit, sunk;
+ ship_t *ss = NULL;
+
+ hits[COMPUTER][x][y] = (hit = (board[PLAYER][x][y])) ? MARK_HIT : MARK_MISS;
+ (void) mvprintw(PROMPTLINE, 0,
+ "I shoot at %c%d. I %s!", y + 'A', x, hit ? "hit" : "miss");
+ if ((sunk = (hit && (ss = hitship(x, y)))) != 0)
+ (void) printw(" I've sunk your %s", ss->name);
+ (void)clrtoeol();
+
+ pgoto(y, x);
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ if (hit)
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_RED));
+ else
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN));
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+ (void)addch((chtype)(hit ? SHOWHIT : SHOWSPLASH));
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ attrset(0);
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+
+ return(hit ? (sunk ? S_SUNK : S_HIT) : S_MISS);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This code implements a fairly irregular FSM, so please forgive the rampant
+ * unstructuredness below. The five labels are states which need to be held
+ * between computer turns.
+ */
+static bool cputurn(void)
+{
+#define POSSIBLE(x, y) (ONBOARD(x, y) && !hits[COMPUTER][x][y])
+#define RANDOM_FIRE 0
+#define RANDOM_HIT 1
+#define HUNT_DIRECT 2
+#define FIRST_PASS 3
+#define REVERSE_JUMP 4
+#define SECOND_PASS 5
+ static int next = RANDOM_FIRE;
+ static bool used[4];
+ static ship_t ts;
+ int navail, x, y, d, n, hit = S_MISS;
+
+ switch(next)
+ {
+ case RANDOM_FIRE: /* last shot was random and missed */
+ refire:
+ randomfire(&x, &y);
+ if (!(hit = cpufire(x, y)))
+ next = RANDOM_FIRE;
+ else
+ {
+ ts.x = x; ts.y = y;
+ ts.hits = 1;
+ next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : RANDOM_HIT;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RANDOM_HIT: /* last shot was random and hit */
+ used[E/2] = used[S/2] = used[W/2] = used[N/2] = FALSE;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case HUNT_DIRECT: /* last shot hit, we're looking for ship's long axis */
+ for (d = navail = 0; d < 4; d++)
+ {
+ x = ts.x + xincr[d*2]; y = ts.y + yincr[d*2];
+ if (!used[d] && POSSIBLE(x, y))
+ navail++;
+ else
+ used[d] = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (navail == 0) /* no valid places for shots adjacent... */
+ goto refire; /* ...so we must random-fire */
+ else
+ {
+ for (d = 0, n = rnd(navail) + 1; n; n--)
+ while (used[d])
+ d++;
+
+ assert(d <= 4);
+
+ used[d] = FALSE;
+ x = ts.x + xincr[d*2];
+ y = ts.y + yincr[d*2];
+
+ assert(POSSIBLE(x, y));
+
+ if (!(hit = cpufire(x, y)))
+ next = HUNT_DIRECT;
+ else
+ {
+ ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.dir = d*2; ts.hits++;
+ next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : FIRST_PASS;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case FIRST_PASS: /* we have a start and a direction now */
+ x = ts.x + xincr[ts.dir];
+ y = ts.y + yincr[ts.dir];
+ if (POSSIBLE(x, y) && (hit = cpufire(x, y)))
+ {
+ ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.hits++;
+ next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : FIRST_PASS;
+ }
+ else
+ next = REVERSE_JUMP;
+ break;
+
+ case REVERSE_JUMP: /* nail down the ship's other end */
+ d = ts.dir + 4;
+ x = ts.x + ts.hits * xincr[d];
+ y = ts.y + ts.hits * yincr[d];
+ if (POSSIBLE(x, y) && (hit = cpufire(x, y)))
+ {
+ ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.dir = d; ts.hits++;
+ next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : SECOND_PASS;
+ }
+ else
+ next = RANDOM_FIRE;
+ break;
+
+ case SECOND_PASS: /* kill squares not caught on first pass */
+ x = ts.x + xincr[ts.dir];
+ y = ts.y + yincr[ts.dir];
+ if (POSSIBLE(x, y) && (hit = cpufire(x, y)))
+ {
+ ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.hits++;
+ next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE: SECOND_PASS;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ next = RANDOM_FIRE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* check for continuation and/or winner */
+ if (salvo)
+ {
+ (void)refresh();
+ (void)sleep(1);
+ }
+ if (awinna() != -1)
+ return(FALSE);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ (void) mvprintw(PROMPTLINE + 2, 0,
+ "New state %d, x=%d, y=%d, d=%d",
+ next, x, y, d);
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+ return(hit);
+}
+
+static
+int playagain(void)
+{
+ int j;
+ ship_t *ss;
+
+ for (ss = cpuship; ss < cpuship + SHIPTYPES; ss++)
+ for(j = 0; j < ss->length; j++)
+ {
+ cgoto(ss->y + j * yincr[ss->dir], ss->x + j * xincr[ss->dir]);
+ (void)addch((chtype)ss->symbol);
+ }
+
+ if(awinna())
+ ++cpuwon;
+ else
+ ++plywon;
+ j = 18 + strlen(name);
+ if(plywon >= 10)
+ ++j;
+ if(cpuwon >= 10)
+ ++j;
+ (void) mvprintw(1,(COLWIDTH-j)/2,
+ "%s: %d Computer: %d",name,plywon,cpuwon);
+
+ prompt(2, (awinna()) ? "Want to be humiliated again, %s [yn]? "
+ : "Going to give me a chance for revenge, %s [yn]? ",name);
+ return(sgetc("YN") == 'Y');
+}
+
+static void do_options(int c, char *op[])
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (c > 1)
+ {
+ for (i=1; i<c; i++)
+ {
+ switch(op[i][0])
+ {
+ default:
+ case '?':
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Usage: battle [-s | -b] [-c]\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\tWhere the options are:\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\t-s : play a salvo game\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\t-b : play a blitz game\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\t-c : ships may be adjacent\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ switch(op[i][1])
+ {
+ case 'b':
+ blitz = 1;
+ if (salvo == 1)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "Bad Arg: -b and -s are mutually exclusive\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ salvo = 1;
+ if (blitz == 1)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "Bad Arg: -s and -b are mutually exclusive\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ closepack = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "Bad arg: type \"%s ?\" for usage message\n", op[0]);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static int scount(int who)
+{
+ register int i, shots;
+ register ship_t *sp;
+
+ if (who)
+ sp = cpuship; /* count cpu shots */
+ else
+ sp = plyship; /* count player shots */
+
+ for (i=0, shots = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++, sp++)
+ {
+ if (sp->hits >= sp->length)
+ continue; /* dead ship */
+ else
+ shots++;
+ }
+ return(shots);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ do_options(argc, argv);
+
+ intro();
+ do {
+ initgame();
+ while(awinna() == -1)
+ {
+ if (!blitz)
+ {
+ if (!salvo)
+ {
+ if(turn)
+ (void) cputurn();
+ else
+ (void) plyturn();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ register int i;
+
+ i = scount(turn);
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ if (turn)
+ {
+ if (cputurn() && awinna() != -1)
+ i = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (plyturn() && awinna() != -1)
+ i = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ while(turn ? cputurn() : plyturn())
+ continue;
+ turn = OTHER;
+ }
+ } while
+ (playagain());
+ uninitgame(0);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* bs.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+dnl*****************************************************************************
+dnl Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+dnl All Rights Reserved. *
+dnl *
+dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+dnl documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+dnl that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+dnl documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+dnl not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+dnl software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+dnl COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+dnl EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+dnl SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+dnl RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+dnl CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+dnl CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+dnl*****************************************************************************
+dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.15 1997/05/06 00:36:02 tom Exp $
+dnl This is a simple configuration-script for the ncurses test programs that
+dnl allows the test-directory to be separately configured against a reference
+dnl system (i.e., sysvr4 curses)
+dnl
+dnl If you're configuring ncurses, you shouldn't need to use this script.
+dnl It's only for testing purposes.
+dnl
+dnl dickey@clark.net (Thomas Dickey)
+AC_PREREQ(2.12)
+AC_INIT(ncurses.c)
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+
+CC_G_OPT="-g" AC_SUBST(CC_G_OPT)
+CC_SHARED_OPTS=unknown AC_SUBST(CC_SHARED_OPTS)
+CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS)
+DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR=`pwd|sed -e's:.*/::'` AC_SUBST(DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR)
+DFT_UPR_MODEL="NORMAL" AC_SUBST(DFT_UPR_MODEL)
+EXTRA_LIBS="" AC_SUBST(EXTRA_LIBS)
+LIB_NAME=curses AC_SUBST(LIB_NAME)
+LINT=lint AC_SUBST(LINT)
+LINT_OPTS="" AC_SUBST(LINT_OPTS)
+TEST_ARGS="" AC_SUBST(TEST_ARGS)
+
+dnl SunOS 4.x
+AC_ARG_WITH(5lib,
+ [ --with-5lib use SunOS sysv-libraries],
+ [LIBS="-L/usr/5lib $LIBS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/5include"])
+
+dnl Ncurses, installed in conventional location
+AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses,
+ [ --with-ncurses use ncurses-libraries (installed)],
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(gpm,Gpm_Open)
+ LIB_NAME=ncurses
+ for p in $HOME /usr/local /usr
+ do
+ if test -f $p/include/ncurses/curses.h
+ then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$p/include/ncurses"
+ test $p != /usr && LIBS="-L$p/lib $LIBS"
+ break
+ elif test $p != /usr
+ then
+ if test -f $p/include/curses.h
+ then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$p/include"
+ LIBS="-L$p/lib $LIBS"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ ],[test -d /usr/ccs/lib && LIBS="-L/usr/ccs/lib $LIBS"])
+
+dnl If we've not specified a library, assume we're using sysvr4 libraries
+dnl installed conventionally (e.g., SunOS 5.x - solaris).
+
+dnl Autoconf builds up the $LIBS in reverse order
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB($LIB_NAME,initscr)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(form,form_driver,,,-lcurses)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(menu,menu_driver,,,-lcurses)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(panel,new_panel,,,-lcurses)
+
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+
+AC_STDC_HEADERS
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+form.h \
+getopt.h \
+menu.h \
+nc_alloc.h \
+panel.h \
+sys/ioctl.h \
+sys/select.h \
+sys/time.h \
+termios.h \
+unistd.h \
+)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \
+gettimeofday \
+napms \
+resizeterm \
+strdup \
+vsscanf \
+)
+
+AC_CHECKING([for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh])
+AC_PROGRAM_CHECK(COULD_BE_SCO, [scosh], maybe, maybenot)
+if test "$COULD_BE_SCO" = "maybe"
+then
+ AC_DEFINE(SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO)
+fi
+
+dnl Things that we don't need (or must override) if we're not building ncurses
+ECHO_LINK='@ echo linking $@ ... ;'
+AC_SUBST(ECHO_LINK)
+
+LD_MODEL=""
+AC_SUBST(LD_MODEL)
+
+LOCAL_LDFLAGS=""
+AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS)
+
+nc_cv_abi_version=""
+AC_SUBST(nc_cv_abi_version)
+
+TEST_DEPS=""
+AC_SUBST(TEST_DEPS)
+
+LIB_PREFIX="-l"
+AC_SUBST(LIB_PREFIX)
+
+DFT_DEP_SUFFIX=""
+AC_SUBST(DFT_DEP_SUFFIX)
+
+rm -f config_h.in
+echo '@DEFS@' >config_h.in
+
+changequote({,})dnl
+AC_OUTPUT(config_h Makefile,{
+
+### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames
+### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be
+### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when
+### doing type-clean development testing.
+
+echo creating ncurses_cfg.h
+rm -f ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "/* generated by configure-script
+ * On host: $SYS_NAME
+ */
+#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H
+#define NC_CONFIG_H" >ncurses_cfg.h
+sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \
+ -e 's/ -D/\
+#define /g' \
+ -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \
+ -e 's@\\@@g' \
+ config_h | sort >>ncurses_cfg.h
+echo "
+ /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#undef const
+#undef inline
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> ncurses_cfg.h
+echo removing config_h
+rm config_h
+},{
+### Special initialization commands, used to pass information from the
+### configuration-run into config.status
+
+SYS_NAME="`(uname -a || hostname) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`"
+if test -z "\$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi
+})
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+rm -f config_h.in
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * $Id: firework.c,v 1.10 1997/05/03 18:37:56 tom Exp $
+ */
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h> /* for tparm() */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+static int get_colour(chtype *);
+static void explode(int row, int col);
+static void showit(void);
+static void onsig(int sig);
+
+static int my_bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+
+int main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+int j;
+int start,end,row,diff,flag = 0,direction;
+unsigned seed;
+
+ for (j=SIGHUP;j<=SIGTERM;j++)
+ if (signal(j,SIG_IGN)!=SIG_IGN)
+ signal(j,onsig);
+
+ initscr();
+ if (has_colors()) {
+ start_color();
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (use_default_colors() == OK)
+ my_bg = -1;
+#endif
+ }
+ curs_set(0);
+
+ seed = time((time_t *)0);
+ srand(seed);
+ cbreak();
+ for (;;) {
+ do {
+ start = rand() % (COLS -3);
+ end = rand() % (COLS - 3);
+ start = (start < 2) ? 2 : start;
+ end = (end < 2) ? 2 : end;
+ direction = (start > end) ? -1 : 1;
+ diff = abs(start-end);
+ } while (diff<2 || diff>=LINES-2);
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ for (row=0;row<diff;row++) {
+ mvprintw(LINES - row,start + (row * direction),
+ (direction < 0) ? "\\" : "/");
+ if (flag++) {
+ showit();
+ erase();
+ flag = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (flag++) {
+ showit();
+ flag = 0;
+ }
+ seed = time((time_t *)0);
+ srand(seed);
+ explode(LINES-row,start+(diff*direction));
+ erase();
+ showit();
+ }
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE
+onsig(int n GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ curs_set(1);
+ endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static
+void explode(int row, int col)
+{
+ chtype bold;
+ erase();
+ mvprintw(row,col,"-");
+ showit();
+
+ init_pair(1,get_colour(&bold),my_bg);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(1) | bold);
+ mvprintw(row-1,col-1," - ");
+ mvprintw(row,col-1,"-+-");
+ mvprintw(row+1,col-1," - ");
+ showit();
+
+ init_pair(1,get_colour(&bold),my_bg);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(1) | bold);
+ mvprintw(row-2,col-2," --- ");
+ mvprintw(row-1,col-2,"-+++-");
+ mvprintw(row, col-2,"-+#+-");
+ mvprintw(row+1,col-2,"-+++-");
+ mvprintw(row+2,col-2," --- ");
+ showit();
+
+ init_pair(1,get_colour(&bold),my_bg);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(1) | bold);
+ mvprintw(row-2,col-2," +++ ");
+ mvprintw(row-1,col-2,"++#++");
+ mvprintw(row, col-2,"+# #+");
+ mvprintw(row+1,col-2,"++#++");
+ mvprintw(row+2,col-2," +++ ");
+ showit();
+
+ init_pair(1,get_colour(&bold),my_bg);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(1) | bold);
+ mvprintw(row-2,col-2," # ");
+ mvprintw(row-1,col-2,"## ##");
+ mvprintw(row, col-2,"# #");
+ mvprintw(row+1,col-2,"## ##");
+ mvprintw(row+2,col-2," # ");
+ showit();
+
+ init_pair(1,get_colour(&bold),my_bg);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(1) | bold);
+ mvprintw(row-2,col-2," # # ");
+ mvprintw(row-1,col-2,"# #");
+ mvprintw(row, col-2," ");
+ mvprintw(row+1,col-2,"# #");
+ mvprintw(row+2,col-2," # # ");
+ showit();
+}
+
+static
+int get_colour(chtype *bold)
+{
+ int attr;
+ attr = (rand() % 16) + 1;
+
+ *bold = A_NORMAL;
+ if (attr > 8) {
+ *bold = A_BOLD;
+ attr &= 7;
+ }
+ return(attr);
+}
+
+static void
+showit(void)
+{
+ refresh();
+ napms(120);
+}
--- /dev/null
+.TH GDC 6
+.SH NAME
+gdc \- grand digital clock (curses)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gdc
+[-s] [
+.I n
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Gdc
+runs a digital clock made of reverse-video blanks on a curses
+compatible VDU screen. With an optional numeric argument
+.I n
+it stops after
+.I n
+seconds (default never).
+The optional
+.B -s
+flag makes digits scroll as they change. In this curses mode implementation,
+the scrolling option has trouble keeping up.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Amos Shapir, modified for curses by John Lupien.
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Grand digital clock for curses compatible terminals
+ * Usage: gdc [-s] [n] -- run for n seconds (default infinity)
+ * Flags: -s: scroll
+ *
+ * modified 10-18-89 for curses (jrl)
+ * 10-18-89 added signal handling
+ *
+ * $Id: gdc.c,v 1.8 1997/01/19 00:59:28 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define YBASE 10
+#define XBASE 10
+#define XLENGTH 54
+#define YDEPTH 5
+
+/* it won't be */
+static time_t now; /* yeah! */
+static struct tm *tm;
+
+static short disp[11] = {
+ 075557, 011111, 071747, 071717, 055711,
+ 074717, 074757, 071111, 075757, 075717, 002020
+};
+static long old[6], next[6], new[6], mask;
+static char scrol;
+
+static int sigtermed = 0;
+
+static int hascolor = 0;
+
+static void set(int, int);
+static void standt(int);
+static void movto(int, int);
+
+static
+RETSIGTYPE sighndl(int signo)
+{
+ signal(signo, sighndl);
+ sigtermed=signo;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+long t, a;
+int i, j, s, k;
+int n = 0;
+
+ signal(SIGINT,sighndl);
+ signal(SIGTERM,sighndl);
+ signal(SIGKILL,sighndl);
+
+ initscr();
+ cbreak();
+ noecho();
+ nodelay(stdscr, 1);
+
+ hascolor = has_colors();
+
+ if(hascolor) {
+ int bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+ start_color();
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (use_default_colors() == OK)
+ bg = -1;
+#endif
+ init_pair(1, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_RED);
+ init_pair(2, COLOR_RED, bg);
+ init_pair(3, COLOR_WHITE, bg);
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(2));
+ }
+
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+ while(--argc > 0) {
+ if(**++argv == '-')
+ scrol = 1;
+ else
+ n = atoi(*argv);
+ }
+
+ if(hascolor) {
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(3));
+
+ mvaddch(YBASE - 1, XBASE - 1, ACS_ULCORNER);
+ hline(ACS_HLINE, XLENGTH);
+ mvaddch(YBASE - 1, XBASE + XLENGTH, ACS_URCORNER);
+
+ mvaddch(YBASE + YDEPTH, XBASE - 1, ACS_LLCORNER);
+ hline(ACS_HLINE, XLENGTH);
+ mvaddch(YBASE + YDEPTH, XBASE + XLENGTH, ACS_LRCORNER);
+
+ move(YBASE, XBASE - 1);
+ vline(ACS_VLINE, YDEPTH);
+
+ move(YBASE, XBASE + XLENGTH);
+ vline(ACS_VLINE, YDEPTH);
+
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(2));
+ }
+ do {
+ char buf[30];
+
+ mask = 0;
+ time(&now);
+ tm = localtime(&now);
+ set(tm->tm_sec%10, 0);
+ set(tm->tm_sec/10, 4);
+ set(tm->tm_min%10, 10);
+ set(tm->tm_min/10, 14);
+ set(tm->tm_hour%10, 20);
+ set(tm->tm_hour/10, 24);
+ set(10, 7);
+ set(10, 17);
+ for(k=0; k<6; k++) {
+ if(scrol) {
+ for(i=0; i<5; i++)
+ new[i] = (new[i]&~mask) | (new[i+1]&mask);
+ new[5] = (new[5]&~mask) | (next[k]&mask);
+ } else
+ new[k] = (new[k]&~mask) | (next[k]&mask);
+ next[k] = 0;
+ for(s=1; s>=0; s--) {
+ standt(s);
+ for(i=0; i<6; i++) {
+ if((a = (new[i]^old[i])&(s ? new : old)[i]) != 0) {
+ for(j=0,t=1<<26; t; t>>=1,j++) {
+ if(a&t) {
+ if(!(a&(t<<1))) {
+ movto(YBASE + i, XBASE + 2*j);
+ }
+ addstr(" ");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if(!s) {
+ old[i] = new[i];
+ }
+ }
+ if(!s) {
+ refresh();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* this depends on the detailed format of ctime(3) */
+ (void) strcpy(buf, ctime(&now));
+ (void) strcpy(buf + 10, buf + 19);
+ mvaddstr(16, 30, buf);
+
+ movto(6, 0);
+ refresh();
+ sleep(1);
+ while(wgetch(stdscr) != ERR)
+ continue;
+ if (sigtermed) {
+ standend();
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+ endwin();
+ fprintf(stderr, "gdc terminated by signal %d\n", sigtermed);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ } while(--n);
+ standend();
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+ endwin();
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void
+set(int t, int n)
+{
+int i, m;
+
+ m = 7<<n;
+ for(i=0; i<5; i++) {
+ next[i] |= ((disp[t]>>(4-i)*3)&07)<<n;
+ mask |= (next[i]^old[i])&m;
+ }
+ if(mask&m)
+ mask |= m;
+}
+
+static void
+standt(int on)
+{
+ if (on) {
+ if(hascolor) {
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(1));
+ } else {
+ attron(A_STANDOUT);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if(hascolor) {
+ attron(COLOR_PAIR(2));
+ } else {
+ attroff(A_STANDOUT);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+movto(int line, int col)
+{
+ move(line, col);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Name: Towers of Hanoi.
+ *
+ * Desc:
+ * This is a playable copy of towers of hanoi.
+ * Its sole purpose is to demonstrate my Amiga Curses package.
+ * This program should compile on any system that has Curses.
+ * 'hanoi' will give a manual game with 7 playing pieces.
+ * 'hanoi n' will give a manual game with n playing pieces.
+ * 'hanoi n a' will give an auto solved game with n playing pieces.
+ *
+ * Author: Simon J Raybould (sie@fulcrum.bt.co.uk).
+ * (This version has been slightly modified by the ncurses maintainers.)
+ *
+ * Date: 05.Nov.90
+ *
+ * $Id: hanoi.c,v 1.14 1997/05/06 23:07:55 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define NPEGS 3 /* This is not configurable !! */
+#define MINTILES 3
+#define MAXTILES 9
+#define DEFAULTTILES 7
+#define TOPLINE 6
+#define BASELINE 16
+#define STATUSLINE (LINES-3)
+#define LEFTPEG 19
+#define MIDPEG 39
+#define RIGHTPEG 59
+
+#define LENTOIND(x) (((x)-1)/2)
+#define OTHER(a,b) (3-((a)+(b)))
+
+struct Peg {
+ size_t Length[MAXTILES];
+ int Count;
+};
+
+static struct Peg Pegs[NPEGS];
+static int PegPos[] = { LEFTPEG, MIDPEG, RIGHTPEG };
+static int TileColour[] = {
+ COLOR_GREEN, /* Length 3 */
+ COLOR_MAGENTA, /* Length 5 */
+ COLOR_RED, /* Length 7 */
+ COLOR_BLUE, /* Length 9 */
+ COLOR_CYAN, /* Length 11 */
+ COLOR_YELLOW, /* Length 13 */
+ COLOR_GREEN, /* Length 15 */
+ COLOR_MAGENTA, /* Length 17 */
+ COLOR_RED, /* Length 19 */
+};
+static int NMoves = 0;
+
+static void InitTiles(int NTiles);
+static void DisplayTiles(void);
+static void MakeMove(int From, int To);
+static void AutoMove(int From, int To, int Num);
+static void Usage(void);
+static int Solved(int NumTiles);
+static int GetMove(int *From, int *To);
+static int InvalidMove(int From, int To);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+int NTiles, FromCol, ToCol;
+unsigned char AutoFlag = 0;
+
+ switch(argc) {
+ case 1:
+ NTiles = DEFAULTTILES;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ NTiles = atoi(argv[1]);
+ if (NTiles > MAXTILES || NTiles < MINTILES) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Range %d to %d\n", MINTILES, MAXTILES);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ if (strcmp(argv[2], "a")) {
+ Usage();
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ NTiles = atoi(argv[1]);
+ if (NTiles > MAXTILES || NTiles < MINTILES) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Range %d to %d\n", MINTILES, MAXTILES);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ AutoFlag = TRUE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ Usage();
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ trace(TRACE_MAXIMUM);
+#endif
+ initscr();
+ if (has_colors()) {
+ int i;
+ int bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+ start_color();
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (use_default_colors() == OK)
+ bg = -1;
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
+ init_pair(i+1, bg, TileColour[i]);
+ }
+ cbreak();
+ if (LINES < 24) {
+ endwin();
+ fprintf(stderr, "Min screen length 24 lines\n");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ if(AutoFlag)
+ leaveok(stdscr, TRUE); /* Attempt to remove cursor */
+ InitTiles(NTiles);
+ DisplayTiles();
+ if(AutoFlag) {
+ do {
+ noecho();
+ AutoMove(0, 2, NTiles);
+ } while(!Solved(NTiles));
+ sleep(2);
+ } else {
+ echo();
+ for(;;) {
+ if(GetMove(&FromCol, &ToCol))
+ break;
+ if(InvalidMove(FromCol, ToCol)) {
+ mvaddstr(STATUSLINE, 0, "Invalid Move !!");
+ refresh();
+ beep();
+ continue;
+ }
+ MakeMove(FromCol, ToCol);
+ if(Solved(NTiles)) {
+ mvprintw(STATUSLINE, 0, "Well Done !! You did it in %d moves", NMoves);
+ refresh();
+ sleep(5);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ curs_set(1);
+ endwin();
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static int
+InvalidMove(int From, int To)
+{
+ if(From >= NPEGS)
+ return TRUE;
+ if(From < 0)
+ return TRUE;
+ if(To >= NPEGS)
+ return TRUE;
+ if(To < 0)
+ return TRUE;
+ if(From == To)
+ return TRUE;
+ if(!Pegs[From].Count)
+ return TRUE;
+ if(Pegs[To].Count &&
+ Pegs[From].Length[Pegs[From].Count-1] >
+ Pegs[To].Length[Pegs[To].Count-1])
+ return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+InitTiles(int NTiles)
+{
+ int Size, SlotNo;
+
+ for(Size=NTiles*2+1, SlotNo=0; Size>=3; Size-=2)
+ Pegs[0].Length[SlotNo++] = Size;
+
+ Pegs[0].Count = NTiles;
+ Pegs[1].Count = 0;
+ Pegs[2].Count = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+DisplayTiles(void)
+{
+ int Line, Peg, SlotNo;
+ char TileBuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ erase();
+ mvaddstr(1, 24, "T O W E R S O F H A N O I");
+ mvaddstr(3, 34, "SJR 1990");
+ mvprintw(19, 5, "Moves : %d", NMoves);
+ attrset(A_REVERSE);
+ mvaddstr(BASELINE, 8, " ");
+
+ for(Line=TOPLINE; Line<BASELINE; Line++) {
+ mvaddch(Line, LEFTPEG, ' ');
+ mvaddch(Line, MIDPEG, ' ');
+ mvaddch(Line, RIGHTPEG, ' ');
+ }
+ mvaddch(BASELINE, LEFTPEG, '1');
+ mvaddch(BASELINE, MIDPEG, '2');
+ mvaddch(BASELINE, RIGHTPEG, '3');
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+
+ /* Draw tiles */
+ for(Peg=0; Peg<NPEGS; Peg++) {
+ for(SlotNo=0; SlotNo<Pegs[Peg].Count; SlotNo++) {
+ memset(TileBuf, ' ', Pegs[Peg].Length[SlotNo]);
+ TileBuf[Pegs[Peg].Length[SlotNo]] = '\0';
+ if (has_colors())
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(LENTOIND(Pegs[Peg].Length[SlotNo])));
+ else
+ attrset(A_REVERSE);
+ mvaddstr(BASELINE-(SlotNo+1),
+ (int)(PegPos[Peg] - Pegs[Peg].Length[SlotNo]/2),
+ TileBuf);
+ }
+ }
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ refresh();
+}
+
+static int
+GetMove(int *From, int *To)
+{
+ mvaddstr(STATUSLINE, 0, "Next move ('q' to quit) from ");
+ clrtoeol();
+ refresh();
+ if((*From = getch()) == 'q')
+ return TRUE;
+ *From -= ('0'+1);
+ addstr(" to ");
+ clrtoeol();
+ refresh();
+
+ if((*To = getch()) == 'q')
+ return TRUE;
+ *To -= ('0'+1);
+ refresh();
+ napms(500);
+
+ move(STATUSLINE, 0);
+ clrtoeol();
+ refresh();
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+MakeMove(int From, int To)
+{
+ Pegs[From].Count--;
+ Pegs[To].Length[Pegs[To].Count] = Pegs[From].Length[Pegs[From].Count];
+ Pegs[To].Count++;
+ NMoves++;
+ DisplayTiles();
+}
+
+static void
+AutoMove(int From, int To, int Num)
+{
+ if(Num == 1) {
+ MakeMove(From, To);
+ napms(500);
+ return;
+ }
+ AutoMove(From, OTHER(From, To), Num-1);
+ MakeMove(From, To);
+ napms(500);
+ AutoMove(OTHER(From, To), To, Num-1);
+}
+
+static int
+Solved(int NumTiles)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for(i = 1; i < NPEGS; i++)
+ if (Pegs[i].Count == NumTiles)
+ return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+Usage()
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hanoi [<No Of Tiles>] [a]\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "The 'a' option causes the tower to be solved automatically\n");
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * hashtest.c -- test hash mapping
+ *
+ * Generate timing statistics for vertical-motion optimization.
+ *
+ * $Id: hashtest.c,v 1.8 1997/01/18 19:09:30 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#define NCURSES_TRACE
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+#define Trace(p) _tracef p
+#define USE_TRACE 1
+#else
+#define Trace(p) /* nothing */
+#define TRACE 0
+#endif
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#define LO_CHAR ' '
+#define HI_CHAR '~'
+
+static void finish(int sig) GCC_NORETURN;
+
+static bool continuous = FALSE;
+static bool reverse_loops = FALSE;
+static bool extend_corner = FALSE;
+static int foot_lines = 0;
+static int head_lines = 0;
+
+static void genlines(int base)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+#if USE_TRACE
+ if (base == 'a')
+ Trace(("Resetting screen"));
+ else
+ Trace(("Painting `%c' screen", base));
+#endif
+
+ move(0,0);
+ for (i = 0; i < head_lines; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < COLS; j++)
+ addch((j % 8 == 0) ? ('A' + j/8) : '-');
+
+ move(head_lines, 0);
+ for (i = head_lines; i < LINES - foot_lines; i++) {
+ int c = (base - LO_CHAR + i) % (HI_CHAR - LO_CHAR + 1) + LO_CHAR;
+ int hi = (extend_corner || (i < LINES - 1)) ? COLS : COLS - 1;
+ for (j = 0; j < hi; j++)
+ addch(c);
+ }
+
+ move(LINES - foot_lines, 0);
+ for (i = LINES - foot_lines; i < LINES; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < extend_corner ? COLS : COLS - 1; j++)
+ addch((j % 8 == 0) ? ('A' + j/8) : '-');
+ refresh();
+}
+
+static void one_cycle(int ch)
+{
+ if (continuous) {
+ genlines(ch);
+ } else if (ch != 'a') {
+ genlines('a');
+ genlines(ch);
+ }
+}
+
+static void run_test(bool optimized)
+{
+ char ch;
+ int lo = continuous ? LO_CHAR : 'a' - LINES;
+ int hi = continuous ? HI_CHAR : 'a' + LINES;
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (optimized) {
+ Trace(("With hash mapping"));
+ _nc_optimize_enable |= OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP;
+ } else {
+ Trace(("Without hash mapping"));
+ _nc_optimize_enable &= ~OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (reverse_loops)
+ for (ch = hi; ch >= lo; ch--)
+ one_cycle(ch);
+ else
+ for (ch = lo; ch <= hi; ch++)
+ one_cycle(ch);
+}
+
+static void usage(void)
+{
+ static const char *const tbl[] = {
+ "Usage: hashtest [options]"
+ ,""
+ ,"Options:"
+ ," -c continuous (don't reset between refresh's)"
+ ," -f num leave 'num' lines constant for footer"
+ ," -h num leave 'num' lines constant for header"
+ ," -l num repeat test 'num' times"
+ ," -n test the normal optimizer"
+ ," -o test the hashed optimizer"
+ ," -r reverse the loops"
+ ," -x assume lower-right corner extension"
+ };
+ size_t n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(tbl[0]); n++)
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", tbl[n]);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int c;
+ int test_loops = 1;
+ int test_normal = FALSE;
+ int test_optimize = FALSE;
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "cf:h:l:norx")) != EOF) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'c':
+ continuous = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ foot_lines = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'h':
+ head_lines = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ test_loops = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ test_normal = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ test_optimize = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'r':
+ reverse_loops = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ extend_corner = TRUE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage();
+ }
+ }
+ if (!test_normal && !test_optimize) {
+ test_normal = TRUE;
+ test_optimize = TRUE;
+ }
+#if USE_TRACE
+ trace(TRACE_TIMES);
+#endif
+
+ (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */
+
+ (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */
+ keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */
+ (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */
+ (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */
+ (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */
+ scrollok(stdscr, TRUE);
+
+ while (test_loops-- > 0) {
+ if (test_normal)
+ run_test(FALSE);
+ if (test_optimize)
+ run_test(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ finish(0); /* we're done */
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE finish(int sig)
+{
+ endwin();
+ exit(sig != 0 ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/* hashtest.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Knight's Tour - a brain game
+ *
+ * The original of this game was anonymous. It had an unbelievably bogus
+ * interface, you actually had to enter square coordinates! Redesign by
+ * Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> July 22 1995. Mouse support
+ * added September 20th 1995.
+ *
+ * $Id: knight.c,v 1.13 1997/01/19 00:55:17 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* board size */
+#define BDEPTH 8
+#define BWIDTH 8
+
+/* where to start the instructions */
+#define INSTRY 2
+#define INSTRX 35
+
+/* corner of board */
+#define BOARDY 2
+#define BOARDX 0
+
+/* notification line */
+#define NOTIFYY 21
+
+/* virtual color values */
+#define TRAIL_COLOR 1
+#define PLUS_COLOR 2
+#define MINUS_COLOR 3
+
+#define CX(x) (2 + 4 * (x))
+#define CY(y) (1 + 2 * (y))
+#define cellmove(y, x) wmove(boardwin, CY(y), CX(x))
+#define CXINV(x) (((x) - 1) / 4)
+#define CYINV(y) (((y) - 2) / 2)
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ short x, y;
+}
+cell;
+
+static short board[BDEPTH][BWIDTH]; /* the squares */
+static int rw,col; /* current row and column */
+static int lastrow,lastcol; /* last location visited */
+static cell history[BDEPTH*BWIDTH]; /* choice history */
+static int movecount; /* count of moves so far */
+static WINDOW *boardwin; /* the board window */
+static WINDOW *helpwin; /* the help window */
+static WINDOW *msgwin; /* the message window */
+static chtype trail = '#'; /* trail character */
+static chtype plus = '+'; /* cursor hot-spot character */
+static chtype minus = '-'; /* possible-move character */
+static chtype oldch;
+
+static void init(void);
+static void play(void);
+static void dosquares(void);
+static void drawmove(char, int, int, int, int);
+static bool evalmove(int, int);
+static bool chkmoves(void);
+static bool chksqr(int, int);
+static int iabs(int);
+
+int main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ init();
+
+ play();
+
+ endwin();
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void init (void)
+{
+ srand ((unsigned)getpid());
+ initscr ();
+ cbreak (); /* immediate char return */
+ noecho (); /* no immediate echo */
+ boardwin = newwin(BDEPTH * 2 + 1, BWIDTH * 4 + 1, BOARDY, BOARDX);
+ helpwin = newwin(0, 0, INSTRY, INSTRX);
+ msgwin = newwin(1, INSTRX-1, NOTIFYY, 0);
+ scrollok(msgwin, TRUE);
+ keypad(boardwin, TRUE);
+
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ int bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+
+ start_color();
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (use_default_colors() == OK)
+ bg = -1;
+#endif
+
+ (void) init_pair(TRAIL_COLOR, COLOR_CYAN, bg);
+ (void) init_pair(PLUS_COLOR, COLOR_RED, bg);
+ (void) init_pair(MINUS_COLOR, COLOR_GREEN, bg);
+
+ trail |= COLOR_PAIR(TRAIL_COLOR);
+ plus |= COLOR_PAIR(PLUS_COLOR);
+ minus |= COLOR_PAIR(MINUS_COLOR);
+ }
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ (void) mousemask(BUTTON1_CLICKED, (mmask_t *)NULL);
+#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION*/
+
+ oldch = minus;
+}
+
+static void help1(void)
+/* game explanation -- initial help screen */
+{
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Knight's move is a solitaire puzzle. Your\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "objective is to visit each square of the \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "chessboard exactly once by making knight's\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "moves (one square right or left followed \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "by two squares up or down, or two squares \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "right or left followed by one square up or\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "down). You may start anywhere.\n\n");
+
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Use arrow keys to move the cursor around.\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "When you want to move your knight to the \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "cursor location, press <space> or Enter.\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Illegal moves will be rejected with an \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "audible beep.\n\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "The program will detect if you solve the\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "puzzle; also inform you when you run out\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "of legal moves.\n\n");
+
+ (void)mvwaddstr(helpwin, NOTIFYY-INSTRY, 0,
+ "Press `?' to go to keystroke help.");
+}
+
+static void help2(void)
+/* keystroke help screen */
+{
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Possible moves are shown with `-'.\n\n");
+
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "You can move around with the arrow keys or\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "with the rogue/hack movement keys. Other\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "commands allow you to undo moves or redraw.\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Your mouse may work; try left-button to\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "move to the square under the pointer.\n\n");
+
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "x,q -- exit y k u 7 8 9\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "r -- redraw screen \\|/ \\|/ \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "u -- undo move h-+-l 4-+-6\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, " /|\\ /|\\ \n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, " b j n 1 2 3\n");
+
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin,"\nYou can place your knight on the selected\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "square with spacebar, Enter, or the keypad\n");
+ (void)waddstr(helpwin, "center key. You can quit with `x' or `q'.\n");
+
+ (void)mvwaddstr(helpwin, NOTIFYY-INSTRY, 0,
+ "Press `?' to go to game explanation");
+}
+
+static void play (void)
+/* play the game */
+{
+ bool keyhelp; /* TRUE if keystroke help is up */
+ int c, ny = 0, nx = 0;
+ int i, j, count;
+
+ do {
+ /* clear screen and draw board */
+ werase(boardwin);
+ werase(helpwin);
+ werase(msgwin);
+ dosquares();
+ help1();
+ wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+ wnoutrefresh(helpwin);
+ wnoutrefresh(msgwin);
+ wnoutrefresh(boardwin);
+ doupdate();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < BDEPTH; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ {
+ board[i][j] = FALSE;
+ cellmove(i, j);
+ waddch(boardwin, minus);
+ }
+ memset(history, '\0', sizeof(history));
+ history[0].y = history[0].x = -1;
+ lastrow = lastcol = -2;
+ movecount = 1;
+ keyhelp = FALSE;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (rw != lastrow || col != lastcol)
+ {
+ if (lastrow >= 0 && lastcol >= 0)
+ {
+ cellmove(lastrow, lastcol);
+ if (board[lastrow][lastcol])
+ waddch(boardwin, trail);
+ else
+ waddch(boardwin, oldch);
+ }
+
+ cellmove(rw, col);
+ oldch = winch(boardwin);
+
+ lastrow = rw;
+ lastcol= col;
+ }
+ cellmove(rw, col);
+ waddch(boardwin, plus);
+ cellmove(rw, col);
+
+ wrefresh(msgwin);
+
+ c = wgetch(boardwin);
+
+ werase(msgwin);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'k': case '8':
+ case KEY_UP:
+ ny = rw+BDEPTH-1; nx = col;
+ break;
+ case 'j': case '2':
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ ny = rw+1; nx = col;
+ break;
+ case 'h': case '4':
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ ny = rw; nx = col+BWIDTH-1;
+ break;
+ case 'l': case '6':
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ ny = rw; nx = col+1;
+ break;
+ case 'y': case '7':
+ case KEY_A1:
+ ny = rw+BDEPTH-1; nx = col+BWIDTH-1;
+ break;
+ case 'b': case '1':
+ case KEY_C1:
+ ny = rw+1; nx = col+BWIDTH-1;
+ break;
+ case 'u': case '9':
+ case KEY_A3:
+ ny = rw+BDEPTH-1; nx = col+1;
+ break;
+ case 'n': case '3':
+ case KEY_C3:
+ ny = rw+1; nx = col+1;
+ break;
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ case KEY_MOUSE:
+ {
+ MEVENT myevent;
+
+ getmouse(&myevent);
+ if (myevent.y >= CY(0) && myevent.y <= CY(BDEPTH)
+ && myevent.x >= CX(0) && myevent.x <= CX(BWIDTH))
+ {
+ nx = CXINV(myevent.x);
+ ny = CYINV(myevent.y);
+ ungetch('\n');
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ beep();
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION */
+
+ case KEY_B2:
+ case '\n':
+ case ' ':
+ if (evalmove(rw, col))
+ {
+ drawmove(trail,
+ history[movecount-1].y, history[movecount-1].x,
+ rw, col);
+ history[movecount].y = rw;
+ history[movecount].x = col;
+ movecount++;
+
+ if (!chkmoves())
+ goto dropout;
+ }
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_REDO:
+ case '\f':
+ case 'r':
+ clearok(curscr, TRUE);
+ wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+ wnoutrefresh(boardwin);
+ wnoutrefresh(msgwin);
+ wnoutrefresh(helpwin);
+ doupdate();
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_UNDO:
+ case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+ case '\b':
+ if (movecount == 1)
+ {
+ ny = lastrow;
+ nx = lastcol;
+ waddstr(msgwin, "\nNo previous move.");
+ beep();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int oldy = history[movecount-1].y;
+ int oldx = history[movecount-1].x;
+
+ board[oldy][oldx] = FALSE;
+ --movecount;
+ ny = history[movecount-1].y;
+ nx = history[movecount-1].x;
+ drawmove(' ', oldy, oldx, ny, nx);
+
+ /* avoid problems if we just changed the current cell */
+ cellmove(lastrow, lastcol);
+ oldch = winch(boardwin);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'q':
+ case 'x':
+ goto dropout;
+
+ case '?':
+ werase(helpwin);
+ if (keyhelp)
+ {
+ help1();
+ keyhelp = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ help2();
+ keyhelp = TRUE;
+ }
+ wrefresh(helpwin);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ col = nx % BWIDTH;
+ rw = ny % BDEPTH;
+ }
+
+ dropout:
+ count = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < BDEPTH; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ if (board[i][j] != 0)
+ count += 1;
+ if (count == (BWIDTH * BDEPTH))
+ wprintw(msgwin, "\nYou won. Care to try again? ");
+ else
+ wprintw(msgwin, "\n%d squares filled. Try again? ", count);
+ } while
+ (tolower(wgetch(msgwin)) == 'y');
+}
+
+static void dosquares (void)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ mvaddstr(0, 20, "KNIGHT'S MOVE -- a logical solitaire");
+
+ move(BOARDY,BOARDX);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_ULCORNER);
+ for (j = 0; j < 7; j++)
+ {
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_TTEE);
+ }
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_URCORNER);
+
+ for (i = 1; i < BDEPTH; i++)
+ {
+ move(BOARDY + i * 2 - 1, BOARDX);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE);
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ {
+ waddch(boardwin, ' ');
+ waddch(boardwin, ' ');
+ waddch(boardwin, ' ');
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE);
+ }
+ move(BOARDY + i * 2, BOARDX);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH - 1; j++)
+ {
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_PLUS);
+ }
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_RTEE);
+ }
+
+ move(BOARDY + i * 2 - 1, BOARDX);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE);
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ {
+ waddch(boardwin, ' ');
+ waddch(boardwin, ' ');
+ waddch(boardwin, ' ');
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE);
+ }
+
+ move(BOARDY + i * 2, BOARDX);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_LLCORNER);
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH - 1; j++)
+ {
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_BTEE);
+ }
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch(boardwin, ACS_LRCORNER);
+}
+
+static void mark_possibles(int prow, int pcol, chtype mark)
+{
+ if (chksqr(prow+2,pcol+1)){cellmove(prow+2,pcol+1);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow+2,pcol-1)){cellmove(prow+2,pcol-1);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow-2,pcol+1)){cellmove(prow-2,pcol+1);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow-2,pcol-1)){cellmove(prow-2,pcol-1);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow+1,pcol+2)){cellmove(prow+1,pcol+2);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow+1,pcol-2)){cellmove(prow+1,pcol-2);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow-1,pcol+2)){cellmove(prow-1,pcol+2);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+ if (chksqr(prow-1,pcol-2)){cellmove(prow-1,pcol-2);waddch(boardwin,mark);};
+}
+
+static void drawmove(char tchar, int oldy, int oldx, int row, int column)
+/* place the stars, update board & currents */
+{
+ if (movecount <= 1)
+ {
+ int i, j;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < BDEPTH; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++)
+ {
+ cellmove(i, j);
+ if (winch(boardwin) == minus)
+ waddch(boardwin, movecount ? ' ' : minus);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cellmove(oldy, oldx);
+ waddch(boardwin, '\b');
+ waddch(boardwin, tchar);
+ waddch(boardwin, tchar);
+ waddch(boardwin, tchar);
+ mark_possibles(oldy, oldx, ' ');
+ }
+
+ if (row != -1 && column != -1)
+ {
+ cellmove(row, column);
+ waddch(boardwin, '\b');
+ waddch(boardwin, trail);
+ waddch(boardwin, trail);
+ waddch(boardwin, trail);
+ mark_possibles(row, column, minus);
+ board[row][column] = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ wprintw(msgwin, "\nMove %d", movecount);
+}
+
+static bool evalmove(int row, int column)
+/* evaluate move */
+{
+ if (movecount == 1)
+ return(TRUE);
+ else if (board[row][column] == TRUE)
+ {
+ waddstr(msgwin, "\nYou've already been there.");
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int rdif = iabs(row - history[movecount-1].y);
+ int cdif = iabs(column - history[movecount-1].x);
+
+ if (!((rdif == 1) && (cdif == 2)) && !((rdif == 2) && (cdif == 1)))
+ {
+ waddstr(msgwin, "\nThat's not a legal knight's move.");
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+static bool chkmoves (void)
+/* check to see if valid moves are available */
+{
+ if (chksqr(rw+2,col+1)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw+2,col-1)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw-2,col+1)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw-2,col-1)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw+1,col+2)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw+1,col-2)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw-1,col+2)) return(TRUE);
+ if (chksqr(rw-1,col-2)) return(TRUE);
+ return (FALSE);
+}
+
+static int iabs(int num)
+{
+ if (num < 0) return (-num);
+ else return (num);
+}
+
+static bool chksqr (int r1, int c1)
+{
+ if ((r1 < 0) || (r1 > BDEPTH - 1))
+ return(FALSE);
+ if ((c1 < 0) || (c1 > BWIDTH - 1))
+ return(FALSE);
+ return (!board[r1][c1]);
+}
+
+/* knight.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Test lower-right-hand corner access
+ *
+ * by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+ *
+ * This can't be part of the ncurses test-program, because ncurses rips off the
+ * bottom line to do labels.
+ *
+ * $Id: lrtest.c,v 0.6 1997/04/26 23:47:42 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+int
+main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ initscr();
+
+ move(LINES/2-1, 4);
+ if (!has_ic())
+ {
+ addstr("Your terminal lacks the capabilities needed to address the\n");
+ move(LINES/2, 4);
+ addstr("lower-right-hand corner of the screen.\n");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ addstr("This is a test of access to the lower right corner.\n");
+ move(LINES/2, 4);
+ addstr("If the top of the box is missing, the test failed.\n");
+ move(LINES/2+1, 4);
+ addstr("Please report this (with a copy of your terminfo entry).\n");
+ move(LINES/2+2, 4);
+ addstr("to the ncurses maintainers, at ncurses@bsdi.com.\n");
+ }
+
+ box(stdscr, 0, 0);
+ move(LINES-1, COLS-1);
+
+ refresh();
+
+ getch();
+ endwin();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* lrtest.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+# Test-Program modules
+# $Id: modules,v 1.1 1997/02/08 22:18:23 tom Exp $
+################################################################################
+# Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> #
+# All Rights Reserved. #
+# #
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its #
+# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided #
+# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that #
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting #
+# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not #
+# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the #
+# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED #
+# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, #
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT #
+# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, #
+# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM #
+# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE #
+# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR #
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. #
+################################################################################
+blue progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+bs progs $(srcdir)
+firework progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+gdc progs $(srcdir)
+hanoi progs $(srcdir)
+hashtest progs $(srcdir)
+knight progs $(srcdir)
+lrtest progs $(srcdir)
+ncurses progs $(srcdir) ../include/panel.h ../include/menu.h ../include/form.h
+newdemo progs $(srcdir)
+rain progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h
+tclock progs $(srcdir)
+testcurs progs $(srcdir)
+view progs $(srcdir)
+worm progs $(srcdir)
+xmas progs $(srcdir)
--- /dev/null
+/****************************************************************************
+
+NAME
+ ncurses.c --- ncurses library exerciser
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ ncurses
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ An interactive test module for the ncurses library.
+
+AUTHOR
+ This software is Copyright (C) 1993 by Eric S. Raymond, all rights reserved.
+It is issued with ncurses under the same terms and conditions as the ncurses
+library source.
+
+$Id: ncurses.c,v 1.91 1997/05/10 18:19:48 tom Exp $
+
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H && ! SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_PANEL_H
+#define USE_LIBPANEL 1
+#include <panel.h>
+#else
+#define USE_LIBPANEL 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_MENU_H && HAVE_LIBMENU
+#define USE_LIBMENU 1
+#include <menu.h>
+#else
+#define USE_LIBMENU 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FORM_H && HAVE_LIBFORM
+#define USE_LIBFORM 1
+#include <form.h>
+#else
+#define USE_LIBFORM 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+static int save_trace = TRACE_ORDINARY|TRACE_CALLS;
+extern int _nc_tracing;
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_NAPMS
+#define HAVE_NAPMS 1
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#define mmask_t chtype /* not specified in XSI */
+#define attr_t chtype /* not specified in XSI */
+#define ACS_S3 (acs_map['p']) /* scan line 3 */
+#define ACS_S7 (acs_map['r']) /* scan line 7 */
+#define ACS_LEQUAL (acs_map['y']) /* less/equal */
+#define ACS_GEQUAL (acs_map['z']) /* greater/equal */
+#define ACS_PI (acs_map['{']) /* Pi */
+#define ACS_NEQUAL (acs_map['|']) /* not equal */
+#define ACS_STERLING (acs_map['}']) /* UK pound sign */
+
+#endif
+
+#define P(string) printw("%s\n", string)
+#ifndef CTRL
+#define CTRL(x) ((x) & 0x1f)
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF(table) (sizeof(table)/sizeof(table[0]))
+#define QUIT CTRL('Q')
+#define ESCAPE CTRL('[')
+#define BLANK ' ' /* this is the background character */
+
+/* The behavior of mvhline, mvvline for negative/zero length is unspecified,
+ * though we can rely on negative x/y values to stop the macro.
+ */
+static void do_h_line(int y, int x, chtype c, int to)
+{
+ if ((to) > (x))
+ mvhline(y, x, c, (to) - (x));
+}
+
+static void do_v_line(int y, int x, chtype c, int to)
+{
+ if ((to) > (y))
+ mvvline(y, x, c, (to) - (y));
+}
+
+/* Common function to allow ^T to toggle trace-mode in the middle of a test
+ * so that trace-files can be made smaller.
+ */
+static int wGetchar(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int c;
+#ifdef TRACE
+ while ((c = wgetch(win)) == CTRL('T')) {
+ if (_nc_tracing) {
+ save_trace = _nc_tracing;
+ _tracef("TOGGLE-TRACING OFF");
+ _nc_tracing = 0;
+ } else {
+ _nc_tracing = save_trace;
+ }
+ trace(_nc_tracing);
+ if (_nc_tracing)
+ _tracef("TOGGLE-TRACING ON");
+ }
+#else
+ c = wgetch(win);
+#endif
+ return c;
+}
+#define Getchar() wGetchar(stdscr)
+
+static void Pause(void)
+{
+ move(LINES - 1, 0);
+ addstr("Press any key to continue... ");
+ (void) Getchar();
+}
+
+static void Cannot(const char *what)
+{
+ printw("\nThis %s terminal %s\n\n", getenv("TERM"), what);
+ Pause();
+}
+
+static void ShellOut(bool message)
+{
+ if (message)
+ addstr("Shelling out...");
+ def_prog_mode();
+ endwin();
+ system("sh");
+ if (message)
+ addstr("returned from shellout.\n");
+ refresh();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Character input test
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static void getch_test(void)
+/* test the keypad feature */
+{
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+int c;
+int incount = 0, firsttime = 0;
+bool blocking = TRUE;
+int y, x;
+
+ refresh();
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ mousemask(ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS, (mmask_t *)0);
+#endif
+
+ (void) printw("Delay in 10ths of a second (<CR> for blocking input)? ");
+ echo();
+ getstr(buf);
+ noecho();
+ nonl();
+
+ if (isdigit(buf[0]))
+ {
+ timeout(atoi(buf) * 100);
+ blocking = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ c = '?';
+ raw();
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (firsttime++)
+ {
+ printw("Key pressed: %04o ", c);
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ if (c == KEY_MOUSE)
+ {
+ MEVENT event;
+
+ getmouse(&event);
+ printw("KEY_MOUSE, %s\n", _tracemouse(&event));
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION */
+ if (c >= KEY_MIN)
+ {
+ (void) addstr(keyname(c));
+ addch('\n');
+ }
+ else if (c > 0x80)
+ {
+ int c2 = (c & 0x7f);
+ if (isprint(c2))
+ (void) printw("M-%c", c2);
+ else
+ (void) printw("M-%s", unctrl(c2));
+ addstr(" (high-half character)\n");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (isprint(c))
+ (void) printw("%c (ASCII printable character)\n", c);
+ else
+ (void) printw("%s (ASCII control character)\n", unctrl(c));
+ }
+ getyx(stdscr, y, x);
+ if (y >= LINES-1)
+ move(0,0);
+ clrtoeol();
+ }
+
+ if (c == 'g')
+ {
+ addstr("getstr test: ");
+ echo(); getstr(buf); noecho();
+ printw("I saw `%s'.\n", buf);
+ }
+ if (c == 's')
+ {
+ ShellOut(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (c == 'x' || c == 'q' || (c == ERR && blocking))
+ break;
+ if (c == '?')
+ {
+ addstr("Type any key to see its keypad value. Also:\n");
+ addstr("g -- triggers a getstr test\n");
+ addstr("s -- shell out\n");
+ addstr("q -- quit\n");
+ addstr("? -- repeats this help message\n");
+ }
+
+ while ((c = Getchar()) == ERR)
+ if (!blocking)
+ (void) printw("%05d: input timed out\n", incount++);
+ else {
+ (void) printw("%05d: input error\n", incount++);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ mousemask(0, (mmask_t *)0);
+#endif
+ timeout(-1);
+ erase();
+ noraw();
+ nl();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+static int show_attr(int row, chtype attr, const char *name, bool once, const char *capname)
+{
+ mvprintw(row, 8, "%s mode:", name);
+ mvprintw(row, 24, "|");
+ if (once)
+ attron(attr);
+ else
+ attrset(attr);
+ addstr("abcde fghij klmno pqrst uvwxy z");
+ if (once)
+ attroff(attr);
+ printw("|");
+ if (capname != 0 && tigetstr(capname) == 0)
+ printw(" (N/A)");
+ return row + 2;
+}
+
+static void attr_test(void)
+/* test text attributes */
+{
+ int row = 2;
+ refresh();
+
+ mvaddstr(0, 20, "Character attribute test display");
+
+ row = show_attr(row, A_STANDOUT, "STANDOUT", TRUE, "smso");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_REVERSE, "REVERSE", TRUE, "rev");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_BOLD, "BOLD", TRUE, "bold");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_UNDERLINE, "UNDERLINE", TRUE, "smul");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_DIM, "DIM", TRUE, "dim");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_BLINK, "BLINK", TRUE, "blink");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_PROTECT, "PROTECT", TRUE, "prot");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_INVIS, "INVISIBLE", TRUE, "invis");
+ row = show_attr(row, A_NORMAL, "NORMAL", FALSE,0);
+
+ mvprintw(row, 8,
+ "This terminal does %shave the magic-cookie glitch",
+ tigetnum("xmc") > -1 ? "" : "not ");
+
+ refresh();
+
+ Pause();
+
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Color support tests
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static NCURSES_CONST char *colors[] =
+{
+ "black",
+ "red",
+ "green",
+ "yellow",
+ "blue",
+ "magenta",
+ "cyan",
+ "white"
+};
+
+static void color_test(void)
+/* generate a color test pattern */
+{
+ int i;
+
+ refresh();
+ (void) printw("There are %d color pairs\n", COLOR_PAIRS);
+
+ (void) mvprintw(1, 0,
+ "%dx%d matrix of foreground/background colors, bright *off*\n",
+ COLORS, COLORS);
+ for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++)
+ mvaddstr(2, (i+1) * 8, colors[i]);
+ for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++)
+ mvaddstr(3 + i, 0, colors[i]);
+ for (i = 1; i < COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
+ {
+ init_pair(i, i % COLORS, i / COLORS);
+ attron((attr_t)COLOR_PAIR(i));
+ mvaddstr(3 + (i / COLORS), (i % COLORS + 1) * 8, "Hello");
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ }
+
+ (void) mvprintw(COLORS + 4, 0,
+ "%dx%d matrix of foreground/background colors, bright *on*\n",
+ COLORS, COLORS);
+ for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++)
+ mvaddstr(5 + COLORS, (i+1) * 8, colors[i]);
+ for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++)
+ mvaddstr(6 + COLORS + i, 0, colors[i]);
+ for (i = 1; i < COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
+ {
+ init_pair(i, i % COLORS, i / COLORS);
+ attron((attr_t)(COLOR_PAIR(i) | A_BOLD));
+ mvaddstr(6 + COLORS + (i / COLORS), (i % COLORS + 1) * 8, "Hello");
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ }
+
+ Pause();
+
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+static void change_color(int current, int field, int value, int usebase)
+{
+ short red, green, blue;
+
+ if (usebase)
+ color_content(current, &red, &green, &blue);
+ else
+ red = green = blue = 0;
+
+ switch (field) {
+ case 0:
+ red += value;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ green += value;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ blue += value;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (init_color(current, red, green, blue) == ERR)
+ beep();
+}
+
+static void color_edit(void)
+/* display the color test pattern, without trying to edit colors */
+{
+ int i, this_c = 0, value = 0, current = 0, field = 0;
+ int last_c;
+
+ refresh();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++)
+ init_pair(i, COLOR_WHITE, i);
+
+ mvprintw(LINES-2, 0, "Number: %d", value);
+
+ do {
+ short red, green, blue;
+
+ attron(A_BOLD);
+ mvaddstr(0, 20, "Color RGB Value Editing");
+ attroff(A_BOLD);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++)
+ {
+ mvprintw(2 + i, 0, "%c %-8s:",
+ (i == current ? '>' : ' '),
+ (i < (int) SIZEOF(colors)
+ ? colors[i] : ""));
+ attrset(COLOR_PAIR(i));
+ addstr(" ");
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+
+ /*
+ * Note: this refresh should *not* be necessary! It works around
+ * a bug in attribute handling that apparently causes the A_NORMAL
+ * attribute sets to interfere with the actual emission of the
+ * color setting somehow. This needs to be fixed.
+ */
+ refresh();
+
+ color_content(i, &red, &green, &blue);
+ addstr(" R = ");
+ if (current == i && field == 0) attron(A_STANDOUT);
+ printw("%04d", red);
+ if (current == i && field == 0) attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ addstr(", G = ");
+ if (current == i && field == 1) attron(A_STANDOUT);
+ printw("%04d", green);
+ if (current == i && field == 1) attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ addstr(", B = ");
+ if (current == i && field == 2) attron(A_STANDOUT);
+ printw("%04d", blue);
+ if (current == i && field == 2) attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ addstr(")");
+ }
+
+ mvaddstr(COLORS + 3, 0,
+ "Use up/down to select a color, left/right to change fields.");
+ mvaddstr(COLORS + 4, 0,
+ "Modify field by typing nnn=, nnn-, or nnn+. ? for help.");
+
+ move(2 + current, 0);
+
+ last_c = this_c;
+ this_c = Getchar();
+ if (isdigit(this_c) && !isdigit(last_c))
+ value = 0;
+
+ switch (this_c)
+ {
+ case KEY_UP:
+ current = (current == 0 ? (COLORS - 1) : current - 1);
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ current = (current == (COLORS - 1) ? 0 : current + 1);
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ field = (field == 2 ? 0 : field + 1);
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ field = (field == 0 ? 2 : field - 1);
+ break;
+
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ value = value * 10 + (this_c - '0');
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ change_color(current, field, value, 1);
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ change_color(current, field, -value, 1);
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ change_color(current, field, value, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ erase();
+ P(" RGB Value Editing Help");
+ P("");
+ P("You are in the RGB value editor. Use the arrow keys to select one of");
+ P("the fields in one of the RGB triples of the current colors; the one");
+ P("currently selected will be reverse-video highlighted.");
+ P("");
+ P("To change a field, enter the digits of the new value; they are echoed");
+ P("echoed. Finish by typing `='; the change will take effect instantly.");
+ P("To increment or decrement a value, use the same procedure, but finish");
+ P("with a `+' or `-'.");
+ P("");
+ P("To quit, do `x' or 'q'");
+
+ Pause();
+ erase();
+ break;
+
+ case 'x':
+ case 'q':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+ mvprintw(LINES-2, 0, "Number: %d", value);
+ clrtoeol();
+ } while
+ (this_c != 'x' && this_c != 'q');
+
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Soft-key label test
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static void slk_test(void)
+/* exercise the soft keys */
+{
+ int c, fmt = 1;
+ char buf[9];
+
+ c = CTRL('l');
+ do {
+ move(0, 0);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case CTRL('l'):
+ erase();
+ attron(A_BOLD);
+ mvaddstr(0, 20, "Soft Key Exerciser");
+ attroff(A_BOLD);
+
+ move(2, 0);
+ P("Available commands are:");
+ P("");
+ P("^L -- refresh screen");
+ P("a -- activate or restore soft keys");
+ P("d -- disable soft keys");
+ P("c -- set centered format for labels");
+ P("l -- set left-justified format for labels");
+ P("r -- set right-justified format for labels");
+ P("[12345678] -- set label; labels are numbered 1 through 8");
+ P("e -- erase stdscr (should not erase labels)");
+ P("s -- test scrolling of shortened screen");
+ P("x, q -- return to main menu");
+ P("");
+ P("Note: if activating the soft keys causes your terminal to");
+ P("scroll up one line, your terminal auto-scrolls when anything");
+ P("is written to the last screen position. The ncurses code");
+ P("does not yet handle this gracefully.");
+ refresh();
+ /* fall through */
+
+ case 'a':
+ slk_restore();
+ break;
+
+ case 'e':
+ wclear(stdscr);
+ break;
+
+ case 's':
+ mvprintw(20, 0, "Press Q to stop the scrolling-test: ");
+ while ((c = Getchar()) != 'Q' && (c != ERR))
+ addch((chtype)c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ slk_clear();
+ break;
+
+ case 'l':
+ fmt = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ fmt = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case 'r':
+ fmt = 2;
+ break;
+
+ case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8':
+ (void) mvaddstr(20, 0, "Please enter the label value: ");
+ echo();
+ wgetnstr(stdscr, buf, 8);
+ noecho();
+ slk_set((c - '0'), buf, fmt);
+ slk_refresh();
+ move(20, 0); clrtoeol();
+ break;
+
+ case 'x':
+ case 'q':
+ goto done;
+
+ default:
+ beep();
+ }
+ } while
+ ((c = Getchar()) != EOF);
+
+ done:
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Alternate character-set stuff
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/* ISO 6429: codes 0x80 to 0x9f may be control characters that cause the
+ * terminal to perform functions. The remaining codes can be graphic.
+ */
+static void show_upper_chars(int first)
+{
+ bool C1 = (first == 128);
+ int code;
+ int last = first + 31;
+ int reply;
+
+ erase();
+ attron(A_BOLD);
+ mvprintw(0, 20, "Display of %s Character Codes %d to %d",
+ C1 ? "C1" : "GR", first, last);
+ attroff(A_BOLD);
+ refresh();
+
+ for (code = first; code <= last; code++) {
+ int row = 4 + ((code - first) % 16);
+ int col = ((code - first) / 16) * COLS / 2;
+ char tmp[80];
+ sprintf(tmp, "%3d (0x%x)", code, code);
+ mvprintw(row, col, "%*s: ", COLS/4, tmp);
+ if (C1)
+ nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
+ echochar(code);
+ if (C1) {
+ /* (yes, this _is_ crude) */
+ while ((reply = Getchar()) != ERR) {
+ addch(reply);
+ napms(10);
+ }
+ nodelay(stdscr, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static int show_1_acs(int n, const char *name, chtype code)
+{
+ const int height = 16;
+ int row = 4 + (n % height);
+ int col = (n / height) * COLS / 2;
+ mvprintw(row, col, "%*s : ", COLS/4, name);
+ addch(code);
+ return n + 1;
+}
+
+static void show_acs_chars(void)
+/* display the ACS character set */
+{
+ int n;
+
+#define BOTH(name) #name, name
+
+ erase();
+ attron(A_BOLD);
+ mvaddstr(0, 20, "Display of the ACS Character Set");
+ attroff(A_BOLD);
+ refresh();
+
+ n = show_1_acs(0, BOTH(ACS_ULCORNER));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LLCORNER));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_URCORNER));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LRCORNER));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_RTEE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LTEE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BTEE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_TTEE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_HLINE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_VLINE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_PLUS));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S1));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S9));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_DIAMOND));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_CKBOARD));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_DEGREE));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_PLMINUS));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BULLET));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LARROW));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_RARROW));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_DARROW));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_UARROW));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BOARD));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LANTERN));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BLOCK));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S3));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S7));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LEQUAL));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_GEQUAL));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_PI));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_NEQUAL));
+ n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_STERLING));
+}
+
+static void acs_display(void)
+{
+ int c = 'a';
+
+ do {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'a':
+ show_acs_chars();
+ break;
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ show_upper_chars((c - '0') * 32 + 128);
+ break;
+ }
+ mvprintw(LINES-3,0, "Note: ANSI terminals may not display C1 characters.");
+ mvprintw(LINES-2,0, "Select: a=ACS, 0=C1, 1,2,3=GR characters, q=quit");
+ refresh();
+ } while ((c = Getchar()) != 'x' && c != 'q');
+
+ Pause();
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Graphic-rendition test (adapted from vttest)
+ */
+static void
+test_sgr_attributes(void)
+{
+ int pass;
+
+ for (pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++) {
+ int normal = ((pass == 0 ? A_NORMAL : A_REVERSE)) | BLANK;
+
+ /* Use non-default colors if possible to exercise bce a little */
+ if (has_colors()) {
+ init_pair(1, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE);
+ normal |= COLOR_PAIR(1);
+ }
+ bkgdset(normal);
+ erase();
+ mvprintw( 1,20, "Graphic rendition test pattern:");
+
+ mvprintw( 4, 1, "vanilla");
+
+#define set_sgr(mask) bkgdset((normal^(mask)));
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD);
+ mvprintw( 4,40, "bold");
+
+ set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE);
+ mvprintw( 6, 6, "underline");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE);
+ mvprintw( 6,45, "bold underline");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BLINK);
+ mvprintw( 8, 1, "blink");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BLINK|A_BOLD);
+ mvprintw( 8,40, "bold blink");
+
+ set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK);
+ mvprintw(10, 6, "underline blink");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK);
+ mvprintw(10,45, "bold underline blink");
+
+ set_sgr(A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(12, 1, "negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(12,40, "bold negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(14, 6, "underline negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(14,45, "bold underline negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BLINK|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(16, 1, "blink negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(16,40, "bold blink negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(18, 6, "underline blink negative");
+
+ set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE);
+ mvprintw(18,45, "bold underline blink negative");
+
+ bkgdset(normal);
+ mvprintw(LINES-2,1, "%s background. ", pass == 0 ? "Dark" : "Light");
+ clrtoeol();
+ Pause();
+ }
+
+ bkgdset(A_NORMAL | BLANK);
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Windows and scrolling tester.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#define BOTLINES 4 /* number of line stolen from screen bottom */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int y, x;
+}
+pair;
+
+#define FRAME struct frame
+FRAME
+{
+ FRAME *next, *last;
+ bool do_scroll;
+ bool do_keypad;
+ WINDOW *wind;
+};
+
+/* We need to know if these flags are actually set, so don't look in FRAME.
+ * These names are known to work with SVr4 curses as well as ncurses.
+ */
+static bool HaveKeypad(FRAME *curp)
+{
+ WINDOW *win = (curp ? curp->wind : stdscr);
+ return win->_use_keypad;
+}
+
+static bool HaveScroll(FRAME *curp)
+{
+ WINDOW *win = (curp ? curp->wind : stdscr);
+ return win->_scroll;
+}
+
+static void newwin_legend(FRAME *curp)
+{
+ static const struct {
+ const char *msg;
+ int code;
+ } legend[] = {
+ { "^C = create window", 0 },
+ { "^N = next window", 0 },
+ { "^P = previous window", 0 },
+ { "^F = scroll forward", 0 },
+ { "^B = scroll backward", 0 },
+ { "^K = keypad(%s)", 1 },
+ { "^S = scrollok(%s)", 2 },
+ { "^W = save window to file", 0 },
+ { "^R = restore window", 0 },
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ { "^X = resize", 0 },
+#endif
+ { "^Q%s = exit", 3 }
+ };
+ size_t n;
+ int y, x;
+ bool do_keypad = HaveKeypad(curp);
+ bool do_scroll = HaveScroll(curp);
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ move(LINES-4, 0);
+ for (n = 0; n < SIZEOF(legend); n++) {
+ switch (legend[n].code) {
+ default:
+ strcpy(buf, legend[n].msg);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ sprintf(buf, legend[n].msg, do_keypad ? "yes" : "no");
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ sprintf(buf, legend[n].msg, do_scroll ? "yes" : "no");
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ sprintf(buf, legend[n].msg, do_keypad ? "/ESC" : "");
+ break;
+ }
+ getyx(stdscr, y, x);
+ addstr((COLS < (x + 3 + (int)strlen(buf))) ? "\n" : (n ? ", " : ""));
+ addstr(buf);
+ }
+ clrtoeol();
+}
+
+static void transient(FRAME *curp, NCURSES_CONST char *msg)
+{
+ newwin_legend(curp);
+ if (msg)
+ {
+ mvaddstr(LINES - 1, 0, msg);
+ refresh();
+ napms(1000);
+ }
+
+ move(LINES-1, 0);
+ printw("%s characters are echoed, window should %sscroll.",
+ HaveKeypad(curp) ? "Non-arrow" : "All other",
+ HaveScroll(curp) ? "" : "not " );
+ clrtoeol();
+}
+
+static void newwin_report(FRAME *curp)
+/* report on the cursor's current position, then restore it */
+{
+ WINDOW *win = (curp != 0) ? curp->wind : stdscr;
+ int y, x;
+
+ if (win != stdscr)
+ transient(curp, (char *)0);
+ getyx(win, y, x);
+ move(LINES - 1, COLS - 17);
+ printw("Y = %2d X = %2d", y, x);
+ if (win != stdscr)
+ refresh();
+ else
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+}
+
+static pair *selectcell(int uli, int ulj, int lri, int lrj)
+/* arrows keys move cursor, return location at current on non-arrow key */
+{
+ static pair res; /* result cell */
+ int si = lri - uli + 1; /* depth of the select area */
+ int sj = lrj - ulj + 1; /* width of the select area */
+ int i = 0, j = 0; /* offsets into the select area */
+
+ res.y = uli;
+ res.x = ulj;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ move(uli + i, ulj + j);
+ newwin_report((FRAME *)0);
+
+ switch(Getchar())
+ {
+ case KEY_UP: i += si - 1; break;
+ case KEY_DOWN: i++; break;
+ case KEY_LEFT: j += sj - 1; break;
+ case KEY_RIGHT: j++; break;
+ case QUIT:
+ case ESCAPE: return((pair *)0);
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ case KEY_MOUSE:
+ {
+ MEVENT event;
+
+ getmouse(&event);
+ if (event.y > uli && event.x > ulj) {
+ i = event.y - uli;
+ j = event.x - ulj;
+ } else {
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+#endif
+ default: res.y = uli + i; res.x = ulj + j; return(&res);
+ }
+ i %= si;
+ j %= sj;
+ }
+}
+
+static void outerbox(pair ul, pair lr, bool onoff)
+/* draw or erase a box *outside* the given pair of corners */
+{
+ mvaddch(ul.y-1, lr.x-1, onoff ? ACS_ULCORNER : ' ');
+ mvaddch(ul.y-1, lr.x+1, onoff ? ACS_URCORNER : ' ');
+ mvaddch(lr.y+1, lr.x+1, onoff ? ACS_LRCORNER : ' ');
+ mvaddch(lr.y+1, ul.x-1, onoff ? ACS_LLCORNER : ' ');
+ move(ul.y-1, ul.x); hline(onoff ? ACS_HLINE : ' ', lr.x - ul.x + 1);
+ move(ul.y, ul.x-1); vline(onoff ? ACS_VLINE : ' ', lr.y - ul.y + 1);
+ move(lr.y+1, ul.x); hline(onoff ? ACS_HLINE : ' ', lr.x - ul.x + 1);
+ move(ul.y, lr.x+1); vline(onoff ? ACS_VLINE : ' ', lr.y - ul.y + 1);
+}
+
+static WINDOW *getwindow(void)
+/* Ask user for a window definition */
+{
+ WINDOW *rwindow;
+ pair ul, lr, *tmp;
+
+ move(0, 0); clrtoeol();
+ addstr("Use arrows to move cursor, anything else to mark corner 1");
+ refresh();
+ if ((tmp = selectcell(2, 1, LINES-BOTLINES-2, COLS-2)) == (pair *)0)
+ return((WINDOW *)0);
+ memcpy(&ul, tmp, sizeof(pair));
+ mvaddch(ul.y-1, ul.x-1, ACS_ULCORNER);
+ move(0, 0); clrtoeol();
+ addstr("Use arrows to move cursor, anything else to mark corner 2");
+ refresh();
+ if ((tmp = selectcell(ul.y, ul.x, LINES-BOTLINES-2, COLS-2)) == (pair *)0)
+ return((WINDOW *)0);
+ memcpy(&lr, tmp, sizeof(pair));
+
+ rwindow = subwin(stdscr, lr.y - ul.y + 1, lr.x - ul.x + 1, ul.y, ul.x);
+
+ outerbox(ul, lr, TRUE);
+ refresh();
+
+ wrefresh(rwindow);
+
+ move(0, 0); clrtoeol();
+ return(rwindow);
+}
+
+static void newwin_move(FRAME *curp, int dy, int dx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win = (curp != 0) ? curp->wind : stdscr;
+ int cur_y, cur_x;
+ int max_y, max_x;
+
+ getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+ getmaxyx(win, max_y, max_x);
+ if ((cur_x += dx) < 0)
+ cur_x = 0;
+ else if (cur_x >= max_x)
+ cur_x = max_x - 1;
+ if ((cur_y += dy) < 0)
+ cur_y = 0;
+ else if (cur_y >= max_y)
+ cur_y = max_y - 1;
+ wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+}
+
+static FRAME *delete_framed(FRAME *fp, bool showit)
+{
+ FRAME *np;
+
+ fp->last->next = fp->next;
+ fp->next->last = fp->last;
+
+ if (showit) {
+ werase(fp->wind);
+ wrefresh(fp->wind);
+ }
+ delwin(fp->wind);
+
+ np = (fp == fp->next) ? 0 : fp->next;
+ free(fp);
+ return np;
+}
+
+static void acs_and_scroll(void)
+/* Demonstrate windows */
+{
+ int c, i;
+ FILE *fp;
+ FRAME *current = (FRAME *)0, *neww;
+ WINDOW *usescr = stdscr;
+
+#define DUMPFILE "screendump"
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ mousemask(BUTTON1_CLICKED, (mmask_t *)0);
+#endif
+ c = CTRL('C');
+ raw();
+ do {
+ transient((FRAME *)0, (char *)0);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case CTRL('C'):
+ neww = (FRAME *) calloc(1, sizeof(FRAME));
+ if ((neww->wind = getwindow()) == (WINDOW *)0)
+ goto breakout;
+
+ if (current == 0) /* First element, */
+ {
+ neww->next = neww; /* so point it at itself */
+ neww->last = neww;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ neww->next = current->next;
+ neww->last = current;
+ neww->last->next = neww;
+ neww->next->last = neww;
+ }
+ current = neww;
+ current->do_keypad = HaveKeypad(current);
+ current->do_scroll = HaveScroll(current);
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('N'): /* go to next window */
+ if (current)
+ current = current->next;
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('P'): /* go to previous window */
+ if (current)
+ current = current->last;
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('F'): /* scroll current window forward */
+ if (current)
+ wscrl(current->wind, 1);
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('B'): /* scroll current window backwards */
+ if (current)
+ wscrl(current->wind, -1);
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('K'): /* toggle keypad mode for current */
+ if (current) {
+ current->do_keypad = !current->do_keypad;
+ keypad(current->wind, current->do_keypad);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('S'):
+ if (current) {
+ current->do_scroll = !current->do_scroll;
+ scrollok(current->wind, current->do_scroll);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('W'): /* save and delete window */
+ if (current == current->next)
+ break;
+ if ((fp = fopen(DUMPFILE, "w")) == (FILE *)0)
+ transient(current, "Can't open screen dump file");
+ else
+ {
+ (void) putwin(current->wind, fp);
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+
+ current = delete_framed(current, TRUE);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('R'): /* restore window */
+ if ((fp = fopen(DUMPFILE, "r")) == (FILE *)0)
+ transient(current, "Can't open screen dump file");
+ else
+ {
+ neww = (FRAME *) calloc(1, sizeof(FRAME));
+
+ neww->next = current->next;
+ neww->last = current;
+ neww->last->next = neww;
+ neww->next->last = neww;
+
+ neww->wind = getwin(fp);
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+
+ wrefresh(neww->wind);
+ }
+ break;
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ case CTRL('X'): /* resize window */
+ if (current)
+ {
+ pair *tmp, ul, lr;
+
+ move(0, 0); clrtoeol();
+ addstr("Use arrows to move cursor, anything else to mark new corner");
+ refresh();
+
+ getbegyx(current->wind, ul.y, ul.x);
+
+ tmp = selectcell(ul.y, ul.x, LINES-BOTLINES-2, COLS-2);
+ if (tmp == (pair *)0)
+ {
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ getmaxyx(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x);
+ lr.y += (ul.y - 1);
+ lr.x += (ul.x - 1);
+ outerbox(ul, lr, FALSE);
+ wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+
+ /* strictly cosmetic hack for the test */
+ if (current->wind->_maxy > tmp->y - ul.y)
+ {
+ getyx(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x);
+ wmove(current->wind, tmp->y - ul.y + 1, 0);
+ wclrtobot(current->wind);
+ wmove(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x);
+ }
+ if (current->wind->_maxx > tmp->x - ul.x)
+ for (i = 0; i < current->wind->_maxy; i++)
+ {
+ wmove(current->wind, i, tmp->x - ul.x + 1);
+ wclrtoeol(current->wind);
+ }
+ wnoutrefresh(current->wind);
+
+ memcpy(&lr, tmp, sizeof(pair));
+ (void) wresize(current->wind, lr.y-ul.y+0, lr.x-ul.x+0);
+
+ getbegyx(current->wind, ul.y, ul.x);
+ getmaxyx(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x);
+ lr.y += (ul.y - 1);
+ lr.x += (ul.x - 1);
+ outerbox(ul, lr, TRUE);
+ wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+
+ wnoutrefresh(current->wind);
+ move(0, 0); clrtoeol();
+ doupdate();
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* NCURSES_VERSION */
+
+ case KEY_F(10): /* undocumented --- use this to test area clears */
+ selectcell(0, 0, LINES - 1, COLS - 1);
+ clrtobot();
+ refresh();
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_UP:
+ newwin_move(current, -1, 0);
+ break;
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ newwin_move(current, 1, 0);
+ break;
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ newwin_move(current, 0, -1);
+ break;
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ newwin_move(current, 0, 1);
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case KEY_DC:
+ {
+ int y, x;
+ getyx(current->wind, y, x);
+ if (--x < 0) {
+ if (--y < 0)
+ break;
+ x = getmaxx(current->wind) - 1;
+ }
+ mvwdelch(current->wind, y, x);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '\r':
+ c = '\n';
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ default:
+ if (current)
+ waddch(current->wind, (chtype)c);
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+ newwin_report(current);
+ usescr = (current ? current->wind : stdscr);
+ wrefresh(usescr);
+ } while
+ ((c = wGetchar(usescr))
+ && !((c == ESCAPE) && (usescr->_use_keypad))
+ && (c != ERR));
+
+ breakout:
+ while (current != 0)
+ current = delete_framed(current, FALSE);
+
+ scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); /* reset to driver's default */
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+ mousemask(0, (mmask_t *)0);
+#endif
+ noraw();
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Panels tester
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#if USE_LIBPANEL
+static PANEL *p1;
+static PANEL *p2;
+static PANEL *p3;
+static PANEL *p4;
+static PANEL *p5;
+static WINDOW *w1;
+static WINDOW *w2;
+static WINDOW *w3;
+static WINDOW *w4;
+static WINDOW *w5;
+
+static unsigned long nap_msec = 1;
+
+static NCURSES_CONST char *mod[] =
+{
+ "test ",
+ "TEST ",
+ "(**) ",
+ "*()* ",
+ "<--> ",
+ "LAST "
+};
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ wait_a_while(msec)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+wait_a_while(unsigned long msec GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+#if HAVE_NAPMS
+ if(nap_msec == 1)
+ wGetchar(stdscr);
+ else
+ napms(nap_msec);
+#else
+ if(nap_msec == 1)
+ wGetchar(stdscr);
+ else if(msec > 1000L)
+ sleep((int)msec/1000L);
+ else
+ sleep(1);
+#endif
+} /* end of wait_a_while */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ saywhat(text)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+saywhat(NCURSES_CONST char *text)
+{
+ wmove(stdscr,LINES - 1,0);
+ wclrtoeol(stdscr);
+ waddstr(stdscr, text);
+} /* end of saywhat */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ mkpanel(rows,cols,tly,tlx) - alloc a win and panel and associate them
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static PANEL *
+mkpanel(int rows, int cols, int tly, int tlx)
+{
+WINDOW *win = newwin(rows,cols,tly,tlx);
+PANEL *pan;
+
+ if(!win)
+ return((PANEL *)0);
+ if((pan = new_panel(win)))
+ return(pan);
+ delwin(win);
+ return((PANEL *)0);
+} /* end of mkpanel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ rmpanel(pan)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+rmpanel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+WINDOW *win = panel_window(pan);
+ del_panel(pan);
+ delwin(win);
+} /* end of rmpanel */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ pflush()
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+pflush(void)
+{
+ update_panels();
+ doupdate();
+} /* end of pflush */
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ fill_panel(win)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+fill_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+WINDOW *win = panel_window(pan);
+int num = ((const char *)panel_userptr(pan))[1];
+int y,x;
+
+ box(win, 0, 0);
+ wmove(win,1,1);
+ wprintw(win,"-pan%c-", num);
+ for(y = 2; y < getmaxy(win) - 1; y++)
+ {
+ for(x = 1; x < getmaxx(win) - 1; x++)
+ {
+ wmove(win,y,x);
+ waddch(win,num);
+ }
+ }
+} /* end of fill_panel */
+
+static void demo_panels(void)
+{
+int itmp;
+register y,x;
+
+ refresh();
+
+ for(y = 0; y < LINES - 1; y++)
+ {
+ for(x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
+ wprintw(stdscr,"%d",(y + x) % 10);
+ }
+ for(y = 0; y < 5; y++)
+ {
+ p1 = mkpanel(LINES/2 - 2, COLS/8 + 1, 0, 0);
+ w1 = panel_window(p1);
+ set_panel_userptr(p1,"p1");
+
+ p2 = mkpanel(LINES/2 + 1, COLS/7, LINES/4, COLS/10);
+ w2 = panel_window(p2);
+ set_panel_userptr(p2,"p2");
+
+ p3 = mkpanel(LINES/4, COLS/10, LINES/2, COLS/9);
+ w3 = panel_window(p3);
+ set_panel_userptr(p3,"p3");
+
+ p4 = mkpanel(LINES/2 - 2, COLS/8, LINES/2 - 2, COLS/3);
+ w4 = panel_window(p4);
+ set_panel_userptr(p4,"p4");
+
+ p5 = mkpanel(LINES/2 - 2, COLS/8, LINES/2, COLS/2 - 2);
+ w5 = panel_window(p5);
+ set_panel_userptr(p5,"p5");
+
+ fill_panel(p1);
+ fill_panel(p2);
+ fill_panel(p3);
+ fill_panel(p4);
+ fill_panel(p5);
+ hide_panel(p4);
+ hide_panel(p5);
+ pflush();
+ saywhat("press any key to continue");
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("h3 s1 s2 s4 s5; press any key to continue");
+ move_panel(p1,0,0);
+ hide_panel(p3);
+ show_panel(p1);
+ show_panel(p2);
+ show_panel(p4);
+ show_panel(p5);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("s1; press any key to continue");
+ show_panel(p1);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("s2; press any key to continue");
+ show_panel(p2);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("m2; press any key to continue");
+ move_panel(p2, LINES/3 + 1, COLS / 8);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("s3;");
+ show_panel(p3);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("m3; press any key to continue");
+ move_panel(p3, LINES/4 + 1, COLS / 15);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("b3; press any key to continue");
+ bottom_panel(p3);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("s4; press any key to continue");
+ show_panel(p4);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("s5; press any key to continue");
+ show_panel(p5);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t3; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p3);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t1; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p1);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t2; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p2);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t3; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p3);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t4; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p4);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ for(itmp = 0; itmp < 6; itmp++)
+ {
+ saywhat("m4; press any key to continue");
+ wmove(w4, LINES/8, 1);
+ waddstr(w4,mod[itmp]);
+ move_panel(p4, LINES/6, itmp*(COLS/8));
+ wmove(w5, LINES/6, 1);
+ waddstr(w5,mod[itmp]);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+ saywhat("m5; press any key to continue");
+ wmove(w4, LINES/6, 1);
+ waddstr(w4,mod[itmp]);
+ move_panel(p5, LINES/3 - 1,(itmp*10) + 6);
+ wmove(w5, LINES/8, 1);
+ waddstr(w5,mod[itmp]);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+ }
+
+ saywhat("m4; press any key to continue");
+ move_panel(p4, LINES/6, itmp*(COLS/8));
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t5; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p5);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t2; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p2);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("t1; press any key to continue");
+ top_panel(p1);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("d2; press any key to continue");
+ rmpanel(p2);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("h3; press any key to continue");
+ hide_panel(p3);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("d1; press any key to continue");
+ rmpanel(p1);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("d4; press any key to continue");
+ rmpanel(p4);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+
+ saywhat("d5; press any key to continue");
+ rmpanel(p5);
+ pflush();
+ wait_a_while(nap_msec);
+ if(nap_msec == 1)
+ break;
+ nap_msec = 100L;
+ }
+
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Pad tester
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#define GRIDSIZE 3
+
+static bool show_panner_legend = TRUE;
+
+static int panner_legend(int line)
+{
+ static const char *const legend[] = {
+ "Use arrow keys (or U,D,L,R) to pan, q to quit (?,t,s flags)",
+ "Use ! to shell-out. Toggle legend:?, timer:t, scroll mark:s.",
+ "Use +,- (or j,k) to grow/shrink the panner vertically.",
+ "Use <,> (or h,l) to grow/shrink the panner horizontally."
+ };
+ int n = (SIZEOF(legend) - (LINES - line));
+ if (line < LINES && (n >= 0)) {
+ move(line, 0);
+ if (show_panner_legend)
+ printw("%s", legend[n]);
+ clrtoeol();
+ return show_panner_legend;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void panner_h_cleanup(int from_y, int from_x, int to_x)
+{
+ if (!panner_legend(from_y))
+ do_h_line(from_y, from_x, ' ', to_x);
+}
+
+static void panner_v_cleanup(int from_y, int from_x, int to_y)
+{
+ if (!panner_legend(from_y))
+ do_v_line(from_y, from_x, ' ', to_y);
+}
+
+static void panner(WINDOW *pad,
+ int top_x, int top_y, int porty, int portx,
+ int (*pgetc)(WINDOW *))
+{
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ struct timeval before, after;
+ bool timing = TRUE;
+#endif
+ bool scrollers = TRUE;
+ int basex = 0;
+ int basey = 0;
+ int pxmax, pymax, lowend, highend, c;
+
+ getmaxyx(pad, pymax, pxmax);
+ scrollok(stdscr, FALSE); /* we don't want stdscr to scroll! */
+
+ c = KEY_REFRESH;
+ do {
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ /*
+ * During shell-out, the user may have resized the window. Adjust
+ * the port size of the pad to accommodate this. Ncurses automatically
+ * resizes all of the normal windows to fit on the new screen.
+ */
+ if (top_x > COLS) top_x = COLS;
+ if (portx > COLS) portx = COLS;
+ if (top_y > LINES) top_y = LINES;
+ if (porty > LINES) porty = LINES;
+#endif
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case KEY_REFRESH:
+ erase();
+
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ case '?':
+ if (c == '?')
+ show_panner_legend = !show_panner_legend;
+ panner_legend(LINES - 4);
+ panner_legend(LINES - 3);
+ panner_legend(LINES - 2);
+ panner_legend(LINES - 1);
+ break;
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ case 't':
+ timing = !timing;
+ if (!timing)
+ panner_legend(LINES-1);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case 's':
+ scrollers = !scrollers;
+ break;
+
+ /* Move the top-left corner of the pad, keeping the bottom-right
+ * corner fixed.
+ */
+ case 'h': /* increase-columns: move left edge to left */
+ if (top_x <= 0)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ panner_v_cleanup(top_y, top_x, porty);
+ top_x--;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'j': /* decrease-lines: move top-edge down */
+ if (top_y >= porty)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ panner_h_cleanup(top_y - 1, top_x - (top_x > 0), portx);
+ top_y++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'k': /* increase-lines: move top-edge up */
+ if (top_y <= 0)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ top_y--;
+ panner_h_cleanup(top_y, top_x, portx);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'l': /* decrease-columns: move left-edge to right */
+ if (top_x >= portx)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ panner_v_cleanup(top_y - (top_y > 0), top_x - 1, porty);
+ top_x++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Move the bottom-right corner of the pad, keeping the top-left
+ * corner fixed.
+ */
+ case KEY_IC: /* increase-columns: move right-edge to right */
+ if (portx >= pxmax || portx >= COLS)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ panner_v_cleanup(top_y - (top_y > 0), portx - 1, porty);
+ ++portx;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_IL: /* increase-lines: move bottom-edge down */
+ if (porty >= pymax || porty >= LINES)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ panner_h_cleanup(porty - 1, top_x - (top_x > 0), portx);
+ ++porty;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_DC: /* decrease-columns: move bottom edge up */
+ if (portx <= top_x)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ portx--;
+ panner_v_cleanup(top_y - (top_y > 0), portx, porty);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_DL: /* decrease-lines */
+ if (porty <= top_y)
+ beep();
+ else
+ {
+ porty--;
+ panner_h_cleanup(porty, top_x - (top_x > 0), portx);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_LEFT: /* pan leftwards */
+ if (basex > 0)
+ basex--;
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_RIGHT: /* pan rightwards */
+ if (basex + portx - (pymax > porty) < pxmax)
+ basex++;
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_UP: /* pan upwards */
+ if (basey > 0)
+ basey--;
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_DOWN: /* pan downwards */
+ if (basey + porty - (pxmax > portx) < pymax)
+ basey++;
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ mvaddch(top_y - 1, top_x - 1, ACS_ULCORNER);
+ do_v_line(top_y, top_x - 1, ACS_VLINE, porty);
+ do_h_line(top_y - 1, top_x, ACS_HLINE, portx);
+
+ if (scrollers && (pxmax > portx - 1)) {
+ int length = (portx - top_x - 1);
+ float ratio = ((float) length) / ((float) pxmax);
+
+ lowend = top_x + (basex * ratio);
+ highend = top_x + ((basex + length) * ratio);
+
+ do_h_line(porty - 1, top_x, ACS_HLINE, lowend);
+ if (highend < portx) {
+ attron(A_REVERSE);
+ do_h_line(porty - 1, lowend, ' ', highend + 1);
+ attroff(A_REVERSE);
+ do_h_line(porty - 1, highend + 1, ACS_HLINE, portx);
+ }
+ } else
+ do_h_line(porty - 1, top_x, ACS_HLINE, portx);
+
+ if (scrollers && (pymax > porty - 1)) {
+ int length = (porty - top_y - 1);
+ float ratio = ((float) length) / ((float) pymax);
+
+ lowend = top_y + (basey * ratio);
+ highend = top_y + ((basey + length) * ratio);
+
+ do_v_line(top_y, portx - 1, ACS_VLINE, lowend);
+ if (highend < porty) {
+ attron(A_REVERSE);
+ do_v_line(lowend, portx - 1, ' ', highend + 1);
+ attroff(A_REVERSE);
+ do_v_line(highend + 1, portx - 1, ACS_VLINE, porty);
+ }
+ } else
+ do_v_line(top_y, portx - 1, ACS_VLINE, porty);
+
+ mvaddch(top_y - 1, portx - 1, ACS_URCORNER);
+ mvaddch(porty - 1, top_x - 1, ACS_LLCORNER);
+ mvaddch(porty - 1, portx - 1, ACS_LRCORNER);
+
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ gettimeofday(&before, 0);
+#endif
+ wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+
+ pnoutrefresh(pad,
+ basey, basex,
+ top_y, top_x,
+ porty - (pxmax > portx) - 1,
+ portx - (pymax > porty) - 1);
+
+ doupdate();
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+ if (timing) {
+ double elapsed;
+ gettimeofday(&after, 0);
+ elapsed = (after.tv_sec + after.tv_usec / 1.0e6)
+ - (before.tv_sec + before.tv_usec / 1.0e6);
+ move(LINES-1, COLS-20);
+ printw("Secs: %2.03f", elapsed);
+ refresh();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ } while
+ ((c = pgetc(pad)) != KEY_EXIT);
+
+ scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); /* reset to driver's default */
+}
+
+static
+int padgetch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ while(1)
+ switch(c = wGetchar(win))
+ {
+ case '!': ShellOut(FALSE); return KEY_REFRESH;
+ case CTRL('r'): endwin(); refresh(); return KEY_REFRESH;
+ case CTRL('l'): return KEY_REFRESH;
+ case 'U': return(KEY_UP);
+ case 'D': return(KEY_DOWN);
+ case 'R': return(KEY_RIGHT);
+ case 'L': return(KEY_LEFT);
+ case '+': return(KEY_IL);
+ case '-': return(KEY_DL);
+ case '>': return(KEY_IC);
+ case '<': return(KEY_DC);
+ case ERR: /* FALLTHRU */
+ case 'q': return(KEY_EXIT);
+ default: return(c);
+ }
+}
+
+static void demo_pad(void)
+/* Demonstrate pads. */
+{
+ int i, j;
+ unsigned gridcount = 0;
+ WINDOW *panpad = newpad(200, 200);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 200; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < 200; j++)
+ if (i % GRIDSIZE == 0 && j % GRIDSIZE == 0)
+ {
+ if (i == 0 || j == 0)
+ waddch(panpad, '+');
+ else
+ waddch(panpad, (chtype)('A' + (gridcount++ % 26)));
+ }
+ else if (i % GRIDSIZE == 0)
+ waddch(panpad, '-');
+ else if (j % GRIDSIZE == 0)
+ waddch(panpad, '|');
+ else
+ waddch(panpad, ' ');
+ }
+ panner_legend(LINES - 4);
+ panner_legend(LINES - 3);
+ panner_legend(LINES - 2);
+ panner_legend(LINES - 1);
+
+ keypad(panpad, TRUE);
+
+ /* Make the pad (initially) narrow enough that a trace file won't wrap.
+ * We'll still be able to widen it during a test, since that's required
+ * for testing boundaries.
+ */
+ panner(panpad, 2, 2, LINES - 5, COLS-15, padgetch);
+
+ delwin(panpad);
+ endwin();
+ erase();
+}
+#endif /* USE_LIBPANEL */
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Tests from John Burnell's PDCurses tester
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static void Continue (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ noecho();
+ wmove(win, 10, 1);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ wGetchar(win);
+}
+
+static void flushinp_test(WINDOW *win)
+/* Input test, adapted from John Burnell's PDCurses tester */
+{
+ int w, h, bx, by, sw, sh, i;
+
+ WINDOW *subWin;
+ wclear (win);
+
+ w = win->_maxx;
+ h = win->_maxy;
+ bx = win->_begx;
+ by = win->_begy;
+ sw = w / 3;
+ sh = h / 3;
+ if((subWin = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + h - sh - 2, bx + w - sw - 2)) == 0)
+ return;
+
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ init_pair(2,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_BLUE);
+ wattrset(subWin, COLOR_PAIR(2) | A_BOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD);
+#else
+ wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD);
+#endif
+ box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
+ mvwaddstr(subWin, 2, 1, "This is a subwindow");
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ nocbreak();
+ mvwaddstr(win, 0, 1, "This is a test of the flushinp() call.");
+
+ mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Type random keys for 5 seconds.");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1,
+ "These should be discarded (not echoed) after the subwindow goes away.");
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ {
+ mvwprintw (subWin, 1, 1, "Time = %d", i);
+ wrefresh(subWin);
+ napms(1000);
+ flushinp();
+ }
+
+ delwin (subWin);
+ werase(win);
+ flash();
+ wrefresh(win);
+ napms(1000);
+
+ mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1,
+ "If you were still typing when the window timer expired,");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1,
+ "or else you typed nothing at all while it was running,");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 4, 1,
+ "test was invalid. You'll see garbage or nothing at all. ");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 6, 1, "Press a key");
+ wmove(win, 9, 10);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ echo();
+ wGetchar(win);
+ flushinp();
+ mvwaddstr(win, 12, 0,
+ "If you see any key other than what you typed, flushinp() is broken.");
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wmove(win, 9, 10);
+ wdelch(win);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ wmove(win, 12, 0);
+ clrtoeol();
+ waddstr(win,
+ "What you typed should now have been deleted; if not, wdelch() failed.");
+ Continue(win);
+
+ cbreak();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Menu test
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#if USE_LIBMENU
+
+#define MENU_Y 8
+#define MENU_X 8
+
+static int menu_virtualize(int c)
+{
+ if (c == '\n' || c == KEY_EXIT)
+ return(MAX_COMMAND + 1);
+ else if (c == 'n' || c == KEY_DOWN)
+ return(REQ_NEXT_ITEM);
+ else if (c == 'p' || c == KEY_UP)
+ return(REQ_PREV_ITEM);
+ else if (c == ' ')
+ return(REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM);
+ else
+ return(c);
+}
+
+static const char *animals[] =
+{
+ "Lions", "Tigers", "Bears", "(Oh my!)", "Newts", "Platypi", "Lemurs",
+ (char *)0
+};
+
+static void menu_test(void)
+{
+ MENU *m;
+ ITEM *items[SIZEOF(animals)];
+ ITEM **ip = items;
+ const char **ap;
+ int mrows, mcols;
+ WINDOW *menuwin;
+
+ mvaddstr(0, 0, "This is the menu test:");
+ mvaddstr(2, 0, " Use up and down arrow to move the select bar.");
+ mvaddstr(3, 0, " 'n' and 'p' act like arrows.");
+ mvaddstr(4, 0, " Press return to exit.");
+ refresh();
+
+ for (ap = animals; *ap; ap++)
+ *ip++ = new_item(*ap, "");
+ *ip = (ITEM *)0;
+
+ m = new_menu(items);
+
+ scale_menu(m, &mrows, &mcols);
+
+ menuwin = newwin(mrows + 2, mcols + 2, MENU_Y, MENU_X);
+ set_menu_win(m, menuwin);
+ keypad(menuwin, TRUE);
+ box(menuwin, 0, 0);
+
+ set_menu_sub(m, derwin(menuwin, mrows, mcols, 1, 1));
+
+ post_menu(m);
+
+ while (menu_driver(m, menu_virtualize(wGetchar(menuwin))) != E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND)
+ continue;
+
+ (void) mvprintw(LINES - 2, 0,
+ "You chose: %s\n", item_name(current_item(m)));
+ (void) addstr("Press any key to continue...");
+ wGetchar(stdscr);
+
+ unpost_menu(m);
+ delwin(menuwin);
+
+ free_menu(m);
+ for (ip = items; *ip; ip++)
+ free_item(*ip);
+}
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+#define T_TBL(name) { #name, name }
+static struct {
+ const char *name;
+ int mask;
+} t_tbl[] = {
+ T_TBL(TRACE_DISABLE),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_TIMES),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_TPUTS),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_UPDATE),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_MOVE),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_CHARPUT),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_ORDINARY),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_CALLS),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_VIRTPUT),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_IEVENT),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_BITS),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_ICALLS),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_CCALLS),
+ T_TBL(TRACE_MAXIMUM),
+ { (char *)0, 0 }
+};
+
+static char *tracetrace(int tlevel)
+{
+ static char *buf;
+ int n;
+
+ if (buf == 0) {
+ size_t need = 12;
+ for (n = 0; t_tbl[n].name != 0; n++)
+ need += strlen(t_tbl[n].name) + 2;
+ buf = malloc(need);
+ }
+ sprintf(buf, "0x%02x = {", tlevel);
+ if (tlevel == 0) {
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "%s, ", t_tbl[0].name);
+ } else {
+ for (n = 1; t_tbl[n].name != 0; n++)
+ if ((tlevel & t_tbl[n].mask) == t_tbl[n].mask)
+ {
+ strcat(buf, t_tbl[n].name);
+ strcat(buf, ", ");
+ }
+ }
+ if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',')
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0';
+ return(strcat(buf,"}"));
+}
+
+/* fake a dynamically reconfigurable menu using the 0th entry to deselect
+ * the others
+ */
+static int run_trace_menu(MENU *m)
+{
+ ITEM **items;
+ ITEM *i, **p;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ bool changed = FALSE;
+ switch (menu_driver(m, menu_virtualize(wGetchar(menu_win(m))))) {
+ case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND:
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ items = menu_items(m);
+ i = current_item(m);
+ if (i == items[0]) {
+ if (item_value(i)) {
+ for (p = items+1; *p != 0; p++)
+ if (item_value(*p)) {
+ set_item_value(*p, FALSE);
+ changed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ for (p = items+1; *p != 0; p++)
+ if (item_value(*p)) {
+ set_item_value(items[0], FALSE);
+ changed = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!changed)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void trace_set(void)
+/* interactively set the trace level */
+{
+ MENU *m;
+ ITEM *items[SIZEOF(t_tbl)];
+ ITEM **ip = items;
+ int mrows, mcols, newtrace;
+ int n;
+ WINDOW *menuwin;
+
+ mvaddstr(0, 0, "Interactively set trace level:");
+ mvaddstr(2, 0, " Press space bar to toggle a selection.");
+ mvaddstr(3, 0, " Use up and down arrow to move the select bar.");
+ mvaddstr(4, 0, " Press return to set the trace level.");
+ mvprintw(6, 0, "(Current trace level is %s)", tracetrace(_nc_tracing));
+
+ refresh();
+
+ for (n = 0; t_tbl[n].name != 0; n++)
+ *ip++ = new_item(t_tbl[n].name, "");
+ *ip = (ITEM *)0;
+
+ m = new_menu(items);
+
+ set_menu_format(m, 0, 2);
+ scale_menu(m, &mrows, &mcols);
+
+ menu_opts_off(m, O_ONEVALUE);
+ menuwin = newwin(mrows + 2, mcols + 2, MENU_Y, MENU_X);
+ set_menu_win(m, menuwin);
+ keypad(menuwin, TRUE);
+ box(menuwin, 0, 0);
+
+ set_menu_sub(m, derwin(menuwin, mrows, mcols, 1, 1));
+
+ post_menu(m);
+
+ for (ip = menu_items(m); *ip; ip++) {
+ int mask = t_tbl[item_index(*ip)].mask;
+ if (mask == 0)
+ set_item_value(*ip, _nc_tracing == 0);
+ else if ((mask & _nc_tracing) == mask)
+ set_item_value(*ip, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ while (run_trace_menu(m))
+ continue;
+
+ newtrace = 0;
+ for (ip = menu_items(m); *ip; ip++)
+ if (item_value(*ip))
+ newtrace |= t_tbl[item_index(*ip)].mask;
+ trace(newtrace);
+ _tracef("trace level interactively set to %s", tracetrace(_nc_tracing));
+
+ (void) mvprintw(LINES - 2, 0,
+ "Trace level is %s\n", tracetrace(_nc_tracing));
+ (void) addstr("Press any key to continue...");
+ wGetchar(stdscr);
+
+ unpost_menu(m);
+ delwin(menuwin);
+
+ free_menu(m);
+ for (ip = items; *ip; ip++)
+ free_item(*ip);
+}
+#endif /* TRACE */
+#endif /* USE_LIBMENU */
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Forms test
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+#if USE_LIBFORM
+static FIELD *make_label(int frow, int fcol, NCURSES_CONST char *label)
+{
+ FIELD *f = new_field(1, strlen(label), frow, fcol, 0, 0);
+
+ if (f)
+ {
+ set_field_buffer(f, 0, label);
+ set_field_opts(f, field_opts(f) & ~O_ACTIVE);
+ }
+ return(f);
+}
+
+static FIELD *make_field(int frow, int fcol, int rows, int cols)
+{
+ FIELD *f = new_field(rows, cols, frow, fcol, 0, 0);
+
+ if (f)
+ set_field_back(f, A_UNDERLINE);
+ return(f);
+}
+
+static void display_form(FORM *f)
+{
+ WINDOW *w;
+ int rows, cols;
+
+ scale_form(f, &rows, &cols);
+
+ if ((w =newwin(rows+2, cols+4, 0, 0)) != (WINDOW *)0)
+ {
+ set_form_win(f, w);
+ set_form_sub(f, derwin(w, rows, cols, 1, 2));
+ box(w, 0, 0);
+ keypad(w, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ if (post_form(f) != E_OK)
+ wrefresh(w);
+}
+
+static void erase_form(FORM *f)
+{
+ WINDOW *w = form_win(f);
+ WINDOW *s = form_sub(f);
+
+ unpost_form(f);
+ werase(w);
+ wrefresh(w);
+ delwin(s);
+ delwin(w);
+}
+
+static int form_virtualize(WINDOW *w)
+{
+ static int mode = REQ_INS_MODE;
+ int c = wGetchar(w);
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case QUIT:
+ case ESCAPE:
+ return(MAX_FORM_COMMAND + 1);
+
+ /* demo doesn't use these three, leave them in anyway as sample code */
+ case KEY_NPAGE:
+ case CTRL('F'):
+ return(REQ_NEXT_PAGE);
+ case KEY_PPAGE:
+ return(REQ_PREV_PAGE);
+
+ case KEY_NEXT:
+ case CTRL('N'):
+ return(REQ_NEXT_FIELD);
+ case KEY_PREVIOUS:
+ case CTRL('P'):
+ return(REQ_PREV_FIELD);
+
+ case KEY_HOME:
+ return(REQ_FIRST_FIELD);
+ case KEY_END:
+ case KEY_LL:
+ return(REQ_LAST_FIELD);
+
+ case CTRL('L'):
+ return(REQ_LEFT_FIELD);
+ case CTRL('R'):
+ return(REQ_RIGHT_FIELD);
+ case CTRL('U'):
+ return(REQ_UP_FIELD);
+ case CTRL('D'):
+ return(REQ_DOWN_FIELD);
+
+ case CTRL('W'):
+ return(REQ_NEXT_WORD);
+ case CTRL('B'):
+ return(REQ_PREV_WORD);
+ case CTRL('S'):
+ return(REQ_BEG_FIELD);
+ case CTRL('E'):
+ return(REQ_END_FIELD);
+
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ return(REQ_LEFT_CHAR);
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ return(REQ_RIGHT_CHAR);
+ case KEY_UP:
+ return(REQ_UP_CHAR);
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ return(REQ_DOWN_CHAR);
+
+ case CTRL('M'):
+ return(REQ_NEW_LINE);
+ case CTRL('I'):
+ return(REQ_INS_CHAR);
+ case CTRL('O'):
+ return(REQ_INS_LINE);
+ case CTRL('V'):
+ return(REQ_DEL_CHAR);
+
+ case CTRL('H'):
+ case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+ return(REQ_DEL_PREV);
+ case CTRL('Y'):
+ return(REQ_DEL_LINE);
+ case CTRL('G'):
+ return(REQ_DEL_WORD);
+
+ case CTRL('C'):
+ return(REQ_CLR_EOL);
+ case CTRL('K'):
+ return(REQ_CLR_EOF);
+ case CTRL('X'):
+ return(REQ_CLR_FIELD);
+ case CTRL('A'):
+ return(REQ_NEXT_CHOICE);
+ case CTRL('Z'):
+ return(REQ_PREV_CHOICE);
+
+ case CTRL(']'):
+ if (mode == REQ_INS_MODE)
+ return(mode = REQ_OVL_MODE);
+ else
+ return(mode = REQ_INS_MODE);
+
+ default:
+ return(c);
+ }
+}
+
+static int my_form_driver(FORM *form, int c)
+{
+ if (c == (MAX_FORM_COMMAND + 1)
+ && form_driver(form, REQ_VALIDATION) == E_OK)
+ return(TRUE);
+ else
+ {
+ beep();
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+static void demo_forms(void)
+{
+ WINDOW *w;
+ FORM *form;
+ FIELD *f[10];
+ int finished = 0, c;
+
+ mvaddstr(10, 57, "Forms Entry Test");
+
+ move(18, 0);
+ addstr("Defined form-traversal keys: ^Q/ESC- exit form\n");
+ addstr("^N -- go to next field ^P -- go to previous field\n");
+ addstr("Home -- go to first field End -- go to last field\n");
+ addstr("^L -- go to field to left ^R -- go to field to right\n");
+ addstr("^U -- move upward to field ^D -- move downward to field\n");
+ addstr("^W -- go to next word ^B -- go to previous word\n");
+ addstr("^S -- go to start of field ^E -- go to end of field\n");
+ addstr("^H -- delete previous char ^Y -- delete line\n");
+ addstr("^G -- delete current word ^C -- clear to end of line\n");
+ addstr("^K -- clear to end of field ^X -- clear field\n");
+ addstr("Arrow keys move within a field as you would expect.");
+ refresh();
+
+ /* describe the form */
+ f[0] = make_label(0, 15, "Sample Form");
+ f[1] = make_label(2, 0, "Last Name");
+ f[2] = make_field(3, 0, 1, 18);
+ f[3] = make_label(2, 20, "First Name");
+ f[4] = make_field(3, 20, 1, 12);
+ f[5] = make_label(2, 34, "Middle Name");
+ f[6] = make_field(3, 34, 1, 12);
+ f[7] = make_label(5, 0, "Comments");
+ f[8] = make_field(6, 0, 4, 46);
+ f[9] = (FIELD *)0;
+
+ form = new_form(f);
+
+ display_form(form);
+
+ w = form_win(form);
+ raw();
+ while (!finished)
+ {
+ switch(form_driver(form, c = form_virtualize(w)))
+ {
+ case E_OK:
+ break;
+ case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND:
+ finished = my_form_driver(form, c);
+ break;
+ default:
+ beep();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ erase_form(form);
+
+ free_form(form);
+ for (c = 0; f[c] != 0; c++)
+ free_field(f[c]);
+ noraw();
+}
+#endif /* USE_LIBFORM */
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Overlap test
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static void fillwin(WINDOW *win, char ch)
+{
+ int y, x;
+
+ for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++)
+ {
+ wmove(win, y, 0);
+ for (x = 0; x <= win->_maxx; x++)
+ waddch(win, ch);
+ }
+}
+
+static void crosswin(WINDOW *win, char ch)
+{
+ int y, x;
+
+ for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++)
+ {
+ for (x = 0; x <= win->_maxx; x++)
+ if (((x > win->_maxx / 3) && (x <= 2 * win->_maxx / 3))
+ || (((y > win->_maxy / 3) && (y <= 2 * win->_maxy / 3))))
+ {
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+ waddch(win, ch);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void overlap_test(void)
+/* test effects of overlapping windows */
+{
+ int ch;
+
+ WINDOW *win1 = newwin(9, 20, 3, 3);
+ WINDOW *win2 = newwin(9, 20, 9, 16);
+
+ refresh();
+ move(0, 0);
+ printw("This test shows the behavior of wnoutrefresh() with respect to\n");
+ printw("the shared region of two overlapping windows A and B. The cross\n");
+ printw("pattern in each window does not overlap the other.\n");
+
+
+ move(18, 0);
+ printw("a = refresh A, then B, then doupdate. b = refresh B, then A, then doupdaute\n");
+ printw("c = fill window A with letter A. d = fill window B with letter B.\n");
+ printw("e = cross pattern in window A. f = cross pattern in window B.\n");
+ printw("g = clear window A. h = clear window B.\n");
+ printw("i = overwrite A onto B. j = overwrite B onto A.\n");
+ printw("^Q/ESC = terminate test.");
+
+ while ((ch = Getchar()) != QUIT && ch != ESCAPE)
+ switch (ch)
+ {
+ case 'a': /* refresh window A first, then B */
+ wnoutrefresh(win1);
+ wnoutrefresh(win2);
+ doupdate();
+ break;
+
+ case 'b': /* refresh window B first, then A */
+ wnoutrefresh(win2);
+ wnoutrefresh(win1);
+ doupdate();
+ break;
+
+ case 'c': /* fill window A so it's visible */
+ fillwin(win1, 'A');
+ break;
+
+ case 'd': /* fill window B so it's visible */
+ fillwin(win2, 'B');
+ break;
+
+ case 'e': /* cross test pattern in window A */
+ crosswin(win1, 'A');
+ break;
+
+ case 'f': /* cross test pattern in window A */
+ crosswin(win2, 'B');
+ break;
+
+ case 'g': /* clear window A */
+ wclear(win1);
+ wmove(win1, 0, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case 'h': /* clear window B */
+ wclear(win2);
+ wmove(win2, 0, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case 'i': /* overwrite A onto B */
+ overwrite(win1, win2);
+ break;
+
+ case 'j': /* overwrite B onto A */
+ overwrite(win2, win1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ delwin(win2);
+ delwin(win1);
+ erase();
+ endwin();
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Main sequence
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static bool
+do_single_test(const char c)
+/* perform a single specified test */
+{
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'a':
+ getch_test();
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ attr_test();
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ if (!has_colors())
+ Cannot("does not support color.");
+ else
+ color_test();
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ if (!has_colors())
+ Cannot("does not support color.");
+ else if (!can_change_color())
+ Cannot("has hardwired color values.");
+ else
+ color_edit();
+ break;
+
+ case 'e':
+ slk_test();
+ break;
+
+ case 'f':
+ acs_display();
+ break;
+
+#if USE_LIBPANEL
+ case 'o':
+ demo_panels();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case 'g':
+ acs_and_scroll();
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ flushinp_test(stdscr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'k':
+ test_sgr_attributes();
+ break;
+
+#if USE_LIBMENU
+ case 'm':
+ menu_test();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#if USE_LIBPANEL
+ case 'p':
+ demo_pad();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#if USE_LIBFORM
+ case 'r':
+ demo_forms();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case 's':
+ overlap_test();
+ break;
+
+#if USE_LIBMENU && defined(TRACE)
+ case 't':
+ trace_set();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case '?':
+ (void) puts("This is the ncurses capability tester.");
+ (void) puts("You may select a test from the main menu by typing the");
+ (void) puts("key letter of the choice (the letter to left of the =)");
+ (void) puts("at the > prompt. The commands `x' or `q' will exit.");
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+ static const char *const tbl[] = {
+ "Usage: ncurses [options]"
+ ,""
+ ,"Options:"
+ ," -e fmt specify format for soft-keys test (e)"
+ ," -f rip-off footer line (can repeat)"
+ ," -h rip-off header line (can repeat)"
+ ," -s msec specify nominal time for panel-demo (default: 1, to hold)"
+#ifdef TRACE
+ ," -t mask specify default trace-level (may toggle with ^T)"
+#endif
+ };
+ size_t n;
+ for (n = 0; n < sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(tbl[0]); n++)
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", tbl[n]);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static void
+set_terminal_modes(void)
+{
+ noraw();
+ cbreak();
+ noecho();
+ scrollok(stdscr, TRUE);
+ idlok(stdscr, TRUE);
+ keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
+}
+
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+static RETSIGTYPE announce_sig(int sig)
+{
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Handled signal %d\r\n", sig);
+}
+#endif
+
+static int rip_footer(WINDOW *win, int columns)
+{
+ wbkgd(win, A_REVERSE);
+ werase(win);
+ wmove(win, 0, 0);
+ wprintw(win, "footer: %d columns", columns);
+ wnoutrefresh(win);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+static int rip_header(WINDOW *win, int columns)
+{
+ wbkgd(win, A_REVERSE);
+ werase(win);
+ wmove(win, 0, 0);
+ wprintw(win, "header: %d columns", columns);
+ wnoutrefresh(win);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+/*+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ main(argc,argv)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int command, c;
+ int my_e_param = 1;
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "e:fhs:t:")) != EOF) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'e':
+ my_e_param = atoi(optarg);
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (my_e_param > 3) /* allow extended layouts */
+ usage();
+#else
+ if (my_e_param > 1)
+ usage();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ ripoffline(-1, rip_footer);
+ break;
+ case 'h':
+ ripoffline(1, rip_header);
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ nap_msec = atol(optarg);
+ break;
+#ifdef TRACE
+ case 't':
+ save_trace = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ usage();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If there's no menus (unlikely for ncurses!), then we'll have to set
+ * tracing on initially, just in case the user wants to test something that
+ * doesn't involve wGetchar.
+ */
+#ifdef TRACE
+ /* enable debugging */
+#if !USE_LIBMENU
+ trace(save_trace);
+#else
+ if (!isatty(fileno(stdin)))
+ trace(save_trace);
+#endif /* USE_LIBMENU */
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ /* tell it we're going to play with soft keys */
+ slk_init(my_e_param);
+
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+ /* set up null signal catcher so we can see what interrupts to getch do */
+ signal(SIGUSR1, announce_sig);
+#endif
+
+ /* we must initialize the curses data structure only once */
+ initscr();
+ bkgdset(BLANK);
+
+ /* tests, in general, will want these modes */
+ start_color();
+ set_terminal_modes();
+ def_prog_mode();
+
+ /*
+ * Return to terminal mode, so we're guaranteed of being able to
+ * select terminal commands even if the capabilities are wrong.
+ */
+ endwin();
+
+ (void) puts("Welcome to ncurses. Press ? for help.");
+
+ do {
+ (void) puts("This is the ncurses main menu");
+ (void) puts("a = keyboard and mouse input test");
+ (void) puts("b = character attribute test");
+ (void) puts("c = color test pattern");
+ (void) puts("d = edit RGB color values");
+ (void) puts("e = exercise soft keys");
+ (void) puts("f = display ACS characters");
+ (void) puts("g = display windows and scrolling");
+ (void) puts("i = test of flushinp()");
+ (void) puts("k = display character attributes");
+#if USE_LIBMENU
+ (void) puts("m = menu code test");
+#endif
+#if USE_LIBPANEL
+ (void) puts("o = exercise panels library");
+ (void) puts("p = exercise pad features");
+ (void) puts("q = quit");
+#endif
+#if USE_LIBFORM
+ (void) puts("r = exercise forms code");
+#endif
+ (void) puts("s = overlapping-refresh test");
+#if USE_LIBMENU && defined(TRACE)
+ (void) puts("t = set trace level");
+#endif
+ (void) puts("? = repeat this command summary");
+
+ (void) fputs("> ", stdout);
+ (void) fflush(stdout); /* necessary under SVr4 curses */
+
+ /*
+ * This used to be an 'fgets()' call. However (on Linux, at least)
+ * mixing stream I/O and 'read()' (used in the library) causes the
+ * input stream to be flushed when switching between the two.
+ */
+ command = 0;
+ for(;;) {
+ char ch;
+ if (read(fileno(stdin), &ch, 1) <= 0) {
+ if (command == 0)
+ command = 'q';
+ break;
+ } else if (command == 0 && !isspace(ch)) {
+ command = ch;
+ } else if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r') {
+ if (command != 0)
+ break;
+ (void) fputs("> ", stdout);
+ (void) fflush(stdout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (do_single_test(command)) {
+ /*
+ * This may be overkill; it's intended to reset everything back
+ * to the initial terminal modes so that tests don't get in
+ * each other's way.
+ */
+ flushinp();
+ set_terminal_modes();
+ reset_prog_mode();
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+ endwin();
+ continue;
+ }
+ } while
+ (command != 'q');
+
+ ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/* ncurses.c ends here */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * newdemo.c - A demo program using PDCurses. The program illustrate
+ * the use of colours for text output.
+ *
+ * $Id: newdemo.c,v 1.14 1997/04/06 01:43:32 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static int SubWinTest(WINDOW *win);
+static int WaitForUser(WINDOW *win);
+static int BouncingBalls(WINDOW *win);
+static RETSIGTYPE trap(int);
+
+#define delay_output(x) napms(x)
+
+/*
+ * The Australian map
+ */
+const char *AusMap[16] =
+{
+ " A A ",
+ " N.T. AAAAA AAAA ",
+ " AAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAA ",
+ " AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Qld.",
+ "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ",
+ "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ",
+ " AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ",
+ " AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA N.S.W.",
+ "W.A. AAAAAAAAA AAAAAA Vic.",
+ " AAA S.A. AA",
+ " A Tas.",
+ ""
+};
+
+/*
+ * Funny messages
+ */
+#define NMESSAGES 6
+
+NCURSES_CONST char *messages[] =
+{
+ "Hello from the Land Down Under",
+ "The Land of crocs. and a big Red Rock",
+ "Where the sunflower runs along the highways",
+ "the dusty red roads lead one to loneliness",
+ "Blue sky in the morning and",
+ "freezing nights and twinkling stars",
+ ""
+};
+
+/*
+ * Main driver
+ */
+int
+main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+WINDOW *win;
+int w, x, y, i, j, k, len;
+char buffer[80];
+const char *message;
+int width, height;
+chtype save[80];
+chtype c;
+
+ initscr();
+ start_color();
+ cbreak();
+ signal(SIGINT, trap);
+ width = 48;
+ height = 14; /* Create a drawing window */
+ win = newwin(height, width, (LINES-height)/2, (COLS-width)/2);
+ if(win == NULL)
+ { endwin();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ while(1)
+ { init_pair(1,COLOR_WHITE,COLOR_BLUE);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(1));
+ werase(win);
+
+ init_pair(2,COLOR_RED,COLOR_RED);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(2));
+ box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ /* Do ramdom output of a character */
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(1));
+ c = 'a';
+ for(i=0; i < 5000; ++i)
+ { x = rand() % (width-2) + 1;
+ y = rand() % (height-2) + 1;
+ mvwaddch(win, y, x, c);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ nodelay(win,TRUE);
+ if (wgetch(win) != ERR)
+ break;
+ if(i == 2000)
+ { c = 'b';
+ init_pair(3,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_YELLOW);
+ wattron(win, COLOR_PAIR(3));
+ }
+ }
+
+ SubWinTest(win);
+ /* Erase and draw green window */
+ init_pair(4,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_GREEN);
+ wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(4) | A_BOLD);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(4) | A_BOLD);
+ werase(win);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ /* Draw RED bounding box */
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(2));
+ box(win, ' ', ' ');
+ wrefresh(win);
+ /* Display Australia map */
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(4) | A_BOLD);
+ i = 0;
+ while(*AusMap[i])
+ { mvwaddstr(win, i+1, 8, AusMap[i]);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ delay_output(50);
+ ++i;
+ }
+
+ init_pair(5,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_WHITE);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5) | A_BLINK);
+ mvwaddstr(win, height-2, 6, " PDCurses 2.1 for DOS, OS/2 and Unix");
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ /* Draw running messages */
+ init_pair(6,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_WHITE);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(6));
+ message = messages[0];
+ len = strlen(message);
+ j = 0;
+ i = 2;
+ w = width-2;
+ while(j < NMESSAGES)
+ { strncpy(buffer, message, (size_t)(w - i));
+ buffer[w-i] = 0;
+ mvwaddstr(win, height/2, i, buffer);
+ if(w - i < len)
+ { memset(buffer, ' ', (size_t)i);
+ strcpy(buffer, message + (w - i));
+ buffer[strlen(buffer)] = ' ';
+ buffer[i-2] = '\0';
+ mvwaddstr(win, height/2, 2, buffer);
+ }
+ wrefresh(win);
+ nodelay(win,TRUE);
+ if (wgetch(win) != ERR)
+ { flushinp();
+ break;
+ }
+ mvwaddch(win, height/2, i, ' ');
+ i = ++i % w;
+ if(i < 2)
+ { message = messages[++j%NMESSAGES];
+ memset(buffer, ' ', (size_t)(w-2));
+ buffer[w-2] = 0;
+ mvwaddstr(win, height/2, 2, buffer);
+ i = 2;
+ }
+ delay_output(100);
+ }
+
+ j = 0;
+ /* Draw running As across in RED */
+ init_pair(7,COLOR_RED,COLOR_GREEN);
+ wattron(win, COLOR_PAIR(7));
+ for(i=2; i < width - 4; ++i)
+ {
+ k = mvwinch(win, 4, i);
+ if (k == ERR)
+ break;
+ save[j++] = c = k;
+ c &= A_CHARTEXT;
+ mvwaddch(win, 4, i, c);
+ }
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ /* Put a message up wait for a key */
+ i = height-2;
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5));
+ mvwaddstr(win, i, 5, " Type a key to continue or 'Q' to quit ");
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ if(WaitForUser(win) == 1)
+ break;
+
+ j = 0; /* Restore the old line */
+ for(i=2; i < width - 4; ++i)
+ mvwaddch(win, 4, i, save[j++]);
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ BouncingBalls(win);
+ /* Put a message up wait for a key */
+ i = height-2;
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5));
+ mvwaddstr(win, i, 5, " Type a key to continue or 'Q' to quit ");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ if(WaitForUser(win) == 1)
+ break;
+ }
+ endwin();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Test sub windows
+ */
+static int
+SubWinTest(WINDOW *win)
+{
+int w, h, sw, sh, bx, by;
+WINDOW *swin1, *swin2, *swin3;
+
+ w = win->_maxx;
+ h = win->_maxy;
+ bx = win->_begx;
+ by = win->_begy;
+ sw = w / 3;
+ sh = h / 3;
+ if((swin1 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by+3, bx+5)) == NULL)
+ return 1;
+ if((swin2 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by+4, bx+8)) == NULL)
+ return 1;
+ if((swin3 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by+5, bx+11)) == NULL)
+ return 1;
+
+ init_pair(8,COLOR_RED,COLOR_BLUE);
+ wattrset(swin1, COLOR_PAIR(8));
+ werase(swin1);
+ mvwaddstr(swin1, 0, 3, "Sub-window 1");
+ wrefresh(swin1);
+
+ init_pair(8,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_MAGENTA);
+ wattrset(swin2, COLOR_PAIR(8));
+ werase(swin2);
+ mvwaddstr(swin2, 0, 3, "Sub-window 2");
+ wrefresh(swin2);
+
+ init_pair(8,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_GREEN);
+ wattrset(swin3, COLOR_PAIR(8));
+ werase(swin3);
+ mvwaddstr(swin3, 0, 3, "Sub-window 3");
+ wrefresh(swin3);
+
+ delwin(swin1);
+ delwin(swin2);
+ delwin(swin3);
+ WaitForUser(win);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Bouncing balls
+ */
+static int
+BouncingBalls(WINDOW *win)
+{
+int w, h;
+int x1, y1, xd1, yd1;
+int x2, y2, xd2, yd2;
+int x3, y3, xd3, yd3;
+
+ w = win->_maxx;
+ h = win->_maxy;
+ x1 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4);
+ y1 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4);
+ x2 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4);
+ y2 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4);
+ x3 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4);
+ y3 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4);
+ xd1 = 1; yd1 = 1;
+ xd2 = 1; yd2 = 0;
+ xd3 = 0; yd3 = 1;
+ nodelay(win,TRUE);
+ while(wgetch(win) == ERR)
+ { x1 = xd1 > 0 ? ++x1 : --x1;
+ if(x1 <= 1 || x1 >= w - 2)
+ xd1 = xd1 ? 0 : 1;
+ y1 = yd1 > 0 ? ++y1 : --y1;
+ if(y1 <= 1 || y1 >= h - 2)
+ yd1 = yd1 ? 0 : 1;
+
+ x2 = xd2 > 0 ? ++x2 : --x2;
+ if(x2 <= 1 || x2 >= w - 2)
+ xd2 = xd2 ? 0 : 1;
+ y2 = yd2 > 0 ? ++y2 : --y2;
+ if(y2 <= 1 || y2 >= h - 2)
+ yd2 = yd2 ? 0 : 1;
+
+ x3 = xd3 > 0 ? ++x3 : --x3;
+ if(x3 <= 1 || x3 >= w - 2)
+ xd3 = xd3 ? 0 : 1;
+ y3 = yd3 > 0 ? ++y3 : --y3;
+ if(y3 <= 1 || y3 >= h - 2)
+ yd3 = yd3 ? 0 : 1;
+
+ init_pair(8,COLOR_RED,COLOR_BLUE);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(8));
+ mvwaddch(win, y1, x1, 'O');
+ init_pair(8,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_RED);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(8));
+ mvwaddch(win, y2, x2, '*');
+ init_pair(8,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_WHITE);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(8));
+ mvwaddch(win, y3, x3, '@');
+ wmove(win, 0, 0);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ delay_output(100);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Wait for user
+ */
+static int WaitForUser(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ time_t t;
+ chtype key;
+
+ nodelay(win,TRUE);
+ t = time((time_t *)0);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ if ((int)(key = wgetch(win)) != ERR)
+ {
+ if (key == 'q' || key == 'Q')
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (time((time_t *)0) - t > 5)
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Trap interrupt
+ */
+static RETSIGTYPE trap(int sig GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* End of DEMO.C */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * $Id: rain.c,v 1.8 1997/05/03 18:38:27 tom Exp $
+ */
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h> /* for tparm() */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* rain 11/3/1980 EPS/CITHEP */
+
+#define cursor(col,row) move(row,col)
+
+static float ranf(void);
+static void onsig(int sig);
+
+int
+main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+int x, y, j;
+static int xpos[5], ypos[5];
+float r;
+float c;
+
+ for (j=SIGHUP;j<=SIGTERM;j++)
+ if (signal(j,SIG_IGN)!=SIG_IGN) signal(j,onsig);
+
+ initscr();
+ nl();
+ noecho();
+ curs_set(0);
+
+ r = (float)(LINES - 4);
+ c = (float)(COLS - 4);
+ for (j=5;--j>=0;) {
+ xpos[j]=(int)(c* ranf())+2;
+ ypos[j]=(int)(r* ranf())+2;
+ }
+ for (j=0;;) {
+ x=(int)(c*ranf())+2;
+ y=(int)(r*ranf())+2;
+
+ cursor(x,y); addch('.');
+
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]); addch('o');
+
+ if (j==0) j=4; else --j;
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]); addch('O');
+
+ if (j==0) j=4; else --j;
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]-1);
+ addch('-');
+ cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]);
+ addstr("|.|");
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]+1);
+ addch('-');
+
+ if (j==0) j=4; else --j;
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]-2);
+ addch('-');
+ cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]-1);
+ addstr("/ \\");
+ cursor(xpos[j]-2,ypos[j]);
+ addstr("| O |");
+ cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]+1);
+ addstr("\\ /");
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]+2);
+ addch('-');
+
+ if (j==0) j=4; else --j;
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]-2);
+ addch(' ');
+ cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]-1);
+ addstr(" ");
+ cursor(xpos[j]-2,ypos[j]);
+ addstr(" ");
+ cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]+1);
+ addstr(" ");
+ cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]+2);
+ addch(' ');
+ xpos[j]=x; ypos[j]=y;
+ refresh();
+ napms(50);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+onsig(int n GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ curs_set(1);
+ endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static float
+ranf(void)
+{
+ float rv;
+ long r = rand();
+
+ r &= 077777;
+ rv =((float)r/32767.);
+ return rv;
+}
--- /dev/null
+#include "test.priv.h"
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/*
+ tclock - analog/digital clock for curses.
+ If it gives you joy, then
+ (a) I'm glad
+ (b) you need to get out more :-)
+
+ This program is copyright Howard Jones, September 1994
+ (ha.jones@ic.ac.uk). It may be freely distributed as
+ long as this copyright message remains intact, and any
+ modifications are clearly marked as such. [In fact, if
+ you modify it, I wouldn't mind the modifications back,
+ especially if they add any nice features. A good one
+ would be a precalc table for the 60 hand positions, so
+ that the floating point stuff can be ditched. As I said,
+ it was a 20 hackup minute job.]
+
+ COMING SOON: tfishtank. Be the envy of your mac-owning
+ colleagues.
+*/
+
+/* To compile: cc -o tclock tclock.c -lcurses -lm */
+
+#ifndef PI
+#define PI 3.141592654
+#endif
+
+#define sign(_x) (_x<0?-1:1)
+
+/* Plot a point */
+static void
+plot(int x,int y,char col)
+{
+ mvaddch(y,x,(chtype)col);
+}
+
+
+/* Draw a diagonal(arbitrary) line using Bresenham's alogrithm. */
+static void
+dline(int from_x, int from_y, int x2, int y2, char ch)
+{
+ int dx,dy;
+ int ax,ay;
+ int sx,sy;
+ int x,y;
+ int d;
+
+ dx=x2-from_x;
+ dy=y2-from_y;
+
+ ax=abs(dx*2);
+ ay=abs(dy*2);
+
+ sx=sign(dx);
+ sy=sign(dy);
+
+ x=from_x;
+ y=from_y;
+
+ if(ax>ay)
+ {
+ d=ay-(ax/2);
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+ plot(x,y,ch);
+ if(x==x2) return;
+
+ if(d>=0)
+ {
+ y+=sy;
+ d-=ax;
+ }
+ x+=sx;
+ d+=ay;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ d=ax-(ay/2);
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+ plot(x,y,ch);
+ if(y==y2) return;
+
+ if(d>=0)
+ {
+ x+=sx;
+ d-=ay;
+ }
+ y+=sy;
+ d+=ax;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+int
+main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ int i,cx,cy;
+ double mradius, hradius, mangle, hangle;
+ double sangle, sradius, hours;
+ int hdx, hdy;
+ int mdx, mdy;
+ int sdx, sdy;
+ time_t tim;
+ struct tm *t;
+ char szChar[10];
+
+ initscr();
+ noecho();
+
+ cx=39;
+ cy=12;
+ mradius=9;
+ hradius=6;
+ sradius=8;
+
+ for(i=0;i<12;i++)
+ {
+ sangle=(i+1)*(2.0*PI)/12.0;
+ sradius=10;
+ sdx=2.0*sradius*sin(sangle);
+ sdy=sradius*cos(sangle);
+ sprintf(szChar,"%d",i+1);
+
+ mvaddstr((int)(cy-sdy),(int)(cx+sdx),szChar);
+ }
+
+ mvaddstr(0,0,"ASCII Clock by Howard Jones (ha.jones@ic.ac.uk),1994");
+
+ sradius=8;
+ while(1)
+ {
+ sleep(1);
+
+ tim=time(0);
+ t=localtime(&tim);
+
+ hours=(t->tm_hour + (t->tm_min/60.0));
+ if(hours>12.0) hours-=12.0;
+
+ mangle=(t->tm_min)*(2*PI)/60.0;
+ mdx=2.0*mradius*sin(mangle);
+ mdy=mradius*cos(mangle);
+
+ hangle=(hours)*(2.0*PI)/12.0;
+ hdx=2.0*hradius*sin(hangle);
+ hdy=hradius*cos(hangle);
+
+ sangle=(t->tm_sec%60)*(2.0*PI)/60.0;
+ sdx=2.0*sradius*sin(sangle);
+ sdy=sradius*cos(sangle);
+
+ plot(cx+sdx,cy-sdy,'O');
+ dline(cx,cy,cx+hdx,cy-hdy,'.');
+ dline(cx,cy,cx+mdx,cy-mdy,'#');
+
+ mvaddstr(23,0,ctime(&tim));
+
+ refresh();
+ plot(cx+sdx,cy-sdy,' ');
+ dline(cx,cy,cx+hdx,cy-hdy,' ');
+ dline(cx,cy,cx+mdx,cy-mdy,' ');
+
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net> *
+ * All Rights Reserved. *
+ * *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its *
+ * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
+ * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that *
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting *
+ * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) *
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the *
+ * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED *
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, *
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO *
+ * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY *
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER *
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF *
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN *
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* $Id: test.priv.h,v 1.13 1997/04/06 01:44:04 tom Exp $ */
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_NOMACROS
+#include <nomacros.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_GETOPT_H
+#include <getopt.h>
+#else
+/* 'getopt()' may be prototyped in <stdlib.h>, but declaring its variables
+ * doesn't hurt.
+ */
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+#endif /* HAVE_GETOPT_H */
+
+#ifndef GCC_NORETURN
+#define GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
+#endif
+#ifndef GCC_UNUSED
+#define GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && HAVE_NC_ALLOC_H
+#include <nc_alloc.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ExitProgram
+#define ExitProgram(code) return code
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Use this to quiet gcc's -Wwrite-strings warnings, but accommodate SVr4
+ * curses which doesn't have const parameters declared (so far) in the places
+ * that XSI shows.
+ */
+#ifndef NCURSES_CONST
+#define NCURSES_CONST /* nothing */
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ *
+ * This is a test program for the PDCurses screen package for IBM PC type
+ * machines.
+ * This program was written by John Burnell (johnb@kea.am.dsir.govt.nz)
+ * esr changed the usleep calls to napms calls, 7 Nov 1995
+ *
+ * $Id: testcurs.c,v 1.14 1997/04/06 01:44:16 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+static void display_menu (int,int);
+static int initTest (WINDOW **);
+static void inputTest (WINDOW *);
+static void introTest (WINDOW *);
+static void outputTest (WINDOW *);
+static void padTest (WINDOW *);
+#ifdef __PDCURSES__
+static void resizeTest (WINDOW *);
+#endif
+static void scrollTest (WINDOW *);
+
+struct commands
+{
+ NCURSES_CONST char *text;
+ void (*function)(WINDOW *);
+};
+typedef struct commands COMMAND;
+
+const COMMAND command[] =
+{
+ {"Intro Test", introTest},
+ {"Pad Test", padTest},
+#ifdef __PDCURSES__
+ {"Resize Test", resizeTest},
+#endif
+ {"Scroll Test", scrollTest},
+ {"Input Test", inputTest},
+ {"Output Test", outputTest}
+};
+#define MAX_OPTIONS ((sizeof(command)/sizeof(command[0])))
+
+int width, height;
+
+int
+main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+WINDOW *win;
+int key,old_option=(-1),new_option=0;
+bool quit=FALSE;
+
+#ifdef PDCDEBUG
+ PDC_debug("testcurs started\n");
+#endif
+ if (!initTest (&win)) return EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ init_pair(1,COLOR_WHITE,COLOR_BLUE);
+ wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(1));
+ }
+ else
+ wattrset(win, A_REVERSE);
+#else
+ wattrset(win, A_REVERSE);
+#endif
+
+ erase();
+ display_menu(old_option,new_option);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ noecho();
+ keypad(stdscr,TRUE);
+ raw();
+ key = getch();
+ switch(key)
+ {
+ case 10:
+ case 13:
+ case KEY_ENTER:
+ erase();
+ refresh();
+ (*command[new_option].function)(win);
+ erase();
+ display_menu(old_option,new_option);
+ break;
+ case KEY_UP:
+ new_option = (new_option == 0) ? new_option : new_option-1;
+ display_menu(old_option,new_option);
+ break;
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ new_option = (new_option == MAX_OPTIONS-1) ? new_option : new_option+1;
+ display_menu(old_option,new_option);
+ break;
+ case 'Q':
+ case 'q':
+ quit = TRUE;
+ break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ if (quit == TRUE)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ delwin (win);
+
+ endwin();
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static
+void Continue (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ wmove(win, 10, 1);
+/* wclrtoeol(win);
+*/ mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ raw();
+ wgetch(win);
+}
+
+static
+int initTest (WINDOW **win)
+{
+#ifdef PDCDEBUG
+ PDC_debug("initTest called\n");
+#endif
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ trace(TRACE_MAXIMUM);
+#endif
+ initscr();
+#ifdef PDCDEBUG
+ PDC_debug("after initscr()\n");
+#endif
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ start_color();
+#endif
+ width = 60;
+ height = 13; /* Create a drawing window */
+ *win = newwin(height, width, (LINES-height)/2, (COLS-width)/2);
+ if(*win == NULL)
+ { endwin();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+introTest (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ beep ();
+ werase(win);
+
+ box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ cbreak ();
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "You should have rectangle in the middle of the screen");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "You should have heard a beep");
+ Continue(win);
+ return;
+}
+
+static void
+scrollTest (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i;
+ int OldX, OldY;
+ const char *Message = "The window will now scroll slowly";
+
+ wclear(win);
+ mvwprintw (win, height - 2, 1, Message);
+ wrefresh (win);
+ scrollok(win, TRUE);
+ for (i = 1; i <= height; i++) {
+ napms(250);
+ scroll(win);
+ wrefresh (win);
+ };
+
+ getmaxyx (win, OldY, OldX);
+ mvwprintw (win, 6, 1, "The top of the window will scroll");
+ wmove (win, 1, 1);
+ wsetscrreg (win, 0, 4);
+ box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
+ wrefresh (win);
+ for (i = 1; i <= 5; i++) {
+ napms(500);
+ scroll(win);
+ wrefresh (win);
+ };
+ wsetscrreg (win, 0, --OldY);
+
+}
+
+static void
+inputTest (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int w, h, bx, by, sw, sh, i, c,num;
+ char buffer [80];
+ WINDOW *subWin;
+ wclear (win);
+
+ w = win->_maxx;
+ h = win->_maxy;
+ bx = win->_begx;
+ by = win->_begy;
+ sw = w / 3;
+ sh = h / 3;
+ if((subWin = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + h - sh - 2, bx + w - sw - 2)) == NULL)
+ return;
+
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ init_pair(2,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_BLUE);
+ wattrset(subWin, COLOR_PAIR(2) | A_BOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD);
+#else
+ wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD);
+#endif
+ box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ nocbreak();
+ mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press some keys for 5 seconds");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "Pressing ^C should do nothing");
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+ werase (subWin);
+ box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
+ mvwprintw (subWin, 1, 1, "Time = %d", i);
+ wrefresh(subWin);
+ napms(1000);
+ flushinp();
+ }
+
+ delwin (subWin);
+ werase(win);
+ flash();
+ wrefresh(win);
+ napms(500);
+
+ mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press a key, followed by ENTER");
+ wmove(win, 9, 10);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ echo();
+ noraw();
+ wgetch(win);
+ flushinp();
+
+ wmove(win, 9, 10);
+ wdelch(win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 4, 1, "The character should now have been deleted");
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wclear (win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press a function key or an arrow key");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ keypad(win, TRUE);
+ raw();
+ c = wgetch(win);
+
+ nodelay(win, TRUE);
+ wgetch(win);
+ nodelay(win, FALSE);
+
+ refresh();
+ wclear (win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 3, 2, "The window should have moved");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 4, 2, "This text should have appeared without you pressing a key");
+ mvwprintw(win, 2, 2, "Keycode = %d", c);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 6, 2, "Enter a number then a string seperated by space");
+ echo();
+ noraw();
+ mvwscanw(win, 7, 6, "%d %s", &num,buffer);
+ mvwprintw(win, 8, 6, "String: %s Number: %d", buffer,num);
+ Continue(win);
+}
+
+static void
+outputTest (WINDOW *win)
+{
+ WINDOW *win1;
+ char Buffer [80];
+ chtype ch;
+
+ nl ();
+ wclear (win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "You should now have a screen in the upper left corner, and this text should have wrapped");
+ mvwin(win, 2, 1);
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "A new window will appear with this text in it");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 8, 1, "Press any key to continue");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ wgetch(win);
+
+ win1 = newwin(10, 50, 15, 25);
+ if(win1 == NULL)
+ { endwin();
+ return;
+ }
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ init_pair(3,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_WHITE);
+ wattrset(win1, COLOR_PAIR(3));
+ }
+ else
+ wattrset(win1, A_NORMAL);
+#else
+ wattrset(win1, A_NORMAL);
+#endif
+ wclear (win1);
+ mvwaddstr(win1, 5, 1, "This text should appear; using overlay option");
+ copywin(win, win1,0,0,0,0,10,50,TRUE);
+
+ box(win1,ACS_VLINE,ACS_HLINE);
+
+ wmove(win1, 8, 26);
+ wrefresh(win1);
+ wgetch(win1);
+
+ wclear(win1);
+ wattron(win1, A_BLINK);
+ mvwaddstr(win1, 4, 1, "This blinking text should appear in only the second window");
+ wattroff(win1, A_BLINK);
+ wrefresh(win1);
+ wgetch(win1);
+ delwin(win1);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 6, 2, "This line shouldn't appear");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 4, 2, "Only half of the next line is visible");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 5, 2, "Only half of the next line is visible");
+ wmove(win, 6, 1);
+ wclrtobot (win);
+ wmove(win, 5, 20);
+ wclrtoeol (win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 8, 2, "This line also shouldn't appear");
+ wmove(win, 8, 1);
+ wdeleteln(win);
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wmove (win, 5, 9);
+ ch = winch (win);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ wmove (win, 6, 2);
+ waddstr (win, "The next char should be l: ");
+ winsch (win, ch);
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wmove(win, 5, 1);
+ winsertln (win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 5, 2, "The lines below should have moved down");
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ wmove(win, 2, 2);
+ wprintw(win, "This is a formatted string in a window: %d %s\n", 42, "is it");
+ mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, "Enter a string: ");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ noraw();
+ echo();
+ wscanw (win, "%s", Buffer);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, "Enter a string");
+ wrefresh(win);
+ clear();
+ move(0,0);
+ printw("This is a formatted string in stdscr: %d %s\n", 42, "is it");
+ mvaddstr(10, 1, "Enter a string: ");
+ refresh();
+ noraw();
+ echo();
+ scanw ("%s", Buffer);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ curs_set(2);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should appear as a block (visible)");
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ curs_set(0);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should have disappeared (invisible)");
+ Continue(win);
+
+ wclear(win);
+ curs_set(1);
+ mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should be an underline (normal)");
+ Continue(win);
+}
+
+#ifdef __PDCURSES__
+static void
+resizeTest(WINDOW *dummy GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ WINDOW *win1;
+
+ savetty ();
+
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+ resize(50);
+
+
+ win1 = newwin(11, 50, 14, 25);
+ if(win1 == NULL)
+ { endwin();
+ return;
+ }
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ init_pair(3,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_WHITE);
+ wattrset(win1, COLOR_PAIR(3));
+ }
+#endif
+ wclear (win1);
+
+ mvwaddstr(win1, 1, 1, "The screen may now have 50 lines");
+ Continue(win1);
+
+ resetty ();
+
+ wclear (win1);
+ mvwaddstr(win1, 1, 1, "The screen should now be reset");
+ Continue(win1);
+
+ delwin(win1);
+
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+padTest(WINDOW *dummy GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+WINDOW *pad;
+
+ pad = newpad(50,100);
+ mvwaddstr(pad, 5, 2, "This is a new pad");
+ mvwaddstr(pad, 8, 0, "The end of this line should be truncated here:abcd");
+ mvwaddstr(pad,11, 1, "This line should not appear.");
+ wmove(pad, 10, 1);
+ wclrtoeol(pad);
+ mvwaddstr(pad, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue");
+ prefresh(pad,0,0,0,0,10,45);
+ keypad(pad, TRUE);
+ raw();
+ wgetch(pad);
+
+ mvwaddstr(pad, 35, 2, "This is displayed at line 35 in the pad");
+ mvwaddstr(pad, 40, 1, " Press any key to continue");
+ prefresh(pad,30,0,0,0,10,45);
+ keypad(pad, TRUE);
+ raw();
+ wgetch(pad);
+
+ delwin(pad);
+}
+
+static void
+display_menu(int old_option,int new_option)
+{
+ register size_t i;
+
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ mvaddstr(3,20,"PDCurses Test Program");
+
+ for (i=0;i<MAX_OPTIONS;i++)
+ mvaddstr(5+i,25,command[i].text);
+ if (old_option != (-1))
+ mvaddstr(5+old_option,25,command[old_option].text);
+ attrset(A_REVERSE);
+ mvaddstr(5+new_option,25,command[new_option].text);
+ attrset(A_NORMAL);
+ mvaddstr(13,3,"Use Up and Down Arrows to select - Enter to run - Q to quit");
+ refresh();
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+#
+# tracemunch -- compactify ncurses trace logs
+#
+# The error logs produced by ncurses with tracing enabled can be very tedious
+# to wade through. This script helps by compacting runs of log lines that
+# can be conveniently expressed as higher-level operations.
+#
+# ($Id: tracemunch,v 1.2 1995/10/06 15:02:37 esr Exp $)
+
+$putattr="PutAttrChar\\('(.)' = 0x.., {A_NORMAL}\\) at \\(([0-9]+), ([0-9]+)\\)";
+$waddnstr="waddnstr\\(0x([0-9a-f]+),\"([^\"]+)\",[0-9]+\\) called {A_NORMAL}";
+
+sub transaddr
+{
+ $arg = $_[0];
+
+ $arg =~ s/$curscr/curscr/ if ($curscr);
+ $arg =~ s/$newscr/newscr/ if ($newscr);
+ $arg =~ s/$stdscr/stdscr/ if ($stdscr);
+
+ return $arg;
+}
+
+while (<STDIN>)
+{
+CLASSIFY: {
+ # Transform window pointer addresses so it's easier to compare logs
+ $awaiting = "curscr" if ($_ =~ /creating curscr/);
+ $awaiting = "newscr" if ($_ =~ /creating newscr/);
+ $awaiting = "stdscr" if ($_ =~ /creating stdscr/);
+ if ($awaiting && $_ =~ /newwin: returned window is 0x([0-9a-f]+)/)
+ {
+ $curscr = "0x$1" if ($awaiting eq "curscr");
+ $newscr = "0x$1" if ($awaiting eq "newscr");
+ $stdscr = "0x$1" if ($awaiting eq "stdscr");
+ $awaiting = "";
+ }
+
+ # Compactify runs of PutAttrChar calls (TR_CHARPUT)
+ if ($_ =~ /$putattr/)
+ {
+ $putattr_chars = $1;
+ $starty = $2;
+ $startx = $3;
+ while (<STDIN>)
+ {
+ if ($_ =~ /$putattr/) {
+ $putattr_chars .= $1;
+ } else {
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ print "RUN of PutAttrChar()s: \"$putattr_chars\" from ${starty}, ${startx}\n";
+ redo CLASSIFY;
+ }
+
+ # Compactify runs of waddnstr calls (TR_CALLS)
+ if ($_ =~ /$waddnstr/)
+ {
+ $waddnstr_chars = $2;
+ $winaddr = $1;
+ while (<STDIN>)
+ {
+ if ($_ =~ /$waddnstr/ && $1 eq $winaddr) {
+ $waddnstr_chars .= $2;
+ } else {
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ $winaddstr = &transaddr($winaddr);
+ print "RUN of waddnstr()s: $winaddr, \"$waddnstr_chars\"\n";
+ redo CLASSIFY;
+ }
+
+ # More transformations can go here
+
+ # Repeated runs of anything
+ $anyline = &transaddr($_);
+ $repeatcount = 1;
+ while (<STDIN>) {
+ if (&transaddr($_) eq $anyline) {
+ $repeatcount++;
+ } else {
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ if ($repeatcount > 1) {
+ print "${repeatcount} REPEATS OF $anyline";
+ } else {
+ print $anyline
+ }
+ redo CLASSIFY if $_;
+
+ } # :CLASSIFY
+}
+
+# tracemunch ends here
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * view.c -- a silly little viewer program
+ *
+ * written by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> December 1994
+ * to test the scrolling code in ncurses.
+ *
+ * modified by Thomas Dickey <dickey@clark.net> July 1995 to demonstrate
+ * the use of 'resizeterm()'.
+ *
+ * Takes a filename argument. It's a simple file-viewer with various
+ * scroll-up and scroll-down commands.
+ *
+ * n -- scroll one line forward
+ * p -- scroll one line back
+ *
+ * Either command accepts a numeric prefix interpreted as a repeat count.
+ * Thus, typing `5n' should scroll forward 5 lines in the file.
+ *
+ * The way you can tell this is working OK is that, in the trace file,
+ * there should be one scroll operation plus a small number of line
+ * updates, as opposed to a whole-page update. This means the physical
+ * scroll operation worked, and the refresh() code only had to do a
+ * partial repaint.
+ *
+ * $Id: view.c,v 1.20 1997/04/26 18:16:38 tom Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+# include <termios.h>
+#else
+# include <sgtty.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(sun) || !HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+# if HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is needed to compile 'struct winsize' */
+#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO
+#include <sys/stream.h>
+#include <sys/ptem.h>
+#endif
+
+#define MAXLINES 256 /* most lines we can handle */
+
+static void finish(int sig) GCC_NORETURN;
+static void show_all(void);
+
+#if defined(SIGWINCH) && defined(TIOCGWINSZ) && defined(NCURSES_VERSION)
+#define CAN_RESIZE 1
+#else
+#define CAN_RESIZE 0
+#endif
+
+#if CAN_RESIZE
+static RETSIGTYPE adjust(int sig);
+static int interrupted;
+#endif
+
+static int waiting;
+static int shift;
+
+static char *fname;
+static char *lines[MAXLINES];
+static char **lptr;
+
+#if !HAVE_STRDUP
+static char *strdup (char *s)
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ p = malloc(strlen(s)+1);
+ if (p)
+ strcpy(p,s);
+ return(p);
+}
+#endif /* not HAVE_STRDUP */
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+FILE *fp;
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+int i;
+char **olptr;
+int done = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+ trace(TRACE_UPDATE);
+#endif
+
+ if (argc != 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "usage: view file\n");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ } else {
+ fname = argv[1];
+ if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == (FILE *)NULL) {
+ perror(fname);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */
+#if CAN_RESIZE
+ (void) signal(SIGWINCH, adjust); /* arrange interrupts to resize */
+#endif
+
+ (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */
+ keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */
+ (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */
+ (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */
+ (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */
+ idlok(stdscr, TRUE); /* allow use of insert/delete line */
+
+ /* slurp the file */
+ for (lptr = &lines[0]; fgets(buf, BUFSIZ, fp) != (char *)NULL; lptr++) {
+ char temp[BUFSIZ], *s, *d;
+ int col;
+
+ if (lptr - lines >= MAXLINES) {
+ endwin();
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s is too large\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ /* convert tabs so that shift will work properly */
+ for (s = buf, d = temp, col = 0; (*d = *s) != '\0'; s++) {
+ if (*d == '\n') {
+ *d = '\0';
+ break;
+ } else if (*d == '\t') {
+ col = (col | 7) + 1;
+ while ((d-temp) != col)
+ *d++ = ' ';
+ } else if (isprint(*d)) {
+ col++;
+ d++;
+ } else {
+ sprintf(d, "\\%03o", *s);
+ d += strlen(d);
+ col = (d - temp);
+ }
+ }
+ *lptr = strdup(temp);
+ }
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+
+ lptr = lines;
+ while (!done) {
+ int n, c;
+ bool explicit;
+
+ show_all();
+
+ explicit = FALSE;
+ n = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+#if CAN_RESIZE
+ if (interrupted)
+ adjust(0);
+#endif
+ waiting = TRUE;
+ c = getch();
+ waiting = FALSE;
+ if (c < 127 && isdigit(c)) {
+ n = 10 * n + (c - '0');
+ explicit = TRUE;
+ } else
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!explicit && n == 0)
+ n = 1;
+
+ switch(c) {
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ case 'n':
+ olptr = lptr;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ if (lptr + LINES < lines + MAXLINES && lptr[LINES + 1])
+ lptr++;
+ else
+ break;
+ wscrl(stdscr, lptr - olptr);
+ break;
+
+ case KEY_UP:
+ case 'p':
+ olptr = lptr;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ if (lptr > lines)
+ lptr--;
+ else
+ break;
+ wscrl(stdscr, lptr - olptr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'h':
+ case KEY_HOME:
+ lptr = lines;
+ break;
+
+ case 'r':
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ shift++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'l':
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ if (shift)
+ shift--;
+ else
+ beep();
+ break;
+
+ case 'q':
+ done = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ beep();
+ }
+ }
+
+ finish(0); /* we're done */
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE finish(int sig)
+{
+ endwin();
+ exit(sig != 0 ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+#if CAN_RESIZE
+/*
+ * This uses functions that are "unsafe", but it seems to work on SunOS and
+ * Linux. The 'wrefresh(curscr)' is needed to force the refresh to start from
+ * the top of the screen -- some xterms mangle the bitmap while resizing.
+ */
+static RETSIGTYPE adjust(int sig)
+{
+ if (waiting || sig == 0) {
+ struct winsize size;
+
+ if (ioctl(fileno(stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0) {
+ resizeterm(size.ws_row, size.ws_col);
+ beep();
+ wrefresh(curscr); /* Linux needs this */
+ show_all();
+ }
+ interrupted = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ interrupted = TRUE;
+ }
+ (void) signal(SIGWINCH, adjust); /* some systems need this */
+}
+#endif /* CAN_RESIZE */
+
+static void show_all(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ char temp[BUFSIZ];
+ char *s;
+
+#if CAN_RESIZE
+ sprintf(temp, "(%3dx%3d) col %d ", LINES, COLS, shift);
+ i = strlen(temp);
+ sprintf(temp+i, "view %.*s", (int)(sizeof(temp)-7-i), fname);
+#else
+ sprintf(temp, "view %.*s", (int)sizeof(temp)-7, fname);
+#endif
+ move(0,0);
+ printw("%.*s", COLS, temp);
+ clrtoeol();
+
+ scrollok(stdscr, FALSE); /* prevent screen from moving */
+ for (i = 1; i < LINES; i++) {
+ move(i, 0);
+ if ((s = lptr[i-1]) != 0 && (int)strlen(s) > shift)
+ printw("%3d:%.*s", lptr+i-lines, COLS-4, s + shift);
+ else
+ printw("%3d:", lptr+i-lines);
+ clrtoeol();
+ }
+ setscrreg(1, LINES-1);
+ scrollok(stdscr, TRUE);
+ refresh();
+}
+
+/* view.c ends here */
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+ @@@ @@@ @@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@
+ @@@ @@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@
+ @@@ @@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@@
+ @@@ @@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
+ @@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
+ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
+ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
+ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
+ @@ @@ @@@@@@@@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
+
+ Eric P. Scott
+ Caltech High Energy Physics
+ October, 1980
+
+ Hacks to turn this into a test frame for cursor movement:
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+ January, 1995
+
+ July 1995 (esr): worms is now in living color! :-)
+
+Options:
+ -f fill screen with copies of 'WORM' at start.
+ -l <n> set worm length
+ -n <n> set number of worms
+ -t make worms leave droppings
+ -T <start> <end> set trace interval
+ -S set single-stepping during trace interval
+ -N suppress cursor-movement optimization
+
+ This program makes a good torture-test for the ncurses cursor-optimization
+ code. You can use -T to set the worm move interval over which movement
+ traces will be dumped. The program stops and waits for one character of
+ input at the beginning and end of the interval.
+
+ $Id: worm.c,v 1.20 1997/05/03 18:38:57 tom Exp $
+*/
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <term.h> /* for tparm() */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#define cursor(col,row) move(row,col)
+
+short *ref[128];
+static chtype flavor[]={
+ 'O' , '*', '#', '$', '%', '0', '@',
+};
+#define MAXWORMS (sizeof(flavor)/sizeof(chtype))
+static const short xinc[]={
+ 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1, 0
+}, yinc[]={
+ -1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1
+};
+static struct worm {
+ int orientation, head;
+ short *xpos, *ypos;
+} worm[40];
+
+static const char *field;
+static int length=16, number=3;
+static chtype trail=' ';
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+int generation, trace_start, trace_end, singlestep;
+#endif /* TRACE */
+static const struct options {
+ int nopts;
+ int opts[3];
+} normal[8]={
+ { 3, { 7, 0, 1 } },
+ { 3, { 0, 1, 2 } },
+ { 3, { 1, 2, 3 } },
+ { 3, { 2, 3, 4 } },
+ { 3, { 3, 4, 5 } },
+ { 3, { 4, 5, 6 } },
+ { 3, { 5, 6, 7 } },
+ { 3, { 6, 7, 0 } }
+}, upper[8]={
+ { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 1, 2, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 4, 5, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 1, 5, 0 } }
+}, left[8]={
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 2, 3, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 3, 7, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 7, 0, 0 } }
+}, right[8]={
+ { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 3, 7, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 3, 4, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 6, 7, 0 } }
+}, lower[8]={
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 0, 1, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 1, 5, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 5, 6, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }
+}, upleft[8]={
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 1, 3, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }
+}, upright[8]={
+ { 2, { 3, 5, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }
+}, lowleft[8]={
+ { 3, { 7, 0, 1 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 1, 7, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }
+}, lowright[8]={
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } },
+ { 2, { 5, 7, 0 } },
+ { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+ { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }
+};
+
+static RETSIGTYPE onsig(int sig);
+static float ranf(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+int x, y;
+int n;
+struct worm *w;
+const struct options *op;
+int h;
+short *ip;
+int last, bottom;
+
+ for (x=1;x<argc;x++) {
+ register char *p;
+ p=argv[x];
+ if (*p=='-') p++;
+ switch (*p) {
+ case 'f':
+ field="WORM";
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ if (++x==argc) goto usage;
+ if ((length=atoi(argv[x]))<2||length>1024) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Invalid length\n",*argv);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ if (++x==argc) goto usage;
+ if ((number=atoi(argv[x]))<1||number>40) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Invalid number of worms\n",*argv);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ trail='.';
+ break;
+#ifdef TRACE
+ case 'S':
+ singlestep = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ trace_start = atoi(argv[++x]);
+ trace_end = atoi(argv[++x]);
+ break;
+ case 'N':
+ _nc_optimize_enable ^= OPTIMIZE_ALL; /* declared by ncurses */
+ break;
+#endif /* TRACE */
+ default:
+ usage:
+ fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-field] [-length #] [-number #] [-trail]\n",*argv);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ signal(SIGINT, onsig);
+ initscr();
+ noecho();
+ cbreak();
+ nonl();
+
+ curs_set(0);
+
+ bottom = LINES-1;
+ last = COLS-1;
+
+#ifdef A_COLOR
+ if (has_colors())
+ {
+ int bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+ start_color();
+#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION
+ if (use_default_colors() == OK)
+ bg = -1;
+#endif
+
+ init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, -1);
+ init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, -1);
+ init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, -1);
+ init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, -1);
+ init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, -1);
+ init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, -1);
+ init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, -1);
+
+ flavor[0] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN) | A_BOLD;
+ flavor[1] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_RED) | A_BOLD;
+ flavor[2] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_CYAN) | A_BOLD;
+ flavor[3] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_WHITE) | A_BOLD;
+ flavor[4] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_MAGENTA) | A_BOLD;
+ flavor[5] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_BLUE) | A_BOLD;
+ flavor[6] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_YELLOW) | A_BOLD;
+ }
+#endif /* A_COLOR */
+
+ ip=(short *)malloc(LINES*COLS*sizeof (short));
+
+ for (n=0;n<LINES;) {
+ ref[n++]=ip; ip+=COLS;
+ }
+ for (ip=ref[0],n=LINES*COLS;--n>=0;) *ip++=0;
+
+#ifdef BADCORNER
+ /* if addressing the lower right corner doesn't work in your curses */
+ ref[bottom][last]=1;
+#endif /* BADCORNER */
+
+ for (n=number, w= &worm[0];--n>=0;w++) {
+ w->orientation=w->head=0;
+ if (!(ip=(short *)malloc((length+1)*sizeof (short)))) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory\n",*argv);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ w->xpos=ip;
+ for (x=length;--x>=0;) *ip++ = -1;
+ if (!(ip=(short *)malloc((length+1)*sizeof (short)))) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory\n",*argv);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+ w->ypos=ip;
+ for (y=length;--y>=0;) *ip++ = -1;
+ }
+ if (field) {
+ register const char *p;
+ p=field;
+ for (y=bottom;--y>=0;) {
+ for (x=COLS;--x>=0;) {
+ addch((chtype)(*p++));
+ if (!*p) p=field;
+ }
+ addch('\n');
+ }
+ }
+ refresh();
+
+ for (;;) {
+#ifdef TRACE
+ if (trace_start || trace_end) {
+ if (generation == trace_start) {
+ trace(TRACE_CALLS);
+ getch();
+ } else if (generation == trace_end) {
+ trace(0);
+ getch();
+ }
+
+ if (singlestep && generation > trace_start && generation < trace_end)
+ getch();
+
+ generation++;
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE */
+
+ for (n=0,w= &worm[0];n<number;n++,w++) {
+ if ((x=w->xpos[h=w->head])<0) {
+ cursor(x=w->xpos[h]=0,y=w->ypos[h]=bottom);
+ addch(flavor[n % MAXWORMS]);
+ ref[y][x]++;
+ }
+ else y=w->ypos[h];
+ if (++h==length) h=0;
+ if (w->xpos[w->head=h]>=0) {
+ register int x1, y1;
+ x1=w->xpos[h]; y1=w->ypos[h];
+ if (--ref[y1][x1]==0) {
+ cursor(x1,y1); addch(trail);
+ }
+ }
+ op= &(x==0 ? (y==0 ? upleft : (y==bottom ? lowleft : left)) :
+ (x==last ? (y==0 ? upright : (y==bottom ? lowright : right)) :
+ (y==0 ? upper : (y==bottom ? lower : normal))))[w->orientation];
+ switch (op->nopts) {
+ case 0:
+ refresh();
+ curs_set(1);
+ endwin();
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+ case 1:
+ w->orientation=op->opts[0];
+ break;
+ default:
+ w->orientation=op->opts[(int)(ranf()*(float)op->nopts)];
+ }
+ cursor(x+=xinc[w->orientation], y+=yinc[w->orientation]);
+
+ if (y < 0 ) y = 0;
+ addch(flavor[n % MAXWORMS]);
+ ref[w->ypos[h]=y][w->xpos[h]=x]++;
+ }
+ refresh();
+ }
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE
+onsig(int sig GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ standend();
+ refresh();
+ curs_set(1);
+ endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static float
+ranf(void)
+{
+float rv;
+long r = rand();
+
+ r &= 077777;
+ rv =((float)r/32767.);
+ return rv;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* asciixmas */
+/* December 1989 Larry Bartz Indianapolis, IN */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* I'm dreaming of an ascii character-based monochrome Christmas, */
+/* Just like the one's I used to know! */
+/* Via a full duplex communications channel, */
+/* At 9600 bits per second, */
+/* Even though it's kinda slow. */
+/* */
+/* I'm dreaming of an ascii character-based monochrome Christmas, */
+/* With ev'ry C program I write! */
+/* May your screen be merry and bright! */
+/* And may all your Christmases be amber or green, */
+/* (for reduced eyestrain and improved visibility)! */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* IMPLEMENTATION */
+/* */
+/* Feel free to modify the defined string FROMWHO to reflect you, your */
+/* organization, your site, whatever. */
+/* */
+/* This really looks a lot better if you can turn off your cursor before */
+/* execution. I wanted to do that here but very few termcap entries or */
+/* terminfo definitions have the appropriate string defined. If you know */
+/* the string(s) for the terminal(s) you use or which your site supports, */
+/* you could call asciixmas from within a shell in which you issue the */
+/* string to the terminal. The cursor is distracting but it doesn't really */
+/* ruin the show. */
+/* */
+/* At our site, we invoke this for our users just after login and the */
+/* determination of terminal type. */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* PORTABILITY */
+/* */
+/* I wrote this using only the very simplest curses functions so that it */
+/* might be the most portable. I was personally able to test on five */
+/* different cpu/UNIX combinations. */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* COMPILE */
+/* */
+/* usually this: */
+/* */
+/* cc -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -o asciixmas -s */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* Zilog S8000 models 11, 21, 31, etc with ZEUS variant of SYSTEM III */
+/* maybe other SYSTEM III also: */
+/* */
+/* cc asciixmas.c -lcurses -ltermlib -o asciixmas -s */
+/* */
+/* as above with optional "peephole optimizer" installed: */
+/* */
+/* cc -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -ltermlib -o asciixmas -s */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* Zilog S8000 models 32, 130 with WE32100 chip and SYS V, REL2 */
+/* maybe 3B2 also? */
+/* */
+/* cc -f -O -K sd asciixmas.c -lcurses -o asciixmas -s */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* Pyramid, Sequent, any other "dual universe" types compile and execute */
+/* under either universe. The compile line for the ucb universe (as you */
+/* might expect) is the same as for SYS III UNIX: */
+/* */
+/* cc -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -ltermlib -o asciixmas -s */
+/* */
+/* The above compile will also hold true for other BSD systems. (I hope) */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* For the Scrooges out there among you who don't want this thing to loop */
+/* forever (or until the user hits a key), insert this into your compile */
+/* line just after "cc" : */
+/* */
+/* -DNOLOOP */
+/* */
+/* like so: */
+/* */
+/* cc -DNOLOOP -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -o asciixmas -s */
+/* */
+/* */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+#include <test.priv.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#define FROMWHO "Mark Hessling - (M.Hessling@gu.edu.au)"
+
+static int y_pos, x_pos;
+
+static WINDOW
+ *treescrn, *treescrn2,*treescrn3, *treescrn4,*treescrn5, *treescrn6,
+ *treescrn7, *treescrn8,
+ *dotdeer0,
+ *stardeer0,
+ *lildeer0, *lildeer1, *lildeer2, *lildeer3,
+ *middeer0, *middeer1, *middeer2, *middeer3,
+ *bigdeer0, *bigdeer1, *bigdeer2, *bigdeer3, *bigdeer4,
+ *lookdeer0, *lookdeer1, *lookdeer2, *lookdeer3, *lookdeer4,
+ *w_holiday,
+ *w_del_msg;
+
+static int boxit(void);
+static int seas(void);
+static int greet(void);
+static int fromwho(void);
+static int tree(void);
+static int balls(void);
+static int star(void);
+static int strng1(void);
+static int strng2(void);
+static int strng3(void);
+static int strng4(void);
+static int strng5(void);
+static int reindeer(void);
+static int blinkit(void);
+static RETSIGTYPE done(int sig) GCC_NORETURN ;
+
+int main(
+ int argc GCC_UNUSED,
+ char **argv GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+int loopy;
+
+ initscr();
+ noecho();
+ nonl();
+ refresh();
+ signal(SIGINT,done);
+ signal(SIGTERM,done);
+#if !defined DOS && !defined OS2
+ signal(SIGHUP,done);
+ signal(SIGQUIT,done);
+#endif
+
+ treescrn = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn2 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn3 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn4 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn5 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn6 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn7 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+ treescrn8 = newwin(16,27,3,53);
+
+ dotdeer0 = newwin(3,71,0,8);
+
+ stardeer0 = newwin(4,56,0,8);
+
+ lildeer0 = newwin(7,53,0,8);
+ lildeer1 = newwin(2,4,0,0);
+ lildeer2 = newwin(2,4,0,0);
+ lildeer3 = newwin(2,4,0,0);
+
+ middeer0 = newwin(15,42,0,8);
+ middeer1 = newwin(3,7,0,0);
+ middeer2 = newwin(3,7,0,0);
+ middeer3 = newwin(3,7,0,0);
+
+ bigdeer0 = newwin(10,23,0,0);
+ bigdeer1 = newwin(10,23,0,0);
+ bigdeer2 = newwin(10,23,0,0);
+ bigdeer3 = newwin(10,23,0,0);
+ bigdeer4 = newwin(10,23,0,0);
+
+ lookdeer0 = newwin(10,25,0,0);
+ lookdeer1 = newwin(10,25,0,0);
+ lookdeer2 = newwin(10,25,0,0);
+ lookdeer3 = newwin(10,25,0,0);
+ lookdeer4 = newwin(10,25,0,0);
+
+ w_holiday = newwin(1,26,3,27);
+
+ w_del_msg = newwin(1,19,23,60);
+
+ mvwaddstr(w_del_msg,0,0,"Hit any key to quit");
+
+ mvwaddstr(w_holiday,0,0,"H A P P Y H O L I D A Y S");
+
+ /* set up the windows for our various reindeer */
+
+ /* lildeer1 */
+ mvwaddch(lildeer1,0,0,(chtype)'V');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,0,(chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,1,(chtype)'<');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,2,(chtype)'>');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,3,(chtype)'~');
+
+ /* lildeer2 */
+ mvwaddch(lildeer2,0,0,(chtype)'V');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,0,(chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,1,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,2,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,3,(chtype)'~');
+
+ /* lildeer3 */
+ mvwaddch(lildeer3,0,0,(chtype)'V');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer3,1,0,(chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer3,1,1,(chtype)'>');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer3,1,2,(chtype)'<');
+ mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,3,(chtype)'~');
+
+
+ /* middeer1 */
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,0,2,(chtype)'y');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,0,3,(chtype)'y');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,1,2,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,1,3,(chtype)'(');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,1,4,(chtype)'=');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,1,5,(chtype)')');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,1,6,(chtype)'~');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,2,3,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(middeer1,2,4,(chtype)'/');
+
+ /* middeer2 */
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,0,2,(chtype)'y');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,0,3,(chtype)'y');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,1,2,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,1,3,(chtype)'(');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,1,4,(chtype)'=');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,1,5,(chtype)')');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,1,6,(chtype)'~');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,2,3,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(middeer2,2,5,(chtype)'|');
+
+ /* middeer3 */
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,0,2,(chtype)'y');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,0,3,(chtype)'y');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,1,2,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,1,3,(chtype)'(');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,1,4,(chtype)'=');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,1,5,(chtype)')');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,1,6,(chtype)'~');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,2,2,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(middeer3,2,6,(chtype)'\\');
+
+
+ /* bigdeer1 */
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,17,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,20,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,21,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,1,18,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,1,20,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,2,19,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,2,20,(chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,19,(chtype)'^');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,20,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,21,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,17,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,19,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,22,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,6,7,"( \\_____( /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,7,8,"( ) /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,8,9,"\\\\ /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,9,11,"\\>/>");
+
+ /* bigdeer2 */
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,17,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,20,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,21,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,1,18,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,1,20,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,2,19,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,2,20,(chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,19,(chtype)'^');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,20,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,21,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,17,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,19,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,22,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,6,7,"(( )____( /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,7,7,"( / |");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,8,8,"\\/ |");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,9,9,"|> |>");
+
+ /* bigdeer3 */
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,17,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,20,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,21,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,1,18,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,1,20,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,2,19,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,2,20,(chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,19,(chtype)'^');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,20,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,21,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,17,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,19,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,22,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,6,6,"( ()_____( /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,7,6,"/ / /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,8,5,"|/ \\");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,9,5,"/> \\>");
+
+ /* bigdeer4 */
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,17,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,20,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,21,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,1,18,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,1,20,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,2,19,(chtype)'|');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,2,20,(chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,19,(chtype)'^');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,20,(chtype)'0');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,21,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,17,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,18,(chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,19,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,22,(chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,6,6,"( )______( /");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,7,5,"(/ \\");
+ mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,8,0,"v___= ----^");
+
+
+ /* lookdeer1 */
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,0,16,"\\/ \\/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,2,19,"\\=/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,3,17,"^\\o o/^");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,4,17,"//( )");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,6,7,"( \\_____( /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,7,8,"( ) /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,8,9,"\\\\ /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,9,11,"\\>/>");
+
+ /* lookdeer2 */
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,0,16,"\\/ \\/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,2,19,"\\=/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,3,17,"^\\o o/^");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,4,17,"//( )");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,6,7,"(( )____( /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,7,7,"( / |");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,8,8,"\\/ |");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,9,9,"|> |>");
+
+ /* lookdeer3 */
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,0,16,"\\/ \\/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,2,19,"\\=/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,3,17,"^\\o o/^");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,4,17,"//( )");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,6,6,"( ()_____( /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,7,6,"/ / /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,8,5,"|/ \\");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,9,5,"/> \\>");
+
+ /* lookdeer4 */
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,0,16,"\\/ \\/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,2,19,"\\=/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,3,17,"^\\o o/^");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,4,17,"//( )");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,6,6,"( )______( /");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,7,5,"(/ \\");
+ mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,8,0,"v___= ----^");
+
+
+
+ /***********************************************/
+ cbreak();
+ nodelay(stdscr,TRUE);
+ do {
+ clear();
+ werase(treescrn);
+ touchwin(w_del_msg);
+ touchwin(treescrn);
+ werase(treescrn2);
+ touchwin(treescrn2);
+ werase(treescrn8);
+ touchwin(treescrn8);
+ refresh();
+ napms(150);
+ boxit();
+ refresh();
+ napms(150);
+ seas();
+ refresh();
+ napms(150);
+ greet();
+ refresh();
+ napms(150);
+ fromwho();
+ refresh();
+ napms(150);
+ tree();
+ napms(150);
+ balls();
+ napms(150);
+ star();
+ napms(150);
+ strng1();
+ strng2();
+ strng3();
+ strng4();
+ strng5();
+
+
+ /* set up the windows for our blinking trees */
+ /* **************************************** */
+ /* treescrn3 */
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn3);
+
+ /*balls*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 4, 18, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 6, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 8, 19, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 22, ' ');
+
+ /*star*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 0, 12, '*');
+
+ /*strng1*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 3, 11, ' ');
+
+ /*strng2*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 5, 13, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 6, 10, ' ');
+
+ /*strng3*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 16, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 14, ' ');
+
+ /*strng4*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 10, 13, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 10, 10, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 8, ' ');
+
+ /*strng5*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 18, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn3, 12, 13, ' ');
+
+
+ /* treescrn4 */
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn4);
+
+ /*balls*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 3, 9, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 4, 16, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 7, 6, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 8, 19, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 2, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 12, 23, ' ');
+
+ /*star*/
+ wstandout(treescrn4);
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 0, 12, '*');
+ wstandend(treescrn4);
+
+ /*strng1*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 3, 13, ' ');
+
+ /*strng2*/
+
+ /*strng3*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 7, 15, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 8, 11, ' ');
+
+ /*strng4*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 9, 16, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 10, 12, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 8, ' ');
+
+ /*strng5*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 18, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn4, 12, 14, ' ');
+
+
+ /* treescrn5 */
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn5);
+
+ /*balls*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 3, 15, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 10, 20, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 12, 1, ' ');
+
+ /*star*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 0, 12, '*');
+
+ /*strng1*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 3, 11, ' ');
+
+ /*strng2*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 5, 12, ' ');
+
+ /*strng3*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 7, 14, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 8, 10, ' ');
+
+ /*strng4*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 9, 15, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 10, 11, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 11, 7, ' ');
+
+ /*strng5*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 11, 17, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn5, 12, 13, ' ');
+
+ /* treescrn6 */
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn6);
+
+ /*balls*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 6, 7, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 7, 18, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 10, 4, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 23, ' ');
+
+ /*star*/
+ wstandout(treescrn6);
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 0, 12, '*');
+ wstandend(treescrn6);
+
+ /*strng1*/
+
+ /*strng2*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 5, 11, ' ');
+
+ /*strng3*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 7, 13, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 8, 9, ' ');
+
+ /*strng4*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 9, 14, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 10, 10, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 6, ' ');
+
+ /*strng5*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 16, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn6, 12, 12, ' ');
+
+ /* treescrn7 */
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn7);
+
+ /*balls*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 3, 15, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 6, 7, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 7, 18, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 10, 4, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 22, ' ');
+
+ /*star*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 0, 12, '*');
+
+ /*strng1*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 3, 12, ' ');
+
+ /*strng2*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 5, 13, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 6, 9, ' ');
+
+ /*strng3*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 7, 15, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 8, 11, ' ');
+
+ /*strng4*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 9, 16, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 10, 12, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 8, ' ');
+
+ /*strng5*/
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 18, ' ');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn7, 12, 14, ' ');
+
+
+ napms(150);
+ reindeer();
+
+ touchwin(w_holiday);
+ wrefresh(w_holiday);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ napms(500);
+ for(loopy = 0;loopy < 100;loopy++) {
+ blinkit();
+ }
+
+#ifdef NOLOOP
+ done(0);
+#endif
+
+ }
+ while(getch() == (ERR));
+/* while(!typeahead(stdin));*/
+ done(0);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+static int boxit(void)
+{
+ int x = 0;
+
+ while(x < 20) {
+ mvaddch(x, 7, '|');
+ ++x;
+ }
+
+ x = 8;
+
+ while(x < 80) {
+ mvaddch(19, x, '_');
+ ++x;
+ }
+
+ x = 0;
+
+ while(x < 80) {
+ mvaddch(22, x, '_');
+ ++x;
+ }
+
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+static int seas(void)
+{
+ mvaddch(4, 1, 'S');
+ mvaddch(6, 1, 'E');
+ mvaddch(8, 1, 'A');
+ mvaddch(10, 1, 'S');
+ mvaddch(12, 1, 'O');
+ mvaddch(14, 1, 'N');
+ mvaddch(16, 1, '`');
+ mvaddch(18, 1, 'S');
+
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int greet(void)
+{
+ mvaddch(3, 5, 'G');
+ mvaddch(5, 5, 'R');
+ mvaddch(7, 5, 'E');
+ mvaddch(9, 5, 'E');
+ mvaddch(11, 5, 'T');
+ mvaddch(13, 5, 'I');
+ mvaddch(15, 5, 'N');
+ mvaddch(17, 5, 'G');
+ mvaddch(19, 5, 'S');
+
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int fromwho(void)
+{
+ mvaddstr(21, 13, FROMWHO);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+static int tree(void)
+{
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 1, 11, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 2, 11, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 3, 10, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 9, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 5, 9, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 6, 8, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 7, 7, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 6, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 9, 6, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 10, 5, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 11, 3, (chtype)'/');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 12, 2, (chtype)'/');
+
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 1, 13, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 2, 13, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 3, 14, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 15, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 5, 15, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 6, 16, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 7, 17, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 18, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 9, 18, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 10, 19, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 11, 21, (chtype)'\\');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 12, 22, (chtype)'\\');
+
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 10, (chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 14, (chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 7, (chtype)'_');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 17, (chtype)'_');
+
+ mvwaddstr(treescrn, 13, 0, "//////////// \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\");
+
+ mvwaddstr(treescrn, 14, 11, "| |");
+ mvwaddstr(treescrn, 15, 11, "|_|");
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int balls(void)
+{
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn2);
+
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 9, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 15, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 4, 8, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 4, 16, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 7, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 17, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 6, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 18, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 5, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 19, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 4, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 20, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 2, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 22, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 1, (chtype)'@');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 23, (chtype)'@');
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int star(void)
+{
+ wstandout(treescrn2);
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 0, 12, (chtype)'*');
+ wstandend(treescrn2);
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int strng1(void)
+{
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 13, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 12, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 11, (chtype)'.');
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int strng2(void)
+{
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 14, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 13, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 12, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 11, (chtype)',');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 6, 10, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 6, 9, (chtype)':');
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int strng3(void)
+{
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 16, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 15, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 14, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 13, (chtype)',');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 12, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 11, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 10, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 9, (chtype)',');
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int strng4(void)
+{
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 17, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 16, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 15, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 14, (chtype)',');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 13, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 12, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 11, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 10, (chtype)',');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 9, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 8, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 7, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 6, (chtype)',');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 5, (chtype)'\'');
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int strng5(void)
+{
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 19, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 18, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 17, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 16, (chtype)',');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 15, (chtype)'\'');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 14, (chtype)':');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 13, (chtype)'.');
+ mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 12, (chtype)',');
+
+ /* save a fully lit tree */
+ overlay(treescrn2, treescrn);
+
+ wrefresh(treescrn2);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+
+static int blinkit(void)
+{
+static int cycle;
+
+ if(cycle > 4) {
+ cycle = 0;
+ }
+
+
+ touchwin(treescrn8);
+
+ switch(cycle) {
+ case 0:
+ overlay(treescrn3, treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ overlay(treescrn4, treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ overlay(treescrn5, treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ overlay(treescrn6, treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ overlay(treescrn7, treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ break;
+ }
+ touchwin(treescrn8);
+
+ /*ALL ON***************************************************/
+
+ overlay(treescrn, treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(treescrn8);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ ++cycle;
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+static void
+deer_step(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ mvwin(win, y, x);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ napms(5);
+}
+
+static int reindeer(void)
+{
+ int looper;
+ y_pos = 0;
+
+
+ for(x_pos = 70; x_pos > 62; x_pos--) {
+ if(x_pos < 62) {
+ y_pos = 1;
+ }
+ for(looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++) {
+ mvwaddch(dotdeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype)'.');
+ wrefresh(dotdeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ werase(dotdeer0);
+ wrefresh(dotdeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ napms(50);
+ }
+ }
+
+ y_pos = 2;
+
+ for(; x_pos > 50; x_pos--) {
+ for(looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++) {
+
+ if(x_pos < 56) {
+ y_pos = 3;
+
+ mvwaddch(stardeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype)'*');
+ wrefresh(stardeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ werase(stardeer0);
+ wrefresh(stardeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ } else {
+ mvwaddch(dotdeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype)'*');
+ wrefresh(dotdeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ werase(dotdeer0);
+ wrefresh(dotdeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ x_pos = 58;
+
+ for(y_pos = 2; y_pos < 5; y_pos++) {
+
+ touchwin(lildeer0);
+ wrefresh(lildeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ for(looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++) {
+ deer_step(lildeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lildeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lildeer1, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lildeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lildeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+
+ touchwin(lildeer0);
+ wrefresh(lildeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ x_pos -= 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ x_pos = 35;
+
+ for(y_pos = 5; y_pos < 10; y_pos++) {
+
+ touchwin(middeer0);
+ wrefresh(middeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ for(looper = 0; looper < 2; looper++) {
+ deer_step(middeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(middeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(middeer1, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(middeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(middeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+
+ touchwin(middeer0);
+ wrefresh(middeer0);
+ wrefresh(w_del_msg);
+
+ x_pos -= 3;
+ }
+ }
+
+ napms(300);
+
+ y_pos = 1;
+
+ for(x_pos = 8; x_pos < 16; x_pos++) {
+ deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer1, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer0, y_pos, x_pos);
+ }
+
+ --x_pos;
+
+ for(looper = 0; looper < 6; looper++) {
+ deer_step(lookdeer4, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lookdeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lookdeer1, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lookdeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(lookdeer4, y_pos, x_pos);
+ }
+
+ deer_step(lookdeer0, y_pos, x_pos);
+
+ for(; y_pos < 10; y_pos++) {
+ for(looper = 0; looper < 2; looper++) {
+ deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer1, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos);
+ }
+ deer_step(bigdeer0, y_pos, x_pos);
+ }
+
+ --y_pos;
+
+ deer_step(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
+ return( 0 );
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE done(int sig GCC_UNUSED)
+{
+ signal(SIGINT,done);
+ signal(SIGTERM,done);
+#if !defined DOS && !defined OS2
+ signal(SIGHUP,done);
+ signal(SIGQUIT,done);
+#endif
+ clear();
+ refresh();
+ endwin();
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
projects / ncurses.git / commitdiff